No matching content found
Try using different search terms or check your spelling
Communication Theory, COMM-2060, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Course Requirements Points
Chapter Summary assignments (13 X 20 pts.) 260
Theoretical Reflections Paper 1 100
Theoretical Reflections Paper 2 100
Theoretical Reflections Paper 3 100
Theoretical Reflections Paper 4 100
Exam 1 175
Final Exam 225
Total 1060
Description:
Introduction to Course
Syllabus Overview
What is Communication Theory?- Intro to what is communication theory
“Objective” Approaches to Communication Theory
Interpretive Approaches to Communication Theory-study of various approaches to theory
Socio-Psychological, Cybernetic, Rhetorical, Semiotic, and Socio-Cultural Traditions-study of Socio-Psychological, Cybernetic, Rhetorical, Semiotic, and Socio-Cultural Traditions
Critical and Phenomenological Traditions, Overview of the Field, and Ethical Considerations
Aristotle’s Rhetoric, Social Exchange Theory, and Uncertainty Reduction Theory-study of various theory and traditions and rhetoric
Symbolic Interaction Theory
Theoretical Application-study of theory related to communication theory
Expectancy Violations Theory-study of theory related to communication theory
Privacy Management Theory-study of theory related to communication theory
Elaboration Likelihood Model-study of theory related to communication theory
Narrative Paradigm-study of theory related to communication theory
Symbolic Convergence Theory-study of theory related to communication theory
Cultural Approach to Organizations-study of theory related to communication theory
Communication Accommodation Theory-study of theory related to communication theory
Co-Cultural Theory and Feminist Standpoint Theory-study of theories related to communication theory
Required Reading: Griffin, E., Ledbetter, A., & Sparks, G. (2023). A first look at communication theory (11th ed.). McGraw-Hill.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Advanced ASL I, ASL-3060, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Participation 20%:
Participation in class is crucial to your success in this class. The class forms a small community and your effort, or lack of, impacts the success of the group. We will practice the language every class period through activities, small groups, and partner work. Preparation is key. Late work is only accepted in a case-by-case basis. Please do not wait until the last minute to do your homework.
Fingerspelling Practice 10%:
Each class period, students will administer a fingerspelling “test” to their peers. These “tests” must include 5 words with a similar pattern (root, prefix, suffix). Students will be given two grades, one for administering the test, and a second grade for their receptive skills while taking “tests” administered by others. Each student is responsible for administering two (2) tests. Grade for expressive fingerspelling will be based on fluidity and accuracy of spelling (as determined by both the instructor and the success of the receptive students). All other students will answer the 5 words as a discussion post which they will pull up during class and submit after the fingerspeller is finished.
Midterm 10%:
You will be provided with a link to a video of a native ASL signer. You must identify language features learn in class as well as provide a thought response to the video. Your thought response should be in ASL and will be graded on the language features learned in this course.
Homework/Assignments 30%
Every two weeks we will work through a chapter of the text. Students are expected to read the chapter PRIOR to the beginning of the discussion week. Homework will consist of 3 parts: 1) initial production of a story from a prompt, 2) interpretation of a peer’s production, 3) reproduction of the SAME discussion prompt incorporating feedback from teacher and peer. Stories should not exceed 5 minutes in length.
The goal is for you to incorporate all features discussed in the course up to the week of the assignment. The videos you post in GoReact should reflect your cumulative application of skills, and specifically showcase the skillset discussed that week.
Deaf Influencer/Deaf Event/ASL Club 10%:
DEAF INFLUENCER
Make use of social media and find a Deaf Influencer. The account you follow must be a verified deaf individual and the account should predominantly be in ASL. After exploring their platform for a minimum of 2 hours, assess how they are using their platform to bring awareness to Deaf culture and the Deaf community and how that platform challenges your own American cultural mindset. What were signs you recognized or sign that you learned while viewing their platform? You will need to tell me about who you followed using an uploaded video in sign language. If you do not know what sign to use, use fingerspelling. Follow the rubric to make sure you include all of the information required.
DEAF EVENT:
Students are required to attend the ASL Talent Show, which will be held during International Deaf Awareness week in September. If you are unable to attend the event, you will need to work with your instructor to come up with another event or read a cultural book, which will need to be approved ahead of time. After attending the Deaf/ASL event, each student will upload a video describing the event attended, including their communication with others, their thoughts and feelings, and anything they learned or connections to other areas in their lives. The video will need to be done in ASL, and if you are not sure what sign to use, use fingerspelling. Follow the rubric to make sure you include all of the information required.
ASL CLUB/ASL LAB:
As part of this course, you are required to sign up for UT’s ASL Club. You must attend at least one meeting as part of this course. You may also visit the ASL lab for homework assistance, recording, and for ASL practice with other students.
Final 20%:
Your final test is a presentation in ASL. A prompt will be given to you by your instructor. Your ability to demonstrate mastery of the ASL features without preparation will be the basis of your grade. Submit your story via GoReact. Note- rubrics for each of these assignments can be found on Canvas.
Description:
Chapter 1: Fingerspelling - focuses on fingerspelling in ASL, emphasizing its role in interpretation and the challenges it presents for both signers and interpreters
Chapter 2: Numbers - Effectively interpreting numbers between English and ASL requires understanding the specific handshapes, movements, and contextual rules for different number sets and situations
Chapter 3: Lexicon -focuses specifically on the accurate use of ASL lexicon (vocabulary). Words and signs, parts of words and signs, and the use of space chose by the interpreter must be semantically accurate, preserving original meaning and intention.
Chapter 4: Classifiers - Classifiers are a fundamental aspect of American Sign Language (ASL), functioning as visual representations of nouns and verbs, and playing a vital role in conveying details about size, shape, movement, and placement.
Chapter 5: Space - Unlike English, which relies heavily on prepositions and linear sentence structures to describe spatial relationships, ASL uses the physical signing space in front of the interpreter to represent objects, locations, and their relationships.
Chapter 6: Grammar - focuses on the crucial role of spatial grammar and non-manual markers in conveying tense and other grammatical information within ASL, differentiating it significantly from the linear, spoken language structures of English.
Required Reading: Interpretation Skills: English to American Sign Language by Marty Taylor
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010D, Section 13, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Major Assignments include a Literacy Narrative, Exploratory Research Essay, Zine Remix, and Final Zine Artist Statement. Weekly homework assignments include readings, discussion board posts, drafts and outlines of the major assignments, peer review workshops, and self-evaluation conferences. Attendance is also graded for this course.
Description:
1. Literacy Narrative: "For this assignment, write a reflective, narrative essay about a time you learned something. While literacy is often thought of as the ability to read and write, we are witnessing a resurgence in other types of literacy, like digital literacy or emotional literacy, that extend beyond reading and writing. You may choose to reflect on how you learned to read, write, or speak (in any language), or another related skill (or “literacy”) you have learned that is meaningful to you. We will read examples in class and as part of your assigned readings."
2. Exploratory Research Essay: "In this assignment, you will conduct research on a topic of your choosing in order to write an exploratory research essay. The emphasis is on “exploratory” – I don’t expect you to be an expert on your topic by the end of the assignment, but do expect you will learn something new – both about your topic and about the process of conducting research, keeping track of sources, and synthesizing information in research writing."
3. Zine Remix: "In this multimodal project, you will make your own zine, which is a small, handmade booklet that can be about anything, though for our purposes it will stay related to our course content. In this project, you will remix 1 of the 2 prior assignments (literacy narrative or exploratory researched essay) into a zine. Remix just means that you take the same content and rethink its form for a new and different genre, audience, and/or context. For the zine, our audience is a more public one, so dialing down academic jargon and re-envisioning your format to be more multimodal (including images, collage, etc.) might be some common “moves” in remix."
4. Zine Artist Statement: "In this end-of-semester assignment, you will showcase your learning in this class by reflecting on your progress and growth as a writer and multimodal composer throughout the semester. In particular, you will reflect on the zine you made and the process of creating and remixing the original assignment, as an example of your growth and learning in this course. This essay will be written in class on the last week of class, but you are allowed to bring notes with an outline or bullet points to guide your writing in class."
Required Reading: Andrea Lunsford, et al. "Everyone's an Author," W. W. Norton & Company
Recommended Reading: n/a
Design Int Curr with Play, FSHD-2620, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Participation
Matrix
Classroom Map
Objective
Music Lesson
Cognitive Lesson
Language Lesson
Dramatic Play
Sensory Play
Observation Hours
Midterm Exam
Final Exam
Description:
Mondule 1: Welcome to Designing Integrated Curriculum with Play
Module 2: Curriculum Approaches
Learn Early Childhood Theories and Practices:
Reggio Emilia Montessori High Scope
Project Approach Integrated Thematic Units
Module 3: Developmentally Appropriate Practices
Learn Brain Science and what is Guided Play
Module 4: The Importance of Play
Put into practice: Brain Science and Guided and Free Play
Module 5 Writing Objectives and Assessments for Lesson Plans
Module 6: Writing a Lesson Plan: What goes into a lesson plan.
Module 7: Meeting Standards Through Play
Observing, Planning, and Guiding: How an Intentional Teacher Meets Standards Through Play
Module 8: Planning Lessons for Different Development Domains. Connecting Art, Literacy, and Drama through storytelling.
Module 9: Cognitive Development – Brain Development Using Playful Math Instruction and Standards
Module 10: Language: Supporting Language Through Culturally Rich Dramatic Play: Supporting Language Through Culturally Rich Dramatic Play
Module 11: Sensory Play uses in Early Childhood Education.
Module12: Engaging students with Natural Materials
Module 13: Professional Ethics according to NAEYC
Required Reading: Masterson, M. L., & Bohart, H. (Eds.). (2019). Serious fun: How guided play extends children’s learning. National Association for the Education of Young People.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Early Childhood Educ, FSHD-2600, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Participation
Personal Philosophy of Early Childhood Education
Early Childhood Issues Article
Research Paper
2/3 Year Old Learning Center
Preschool Learning Center
Kindergarten Learning Center
Primary (grade 1-2) Learning Center
Classroom Observation
Quizes & Exams
Midterm
Final
Description:
Module 1: All Are Welcome
Students will be introduced to the class and each other through a syllabus quiz and introduction discussion about themselves.
Module 2: Intro to Early Childhood & Students will learn responsibilities of Early Childhood Educators according to NAEYC.
Module 3: Historical Foundations
Class will discuss theorists and theories that shaped early childhood as it is today.
Module 4: Developmentally Appropriate Practice
Discussion will entail learning about DAP and how to address it in EC.
Module 5: Learning and Developmental Theories
Discuss children with disabilities and how their diverse needs are addressed in EC.
Module 6: Early Childhood Models and Programs
Class will discuss the different models and programs that are used in EC.
Module 7: Infants and Toddlers
Class will learn the developmental milestones of toddlers and infants.
Module 8: Preschool ( 4/5-year-olds)
Class will learn the developmental milestones of preschoolers.
Module 9: Kindergarten
Class will learn the developmental milestones of kindergartners.
Module 10: Primary Grades
Class will learn the developmental milestones of primary grades 1-2.
Module 11: Assessment and Diverse Learners
Students will learn about assessment in EC and how to address diverse learners.
Module 12: Professional Ethics
Students will learn about professional ethics as outlined in the NAEYC Code of Ethics.
Required Reading: Berger, K. S. (2022). Invitation to the life span (5th ed.). Worth Publishers.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 9, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
College Friend Day Planning (Day 1)
College Friend Day Participation (Day 1)
College Friend Day Observation Paper 1
College Friend Day Planning (Day 2)
College Friend Day Participation (Day 2)
College Friend Day Observation Paper 2
Diversity Compare & Contrast Paragraph First Two years
Diversity Compare & Contrast Paragraph Early Childhood
Diversity Compare & Contrast Paragraph Middle Childhood
Diversity Compare & Contrast Paragraph Adolescence
Diversity Compare & Contrast Paragraph Adulthood
Diversity Compare & Contrast Paragraph Late Adulthood
Observation #1 (Infant/Toddler, Adolescent, Middle Age/Late Adult
Observation #2 (Infant/Toddler, Adolescent, Middle Age/Late Adult
Observation #3 (Infant/Toddler, Adolescent, Middle Age/Late Adult
Midterm
Final
Description:
Module 1
Intro to Class; Visit the Preschool
Science of Human Development
Module 2
From Conception to Birth
Module 3
First Two Years Mind & Body
Module 4
First Two Years Social World
Module 5
Early Childhood Mind & Body
Module 6
Early Childhood Social World
Module 7
Middle Childhood Body & Mind
Module 7
Middle Childhood Body & Mind
Module 8
Adolescent Body & Mind
Module 9
Adolescent Social World
Module 10 Emerging Adulthood
Module 11
Adulthood Mind & Body
Module 12
Adulthood Social World
Module 13
Late Adulthood Mind & Body
Module 14
Late Adulthood Social World
Required Reading: Berger, K. S. (2022). Invitation to the life span (5th ed.). Worth Publishers.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Graphic Design History, ARTH-3750, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
VISUAL VOCABULARY Research weekly assignment
Quizzes on presented content
In class projects
Attendance
Final Research project
Description:
Each unit is based on a major graphic design style. Victorian, Arts and Crafts, Art Nouveau, Art Deco, Dada, German Expressionism, Early Modern, Modern, Late Modern, Post Modern etc...
Each section includes a small research project, an inclass assignment or quiz.
The final project is a synthesized research project that is presented in class.
Required Reading: Suggested Resources for research online: letterformarchive.org, www.aiga.org/resources/design-history-resources-and-archives, peoplesgdarchive.org, designreviewed.com, University Library and online sources
Recommended Reading: * A Typographic Workbook: a primer to history, techniques, and artistry * Graphic Style: From Victorian to Hipster, 4th Edition * Meggs' History of Graphic Design * Graphic Design History * Graphic Design A New History * Designs of the Times * From Gutenberg to Opentype * Looking Closer 3: Classic Writings on Graphic Design
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
In-Class Speeches: Introductory, Informative, Persuasive, Celebratory.
Written Speech Outline Assignments
Peer-review Feedback Assignments
Post-Speech Reflection Essays
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction, syllabus, go over the course schedule.
Unit 2: Course Introduction and Define Communication (Discuss Ch 1; activity: define communication
Unit 3: Understanding and Overcoming Speech Anxiety ( Discuss Ch 1 & 8; discuss the myth of speech anxiety)
Unit 4; Ethical Speaking and The Dark Side of Public Address (Discuss Ch 2; Talk about the dark side of public address)
Unit 5: Introduction Speech Outline Workshop (Discuss Ch 7; Students work on their first speech outline assignment)
Unit 6:Introductory Speech Days and Intercultural Dialogue-Exchanging Opposing Ideas-Session 1 (Students engage in a mini-debate session)
Unit 7: Audience Analysis and Cultural Identity (Discuss Ch3; Students address the importance of conducting audience analysis )
Unit8: Informative Speech Introduction (Discuss Ch 17; Introduce the informative speech assignment)
Unit 9:Presentation Aid & Language (Discuss Ch 10 & 11; Provides students tips on best strategies for presentation aids)
Unit 10: Body Language (Students practice body language and explore effective ways to connect with audience members nonverbally) Class activity: Short-Term Memory Practice;
Unit 11: Informative Speech Daysand Intercultural Dialogic-Exchanging Opposing Ideas-Session 2 (Students take part in another mini-debate session)
Unit 12: Persuasive Speech Introduction (Discuss Ch 16; Introduce the persuasive speech assignment; Claims, Warrants, and Evidence (Discuss the foundations of argumentation as rhetoric)
Unit 13: Ethos, Logos, and Pathos (Discuss the three foundations of persuasion techniques )
Unit 14: Speech Outline Workshop and Persuasive Speech Days.
Unit 15: Celebratory/Special Occasion Speech (Discuss Ch 13; Introduce the special occasion speech)
Required Reading: Book: Speech Craft, 2nd Edition. Author: Joshua Gunn. Publisher: Macmillan Learning
Recommended Reading: N/A
Criminology, CJ-3270, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Exam 1, Exam 2 , Exam 3, Group Presentation, Term Paper, 10 writing assignments
Description:
Unit 1: Intro and overview of criminology, measuring crime, victimology, and early schools of criminology.
Unit 2: Social structural theories, social process theories.
Unit 3: Critical theories, individual traits, biosocial approaches, and developmental theories.
Required Reading: Walsh, A., & Hemmens, C. (2010). Introduction to criminology: A text/reader. Sage. (3E or 4E).
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intercultural Communication, COMM-3190, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
1. Mid-term exam
2. Weekly reflection essays
3. In-Class Group facilitations
3. Weekly discussion posts
4. A semester-long research project
Description:
Module 1 Definitions and the imperatives of Intercultural Communication
Module 1 enters into a conversation on/about intercultural communication. By the end of the module, you should be able to: Elaborate the political, social, and demographical factors that shape the ubiquity of intercultural communication. Engage in a dialectic approach to understanding culture interpretively and critically.
Highlight the communicative formations of culture as social constructions of difference.
Module 2 Cultural Identity and Popular Culture
Module 2 this module pays attention to the making of cultural identities as outcomes of human communication and social experience. This module also links the question of identity to popular culture as a site of struggle. By the end of the module, you should be able to:
Define the meanings of ascription and avowal in the context of identity negotiation.
Understand the complex nature of negotiating cultural identities rooted in various locations of social difference.
Critically examine the roles that media and popular culture play in cultivating certain perceptions or worldviews of the dominant group. Imagine counter-strategies of resistance through media or the use of popular culture.
Module 3 Politics of (Im)migration and Intercultural Adaptation
In this module, we will dive into the politics of (im)migration and explore the challenges and barriers to intercultural transitions. More specifically, we will come to terms with the multiple dimensions of global migration shaped by historical, economic, and political conditions of survival and resistance. By the end of the module, you should be able to: Identify the various types of migrants (e.g., involuntary and voluntary migrants) and articulate a general overview of the three waves of global migration. Define cultural assimilation, accommodation, and separation as communicative processes of intercultural transition. Understand intercultural adaptation as a complex process of negotiating cultural differences across micro, meso, and macro dimensions.
Module 4 Intercultural Relationships
Describe and elaborate the key characteristics of intercultural relationships through an interpretive and critical lens.
Understand how intercultural relationships are shaped, impacted, and negotiated through/by power differentials (e.g., privilege attached to a certain racial identity).
Reflect on the personal and structural barriers to developing intercultural relationships and brainstorm ideas for maneuvering those barriers.
Re-imagine your role as a cultural agent in facilitating intercultural allyship and coalition.
Module 5 (March 10-23) Negotiating Intercultural Conflict
A more nuanced definition of conflict across three paradigmatic orientations (social scientific, interpretive, and critical)
A more critical understanding of your own communication style in the context of conflict management
The role of “difference” in shaping intercultural conflict across relational and structural contexts.
Module 6 Intercultural Topics: Queerness, Indigeneity, and Feminisms
We examine a few current contemporary struggles germane to intercultural communication in this module. By the end of the module you should be able to:
Identify the key characteristics of the three waves of feminism and articulate the importance of engaging in an intersectional feminist thinking in everyday life.
Understand the complexity of queer politics and the role of heteronormativity in regulating social relations of gender and sexuality. Gain academic curiosity about settler colonialism and its consequences.
Module 7 Learning Intercultural Communication Towards Social Justice
In the final module, we first take a pause and reflect on what we’ve achieved this semester. Then, by doing so, we look at the one of the key goals of learning intercultural communication: to critically and ethically engage in social justice struggles against various modes of inequality and domination that affect all of us as global citizens. By the end of the module, you should be able to:Identify the key qualities crucial to developing global citizenship. Elaborate on the role of intercultural praxis (inquiry, framing, dialogue, positioning and action) in shaping one’s engagement with social justice. Define “dialogue” in the context of intercultural communication and explain how it is conducive to promoting a critical consciousness of social justice
Show Less
Required Reading: Book Title: Intercultural Communication: Globalization and Social Justice, 3rd Edition. Author: Kathryn Sorrells Publisher: SAGE ISBN: 9781506362861
Recommended Reading: Martin, J. N., & Nakayama, T. K. (2018). Intercultural communication in contexts. (7th ed.). McGraw Hill.
Intercultural Communication, COMM-3190, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
1. Mid-term exam
2. Weekly reflection essays
3. Weekly discussion posts
4. A semester-long research project
Description:
Description:
Module 1 Definitions and the imperatives of Intercultural Communication
Module 1 enters into a conversation on/about intercultural communication. By the end of the module, you should be able to: Elaborate the political, social, and demographical factors that shape the ubiquity of intercultural communication. Engage in a dialectic approach to understanding culture interpretively and critically.
Highlight the communicative formations of culture as social constructions of difference.
Module 2 Cultural Identity and Popular Culture
Module 2 this module pays attention to the making of cultural identities as outcomes of human communication and social experience. This module also links the question of identity to popular culture as a site of struggle. By the end of the module, you should be able to:
Define the meanings of ascription and avowal in the context of identity negotiation.
Understand the complex nature of negotiating cultural identities rooted in various locations of social difference.
Critically examine the roles that media and popular culture play in cultivating certain perceptions or worldviews of the dominant group. Imagine counter-strategies of resistance through media or the use of popular culture.
Module 3 Politics of (Im)migration and Intercultural Adaptation
In this module, we will dive into the politics of (im)migration and explore the challenges and barriers to intercultural transitions. More specifically, we will come to terms with the multiple dimensions of global migration shaped by historical, economic, and political conditions of survival and resistance. By the end of the module, you should be able to: Identify the various types of migrants (e.g., involuntary and voluntary migrants) and articulate a general overview of the three waves of global migration. Define cultural assimilation, accommodation, and separation as communicative processes of intercultural transition. Understand intercultural adaptation as a complex process of negotiating cultural differences across micro, meso, and macro dimensions.
Module 4 Intercultural Relationships
Describe and elaborate the key characteristics of intercultural relationships through an interpretive and critical lens.
Understand how intercultural relationships are shaped, impacted, and negotiated through/by power differentials (e.g., privilege attached to a certain racial identity).
Reflect on the personal and structural barriers to developing intercultural relationships and brainstorm ideas for maneuvering those barriers.
Re-imagine your role as a cultural agent in facilitating intercultural allyship and coalition.
Module 5 Negotiating Intercultural Conflict
A more nuanced definition of conflict across three paradigmatic orientations (social scientific, interpretive, and critical)
A more critical understanding of your own communication style in the context of conflict management
The role of “difference” in shaping intercultural conflict across relational and structural contexts.
Module 6 Intercultural Topics: Queerness, Indigeneity, and Feminisms
We examine a few current contemporary struggles germane to intercultural communication in this module. By the end of the module you should be able to:
Identify the key characteristics of the three waves of feminism and articulate the importance of engaging in an intersectional feminist thinking in everyday life.
Understand the complexity of queer politics and the role of heteronormativity in regulating social relations of gender and sexuality. Gain academic curiosity about settler colonialism and its consequences.
Module 7 Learning Intercultural Communication Towards Social Justice
In the final module, we first take a pause and reflect on what we’ve achieved this semester. Then, by doing so, we look at the one of the key goals of learning intercultural communication: to critically and ethically engage in social justice struggles against various modes of inequality and domination that affect all of us as global citizens. By the end of the module, you should be able to:Identify the key qualities crucial to developing global citizenship. Elaborate on the role of intercultural praxis (inquiry, framing, dialogue, positioning and action) in shaping one’s engagement with social justice. Define “dialogue” in the context of intercultural communication and explain how it is conducive to promoting a critical consciousness of social justice
Required Reading: Intercultural Communication: Globalization and Social Justice, 3rd Edition.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Communication Research, COMM-3020, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Exams, including a mid-term exam and a final exam;
Group project
Proposal paper
Research Data-collection practicums
In-Class Workshops and Engagement
Description:
Unit 1-2: Introduction to Communication Reserach and Communication Studies. (This unit provides a clear definition of communication studies and the signficant roles of reserach in producing scinetific/humansitic/critical knowledge in the field)
Unit 3-4: Three Paradigmatic Orientations toward Communication Reserach: Social Scientific, Interpretive, Critical.(After grasping a general understanding of what encompasses Communication Research, we will examine the three "paradigmatic" approaches to conducting communication research. Each approach undergirds the validity of a particular research method that comes with particular objective/subjective goals. )
Unit 5: Understanding Reserach Ethics (Students will collectively elaborate the significance of and the imperative for ethical research in the era of mis-information and artificial intelligence)
Unit 6: Qualitative Reserach Session 1: Interviewing and Its Techniques (This unit understands interviewing as a crucial method of qualitative research. Students will learn about various research sampling strategies for qualitative interviewing and interview question designs)
Unit 7: Qualitative Reserach Session 2: Ethnographic Observation and Its Techniques (This unit takes a step further based on qualitative interviewing and explore fieldwork observation as another primary appraoch to qualitative resarch. Students will engage in real-life fieldwork practices with the instructor and learn about the ethics around observation)
Unit 8: Quantitaitve Research Session 1: Survey Designs (This unit covers survey design as a quantitative/social scientific appraoch to conducting communication research. Students will engage in deductive reasoning to make correlational and causal calims)
Unit 9: Qunatitiative Research Session 2: Experimentation Designs (This unit covers survey post-positivist experimentation as another influential quantitative/social scientific appraoch to conducting communication research.)
Unit 10: Critical Approaches to Communication Session 1: Rhetorical Criticisms (This unit shifts previous interpretive and socian scentific assumptions to research to interrogating knowledge as a production of hegemonic power. Students will understand rheotrical criticism as a necessary tool to shapren one's critcal thinking).
Unit 11: Performance and Arts-Based Communication Research Methods
Unit 12-13: Final Reserach Project Workshops
Required Reading: Book Title: Understanding Communication Research Methods: A Theoretical and Practical Approach, 4th edition. Authors: Stephen Croucher and Daniel Cronn-Mills Publisher: Routledge ISBN: 978-0367623661
Recommended Reading: N/A
U.S. History to 1877, HIST-2700, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Assignment One: Choosing a Historical Artifact Topic Selection Discussion.
Assignment Two: Material Culture Primary and Scholarly Source Bibliography
Assignment Three: Material Culture Project Update Journal Entry
Assignment Four: Material Culture In-Class Presentation
Assignment Five: Material Culture Research-based Blog Post
Midterm Exam-Assesses knowledge of content from the first half of the semester a timeline covering pre-European Contact America to 1820.
Final exam-Assesses knowledge of content from the second half of the semester a timeline covering 1820 to 1877.
Description:
Unit One-During Unit One, students will study information related to pre-contact, Colonial, Revolutionary War, and early America to 1820.
Unit Two-During Unit Two, students will study information related to the Market Revolution, Jacksonian Democracy, the Antebellum Era, the Civil War, and Reconstruction.
Required Reading: Locke, Joseph L., and Ben Wright, editors. The American Yawp: A Massively Collaborative Open U.S. History Textbook, Vol. 1: To 1877. Stanford University Press, 2019. Cave, Alfred A. “Abuse of Power: Andrew Jackson and the Indian Removal Act of 1830.” The Historian 65, no. 6 (2003): 1330–53. http://www.jstor.org/stable/24452618. Furstenberg, Francois. In the Name of the Father: Washington’s Legacy, Slavery, and the Making of a Nation. Penguin Publishing Group, 2007. JOHNSON, WALTER. Soul by Soul: Life Inside the Antebellum Slave Market. Harvard University Press, 1999. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvjf9x4f. Lewis, Jan. “Women and the American Revolution.” OAH Magazine of History 8, no. 4 (1994): 23–26. http://www.jstor.org/stable/25162982. Liebmann, Matthew, and Robert W. Preucel. “The Archaeology of the Pueblo Revolt and the Formation of the Modern Pueblo World.” Kiva 73, no. 2 (2007): 195–217. http://www.jstor.org/stable/30246543.
Recommended Reading: N/A
American History, HIST-1700, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Assignment One: Analyzing a Secondary Source
Assignment Two: Analyzing a Primary Source
Assignment Three: Supporting a Historical Argument
Assignment Four: Writing a Historical Context
Assignment Five: The Progressive Era
Assignment Six: Searching for Primary and Secondary Sources
Assignment Seven: Navajo Code Talkers Presentation
Assignment Eight: Connecting a Theme to American History Presentation
Discussion One: Discussing Colonial America
Discussion Two: Discussing Early America
Discussion Three: Discussing the Market Revolution
Discussion Four: Discussing The Gilded Age
Discussion Five: Discussing the Great Depression
Discussion Six: Discussing the Cold War
Discussion Seven: Discussing the Civil Rights Movement
Description:
Unit One-During Unit One, students will study information related to pre-contact, Colonial, Revolutionary War, and early America to 1820.
Unit Two-During Unit Two, students will study information related to the Market Revolution, Jacksonian Democracy, the Antebellum Era, the Civil War, and Reconstruction.
Required Reading: American Civilization: A Brief History, Hist-1700. .OpenStax College, 2014.
Recommended Reading: N/A
American History, HIST-1700, Section 6, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Assignment One: Choosing a Topic Discussion.
Assignment Two: Research Paper Primary and Scholarly Source Bibliography
Assignment Three: Research Paper PowerPoint
Assignment Four: Research Paper In-Class ArgumentWorkshop
Assignment Five: Final Research Paper
Midterm Exam-Assesses knowledge of content from the first half of the semester a timeline covering pre-European Contact America to 1820.
Final exam-Assesses knowledge of content from the second half of the semester a timeline covering 1820 to 1877.
Description:
Unit One-During Unit One, students will study information related to pre-contact, Colonial, Revolutionary War, and early America to 1820.
Unit Two-During Unit Two, students will study information related to the Market Revolution, Jacksonian Democracy, the Antebellum Era, the Civil War, and Reconstruction.
Required Reading: American Civilization: A Brief History, Hist-1700. .OpenStax College, 2014.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Capstone Seminar III, OTD-7216, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Students will be finalizing their scholarly question and literature review related to their capstone project and experience.
Description:
This is a fluid course and students will be responsible for finalizing a scholarly question related to their individual capstone project and experience. They will also be responsible for completing a comprehensive literature review.
Required Reading: American Psychological Association. (2020). Publication manual of the American Psychological Association: The official guide to APA style (7th ed.).
Recommended Reading: NA
Kinesiology for Dancers, DANC-4510, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Movement Research/Classwork, Assessments, Curiosity Points, Reflection, Final Assessment
Description:
"Building the Foundation": This unit builds a foundation with the students to help understand student perceptions around the course material, class environment, and course learning outcomes. "Broadening Students' Perspectives": This unit helps students explore what is possible from the course material to help them broaden their perspectives with regard to content and learning styles. "Co-Constructing the Thematic Unit": From the foundation and from the students' experiences in the broadening perspectives unit, we will co-construct a thematic unit in line with the course learning objectives to support students in connection with their interests, learning needs, and motivation to build a culminating assessment and the scaffolding to support this pursuit.
Required Reading: - Clippenger, K. (2015). Dance anatomy and kinesiology (2nd ed.). Human Kinetics. - Kapit, W., & Elson, L. M. (2002). The anatomy coloring book. Benjamin Cummings.
Recommended Reading: - Fitt, S. (1996). Dance kinesiology (2nd ed.). Schirmer Books. - Franklin, E. (2012). Dynamic alignment through imagery (2nd ed.). Human Kinetics. - Haas, J. G. (2010). Dance anatomy. Human Kinetics. - Romita, N., & Romita, Al. (2023). Functional awareness: Anatomy in Action for Dancers. Oxford University Press.
FYE: Dance, DANC-1001, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Participation, Reflection and Curiosity Learning Artifacts, Final Essay/Presentation
Description:
"Building the Foundation": This unit builds a foundation with the students to help understand student perceptions around the course material, class environment, and course learning outcomes. "Broadening Students' Perspectives": This unit helps students explore what is possible from the course material to help them broaden their perspectives with regard to content and learning styles. "Co-Constructing the Thematic Unit": From the foundation and from the students' experiences in the broadening perspectives unit, we will co-construct a thematic unit in line with the course learning objectives to support students in connection with their interests, learning needs, and motivation to build a culminating assessment and the scaffolding to support this pursuit.
Required Reading: Sanders, M. (2018). Becoming a learner: Realizing the opportunity of education. McMillan Learning.
Recommended Reading: Mosston, M., & Ashworth, S. (2008). Teaching physical education: First online edition. [AdobeDigital Editions version].
American History, HIST-1700, Section 8, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Both the midterm and final exam will be in person, timed, and written in a Blue Book.
o Open note tests (paper only)
No computers or phones will be allowed on these tests. Paper notes only. Violating this rule will result in a failing grade.
• Biography Presentation
o Each student will select from a list of historical Americans and create/execute a class presentation on that individual.
Each student must incorporate an original PowerPoint/Google Slides presentation.
Student must demonstrate the research done by listing credible primary and secondary sources.
• Reading quizzes (based on “The American Yawp”) will be conducted online, via Canvas. They will be:
o Multiple choice
o Open book
o Due by 11:59pm MST on their Wednesday due dates (unless otherwise noted).
o No late submissions will be accepted.
Description:
History 1700: American History
Utah Tech University
HIST 1700 “American History” Section 04 (40012), and Section 08 (41312)
• Fall 2025
• Credits – 3
Time & Location:
• Section 04: MWF, 10am – 10:50am (GCB – Room 122)
• Section 08: MWF, 11am – 11:50am (GCB – Room 122)
Pre-requisite –Writing placement score of 17 or higher; or ENGL 1010, ENGL 1010D.
Instructor – Matt Bakke, JD, MA
• Email – matthew.bakke@utahtech.edu
• Preferred Method of Contact
o Email/Canvas
• Office Location & Hours
o GCB 449
o Mondays, 12pm-1pm (subject to change)
o Also available by appointment outside set hours
Welcome to American History 1700! In this course you will gain familiarity with American civic institutions, historical events, and more. The course will include lectures, student analysis and research, reading, writing, and workshops.
Course Description: “Fulfils the General Education American Institutions (Utah State Code R470) requirement. Surveys the historical, constitutional, and economic growth of the United States from colonial times to the present. Employs lectures, discussion, audio-visual materials, and various other instructional methods. Successful students will demonstrate a reasonable understanding of the history, principles, form of government, economic system of the United States, and the responsibilities of American citizens. Inclusive Access Course Material (electronic book) fees may apply, see Fees tab under each course section for details.**COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLOs) At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1. Identify and understand the major chronological and topical divisions in U.S. history. 2. Demonstrate substantive knowledge of the social, cultural, economic, and political history of the United States. 3. Develop historical thinking skills and use them to analyze major historical themes and arguments found in primary and secondary source materials. 4. Argue and write analytically, cogently, and comparatively about significant issues in U.S. history. Prerequisite: Writing placement score of 17 or higher; or ENGL 1010, ENGL 1010D. FA, SP, SU.”
Required Texts/Reading
• Locke, Joseph L., and Ben Wright. The American Yawp: A Massively Collaborative Open U.S. History Textbook. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 2019.
• This book is free online: https://www.americanyawp.com/
List of Supplies
• You will need access to a computer:
o With PowerPoint/Google Slides to prepare your biography presentation
o Internet access for Canvas
• Whatever you need to take notes!
• Two “Blue Books,” one for the midterm exam and one for the final exam
o Can be purchased at the University bookstore
Grading Policy (Evaluation Methods & Criteria)
Your final grade shall be determined by the following criteria:
• Chapter Review Quizzes 300 points (10 quizzes x 30 pts each)
• Class Biography Presentation 300 points
• Midterm Exam 150 points
• Final Exam 250 points
Total = 1000 points
Grading Scale
The following grading scale shall be used in History 1700:
A 1000-930 A- 929-900 B+ 899-870 B 869-830
B- 829-800 C+ 799-770 C 769-730 C- 729-700
D+ 699-670 D 669-630 D- 629-600 F 599-0
(Rounding: If a student earns 93.5%, that student will receive an “A”; if a student earns 93.4%, that student will receive an “A-”. This example applies to all letter grades on the scale above).
Attendance and Punctuality Policy
Attendance will not affect your final grade (you are adults), but it will be taken per university policy.
• I will greatly encourage students to avoid missing class. The information obtained will be tested in the midterm and final, as well as assist you with your other assignments.
Additional Policies
• Quizzes and Exams must be completed on time. Make-up quizzes will only be provided for a serious reason that is formally documented (such as a doctor’s note or an email with ticket number from tech/Canvas support).
• Other late work: 15% loss of the grade per day late. Can be excused with formal documentation.
• Students should come to class on time and remain in class until the end of the class session.
• Students should be polite and respectful to one another, guests, teaching assistants, and lecturers.
• Electronic devices:
o Laptops are permitted for taking notes.
o Cell phones must be always put away during class, unless we are using them for a specific activity.
o Headphones/earbuds may not be used during class.
o Use of laptop or mobile phone in a manner that distracts others is not permitted. I reserve the right to ask you to close your laptop/put away your phone at any time.
Assignments
More detailed instructions and guidelines will be provided in upcoming class sessions, but please take note of the following:
• Both the midterm and final exam will be in person, timed, and written in a Blue Book.
o Open note tests (paper only)
No computers or phones will be allowed on these tests. Paper notes only. Violating this rule will result in a failing grade.
• Biography Presentation
o Each student will select from a list of historical Americans and create/execute a class presentation on that individual.
Each student must incorporate an original PowerPoint/Google Slides presentation.
Student must demonstrate the research done by listing credible primary and secondary sources.
• Reading quizzes (based on “The American Yawp”) will be conducted online, via Canvas. They will be:
o Multiple choice
o Open book
o Due by 11:59pm MST on their Wednesday due dates (unless otherwise noted).
o No late submissions will be accepted.
• I will provide opportunity for extra credit during the course.
Tentative Schedule
Week/Date Topics Reading Due Assignments Due
Week 1
Aug. 20-22 Intro to History 1700.
Intro to primary source analysis/research.
Pre-Colonial America
Read chapters 1 & 2
Quiz due FRIDAY, Aug. 22
Week 2
Aug. 25-29 Colonial America
The American Revolution Read chapters 4 & 5
Quiz due Aug. 27
Week 3
Sep. 3-5 Founding the USA
The Constitution No class Sept. 1 (Labor Day)
Read chapter 6
Quiz due Sep. 3
Week 4
Sep. 8-12 Jeffersonian Era
War of 1812 and Jacksonian America
Trail of Tears Read chapters 7 & 9
Quiz due Sep. 10
Week 5
Sep. 15-19 US Slavery
Civil War
Read chapters 3, 8, & 11 (focus on topic of slavery)
Quiz due Sep. 17
Week 6
Sep. 22-26 Civil War Read chapters 13 & 14
Quiz due Sep. 24
Week 7
Sep. 29-Oct. 3 Reconstruction
Read chapters 15 & 16
No quiz, but please read!
In-Person Midterm Exam – Oct. 3 at regular class time
Week 8
Oct. 6-8 Westward Expansion
American Empire
National Parks Read chapters 17, 18, & 19
Quiz due Oct. 8
No class Oct. 10 (Fall Break)
Week 9
Oct. 13-17 US Immigration
The Progressive Era Read chapter 20
No quiz, but please read!
Week 10
Oct. 20-24 World War 1
The 1920s Read chapter 21
Quiz due Oct. 22
Week 11
Oct. 27-31 Prohibition
The 1930s Read chapters 22 & 23
No quiz, but please read!
Week 12
Nov. 3-7
The Second World War
The Cold War Read chapters 24 & 25
Quiz due Nov. 5
Week 13
Nov. 10-14 Post War America
Civil Rights
* Biography Presentations Read chapters 26, 27, & 28
Quiz due Nov. 12
*Please prep for your Biography Presentations
Week 14
Nov. 17-21 1960s
The Vietnam War
* Biography Presentations Biography presentations will take place
*Please prep for your Biography Presentations
Nov. 24-28
THANKSGIVING
BREAK
Week 15
Dec. 1-5
* Biography Presentations Biography presentations will take place
Review
FINAL
See YOUR section’s date
In Person FINAL EXAM
Section 04 (20015)
Dec. 10
9am - 10:50am
Section 08 (20251)
Dec. 8
11am - 12:50pm
Teaching and Learning Methods
• Lecture, discussions, exploring case studies, experiential learning, presentations, demonstrations, critiques, group work.
Institutional Assessment Maps
Course Learning Outcomes Map
1. Identify and understand the major chronological and topical divisions in U.S. history.
2. Demonstrate substantive knowledge of the social, cultural, economic, and political history of the United States.
3. Develop historical thinking skills and use them to analyze major historical themes and arguments found in primary and scholarly secondary source materials.
4. Argue and write analytically, cogently, and comparatively about significant issues in U.S. history.
List Program Learning Outcomes for degree program (PLOs)
1. Identify and describe key historical events, processes, and actors from a diverse array of times and places.
2. Investigate diverse forms of historical evidence and evaluate sources for their appropriateness and utility.
3. Create forms of written and oral presentation, using accepted professional methodologies, which clearly articulate historical interpretations.
4. Analyze and interpret historical evidence and key historiographical debates, distinguishing between causal and correlative factors in the historical process.
Learning Outcomes Map: CLOs to PLOs
CLO Mapped to PLO Assessment(s)
1. #1 and #4 Reading Assessments, Midterm, and Final Exam
2. #1 and #3 Presentation, Midterm, and Final Exam
3. #2 and #3 Presentation, Midterm, and Final Exam
4. #3 and #4 Midterm, and Final Exam
1. GE Essential Learning Outcomes
ELO 1. Broad Knowledge of the Liberal Arts & Sciences—point (a) “Demonstrate comprehensive knowledge of the human past, including the historical development of human knowledge in global contexts”
ELO 4. Information Literacy—points (b) and (c) “• Critically evaluate information and information sources” ; “Use information effectively to accomplish a specific purpose.”
CLO ELO Assessment
1 1a Reading Assessment
2 1a and 4b Reading Assessment, Presentation, Midterm and Final Exam
3 4b and 4c Midterm and Final Exam
4 1a and 4c Midterm and Final Exam
Non-Contract Statement
This syllabus is meant to serve as an outline and guide for the course. Please note that the I may modify it at any time with reasonable notice to students. I may also modify the Schedule at any time to accommodate the needs of the class. Should you have any questions or concerns about the syllabus, it is your responsibility to contact me for clarification.
Faculty and Student Responsibilities
• Defining Plagiarism:
o "Plagiarism means the intentional unacknowledged use or incorporation of any other person's work in, or as a basis for, one's own work offered for academic consideration or credit or for public presentation. Plagiarism includes, but is not limited to, representing as one's own, without attribution, any other individual's words, phrasing, ideas, sequence of ideas, information or any other mode or content of expression."
Resources
• Writing Center: https://writingcenter.utahtech.edu/
• Tutoring Center: https://tutoring.utahtech.edu/
• UTT Library: https://library.utahtech.edu/
• Career Services: https://career.utahtech.edu/
• Booth Wellness Center: https://wellness.utahtech.edu/
o Physical and Mental Health services
• Technical Help Desk: https://help.utahtech.edu/home/
• Veterans Center: https://veterans.utahtech.edu/
• Disability Resource Center: https://drcenter.utahtech.edu/
• Academic Advisement: https://advisement.utahtech.edu/
• Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Statement
o “UT welcomes all students and strives to make the learning experience accessible. If you are a student with a medical, psychological, or learning disability that may require accommodations for this course, you are encouraged to contact the Disability Resource Center (DRC) as soon as possible. You may request reasonable accommodations at any time during the semester; however, they are not retroactive. The DRC is located next door to the Testing Center in the North Plaza Building” (435-652-7516, drc@utahtech.edu, drcenter@utahtech.edu).
• Addressing Sexual Misconduct
o “Utah Tech University affirms its commitment to the promotion of fairness and equity in all aspects of the educational institution. Harassment and discrimination – including sex/gender discrimination, gender identity, gender expression, sexual harassment, sexual misconduct, gender-based violence, dating violence, domestic violence, stalking, pregnancy or parental , family or marital status and or retaliation –not only disrupts our commitment to maintaining an environment in which every member of the University community is treated with respect and dignity, but may also violate University policy and federal, state, and/or local law. Should you or someone you know experience behavior that is coercive, discriminatory, harassing, and or sexually violent in nature, or if you or someone you know has questions about their rights and options regarding such behavior, you are encouraged to contact: – Hazel Sainsbury, Dir. Of Equity Compliance, Title IX Coordinator: 435.652.7747 (ext. 7747) hazel.sainsbury@utahtech.edu ; titleix@utahtech.edu Incidents may also be reported directly to law enforcement, either separately or in conjunction with any report made to the University’s Title IX Coordinator, and the University will aid in making contact if requested.– Utah Tech University Police: 435.275.4300 or by calling 9-1-1. Maintaining a safe and inclusive University community is a shared responsibility. For more information on how Title IX protections can benefit you and help us keep a productive campus environment, visit titleix.utahtech.edu to learn more.”
Required Reading: • Locke, Joseph L., and Ben Wright. The American Yawp: A Massively Collaborative Open U.S. History Textbook. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 2019.
Recommended Reading: n/a
American History, HIST-1700, Section 4, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Both the midterm and final exam will be in person, timed, and written in a Blue Book.
o Open note tests (paper only)
No computers or phones will be allowed on these tests. Paper notes only. Violating this rule will result in a failing grade.
• Biography Presentation
o Each student will select from a list of historical Americans and create/execute a class presentation on that individual.
Each student must incorporate an original PowerPoint/Google Slides presentation.
Student must demonstrate the research done by listing credible primary and secondary sources.
• Reading quizzes (based on “The American Yawp”) will be conducted online, via Canvas. They will be:
o Multiple choice
o Open book
o Due by 11:59pm MST on their Wednesday due dates (unless otherwise noted).
o No late submissions will be accepted.
Description:
History 1700: American History
Utah Tech University
HIST 1700 “American History” Section 04 (40012), and Section 08 (41312)
• Fall 2025
• Credits – 3
Time & Location:
• Section 04: MWF, 10am – 10:50am (GCB – Room 122)
• Section 08: MWF, 11am – 11:50am (GCB – Room 122)
Pre-requisite –Writing placement score of 17 or higher; or ENGL 1010, ENGL 1010D.
Instructor – Matt Bakke, JD, MA
• Email – matthew.bakke@utahtech.edu
• Preferred Method of Contact
o Email/Canvas
• Office Location & Hours
o GCB 449
o Mondays, 12pm-1pm (subject to change)
o Also available by appointment outside set hours
Welcome to American History 1700! In this course you will gain familiarity with American civic institutions, historical events, and more. The course will include lectures, student analysis and research, reading, writing, and workshops.
Course Description: “Fulfils the General Education American Institutions (Utah State Code R470) requirement. Surveys the historical, constitutional, and economic growth of the United States from colonial times to the present. Employs lectures, discussion, audio-visual materials, and various other instructional methods. Successful students will demonstrate a reasonable understanding of the history, principles, form of government, economic system of the United States, and the responsibilities of American citizens. Inclusive Access Course Material (electronic book) fees may apply, see Fees tab under each course section for details.**COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLOs) At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1. Identify and understand the major chronological and topical divisions in U.S. history. 2. Demonstrate substantive knowledge of the social, cultural, economic, and political history of the United States. 3. Develop historical thinking skills and use them to analyze major historical themes and arguments found in primary and secondary source materials. 4. Argue and write analytically, cogently, and comparatively about significant issues in U.S. history. Prerequisite: Writing placement score of 17 or higher; or ENGL 1010, ENGL 1010D. FA, SP, SU.”
Required Texts/Reading
• Locke, Joseph L., and Ben Wright. The American Yawp: A Massively Collaborative Open U.S. History Textbook. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 2019.
• This book is free online: https://www.americanyawp.com/
List of Supplies
• You will need access to a computer:
o With PowerPoint/Google Slides to prepare your biography presentation
o Internet access for Canvas
• Whatever you need to take notes!
• Two “Blue Books,” one for the midterm exam and one for the final exam
o Can be purchased at the University bookstore
Grading Policy (Evaluation Methods & Criteria)
Your final grade shall be determined by the following criteria:
• Chapter Review Quizzes 300 points (10 quizzes x 30 pts each)
• Class Biography Presentation 300 points
• Midterm Exam 150 points
• Final Exam 250 points
Total = 1000 points
Grading Scale
The following grading scale shall be used in History 1700:
A 1000-930 A- 929-900 B+ 899-870 B 869-830
B- 829-800 C+ 799-770 C 769-730 C- 729-700
D+ 699-670 D 669-630 D- 629-600 F 599-0
(Rounding: If a student earns 93.5%, that student will receive an “A”; if a student earns 93.4%, that student will receive an “A-”. This example applies to all letter grades on the scale above).
Attendance and Punctuality Policy
Attendance will not affect your final grade (you are adults), but it will be taken per university policy.
• I will greatly encourage students to avoid missing class. The information obtained will be tested in the midterm and final, as well as assist you with your other assignments.
Additional Policies
• Quizzes and Exams must be completed on time. Make-up quizzes will only be provided for a serious reason that is formally documented (such as a doctor’s note or an email with ticket number from tech/Canvas support).
• Other late work: 15% loss of the grade per day late. Can be excused with formal documentation.
• Students should come to class on time and remain in class until the end of the class session.
• Students should be polite and respectful to one another, guests, teaching assistants, and lecturers.
• Electronic devices:
o Laptops are permitted for taking notes.
o Cell phones must be always put away during class, unless we are using them for a specific activity.
o Headphones/earbuds may not be used during class.
o Use of laptop or mobile phone in a manner that distracts others is not permitted. I reserve the right to ask you to close your laptop/put away your phone at any time.
Assignments
More detailed instructions and guidelines will be provided in upcoming class sessions, but please take note of the following:
• Both the midterm and final exam will be in person, timed, and written in a Blue Book.
o Open note tests (paper only)
No computers or phones will be allowed on these tests. Paper notes only. Violating this rule will result in a failing grade.
• Biography Presentation
o Each student will select from a list of historical Americans and create/execute a class presentation on that individual.
Each student must incorporate an original PowerPoint/Google Slides presentation.
Student must demonstrate the research done by listing credible primary and secondary sources.
• Reading quizzes (based on “The American Yawp”) will be conducted online, via Canvas. They will be:
o Multiple choice
o Open book
o Due by 11:59pm MST on their Wednesday due dates (unless otherwise noted).
o No late submissions will be accepted.
• I will provide opportunity for extra credit during the course.
Tentative Schedule
Week/Date Topics Reading Due Assignments Due
Week 1
Aug. 20-22 Intro to History 1700.
Intro to primary source analysis/research.
Pre-Colonial America
Read chapters 1 & 2
Quiz due FRIDAY, Aug. 22
Week 2
Aug. 25-29 Colonial America
The American Revolution Read chapters 4 & 5
Quiz due Aug. 27
Week 3
Sep. 3-5 Founding the USA
The Constitution No class Sept. 1 (Labor Day)
Read chapter 6
Quiz due Sep. 3
Week 4
Sep. 8-12 Jeffersonian Era
War of 1812 and Jacksonian America
Trail of Tears Read chapters 7 & 9
Quiz due Sep. 10
Week 5
Sep. 15-19 US Slavery
Civil War
Read chapters 3, 8, & 11 (focus on topic of slavery)
Quiz due Sep. 17
Week 6
Sep. 22-26 Civil War Read chapters 13 & 14
Quiz due Sep. 24
Week 7
Sep. 29-Oct. 3 Reconstruction
Read chapters 15 & 16
No quiz, but please read!
In-Person Midterm Exam – Oct. 3 at regular class time
Week 8
Oct. 6-8 Westward Expansion
American Empire
National Parks Read chapters 17, 18, & 19
Quiz due Oct. 8
No class Oct. 10 (Fall Break)
Week 9
Oct. 13-17 US Immigration
The Progressive Era Read chapter 20
No quiz, but please read!
Week 10
Oct. 20-24 World War 1
The 1920s Read chapter 21
Quiz due Oct. 22
Week 11
Oct. 27-31 Prohibition
The 1930s Read chapters 22 & 23
No quiz, but please read!
Week 12
Nov. 3-7
The Second World War
The Cold War Read chapters 24 & 25
Quiz due Nov. 5
Week 13
Nov. 10-14 Post War America
Civil Rights
* Biography Presentations Read chapters 26, 27, & 28
Quiz due Nov. 12
*Please prep for your Biography Presentations
Week 14
Nov. 17-21 1960s
The Vietnam War
* Biography Presentations Biography presentations will take place
*Please prep for your Biography Presentations
Nov. 24-28
THANKSGIVING
BREAK
Week 15
Dec. 1-5
* Biography Presentations Biography presentations will take place
Review
FINAL
See YOUR section’s date
In Person FINAL EXAM
Section 04 (20015)
Dec. 10
9am - 10:50am
Section 08 (20251)
Dec. 8
11am - 12:50pm
Teaching and Learning Methods
• Lecture, discussions, exploring case studies, experiential learning, presentations, demonstrations, critiques, group work.
Institutional Assessment Maps
Course Learning Outcomes Map
1. Identify and understand the major chronological and topical divisions in U.S. history.
2. Demonstrate substantive knowledge of the social, cultural, economic, and political history of the United States.
3. Develop historical thinking skills and use them to analyze major historical themes and arguments found in primary and scholarly secondary source materials.
4. Argue and write analytically, cogently, and comparatively about significant issues in U.S. history.
List Program Learning Outcomes for degree program (PLOs)
1. Identify and describe key historical events, processes, and actors from a diverse array of times and places.
2. Investigate diverse forms of historical evidence and evaluate sources for their appropriateness and utility.
3. Create forms of written and oral presentation, using accepted professional methodologies, which clearly articulate historical interpretations.
4. Analyze and interpret historical evidence and key historiographical debates, distinguishing between causal and correlative factors in the historical process.
Learning Outcomes Map: CLOs to PLOs
CLO Mapped to PLO Assessment(s)
1. #1 and #4 Reading Assessments, Midterm, and Final Exam
2. #1 and #3 Presentation, Midterm, and Final Exam
3. #2 and #3 Presentation, Midterm, and Final Exam
4. #3 and #4 Midterm, and Final Exam
1. GE Essential Learning Outcomes
ELO 1. Broad Knowledge of the Liberal Arts & Sciences—point (a) “Demonstrate comprehensive knowledge of the human past, including the historical development of human knowledge in global contexts”
ELO 4. Information Literacy—points (b) and (c) “• Critically evaluate information and information sources” ; “Use information effectively to accomplish a specific purpose.”
CLO ELO Assessment
1 1a Reading Assessment
2 1a and 4b Reading Assessment, Presentation, Midterm and Final Exam
3 4b and 4c Midterm and Final Exam
4 1a and 4c Midterm and Final Exam
Non-Contract Statement
This syllabus is meant to serve as an outline and guide for the course. Please note that the I may modify it at any time with reasonable notice to students. I may also modify the Schedule at any time to accommodate the needs of the class. Should you have any questions or concerns about the syllabus, it is your responsibility to contact me for clarification.
Faculty and Student Responsibilities
• Defining Plagiarism:
o "Plagiarism means the intentional unacknowledged use or incorporation of any other person's work in, or as a basis for, one's own work offered for academic consideration or credit or for public presentation. Plagiarism includes, but is not limited to, representing as one's own, without attribution, any other individual's words, phrasing, ideas, sequence of ideas, information or any other mode or content of expression."
Resources
• Writing Center: https://writingcenter.utahtech.edu/
• Tutoring Center: https://tutoring.utahtech.edu/
• UTT Library: https://library.utahtech.edu/
• Career Services: https://career.utahtech.edu/
• Booth Wellness Center: https://wellness.utahtech.edu/
o Physical and Mental Health services
• Technical Help Desk: https://help.utahtech.edu/home/
• Veterans Center: https://veterans.utahtech.edu/
• Disability Resource Center: https://drcenter.utahtech.edu/
• Academic Advisement: https://advisement.utahtech.edu/
• Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Statement
o “UT welcomes all students and strives to make the learning experience accessible. If you are a student with a medical, psychological, or learning disability that may require accommodations for this course, you are encouraged to contact the Disability Resource Center (DRC) as soon as possible. You may request reasonable accommodations at any time during the semester; however, they are not retroactive. The DRC is located next door to the Testing Center in the North Plaza Building” (435-652-7516, drc@utahtech.edu, drcenter@utahtech.edu).
• Addressing Sexual Misconduct
o “Utah Tech University affirms its commitment to the promotion of fairness and equity in all aspects of the educational institution. Harassment and discrimination – including sex/gender discrimination, gender identity, gender expression, sexual harassment, sexual misconduct, gender-based violence, dating violence, domestic violence, stalking, pregnancy or parental , family or marital status and or retaliation –not only disrupts our commitment to maintaining an environment in which every member of the University community is treated with respect and dignity, but may also violate University policy and federal, state, and/or local law. Should you or someone you know experience behavior that is coercive, discriminatory, harassing, and or sexually violent in nature, or if you or someone you know has questions about their rights and options regarding such behavior, you are encouraged to contact: – Hazel Sainsbury, Dir. Of Equity Compliance, Title IX Coordinator: 435.652.7747 (ext. 7747) hazel.sainsbury@utahtech.edu ; titleix@utahtech.edu Incidents may also be reported directly to law enforcement, either separately or in conjunction with any report made to the University’s Title IX Coordinator, and the University will aid in making contact if requested.– Utah Tech University Police: 435.275.4300 or by calling 9-1-1. Maintaining a safe and inclusive University community is a shared responsibility. For more information on how Title IX protections can benefit you and help us keep a productive campus environment, visit titleix.utahtech.edu to learn more.”
Required Reading: • Locke, Joseph L., and Ben Wright. The American Yawp: A Massively Collaborative Open U.S. History Textbook. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 2019.
Recommended Reading: n/a
Health Policy, HLTH-4800, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
module projects
Description:
introduction to health policy
context of health policymaking
policy formulation
policy implementation and modification
competence of health professionals
Required Reading: longest health policymaking in the US
Recommended Reading: Watch the documentary Money and Medicine Watch the video Health and Wellness: Definition and Dimensions Watch the video What is Health Policy? What does Health Policy mean? Health Policy Meaning & Explanation Watch the video Beyond the Data - Public Health Law: Social Determinants of Health and Public Health 3.0 Watch the video How Does the Affordable Care Act Work? Watch the video Medicare Explained in Two Minutes Watch the video What is Medicare & Medicaid 101 Watch the video Medicaid Expansion Explained Watch the video Social Determinants of Health - An Introduction Watch the video The Triple Aim and the Social Determinants of Health Watch the video ACA and AHCA: Don Berwick Breaks It Down Watch the video Milton Friedman - Health Care in a Free Market Watch the video Why Health Care is Different Watch the video Money in Politics and Special Interests Groups Exploit Our Healthcare Watch the video AP Gov 5 Minute Review: Theories of Political Power: Pluralism, Elite, HyperpluralismWatch the video Behavioral Economics: Crash Course Economics #27 Watch the video How to Partner with Patients to Improve Health Care Watch the video Structure of the Court System: Crash Course Government and Politics #19 Watch the video Separation of Powers and Checks and Balances: Crash Course Government and Politics #3 Watch the video Judicial Review: Crash Course Government and Politics #21 Watch the video What is the Difference Between Civil Cases and Criminal Cases? Watch the video Agenda Setting and Object Attributes Watch the video Congressional Committees: Crash Course Government and Politics #7 Watch the video Why Health Care Policy Matters Read and Review The State Health Department Role in the Policy Process Read and Review State and Local Public Health: An Overview of Regulatory Authority Read and Review National Conference of State Legislatures (NCSL) : Health Innovations State Law Database Read and Review Use of Research Evidence in State Health Policymaking: Menu labeling policy in California. Watch the video Making the Business Case: Community Health Investments Yield Results Watch the video Growing the State offices of Rural Health Watch the video How a Bill Becomes a Law: Crash Course Government and Politics #9 Watch the video Congressional Leadership: Crash Course Government and Politics #8 Review Appendix 1.2 CMS Read Appendix 3.2 Some mission critical centers of CMS Read Appendix 3.9 Operation of Medicare Parts A & B Read Appendix 3.10 Example of Challenges of OIG at HHS Watch the video Public Policy Implementation Watch the video What are Medicare and Medicaid? Watch the video CMS Compliance Review Program Watch the video Policy Implementation Agencies and Problems Read 2.4 Conference Committees Read 2.5 Introduction to the Federal Budget Process Read 3.1 Typical Plan for Legislative Oversight Watch the video How to Evaluate Policy Watch the video The Rulemaking Process: A Primer by FDA Watch the video What are the Biggest Challenges Facing Your Health System? Watch the video Health Care is More than Just Policy Watch the video The Next Revolution in Health Care? Empathy Watch the video: Forecasting Overview Read Postscript: The Coronavirus Pandemic: Executive Branch Policy Implementation and Ramifications (Textbook pg. 579) Review Chapters 1-10 policy making concepts Review CDC COVID-19 Guidance Review COVID-19 State Health Actions Review Utah Coronavirus Information Review Southwest Utah Coronavirus Information Watch the video How has WHO has responded to COVID-19 Watch the video The Full Story of Trump and COVID-19 Watch the video Coronavirus 2021: Physician discusses case surge, death projections and vaccine distribution
Consumer Health Issues, HLTH-2700, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
fen phen project
Description:
fraudulent types of healthcare, alternative medicine, and products and services.
evaluating products and services
evidenced based information
vulnerable populations
Required Reading: Read the content on the 1.1 Health Media Issues Instructional Page Watch the videos under the section Problems with Products, Services, Cost, & Access Watch the video Ad Hype: True or False View advertisement videos Read Role of Media in Health Communications Read A shockingly large majority of health news shared on Facebook is fake or misleading Study the Credibility Coalition's Health Feedback Criteria fraudulent types of healthcare, alternative medicine, and products and services. Read the content on the 1.4 Nutrition, Fallacies, Fads and Supplements Instructional Page Watch the video Basic Nutrition and Macro - Nutrients Video Animation by Train With Kane Read the webpage The Dietary Guidelines for Americans 2020-2025 and About the Dietary Guidelines. Read the webpage Poor Nutrition and Health Effects Watch the video Basic Nutritional Advice : Hints on Reading Food Nutrition Labels Read the article Understanding Food Nutrition Labels Watch the video Food Labels - Guide/Misleading Claims Read the article Brief History of USDA Food Guides Watch the video Fad Diets: Fact or Fiction Watch the video This Is Why Eating Healthy Is Hard (Time Travel Dietician) [sic] Watch the video Pros and Cons of Becoming a Vegetarian Watch the video Are Vegetarians Healthier? - Should I Eat Meat Watch the video If Meat Eaters Acted Like Vegans - Ultra Spiritual Life episode 35 Read the content from the webpage on Vitamins from Medline Plus Review the webpage on Vitamins and Minerals from NIH Review the webpage FDA 101: Dietary Supplements Watch the video A Boy Ate 150 Gummy Vitamins For Breakfast. This Is What Happened To His Bones View the Vitamins and Supplements advertisements Read the content on the Intelligent Consumer and Health Behaviors Instructional Page Read the article 11 Ways to be a Wise Healthcare Consumer Read the article Being a Wise Consumer Watch the video The 9 Drivers of Healthcare Consumerism Watch the video What could the future of digital healthcare look like for a consumer? Read the article The Future or Marketing: Predicting Consumer Behavior with AI Watch the video Cell Phones Raise Risk of Cancer Read the article The Psychology of Risk Perception Watch the video Healthy Behavior Change and Health Care's Next Steps Read the article Smoking & Tobacco Use: Fast Facts Watch the video Quit at Duke: Duke Cancer Center Smoking Cessation Program View the infographic The Global Impact of Vaccines in Reducing Vaccine-Preventable Disease Morbidity and Mortality Watch the video Measles Explained — Vaccinate or Not? Read the article Drowsy Driving: Asleep at the Wheel Watch the video Sleep Deprivation and its Weird Effects on the Mind and Body Watch the video Energy Drinks and Your Heart Read the content on the 2.2 Prevention and Safety instructional page Study the chart that the describes the five levels of prevention Watch the video Public health and the 5 levels of prevention Read the article Oral Health: Standard Precautions Watch the video Home Safety Watch the video Ruben Paul - Self Diagnosis Read the article The Dangers of Self Diagnosis Read the article When To See a Doctor Read the article Let's Get Checked Visit the website 23andme Read the content on the 2.3 Healthcare Facilities, Mental Health, and Oral Health Instructional Page Read the article About Accreditation: ACHC Read the article When to Go to Urgent Care vs. the ER Watch the video Joint Commission Center For Transforming Healthcare Read the article Quality Check Read the article National Hospital Rankings Chart: Comagine Health View the Selecting a Nursing Home slideshow Watch the video Mental Health Awareness - When to Seek Care Study the chart Types of Mental Health Providers Read the article Questionable "Self-Help" Products Watch the video What Really Causes Cavities? Watch the video Periodontal Disease Watch the video CDC Grand Rounds Beyond the Data: Community Water Fluoridation Watch the video Debate concerning fluoride in the city water Watch the video Brushing and flossing Review the oral health products chart Watch the video Common Dental Procedures Watch the video Dentist Jobs : Types of Dentists Watch the video Amalgam (Metal, Mercury) Fillings - Are they BAD OR DANGEROUS? Read the article Tips for Choosing the Right Dentist Read the content on the 2.4 The CAM Movement & Chiropractics Instructional Page Watch the video Complementary and Alternative Medicine - What You Need To Know Read the article 5 Types of Complementary and Alternative Medicine View the Types of CAM Therapies video slideshow Watch the video The loudest chiropractic adjustment on the internet? Watch the video Chiropractic History Watch the video Dr Ian - Chiropractic CHANGES LIFE for teenager with acute PAIN & DEAD LEG Watch the video Fact vs. Theory vs. Hypothesis vs. Law… EXPLAINED! Watch the video The power of the placebo effect - Emma Bryce Read the article 12 Insider Tips for Choosing the Best Primary Care Doctor Read the article 10 Tips for Choosing a Primary Care Doctor Read the article Choosing a Doctor: Quick tips Watch the video Fact vs. Theory vs. Hypothesis vs. Law… EXPLAINED! Watch the video The power of the placebo effect - Emma Bryce Read the article 12 Insider Tips for Choosing the Best Primary Care Doctor Read the article 10 Tips for Choosing a Primary Care Doctor Read the article Choosing a Doctor: Quick tips Watch the video Fact vs. Theory vs. Hypothesis vs. Law… EXPLAINED! Watch the video The power of the placebo effect - Emma Bryce Read the article 12 Insider Tips for Choosing the Best Primary Care Doctor Read the article 10 Tips for Choosing a Primary Care Doctor Read the article Choosing a Doctor: Quick tips Watch the video We make mistakes in Healthcare Watch the video 6 signs your dentist might be ripping you off Watch the video Patients Stories of Pharmacists' Care Watch the video WebMD will make you PARANOID Read the article The truth about WebMD, a hypochondriac's nightmare and Big Pharma's dream Read the article Dr. YouTube...What's your diagnosis? Explore the website Evidence-Based Healthcare Literature Read the article 12 Major Types of Research Designs Watch the video How statistics can be misleading - Mark Liddell Watch the video Peer Review in 3 Minutes Watch the video What are systematic reviews? Watch the video Understanding publication bias Watch the video Conflict of Interest and Research Integrity Watch the video Vaccine Link to Autism Retracted Watch the video Vaccines and the autism myth - parts 1 and 2 | Infectious diseases | Health & Medicine | Khan Academy Watch the video The Clinical Trial Journey Read the article UNDERSTANDING CLINICAL TRIALS Read the content on the Marketing Techniques, Vulnerability, and Ethics Instructional Page Watch the video How Marketers Manipulate Us: Psychological Manipulation in Advertising Read the article Psychology in Advertising Watch the video Vulnerable Populations Read the article Marketing and the Vulnerable Watch the video Topic 23.3 Marketing ethics - Products, vulnerable groups View the Competent Customers slider Read the article Is This the Grossest Advertising Strategy of All Time? View the What factors make people vulnerable? slideshow ead the content on the 4.2 Education, Access, Aging, and Sexual and Reproductive Health Instructional Page View the webpage Flu Shot Discount Coupon Watch the video EQUATE 30 SECOND SPOT - WAL-MART - PRODUCED BY DEG Watch the video Airborne Dual Action Commercial View the webpage Nature Made® Vitamins Watch the video Lipitor Medication 2010 Commercial Watch the video 2006 Reach Act Restoring Mouthwash Commercial View the webpage Mack’s® Ear Plugs Watch the video 1992 Dial Soap "Doctor Recommended" TV Commercial Watch the video Oral-B Genius 8000 Black electric toothbrush View the webpage New Arrival 5 Second Body Wrinkle Remover Watch the video Life Alert Commercial 2018 Watch the video Frank Thomas Eugenics Ohhh yyyeeeauuhh Watch the video Unlimited Youth The Iron Nun Nike AD View the webpage These 21 creative Durex condom ads ... Watch the video Funny his and her KY commercial Watch the video Viagra commercial Watch the video Lili Reinhart’s Revealing Speech About Body Image | Glamour WOTY 2018 Watch the video Girls Ages 6-18 Talk About Body Image | Allure Watch the video Victoria’s Secret Body by Victoria TV Commercial (Extended) (Spring 2016) Watch the video Cosmetic Claims video Watch the video Neutrogena Oil Free Acne Wash TV Commercial Featuring Emma Roberts Watch the video Mayo Clinic Minute: Tanning bed dangers Watch the video Wilmington Laser Hair Removal TV Ad Watch the video Bosley Commercial - "Your Hair" (2014) Watch the video LeBron James - Hair Transplant Read the article Why Are So Many Mormons Getting Boob Jobs? Read the article Plastic surgery: Beauty or beast? Watch the video Young Girl Has Surgery To Prevent Bullying | Cosmetic Kids | Real Families Read the article The importance of choosing a board-certified plastic surgeon Watch the video Women Get Photoshopped Into Cultural Beauty Standards • Ladylike Watch the video #TomorrowsDiscoveries: Preventing Cardiovascular Disease – Erin Michos, M.D. Read the article Treatment and Prevention of Heart Disease Watch the video Elizabeth Banks in "Just a Little Heart Attack" Read the article Aspirin and Heart Disease Watch the video What is cancer? | What causes cancer and how is it treated UPDATE Read the article Questionable Cancer Therapies Watch the video Ischemic Stroke Animation - Cook Children's Read the article Stroke Signs and Symptoms Watch the video What is Diabetes Mellitus? (Symptoms, Causes, Treatment, Prevention) Watch the video Pre Diabetes: Biggest Scam, Biggest Boon or Both? Watch the video 5 Tips for Managing Diabetes Read the article Patient education: Depression treatment options for adults (Beyond the Basics) Watch the video 5 Stages of Grief and the Grieving Process Read the article Finding a Hospice Program Read the article What are euthanasia and assisted suicide? Watch the video Attitudes and Practices of Euthanasia and Physician-Assisted Suicide View the webpage Utah organ transplants reach record high Read the article Eight Effective Ways to Dispose of a Body
Recommended Reading: n/a
Communication and Conflict, COMM-4500, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Exams, group project, attendance, written papers
Description:
COURSE SCHEDULE
Date Topic Reading
W 8/20 Course Overview and Introductions
M 8/25 NO CLASS
W 8/27 The Nature of Conflict Ch. 1
M 9/1 NO CLASS - LABOR DAY
W 9/3 Activity 1
M 9/8 Perspectives on Conflict Ch. 2
W 9/10 Activity 2
M 9/15 Group day! Meet your groups, receive your topics
W 9/17 Interests and Goals Ch. 3
M 9/22 Activity 3 Journal 1 due
W 9/24 Power: The Structure of Conflict Ch. 4
M 9/29 Activity 4
W 10/1 Group day! Research, prepare, pre-negotiations
M 10/6 NO CLASS
W 10/8 Conflict Styles Ch.5 M 10/13 MIDTERM EAM Ch. 1-5
W 10/15 Activity 5
M 10/17 Emotions in Conflict Journal 2 due Ch. 6
W 10/22 Activity 6
M 10/27 Analyzing Conflicts Ch. 7
W 10/29 Activity 7
M 11/3 Group day! Research, prepare, pre-negotiations
W 11/5 Bullying Ch. 8
M 11/10 Activity 8
W 11/12 Interpersonal Negotiation Viral Video Project due Ch. 9
M 11/17 Activity 9
W 11/19 Resilience and Forgiveness Journal 3 due Ch. 10
M 11/24 THANKSGIVING NO CLASS
W 11/26 THANKSGIVING NO CLASS
M 12/1 Activity 10 - Group day!
W 12/3 In class Negotiation
M 12/8 FINAL EXAM Ch. 6-10
IMPOIRTANT: Several University dates (e.g., last day to add/withdraw) are not listed on this syllabus and can be found here: https://academics.utahtech.edu/academic-calendar/
Required Reading: Hocker, J. L., Berry, K., & Wilmot, W. W. (2022). Interpersonal conflict (11th ed.). McGraw Hill, LLC. ISBN: 978-1-260-83695-0
Recommended Reading: N/A
Romantic Relationships, COMM-4115, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Exams, written journals, attendance, written paper
Description:
COURSE SCHEDULE
Dates Topic(s) Readings
8/20-9/11 Definitions & Principles Ch. 1
Identity & The self Ch. 2
Assignments due:
-Discussion board Ch 1 (9/2)
9/12-10/1 Social attraction Ch. 3
Uncertainty & Expectations Ch. 4
Assignments due:
-Discussion board Ch 3 (9/20)
-Journal 1 (9/25)
-Discussion board Ch 4 (10/1)
10/2-10/20 Relational Stages & Dialectics Ch. 5
Affection & Immediacy Ch. 7
Assignments due:
-Discussion board Ch 5 (10/8)
-Discussion board Ch 7 (10/15)
-Journal 2 (10/17)
-Exam #1 – Chapters 1, 2, 5, 7, & 8 (10/20)
10/21-11/15 Love & Connection Ch. 8
Communicating Sexually Ch. 9
Relational Maintenance Ch. 10
Assignments due:
-Discussion board Ch 8 (10/23)
-Discussion board Ch 9 (11/3)
-Discussion board Ch 10 (11/10)
-Viral Video Project (11/15)
11/16-12/6 Coping with Conflict Ch. 11
Relational Transgressions Ch. 13
Ending Relationships Ch. 15
Assignments due:
-Discussion board Ch 11 (11/22)
-Journal 3 (12/1)
-Discussion board Ch 15 (12/4)
-Final paper due (12/6)
Finals Week
Assignments due:
-Exam #2 – Chapters 9 – 13 12/10
IMPOIRTANT: Several University dates (e.g., last day to add/withdraw) are not listed on this syllabus and can be found here: https://academics.utahtech.edu/academic-calendar/
Required Reading: Guerrero, L. K., Anderson, P. A., & Afifi, W. A. (2021). Close Encounters: Communication in Relationships. 6th ed. Sage, Los Angeles, CA.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Internships, MDIA-4900R, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Internship Agreement and Evaluation Form
Internship Logs (4 x 50 pts. each)
Resume
Final Meeting
Final Paper
Description:
Since this is an internship, there are no 'units' in the traditional sense. The student needs to put in at least 90 hours of the internship and complete all of the assignments (see above), then they have to schedule a meeting at the end of the semester with their work supervisor and faculty advisor to go over their learning outcomes.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Nonverbal Communication, COMM-3010, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Exams, group project, attendance, written papers
Description:
Date Topic Reading/Required Materials
Th 8/21 Course Overview and Introductions
T 8/26 The Importance of NVC Ch. 1
Th 8/28 Studying NVC Activity 1
T 9/2 Cultural Influences on NVC Ch. 3
Th 9/4 NVC Around the World Activity 2
T 9/9 Bio-Evolutionary Influences Ch. 2
Th 9/11 NVC and the Body Activity 3 Journal 1 due
T 9/16 Appearance Ch. 6
Th 9/18 Appearance (cont.) Activity 4
T 9/23 Kinesics and Vocalics Ch. 4
Th 9/25 NVC Cues Activity 5
T 9/30 Haptics and Proxemics Ch. 5
Th 10/2 Haptics and Proxemics (cont.). Activity 6
T 10/7 Midterm Exam (Ch. 1-6)
Th 10/9 FALL BREAK NO CLASS
T 10/14 Group day #1
Th 10/16 The NVC Environment Ch. 7
T 10/21 Chronemics Activity 7 Journal 2 Due
Th 10/23 Identity, image, & impressions Ch. 8
T 10/28 More on Identity & Image Activity 8
Th 10/30 Emotions Ch. 9
T 11/4 Group Day #2
Th 11/6 Expressing Emotions Activity 9
T 11/11 Relational messages/Power & influence Ch. 10/11
Th 11/13 Coordinating Interactions Viral Video Prohect Due Ch. 12
T 11/18 Activity 10 – Group day #3
Th 11/20 Influence & Deception Ch. 13/14
T 11/25 THANKSGIVING NO CLASS
Th 11/27 THANKSGIVING NO CLASS
T 12/2 Group Presentations Journal 3 Due
Th 12/4 Group Presentations
T 12/11 Final Exam (Ch. 8-14)
IMPOIRTANT: Several University dates (e.g., last day to add/withdraw) are not listed on this syllabus and can be found here: https://academics.utahtech.edu/academic-calendar/
Required Reading: Burgoon, J. K., Manusov, V., & Guerrero, L. K. (2022). Nonverbal communication (2nd ed.). Routledge: New York, NY.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Public Relations, MDIA-2300, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
MAIN CHARACTER ENERGY (WITH STRATEGY) Report
INTERVIEW ONE-SHEET
CAPTION. CLICK. CONVERT (AND OUTSMART THE BOT) Report
MOCK NEWS CONFERENCE* (group project)
THE STATEMENT* (group project)
PEER EVALUATIONS (from group project)
Mid-term and final exam
QUIZZES on Canvas
Description:
Week 1: What Is Public Relations?
Introduce the scope, purpose, and evolution of public relations, distinguishing it from related fields like advertising and marketing.
Week 2: The History and Foundations of PR
Examine the origins of public relations, from early propaganda to modern strategic communication, with attention to key figures and milestones.
Week 3: Public Relations Theories and Research
Explore essential theories (e.g., agenda-setting, two-way communication) and research methods such as SWOT analysis, surveys, and focus groups that inform PR strategy.
Week 4: The Publics in Public Relations
Identify internal and external publics, stakeholder relationships, and how segmentation and audience analysis drive effective communication.
Week 5: Ethics and Law in PR
Unpack legal responsibilities, ethical dilemmas, and professional codes of conduct, including transparency, advocacy, and social responsibility.
Week 6: Writing and Messaging in PR
Learn the basics of clear, purposeful PR writing—from news releases to mission statements—with an emphasis on audience and tone.
Week 7: Media Relations and Newsrooms
Understand how to build productive relationships with journalists, pitch stories, and manage the earned media landscape.
Week 8: Social and Digital Media Strategies
Examine how PR professionals use social platforms for engagement, storytelling, crisis management, and reputation building.
Week 9: Corporate and Organizational PR
Explore internal communication, executive visibility, and strategic messaging in corporate and nonprofit environments.
Week 10: Government, Public Affairs, and Advocacy
Study how PR functions in government settings, public policy, and issue advocacy, including lobbying and political communication.
Week 11: Crisis Communication and Reputation Management
Learn how to navigate organizational crises, prepare for reputational threats, and apply crisis communication models and messaging.
Week 12: CSR and Environmental Communication
Investigate how organizations communicate about social responsibility, sustainability, and ethics—and how audiences respond.
Week 13: Global and Multicultural PR
Analyze how culture, language, and geography shape PR strategy, and the importance of intercultural competence in global campaigns.
Week 14: Measurement and Evaluation in PR
Discuss how to assess the effectiveness of PR efforts using qualitative and quantitative metrics, including media coverage and behavioral outcomes.
Week 15: Future Trends and Professional Pathways
Explore emerging trends—AI, influencer PR, data ethics—and reflect on career possibilities and skills for the future of the profession.
Required Reading: Page and Parnell (2026). Introduction to Public Relations 3rd ed. Sage.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Media and Pop Culture, MDIA-2010, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
This is an online course so the major assignments will be:
Weekly quizzes
Short essays
Poster
Discussions
Presentation and Video
Mid-term and Final Exam
Description:
Week 1: Introduction to Media and Culture
Explore how media shapes and reflects culture, including key concepts such as convergence, media literacy, and the evolution of mass communication.
Week 2: The Internet and Digital Media
Trace the development of the internet, digital platforms, and participatory culture, while unpacking how algorithms, data, and access shape public discourse.
Week 3: Digital Gaming and the Media Playground
Examine the cultural, social, and economic impact of video games and interactive media, with attention to industry trends and gamification in daily life.
Week 4: Sound: Music and the Recording Industry
Delve into the history and business of recorded music, from vinyl to streaming, and analyze how pop music both reflects and drives cultural shifts.
Week 5: Radio: Soundwaves of Influence
Understand the rise of radio as the first broadcast medium, its role in American culture and politics, and its surprising persistence in the digital age.
Week 6: Television and Streaming Culture
Study the transformation of television—from broadcast to streaming—and how it shapes collective memory, identity, and binge-worthy behavior.
Week 7: Film: Hollywood and Beyond
Investigate cinema’s role in myth-making and mass influence, from the studio system to independent film, with a critical lens on representation and narrative power.
Week 8: Midterm Review and Media Literacy Checkpoint
Review core concepts, theories, and trends from the first half of the course and engage in a reflective media literacy exercise to assess analytical growth.
Week 9: Print Media: Books and the Publishing Industry
Explore the enduring cultural role of books and how publishing has adapted to e-readers, audiobooks, and the rise of influencer-authors.
Week 10: Journalism in the Digital Age
Examine how journalism functions in democracy, what counts as credible reporting, and how digital platforms are reshaping news production and consumption.
Week 11: Magazines and Visual Culture
Trace the evolution of magazines and their impact on beauty standards, political commentary, and lifestyle branding across generations.
Week 12: Advertising and Consumer Culture
Unpack the psychology, strategies, and ethics of advertising—and how it constructs desire, identity, and values in a media-saturated world.
Week 13: Public Relations and the Image Economy
Analyze how public relations manages reputation and narrative, blurring lines between authenticity and performance in institutional and personal branding.
Week 14: Media Effects, Theories, and Regulation
Survey key media effects theories (like cultivation and agenda-setting) and explore the legal and ethical boundaries shaping media industries.
Week 15: Global Media, Cultural Hybridity, and Course Wrap-Up
Investigate how media flows across borders, reshaping identity and culture, and reflect on the course’s key takeaways about media power, creativity, and critique.
Required Reading: Richard Campbell, Bettina Fabos, Christopher R. Martin, et al., Media and Culture: Mass Communication in a Digital Age
Recommended Reading: N/A
Digital Photography, ART-2060, Section 40, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Overview
As you engage in this photography course, my goal is that you will be able to feel confident using your cameras from a technical aspect and that you will see the world in a different way and approach your subjects with the question of “why” you are taking the photo. What story do you want to tell? What is your vision as an artist and how can you use photography to communicate that with others? My goal is that you will begin to see photography as a new creative outlet that can be used for many things, whether it is documenting your personal life in a better way, or perhaps it is the path you will embark on in your college career, and later, your professional career. My goal is also that you will observe the world around you more, notice things you may not have paid attention to before, and look at photographs with a new perspective to help you understand history and current events.
Class Structure
This class is structured with weekly activities and assignments. You will be spending a lot of time out taking photos on your own! You can work your way through each Module week by week. There will be an assignment due with each module. I have posted videos and articles in each module for you to watch and read. For your assignments, you will upload your image as well as post it in the discussion board for the class critique. We'll also have a one-on-one portfolio review with your instructor and you'll sign up for that in Google Docs. Be sure you are checking your Canvas emails regularly! I will also post in announcements regularly to check in with all of you.
Interaction Expectations
This course is based around interaction between your peers and your instructor. We will have regular class critiques and it is important that you provide written feedback and engagement in the discussion threads on Canvas in order to get full credit for each assignment.
Description:
1.)
Describe the visual and written discourse of photography history and practicality of digital photography and apply this to the evaluation of photographs as an art form and aesthetic sense.
(aligns with PLO 4, 5 and ELO 2,3,5,6,7) Essay about a photograph or a photographer of their choice.
Meaningful Photograph assignment. Year in Pictures assignment and discussion.
Analyze photographs from artists throughout history and discuss in class.
Peer reviews and class critiques.
2.)
Create digital photographs by applying the basics of digital camera operation, by using the camera as a tool for creative expression and visual thinking, and by manipulating formal elements to achieve better compositions.
(aligns with PLO 2,3 and ELO 1,2,3,5) Take photographs and turn in weekly assignments that show they are understanding the basic technical skills of camera operation.
Exposure Triangle/Light Meter
Aperture and Shutter Assignment. ISO Assignment. Composition. Lighting. Portraits. Editing. Capture the Feeling. Photojournalism.
3.)
Design exhibition-quality photographs through employment of craftsmanship, critiques, and professional presentation.
(aligns with PLO 1,3 and ELO 1,3,4) Creating a Portfolio.
Class Discussions and Critiques
Portfolio peer reviews
Final Project and Class Critique
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Photographic Alternative Proc, ART-4700, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Studio class in advanced photography course providing an introduction to 19th-century and other early photographic processes with an emphasis on hand-coated, non-silver emulsions. Objectives include the development of an understanding of non-silver photography (how it works in theory and practice), an appreciation for photography as it originated in the 19th century, an aesthetic sense for evaluating photos, knowledge of digital techniques as applied to old technology, an ability to use the camera as a tool for creative expression as well as a form of visual thinking, the ability to manipulate formal elements to achieve better compositions, and craftsmanship to produce portfolio-quality photographs.
How Your Final Grade Will Be Determined
In Class Participation - 20%
Your attendance and contribution to the discussion is important to creating compelling conversation and bringing unique perspectives to the class. If you anticipate having to miss class or an assignment, I expect you to contact me in advance to make alternate arrangements. While attendance may not be part of your grade you cannot participate if you are not here. All critiques are mandatory for full credit in participation.
Skill Building Projects - 50%
There will be four skill-building projects throughout the course. You will present six prints and a one-paragraph statement for each project to the class on the assigned critique day. Please write your name on the back of each print and number them 1-6.
The rubric for the next project will be handed out at the end of critiques. You have two and a half weeks for each of these projects. They are quick and may feel incomplete, but that is okay, these projects are meant as an introduction to new processes and creative storytelling.
Final Project - 30%
Your final project is to create six quality prints expanding on the skill-building project of your choice. You may use up to 2 prints from the previous project in your final. We will have our final class critique during Finals Week.
Description:
Cyanotype Project
Create six prints. The subject matter is creative and interesting. At least one of your prints uses each of the following: natural objects, fabric, and toned.
Present your six prints - The subject is well placed in the picture and the composition is put together nicely. The image is matted correctly and evenly. Prints have good quality blue tones with good contrast and clarity (dark blue tones but with highlights and mid tones.
Write one paragraph statement - Artist statement describing your intention and concept in a well-formulated manner. Explain the process and what was learned, including historical background. The paragraph is typed and printed, ready to be presented on Critique Day.
Participate in class critique discussion giving and taking constructive criticism respectfully.
Print your name and number 1-6 on the back of each print.
Post to the assignment on Canvas - photos of your six prints and your written paragraph
Van Dyke Brown Project
Create 4 prints. The subject matter is creative and interesting. At least one Print must be toned and also one print cyanotype combination
Present your six prints - The subject is well placed in the picture and the composition is put together nicely. The image is matted correctly and evenly. Prints have good quality brown tones with good contrast and clarity
Write one paragraph statement - Artist statement describing your intention and concept in a well-formulated manner. Explain the process and what was learned, including historical background. The paragraph is typed and printed, ready to be presented on Critique Day.
Participate in class critique discussion giving and taking constructive criticism respectfully.
Print your name and number 1-6 on the back of each print.
Post to the assignment on Canvas - photos of your six prints and your written paragraph
Lumen Project
Create six prints. The subject matter is creative and interesting. At least one print; uses a photo transparency, is not fixed, and is toned. The student uses different brands of photo paper (notes the variety used).
Present your six prints - The subject is well placed in the picture and the composition is put together nicely. The image is matted correctly and evenly. Prints have good-quality tones with good contrast and clarity.
Write one paragraph statement - Artist statement describing your intention and concept in a well-formulated manner. Explain the process and what was learned, including information about a lumen artist of your choice. The paragraph is typed and printed, ready to be presented on Critique Day.
Participate in class critique discussion giving and taking constructive criticism respectfully.
Print your name and number 1-6 on the back of each print. List type of photopaper used
Post to the assignment on Canvas - photos of your six prints and your written paragraph
Polaroid Emulsion Lift Project
Create four prints. The subject matter is creative and interesting. At least one print is not using watercolor paper.
Present your four prints - The subject is well placed in the picture and the composition is put together nicely. The image is matted correctly and evenly. Prints have good-quality tones with good contrast and clarity.
Write one paragraph statement - Artist statement describing your intention and concept in a well-formulated manner. Explain the process and what was learned, including information about a lumen artist of your choice. The paragraph is typed and printed, ready to be presented on Critique Day.
Participate in class critique discussion giving and taking constructive criticism respectfully.
Print your name and number 1-4 on the back of each print.
Post to the assignment on Canvas - photos of your four prints and your written paragraph
Final Project
Create six prints, two of which may be from past projects. The subject matter is creative and interesting with a theme or story that is cohesive.
Present your six prints - The subject is well placed in the picture and the composition is put together nicely. The image is matted correctly and evenly. Prints have good-quality tones with good contrast and clarity.
Write one page statement - An artist statement describing your intention and concept in a well-formulated manner. Explain the process and what was learned. The artist statement is typed and printed in MLA format, ready to be presented on Critique Day.
Participate in class critique discussion giving and taking constructive criticism respectfully.
Post to the assignment on Canvas - photos of your six prints and your written artist statement.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Writing in Psych: APA Style, PSY-2000, Section 3, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Grading Information: Final grades on this course will be based on a percentage-based system, with 1000
points possible to earn. There will not be a “curve” used to determine grades.
Grade Components: Class Attendance (20% of course grade), Class Participation Discussions (10% of
course grade), Quizzes (10% of course grade), Reflection Paper (20% of course grade), Literature Review Paper
(30% of course grade), and Final Reflective Essay (10% of course grade).
Class Attendance: Class attendance is vital to your learning process. An attendance sheet will be available
for each class to mark your attendance. If you are more than 10 minutes late, you will not receive credit for
attending that class. You will NOT receive credit if you “forget” to sign in.
Class Participation Discussions: Class participation is vital to your learning process. The discussion forum in
Canvas will be where you will, each week, describe your involvement in the classes. This will help verify your
participation. The discussion for each week will open AFTER the Thursday class is held and will close BEFORE
the following week’s classes begin.
Quizzes: On unannounced Tuesdays, starting with week 2 of the semester and lasting through week 14,
you will take an in-class quiz. You will have 15 minutes to complete the quiz. You are allowed to use your
textbook, which is the APA manual (which is required for the course), during quizzes, but you cannot share the
book with a peer. No other resources are permitted. You cannot take the quiz early or late; it must be
completed during the scheduled class time on the day it is assigned. If you attempt to take it outside of class,
you will receive a zero. One of your lowest quiz scores will drop from your grade. This will also help cover
instances if you are sick or have a conflicting commitment on a quiz day. Only officially excused absences, such
as UTU activities like athletics, are permitted; illnesses without a doctor’s note, childcare, work, and other
4
personal reasons are not excused.
Reflection Paper:
Choose a psychological topic of personal or academic interest. Your reflection should explore your
connection to the topic and provide initial thoughts and questions that will guide your later research. This
topic will also serve as the basis for your Literature Review in Week 14.
Literature Review Paper:
A structured APA-format review of scholarly sources on a selected psychological topic.
Due Week 14.
Final Reflective Essay:
A reflection paper discussing the student’s experience, participation, and learning in this class will be due
before the final week of classes. A rubric outlines the expectations and scoring for this paper and is listed with
the assignment.
Description:
Week Dates Topic Manual Section
1 8/21 Welcome and Syllabus Review
2 8/26 & 8/28 Scholarly Writing & Publishing Principles 1
3 9/2 & 9/4 Paper Elements & Format 2
4 9/9 & 9/11 Journal Article Reporting Standards 3
5 9/16 & 9/18 Writing Style & Grammar 4
6 9/23 & 9/25 Bias-Free Language Guidelines 5
7 9/30 & 10/2 Mechanics of Style 6
8 10/7
10/9
Beginning the Literature Review
FALL BREAK
9 10/14 & 10/16 Tables & Figures 7
10 10/21 & 10/23 Works Credited in the Text 8
11 10/28 & 10/30 Reference List 9
12 11/4 & 11/6 Reference Examples 10
13 11/11 & 11/13 Legal References & Publication Process 11, 12
14 11/18 & 11/20 Reviewing the Literature Review
11/25 & 11/27 Thanksgiving Break
15 12/2 & 12/4 Final Reflection and Course Wrap-Up
Required Reading: Publication Manual of the American Psychology Association, 7th edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Business Internship, MGMT-4200R, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
A business internship must include learning goals, significant projects, and a committed supervisor/mentor who will guide and evaluate the intern. One to three hours of upper division elective credit is available to all Utah Tech University students doing a business related internship if it meets these requirements.
Internships may be part-time or full-time employment, and are generally eight weeks to one year in length (15 weeks is the standard). The majority of students do internships within the United States, but interest and opportunities in international work experience is steadily increasing.
COURSE CREDIT REQUIREMENTS
3 credit hours: 2 credit hours: 1 credit hour
150+ hours of work, 100+ hours of work 50+ hours work
5-6 Supervisor-approved goals 4-5 Supervisor-approved goals 3-4 Supervisor-approved goals
Weekly Journal Entry Weekly Journal Entry Weekly Journal Entry
Learning Report Learning Report
Company Report
Description:
Weekly Journal Entries: Submit one journal entry each week of your internship that includes the progress made on each goal, as well as the total number of hours worked that week. We suggest that you ponder and reflect on your experience and make note of insights and learning gained, as well as your progress on each of your weekly goals. Include networking opportunities, projects, executive visits, etc.
Company Report: Please list your name, company name, semester and year registered for the internship, and label it "company report." This report should be completed by the end of the fourth week in your internship or sooner. It will assist you in gaining helpful background information about your sponsor company. This company report should include company history, products/services, target market, financial strength, human resource benefits and career opportunities, company organization, and company plans for the future.
The report should be 5 - 8 typed pages, double-spaced. The company report should address the following areas as they pertain to your sponsor company. These may be used as headers (the numbers to the right of the headings indicate the point value for each section):
History/Background 10
Products/Services, Price, Promotion 20
Target Market 10
Financial Strength 10
Human Resources, Benefits, Career Opportunities 15
Company Organization 10
Future Plans 10
Conclusion 10
Grammar/Spelling 5
TOTAL 100
Note: If the nature of your internship does not allow for the above information, you may contact the Internship Office and make a proposal for a different report to satisfy this requirement.
Learning Report: This paper should be a synopsis of your learning acquired through the internship experience, and may be an expansion of your journal entries. Critically analyze your internship and state your observations, learning, and/or personal growth in the following areas: leadership, self-management skills, creative problem solving and decision-making. State concepts from the classroom that you were able to use in the work site, as well as new learning that you can take back to the classroom. Consider management styles and work ethics. If you were owner of the company, what changes would you implement?
The report length should be 5 - 8 typed pages, double-spaced, and is due on the last scheduled day of class in the semester the internship is taken.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Quantitative Decision Analysis, MGMT-4040, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Grading and Course Content: Grades will be based on the following:
Attendance 15%
Mini-case Projects 40%
Mid-term Exam 15%
Final Exam 15%
Comprehensive Case Project 15%
Total 100%
Description:
Week Subject Reading Chapter
1 Course Introduction and Scheduling
2 “Management Science” discussion and definition
The Modeling Process (Models vs. Modeling) Ch. 1
3 Spreadsheet modeling overview Ch. 2
4 Spreadsheet modeling overview Ch. 2
Break even analysis Ch. 2.4
5 Net Present Value Modeling Ch. 2.7
6 Queuing (Waiting Line)Modeling Ch. 13
7 Regression and Forecasting Models Ch. 14
8 MID-TERM REVIEW
9 MID-TERM EXAM
10 Inventory Management Models Ch. 12
Economic Order Quantity
News Vendor Model
11 Inventory Management Models (Cont.) Ch. 12
Economic Order Quantity
News Vendor Model
12 Constrained Optimization Ch. 3
Introduction
Types of Models Introduction
Product Mix Ch. 3
13 Constrained Optimization (Cont.)
Blending Ch. 4
14 Constrained Optimization (Cont.)
Portfolio Management Ch. 7.7
15 Comprehensive Case Project Presentations
16 FINAL Exam
Required Reading: Practical Management Science, 4th Edition, Winston/Albright - ©2012. (ISBN: 1111531315)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Supply Chain Management, MGMT-3600, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Grading and Course Content: Grades will be based on the following:
Group Current Business Topic Exercises 25%
Homework Assignments 35%
Exam I 20%
Exam II 20%
Total 100%
Description:
Week Subject Reading Due
1 Class Overview
Intro to Operations and Supply Chain Management Chapter 1
Business Processes Chapter 4
2 Operations and Supply Chain Strategies Chapter 2
3 Forecasting Chapter 9
Managing Capacity Chapter 6
4 Inventory Management Chapter 11
5 Project Management Chapter 14
6 Linear Programming Instructor provided
7 Developing Products and Services Chapter 15
8 Exam I
9 Managing Quality Chapter 5
10 Supply Management Chapter 7
Logistics Chapter 8
11 Sales and Operations Planning (Aggregate Planning) Chapter 10
12 Managing Production Across the Supply Chain Chapter 12
Supply Chain Information Systems Chapter 12s
13 JIT / Lean Production Chapter 13
14 Thanksgiving
15 JIT / Lean Production (Cont.) Lean Six Sigma White Belt Exam
16 Exam II Review
17 Exam II
Required Reading: Introduction to Operations and Supply Chain Management, Cecil C. Bozarth and Robert B. Handfield, 5th Edition, Inclusive Access, ISBN 978-0-13-474217-5
Recommended Reading: N/A
FYE: Dance, DANC-1001, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Course Requirements:
1. Participation: Pre-semester (30%) - Weekly (30 points%)
• You are expected to actively engage with the material of each class and contribute to a
positive learning environment for yourself and the class community. Arrive on time,
participate meaningfully in all class activities, and stay until the end of class for full
credit.
• Meaningful participation includes the following aspects: completing assigned readings
prior to class, contributing to class discussions, asking questions, using class time wisely,
being respectful and supportive.
2. Reflection Assignments (25%)
• Each week you will have a brief reflection assignment due via Sunday at 11:59pm on
Canvas. Your reflections will take on a variety of forms (i.e. written, collage, poetry,
2D/3D representations, etc.). Reflection guidelines for each week will be available
following the Monday class period and will relate to the week’s learning topic.
3. Final Essay/Presentation (15%)
• You will write a final essay addressing the three big questions of the course. You will
also give a brief presentation on this topic during the final exam period.
Description:
Not a legally binding contract. Instructor reserves the right to alter course to accommodate class
needs.
Pre-semester Course: Aug. 18-19
Project Semester Schedule (Dates need to be updated)
Week 1 – August 20-22:
Habits of a Successful Student
Week 2 – August 28-September 1:
Becoming a Learner - Chapter 1
** Reflection Assignment 1 due by Sunday Night at 11:59 PM. See Canvas for specific guidelines.
Week 3 – September 4-8:
Monday, September 4th, Labor Day - NO CLASS
** School Holiday! No homework🙂.
Week 4 – September 11-15:
Overcoming Challenges and GRIT
** Reflection Assignment 2 due by Sunday Night at 11:59 PM. See Canvas for specific guidelines.
Week 5 – September 18-22:
Mental Health and Stress Management
** Reflection Assignment 3 due by Sunday Night at 11:59 PM. See Canvas for specific guidelines.
Week 6 – September 25-29:
Becoming a Learner - Chapter 2
** Reflection Assignment 4 due by Sunday Night at 11:59 PM. See Canvas for specific guidelines.
Week 7 – October 2-6:
College Writing Expectations
** Reflection Assignment 5 due by Sunday Night at 11:59 PM. See Canvas for specific guidelines.
Week 8 – October 9-13:
Designing Your Education; Dance Course Sequences
** Reflection Assignment 6 due by Sunday Night at 11:59 PM. See Canvas for specific guidelines.
Week 9 – October 16-20:
Advising and Registering (Navigate and Degree Works)
** Reflection Assignment 7 due by Sunday Night at 11:59 PM. See Canvas for specific guidelines.
Week 10 – October 24-28:
Becoming a Learner - Chapter 3
** Reflection Assignment 8 due by Sunday Night at 11:59 PM. See Canvas for specific guidelines.
Week 11 – October 30-November 3:
Designing Your Life
** Reflection Assignment 9 due by Sunday Night at 11:59 PM. See Canvas for specific guidelines.
Week 12 – November 6-10:
Becoming a Learner - Chapter 4
** Reflection Assignment 10 due by Sunday Night at 11:59 PM. See Canvas for specific guidelines.
Week 13 – November 13-17:
Communication and Conflict Management
** Reflection Assignment 11 due by Sunday Night at 11:59 PM. See Canvas for specific guidelines.
Week 14 – November 20-24:
Library Research and AI
** Reflection Assignment 12 due by Sunday Night at 11:59 PM. See Canvas for specific guidelines.
Week 15 – November 27-December 1:
Becoming a Learner - Chapter 5
** Final Part 1 due by Sunday Night at 11:59 PM. See Canvas for specific guidelines.
Week 16 – December 4-8:
Wrap Up
** Final Part 2 due by Sunday Night at 11:59 PM. See Canvas for specific guidelines.
Finals, December 11-15
Final Exam - Monday, December 11 (11:00am-12:50pm)
** Final Part 3 due. See Canvas for specific guidelines.
Grades Due, December 19th
Required Reading: Becoming a Learner by Matthew Sauders
Recommended Reading: NA
Independent Research, GEO-4800R, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Original research project leading to a presentation of findings.
Description:
Not applicable.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Mineralogy, GEO-3200, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Exams, labs, homework assignments, written report
Description:
Lecture 1 Students will learn the differences between rocks and minerals, atomic structure, and an overview of crystalline structure.
Lecture 2 Students will learn about the different classes of silicate and non-silicate minerals, their compositions and atomic arrangements.
Lecture 3 Students will learn about the various diagnostic mineral properties, how to observe them, and their relationships to composition and atomic structure.
Lecture 4 Students will learn about the atomic arrangements of the various silicate and non-silicate mineral groups.
Lecture 5 Students will learn about the application of thermodynamics and mineral growth.
Lecture 6 Students will learn about specific mineral habits and their relationships to the environment of formation.
Lecture 7 Students will learn about Pauling’s Rules and crystal growth.
Lecture 8 Review Session
Lecture 9 Exam
Lecture 10 Students will learn about analytical techniques in mineralogy.
Lecture 11 Students will learn about analytical data processing and interpretation.
Lecture 12 Students will learn about the basics of crystallography and mineral structures.
Lecture 13 Students will learn about the crystal groups and symmetry properties of minerals.
Lecture 14 Students will learn about how to identify and represent crystallographic elements.
Lecture 15 Students will learn how to identify crystallographic operations and how they are formed by the crystal lattice.
Lecture 16 Students will learn how to use a stereo net for crystallography.
Lecture 17 Review Session
Lecture 18 Exam
Lecture 19 Students will learn detailed information about the various silicate crystal classes.
Lecture 20 Students will learn detailed information about the various silicate crystal classes.
Lecture 21 Students will learn detailed information about the various silicate crystal classes.
Lecture 22 Students will learn detailed information about the various silicate crystal classes.
Lecture 23 Students will learn detailed information about the various silicate crystal classes.
Lecture 24 Students will learn detailed information about the various silicate crystal classes.
Lecture 25 Students will learn detailed information about the various silicate crystal classes.
Lecture 26 Students will learn detailed information about non-silicate minerals.
Lecture 27 Students will learn detailed information about non-silicate minerals.
Lecture 28 Exam
Required Reading: https://opengeology.org/Mineralogy/
Recommended Reading: N/A
Earth Materials, GEO-2050, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Field trip, oral presentation, research paper, lab assignments
Description:
Lecture 1 Students will learn the differences between rocks and minerals, atomic structure, and an overview of crystalline structure.
Lecture 2 Students will learn about the different classes of silicate and non-silicate minerals, their compositions and atomic arrangements.
Lecture 3 Students will learn about the various diagnostic mineral properties, how to observe them, and their relationships to composition and atomic structure.
Lecture 4 Students will learn about crystal properties.
Lecture 5 Students will learn about the atomic arrangements of the various silicate and non-silicate mineral groups.
Lecture 6 Students will learn about the application of thermodynamics and mineral growth.
Lecture 7 Students will learn about specific mineral habits and their relationships to the environment of formation.
Lecture 8 Review Session
Lecture 9 Exam
Lecture 10 Students will learn the theory behind optical microscopy and its use to identify minerals in thin section.
Lecture 11 Students will learn about magma generation in the mantle and parts of the crust.
Lecture 12 Students will learn about magma differentiation and how certain magma compositions are generated.
Lecture 13 Students will learn to identify and interpret textures of igneous rocks and the significance of those observations.
Lecture 14 Students will learn how to identify and classify igneous rocks both in the field and in thin section and using mineral components and compositional data.
Lecture 15 Students will learn about the thermodynamics of igneous rock formation and magma chamber dynamics.
Lecture 16 Students will learn about crystal settling and field relations of igneous bodies.
Lecture 17 Review Session
Lecture 18 Exam
Lecture 19 Students will learn of sedimentary environments and the types of sediments common to them.
Lecture 20 Students will learn about weathering and erosion and characteristics of sediment.
Lecture 21 Students will learn to classify sedimentary rocks.
Lecture 22 Students will learn of sedimentary facies development and how to interpret them.
Lecture 23 Students will learn how to observe and interpret metamorphic textures.
Lecture 24 Students will learn to classify metamorphic rocks and correlate them to metamorphic grades.
Lecture 25 Students will learn about sulfide mineralization.
Lecture 26 Students will learn about economic deposit formation.
Lecture 27 Oral Presentations/Review Session
Lecture 28 Exam
Required Reading: https://opengeology.org/Mineralogy/
Recommended Reading: N/A
Educational Psychology, EDUC-2110, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Major Assignments (230 points total):
1) Class Attendance and Participation (100---70+30 points)
Attendance and participation are fundamental to learning and professional disposition. Therefore, there will be a grade assigned to your efforts put toward it. You will receive 5 points for each class that you arrive on time, complete readings, and participate in for the entire class period. You will lose 2 points for missing a day without approval from Dr. Janney. Over 14 weeks, attendance and participation amount to 70 total points.
The activities in class will occasionally be collected and assigned points, up to 30 total points. If you miss a class where an activity is collected, you will need to write a response to the alternative reflection question posted on Canvas and bring it to the next class meeting.
2) Group Presentation (30 points)
You and a partner will be preparing a short presentation of ~20 minutes on a theorist to share with the class. Your information will be used to complete the Theories and Theorist Grid Project.
That means your presentation should address:
1. Personal information – name, lifespan, picture, and any biographical information that is relevant to their theory
2. Educational Theory developed - what’s it known as
3. Explanation of the theory - this is the most important part of your presentation. Anyone watching your presentation should come away with a very clear understanding of the theory.
4. Identified Limitations of the theory – usually, there are perceived weaknesses to every theory (that’s why they’re considered theories)
5. Applications for teachers - how is this theory used in the classroom and in education
6. Resources used cited in APA format
Your presentation will be graded on a 30-point rubric with the above six categories each worth five points.
3) Theories and Theorists Grid Poster (15 points)
In Preparation for the Praxis and in order to identify key researchers and theorists and understand their contributions to the field of educational psychology, you will create a grid to organize important information regarding the following people:
4) The Anxious Generation Chapter Reflections (25 points)
Each week, you will be assigned to read one chapter from The Anxious Generation and a 1-2 question reflection assignment on Canvas over that chapter. In class, we will conduct Socratic Seminars to discuss the chapter and its implications for teaching and learning. The 12 total reflections will amount to 25 points.
5) Module Quizzes and Final Assessment (30---5x4 + 10 points)
At the end of each of the first four modules, there will be a 5-item quiz assessing your understanding of the major ideas under the module. Then, at the end of the course, there will be a 10-item summative assessment of the course learning objectives.
6) Final Essay—Why Educational Psychology Matters to the Preparation of Teachers (30 points)
The final assignment of the course is an argumentative, research-based essay. Select one of the following prompts, take your position, and explain, citing references, course materials, and examples. This is an argumentative essay, so you are arguing for your perspective!
(1) Should educational psychology be a required course for all teacher candidates? Why or why not?
(2) Some critics argue that classroom experience matters more than theory. Respond to this claim using key insights from educational psychology.
Paper Requirements:
• Typed, 5-page, single-spaced, 12 pt Times New Roman
• At least five scholarly citations and APA style references
• Abstract Summary at the beginning
• A logical flow including (I) Introduction section, (2) Main argument(s), (3) Conclusion section
Note, your quality of writing is not the focus of this essay; rather, your ability to synthesize the key ideas from the course and how they apply to the practice of teaching and learning.
The detected use of AI-generated text will result in an automatic zero and potential university disciplinary action. AI tools are just that. Tools to assist YOU, the expert, in your thinking, framing, and phrasing. You cannot replace the human element in teaching or writing.
Description:
Module 1: Foundations of Educational Psychology
This module addresses the core tenets of the field of educational psychology, its place in scientific research and understanding cognition, and exploring the credibility and reliability of research.
Module 2: Theories of Learning
This module addresses the major theories of learning (Behaviorist, Social, Developmental, Cognitive, Constructivist, and Sociocultural) and their implications for highly effective teaching and learning.
Module 3: Development Across Lifetimes
This module addresses the development of learners throughout their lifetime. This module also addresses identity development, emotional growth, and moral reasoning models in learning.
Module 4: Motivation, Individual Differences, and the Learning Environment
This module addresses the motivation to learn, navigating individual differences including mindsets, worldviews, and differentiation, and supporting learning through environmental factors.
Module 5: Applications of Educational Psychology
This module ties the course together and explores pragmatic, real-world applications of educational psychology.
Required Reading: The Anxious Generation: How the Great Rewiring of Childhood Is Causing an Epidemic of Mental Illness by Jonathan Haidt
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to PLCs Lab, MTRN-2305, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Lab Assignments
Description:
PLC and HMI Architecture and Programming Environments: Students learn how to create, manage, and locate PLC tags, navigate PLC and HMI programming software, and upload or download programs.
PLC Wiring: Covers wiring techniques for discrete, analog, and specialty I/O modules.
PLC Instructions: Explores a wide range of PLC instructions, including contacts, coils, timers, counters, mathematical functions, control instructions, sequencers, shift registers, and basic motion control instructions.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
INTS Senior Thesis, INTS-4950R, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Literature review
Research project
Description:
Peer review and 1-1 meetings
Group meeting
Revised methods assignment
Final thesis submission
Final thesis outline
Full thesis draft
Draft findings write-up
Literature review draft 1
Initial topic proposal
Draft of full literature review or research design/prospectus
Literature review draft 2
Final submission of literature review or research design/prospectus
Required Reading: Booth, et al. 2016. The Craft of Research (4th ed.). Luker, Kristin. 2008. Salsa Dancing into the Social Sciences: Research in an Age of Info-glut.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Senior Exhibition, ART-4800R, Section 2, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Required for Art Majors. Students will prepare a senior portfolio, learn professional methods for preparing art work for show, and present their work to the public in a gallery experience. Students must successfully complete Junior Portfolio Review before enrolling in this course. BFA students are required to take this course twice. **COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLOs) At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1. Know how and prepare for a final art show. 2. Understand and apply ways to hang and set up an art show. 3. Build an online presence with artwork. 4. Understand how to work with others in a group setting through scheduling and conflict resolution. Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
Key Assignments:
Artist statement, resume, CV, website, multiple pieces of art for a solo or group show.
Description:
BFA students take this course twice, for first semester outline it is titled S1. For second semester outline it is titled S2:
S1 Calendar:
wk 1 Select a show venue, I talk about the pros and cons of how a show is set up. How to stick with content.
wk 2 Artist Statements and how to write them for this show. They will also work on writing a general artist statement.
wk 3 Work on creating an artwork presentation plan. How will this look in the gallery?
wk 4 Start writing a CV/Resume. History of artwork shows and awards to share with the world.
wk 5 Pros and cons of a website and how to build one.
wk 6 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 7 Personal assessment for BFA students, what it should include and how was your BFA experience.
wk 8 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 9 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 10 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 11 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 12 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 13 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 14 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 15 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 16 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
S2 Calendar:
wk 1 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 2 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 3 Work on creating an artwork presentation plan. How will this look in the gallery?
wk 4 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 5 Create an announcement for your show. Take the test on setting up a show.
wk 6 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 7 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 8 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 9 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 10 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress. Set up show.
wk 11 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 12 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress. Set up show.
wk 13 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 14 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress. Set up show.
wk 15 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 16 Write a reflection on the show, take pics of clean up and gallery presentation for final grading.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
Individ Studies Portfolio, INDS-4700, Section 41, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Readings
Discussions
Collaborative group work
Peer reviews
Writing assignments
Description:
Introduction to Portfolios
Artifacts
PLO’s 1-6
Reflection Essay
Revision
Peer Review
Polishing the Portfolio
Resume Writing & Revision
Applications
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Individ Studies Portfolio, INDS-4700, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Readings
Discussions
Collaborative group work
Peer reviews
Writing assignments
Description:
Introduction to Portfolios
Artifacts
PLO’s 1-6
Reflection Essay
Revision
Peer Review
Polishing the Portfolio
Resume Writing & Revision
Applications
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Senior Exhibition, ART-4800R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Required for Art Majors. Students will prepare a senior portfolio, learn professional methods for preparing art work for show, and present their work to the public in a gallery experience. Students must successfully complete Junior Portfolio Review before enrolling in this course. BFA students are required to take this course twice. **COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLOs) At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1. Know how and prepare for a final art show. 2. Understand and apply ways to hang and set up an art show. 3. Build an online presence with artwork. 4. Understand how to work with others in a group setting through scheduling and conflict resolution. Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
Key Assignments:
Artist statement, resume, CV, website, multiple pieces of art for a group show.
Description:
wk 1 Select a show venue, I talk about the pros and cons of how a show is set up. How to stick with content.
wk 2 Artist Statements and how to write them for this show. They will also work on writing a general artist statement.
wk 3 Work on creating an artwork presentation plan. How will this look in the gallery?
wk 4 Start writing a CV/Resume. History of artwork shows and awards to share with the world.
wk 5 Pros and cons of a website and how to build one. Create an announcement for your show. Take the test on setting up a show.
wk 6 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 7 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 8 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 9 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 10 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 11 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 12 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress. Set up show.
wk 13 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress. Set up show.
wk 14 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress. Set up show.
wk 15 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
wk 16 Write a reflection on the show, take pics of clean up and gallery presentation for final grading
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
Grad Draw and Paint, ART-6300R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Graduate art students will focus on creating artwork using various drawing and painting media not limited to Charcoal, Graphite, Pastel, Acrylic, Oil, Watercolor, and Multimedia. Students will apply theoretical content into the creation of various art pieces that meet their goals discussed with the Graduate Thesis Committee. **COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLOs) At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1.Create a theoretical and project-based plan in drawing and/or painting that will express improvement of skills in art that can be exhibited. 2.Devise a drawing and/or painting project plan in conjunction with the Graduate Thesis Committee. 3.Manage and execute the project plan in agreement with standards set forth by the Graduate Thesis Committee. 4.Arrange and be prepared for regular meetings with the Graduate Thesis Committee, where student work will be assessed.
Key Assignments:
write and stick to contract, create contractually required amount and quality of art.
Description:
This is a studio course where students will work on their artwork for a certain amount of time dependent on the amount of credits taken for the course. If they take 6 credits students will work in their studio for 18 hours per week. Faculty meet with students often and talk about progress and reassess goals based on outcome.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
Intro to OT, XSCI-2025, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
- Service Learning Hours (students are required to find their own service-learning site to shadow a community OT)
- OT GIF
- Elevator Pitch
- Video Journals
- Personal Statement
- Letter to the Future Learner
- Quizzes
- Discussions
Description:
Four modules to include the following components:
Unit 1: Foundations of Occupational Therapy**
- History and evolution of the profession
- Key figures in OT (e.g., Eleanor Clarke Slagle, William Rush Dunton)
- Philosophical underpinnings and core concepts
**Unit 2: Occupational Science and the Meaning of Occupation**
- Defining ""occupation"" and ""occupational performance""
- How occupation influences health, identity, and well-being
- Introduction to Occupational Science as a discipline
**Unit 3: Roles and Scope of Practice**
- Domains of OT practice (e.g., physical health, mental health, pediatrics, geriatrics)
- Differences between Occupational Therapists (OTs) and Occupational Therapy Assistants (OTAs)
- Emerging practice areas (telehealth, community-based practice)
**Unit 4: The OT Process**
- Evaluation, intervention, and outcome monitoring
- Client-centered practice and evidence-based practice
- Documentation basics and goal writing (e.g., SMART goals)
**Unit 5: Professional Standards and Ethics**
- Code of Ethics (AOTA)
- Core Values of OT (altruism, dignity, truth, etc.)
- Cultural competence and DEI (Diversity, Equity, Inclusion) in OT practice
**Unit 6: Frameworks and Models in OT**
- Overview of the **Occupational Therapy Practice Framework (OTPF-4)**
- Key models: Model of Human Occupation (MOHO), Canadian Model of Occupational Performance and Engagement (CMOP-E), Person-Environment-Occupation Model (PEO)
**Unit 7: Settings and Populations**
- Hospitals, schools, home health, skilled nursing facilities, outpatient clinics
- Working with children, adults, and older adults
- Community-based and non-traditional settings
**Unit 8: Teamwork and Interprofessional Collaboration**
- Working within interdisciplinary healthcare teams
- Understanding the roles of PTs, SLPs, social workers, nurses
- Advocacy for the OT role in diverse settings
**Unit 9: Education, Licensure, and Credentialing**
- Academic paths (bachelor's, master's, doctoral degrees)
- National Board for Certification in Occupational Therapy (NBCOT) exam
- State licensure and continuing education requirements
**Unit 10: Trends and the Future of OT**
- Emerging technologies (assistive tech, VR/AR in therapy)
- Advocacy and the expansion of OT into new fields
- Global perspectives and international practice
Required Reading: Introduction to Occupational Therapy, Sixth Edition. (2024). Jane Clifford O’Brien and Brittany Conners. Published by Elsevier, Inc. ISBN 9780323798587
Recommended Reading: NA
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 5, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Teaching Art I, ART-6020, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Graduate art student course, the first of two courses intended for students who will teach their artistic practices to students. This course introduces students to best practices and principles of classroom management, as well as curricular planning and creation within an artistic context. Explanatory and demonstrative techniques are explored with relation to artistic practices and concepts. **COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLOs) At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1.Analyze various motivational theories, learning theories, and developmental theories. 2.Organize an art studio classroom for efficiency, clarity, and encouragement of cooperative behavior. 3.Compose clear and thorough curricular plans for teaching art for the duration of a typical academic class. 4.Demonstrate ways to teach artistic skills and concepts.
Key Assignments:
Teaching Philosophy, teaching theories, planning and assessing assignments, instructional demonstrations.
Description:
August 12
What does it mean to teach?
morning: Getting settled at UT, community-building activities, overview of course
afternoon: Situating oneself as a teacher, philosophies and theories of learning, role of reflection in teaching & learning
August 13
How do we know what to teach?
Principles of backwards design + token economy of key terms
Understanding CLOs and PLOs
Determining scope and sequence in our teaching
Defining concepts, skills & experiences
Connecting this to our syllabi
Expectations for facilitating discussion: modeling + breaking down elements
morning: Defining a learning trajectory: PLOs, CLOs, backwards design, introduction to measuring learning
afternoon: Identifying concepts and skills, need vs nice to know; sequencing learning; using Bloom's to deepen thinking
August 14
Who are we teaching? How do we establish ourselves as the teacher?
Discussion facilitation #1: Each student chooses one assigned resource + leads 15 minutes over that resource
Setting the expectation in the syllabus
Teacher presence
Classroom climate + why it matters
Planning your first day of class
morning: Setting the tone: expectations, norms, and classroom climate
afternoon: Setting the tone, cont'd: syllabus policies that support the climate
August 22
Discussion facilitation #2: Each student facilitates 15 minutes of one chapter from Small Teaching
Learning Theories & Learning Climate
August 29
Elements of teaching concepts (as background knowledge to skills; as understandings about the discipline)
Elements of teaching skills
September 5
Microteach: Lecture on a concept/introduction to a skill, with ample time for in-class critique and feedback
Reflection on microteach due following week
September 12
Microteach: Facilitating a critique or demoing a skill, with ample time for in-class critique and feedback
Reflection on microteach due following week
September 19
Assessments of knowledge & skill/performance
Setting & assessing the target
Establishing the success criteria
Describe the learning progression towards that assessment
September 26
Assessment critique
Communicating expectations with students
Planning for feedback
Expectations for end of semester
October 3
Studio time to prepare Pecha Kucha + outstanding assignments Submit statement on teaching/philosophy [more structure/guidance + examples]
October 10
Pecha Kucha Presentations: Should focus on what you learned from engaging in discussion facilitation + microteaches
Submit ideal syllabus + justification [how did you know what to teach, and how did you organize this in your syllabus? Something about assessments, etc. More structure than last go.]
Required Reading: Canvas content
Recommended Reading: Small Teaching by James Lang
Anatomy for the Artist, ART-3450R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Studio class for art students and others interested in further study of human form. Emphasizing the human figures, bones, and muscles and their individual shapes, proportions, insertions and origins. Drawing and sculpting will occur emphasizing greater accuracy in anatomical structure and form from books, life, software, and possibly cadavers. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits. **COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLOs) At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1. Name all of the human bones and muscles along with their origins and insertions. 2. Draw from memory the shapes of certain bones and muscles in proportion. 3. Sculpt a proportionate bone and muscle study.
Key Assignments:
Anatomy tests, anatomically correct drawings, cadaver drawings, anatomically correct sculpted Ecorche.
Description:
Aug 20: Syllabus, Canvas, Directions, Terminology, Body regions
Overview of the course, tools, and key anatomical regions to set the foundation.
Aug 25: Male/Female diff, Body Proportions, Skeleton: made of, Skull, Vertebra, Thoracic, Pelvis, Scapula
Learn key skeletal structures and proportional differences between male and female forms.
Due: Gen Anatomy Quiz
Sketchbook: 4 proportional skeleton drawings
Aug 27: Start LG drawing, Skeleton: Femur, Tib/Fib, Humerus, Radius/Ulna, Hands and Feet
Begin large-scale figure drawing focusing on the limbs and appendicular skeleton.
Quiz: Core skeleton
Sep 1: Holiday, No class
Sep 3: Start LG drawing in class
Work on large-scale skeletal drawing using live figure as reference.
Sketchbook: 1/2 LG skeleton drawing due
Sep 8: Skeleton live figure
Draw the skeleton from a live figure to reinforce spatial understanding of bone structure.
Test: Skeleton
Quiz: Movement
Sketchbook: LG skeleton drawing due
Sep 10: Muscles: Make up of muscles, simple shapes, attachments
Study how muscles are built and how to simplify their forms for drawing.
Sep 15: Muscles: Head, Core, muscle drawing in class
Focus on core and cranial muscle groups and how they influence surface form.
Quizzes: General Muscle, Muscle
Sketchbook: LG 1/2 Muscle drawing due
Sep 17: Muscles: Extremities
Learn the structure and function of arm and leg muscles for figure drawing.
Sep 22: Muscle live figure
Draw superficial and deep muscles from a live model to solidify understanding.
Test: Muscle
Sketchbook: LG Deep/Superficial Muscle drawing due
Sep 24: Skin and Fat, Surface names, tape muscles
Explore how skin and fat overlay muscle, and use tape to create muscles on skeleton.
Sep 29: Live figure drawing
Draw from a live model while observing surface and adipose layer forms.
Quiz: Surface/Adipose
Sketchbook: Skeleton/muscle overlay drawing 1
Oct 1: Focused skeletal/muscle labeled drawing
Create a detailed, labeled drawing that clearly shows skeletal and muscular anatomy.
Oct 6: Live figure drawing
Use observation to refine anatomical accuracy in your drawings.
Quiz: Skeleton/Muscle
Sketchbook: Skeleton/muscle overlay drawing 2
Oct 8: Midterms, Build Armature, How to sculpt: Block in head and torso
Begin sculpting process by creating an armature and blocking in major body masses.
Oct 13: Sculpt: Block in Hips
Add hips to the sculpture, refining lower torso structure.
Sketchbook: Head and torso simple shapes finished
Oct 15: Sculpt: Block in Extremities (scapula, arms, legs, hands, feet)
Add rough limb forms to your armature to establish full figure proportions.
Oct 20: Sculpt: Refine Head and Ribs
Focus on detailing and refining the upper body and cranial features.
Sketchbook: Hips and extremity shapes finished
Oct 22: Visit Lab @ 3 — text Scott day before
Field trip to lab for anatomical study from models or cadaver references.
Oct 27: Full body in class
Work on the full sculpture, checking proportion and refinement.
Test: In-class
Sculpt: Refine hips, legs, scapula, arms
Sketchbook: Lab drawings labeled
Oct 29: Visit Lab @ 3 — text Scott day before
Second lab visit for deeper anatomical reference.
Nov 3: Sculpt: Refine Hips, legs, scapula, arms
Further refine the form and accuracy of limbs and hips.
Sketchbook: Lab drawings labeled (professor gone)
Nov 5: Sculpt: Deep leg muscles
Shape deep muscle groups of the legs, focusing on anatomical layering.
(Professor gone)
Nov 10: Sculpt: Deep arm and torso muscles
Work on internal muscle forms of the arms and torso.
Due: 1/2 Écorché done (professor gone)
Nov 12: Sculpt: Superficial arm and leg muscles
Add surface-level muscles to define external form of limbs.
Nov 17: Sculpt: Superficial face, neck, core muscles
Model the outer layers of muscles that define facial expression and core tone.
Sketchbook: Finish deep muscles, superficial arms/legs
Nov 19: Sculpt: Finish ribs, skull, vertebrae
Complete the structural anatomy of the torso and head.
Nov 24: Thanksgiving Break
Nov 26: Thanksgiving Break
Dec 1: Sculpt: Finish hip and extremity bones
Wrap up remaining skeletal elements and polish structure.
Sketchbook: Finish sculpture
Dec 3: Sculpt: Texture muscles and bones
Final sculpting session focused on adding surface detail and anatomical texture.
Dec 8: Comprehensive Final and Finished Écorché 3-4:50pm
Required Reading: Artistic Anatomy, Dr. Paul Richer
Recommended Reading: Visible Body Muscle Premium (android) from the app store it is a helpful resource. Most Anatomy for the Artist books also have strengths and weaknesses.
Woodwind Chamber Music, MUSC-4431R, Section 50, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Participate in Woodwind Day and Concert in April. Come to class weekly, prepared with that weeks practicing assignment.
Description:
We work on Ensemble Playing, Tuning, Repertoire, large ensemble and small groups.
Required Reading: woodwind music is selected each semester based upon how many students enroll and the ability level of each student.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Advanced Figure Painting, ART-4230R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Studio class for art students and students interested in further painting experiences. Covers constructing a figure painting (or multi figure) through various steps and techniques, by painting shapes and values; using size, angle, and position, applying dark, middle, and light colors. Students will be able to paint recognizable figurative images and continue study in the medium. Live draped and undraped models will be used. **COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLOs) At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1. Paint figures proportionately and accurately with use of value and color. 2. Understand how light can change the feel and visual elements in a figure and space. 3. Work through errors within a figure painting through focus and repetition.
Key Assignments:
Anatomy test, single figure full color painting, multifigure full color painting, final full color painting
Description:
ug 20: Syllabus, Figure Artists, get to know, groups, intro to figure
Aug 25: Anatomy skeleton, 15: 8 min shadow studies Bring:1 board/canvas, pallet, lg brush, umber, gamsol (paint, pic, erase, start over)
Aug 27: Anatomy muscles, 20: 6 min shadow studies Bring:1 board/canvas, pallet, lg brush, umber, gamsol (paint, pic, erase, start over)
Sep 1: Holiday
Sep 3: Anatomy adipose and shapes, 20: 5 min shadow studies Bring:1 board/canvas, pallet, lg brush, umber, gamsol (paint, pic, erase, start over)
Sep 8: 4:Grisaille from photos. Bring:1 16x20 board/canvas (divide in 4), pallet, lg brush, white&black paint, gamsol, oil (start 5 min shadow shape, divide light/dark, refine 30 min each) Due: Adv underpainting
Sep 10: Grisaille from photo. Bring:1 16x20 board/canvas (divide in 2), pallet, lg brush, white&black paint, gamsol, oil (start 5 min shadow shape, divide light/dark, refine to finish)
Sep 15: Grisaille from photo. Bring:1 16x20 board/canvas (divide in 2), pallet, lg brush, white&black paint, gamsol, oil (start 5 min shadow shape, divide light/dark, refine to finish) Due: Adv HW painting 2
Sep 17: Single Figure full value/color day 1. Bring:1 16x20 board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (start 5 min shadow shape, divide light/dark, refine to finish) Due: Adv Grisaille
Sep 22: Single Figure full value/color day 2 Bring:1 16x20 board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (refine to finish)
Sep 24: Single Figure full value/color day 1. Bring:1 16x20 board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (start 5 min shadow shape, divide light/dark, refine to finish)
Sep 29: Single Figure full value/color day 2. Bring:1 16x20 board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (refine to finish) Due: Adv HW painting 3
Oct 1: Single Figure full value/color day 1. Bring:1 16x20 board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (start 5 min shadow shape, divide light/dark, refine to finish)
Oct 6: Single Figure full value/color day 2. Bring:1 16x20 board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (refine to finish)
Oct 8: Multifigure concept 1 day 1. Bring:1 16x20 or larger board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (start 5 min shadow shape, divide light/dark, refine to finish) Due: Adv Single figure
Oct 13: Multifigure concept 1 day 2 Bring:1 16x20 or larger board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (refine shapes, values/color) Due: Adv HW painting 4
Oct 15: Multifigure concept 1 day 3 Bring:1 16x20 or larger board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (refine shapes, values/color)
Oct 20: Multifigure concept 1 day 4 Bring:1 16x20 or larger board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (refine shapes, values/color)
Oct 22: Multifigure concept 2 day 1 Bring:1 16x20 or larger board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (start 5 min shadow shape, divide light/dark, refine to finish)
Oct 27: Multifigure concept 2 day 2. Bring:1 16x20 or larger board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (refine shapes, values/color) Due: Adv HW painting 5
Oct 29: Multifigure concept 2 day 3. Bring:1 16x20 or larger board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (refine shapes, values/color)
Nov 3: Multifigure concept 2 day 4. Bring:1 16x20 or larger board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (refine shapes, values/color) (Grad student teaching)
Nov 5: Multifigure concept 3 day 1. Bring:1 16x20 or larger board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (start 5 min shadow shape, divide light/dark, refine to finish) (Grad student teaching)
Nov 10: Multifigure concept 3 day 2. Bring:1 16x20 or larger board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (refine shapes, values/color) (Grad student teaching) Due: Adv HW painting 6
Nov 12: Multifigure concept 3 day 3. Bring:1 16x20 or larger board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (refine shapes, values/color)
Nov 17: Final work from life and pic. Bring:1 18x24 or larger board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (start 5 min shadow shape, divide light/dark, refine to finish) Due: Adv Multifigure, HW Final Concept
Nov 19: Final work from life and pic. Bring:1 16x20 or larger board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (refine shapes, values/color)
Nov 24: Thanksgiving Break
Nov 26: Thanksgiving Break
Dec 1: Final work from life and pic. Bring:1 16x20 or larger board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (refine shapes, values/color) Due: Adv HW work on final
Dec 3: Final work from life and pic. Bring:1 16x20 or larger board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (refine shapes, values/color)
Dec 8: FINAL EXAM 11!! Final work from life and pic. Bring:1 16x20 or larger board/canvas, pallet, lg&med brush, all colors, gamsol, oil (refine shapes, values/color)
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
Family Theories, FSHD-3300, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Daily Reflection on Learning (27): At the end of each class period, write a brief paragraph about some of what you were learning/thinking/questioning. This is a personal response to the day’s discussions, not an overview of the material. Give yourself a score for the daily using the following rubric:
1—Here physically, didn’t think much about the material, didn’t discuss much, looked at my phone mainly
2—Thought some about the material, mainly trying to remember the ideas/concepts, engaged some with my classmates
3—Thought mainly about the material, tried asking questions, tried looking at ideas from multiple angles, stayed mainly on track with my classmates in our discussions
4—Focused thinking pretty much all of class time, engaged in respectful dialogue with classmates trying to understand the material deeply, applied the material to myself (my own family, my potential work, my relationships)
There are 29 total “dailies” available. Your lowest 2 will be dropped. So 108 points are available for the dailies.
Theory Thoughts Journal (7): Keep a journal of notes and thoughts in a fashion that works for you (e.g., outlines, mind maps, questions, hypotheses) as you study. Include your thinking about the material, including questions/challenges you have. You will submit a copy of your journal for each major theory we all study as a class and a copy of your notes for the “theory of choice” you work with a group to present on. Your journal should show what supplemental sources (other than our textbook) you studied to learn about the theory. You need to use at least two supplementary sources to expand your understanding of the theory. For each theory, look up at least one primary source (preferred) or “summary” source and one research article that uses the theory. Each set of notes is worth 15 points for a total of 105. These will be graded using the following rubric:
0=No notes turned in
5=Some notes but they don’t show much detail/thought—they wouldn’t help you pass an exam
10=Notes convey a fair bit of information, show some thought, mainly summarizing
15=Notes convey significant information, show the student was thinking about the material, integrating with other concepts/theories covered, applying material to own life
Group mini-presentations (6): For each theory we all study as a class your group will be given a family case (short story, song, or movie clip) to analyze using the theory. Use the principles/ideas from the theory to try explaining the family interactions/dynamics, to gain insight into the family, and to offer a way for the family to improve. You will be given some class time to work on these presentations. Presentations should be less than 10 minutes and may include giving the class the case. Each member of the group will receive the same grade unless it is obvious that some member(s) are doing less work (e.g., absent, not discussing). Each presentation is worth 20 points for a total of 120. Grades will be given according to the following rubric:
up to 12 points for the quality of the insights/explanations, showing application of specific concepts from the theory
up to 8 points for the quality of the suggested intervention/way to improve, showing how the theory could be used to help the family
Group Presentation on a Theory of Choice (1): Select a family theory that we do not all study as a class. Find classmates who also want to know more about this theory. Form a group (we will have 5 total groups). As a group, prepare and give a full-class presentation (it can include interactive discussions, demonstrations and/or case studies) on the theory of choice. If your group wants to, you can cover 2 theories, but no more than 2. Your presentation should include: basic tenets/ideas/assumptions of the theory; what it highlights and obscures about families; predictions/hypotheses/research questions generated; criticisms (and rejoinders) of the theory; and, how the theory can be applied practically toward family interventions. Look up primary or summary sources (multiple group members could read the same or different sources here) and include research sources (one different source per group member). Presentations will be given at various times throughout the semester. Your group members will each receive the same grade on the presentation unless a group member plays less than an equal role. The presentation will be worth 100 total points. Points will be awarded according to the following rubric:
up to 40 points for the quality of covering the basic tenets/ideas/assumptions of the theory;
up to 15 points for the quality of covering the criticisms (and rejoinders) of the theory, what it highlights and obscures about families;
up to 15 points for the quality of covering the predictions/hypotheses/research questions generated through using the theory;
up to 30 points for the quality of covering the how the theory can be applied practically toward family interventions.
Final Project with Presentation (1):
This is a wide open assignment which you can use significant creativity to fulfill. The parameters are as follows: your project must use one or more family theories, your project must show you have a deep understanding of the theory(s) used, your project (and your presentation of it) must show professionalism, and your project should be personally useful to you. Some ideas to get your creative juices flowing:
write a paper analyzing your own family experience and show ways to help your family improve
if you are an aspiring therapist, analyze a case family from a movie/novel and show ways the family could improve, or,
create an intervention based in a theory
if you are thinking about going to graduate school, write an academic paper comparing/contrasting some theories, or,
do original research looking at the state of using a particular theory in the academic literature
These are just some ideas—feel free to use one or propose something different! There will be 4 progress checks along the way in the semester. This is a project you will want to get started on as soon as possible. I will give you feedback on your progress to help you improve the final product. The final project with presentation will be worth 150 points. The project itself is worth 100, the presentation 30, and meeting the progress checks 20 (each worth 5 points). Because of the wide-open nature of this assignment, it is very difficult to give a specific rubric for grading. Essentially, the grade will based on the quality of the work done, showing depth of thought/understanding of the theory(s) used, and the professionalism (including writing quality if you have a written portion) shown. The feedback given on earlier drafts shown at the progress checks will help you see how you are doing with these grading criteria.
Progress Check 1: Submit the idea/rough outline of what you believe you want to do
Progress Check 2: Show notes, more firm outline, show that you are giving shape to the project
Progress Check 3: A very rough draft of the project
Progress Check 4: A pretty clear draft of the project
If you are far enough along by October 31, and you are doing a research-oriented project, then you could consider submitting your work for the Utah Conference on Undergraduate Research. Many of the projects for this course could also be submitted in the Spring semester for the Utah Tech Regional Symposium for Research, Innovation, and Creativity; and/or polished for the UT-sponsored research and creativity journal, “Creativity.”
Description:
Units will discuss in depth each of the following theories:
Social Exchange
Symbolic Interaction
Life Course/Family Development
Family Systems
Conflict Theory
Ecological Framework
Theory Construction & Testing
Required Reading: Family Theories: An Introduction, 5th edition, by White, Martin & Adamsons, published by Sage Publications, CA, 2019. ISBN 9781506394909.
Recommended Reading: n/a
Parenting and Child Guidance, FSHD-2660, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Assignments:
Daily Reflection on Learning (26): At the end of each class period, write a brief paragraph about some of what you were learning/thinking/questioning. This is a personal response to the day’s discussions, not an overview of the material. Give yourself a score for the daily using the following rubric:
1—Here physically, didn’t think much about the material, didn’t discuss much, looked at my phone mainly
3—Thought some about the material, mainly trying to remember the ideas/concepts, engaged some with my classmates
4—Thought mainly about the material, tried asking questions, tried looking at ideas from multiple angles, stayed mainly on track with my classmates in our discussions
5—Focused thinking pretty much all of class time, engaged in respectful dialogue with classmates trying to understand the material deeply, applied the material to myself (my own family, my potential work, my parenting). There are 28 “dailies” available. Your lowest 2 will be dropped, giving a total of 130 class points possible for the dailies.
Case Studies (6): For each area of NEPEM there will be some cases presented. Using any concepts covered in the course up to the presentation of the case, but focusing mainly on the area of NEPEM at hand, give a brief analysis of and intervention suggestion(s) for one of the cases. These responses could be done as papers (no more than 3 pages in length) or videos (no more than 10 minutes long). Give the responses as if you were a parent (family life) educator responding to a client’s request for help. You should try to help the client have insight into what might be going on with the child and the parenting (analysis) and what the parent might try to do differently (intervention) to improve outcomes for the child. Cases will be discussed in class. You may feel free to work collaboratively on these case studies. If you want to turn in one case study response for a group, you may do so; all group members would then get the same grade. To help each person participate fully, I suggest groups of 2 or 3, max. You may also feel free to propose your own case—for instance, if you are a parent, or you want to observe a friend/family member doing parenting—to make the material more personally applicable. If you do gather your own case material, I would really like (but am not demanding) a video of your observation (or part of it) with permission to potentially use it in future classes. Each Case Study will be worth 30 points for a total of 180 for all. Grades will be based on quality of the analysis (how insightful, how appropriately/accurately concepts were used) and the quality of the intervention (how helpful are the suggested actions in addressing the issues). Because you are practicing professionalism, papers should be free of grammatical errors—some points may be deducted for glaring writing errors, but not for writing style; and videos should show you behaving professionally with a planned out response—points may be deducted for glaring unprofessionalism.
Parenting Plans (6): For each area of NEPEM, you will create a personal parenting plan addressing the main idea/issues of the area. These plans should be big picture plans that include some specific actions you want to take, but not detailed action plans. Include some reasoning as to why you want to include the ideas/actions in the plan. For instance, under “Care for Self,” you may write something like, “I want to have daily exercise that includes some cardio and some resistance training as part of maintaining fitness for personal health and stress reduction. I have found that when I exercise regularly, I am more patient with others—it is an anger-prevention tool for me.” This addresses some big picture issues with reasoning (health, stress, patience, anger reduction), has specific actions (exercise, cardio & resistance training), but is not giving a detailed plan (number of repetitions of bicep curls). Write up each plan, 2 pages max. Grades will be based on plausibility of the action plan (is it reasonable? is it possible?), applicability to the NEPEM area, sound reasoning, and clarity of the writing. Each plans is worth 30 points for a total of 180.
Reading Journal and Report (6): You will choose 3 parenting books to read during the semester. Each book should be specifically written to be used by parents to help them with their parenting. Each book you choose should be from a different perspective or genre of parenting books. While doing the reading, keep a reading journal. The reading journal should include your thoughts, your questions, your responses to what you read, and maybe some outlining to remind you of the material or some direct quotes you find particularly impactful. These journal entries should be highly personalized so you can potentially use them in your own parenting. We will have 6 class days set aside for giving reports on what you are learning from the books you have chosen. You will give the reports in small “Book Club” groups so you get to learn from a couple of classmates and get exposure to the parenting material they have chosen. You should read about half of the book for each Book Club time so that you give two reports for each book you read. When you give your “Book Club” report, strike a balance between reporting what the author(s) of the book is teaching and how the material is impacting you. While giving your report, allow for questions and discussions, but during your report time, at least 60% of the time you should be doing the talking. On the Book Club day, submit a copy of your reading journal entries that cover the portion of the book you reported on. Your reading journal and report will be graded on: depth of thought shown in your responses to the material, showing that you are obviously reading the book (e.g., not skimming), and giving an informative, interactive report. Each submission will be worth 40 points, 240 points total for the 3 books/6 reports.
Final Presentation (1): For the final presentation, put together a 7-10 minute talk on “three key parenting issues for me and what I will do about them.” The talk should be both instructional and personal. Concerning being instructional, when you tell about each of the three key issues, teach just enough about what those issues are and why they are important so somebody who hadn’t heard of them before would understand what you are talking about. Concerning being personal, you should show how those issues apply to you and what you are going to do to address them in your parenting. The presentation is worth 90 points, 30 for each issue you address. Half of the points will be for the instruction (15 for each issue) and half for the personalization. The points for the instruction will be based on how clearly you present the ideas and the depth of thought shown about them. The points for the personalization will be based on how applicable you make the material to yourself and the plausibility/soundness of the action plans.
Description:
Topics we will cover through application of the National Extension Parent Education Model (NEPEM):
• Care for Self
o Create a personal philosophy of healthy parenting
o Evaluate the role of the parental relationship and its effect on the parents’ children
o Assess parenting style
o Create a plan for developing parenting virtues
• Understand
o Evaluate expectations and determine the developmental appropriateness of those expectations
o Assess child characteristics and needs and develop plans to work with the specific child characteristics and meet those needs
• Guide
o Prepare children for developmental transitions, including puberty
o Create learning environments that honor child characteristics/interests and align with parental values
o Create plans for helping children develop character virtues (values that form basic human decency)
o Model desired behavior
o Monitor children’s peer relationships and help them learn appropriate social skills for healthy friendships
• Nurture
o Practice relationship skills to enhance parent-child relationship quality
o Devise potential family rituals to enhance child well-being and celebrate the child as a fellow human being
o Understand how to use family resources to provide for children’s basic physical needs
• Motivate
o Understand how to assist children in self-discovery, including personal interests/talents, and self-development
o Help children evaluate consumer information
• Advocate
o Understand areas of special need and how to help a child obtain resources to address those needs
o Understand the effects of child trauma and how to help a traumatized child
o Evaluate extra-familial child care options
Required Reading: National Extension Parent Education Model report, available online (free) at https://www.k-state.edu/wwparent/nepem/nepem.pdf
Recommended Reading: n/a
Family Relationships, FSHD-2400, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Reading Quizzes (10 points, 120 points total): Read the assigned chapter before coming to class and take the attending reading quiz available on Canvas. There are 13 quizzes available, your lowest quiz score will be dropped.
Papers (100 points, 700 points total): There are 10 paper assignments available for the semester—you must do seven (7). For each paper, identify two or three concepts from the chapter and class discussions you find particularly interesting and insightful. Illustrate how you see those concepts operating in your family by telling a brief story from your family experience. Then analyze your family interactions in terms of the concepts, striving for greater insight into why your family interacts the way it does. Finally, using the insights gained, make specific plans for family improvement. Each paper must use a short-essay format with an introductory paragraph containing a thesis statement, supporting paragraphs in the body, and a conclusion which wraps up the paper. You will turn in two drafts of each paper—a rough draft and a final. After you write your rough draft, you will get feedback on it from another person--the campus writing center is a great option. Put a note on the bottom of the rough draft indicating who you had review it, a summary of the comments, and what you will do to revise the paper. Then revise your paper, writing your final draft. Turn in both drafts. You will be graded on the content (quality of thought, depth of analysis, understanding of the concepts: 80pts), quality of writing (15 pts), and turning in two drafts with a revision memo (5 pts). Papers should be between three and four pages in length. Submit papers through Canvas by 11:59pm on the day due. Sample papers and an outline are on Canvas under “Files.”
Daily (130 points): For each class period you will write a “daily.” The daily should say something about what you found interesting and how you might use what you learned. You can also use the daily to give feedback about the course. You will give yourself a grade on each daily according to how involved you were in the class discussions:
1 point = “I was here but kept looking at my phone; did you say there was a paper due today?”
2 points = “I was here, maybe grunted a little to hopefully indicate listening,”
3 = “I participated a little, supported my fellow students,”
4 = “I put some of myself into what I said,”
5 = “I was fully mentally engaged, thinking about the material, relating it to myself, sharing my thoughts, and being fully respectful of my fellow students.”
Each daily is worth 5 points for 140 total points possible. Only 130 are counted toward your grade, your lowest 2 will be dropped.
Genogram Presentation (100 points): You will create a genogram looking at transgenerational processes in your family. You will be given 7 minutes to make a report to the instructor by video recording how you think these patterns may impact you and what you potentially can do about these influences. You only need to cover findings/issues you are willing to discuss. Grades will be based on legibility of the genogram (10 pts), completeness/accuracy (use of correct symbols, showing relationship quality lines, other potential intergenerational issues; 20 pts); showing awareness of intergenerational patterns (30 pts); demonstrating depth of thought about how the patterns affect family relationships (40 pts).
Final Presentation (100 points): Rather than a final exam, you will give an oral presentation to the class. This will be a 7 minute presentation covering the topic of your choice that completes the sentence: “The most impactful thing I learned about family processes was _____________.” You will present using visuals, handouts, videos, PowerPoint—anything to enhance your experience in a way that works best for you. You will have a lot of liberty to be creative and personal in your presentation. Grades will be given using the following rubric: Content—Presenter was accurate/ thorough in description of content area (I felt informed; 40 pts); Application—Presenter applied the content area into personal life with an orientation toward family improvement (I see the relevance of the material to the presenter and how it will make a difference for the presenter; 40 pts); Visual--Presenter's visual aid(s) effectively enhanced the presentation (I was kept interested by what I saw; 10 pts); Time—Presenter stayed within the time constraints, was present and listened to classmates (5 min < t < 7 min; 10 pts).
Description:
Daily 1 Family Processes, Intro to course
Chp 1 reading and quiz; Daily 2 Family Studies discipline; Family as fundamental unit of society
Chp 2 reading and quiz; Daily 3 (research question & findings) Family Theories—Family Systems Theory
Theory 1 readings; Daily 4 Family Theories—Family Development & Social Exchange
Theory 2 readings; Daily 5 Family Theories—Conflict & Symbolic Interaction
Chp 3 reading and quiz; Daily 6 Research on Families
Paper 1 (Theory); Chp 4 reading and quiz; Daily 7 Genograms & Intergenerational processes
Daily 8 Genograms & Intergenerational processes
Chp 5 reading and quiz; Daily 9 Mate selection processes
Daily 10 Mate selection processes
Daily 11 What is Love?
Genogram Presentations due; Daily 12 What is Love?
Chp 6 reading and quiz; Daily 13 Family paradigms
Paper 2 (Mate Selection/Love); Paradigms readings; Daily 14 Family paradigms
No class, Fall Break
Paper 3 (Family Paradigms); Chp 7 reading and quiz; Daily 15 Family Rituals
Chp 8 reading and quiz; Daily 16 Family Rituals, start Family Rules
Paper 4 (Family Rituals); Daily 17 Family Rules
Chp 9 reading and quiz; Daily 18 Communication processes
Paper 5 (Family Rules); Daily 19; Communication processes
Daily 20 Communication processes
Chp 10 reading and quiz; Daily 21 Distance regulation processes
Paper 6 (Communication); Couple & Family Map reading; Daily 22 Distance regulation processes, The couple & family map
Chp 11 reading and quiz; Daily 23 Family Virtues
Daily 24 Family Virtues
Paper 7 (Distance Regulation/Family Map); Chp 12 reading and quiz; Daily 25 Change processes
Paper 8 (Family Virtues); Daily 26 Change processes
Daily 27 Coping with Stress
Paper 9 (Change); Chp 13 reading and quiz; Daily 28 Coping with Stress/Course Wrap up
Required Reading: . Introduction to Family Processes, 6th edition, by D. A. Bodman, B. B. Van Vleet, and R. D. Day, published by Routledge Taylor & Francis Group, NY, 2022
Recommended Reading: n/a
Figure Painting, ART-3230, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Studio class for art students and students interested in further painting experiences. Covers constructing a figure painting through various steps and a single technique, by painting values; applying dark, middle, and light colors. Students will be able to paint recognizable figurative images and continue study in the medium. Live draped and undraped models will be used. Prerequisite for ART 4230R.
Key Assignments:
Anatomy Test, 100 shadow shape paintings, Grisaille Figure Painting from life, Full Color Figure Painting from life, Final Paint project.
Description:
Aug 20: Syllabus, Figure Artists, get to know, groups, intro to figure
Aug 25: Anatomy skeleton, 10: 8 min shadow studies Bring:1 board/canvas, pallet, lg brush, umber, gamsol (paint, pic, erase, start over)
Aug 27: Anatomy muscles, 15: 6 min shadow studies Bring:1 board/canvas, pallet, lg brush, umber, gamsol (paint, pic, erase, start over)
Sep 1: Holiday
Sep 3: Anatomy adipose and shapes, 15: 5 min shadow studies Bring:1 board/canvas, pallet, lg brush, umber, gamsol (paint, pic, erase, start over)
Sep 8: 4: Grisaille Poster studies from photos. Bring:1 16x20 board/canvas (divide in 4), pallet, lg brush, white&black paint, gamsol, oil (start 5 min shadow shape, divide light/dark, refine 30 min each) Due: Underpainting
Sep 10: Grisaille painting from cast. Bring:1 16x20 board/canvas (divide in 2), pallet, lg brush, white&black paint, gamsol, oil (start 5 min shadow shape, divide light/dark, refine to finish)
Sep 15: Grisaille painting from cast. Bring same 16x20 board/canvas paint on other side, pallet, lg brush, white&black paint, gamsol, oil (start 5 min shadow shape, divide light/dark, refine to finish) Due: Grisaille Poster Study, HW figure painting 2
Sep 17: Grisaille painting from cast. Bring:1 16x20 board/canvas (divide in 2), pallet, lg brush, white&black paint, gamsol, oil (start 5 min shadow shape, divide light/dark, refine to finish)
Sep 22: Grisaille painting from cast. Bring same 16x20 board/canvas paint on other side, pallet, lg brush, white&black paint, gamsol, oil (start 5 min shadow shape, divide light/dark, refine to finish)
Sep 24: Grisaille painting from life. Bring:1 16x20 board/canvas (divide in 2), pallet, lg brush, white&black paint, gamsol, oil (start 5 min shadow shape, divide light/dark, refine to finish)
Sep 29: Grisaille painting from life. Bring same 16x20 board/canvas paint on other side, pallet, lg brush, white&black paint, gamsol, oil (start 5 min shadow shape, divide light/dark, refine to finish) Due: HW figure painting 3
Oct 1: Color poster study from photos, make flesh tone paint. Bring:1 16x20 (divide in 4) board/canvas, pallet, pallet knife, med brush, all colors of paint, oil (start 5 min shadow color/value, divide light/dark, flat simple shapes 25 min)
Oct 6: Color poster study from photos. Bring:1 16x20 (divide in 4) board/canvas, pallet, pallet knife, med brush, all colors of paint, oil (start 5 min shadow color/value, divide light/dark, flat simple shapes 25 min) Due: Grisaille Full Value
Oct 8: Midterms: Color full value/color from life. Bring:1 16x20 (divide in 2) board/canvas, pallet, pallet knife, lg&med brush, all colors of paint, oil (start 5 min shadow color/value, divide light/dark, refine to finish) Due: Color Poster Study
Oct 13: Color full value/color from life. Bring:1 16x20 (divide in 2) board/canvas, pallet, pallet knife, lg&med brush, all colors of paint, oil (start 5 min shadow color/value, divide light/dark, refine to finish) Due: HW figure painting 4
Oct 15: Palette knife Color full value/color from life.
Oct 20: Palette knife Color full value/color from life. Bring:1 16x20 (divide in 2) board/canvas, pallet, pallet knife, all colors of paint, oil (start 5 min shadow color/value, divide light/dark, refine to finish)
Oct 22: Rim light Color full value/color from life. In class anatomy test Bring:1 16x20 board/canvas, pallet, pallet knife, all colors of paint, oil (start 5 min shadow color/value, divide light/dark, refine to finish)
Oct 27: Halloween dual Color full value/color from life day 1. Bring:1 16x20 board/canvas, pallet, pallet knife, lg&med brush, all colors of paint, oil (start 5 min shadow color/value, divide light/dark, refine to finish) Due: HW figure painting 5
Oct 29: Halloween dual Color full value/color day 2. Bring: same board/canvas, pallet, pallet knife, lg&med brush, all colors of paint, oil (start 5 min shadow color/value, divide light/dark, refine to finish)
Nov 3: Soft light Color full value/color day 1 from life. Bring:1 16x20 board/canvas, pallet, pallet knife, lg&med brush, all colors of paint, oil (start 5 min shadow color/value, divide light/dark, refine to finish) (Grad student teaching)
Nov 5: Soft light Color full value/color day 2 from life. Bring: same board/canvas, pallet, pallet knife, lg&med brush, all colors of paint, oil (start 5 min shadow color/value, divide light/dark, refine to finish). (Grad student teaching)
Nov 10: Grisaille glazing from photo. Bring: 2 Grisaille paintings, pallet, pallet knife, lg&med brush, all colors of paint, oil (Grad student teaching) Due: Full Value Color, HW figure painting 6
Nov 12: Style experiment full color from life. Bring: same board/canvas, pallet, pallet knife, lg&med brush, all colors of paint, oil (start 5 min shadow color/value, divide light/dark, refine to finish). Due: Glazed Grisaille
Nov 17: Final work from model, pose model and lighting in class take pics over/under expose. Bring cameras and still life items with the model Due: HW figure final Concept/size
Nov 19: Final work from pic. Bring 18x24 in canvas or larger to paint on, pallet, pallet knife, lg&med brushes, all colors, oil.
Nov 24: Thanksgiving Break
Nov 26: Thanksgiving Break
Dec 1: Final work from pic. Bring 18x24 in canvas or larger to paint on, pallet, pallet knife, lg&med brushes, all colors, oil. Due: HW work on final
Dec 3: Final work from pic. Bring 18x24 in canvas or larger to paint on, pallet, pallet knife, lg&med brushes, all colors, oil.
Dec 8: FINAL EXAM 11am!!
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
Brass Chamber Music, MUSC-4432R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
For brass musicians seeking a small ensemble performance experience stressing the elements of good performance preparation: intonation, balance, blend, and tone production in a constant effort to increase musicality while surveying a wide range of repertoire in order to gain awareness of small ensemble performance techniques, and rehearsal skills. Groups are required to meet two hours each week: one hour for rehearsal as an ensemble and one hour with faculty for a coaching lesson. Public performances required.
Description:
For this course, students will rehearse as a brass group together to: 1. Perform with proficiency. 2. Perform with artistic expression. 3. Demonstrate musical literacy through appropriate style and performance practices.
At the conclusion, students will perform as part of a performance/recital.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Vibrations, MECH-4400, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
- Learning vibration fundamentals (All CLOs)
- Develop ability for all students to be comfortable with and be able to verbally discuss vibration principles (All CLOs)
- Develop ability to use FE software to perform vibration analysis since this is the most common method of performing vibration analysis of complex mechanical designs (CLO 9)
- Design, build, and test 1 DOF and 2 DOF systems and test on a shaker to compare test results with classical analysis predictions (CLO 12)
- Midterm and final projects will prepare students to work in jobs requiring vibration skills and develop ability to present aerospace type design reviews (CLO 13, 14)
Description:
This course covers fundamental and advanced concepts of mechanical vibrations, including single-degree-of-freedom (SDOF), two-degree-of-freedom, and multi-degree-of-freedom (MDOF) systems, damping mechanisms, free and forced vibration, and modal analysis. Students will explore time and frequency domain methods, Fourier transforms, and various vibration load cases such as sine, transient, shock, and random vibrations. Simulation and modeling will be performed using classical methods, MATLAB or Python, and Simcenter Nastran. Hands-on class projects involve building and testing adjustable 1 DOF and 2 DOF systems on a shaker table and comparing experimental data to theoretical predictions. For 2nd mid-term students will perform research in area of interest to them and present results to class. For class final students will create vibration FE model of current Capstone CubeSat design using Simcenter Nastran software and compare FE results vs predictions. Students in teams of two will present results to class, which will be equivalent to an aerospace Critical Design Review.
CLO 1: Analyze the free and forced response of single-degree-of-freedom (SDOF) mechanical systems.
CLO 2: Understand the various damping sources and apply the equivalent viscous damping approach.
CLO 3: Analyze two-degree-of-freedom (2DOF) mechanical systems, including coupled and torsional vibrations.
CLO 4: Apply analytical and computational methods to solve multi-degree-of-freedom (MDOF) vibration problems.
CLO 5: Understand the importance of modal superposition in determining vibration responses.
CLO 6: Examine all the various types of vibration loads including sine, transient, shock, and random vibration, and determine vibration responses for each of these load types.
CLO 7: Understand the importance of Fourier transforms in switching between time and frequency domains. Understand the importance of frequency response functions (FRFs) in determining vibration responses at any location from an applied load at any location on a mechanical system.
CLO 8: Interpret the physical meaning of natural frequencies, mode shapes, damping, and resonance in real systems.
CLO 9: Model and simulate mechanical systems using classical solutions, numerical solutions with MATLAB or Python, and SimCenter Nastran to analyze dynamic behavior.
CLO 10: Design and evaluate vibration mitigation techniques such as damping, isolation, and tuning.
CLO 11: Perform experimental modal analysis and critically assess the accuracy of theoretical models using lab data.
CLO 12: Class projects include designing, building, and testing 1 DOF and 2 DOF systems with the ability to adjust mass, damping, and stiffness parameters. Perform various vibration tests of these systems on a shaker table. Compare test results with classical results.
CLO 13: For second midterm students will perform research on vibration area of interest for each student and present research results to class.
CLO 14: For class final students will create a detailed vibration FE model using Simcenter Nastran (the same software used by NASA, Sandia National Labs, and many other aerospace companies) of the current Capstone CubeSat design and apply various vibration loads and compare with predicted results. This final presentation will be equivalent of reporting vibration results at an aerospace Critical Design Review (CDR).
Required Reading: Class lecture materials on Canvas, which will be developed based upon several classical books on vibration theory and structural dynamcis.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Organic Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-2315, Section 5, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Safety 12%
Pre-lab Quizzes 5%
Post Lab Assignments 51%
Laboratory Notebook 11%
Final Exam 21%
Description:
Physical Properties:
This unit explores the fundamental physical characteristics of chemical substances such as boiling point, melting point, solubility, and density and how these properties can be used to identify and separate compounds.
Chemistry Calculations:
Focuses on essential quantitative skills, including mole conversions, stoichiometry, concentration calculations, and limiting reagent determination, all vital for accurate lab work and data interpretation.
Recrystallization:
Covers the technique of purifying solid compounds by dissolving them in a hot solvent and then slowly cooling the solution to form pure crystals, emphasizing solvent selection and crystal formation.
Chemical Extraction:
Introduces liquid-liquid extraction methods to separate compounds based on differences in solubility between immiscible solvents, often using acid-base chemistry for effective separation.
Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC):
Examines the use of TLC as a quick and simple method to monitor reactions, assess purity, and identify compounds by analyzing the movement of substances on a coated plate.
Column Chromatography:
Details a separation technique where compounds pass through a column filled with solid adsorbent material, allowing for the purification of larger sample volumes based on polarity.
Bromine Alkene Addition:
Demonstrates an electrophilic addition reaction in which bromine is added across the double bond of an alkene, used to confirm the presence of unsaturation in organic compounds.
Distillation of Eugenol:
Explores the isolation of eugenol, a natural product found in clove oil, using steam distillation a method useful for extracting volatile organic compounds from natural sources.
Lidocaine Synthesis:
Covers the multi-step synthesis of lidocaine, a local anesthetic, emphasizing functional group transformations and the application of organic synthesis techniques.
SN1/SN2 Alkyl Halide Reactions:
Analyzes two fundamental nucleophilic substitution mechanisms SN1 (unimolecular) and SN2 (bimolecular) and the factors that influence reaction pathways and rates.
IR Spectroscopy:
Focuses on infrared spectroscopy as a tool to identify functional groups within molecules based on their vibrational frequencies and characteristic absorption bands.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Fluid Mechanics Lab, MECH-3705, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Lab #1 Fluid Statics
Lab #2 Fluid Kinematics
Lab #3 Fluid Momentum
Lab #4 Pipe Flow
Lab #5 Drag on a plate
Lab #6 Propeller Design
Description:
Unit 1: Exploring Fluid Statics
This lab investigates fluid pressure at rest, hydrostatic forces on submerged surfaces, and principles like Pascal’s Law and manometry. Students gain hands-on experience with measuring fluid pressures and validating theoretical predictions.
Unit 2: Visualizing Fluid Kinematics
Focuses on the motion of fluids without considering the forces causing it. Students use flow visualization techniques to observe streamlines, pathlines, and velocity fields, connecting theory to real fluid behavior.
Unit 3: Applying the Momentum Principle
This unit explores how linear momentum applies to flowing fluids, using control volume analysis to calculate forces on bends and nozzles. Students measure flow rates and resulting forces to test the conservation of momentum in fluid systems.
Unit 4: Investigating Pipe Flow Dynamics
Analyzes internal flow through pipes, focusing on friction losses, velocity profiles, and flow regime identification (laminar vs. turbulent). Students learn how to use head loss data to determine friction factors and evaluate system efficiency.
Unit 5: Measuring Drag on Flat Plates
In this aerodynamic-focused lab, students examine drag forces acting on flat plates in a wind tunnel. It introduces boundary layer concepts, pressure distribution, and experimental drag coefficient determination.
Unit 6: Propeller Design and Performance Testing
Combines design, simulation, and experimental testing of propeller systems. Students apply fluid dynamics and compressible flow principles to design propellers using CAD and assess their performance in lab conditions.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Fluid Mechanics Lab, MECH-3705, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Lab #1 Fluid Statics
Lab #2 Fluid Kinematics
Lab #3 Fluid Momentum
Lab #4 Pipe Flow
Lab #5 Drag on a plate
Lab #6 Propeller Design
Description:
### **Unit 1: Exploring Fluid Statics**
This lab investigates fluid pressure at rest, hydrostatic forces on submerged surfaces, and principles like Pascal’s Law and manometry. Students gain hands-on experience with measuring fluid pressures and validating theoretical predictions.
---
### **Unit 2: Visualizing Fluid Kinematics**
Focuses on the motion of fluids without considering the forces causing it. Students use flow visualization techniques to observe streamlines, pathlines, and velocity fields, connecting theory to real fluid behavior.
---
### **Unit 3: Applying the Momentum Principle**
This unit explores how linear momentum applies to flowing fluids, using control volume analysis to calculate forces on bends and nozzles. Students measure flow rates and resulting forces to test the conservation of momentum in fluid systems.
---
### **Unit 4: Investigating Pipe Flow Dynamics**
Analyzes internal flow through pipes, focusing on friction losses, velocity profiles, and flow regime identification (laminar vs. turbulent). Students learn how to use head loss data to determine friction factors and evaluate system efficiency.
---
### **Unit 5: Measuring Drag on Flat Plates**
In this aerodynamic-focused lab, students examine drag forces acting on flat plates in a wind tunnel. It introduces boundary layer concepts, pressure distribution, and experimental drag coefficient determination.
---
### **Unit 6: Propeller Design and Performance Testing**
Combines design, simulation, and experimental testing of propeller systems. Students apply fluid dynamics and compressible flow principles to design propellers using CAD and assess their performance in lab conditions.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Fluid Mechanics, MECH-3700, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Exam #1
Exam #2
Exam #3
Exam #4
Exam #5
Exam #6
Final Exam
Description:
### **Unit 1: Introduction and Fundamental Fluid Concepts**
Introduces fluid mechanics, including fluid properties, basic principles, and the distinction between solids and fluids. Sets the groundwork for understanding all future topics.
### **Unit 2: Fluid Statics**
Covers pressure variation in fluids at rest, hydrostatic forces on submerged surfaces, and applications in real systems. Lab #2 reinforces static principles.
### **Unit 3: Fluid Kinematics**
Focuses on the visual and mathematical description of fluid motion, including streamlines, pathlines, and velocity fields.
### **Unit 4: Mass Conservation and Energy in Fluids**
Applies the principle of conservation of mass and introduces energy analysis in fluid systems, using Bernoulli’s equation and control volume approaches.
### **Unit 5: Fluid Momentum**
Analyzes forces in moving fluids using the momentum equation, with applications such as jet propulsion and force on bends. Momentum principles are practiced in Lab #4.
### **Unit 6: Differential Analysis of Fluid Flow**
Introduces differential forms of fluid motion equations (continuity and Navier-Stokes) for in-depth local analysis of flow fields.
### **Unit 7: Dimensional Analysis and Similitude**
Uses dimensionless numbers (Reynolds, Mach, etc.) to generalize fluid behavior, aiding in model testing and system design.
### **Unit 8: Internal Flow – Closed Conduits**
Examines flow in pipes, including laminar and turbulent regimes, friction losses, and flow rate calculations.
### **Unit 9: External Flow – Viscous Effects and Drag**
Focuses on boundary layer development and drag forces on surfaces, including real-world applications like vehicles and wings. Includes wind tunnel testing in Lab #6.
### **Unit 10: Turbomachines**
Explores energy transfer between fluids and rotating machinery (e.g., pumps and turbines), covering efficiency and velocity diagrams.
### **Unit 11: Compressible Flow**
Delves into high-speed flow where density changes matter—topics include Mach number, isentropic flow, shocks, and area–velocity relations.
### **Unit 12: Propeller Design and Testing**
Applies compressible flow knowledge to design and simulate propeller performance. Lab #7 focuses on CAD modeling and Lab #8 on testing.
### **Unit 13: Course Review and Integration**
Finalizes understanding with exam reviews, integration of concepts across all fluid systems, and preparation for the comprehensive final exam.
Required Reading: Fluid Mechanics 2nd Edition, by Russel C. Hibbeler
Recommended Reading: N/A
Engineering Math, ENGR-2050, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Exam 1 (Straight Lines and Quadratic Equations, Trigonometry, 2D Vectors)
Exam 2 (Complex Numbers, Sinusoids, Systems of Equations)
Exam 3 (Derivatives and Integrals)
Exam 4 (Differential Equations)
Final Exam (Comprehensive)
Description:
### **Unit 1: Foundations – Linear and Quadratic Relationships**
Covers the basics of straight lines and quadratic equations, forming the foundation for advanced mathematical modeling.
### **Unit 2: Trigonometric Principles**
Explores trigonometric identities and applications, essential for analyzing waveforms and angular systems.
### **Unit 3: Vector Analysis in Two Dimensions**
Introduces 2D vectors and their operations, preparing students for work in physics and engineering contexts.
### **Unit 4: Complex Numbers in Engineering**
Focuses on the arithmetic and applications of complex numbers, particularly in AC circuit analysis.
### **Unit 5: Sinusoidal Functions and Signal Representation**
Examines sinusoids as fundamental tools in describing oscillatory behavior in systems.
### **Unit 6: Solving Systems of Equations**
Discusses methods to solve linear systems, with applications in engineering and circuit analysis.
### **Unit 7: Derivatives in Mechanical Systems**
Applies the concept of derivatives to analyze motion and dynamic mechanical systems.
### **Unit 8: Derivatives in Electrical Systems**
Uses derivatives to study the behavior of electric circuits, particularly in response to changing currents or voltages.
### **Unit 9: Strength of Materials through Derivatives**
Investigates how derivatives help model stress, strain, and deformation in materials.
### **Unit 10: Statics and Integral Applications**
Introduces integration and applies it to static systems for calculating quantities like area and force.
### **Unit 11: Dynamics and Integral Applications**
Continues the use of integrals to model dynamic systems and predict motion over time.
### **Unit 12: Electrical Circuits and Integral Methods**
Applies integration techniques to analyze electric circuits and understand energy flow and storage.
### **Unit 13: Introduction to Differential Equations**
Introduces ordinary differential equations and their role in modeling change in various systems.
### **Unit 14: Mechanical Systems and Differential Equations**
Connects differential equations with real-world mechanical systems like springs and dampers.
### **Unit 15: Electrical Systems and Differential Equations**
Focuses on modeling electrical circuits using differential equations to describe their dynamic behavior.
### **Unit 16/17: Final Review and Exam**
Comprehensive review of all course content followed by the final exam (scheduled for 12/8 at 9 AM).
Required Reading: Rattan and Klingbeil, Introd. Math. for Eng. Applications, Wiley & Sons, 2015
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Media Tools, MDIA-1550, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
1. Photography project 100 points
2. Photoshop project 100 points
3. Podcast project 200 points
4. Premiere Pro project 200 points
5. Lab exercises/quizzes 300 points
6. Class participation/preparation 100 points
Total: 1000 points
Description:
This course has three units: photo, audio, and video storytelling. In the photo storytelling unit, students learn to use digital tools to create and edit photographs, as well as design magazine covers and posters. The second unit introduces audio recording and editing tools to help students produce audio stories. The third unit focuses on Premiere Pro, guiding students through the process of editing videos.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Global Studies, GLS-1010, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Attendance and Participation (20%)
Attendance is required, and active participation is expected of each student. You are expected to complete all the readings listed on the syllabus prior to the class session for which they are assigned. You should take notes on the assigned readings and come to each course meeting prepared to discuss the assigned material in detail. I will provide questions to guide your reading before each of our class meetings, and we will discuss these questions and build on them in each class session.
Active participation entails more than just answering questions on the assigned material, and much more than simply “saying something” in class. An “A” participation grade indicates that you have demonstrated analytical insights into the course material as well as your ability to move the class discussion forward. The quality of your participation is more important than quantity. Most importantly, your comments and questions should be grounded in the assigned readings.
Additionally, to receive participation credit, coming to class is critical. Students will receive no participation points for all classes where they are absent unless they have serious extenuating circumstances and provide relevant documentation of these circumstances. If you miss 5 classes or more throughout the semester, you will receive an automatic 0 out of 20 in participation, making the highest possible grade you can earn in the class a C+. Please also be sure to be on time to get full participation points for the classes you attend.
Finally, the use of cellphones is not permitted during class. Laptops are also generally not permitted. The only exceptions for this are to pull up the assigned readings when discussing them or when we have a virtual guest speaker. Use of laptops outside of these exceptions will negatively affect your grade. Additionally, please take hand-written notes. Doing so has been proven to help students better retain the information they learn in class. See this article for more information.
Exam 1 (25%)
The first exam will take place in class on Week 7 and will cover everything we have learned up until that point.
Global Governance Simulations (15%)
In this course, we will be doing 3 simulations. Each simulation will increase students’ understanding of the international system and the different decisions global leaders make in response to various international challenges. The 3 simulations are focused on the following topics: 1) UN Security Council Reform, 2) the UN Security Council response to the Kosovo crisis in 1999, and 3) Stopping Deforestation in the Amazon. For the first and third simulation you will be advising the US president as a member of the National Security Council and preparing a position statement advocating for one of three policy options. For the second simulation, you will serve as one of the country representatives to the UN Security Council and prepare a statement on your response to a proposed Russian resolution responding to NATO’s bombing of the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia’s forces in Kosovo in March 1999. The statements you write up for each submission will be worth 5% each. You will also be assessed on how accurately you portray the position you take and how compelling of an argument you make during the simulation itself. More information is provided on CANVAS for each simulation and more guidelines will be provided for each of these simulations in class.
Exam 2 (25%)
The second exam will take place in class on Week 16 and will cover everything we have learned after the first exam.
Final Reflection Paper (15%)
In this paper, you will reflect on how your cultural background(s) has/have shaped your perspective and what you have learned about how globalization is relevant to your life. You will also pick a particular global issue that you found to be particularly important (i.e. global health, global environmental issues, human rights, etc.), described what you learned about why it is so important, and some of the challenges with addressing this issue through the global system. Although this will primarily be a reflective paper, I would like to see you draw from course content in support of your points. The paper will be 2-3 pages long, double-spaced, Times New Roman 12-point font, using the citation style of your choice. More details about this assignment will be provided in class.
Description:
Week 1
Tue
1/7 Introduction to the course and each other
Week 1
Thu
1/9 The Rise of the Global System Part I: Historical Foundations and the Liberal World Order
Week 2
Tue
1/14 The Rise of the Global System Part II: Globalization, Moving from Global to Local
Week 2
Thu
1/16 Understanding Culture: Enculturation, Acculturation, and the Iceberg Model
Week 3
Tue
1/21 Understanding Culture: Differing Cultural Values and Cross-Cultural Sensitivity Inventory
Week 3
Thu
1/23 World Population Trends; Case Study: Declining Population in China
Week 4
Tue
1/28 Resource Management and the Tragedy of the Commons
Week 4
Thu
1/30 States and Government
Intro to UN Security Council Reform Mini Simulation
Week 5
Tue
2/4 Global Governance and International Organizations
Week 5
Thu
2/6 Tensions among States and Non-State Actors in a Globalized World
Week 6
Tue
2/11 UN Security Council Reform Simulation
Week 6
Thu
2/13 Defining Peace and Violence
Week 7
Tue
2/18 Understanding Global Conflict and Conflict Resolution; Case Study: Russia and Ukraine
Week 7
Thu
2/20 Exam 1
Week 8
Tue
2/25 The Global Human Rights Regime: The Holocaust and International Law
Week 8
Thu
2/27 The Global Human Rights Regime: the UN Security Council, R2P, and Armed Humanitarian Intervention
Introduction to Kosovo Simulation
Week 9
Tue
3/4 NO CLASS: Prof. Cromwell at International Studies Association Conference
Week 9
Thu
3/6 UN Peacekeeping
Week 10
Tue 3/11 &
Thu 3/13 NO CLASS (Spring Break)
Week 11
Tue
3/18 Human Rights Regime: Protecting Against Ethnic Cleansing in Kosovo
Week 11
Thu
3/20 Kosovo Simulation
Week 12
Tue
3/25 The Global Economy Regime: Global Economic Governance and International Development
Week 12
Thu
3/27 NO CLASS
Week 13
Tue
4/1 The Global Economy Regime: International Trade Policy & Conflict Resolution
Introduction to Stopping Deforestation in the Amazon Simulation
Week 13
Thu
4/3 Global Environment Regime
Week 14
Tue
4/8 Global Environment Regime and Global Economic Regime: Prep for Stopping Deforestation in the Amazon Simulation
Week 14
Thu
4/10 Stopping Deforestation in the Amazon Simulation
Week 15
Tue
4/15 Global Health Regime
Week 15
Thu
4/17 Global Migration and the Refugee Crisis; Case study: Myanmar Migrants and Refugees in Thailand
Week 16
Tue
4/22 Exam 2
Week 16
Thu
4/24 Course Wrap-Up and Reflection on Learning
Required Reading: • Albom, M. (1997). Tuesdays with Morrie: pp. 154 – 157 (we will read this together in class) • McCormick, John. 2022. Introduction to global studies. Bloomsbury Publishing. (pp. 17-30) • McCormick, John. 2022. Introduction to global studies. Bloomsbury Publishing. (pp. 30-37) • 5 Interesting Globalization Examples by Famous Companies: https://rubric.com/en-us/globalization-examples/ • Weaver, Gary. 2014. Intercultural Relations: Community, Identity, and Conflict. (pp. 1-12) • Edward Hall’s Iceberg Model: https://bccie.bc.ca/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/cultural-iceberg.pdf • Nine Cultural Value Differences You Need to Know: https://culturepop.com/hrblog/mei6692b3ss5wgowp8spf1bryijdu8 • Complete the Inventory of Cross-Cultural Sensitivity Before Class • Eberstadt, Nicholas. 2024. "The Age of Depopulation: Surviving a World Gone Gray." Foreign Affairs 103 (6): 42-61. • Quickonomics. 2024. “The Four Different Types of Goods.” https://quickonomics.com/different-types-of-goods/#:%7E:text=Summary,%2Dexcludable%20and%20non%2Drival. • Spiliakos, Alexandra. 2019. “Tragedy of the Commons: What It Is and 5 Examples.” Available here: https://online.hbs.edu/blog/post/tragedy-of-the-commons-impact-on-sustainability-issues • Bloor, Kevin. 2022. Understanding Global Politics. E-International Relations. (Excerpt from Chapter 2: The State and Globalization, pp. 53-58) • Alesina, Alberto, and Enrico Spolaore. 2015. "What's Happening to the Number and Size of Nations?." E-International Relations (Nov, 9, 2015). • McCormick, John. 2022. Introduction to global studies. Bloomsbury Publishing. (Chapter 6, only pp. 127-130) • Bloor, Kevin. 2022. Understanding Global Politics. E-International Relations. (pp. 18-23 and 90-94) • Harvard Law School. 2022. “Intergovernmental Organizations.” https://hls.harvard.edu/bernard-koteen-office-of-public-interest-advising/about-opia/what-is-public-interest-law/public-service-practice-settings/international-public-interest-law-practice-setting/intergovernmental-organizations-igos/ • List of prominent IGOs and NGOs: https://libguides.twu.ca/c.php?g=284760&p=1897533 • Bloor, Kevin. 2022. Understanding Global Politics. E-International Relations. (pp. 58-63) • McCormick, John. 2022. Introduction to global studies. Bloomsbury Publishing. (pp. 141-146) • Simulation Overview: https://education.cfr.org/teach/mini-simulation/un-security-council-reform • Barash, David P. and Charles Webel. 2017. Peace and Conflict Studies. 4th ed. Chapter 1 • Lederach, John Paul. 2005. The Moral Imagination. Chapter 1 (1-3) • Ramsbotham, Oliver, Tom Woodhouse, and Hugh Miall. 2016. Contemporary Conflict Resolution. 4th ed. Chapter 1 (Read pp. 5-17 (up until Classical Ideas), the graphics on pp. 18-19, and “Terminology”, pp. 34-36.) • Straus, Scott. 2016. Fundamentals of genocide and mass atrocity prevention. Vol. 54. Washington, DC: United States Holocaust Memorial Museum. (pp. 1-4) • Salkin, Jeffrey. 2018. “Who Owns ‘Never Again.’” Religion News Service. • Universal Declaration of Human Rights. 1948. Recommended • Summary of the Geneva Conventions: https://www.icrc.org/en/document/geneva-conventions-1949-additional-protocols • The Genocide Convention. 1948. • Teson, Fernando and Bas van der Vossen. 2018. “Introduction.” in Debating Humanitarian Intervention: Should We Try to Save Strangers? (pp. 1-15) • Scheid, Don E. 2014. “Introduction to Armed Humanitarian Intervention.” In The Ethics of Armed Humanitarian Intervention (pp. 10-25) • Boutros-Ghali, Boutros. 1995 Supplement to An Agenda for Peace (New York: UN): (Read only the section on 3B: Peace-keeping (Points 33-46)) • Howard, Lise Morje. 2019. Power in Peacekeeping. Chapter 1. (only read pp. 1-17) • Familiarize yourself with current UN Peacekeeping Operations: https://peacekeeping.un.org/en/where-we-operate • Past Peacekeeping Operations: https://peacekeeping.un.org/en/past-peacekeeping-operations • Roberts, Adam. 1999. “NATO's 'Humanitarian War' Over Kosovo,” Survival, Volume 41, Issue 3, Autumn: 102-123. • Javier Solana. 1999. “NATO’s Success in Kosovo,” Foreign Affairs, Vol. 78, No. 6 (November/December): 114-120. • Readings for Simulation • Bloor, Kevin. 2022. Understanding Global Politics. E-International Relations. (pp. 100-109) • McDonald, Brad. n.d. “International Trade: Commerce Among Nations.” International Monetary Fund. https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/fandd/issues/Series/Back-to-Basics/Trade • Council on Foreign Relations. 2023. “What is Trade Policy?” https://education.cfr.org/learn/reading/what-trade-policy • Bloor, Kevin. 2022. Understanding Global Politics. E-International Relations. (pp. 132-146) • Readings in preparation for simulation • Readings in preparation for simulation • Council on Foreign Relations. 2023. “What is the World Health Organization.” https://education.cfr.org/learn/reading/what-world-health-organization • Council on Foreign Relations. 2023. “How Health Care Works around the World.” https://education.cfr.org/learn/reading/how-health-care-works-around-world • McCormick, John. 2022. Introduction to global studies. Bloomsbury Publishing. (pp. 241-246) • United Nations. “International Migration.” https://www.un.org/en/global-issues/migration • UNHCR. 2024. “Refugee Data Finder.” UNHCR. https://www.unhcr.org/refugee-statistics • Fink, Christina. 2015. "Burmese Sanctuary-Seekers and Migrants in Thailand: Policies, Experiences, and Prospects." Trauma and Recovery on War's Border: A Guide for Global Health Workers: 24-46
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Media Tools, MDIA-1550, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
1. Photography project 100 points
2. Photoshop project 100 points
3. Podcast project 200 points
4. Premiere Pro project 200 points
5. Lab exercises/quizzes 300 points
6. Class participation/preparation 100 points
Total: 1000 points
Description:
This course has three units: photo, audio, and video storytelling. In the photo storytelling unit, students learn to use digital tools to create and edit photographs, as well as design magazine covers and posters. The second unit introduces audio recording and editing tools to help students produce audio stories. The third unit focuses on Premiere Pro, guiding students through the process of editing videos.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Social Media Campaigns, MDIA-3450, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Attendance
Required at all sessions unless previously excused.
Weekly Assignments
Video and written submissions centered on campaign design, analytics, platform strategy, and media critique.
Participation
Includes presenting ideas, critiques, platform experiments, and discussions.
Final Project
A full campaign planning assignment, due at the end of the term.
Canvas Submission
All assignments submitted online. Late work is accepted with point deductions.
Extra Credit
Available through tasks such as survey screenshots and supplemental critiques.
Description:
Unit 1: Foundations of Social Media Literacy
Topics: Emerging media history, data consciousness, course overview
Assignments: “Emerging Media History,” “Personal Data,” “Introduce Yourself,” Syllabus Quiz
Objective: Establish context for digital communication and digital self-awareness.
Unit 2: Media Critique & Ethical Reflection
Topics: Fact-checking, The Social Dilemma, digital responsibility
Assignments: “Fact Checking the Social Dilemma,” “Present Your Facts”
Objective: Cultivate critical reading of media messages and platforms.
Unit 3: Identity, Branding & Career Presence
Topics: LinkedIn presence, personal branding, trend influence
Assignments: “LinkedIn with Chris Arden,” “Trendsetter,” “Make Your Own”
Objective: Develop personal online presence aligned with professional goals.
Unit 4: Campaign Planning I – Ideation & Practice
Topics: Campaign goals, platform choice, strategy sketching
Assignments: “Your Own Campaign,” “Practice Audit,” “TikTok Campaigns”
Objective: Create the blueprint for a working campaign.
Unit 5: Media Trends, Virality, and Culture
Topics: Super Bowl ads, meme culture, utopian/dystopian digital visions
Assignments: “Super Bowl Ad,” “Social Animals,” “Where’d Utopia Go?”
Objective: Dissect how media content spreads and embeds itself culturally.
Unit 6: Platform Use, Audiences & Calendaring
Topics: Buyer personas, platform targeting, scheduling strategy
Assignments: “Sign Up for Platforms,” “Content Calendar,” “Buyer Persona”
Objective: Build strategic tools for campaign planning and delivery.
Unit 7: Social Ethics, Communities & Misinformation
Topics: Online communities, fake news, cyberbullying, debate
Assignments: “Fake News Debate,” “Positive Communities,” “Understanding Fake News Content”
Objective: Understand the ethical implications of engagement and content sharing.
Unit 8: Campaign Planning II – Platform Aesthetics & Monetization
Topics: YouTube style, ad campaigns, writing for social
Assignments: “Paid Campaign Creation,” “YouTube Aesthetics,” “Content Writing”
Objective: Match tone and content to platform norms and monetization logic.
Unit 9: Metrics, Analytics & Crisis Communication
Topics: Campaign evaluation, analytics tools, managing crises
Assignments: “Social Media Analytics,” “Social Media Crisis,” “Social Care”
Objective: Evaluate success using data and handle public relations moments.
Unit 10: Reflection, Relationships & Final Pitch
Topics: Platform habits, personal media relationship, final strategy pitch
Assignments: “Your Personal Relationship,” “Conversation Reflection,” Final Project: Campaign Planning
Objective: Synthesize theory, platform strategy, and metrics into a compelling final campaign plan.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: Social Media Marketing by Sean Buttle
Ethics of Interpreting, ASL-4700, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Pre-Requisites: Prerequisite: Acceptance to the ASL/English Interpreting Program. This course is taught in ASL.
Attendance and homework- 100 points
midterm- 100 points
observation and presentation - 100 points
paper- 100 points
finals-100 point
Description:
This course focuses on the ethical aspects of medical, educational, legal, mental health, Video Relay, Video Remote and other interpreting situations. Students will understand the tenets of the Registry of Interpreters for the Deaf Code of Professional Conduct. Students will study a variety of interpreting situations and discuss the specific ethical issues involved in the given scenarios. Students will use the Demand/Control Schema to consider all of the ethical choices that can be made in routine interpreting scenarios.
Required Reading: DC-S: The Demand Control Schema: Interpreting as a Practice Profession Robyn K Dean and Robert Q. Pollard, Jr ISBN-13: 978-1489502193 ISBN-10: 148950219X
Recommended Reading: n/a
Media Analysis and Critique, MDIA-3060, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Attendance
Required at all class sessions unless cleared in advance.
Weekly Assignments
Mix of video submissions, written analyses, and debates.
Late work is penalized, increasing with time.
Class Debates & Participation
Multiple formal debates, in-class discussions, and critique workshops.
Final Exams
Includes both an oral final and a written final exam titled “Convince Me.”
Canvas Submissions
All work must be uploaded to Canvas.
Extra Credit
Available through surveys and select assignments.
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction to Media Criticism
Topics: What is media critique? Why does it matter?
Assignments: “Introduce Yourself,” Syllabus Quiz
Objective: Set expectations and introduce critical frameworks.
Unit 2: Viewing and Base Criticism
Topics: First impressions, instinctual reactions to media
Assignments: “Base Criticism,” Viewing Reflection
Objective: Develop vocabulary to express gut-level critique.
Unit 3: Moral, Philosophical, and Historical Lenses
Topics: Media ethics, cultural legacy, and values
Assignments: Written Analysis, First Formal Debate
Objective: Learn to interpret media through thematic frameworks.
Unit 4: Narrative Economy and Coherence
Topics: Structure, pacing, motivation in storytelling
Assignments: Coherence Essay, Second Formal Debate
Objective: Explore technical foundations of good storytelling.
Unit 5: Contemporary Media & Episodic Analysis
Topics: Case Study: The Last of Us (Season 1, Episode 1)
Assignments: Episode Breakdown, Personal Style Reflection
Objective: Analyze modern prestige TV with close-reading techniques.
Unit 6: Advertising & Pop Culture Spectacle
Topics: Super Bowl ads, commercial rhetoric, persuasion
Assignments: Super Bowl Critique
Objective: Deconstruct commercial aesthetics and messaging.
Unit 7: Genre Studies and Thematic Identity
Topics: Genre theory, audience expectations, remix culture
Assignments: “Tell Me Your Text,” Genre Debate Participation
Objective: Compare genres and their cultural significance.
Unit 8: Live Media & Internet Aesthetics
Topics: Streaming culture, meme aesthetics, live events
Assignments: “Live Events” Analysis, Internet Aesthetics Essay
Objective: Evaluate immediacy and aesthetics in the digital age.
Unit 9: Personal Critique & Pop Analysis
Topics: Personal voice, creative style, persuasive critique
Assignments: “Mario Kart” Analysis, Extra Credit Survey
Objective: Blend subjectivity and critical method into a unique style.
Unit 10: Final Exams & Culminating Arguments
Topics: Oral defense of analysis, written critical argument
Assignments: Final Oral Exam, “Convince Me” Written Exam
Objective: Synthesize course concepts into persuasive, original critique.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: The Critical Experience: Literacy Reading, Writing, and Criticism by David Cowles
Grad Draw and Paint, ART-6300R, Section 3, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Assessment #1: Project Proposal and Theoretical Plan
Description: Submit a theoretical and project-based plan for the semester’s work in drawing/painting.
Graded by: Instructor and Graduate Thesis Committee.
Due: First week of class (as part of the "goals/outcome form").
Assessment #2: Midterm Review
Description: Evaluation of work completed by Oct 15. This includes quantity, quality, and progress toward goals.
Includes: Presentation of work during Grad Critique Night.
Graded by: Committee feedback and visual evidence of progress.
Assessment #3: Final Critique and Submission
Description: Submit professional images of all work created, including finished and in-progress pieces.
Includes: Participation in the Final Grad Critique Night on Dec 3.
Graded by: Quality and quantity of artwork, growth shown throughout the semester, and committee assessment.
Ongoing Studio Work
Description: Continuous production of artwork based on your approved plan. All pieces must be documented and submitted.
Graded by: Overall contribution to the body of work presented during critiques and assessments.
Professional Image Submission (Canvas Uploads)
Description: Submit digital images of each piece prior to critique nights. These serve as your formal submission.
Graded by: Completeness and professionalism of documentation.
Description:
Unit 1: Proposal and Planning
Description:
Students develop and submit a theoretical and project-based plan that outlines their semester goals. This includes identifying media, conceptual themes, technical skills, and deliverables. The plan must be approved by the Graduate Thesis Committee in the first week.
Unit 2: Initial Exploration and Research
Description:
Students begin executing their project plan by conducting visual and conceptual research, experimenting with media, and initiating sketches or studies. Emphasis is on thoughtful exploration and preparing for more refined work.
Unit 3: Studio Production Phase I
Description:
Students work independently in their studio spaces, producing a significant body of artwork. Focus is placed on quantity, refinement, and technical skill as outlined in their project proposal. Work is documented and prepared for the first critique.
Unit 4: First Critique and Response
Description:
Formal critique with the Graduate Thesis Committee (around September 3rd). Students present all completed and in-progress work. Feedback is given and documented. Adjustments to the plan may be made based on committee input.
Unit 5: Studio Production Phase II
Description:
Students deepen their work based on critique feedback. This phase often involves working at a larger scale, increasing complexity, and refining technique and conceptual clarity. Mid-project goals should be met by this stage.
Unit 6: Midterm Critique and Assessment
Description:
Second critique and checkpoint (around October 15th). Students present progress and revisions. The committee evaluates development in both the visual work and the student’s ability to articulate their artistic intent and goals.
Unit 7: Final Studio Push
Description:
A focused period of production to complete, revise, or expand the semester’s body of work. Students are expected to show independent growth, technical mastery, and creative risk-taking. All pieces must be documented for final submission.
Unit 8: Final Critique and Documentation
Description:
Final committee critique (around December 3rd). Students present all completed work for final assessment. High-quality digital images of each piece must be uploaded to Canvas. Students reflect on progress, challenges, and future directions in preparation for thesis continuation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
2D Animation, ART-3630, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Timing and Spacing
Arcs and Easing
Squash and Stretch
Perspective Movement
Key Poses
Form Rotation
Character Turnaround
Follow-Through and Overlapping Action
Effects Animation
Head Turn
Walk Cycle
Morphing
Final Project / Final Day Submission
Description:
Description:
Students are introduced to the course, foundational animation principles, and the importance of timing and spacing in conveying movement.
Unit 2: Arcs and Easing
Description:
Exploration of natural movement through arcs and easing principles to create more believable and fluid animations.
Unit 3: Squash and Stretch
Description:
Students learn how to exaggerate motion and add weight and flexibility to forms using squash and stretch techniques.
Unit 4: Perspective Movement
Description:
Introduction to animating forms with depth and foreshortening to create a sense of space and dimensionality.
Unit 5: Key Poses and Form Rotation
Description:
Focus on designing strong key poses and understanding how to rotate forms in space to define character motion.
Unit 6: Character Turnaround
Description:
Students develop a full character turnaround, learning how to maintain consistency in proportions and features across views.
Unit 7: Follow-Through and Overlapping Action
Description:
Exploration of secondary motion that continues after the main movement to enhance realism and fluidity.
Unit 8: Effects Animation
Description:
Introduction to animating visual effects such as fire, water, smoke, or magical elements, emphasizing shape design and motion.
Unit 9: Head Turn
Description:
Students animate a head turn to practice subtle timing, overlapping motion, and character expression.
Unit 10: Walk Cycle
Description:
Students create a basic walk cycle, focusing on rhythm, balance, and the mechanical and expressive aspects of character locomotion.
Unit 11: Morphing
Description:
Practice of transforming one object or character into another smoothly, reinforcing shape design, transitions, and timing.
Unit 12: Final Project and Critique
Description:
Culminating project that applies the principles learned throughout the course. Students refine and polish their animation, participate in critiques, and demonstrate growth in skills and artistic voice.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Animator's Survival Kit, by Richard Williams The Illusion of Life, by Frank Thomas and Ollie Johnston, Character Animation Crash Course by Eric Goldberg, Cartoon Animation by Preston Blair
Drawing for Animation, ART-2600, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Solid Drawing: Shapes
Solid Drawing: Forms
Character Drawing: Facial Expressions
Character Drawing: Caricature
Body Construction and Gesture
Hair and Clothing
Hands
Character Model Sheet
Props
Interior
Shot Design
Final Portfolio
Description:
1. Solid Drawing: Shapes
Title: Foundations of Form – Drawing with Basic Shapes
Description: Focus on quickly and confidently drawing fundamental 2D shapes to build structure and improve hand-eye coordination. Emphasizes visualizing volume through simple shapes.
2. Solid Drawing: Forms
Title: Building Volume – Drawing in 3D Space
Description: Progress from flat shapes to three-dimensional forms like cubes, cylinders, and spheres. Emphasis on foreshortening, perspective, and constructing solid objects in space.
3. Character Drawing: Facial Expressions
Title: Expressive Faces – Communicating Emotion
Description: Learn to draw dynamic facial expressions that reflect emotion, personality, and intent. Study how facial features shift and distort with mood and action.
4. Character Drawing: Caricature
Title: Stylized Portraits – The Art of Caricature
Description: Exaggerate and simplify facial features to create humorous or stylized characters. Focus on likeness, exaggeration, and creative expression.
5. Body Construction and Gesture
Title: Dynamic Posing – Body Mechanics and Flow
Description: Practice drawing full-body figures in motion using gesture and construction techniques. Emphasize rhythm, line of action, and proportion to bring energy to poses.
6. Hair and Clothing
Title: Character Details – Hair, Fabric, and Flow
Description: Study how hair and clothing move and respond to form and motion. Focus on texture, weight, and secondary motion to enhance character appeal.
7. Hands
Title: Expressive Anatomy – Drawing Hands
Description: Break down the anatomy and mechanics of hands to draw them with clarity and expression. Practice a variety of gestures and poses to improve believability.
8. Character Model Sheet
Title: Design Consistency – Character Turnarounds
Description: Create a polished character model sheet showing front, side, and ¾ views. Ensure consistency in proportions and design for use in animation or comics.
9. Props
Title: Storytelling Objects – Drawing Props
Description: Design and draw props that characters interact with, emphasizing functionality, shape language, and consistency with character and environment style.
10. Interior
Title: Environment Design – Drawing Interior Spaces
Description: Construct believable interior environments using perspective and composition. Focus on storytelling through space, layout, and visual interest.
11. Shot Design
Title: Cinematic Thinking – Framing the Scene
Description: Learn the principles of visual storytelling through shot composition. Practice camera angles, staging, and layout to guide viewer attention and emotion.
12. Final Portfolio
Title: Showcase & Synthesis – Final Portfolio
Description: Assemble and present a curated collection of work from the semester, demonstrating growth, consistency, and application of animation and drawing principles.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Character Animation Crash Course! Eric Goldberg The Illusion of Life, Frank Thomas and Ollie Johnston Cartoon Animation, Preston Blair Animating the Looney Tunes Way, Tony Cervone Draw the Looney Tunes, Dan Romanelli
Product Design I, MTRN-4000, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
1) Conceptual Design Review
2) Preliminary Design Review
3) Critical Design Review
Description:
1) Conceptual Design Review -- research the problem, create preliminary metrics, generate designs, select a general design to pursue
2) Preliminary Design Review -- perform 1st order analysis of general design selected, consider copyright, regulations, and standards, compare with preliminary metrics, iterate if needed, choose specific design
3) Critical Design Review -- in depth analysis and design of chosen specific design including drawings, analysis, and simulation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
CE Product Design I, ECE-4005, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
1) Conceptual Design Review
2) Preliminary Design Review
3) Critical Design Review
Description:
1) Conceptual Design Review -- research the problem, create preliminary metrics, generate designs, select a general design to pursue
2) Preliminary Design Review -- perform 1st order analysis of general design selected, consider copyright, regulations, and standards, compare with preliminary metrics, iterate if needed, choose specific design
3) Critical Design Review -- in depth analysis and design of chosen specific design including drawings, analysis, and simulation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
EE Product Design I, ECE-4000, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
1) Conceptual Design Review
2) Preliminary Design Review
3) Critical Design Review
Description:
1) Conceptual Design Review -- research the problem, create preliminary metrics, generate designs, select a general design to pursue
2) Preliminary Design Review -- perform 1st order analysis of general design selected, consider copyright, regulations, and standards, compare with preliminary metrics, iterate if needed, choose specific design
3) Critical Design Review -- in depth analysis and design of chosen specific design including drawings, analysis, and simulation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Business Law I, MGMT-3050, Section 50, College of Business
Course Requirements:
• Class participation: 15%
• Legal System Assignment: 10%
• Contract Assignment: 10%
• First exam (in-class multiple choice): 20%
• Second exam (in-class multiple choice): 20%
• Third exam (take-home essays): 25%
Description:
• Class introduction: introduce class; review syllabus; discuss expectations
• Intro to Legal System: discuss the purpose of law and levels of state and federal government
• Constitutional law: discuss structure of government; commerce clause; Bill of Rights
• Administrative law: discuss government regulations and administrative law process
• Civil Litigation: give overview of civil litigation, discovery, trial
• Alternative dispute resolution: describe alternative ways to settle lawsuits, like mediation and arbitration
• Torts: intentional torts; business torts; negligence; damages; strategies to avoid tort lawsuits
• Property: discuss real and personal property
• Criminal law: discuss criminal process, with emphasis on how to avoid fraud
• Contracts: review contract formation, terms, breach, damages, and strategies
• Agency: discuss agency-principal relationship; vicarious liability; agency and contracts
• Employment: discuss employment discrimination, sexual harassment, accommodation
• Consumer law: discuss different ways business face liability for unsafe products or services
• Business Ethics: discuss the ethical decision-making process
• Business formation: review different types of business formation and their advantages
• Securities: discuss securities regulation, avoiding fraud, and necessary disclosures
• Intellectual property: patent, copyright, trademark, trade secrets
• Antitrust: discuss monopolization and per se violations
• Creditors and debtors: general overview of bankruptcy process and secured transactions
Required Reading: Canvas
Recommended Reading: N/A
Business Law I, MGMT-3050, Section 2, College of Business
Course Requirements:
• Class participation: 15%
• Legal System Assignment: 10%
• Contract Assignment: 10%
• First exam (in-class multiple choice): 20%
• Second exam (in-class multiple choice): 20%
• Third exam (take-home essays): 25%
Description:
• Class introduction: introduce class; review syllabus; discuss expectations
• Intro to Legal System: discuss the purpose of law and levels of state and federal government
• Constitutional law: discuss structure of government; commerce clause; Bill of Rights
• Administrative law: discuss government regulations and administrative law process
• Civil Litigation: give overview of civil litigation, discovery, trial
• Alternative dispute resolution: describe alternative ways to settle lawsuits, like mediation and arbitration
• Torts: intentional torts; business torts; negligence; damages; strategies to avoid tort lawsuits
• Property: discuss real and personal property
• Criminal law: discuss criminal process, with emphasis on how to avoid fraud
• Contracts: review contract formation, terms, breach, damages, and strategies
• Agency: discuss agency-principal relationship; vicarious liability; agency and contracts
• Employment: discuss employment discrimination, sexual harassment, accommodation
• Consumer law: discuss different ways business face liability for unsafe products or services
• Business Ethics: discuss the ethical decision-making process
• Business formation: review different types of business formation and their advantages
• Securities: discuss securities regulation, avoiding fraud, and necessary disclosures
• Intellectual property: patent, copyright, trademark, trade secrets
• Antitrust: discuss monopolization and per se violations
• Creditors and debtors: general overview of bankruptcy process and secured transactions
Required Reading: Canvas
Recommended Reading: N/A
Business Law I, MGMT-3050, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
• Class participation: 15%
• Legal System Assignment: 10%
• Contract Assignment: 10%
• First exam (in-class multiple choice): 20%
• Second exam (in-class multiple choice): 20%
• Third exam (take-home essays): 25%
Description:
• Class introduction: introduce class; review syllabus; discuss expectations
• Intro to Legal System: discuss the purpose of law and levels of state and federal government
• Constitutional law: discuss structure of government; commerce clause; Bill of Rights
• Administrative law: discuss government regulations and administrative law process
• Civil Litigation: give overview of civil litigation, discovery, trial
• Alternative dispute resolution: describe alternative ways to settle lawsuits, like mediation and arbitration
• Torts: intentional torts; business torts; negligence; damages; strategies to avoid tort lawsuits
• Property: discuss real and personal property
• Criminal law: discuss criminal process, with emphasis on how to avoid fraud
• Contracts: review contract formation, terms, breach, damages, and strategies
• Agency: discuss agency-principal relationship; vicarious liability; agency and contracts
• Employment: discuss employment discrimination, sexual harassment, accommodation
• Consumer law: discuss different ways business face liability for unsafe products or services
• Business Ethics: discuss the ethical decision-making process
• Business formation: review different types of business formation and their advantages
• Securities: discuss securities regulation, avoiding fraud, and necessary disclosures
• Intellectual property: patent, copyright, trademark, trade secrets
• Antitrust: discuss monopolization and per se violations
• Creditors and debtors: general overview of bankruptcy process and secured transactions
Required Reading: Canvas
Recommended Reading: N/A
Business Law I, MGMT-3050, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
• Class participation: 15%
• Legal System Assignment: 10%
• Contract Assignment: 10%
• First exam (in-class multiple choice): 20%
• Second exam (in-class multiple choice): 20%
• Third exam (take-home essays): 25%
Description:
• Class introduction: introduce class; review syllabus; discuss expectations
• Intro to Legal System: discuss the purpose of law and levels of state and federal government
• Constitutional law: discuss structure of government; commerce clause; Bill of Rights
• Administrative law: discuss government regulations and administrative law process
• Civil Litigation: give overview of civil litigation, discovery, trial
• Alternative dispute resolution: describe alternative ways to settle lawsuits, like mediation and arbitration
• Torts: intentional torts; business torts; negligence; damages; strategies to avoid tort lawsuits
• Property: discuss real and personal property
• Criminal law: discuss criminal process, with emphasis on how to avoid fraud
• Contracts: review contract formation, terms, breach, damages, and strategies
• Agency: discuss agency-principal relationship; vicarious liability; agency and contracts
• Employment: discuss employment discrimination, sexual harassment, accommodation
• Consumer law: discuss different ways business face liability for unsafe products or services
• Business Ethics: discuss the ethical decision-making process
• Business formation: review different types of business formation and their advantages
• Securities: discuss securities regulation, avoiding fraud, and necessary disclosures
• Intellectual property: patent, copyright, trademark, trade secrets
• Antitrust: discuss monopolization and per se violations
• Creditors and debtors: general overview of bankruptcy process and secured transactions
Required Reading: Canvas
Recommended Reading: N/A
Marketing Strategy, MKTG-4800, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Cases – Marketing Mistakes
Case presentation
Case discussion participation (5) @ 5 points each
Case – Bananaball
Case presentation
Case discussion participation (5) @ 5 points each
Articles
Article Analysis
- Presentation (1) @ 20 points each
- Written paper (1) @ 20 points each
Marketing Plan
Marketing Plan Project Midpoint Presentations
- (1) Product Concept presentation
- (2) Research presentation
- (3) Sales pitch
Final Marketing Plan Written Report
Description:
Week Mon Topic Wed Topic
1 8/20 "Topic: Course overview
• Syllabus review
• Canvas tour
• Article assignment explanation
• Project Introduction
• Form teams and brainstorm product extensions
• Discuss team contracts"
2 8/25 "Topic: Research Resources
• Census data, Ebsco Host, LexusNexus, Prizm; Industry Sources
• Article selection
• ChatGPT in Research
1. How to search more effectively
2. How to cite your findings
Team time:
Discuss project topics; Initiate research
Plan presentation; Develop team contracts
Read: https://zapier.com/blog/chatgpt-market-research/ " 8/27 "Topic: Strategy Tools
• SWOT
• BCG
• PLC
• Adopter groups
Article Presentations:
1. Know Your Customers' ""Jobs to Be Done""
2. Strategy Making in Turbulent Times"
3 9/1 Labor Day 9/3 "Project Presentation 1: Product Concept (5 min each)
Due: Project Presentations in PPT - submit on Canvas
Due: Team Contracts - submit on Canvas by 11:59 pm"
4 9/8 "Topic: Developing goals and objectives
Article presentations:
1. If Brands are Built Over Years, Why are they Managed Over Quarters?
2. How Hershey Became a Snack Empire" 9/10 "Topic: Market Segmentation
Article Presentations:
1. The New Science of Customer Emotions"
5 9/15 "Topic: Target Market Analysis
Article Presentations:
1. What Psychological Targeting Can Do
2. An anthropologist… Understand What Makes Your Customer" 9/17 "Topic: Competitive Analysis & Positioning Strategy
Article Presentations:
1. Overcoming Barriers to Entry in an Established Industry: Tesla Motors
2. What is a Free Customer Worth?"
6 9/22 "Project Presentation 2: Market Research (10 min each)
Due: Submit PPT on Canvas
Company, Product concept, Target market, Rationale for market need, Proposed distribution " 9/24 "Project Presentation 2: Market Research (10 min each)
Due: Submit PPT on Canvas
Company, Product concept, Target market, Rationale for market need, Proposed distribution
"
7 9/29 "Project Presentation 2: Market Research (10 min each)
Due: Submit PPT on Canvas
Company, Product concept, Target market, Rationale for market need, Proposed distribution
" 10/1 "Topic: Product
Article presentations:
1. Innovation Doesn’t Have to Be Disruptive
2. AI with a Human Face"
8 10/6 Case: Harley-Davidson: Building an Enduring Mystique (p.94) 10/8 Team meeting day: Data analysis or refinement of your data collection instrument
9 10/13 Case: Airliner Wars: Boeing vs. Airbus (p. 50) 10/15 "Topic: Price
Article presentations:
2. Mind Your Pricing Cues
3. The Good-Better-Best Approach to Pricing"
10 10/20 Case: Maytag: A Sales Promotion Debacle in England and the Allure of Outsourcing (p. 186) 10/22 "Topic: Distribution & Supply Chain Management
Article presentations:
1. Manage the Suppliers That Could Harm Your Brand
2. Winning in the Aftermarket
3. Should your Company Sell on Amazon?"
11 10/27 Case: Airliner Wars: Boeing vs. Airbus (p. 50) 10/29 "Topic: Services Marketing
Article presentations:
1. Negative Reviews Can Boost Sales Even More Than Positive Ones
2. When the Customer is Stressed"
12 11/3 Case: Google: Will an Entrepreneurial Giant Continue to Rule? (p.231) 11/5 "Topic: Marketing Implementation & Control
Article presentations:
1. When Data Creates Competittive Advantage, and When it Doesn't"
13 11/10 "Topic: Discussion of the Bananaball case assignment
(The case is in the Week 13 module)
Team time to prepare case content
" 11/12 Case: Bananaball case (The case is in the Week 13 module)
14 11/17 "Topic: AI In-class Project
Article Presentations:
" 11/19 "AI Presentations
Due: AI assignment survey"
15 11/24 Thanksgiving Break 11/26 Thanksgiving Break
16 12/1 Team time to finalize written reports 12/3 "Topic: Sales/Making a sales pitch - foundation for full project presentations
Due: Full Written Report 11:59 PM
"
12/8 "Topic: Sales Pitches by Each Team
Due: Pitch decks in PPT
Mon, Dec 8 @ 3 - 4:50 pm"
Required Reading: Marketing Mistakes & Successes, 12th Ed.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Product Marketing, MKTG-4500, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Discussions
Exams (3@25 pts each)
Simulation – Individual Assignments
Simulation – Team Assignments
Certifications
Description:
Wk # Start (Mon) Post 1 Due by "Post 2 Due/
End of Week" Weekly Topic Non-Simulation Deliverables Simulation Deliverables
1 8/20 8/23 8/24 PM vs PMM "Read Canvas lecture
Assignment: Electronic Arts Job Sim Cert
Discussion: Introductions: Reply to one other student (not 2) due to the short week" Buy sim by the end of week 3
2 8/25 8/28 8/31 Innovation Charters "Read Canvas lecture
Discussion: Innov charters for companies
" Buy sim by the end of week 3
3 9/1 9/4 9/7 Elements of the mktg plan "Read Canvas lecture
Discussion: 5Cs analysis and AI critique" Buy Sim; access it and familiarize yourself with it.
4 9/8 9/14 Product portfolios "Read Canvas lecture
" "Complete Round 1 of the Sim
Complete the Round 1 journal assignment "
5 9/15 9/21 How PMs Work with Others in an Organization "Read Canvas lecture
Unit Exam on Lectures from Weeks 1-4
"
6 9/22 9/28 Product concept "Read Canvas lecture
" "Complete Round 2 of the Sim
Complete the Round 2 journal assignment "
7 9/29 10/5 Buyer Personas & STP "Read Canvas lecture
" Round 3; Complete Major Decision Topics by Week journal document.
8 10/6 10/12 Target Markets "Read Canvas lecture
" Round 4; Complete Major Decision Topics by Week journal document.
9 10/13 10/19 Branding & Marcom "Read Canvas lecture
Unit Exam: Lectures Weeks 5-9"
10 10/20 10/26 Pricing "Read Canvas lecture
" Round 5; Complete Major Decision Topics by Week journal document.
11 10/27 11/2 Channel Management "Read Canvas lecture
" Round 6; Complete Major Decision Topics by Week journal document.
12 11/3 11/9 Dealing with Competition "Read Canvas lecture
" Round 7; Complete Major Decision Topics by Week journal document.
13 11/10 11/16 PLC Read Canvas lecture Round 8; Complete Major Decision Topics by Week journal document.
14 11/17 11/23 Team Marketing Strategy Unit Exam on Lectures from Weeks 10 - 13
15 11/24 11/27 11/30 Team Video PPT Presentation development of next year's Markting Strategy Assignment: Product Management Professional Cert "Team Deliverables:
(1) Submit PPT document
(2) Submit MP4 video of team making the presentation"
16 12/1 12/7 Discussion: Review 2 team's videos; provide peer feedback in the final discussion.
Required Reading: Stukent Marketing Management simulation; The Product Management Professional certificate and the Electronic Arts Job Simulation Certification. Both certifications can be accessed via LinkedIn Learning.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Consumer Behavior, MKTG-3450, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Exams
3 Exams at 60 pts each
Semester Project
Identify Team Members
Written Research Paper #1 – Secondary Research
Written Research Paper #1 – Primary Research
Presentation Deck for Dr. Davis
Presentation to the Class
Peer Evaluations
CPA Assignments
15 CPAs at 10 pts each
Case Study Assignment
Description:
Week Mon Topic Wed Topic
1 8/20 "Topic: Intro to the course
- Review the class project, website and exams format
- Defining Consumer Behavior
- What affects consumer behavior
** Bring a notebook and pen each day to class
"
2 8/25 "Topic: Introduction to Consumer Behavior
- Marketing implications of consumer behavior
- Marketing research methods
- The consumer decision process
- Theoretical review
Due: CPA 1 (due by the start of class)" 8/27 "Topic: Motivation, Ability & Opportunity (Internal Influence)
- Motivation
- Maslow's Hierarchy
- Motivational conflict
Due: CPA 2
Form teams
Submit Identification of Project Team Members assignment by 11:59pm
"
3 9/1 Labor Day 9/3 "Topic: Motivation, Ability & Opportunity (Internal Influence)
- Perceived risk
- Involvement
Due: CPA 3"
4 9/8 "Topic: Exposure, Attention, & Comprehension (Internal Influence)
- Exposure
- Attention
- Comprehension
Due: CPA 4" 9/10 "Topic: Exposure, Attention, & Comprehension (Internal Influence)
- Factors that influence comprehension
- Selective perception
Due: CPA 5"
5 9/15 "Topic: Attitudes (Internal Influence)
- What are attitudes?
- The cognitive and affective components of attitudes
- Routes to attitude change and high effort vs low effort
Due: CPA 6
" 9/17 "Team meeting day: Prepare Written Report #1 for Submission.
The class time can be used to collect any outstanding secondary data; analyze the data; meet with Dr. Davis to ask questions; work on formatting the paper, etc. This is your project development time.
Written Report #1 due Sun at 11:59pm
Due: Peer Evaluation #1"
6 9/22 "In Class Team meeting day: This day will be used to develop your primary research instrument (survey, discussion guide, etc.).
Note: Dr. Davis must approve your instrument before it is used for your team to get credit for this assignment. " 9/24 "Dr. Davis will be in the classroom to address any questions you have about the assignment. You may work on the assignment independently in class or use the class period to work on this case study outside of the classroom.
Submit Case Analysis by Sun. at 11:59pm"
7 9/29 "Topic: Learning & Memory (Internal Influence)
- Theories of Learning
- Experience
- Memory
- Knowledge content, structure & flexibility
- Memory & retrieval
Due: CPA 7" 10/1 "Exam 1 - Take at the Testing Center
Modules for Week 1 - 6 (from the start of class through 9/29)
Exam must be completed by the time the Testing Center closes on Sun. PLEASE take the exam early - don't wait until the last day to take it. If it is not completed by Sunday, a score of zero will be recorded - no exceptions.
Due: (Sun. at 11:59pm)"
8 10/6 "Gender and Age in Consumer Behavior (External Influence)
1. Gender-based Marketing
2. Age Cohorts
Due: CPA 8" 10/8 Team meeting day: Data analysis or refinement of your data collection instrument
9 10/13 "Social influences (External Influence)
- Sources of Influence
- Culture and Subcultures
- How Age Affects Consumer Behavior
- Household Influences
- Roles That Household Members Play
- How Social Class Affects Consumption
Due: CPA 9" 10/15 "Ethics and Social Responsibility (External Influence)
- Marketing Ethics, Consumer Ethics, and Deviant Consumer Behavior
- Social Responsibility Issues in Marketing
Due: CPA 10"
10 10/20 "Culture, Values & Subcultures (External Influence)
<<In-class Exercise: Cultural Values & Subcultures)
Due: CPA 11" 10/22 "Exam 2 - Take at the Testing Center
Exam must be completed by the time the Testing Center closes on Sun. PLEASE take the exam early - don't wait until the last day to take it. If it is not completed by Sunday, a score of zero will be recorded - no exceptions.
Due: Sun. at 11:59pm"
11 10/27 "Team meeting day
Due: Sunday 11/2 Written Report #2
Due: Peer Eval 2
" 10/29 "The Consumer Decision Process
- Problem Recognition
- Triggers of need recognition
- Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs
Due: CPA 12"
12 11/3 "The Consumer Decision Process
- Information Search
- Internal and External Search
- Consideration sets
Due: CPA 13" 11/5 "The Consumer Decision Process
Alternative evaluation and Purchase
- Decision models
Due: CPA 14"
13 11/10 "The Consumer Decision Process
Post-purchase Process
- Post-purchase dissonance and regret
- Learning from consumer experience
- How consumers make satisfaction or dissatisfaction judgments
- Responses to dissatisfaction
Due: CPA 15" 11/12 "Exam 3 - Take at the Testing Center
Exam must be completed by the time the Testing Center closes on Sun. PLEASE take the exam early - don't wait until the last day to take it. If it is not completed by Sunday, a score of zero will be recorded - no exceptions.
Due: Sun. at 11:59pm"
14 11/17 "Team meeting day - finalize your PPT decks
" 11/19 "Due: Both PPT decks before the start of class
Project Presentations
Mandatory attendance
Due: Peer Eval 3"
15 11/24 Thanksgiving Break 11/26 Thanksgiving Break
16 12/1 "Full Project Presentations
Mandatory attendance" 12/3 "Full Project Presentations
Mandatory attendance"
12/10 "Full Project Presentations
Mandatory attendance
Wed, Dec 10 @ 11 - 12:50 pm"
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Marketing Principles, MKTG-3010, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Exams
3 Exams at 50 pts each
Semester Project
Product Concept - individual (30 pts)
Market Research - group (30 pts)
Product Development - group (30 pts)
Pricing & Promotion - group (50 pts)
Final Written Plan - group (50 pts)
Presentation – individual & group (30)
Peer Evaluations – individual (3 @ 5 pts each)
Presentation Feedback - individual (5)
Chapter Review Questions
20 chapters @ 5 pts per chapter
Class Discussions
Six discussions (10 pts each)
Description:
Wk # Start (Mon) Post 1 Due by "Post 2 Due/
End of Week" Weekly Topic Non-Simulation Deliverables
1 8/20 8/23 8/24 Chp 1: An Overview of Marketing "Intro Discussion
Quiz - Chp 1"
2 8/25 8/27 8/31 "Chp 2: Strategic Planning
Chp 3: Ethics and Social Responsibility" "Discussion
Quiz - Chp 2
Quiz - Chp 3"
3 9/1 9/3 9/7 Chp 4: The Marketing Environment "Quiz - Chp 4
Project - Deliverable 1: Product Concept
Discussion: Meet your Teammates"
4 9/8 9/10 9/14 "Chp 5: Developing a Global Vision
Chp 6: Consumer Decision Making" "Discussion - Note: the deliverable is an MP4 file
Quiz - Chp 5
Quiz - Chp 6"
5 9/15 9/21 Chp 7 Business Markets "Quiz - Chp 7
Project - Deliverable 2: Market Research & Market Analysis"
6 9/22 9/28 Exam Chapters 1-7 Exam Chapters 1-7
7 9/29 10/5 "Chp 8: Segmenting and Targeting Markets
Chp 9: Marketing Research" "Quiz - Chp 8
Quiz - Chp 9"
8 10/6 10/12 "Chp 10 Product Concepts
Chp 11: Developing & Managing Products" "Quiz - Chp 10
Quiz - Chp 11"
9 10/13 10/19 "Chp 12: Services & Nonprofit Organization
" "Quiz - Chp 12
Project - Deliverable 3: Development & Management of Your Product
Peer Evaluation 1"
10 10/20 10/26 "Chp 13: Supply Chain & Marketing Channels
Chp 14: Retailing
Exam Chapters 8-14" "Quiz - Chp 13
Quiz - Chp 14
Exam Chapters 8-14"
11 10/27 11/2 Chp 15: Marketing Communications "Quiz - Chp 15
"
12 11/3 11/5 11/9 "Chp 16: Advertising, PR & Sales Promo
Chp 17: Personal Selling & Sales Mgmt" "Discussion
Quiz - Chp 16
Quiz - Chp 17"
13 11/10 11/12 11/16 "Chp 18: Social Media and Marketing
Chp 19: Pricing Concepts" "Discussion
Quiz - Chp 18
Quiz - Chp 19
Project - Deliverable 4: Pricing & Promotion Strategy"
14 11/17 11/23 Chp 20 - Marketing Metrics "Wk 20 - Quiz - Chp 20
Project - Deliverable 5: Written Marketing Plan
Peer Evaluation 2"
15 11/24 Thanksgiving Holiday
16 12/1 12/3 12/7 Final submissions "Project - Deliverable 6: Marketing Presentation (PPT Deck and video) (Post MP4 by 12/1 at 11:59pm)
Discussion - Evaluate 2 other presentations (Post MP4 by 12/1 at 11:59pm)
Peer Evaluation 3
"
17 Exam is open Sun 12/7 at 12:00 AM - Wed 12/10 at 11:59 PM Exam Chapters 15-20 "Exam Chapters 15-20
Project - Deliverable 7: Complete the Marketing Presentation Survey"
Required Reading: Title: Principles of Marketing Video book by The Original Video book.
Recommended Reading: N/a
Techniques in Functional Genom, BTEC-4040, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
The grade-earning assignments are lab notes, quizzes, and reports.
Description:
In BTEC 4040, RNA Analysis (Weeks 2–4): These units cover the techniques of RNA quantification, including RNA isolation, cDNA synthesis, and RT-qPCR. Students will learn the principles and procedures of these techniques. Protein Analysis (Weeks 5–11): These units cover the techniques of protein identification and quantification, including protein isolation and sample preparation, total protein quantification, and target protein identification with antibodies. Students will learn the principles and procedures of these techniques. Cell Death Detection (Weeks 12–14): This unit covers the techniques of cell death detection, including sample preparation, DNA labeling, and antibody staining. Students will learn the principles and procedures of this technique.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Microcontrollers, ECE-1200, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
This lab-based course includes 13 weekly lab assignments and reflection quizzes, a midterm (Lab 8 content), and a final written exam. Students gain hands-on experience in embedded programming, microcontroller interfacing, and sensor/actuator control using C/C++ and Python.
Labs (13): Weekly hands-on projects using sensors, motors, and microcontrollers.
Reflection Quizzes (13): Short assessments after each lab.
Midterm Exam: Covers Labs 1–8, focused on C/C++ and hardware control.
Final Exam: Cumulative paper-based test on course concepts
Description:
Unit 1: Getting Started with Microcontrollers
Students are introduced to the M5StampS3 microcontroller platform, including hardware features, development environment setup, and basic digital I/O control.
Unit 2: Logic and Control Structures
Students apply logical and relational operators with if statements and loops (for, while) to create decision-making programs and automate tasks.
Unit 3: Sensors and Signal Input
This unit covers how to interface with common sensors such as photoresistors, ultrasonic sensors, and color sensors. Students learn to acquire and interpret analog and digital signals.
Unit 4: Actuators – LEDs and Motors
Focuses on controlling output devices including LEDs, servo motors, stepper motors, and DC motors. Students learn about pin control, PWM, and basic motion control.
Unit 5: Advanced Output – LED Strips and Sound
Explores more complex output systems such as addressable LED strips and sound generation using buzzers. Introduces the concept of non-blocking code and interrupts for responsive behavior.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Transliterating, ASL-4300, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Participation Assignment: This class will require a lot of participation through weekly chapter activities completed in Canvas.
GoReact Videos and Self Analysis: Every week there will be assignments to record yourself on GoReact. These videos will be important practice for you to improve your transliterating skills. These videos must be done simultaneously, not consecutive. After completing these videos, you will complete a self-analysis by identifying at least 5 errors by using the process below.
GLOSS: Once you identify the error, you will gloss the sentence with the error (non-manuals and space included).
IDENTIFY: You will use the Marty Taylor book to identify where the error happened in the process.
RATIONALE: Where did the breakdown happen? Vocabulary? Classifiers? Space?
REPAIR: Show me what the sentence should have looked like in a video in the comments.
Once you have identified 5 errors and finished your analysis, you will create a summary
of your overall patterns of error at the end. Your analysis will be done in the comments of
GoReact so that I can quickly see the error sample as well as your repairs.
Mid-Term: The midterm will consist of a GoReact video from Activity 6-1 in your textbook where transliterating skills will be assessed using the grading rubric in Canvas
Final Transliteration Self-Evaluation: You will evaluate the similarities and differences between the video samples from the beginning and end of the semester based on information discussed in class and in the textbook. You will give a complete analysis of the beginning and ending video assessment of the transliterating skills. Evaluate the similarities and differences based on the information learned throughout the semester using the chapters from the textbook. The evaluation should discuss specific examples of learning and growth through the course. You should also demonstrate
comprehension of the various manually coded sign systems, why they were developed, and how transliterating came from manually coded sign from Chapter 1. Paper should be 3-5 pages in length and include a cover (title) page, page numbers, double spaced, and 12-point font.
Final Video Analysis: You will create a 10-minute sample of your transliterating skills at the beginning of the semester. You will re-record the sample from the same source material toward the end of the semester. I will analyze the video using the grading rubric under files on Canvas.
Description:
Chapter 1: Transliterating-The Beginning
Chapter 1 discusses the common, but incorrect, idea in the sign language interpreting field that ASL-to-English and English-to-ASL interpretation skills automatically lead to effective English-based transliteration
Chapter 2: Interpreting vs. Transliteration
This chapter emphasizes that interpreting involves the cultural and linguistic transmission of a message between ASL and spoken English, while transliterating focuses on converting spoken English into a manually coded visual representation, often accompanied by mouthing the English words.
Chapter 3: Modifications to the English Structure
This chapter concentrates on the rules and strategies for effective transliteration from American Sign Language (ASL) into spoken or written English.
Chapter 4: Mouth Movements
This chapter focuses on the differences between interpreting and translitation when it comes to mouth movements. The language requirements for each is different and this chapter thoroughly covers all of those differences.
Chapter 5: Fingerspelling
Transliteration conveys a message from one form of English (spoken or signed) to another, aiming for equivalent meaning, as stated by the TIEM Center. Fingerspelling is crucial for representing English words accurately, especially when direct ASL signs are not appropriate or to ensure precise understanding.
Chapter 6: Use of Space
This chapter focuses on how transliterators effectively use signing space to enhance clarity and meaning when communicating from English to a visual language like ASL.
Chapter 7: Nouns, Verbs, and Pronouns
This chapter focuses on communicating spoken English into sign, attempting to maintain English grammatical structure and word order where possible, but not losing the conceptual meaning behind the English words.
Chapter 8: Adjectives, Adverbs, and Interjections
ASL allows for flexibility in word order and facial expressions often indicate grammar and description. Inflection replaces adverbs and interjections can vary dpending on context and facial expressions (non-manual signals).
Chapter 9: Conjunctions and Prepositions
This chapter dives deeper into more English parts of speech. ASL expresses relationships typically shown by conjunctions and prepositions in English in ways that are visually rich and rely heavily on spatial grammar and visual cues.
Chapter 10: Passive and Active Voice
Transliteration focuses on producing a signed version of an English message while maintaining the English grammatical structure as much as possible. However, ASL grammar differs significantly from English grammar, especially when it comes to active and passive voice constructions
Chapter 11: Putting It All Together
The final chapter acts as a concluding section. It reinforces the need for complete training and continuous development for successful English transliteration, considering the past difficulties in the field.
Required Reading: Transliterating: Show Me The English by Jean E. Kelly
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Amer Sign Lang I, ASL-2010, Section 50, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Snapshot Quizzes:
When you come to class at the beginning of each section, these quizzes will be your “bell assignment” and are due within the first 10 minutes of class. You will need to come to class prepared by already watching the snapshots.
This is your “reading” in this class.
Conversation Starter Assignments:
Conversation Starters will be done as an in-class assignment with some opportunites for at homework. We will discuss the conversation starters and you will follow along and answer from your personal device. Near the end of
the semester, this will become more of an on-your-own assignment.
Practice Worksheet / Projects:
Practice worksheets are designed to sharpen specific ASL skills such as fingerspelling, numbers and depiction. These comprehension-based assignments are in multiple-choice format. You have unlimited attempts to
get the score you want, hence this is called PRACTICE. In the middle of the semester, you will have a project due. Information about that project will be in the assignment on Canvas.
Worksheets:
Worksheets are designed to retain and reinforce what is learned in each section.
Comprehension Quizzes: The quizzes will be based mainly on the ability to comprehend ASL and cultural information. Quizzes are designed to cover content previously learned to ensure you are on the right pace in learning the material. These quizzes will be done outside of class on Canvas.
Watch & Sign:
For these assignments, you will watch short “silent” films – videos with no spoken or signed dialogue. Your task is to imagine how you’d retell the story in ASL. Your submitted video will be evaluated using a rubric.
Deaf Tales & Traditions:
Watch culturally rich stories – ranging from historical to humorous or heartfelt. Complete the assigned comprehension questions.
Peer Observation Assessment (POA):
Peer Observation Assessment (POA) videos will be in-class assignments at the end of each unit. These assessments require you to recognize and identify mistakes made by the Deaf model. This assignment will be
completed in groups or as a class during class time. You will have two attempts.
Self Observation Assessment Review (SOAR) Video Assignments:
The Self-Observation Assessment Review (SOAR) videos at the end of each unit.
Step 1: Write out an ASL gloss sentence for each of the English sentences to bring to class. Due at the beginning of class.
Step 2: Sit with a peer to compare sentences and adjust your sentences, if needed.
Step 3: Watch the sample sentences as a class and compare with your sentences to see where you might want to make adjustments for your sentences.
Step 4: Upload yourself signing each of your sentences with the adjustments.
Narrative Comprehension:
At the end of each unit, you will watch a story and answer questions about the story.
Unit Tests: Comprehension & Production:
Unit tests will cover all material presented to that point of the class. They will include information from lectures, vocabulary, conversation starter discussions, worksheets and quizzes. The comprehension test is receptive skills testing, which is done outside of class and will be due the same day as the production test. Production tests are signed tests that will assess your expressive skills and requires you to sign English sentences into ASL. Your instructor will take you out one at a time to have test your production skills and provide feedback. There will be no make-up of the tests or productions except under extreme circumstances, which you will need to get prior approval.
DEAF INFLUENCER:
Make use of social media and find a Deaf Influencer. The account you follow must be a verified deaf individual and the account should predominantly be in ASL. After exploring their platform for a minimum of 2 hours, assess how
they are using their platform to bring awareness to Deaf culture and the Deaf community and how that platform challenges your own American cultural mindset. What were signs you recognized or sign that you learned while
viewing their platform? You will need to tell me about who you followed using an uploaded video in sign language. If you do not know what sign to use, use fingerspelling. Follow the rubric to make sure you include all of the
information required.
DEAF EVENT:
Students are required to attend the ASL Talent Show, which will be held during International Deaf Awareness week in September. If you are unable to attend the event, you will need to work with your instructor to come up with
another event or read a cultural book, which will need to be approved ahead of time. After attending the Deaf/ASL event, each student will upload a video describing the event attended, including their communication with others,
their thoughts and feelings, and anything they learned or connections to other areas in their lives. The video will need to be done in ASL, and if you are not sure what sign to use, use fingerspelling. Follow the rubric to make
sure you include all of the information required.
Utah Tech ASL Club / ASL Lab:
As part of this course, you are required to sign up for UT’s ASL Club. You must attend at least one meeting as part of this course. You may also visit the ASL lab for homework assistance, recording, and for ASL practice with other students.
Description:
Unit 9: My Home
Unit 9 does more than teach vocabulary for home-related signs; it immerses learners in the everyday experiences, challenges, and cultural contexts that shape the Deaf community. Through this unit, learners will gain the skills to communicate detailed narratives, from explaining a water leak to sharing a story about a gathering—all within the framework of their immediate world.
Unit 10: Finances and the Workplace
Unit 10 provides a holistic view of professional and financial communication in ASL, from the nitty-gritty of daily work life to the broader economic discussions that shape our lives. By integrating these topics into ASL practice, learners will be able to engage in detailed and nuanced personal and professional conversations.
Unit 11: Wellness and Fitness
Unit 11 extends ASL vocabulary to cover a variety of health-related subjects and enriches understanding of the Deaf community's practice of exchanging personal information. This unit prepares learners to participate in in-depth and meaningful conversations on health and wellness, reflecting the kind of discussions that are part of everyday interactions.
Unit 12: Destinations
Unit 12 broadens learners’ horizons, equipping them to discuss a wide range of destinations and experiences. By weaving together geography, travel, and weather-related discussions, learners can confidently engage in conversations about global adventures and stories.
Required Reading: TRUE+WAY ASL: Unit 9-12 E-workbook
Recommended Reading: N/A
Beginning Amer Sign Lang II, ASL-1020, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Snapshot Quizzes:
When you come to class at the beginning of each section, these quizzes will be your “bell assignment” and are due within the first 10 minutes of class. You will need to come to class prepared by already watching the snapshots. This is your “reading” in this class.
Conversation Starter Worksheets:
Conversation Starters will be done as an in-class assignment with some opportunites for at homework. We will discuss the conversation starters and you will follow along and answer from your personal device. Near the end of the semester, this will become more of an on-your-own assignment.
Practice Worksheets:
Practice worksheets are designed to sharpen specific ASL skills such as fingerspelling, numbers and depiction. These comprehension-based assignments are in multiple-choice format. You have unlimited attempts to get the score you want, hence this is called PRACTICE.
Worksheets:
Worksheets are designed to retain and reinforce what is learned in each section.
Comprehension Quizzes: The quizzes will be based mainly on the ability to comprehend ASL and cultural information. Quizzes are designed to cover content previously learned to ensure you are on the right pace in learning the material. These quizzes will be done outside of class on Canvas.
Watch & Sign:
For these assignments, you will watch short “silent” films – videos with no spoken or signed dialogue. Your task is to imagine how you’d retell the story in ASL. Your submitted video will be evaluated using a rubric.
Deaf Tales & Traditions:
Watch culturally rich stories – ranging from historical to humorous or heartfelt. Complete the assigned comprehension questions.
Peer Observation Assessment (POA):
Peer Observation Assessment (POA) videos will be in-class assignments at the end of each unit. These assessments require you to recognize and identify mistakes made by the Deaf model. This assignment will be completed in groups or as a class during class time. You will have two attempts.
Self Observation Assessment Review (SOAR) Video Assignments:
The Self-Observation Assessment Review (SOAR) videos at the end of each unit. The goal of this assignment is to practice translating English sentences into ASL sentences.
STEP ONE: Write out an ASL gloss sentence for each of the English sentences to bring to class. Due at the beginning of class
STEP TWO: Sit with a peer to compare sentences and adjust your sentences, if needed. Then watch the sample sentences as a class and compare with your sentences to see where you might want to make more adjustments.
STEP THREE: Upload yourself signing each of your sentences with the adjustments for a grade.
Narrative Comprehension:
At the end of each unit, you will watch a story and answer questions about the story.
Unit Tests: Comprehension & Production:
Unit tests will cover all material presented to that point of the class. They will include information from lectures, vocabulary, conversation starter discussions, worksheets and quizzes.
The comprehension test is receptive skills testing, which is done outside of class and will be due the same day as the production test
Production tests are signed tests that will assess your expressive skills and requires you to sign English sentences into ASL. Your instructor will take you out one at a time to have test your production skills and provide feedback. There will be no make-up of the tests or productions except under extreme circumstances, which you will need to get prior approval.
DEAF INFLUENCER:
Make use of social media and find a Deaf Influencer. The account you follow must be a verified deaf individual and the account should predominantly be in ASL. After exploring their platform for a minimum of 2 hours, assess how they are using their platform to bring awareness to Deaf culture and the Deaf community and how that platform challenges your own American cultural mindset. What were signs you recognized or sign that you learned while viewing their platform? You will need to tell me about who you followed using an uploaded video in sign language. If you do not know what sign to use, use fingerspelling. Follow the rubric to make sure you include all of the information required.
DEAF EVENT:
Students are required to attend the ASL Talent Show, which will be held during International Deaf Awareness week in September. If you are unable to attend the event, you will need to work with your instructor to come up with another event or read a cultural book, which will need to be approved ahead of time. After attending the Deaf/ASL event, each student will upload a video describing the event attended, including their communication with others, their thoughts and feelings, and anything they learned or connections to other areas in their lives. The video will need to be done in ASL, and if you are not sure what sign to use, use fingerspelling. Follow the rubric to make sure you include all of the information required.
Utah Tech ASL Club / ASL Lab:
As part of this course, you are required to sign up for UT’s ASL Club. You must attend at least one meeting as part of this course. You may also visit the ASL lab for homework assistance, recording, and for ASL practice with other students.
Description:
Unit 5: Scheduling
This unit aims to provide learners with the conversational skills needed to navigate discussions about time, activities, and events in ASL, fostering deeper connections and enriching their daily interaction.
Unit 6: Good Times
Through Unit 6: Good Times, learners' vocabularies will broaden to enable them to share and discuss personal interests, activities, and experiences, further enhancing their ASL skills and cultural understanding.
Unit 7: All About Food
Unit 7 offers a journey through the world of food, equipped with ASL skills that enhance not just communication but also cultural understanding and shared experiences. Each lesson is crafted to ensure learners can navigate any food-related conversation with confidence, whether it's discussing the latest dining spot, exchanging recipes at a potluck, or simply sharing a meal with friends and family.
Unit 8: People Among Us
Unit 8 encapsulates a comprehensive exploration of how people are described and represented in ASL, from individual attributes to broader cultural contexts. Through this unit, learners will enhance their ability to communicate visually, respecting and embracing the rich diversity and complexity of human experiences.
Required Reading: TRUE+WAY ASL: Unit 5-8 E-workbook
Recommended Reading: N/A
Brass Study, MUSC-1760, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
The student is responsible to know and adhere to the following policies: 1. have access to the digital text at each class; it provides instruction as well as musical excerpts. 2. UTU instruments must be well-maintained, kept clean and turned in at the end of the semester in good condition; any excessive wear and tear or damage will be the responsibility of the student using the instrument. 3. don’t be disruptive during class; be courteous and listen carefully, contributing to class discussion when appropriate; keep side discussions brief and quiet. 4. download tuner and metronome apps; keep the device on your music stand to help confirm progress; this is very helpful in learning to play in the “center of pitch,” (in tune), and in developing an accurate sense of tempo for various tempo markings. 5. cheating will not be tolerated and will be detrimental to your grade; in reality, it will be quite difficult, even impossible, to cheat since you will have to play to pass; therefore, your skill level will be exposed and assessed when you play the instrument in class, and when the class performs your scoring project (see the next section – Practice, Projects, and Activities). Practice, Projects, and Activities 1. playing tests will be required for each instrument learned; individual practice outside of class will be necessary to develop correct playing skills, and to pass off playing tests. 2. a short musical excerpt (piano score) will be transcribed for brass quintet; this will include the score and transposed parts; we will play it in class; this exercise is designed to test your understanding of brass instrument ranges, technical abilities, and transposition. 3. * a short lesson will be given to a beginning non-brass student; this will demonstrate your ability to analyze and fix typical challenges of inexperienced players. 4. * if we gain enough skill as a class, I would like to do a short festive or holiday concert in the Eccles lobby. (numbers 3 and 4 above, marked with an asterisk, are optional; we may not have the time to prepare; we will discuss and proceed accordingly as the semester progresses) Projected Schedule Students will spend 8 class periods (25% of the semester) learning each of the four instruments. Tue. 08/22 – Thu. 09/14 1st rotation Tue. 09/19 – Thu. 10/12 2nd rotation Tue. 10/17 – Thu. 11/09 3rd rotation Tue. 11/14 – Thu. 12/07 4th rotation Mon. 12/11 – Fri. 12/15 finals week, no class Students will be working out of the specific chapter for the instrument they are learning, and concurrently working out of the musical exercises for that instrument. Attendance, Exams, Grades The grade will be based on participation, preparation and attendance. The following policies apply: 1. one or two written tests worth 100 points each (notification will be given ahead of time). 2. two to four playing tests worth 100 points each (probably will do these in class but may have you record them outside of class and send to me – TBD ). 3. scoring (arranging) project will be worth 100 points. 4. the optional teaching project will be worth 100 points (if we do it). 5. attendance is worth 5 points per class; 30 class periods during the semester. 6. the final exam (written and playing) will be worth 100 points. 95 – 100% = A 90 – 94% = A- 86 – 89% = B+ 83 – 85% = B 80 – 82 = B- 76 – 79% = C+ 73 – 75% = C 70 – 72% = C- and so on Final exam is Tuesday Dec 12, 2023, from 11 AM to 1 PM in Eccles #150
Description:
1st Rotation Wed. 08/20 – Wed. 09/10 Start of semester
2nd Rotation Mon. 09/15 – Wed. 10/08
3rd Rotation Mon. 10/13 – Wed. 11/05 (No class Mon. 10/13, Fall Break)
4th Rotation Mon. 11/10 – Wed. 12/03 No class Mon. 11/24 & Wed. 11/26 (Thanksgiving Break)
Finals Week Mon. 12/08 – Wed. 12/10 No regular class
Required Reading: Brass Techniques and Pedagogy, 2nd Edition, by Brian N. Weidner from Butler University.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Foundations/Intro to Education, EDUC-1010, Section 6, College of Education
Course Requirements:
My Path to Education Video Introduction
Interview a Teacher
Five Educational Resources
Designing a Mini-Lesson Activity
Mid-Term Presentation
Mid-Term Exam
2 Field Observations and Reports
Final Video
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: The Field of Professional Education
This module addresses the field of professional education including career paths, codes and ethics of educators, and the outcomes of an effective educator preparation program.
Module 2: The Histories and Philosophies of Education
This module explores the long and complex history of public education in the United States and different philosophies that have emerged over the decades regarding childhood, learning, and rationales.
Module 3: How Schools Function in Contemporary Contexts
This module explores the structures of education in the United States, past and present curricula efforts, and principles of effective classroom instruction.
Module 4: Current and Future Goals in Education
This module explores different avenues in formal and informal education.
Required Reading: Bartholomew, Greg (2023), Education as a Career – Introduction to Education at Utah Tech University(1st ed.), UT: Text is free and included with all learning resources in Canvas and here: https://uen.pressbooks.pub/educationcareer/front-matter/introduction/
Recommended Reading: N/A
Foundations/Intro to Education, EDUC-1010, Section 2, College of Education
Course Requirements:
My Path to Education Video Introduction
Interview a Teacher
Five Educational Resources
Designing a Mini-Lesson Activity
Mid-Term Presentation
Mid-Term Exam
2 Field Observations and Reports
Final Video
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: The Field of Professional Education
This module addresses the field of professional education including career paths, codes and ethics of educators, and the outcomes of an effective educator preparation program.
Module 2: The Histories and Philosophies of Education
This module explores the long and complex history of public education in the United States and different philosophies that have emerged over the decades regarding childhood, learning, and rationales.
Module 3: How Schools Function in Contemporary Contexts
This module explores the structures of education in the United States, past and present curricula efforts, and principles of effective classroom instruction.
Module 4: Current and Future Goals in Education
This module explores different avenues in formal and informal education.
Required Reading: Required Reading: Bartholomew, Greg (2023), Education as a Career – Introduction to Education at Utah Tech University(1st ed.), UT: Text is free and included with all learning resources in Canvas and here: https://uen.pressbooks.pub/educationcareer/front-matter/introduction/
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to World Music, MUSC-1050, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
This course is an introductory survey of the classical, folk, popular and indigenous music from various cultures around the world, including those in Asia, Africa, Europe, and the Americas. Previous musical experience is helpful, though not required. Emphasizes tools to appreciate music from within its cultural context, including basic terminology and improved listening skills. Assignments include listening, reading, a final paper/project, and written examinations. Participate in lectures and discussions about the music and its connection to society. Complete written and aural exams that indicate understanding of the course material. Attend concerts and write critical reviews. Present an oral report in class on a topic relating to a music culture. Grade Scale Percentages: 100 to 90 A 79 to 77 C+ 66 to 62 D 89 to 87 B+ 76 to 72 C 61 to 60 D 86 to 82 B 71 to 70 C- Below 60% F 81 to 80 B- 69 to 67 D+ Attendance/Participation (25% of grade) In addition to completing assignments, you are expected to be prepared for class by having read the selection covering the material that we will be addressing that day. Attendance in this class is mandatory. Students must attend in-person. Each student will get 2 absences removed at the end of the semester. Plan wisely! Exams/Quizzes (40% - 20% Quizzes/Listening, 20% Exams)There will be a Midterm Exam, a Final Exam, and four quizzes (each with a listening and written portion). At the end of the semester, the lowest quiz score will be dropped. Exact dates are reflected in Canvas. Each assessment will be completed via Canvas at the DSU Testing Center. Students are responsible for setting aside time to go to the Testing Center to complete all assessments. Forgetting to go and complete an assessment will not be reason enough to extend due dates or excuse quizzes/exams. Concert Reports (20%) Students are required to attend TWO concerts during the course of the semester. These performances must be at the collegiate or professional level. Classical/Orchestral concerts are required. No high school performances are acceptable. The concert must be at least 60 minutes in length, and listening to music must be the primary activity. If you are unsure if a concert meets the criteria, ask beforehand! Students must attend the entire concert and may not be a performer on the concert. The Concert Report must be submitted through Canvas. NO EXCEPTIONS. Please refer to the assignment instructions in Canvas for full requirements. Presentation/Research paper - (15%) This project must contain the following elements: Presentation is to be 5-10 minutes in length. Clearly present a topic relating to a specific music culture, i.e. an instrument, performer, musical movement, etc. Topic must be new information not addressed in class lectures and not familiar to most Americans. Give background on your topic. Address the significance of your topic. (answer the question, ‘so what?”) Include some short listening examples. May include: visual materials, PowerPoint slides, and video examples if they enhance your presentation. Research paper requirements: 500-1000 words, double-spaced. Include a bibliography with at least THREE reputable sources, properly cited. Submit via Canvas the same day you present. Late Penalty There will be a 20% penalty for all concert reports, and term project assignments turned in after the due date. Late work will be taken until the last day of class.
Description:
Week Dates Topics/Notes
1 Aug 20, 25 Course Introduction/Syllabus, Concepts from anthropology and ethnomusicology
2 Aug 27, Sep 1 Elements of Music, African Music and Culture (No class Sep 1, Labor Day)
3 Sep 3, 8 More on African Music
4 Sep 10, 15 African Music continued
5 Sep 17, 22 Asian Music and Culture
6 Sep 24, 29 Asian Music continued
7 Oct 1, 6 Asian Music continued
8 Oct 8, 13 European Music and Culture (No class Oct 13, Fall Break)
9 Oct 15, 20 European Music and Culture continued
10 Oct 22, 27 Latin American Music and Culture
11 Oct 29, Nov 3 Latin American Music and Culture
12 Nov 5, 10 Latin American Music and Culture
13 Nov 12, 17 Caribbean Music and Culture
14 Nov 19, 24 Native American Music and Culture (No class Nov 26, Thanksgiving Break)
15 Dec 1, 3 Wrap-up - Haiti, Bulgaria, ??
16 Dec 8, 10 Final Review
17 Dec 15, 17 Finals
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: OPTIONAL: Soundscapes: Exploring Music in a Changing World, 3rd Edition, by Kay Shelemay.
Concepts for Advanced Nursing, NURS-6100, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Students complete weekly discussion board posts, written assignments, and major projects. These include a current issues APA paper, an educational slideshow with peer review, and a final reflection. Other assignments include tutorials on plagiarism, APA formatting, and academic integrity.
Description:
1. Getting Started & Identifying Professional Pathways
This unit introduces the MSN program and explores potential professional pathways for graduate nursing students. Emphasis is placed on self-reflection and goal setting.
2. Writing at the Graduate Level
Students review and refine graduate-level writing skills, including proper APA formatting and academic integrity. This unit builds foundational skills for scholarly communication.
3. Introduction to the Role of the Nurse Educator
This unit presents the responsibilities and competencies of nurse educators, including curriculum development and strategies to support a variety of learner needs. Students examine the evolving role of nursing faculty in higher education.
4. Health Care Ethics & Population Considerations
Students explore ethical principles in nursing and the complexities of delivering care across various populations. Emphasis is placed on fostering professional resilience and maintaining well-being in healthcare settings.
5. Nurse Leadership in a Dynamic Landscape
This final unit introduces leadership and management concepts relevant to advanced nursing practice. Students apply leadership theories through a capstone slideshow project.
Required Reading: • American Psychological Association (2019). Publication manual of the American Psychological Association (7th ed.). Washington DC: American Psychological Association. • Billings, D.M. & Hallstead, J. A. (2023). Teaching in nursing: A guide for faculty (7th ed.). Elsevier. (Note: Paper text or e-book is fine. If you have difficulty getting the new 7th ed., the 2020/6th ed. is acceptable)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Adv. Health Assessment & Promo, NURS-6700, Section 40A, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Students complete weekly system-specific documentation assignments, discussion posts, and two recorded health assessment videos. Graded assignments include SOAP notes, personal and family health history documentation, focused system assessments, and a final comprehensive physical exam with accompanying history and video.
Description:
Week 1: Foundations of Health Assessment
Introduction to the clinical importance of proper health assessments and documentation. Students explore the components of an effective SOAP note and begin engaging with their peers.
Week 2: History Taking & Integumentary System
Students conduct a personal and family health history interview and submit both a written note and recorded video. The week concludes with an integumentary assessment assignment.
Week 3: Head, Neck, and Respiratory Assessment
Students complete targeted assessments of the head, neck, and respiratory system with emphasis on normal and abnormal findings.
Week 4: Cardiovascular & Abdominal Systems
This week explores the relationship between cardiovascular and abdominal symptoms. Students complete assignments focusing on auscultation, palpation, and thorough documentation.
Week 5: Neurological & Orthopedic Assessment
Focus on cranial nerves, reflexes, mental status, and musculoskeletal integrity. Assignments involve detailed assessment and documentation for both systems.
Week 6: Genitourinary System & Final Head-to-Toe Exam
Students assess the genitourinary system and complete a final comprehensive physical exam with health history, submitting both documentation and a video of the encounter.
Required Reading: • American Psychological Association. (2020). Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (7th ed.)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Care of Patients III, NURS-4010, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Module Exams 1-5
Final Comprehensive Exam
EKG Outline & Study Guide Assignment
End-of-Course Reflection
Description:
NURS 4010 Lifespan III
Module 1: EKG Dysrhythmias Interpretation: In this module we will learn about the cardiac electrical conduction system and pathophysiology. We will learn the most common cardiac dysrhythmias with a goal of “sight reading” EKG rhythm strips. Focus is placed on integration of patient assessment with rhythm interpretation, including typical etiologies, anticipation of complications and treatments.
Module 2: Acute Coronary Syndrome Stroke, & Cardiac Care: This module covers several foundational cardiovascular topics including Acute MI in all variations from minor to cardiogenic shock. Acute stroke including causes, assessment, complications, and treatment options are explored. Cardiac care including diagnostics, medications, in-depth assessment, and a variety of cardiac diagnoses are covered. This module builds on the previous module.
Module 3: Respiratory Failure & Mechanical Ventilation/ Shock & Hemodynamics: Students apply previous knowledge of respiratory pathophysiology to critical care and complex acute topics in pulmonology, such as ARDS, critical COVID infection, and respiratory failure. There is focus on understanding the care of the mechanically ventilated patient including various modes and settings, nursing care, application of labs/ABG’s, and potential complications. Shock states and management of hemodynamic parameters in the critical care patient are introduced. Septic shock is explored in-depth.
Module 4: Trauma Topics : This module provides an overview of several important trauma topics from the nursing perspective including trauma assessment, acute spinal cord injury, head injury and increased intracranial pressure, burns, assault and rape trauma syndrome. Seizure disorders are included in this module.
Module 5: GI Topics/DIC/HTN Crisis/Hyperthermias: This module includes several smaller topics including our GI topics on complex liver failure and pancreatitis. DIC is covered. Hypertensive crisis is discussed including the most common etiologies, possible complications and most common treatments. Hyperthermia topics include Malignant Hyperthermia and Heat Stroke.
Module 6: The Critical Care RN at End-of-Life & Final Topics: We will discuss the role of the RN in critical care settings related to death and dying. Palliative care, hospice, and end-of-life care are discussed particularly related to the RN role. Other topics in this module include Tuberculosis (TB) and HIV/AIDS. Mechanical ventilation is reviewed using an end-stage COPD model.
Module 7: Reflection & Final Exam: Students reflect on the Course Learning Outcomes and provide course feedback. A comprehensive final exam is given.
Required Reading: Lippincott’s CoursePoint for Hinkle & Cheever: Brunner & Suddarth's Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing (15th ed.). Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Adaptive Learning Powered by PrepU for Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing (15th ed.)., Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Study Guide for Brunner & Suddarth's Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, 15th ed. (2018). Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Lippincott’s CoursePoint for Karch & Tucker: Focus on Nursing Pharmacology (8th ed). Wolters Kluwer.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Capstone Clinical, NURS-4701, Section 6, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course requires successful completion of a precepted clinical experience totaling 180 hours. Students are expected to meet with their instructor for a midterm and final evaluation, complete a weekly clinical journal, submit documentation of clinical hours and skills, and pass a comprehensive clinical evaluation from both their preceptor and instructor.
Description:
Week 1–13: Clinical Preceptorship Experience
Students work directly with a registered nurse preceptor to develop and demonstrate competence in providing safe, effective, and professional nursing care. Weekly journals, evaluations, and documentation of skills are used to track growth.
Week 14: Final Evaluation & Portfolio Submission
Students complete a final clinical evaluation and submit required documentation, including preceptor forms and final time logs.
Week 15: Reflection & Program Completion
Students reflect on their learning experiences and prepare for transition into professional practice, ensuring all graduation requirements have been met.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Capstone Clinical, NURS-4701, Section 5, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course requires successful completion of a precepted clinical experience totaling 180 hours. Students are expected to meet with their instructor for a midterm and final evaluation, complete a weekly clinical journal, submit documentation of clinical hours and skills, and pass a comprehensive clinical evaluation from both their preceptor and instructor.
Description:
Week 1–13: Clinical Preceptorship Experience
Students work directly with a registered nurse preceptor to develop and demonstrate competence in providing safe, effective, and professional nursing care. Weekly journals, evaluations, and documentation of skills are used to track growth.
Week 14: Final Evaluation & Portfolio Submission
Students complete a final clinical evaluation and submit required documentation, including preceptor forms and final time logs.
Week 15: Reflection & Program Completion
Students reflect on their learning experiences and prepare for transition into professional practice, ensuring all graduation requirements have been met.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Capstone Clinical, NURS-4701, Section 4, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course requires successful completion of a precepted clinical experience totaling 180 hours. Students are expected to meet with their instructor for a midterm and final evaluation, complete a weekly clinical journal, submit documentation of clinical hours and skills, and pass a comprehensive clinical evaluation from both their preceptor and instructor.
Description:
Week 1–13: Clinical Preceptorship Experience
Students work directly with a registered nurse preceptor to develop and demonstrate competence in providing safe, effective, and professional nursing care. Weekly journals, evaluations, and documentation of skills are used to track growth.
Week 14: Final Evaluation & Portfolio Submission
Students complete a final clinical evaluation and submit required documentation, including preceptor forms and final time logs.
Week 15: Reflection & Program Completion
Students reflect on their learning experiences and prepare for transition into professional practice, ensuring all graduation requirements have been met.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Capstone Clinical, NURS-4701, Section 3, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course requires successful completion of a precepted clinical experience totaling 180 hours. Students are expected to meet with their instructor for a midterm and final evaluation, complete a weekly clinical journal, submit documentation of clinical hours and skills, and pass a comprehensive clinical evaluation from both their preceptor and instructor.
Description:
Week 1–13: Clinical Preceptorship Experience
Students work directly with a registered nurse preceptor to develop and demonstrate competence in providing safe, effective, and professional nursing care. Weekly journals, evaluations, and documentation of skills are used to track growth.
Week 14: Final Evaluation & Portfolio Submission
Students complete a final clinical evaluation and submit required documentation, including preceptor forms and final time logs.
Week 15: Reflection & Program Completion
Students reflect on their learning experiences and prepare for transition into professional practice, ensuring all graduation requirements have been met.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Senior Capstone, SOC-4910, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Attendance: 5%
General Article Topic: 5%
Literature review #1 5%
Literature review #2 5%
Specific article topic with Research Question and Answer 10%
Data or Literature Review #3 5%
Outline: 10%
Rough Draft #1: 10%
Rough Draft Comments #1: 5%
Rough Draft #2: 10%
Rough Draft Comments #2: 5%
Presentation: 10%
Final article: 15%
Description:
Week #1
Topic Brainstorming
Sociologists as Writers
Common Sociological Writing
Week #2
Strategies for Writing a Research Paper
Starting Your Project
General Article Topic Due
Week #3
Writing Before You Have Data
Literature Review #1 due
Week #4
Writing After You Have Data
Literature Review #2 Due
Week #5
Choosing and Using Sources
Specific Topic with Research Question and Answer due
Week #6
Research Topic
Citing Sources and Avoiding Plagiarism
Data or Literature Review #3 Due
Week #7
Style
Week #8
Outlines
Outline due
Week #9
Outlines
Week #10
Outlines & Rough Drafts
Rough Draft #1 due
Week #11
Rough Drafts
Rough Draft #1 Comments due
Week #12
Rough Drafts
Rough Draft #2 due
Week #13
Rough Drafts
Rough Draft #2 Comments due
Week #14
Presentations
Presentations
Week #15
April 21 & 23
Presentations
Presentations
Week #16
Final Article due
Required Reading: Lynn Smith-Lovin and Cary Moskovitz. Writing in Sociology. Oxford University Press.
Recommended Reading: American Sociological Association. Style Guide.
Capstone Clinical, NURS-4701, Section 2, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course requires successful completion of a precepted clinical experience totaling 180 hours. Students are expected to meet with their instructor for a midterm and final evaluation, complete a weekly clinical journal, submit documentation of clinical hours and skills, and pass a comprehensive clinical evaluation from both their preceptor and instructor.
Description:
Week 1–13: Clinical Preceptorship Experience
Students work directly with a registered nurse preceptor to develop and demonstrate competence in providing safe, effective, and professional nursing care. Weekly journals, evaluations, and documentation of skills are used to track growth.
Week 14: Final Evaluation & Portfolio Submission
Students complete a final clinical evaluation and submit required documentation, including preceptor forms and final time logs.
Week 15: Reflection & Program Completion
Students reflect on their learning experiences and prepare for transition into professional practice, ensuring all graduation requirements have been met.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Capstone Clinical, NURS-4701, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course requires successful completion of a precepted clinical experience totaling 180 hours. Students are expected to meet with their instructor for a midterm and final evaluation, complete a weekly clinical journal, submit documentation of clinical hours and skills, and pass a comprehensive clinical evaluation from both their preceptor and instructor.
Description:
Week 1–13: Clinical Preceptorship Experience
Students work directly with a registered nurse preceptor to develop and demonstrate competence in providing safe, effective, and professional nursing care. Weekly journals, evaluations, and documentation of skills are used to track growth.
Week 14: Final Evaluation & Portfolio Submission
Students complete a final clinical evaluation and submit required documentation, including preceptor forms and final time logs.
Week 15: Reflection & Program Completion
Students reflect on their learning experiences and prepare for transition into professional practice, ensuring all graduation requirements have been met.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Applied Sociology Internship, SOC-4890, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Meeting with Organizational Supervisor
Internship Project
Journal Entries
Organizational Report
Supervisor Evaluation
Description:
Week #1
Go Over Syllabus and Guidelines
Week #2
Meeting with Organizational Supervisor
Week #3
Summary of Internship Project Due
Week #4
Journal Entry #1 Due
Week #5
Journal Entry #2 Due
Week #6
Journal Entry #3 Due
Week #7
Journal Entry #4 Due
Week #8
Journal Entry #5 Due
Week #9
Journal Entry #6 Due
Week 10
Journal Entry #7 Due
Week #11
Journal Entry #8 Due
Week #12
Journal Entry #9 Due
Week #13
Journal Entry #10 Due
Week #14
Week #15
Organizational Report Due
Supervisor Report Due
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sociological Theory, SOC-3140, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• three Journal Article Review Essays, each worth 15% of your final grade;
• two Same Day Essays, each worth 15% of your final grade;
• one Group Presentation worth 15% of your final grade;
• attendance, worth 10% of your final grade.
Description:
Week #1
Introduction to Theory
Week #2
Karl Marx
Week #3
Emile Durkheim
Librarian, electronic journal search presentation
Week #4
Max Weber
Week #5
Charlotte Perkins Gilman
Journal Article Review Essay #1 Due
Week #6
Georg Simmel
Week #7
W.E.B. Du Bois
Week #8
George Herbert Mead
Same Day Essay #1
Week #9
Structural Functionalism
Week #10
Critical Theory
Week #11
Exchange and Rational Choice Theories
Journal Article Review Essay #2 Due
Week #12
Symbolic Interactionism and Dramaturgy
Week #13
Phenomenology
Feminist and Gender Theories
Week #14
Poststructural and Postmodern Theories
Group Presentations
Week #15
Group Presentations
Week #16
Group Presentations
Journal Article Review Essay #3 due
Same Day Essay #2
Required Reading: Scott A. Appelrouth and Laura Desfor Eldes. Classical and Contemporary Sociological Theory. Sage.
Recommended Reading: American Sociological Association Style Guide
Health Assessment Lab, NURS-3215, Section 4, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This lab-based course requires weekly attendance and participation in hands-on assessments, which make up the majority of the grade. Students complete documentation assignments using DocuCare, perform skills demonstrations, and participate in simulations, including a midterm and final head-to-toe assessment. Weekly preparation via assigned readings and checklists is mandatory.
Description:
Week 1: Orientation, Safety Checks & Therapeutic Communication
Students are introduced to the lab environment, safety procedures, and foundational communication skills used in patient interactions.
Week 2: Vital Signs & Orthostatic Assessment
Covers accurate measurement and interpretation of vital signs, including orthostatic vitals and documentation.
Week 3: Respiratory Assessment
Students practice lung auscultation, respiratory inspection, and documentation of findings.
Week 4: Cardiovascular Assessment
Focuses on heart sounds, pulses, capillary refill, and assessing perfusion.
Week 5: Pain Assessment & Comfort Measures
Introduces pain scales and observation techniques for patient comfort and non-verbal cues.
Week 6: Neurological Assessment
Students perform cranial nerve testing, assess mental status, and conduct Mini-Mental Status Exams (MMSE).
Week 7: Gastrointestinal & Genitourinary Assessment
Covers abdominal inspection, palpation, and basic genitourinary assessment principles.
Week 8: Musculoskeletal & Midterm Check-Off
Students demonstrate ROM, strength testing, and postural assessment, followed by a midterm head-to-toe assessment.
Week 9: Integumentary & Braden Scale
Teaches students to evaluate skin integrity, assess pressure injury risk, and recognize common dermatological findings.
Week 10: Pediatric & Lifespan Modifications
Explores assessment changes across age groups with focus on pediatric-specific considerations.
Week 11: Psychiatric Safety & Suicide Screening
Students complete the Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS) and review psychiatric safety protocols.
Week 12: Health Promotion & Vaccine Review
Incorporates public health guidelines and introduces students to vaccine schedules and health education tools.
Week 13: Sexual Health & Self-Exams
Students practice proper techniques for breast and testicular self-examinations using manikins. The session also covers respectful assessment approaches and patient education strategies related to sexual health.
Week 14: Practice & Peer Teaching
A review session where students reinforce prior skills and teach selected assessment components to peers.
Week 15: Final Head-to-Toe Assessment
Students complete a comprehensive head-to-toe physical assessment on a peer, demonstrating skill mastery and clinical readiness.
Required Reading: • Nursing Skills (2nd ed.) – Chippewa Valley Technical College (Open access) • Lippincott DocuCare • Weekly handouts and checklists provided by the instructor
Recommended Reading: N/A
Health Assessment Lab, NURS-3215, Section 3, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This lab-based course requires weekly attendance and participation in hands-on assessments, which make up the majority of the grade. Students complete documentation assignments using DocuCare, perform skills demonstrations, and participate in simulations, including a midterm and final head-to-toe assessment. Weekly preparation via assigned readings and checklists is mandatory.
Description:
Week 1: Orientation, Safety Checks & Therapeutic Communication
Students are introduced to the lab environment, safety procedures, and foundational communication skills used in patient interactions.
Week 2: Vital Signs & Orthostatic Assessment
Covers accurate measurement and interpretation of vital signs, including orthostatic vitals and documentation.
Week 3: Respiratory Assessment
Students practice lung auscultation, respiratory inspection, and documentation of findings.
Week 4: Cardiovascular Assessment
Focuses on heart sounds, pulses, capillary refill, and assessing perfusion.
Week 5: Pain Assessment & Comfort Measures
Introduces pain scales and observation techniques for patient comfort and non-verbal cues.
Week 6: Neurological Assessment
Students perform cranial nerve testing, assess mental status, and conduct Mini-Mental Status Exams (MMSE).
Week 7: Gastrointestinal & Genitourinary Assessment
Covers abdominal inspection, palpation, and basic genitourinary assessment principles.
Week 8: Musculoskeletal & Midterm Check-Off
Students demonstrate ROM, strength testing, and postural assessment, followed by a midterm head-to-toe assessment.
Week 9: Integumentary & Braden Scale
Teaches students to evaluate skin integrity, assess pressure injury risk, and recognize common dermatological findings.
Week 10: Pediatric & Lifespan Modifications
Explores assessment changes across age groups with focus on pediatric-specific considerations.
Week 11: Psychiatric Safety & Suicide Screening
Students complete the Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS) and review psychiatric safety protocols.
Week 12: Health Promotion & Vaccine Review
Incorporates public health guidelines and introduces students to vaccine schedules and health education tools.
Week 13: Sexual Health & Self-Exams
Students practice proper techniques for breast and testicular self-examinations using manikins. The session also covers respectful assessment approaches and patient education strategies related to sexual health.
Week 14: Practice & Peer Teaching
A review session where students reinforce prior skills and teach selected assessment components to peers.
Week 15: Final Head-to-Toe Assessment
Students complete a comprehensive head-to-toe physical assessment on a peer, demonstrating skill mastery and clinical readiness.
Required Reading: • Nursing Skills (2nd ed.) – Chippewa Valley Technical College (Open access) • Lippincott DocuCare • Weekly handouts and checklists provided by the instructor
Recommended Reading: N/A
Health Assessment Lab, NURS-3215, Section 2, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This lab-based course requires weekly attendance and participation in hands-on assessments, which make up the majority of the grade. Students complete documentation assignments using DocuCare, perform skills demonstrations, and participate in simulations, including a midterm and final head-to-toe assessment. Weekly preparation via assigned readings and checklists is mandatory.
Description:
Week 1: Orientation, Safety Checks & Therapeutic Communication
Students are introduced to the lab environment, safety procedures, and foundational communication skills used in patient interactions.
Week 2: Vital Signs & Orthostatic Assessment
Covers accurate measurement and interpretation of vital signs, including orthostatic vitals and documentation.
Week 3: Respiratory Assessment
Students practice lung auscultation, respiratory inspection, and documentation of findings.
Week 4: Cardiovascular Assessment
Focuses on heart sounds, pulses, capillary refill, and assessing perfusion.
Week 5: Pain Assessment & Comfort Measures
Introduces pain scales and observation techniques for patient comfort and non-verbal cues.
Week 6: Neurological Assessment
Students perform cranial nerve testing, assess mental status, and conduct Mini-Mental Status Exams (MMSE).
Week 7: Gastrointestinal & Genitourinary Assessment
Covers abdominal inspection, palpation, and basic genitourinary assessment principles.
Week 8: Musculoskeletal & Midterm Check-Off
Students demonstrate ROM, strength testing, and postural assessment, followed by a midterm head-to-toe assessment.
Week 9: Integumentary & Braden Scale
Teaches students to evaluate skin integrity, assess pressure injury risk, and recognize common dermatological findings.
Week 10: Pediatric & Lifespan Modifications
Explores assessment changes across age groups with focus on pediatric-specific considerations.
Week 11: Psychiatric Safety & Suicide Screening
Students complete the Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS) and review psychiatric safety protocols.
Week 12: Health Promotion & Vaccine Review
Incorporates public health guidelines and introduces students to vaccine schedules and health education tools.
Week 13: Sexual Health & Self-Exams
Students practice proper techniques for breast and testicular self-examinations using manikins. The session also covers respectful assessment approaches and patient education strategies related to sexual health.
Week 14: Practice & Peer Teaching
A review session where students reinforce prior skills and teach selected assessment components to peers.
Week 15: Final Head-to-Toe Assessment
Students complete a comprehensive head-to-toe physical assessment on a peer, demonstrating skill mastery and clinical readiness.
Required Reading: • Nursing Skills (2nd ed.) – Chippewa Valley Technical College (Open access) • Lippincott DocuCare • Weekly handouts and checklists provided by the instructor
Recommended Reading: N/A
Health Assessment Lab, NURS-3215, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This lab-based course requires weekly attendance and participation in hands-on assessments, which make up the majority of the grade. Students complete documentation assignments using DocuCare, perform skills demonstrations, and participate in simulations, including a midterm and final head-to-toe assessment. Weekly preparation via assigned readings and checklists is mandatory.
Description:
Week 1: Orientation, Safety Checks & Therapeutic Communication
Students are introduced to the lab environment, safety procedures, and foundational communication skills used in patient interactions.
Week 2: Vital Signs & Orthostatic Assessment
Covers accurate measurement and interpretation of vital signs, including orthostatic vitals and documentation.
Week 3: Respiratory Assessment
Students practice lung auscultation, respiratory inspection, and documentation of findings.
Week 4: Cardiovascular Assessment
Focuses on heart sounds, pulses, capillary refill, and assessing perfusion.
Week 5: Pain Assessment & Comfort Measures
Introduces pain scales and observation techniques for patient comfort and non-verbal cues.
Week 6: Neurological Assessment
Students perform cranial nerve testing, assess mental status, and conduct Mini-Mental Status Exams (MMSE).
Week 7: Gastrointestinal & Genitourinary Assessment
Covers abdominal inspection, palpation, and basic genitourinary assessment principles.
Week 8: Musculoskeletal & Midterm Check-Off
Students demonstrate ROM, strength testing, and postural assessment, followed by a midterm head-to-toe assessment.
Week 9: Integumentary & Braden Scale
Teaches students to evaluate skin integrity, assess pressure injury risk, and recognize common dermatological findings.
Week 10: Pediatric & Lifespan Modifications
Explores assessment changes across age groups with focus on pediatric-specific considerations.
Week 11: Psychiatric Safety & Suicide Screening
Students complete the Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS) and review psychiatric safety protocols.
Week 12: Health Promotion & Vaccine Review
Incorporates public health guidelines and introduces students to vaccine schedules and health education tools.
Week 13: Sexual Health & Self-Exams
Students practice proper techniques for breast and testicular self-examinations using manikins. The session also covers respectful assessment approaches and patient education strategies related to sexual health.
Week 14: Practice & Peer Teaching
A review session where students reinforce prior skills and teach selected assessment components to peers.
Week 15: Final Head-to-Toe Assessment
Students complete a comprehensive head-to-toe physical assessment on a peer, demonstrating skill mastery and clinical readiness.
Required Reading: • Nursing Skills (2nd ed.) – Chippewa Valley Technical College (Open access) • Lippincott DocuCare • Weekly handouts and checklists provided by the instructor
Recommended Reading: N/A
Health Assessment, NURS-3210, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Students complete weekly Prep-U mastery quizzes, which account for 50% of the final grade. In-class activities such as case studies and concept-based group assignments make up 35%. A midterm and final exam contribute the remaining 15%. All quizzes and exams are focused on system-based health assessment and safety concepts.
Description:
Week 1: Basics of Head-to-Toe Assessment, Communication & Vital Signs
Introduces the foundational techniques of a physical assessment and emphasizes patient-centered communication and safety during data collection.
Week 2: Oxygenation
Focuses on respiratory assessment and the evaluation of oxygenation and gas exchange across the lifespan.
Week 3: Cardiovascular & Perfusion
Examines cardiac and vascular assessment, with attention to perfusion and circulation in clinical settings.
Week 4: Comfort & Pain
Covers pain assessment, patient comfort, and the role of rest in health promotion and recovery.
Week 5: Neurological & Cognition
Students assess mental status, motor and sensory function, and the integration of cognitive health into patient care.
Week 6: Gastrointestinal & Genitourinary
Teaches assessment of abdominal and urinary systems, including identifying common disorders and patient concerns.
Week 7: Musculoskeletal
Focuses on assessment of posture, gait, and joint mobility, including identification of abnormalities.
Week 8: Midterm Exam
An in-class assessment testing content from Weeks 1–7.
Week 9: Integumentary
Students assess skin integrity, turgor, wounds, and nail health, identifying risks related to pressure injuries.
Week 10: Growth & Development
Covers developmental milestones and age-related assessment considerations throughout the lifespan.
Week 11: Psychology & Psychiatric Nursing
Students review the role of mental health in assessment and how psychiatric conditions may present physically.
Week 12: Health Promotion & Maintenance
Highlights preventive care and the nurse’s role in promoting wellness and disease prevention.
Week 13: Sexual Health & Abuse
Teaches sensitive assessment techniques and introduces screening protocols related to sexual health and safety.
Week 14: Review Day
Prepares students for the final exam by reinforcing head-to-toe physical assessment strategies.
Week 15: Final Exam
A comprehensive in-class exam covering all units and reinforcing foundational health assessment skills.
Required Reading: • Nursing Skills (2nd ed.) – Chippewa Valley Technical College (Open access) • Nursing Fundamentals (2nd ed.) – Chippewa Valley Technical College (Open access) • Nursing: Mental Health and Community Concepts – Chippewa Valley Technical College (Open access) • Hinkle, J. L., Cheever, K. H., & Overbaugh, K. J. (2022). Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing (15th ed.). Wolters Kluwer • Lippincott NCLEX-RN PassPoint & Prep-U
Recommended Reading: N/A
NURS 2503-Simulation, NURS-2503R, Section 4, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Students complete simulation journals following each session, which account for 50% of the grade. Pre-class virtual simulations (V-Sim) and in-class DocuCare assignments make up 15%, and attendance and active participation contribute the remaining 35%. Each week includes scenario-based simulation, skills reinforcement, and graded clinical documentation.
Description:
Week 1: Introduction to Simulation & Delegation
Students are introduced to the simulation lab, expectations, and simulated patients. This unit emphasizes prioritization, delegation, and time management in simulated care environments.
Week 2: Physical & Specialty Assessment
Students practice focused physical assessments and begin incorporating specialty assessment techniques on simulated patients with complex conditions.
Week 3: Communication & Lab Skills
This unit focuses on effective communication in clinical settings, including nurse-patient and interprofessional interactions. Students also practice drawing labs and documenting results.
Week 4: Capstone Simulation
Students are assigned three patients and complete a high-fidelity, realistic simulation in pairs. This final week tests critical thinking, prioritization, communication, and clinical judgment.
Required Reading: Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education Lippincott DocuCare Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Karch’s Focus on Nursing Pharmacology (8th ed.) Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing (15th ed.)
Recommended Reading: N/A
NURS 2503-Simulation, NURS-2503R, Section 3, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Students complete simulation journals following each session, which account for 50% of the grade. Pre-class virtual simulations (V-Sim) and in-class DocuCare assignments make up 15%, and attendance and active participation contribute the remaining 35%. Each week includes scenario-based simulation, skills reinforcement, and graded clinical documentation.
Description:
Week 1: Introduction to Simulation & Delegation
Students are introduced to the simulation lab, expectations, and simulated patients. This unit emphasizes prioritization, delegation, and time management in simulated care environments.
Week 2: Physical & Specialty Assessment
Students practice focused physical assessments and begin incorporating specialty assessment techniques on simulated patients with complex conditions.
Week 3: Communication & Lab Skills
This unit focuses on effective communication in clinical settings, including nurse-patient and interprofessional interactions. Students also practice drawing labs and documenting results.
Week 4: Capstone Simulation
Students are assigned three patients and complete a high-fidelity, realistic simulation in pairs. This final week tests critical thinking, prioritization, communication, and clinical judgment.
Required Reading: Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education Lippincott DocuCare Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Karch’s Focus on Nursing Pharmacology (8th ed.) Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing (15th ed.)
Recommended Reading: N/A
NURS 2503-Simulation, NURS-2503R, Section 2, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Students complete simulation journals following each session, which account for 50% of the grade. Pre-class virtual simulations (V-Sim) and in-class DocuCare assignments make up 15%, and attendance and active participation contribute the remaining 35%. Each week includes scenario-based simulation, skills reinforcement, and graded clinical documentation.
Description:
Week 1: Introduction to Simulation & Delegation
Students are introduced to the simulation lab, expectations, and simulated patients. This unit emphasizes prioritization, delegation, and time management in simulated care environments.
Week 2: Physical & Specialty Assessment
Students practice focused physical assessments and begin incorporating specialty assessment techniques on simulated patients with complex conditions.
Week 3: Communication & Lab Skills
This unit focuses on effective communication in clinical settings, including nurse-patient and interprofessional interactions. Students also practice drawing labs and documenting results.
Week 4: Capstone Simulation
Students are assigned three patients and complete a high-fidelity, realistic simulation in pairs. This final week tests critical thinking, prioritization, communication, and clinical judgment.
Required Reading: Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education Lippincott DocuCare Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Karch’s Focus on Nursing Pharmacology (8th ed.) Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing (15th ed.)
Recommended Reading: N/A
NURS 2503-Simulation, NURS-2503R, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Students complete simulation journals following each session, which account for 50% of the grade. Pre-class virtual simulations (V-Sim) and in-class DocuCare assignments make up 15%, and attendance and active participation contribute the remaining 35%. Each week includes scenario-based simulation, skills reinforcement, and graded clinical documentation.
Description:
Week 1: Introduction to Simulation & Delegation
Students are introduced to the simulation lab, expectations, and simulated patients. This unit emphasizes prioritization, delegation, and time management in simulated care environments.
Week 2: Physical & Specialty Assessment
Students practice focused physical assessments and begin incorporating specialty assessment techniques on simulated patients with complex conditions.
Week 3: Communication & Lab Skills
This unit focuses on effective communication in clinical settings, including nurse-patient and interprofessional interactions. Students also practice drawing labs and documenting results.
Week 4: Capstone Simulation
Students are assigned three patients and complete a high-fidelity, realistic simulation in pairs. This final week tests critical thinking, prioritization, communication, and clinical judgment.
Required Reading: Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education Lippincott DocuCare Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Karch’s Focus on Nursing Pharmacology (8th ed.) Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing (15th ed.)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Concept Synthesis, NURS-2750, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Major assignments include a Transition to Practice paper, multiple PrepU and PassPoint quizzes, and a mock NCLEX exam. Students complete topic-specific quizzes on pharmacology, delegation, infection control, and health promotion. Weekly in-class activities and a maternity/pediatric quiz also contribute to the course grade.
Description:
1. Introduction to NCLEX & Study Strategies
Students are introduced to the NCLEX format and explore personalized study and test-taking strategies.
2–4. Pharmacological and Parenteral Therapies
These sessions focus on medication administration, IV therapy, and pharmacological concepts relevant to the NCLEX.
5. Top 50 Medications
Students take a quiz and complete activities to reinforce key medication knowledge and safe administration practices.
6. Reduction of Risk & Delegation
Students practice prioritization and delegation strategies to improve patient safety and clinical efficiency.
7. Maternity and Pediatric Quiz
Midterm quiz focused on maternity and pediatric nursing concepts.
8. Safety and Infection Control
This unit emphasizes best practices in infection prevention and safe nursing care.
9–10. Physiological Adaptation
Students examine responses to illness and bodily changes, with related clinical scenarios and assignments.
11. Health Promotion and Maintenance
Focuses on strategies to promote health and prevent illness across the lifespan.
12. Psychosocial Integrity
Students review mental health considerations and psychological support in nursing care.
13. Test Anxiety Management
A guest lecture provides practical tools for managing anxiety and improving test performance.
14. Basic Care and Comfort / Management of Care
Covers routine nursing care, resource coordination, and transition planning.
15. NCLEX Sign-Up & Final Exam (Mock NCLEX)
Final week includes NCLEX registration instructions and a comprehensive mock exam simulating the NCLEX experience.
Required Reading: Lippincott PassPoint and Lippincott PrepU
Recommended Reading: N/A
Instruct/Tech K-12, EDUC-2500, Section 41, College of Education
Course Requirements:
§ Instructional Technology quiz § Explore standards quiz § Integrate technology quiz § Video script gallery§ Best and worst resources gallery § Classroom observation assignment § Resource collection gallery § Video gallery § LMS portfolio gallery § Assistive technology and tools gallery§ Troubleshooting project § Image gallery § Formative assessment using Nearpod § LMS portfolio gallery § LMS accessibility checker § Quiz gallery§ Educational tech: past, present, and future conversation § Laying down the law copyright conversation § Security and safety conversation § Student data privacy quiz § Social media conversation § Gamification of learning discussion and gallery § Final analysis
Description:
Module 0: Course Orientation - students learn about the course.
Module 1: Introduction to Instructional Technology - students are briefly introduced to technology in education.
Module 2: Technology Integration - students are taught various methods on integrating technology in educational lessons.
Module 3: Building an LMS Course Shell - Students begin learning how to create a Learning Management Systems course using Canvas.
Module 4: Evaluating Technology Resources - Students learn how to evaluate the effectiveness of a technology resource for their classrooms.
Module 5: Using Technology Appropriately - Students learn about how to use technology appropriately including a brief introduction to copyright laws.
Module 6: Resource Collections - Students learn how to gather different technology resources for the classroom and evaluate one another's collections.
Module 7: Security and Safety - Students learn about using technology safely including keeping their future students' information secure.
Module 8: Technology for Creativity - Students begin creating a video script and learn how to add creative elements to their canvas course.
Module 9: Instructional Video - Students learn how to create an instructional video and post it to canvas.
Module 10: Adaptive and Assistive Technology - Students are given a brief introduction to adaptive and assistive technology that could be used in the classroom.
Module 11: Emerging Technology - Students are given a brief introduction to AI and how it can be used in a classroom.
Module 12: Assessment using Technology - Students learn about how to use assessment technology tools in their future classrooms.
Module 13: Gamification - Students learn about the various gamification technology that could be used in their classrooms.
Module 14: LMS Portfolio & Module 15: Conclusion/Finals Week - Students complete their canvas courses and analyze one another's courses as well as complete a self-reflection.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Various online resources
Foundations/Intro to Education, EDUC-1010, Section 3, College of Education
Course Requirements:
My Path to Education Video Introduction
Interview a Teacher
Five Educational Resources
Designing a Mini-Lesson Activity
Mid-Term Presentation
Mid-Term Exam
2 Field Observations and Reports
Final Video
Final Exam
Description:
Introduction to Education - In this unit students will learn the different careers of education, the history of education, and the governance of education all from a United States perspective.
The Student - In this unit students will learn about the various social issues that students face and multiculturalism in the classroom.
The Teacher - In this unit students will learn what curriculum is, various strategies of instruction, classroom management techniques, information on career and technical education, and teacher education programs and observations.
Required Reading: Education As A Career by Greg Bartholomew
Recommended Reading: N/A
Secondary Student Teaching, SCED-4900, Section 6, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Thirteen weeks of full-time student teaching in a secondary setting. Students manage classroom instruction and are evaluated on readiness for licensure through observations and mentorship.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Secondary Student Teaching, SCED-4900, Section 5, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Thirteen weeks of full-time student teaching in a secondary setting. Students manage classroom instruction and are evaluated on readiness for licensure through observations and mentorship.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Integrated Arts, IART-1010, Section 3, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Theater
Day 1 Response
Day 2 Response
Day 3 Response
Day 4 Response
Day 5 Response
Day 6 Response
Theatre Creation Project
Day 7 Response
Theatre Reflection Paper
Visual Art
Discussion #1 Why Art?
Assignment #1: Introduction to Visual Arts- Why Art?
Assignment #2: Principles and Elements Artwork
Discussion #2: Principles and Elements of Art
Discussion #3 Contour/Blind Contour/Notan
Assignment #3 Contour/Blind Contour/Notan
Discussion #4 Color
Assignment #4 Color
Discussion #5 Mixed Media/Mediums
Assignment #5 Mixed Media
Discussion #6 Artistic Intent
Assignment #6 -- Self Portrait Update/Progress Photo
Discussion#7- Overview
Assignment #7 Final Self Portrait
Visual Arts Reflection Paper
Dance
Discussion Topic Dance Class 1: Body Action — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 2: Body Shape — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 3: Inspiration — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 4: Abstraction & Phrasing — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 5: Time — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 6: Energy & Music — “Continuing the discussion…”
Dance Composition
Dance Composition Reflection Paper
Music
Discussion #1: Defining Music
Discussion #2: The Art of Noise
Discussion #3: Who Cares if You Listen
Music Composition Project
Music Personal Assessment Paper
Signature Assignment-Final Reflection Paper
Attendance
Description:
Theater
Understand, apply, and analyze creative processes relevant to Theater
Visual Art
Understand, apply, and analyze creative processes relevant to visual art
Dance
Understand, apply, and analyze creative processes relevant to Dance
Music
Understand, apply, and analyze creative processes relevant to Music
Required Reading: Russolo, Luigi - The Art of Noise; Babbitt, Milton - Who Cares if You Listen?
Recommended Reading: N/A
Secondary Student Teaching, SCED-4900, Section 4, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Thirteen weeks of full-time student teaching in a secondary setting. Students manage classroom instruction and are evaluated on readiness for licensure through observations and mentorship.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Integrated Arts, IART-1010, Section 2, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Theater
Day 1 Response
Day 2 Response
Day 3 Response
Day 4 Response
Day 5 Response
Day 6 Response
Theatre Creation Project
Day 7 Response
Theatre Reflection Paper
Visual Art
Discussion #1 Why Art?
Assignment #1: Introduction to Visual Arts- Why Art?
Assignment #2: Principles and Elements Artwork
Discussion #2: Principles and Elements of Art
Discussion #3 Contour/Blind Contour/Notan
Assignment #3 Contour/Blind Contour/Notan
Discussion #4 Color
Assignment #4 Color
Discussion #5 Mixed Media/Mediums
Assignment #5 Mixed Media
Discussion #6 Artistic Intent
Assignment #6 -- Self Portrait Update/Progress Photo
Discussion#7- Overview
Assignment #7 Final Self Portrait
Visual Arts Reflection Paper
Dance
Discussion Topic Dance Class 1: Body Action — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 2: Body Shape — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 3: Inspiration — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 4: Abstraction & Phrasing — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 5: Time — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 6: Energy & Music — “Continuing the discussion…”
Dance Composition
Dance Composition Reflection Paper
Music
Discussion #1: Defining Music
Discussion #2: The Art of Noise
Discussion #3: Who Cares if You Listen
Music Composition Project
Music Personal Assessment Paper
Signature Assignment-Final Reflection Paper
Attendance
Description:
Theater
Understand, apply, and analyze creative processes relevant to Theater
Visual Art
Understand, apply, and analyze creative processes relevant to visual art
Dance
Understand, apply, and analyze creative processes relevant to Dance
Music
Understand, apply, and analyze creative processes relevant to Music
Required Reading: Russolo, Luigi - The Art of Noise; Babbitt, Milton - Who Cares if You Listen?
Recommended Reading: N/A
Secondary Student Teaching, SCED-4900, Section 3, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Thirteen weeks of full-time student teaching in a secondary setting. Students manage classroom instruction and are evaluated on readiness for licensure through observations and mentorship.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Integrated Arts, IART-1010, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Theater
Day 1 Response
Day 2 Response
Day 3 Response
Day 4 Response
Day 5 Response
Day 6 Response
Theatre Creation Project
Day 7 Response
Theatre Reflection Paper
Visual Art
Discussion #1 Why Art?
Assignment #1: Introduction to Visual Arts- Why Art?
Assignment #2: Principles and Elements Artwork
Discussion #2: Principles and Elements of Art
Discussion #3 Contour/Blind Contour/Notan
Assignment #3 Contour/Blind Contour/Notan
Discussion #4 Color
Assignment #4 Color
Discussion #5 Mixed Media/Mediums
Assignment #5 Mixed Media
Discussion #6 Artistic Intent
Assignment #6 -- Self Portrait Update/Progress Photo
Discussion#7- Overview
Assignment #7 Final Self Portrait
Visual Arts Reflection Paper
Dance
Discussion Topic Dance Class 1: Body Action — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 2: Body Shape — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 3: Inspiration — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 4: Abstraction & Phrasing — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 5: Time — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 6: Energy & Music — “Continuing the discussion…”
Dance Composition
Dance Composition Reflection Paper
Music
Discussion #1: Defining Music
Discussion #2: The Art of Noise
Discussion #3: Who Cares if You Listen
Music Composition Project
Music Personal Assessment Paper
Signature Assignment-Final Reflection Paper
Attendance
Description:
Theater
Understand, apply, and analyze creative processes relevant to Theater
Visual Art
Understand, apply, and analyze creative processes relevant to visual art
Dance
Understand, apply, and analyze creative processes relevant to Dance
Music
Understand, apply, and analyze creative processes relevant to Music
Required Reading: Russolo, Luigi - The Art of Noise; Babbitt, Milton - Who Cares if You Listen?
Recommended Reading: N/A
Secondary Student Teaching, SCED-4900, Section 2, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Thirteen weeks of full-time student teaching in a secondary setting. Students manage classroom instruction and are evaluated on readiness for licensure through observations and mentorship.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Secondary Student Teaching, SCED-4900, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Thirteen weeks of full-time student teaching in a secondary setting. Students manage classroom instruction and are evaluated on readiness for licensure through observations and mentorship.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum Seminar, SCED-4300, Section 9, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Secondary education students participate in weekly practicum days and one full week in a secondary classroom. The course emphasizes instructional delivery, classroom routines, and collaboration with families.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum Seminar, SCED-4300, Section 8, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Secondary education students participate in weekly practicum days and one full week in a secondary classroom. The course emphasizes instructional delivery, classroom routines, and collaboration with families.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum Seminar, SCED-4300, Section 7, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Secondary education students participate in weekly practicum days and one full week in a secondary classroom. The course emphasizes instructional delivery, classroom routines, and collaboration with families.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum Seminar, SCED-4300, Section 6, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Secondary education students participate in weekly practicum days and one full week in a secondary classroom. The course emphasizes instructional delivery, classroom routines, and collaboration with families.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Integrated Arts, IART-1010, Section 4, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Theater
Day 1 Response
Day 2 Response
Day 3 Response
Day 4 Response
Day 5 Response
Day 6 Response
Theatre Creation Project
Day 7 Response
Theatre Reflection Paper
Visual Art
Discussion #1 Why Art?
Assignment #1: Introduction to Visual Arts- Why Art?
Assignment #2: Principles and Elements Artwork
Discussion #2: Principles and Elements of Art
Discussion #3 Contour/Blind Contour/Notan
Assignment #3 Contour/Blind Contour/Notan
Discussion #4 Color
Assignment #4 Color
Discussion #5 Mixed Media/Mediums
Assignment #5 Mixed Media
Discussion #6 Artistic Intent
Assignment #6 -- Self Portrait Update/Progress Photo
Discussion#7- Overview
Assignment #7 Final Self Portrait
Visual Arts Reflection Paper
Dance
Discussion Topic Dance Class 1: Body Action — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 2: Body Shape — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 3: Inspiration — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 4: Abstraction & Phrasing — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 5: Time — “Continuing the discussion…”
Discussion Topic Dance Class 6: Energy & Music — “Continuing the discussion…”
Dance Composition
Dance Composition Reflection Paper
Music
Discussion #1: Defining Music
Discussion #2: The Art of Noise
Discussion #3: Who Cares if You Listen
Music Composition Project
Music Personal Assessment Paper
Signature Assignment-Final Reflection Paper
Attendance
Description:
Theater
Understand, apply, and analyze creative processes relevant to Theater
Visual Art
Understand, apply, and analyze creative processes relevant to visual art
Dance
Understand, apply, and analyze creative processes relevant to Dance
Music
Understand, apply, and analyze creative processes relevant to Music
Required Reading: Russolo, Luigi - The Art of Noise; Babbitt, Milton - Who Cares if You Listen?
Recommended Reading: N/A
Ear Training/Sight Singing III, MUSC-2130, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Sight-singing and prepared (practiced) melodies for chapters 12-16.
One assignment and one quiz for each of chapters 12-16.
Midterm Feedback Survey.
3-chord and 5-chord harmonic progression dictations.
Class Participation
Description:
Chapter 12: Melodies with diatonic leaps; rhythms with subdivision in simple and compound meters.
Chapter 13: Melodies with syncopation.
Chapter 14: Melodies with tuplets of various types.
Chapter 15: Melodies with simple chromatic non-chord tones and/or tonicizations or modulations to the dominant or relative keys.
Chapter 16: Melodies with tonicizations or modulations to any closely-related key.
Harmonic progressions are all diatonic.
Required Reading: Ottman, Robert, and Nancy Rogers. Music for Sight Singing, 10th Edition. New York: Pearson, 2019.
Recommended Reading: https://www.trainedear.net/
Intro to Music Tech, MUSC-2180, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Mon Aug 25, 2025 Assignment Editing Assignment due by 11am
Fri Sep 5, 2025 Assignment Musique Concrète Composition due by 11am
Fri Sep 19, 2025 Assignment MIDI Composition due by 11am
Fri Sep 26, 2025 Assignment Sampler Composition due by 11am
Fri Oct 3, 2025 Assignment Transcription Assignment due by 11am
Wed Oct 8, 2025 Discussion Topic Instrument Specific Microphone Discussion due by 11am
Fri Oct 24, 2025 Assignment Studio Recording due by 11am
Fri Oct 31, 2025 Assignment Piano Recording due by 11:59pm
Fri Nov 7, 2025 Assignment Music Ed Tech Presentation due by 11am
Mon Nov 17, 2025 Assignment DEAP Concert Attendance due by 7:30pm
Fri Nov 21, 2025 Assignment Pure Data Project Presentation due by 11am
Mon Dec 8, 2025 Assignment Live Performance Presentation due by 11am
Assignment Roll Call Attendance
Description:
Digital Audio
Processing, and editing audio in a digital audio workstation (DAW)
MIDI
Sequencing and editing MIDI data in a (DAW)
Notation Software
Common practice notation using industry standard software
Audio Recording
Recording, editing, and processing digital solo instrument recordings in a DAW
Technology in Music Education
Utilizing technology as a music educator
Technology in Performance
Music-specific coding
Utilizing technology in real-time performance
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Ear Training & Sight Singing I, MUSC-1130, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
(Note that at the time of this submission, this course is under redevelopment, and is still in draft form.)
Distinguish among different parts in a complete musical texture, and identify or describe features of those parts.
Perform a notated rhythm in simple or compound meter with notes dividing down to divisions of the pulse.
Identify the pulse and meter type in heard music.
Sing back a short, heard melodic fragment.
Differentiate steps and skips in short melodic fragments.
Aurally establish a key and sing a notated stepwise melody at sight.
Sing and identify common melodic intervals.
Dictate short melodic segments with steps and/or skips to primary scale degrees (1, 3, 5).
Sing short melodies with steps and/or skips to primary scale degrees.
Description:
1. Attention: Focusing and answering question on specific elements of a piece of music; Practicing aural awareness of both mechanical and aesthetic aspects of music.
2. Entrainment with music's pulse and rhythm; Studying meter types and rhythm's basic elements.
3. Basic vocal aural skills; Matching pitch; Singing back heard notes and melodies; Kinesthetic and auditory imagery;
4. Pitch relationships and key; aurally establishing a key and/or determining tonic from what's heard.
5. Gestalt hearing; intervals and skips in melodies; Practicing with common pitch patterns.
Required Reading: https://uen.pressbooks.pub/auralskills/
Recommended Reading: http://www.trainedear.net/
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010D, Section 8, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Literacy narrative essay
Profile essay
Issue-analysis report
Argumentative essay
Informal proposals for each essay
Rough drafts of each essay
Peer reviews for each essay
Informal writing journal
Practice quizzes
Annotated bibliography
Editing workshops
Interview transcript
Description:
“Introduction to Literacy Narratives” – Introducing students to the literacy narrative genre and key elements of that kind of paper. We read a sample literacy narrative together and brainstorm possible topics from their own lives.
“The Writing Process” – Two lectures are dedicated to discussing the steps of the writing process. We work through the process, brainstorming applications to their literacy narrative essay.
“Introduction to Profile Essays” – We introduce students to the profile essay genre and key elements of that kind of paper. We read a sample profile essay together and brainstorm possible subjects they might write about.
“Authorial Presence” – We discuss what authorial presence is and how authors can include more or less of their opinions, values, and biases in their writing.
“Writing Descriptively” – We discuss how to add more detail to academic writing. We look at examples of detailed writing and different types of details.
“Ethics of Writing” – We introduce the topic of ethics and how it applies to writing about people. Group discussion of various ethical-dilemma thought problems. Review of various ethical considerations that must be made when writing about people.
“Introductions & Conclusions” – We review what makes for good introductions and conclusions in academic writing.
“Introduction to Issue-Analysis Reports” – Introducing students to the report genre and key elements of that kind of paper. We read a sample issue-analysis report together and brainstorm possible issues for them to write about.
“Revising” – We discuss various revision strategies and techniques. Students practice several different techniques with their own papers.
“Finding and Evaluating Sources” – We talk about various categories and types of sources. We discuss how to evaluate the reliability and usefulness of sources.
“Library Databases” – A visiting research librarian introduces the students to the various article databases available through our university’s library subscriptions. Students practice searching for articles related to their chosen research topic.
“Quoting, Paraphrasing, & Summarizing” – We review how to directly quote source material in academic writing, how to paraphrase information correctly, and how to summarize with documentation.
“Using MLA and APA” – We review the two most common academic writing styles. We look at differences in formatting, in citing sources used within an essay, and in documenting sources at the end of the essay.
“Source Integration Review” – We have a class competition to review everything we’ve learned about using and documenting sources.
“Introduction to Argumentative Essays” – Introducing students to the argumentative essay genre and key elements of that kind of paper. We read a sample argumentative paper together and brainstorm possible topics they might write about.
“Rhetorical Appeals” – We discuss the three categories of Aristotelian rhetorical appeals: ethos, logos, and pathos. We look at how those categories influence advertisements and how students might increase their appeal in their academic writing.
“Logical Fallacies” – We discuss the various types of logical fallacies, looking at examples of each type.
“Editing and Proofreading” – We review various techniques to help students effectively edit and proofread their essays. Students practice applying the techniques to their own papers.
Required Reading: “The Art of Academic Writing” “The ENGL 1010 Student’s Guide to the Essays” “Rebel Music” “Always Living in Spanish” “Se Habla Español” “Maine’s First Graffiti Artist” “Mother Tongue” “Write or Wrong Identity” “The Importance of Writing Badly” "F-16 Pilot Was Ready to Give Her Life on Sept. 11" "What Living in a Dumpster for a Year Taught This Professor about the Things We Don’t Need" "Jimmy Santiago Baca: Poetry as Lifesaver" "Paperclip Man" “Gisele Rides Again” “Jennifer Lawrence Talks Motherhood, Causeway, and the End of Roe v. Wade” “D'Arcy Carden's Grand Slam” “How Mark Rober Became the Willy Wonka of Engineering” “They Might Be Giants Turn 40” “The Weird and Wonderful Daniel Radcliffe” “Jennifer Coolidge Will Destroy You” “Stormy Daniels on the Trump Indictment” “No Wonder They Call Me a Bitch” "Why Did God Make Flies?" "Throwing Like a Girl" “Multitasking Can Make You Lose...Um...Focus” “The Crisis in American Girlhood” “Nick Cannon, Elon Musk, and the Super-Procreators” “Is Single Parenthood the Problem?” “Texting and Writing” “Homeless on Campus” “The Reason College Costs More Than You Think” “Why We Keep Playing the Lottery” “Our Blind Spot about Guns” “U Can't Talk to Ur Professor Like This” “In Defense of Writing Letters” “An Outbreak of the Irrational” Other essays and examples of academic writing chosen throughout the course.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010D, Section 06, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Literacy narrative essay
Profile essay
Issue-analysis report
Argumentative essay
Informal proposals for each essay
Rough drafts of each essay
Peer reviews for each essay
Informal writing journal
Practice quizzes
Annotated bibliography
Editing workshops
Interview transcript
Description:
“Introduction to Literacy Narratives” – Introducing students to the literacy narrative genre and key elements of that kind of paper. We read a sample literacy narrative together and brainstorm possible topics from their own lives.
“The Writing Process” – Two lectures are dedicated to discussing the steps of the writing process. We work through the process, brainstorming applications to their literacy narrative essay.
“Introduction to Profile Essays” – We introduce students to the profile essay genre and key elements of that kind of paper. We read a sample profile essay together and brainstorm possible subjects they might write about.
“Authorial Presence” – We discuss what authorial presence is and how authors can include more or less of their opinions, values, and biases in their writing.
“Writing Descriptively” – We discuss how to add more detail to academic writing. We look at examples of detailed writing and different types of details.
“Ethics of Writing” – We introduce the topic of ethics and how it applies to writing about people. Group discussion of various ethical-dilemma thought problems. Review of various ethical considerations that must be made when writing about people.
“Introductions & Conclusions” – We review what makes for good introductions and conclusions in academic writing.
“Introduction to Issue-Analysis Reports” – Introducing students to the report genre and key elements of that kind of paper. We read a sample issue-analysis report together and brainstorm possible issues for them to write about.
“Revising” – We discuss various revision strategies and techniques. Students practice several different techniques with their own papers.
“Finding and Evaluating Sources” – We talk about various categories and types of sources. We discuss how to evaluate the reliability and usefulness of sources.
“Library Databases” – A visiting research librarian introduces the students to the various article databases available through our university’s library subscriptions. Students practice searching for articles related to their chosen research topic.
“Quoting, Paraphrasing, & Summarizing” – We review how to directly quote source material in academic writing, how to paraphrase information correctly, and how to summarize with documentation.
“Using MLA and APA” – We review the two most common academic writing styles. We look at differences in formatting, in citing sources used within an essay, and in documenting sources at the end of the essay.
“Source Integration Review” – We have a class competition to review everything we’ve learned about using and documenting sources.
“Introduction to Argumentative Essays” – Introducing students to the argumentative essay genre and key elements of that kind of paper. We read a sample argumentative paper together and brainstorm possible topics they might write about.
“Rhetorical Appeals” – We discuss the three categories of Aristotelian rhetorical appeals: ethos, logos, and pathos. We look at how those categories influence advertisements and how students might increase their appeal in their academic writing.
“Logical Fallacies” – We discuss the various types of logical fallacies, looking at examples of each type.
“Editing and Proofreading” – We review various techniques to help students effectively edit and proofread their essays. Students practice applying the techniques to their own papers.
Required Reading: “The Art of Academic Writing” “The ENGL 1010 Student’s Guide to the Essays” “Rebel Music” “Always Living in Spanish” “Se Habla Español” “Maine’s First Graffiti Artist” “Mother Tongue” “Write or Wrong Identity” “The Importance of Writing Badly” "F-16 Pilot Was Ready to Give Her Life on Sept. 11" "What Living in a Dumpster for a Year Taught This Professor about the Things We Don’t Need" "Jimmy Santiago Baca: Poetry as Lifesaver" "Paperclip Man" “Gisele Rides Again” “Jennifer Lawrence Talks Motherhood, Causeway, and the End of Roe v. Wade” “D'Arcy Carden's Grand Slam” “How Mark Rober Became the Willy Wonka of Engineering” “They Might Be Giants Turn 40” “The Weird and Wonderful Daniel Radcliffe” “Jennifer Coolidge Will Destroy You” “Stormy Daniels on the Trump Indictment” “No Wonder They Call Me a Bitch” "Why Did God Make Flies?" "Throwing Like a Girl" “Multitasking Can Make You Lose...Um...Focus” “The Crisis in American Girlhood” “Nick Cannon, Elon Musk, and the Super-Procreators” “Is Single Parenthood the Problem?” “Texting and Writing” “Homeless on Campus” “The Reason College Costs More Than You Think” “Why We Keep Playing the Lottery” “Our Blind Spot about Guns” “U Can't Talk to Ur Professor Like This” “In Defense of Writing Letters” “An Outbreak of the Irrational” Other essays and examples of academic writing chosen throughout the course.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Percussion Ensemble, MUSC-4485R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
• Attendance, musical preparation and rehearsal demeanor will determine the grade. The following criterion must be met to earn an “A”:
• Demonstration of musical preparation
• Contribution to class through regular attendance and punctuality
• Demonstration of a productive work ethic, a willingness to learn, and a positive rehearsal attitude.
• Do not distract from the rehearsal by talking excessively, entering late, or being unprepared, i.e; not having music, reeds, mouthpieces, etc.
• If an excused absence is warranted, it is the student’s obligation to inform the director in writing (email).
• Concerts are considered to be exams. Missed concerts, for any reason, will lower the grade.
Description:
Prepare for public performances.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
SQL & Python for Analytics, ISA-3020, Section 2, College of Business
Course Requirements:
1 Course Requirements
(HB 261: “major grade‑earning assignments and examinations”)
Requirement Description Weight
Exam 1 – SQL Exam Comprehensive practical test on cumulative SQL skills 20 %
Exam 2 – Concept Exam Multiple‑chapter exam (Chs 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9 & 10) on SQL Data Ninja content and analytics principles 20 %
Assignments 1‑4 Scaffolded projects that build databases, query with SQL, and apply Python analytics (5 % each) 20 %
Class Modules Hands‑on weekly labs (SQL, Python, Tableau) submitted for credit 30 %
Quizzes Low‑stakes checks on readings & videos (lowest dropped) 10 %
If HB 261 also wants the words “group project,” flag any module or assignment that is completed in teams (e.g., the Fortune 100 or Moneyball labs).
Description:
2 Brief Description of Each Unit
Unit Title Brief Description
1 Course Intro & Financial‑Statement DB Launches Assignment 1, guiding students to build a Financial Statements database and covers syllabus basics and Ch 1 concepts.
2 SQL Bootcamp & Regression Lab Intensive SQL refresher plus a lab that calculates correlation coefficients and simple regressions; Assignment 1 due.
3 Python Programming Fundamentals Introduces Python syntax and data‑analysis libraries through short quizzes and reading tasks.
4 Applied Python Labs & SQL Video Walk‑through “Platinum” Python lab and an SQL Data Ninja video lab reinforce querying and scripting skills.
5 SEC Financial Statements Analytics Uses Python, Excel and SQL to parse SEC data; “Ice‑Cream Regression” assignment released and exam review starts.
6 SQL Exam & Fortune 100 Stock Data Students sit the cumulative SQL exam, then pivot to Fortune 100 company/stock datasets.
7 Fortune 100 Lab & Halloween‑Candy Python Hands‑on lab with Fortune 100 data followed by a themed Python analytics lab.
8 Integrated Python‑SQL Analysis Combines Python and SQL for correlation/regression analysis; Assignment 3 submitted and Ch 5 quiz.
9 File Types, Data Structures & Table Manipulation Explores diverse file formats and advanced table manipulation in Python.
10 Spatial SQL & Data Normalization Geography module introduces spatial data types; Moneyball lab reinforces normalization and analytics.
11 Commodities Data Analytics (Part I‑II) Two‑week deep dive into historical commodities data (Chapter 9) with Python‑SQL workflows.
12 Logistic Regression & Predictive Analytics Applies logistic regression (Chapter 10) and wraps with Tableau‑based predictive analytics and final‑exam review.
Required Reading: 3 Required & Suggested Readings Category Title / Resource Access Required Textbook The SQL Data Ninja: Python and SQL for Data Analytics by David H. Olsen, Great River Learning (e‑text) Purchase via GRL site
Recommended Reading: 3 Required & Suggested Readings Category Title / Resource Access Required Textbook The SQL Data Ninja: Python and SQL for Data Analytics by David H. Olsen, Great River Learning (e‑text) Purchase via GRL site Suggested Video Tutorials YouTube playlist used in weekly labs – e.g., “Database Introduction & DDL” and “Intermediate Queries” Links provided in Weeks 2‑4 of syllabus “Beginning Python” lecture (Week 10) Same playlist Optional References Python for Everybody (free e‑book), Practical Tableau (free PDF on Canvas), official pandas & scikit‑learn docs Canvas / web
Internships, MDIA-4900R, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Agreement/evaluation form
Final meeting
Status reports (4)
Final paper
Resume
Log of hours (90 hours min.)
Social media content
Description:
This is a self-paced course where students find an internship related to their area of study, set learning objectives, and complete the work on site or remotely. There are no units.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Beginning Spanish II, SPAN-1020, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Grades: There is no textbook for this class. I will provide everything that is needed through
Canvas.
Final grades will be determined according to these categories:
A. Exams (chapter 8-14) – 50%
At the end of each chapter, we will have a test on Canvas. These will be completed using
proctorio, so a computer with camera is required. If you don’t know how to use it, you
can use this link to find out how to install the requirements on your computer:
https://youtu.be/eqkt82EgCzM
Chapter 14 test will be given during Finals week.
Late/early tests: You are expected to take tests on the scheduled dates. Late and early
tests will only be offered under specific circumstances. If there is a verifiable emergency,
contact me ASAP, and I will try to work with you. However, leaving early for vacations
is not an emergency, so plan your vacations ahead of time.
B. Weekly Homework – 25%
Weekly homework will be covering the materials of the week on Canvas.
Using Google Translate or using the internet to find the correct answer will not help you
in the end. It is not honest, and thus may be treated with appropriate discipline according
to policy. I will know if you use translation helps.
There should be a connection between your performance on the homework activities and
the tests, so if in your homework responses you use complex language that you could not
reproduce on a test, your grade will be docked.
C. Listening Tests - 10%
Two Listening Tests will be given in class covering these chapters:
• Chapters 8 and 9 – 02/08/2021
• Chapters 13 and 14 – 04/26/2021
D. Speaking Tests – 10%
Two Speaking Tests will be given. These tests will be scheduled and held through zoom
covering these chapters.
• Chapters 8, 9, and 10 – 03/22/2021
• Chapters 11, 12, and 13 – 04/12/2021
E. Attendance/Participation – 5%
Points are not given for being in class, but for participating. Regular attendance is a
key to a student’s success. I expect students to attend class and to participate. You can
miss 4 class periods without penalization on your final grade (unexcused absences).
Starting on absence #5, your final grade will be lowered 1% each time you miss class.
Missing 15 class periods equals an F in this class. No exception will be given.
Description:
Week 1: Lesson 7,8
Revie of the present tense
Regular Preterit Tense
Irregular Preterit Tense
Stem changing verbs in the preterit
Expressing “Ago” Hace + Time
Vocabulary
Week 2: Lesson 9
Dops
Using Affirmative and Negative Words
Expressing one or you Se
Pedir and Server in the preterit
Week 3: Lessson 10
Prepositions and Pronouns
Imperfect tense
Talking about the past actions in progress
Using Imperfect to express Intention Ir + a, Querer, Pensar
Week 4: Lesson 11
The Present Perfect
Por and Para
Polite Commands
Using Imperfect and Preterit together
Week 5: Lesson 12
Present Subjunctive
Subjunctive in Tim
Clauses
Object Pronouns with Commands
Unplanned Occurrences
Week 6: Lesson 13
Describing Ser and Estar
Informal Commands
Uses of subjunctive
Narrating the Past: Present Perfect, Imperfect, and Preterit
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Big Data Analytics, ISA-4060, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
1 Course Requirements
(HB 261: “major grade‑earning assignments and examinations”)
Requirement Description Weight
Exam 1 – SQL Exam Cumulative practical assessment of SQL skills 15 %
Exam 2 – Python Exam Hands‑on exam covering Python analytics topics 15 %
Assignments 1‑6 Scaffolded projects (DB build, SQL queries, SEC 10‑K scraping, JSON→SQL load, Monte Carlo, ML pipeline) 6 × 5 %
Semester Project End‑to‑end analytics project presented in class 25 %
Class Modules Weekly in‑class labs submitted for credit 10 %
Quizzes Low‑stakes checks on readings/videos (2 drops) 5 %
Description:
2 Brief Description of Each Unit
Unit Title Brief Description
1 Course Intro & DB Setup Launches Assignment 1 on building a financial‑statements database and introduces core SQL clauses from The SQL Data Ninja Ch 1.
2 SQL Essentials & CTEs Expands querying toolkit with JOINs, aggregates, scalar sub‑queries and Common Table Expressions; CTE lab reinforces syntax.
3 Data Cleansing & Piotroski Lab Students perform data‑quality fixes and compute Piotroski F‑Scores in SQL through a two‑part lab sequence.
4 Views, Procs & Window Functions Covers SQL server objects, window functions, and culminates in a review followed by the SQL exam.
5 Python Foundations Moves into Python: descriptive statistics, correlation analysis and file‑type handling in Jupyter labs.
6 Intermediate Python & SEC Data Reads SEC 10‑K filings, calculates returns, and links Python with Excel/SQL for multi‑source analytics.
7 Regression & Fortune 100 Stocks Applies simple/multiple regression to equity data; students submit project proposals and tackle a Fortune 100 lab.
8 Clustering Techniques Introduces K‑means and other cluster analyses with themed labs to visualize segmentations.
9 Machine Learning & Monte Carlo Prep Decision‑tree/entropy concepts, ML fraud case study, and Monte Carlo simulation setup.
10 Monte Carlo & Statistical Testing Simulates stock prices (Ford case) and reviews Z‑tests/T‑tests for model validation.
11 Commodities Analytics Mines historical commodities datasets with joint Python/SQL workflows and discusses data normalization.
12 Multi‑armed Bandit & Capstone Explores bandit algorithms, wraps up Monte Carlo assignment, and concludes with project presentations + final‑exam review.
Required Reading: 3 Required & Suggested Readings Category Title / Resource Access Required Textbook The SQL Data Ninja: Python and SQL for Data Analytics by David H. Olsen, Great River Learning (e‑text) Purchase via GRL site
Recommended Reading: Suggested Video Tutorials YouTube playlist used in weekly labs – e.g., “Database Introduction & DDL” and “Intermediate Queries” Links provided in Weeks 2‑4 of syllabus “Beginning Python” lecture (Week 10) Same playlist Optional References Python for Everybody (free e‑book), Practical Tableau (free PDF on Canvas), official pandas & scikit‑learn docs Canvas / web Tip: Encourage students to skim the corresponding Data Ninja chapter before each unit and watch the short YouTube demo in Canvas; it shortens lab time and boosts quiz scores.
Beginning Spanish I, SPAN-1010, Section 50, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
1. Attendance & Participation – 5%
Since you must be in class in order to participate, your attendance will affect your final grade.
You can miss 4 class periods without penalization on your final grade (unexcused absences).
Starting on absence #5, your final grade will be lowered 1% each time you miss class. Missing
20 class periods equals an F in this class. No exception will be given.
2. Summative quizzes (chap. 2, 4, 6) – 30%
At the end of chapters 2, 4 and 6, students will go to the testing center to take a quiz. The
material will be covered in class. More details will be given when the dates are closer.
a. Practice quizzes (cap. 1, 3, 5 – Canvas) – 0%
The best practice quiz could be used to substitute the lowest grade of the summative quizzes.
3. Speaking (2) – 10%
a. Conversation in pairs – professor’s office.
The teacher will provide 5 topics to be developed into a conversation. All 5 topics must be
prepared by the students. During the exam, the professor will choose one of the topics.
b. Oral presentation (family) –in class.
Students will do a presentation about their families at the end of the semester. Further information will be given.
4. Listening (2)– 10%
Two listening exams will take place during this course. The first one, after chapter 3, and the
second one during the final exam.
5. Homework – Canvas > Assignments > homework – 20%
a. Weekly assignment –Each assignment is due on Sundays by midnight. No late
work will be accepted.
b. Discussion board after each chapter – Also due on Sundays by midnight.
6. Examen Final – 25%
Comprehensive exam during Finals week, with an emphasis on chapter 7.
All the assignments have to be turned in at the beginning of the class period, unless
indicated otherwise. No late submission will be accepted.
Description:
Chapter 1:
• Introductions, La ropa,
Subject Pronouns and the
verb ser.
• Gender and Number of
nouns; Colores y números.
• Adjective-noun agreement;
descripción de las personas.
• Negation; los saludos
Chapter 2:
• Expressing Age: Tener; Los
cumpleaños y la edad
• Location: Estar; Las cosas
en el salón de clase y los
mandatos
• Forms and Placement Adj.;
el cuerpo humano
Chapter 3:
• Gustar: Likes and dislikes;
Las actividades favoritas
• Telling time; la hora
• Listening test. Present tense
of regular verbs; Las
actividades diarias
• Demonstratives; El tiempo
Chapter 4:
• Possession: tener, ser de,
possessive adjectives; En
familia
• Preferir and querer +
infinitive; Las preferencias y
los deseos
• Question formation; Datos
personales
• Making plans: pensar, tener
ganad de, ir a; Los planes.
Chapter 5:
• Present tense reflexive
verbs; La rutina
• Stem vowel changes in
present; Las tres comidas.
• Impersonal DO pronouns:
lo/s, la/s; Los días feriados
• Irregular verbs; Los estados
físicos y anímicos
Chapter 6:
• IO pronouns; Las materias
• Present Progressive; Las
actividades en la clase
• Saber and Poder + Infinitive;
Las habilidades
• Obligations: tener que,
deber, necesitar, hay que, es
ncesario; El empleo
Chapter 7:
• Conocer/ Saber
• Los lugares en la ciudad
• Comparaciones de
desigualdad
• La casa y el vecindario
• Comparaciones de igualdad
• Las actividades domésticas
Required Reading: : (OER) Taylor, Lucia. Span 1010 at Utah Tech. Pressbooks, 2023, https://uen.pressbooks.pub/span1010atutahtech/
Recommended Reading: N/A
American History, HIST-1700, Section 50, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Your grade in History 1700 will be determined by a combination of quizzes, writing
assignments, a presentation, exams and class participation.
Weekly short answers – 14 @ 20 points each
Weekly short answers will require you to think critically about in-class video
presentations and supplemental readings or answer a question through your own
research. In these short writing assignments, you will look at the bigger picture and
include your analysis of selected historical events and issues using evidence from the
readings to back you up.
Quizzes – 4 @ 20 points each
Matching, multiple choice and true/false quiz approximately every four weeks on
everything covered the previous three weeks.
Major Assignments – 2 @ 100 points each
Through the major assignments, you will engage in historical research, discovering
history for yourself. These assignments will include the following:
1. Oral History Research Paper
2. Historiographical Presentation
More detailed descriptions of these assignments will follow.
Final Exam – 100 pts.
A four-question short answer test gauging understanding of major key concepts we will
discuss all semester.
Description:
Introduction to historiography & what history should be
Introduce Oral History Research Paper
Who was Columbus?
American Indians before and after European Settlement
Jamestown and the early colonies
Pueblo Revolt
Salem Witch Trials
The Great Awakening
French and Indian War
Causes of the American Revolution
American Revolution
Articles of Confederation
The Constitution
Turbulent 1790s
Jefferson’s Presidency, the Louisiana Purchase, and Lewis and Clark
Oral History Research Paper Rough Draft Peer Review
Manifest Destiny & Westward Expansion
The Gold Rush
Slavery
Oral History Research Paper share
Introduce Historiographical presentation
Secession and the Civil War
The “Story” of Reconstruction
The American West
“Saving” the Indians in the Late 19th Century
The Progressive Era
Ideology and History: Advertising in the 1920s
Depression/New Deal and World War II
Vietnam War
The Civil Rights Movement
The Environmental Movement
Cold War
Great Recession
Rise of the Internet and Social Media
Last 4 Decades
Presentations
Required Reading: We will do our reading from outside readings posted on Canvas
Recommended Reading: N/A
SQL & Python for Analytics, ISA-3020, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
1 Course Requirements
(HB 261: “major grade‑earning assignments and examinations”)
Requirement Description Weight
Exam 1 – SQL Exam Comprehensive practical test on cumulative SQL skills 20 %
Exam 2 – Concept Exam Multiple‑chapter exam (Chs 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 9 & 10) on SQL Data Ninja content and analytics principles 20 %
Assignments 1‑4 Scaffolded projects that build databases, query with SQL, and apply Python analytics (5 % each) 20 %
Class Modules Hands‑on weekly labs (SQL, Python, Tableau) submitted for credit 30 %
Quizzes Low‑stakes checks on readings & videos (lowest dropped) 10 %
Description:
2 Brief Description of Each Unit
Unit Title Brief Description
1 Course Intro & Financial‑Statement DB Launches Assignment 1, guiding students to build a Financial Statements database and covers syllabus basics and Ch 1 concepts.
2 SQL Bootcamp & Regression Lab Intensive SQL refresher plus a lab that calculates correlation coefficients and simple regressions; Assignment 1 due.
3 Python Programming Fundamentals Introduces Python syntax and data‑analysis libraries through short quizzes and reading tasks.
4 Applied Python Labs & SQL Video Walk‑through “Platinum” Python lab and an SQL Data Ninja video lab reinforce querying and scripting skills.
5 SEC Financial Statements Analytics Uses Python, Excel and SQL to parse SEC data; “Ice‑Cream Regression” assignment released and exam review starts.
6 SQL Exam & Fortune 100 Stock Data Students sit the cumulative SQL exam, then pivot to Fortune 100 company/stock datasets.
7 Fortune 100 Lab & Halloween‑Candy Python Hands‑on lab with Fortune 100 data followed by a themed Python analytics lab.
8 Integrated Python‑SQL Analysis Combines Python and SQL for correlation/regression analysis; Assignment 3 submitted and Ch 5 quiz.
9 File Types, Data Structures & Table Manipulation Explores diverse file formats and advanced table manipulation in Python.
10 Spatial SQL & Data Normalization Geography module introduces spatial data types; Moneyball lab reinforces normalization and analytics.
11 Commodities Data Analytics (Part I‑II) Two‑week deep dive into historical commodities data (Chapter 9) with Python‑SQL workflows.
12 Logistic Regression & Predictive Analytics Applies logistic regression (Chapter 10) and wraps with Tableau‑based predictive analytics and final‑exam review.
Required Reading: Title: The SQL Data Ninja: Python and SQL for Data Analytics Author(s): David H. Olsen (2021) Publisher: https://www.grlcontent.com/ Great River Learning Click new user and then choose Dixie State University as your institution. In the drop-down choose “The SQL Data Ninja: Python and SQL for Data Analytics.”
Recommended Reading: Title: The SQL Data Ninja: Python and SQL for Data Analytics Author(s): David H. Olsen (2021) Publisher: https://www.grlcontent.com/ Great River Learning Click new user and then choose Dixie State University as your institution. In the drop-down choose “The SQL Data Ninja: Python and SQL for Data Analytics.”
Student Teaching, ELED-4900, Section 3, College of Education
Course Requirements:
At the successful completion of this program, students will be able to:
1. Identify and accommodate individual learner differences and cultural, linguistic, and physical diversity
(UETS 1 & 2)
2. Create environments that support individual and collaborative learning, positive social interactions, active engagement in learning, and self-motivation. (UETS 3)
3. Apply central concepts, tools of inquiry, and structures of the discipline. (UETS 4)
4. Formulate multiple methods of assessment to engage learners in their own growth, monitor learner progress, guide planning and instruction, and determine whether the outcomes described in content standards have been met. (UETS 5)
5. Plan and implement instruction to support students in meeting rigorous learning goals by drawing upon knowledge of content, Utah Core Standards, instructional best practices, and the community context.
(UETS 6 & 7)
6. Analyze evidence to continually reflect on and adapt practices to meet the needs of each learner. (UETS 8)
7. Exhibit leadership to engage collaboratively with learners, families, colleagues, and community members, and demonstrates professional and ethical behavior. (UETS 9 & 10)
Description:
Required for all Elementary Education students. Aligns to student teaching experience in the elementary grade levels (grades K-8). Cooperating (mentor) teachers provide the necessary support students need as they are given responsibility of all aspects of student learning in classrooms. University supervisors, in conjunction with mentor teachers, scaffold and evaluate teacher candidates via frequent conferences and observations using Utah Tech Department of Education assessment tools. At the successful conclusion of the course, teacher candidates will have demonstrated their abilities to successfully manage their own classrooms and will be eligible for state licensure. **COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLOs) At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1. Teach appropriate and accurate content concepts and skills to whole class and small groups of students. 2. Create an effective learning environment through establishing and implementing beginning-of-semester routines and procedures with consistent expectations. 3. Collaborate with grade-level teams to analyze student data, and inform and adapt instruction. 4. Engage parents, families, counselors, and school administration in students' educational progress and goals. Prerequisites: Admission to the Utah Tech Elementary Education Program. Corequisites: ELED 4989. FA SP.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
American History, HIST-1700, Section 13, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The point values of A&P, Quizzes, ID Presentation, Paper, Midterm and Final add up to
1000 points. Your letter grade is based on the total points you have earned out of 1000.
Description:
Intro to History 1700
Indigenous America
Colliding Cultures
Colonial America (Pequot War, Bacon's Rebellion, Stamp Act)
Quiz 1
The American Revolution
A New Nation: Founding the USA (Sons of Liberty, Shay's Rebellion, Federalist papers)
Markets, Democracy, and Reform (Erie Canal, Republican Motherhood)
Quiz 2
Evolution of Slavery & Manifest Destiny (Nat Turner's Rebellion, Mexican War, Fugitive Slave Act)
Civil War (Battle of Gettysburg, 13th Amendment)
Quiz 3
Reconstruction (Freedmen's Bureau)
The Gilded Age
Capital & Labor (Chief Joseph, Boss Tweed)
Quiz 4
Westward Expansion
Life in Industrial America (Populist Party, Philippine-American War)
Mid-term exam
American Empire (W.E.B. DuBois, Tulsa Massacre, Sacco-Vanzetti Case)
Quiz 5
Progressive Era
WW1, 1920’s (National Industrial Recovery Act)
The New Era
The Great Depression (Japanese-American Interment, Potsdam Conference)
World War II
Work on Paper
The Cold War (Korean War, Military-Industrial Complex)
The Affluent Society
Civil Rights
Quiz 6
The 1960’s
Vietnam War (AIM, War on Poverty)
Primary Source Analysis Paper Due
The 1970’s Forward (Title IX)
The Recent Past (Pentagon papers)
FINAL EXAM
Required Reading: TEXTBOOK: The American Yawp, a free, online textbook of American history. Expect 3 to 4 hours of reading every week. Link: https://www.americanyawp.com/
Recommended Reading: N/A
Management Information Systems, ISA-2050, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
1 Course Requirements (HB 261: “major grade‑earning assignments and examinations”)
Requirement Description Weight
Exam 1 IS Chapters 1‑4 15 %
Exam 2 – SQL Exam Comprehensive SQL skills test 15 %
Exam 3 IS Chapters 5, 6, 11, 12 15 %
Final Exam Non‑cumulative; covers final IS & Python units % (listed at end of syllabus)
Assignments 1‑6 Hands‑on projects in SQL, Python and Visualization 40 % total (5‑10 % each)
Class Modules Weekly applied labs & activities 10 %
Quizzes Low‑stakes checks on readings & videos (lowest dropped)
Description:
2 Brief Description of Each Unit
HB 261 asks for a unit title plus one‑to‑two‑sentence summary. Below is language you can paste into the syllabus table.
Unit Title Brief Description
1 Foundations of IS & Databases Introduces the course, explains information‑system basics, and launches Assignment 1 on database creation and data acquisition.
2 Hardware & SQL Fundamentals Reviews computer‐hardware concepts and covers core SQL clauses (SELECT, WHERE, ORDER BY, etc.) needed to query relational data.
3 Software Concepts & Data Manipulation Explores system‑software types while extending SQL skills to aggregates, scalar sub‑queries and string/date functions.
4 Data, Databases & Intermediate SQL Examines logical data structures and practices JOINs and other intermediate SQL needed for multi‑table analysis.
5 Assessment & Spatial SQL First mid‑term (IS Ch 1‑4) and a geography‑mapping module applying SQL to spatial data sets.
6 Advanced SQL & Data Cleansing Deep dive into complex JOINs and data‑quality techniques, culminating in a cleansing lab.
7 SQL Lab & Exam Review Hands‑on Halloween‑themed lab reinforces skills; week ends with structured review for the SQL exam.
8 SQL Exam & Python Basics Students sit the comprehensive SQL exam, then shift to Python programming for data analysis.
9 Python Application Labs Multi‑part labs (Ice‑Cream, Platinum) build Python proficiency and link back to earlier SQL concepts.
10 Data Visualization & Networking/Security Introduces Tableau visualization principles alongside IS topics on networking and information‑security threats.
11 Global & Ethical Dimensions of IS Discusses globalization’s digital divide and the ethical/legal implications of information systems.
12 Python DuckDB & Final Review Demonstrates analytics with DuckDB in Python and allocates class time for comprehensive final‑exam preparation.
Required Reading: Title: The SQL Data Ninja: A Problem-Solving Approach Author(s): David H. Olsen (2021) Publisher: https://www.grlcontent.com/ Great River Learning Click new user and then choose Utyah Tech University as your institution. In the drop-down choose “The SQL Data Ninja: A Problem-Solving Approach.”
Recommended Reading: Title: Information Systems for Business and Beyond Author(s): David T. Bourgeois, Ph.D. (2014) This is a free book and the .pdf is available on Canvas
Intro to GIS Lab, GEOG-3605, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Laboratory Assignments 10*50=500
GIS Project 500
Description:
Introducing ArcGIS
"This chapter provides an overview of ArcGIS Pro, guiding students through its interface and basic functionalities. Students will learn how to navigate the software and understand its core components."
Map Design
"This chapter focuses on the principles of effective map design, including symbolization, color theory, and layout. Students will learn to create visually appealing and informative maps."
Map Outputs for GIS Projects
"This chapter covers various methods for exporting and sharing maps, such as printing, creating PDFs, and generating web maps. Students will learn to produce professional map outputs suitable for different audiences."
File Geodatabases
"This chapter introduces file geodatabases as a method for storing and managing spatial data. Students will learn how to create, organize, and maintain geodatabases within ArcGIS Pro."
Spatial Data
"This chapter delves into different types of spatial data, including vector and raster formats. Students will learn how to import, manage, and analyze these data types in their GIS projects."
Geoprocessing
"This chapter explores geoprocessing tools and workflows, enabling students to perform spatial analyses such as buffering, clipping, and overlay operations."
Digitizing
"This chapter teaches the process of converting analog maps into digital format through digitizing techniques. Students will learn to create and edit vector features from scanned maps or imagery."
Geocoding
"This chapter explains the process of geocoding, which involves converting addresses into spatial coordinates. Students will learn to create and use address locators to map location data."
Analytical Methods
"This chapter introduces various spatial analysis methods, including spatial statistics and pattern analysis. Students will learn to apply these techniques to derive meaningful insights from spatial data."
Raster GIS
"This chapter focuses on raster data analysis, covering topics such as surface modeling and raster calculations. Students will learn to work with continuous data and perform cell-based analyses."
Required Reading: GIS Tutorial for ArcGIS Pro 3.1 (GIS Tutorials): Gorr, Wilpen L., Kurland, Kristen S
Recommended Reading: N/A
Independent Research, MATH-4890R, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Students are expected to meet with the faculty mentor each week and to provide the faculty mentor with progress reports and assignment development for feedback.
The student and faculty will set expectations and grading policies at the beginning of the term.
Description:
Designed to meet the individual needs of advanced students in the Math Department who wish to perform an independent research to answer a specific mathematical question.
This course is offered by arrangement with an individual faculty, based on preparation and interest, and allows close interaction between the student and faculty member to address specific mathematical problems.
Projects are at the discretion of the faculty member, in line with the student's interests in the various mathematics subject areas.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to GIS, GEOG-3600, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
15 Problem Solving during Class 15*10=150
10 Essay Questions 10*15=150
Midterm Exam 100
Final Exam 100
Description:
Introduction
"This chapter introduces the basics of GIS, including key concepts, definitions, and applications in various fields. Students will gain an understanding of what GIS is and its importance."
Data Models
"This chapter explores vector and raster data models, focusing on their structure, uses, and differences. Students will learn how geographic features are represented and stored in GIS."
Geodesy and Map Projections
"This chapter covers the principles of geodesy and map projections, explaining how Earth's surface is modeled and mapped. Students will learn about coordinate systems and how projections affect spatial accuracy."
Data Entry and Editing
"This chapter teaches methods for entering and editing spatial and attribute data. Students will practice techniques for ensuring data accuracy and integrity in GIS projects."
Global Navigation Satellite Systems
"This chapter explains how GNSS, like GPS, works and its applications in GIS. Students will learn how to collect and integrate spatial data using satellite systems."
Aerial and Satellite Images
"This chapter introduces the use of aerial and satellite imagery in GIS. Students will learn to interpret and analyze remote sensing data for various applications."
Digital Data Sources
"This chapter discusses where and how to obtain digital GIS data, covering public and private data repositories. Students will learn how to evaluate data quality and relevance."
Tables and Relational Databases
"This chapter covers the basics of tables and relational databases in GIS. Students will learn how to manage, query, and analyze attribute data linked to spatial data."
Basic Spatial Analysis
"This chapter introduces fundamental spatial analysis techniques, such as buffering and overlay. Students will learn how to answer spatial questions and solve geographic problems."
Topics in Raster Analysis
"This chapter explores advanced raster analysis techniques, including map algebra and surface analysis. Students will learn to work with raster data to solve spatial problems."
Terrain Analysis
"This chapter focuses on analyzing terrain features like elevation, slope, and aspect. Students will learn to create and interpret digital elevation models (DEMs) in GIS."
Interpolation and Spatial Estimation
"This chapter covers methods for estimating spatial values at unsampled locations, such as kriging and IDW. Students will learn how to create interpolated surfaces in GIS."
Spatial Models
"This chapter introduces spatial modeling concepts and techniques, including suitability modeling and cost-distance analysis. Students will learn to build and apply models to solve real-world problems."
Data Standards and Quality
"This chapter examines data standards, accuracy, and quality issues in GIS. Students will learn the importance of ensuring reliable and consistent data for analysis."
Future Trends
"This chapter explores emerging trends and technologies in GIS, such as web GIS, big data, and machine learning. Students will gain insight into the future directions of the field."
Required Reading: GIS Fundamentals: A First Text on Geographic Information 6th Edition Author: Paul Bolstad ISBN: 978-1-59399-552-2
Recommended Reading: N/A
Capstone II, UXD-6650, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Grading Breakdown
Category Weight
Research & Problem Framing 15%
Design Quality & Iteration 20%
Prototyping & Testing 15%
Stakeholder Engagement & Professionalism 10%
Final Deliverables 20%
Final Presentation 10%
Reflection & Peer Feedback 10%
Description:
Weekly Unit Titles & Summaries
Week 1 – Launch & Orientation: Defining the Journey
Students form teams, explore project ideas, and gain an overview of the 15-week experience. Early conversations help define initial project directions and expectations.
Week 2 – Project Proposal Presentations & Cohort Feedback
Teams formally present their initial proposals to the cohort and faculty for constructive feedback. Peer and mentor input shape project refinement and next steps.
Week 3 – Building Momentum: Iteration Begins
Project teams begin development, focusing on research, design, and early-stage prototypes. Faculty check-ins ensure alignment and steady progress.
Week 4 – Prototyping & Discovery
Teams deepen their development work and gather insights through user engagement or testing. Check-ins provide accountability and support.
Week 5 – Refinement & Prepping for External Review
Mid-phase iteration continues with an emphasis on refining core ideas and preparing for external presentation. Teams may begin lightweight user testing.
Week 6 – Milestone 1: External Feedback & User Testing
Teams present their project progress to external reviewers and test with real users. Feedback helps inform pivots, adjustments, or feature enhancements.
Week 7 – Recalibrate & Refocus
Based on the external and user input, teams begin refining direction, features, or scope. Weekly progress check-ins support intentional iteration.
Week 8 – Deep Work & Design Evolution
Teams build toward a stable version of their product, refining interfaces, flows, or backend systems. Faculty serve as mentors and sounding boards.
Week 9 – Validation & Measurement
Focus shifts to testing assumptions and validating the solution's effectiveness. Teams begin planning for their next major presentation milestone.
Week 10 – Milestone 2: Cohort & Faculty Review
Progress is shared in a formal setting with feedback from peers and instructors. Emphasis is placed on usability, feasibility, and clarity of impact.
Week 11 – Synthesis & Stretch Goals
Following the milestone, teams regroup and implement deeper changes. They may explore stretch goals or polish core features.
Week 12 – Execution & User Engagement
Emphasis is on completing core features, final testing, and preparing for public-facing presentations. User engagement intensifies.
Week 13 – Final Polish & Storytelling
Teams craft compelling narratives to tell the story of their work, backed by evidence and results. Visuals, demos, and user impact are prioritized.
Week 14 – Final Presentations, Part 1: Showcase & Critique
Teams deliver final presentations to a mix of external reviewers, faculty, and peers. They receive summative feedback to inform final refinements.
Week 15 – Final Presentations, Part 2: Celebration & Reflection
Final demos are delivered and celebrated. Students reflect on their learning journey, team dynamics, and outcomes—closing the experience with purpose.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
American History, HIST-1700, Section 4BI, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Quizzes/Exams: Weekly quizzes, midterm, and final exam on chapters from text, America, A Narrative
History. Brief 12th ed., by David E. Shi, and assigned readings. Students are expected to attend and participate in every class. Students should come to class prepared by completing any required readings listed on the course syllabus. Missed classes could greatly affect final grade.
Instructor will not provide lectures or other course material due to missing class.
Evaluation:
Primary Document Quizzes: assigned weekly. Documents are available on class Canvas page. They should
be read before each class meeting. Quiz will open on a Monday and close the following Sunday night. No make-ups
or late quizzes will be accepted. Lowest score drops from total.
Chapter and terms quizzes: Weekly chapter and term quizzes are due on the assigned date. Quizzes
available on Canvas. Quiz will open on a Monday and close the following Sunday night. No make-ups or missed
quizzes will be allowed. Lowest quiz will drop from the total score.
Midterm/Final exams: based on readings, lectures, primary documents and terms. See course calendar for
exam dates/locations. No make-up or late exams will be accepted. Students are responsible for knowing exam date
and times. 100 pts each, no drops. 100 x 2 = 200 pts
Description:
Intro to 1700 First Contact/Spanish Exploration Read, Ch 1 America,
Ch 1 chap/terms quiz due
Different Beginnings, Common Trends Read, Ch 2 America, Ch 2 primary docs
English Colonies Ch 3 America,
Ch 2 primary document, CH 2-3 chap/terms quiz due
Begin Alexis De Tocqueville reading
The Road to American Revolution Ch 4 America, Ch 4 primary documents
Ch 4 primary document, CH 4 chap/terms quiz due
The American Revolution Ch 5 America,
Federalists v Republicans Ch 6 America, Ch 6 primary documents
Ch 6 primary document, CH 5-6 chap/terms quiz due
Foreign Policy in the Early Republic Ch 7 America, Ch 7 primary documents
Emergence of a Market Economy Ch 8 America, Ch 8 primary documents
Ch 8 primary document, CH7-8 chap/terms quiz due
Nationalism and Sectionalism Ch 9 America, begin reading: Indian Removal
Debate - Jason Meyers
Jacksonian Era, 1828-1840. Ch 10 America, Indian Removal Debate -
Jason Meyers
Indian Removal Debate quiz, CH 9-10 chap/terms Quiz due
The South and Slavery Ch 11 America, Ch 11 primary documents,
Religion, Romanticism, and Reform, 1800-1860
Ch 12 America
Ch 11-12 primary document, CH 11-12 chap/terms quiz due
Western Expansion Southern Secession Ch 13 America,
The War of the Union Ch 14 America, Ch 14 primary documents
Ch 14 primary document, CH 13-14 chap/terms quiz due
Midterm Exam Open/Closes CH 1-14, Canvas
Business, New South, the New West Read, Ch 15, Ch 16, Ch 17, America. Ch 16-17 Chap/terms quiz
NO QUIZ ON CH 15
Political Stalemate and Rural Revolt, 1865-1900
Ch 18 America
Turner’s Frontier Thesis, Seizing an American Empire, 1865-1913
Ch 19 America, Frederick Jackson Turner reading
Frontier Thesis quiz, CH 18-19 Chapter/terms quiz due
The Progressive Era, 1890-1920 Ch 20 America
American and the Great War, 1914-1920 Ch 21 America
CH 20-21 Chap/terms quiz due
A Clash of Cultures, 1920-1929 Ch 22 America
Great Depression and the New Deal Ch 23 America
CH 22-23 Chap/terms quiz due
The Second World War, 1933-1945, Ch 24 America
Cold War and the Fair Deal, 1945-1952,
Discussion - Industrial War Complex, Video Atomic Cafe
Ch 25 America, reading Industrial War Complex – Eisenhower
CH 24-25 Chap/terms quiz due, Industrial War Complex quiz due
Affluence and Anxiety in the Atomic Age, Atomic Cafe
Ch 26 America
Ch 27 America
CH 26-27 Chap/terms quiz due
Great Society, Rebellion, and Reaction Ch 28 America
Conservative Revival, 1977-2000 Ch 29 America
CH 28-29 Chap/terms quiz due
Final Exam
Required Reading: America, A Narrative History. Brief 12th ed., by David E. Shi. ISBN-10: 0393882500. Available in the campus book store. Text is highly recommended but not required. Additional materials provided by the publisher are not required for this course Democracy in America - Alexis De Tocqueville (midterm), No Idle Past: Uses of History in the 1830 Indian Removal Debates - Jason Meyers (midterm), The Significance of the American Frontier - Frederick Jackson Turner (final), Military-Industrial Complex – Dwight D. Eisenhower, 1961 (final), multiple primary documents (chapters quizzes, midterm, and final exams).
Recommended Reading: America, A Narrative History. Brief 12th ed., by David E. Shi. ISBN-10: 0393882500. Available in the campus book store. Text is highly recommended but not required. Additional materials provided by the publisher are not required for this course
Multivariable Calculus, MATH-2210, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Test 40%, Class Group Activities 10%, Homework 25%, Final 25%
Description:
"Section 2.1 Vectors in the Plane: Covers the basics of vectors in two dimensions, including their representation, addition, subtraction, and scalar multiplication.
Section 2.2 Vectors in Three Dimensions: Extends vector concepts to three-dimensional space, discussing components, magnitude, and direction.
Section 2.3 The Dot Product: Introduces the dot product, explaining its calculation and applications in determining angles between vectors and projections.
Section 2.4 The Cross Product: Explores the cross product, detailing how to compute it and its use in finding orthogonal vectors and areas of parallelograms in space.
Section 2.5 Equations of Lines and Planes in Space: Discusses how to formulate equations for lines and planes in three-dimensional space using vector and parametric forms.
Section 3.1 Vector-Valued Functions and Space Curves: Defines vector-valued functions and explores their role in describing space curves.
Section 3.2 Calculus of Vector-Valued Functions: Applies differentiation and integration techniques to vector-valued functions, covering topics like velocity and acceleration.
Section 3.3 Arc Length and Curvature: Discusses how to compute the arc length of space curves and introduces the concept of curvature to describe how curves bend in space.
Section 3.4 Motion in Space: Analyzes the motion of objects in three-dimensional space using vector-valued functions, focusing on concepts like speed, velocity, and acceleration.
Section 4.1 Functions of Several Variables: Introduces functions with multiple variables, discussing their domains, ranges, and graphs.
Section 4.2 Limits and Continuity: Explores the concepts of limits and continuity in multivariable functions, including criteria for continuity.
Section 4.3 Partial Derivatives: Defines partial derivatives and explains how to compute them, emphasizing their geometric interpretations.
Section 4.4 Tangent Planes and Linear Approximations: Discusses how to find tangent planes to surfaces and use linear approximations for multivariable functions.
Section 4.5 The Chain Rule: Extends the chain rule to functions of several variables, detailing how to handle compositions of multivariable functions.
Section 4.6 Directional Derivatives and the Gradient: Introduces directional derivatives and the gradient vector, explaining their significance in indicating the rate and direction of change.
Section 4.7 Maxima/Minima Problems: Examines methods to find and classify local extrema of functions of several variables, including the use of second partial derivatives.
Section 4.8 Lagrange Multipliers: Presents the method of Lagrange multipliers for optimizing functions subject to constraints.
Section 5.1 Double Integrals over Rectangular Regions: Introduces double integrals and their computation over rectangular regions.
Section 5.2 Double Integrals over General Regions: Extends double integrals to more general regions and discusses their applications.
Section 5.3 Double Integrals in Polar Coordinates: Explores the evaluation of double integrals using polar coordinates.
Section 5.4 Triple Integrals: Introduces triple integrals for functions of three variables and their applications.
Section 5.5 Triple Integrals in Cylindrical and Spherical Coordinates: Discusses the computation of triple integrals using cylindrical and spherical coordinate systems.
Section 6.1 Vector Fields: Introduces vector fields, providing examples and discussing their properties.
Section 6.2 Line Integrals: Explores the concept of line integrals and their applications in physics and engineering.
Section 6.3 Conservative Vector Fields: Discusses conservative vector fields, criteria for identifying them, and their relationship to potential functions.
Section 6.4 Green’s Theorem: Introduces Green’s Theorem and its application in converting line integrals to double integrals over planar regions.
Section 6.5 Divergence and Curl: Explores the divergence and curl of vector fields, emphasizing their geometric and physical significance.
Section 6.6 Surface Integrals: Examines surface integrals, explaining how to compute flux through surfaces and their applications.
Section 6.7 Stokes’ Theorem: Covers Stokes’ Theorem, which relates surface integrals of curl to line integrals around boundaries.
Section 6.8 The Divergence Theorem: Presents the Divergence Theorem, relating the flux of a vector field through a closed surface to the divergence over the volume."
Required Reading: https://openstax.org/details/books/calculus-volume-3
Recommended Reading: Class notes
American Government, POLS-1100, Section 40I, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Exams 1, 2, 3. Quizzes 1, 2, 3. Discussion Assignments 1, 2, 3. In-Text Submission Assignments 1, 2, 3.
Description:
Sections 40 and 41
The courses are completely online
Section 1 Lessons
1. The Founding, the Constitution and the First Two Political Parties: Chapters 1 - 2 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following à the Constitutional Convention, Federalism, the Bill of Rights and the first two Political Parties.
2. Federalism, Expressed and Implied Powers, Supremacy Clause and the 10th Amendment: Chapter 3 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following à how Federalism has changed since the founding, the expressed powers and the growth of implied powers, the Supremacy Clause and state powers.
3. Civil Rights, Civil Liberties and the Bill of Rights: Chapters 4 – 5 Notes and videos. Students will learn the following à the differences and similarities between rights and liberties and an in-depth understanding of each Amendment in the Bill of Rights.
Section 2 Lessons:
1. Public Opinion and the Media: Chapters 6 - 7 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following à how opinion is formed and the agents of socialization as well as the media, its influence and its future.
2. The Political Parties, the Electoral College and Interest Groups: Chapters 8 - 9 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following --> the history of parties and how they work, the history of the Electoral College and how it works and the power and influence of interest groups.
3. The United States Congress and the Legislative Branch: Chapter 10 Notes and videos. Students will learn the following à a comprehensive understanding of the House of Representatives and Senate including congressional elections, campaigning, funding and the bill process.
Section 3Lessons:
1. The Presidency and the Executive Branch: Chapter 11 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following à the expressed and implied powers of the President as well as the Cabinet and the types of President.
2. The Bureaucracy: Chapter 12 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following --> how bureaucracy is created, the role of bureaucracy, the issues with bureaucracy and rational vs. Irrational bureaucracy.
3. The Supreme Court and the Judicial Branch: Chapter 13 Notes and videos. Students will learn the following à a comprehensive understanding of the Judicial Branch, how the Supreme Court works and the categories of law.
4. Domestic and Foreign Policy Creation: Chapters 14 – 15 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following --> what is domestic policy and what does it do as well as an understanding of social, educational and welfare policy. Students will also understand the economic and security interests which shape foreign policy.
Required Reading: We The People
Recommended Reading: N/A
Media and Pop Culture, MDIA-2010, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Attendance
Mandatory; absences must be pre-approved.
Weekly Assignments
Video submissions and written assignments analyzing media and cultural topics.
Midterm and Final Exam
Summative assessments focusing on key course outcomes, particularly the impact of media on society and individuals.
Canvas Submissions
All work is submitted digitally. Late work is penalized.
Class Participation
In-class discussions, debates, and engagement with media clips and case studies.
Optional Extra Credit
Various opportunities, such as reflections and course survey submissions.
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction & Foundations
Topics: Media Literacy, Course Overview, Pop Culture
Assignments: "Introduce Yourself," Syllabus Quiz
Objective: Establish groundwork for critically engaging with media texts.
Unit 2: Genre Theory & Conventions
Topics: Media Genres in Film, TV, and Games
Assignment: Genre Analysis
Objective: Understand how genres shape audience expectations and cultural narratives.
Unit 3: 1950s America – Media & Post-War Culture
Topics: Cold War anxiety, family sitcoms, the rise of television
Assignments: "50s Movies and TV"
Objective: Explore how early TV shaped national identity and moral values.
Unit 4: 1960s Counterculture & Mass Media
Topics: Civil Rights, Beatles, Anti-war media
Assignments: "Teenage Wasteland," 50s & 60s Comparative Essay, Extra Credit
Objective: Analyze media’s role in social revolution and youth identity.
Unit 5: Blockbusters & Mass Commercial Media
Topics: Hollywood Blockbusters, Merchandising, Audience Fragmentation
Assignments: "Blockbusters Then and Now," Class Debate
Objective: Understand the economic and cultural impact of blockbuster filmmaking.
Unit 6: Parody, Ideology, and Representation
Topics: Satire, Memes, Political and Cultural Ideographs
Assignments: "Parodies vs. Ideographs"
Objective: Examine how media uses parody to reinforce or critique ideologies.
Unit 7: 1980s & 1990s – Nostalgia and Consumerism
Topics: Reagan-era optimism, Saturday morning cartoons, media globalization
Assignments: "The 90s," "Nostalgia Criticism," "Iterable/Repeatable"
Objective: Analyze how nostalgia functions in pop culture and advertising.
Unit 8: New Media & Choose-Your-Own-Adventure Culture
Topics: Interactive storytelling, nonlinear narratives, fan participation
Assignments: "1990s Choose Your Own Adventure"
Objective: Evaluate how media interactivity reshapes storytelling and user agency.
Unit 9: 2000s to Present – Identity & Surveillance
Topics: Reality TV, Social Media, Post-9/11 media shifts
Assignments: "2000s Media Reflection," Final Comparative Essay (90s & 2000s)
Objective: Assess the social and psychological effects of modern digital media.
Unit 10: Final Exam & Course Reflection
Topics: Course Synthesis and Future of Media
Assignment: Final Exam
Objective: Demonstrate critical understanding of how media and pop culture interact across time.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: Langdon Winner, Mythinformation, The New Media Reader. Christian B. Long, The Imaginary Geography of Hollywood Cinema 1960–2000, Getting Around the Suburbs in the 80s. Arthur Efron, Technology and the Future of Art. Robert Foster, Corporations as Partners.
Practicum Seminar, SCED-4300, Section 5, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Secondary education students participate in weekly practicum days and one full week in a secondary classroom. The course emphasizes instructional delivery, classroom routines, and collaboration with families.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum Seminar, SCED-4300, Section 4, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Secondary education students participate in weekly practicum days and one full week in a secondary classroom. The course emphasizes instructional delivery, classroom routines, and collaboration with families.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum Seminar, SCED-4300, Section 3, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Secondary education students participate in weekly practicum days and one full week in a secondary classroom. The course emphasizes instructional delivery, classroom routines, and collaboration with families.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum Seminar, SCED-4300, Section 2, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Secondary education students participate in weekly practicum days and one full week in a secondary classroom. The course emphasizes instructional delivery, classroom routines, and collaboration with families.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum Seminar, SCED-4300, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Secondary education students participate in weekly practicum days and one full week in a secondary classroom. The course emphasizes instructional delivery, classroom routines, and collaboration with families.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Student Teaching, ELED-4900, Section 7, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Full-time student teaching in an elementary setting. Students assume full teaching responsibilities and are assessed on their ability to independently manage a classroom and support student learning.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Student Teaching, ELED-4900, Section 6, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Full-time student teaching in an elementary setting. Students assume full teaching responsibilities and are assessed on their ability to independently manage a classroom and support student learning.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
American History, HIST-1700, Section 41I, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
"Grades/Assessments
The student’s final grade will be determined by the following criteria:
• Quizzes (Chapters 1-30) 35 %
• Great American Novel Essay 20 %
• Oral History Project 20 %
• Assignments 5 %
• Midterm Exam 10 %
• Final Exam 10 %
Total = 100%s"
Description:
"Themes in American Civilization
Native American and Pre-Columbian Civilizations and Culture
Legal History
Conflicts – Pre-Civil War
Seven Years War (French and Indian War)
Boston Massacre
Revolutionary War
War of 1812
Wars Against Native Americans, Destruction of Native Peoples (up to Civil War)
Slavery
Civil War
Conflicts – Post-Civil War
Spanish American War
World War I
World War II
Korean War
Vietnam War
9-11 and its aftermath
Culture
Music
Art
Literature
Politics
Federalists and Anti-Federalists
Political Parties before the Civil War
Politics 1860s – 1899
Politics 1900-1919
Politics 1920-1941
Politics WWII and early 1950s/Nuclear Era
Politics 1950s-1960s
Politics 1970s-2000s
Economics
* We will teach and learn about economic history"
Required Reading: United States Constitution, Bill of Rights, and Declaration of Independence; The American Yawp: A Massively Collaborative Open U.S. History Textbook, Vols. 1 & 2; Any • “Great American Novel†or selection of US poetry of your choice: o Pre-Civil War: The Scarlet Letter, Moby Dick, Uncle Tom’s Cabin, or two works by Washington Irving (A History of the Life and Voyages of Christopher Columbus, “The Legend of Sleepy Hollow,†“Rip Van Winkle,†etc.) or by any American author, essayist, or poet. o Post-Bellum: The Great Gatsby, To Kill a Mockingbird, The Grapes of Wrath, Hatchet, Educated, Tales from the Klondike, any Newbery Medal winner
Recommended Reading: "Man's Search for Meaning" by Viktor Frankl
Student Teaching, ELED-4900, Section 5, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Full-time student teaching in an elementary setting. Students assume full teaching responsibilities and are assessed on their ability to independently manage a classroom and support student learning.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Student Teaching, ELED-4900, Section 4, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Full-time student teaching in an elementary setting. Students assume full teaching responsibilities and are assessed on their ability to independently manage a classroom and support student learning.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
American History, HIST-1700, Section 41, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Grades/Assessments
The student’s final grade will be determined by the following criteria:
• Quizzes (Chapters 1-30) 35 %
• Great American Novel Essay 20 %
• Oral History Project 20 %
• Assignments 5 %
• Midterm Exam 10 %
• Final Exam 10 %
Total = 100%s
Description:
Themes in American Civilization
Native American and Pre-Columbian Civilizations and Culture
Legal History
Conflicts – Pre-Civil War
Seven Years War (French and Indian War)
Boston Massacre
Revolutionary War
War of 1812
Wars Against Native Americans, Destruction of Native Peoples (up to Civil War)
Slavery
Civil War
Conflicts – Post-Civil War
Spanish American War
World War I
World War II
Korean War
Vietnam War
9-11 and its aftermath
Culture
Music
Art
Literature
Politics
Federalists and Anti-Federalists
Political Parties before the Civil War
Politics 1860s – 1899
Politics 1900-1919
Politics 1920-1941
Politics WWII and early 1950s/Nuclear Era
Politics 1950s-1960s
Politics 1970s-2000s
Economics
* We will teach and learn about economic history
Required Reading: United States Constitution, Bill of Rights, and Declaration of Independence; The American Yawp: A Massively Collaborative Open U.S. History Textbook, Vols. 1 & 2; Any • “Great American Novel” or selection of US poetry of your choice: o Pre-Civil War: The Scarlet Letter, Moby Dick, Uncle Tom’s Cabin, or two works by Washington Irving (A History of the Life and Voyages of Christopher Columbus, “The Legend of Sleepy Hollow,” “Rip Van Winkle,” etc.) or by any American author, essayist, or poet. o Post-Bellum: The Great Gatsby, To Kill a Mockingbird, The Grapes of Wrath, Hatchet, Educated, Tales from the Klondike, any Newbery Medal winner
Recommended Reading: "Man's Search for Meaning" by Viktor Frankl
Student Teaching, ELED-4900, Section 3, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Full-time student teaching in an elementary setting. Students assume full teaching responsibilities and are assessed on their ability to independently manage a classroom and support student learning.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Student Teaching, ELED-4900, Section 2, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Full-time student teaching in an elementary setting. Students assume full teaching responsibilities and are assessed on their ability to independently manage a classroom and support student learning.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Managerial Finance I, FIN-3150, Section 4, College of Business
Course Requirements:
ACCT 2010 (Financial Accounting)
ECON 2010 (Macro Economics)
MATH 1040 or STAT 2040 (Business Statistics)
Description:
Introduction/ Module 1 - Financial Management
Module 2 - Financial Statements
Module 3 - Financial Statement Analysis
Module 4 - Time Value of Money
Module 5 - TVM – Annuity Cash Flows
Module 6 - Application of TVM in Personal Finance
Module 7 – Interest Rates and Inflation
Module 8 – Bond Valuation
Module 9 - Stock Valuation
Module 10 – Risk and Return
Module 11 – Cost of Capital
Module 12 - Capital Budgeting Decisions
Required Reading: Essentials of Corporate Finance (any edition) By Ross, Westerfield, and Jordan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Managerial Finance I, FIN-3150, Section 2, College of Business
Course Requirements:
ACCT 2010 (Financial Accounting)
ECON 2010 (Macro Economics)
MATH 1040 or STAT 2040 (Business Statistics)
Description:
Introduction/ Module 1 - Financial Management
Module 2 - Financial Statements
Module 3 - Financial Statement Analysis
Module 4 - Time Value of Money
Module 5 - TVM – Annuity Cash Flows
Module 6 - Application of TVM in Personal Finance
Module 7 – Interest Rates and Inflation
Module 8 – Bond Valuation
Module 9 - Stock Valuation
Module 10 – Risk and Return
Module 11 – Cost of Capital
Module 12 - Capital Budgeting Decisions
Required Reading: Essentials of Corporate Finance (any edition) By Ross, Westerfield, and Jordan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Student Teaching, ELED-4900, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Full-time student teaching in an elementary setting. Students assume full teaching responsibilities and are assessed on their ability to independently manage a classroom and support student learning.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum 3, ELED-4000, Section 6, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Students engage in weekly classroom experiences and one full week of immersion. Focus areas include instructional delivery, collaboration with families, and professional growth.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum 3, ELED-4000, Section 4, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Students engage in weekly classroom experiences and one full week of immersion. Focus areas include instructional delivery, collaboration with families, and professional growth.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum 3, ELED-4000, Section 3, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Students engage in weekly classroom experiences and one full week of immersion. Focus areas include instructional delivery, collaboration with families, and professional growth.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum 3, ELED-4000, Section 2, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Students engage in weekly classroom experiences and one full week of immersion. Focus areas include instructional delivery, collaboration with families, and professional growth.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum 3, ELED-4000, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Students engage in weekly classroom experiences and one full week of immersion. Focus areas include instructional delivery, collaboration with families, and professional growth.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Princip Environmental Sci Lab, ENVS-1215, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Lab assignments; Attendance and participation; Final Project
Description:
Unit 1: Students will learn the basics of Microsoft Excel including data input, organization, analysis and graphing.
Unit 2: Students will learn the basics of benchtop experimentation by assessing soils. Students will prepare a hypothesis and conduct an experiment to test that hypothesis and present the results.
Unit 3: Students will learn how to prepare and use a standard curve through an experiment in spectrophotometry.
Unit 4: Students will work collaboratively to design multiple iterations of a wastewater treatment plant. In this lab students will be introduced to basic water quality testing.
Unit 5: Students will conduct a personal waste audit and use results to compose a memo outlining plans for a Zero Waste program on campus.
Unit 6: Using what students learned from units 4 and 5, they will go on a field trip to local utilizes to learn more about how waste and water are treated throughout the region.
Unit 7: Students will learn how to conduct population students using their peers as an example target for the Mark-Recapture sampling method. In this unit, students will be encouraged to assess how each assumption and decision made during the experimental design phase will affect the results and the outcome of their experiment.
Unit 8: In this unit students will test their knowledge of biodiversity by creating hypotheses about which environments on campus have the highest biodiversity. They will collect samples and data to compare biodiversity on campus.
Unit 9: In this unit students will be introduced to big data analysis and will explore hypotheses related to air quality over a 5 year period in northern and southern Utah. Their analysis will develop statistical and graphing skills using Microsoft Excel.
Unit 10: Students will be introduced to water quality testing and will compare water quality in surface waters collected throughout the region. This unit will prepare them for their final project, which will take place during the Unit 11.
Unit 11: Students will work in assigned teams to create a hypothesis related to an assigned research question. They will demonstrate the skills they gained throughout the semester to design, test, analyze, and present the data from an experiment based on their hypothesis. Presentation to the class are required, and option presentation in research forums on campus are available for the students.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Princip Environmental Sci Lab, ENVS-1215, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Lab assignments; Attendance and participation; Final Project
Description:
Unit 1: Students will learn the basics of Microsoft Excel including data input, organization, analysis and graphing.
Unit 2: Students will learn the basics of benchtop experimentation by assessing soils. Students will prepare a hypothesis and conduct an experiment to test that hypothesis and present the results.
Unit 3: Students will learn how to prepare and use a standard curve through an experiment in spectrophotometry.
Unit 4: Students will work collaboratively to design multiple iterations of a wastewater treatment plant. In this lab students will be introduced to basic water quality testing.
Unit 5: Students will conduct a personal waste audit and use results to compose a memo outlining plans for a Zero Waste program on campus.
Unit 6: Using what students learned from units 4 and 5, they will go on a field trip to local utilizes to learn more about how waste and water are treated throughout the region.
Unit 7: Students will learn how to conduct population students using their peers as an example target for the Mark-Recapture sampling method. In this unit, students will be encouraged to assess how each assumption and decision made during the experimental design phase will affect the results and the outcome of their experiment.
Unit 8: In this unit students will test their knowledge of biodiversity by creating hypotheses about which environments on campus have the highest biodiversity. They will collect samples and data to compare biodiversity on campus.
Unit 9: In this unit students will be introduced to big data analysis and will explore hypotheses related to air quality over a 5 year period in northern and southern Utah. Their analysis will develop statistical and graphing skills using Microsoft Excel.
Unit 10: Students will be introduced to water quality testing and will compare water quality in surface waters collected throughout the region. This unit will prepare them for their final project, which will take place during the Unit 11.
Unit 11: Students will work in assigned teams to create a hypothesis related to an assigned research question. They will demonstrate the skills they gained throughout the semester to design, test, analyze, and present the data from an experiment based on their hypothesis. Presentation to the class are required, and option presentation in research forums on campus are available for the students.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum 2, ELED-3700, Section 5, College of Education
Course Requirements:
This continued practicum involves one full day per week in the classroom with a focus on refining instructional strategies and classroom management, and on professional reflection.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum 2, ELED-3700, Section 5, College of Education
Course Requirements:
This continued practicum involves one full day per week in the classroom with a focus on refining instructional strategies and classroom management, and on professional reflection.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum 2, ELED-3700, Section 4, College of Education
Course Requirements:
This continued practicum involves one full day per week in the classroom with a focus on refining instructional strategies and classroom management, and on professional reflection.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum 2, ELED-3700, Section 3, College of Education
Course Requirements:
This continued practicum involves one full day per week in the classroom with a focus on refining instructional strategies and classroom management, and on professional reflection.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum 2, ELED-3700, Section 2, College of Education
Course Requirements:
This continued practicum involves one full day per week in the classroom with a focus on refining instructional strategies and classroom management, and on professional reflection.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum 2, ELED-3700, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
This continued practicum involves one full day per week in the classroom with a focus on refining instructional strategies and classroom management, and on professional reflection.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Creative Writing, ENGL-2250R, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Students will employ two primary modes of creative expression—prose and poetry—to produce compelling workin with rich, symbolic imagery, forceful structural design, and/or engaging characters who interact with one another in environments imbued with conflict, action, and concrete details. In addition to producing 5-7 pages of original prose and 4-6 poems, students will read and discuss examples of published fiction and poetry,
along with handouts pertinent to subject. Students will also become familiar with methods for finding and submitting their work to literary markets.
Description:
English 2250r Required Course Assignments & Percentage Breakdown
25 pts Fiction Portfolio: 5-7 page short story + critiqued drafts
25 pts Poetry Portfolio: 4-6 revised poems employing modeling techniques introduced in Oliver text + critiqued drafts
20 pts Fiction Quiz
20 pts Poetry Quiz
OTHER: 10 pts (FINAL EXAMINATION)
Required Reading: A Poetry Handbook, Mary Oliver The Modern Library Writer's Workshop, Stephen Koch The Situation and the Story; we also read poems from William Stafford ("Traveling Through the Dark"), Amy Lowell ("The Traveling Bear"), Dudley Randall ("The Ballad of Birmingham")
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum 1, ELED-3200, Section 5, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Students spend one full day per week in an elementary classroom applying teaching concepts. Emphasis is placed on planning and delivering instruction, implementing routines, and developing professional dispositions.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum 1, ELED-3200, Section 4, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Students spend one full day per week in an elementary classroom applying teaching concepts. Emphasis is placed on planning and delivering instruction, implementing routines, and developing professional dispositions.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum 1, ELED-3200, Section 3, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Students spend one full day per week in an elementary classroom applying teaching concepts. Emphasis is placed on planning and delivering instruction, implementing routines, and developing professional dispositions.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Foundations/Intro to Education, EDUC-1010, Section 5, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Major Assignments:
• My Path to Education Vlog Introduction
• Teacher Conversation Interview
• Professional Educator Profile
• Letter of Introduction to Mentor Teacher
• Observation Report 1 and Evaluation
• Midterm Exam
• Curriculum Analysis Project
• Year 1 Survival Plan
• Final Exam
• Reflection Vlog
• Synthesis of Compelling Rationales
Description:
Module 1: The Field of Professional Education
This module addresses the field of professional education including career paths, codes and ethics of educators, and the outcomes of an effective educator preparation program.
Module 2: The Histories and Philosophies of Education
This module explores the long and complex history of public education in the United States and different philosophies that have emerged over the decades regarding childhood, learning, and rationales.
Module 3: How Schools Function in Contemporary Contexts
This module explores the structures of education in the United States, past and present curricula efforts, and principles of effective classroom instruction.
Module 4: Current and Future Goals in Education
This module explores different avenues in formal and informal education.
Required Reading: Bartholomew, Greg (2023), Education as a Career – Introduction to Education at Utah Tech University(1st ed.), UT: Text is free and included with all learning resources in Canvas and here: https://uen.pressbooks.pub/educationcareer/front-matter/introduction/
Recommended Reading: N/A
Assessment for ESL Education, ELED-3420, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Focus Student Profiles: Select 2 students from practicum classroom; develop a home literacy profile on each learner; and analyze two writing and two speech samples per student to determine current status of English language skills, next steps for English language growth, and teacher action steps to support language development goals.
Assessment Validity project: Analyze three assessments (math chapter test, performance task + rubric, summative lesson assessment) and determine validity of each for English learners. Recommend modifications to support English learners as needed and feasible.
Final Exam: Connect both projects by discussing what modifications might be needed on the three assessments from Assessment Validity project for the learners profiled in Focus Student Profiles.
Description:
Weeks 1-2: Federal and state laws/policies around assessment of English learners; validity and accommodations on standardized assessments
Weeks 3-5 + 9: Analyzing various assessments for content validity for English learners + making recommendations for modifications to each
Week 6: Home literacy practices and relationship to in-class learning
Week 7, 8, and 10-14: Understanding language proficiency and performance, and applying understanding to analysis of student work samples to determine next steps for growth and resultant teacher actions
Required Reading: Sato, E. & Thompson, K.D. “Standards-based K-12 English language proficiency assessments in the United States”; Utah State Board of Education 2025-26 Accommodations Memo; 2024 ACTFL Proficiency Descriptors; WIDA’s ACCESS for ELLs “Interpretive Guide for Score Reports”; Herrera, Murry & Morales Cabral, Ch. 3, “Preinstructional assessment and the CLD student”; Gottlieb, M., Ch. 1, “Assessment of language learners” pp. 13-18 and 32-35; WestEd, “Meaningful Classroom Talk: Supporting English learners’ oral language development”; Kerr, “Giving feedback to language learners”
Recommended Reading: n/a
First Aid / Resp Emergencies, XSCI-1543, Section 2, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Quiz Ch 1: Study Questions
Quiz Ch 2: Study Questions
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 3-1 (Removing Disposable Latex-Free Gloves)
Quiz Ch 3: Study Questions
Quiz Ch 4: Study Questions
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 5-1 (Checking a Responsive Person) & 5-2 (Checking an Unresponsive Person)
Quiz Ch 5: Study Questions
Quiz Exam: American Red Cross - Before Giving Care
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 6-1, 2, 3 (Adult, Child, Infant CPR) & 6-4 (Using AED)
Quiz Ch 6: Study Questions
Quiz Exam: American Red Cross (CPR) - Adult, Child & Infant
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 7-1 thru 7-4 (Choking Adult, Child & Infant)
Quiz Ch 7: Study Questions
Quiz Exam: American Red Cross (AED) - Adult, Child & Infant
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 8-1 & 8-2 (Controlling Bleeding)
Quiz Ch 8: Study Questions
Quiz Ch 9: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 10: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 11: Study Questions
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 12-1 thru 12-4 (Splinting) and 16-1 (Epi Pen Administration)
Quiz Chapter 12: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 13: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 14: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 15: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 16: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 17: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 18: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 19: Study Questions
Quiz Final Exam: Responding to Emergencies: First Aid
Practical Certification Exam (Volunteer)
Description:
Part One - Introduction
Chapter 1: If Not You… Who?
Explores your role as a responder, how to prepare for emergencies mentally and physically, and managing incident stress. It emphasizes personal responsibility and readiness.
Chapter 2: Responding to an Emergency
Covers the Emergency Action Steps (CHECK–CALL–CARE), how to assess and respond safely, and when to act or call for help.
Chapter 3: Before Giving Care
Looks at consent, scene safety, universal precautions, and preparing to provide first aid before delivering care.
Part Two – Assessment
Chapter 4: The Human Body
Outlines basic anatomy and physiology to help you understand how injuries and illnesses affect the body.
Chapter 5: Checking the Person
Details how to assess responsiveness, breathing, circulation, and other vital signs to prioritize care decisions.
Part Three – Life‑Threatening Emergencies
Chapter 6: Cardiac Emergencies
Discusses heart attack, cardiac arrest, cardiovascular disease, and the Cardiac Chain of Survival, including roles of CPR and AED usage.
Chapter 7: Breathing Emergencies
Focuses on respiratory distress and failure, asthma, choking, and treatment options like rescue breaths and airway support.
Chapter 8: Bleeding
Covers types and severity of bleeding, controlling external bleeding, use of pressure and dressings, and when to call EMS.
Chapter 9: Shock
Explains recognizing and treating shock, including positioning, warming, and monitoring vital signs until EMS arrives.
Part Four – Injuries
Chapter 10: Soft Tissue Injuries
Addresses wounds, burns, and other skin-related injuries and their initial management.
Chapter 11: Musculoskeletal Injuries
Covers sprains, strains, dislocations, and fractures, including immobilization and transport techniques.
Chapter 12: Injuries to the Extremities
Specific care for limb injuries, including splinting, elevation, and swelling control.
Chapter 13: Injuries to the Head, Neck, or Spine
Focuses on spinal precautions, helmet removal, and handling potential CNS injuries.
Chapter 14: Injuries to the Chest, Abdomen, and Pelvis
Addresses internal injury risks, signs of internal bleeding, and when to activate EMS.
Part Five – Medical Emergencies
Chapter 15: Sudden Illnesses
Covers conditions like heart attack, stroke, diabetic emergencies, seizures, and fainting—plus signs to watch for.
Chapter 16: Poisoning
Discusses ingestion, inhalation, chemical exposure, and plant or medication poisoning—plus basic responses.
Chapter 17: Bites and Stings
Identifies venomous vs. non‑venomous bites, allergic reactions, and appropriate first-aid techniques.
Chapter 18: Substance Abuse and Misuse
Examines overdose response, impaired consciousness, and key safety measures.
Chapter 19: Heat‑Related Illnesses and Cold‑Related Emergencies
Covers heat exhaustion/stroke, frostbite, hypothermia, and treatment guidelines for temperature extremes.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: American Red Cross, First Aid-Responding to Emergencies
Foundations/Intro to Education, EDUC-1010, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Major Assignments and Examinations:
• My Path to Education Vlog Introduction
• Teacher Conversation Interview
• Professional Educator Profile
• Letter of Introduction to Mentor Teacher
• Observation Report 1 and Evaluation
• Midterm Exam
• Curriculum Analysis Project
• Year 1 Survival Plan
• Final Exam
• Reflection Vlog
• Synthesis of Compelling Rationales
Description:
Module 1: The Field of Professional Education
This module addresses the field of professional education including career paths, codes and ethics of educators, and the outcomes of an effective educator preparation program.
Module 2: The Histories and Philosophies of Education
This module explores the long and complex history of public education in the United States and different philosophies that have emerged over the decades regarding childhood, learning, and rationales.
Module 3: How Schools Function in Contemporary Contexts
This module explores the structures of education in the United States, past and present curricula efforts, and principles of effective classroom instruction.
Module 4: Current and Future Goals in Education
This module explores different avenues in formal and informal education.
Required Reading: Bartholomew, Greg (2023), Education as a Career – Introduction to Education at Utah Tech University(1st ed.), UT: Text is free and included with all learning resources in Canvas and here: https://uen.pressbooks.pub/educationcareer/front-matter/introduction/
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum 1, ELED-3200, Section 2, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Students spend one full day per week in an elementary classroom applying teaching concepts. Emphasis is placed on planning and delivering instruction, implementing routines, and developing professional dispositions.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
First Aid / Resp Emergencies, XSCI-1543, Section 4, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Quiz Ch 1: Study Questions
Quiz Ch 2: Study Questions
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 3-1 (Removing Disposable Latex-Free Gloves)
Quiz Ch 3: Study Questions
Quiz Ch 4: Study Questions
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 5-1 (Checking a Responsive Person) & 5-2 (Checking an Unresponsive Person)
Quiz Ch 5: Study Questions
Quiz Exam: American Red Cross - Before Giving Care
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 6-1, 2, 3 (Adult, Child, Infant CPR) & 6-4 (Using AED)
Quiz Ch 6: Study Questions
Quiz Exam: American Red Cross (CPR) - Adult, Child & Infant
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 7-1 thru 7-4 (Choking Adult, Child & Infant)
Quiz Ch 7: Study Questions
Quiz Exam: American Red Cross (AED) - Adult, Child & Infant
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 8-1 & 8-2 (Controlling Bleeding)
Quiz Ch 8: Study Questions
Quiz Ch 9: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 10: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 11: Study Questions
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 12-1 thru 12-4 (Splinting) and 16-1 (Epi Pen Administration)
Quiz Chapter 12: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 13: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 14: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 15: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 16: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 17: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 18: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 19: Study Questions
Quiz Final Exam: Responding to Emergencies: First Aid
Practical Certification Exam (Volunteer)
Description:
Part One - Introduction
Chapter 1: If Not You… Who?
Explores your role as a responder, how to prepare for emergencies mentally and physically, and managing incident stress. It emphasizes personal responsibility and readiness.
Chapter 2: Responding to an Emergency
Covers the Emergency Action Steps (CHECK–CALL–CARE), how to assess and respond safely, and when to act or call for help.
Chapter 3: Before Giving Care
Looks at consent, scene safety, universal precautions, and preparing to provide first aid before delivering care.
Part Two – Assessment
Chapter 4: The Human Body
Outlines basic anatomy and physiology to help you understand how injuries and illnesses affect the body.
Chapter 5: Checking the Person
Details how to assess responsiveness, breathing, circulation, and other vital signs to prioritize care decisions.
Part Three – Life‑Threatening Emergencies
Chapter 6: Cardiac Emergencies
Discusses heart attack, cardiac arrest, cardiovascular disease, and the Cardiac Chain of Survival, including roles of CPR and AED usage.
Chapter 7: Breathing Emergencies
Focuses on respiratory distress and failure, asthma, choking, and treatment options like rescue breaths and airway support.
Chapter 8: Bleeding
Covers types and severity of bleeding, controlling external bleeding, use of pressure and dressings, and when to call EMS.
Chapter 9: Shock
Explains recognizing and treating shock, including positioning, warming, and monitoring vital signs until EMS arrives.
Part Four – Injuries
Chapter 10: Soft Tissue Injuries
Addresses wounds, burns, and other skin-related injuries and their initial management.
Chapter 11: Musculoskeletal Injuries
Covers sprains, strains, dislocations, and fractures, including immobilization and transport techniques.
Chapter 12: Injuries to the Extremities
Specific care for limb injuries, including splinting, elevation, and swelling control.
Chapter 13: Injuries to the Head, Neck, or Spine
Focuses on spinal precautions, helmet removal, and handling potential CNS injuries.
Chapter 14: Injuries to the Chest, Abdomen, and Pelvis
Addresses internal injury risks, signs of internal bleeding, and when to activate EMS.
Part Five – Medical Emergencies
Chapter 15: Sudden Illnesses
Covers conditions like heart attack, stroke, diabetic emergencies, seizures, and fainting—plus signs to watch for.
Chapter 16: Poisoning
Discusses ingestion, inhalation, chemical exposure, and plant or medication poisoning—plus basic responses.
Chapter 17: Bites and Stings
Identifies venomous vs. non‑venomous bites, allergic reactions, and appropriate first-aid techniques.
Chapter 18: Substance Abuse and Misuse
Examines overdose response, impaired consciousness, and key safety measures.
Chapter 19: Heat‑Related Illnesses and Cold‑Related Emergencies
Covers heat exhaustion/stroke, frostbite, hypothermia, and treatment guidelines for temperature extremes.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: American Red Cross, First Aid-Responding to Emergencies
Practicum 1, ELED-3200, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Students spend one full day per week in an elementary classroom applying teaching concepts. Emphasis is placed on planning and delivering instruction, implementing routines, and developing professional dispositions.
Description:
Formal Lesson Observations (2 required): Students must plan, teach, record, and reflect on two formally observed lessons. These include submitting contextual factors and lesson plans, receiving feedback, and conferencing with supervisors. Lessons are evaluated using the STER rubric.
Lesson Reflections and Supervisor Conferences: Regular written reflections and discussions with university supervisors on instructional practices and experiences in the classroom.
Mentor Teacher Evaluations: Practicum performance is assessed by the cooperating/mentor teacher using department evaluation tools.
Disposition Self-Assessment and Supervisor Review: Students must complete a self-evaluation using the Disposition Rubric and participate in a disposition review with their supervisor.
Attendance and Participation: Full attendance and active engagement in practicum days are required. Missed days must be made up.
Final Submission of Assignments: All assignments must be submitted to Canvas by the end of the practicum or student teaching course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Management & Organizations, MGMT-3400, Section 41, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Discussion posts, exams
Description:
Module 1 :
• Read Chapter 1 in textbook:
"Management in the 21st Century"
• Read Chapter 2 in textbook:
"Evolution of Management "
• Review PowerPoint presentations for Chapters 1, 2
• Complete Discussion A: "Introduce Yourself"
• Complete Discussion B: "What are some general ways in which scientific management principles are incorporated into our modern world"
• Complete Assignment "Self-Assessment" p. 53 – this is for your own information, not to be submitted to the classroom.
Module 2; • Read Chapter 3 in textbook: "Critical Thinking for Managers"
• Read Chapter 4 in textbook: "Organizations and Change Management"
• Read Chapter 5 in textbook: "Diversity in a Global Economy"
• Read Chapter 6 in textbook: "Ethics and Social Responsibility"
• Review PowerPoint presentations for chapters 3, 4, 5, 6
• Complete Discussion A: "Illustrate how internal influences create unique types of cultures"
• Complete Discussion B: “Discuss the challenges and opportunities of working with cultural differences”
• Complete the assignment “Exploring Hofstede’s Cultural Dimensions: - Instructions are found on page 140 of your textbook. Submit the assignment as Module 2 Hofstede Assignment.
Module 3: • Read Chapter 7 in textbook: "Making Better Decisions"
• Read Chapter 8 in textbook: "Setting Goals"
• Read Chapter 9 in textbook: "Designing Strategies"
• Review PowerPoint presentations for chapters 7,8, 9
• Complete Discussion A: "Describe the seven steps of the decision making process "
• Complete Discussion B: “Discuss how businesses use planning to sole problems and make a difference”
• Complete Assignment "Jamestown 1607” found on page 197 of your textbook. After completion, check your rankings with those listed following.
• Complete Assignment "Write your own Obituary” found on page 223 of your textbook.
• Take Mid-Term Exam
ModuLE 4: • Read Chapter 10 in textbook: “Structuring Organizations”
• Read Chapter 11 in textbook: “The Human Side of Management”
• Read Chapter 12 in textbook: “Managing Team Performance”
• Review PowerPoint presentations for chapters 10, 11, 12
• Complete Discussion A: "Discuss different approaches to increasing organizational performance through the education of employees."
• Complete Discussion B: “Discuss the characteristics of teams”
Module 5:
• Read Chapter 13 in textbook: “Managers as Leaders”
• Read Chapter 14 in textbook: “Understanding Individual Behavior”
• Read Chapter 15 in textbook: “Communicating and Motivating Others”
• Review PowerPoint presentations for chapters 13, 14, 15
• Complete Discussion A: " Distinguish among four basic types of leaders.”
• Complete Discussion B: " Explain the characteristics of individual personalities and strength profiles.”
• Complete Assignment "The Missing Wrench" found in your textbook on page 347.
• Complete Self-Assessment Assignment "Listening Skills Self-Assessment" found in your textbook on page 396. – Not to be handed in.
Module 6:"• Read Chapter 16 in textbook: “Information and Operations”
• Read Chapter 17 in textbook: “Performance Development”
• Read Chapter 18 in textbook: “Entrepreneurship & Innovation”
• Review PowerPoint presentations for chapters 16, 17, 18
• Complete Discussion A: "Discuss how managers connect facilities, processes, and people to control performance
• Take Final-Term Exam
Required Reading: Management, by Neck Author(s): Christopher P. Neck ISBN-10: 1118749561 ISBN-13: 9781118749562 Binding: Hardbound Publisher: Wiley
Recommended Reading: None
First Aid / Resp Emergencies, XSCI-1543, Section 2, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Quiz Ch 1: Study Questions
Quiz Ch 2: Study Questions
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 3-1 (Removing Disposable Latex-Free Gloves)
Quiz Ch 3: Study Questions due by 11:59pm
Quiz Ch 4: Study Questions
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 5-1 (Checking a Responsive Person) & 5-2 (Checking Unresponsive Person)
Quiz Ch 5: Study Questions
Quiz Exam: American Red Cross - Before Giving Care
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 6-1, 2, 3 (Adult, Child, Infant CPR) & 6-4 (Using AED)
Quiz Ch 6: Study Questions
Quiz Exam: American Red Cross (CPR) - Adult, Child & Infant
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 7-1 thru 7-4 (Choking Adult, Child & Infant)
Quiz Ch 7: Study Questions
Quiz Exam: American Red Cross (AED) - Adult, Child & Infant
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 8-1 & 8-2 (Controlling Bleeding)
Quiz Ch 8: Study Questions
Quiz Ch 9: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 10: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 11: Study Questions
Assignment Skill Sheet Assessment 12-1 thru 12-4 (Splinting) and 16-1 (Epi Pen Administration)
Quiz Chapter 12: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 13: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 14: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 15: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 16: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 17: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 18: Study Questions
Quiz Chapter 19: Study Questions
Quiz Final Exam: Responding to Emergencies: First Aid
Practical Certification Exam (Volunteer)
Description:
Part One - Introduction
Chapter 1: If Not You… Who?
Explores your role as a responder, how to prepare for emergencies mentally and physically, and managing incident stress. It emphasizes personal responsibility and readiness.
American Red Cross
Chapter 2: Responding to an Emergency
Covers the Emergency Action Steps (CHECK–CALL–CARE), how to assess and respond safely, and when to act or call for help.
Chapter 3: Before Giving Care
Looks at consent, scene safety, universal precautions, and preparing to provide first aid before delivering care.
Part Two – Assessment
Chapter 4: The Human Body
Outlines basic anatomy and physiology to help you understand how injuries and illnesses affect the body.
Chapter 5: Checking the Person
Details how to assess responsiveness, breathing, circulation, and other vital signs to prioritize care decisions.
Part Three – Life‑Threatening Emergencies
Chapter 6: Cardiac Emergencies
Discusses heart attack, cardiac arrest, cardiovascular disease, and the Cardiac Chain of Survival, including roles of CPR and AED usage.
Chapter 7: Breathing Emergencies
Focuses on respiratory distress and failure, asthma, choking, and treatment options like rescue breaths and airway support.
Chapter 8: Bleeding
Covers types and severity of bleeding, controlling external bleeding, use of pressure and dressings, and when to call EMS.
Chapter 9: Shock
Explains recognizing and treating shock, including positioning, warming, and monitoring vital signs until EMS arrives.
Part Four – Injuries
Chapter 10: Soft Tissue Injuries
Addresses wounds, burns, and other skin-related injuries and their initial management.
Chapter 11: Musculoskeletal Injuries
Covers sprains, strains, dislocations, and fractures, including immobilization and transport techniques.
Chapter 12: Injuries to the Extremities
Specific care for limb injuries, including splinting, elevation, and swelling control.
Chapter 13: Injuries to the Head, Neck, or Spine
Focuses on spinal precautions, helmet removal, and handling potential CNS injuries.
Chapter 14: Injuries to the Chest, Abdomen, and Pelvis
Addresses internal injury risks, signs of internal bleeding, and when to activate EMS.
Part Five – Medical Emergencies
Chapter 15: Sudden Illnesses
Covers conditions like heart attack, stroke, diabetic emergencies, seizures, and fainting—plus signs to watch for.
Chapter 16: Poisoning
Discusses ingestion, inhalation, chemical exposure, and plant or medication poisoning—plus basic responses.
Chapter 17: Bites and Stings
Identifies venomous vs. non‑venomous bites, allergic reactions, and appropriate first-aid techniques.
Chapter 18: Substance Abuse and Misuse
Examines overdose response, impaired consciousness, and key safety measures.
Chapter 19: Heat‑Related Illnesses and Cold‑Related Emergencies
Covers heat exhaustion/stroke, frostbite, hypothermia, and treatment guidelines for temperature extremes.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: American Red Cross, First Aid-Responding to Emergencies
American History, HIST-1700, Section 12, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
"Participation (10%). You will receive a daily grade for participation. At the end of the semester, I will drop your six lowest grades for participation, which means that, in effect, you have six “free†absences. To receive a good grade for participation, you need to come to class on time, follow directions, and demonstrate your attentiveness by not staring fixedly at a phone or computer and by participating in discussions and answering questions. When I ask you to do activities in small groups, you must demonstrate good faith by participating and staying on task. Conversely, you must not behave in a disruptive manner.
Quizzes (35%). At the beginning of every chapter you will take an in-class, multiple-choice quiz on the entirety of the upcoming chapter. To do well on the quizzes, you will need to read slightly ahead of what we are doing in class. The quizzes will be open for five minutes only, at the beginning of class. You cannot make up a missed quiz—whether you arrived in class late or did not come at all—but Canvas will drop your six lowest scores. If you know you are not going to be in class—for example, because of sickness or a vacation—email me before class so that I can send you the code to access and take the quiz from home. Whether in class or at home, you will have to take the quiz at exactly the same time as everyone else.
Midterm and final exam (35%). You will take a midterm and a final exam, each worth 17.5% of your grade. Unlike the quizzes, the two exams will require you to write short essays. Before each of the exams, I will prepare and distribute a list of possible questions. If you have a conflict with a test, let me know beforehand so that I can try to accommodate you.
Written exercises (20%). Twice during the semester, you will write short papers on a given topic. I will give you directions in class and on Canvas → Assignments. You may submit the written exercises late (relative to the deadlines below) for 80% of their original value.
Extra credit (0.5%). If you evaluate my course and teaching at the end of the semester (and send me a screenshot proving that you did; do not send the evaluation itself), I will add 0.5 to your final grade on Canvas before assigning a letter grade. Otherwise, I do not offer extra credit in this course."
Description:
"introduction
chapter 1; quiz 1
chapter 1
chapter 2; quiz 2
chapter 3; quiz 3
chapter 4; quiz 4; written exercise #1 due by midnight
chapter 5; quiz 5
chapter 5
chapter 6; quiz 6
chapter 7; quiz 7
chapter 7
chapter 8; quiz 8
chapter 9; quiz 9
chapter 9
chapter 10; quiz 10
chapter 11; quiz 11
chapter 11
chapter 12; quiz 12
chapter 13; quiz 13
chapter 14; quiz 14
review
midterm exam
chapter 15; quiz 15
chapter 16; quiz 16
chapter 16
chapter 17
chapter 18; quiz 18; written exercise #2 (proposal) due by midnight
chapter 18
chapter 19; quiz 19; written exercise #2 (pre-reading) due by midnight
chapter 20; quiz 20
chapter 20
chapter 21; quiz 21
chapter 22; quiz 22
chapter 22
chapter 23; written exercise #2 (notes and analysis) due by midnight
chapter 24; quiz 24
chapter 24
chapter 25; quiz 25
chapter 25
April 18 chapter 26; quiz 26
chapter 27; quiz 27
review
final exam"
Required Reading: Foner et al., Give Me Liberty! The textbook for the course is the "brief" seventh edition of Eric Foner and others' Give Me Liberty! (2023, ISBN 978-1-324-04162-7 for the paperback, ISBN 978-1-324-04171-9 for the e-book). You do not need to buy a book, let alone one with a code granting access to supplemental learning materials. In fact, once you enroll in the course, you will automatically be billed for "Inclusive Access" (roughly $54), which will allow you to access the e-book through Canvas.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 4BI, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech: 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Informative Speech: 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech: 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech: 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each): 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Goals Paper: 50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper: 100pts
Description:
Module 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first Module, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
Module 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This Module introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
Module 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This Module will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
Module 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
Module 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this Module, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
Module 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This Module encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
Module 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
Module 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this Module, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
Module 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final Module focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
American History, HIST-1700, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Participation (10%). You will receive a daily grade for participation. At the end of the semester, I will drop your six lowest grades for participation, which means that, in effect, you have six “free” absences. To receive a good grade for participation, you need to come to class on time, follow directions, and demonstrate your attentiveness by not staring fixedly at a phone or computer and by participating in discussions and answering questions. When I ask you to do activities in small groups, you must demonstrate good faith by participating and staying on task. Conversely, you must not behave in a disruptive manner.
Quizzes (35%). At the beginning of every chapter you will take an in-class, multiple-choice quiz on the entirety of the upcoming chapter. To do well on the quizzes, you will need to read slightly ahead of what we are doing in class. The quizzes will be open for five minutes only, at the beginning of class. You cannot make up a missed quiz—whether you arrived in class late or did not come at all—but Canvas will drop your six lowest scores. If you know you are not going to be in class—for example, because of sickness or a vacation—email me before class so that I can send you the code to access and take the quiz from home. Whether in class or at home, you will have to take the quiz at exactly the same time as everyone else.
Midterm and final exam (35%). You will take a midterm and a final exam, each worth 17.5% of your grade. Unlike the quizzes, the two exams will require you to write short essays. Before each of the exams, I will prepare and distribute a list of possible questions. If you have a conflict with a test, let me know beforehand so that I can try to accommodate you.
Written exercises (20%). Twice during the semester, you will write short papers on a given topic. I will give you directions in class and on Canvas → Assignments. You may submit the written exercises late (relative to the deadlines below) for 80% of their original value.
Extra credit (0.5%). If you evaluate my course and teaching at the end of the semester (and send me a screenshot proving that you did; do not send the evaluation itself), I will add 0.5 to your final grade on Canvas before assigning a letter grade. Otherwise, I do not offer extra credit in this course.
Description:
introduction
chapter 1; quiz 1
chapter 1
chapter 2; quiz 2
chapter 3; quiz 3
chapter 4; quiz 4; written exercise #1 due by midnight
chapter 5; quiz 5
chapter 5
chapter 6; quiz 6
chapter 7; quiz 7
chapter 7
chapter 8; quiz 8
chapter 9; quiz 9
chapter 9
chapter 10; quiz 10
chapter 11; quiz 11
chapter 11
chapter 12; quiz 12
chapter 13; quiz 13
chapter 14; quiz 14
review
midterm exam
chapter 15; quiz 15
chapter 16; quiz 16
chapter 16
chapter 17
chapter 18; quiz 18; written exercise #2 (proposal) due by midnight
chapter 18
chapter 19; quiz 19; written exercise #2 (pre-reading) due by midnight
chapter 20; quiz 20
chapter 20
chapter 21; quiz 21
chapter 22; quiz 22
chapter 22
chapter 23; written exercise #2 (notes and analysis) due by midnight
chapter 24; quiz 24
chapter 24
chapter 25; quiz 25
chapter 25
April 18 chapter 26; quiz 26
chapter 27; quiz 27
review
final exam
Required Reading: Foner et al., Give Me Liberty! The textbook for the course is the "brief" seventh edition of Eric Foner and others' Give Me Liberty! (2023, ISBN 978-1-324-04162-7 for the paperback, ISBN 978-1-324-04171-9 for the e-book). You do not need to buy a book, let alone one with a code granting access to supplemental learning materials. In fact, once you enroll in the course, you will automatically be billed for "Inclusive Access" (roughly $54), which will allow you to access the e-book through Canvas.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Sociology, SOC-1010, Section 5, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Exam #1
Exam #2
Exam #3
Term Paper
Description:
Week #1
Sociology and the Real World
Week #2
Studying Social Life
Week #3
Culture
Week #4
Socialization, Interaction, and the Self
Week #5
Life in Groups
Week #6
Exam #1
Deviance Chapter 6
Week #7
The Structure of Inequality
Week #8
Race and Ethnicity
Week #9
Gender and Sexuality
Week #10
Politics, Education, and Religion
Week #11
Exam #2
Economy and Work
Week #12
Family
Term Paper Due
Week #13
Health and Illness
Week #14
Population, Cities, and the Environment
Week #15
Social Change
Week #16
Exam #3
Required Reading: Introduction to Sociology; OER
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Exercise Science, XSCI-2020, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
None
Description:
For students interested in exercise science. Course surveys the anatomical, physiological, nutritional, psychological, biomechanical, and developmental foundations of exercise science as an academic discipline.
Careers and professional responsibilities within the exercise science field are also a focus of this course. **COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLOs) At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1. Describe the disciplines and careers that comprise Exercise Science. 2. Describe the contemporary base of Exercise Science knowledge. 3. Define the basic terminology used in the exercise science disciplines. FA, SP. Course pre-requisites and/or co-requisites: None
Required Reading: n/a
Recommended Reading: Jeffrey Potteiger, "ACSM's Introduction to Exercise Science," 3rd edition
American History, HIST-1700, Section 4, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Chapter Review Quizzes 300 points (10 quizzes x 30 pts each)
• Class Biography Presentation 300 points
• Midterm Exam 150 points
• Final Exam 250 points
Description:
Week 1
Jan. 6-10
Intro to History 1700.
Intro to primary source analysis/research.
Pre-Colonial America
Read chapters 1 & 2
Quiz due Jan. 8
Week 2
Jan. 13-17
Colonial America
The American Revolution
Read chapters 4 & 5
Quiz due Jan. 15
Week 3
Jan. 22-24
Founding the USA
The Constitution
No class Jan. 20 (MLK Day)
Read chapter 6
Quiz due Jan. 22
Week 4
Jan. 27-31
Jeffersonian Era
War of 1812 and Jacksonian America
Trail of Tears Read chapters 7 & 9
Quiz due Jan. 29
Week 5
Feb. 3-7 US Slavery
Civil War
Read chapters 3, 8, & 11 (focus on topic of slavery)
Quiz due Feb. 5
Week 6
Feb. 10-14
Civil War
Read chapters 13 & 14
Quiz due Feb. 12
Week 7
Feb. 19-21
Reconstruction
Read chapters 15 & 16
No quiz, but please read!
In-Person Midterm Exam – Feb. 21 at regular class time
Week 8
Feb. 24-28
Westward Expansion
American Empire
National Parks
Read chapters 17, 18, & 19
Quiz due Feb. 26
Week 9
Mar. 3-7 US Immigration
The Progressive Era Read chapter 20
No quiz, but please read!
Mar. 10-14
SPRING
BREAK
Week 10
Mar. 17-21
World War 1
The 1920s
Read chapter 21
Quiz due Mar. 19
Week 11
Mar. 24-28
Prohibition
The 1930s
Read chapters 22 & 23
No quiz, but please read!
Week 12
Mar. 31-Apr. 4
The Second World War
The Cold War Read chapters 24 & 25
Quiz due Apr. 2
Week 13
Apr. 7-11
Post War America
Civil Rights
* Biography Presentations Read chapters 26, 27, & 28
Quiz due Apr. 9
*Please prep for your Biography Presentations
Week 14
Apr. 14-18
1960s
The Vietnam War
* Biography Presentations Biography presentations will take place
*Please prep for your Biography Presentations
Week 15
Apr. 21-23
* Biography Presentations Biography presentations will take place
No class Apr. 25 (Reading Day)
FINAL
See YOUR section’s date
In Person FINAL EXAM Section 01 (20207)
Apr. 30
9am - 10:50am
Section 04 (20015)
Apr. 28
9am - 10:50am
Section 08 (20251)
Apr. 30
11am - 12:50pm
Required Reading: American Yawp
Recommended Reading: N/A
American History, HIST-1700, Section 10, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Chapter Review Quizzes 300 points (10 quizzes x 30 pts each)
• Class Biography Presentation 300 points
• Midterm Exam 150 points
• Final Exam 250 points
Description:
Week 1
Jan. 6-10
Intro to History 1700.
Intro to primary source analysis/research.
Pre-Colonial America
Read chapters 1 & 2
Quiz due Jan. 8
Week 2
Jan. 13-17
Colonial America
The American Revolution
Read chapters 4 & 5
Quiz due Jan. 15
Week 3
Jan. 22-24
Founding the USA
The Constitution
No class Jan. 20 (MLK Day)
Read chapter 6
Quiz due Jan. 22
Week 4
Jan. 27-31
Jeffersonian Era
War of 1812 and Jacksonian America
Trail of Tears Read chapters 7 & 9
Quiz due Jan. 29
Week 5
Feb. 3-7 US Slavery
Civil War
Read chapters 3, 8, & 11 (focus on topic of slavery)
Quiz due Feb. 5
Week 6
Feb. 10-14
Civil War
Read chapters 13 & 14
Quiz due Feb. 12
Week 7
Feb. 19-21
Reconstruction
Read chapters 15 & 16
No quiz, but please read!
In-Person Midterm Exam – Feb. 21 at regular class time
Week 8
Feb. 24-28
Westward Expansion
American Empire
National Parks
Read chapters 17, 18, & 19
Quiz due Feb. 26
Week 9
Mar. 3-7 US Immigration
The Progressive Era Read chapter 20
No quiz, but please read!
Mar. 10-14
SPRING
BREAK
Week 10
Mar. 17-21
World War 1
The 1920s
Read chapter 21
Quiz due Mar. 19
Week 11
Mar. 24-28
Prohibition
The 1930s
Read chapters 22 & 23
No quiz, but please read!
Week 12
Mar. 31-Apr. 4
The Second World War
The Cold War Read chapters 24 & 25
Quiz due Apr. 2
Week 13
Apr. 7-11
Post War America
Civil Rights
* Biography Presentations Read chapters 26, 27, & 28
Quiz due Apr. 9
*Please prep for your Biography Presentations
Week 14
Apr. 14-18
1960s
The Vietnam War
* Biography Presentations Biography presentations will take place
*Please prep for your Biography Presentations
Week 15
Apr. 21-23
* Biography Presentations Biography presentations will take place
No class Apr. 25 (Reading Day)
FINAL
See YOUR section’s date
In Person FINAL EXAM Section 01 (20207)
Apr. 30
9am - 10:50am
Section 04 (20015)
Apr. 28
9am - 10:50am
Section 08 (20251)
Apr. 30
11am - 12:50pm
Required Reading: American Yawp
Recommended Reading: N/A
American History, HIST-1700, Section 8, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Chapter Review Quizzes 300 points (10 quizzes x 30 pts each)
• Class Biography Presentation 300 points
• Midterm Exam 150 points
• Final Exam 250 points
Description:
Week 1
Jan. 6-10
Intro to History 1700.
Intro to primary source analysis/research.
Pre-Colonial America
Read chapters 1 & 2
Quiz due Jan. 8
Week 2
Jan. 13-17
Colonial America
The American Revolution
Read chapters 4 & 5
Quiz due Jan. 15
Week 3
Jan. 22-24
Founding the USA
The Constitution
No class Jan. 20 (MLK Day)
Read chapter 6
Quiz due Jan. 22
Week 4
Jan. 27-31
Jeffersonian Era
War of 1812 and Jacksonian America
Trail of Tears Read chapters 7 & 9
Quiz due Jan. 29
Week 5
Feb. 3-7 US Slavery
Civil War
Read chapters 3, 8, & 11 (focus on topic of slavery)
Quiz due Feb. 5
Week 6
Feb. 10-14
Civil War
Read chapters 13 & 14
Quiz due Feb. 12
Week 7
Feb. 19-21
Reconstruction
Read chapters 15 & 16
No quiz, but please read!
In-Person Midterm Exam – Feb. 21 at regular class time
Week 8
Feb. 24-28
Westward Expansion
American Empire
National Parks
Read chapters 17, 18, & 19
Quiz due Feb. 26
Week 9
Mar. 3-7 US Immigration
The Progressive Era Read chapter 20
No quiz, but please read!
Mar. 10-14
SPRING
BREAK
Week 10
Mar. 17-21
World War 1
The 1920s
Read chapter 21
Quiz due Mar. 19
Week 11
Mar. 24-28
Prohibition
The 1930s
Read chapters 22 & 23
No quiz, but please read!
Week 12
Mar. 31-Apr. 4
The Second World War
The Cold War Read chapters 24 & 25
Quiz due Apr. 2
Week 13
Apr. 7-11
Post War America
Civil Rights
* Biography Presentations Read chapters 26, 27, & 28
Quiz due Apr. 9
*Please prep for your Biography Presentations
Week 14
Apr. 14-18
1960s
The Vietnam War
* Biography Presentations Biography presentations will take place
*Please prep for your Biography Presentations
Week 15
Apr. 21-23
* Biography Presentations Biography presentations will take place
No class Apr. 25 (Reading Day)
FINAL
See YOUR section’s date
In Person FINAL EXAM Section 01 (20207)
Apr. 30
9am - 10:50am
Section 04 (20015)
Apr. 28
9am - 10:50am
Section 08 (20251)
Apr. 30
11am - 12:50pm
Required Reading: American Yawp
Recommended Reading: N/A
Writing in the Tech Era, SPAN-3060, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
1. Preparación, Asistencia y Participación - 10%
Participación significa venir preparado a clase, ser capaz de participar en las discusiones de clase y ser capaz de hacer preguntas sobre el material cubierto en clase. Tienes que estudiar el material asignado ANTES de venir a clase. Comprueba el calendario tentativo y la última diapositiva de las PPT en Canvas y lee los capítulos asignados.
Puesto que tienes que estar en clase para poder participar, tus ausencias pueden afectar tu nota final, puesto que perderás puntos por no estar en clase. Puedes ausentarte de clase 2 veces sin que tu nota sea vea afectada (unexcused absences). Comenzando con la ausencia #3, perderás 1% de tu nota final. Faltar 10 veces a clase (8+2) – lo que equivale a 5 semanas supone recibir una calificación F en esta clase.
2. Tarea – 10%
Usted es responsable de preparar todas las tareas de lectura y escritura antes de venir a clase el día designado.
3. Exámenes parciales (3) – 30%
Realizarás un examen que cubrirá las secciones de gramática de los capítulos cubiertos del libro de texto. Los exámenes 1 y 2 se tomarán en Canvas o en el Testing Center, dependiendo del contenido; se le darán de tres a cuatro días para completarlos, no hay extensiones disponibles. Esperar hasta el último día y tener "problemas" no justifica una extensión. Planifique en consecuencia.
El examen 3 se dará en clase en el horario y día programados por la universidad. No se realizan pruebas anticipadas: la compra prematura de un billete de avión no es una excusa aceptable para perderse el final.
4. Composiciones (3) – 30%
Enviará estas actividades a través de Canvas. Discutiremos la duración y los temas a medida que se acerquen. Se escribirán utilizando la fuente Times New Roman de 12 puntos, el nombre, la clase, la fecha en la esquina superior izquierda a espacio simple en la primera página solamente, con el título (justificado en el centro) y el cuerpo a doble espacio, justificado a la izquierda, sin espacio adicional entre párrafos y márgenes de 1". La escritura se hará en tiempo real (usando Proctorio para grabar su pantalla). Si hay alguna duda del uso de AI, se aplicará un 50% de penalización (Grammarly, Goggle Translate, other translation programs, ChatGPT, etc. are considered AI and subject to plagiarism policies).
5. Exámenes orales (2) – 20%
Uno antes del Fall Break y otro durante la última semana de clase. Cubrirán una variedad de temas con una longitud a determinar según se acerquen las fechas.
Description:
Semana No class Tema
Semana 1 Introducción/ Pre-test
Semana 2 La descripción
La descripción
Semana 3 Labor Day
La descripción
Semana 4 La descripción
Composición 1 (en clase) + examen 1 (en Canvas)
Semana 5 El ensayo narrativo
El ensayo narrativo
Semana 6 El ensayo narrativo
El ensayo narrativo
Semana 7 El ensayo narrativo
El ensayo narrativo
Semana 8 El ensayo narrativo
Fall Break
Semana 9 Examen oral + Composición 2 (en clase)
El texto expositivo
Semana 10 El texto expositivo
Semana 11 El texto expositivo
El texto expositivo
Semana 12 El texto expositivo
El texto expositivo
Semana 13 El texto expositivo (Examen 2- módulo 2 y 3 en Canvas)
El ensayo académico
Semana 14 El ensayo académico
El ensayo académico
Semana 15 Thanksgiving
Semana 16 Composición 3 (en clase)
Examen Oral - Debate
Final 12/08 1-2:50 pm (Examen 3 en Canvas)
Required Reading: https://uen.pressbooks.pub/span3060/
Recommended Reading: N/A
Humanities Through the Arts, HUM-1010, Section 42, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Two Quizzes: 120 points (60 points each)
Two Critical Analysis Papers: 300 points (150 points each)
Two Reflection Papers: 100 points (50 points each)
Eight Mini Critical Analysis: 400 points (50 points each)
Eight Discussion Board Posts: 80 points (10 points each)
Description:
Week 1: Jan 6-12
- Course Introduction
Week 2: Jan 13-19
- Visual Art: Ancient Greece
- Visual Art: Ancient Rome
Week 3 & Week 4: Jan 20-Feb 2
- Homer, The Iliad (Book 3)
- Sophocles, Oedipus the King
Week 5 & Week 6: Feb 3-16
- The Song of Roland
- Marie de France, Lai of Lanval
- Martin Luther, Concerning Christian Liberty
Week 7: Feb 17-23
- Conferences
Week 8 & Week 9: Feb 24-Mar 9
- Visual Art: The Renaissance (Italy)
- Visual Art: The Renaissance (Northern Europe)
- Visual Art: The Baroque
- Visual Art: The Rococo
- Visual Art: Neoclassicism
- Visual Art: Romanticism
- Visual Art: Realism
Week 10 & Week 11: Mar 10-23
- The Poems of Phillis Wheatley
- Frederick Douglass, The Narrative
- Karl Marx, “Estranged Labor”
Week 12 & Week 13: Mar 24-Apr 6
- Visual Art: Impressionism
- Visual Art: Post-Impressionism
- Visual Art: Fauvism
- Visual Art: Cubism
- Visual Art: Interwar & Postwar (Dada, NY School, Pop Art)
- Visual Art: Conceptual Art
Week 14 & Week 15: Apr 7-20
- Simone de Beauvoir, Second Sex, Chapter 11
- Judith Butler, “Performative Acts and Gender Constitution”
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Humanities Through the Arts, HUM-1010, Section 41, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Two Quizzes: 120 points (60 points each)
Two Critical Analysis Papers: 300 points (150 points each)
Two Reflection Papers: 100 points (50 points each)
Eight Mini Critical Analysis: 400 points (50 points each)
Eight Discussion Board Posts: 80 points (10 points each)
Description:
Week 1: Jan 6-12
- Course Introduction
Week 2: Jan 13-19
- Visual Art: Ancient Greece
- Visual Art: Ancient Rome
Week 3 & Week 4: Jan 20-Feb 2
- Homer, The Iliad (Book 3)
- Sophocles, Oedipus the King
Week 5 & Week 6: Feb 3-16
- The Song of Roland
- Marie de France, Lai of Lanval
- Martin Luther, Concerning Christian Liberty
Week 7: Feb 17-23
- Conferences
Week 8 & Week 9: Feb 24-Mar 9
- Visual Art: The Renaissance (Italy)
- Visual Art: The Renaissance (Northern Europe)
- Visual Art: The Baroque
- Visual Art: The Rococo
- Visual Art: Neoclassicism
- Visual Art: Romanticism
- Visual Art: Realism
Week 10 & Week 11: Mar 10-23
- The Poems of Phillis Wheatley
- Frederick Douglass, The Narrative
- Karl Marx, “Estranged Labor”
Week 12 & Week 13: Mar 24-Apr 6
- Visual Art: Impressionism
- Visual Art: Post-Impressionism
- Visual Art: Fauvism
- Visual Art: Cubism
- Visual Art: Interwar & Postwar (Dada, NY School, Pop Art)
- Visual Art: Conceptual Art
Week 14 & Week 15: Apr 7-20
- Simone de Beauvoir, Second Sex, Chapter 11
- Judith Butler, “Performative Acts and Gender Constitution”
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Research Methods in Psychology, PSY-3010, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Grading: Grading will be determined by your performance on the following dimensions: attendance and
participation, 11 labs, 3 short writing assignments, one group project and presentation, and two exams. The
total number of points for the entire class is out of 1045, the breakdown for the points is as follows:
Chapter Notes Handouts: 25 pts. per chapter x 11 chapters = 275 pts.
Weekly Quizzes: 10 pts. per quiz x 11 chapters = 110 pts.
Lab Assignments: 10 pts. per lab x 11 chapters = 110 pts.
Mini Methods Papers: 15% or 150 pts. [3 each @ 50 pts. Each]
Exam #1: 20% or 200 pts.
Exam #2: 20% or 200 pts.
A = 93-100 B = 83-85 C = 73-75 D = 63-65
A- = 90-92 B- = 80-82 C- = 70-72 D- = 60-62
B+ = 86-89 C+ = 76-79 D+ = 66-69 F = Below 60
It is the responsibility of the student to verify that the instructor has correctly placed all grades into CANVAS.
Monitor CANVAS weekly and notify the instructor immediately if you are missing a grade or have received an
incorrect grade.
When final grades are entered, I round up according to normal rounding rules. A grade of 92.5 becomes a 93
and an A, a grade of 92.4 stays an A- and so on. If you want an A, it is entirely within your power to get that
grade by doing the assigned work, attending class regularly, and utilizing the tools I give you to succeed.
Chapter Notes Handouts: Each week you will complete a notes handout that will require you to take notes on
the important concepts from each chapter. You may fill this out using the textbook and/or the PPTs that I
provide to you. These are each worth 25 pts per week.
Lab Assignments: There will be short applied homework assignments for each chapter, of course you are
allowed to use textbooks, notes, other resources to complete these assignments.
Weekly Quizzes: Each week there will be a short quiz on the chapter material. Each quiz will be worth 10 pts.,
you are allowed to use textbook and notes on the quizzes.
Mini Methods Papers: You will complete 3 short individual writing assignments that are designed to help you
develop skills that will be necessary for conducting your own study eventually in Capstone. The first mini paper
tasks you with finding 5 scientific sources on your potential topic, reading them, and writing a report that
details the methods and findings of each study individually. The second mini paper tasks you with thinking
through how these 5 sources speak to each other, do they measure the same/different constructs? Are their
methods same/different? Do they contradict or support one another? The third mini paper will ask you to
write a short proposal for a survey study on your chosen topic using these sources as support for your
hypotheses and methods.
Course EXAMS: We will do 2 online exams, each exam will contain 40 multiple choice questions, each question
worth 5 pts. You are allowed to use your textbook and notes to complete the exams.
Description:
Week of Class Date Topics Covered
1 August 20-22 Read Syllabus
Familiarize yourself with the canvas site,
assignments, due dates
Turn in Signed Academic Integrity Policy
2 August 25-29 Read Chapter 1
Read PPTs Chapter 1
Notes Handout #1 Due
Lab #1 Due
Quiz #1 Due
3 September 2-5 Chapter 2: Sources of Information
Read PPTs Chapter 2
Notes Handout #2 Due
Lab #2 Due
Quiz #2 Due
4 September 8-12 Chapter 3: Three claims, four validities
Read PPT Chapter 3
Notes Handout #3 Due
Lab #3 Due
Quiz #3 Due
5 September 15-19 Chapter 4: Ethical Guidelines
Notes Handout #4 Due
Lab #4 Due
Quiz #4 Due
6 September 22-26 Chapter 5: Identifying Good Measurement
Read PPT Chapter 5
Notes Handout #5 Due
Lab #5 Due
Quiz #5 Due
Mini Method Paper 5 Sources Paper Due
7 September 29-October 3 Chapter 6: Surveys & Observations
Read PPT Chapter 6
Notes Handout #6 Due
Lab #6 Due
Quiz #6 Due
8 October 6-8 Take Exam 1 Online
9 October 13-17 Chapter 7: Sampling & Frequencies
Read PPT Chapter 7
Notes Handout #7 Due
Lab #7 Due
Quiz #7 Due
10 October 20-24 Take week as Fall Break, catch up on assignments
11 October 27-31 Chapter 8: Bivariate Correlations
Read PPT Chapter 8
Notes Handout #8 Due
Lab #8 Due
Quiz #8 Due
Mini Methods Paper Source Synthesis Due
12 November 3-7 Chapter 10: Simple Experiments
Read PPT Chapter 10
Notes Handout #9 Due
Lab #9 Due
Quiz #9 Due
13 November 10-14 Chapter 11: Confounds
Read Chapter 11 PPT
Notes Handout #10 Due
Lab #10 Due
Quiz #10 Due
14 November 17-21 Chapter 12: Experiments with multiple IV’s
Read Chapter 12 PPT
Notes Handout #11 Due
Lab #11 Due
Quiz #11 Due
November 24-28 Thanksgiving Week Take a break
15 December 1-5 Study for Exam 3
Mini Methods Paper Survey Study Design Due
16 December 8-12 Take Exam 3 Online
Required Reading: Morling, B. (2018). Research Methods in Psychology (3rd Edition.), Norton Publishing. The bookstore has both 3rd and 4th editions, either one is fine, they do not differ substantially
Recommended Reading: N/A
Beginning Amer Sign Lang I, ASL-1010, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Assignments and Exams
Attendance/Class Participation 10%
Attendance will be taken each class period and requires you to be present and participate the entire length of the class. Unless you are given permission to leave for school-related functions. Please keep me informed about the nature of your absence. Attending ASL class is an important part of learning ASL since in-class activities provide ASL practice. This practice is crucial for you to become comfortable signing with others and gain the confidence to communicate with members of the Deaf community.
If you are absent, I will not provide the content you missed. You need to become well acquainted with your peers in class so you can ask them what we covered. Also, you can look at the syllabus to see what was covered. The main content will be in your online TWA textbook. After contacting your peers, if you still have questions about the content, please contact me.
I will afford each student 3 “grace days” by request only. That means for a maximum of 3 days, if you contact me before an absence from class, I will still give you the attendance/participation points for that day.
If you experience an unavoidable extenuating circumstance (extended sickness with a doctor’s note, surgery with a doctor’s note, funeral of a close family member, etc.), contact me and we can work out the details on a case-by-case basis. For these instances, you must contact me before class in writing.
I follow the official Utah Tech University policy regarding absences related to official University activities, which can be found here: (https://catalog.utahtech.edu/academicpoliciesandprocedures/)
TRUE+WAY ASL (TWA) e-Workbook assignments 10%
This workbook is designed to retain and reinforce what is learned in the classroom. Complete the assigned workbook assignments by the assigned due dates in Canvas. Late assignments will not be accepted.
Conversation Starter Discussions and Peer Observation Assessment (POA) 5%
Each Conversation Starter has Discussion questions for you to answer. Answer ALL the questions. Once you submit your discussion, you can see other students’ answers. Compare your answers to theirs.
Peer Observation Assessment (POA) videos at the end of each unit require you to recognize and identify mistakes made by the Deaf model. This assignment will be completed in groups during class time.
SOAR Assignments & Self-Evaluations 10%
The Self-Observation Assessment Review (SOAR) videos at the end of each unit. You must record your own performance of the sentences modeled by the Deaf. Record via GoReact and submit a text entry on Canvas stating that you completed the GoReact recording. Complete both steps by the due date. Late assignments will not be accepted.
Quizzes 10%
The quizzes will be based on comprehending ASL and cultural information.
Unit Tests: Comprehension & Production 20%
Unit tests will cover all material presented to that point of the class. They will include information from quizzes, TRUE+WAY ASL, class notes, handouts, lectures, vocabulary videos, as well as your comprehension and production skills. Comprehension tests evaluate receptive skills. Production tests evaluate your expressive skills. You must bring a device to class on the days of the unit production tests. There will be no make-up for the tests or productions except under circumstances I deem to be extreme or unique.
Deaf Events/ASL Lab 10%
Deaf Events
Each student is required to attend 1 Deaf Event during the semester.
Students are also welcome to interact with the Deaf community on their own time. There are multiple events published every month by the Southern Utah Deaf and Hard of Hearing Program. You can contact them for more information.
Each student is also required to view a Deaf influencer.
After exploring their platform for a minimum of 2 hours, assess how they are using their platform to bring awareness to Deaf culture and the Deaf community and how that platform challenges your own American cultural mindset. What were signs you recognized or sign that you learned while viewing their platform?
After attending the Deaf/ASL event, and viewing a Deaf influencer, each student will write one reflection paper on the event attended, including their communication with others, their thoughts and feelings, and anything they learned or connections to other areas in their lives. They will also answer the above criteria in relation to the Deaf influencer. See rubric for complete criteria.
This assignment is not due until the end of the semester but can be submitted at any time.
ASL Lab/Tutoring
You will have 4 SOAR (Self-Observation Assessment Review) assignments. You are required to visit the ASL Lab (Jennings 141) to evaluate/review your SOAR (Self-Observation Assessments) assignments with an upper-division ASL student. Please print and self-evaluate your SOAR Assessment Rubric.
For the lab, you will take your self-evaluated SOAR form to the ASL Lab and meet with an upper-division student who will watch your video with you. Write the suggestions they make on your SOAR Assessment Rubric. Upper-division students will then sign your SOAR self-evaluation. Upload this signed copy into the ASL Lab homework in Canvas.
NOTE: There are several of you and fewer upper-division students. Please manage your time wisely. If you wait too long and there is not an upper-division student available, you will be out of luck. Please try to communicate as much in ASL as possible. Lab hours and upper-division student contact information will be posted on Canvas under labs. You may go to the lab for tutoring and homework assistance also.
Deaf Again Cultural Text Reaction 10%
Read Deaf Again and write a reaction to the book. Please include your feelings and insights. This is not a book report; it is an opinion paper. Follow MLA format. This assignment is due before midterm grades are posted, start reading today. Please see Rubric Requirements in Canvas. Please upload it on Canvas.
Final Exam 15%
The final exam consists of two portions; Production and Comprehension.
Please be on time for the final exam.
Description:
Unit 1 - "Welcome to the Deaf World" - Learn basic introduction signs, explore the differences between American Hearing Culture and American Deaf Culture, learn ASL grammar for basic sentences, questions, pronoun structures in ASL grammar, and how to ask for clarifications
Unit 2 "Academics" - this lecture includes discussion on various kinds of deaf education in America, levels of education for purpose of learning ordinal numbering systems, signs related to school environments and activities, signs for Personnel and Colors, signs for school subjects, majors and courses.
Unit 3: "Family and Relationships" - this lecture explores the ASL signs for: Describing basic appearances; familial relationships including friends and pets; employment situations; Milestons and life Events
Unit 4 "Residences and Communities" - This lecture teaches and explores the ASL signs for: transportation; housing; areas of town; cities and states;
Required Reading: Students must have a device capable of viewing videos, recording yourself, and uploading videos of your practice to Canvas. Books and/or Web Subscription: TRUE+WAY ASL: Units 1-4 e-Workbook. 3rd Edition. (2021) Find the module TRUE+WAY ASL (TWA) Enrollment in Canvas. Click on the Start Here: Student Enrollment module. You will see you have two options: Enter code(s) purchased from the bookstore, or Purchase access using a card (credit or debit). ` Deaf Again by Mark Drolsbaugh Drolsbaugh, M. (2008). Deaf again. Springhouse, PA: Handwave. GoReact Subscription
Recommended Reading: N/A
Health Psychology, PSY-3460, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Grading: Grading will be determined by your performance on the following dimensions: attendance and
participation, chapter discussion questions, three written papers, and three exams. The total number of points
for the entire class is out of 1240, the breakdown for the points is as follows:
Chapter Discussion Responses: 10 pts. per week x 12 chapters = 120 pts.
Health Journal Entries: 10 pts. per journal x 12 chapters = 120 pts.
Health Term Paper: 100 pts.
Notes Handouts: 25 pts per chapter x 12 chapters = 300 pts.
Exam #1: 200 pts.
Exam #2: 200 pts.
Exam #3: 200 pts.
Description:
Week of Class Date Topics Covered
1 August 20-22 Read Syllabus
Familiarize yourself with the
canvas site, assignments, due
dates
Turn in Signed Academic Integrity
Policy
2 August 25-29 Read Chapter 1
Read PPTs Chapter 1
Discussion Response #1 Due
Journal #1 Due
Notes Handout #1 Due
3 September 2-5 Chapter 2: Research in Health
Psychology
Read PPTs Chapter 2
Discussion #2 Due
Journal #2 Due
Notes Handout #2 Due
4 September
8
-12 Chapter 3
: Cultural Approaches to
Health Chapter
Read PPTs Chapter 3
Discussion #
3 Due
Journal #
3 Due
Notes Handout #3 Due
5 September 15
-19 Chapter 4
: Essential Physiology
Read PPTs Chapter 4
Discussion #
4 Due
Journal #
4 Due
Notes Handout #4 Due
6 September 22
-26 Take Exam 1 Online
7 September 29
-October
3 Chapter 5: Stress
Read PPT Chapter 5
Discussion Question #
5 Due
Journal #
5 Due
Notes Handout #5 Due
8 October
6
-
8 Chapter 6: Coping & Social
Support
Read PPT Chapter 6
Discussion Question #
6 Due
Journal #6 Due
Notes Handout #6 Due
9 October 13
-
1
7 Chapter 7: Models of Behavior
Change
Read PPT Chapter 7
Discussion Question #
7 Due
Journal #
7 Due
Notes Handout #7 Due
10 October 20
-
2
4 Chapter 8: Healthy Behaviors
Read PPT Chapter 8
Discussion Question #
8 Due
Journal #
8 Due
Notes Handout #8 Due
11 October 2
7
-31 Take Exam 2 Online
12 November
3
-
7 Chapter 9: Illness Cognitions
Read PPT Chapter 9
Journal #
9 Due
Discussion Question #
9 Due
Notes Handout #9 Due
Personal Health Paper Due
13 November 10
-14 Chapter 12:
Psychoneuroimmunology &
HIV/STI’s
Read Chapter 12 PPT
Discussion Question #1
0 Due
Journal #10 Due
Notes Handout #10 Due
14 November 17-21 Chapter 13: Cancer
Read PPT Chapter 13
Discussion #11 Due
Journal #11 Due
Notes Handout #11 Due
November 24-28 Thanksgiving Week Take a break
15 December 1-5 Chapter 14: CVD
Discussion #12 Due
Journal #12 Due
Notes Handout #12 Due
16 December 8-12 Take Exam 3 Online
Required Reading: Health Psychology: Well Being in a Diverse World by Regan A. R. Gurung, 4 th Edition. ISBN-13: 978-1506392363
Recommended Reading: N/A
Numerical Analysis, MATH-3500, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework is worth 45% of the final grade, quizzes are worth 15% of your final grade, and exams are worth 40%
Description:
Numerical roundoff: analysis of round off error, algorithm stability, and rates of convergence
Root finding: student will utilize bisection and newton's methods for analysis
Polynomial Approximation: Lagrange method, and splines for interpolation and function approximation
Numerical Differentiation and Integration: Implement methods for first and higher order numerical differentiation and integration
NODEs: Implement and utilize methods for numerically solving ordinary differential equations
Required Reading: Numerical Analysis 9th edition: Burden and Faires
Recommended Reading: N/A
Transition to Advanced Math, MATH-3120, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Required items are homework (35% of the final grade), quizzes (25% of your final grade), and exams (40% of your final grade).
Description:
Fundamentals: Sets, logic and counting
Proofs of conditional statements: Direct proof, contrapositive proof, contradiction
Additional proof techniques: non-conditional statements, disproof, induction
Relations, functions, and cardinality: Proofs of relations, functions, cardinality, proofs in calculus
Required Reading: Book of Proof
Recommended Reading: N/A
Adv Bioinformatics, BIOL-4310, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Projects, including literature review and the final project, will provide 90% of the grade. In this course, we will work on projects collaboratively in class, as well as outside of class. Therefore, 10% of the grade depends on student attendance. Students will receive 2 free unexcused absences. Additional absences entail a 5% reduction of the attendance grade per occurence. The final project will require a formal writeup as an academic paper. Other course projects will require simpler written submissions and descriptions of the work completed. Projects goals will be decided collaboratively with the instructor, within the provided project guidelines.
Description:
Students will select projects from the following modules
1) RNA-seq: students will select an RNA-seq data set, download it, and analyze it using typical bioinformatics tools
2) CHIP-seq: students will select a CHIP-seq data set, download it, and analyze it using typical bioinformatics tools
3) scRNA-seq: students will select an scRNA-seq data set, download it, and analyze it using typical bioinformatics tools
4) scATAC-seq: students will select an scATAC-seq or multiome data set, download it, and analyze it using typical bioinformatics tools
5) HPC usage and coding: students will learn the basics of linux coding and submitting jobs to the HPC
6) Machine Learning: students will download a pretrained ML model for genetic analysis and apply it to selected datasets to identify functional genomic regions
7) Phylogenetics: students will download genomic sequences and infer potential phylogenetic trees, based on current best practice models.
8) Literature Review: students will select a topic, research articles related to that topic using appropriate databases, and produce a written summarization in article form.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Exercise Science, XSCI-2020, Section 2, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Course Requirements:
Technology Requirements
To be successful in this course, you will need a reliable device and an internet connection. You may also need access to Google Apps such as Docs and Slides through your Gmail account. If you do not have a reliable device, internet connection, or access to Google Apps, please get in touch with the Utah Tech Help Desk:
Course overview:
This course provides an overview of the discipline of kinesiology with particular focus on the key concepts of the subdisciplines and the diverse range of professional careers associated with physical activity. It is intended for students entering or exploring a major in kinesiology, with a focus on the integrative nature of the discipline and current trends and topics.
Grading follows a standard scale, and late assignments or missed assessments will receive a zero unless valid documentation is provided. No textbook is required, and the course supports foundational knowledge in physiology, exercise prescription, behavioral strategies, and critical thinking.
Grading breakdown: Attendance (10%), Exams (20%), Semester Project (40%), Weekly Assignments (30%)
Keys to success in this course: Plan for situations to arise and think about how you can prepare. Just like kinesiology professionals, you are expected to attend and be actively involved in all class meetings; attendance is required. This class will be geared towards discussion and participation, so in class be present and professional. Ask questions!
Description:
Class is designed so that by the end of class, you will be able to:
1. Describe the disciplines and careers that comprise Exercise Science.
2. Describe the contemporary base of Exercise Science knowledge.
3. Define the basic terminology used in the exercise science disciplines.
4. Identify the nature of professional occupations, the career options available to you as a kinesiology graduate, and the qualifications associated with each.
5. Communicate career options and the steps needed to meet your goals.
Exam 1: Chapters 1-5 - The Basics of Kinesiology
Chapter 1: Introduction to Kinesiology
Chapter 2: Importance of the Physical Activity Experience
Chapter 3: Philosophy of Physical Activity
Chapter 4: History of Physical Activity
Chapter 5: Sociology of Physical Activity
Exam 2: Chapters 6-9 - Subdisciplines in Kinesiology
Chapter 6: Motor Behavior
Chapter 7: Sport and Exercise Psychology
Chapter 8: Biomechanics of Physical Activity
Chapter 9: Physiology of Physical Activity
The remaining chapters of the recommended textbook are geared towards career choices in Kinesiology. The semester project will reflect these career choices.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Knudson, D.V., and T.A. Brusseau (Eds.). (2022). Introduction to Kinesiology: Studying Physical Activity (6th ed.). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Methods Teaching Elem Science, ELED-4300, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Assignment Descriptions:
Attendance, Participation, & Professionalism: 25% of Final Grade
This is not a lecture-based class. Good science teaching should never be so. Therefore, full credit is only available to those students who attend each meeting, are present for the entire session, and meaningfully contribute to our learning community. Consequently, your contributions are valuable, essential, and expected in reaching our learning outcomes. Acceptable excused absences require a doctor’s note, a day in advance of our course. Please notify (via email) or see the professor regarding other absences. Students who miss sessions are expected to make up for any missed in-class activities by producing written evidence that the learning activities were completed. If you miss more than three classes during the semester, you will be brought in for a mandatory meeting and disposition review leading to additional actions which may include failure of the course, probation and/or dismissal from the program.
In-class Homework and Application Tasks: 25% of Final Grade
In this course, in-class learning experiences and take-home reflections play a critical role in developing your competencies as an expert science educator. Nearly every week during class, you will engage in a science learning activity and a subsequent assignment. While these are completed in-class for credit, the professor will check to ensure that each student is fully engaged to receive credit.
Throughout the semester, there will be assignments that are due prior to the following class. These include topical readings and reflections, your perspectives on issues, and other learning opportunities. The professor will check to ensure these are completed before introducing them in the course. To ensure that you receive credit, please bring a physical copy of the assignment or a readily accessible digital version. If you will miss class, it is up to you to ensure the professor receives your assignment. Missed in-class assignments will be exempt with a sufficient excuse.
Science Lesson Sequence (Signature Assignment Project): 20% of Final Grade
At three times during the semester, you will turn in the Science Lesson Sequence project. This project is designed to scaffold you from SEEd to complete a learning-cycle aligned science lesson. This project is split into three phases, each one adding elements of effective science teaching and feedback from the previous iteration.
The complete assignment includes a unit with a sequence of lessons, each learning cycle aligned, and devoting explicit attention to effective science teaching principles and practices, such as:
• SEEd-Student-friendly objective alignment
• Experience-Concept-Application structure
• Concrete & Abstract representations,
• Social learning opportunities,
• Developmental appropriateness,
• Local-relevancy or community-connection
• Example Scaffolding question sequence
• Opportunity to practice one or more science skills
Each phase of this project will be discussed in detail in class prior to the assignment. At the end of the course, each student will prepare a unique lesson, providing the class with many high-quality and ready-to-implement lessons.
Science Teaching Toolbox (Signature Assignment Project): 20% of Final Grade
Throughout the semester, pre-service teachers (PSTs) will be developing a toolbox of resources, strategies, ideas, and guides for highly effective K-8 science teaching. There are eight areas corresponding to the four overarching modules in the course. Each of the four Toolbox assignments consists of both (1) materials and experiences from the module AND (2) the end-of-module Toolbox Synopses. Then, your complete Toolbox will be evaluated at the end of the year.
Toolbox Competency Area Toolbox Checklist
Area 1: The structure and goals of the SEEds framework A reading guide for the SEEds
A summary of the Current State of Elementary Science Education
Area 2: The content and competencies of quality K-8 science education A copy of the USBE Teacher Competency Guidelines
A rewrite of the NSTA Elementary Science Position Statement
A list of personal goals and congruent student actions
A Science Teacher Self-Diagram
PSTs will update the RBF with Goals and Objective
Module 1 Synopsis—The Field of Science Education
Students will prepare a 1-page coversheet that will serve as a user guide for this module’s key ideas (SEEds, expertise, Objectives, goals). An example will be provided in class.
Area 3: Foundational theories of learning in science education A summary of four theories of learning
A “Cognitive Workbench” figure and an atom example
A Four Outcomes of Learning diagram
Area 4: Designing and delivering quality science instruction PSTs will update the RBF with Learning Theories
Science Safety Guidelines
Classroom Management Principles
PSTs will include Sample Lesson Plans
SEEd Content Guide
Module 2 Synopsis—How People Learn Science
Students will prepare a 1-page coversheet that will serve as a user guide for this module’s key ideas (BLT, SLT, DLT, CLT, lesson planning, safety & management).
Area 5: Questioning, Scaffolding, and teaching behaviors A “skills of teaching” Brainstorm
Questions For Quality Thinking Guide
Short Takes Guide
Sewer Lice activity
Area 6: Compelling Rationales and Justification for K-8 Science Three Visions of Science Education
St. George Watershed Lesson Plan
My own “Compelling Rational”
PSTs will update the RBF with Effective Teacher Behaviors
Module 3 Synopsis—Motivation and Best Practice Teaching
Students will prepare a 1-page coversheet that will serve as a user guide for this module’s key ideas (questioning, logic flows, compelling rationales and justifications)
Area 7: Intersections of Math, ELA, Science, and Social Studies Math-Science Overlap Guide
ELA-Science Overlap Guide
Module Readings (Good Day; Hardest Job; Marigolds)
Area 8: Teaching in 2025—Fatigue, AI, and the abundance of shortcuts Surviving and Thriving Notes
Good Lesson Checklist
Restructuring Science Activities Guide
Surviving and Thriving notes
Module 4 Synopsis—Surviving and Thriving in 2025 and Beyond
Students will prepare a 1-page coversheet that will serve as a user guide for this module’s key ideas (Math and ELA, Free and AI science lessons)
Assessments: 10% of Final Grade
There are three quizzes assigned at intervals in each Module. Each quiz covers the Module’s core content. Quizzes are open everything. The professor uses these as an assessment of students’ understanding of the most essential competencies, knowledge, and skills of an expert science teacher. Each quiz is available for one week and due before the next class meeting, with no exceptions.
The final assignment of the year is an assessment of your four Toolbox Areas and User Guide. The professor will follow your checklist and user guide to review the items and areas in your science toolbox for utility in the real world. Further details on this assessment will be reviewed in class.
Description:
Module 1: Expertise and Professionalism in the Field of Science Education
Module 1 addresses (a) what it means to be an expert in education; (b) the reality of contemporary elementary science teaching; (3)
decisions on what science to teach.
Module 2: How People Learn Science
Module 2 addresses (a) theories of learning science; (b) lesson planning congruent with How People Learn and understand the
natural world around them.
Module 3: Evidence-Based Best Teaching Practices for Science
Module 3 addresses (a) Quality science lesson planning, (b) Expert science teacher behaviors, and (c) compelling rationales for
teaching science.
Module 4: Elementary Science Teaching in 2025 and Beyond
Module 4 addresses (a) the intersections of Math, ELA, and Science teaching; and (b) navigating education challenges
in 2025.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Educational Psychology, EDUC-2110, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
1. Writing prompts: for various chapters (check dates on the schedule), you will be given a text response assignment. These assignments will include a question that will require your careful analysis of what you read and your thoughtful connections to your own learning. These must include your thoughtful reflections about what you have read and experienced. These should be typed, double-spaced, using a 12 point font, and be 11/2-2 pages in length.
2. **Key Theorist Grid--You will identify key researchers and theorists and create a grid to organize important information about them.
3. Theorist Presentation
You will be preparing a short presentation on a theorist to share with the class. The information in your power point will assist the class in completing their theorist grid.
1. Personal information – name, lifespan, picture, and any biographical information that is
relevant to their theory
2. Educational Theory developed - what’s it known by
3. Explanation of the theory - this is the most important part of your presentation. Anyone watching your presentation should come away with a very clear understanding of the theory.
4. Identified Limitations of the theory – usually, there are perceived weaknesses to every
theory (that’s why they’re considered theories)
5. Applications for teachers - how is this theory used in the classroom and in education
6. Resources used cited in APA format
Some guidelines to consider:
1. Too much information is overwhelming and ineffective. Don’t put a bunch of words on the screen and expect the viewer to extract the information. If there are various points to cover, provide a graphic overview and then extract individual sections and expound on them.
2. Use relevant graphics to illustrate concepts.
3. If applicable, include a short video clip to illustrate the theory. (Just be sure the video is referenced).
4. While background music is pleasant, make sure that it isn’t distracting or too loud (your voice should be clear).
5. Your presentation should be NO MORE than 8 minutes long.
5.Action Research Project
Select a theory or major topic that is discussed in class or one that interests you particularly.
Find a research study that has been published within the last 10 years that researches practical implementation of the theory in the classroom.
Arrange to observe instruction in a classroom for a minimum of 40 minutes. During the observation, attempt the following:
1. Make note of how the theory is being applied in the classroom in a broad sense.
2. Describe how the study you read may or may not have impacted the classroom
instruction or dynamics.
3. Consider ways the theory could be applied in the classroom to improve learning.
Write a 5-7 page paper that includes the following:
1. A citation of the article you read in APA format (5 pts)
2. A summary of the research article (15 pts)
a. What was the purpose of the study? What questions were the authors trying to address?
b. What theory does the study address and what specific aspects of the theory does it address?
c. What methodology was used to conduct the research?
d. What conclusions and recommendations were given?
3. A description of the classroom setting and observation. What age level? Subject area?
General classroom dynamics and setup? (5 pts)
4. A detailed description of how the theory is implemented in the classroom. (10 pts)
5. A detailed description of how the research you read has impacted instruction in this
classroom. If it hasn’t and should, then provide a detailed description of how specific
aspects of the research should and could be applied in the classroom to improve
instruction. (10 pts)
6. A reflection of what you learned in the process. How did your understanding of the
theory increase? What did you learn about research studies and their relevance to
classroom instruction? (10 pts)
7. This paper should reflect your best writing. Proofread it for grammatical, spelling, and
punctuation errors. It would be wise to take your draft to the writing center prior to
handing it in. Mechanics will be graded. (5 pts)
8.Include a copy of the research study you read when submitting your final paper.
Research presentation in class worth one writing prompt (10 points)
6.Two Exams will include chapters, class presentations and discussions
Mid-term – Chapters 1-5
Exam 2 – Chapters 6-14
7.Quizzes--will be included in the online modules. They are open-book, but you should try to work them out with as little support as possible. The quizzes are meant to provide you practice to prep for the Midterm and Final Exams.
8.The Anxious Generation—each week you will be participating in online discussions covering each chapter of the book. Due dates and points will be specified on Canvas.
Description:
See above
Required Reading: • e-Book for EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY, 13TH EDITION This course is taking part in the UT Inclusive Access Program, which offers First Day Access
Recommended Reading: • Haidt, J. (2024). The Anxious Generation: How the Great Rewiring of Childhood is Causing an Epidemic of Mental Illness. New York, Penguin Press.
Diff Instruct ExceptionalChild, ELED-3900, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
3. Extending the Learning Infographics and Discussions – 7 @ 10 points each = 70 points
Part of this course will be structured like an active learning seminar. This means that you will engage in the learning process and take turns taking the lead in discussions. This format will require a lot of self-direction on your part.
• As you complete the reading each week, think of questions you have related to the learning. What else would you like to know? What would you like to understand at a deeper level? Or, what would you like clarified? Write out your question then find 1 resource that addresses your question. This resource could be an article, a TED talk, a podcast, a website, or any other format you deem appropriate. Be prepared to 1) share a reference to this resource with the rest of us, 2) describe how this resource relates to the reading/what we’re learning, and 3) teach us what you feel are the most important takeaways of the resource. You may want to share specific sections with us.
• Create an infographic for your resource. This can serve as a resource you can refer to when you begin teaching.
• Be prepared to share your resource with your group or the class each week. Don’t forget to submit the infographic on canvas for points.
4. Class Profile – 50 points
Prepare a class profile (in grid format) of the students in your practicum classroom. Each student should be identified by a letter or initials rather than their name. In this grid include a brief summary of the student’s cultural and linguistic assets (what defines them in these areas), lived experiences (relevant experiences that have been shared either by the teacher or the student – do not pry), academic strengths, learning needs (keep in mind that even a student who is advanced in all academic subjects still has learning needs).
How to get this information: Some information can be obtained from your mentor teacher, such as individual students’ academic strengths and learning needs. Some information is obtained through observation and interaction with the students. Other information is best obtained through a getting to know you activity or survey. If you’re giving a survey, be sure the information you ask about will help impact your teaching (i.e. favorite color doesn’t really impact instruction, how you like to learn best does).
**You do not have the right to know personal information that isn’t readily shared (i.e. Custody issues, etc.). Don’t ask about things that aren’t necessary for you to know.
Additionally: Include a separate grid for all students who are HAL (high-ability learners)/gifted and talented, have IEPs, 504 plans, and/or behavior intervention plans (BIP):
Information Required:
• For each student who is a High Ability Learner (HAL) or who has an IEP, you need to know their strengths and weaknesses (PLOPs), goals, accommodations, and related services.
• For each student that has a 504 plan you need to know the accommodations they are receiving and any other information on their plan that would impact your teaching.
• For each student with a Behavior Intervention Plan (BIP) you need to know the specific behavioral issue, triggers, and the plan of intervention.
How to get this information: This information is obtained directly from the mentor teacher. Note: teachers are sometimes reluctant to share this information with practicum students. However, you should be allowed access to this information since you are responsible for instruction and classroom management.
Rationale: As one of their teachers, you are partially responsible for the appropriate education of these students. This information is to help you design lessons that are meeting the learning/behavioral needs of all students. If a student requires an accommodation – you need to be aware of this and plan for it. If a student has a behavioral plan you need to be sure to prevent behaviors as much as possible and respond to them appropriately so there is not escalation.
** You will be signing a confidentiality agreement. ALL this information is confidential and should only be used to improve instruction.
5. Differentiated Lesson Plans and Reflection – *Varied point values and deadlines
You will be learning how to write differentiated lesson plans in class. Specific instructions for these lesson plans, their deadlines, and instructions on the required reflections will be provided in class.
Description:
See above description
Required Reading: Tomlinson, C. A. (2017) How to Differentiate Instruction in Academically Diverse Classrooms. (3rd edition). Alexandria, VA: ASCD.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Methods Teach Elem Social Sci, ELED-4400, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
a. Social Studies Toolbox Matrix—80 points. Over the course of the semester, you will create a “toolbox” of strategies you can use to teach social studies in the elementary classroom. Your social studies toolbox will include at least 8 different techniques you can use in your future classroom. In your toolbox, in the first column you will explain what the strategy is and why you like it. (using 4-5 sentences) and how you can use it in your classroom (4-5 sentences). Please also include additional resources that you can use to teach the strategy (at least 3-5 resources), Be creative and HAVE FUN with this assignment! 3. Teach a social studies lesson plan in class-25 points. Sample social studies lessons will be prepared and taught by teams of two students in class. Signups for the day/time of your lesson will be provided in Canvas. A rubric for the assignment will also be provided in Canvas. Be sure to include some of the strategies taught in this class in your lesson!
4. Current Events/Citizenship Lesson-15 points. You will be required to lead a current events lesson/discussion with a partner, using Scholastic News. You will NOT need to submit a formal lesson plan for this assignment, rather you will lead a class discussion as if you were an elementary school teacher and as if your peers were elementary school students. After teaching your lesson, you will prepare a 2-page written reflective summary of the lesson, discussing how you could use the materials in your future classroom to teach both current events and literacy. Your reflection is due the class period after you teach your lesson.
5. Social Studies Lesson Observation-15 points: During the semester (check schedule for due date), you will be asked to write a response to a social studies lesson you OBSERVE during your practicum. This is a lesson your mentor teacher teaches to the class or another teacher in the school teaches to their class.
6. Social Studies Unit Plan-100 points: Your social studies unit will include 8 well developed lesson plans. Lesson plans will be due on a weekly basis. Be sure to include some of the strategies. Further details of the unit plan assignment will be discussed in class and the rubric can be found on Canvas.
7. Social Studies Unit Plan Presentation 25 points: In place of a final exam, you will give a slide deck presentation about your social studies unit plan. Details and rubric for this project can be found in Canvas.
8. Choosing appropriate texts in Social Studies crossover assignment—25 points This assignment crosses over with your writing project in your literacy course. This assignment will incorporate all the knowledge of literacy instruction you have learned and apply it to creating writing instruction that is beneficial to your future students. You will be using a Social Studies text and content as the basis of the project. From that content/text, you will create a writing unit “outline” that provides a gradual release for a specific genre form of writing and takes your students through the writing process. For this class, you will be graded on choosing an appropriate text. We will be discussing social studies texts and content throughout the course and I am happy to help you choose the text you will use for this assignment.
Description:
See above
Required Reading: Kopp, Kathleen. 2017. Teaching Social Studies Today, 2nd Edition. Shell Education Publishing. ISBN 978-1-4258-1210-2.
Recommended Reading: Johnson, Elisabeth & Ramos Lamarr, Evelyn. 2020. The Social Studies Teacher Toolbox: Hundreds of Practical Ideas to Support Your Students. Jossey-Bass Publishing. ISBN 978-1-1195-7205-3.
String Chamber Music, MUSC-4430R, Section 2, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Course Requirements
Attendance (40%) – it is imperative that each student attends rehearsals, coachings, and masterclasses regularly and punctually. Because this is an ensemble course, your professionalism and attitude directly affect other members of your group. Each group is expected to meet for at least one hour of rehearsal between coachings, but more practice is encouraged. Individual practicing must be sufficient between rehearsals and coaching to make adequate progress from week to week; please don’t hold back your colleagues through lack of individual preparation.
Master classes (15%) – Attendance is required, and each group will be expected to perform at least one section of the piece currently under study in the three chamber master classes (Sept 26, Oct 24 & Nov 14).
Program Notes (5%) - Each chamber group is required to submit program notes of the piece(s) they will be performing in the final chamber recital. The assignment due date is November 28.
Performances (40%)– As a performance course, the String Chamber Music Recital will be held in lieu of a final exam, which will take place in the Eccles Concert Hall on December 2 (Tue) at 7:30pm. As a preparation for the recital, an outreach performance will be scheduled on November 23, with location and time to be announced.
Description:
Course Outline (subject to change)
Week 1: Aug. 20-22
Begin coaching; finalize repertoire choices
Week 2: Aug. 25-29 Regular coaching
Week 3: Sept. 1-5
No class on Sept. 1 (Labor Day) Regular coaching
Week 4: Sept. 8-12
Regular coaching
Cello Festival of Southern Utah– Sept 13-14
(attendance optional; available for extra credit)
Week 5: Sept. 15-19
Regular coaching
Week 6: Sept. 22-26
Chamber Master Class#1 Sept. 26 (Fri) 3-3:50pm
Week 7: Sept. 29-Oct. 3
Regular coaching
Week 8: Oct. 6-10
No class on Oct. 9-10 (Fall Break) Regular coaching
Week 9: Oct. 13-17
Regular coaching
Week 10: Oct. 20-24
Chamber Master Class#2 Oct. 24 (Fri) 3-3:50pm
Week 11: Oct. 27-31
Regular coaching
Week 12: Nov. 3-7
Regular coaching
Week 13: Nov. 10-14
Chamber Master Class#3 Nov. 14 (Fri) 3-3:50pm
STRING CONCERT: Nov. 13 (Thur), 7:30pm in Eccles Concert Hall
(attendance required)
Week 14: Nov. 17-21
Outreach Concert on Nov. 21, location/time to be announced
Week 15: Nov. 24-28 No class - Thanksgiving Break
Week 16: Dec. 2-6
No class on Dec. 6
(Reading Day) CHAMBER CONCERT: Dec. 2 (Tue), 7:30pm in Eccles Concert Hall
(attendance required)
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
String Chamber Music, MUSC-4430R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Course Requirements
Attendance (40%) – it is imperative that each student attends rehearsals, coachings, and masterclasses regularly and punctually. Because this is an ensemble course, your professionalism and attitude directly affect other members of your group. Each group is expected to meet for at least one hour of rehearsal between coachings, but more practice is encouraged. Individual practicing must be sufficient between rehearsals and coaching to make adequate progress from week to week; please don’t hold back your colleagues through lack of individual preparation.
Master classes (15%) – Attendance is required, and each group will be expected to perform at least one section of the piece currently under study in the three chamber master classes (Sept 26, Oct 24 & Nov 14).
Program Notes (5%) - Each chamber group is required to submit program notes of the piece(s) they will be performing in the final chamber recital. The assignment due date is November 28.
Performances (40%)– As a performance course, the String Chamber Music Recital will be held in lieu of a final exam, which will take place in the Eccles Concert Hall on December 2 (Tue) at 7:30pm. As a preparation for the recital, an outreach performance will be scheduled on November 23, with location and time to be announced.
Description:
Course Outline (subject to change)
Week 1: Aug. 20-22
Begin coaching; finalize repertoire choices
Week 2: Aug. 25-29 Regular coaching
Week 3: Sept. 1-5
No class on Sept. 1 (Labor Day) Regular coaching
Week 4: Sept. 8-12
Regular coaching
Cello Festival of Southern Utah– Sept 13-14
(attendance optional; available for extra credit)
Week 5: Sept. 15-19
Regular coaching
Week 6: Sept. 22-26
Chamber Master Class#1 Sept. 26 (Fri) 3-3:50pm
Week 7: Sept. 29-Oct. 3
Regular coaching
Week 8: Oct. 6-10
No class on Oct. 9-10 (Fall Break) Regular coaching
Week 9: Oct. 13-17
Regular coaching
Week 10: Oct. 20-24
Chamber Master Class#2 Oct. 24 (Fri) 3-3:50pm
Week 11: Oct. 27-31
Regular coaching
Week 12: Nov. 3-7
Regular coaching
Week 13: Nov. 10-14
Chamber Master Class#3 Nov. 14 (Fri) 3-3:50pm
STRING CONCERT: Nov. 13 (Thur), 7:30pm in Eccles Concert Hall
(attendance required)
Week 14: Nov. 17-21
Outreach Concert on Nov. 21, location/time to be announced
Week 15: Nov. 24-28 No class - Thanksgiving Break
Week 16: Dec. 2-6
No class on Dec. 6
(Reading Day) CHAMBER CONCERT: Dec. 2 (Tue), 7:30pm in Eccles Concert Hall
(attendance required)
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Music History & Literature I, MUSC-3630, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Class Preparation
Prior to class:
1) LISTEN to the appropriate CD or online tracks without the score. Just listen.
2) READ in the textbook and information accompanying the score. Specific readings are listed in the course outline below.
3) LISTEN to the music examples WITH THE SCORE.
Lectures:
1) TAKE NOTES.
2) Participate in class discussion.
After class:
1) Clean up, flush out, and organize your notes.
2) Prepare for the next lecture.
Course Requirements and Grading
Attendance & Participation 10%
Five “pop” quizzes 10%
Four listening quizzes 20%
Four exams 40%
Research paper 20%
Total 100%
A = 93-100% B = 84-86% C = 74-76% D = 64-66%
A- = 90-92% B- = 80-83% C- = 70-73% D- = 60-63%
B+ = 87-89% C+ = 77-79% D+ = 67-69% F = Below 60%
A record of grades will be posted on CANVAS, https://canvas.utahtech.edu
Description:
Week Day Topic Readings/Assignments
PART ONE - THE ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL WORLDS
1 Aug. 20 Course Introduction
Aug. 22 Music in Antiquity Ch. 1, pgs. 4 - 19
NAWM: 1
2 Aug. 25 The Christian Church in the First Millennium Ch. 2, pgs. 20 – 33
Aug. 27 Music Theory and Practice Ch. 2, pgs. 34 – 41
NAWM: 3 (d)
Aug. 29 BBC’s John Goodall’s, Big Bangs “Notation”
3 Sept. 1 Roman Liturgy and Chant Ch. 3 pgs. 42-48, NAWM: 3
Sept. 3 LABOR DAY – NO CLASS
Sept. 5 Genres and Forms of Chant Ch. 3, pgs. 48 – 62, NAWM: 3 - 7
4 Sept. 8 Song and Dance Music to 1300 Ch. 4, pgs. 63 – 79, NAWM: 8, 10
Sept. 10 Listening Quiz #1
Early Polyphony Chs. 1 - 4
Ch. 5, pgs. 80 – 86
NAWM: 14 - 16
Sept. 12 Notre Dame Polyphony Ch. 5, pgs. 86 – 96
NAWM: 17 - 19
5 Sept. 15 Motets/ English Polyphony Ch. 5, pgs. 96 – 105
NAWM: 21, 23
Sept. 17 EXAM #1
New Developments in the Fourteenth Century Chs. 1 - 5
Ch. 6, pgs. 106 – 114
NAWM: 24
Sept. 19 The French Ars Nova: Guillaume de Machaut Ch. 6, pgs. 115 – 120
NAWM: 25 – 27
6 Sept. 22 The Ars Subtilior & the Late Fourteenth Century Ch. 6, pgs. 121 – 133
NAWM: 28, 31
PART TWO – THE RENAISSANCE
Sept. 24 Introduction to the Renaissance Ch. 7, pgs. 136 – 143
Sept. 26 Music and the Renaissance Ch. 7, pgs. 143 – 158
7 Sept. 29 England in the Fifteenth Century: Dunstable Ch. 8, pgs. 159 – 165
NAWM: 33
Oct. 1 Burgundy in the Fifteenth Century: Binchois, Du Fay Ch. 8, pgs. 165 – 179
NAWM: 37a & 37b
Oct. 3 Burgundy in the Fifteenth Century: Binchois, Du Fay (cont.)
Listening Quiz #2 Ch. 8, pgs. 165 – 179
NAWM: 37a & 37b
Chs. 5 – 8
8 Oct. 6 Franco-Flemish Composers: 1450 – 1520 Ch. 9, pgs. 180 – 192
NAWM: 38-39 & 41
Oct. 8 Research Paper topic due via CANVAS
Franco-Flemish Composers: 1450 – 1520 (cont.) Ch. 9, pgs. 180 – 192
NAWM: 38-39 & 41
Oct. 10 Franco-Flemish Composers: Josquin Desprez Ch. 9, pgs. 193 – 204
NAWM: 43 – 45
9 Oct. 13 FALL BREAK – NO CLASS
Oct. 15 Madrigal and Secular Song in the Sixteenth Century Ch. 10, pgs. 205 – 216
NAWM: 47
Oct. 17 EXAM #2
Later Madrigalists and Secular Song in France,
Germany and England Chs. 6 – 9
Ch. 10, pgs. 217 – 228
NAWM: 49 – 51 & 56-57
10 Oct. 20 Later Madrigalists and Secular Song in France, Germany and England (cont.) Ch. 10, pgs. 217 – 228
NAWM: 49 – 51 & 56-57
Oct. 22 BBC’s John Goodall’s, Great Dates “Reformation” In-class movie
Oct. 24 The Reformation & Catholic Church Music
Ch. 11, pgs. 229 – 253
NAWM: 58, 60, 61, 63
11 Oct. 27 The Reformation & Catholic Church Music (cont.)
Ch. 11, pgs. 229 – 253
NAWM: 58, 60, 61, 63
Oct. 29 The Rise of Instrumental Music Ch. 12, pgs. 254 – 275
NAWM: 66, 68
Oct. 31 Instrumental Music (cont.)/ Music in Venice: Gabrieli
Introduction to the Seventeenth Century
Ch. 12, pgs. 254 – 275
Ch. 13, pgs. 278 – 296
NAWM: 70, 71
12 Nov. 3 Listening Quiz #3 Chs. 9 - 12
PART THREE – THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
Nov. 5 Introduction to the Seventeenth Century (cont.)
The Invention of Opera Ch. 13, pgs. 287 – 296
Ch. 14, pgs. 297-316
NAWM: 71
Nov. 7 Music for Chamber and Church in the 17th Century Ch. 15, pgs. 317 – 330
NAWM: 77, 80 – 81
13 Nov. 10 Exam #3
Instrumental Music Chs. 10-14
Ch. 15, pgs. 330 – 338
Nov. 12 France, England, Spain, and the New World Ch. 16, pgs. 339 – 370
NAWM: 85, 90
Nov. 14 Italy in the Late 17th Century Ch. 17, pgs. 371 – 386
NAWM: 95, 96
14 Nov. 17 Research Paper DUE – submit through Canvas
Germany and Austria in the Late 17th Century Ch. 17, pgs. 386 – 399
NAWM: 97
Nov. 19 Germany and Austria in the Late 17th Century
Listening Quiz #4 Ch. 17, pgs. 386 – 399
NAWM: 97Chs. 13 – 16
Nov. 21 The Early 18th Century in Italy Ch. 18, pgs. 402 – 415
NAWM: 98
Nov. 24-28 THANKSGIVING BREAK – NO CLASS
15 Dec. 1 The Early 18th Century in France
Ch. 18, pgs. 415 – 423
NAWM: 99 – 100
Dec. 3 German Composers of the Late Baroque: J.S. Bach
Ch. 19, pgs. 424 – 441
NAWM: 102, 104
Dec. 5 German Composers of the Late Baroque: Handel
Exam Review Ch. 19, pgs. 441 – 453
NAWM: 107, 108
16 Dec. 10 (Wed) EXAM #4 will include a listening portion 9:00-10:50am Chs. 15 - 19
Required Reading: -Burkholder, J. Peter, et al. A History of Western Music. Tenth Edition. New York: W.W. Norton, 2019. (ISBN9780393623949) *NEW textbooks include the Total Access program: full suite of media resources—including an ebook and streaming recordings of the entire Norton Anthology of Western Music repertoire. -Burkholder, J. Peter and Claude V. Palisca. Norton Anthology of Western Music: Volume I: Ancient to Baroque. Eighth Edition. New York: Norton, 2019. (ISBN 9780393656411)
Recommended Reading: Sheet music (Some require accessing through the library website when off campus) http://imslp.org – a large database of musical scores available for download http://shmu.alexanderstreet.com Archives of streamable classical recordings (Access through the library website when off campus): Classical Music Library (http://clmu.alexanderstreet.com) Naxos Music Library (http://utahtech.naxosmusiclibrary.com)
Concert Attendance, MUSC-1000R, Section 40, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Course Requirements and Grading
A) Concert Attendance & Concert Reports
Students are required to attend 8 concerts/recitals during the semester, and report on each one in Canvas as a record of attendance (instructions are with the report assignments). Due dates are listed for each concert, but these are only intended as a pacing guide, no credit will be lost for submitting after the due dates. However, all concerts reports must be submitted by Monday, December 8, 2025, to receive credit for the semester. I recommend planning to attend more concerts than needed, just in case.
All 8 events need to be college level or higher; no high school performances are permitted. There are a variety of college and professional performances available. I have included links to some events calendars in the Announcements, and will post other events and resources as they come to my attention. Concerts and recitals should be of a serious nature, consistent with the Music curriculum of Utah Tech University. Jazz and Musical Theatre are suitable, but the majority of events attended should be Art Music (“Classical”), and of the highest quality possible. Pop, Rock, and Country concerts do not fit the requirements, nor do events that use prerecorded accompaniment tracks in place of live music.
You may only include up to 2 events where you perform. There are separate assignments on Canvas where these will be submitted, do not submit them in the normal reports. You must attend all others as a non-performing audience member. Note that if you submit 2 concerts in which you are a participant, you only need to submit 6 others to have a total of 8.
You also must attend the entire event; leaving early is inappropriate, and the event should not be submitted for credit.
Attendance Modes:
We plan to allow live audiences at most or all of our events this semester. However, multiple factors can affect your ability to attend. Because of that, we will still allow some virtual/remote concert experiences to be submitted for credit in this class.
There are 3 primary ways to experience a concert, which are listed here in order of priority:
1. Attending in person (face-to-face)
2. "Attending" virtually, but live (synchronous, as in live-streamed concerts)
3. Watching a concert recording online (asynchronous). NOTE: "Audio-only" concerts are not accepted.
You will be allowed no more than 2 asynchronous concerts (#3), but I encourage you to only use that option if you cannot fulfill the class requirements without it. Consider doing this at the end of the semester if you are still a concert or two behind.
I will allow some, but not all of the concerts to be synchronous, virtual attendance. Try to limit this to 2 concerts as well, which would leave you with at least 4 that you attend in person.
In-person attendance is still the most valuable for your education and provides the most complete and fulfilling experience. Do everything you can to prioritize being there.
If you have a situation that you think requires additional caution and/or accommodation, please let me know and we'll work out an equitable solution together.
Summary of what to submit and where:
• Submit concerts in which you participate in the "Concert/Recital - Participant" assignments.
• Submit concerts in which you attended as an audience member in the other "Concert/Recital #" assignments. Indicate in your report whether you attended face-to-face, virtual-live (synchronous), or watched a recorded video.
Click here for places to look for events.
*Some concerts may have admission prices. Many of the area organizations, including Utah Tech, have reduced student prices. It is a good policy to always ask for student rates.
B) Discussions
At least two discussion topics will be posted on the Canvas site. Participation in discussions is also required, though you only need to participate in one, not all.
Posted Discussions:
• Composer Compensation
• How Much is Too Much?
Students who complete all of the requirements will receive a passing “P” grade.
Description:
This is an online class but feel free to visit me in my office whenever you need. To set up a video (zoom) visit, please send me an email. Use of AI to brainstorm ideas, or for grammatical correction, is acceptable. Use of AI to replace your personal thoughts and impressions, or to substitute for your personal work, is not acceptable.
Description & Objectives
Catalog Course Description
Required of Music majors. Emphasizes critical listening of a wide range of music literature and performances through attendance at a minimum of 8 concerts/recitals per semester. Prepares students with models for future recitals. Requires attendance at evening performances. Repeatable with no limit.
This course is required for 4 semesters to receive any music degree from Utah Tech University. It provides students models of artistic standards, exposure to a variety of musical literature, and helps students be more aware of non-musical issues of performance, which they will need to consider for their own performances.
Music Department Program Learning Outcomes for all degrees:
At the successful conclusion of this program, students will be able to:
1. Analyze and evaluate the elements, forms, and processes in music.
2. Describe, categorize, and assess the major historical periods, composers, styles, and genres of music.
3. Develop and defend musical judgements, and self-assess their efforts.
4. Perform associated repertoire with technical proficiency and artistic expression on their instrument or voice.
5. Use collaboration and leadership skills in making music.
6. Apply pedagogical skills in their area by appropriately critiquing student work and designing an applicable learning strategy.
Course Objectives
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Report on a variety of performances they have attended during the semester. (PLO 2,3)
2. Evaluate what makes performances excellent. (PLO 3)
3. Describe and use good concert etiquette. (PLO 3)
4. Identify strategies for success in performance. (PLO 3)
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Prof Writing and Busn Ethics, ENGL-3010, Section 42, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Professional Autobiography (w2) 20 2%
Cover Letter 30 3%
Resumé 75 7.5%
LinkedIn Profile Set Up 25 2.5%
Memo: Propose Your Business 50 5%
International Correspondence 25 2.5%
Website Redesign (w6) 25 2.5%
Ethical Reflection (w7) 50 5%
Ethical Case Study Analysis (w8) 50 5%
Business Report Proposal (w10) 40 4%
Business Report Rough Draft (w11) 50 5%
Business Report Professional Draft (w 12) 50 5%
Business Report: Addressing Workplace Ethics
(w14) 200 20%
Multi-media Presentation (w15) 100 10%
Final reflection (w16) 50 5%
Class Discussions
150 15%
Description:
Unit 1: Writing and Your Career- In this unit we will set the groundwork for the class in learning about how central writing is to business. Students will craft a professional autobiography and learn to distinguish Business English from other forms of English.
Unit 2: Writing Everyday Business Documents- In this unit, we will focus on writing many different documents that pertain to securing work and completing work. Students will write cover letters and resumes as well as establish a presence on LinkedIn.
Unit 3: Communication and Design- In this unit, we will focus on business correspondences and visual design for websites and marketing materials. Students will write a memo and international correspondences, as well as design instructions and revise website design.
Unit 4: Business Ethics- In this unit we will focus on ethical frameworks as they apple to the workplace. We will analyze real-world case studies and explore ethical dilemmas that could potentially come up in the workplace.
Unit 5: Writing Business Reports- In this unit, we will plan, draft and revise our major class assignment, a short business report about a real or hypothetical ethical dilemma in a business context. We will also explore the ethical implications of AI.
Unit 6: Presenting in the Workplace- We will conclude the course with focusing on presenting one's research or argument in the workplace. Students will present ideas to the class and engage with others’ ideas.
Required Reading: "Successful Writing at Work" by Phillip Kolin; "Understanding the Foundations of Ethical Reasoning" by Dr. Richard Paul and Dr. Linda Elder
Recommended Reading: n/a
Junior Recital, MUSC-3890, Section 2, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Music Department Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) for all degrees
At the successful conclusion of this program, students will be able to:
Analyze and evaluate the elements, forms, and processes in music.
Describe, categorize, and assess the major historical periods, composers, styles, and genres of music.
Develop and defend musical judgements, and self-assess their efforts.
Perform associated repertoire with technical proficiency and artistic expression on their instrument or voice.
Use collaboration and leadership skills in making music.
Apply pedagogical skills in their area by appropriately critiquing student work and designing an applicable learning strategy.
Course Learning Outcomes
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
Present a 30-minute solo recital. (PLO 4)
Select, prepare, and present appropriate literature. (PLOs 2, 3, 4)
Demonstrate knowledge of non-musical aspects of concertizing. (PLO 3, 5)
Description:
9/12/25 Assignment Schedule recital date due by 11:59pm
9/19/25 Assignment Choose 3-member Faculty Panel due by 11:59pm
10/17/25 Assignment Select recital literature due by 11:59pm
10/31/25 Assignment Recital poster due by 11:59pm
11/14/25 Assignment Recital preview due by 11:59pm
Assignment Prepare recital literature due by 11:59pm
11/22/25 Assignment Perform senior recital due by 11:59pm
Assignment Printed program
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Senior Recital, MUSC-4890, Section 4, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Catalog Course Description
Public performance of a 50-minute solo recital, including musical and extra-musical preparatory instruction. Successful completion prepares students to perform publicly in a solo capacity. Students must be enrolled in their final semester of private applied lessons (4000-level) as a co-requisite for this course.
Music Department Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) for all degrees
At the successful conclusion of this program, students will be able to:
Analyze and evaluate the elements, forms, and processes in music.
Describe, categorize, and assess the major historical periods, composers, styles, and genres of music.
Develop and defend musical judgements, and self-assess their efforts.
Perform associated repertoire with technical proficiency and artistic expression on their instrument or voice.
Use collaboration and leadership skills in making music.
Apply pedagogical skills in their area by appropriately critiquing student work and designing an applicable learning strategy.
Course Learning Outcomes
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
Present a 50-minute solo recital. (PLO 4)
Select, prepare, and present appropriate literature. (PLOs 2, 3, 4)
Demonstrate knowledge of non-musical aspects of concertizing. (PLO 3, 5)
Description:
9/12/25 Assignment Schedule recital date due by 11:59pm
9/19/25 Assignment Choose 3-member Faculty Panel due by 11:59pm
10/17/25 Assignment Select recital literature due by 11:59pm
10/31/25 Assignment Recital poster due by 11:59pm
11/14/25 Assignment Recital preview due by 11:59pm
Assignment Prepare recital literature due by 11:59pm
11/22/25 Assignment Perform senior recital due by 11:59pm
Assignment Printed program
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Senior Recital, MUSC-4890, Section 2, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Catalog Course Description
Public performance of a 50-minute solo recital, including musical and extra-musical preparatory instruction. Successful completion prepares students to perform publicly in a solo capacity. Students must be enrolled in their final semester of private applied lessons (4000-level) as a co-requisite for this course.
Music Department Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) for all degrees
At the successful conclusion of this program, students will be able to:
Analyze and evaluate the elements, forms, and processes in music.
Describe, categorize, and assess the major historical periods, composers, styles, and genres of music.
Develop and defend musical judgements, and self-assess their efforts.
Perform associated repertoire with technical proficiency and artistic expression on their instrument or voice.
Use collaboration and leadership skills in making music.
Apply pedagogical skills in their area by appropriately critiquing student work and designing an applicable learning strategy.
Course Learning Outcomes
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
Present a 50-minute solo recital. (PLO 4)
Select, prepare, and present appropriate literature. (PLOs 2, 3, 4)
Demonstrate knowledge of non-musical aspects of concertizing. (PLO 3, 5)
Description:
9/12/25 Assignment Schedule recital date due by 11:59pm
9/19/25 Assignment Choose 3-member Faculty Panel due by 11:59pm
10/17/25 Assignment Select recital literature due by 11:59pm
10/31/25 Assignment Recital poster due by 11:59pm
11/14/25 Assignment Recital preview due by 11:59pm
Assignment Prepare recital literature due by 11:59pm
11/22/25 Assignment Perform senior recital due by 11:59pm
Assignment Printed program
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Senior Recital, MUSC-4890, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Catalog Course Description
Public performance of a 50-minute solo recital, including musical and extra-musical preparatory instruction. Successful completion prepares students to perform publicly in a solo capacity. Students must be enrolled in their final semester of private applied lessons (4000-level) as a co-requisite for this course.
Music Department Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) for all degrees
At the successful conclusion of this program, students will be able to:
Analyze and evaluate the elements, forms, and processes in music.
Describe, categorize, and assess the major historical periods, composers, styles, and genres of music.
Develop and defend musical judgements, and self-assess their efforts.
Perform associated repertoire with technical proficiency and artistic expression on their instrument or voice.
Use collaboration and leadership skills in making music.
Apply pedagogical skills in their area by appropriately critiquing student work and designing an applicable learning strategy.
Course Learning Outcomes
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
Present a 50-minute solo recital. (PLO 4)
Select, prepare, and present appropriate literature. (PLOs 2, 3, 4)
Demonstrate knowledge of non-musical aspects of concertizing. (PLO 3, 5)
Description:
9/12/25 Assignment Schedule recital date due by 11:59pm
9/19/25 Assignment Choose 3-member Faculty Panel due by 11:59pm
10/17/25 Assignment Select recital literature due by 11:59pm
10/31/25 Assignment Recital poster due by 11:59pm
11/14/25 Assignment Recital preview due by 11:59pm
Assignment Prepare recital literature due by 11:59pm
11/22/25 Assignment Perform senior recital due by 11:59pm
Assignment Printed program
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Methods Teaching Elem Math, ELED-4100, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Major Projects: Number Talks, Mathematical Lesson Plan; and Math Learning Center.
Final Exam
Description:
The Early Counting unit explores the core concepts of early counting and provides practical strategies, including hands-on activities, to help students develop this fundamental sense.
The Discussion-rich Tasks unit focuses on the principles of discussion-rich tasks and offers guidance on how to identify or create such tasks to enhance the quality of mathematics instruction.
The Place Value unit delves into the concepts of place value, equipping educators with diverse activities and mathematical manipulatives to support student understanding.
The Early Operation unit identifies various types of early operations in lower grade levels and guides prospective teachers in developing methods to help elementary students leverage their prior intuitive understanding.
The Basic Facts unit covers the foundational facts of addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division, integrating engaging activities like games and puzzles into mathematics instruction.
The Multidigit Operation unit presents effective approaches to support students in solving multidigit operation problems using multiple representations, including concrete, visual, and symbolic forms.
The Fractions unit examines the meanings of fractions, equivalency, comparison, ordering, and operations with fractions, utilizing real-life materials, children’s literature, and fraction manipulatives.
Required Reading: Principles to Action (National Council of Teachers of Mathematics, 2014) and practioner articles about teaching mathematics
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Media Writing, MDIA-1130, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
11 writing assignments
9 quizzes
Attendance
Final exam
Description:
Week 1: Introduction to News Writing and the Industry
Overview of the news industry, foundational concepts in journalism, and the role of AI. Introduction to the inverted pyramid structure.
Week 2: Broadcast Writing and AP Style
Explore writing for radio and television and begin using the AP Stylebook.
Week 3: Grammar and Readability in News
Focus on writing clear, readable stories with attention to grammar.
Week 4: Digital Media and Social Platforms
Learn techniques for writing online news and social media posts.
Week 5: Quoting and Attribution
Master the use of direct and indirect quotes in reporting.
Week 6: Interviewing and Story Structures
Explore non-traditional structures and effective interviewing techniques.
Week 7: Local Reporting and Script Writing
Learn to identify and report local stories and write for broadcast scripts.
Week 8: Speeches and Public Meetings
Covering events like speeches and public meetings.
Week 9: Media Law and Ethics
Understand key legal and ethical issues in journalism.
Week 10: Simulated News Conference
Participate in and report on a mock news conference.
Week 11: Broadcast Journalism Practice
A deeper look at the broadcasting industry.
Week 12: Public Relations Writing
Explore PR basics including press releases and press kits.
Week 13: Marketing and Public Service Announcements
Introduction to marketing in media and the creation of PSAs.
Week 14: Advertising and Persuasive Writing
Explore the fundamentals of advertising and produce an ad.
Week 15: Final Portfolios and Course Review
Compile final portfolios and review key course concepts in preparation for final assessment.
Week 16: Final Exam
Required Reading: News Reporting and Writing 13th ed. by the Missouri Group & the Associated Press Stylebook 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Curriculum Design Plan Assess, ELED-3100, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Lesson Plan #1
Lesson Plan # 2 (Joint ELED 3100-ELED 3650 project)
Pecha Kucha presentation
Description:
Introduction to Lesson Planning unit: The unit covers introducing the major course assignments for ELED 3100 and identifying and listing the components of the UT Elementary Education lesson planning template.
Lesson Planning unit covers: (1) how to create contextual factors page for the first UT lesson plan and importance of knowing our learners’ backgrounds and concepts related to how the brain learns best and their relationships with the planning process; (2) standards and learning Intentions in the template, characteristics of an effective learning target, and how to developing learning targets for a standard; (3) how to establish purpose, appropriate and meaningful assessment evidence to support learning targets; (4) factors to consider in preparing for my lesson, and Gradual Release of Responsibility framework, and how to develop the first draft of the Instructional Planning and Strategies section for my first lesson.(5) Modifications and Accommodations section in the template by developing appropriate modifications and accommodations for each step of my Instructional Planning and Strategies section.
Feedback and polishing our lessons unit: (1) It evaluates the full draft lesson plan and provide feedback to my peers.
Evaluating Alignment for Lesson Success unit: It determines the degree of alignments of learning activities with learning targets, success criteria, and assessments.
Integrating high leverage practices into lesson design (1) It examines different high leverage practices to find ways to effectively integrate them into my lesson plan design. (2) It determines how to explicitly integrate different high leverage practices into my lesson plan design.
Multiple Approaches to Lesson Plan Design unit: It understands multiple approaches to lesson plan design. (2) It designs lesson plans that adopt different approaches to lesson plan design.
Pecha Kucha workshop day unit: (1) explores components of an effective Pecha Kucha presentation, and (2) prepares Pecha Kucha on the results of the joint project.
Required Reading: Reading materials about lesson plan design
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 44, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Weekly discussions; Major writing projects 1-4: Rhetorical analysis, Synthesis, Annotated bibliography, Academic argument; Midterm exam (on Canvas); Final exam (on Canvas)
Description:
Unit 1: Rhetoric & Technology — Defines the term “rhetoric,” practice the conventions of analytical writing; explore components of Aristotelian rhetoric; investigate the role of digital tools and platforms within the academic writing process
Unit 2: Synthesizing Perspectives — Examine strategies for crafting meaningful research questions; Investigating strategies for conducting online searches; Assessing popular sources using SIFT; Examine the conventions of synthesizing different perspectives
Unit 3: Conducting Academic Research — Explore the library databases; Define “scholarly source” and differentiate between scholarly and popular sources; Assess sources using CRAAP; Create citations aligning with a specific style
Unit 4: Academic Argument — Define the term “argument” and situate arguments within academic writing; Investigate logical fallacies in various settings; Ethically incorporating sources into an original argument
Required Reading: Select chapters from “Writing with and among digital technologies”; select chapters from “The art of academic writing”
Recommended Reading: N/A
Prof Writing and Busn Ethics, ENGL-3010, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Four major unit projects: two will be individual and two will be collaborative; midterm assessment (Canvas); final assessment (presentation)
Description:
Unit 1: Overview of ethics, engineering, and writing. This unit will define the term “ethics” and situate it within the field of engineering, as well as how writing scan aid in ethical decision making.
Unit 2: Visual composition. This unit will introduce the concept of data visualization by asking students to review various datasets and create clear, ethical visual interpretations.
Unit 3: Conducting ethical research. This unit will situate various methodologies of collecting rhetorically effective data in an ethical manner.
Unit 4: Proposal writing. This unit will introduce students to the genre of proposal writing and explore the ethical implications of persuasion in business writing.
Required Reading: “Howdy or Hello?”; “Keywords in Technical Communication”; “Business Writing for Everyone”; “Foundations for Ethical Reasoning”; “Business Writing Style Guide”
Recommended Reading: N/A
Secondary Assessment, SCED-4200, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Classroom Assessment Inventory (20 Pts): Collect and Evaluate assessments that are used in the practicum teacher’s classroom.
Formative Assessments (20 Pts): Develop 5 different informal assessments that can be used in your practicum classroom.
Summative Assessments (20 Pts): Develop a summative assessment that can be used in your practicum classroom.
Class Practicum Assessment (20 pts): Select or design an assessment from a lesson that you have developed and will teach to your class. Your assessment should also be able to produce quantitative or qualitative data to be used for analysis.
Completed Class Practicum Assessment (20 pts): You will administer, correct and collect the selected assessment.
Reflection Assignments (20 pts each a-g): You will reflect on your assessment and the data you obtained from both the baseline data and the administered assessment and explain how it might inform your future instructional decisions for the whole class and for each of the two Focus Students.
a) Reflection 1: Selecting a Single Assessment
• Provide an in-depth description of the assessment. Provide a rationale for choosing or designing the assessment based on its alignment with the standards and learning goal(s) that meet the students’ needs.
• What data did you use to establish a baseline for student growth related to this lesson’s learning goal(s)?
• Describe the rubric or scoring guide you have selected or designed. How does it align to your learning goal(s)? How will you communicate its use to your students?
• What evidence of student learning do you plan to collect from the assessment? How will you collect the data? Provide a rationale for your data-collection process.
b) Reflection 2: Preparing Learners for the Assessment
• What learning activities and student groupings will you use during the assessment? Provide a rationale for your choices.
• What materials, resources, and technology will you use to administer the assessment? Provide a rationale for your choices.
c) Reflection 3: The Two Focus Students
• Choose and describe two Focus Students who reflect different learning needs and for whom you will need to modify the assessment. Provide a rationale for selecting each of the students. Refer to them as Focus Student 1 and Focus Student 2 as you respond to the guiding prompts.
• What data did you use to establish a baseline for growth for these two Focus Students?
• Based on their specific learning needs, how will you modify the assessment for each of the two Focus Students? Provide a rationale for each decision.
d) Reflection 4: Analysis of the Assessment Data and Student Learning for the Class
• Based on your baseline data and the data shown in your graphic representation, analyze the assessment data to determine your students’ progress toward the learning goal(s).
• How efficient was the data-collection process that you selected? Cite examples to support your analysis.
• Describe how you engaged students in analyzing their own assessment results to help them understand their progress toward the learning goal(s).
e) Reflection 5: Analysis of the Assessment Data and Student Learning for Each of the Two Focus Students
• What did you learn overall about the progress of each of the two Focus Students toward achieving the learning goal(s)? Cite evidence from each of the two Focus Students’ completed assessment and any other related data to support your analysis.
• Based on the assessment data, both baseline and graphic, what impact did your modification(s) of the assessment have on the demonstration of learning from each of the two Focus Students? Cite examples to support your analysis.
• Describe how you engaged each of the two Focus Students in analyzing his or her own assessment results to help understand progress made toward the learning goal(s).
f) Reflection 6: Reflecting on the Assessment for the Whole Class
• How will your data analysis inform or guide future instruction for the whole class?
• What modifications to the data-collection process would you make for future use? Provide a rationale.
• What modifications to the assessment would you make for future use? Provide a rationale.
• In what ways would an assessment that is different from the type used in this task allow students to further demonstrate their achievement of the learning goal(s)?
g) Reflection 7: Reflecting on the Assessment for the Focus Student
• Choose one successful aspect of the assessment for either Focus Student. Provide a rationale for your choice.
• How will your data analysis inform or guide future instruction for each of the two Focus Students?
• What modifications would you make to the assessment for future use for each of the two Focus Students? Provide a rationale.
Description:
Introduction to the class, program
Assessment Overview and Evaluation
University Closed
Formative Assessment
Summative Assessment
Developing Assessment Strategies
Resources, Materials and Technology
List the materials used to plan and deliver the lesson. Describe the instructional and/or assistive technology that was incorporated into the lesson to enhance instruction and student learning.
Differentiation/Accommodations/Modifications
Describe the modifications made to meet the needs of focus students to accommodate differences in students’ learning, culture, language, etc.
Assessment Development Workshop
Select or design an assessment from a lesson that you have developed and will teach to your class. Your assessment should also be able to produce quantitative or qualitative data to be used for analysis.
Assessment Development Workshop
Select or design an assessment from a lesson that you have developed and will teach to your class. Your assessment should also be able to produce quantitative or qualitative data to be used for analysis.
Class Assessment Analysis and Data
Administer the selected assessment and then collect, record (in a graphic representation), and analyze the resulting data.
Class Assessment Analysis and Data
Administer the selected assessment and then collect, record (in a graphic representation), and analyze the resulting data.
Class Discussion and Reflection on Practicum Weeks
Reflecting on Assessment Workshop
(Not Meeting in Class: Meet with Major)
Reflect on your assessment and the data you obtained from both the baseline data and the administered assessment and explain how it might inform your future instructional decisions for the whole class.
Reflecting on Assessment for Focus Student Workshop
(Not Meeting in Class: Meet with Major)
Reflect on your assessment and the data you obtained from both the baseline data and the administered assessment and explain how it might inform your future instructional decisions for each of the two Focus Students.
Final Paper – Assessment Reflections (6 & 7)
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Curriculum and Instruction, SCED-4100, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Lesson topic (5 Pts): Identify a topic for your lesson that you will develop over the semester. This may be one that you use for practicum.
Lesson Standards and Objectives (20 Pts): Identify the state and national standards, performance indicators, and skills addressed by the lesson. Describe the lesson objectives and the learning outcomes that are appropriate for meeting curricular/classroom needs.
Lesson Procedures (10 Pts): Describe the sequence of events of the lesson elements, including the before, during, and after of the lesson (i.e., the engagement/opening, the procedures used, the activities for guided practice, and the conclusion).
Lesson Strategies (10 Pts): Describe the teacher’s approach to achieving the learning objectives and meeting the students’ needs.
Lesson Activities (10 Pts): Describe the opportunities provided for the students to develop the skills of the objective.
Lesson DAM (10 Pts): Describe the modifications made to meet the needs of all learners and to accommodate differences in students’ learning, culture, language, etc. Identify the strategies used that are consistent with the learning objectives of the lesson and that also met student behavior needs to help keep the students on task and actively engaged.
PPAT Lesson Plan (50 pts): One lesson plan is required for this class. You will use the SCED Lesson Plan Template for your lessons. The lesson must be a blended lesson meaning that the content of your lesson is integrated with technology in a more than one way.
Reflection/Summaries (1-7 @ 20 Each)
Description:
All SCED Introduction to the classes, program.
Lesson topic discussion with teacher on Wed (8/20)
Standards/Performance Indicators/Skills
Identify the state and national standards, performance indicators, and skills addressed by the lesson.
Report to Practicum School/Teacher
Week of Practicum and lesson teaching
Learning Objectives/Goals (T3S1)
Describe the lesson’s objectives and the learning outcomes that are appropriate for meeting curricular/classroom needs.
Lesson Structure and Procedures (T3S1,2)
Describe the sequence of events of the lesson elements, including the before, during, and after of the lesson (i.e., the engagement/opening, the procedures used, the activities for guided practice, and the conclusion).
Instructional Strategies (T3S1,2)
Describe the teacher’s approach to achieving the learning objectives and meeting the students’ needs.
Learning Activities (T3S1,2)
Describe the opportunities provided for the students to develop the skills of the objective.
Differentiation/Accommodations/Modifications (T3S2)
Describe the modifications made to meet the needs of all learners and to accommodate differences in students’ learning, culture, language, etc.
Resources and Materials (T3S1,3)
List the materials used to plan and deliver the lesson.
Technology (T3S1,3)
Describe the instructional and/or assistive technology that was incorporated into the lesson to enhance instruction and student learning.
Lesson and teaching workshop
Report to Practicum School/Teacher
Week of Practicum and lesson teaching
Report to Practicum School/Teacher
Week of Practicum and lesson teaching
Workshop: Analyzing the Instruction for the Whole Class
Workshop: PACE and STEP discussion
Workshop: PACE and STEP discussion
Final Paper Due in Canvas: Reflection (Reflection 7)
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
LPN to RN Transition Course, NURS-2030, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Cultural Competence Presentations.
Next Gen Clinical Judgement Case Studies.
Hot Topic Debate.
Description:
NURS 2030- Module Description
Module 1: LPN to RN Role Transition
This module explores the professional and practical transition from LPN to RN, highlighting differences in roles, responsibilities, and application of the nursing process, while addressing common barriers faced during this shift.
Module 2: Clinical Judgment and Critical Thinking
Students will define and apply critical thinking and clinical judgment skills to patient care, differentiate nursing and medical problems, and use a clinical judgment model to plan and evaluate effective interventions.
Module 3: Nursing Health Assessment & Communication
This module focuses on performing thorough nursing health assessments and using SBAR communication to ensure accurate, patient-centered reporting and collaboration with the healthcare team.
Module 4: Patient-Centered Care and Delegation
Students will learn to manage individualized and culturally sensitive care, prioritize patient needs, and apply appropriate delegation and teamwork principles within the nursing scope of practice.
Module 5: Library Resources and APA Writing
This module introduces students to key research tools and library services and teaches proper APA formatting to support scholarly writing and evidence-based nursing practice.
Module 6: Cultural Competence in Nursing
Emphasizing holistic, patient-centered care, this module helps students develop awareness, knowledge, and skills for providing culturally competent care to diverse populations.
Module 7: Ethics in Nursing Practice
This module examines standards of ethical nursing practice and helps students identify and manage ethical dilemmas using core ethical principles to guide decision-making.
Module 8: Constructive Dialogue in Healthcare
Students will practice engaging in respectful, evidence-based discussions around controversial healthcare issues, enhancing collaboration and professional communication skills.
Module 9: Quality and Safety in Nursing (QSEN)
This module introduces QSEN principles and focuses on promoting safe, high-quality care by fostering essential competencies in safety, teamwork, and continuous improvement.
Module 10: Evidence-Based Practice (EBP)
Students explore the importance of EBP in nursing, developing a spirit of inquiry to question current practices, apply research, and improve patient outcomes.
Module 11: Exploring Nursing Career Paths
This module provides an overview of nursing roles beyond hospital settings, covering required certifications, responsibilities, salary expectations, and advancement opportunities.
Required Reading: Lippincott Course Point for Hinkle and Cheever: Brunner and Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, Fifteenth Edition.
Recommended Reading: American Psychological Association. (2020). Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (7th ed.). American Psychological Association.
Community/Global Clinical, NURS-4301, Section 2, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Final Exam
Description:
NURS 4301-01/02 Module Description
Module 1: Introduction to Community and Global Health Nursing
This module introduces the nurse's role in promoting health across diverse populations and settings, with an emphasis on cultural competence, social determinants of health, and hands-on community service through the lens of The Spirit Catches You and You Fall Down.
Module 2: School Nursing
Students will explore the multifaceted role of school nurses in health promotion, chronic condition management, and emergency preparedness, while addressing the unique health and academic needs of diverse student populations.
Module 3: Home Health and Hospice Nursing
This module highlights the roles of home health and hospice nurses in promoting independence, managing chronic illness, and providing compassionate end-of-life care within patients' homes.
Module 4: Dialysis Nursing
Students will examine the responsibilities of dialysis nurses in managing kidney disease and supporting patients through education, emotional care, and complex treatment procedures.
Module 5: Public Health Nursing
This module explores the role of public health nurses in community wellness through prevention, education, and advocacy efforts that address social determinants and reduce health disparities.
Module 6: Forensic Nursing
Students will learn how forensic nurses care for victims and perpetrators of trauma, provide evidence collection, and collaborate with law enforcement while navigating ethical and legal challenges.
Module 7: Surgical (Perioperative) Nursing
This module provides an overview of perioperative nursing responsibilities in pre-, intra-, and post-operative care, emphasizing patient safety, advocacy, and teamwork within the surgical environment.
Module 8: Sedation Nursing
Students will explore the critical role of sedation nurses in managing patient comfort and safety during procedures involving moderate to deep sedation, with a focus on communication and emergency preparedness.
Module 9: Interprofessional Education (IPE)
This module promotes collaboration across healthcare disciplines, helping students develop communication and teamwork skills essential for effective interdisciplinary care.
Module 10: Huntsman World Senior Games Health Assessment
Students gain hands-on experience conducting cognitive, vision, balance, and health screenings for senior athletes, applying assessment skills in a real-world community setting.
Module 11: Nurse Injector Nursing
This module introduces students to aesthetic nursing, covering injection techniques, facial anatomy, patient education, and ethical considerations in delivering safe, satisfying cosmetic and therapeutic care.
Module 12: Travel Nursing
Students will learn about the dynamic career of travel nursing, including adapting to new environments, providing care in underserved areas, and the personal and professional rewards of this flexible role.
Module 13: Legal Nurse Consulting
This module explores the role of legal nurses who support legal teams with clinical expertise, assisting in medical-legal cases through record analysis, expert testimony, and consultation.
Module 14: Cultural Competency Training (CLAS)
Through a four-part e-learning program, students will enhance cultural humility and competence by examining identity, social determinants of health, self-awareness, and how to deliver respectful, CLAS-informed care.
Module 15: Exploring Nursing Career Paths
This module provides an overview of nursing roles beyond hospital settings, covering required certifications, responsibilities, salary expectations, and advancement opportunities.
Required Reading: N/A - Laptop computer or other device for class exams and assignments
Recommended Reading: N/A
Community/Global Clinical, NURS-4301, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Final Exam
Description:
NURS 4301-01/02 Module Description
Module 1: Introduction to Community and Global Health Nursing
This module introduces the nurse's role in promoting health across diverse populations and settings, with an emphasis on cultural competence, social determinants of health, and hands-on community service through the lens of The Spirit Catches You and You Fall Down.
Module 2: School Nursing
Students will explore the multifaceted role of school nurses in health promotion, chronic condition management, and emergency preparedness, while addressing the unique health and academic needs of diverse student populations.
Module 3: Home Health and Hospice Nursing
This module highlights the roles of home health and hospice nurses in promoting independence, managing chronic illness, and providing compassionate end-of-life care within patients' homes.
Module 4: Dialysis Nursing
Students will examine the responsibilities of dialysis nurses in managing kidney disease and supporting patients through education, emotional care, and complex treatment procedures.
Module 5: Public Health Nursing
This module explores the role of public health nurses in community wellness through prevention, education, and advocacy efforts that address social determinants and reduce health disparities.
Module 6: Forensic Nursing
Students will learn how forensic nurses care for victims and perpetrators of trauma, provide evidence collection, and collaborate with law enforcement while navigating ethical and legal challenges.
Module 7: Surgical (Perioperative) Nursing
This module provides an overview of perioperative nursing responsibilities in pre-, intra-, and post-operative care, emphasizing patient safety, advocacy, and teamwork within the surgical environment.
Module 8: Sedation Nursing
Students will explore the critical role of sedation nurses in managing patient comfort and safety during procedures involving moderate to deep sedation, with a focus on communication and emergency preparedness.
Module 9: Interprofessional Education (IPE)
This module promotes collaboration across healthcare disciplines, helping students develop communication and teamwork skills essential for effective interdisciplinary care.
Module 10: Huntsman World Senior Games Health Assessment
Students gain hands-on experience conducting cognitive, vision, balance, and health screenings for senior athletes, applying assessment skills in a real-world community setting.
Module 11: Nurse Injector Nursing
This module introduces students to aesthetic nursing, covering injection techniques, facial anatomy, patient education, and ethical considerations in delivering safe, satisfying cosmetic and therapeutic care.
Module 12: Travel Nursing
Students will learn about the dynamic career of travel nursing, including adapting to new environments, providing care in underserved areas, and the personal and professional rewards of this flexible role.
Module 13: Legal Nurse Consulting
This module explores the role of legal nurses who support legal teams with clinical expertise, assisting in medical-legal cases through record analysis, expert testimony, and consultation.
Module 14: Cultural Competency Training (CLAS)
Through a four-part e-learning program, students will enhance cultural humility and competence by examining identity, social determinants of health, self-awareness, and how to deliver respectful, CLAS-informed care.
Module 15: Exploring Nursing Career Paths
This module provides an overview of nursing roles beyond hospital settings, covering required certifications, responsibilities, salary expectations, and advancement opportunities.
Required Reading: N/A - Laptop computer or other device for class exams and assignments
Recommended Reading: N/A
Contemporary Nursing, NURS-4500, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Module 3: Contemporary Issues Group Presentation Project
Module 15: Final Course Self Reflection
Description:
Module 1; Start Module 2
Introduction to course 1.75 hrs
Break
Searching for the ideal job—how to find what you want!
Introduction to the Job Application Packet; Job Searching, Preparing a Resume and Cover Letter
Module 2
Developing Caring Workshop 1
Critique resumes & cover letters;
Researching about your institution
Job Interviewing skills asking good questions,
What to wear
Following up
Last hour; start Module 3
Developing Caring Workshop 2
Mock job Interviews 1300 - 1440; Job Application Packets Due Sunday ending Week 3;
1445 - 1600 Select Groups and Presentation topics; establish group agreements; review module overview for your topic.
Begin research for quality references.
Module 3
Developing Caring Workshop 3
References outline due; APA formatting video in module overview
APA critique workshop (online video recording) 12:00 – 1300
APA critique resources between groups
Groups work on presentations; 1200-1600
10 group meetings with Dr. Lewis x 12 minutes each
Module 4:
Developing Caring Workshop 4
Health Literacy Presentation and group activity 1200 - 1400
Health Care Disparities Presentation 1415 – 1515
and group work
Module 5
Health Care Disparities Group Work and Group Presentations on In-Depth Look at Health Care Disparities
Module 5 cont Client Rights: The Nurse as Advocate
Debates:
Group Preparation for Debates: 1200 - 1230
1: 1230 - 1300
2: 1300 - 1330
3: 1330 - 1400
4: 1400 - 1430
5: 1430 – 1500
1500 Group Presentation #3: Physician Assisted Suicide
In Class Discussion: End of Life Issues
Module 6
Class pot-luck
Care of the Veteran Group Presentation #4
Movie
Face to face veteran interviews
Module 7
Making Your Voice Heard to Law-Makers
Research laws r/t health care and policy making--issues
The Legal Nurse Consultant
Module 8 The Nursing Shortage (Group 5 presentation)
Module 9 Unions/Collective Bargaining (Group 6 presentation; The Travel Nurse
Module 10 A Culture of Safety; (Group 7 and 8 presentations)
Module 10 cont A Culture of Safety, The Critical Care Nurse
Module 11
Beware of Chemical Dependence
Group 9: The Chemically Dependent Nurse
Module 12
Expectations of the New Graduate
Novice to Expert/ Reality Shock—Habits of Resiliency (Group 10)
Readiness to function in the role of the New Graduate Nurse combined with Self-care and Resiliency Plan
Final Course Self Reflection / Course Evaluation
Required Reading: American Psychological Association (2020). Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (7th ed.). American Psychological Association The online writing lab (OWL) at Purdue: https://owl.purdue.edu/owl/research_and_citation/apa_style/apa_formatting_and_style_guide/reference_list_articles_in_periodicals.html
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro Algorithm Data Structure, CS-2420, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Programming Assignments and Tests
Description:
Week: Discussion: Due Saturday at midnight:
1
Max-Sub-Sequence Teaser, Goals of course, roll,
syllabus, Exponents and Logs, TOH Teaser,
Linear Search, Binary Search, Card Shuffling,
Assignment 1, CreateRandomList(), Bubble Sort,
Shaker Sort, Counting Sort.
2
Traveling Salesman Teaser, Assignment 2
introduction, Merge Sort, Quick Sort, Modified
Quick Sort. Seating chart.
Sorting 1
3
SAT Teaser, checking grades, Assignment 3
introduction, counting compares, random versus
mostly sorted data, organizing your code,
producing charts, reading log/log charts.
Sorting 2
4
Assignment 4. Insert. Abstract Data Types
(ADTs).
Sorting 3
5
Assignment 5. Traverse/Delete/Retrieve Insert
6
Multiplying and Factoring Teasers, Big-O
definition and meaning. More categories, NP
problems, NP Complete problems, million-dollar
problems, unsolvable problems, RSA Encryption,
"You'd be dead." Test 1 pre-review.
Traverse/Delete/Retrieve
7
Test 1. Linked Lists. Test 1
8
Graphics calculator, InfixToPostfix,
EvaluatePostfix, Graph Drawing, Stack class,
Cool Polar Coordinates,
Linked Lists
9
BST. Overriding operators, Is versus ==.
Recursion review.
Graphing Calculator
10
General Trees, 2-3 trees, 234 trees, 100 trees,
Speed Comparisons. Traversal orders,
Extra Credit
Exponent Quiz
Program
11
Test 2 pre-review. Hash introduction, IsPrime,
HashFunction, Collisions
BST
12
Other collision handling strategies, odds of
collision, Hashing Names, Resizing. Time
Predictions
Test 2
13
Graphs. Definitions, storage options, searching Hash
14
Final Review. Maze Solver. 8 Puzzle. Graphs
15
Heaps, Dijkstra's algorithm. Keeping it N*LogN. Extra Credit Speed
Test
Finals
Week
Test Final
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro Algorithm Data Structure, CS-2420, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Programming Assignments and Tests
Description:
Week: Discussion: Due Saturday at midnight:
1
Max-Sub-Sequence Teaser, Goals of course, roll,
syllabus, Exponents and Logs, TOH Teaser,
Linear Search, Binary Search, Card Shuffling,
Assignment 1, CreateRandomList(), Bubble Sort,
Shaker Sort, Counting Sort.
2
Traveling Salesman Teaser, Assignment 2
introduction, Merge Sort, Quick Sort, Modified
Quick Sort. Seating chart.
Sorting 1
3
SAT Teaser, checking grades, Assignment 3
introduction, counting compares, random versus
mostly sorted data, organizing your code,
producing charts, reading log/log charts.
Sorting 2
4
Assignment 4. Insert. Abstract Data Types
(ADTs).
Sorting 3
5
Assignment 5. Traverse/Delete/Retrieve Insert
6
Multiplying and Factoring Teasers, Big-O
definition and meaning. More categories, NP
problems, NP Complete problems, million-dollar
problems, unsolvable problems, RSA Encryption,
"You'd be dead." Test 1 pre-review.
Traverse/Delete/Retrieve
7
Test 1. Linked Lists. Test 1
8
Graphics calculator, InfixToPostfix,
EvaluatePostfix, Graph Drawing, Stack class,
Cool Polar Coordinates,
Linked Lists
9
BST. Overriding operators, Is versus ==.
Recursion review.
Graphing Calculator
10
General Trees, 2-3 trees, 234 trees, 100 trees,
Speed Comparisons. Traversal orders,
Extra Credit
Exponent Quiz
Program
11
Test 2 pre-review. Hash introduction, IsPrime,
HashFunction, Collisions
BST
12
Other collision handling strategies, odds of
collision, Hashing Names, Resizing. Time
Predictions
Test 2
13
Graphs. Definitions, storage options, searching Hash
14
Final Review. Maze Solver. 8 Puzzle. Graphs
15
Heaps, Dijkstra's algorithm. Keeping it N*LogN. Extra Credit Speed
Test
Finals
Week
Test Final
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Discrete Structures, CS-2100, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Book homework, programming assignments, and tests
Description:
Counting, Discrete Probability, Number Theory and Cryptography, Logic and Proofs, Sets, Functions, Sequences, and Sums.
Required Reading: Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications (7th Ed.) by Kenneth H. Rosen
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010D, Section 05, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
4 formal essays; peer reviews; quizzes; drafts, writing journal assignments; grammar assignments; midterm; final exam
Description:
Week 1
Students are introduced to the course, review the syllabus, and begin exploring the stages of the writing process. They receive instructions for writing a Literacy Narrative Essay and submit a brief proposal for their topic.
Week 2
This week focuses on drafting the Literacy Narrative Essay. Students apply personal experiences to illustrate how literacy has shaped their lives.
Week 3
Students revise and finalize their Literacy Narrative Essays. Peer reviews help students strengthen their writing before submitting the final version.
Week 4
The class shifts to the Profile Essay, with an emphasis on selecting subjects and crafting interview questions. Students also submit typed transcripts of their interviews along with informal proposals.
Week 5
Students begin drafting their Profile Essays, focusing on how to describe people vividly and accurately. Attention is given to organizing narrative and descriptive details.
Week 6
Students work on refining their introductions and conclusions in the Profile Essay. Peer reviews offer feedback for revising drafts before the final version is due.
Week 7
This week, students finalize their Profile Essays and submit them. The in-person midterm exam is also administered.
Week 8
Students begin the Issue-Analysis Report by learning how to identify and evaluate credible sources. They explore library databases and submit informal proposals and initial research.
Week 9
Students compile annotated bibliographies using MLA format and begin drafting and submitting a first version of the Issue-Analysis Report. Instruction focuses on how to incorporate and cite sources effectively through quoting, paraphrasing, and summarizing.
Week 10
Students continue developing their Issue-Analysis Reports by drafting and submitting a second version. Emphasis is placed on clarity, organization, and supporting evidence.
Week 11
Students review peer feedback and revising and submitting the final version of their Issue-Analysis Reports. This marks the culmination of their extended research and analysis.
Week 12
The focus shifts to argument writing. Students learn about persuasive strategies and audience appeals while submitting informal proposals for their Argument Essays.
Week 13
Students draft their Argument Essays and receive an introduction to logical fallacies. Instruction emphasizes reasoning, structure, and evidence.
Week 14
Students refine and finalize their Argument Essays, focusing on voice, style, and word choice. Peer reviews provide insight into final edits.
Week 15
The course begins wrapping up with opportunities to revise past assignments. Students also prepare for the upcoming final exam.
Finals Week
Students complete the in-person final exam, applying what they’ve learned throughout the semester.
Required Reading: Art of Academic Writing by Mike Peterson and The ENGL 1010 Student’s Guide to the Essays by Rik Andes
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010D, Section 03, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
4 formal essays; peer reviews; quizzes; drafts, writing journal assignments; grammar assignments; midterm; final exam
Description:
Week 1
Students are introduced to the course, review the syllabus, and begin exploring the stages of the writing process. They receive instructions for writing a Literacy Narrative Essay and submit a brief proposal for their topic.
Week 2
This week focuses on drafting the Literacy Narrative Essay. Students apply personal experiences to illustrate how literacy has shaped their lives.
Week 3
Students revise and finalize their Literacy Narrative Essays. Peer reviews help students strengthen their writing before submitting the final version.
Week 4
The class shifts to the Profile Essay, with an emphasis on selecting subjects and crafting interview questions. Students also submit typed transcripts of their interviews along with informal proposals.
Week 5
Students begin drafting their Profile Essays, focusing on how to describe people vividly and accurately. Attention is given to organizing narrative and descriptive details.
Week 6
Students work on refining their introductions and conclusions in the Profile Essay. Peer reviews offer feedback for revising drafts before the final version is due.
Week 7
This week, students finalize their Profile Essays and submit them. The in-person midterm exam is also administered.
Week 8
Students begin the Issue-Analysis Report by learning how to identify and evaluate credible sources. They explore library databases and submit informal proposals and initial research.
Week 9
Students compile annotated bibliographies using MLA format and begin drafting and submitting a first version of the Issue-Analysis Report. Instruction focuses on how to incorporate and cite sources effectively through quoting, paraphrasing, and summarizing.
Week 10
Students continue developing their Issue-Analysis Reports by drafting and submitting a second version. Emphasis is placed on clarity, organization, and supporting evidence.
Week 11
Students review peer feedback and revising and submitting the final version of their Issue-Analysis Reports. This marks the culmination of their extended research and analysis.
Week 12
The focus shifts to argument writing. Students learn about persuasive strategies and audience appeals while submitting informal proposals for their Argument Essays.
Week 13
Students draft their Argument Essays and receive an introduction to logical fallacies. Instruction emphasizes reasoning, structure, and evidence.
Week 14
Students refine and finalize their Argument Essays, focusing on voice, style, and word choice. Peer reviews provide insight into final edits.
Week 15
The course begins wrapping up with opportunities to revise past assignments. Students also prepare for the upcoming final exam.
Finals Week
Students complete the in-person final exam, applying what they’ve learned throughout the semester.
Required Reading: Art of Academic Writing by Mike Peterson and The ENGL 1010 Student’s Guide to the Essays by Rik Andes
Recommended Reading: N/A
Database Design & Management, IT-2300, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Activity Contributes
Assignments 15%
Project 15%
In-class Activities 15%
Exams 30%
Final Exam 25%
Description:
Week 1: Database Terms
Students will learn key database terminology and foundational concepts, including fields, records, tables, and relationships.
Week 2: ER Diagrams
Students will design Entity-Relationship (ER) diagrams to model real-world data systems using entities, attributes, and relationships.
Week 3: Domain, UML, Normalization
Students will define attribute domains, interpret basic UML diagrams, and apply normalization techniques to reduce data redundancy.
Week 4: MySQL Installation
Students will install and configure MySQL, preparing a local environment for hands-on database development.
Week 5: Exam 1
Covers Weeks 1–4 to assess understanding of database concepts, modeling, and MySQL setup.
Week 6: Basic SQL Commands
Students will use SQL to create tables and perform basic data retrieval with SELECT, WHERE, and sorting operations.
Week 7: SQL Functions
Students will apply built-in SQL functions to manipulate text, numbers, and dates within queries.
Week 8: Aggregate Functions
Students will summarize data using functions like SUM, AVG, COUNT, MIN, and MAX, often combined with GROUP BY.
Week 9: Joins
Students will retrieve related data from multiple tables using different types of SQL joins.
Week 10: Subselect & Sets
Students will write subqueries and use set operations like UNION, INTERSECT, and EXCEPT to solve complex problems.
Week 11: Exam 2
Covers Weeks 6–10 to evaluate SQL querying skills, including joins, subqueries, and functions.
Week 12: Insert/Update/Delete
Students will modify data using SQL’s INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE commands while maintaining data integrity.
Week 13: Security
Students will explore basic database security concepts, including user privileges, authentication, and SQL injection prevention.
Week 14: Comprehensive Review
Students will review key topics and practice solving a variety of SQL and design problems in preparation for the final exam.
Week 15: Final Exam
Assesses mastery of database concepts, SQL skills, and data modeling covered throughout the course.
Required Reading: This course uses an Open Educational Resource book, Database Design - 2nd Edition, https://opentextbc.ca/dbdesign01
Recommended Reading: N/A
Database Design & Management, IT-2300, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
activity Contributes
Assignments 15%
Project 15%
In-class Activities 15%
Exams 30%
Final Exam 25%
Description:
Week 1: Database Terms
Students will learn key database terminology and foundational concepts, including fields, records, tables, and relationships.
Week 2: ER Diagrams
Students will design Entity-Relationship (ER) diagrams to model real-world data systems using entities, attributes, and relationships.
Week 3: Domain, UML, Normalization
Students will define attribute domains, interpret basic UML diagrams, and apply normalization techniques to reduce data redundancy.
Week 4: MySQL Installation
Students will install and configure MySQL, preparing a local environment for hands-on database development.
Week 5: Exam 1
Covers Weeks 1–4 to assess understanding of database concepts, modeling, and MySQL setup.
Week 6: Basic SQL Commands
Students will use SQL to create tables and perform basic data retrieval with SELECT, WHERE, and sorting operations.
Week 7: SQL Functions
Students will apply built-in SQL functions to manipulate text, numbers, and dates within queries.
Week 8: Aggregate Functions
Students will summarize data using functions like SUM, AVG, COUNT, MIN, and MAX, often combined with GROUP BY.
Week 9: Joins
Students will retrieve related data from multiple tables using different types of SQL joins.
Week 10: Subselect & Sets
Students will write subqueries and use set operations like UNION, INTERSECT, and EXCEPT to solve complex problems.
Week 11: Exam 2
Covers Weeks 6–10 to evaluate SQL querying skills, including joins, subqueries, and functions.
Week 12: Insert/Update/Delete
Students will modify data using SQL’s INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE commands while maintaining data integrity.
Week 13: Security
Students will explore basic database security concepts, including user privileges, authentication, and SQL injection prevention.
Week 14: Comprehensive Review
Students will review key topics and practice solving a variety of SQL and design problems in preparation for the final exam.
Week 15: Final Exam
Assesses mastery of database concepts, SQL skills, and data modeling covered throughout the course.
Required Reading: This course uses an Open Educational Resource book, Database Design - 2nd Edition, https://opentextbc.ca/dbdesign01.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Unix/Linux, IT-1100, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Activity Contributes
Assignments 30%
Mini Tasks 10%
Quizzes 5%
Exams 30%
Final Exam 25%
Description:
Module 1: History of Linux
Students will learn the origins of Linux, its development over time, and its role in modern computing.
Module 2: Basic Linux Commands
Students will practice essential Linux commands for navigating the file system and managing files and directories.
Module 3: Archiving, Redirection, and Find Basics
Students will learn to compress files, redirect input/output, and locate files using basic search tools.
Exam 1
Covers Modules 1–3 to assess understanding of Linux history, basic commands, and file handling.
Module 4: Text Editors and Shortcuts
Students will gain experience using common text editors like nano and vi, along with keyboard shortcuts to improve efficiency.
Module 5: Finding Help and GUI Install
Students will learn how to access Linux documentation and install a graphical user interface (GUI).
Module 6: Remote Connectivity
Students will explore tools such as SSH and scp to connect to and manage remote systems securely.
Exam 2
Covers Modules 4–6 to assess proficiency in text editing, help systems, GUIs, and remote access.
Module 7: CLI Installation and GIT
Students will learn to install software via the command line and use Git for version control.
Module 8: Users, Groups, and Permissions
Students will manage user accounts, groups, and file permissions to control access and system security.
Module 9: Programs, Processes, and Cronjobs
Students will manage running processes, schedule tasks with cron, and monitor system activity.
Exam 3
Covers Modules 7–9 to assess knowledge of software management, user administration, and automation.
Module 10: Advanced Find, Grep, and Logs
Students will search for content using grep, analyze log files, and use advanced options with find.
Module 11: Awk, Sed, and Regex
Students will manipulate text streams using awk and sed, and write regular expressions for pattern matching.
Module 12: Partitions and Inodes
Students will explore disk partitioning, file system structure, and how inodes manage file metadata.
Exam 4
Covers Modules 10–12 to test skills in text processing, file system analysis, and system investigation.
Module 13: Shell Configuration and Aliases
Students will customize their shell environment with configuration files and define aliases for commonly used commands.
Final Exam
Assesses comprehensive understanding of Linux concepts and skills learned throughout the course.
Required Reading: The free text by William Shotts for this course is found online here(https://wiki.lib.sun.ac.za/images/c/ca/TLCL-13.07.pdf). The text is free to view or print as preferred. Weekly reading assignments will refer to this text.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Fundamentals of Programming, CS-1400, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Activity Contributes
Programming Problem Sets 10%
Projects 15%
Code Review 15%
Mastery quizzes 5%
Exam 1 15%
Exam 2 15%
Final Exam 25%
Description:
Week Topic
1 Course Setup and Introduction
2 Programming Building Blocks
3 Strings and Calling Functions
4 Defining Functions and Unit Tests
5 Scope and Functional Decomposition
6 Exam 1
7 Conditionals, Lists
8 More Lists and For-Loops
9 For-Loop Patterns, Mutability
10 Files and Modules
11 Exam 2
12 Dictionaries
13 Nested Data and While Loops
14 Final Project
15 Review
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist: Interactive Edition by Allen Downey available free online, Python Programming: An Introduction to Computer Science by John Zelle ISBN: 1-997902-99-6
Sales Management, MKTG-3515, Section 01, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
Quizzes
Mid-Term Exam(s)
Final Eam
Description:
Module 1 – Introduction to Sales: Provides students with an overview of the sales function.
Module 2 – The Sales Manager: Discusses the importance of the sales manager within the organization.
Module 3 – Building and Managing High-Performing Sales Teams: Hiring personnel and setting performance management standards.
Module 4 – Sales Team Incentives and Goals: Evaluate different incentives and compensation structures for sales teams.
Module 5—Sales Force Retention and Turnover: Recognize that sales force turnover has high costs and focus on retention.
Module 6 - Aligning Sales with Marketing Strategy I: How the sales force can help firms build their brand.
Module 7 – Sales Force Optimization: Designing the size and coverage of sales teams and understanding key account management.
Module 8 – Aligning Sales function with other areas of Marketing Strategy: Students appreciate the benefits of aligning the sales force with pricing and social media strategy.
Module 9 – Sales Decisions and AI: Using AI and analytics to drive sales decisions.
Module 10 – Sales Channels: Selecting the proper sales channels and sales role specialization
Module 11—Navigating Sales Force Change: This module discusses the steps to successfully managing change in sales forces.
Module 12 – Negotiation: Exposes students to negotiation skills essential for sales managers.
Required Reading: The Harvard Business Review Sales Management Handbook: How to Lead High-Performing Sales Teams (HBR Handbooks) by Prabhakant Sinha, Arun Shastri, and Sally E. Lorimer. ISBN: 978-1647826802
Recommended Reading: N/A
Marketing Principles, MKTG-3010, Section 05, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Group Project
Quizzes
Class Participation
At least two exams
Description:
Module 1 - Marketing Overview: Introduces students to Marketing.
Module 2 - Strategic Planning: Identifying business opportunities and firms’ strengths and weaknesses.
Module 3 - Ethics and Social Responsibility: Students will learn about ethical marketing and corporate social responsibility.
Module 4 - Marketing Environment: Discusses the environments in which marketers operate and key factors that merit consideration.
Module 5 - Consumer Decision Making: Covers the steps involved in consumer decision-making.
Module 6 - Business Markets: Exposes students to business markets and how marketers operate in them.
Module 7 - Segmentation, Targeting, Positioning: This module discusses the segmentation, targeting, and positioning activities and their importance to marketers.
Module 8 - Marketing Research: Explains the role of marketing research in aiding decision-making.
Module 9 - Product Concepts: Introduces the concept of branding and product lines.
Module 10 - Product Development and Management: This module studies the new product development process and the product development life cycle.
Module 11 - Services and Non-Profit Organization Marketing: This module provides a glimpse into marketing for services and non-profit organizations, which is different from traditional marketing (usually for products) for profit-oriented firms.
Module 12 - Supply Chain Management and Marketing Channels: Introduces supply chains and distribution channels.
Module 13 – Retailing: Students will learn about retailers and retail management.
Module 14 - Marketing Communications: Discusses firms’ marketing communications and the factors to consider in their promotional mix.
Module 15 - Advertising and Promotions: Covers the essential considerations in firms’ advertising and promotion decisions.
Module 16 - Personal Selling and Sales Management: Covers CRM and sales force management.
Module 17 - Social Media and Marketing: This module explores considerations in creating and managing social media marketing.
Module 18 – Pricing: Introduces students to the pricing strategies of firms.
Module 19 - Marketing Metrics: Discusses some of the important metrics tracked by Marketing managers to aid in performance evaluation and decision making.
Required Reading: Required Text: Principles of Marketing Video book by The Original Video book. Author: Kohli, Chiranjeev ISBN: 9781684785230
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010D, Section 04, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
All major writing units in this course include prewriting activities, multiple drafts, peer reviews, and opportunities for teacher conferences. In addition to formal assignments, students will complete regular reading annotations and participate in essential in-class individual and group work.
Major Assignments:
Narrative Credo
Rhetorical Analysis Essay
Logical Fallacies Quiz
Group Topic/Individual Research Paper
– Introduction & “My Search” Section
– APA Reference Page
– “Evaluating Sources” Section
– “Reflection” Section
Research Essay
Final Exam: Oral Defense of the Research Essay
Description:
Unit 1: Narrative Credo – Writing with Voice and Purpose
In this unit, students explore personal experience as a foundation for academic writing. Through modeling, quickwrites, peer review, and revision, they craft a personal "credo" that showcases voice, structure, and rhetorical awareness.
Unit 2: Rhetorical Analysis & Logical Fallacies – Reading Critically and Arguing Ethically
Students analyze speeches, videos, and essays to understand rhetorical strategies and how arguments are constructed. The unit includes instruction on ethos, pathos, logos, and logical fallacies, culminating in a rhetorical analysis essay.
Unit 3: Group Topic, Individual Paper – Evaluating and Using Sources
Focusing on research skills and information literacy, this unit guides students in evaluating source credibility, practicing APA citation, and integrating evidence. Each student writes an individual paper on a shared group topic, informed by collaborative source analysis.
Unit 4: Research Essay & Defense – Academic Writing and Oral Presentation
In the final unit, students select a research question, gather scholarly sources, and craft a formal APA-style research paper. The unit concludes with a final exam in which students orally defend their research process and findings to peers and the instructor.
Required Reading: "Why So Much Emphasis on Writing?" "All I Really Need to Know I Learned in Kindergarten" "Wear Sunscreen" "Living Well. Living Good." "Allegory of the Cave" "Shitty First Drafts" "The Power of Personal Narrative" "No One Writes Alone" "Why Your Critics Aren’t the Ones Who Count" "Gettysburg Address" "The Danger of a Single Story" "I Have a Dream" "Philosophy for a Happy Life" "The Weak Shall Inherit the Gym" "What You Eat Is Your Business" "Don’t Blame the Eater" "Students Have 'Dismaying' Inability to Tell Fake News from Real News" "Evaluating Information: The Cornerstone of Civic Online Reasoning" "Lateral Reading" "A Neuroscientist Explains What Conspiracy Theories Do to Your Brain" "The Science of Fake News" "Revising Research Papers" Various student-selected articles, essays, commercials, etc.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010D, Section 01, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
All major writing units in this course include prewriting activities, multiple drafts, peer reviews, and opportunities for teacher conferences. In addition to formal assignments, students will complete regular reading annotations and participate in essential in-class individual and group work.
Major Assignments:
Narrative Credo
Rhetorical Analysis Essay
Logical Fallacies Quiz
Group Topic/Individual Research Paper
– Introduction & “My Search” Section
– APA Reference Page
– “Evaluating Sources” Section
– “Reflection” Section
Research Essay
Final Exam: Oral Defense of the Research Essay
Description:
Unit 1: Narrative Credo – Writing with Voice and Purpose
In this unit, students explore personal experience as a foundation for academic writing. Through modeling, quickwrites, peer review, and revision, they craft a personal "credo" that showcases voice, structure, and rhetorical awareness.
Unit 2: Rhetorical Analysis & Logical Fallacies – Reading Critically and Arguing Ethically
Students analyze speeches, videos, and essays to understand rhetorical strategies and how arguments are constructed. The unit includes instruction on ethos, pathos, logos, and logical fallacies, culminating in a rhetorical analysis essay.
Unit 3: Group Topic, Individual Paper – Evaluating and Using Sources
Focusing on research skills and information literacy, this unit guides students in evaluating source credibility, practicing APA citation, and integrating evidence. Each student writes an individual paper on a shared group topic, informed by collaborative source analysis.
Unit 4: Research Essay & Defense – Academic Writing and Oral Presentation
In the final unit, students select a research question, gather scholarly sources, and craft a formal MLA-style research paper. The unit concludes with a final exam in which students orally defend their research process and findings to peers and the instructor.
Required Reading: "Why So Much Emphasis on Writing?", "All I Really Need to Know I Learned in Kindergarten", "Wear Sunscreen", "Living Well. Living Good.", "Allegory of the Cave", "Shitty First Drafts", "The Power of Personal Narrative", "No One Writes Alone", "Why Your Critics Aren’t the Ones Who Count", "Gettysburg Address", "The Danger of a Single Story", "I Have a Dream", "Philosophy for a Happy Life", "The Weak Shall Inherit the Gym", "What You Eat Is Your Business", "Don’t Blame the Eater", "Students Have 'Dismaying' Inability to Tell Fake News from Real News", "Evaluating Information: The Cornerstone of Civic Online Reasoning", "Lateral Reading", "A Neuroscientist Explains What Conspiracy Theories Do to Your Brain", "The Science of Fake News", "Revising Research Papers", and various student-selected articles, essays, commercials, etc.
Recommended Reading: n/a
Literary Theory, ENGL-3600, Section 01, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Point Breakdown
Modules 1-3:
Initial Reactions (3X20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Pre-Class Writings (3X20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Explanation of Theory (4X25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Application of Theory (3X25). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Analysis Paper (The Wretched of the Earth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Research Paper (Mrs. Dalloway):
Paper Idea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Source List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Rough Draft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Revised Draft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Peer Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Final Draft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Final Exam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000
Description:
ENGL 3600 Syllabus
Class Schedule-Fall Semester 2025
Date In Class Reading Due Assignment Due
Week 1
Wednesday, Aug, 20
Monday, Aug. 25 Course Introduction, Syllabus From the Norton Anthology and the RGTCLT -
Wednesday, Aug. 27 What is Interpretation? and What is Literature? Reactions, Responses, Discussion Norton Anthology of Theory and Criticism "Introduction" pp. 1-33 -
Week 2
Discussion, Reactions Norton Anthology of Theory and Criticism Headnote on William Wordsworth and from The Preface to Lyrical Ballads pp. 563-586 -
Reactions, Discussion
From Hamlet NATC Headnote on Roland Barthes pp. 1262-1266 and "The Death of the Author" pp. 1268-1272 Explanation of Theory I due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 3
Discussion NATC Headnote on Virginia Woolf pp. 854-856 and from A Room of One's Own pp. 857-865 -
Discussion, from The House of Mirth and Nicholas Nickleby NATC Headnote on Simon de Beauvoir pp. 1211-1213 and from The Second Sex pp. 1214-1221, "The Waves of Feminism . . . " by Constance Grady Pre-Class Writing I due Wednesday by 11:59pm
Week 4
Introduce Module 1, Discussion, Debate Initial Reactions I due Monday by 11:59 pm
Discussion, Assign Analysis Paper -
Week 5
Discussion -
Discussion and Debate Explanation of Theory II due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 6
Discussion, from Using Critical Theory -
Discussion Application of Theory I due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 7
Discussion and Debate NATC Headnote on Judith Butler pp. 2372-2375 and from Gender Trouble pp. 2375-2388 -
Discussion and Debate NATC Headnote on Laura Mulvey pp. 1952-1954 and from Visual Pleasure and Narrative Cinema pp. 1954-1965 Analysis Paper due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 8
Discussion, Introduce Module 2 NATC Headnote on Wolfgang Iser pp. 1450-1452 and "Interaction Between Text and Reader" pp. 1452-1460 Initial Reactions II due Monday by 11:59pm
NO CLASS-FALL BREAK - -
Week 9
Discussion, from Jane Eyre NATC Headnote on Sandra Gilbert and Susan Gubar pp. 1839-1841 and from The Madwoman in the Attic pp. 1841-1853 In-Class Writing due Tuesday by 3:00pm (at the end of class)
Discussion, and from "Everyday Use" NATC Headnote on Adrienne Rich pp. 1513-1515 and from Compulsory Heterosexuality and Lesbian Existence pp. 1515-1534 -
Week 10
Discussion NATC Headnote on Mikhail Bakhtin pp. 997-999 and from Discourse in the Novel pp. 999-1030 -
Discussion, Assign Research Paper - Application of Theory II due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 11
Discussion, Introduce Module 3 Mrs. Dalloway pp. 3-48 “‘Remember my party to-night!’ sounded frail and thin and very far away as Peter Walsh shut the door.” Initial Reactions III due Monday by 11:59pm
Discussion Mrs. Dalloway pp. 48-64 "It was over. He went away that night. He never saw her again." Paper Idea due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 12
Discussion Mrs. Dalloway pp. 64-151 "So that was Dr. Holmes." Pre-Class Writing III due Monday by 11:59pm
Discussion Mrs. Dalloway pp. 151-170 "Edith would be sure to know." Explanation of Theory 3 due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 13
Discussion Mrs. Dalloway finish -
Discussion "Virginia Woolf's 'Cotton Wool of Daily Life'" by Liesl Olsen, Peer Review Sheet -
Week 14
Discussion "Clarissa and the Coolies's Wives: Mrs. Dalloway Figuring Transnational Feminism" by Valerie Reed Hickman Source List due Monday by 11:59pm/Rough Draft (850-1000 words, 1 scholarly source, Works Cited page) Sent to Partner Tuesday by 11:59pm/Peer Review Sheet Returned to Partner Sunday by 11:59pm
NO CLASS-THANKSGIVING - -
Week 15
Exam Format and Making Connections, Course Evaluations - Revised Draft (1000-1250 word revised draft of your paper, with at least 2 scholarly sources and a Works Cited page) of Research Paper due Tuesday by 11:59pm
Review For the Final Exam Final Exam Review Sheet Final Draft of Research Paper due Monday Dec. 6 by 11:59pm
Exam Week
Dec. 6-10
Required Reading: Mrs. Dalloway and The Norton Anthology of Theory and Criticism 3rd edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Graduate Capstone, SD-6450, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Project proposal; periodic project presentations; 5–10 progress/validation checkpoints; final defense and deliverable.
Description:
Unit 1: Project Charter and System Design
Formulate a comprehensive project proposal outlining the problem statement, scope, system architecture, and technology stack to serve as the project blueprint.
Unit 2: Iterative Development and Progress Validation
Execute the development plan through a series of sprints, demonstrating progress and incorporating feedback through periodic stakeholder presentations and technical checkpoints.
Unit 3: Final Defense and Product Delivery
Present a final defense of the project's architecture and outcomes to a review panel and deliver a polished, production-ready software solution with full documentation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Advanced Topics in App Develop, SD-6400, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
5–10 major programming projects; 1 practical final project.
Description:
Unit 1: Custom Model Development
Master the complete workflow for training, validating, and tuning custom AI models from a dataset to solve a specific business problem.
Unit 2: Local Deployment
Implement strategies for packaging and deploying models directly within an application for efficient, local inference.
Unit 3: AI as a Service (AIaaS) Integration
Architect software solutions that consume and manage powerful, pre-trained models via external APIs for scalable and advanced AI functionality.
Unit 4: Applied AI Comprehensive Project
Synthesize all course learnings by designing and deploying a novel, end-to-end application that leverages an AI model to deliver a real-world solution.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Fundamentals of Programming, SD-6100, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
5–10 major programming projects; 5–10 coding exercise assignments; 1 practical final exam.
Description:
Unit 1: Algorithmic Thinking and Core Constructs
Master core programming concepts, including data types, control flow, and algorithmic logic, to build a foundation for robust software solutions.
Unit 2: Application Interfaces and Web Fundamentals
Develop skills in front-end web technologies and user interface (UI) design principles to create responsive and intuitive applications.
Unit 3: Service Integration and API Consumption
Learn to architect applications that leverage external data and services by effectively consuming and managing web-based APIs.
Unit 4: Full-Stack Application Project
Synthesize course concepts by designing, developing, and deploying a comprehensive application that solves a complex, real-world problem.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Data Visualization, CS-4410, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
5-10 major programming projects; 1 final project/exam.
Description:
Unit 1: Foundations and Perception
Explore the core principles of visual perception and how to effectively encode data into visual elements.
Unit 2: Chart Construction and Design
Master the process of selecting appropriate chart types and designing clear, accurate, and ethical visualizations.
Unit 3: Storytelling and Interactivity
Learn to build compelling data narratives and create interactive dashboards for user-driven exploration.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Student Teaching Capstone, ELED-4989, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Capstone Portfolio: Students will reflect on their ability to meet each of the USBE competencies outlined on the Student Teaching Evaluation Rubric (STER) at the expected level of 2 or above, and provide evidence that supports their reflection and earned score. Students will upload and organize reflections and evidence into a digital portfolio in Google Drive. The portfolio must clearly document the student's ability to meet expectations in order to pass this course and be recommended for licensure.
Description:
Capstone Portfolio: Strategies for success + workshop days
Book studies: Students explore texts in small groups, with unifying questions to support whole-group sharing
Job application support: Presentations by Career Services, mock interviews + feedback, principal panel for students' FAQs
Required Reading: n/a
Recommended Reading: Drive by Daniel Pink; What we say and how we say it matter: Teacher talk that improves student learning and behavior by Mike Anderson; Make Teaching Sustainable by Paul Emerich France; The Anxious Generation by Jonathan Haidt
Capstone Research in Criminal Justice, CJ-4790, Section 02, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Research question & outline of final project; review of the literature; methods section; analysis & results; discussion section; final paper including all sections plus references, tables, and optional appendices.
Description:
Module 1: Students will formulate a research question to explore in their final capstone project. Research questions will be based on relevant extant literature. Students will also construct an outline of their proposal, including the introduction, literature review, and methods sections.
Module 2: Students will conduct a literature search and write an introduction and literature review informed by the search of literature. Literature review must include peer-reviewed and academic sources.
Module 3: Students will determine the methods they intend to use (e.g., quantitative vs. qualitative, survey or interview, etc.) and write their methods section. The methods section must include, at a minimum, the intended sample, timeframe of data collection, and measures used.
Module 4: Students will collect, enter, and analyze their data. If survey methods were used, students will distribute their surveys to their samples, enter the data into SPSS or another data analysis software program, and run analyses on the data (e.g., descriptives, correlations, etc.). If interviews were the primary method used, students will interview participants, transcribe the data, and analyze the data for common themes.
Module 5: Students will write their results section based on the analyses conducted in Module 4 (above). Students must include tables as well as a write-up and interpretations.
Module 6: Students will write their discussion section. The section must include, at a minimum, explanation of results/confirmation (or lack thereof) of hypotheses, discussion of unexpected/expected findings, strengths and limitations (if not already discussed in the methods section), directions for future research, and policy implications.
Module 7: Students will submit the final paper, including the introduction, literature review, methods, results, discussion, and references section. Students will take professor feedback from earlier drafts into consideration when submitting the final, completed paper.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Capstone Research in Criminal Justice, CJ-4790, Section 01, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Research question & outline of final project; review of the literature; methods section; analysis & results; discussion section; final paper including all sections plus references, tables, and optional appendices.
Description:
Module 1: Students will formulate a research question to explore in their final capstone project. Research questions will be based on relevant extant literature. Students will also construct an outline of their proposal, including the introduction, literature review, and methods sections.
Module 2: Students will conduct a literature search and write an introduction and literature review informed by the search of literature. Literature review must include peer-reviewed and academic sources.
Module 3: Students will determine the methods they intend to use (e.g., quantitative vs. qualitative, survey or interview, etc.) and write their methods section. The methods section must include, at a minimum, the intended sample, timeframe of data collection, and measures used.
Module 4: Students will collect, enter, and analyze their data. If survey methods were used, students will distribute their surveys to their samples, enter the data into SPSS or another data analysis software program, and run analyses on the data (e.g., descriptives, correlations, etc.). If interviews were the primary method used, students will interview participants, transcribe the data, and analyze the data for common themes.
Module 5: Students will write their results section based on the analyses conducted in Module 4 (above). Students must include tables as well as a write-up and interpretations.
Module 6: Students will write their discussion section. The section must include, at a minimum, explanation of results/confirmation (or lack thereof) of hypotheses, discussion of unexpected/expected findings, strengths and limitations (if not already discussed in the methods section), directions for future research, and policy implications.
Module 7: Students will submit the final paper, including the introduction, literature review, methods, results, discussion, and references section. Students will take professor feedback from earlier drafts into consideration when submitting the final, completed paper.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Psychology, PSY-1010, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Grading Information: Final grades in this course will be based on a percentage-based system, with 1000
points possible to earn. There will not be a “curve” used to determine grades.
Grade Components: Class Attendance (25% of course grade), Module Quizzes (15% of course grade),
Canvas Discussions (10% of course grade), Class Presentations (10% of course grade), Class Reflection Paper
(10% of course grade), and Three Exams (10% each/30% total of course grade).
Class Attendance:
Class attendance is vital to your learning process. An attendance sheet will be available for each class to
mark your attendance. If you are 10 or more minutes late, you will NOT receive credit for attending that class.
You will NOT receive credit if you “forget” to sign in.
Module Quizzes:
Module quizzes must be completed by 8 a.m. of the day/first day a new module will be reviewed. Each quiz
will be a short test of questions about the content sections of that module that have been assigned in the
syllabus. You may refer to the online textbook when taking quizzes. There are a total of 15 module quizzes.
Once the quiz is closed there is no extension on it. .
Class Reflection Paper:
A reflection paper discussing the student’s experience, participation, and learning in this class will be due
before the final week of classes. A rubric outlines the expectations and scoring for this paper and is listed with
the assignment.
Exams:
The exams must be taken in the Testing Center. You are responsible for ensuring it is open and available.
The exams must be taken during the time specified in Canvas. The final exam will be scheduled and related
information shared in Canvas as to when and where.
Exam Reviews. Before the exams, there will be class time devoted to reviewing the material covered during the
time frame of that exam. Last-minute “cramming” is a poor study strategy. You may only take an exam once,
so make sure you are prepared before beginning the exam (e.g., there are no retakes to try and improve your
score). Exam questions will include both the assigned reading material and what is presented in class.
Description:
Class Schedule
Dates Module Subsections
8/21 Welcome Introductions; Syllabus Review
8/26 1)Introduction to Psychology Why Science? History of Psychology
8/28 2) Research Methods Thinking Like a Scientist/Research Designs
9/2 3) Neuroscience Intro; Neurons; How Neurons Communicate;
Nature/Nurture Question; Gene/Environment Interact.
9/4 4) Sensation & Perception What Is Sensation? Gestalt Principles of Perception; What is
Perception? Multi-Modal Perception
9/9 5) Learning What is Learning? Classical & Operant Conditioning; Latent
and Observational Learning
9/11 1 – 5 Review & Presentations
9/16 Exam 1 Modules1 – 5 TAKEN IN THE TESTING CENTER
9/18 6) Memory Encoding; Storage; Retrieval; Amnesia; Forgetting
9/23 7) Consciousness Consciousness; The Unconscious; States of Consciousness
9/25 8) Thinking/Intelligence What is Cognition? Language: What are Intelligence &
Creativity?
9/30 9) Emotion & Motivation
Motivation; Theories of Motivation; Maslow’s Hierarchy of
Needs. Theories of Emotion; Biology of Emotions; Seeing
Emotion
10/2 10) Development
Cognitive Development in Childhood; Social and Personality
Development in Childhood; Adolescent Development;
Emerging Adulthood; Aging
10/7 6 – 10 Exam Review & Presentations
10/14 Exam 2 Modules 6 – 10 TAKEN IN THE TESTING CENTER
10/16 11) Social Psychology
Social Psychology and Influences on Behavior; Social Norms
and Scripts; Attitudes; Persuasion; Conformity and
Obedience; Group Behavior; Prejudice and Discrimination;
Aggression
10/21 12) Personality What Is Personality? Freud and the Psychodynamic
Perspective; Humanistic Approaches; Trait Theorists
10/23 13) Stress Stressors; Stress and Illness; Regulation of Stress; The
Pursuit of Happiness
10/28 14) Mental Health
What are Psychological Disorders? Diagnosing and
Classifying Psychological Disorders; Perspectives on
Psychological Disorders
10/30 15) Therapy & Treatment
Mental Health Treatment: Past and Present; Types of
Treatment; Treatment Modalities; The Sociocultural Model
and Therapy Utilization
11/4 11 – 15 Review & Presentations
11/6 Exam 3 Modules 11-15 TAKEN AT THE TESTING CENTER
11/11 Speaker: TBA
11/20 Speaker: TBA
12/2 Speaker: TBA
12/4 Speaker: TBA
Required Reading: Introduction to Psychology (https://uen.pressbooks.pub/psychology1010/)
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Psychology, PSY-1010, Section 8, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Grading Information: Final grades in this course will be based on a percentage-based system, with 1000
points possible to earn. There will not be a “curve” used to determine grades.
Grade Components: Class Attendance (25% of course grade), Module Quizzes (15% of course grade),
Canvas Discussions (10% of course grade), Class Presentations (10% of course grade), Class Reflection Paper
(10% of course grade), and Three Exams (10% each/30% total of course grade).
Class Attendance:
Class attendance is vital to your learning process. An attendance sheet will be available for each class to
mark your attendance. If you are 10 or more minutes late, you will NOT receive credit for attending that class.
You will NOT receive credit if you “forget” to sign in.
Module Quizzes:
Module quizzes must be completed by 8 a.m. of the day/first day a new module will be reviewed. Each quiz
will be a short test of questions about the content sections of that module that have been assigned in the
syllabus. You may refer to the online textbook when taking quizzes. There are a total of 15 module quizzes.
Once the quiz is closed there is no extension on it. .
Class Reflection Paper:
A reflection paper discussing the student’s experience, participation, and learning in this class will be due
before the final week of classes. A rubric outlines the expectations and scoring for this paper and is listed with
the assignment.
Exams:
The exams must be taken in the Testing Center. You are responsible for ensuring it is open and available.
The exams must be taken during the time specified in Canvas. The final exam will be scheduled and related
information shared in Canvas as to when and where.
Exam Reviews. Before the exams, there will be class time devoted to reviewing the material covered during the
time frame of that exam. Last-minute “cramming” is a poor study strategy. You may only take an exam once,
so make sure you are prepared before beginning the exam (e.g., there are no retakes to try and improve your
score). Exam questions will include both the assigned reading material and what is presented in class.
Description:
Class Schedule
Dates Module Subsections
8/21 Welcome Introductions; Syllabus Review
8/26 1)Introduction to Psychology Why Science? History of Psychology
8/28 2) Research Methods Thinking Like a Scientist/Research Designs
9/2 3) Neuroscience Intro; Neurons; How Neurons Communicate;
Nature/Nurture Question; Gene/Environment Interact.
9/4 4) Sensation & Perception What Is Sensation? Gestalt Principles of Perception; What is
Perception? Multi-Modal Perception
9/9 5) Learning What is Learning? Classical & Operant Conditioning; Latent
and Observational Learning
9/11 1 – 5 Review & Presentations
9/16 Exam 1 Modules1 – 5 TAKEN IN THE TESTING CENTER
9/18 6) Memory Encoding; Storage; Retrieval; Amnesia; Forgetting
9/23 7) Consciousness Consciousness; The Unconscious; States of Consciousness
9/25 8) Thinking/Intelligence What is Cognition? Language: What are Intelligence &
Creativity?
9/30 9) Emotion & Motivation
Motivation; Theories of Motivation; Maslow’s Hierarchy of
Needs. Theories of Emotion; Biology of Emotions; Seeing
Emotion
10/2 10) Development
Cognitive Development in Childhood; Social and Personality
Development in Childhood; Adolescent Development;
Emerging Adulthood; Aging
10/7 6 – 10 Exam Review & Presentations
10/14 Exam 2 Modules 6 – 10 TAKEN IN THE TESTING CENTER
10/16 11) Social Psychology
Social Psychology and Influences on Behavior; Social Norms
and Scripts; Attitudes; Persuasion; Conformity and
Obedience; Group Behavior; Prejudice and Discrimination;
Aggression
10/21 12) Personality What Is Personality? Freud and the Psychodynamic
Perspective; Humanistic Approaches; Trait Theorists
10/23 13) Stress Stressors; Stress and Illness; Regulation of Stress; The
Pursuit of Happiness
10/28 14) Mental Health
What are Psychological Disorders? Diagnosing and
Classifying Psychological Disorders; Perspectives on
Psychological Disorders
10/30 15) Therapy & Treatment
Mental Health Treatment: Past and Present; Types of
Treatment; Treatment Modalities; The Sociocultural Model
and Therapy Utilization
11/4 11 – 15 Review & Presentations
11/6 Exam 3 Modules 11-15 TAKEN AT THE TESTING CENTER
11/11 Speaker: TBA
11/20 Speaker: TBA
12/2 Speaker: TBA
12/4 Speaker: TBA
Required Reading: Introduction to Psychology (https://uen.pressbooks.pub/psychology1010/)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Research Methods in Psychology, PSY-3010, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Lab assignments (10 pts. each)
There are several lab exercises you will complete. The assignments are due at the end of lab. No
late exercises will be accepted. All are individual assignments.
Your two assignment scores will be automatically dropped by Canvas.
Exams (100 pts. each)
Three exams will be administered in the testing center. Tests may include true-false, multiple
choice format questions, as well as short answer questions. These questions will be developed
from what is covered in lecture and in the text.
Paper #1 (Outline, 10 pts.; Draft, 20 pts.; Final paper, 100 pts.)
You will be required to submit an APA style research paper using data collected in this course.
All papers MUST be uploaded to CANVAS so that they can be electronically checked for
plagiarism via TurnItIn.com. Any paper that has not been uploaded prior to the due date will
receive a zero. Papers must not have more than 5% plagiarism per TurnItIn.com. Paper should
be at least 5 pages long.
Description:
This outline is an approximate guide to the dates that material will be covered. Particular
lecture topics may change; material may be added and deleted, and the schedule will be
adjusted as necessary. Changes will be announced in class. Check back often and get
announcements from a classmate if you miss class.
Week 1 starting 8/18/25
• Tuesday, 10/19/25 - NO CLASS
• Thursday, 8/21: Introductions & Overview of the Course
Week 2 starting 8/25/25
• Ch. 1: Scientific Reasoning
• Ch. 2: Sources of Information
Week 3 starting 9/1/25
• Ch. 3: Three Claims, Four Validities
• NO CLASS - Exam #1 (Ch. 1-3)
Week 4 starting 9/8/25
• Ch. 4: Ethics
• Ch. 5: Good Measurement
Week 5 starting 9/15/25
• Scales for your paper
• Ch. 6: Surveys and Observations
Week 6 starting 9/22/25
• NO CLASS - Exam #2 (Ch. 4-6)
• Ch. 7: Sampling
Week 7 starting 9/29/25
• Ch. 8: Bivariate Correlations
Week 8 starting 10/6/25
• Ch. 9 Multivariate Correlations
• Thursday, 10/9/25 - NO CLASS - Semester Break
Week 9 starting 10/13/25
• NO CLASS - EXAM #2 (Ch. 7-9)
• Paper #1 Instructions
• Instructions for Research Proposal
• Literature review
• Annotated Full Sentence Outline for Lit Review
Week 10 starting 10/20/25
• Present study section
• Method section
Week 11 starting 10/27/25
• Powerpoint presentation instructions
• Powerpoint presentations
• Distribute survey questions
Week 12 starting 11/3/25
• Results section
• Entering data into SPSS
• Discussion section
Week 13 starting 11/10/25
• Appendix
• Visit Writing Center
• Paper #1 draft due
• Paper #1 peer review
Week 14 starting 11/17/25
• Ch. 10 - Simple Experiments
Week 15 starting 11/24/25
• NO CLASS (all week) - Thanksgiving Break
Week 16 starting 12/1/25
• Final paper is due
Finals Week 17: 12/8/25 - 12/15/25
• Poster presentations
Required Reading: Morling, B. (2018). Research Methods in Psychology (3rd Edition.), Norton Publishing
Recommended Reading: N/A
Genetics, BIOL-3030, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
There are four-unit exams worth 100 points and one comprehensive final exam worth 100 points. Exams are multiple choice and have 50 total questions. Material covered in lectures will be included on exams. Exams are closed book, and no notes or assistance is allowed during the exams. Unit exams will be available at the Testing Center at the Utah Tech campus. The exam for Unit 4 and the comprehensive final exam will be taken in class during finals week.
There will be select assignments given as a part of this course. Assignments and due dates will be announced in class and will be on Canvas. At least two assignments will require you to attend/present material outside of the normal scheduled class period.
Description:
Mendelian Inheritance
Mitosis
Meiosis
Extensions to Mendelian Inheritance
Non-Mendelian Inheritance
Molecular Structure
Chromosome structure
DNA Replication
Genome & Chromosome Mutation
DNA Mutation
DNA Repair
Population Genetics
Evolutionary Genetics
Bacterial Transcription
Eukaryotic Transcription
Translation
lac & trp Operon
Eukaryotic Gene Regulation
Epigenetics
CRISPR
Recombination & Transposition
Cancer Genetics
Molecular Technologies
Biotechnology
Bioinformatics
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Brooker, R. J. (2014) Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 5th Edition. McGraw Hill (ISBN-10: 0073525340, ISBN-13: 978-0073525341).
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 19, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Point Breakdown
Class Preparation, In-Class Writing, Small Group Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Individual Writing Worksheets (3X15) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Summary/Response Reading Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
In-Class Quotation Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Summary/Response Writing Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
In-Class Paraphrase Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Cambridge/Somerville In-Class Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Cambridge/Somerville Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
In-Class Quotation/Paraphrase Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
First 3 Entries of Annotated Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Annotated Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Research Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
In-Class Quotation/Paraphrase Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Research Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Research Paper Abstract (Final Exam) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000
Description:
Fall 2025 Semester Schedule
Date In Class Reading Due Assignment Due
Week 1
Course Introduction, Syllabus
APA Style and Documentation
Pre-Test
https://apastyle.apa.org/ - -
Using Templates, Assign Summary/Response They Say/I Say "Preface" and "Introduction" Individual Writing Worksheet 1 due Friday by 11:59 pm
Week 2
Summarizing and Ways of Responding They Say/I Say ch. 1 and ch. 2 Exercise 1 in Chapter 1 due in class
Quotations and Ways of Responding, Discuss Exercise 3 They Say/I Say ch. 3 and ch. 4 "Preliminary Evaluation of Delay Discounting and Cell Phone Use in the College Classroom" Exercise 3 in chapter 3 due in class
Week 3
In-Class Quotation Assignment, Voice Markers for Summarizing and Quoting They Say/I Say ch. 5 -
Reading a Scholarly Article, Summary/Response Reading Assignment (in class) They Say/I Say ch. 6 -
Week 4
Discuss Article, Paraphrasing - -
In-Class Paraphrase Assignment, Chs. 7 and 8 and Paraphrasing They Say/I Say ch. 7 and ch. 8 Summary/Response Writing Assignment due Friday by 11:59 pm
Week 5
Discussion, Assign Cambridge-Somerville YS Analysis, Finding Database Sources Freakanomics Podcast-"When Helping Hurts" -
Further Discussion of CSYS, Work on Outline They Say/I Say ch. 18 and "A Thirty-Year Follow-up of Treatment Effects" by J. McCord (1978) Outline of due CSYS Analysis Friday by 11:59 pm
Week 6
In-Class Quotation/Paraphrase Assignment, Discussion of CSYS Analysis
Sample CSYS Analysis Rough Draft They Say/I Say ch. 13 -
Peer Review Sessions, Sign Up for Conference with Instructor Peer Review Sheet Rough Draft (3 copies, 850-word minimum, 1 scholarly source, References page)/Revised Draft of CSYS Analysis (1000-word minimum, 2 scholarly sources, References page) due Friday by 11:59 pm
Week 7
Individual Conferences with Instructor Tuesday-Thursday
Conference Sign-Up Sheet They Say/I Say ch. 12 -
Individual Zoom of Office Conferences with Instructor Tuesday-Thursday
Conference Sign-Up Sheet - Individual Writing Worksheet 2 Due During the Week
Week 8
CSYS In-Class Discussion, CSYS Revising
- -
Finishing Touches on CSYS Analysis, Research Project They Say/I Say ch. 9 Final Draft of CSYS Analysis due Friday by 11:59 pm
Week 9
Research Topic Brainstorming, Creating Keywords and Phrases for Research
They Say/I Say ch. 10 -
Creating an Annotated Bibliography
Source Analysis Sheet
- -
Week 10
Working on Annotated Bibliography They Say/I Say ch. 14 Annotated Bibliography-First 3 Entries due Wednesday by 11:59 pm
Annotated Bibliography and Research Question They Say/I Say ch. 15 Research Paper Outline due Friday by 11:59 pm
Week 11
Research Paper Planning
Relation between digital tool practices in the language arts classroom and reading comprehension scores by Salmeron et al. (2022) - -
Annotated Bibliography and Research Paper Rough Draft
In-Class Quotation/Paraphrase Assignment - Annotated Bibliography due Friday by 11:59 pm
Week 12
In-Class Peer Reviews - Rough Draft of Research Paper (1500-1700 words, 2 sources, References page) Bring 3 Copies to Class
Writing a Literature Review
Sample Student Literature Review - Revised Draft of Research Paper (1700-2000 words, 3 sources, References page) due Friday by 11:59 pm
Week 13
Individual Conferences with Instructor Conference Sign-Up Sheet -
Individual Conferences with Instructor Conference Sign-Up Sheet Individual Writing Worksheet 3 will be assigned after your conference
Week 14
Making Effective Presentations
Presentation Sign-Up Sheet Presentation Guidelines -
Finishing Touches on the Research Paper
Student Presentations - Final Draft of Research Paper due Friday by 11:59 pm
Week 15
Student Presentations -
Student Presentations - -
Exam Week
Final Exam- - Responses to Presentations due at the End of Exam Period
Required Reading: They Say, I Say-without Readings 6E (Ebook available through Canvas)
Recommended Reading: Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association 7th edition
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 15, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Point Breakdown
Class Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Small Group Collaborations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
In-Class Writing Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Literacy Narrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Summary/Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Writing to Evaluate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Writing to Solve Problems (Research Paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Annotated Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Final Exam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825
Description:
ENGL 1010-11 and 17
Date In Class Reading Due Assignment Due
Week 1
Course Introduction, Syllabus, Using Canvas Pre-Test -
Introducing the Literacy Narrative, Assign Literacy Narrative, Brainstorm Ideas for Literacy Narrative Joining the Conversation-"Literacy Narratives" pp.136-139 Organization Chart of Literacy Narrative due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 2
Discussion, Organizing Ideas for Literacy Narrative Joining the Conversation-"How Can I Write a Reflective Essay" pp.145-151 -
Adding Detail to Your Literacy Narrative, Drafting Your Narrative, Group Collaborations Joining the Conversation-"Prepare a Draft" pp.152-158 -
Week 3
Revising Your Literacy Narrative Joining the Conversation-"Mi Famiglia" by Caitlin Guariglia pp.160-163 -
Editing and Proofreading Your Own Writing, Group Collaborations Joining the Conversation-"Revising and Editing" pp.664-666 Final Draft of Literacy Narrative due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 4
Discussion Critical, Active Reading, Introduce APA Documentation Style Joining the Conversation-"Reading to Write" pp.50-66
"Guiding the Budding Writer" -
Assign Summary/Response Paper
Quoting and Paraphrasing Joining the Conversation-"Writing to Inform" pp.168-179 and "To Spray or Not to Spray: DDT Use for Indoor Residual Spraying" pp. 214-220 Organization Chart Summary/Response Paper due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 5
In-Class Peer Reviews Peer Review Sheet Rough Draft of Summary/Response Paper due in Class
In-Class Quotation Assignment, Working On Revised Draft - Revised Draft of Summary/Response Paper (850 words; 2 quotations and 2 paraphrases) due Friday by 11:59 pm
Week 6
Individual Office or Zoom Conferences with Instructor Conference Sign-Up Sheet -
Individual Office or Zoom Conferences with Instructor - Response to Peer and Instructor Feedback due Saturday by 11:59 pm
Week 7
Revising and Editing Summary/Response Paper (References Page) - -
Discussion of Evaluation, Assign Evaluation Paper, Group Collaborations Joining the Conversation-"Writing to Evaluate" pp. 291-307 Final Draft of Summary/Response Paper due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 8
Evaluation, Grammar and Style - -
Video: Database Search Video Joining the Conversation-"How Can I Write an Evaluation Essay?" pp. 319-327 and "Project Ideas" pp.341-344 Organization Chart of Evaluation Paper due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 9
Criteria and Library Research Super Bowl ads by Hartmann and Klapper (2018) -
Quotation and Paraphrase Practice, In-Class Quotation and Paraphrase Assignment Joining the Conversation-"Student Essay" pp.336-341 -
Week 10
Introductions and Conclusions Joining the Conversation-"APA Documentation" pp.707-710 -
In-Class Peer Reviews
Sample References Page Peer Review Sheet Rough Draft of Evaluation Paper due In Class on Thursday; Revised Draft of Evaluation Paper (800 words, 2 quotations, 2 paraphrases, References page) due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 11
Individual Zoom Conferences with Instructor Conference Sign Up Sheet -
Individual Zoom Conferences with Instructor - Response to Peer and Instructor Feedback due Saturday by 11:59pm
Week 12
Discuss Research, Assign Annotated Bibliography - -
Discuss Research, Assign Research (Solving a Problem) Paper, Revising and Research Joining the Conversation-"Writing to Solve a Problem" pp.345-360 Final Draft of Evaluation Paper due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 13
Prewriting-Research Paper - -
Annotated Bibliography Entries Joining the Conversation-"How Can I Write a Problem-Solving Essay?" pp.372-383 Organizational Chart of Research Paper due Friday by 11:59 pm
Week 14
Incorporating Sources into Your Writing Joining the Conversation-"How Can I Integrate Sources Into My Draft?" pp.646-663 Annotated Bibliography due Tuesday by 11:59pm
Peer Reviews Peer Review Sheet Rough Draft (700 word minimum, 2 sources, 2, paraphrases, 2 quotations, References page) of Research Paper/Revised Draft (850 word minimum, 2 sources, 2, paraphrases, 2 quotations, References page) of Research Paper due Friday by 11:59 pm
Week 15
Wednesday, Nov. 29-Friday, Nov. 29 NO CLASS-THANKSGIVING HOLIDAY - -
Week 16
Discussion
Post Test
ScholarlyEssay (Plastic Recycling) -
Prepare for Final Exam
Final Exam Review Sheet Final Draft of Research Paper due Friday by 11:59 pm
Exam Week
Final Exam
Required Reading: Joining the Conversation Mike Palmquist ISBN 9781319361518
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 11, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Point Breakdown
Class Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Small Group Collaborations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
In-Class Writing Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Literacy Narrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Summary/Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Writing to Evaluate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Writing to Solve Problems (Research Paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Annotated Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Final Exam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825
Description:
ENGL 1010-11 and 17
Date In Class Reading Due Assignment Due
Week 1
Course Introduction, Syllabus, Using Canvas Pre-Test -
Introducing the Literacy Narrative, Assign Literacy Narrative, Brainstorm Ideas for Literacy Narrative Joining the Conversation-"Literacy Narratives" pp.136-139 Organization Chart of Literacy Narrative due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 2
Discussion, Organizing Ideas for Literacy Narrative Joining the Conversation-"How Can I Write a Reflective Essay" pp.145-151 -
Adding Detail to Your Literacy Narrative, Drafting Your Narrative, Group Collaborations Joining the Conversation-"Prepare a Draft" pp.152-158 -
Week 3
Revising Your Literacy Narrative Joining the Conversation-"Mi Famiglia" by Caitlin Guariglia pp.160-163 -
Editing and Proofreading Your Own Writing, Group Collaborations Joining the Conversation-"Revising and Editing" pp.664-666 Final Draft of Literacy Narrative due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 4
Discussion Critical, Active Reading, Introduce APA Documentation Style Joining the Conversation-"Reading to Write" pp.50-66
"Guiding the Budding Writer" -
Assign Summary/Response Paper
Quoting and Paraphrasing Joining the Conversation-"Writing to Inform" pp.168-179 and "To Spray or Not to Spray: DDT Use for Indoor Residual Spraying" pp. 214-220 Organization Chart Summary/Response Paper due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 5
In-Class Peer Reviews Peer Review Sheet Rough Draft of Summary/Response Paper due in Class
In-Class Quotation Assignment, Working On Revised Draft - Revised Draft of Summary/Response Paper (850 words; 2 quotations and 2 paraphrases) due Friday by 11:59 pm
Week 6
Individual Office or Zoom Conferences with Instructor Conference Sign-Up Sheet -
Individual Office or Zoom Conferences with Instructor - Response to Peer and Instructor Feedback due Saturday by 11:59 pm
Week 7
Revising and Editing Summary/Response Paper (References Page) - -
Discussion of Evaluation, Assign Evaluation Paper, Group Collaborations Joining the Conversation-"Writing to Evaluate" pp. 291-307 Final Draft of Summary/Response Paper due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 8
Evaluation, Grammar and Style - -
Video: Database Search Video Joining the Conversation-"How Can I Write an Evaluation Essay?" pp. 319-327 and "Project Ideas" pp.341-344 Organization Chart of Evaluation Paper due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 9
Criteria and Library Research Super Bowl ads by Hartmann and Klapper (2018) -
Quotation and Paraphrase Practice, In-Class Quotation and Paraphrase Assignment Joining the Conversation-"Student Essay" pp.336-341 -
Week 10
Introductions and Conclusions Joining the Conversation-"APA Documentation" pp.707-710 -
In-Class Peer Reviews
Sample References Page Peer Review Sheet Rough Draft of Evaluation Paper due In Class on Thursday; Revised Draft of Evaluation Paper (800 words, 2 quotations, 2 paraphrases, References page) due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 11
Individual Zoom Conferences with Instructor Conference Sign Up Sheet -
Individual Zoom Conferences with Instructor - Response to Peer and Instructor Feedback due Saturday by 11:59pm
Week 12
Discuss Research, Assign Annotated Bibliography - -
Discuss Research, Assign Research (Solving a Problem) Paper, Revising and Research Joining the Conversation-"Writing to Solve a Problem" pp.345-360 Final Draft of Evaluation Paper due Friday by 11:59pm
Week 13
Prewriting-Research Paper - -
Annotated Bibliography Entries Joining the Conversation-"How Can I Write a Problem-Solving Essay?" pp.372-383 Organizational Chart of Research Paper due Friday by 11:59 pm
Week 14
Incorporating Sources into Your Writing Joining the Conversation-"How Can I Integrate Sources Into My Draft?" pp.646-663 Annotated Bibliography due Tuesday by 11:59pm
Peer Reviews Peer Review Sheet Rough Draft (700 word minimum, 2 sources, 2, paraphrases, 2 quotations, References page) of Research Paper/Revised Draft (850 word minimum, 2 sources, 2, paraphrases, 2 quotations, References page) of Research Paper due Friday by 11:59 pm
Week 15
Wednesday, Nov. 29-Friday, Nov. 29 NO CLASS-THANKSGIVING HOLIDAY - -
Week 16
Discussion
Post Test
ScholarlyEssay (Plastic Recycling) -
Prepare for Final Exam
Final Exam Review Sheet Final Draft of Research Paper due Friday by 11:59 pm
Exam Week
Final Exam
Required Reading: Joining the Conversation Mike Palmquist ISBN 9781319361518
Recommended Reading: N/A
Special Topics in Tech Writing, ENGL-6480, Section 50, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Students will complete: Article summary sheets, In-class discussions, Visual Phenomenon Analysis Assignment, Philosophical Re-Branding Assignment, and final assignment (Promotional Document, Rational Essay, Promotional Presentation)
Description:
Unit 1: Theory Emphasis (Weeks 1-5): This section will survey the various theoretical conversations on visual rhetoric in the 20th and 21st century (rhetoric of image, race and othering, the body & identity, and visual literacy). Students will complete summary sheets and Visual Phenomenon Analysis Assignment.
Unit 2: Design Emphasis (Weeks 6-10): This section will survey visual design standards. Students will complete summary sheets and Philosophical Re-Branding Assignment.
Unit 3: Professionalism Emphasis (Weeks 11-15): This section will survey the creation of professionally-designed documents. Students will complete summary sheets and the final promotion assignment.
Required Reading: • Benjamin, W. (1935.) The Work of Art in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction. • Barthes, R. (1964) Rhetoric of the Image. • Debord, G. (1967) Society of the Spectacle. • Althusser, L. (1969) Ideology and ideological state apparatuses • Arnheim, R. (1969) Visual Thinking. • Mulvey, L. (1973) Visual Pleasure and Narrative Cinema • Foucault, M. (1975) Panopticism. • Sontag, S. (1977). The Image-World. • Rose, J. (1986). Sexuality in the Field of Vision. • Lanham, R. (1989). The Electronic Word • Waugh, Thomas (1993). The Third body • Porter, E. & Sullivan, P. (1994) Repetition and the Rhetoric of Visual Design • Hooks, B. (1995) Black Vernacular […] • New London Group. (1996.) A Pedagogy of Multiliteracies […] • Birdsell, D & Groarke, L. (1996) Toward a Theory of Visual Argument • Blair, J. (1996.) The Possibility & Actuality of Visual Arguments. • Fleming, D. (1996). Can Pictures be arguments? • Lewis, R. (1997). Looking Good • Mirzoeff, N. (1999.) Virtuality: From virtual antiquity to the pixel zone. • Hobbs, C. (2002.) Learning from the Past [..] • Mitchell, WJT. (2002). Showing Seeing • Kress, G. (2003.) Multimodality, Multimedia, and Genre • Chun, W. H. K (2006.) Othering Space. • Williams, R. (2015). The Non-Designers Design book
Recommended Reading: N/A
Health/Illness Concept II CLN, NURS-2501, Section 5, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course applies concepts related to the complex illness experience of patients and their families. There is an emphasis on communication, assessment, clinical interventions and evaluation of outcomes.
This course includes application of pharmacological health and illness concepts in the acute care
and simulation settings. It includes clinical learning experiences. Course requirements include daily journals, clinical assignments, and pre/post conference assignments.
Description:
Module 1: Medications and Drug Calculations - this includes an overview of commonly used medications and how to accurately calculate drug dosages.
Module 2: Shift Report - includes an overview of a nursing shift report and how to summarize crucial information timely and effectively
Module 3: Communication - Situation, Background, Assessment, and Recommendation
Module 4: Lab Values - overview of common labs, lab ranges, and potential outcomes
Module 5: End of Life and Grief - overview of end of life care and helping patients and family with the grieving process
Module 6: Perioperative Care - overview of perioperative nursing care
Module 7: Clinical Experience Reflection
Required Reading: Concepts Courseware and e-books from Walters Kluwer (Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Karch’s Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Brunner and Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing)
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
Health/Illness Concept II CLN, NURS-2501, Section 4, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course applies concepts related to the complex illness experience of patients and their families. There is an emphasis on communication, assessment, clinical interventions and evaluation of outcomes.
This course includes application of pharmacological health and illness concepts in the acute care
and simulation settings. It includes clinical learning experiences. Course requirements include daily journals, clinical assignments, and pre/post conference assignments.
Description:
Module 1: Medications and Drug Calculations - this includes an overview of commonly used medications and how to accurately calculate drug dosages.
Module 2: Shift Report - includes an overview of a nursing shift report and how to summarize crucial information timely and effectively
Module 3: Communication - Situation, Background, Assessment, and Recommendation
Module 4: Lab Values - overview of common labs, lab ranges, and potential outcomes
Module 5: End of Life and Grief - overview of end of life care and helping patients and family with the grieving process
Module 6: Perioperative Care - overview of perioperative nursing care
Module 7: Clinical Experience Reflection
Required Reading: Concepts Courseware and e-books from Walters Kluwer (Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Karch’s Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Brunner and Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing)
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
Health/Illness Concept II CLN, NURS-2501, Section 3, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course applies concepts related to the complex illness experience of patients and their families. There is an emphasis on communication, assessment, clinical interventions and evaluation of outcomes.
This course includes application of pharmacological health and illness concepts in the acute care
and simulation settings. It includes clinical learning experiences. Course requirements include daily journals, clinical assignments, and pre/post conference assignments.
Description:
Module 1: Medications and Drug Calculations - this includes an overview of commonly used medications and how to accurately calculate drug dosages.
Module 2: Shift Report - includes an overview of a nursing shift report and how to summarize crucial information timely and effectively
Module 3: Communication - Situation, Background, Assessment, and Recommendation
Module 4: Lab Values - overview of common labs, lab ranges, and potential outcomes
Module 5: End of Life and Grief - overview of end of life care and helping patients and family with the grieving process
Module 6: Perioperative Care - overview of perioperative nursing care
Module 7: Clinical Experience Reflection
Required Reading: Concepts Courseware and e-books from Walters Kluwer (Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Karch’s Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Brunner and Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing)
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
Health/Illness Concept II CLN, NURS-2501, Section 2, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course applies concepts related to the complex illness experience of patients and their families. There is an emphasis on communication, assessment, clinical interventions and evaluation of outcomes.
This course includes application of pharmacological health and illness concepts in the acute care
and simulation settings. It includes clinical learning experiences. Course requirements include daily journals, clinical assignments, and pre/post conference assignments.
Description:
Module 1: Medications and Drug Calculations - this includes an overview of commonly used medications and how to accurately calculate drug dosages.
Module 2: Shift Report - includes an overview of a nursing shift report and how to summarize crucial information timely and effectively
Module 3: Communication - Situation, Background, Assessment, and Recommendation
Module 4: Lab Values - overview of common labs, lab ranges, and potential outcomes
Module 5: End of Life and Grief - overview of end of life care and helping patients and family with the grieving process
Module 6: Perioperative Care - overview of perioperative nursing care
Module 7: Clinical Experience Reflection
Required Reading: Concepts Courseware and e-books from Walters Kluwer (Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Karch’s Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Brunner and Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing)
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
Health/Illness Concept II CLN, NURS-2501, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course applies concepts related to the complex illness experience of patients and their families. There
is an emphasis on communication, assessment, clinical interventions and evaluation of outcomes.
This course includes application of pharmacological health and illness concepts in the acute care
and simulation settings. It includes clinical learning experiences. Course requirements include daily journals, clinical assignments, and pre/post conference assignments.
Description:
Module 1: Medications and Drug Calculations - this includes an overview of commonly used medications and how to accurately calculate drug dosages.
Module 2: Shift Report - includes an overview of a nursing shift report and how to summarize crucial information timely and effectively
Module 3: Communication - Situation, Background, Assessment, and Recommendation
Module 4: Lab Values - overview of common labs, lab ranges, and potential outcomes
Module 5: End of Life and Grief - overview of end of life care and helping patients and family with the grieving process
Module 6: Perioperative Care - overview of perioperative nursing care
Module 7: Clinical Experience Reflection
Required Reading: Concepts Courseware and e-books from Walters Kluwer (Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Karch’s Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Brunner and Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing)
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
Health & Illness Concepts II, NURS-2500, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course integrates pathophysiology, pharmacology, and clinical judgement in the care of patients. Emphasis is placed on the concepts of elimination, acid-base balance, metabolism, cellular regulation, perfusion, infection, immunity, mobility, comfort, behavior, health-wellness-illness, critical thinking, nursing process, caring, and time management/ organization. Includes application of pharmacological health and illness concepts in acute care settings. Course requirements include pre-class assignments, in-class quizzes, in-class group assignments, post class assignments, and six in-class proctored exams.
Description:
Module 1: Covers the concepts of oxygenation and perfusion
Module 2: Covers the concepts of infection, acid/base balance, and fluid & electrolytes
Module 3: Covers the concepts of comfort, tissue integrity, mobility, cognition, and addiction
Module 4: Covers the concepts of digestion and elimination
Module 5: Covers the concepts of cellular regulation and metabolism
Module 6: Covers the concepts of reproduction, newborn care, and immunity
Required Reading: Concepts Courseware and e-books from Walters Kluwer (Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Karch’s Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Brunner and Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing)
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
American Lit Before 1865, ENGL-2400, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Subject to change; any texts may be substituted on request.
Assignment % How to submit Mode/s and/or word count Citations Objective
1) Retelling of a story/text 10 In class (you must message me via Canvas if you’d like an alternative). Oral (recorded and uploaded) or written (no specific length😊) -- To hone your spoken personal, unique viewpoint on art.
2) Reflection on a peer’s retelling 10 In class (you must message me via Canvas if you’d like an alternative). Oral (recorded and uploaded) or written (no specific length😊) -- To provide affirmational feedback.*
3) Texts “show and tell” 10 In class (you must message me via Canvas if you’d like an alternative). Oral (recorded and uploaded) or written (no specific length😊) MLA** To flesh out our co-constructed engagement with the course texts.
4) Final project proposal with mini-conference—grade awarded after we meet 15 In class (you must message me via Canvas if you’d like an alternative). 250 words -- To plan final critical or creative project.
5) Final project and informal presentation 30 Via Canvas Assignment Discussion and in class. 1500 for essay, 850 for creative commentary + creative object MLA** To expand on your written, spoken (drawn, sculpted, sewn, recorded, painted, etc.) personal, unique interpretation of art.
6) Final reflection on your project*** 15 Via Canvas Assignments. 250 words -- To reflect and learn from what you learned.***
7) Design your own assignment! 5 Via Canvas Assignment Discussion. 250 words -- To direct your own learning and shed light on your preferred learning styles.
8) Do your assignment!! 5 Via Canvas Assignment Discussion. 250 words for assignment + 100 words for reflection MLA** To test our your assignment and reflect on how to self-advocate for assignment approaches which work well for you.*
Description:
Subject to change; any texts may be substituted on request.
American Lit Before 1865
Unit 1 focuses on getting acquainted with the syllabus and the Canvas site. The theory discussed includes reader-response theory and related topics such as media aesthetics and ethics. Students will review a poem which speaks about searching for meaning and celebration in life.
Second meeting of unit 1 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 1
Unit 2 involves learning about translation theory through a case study of visual representations. This includes examining images from tribal websites.
Second meeting of unit 2 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 2
In Unit 3, students are to prepare and complete assignments 1 and 2. The theory for this unit revolves around Teuton and Cruikshank’s concepts. The case study includes eco-poetics readings with poems by Belin, White, Tapahonso, Skeets, and Chee. Students will check in about their media continuum.
Second meeting of unit 3 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 3
Unit 4 requires preparation for Assignment 3, with theory discussing Indigenous writing and traditional storytelling, including background on philosophy. Students will explore various scenes from films and ancient stories.
Second meeting of unit 4 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 4
Unit 5 is for completing Assignment 3 and preparing Assignment 4, This includes signing up for a mini-conference slot.
Second meeting of unit 5 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 5
Unit 6 is set aside for completing Assignment 4. It focuses on storytelling and film while continuing media check-ins.
Second meeting of unit 6 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 6
In Unit 7, students prepare Assignment 5. This comes with a mini-lecture on conceptualizing projects.
Second meeting of unit 7 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 7
Unit 8 continues preparation for Assignment 5. This emphasizes workflows for projects.
Second meeting of unit 8 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 8
Unit 9 focuses on completing Assignment 5. This goes alongside a mini-lecture on mobilizing projects.
Second meeting of unit 9 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
Unit ten is a break.
American Lit. cont’d. 9
Unit 11 involves preparing and completing Assignment 6, This comes with mini-presentations on final projects.
Second meeting of unit 11 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 10
Unit 12 discusses Hawaiian philosophy and translation. This includes a focus on the work of Queen Liliuokalani and others.
Second meeting of unit 12 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 11
Unit 13 is for preparing Assignment 7. It comes with check-ins regarding the semester's media.
Second meeting of unit 13 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 12
Unit 14 involves completing Assignment 7. This comes with mini-presentations.
Second meeting of unit 14 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 13
Unit 15 is dedicated to preparing Assignment 8. This comes with completing check-ins.
Second meeting of unit 15 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 14
Unit 16 entails completing Assignment 8, It also entails conducting mini-presentations on it.
Second meeting of unit 16 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Texts: See course schedule.
American Lit Before 1865, ENGL-2400, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Subject to change; any texts may be substituted on request.
Assignment % How to submit Mode/s and/or word count Citations Objective
1) Retelling of a story/text 10 In class (you must message me via Canvas if you’d like an alternative). Oral (recorded and uploaded) or written (no specific length😊) -- To hone your spoken personal, unique viewpoint on art.
2) Reflection on a peer’s retelling 10 In class (you must message me via Canvas if you’d like an alternative). Oral (recorded and uploaded) or written (no specific length😊) -- To provide affirmational feedback.*
3) Texts “show and tell” 10 In class (you must message me via Canvas if you’d like an alternative). Oral (recorded and uploaded) or written (no specific length😊) MLA** To flesh out our co-constructed engagement with the course texts.
4) Final project proposal with mini-conference—grade awarded after we meet 15 In class (you must message me via Canvas if you’d like an alternative). 250 words -- To plan final critical or creative project.
5) Final project and informal presentation 30 Via Canvas Assignment Discussion and in class. 1500 for essay, 850 for creative commentary + creative object MLA** To expand on your written, spoken (drawn, sculpted, sewn, recorded, painted, etc.) personal, unique interpretation of art.
6) Final reflection on your project*** 15 Via Canvas Assignments. 250 words -- To reflect and learn from what you learned.***
7) Design your own assignment! 5 Via Canvas Assignment Discussion. 250 words -- To direct your own learning and shed light on your preferred learning styles.
8) Do your assignment!! 5 Via Canvas Assignment Discussion. 250 words for assignment + 100 words for reflection MLA** To test our your assignment and reflect on how to self-advocate for assignment approaches which work well for you.*
Description:
Subject to change; any texts may be substituted on request.
American Lit Before 1865
Unit 1 focuses on getting acquainted with the syllabus and the Canvas site. The theory discussed includes reader-response theory and related topics such as media aesthetics and ethics. Students will review a poem which speaks about searching for meaning and celebration in life.
Second meeting of unit 1 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 1
Unit 2 involves learning about translation theory through a case study of visual representations. This includes examining images from Frankenstein and Sonic and excerpts from Dante's “Paradiso” and Romantic-era poems.
Second meeting of unit 2 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 2
In Unit 3, students are to prepare and complete assignments 1 and 2. The theory for this unit revolves around Timothy Morton's concepts. The case study includes eco-poetics readings with poems by Dickinson, Jeffers, Rexroth, Bishop, Snyder, and Rich. Students will check in about their media continuum.
Second meeting of unit 3 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 3
Unit 4 requires preparation for Assignment 3, with theory discussing Indigenous writing and traditional storytelling, including background on philosophy. Students will explore various scenes from films and ancient stories.
Second meeting of unit 4 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 4
Unit 5 is for completing Assignment 3 and preparing Assignment 4, This includes signing up for a mini-conference slot.
Second meeting of unit 5 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 5
Unit 6 is set aside for completing Assignment 4. It focuses on storytelling and film while continuing media check-ins.
Second meeting of unit 6 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 6
In Unit 7, students prepare Assignment 5. This comes with a mini-lecture on conceptualizing projects.
Second meeting of unit 7 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 7
Unit 8 continues preparation for Assignment 5. This emphasizes workflows for projects.
Second meeting of unit 8 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 8
Unit 9 focuses on completing Assignment 5. This goes alongside a mini-lecture on mobilizing projects.
Second meeting of unit 9 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
Unit ten is a break.
American Lit. cont’d. 9
Unit 11 involves preparing and completing Assignment 6, This comes with mini-presentations on final projects.
Second meeting of unit 11 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 10
Unit 12 discusses Hawaiian philosophy and translation. This includes a focus on the work of Queen Liliuokalani and others.
Second meeting of unit 12 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 11
Unit 13 is for preparing Assignment 7. It comes with check-ins regarding the semester's media.
Second meeting of unit 13 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 12
Unit 14 involves completing Assignment 7. This comes with mini-presentations.
Second meeting of unit 14 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 13
Unit 15 is dedicated to preparing Assignment 8. This comes with completing check-ins.
Second meeting of unit 15 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 14
Unit 16 entails completing Assignment 8, It also entails conducting mini-presentations on it.
Second meeting of unit 16 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Texts: See course schedule.
Skills Lab, NURS-2025, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course examines the role of the registered nurse in performing nursing skills. The laboratory experience is provided to learn and perform nursing skills and assist the student in identifying appropriate nursing responses to health needs. The students will need to appropriately demonstrate and be passed off on 3 skills over the course of the 7 weeks.
Description:
Week 1: IV Fluids, Medications, and Injections
Week 2: Transfusions and Blood Products
Week 3: Urinary Catheterization and Sterile Technique
Week 4: Tracheostomy Care, Chest Tubes, and Ventilator Care
Week 5: Central Line Access
Week 6: TPN, Lipids, and Gastric Tubes
Week 7: Wound Care, Drains, and Ostomies
Required Reading: Concepts Courseware and e-books from Walters Kluwer (Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Karch’s Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Brunner and Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing)
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 43, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Subject to change; any texts may be substituted on request.
Assignment 1: Step 1 of essay—Warm-up and set goals with a personal narrative as a graded Canvas Discussion=5%
Overview: The purpose of this assignment is to write a very informal personal narrative, with no set outline, as a goal-setting warm-up for your work in our course together. Have fun with it! You will post this assignment via a graded Canvas Discussion so that you can introduce yourselves to each other—please read others’ narratives and enjoy! This is in lieu of testing; I prefer to see what people write when given the freedom to tell their own story.
Prompt: Set at least two goals for our course by reading our course syllabus and writing one paragraph on your vision for your essay. NB: No worksheet for this one, but you do have worksheets for the next three assignments!
Citations: No citations required.
Length: 450 words (plus or minus 10%)
Due: Week 2 (hard deadline)—Thurs. at 11.59 pm at the latest
Assignment 2: Step 2 of essay—Research proposal=10%
Overview: You will learn the conventions of essay proposals, as well as shape your unique interests into a research project.
Recorded video lecture and a worksheet provided.
Citations: No citations required.
Length: 150 words (not including worksheet instructions)
Due: Week 6 (hard deadline)—Thurs. at 11.59 pm at the latest
Assignment 3: Step 3 of essay—Quotation, citation, summary, and Works Cited for three sources=15%
Overview: You will find three peer-reviewed sources from our library databases, and learn the conventions for quotation, summary, and citation of those sources, as well as generate draft material for your essay. This assignment will basically serve as your research notes before you begin drafting.
Recorded video lecture and a worksheet provided.
Citations: MLA in-text citations and a Works Cited are required.
Length: 250 words (not including citations and worksheet instructions)
Due: Week 8 (hard deadline)—Thurs. at 11.59 pm at the latest
Assignment 4: Step 4 of essay—Thesis and essay outline=15%
Overview: You will learn the history and secret expectations of thesis statements, as well as organize the flow of your essay.
Recorded video lecture and a worksheet provided—look at this assignment as a structured approach to writing an essay, but please improvise where you want to!
Citations: MLA in-text citations and a Works Cited are required.
Length: at least 500 words (not including worksheet instructions)
Due: Week 9 (hard deadline)—Thurs. at 11.59 pm at the latest
Assignment 5: Step 5 of essay—Draft essay=20%
Overview: I will provide feedback on a draft before you submit your final essay; this feedback will take two forms: that of a grade worth 20%, and that my comments.
No worksheet.
Citations: MLA in-text citations and a Works Cited are required.
Length: 1500 words (plus or minus 10%), not including Works Cited
Due: Week 12 (hard deadline)—Thurs. at 11.59 pm at the latest
Assignment 6: Step 6 of essay—Final essay as a graded Canvas Discussion=25%
Overview: You will model the conventions of an essay in full, allowing you to develop an idea through to its full critical expression. You will post this assignment via a graded Canvas Discussion so that everyone can read and enjoy your work. Please read others’ essays and enjoy!
No worksheet.
Citations: MLA in-text citations and a Works Cited are required.
Length: 1500 words (plus or minus 10%), not including Works Cited
Due: Week 14 (hard deadline)—Thurs. at 11.59 pm at the latest
Assignment 7: Step 7 of essay—Final reflection=10%
Overview: You will reflect on what you learned in your essay.
Prompt: What did you know about your chosen topic before starting your research? What did you learn about your topic by the end of writing your essay? What essay writing methods will you use in future semesters?
Formatting: No citations required.
Length: 150 words
Due: Week 16 (hard deadline)—Thurs. at 11.59 pm at the latest
Description:
Subject to change; any texts may be substituted on request.
Intro to writing
In the first unit, students are required to read the syllabus and the Canvas site, and they are encouraged to introduce themselves through Canvas messaging or during office hours. They need to review the syllabus and readings and can message the instructor with any questions. There are no assignments for this unit.
Second meeting of unit 1 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 1
In the second unit, students will write and post Assignment 1, following the prompt found under Assignment Guidelines. They need to submit their responses to Canvas as part of a graded discussion.
Second meeting of unit 2 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 2
During the third unit, students will learn how to read and use two specific academic articles. They will watch lecture videos on Canvas for each unit and should take notes while doing so.
Second meeting of unit 3 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro. cont’d. 3
During the fourth unit, students will learn how to read and use two specific academic articles. They will watch lecture videos on Canvas for each unit and should take notes while doing so.
Second meeting of unit 4 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 4
In the fifth unit, students will learn about conducting library research using database resources. They will watch a lecture video and take notes.
Second meeting of unit 5 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 5
Unit six focuses on writing a good essay proposal, with a relevant link provided. Students will complete Assignment 2 after watching the unit’s lecture and will find a worksheet posted on Canvas to complete and submit.
Second meeting of unit 6 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 6
Unit seven teaches students how to do MLA citations, with a useful link given for reference. There is no assignment this unit.
Second meeting of unit 7 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 7
In unit eight, students will complete Assignment 3. They will use a worksheet provided on Canvas for submission.
Second meeting of unit 8 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 8
Unit nine revolves around thesis statements and how to outline essays. Students will watch a lecture video and find a worksheet to complete for Assignment 4.
Second meeting of unit 9 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Unit ten is a break.
Intro cont’d. 9
In unit 11, students learn about drafting, editing, and revising their essays, watching relevant videos and taking notes. They will complete Assignments 5 and 6, focusing on developing their drafts into final versions based on feedback.
Second meeting of unit 11 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 10
In unit 12, students continue to learn about drafting, editing, and revising their essays, watching relevant videos and taking notes. They will complete Assignments 5 and 6, focusing on developing their drafts into final versions based on feedback.
Second meeting of unit 12 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 11
In unit 13, students continue to learn about drafting, editing, and revising their essays, watching relevant videos and taking notes. They will complete Assignments 5 and 6, focusing on developing their drafts into final versions based on feedback.
Second meeting of unit 13 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 12
In unit 14, students continue to learn about drafting, editing, and revising their essays, watching relevant videos and taking notes. They will complete Assignments 5 and 6, focusing on developing their drafts into final versions based on feedback.
Second meeting of unit 14 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 13
In unit 15, students continue to learn about drafting, editing, and revising their essays, watching relevant videos and taking notes. They will complete Assignments 5 and 6, focusing on developing their drafts into final versions based on feedback.
Second meeting of unit 15 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 14
In unit 16, students will reflect on their work and write Assignment 7. They will submit it as a graded discussion.
Second meeting of unit 16 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Texts: See course schedule.
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 8, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
3 essays---rhetorrical analysis, cause-and-effefct, persuasion/argument (own choice for topic), 10-12 page reseearch paper with annotated bibliography, many respones based upon textbook for class disucssion and collaborative work, one pro-con reflection
Description:
Utah Tech University
Department of English
Intermediate Writing
English 2010 (3 Credits)
Section 03 CRN: 40144
Section 08 CRN : 40286
Fall 2025
Meeting Days/Location Professor Hawkins
M, W, F 9:00 -9:50 a.m. (sec. 03) Phone: 435-704-2076
GCB 221 *please text or call for quicker reply than email (usually)
M, W, F 10:00-10:50 a.m. (sec. 08) email:
GCB 221 Carol.Hawkins@utahtech.edu
*This is an attendance and skill-based Office Location: GCB 249
class; therefore, attendance matters* Office Hours: M, W, F 8-8:45 a.m.
M, W 11: 15-Noon
Or by appointment
FINAL EXAMS:
No date was available for final exam dates and times as of July 1, 2025, but it will be announced as soon as possible----will post dates and times in class and provided in CANVAS in final exam assignment section
Final Exam is in the classroom on the designated date and time provided by UT. ****Must take on the designated day and time inside the classroom. NO online final exams are allowed******
**No assignments accepted via Googledocs. No assignments will be accepted as an attachement in an email or by email unless approved by professor prior to submission. Please submit assignments in CANVAS via doc or docx.
Course Work Weighted as follows:
Attendance 10%, Responses 15%, Group Work and In-class work 15%, Essays 20%, Research Paper 35%, Misc. and Final Exam 5%
Course Fees: NONE
Required Textbook: How to Write Anything: A Guide and Reference, 5th edition by John J. Ruszkiewicz. It is online and can be accessed at first of semester
Laptop is a choice: You are welcome to bring your laptop with you for note taking or other writing assignments. **Some writing in class and research in class is best done with laptop, etc. when class Is not held in a computer lab.
When class is held in a computer lab, you are welcome to use the computer in the classroom, and it is strongly advised you bring an USB to class each class period, so you can save your work.
Computer Use during class: whether using a computer furnished within a computer class, or library, or your own laptop or electronic device, it is to be used for the work for this class only. Students are required to stay on task, remain in the perimeters of the scope of the class and class assignment(s) while using the computer, laptop, etc. This means no material against UT is allowed to be used nor access, and only what is to be used for this class is allowed.
Supplies: notebook for note taking, highlighters or colored pencils or colored markers—you will use these throughout the semester for various in-class assignments. The practice of using these will also benefit you in your study time outside of class.
Utah Tech Department of English Program Standards
Mission Statement: The English Department at Utah Tech University strives to instill in students an appreciation for the centrality of language and literature in human culture, particularly their function in social, historical, and political contexts. Students who major in English master skills in analyzing and evaluating texts and other media, as well as learning how to produce focused critical essays.
Course Description
ENGL-2010 Course Description: Partially fulfills General Education English requirement. Provides opportunities to analyze and write academic papers, including the research-supported essay, through writing and revising a number of essays. Other activities, such as portfolios, library research, and tests may be used to help students improve their writing of advanced-level papers. Successful students will demonstrate competence in the use of standard written English, in analyzing texts, in correctly paraphrasing, summarizing and quoting source material,
and in appropriately citing the work of others. Prerequisites: ACT score of 28 or higher; OR ENGL 1010, or ENGL1010A, or ENGL 1010D (Grade C or higher). FA, SP.
ENGL-2010A (Honors) Course Description: Honors course. Partially fulfills General Education English requirement. Provides opportunities to analyze and write academic papers, including the research-supported essay, through writing and revising a number of essays. Other activities, such as portfolios, library research, and tests may be used to help students improve their writing of advanced-level papers. Successful students will demonstrate competence in the use of standard written English, in analyzing texts, in correctly paraphrasing, summarizing and quoting source material, and in appropriately citing the work of others. Honors designation indicates greater student interaction, higher level of inquiry, and public presentation of a research project.
Prerequisites: Admission to the DSU Honors Program or program director permission; and ENGL 1010 or ENGL
1010A (Grade C or higher). SP.
Students in this course will:
o Write a total of at least 18 essay pages, totaling at least 5,000-5,600 words
Write 2-3 papers (2000 words total) in genres such as analysis, classification, persuasion, pro-con, or cause and effect.
Write at least one 10-12 page research paper (3,000 – 3,600 words total) that incorporates a sufficient number of credible sources.
Create an annotated bibliography of sources to be used in the research paper
Narrative and descriptive papers will not be assigned in ENGL 2010.
o In online courses, graded Weekly Discussion Threads are expected
Value-Added Assessment Method
Pre/Post Test: Students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test, to assess the ways in which their learning has increased during the semester. This will be administered online as a Google Form (using the same URL for both the pre-test and post-test).
Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs):
1. Evaluate evidence and logic—including the identification of underlying assumptions, biases, and
fallacies—in various texts
2. Apply relevant, convincing, and effective evidence and logic in a variety of oral and written interactions.
3. Engage in the process of collaborative learning as it relates to reading and writing.
4. Compose an essay with a precise thesis statement that controls the selection, structure, and presentation of material.
5. Create effective essays and paragraphs through the writing process using standard written English.
6. Incorporate research into essays, annotated bibliographies, research papers, and/or presentations through effective quotation, paraphrasing and summarizing.
7. Explain and avoid plagiarism
English Program Learning
Outcomes (PLOs)
General Education Essential
Learning Outcomes (ELOs)
Institutional Learning Outcomes
(ILOs)
1. Critical Strategies
2. Cultural and Ideological
Awareness
3. Collaborative Learning
4. Research and Information
Literacy
5. Professional Development
1. Broad Knowledge of Liberal Arts
and Sciences
2. Critical Thinking
3. Effective Communication
4. Information Literacy Skills
5. Quantitative Reasoning
6. Diversity and Globalization
7. Responsibilities of Citizenship
1. Skills
2. Knowledge
3. Responsibility
4. Innovation
5. GRIT
Institutional Assessment Map
CLO Course Assignments and Assessments PLOs ELOs ILOs
1 Annotated Bibliography and Research Paper; Weekly
Readings
1, 2, 4, 5 1, 4 1, 2
2 All formal essays and research-based assignments;
informal/formal presentations
1, 2, 4, 5 1, 4 1, 2
3 Peer-review workshops; discussion posts in online
sections
1, 3, 4 1 1, 2
4 All Formal Essays 1, 4, 5 1 1, 2
5 All Formal Essays 1, 3, 4, 5 1 1, 2
6 All Formal Essays; Annotated Bibliography 4, 5 1 1, 2
7 All Formal Essays; Annotated Bibliography 4, 5 1,4 1, 2
Methods of Assessment:
Formative Assessment Methods
Preparation Checks: Students will periodically show their completion of the stages of the research process,
reading process, and writing process.
Research Write-Up: Students will put, in writing, their thoughts about the merit and applicability of their
sources. (Most often, this will be done in the form of annotated bibliographies.)
Summative Assessment Methods
AI Policy/ies
The Utah Tech Student Guide to Using AI Wisely
Consistent with our mission as a polytechnic university, we embrace the opportunities of Artificial Intelligence (AI) technologies, such as ChatGPT, and seek to prepare students for a world where such tools will be ubiquitous. However, it may not always be clear how or when these technologies can be used to assist with classroom assignments and homework. The following guidelines will help you determine when it is appropriate and inappropriate to use AI in courses at UT.
1. Check the syllabus. Your instructor will indicate when and how AI technologies can be used for various assignments, and it may change from course to course and assignment-to-assignment.
2. Ask your instructor. If it is not clear to you from the syllabus or assignment instructions, do not assume it is okay to use AI. Using AI without permission could result in charges of academic misconduct, which may have severe consequences on your academic standing.
3. Use AI as a tool, not a replacement. Use AI to enhance your work, not as a substitute for your own thinking and creativity. AI-generated work might make a good starting place, but for the assignment to be your work, you must verify information, analyze the relevance of the content, and revise the work to reflect your own unique arguments and perspectives.
4. Be aware of the limitations of AI. AI tools can be useful for generating content, but they are not always accurate. They also reflect cultural biases and beliefs. As a student, you must learn to assess the value and credibility of information, no matter the source.
5. Verify the content. Because AI has limitations, verifying the accuracy of any AI-generated content before using it is essential. Compare it with other sources for accuracy.
6. Be transparent. If you use AI-generated content in your work, credit the tool used and never represent AI-generated material as your original work.
Keep in mind that failing to follow these guidelines on the use of AI in completing assignments could result in being charged with academic misconduct with all the potential consequences, including possible failure on the assignment or in the course, or even dismissal from the program or the University.
As a learning community, we encourage you to engage in discussions, both in and outside the classroom, on how AI is impacting your discipline, career field, and even the very way we live, learn and work. Reflect on the skills needed in the age of AI and how to best learn those skills while still a student at Utah Tech. Use AI wisely to enhance and deepen your learning, not circumvent it, to innovate, create and tackle complex problems, not to replace your own critical thinking and judgment.
Student Academic Conduct Policies can be found at link Code of Student Rights & Responsibilities | Utah Tech University
Academic Integrity and Plagiarism
According to Oxford Languages plagiarism is a noun. It is defined as the practice of taking someone else’s work or ideas and passing them off as one’s own. This means not giving correct credit to the one/source where you used the work, writing, words, ideas of another’s without properly citing and giving credit. It is a lack of integrity of a student to do this, and it can result in penalties designated in UT Academic Policies.
From the first to the end of the semester, how to cite sources and how to use citation guides will be discussed, demonstrated, and practiced. It is the student’s responsibility to take notes, ask clarifying questions, and revise when advised, etc. to help assist self with correctly citing sources.
The textbook will have a guide for citing sources in at least APA Style, if not other Styles and formats as well. The University of Nevada Reno APA Style Guide will be in Models for reference as well and will also be used during class discussion.
Even the appearance of cheating should be avoided. The following situations are considered cheating:
• Plagiarism -claiming someone else’s work, no matter how it is obtained as your own.
• Copying someone else’s paper, homework, or tests.
• Allowing anyone to copy papers, homework, quizzes, or tests. Be cautious about saving your papers on public computers; use a portable memory device like a flash drive.
• Sharing information about the contents or answers to homework or tests from other students.
• Looking at cell phone, iPad, or other electronic device during a test for any reason.
Cheating will result in a failing grade for the assignment and possibly for the entire term. It will result in a referral to the Dean of Students or the Vice President of Student Affairs and possible expulsion from UT. While participating in in-class writing, the student will have to prove his/her writing is done in class and passed off by the instructor prior to leaving class. Showing writing written outside of class via a cell phone or document, etc. and refusing to write in class as is required will result in no credit earned for each and every assignment when student is not willing to write in class and prove work is his or her own.
For more information refer to link below
Academic Integrity Committee | Utah Tech University
Instructure Canvas: If anyone has forgotten their login information or your course is not displaying, please contact the Helpdesk and/or help desk website http://www.utahtech.edu/helpdesk/. The Helpdesk is located on the second floor of the Holland building across from the east elevators. Online tutorials for CANVAS can be found at http://guides.instructure.com/
IMPORTANT LINKS
Include the following resources for students who may need them.
• Disability Resource Center – drcenter.utahtech.edu
• IT Help Desk – utahtech.edu/helpdesk
• Library – library.utahtech.edu
• Testing Center – testing.utahtech.edu
• Tutoring Center – tutoring.utahtech.edu
• Writing Center – writingcenter.utahtech.edu
• FOOD OR HOUSING--Any student who faces challenges in securing food or housing and believes this may affect performance in this or any course is urged to contact the Dean of Students for support. The university has a food pantry available for students who need it. Also, please notify the professor if you are comfortable in doing so as she may have additional resources.
DISABILITY/ACCESSIBILITY RESOURCES
UT welcomes all students and strives to make the learning experience accessible. If you are a student with a medical, psychological, or learning disability that may require accommodations for this course, you are encouraged to contact the Disability Resource Center (DRC) as soon as possible. You may request reasonable accommodations at any time during the semester; however, they are not retroactive. The DRC is located next door to the Testing Center in the North Plaza Building
(435-652-7516, drc@utahtech.edu, drcenter@utahtech.edu).
TITLE IX STATEMENT
Utah Tech University affirms its commitment to the promotion of fairness and equity in all aspects of the educational institution. Harassment and discrimination – including sex/gender discrimination, gender identity, gender expression, sexual harassment, sexual misconduct, gender-based violence, dating violence, domestic violence, stalking, pregnancy or parental , family or marital status and or retaliation –not only disrupts our commitment to maintaining an environment in which every member of the University community is treated with respect and dignity, but may also violate University policy and federal, state, and/or local law.
Should you or someone you know experience behavior that is coercive, discriminatory, harassing, and or sexually violent in nature, or if you or someone you know has questions about their rights and options regarding such behavior, you are encouraged to contact:
– Hazel Sainsbury, Dir. Of Equity Compliance, Title IX Coordinator: 435-652-7747 (ext. 7747) hazel.sainsbury@utahtech.edu ; titleix@utahtech.edu
Incidents may also be reported directly to law enforcement, either separately or in conjunction with any report made to the University’s Title IX Coordinator, and the University will aid in making contact if requested.
– Utah Tech University Police: 435-275-4300 or by calling 9-1-1.
Maintaining a safe and inclusive University community is a shared responsibility. For more information on how Title IX protections can benefit you and help us keep a productive campus environment, visit titleix.utahtech.edu to learn more.
UTAH TECH EMAIL DISCLAIMER
You are required to frequently check your Utah Tech email account as important class and university information will be sent to this account, including bills, financial aid/scholarship notices, notices of canceled classes, reminders of important dates and deadlines, course information, and other information critical to your success at UT. To access your Utah Tech email account, visit mail.utahtech.edu. Your email account username is Digital-ID@utahtech.edu (e.g. D12345678@utahtech.edu). If you don’t know or have forgotten your Digital-ID or password, please visit changepassword.utahtech.edu.
Important Dates to Remember
*******See link for all dates of the semester Academic Calendar | Utah Tech University
Aug 15 Trailblazer Connections (1st Time Freshman)
Aug 20: Classes Begin
Aug 20: Tuition & Fees Due
Aug 26: Last day to Waitlist
Aug 29: DROP/AUDIT fees begins ($10 per class)
Sep 1: LABOR DAY HOLIDAY—no classes
Sep 2: Residency Application deadline
Sep 2: Residency Application Deadline
Sep 2: $100 Late registration/payment fee
Sep 10: ATTEND YOUR MONDAY CLASSES!
Sep 10: Last Day for refund
Sep 10: Pell Grant Census
Sep 10: Last Day to drop without receiving a “W” grade
Sep 17: Last day to ADD/AUDIT classes
Oct 3: Fall 2025 Associate’s Degree Graduation Application Deadline
Oct 3: Fall 2025 Master’s Degree Graduation Application Deadline
Oct 9-10: Fall Semester Break---no classes
Oct 13: Midterm Grades Due
Oct. 17: Last Day to Withdraw from an Individual Class
Oct 20: Spring 2026 Spring and Summer 2026 schedule available online
Nov 3: Spring 2026 Bachelor’s Degree Graduation Application Deadline
Nov 10: Summer 2026 open to Graduate Students/Seniors (110+ credits)
Nov 11: Spring 2026 Registration/Seniors opens (90+ credits)
Nov 12: Spring 2026 Registration opens to Juniors (75+ credits)
Nov 13: Spring 2026 Registration opens to Juniors (60+ credits)
Nov. 14: Last day for complete withdrawal from all classes
Nov. 14: Spring 2026 Registration opens Sophomores (45+ credits)
Nov. 17: Spring 2026 Registration open to Sophomores (30+ credits)
Nov. 18: Spring 2026 Registration open to Continuing Freshmen (15+ credits)
Nov. 19: Spring 2026 Registration open to New Freshmen & All students
Nov. 24-28: Thanksgiving Break (no classes)
Dec. 5 Classes End
Dec. 8-11 Final Exams----Day and time for final exams will be announced later. All final exams must be taken in class at designated time and on designated date.
Dec. 15: Final grades due, 5 p.m.
Block Schedule Dates can be found online (https://calendar.utahtech.edu)
Attendance Policy/ies and Assignments
Students are to attend each class for the entire semester. Students are credited 10-25 points for in-class assignment each class period an in-class assignment is given. The in-class assignment will not be given credit when student is not in attendance for the day. In class work cannot be made up and no credit will be given if student is not in class for the assignment. Every absence will directly affect the student’s grade. Each day in class, students will complete work, deal with assignments in stages, and discuss relevant material at every class meeting. If students are not in class, they will miss materials and instruction which are vitally important to the course. This class has many group assignments, and it is pertinent to be in class in order for the learning and the fairness to student and to peers. In student’s are late or leave early, the student may not be eligible for earning attendance points for the class period, depending on the reason for being late or leaving early. This is determined by the discretion of the professor, so please speak to the professor.
Even if students cannot attend class, work is still due on the scheduled days. Most assignments are identified on the schedule and or announced in class so the student can work ahead if he or she anticipates an absence. However, students should check with the instructor or other students in class to confirm the assignments because schedule may have changed. It is the student’s responsibility to notify the instructor ahead of time of an absence, especially for university-related activities. Work is due before students depart on university-related activities, especially if the assignment cannot be submitted to CANVAS. Excused absences follow the policy of UT Attendance Policy. Professor Hawkins is willing to work with students who have illness, death in the family, etc. Non-attendance on the first day of class may and can result in automatic withdrawal of the course for the semester. It is the student’s responsibility to drop the class, and there is no guarantee that the professor or university will drop the class for the student.
The student is required to be in class for the final exam at the designated time assigned by UT unless prior authorization has been approved by the instructor, department head, and/or UT. Refer to the designated time and date for the final exam at end of the syllabus. If the final exam time and date was not available at the time this syllabi/syllabus was created, the final exam time and date will be provided beforehand.
The class will be taught face to face only. However, in the event of changing public health guidance, laws, or campus directives, the professor has the right to adjust this syllabus accordingly and possibly require masks and/or ZOOM attendance. Please respect your professor and peers who may request you allow them some space and /or minimal contact.
Please refer to the link below for Academic Policy/ies for Attendance, School Approved Absences, etc.
Academic Policies and Procedures | Utah Tech University
Early Work/Late Work
Work is due on the date marked on the calendar or listed the Assignments in CANVAS. In-class work cannot be made up. Writing and reading exercises may occur throughout the semester; only the students attending class that day will be eligible for those points.
Late work is usually not accepted nor given credit regardless of the excuse/reason except for in accordance with the attendance policy, illness, etc. of UT. The instructor may comment on late assignments and return them, but late assignments may not receive a grade. Whether a student earns points on an assignment or not, or whether the instructor checks every item or not, the student is expected to complete the assignment to be prepared for quizzes and tests and for the final exam. Typically, no credit is given for incomplete work.
Response assignments are designed to be able to have student complete the assignment, then discuss the assignment in class as a class and gain more feedback by instructor and then be able to revise for a possible higher grade as a “revised version”. Students who have submitted the original response by the due date are allowed to earn a revision---possible higher grade---once the response is reopened for revision submission. Students who do not submit the original response are welcome and encouraged to submit a response once the response is reopened for revisions, but students are not allowed to revise to earn a higher grade after the assignment is graded. In other words, students who do not submit an original response by the original due date and time, are allowed to only submit the response once and do not have an opportunity to revise and earn a higher grade.
Disruptive Behavior
Behavior that interferes with the learning of other students will not be tolerated. Student who are asked to leave should leave class should do so quietly and without confrontation. They will be expected to schedule a meeting with the instructor before being allowed to attend class again. If student/s start a disturbance, the instructor will call the University Police to have the student/s removed from campus. Student/s are not allowed to interfere with the learning of others. ***Classrooms are cell-free zones. Cell phones area a serious distraction to everyone in the class, including instructor. It is inappropriate to make or receive calls, to text, or check messages, etc. during the scheduled class time. You may use your cellphone to access your textbook or CANVAS or other resources for class topic and project only.
Students should remember to turn off their phone’s ringer before entering classroom. Set them to vibrate or disable the ringer. If students’ cellphone disturbs class, the students will be asked to leave class and consult with instructor about being readmitted in class. For a ZOOM class, muting phone and closing other browsers like FB, Instagram, etc. should be standard procedure. It is hard enough to concentrate online without all those devices grabbing for your attention.
If there is a pandemic or other health issue that requires classes to ZOOM, all students must be dressed in appropriate clothing. No bare chests, etc. will be allowed. Any harassment of any student/s or instructor, the student/s will be asked to leave the ZOOM class and meet with instructor online as in a ZOOM conference before being admitted back to class, if instructor deems it appropriate that student/s can be admitted again.
Assignments and Tests/Quizzes
Daily In-class Assignments: There will be in-class assignments every day or nearly every day. You must be in attendance for the in-class assignment and complete the in-class assignment in order to receive the 10-25 points. In-class daily assignment cannot be made up, and this means you will earn 0 points for each daily in-class assignment you are not in attendance to complete.
In-class assignments can follow under the weighted grade percentage terms as Misc. and Final Exam, Responses, and Group Work or In-class Assignments
Misc. and Final Exam is 5% of Weighted Grade, Responses is 15% of Weighted Grade, and Group Work and In-class is 15% of Weighted Grade for semester
Response assignments are designed to be able to have student complete the assignment, then discuss the assignment in class as a class and gain more feedback by instructor and then be able to revise for a possible higher grade as a “revised version”. Students who have submitted the original response by the due date are allowed to earn a revision---possible higher grade---once the response is reopened for revision submission. Students who do not submit the original response are welcome and encouraged to submit a response once the response is reopened for revisions, but students are not allowed to revise a first submitted response to earn a higher grade after the first assignment is graded. In other words, students who do not submit an original response by the original due date and time, are allowed to only submit the response once and do not have an opportunity to revise and earn a higher grade. **Students are responsible for paying attention to the revision due dates stated in class and in CANVAS. Revisions will not reopen after the due date.
NOTE: If a student needs to ask for the assigned topic of a reading assignment or writing assignment to be changed for personal reasons, etc., this needs to be discussed with the instructor. The same amount of reading length and writing length of the assignment and same amount of sources will be required for the “changed topic”.
Writing Assignments--at first of semester and throughout the semester Professor Hawkins may and will have students write in class and pass off the writing assignment whether hard copy or online prior to having students submit the assignments in CANVAS for grading. Students will be credited points for in-class writing and online submission via CANVAS. Assignments are not accepted in google.docs, nor by attachment in email or in an email.
Writing Assignments are deemed weighted grade percentages as follows: Essays are 20% and Research Paper Project is 35% of weighted semester grade
No late assignments will be given credit/points except for specific exceptions deemed by the UT Academic Guidelines and/or by approval of Professor Hawkins. Please speak to me about late assignments. Approved Late assignments are accepted for 3 days after the due date or by a designated due date specified by Professor Hawkins. By chance the late assignment does not fall in the scope of the UT Academic Guidelines, you may still submit the late assignment for feedback, but you will not receive points.
AI is not a replacement for student’s own work and creativity. Although AI may be discussed and used as a tool for instruction with students during class time, it cannot be accepted nor credited as student’s own work. The rules and guidelines of UT will be adhered and enforced when it applies to student’s work. Academic integrity is required and expected. Refer of AI Guidelines earlier in this syllabus.
Assignments may require in-class applications---students doing work in class. The assignment in class may be the “first rough draft” for assignment and then “second rough draft or revision” and polished, also known as “final draft” will require submission on CANVAS. This means even if “passed off” in class by professor, the student is required to submit the first, 2nd/revision, and final draft on CANVAS in order to earn credit. Students must write in-class and show students did their own writing and have it passed off/credited by instructor in order for the assignment(s) to earn credit. See Academic Integrity earlier in this syllabi/syllabus. Failure to do so, can result in no credit earned (0%) for assignment/s.
Test and Quizzes are to be done in class at designated time or made up within 3 days or no credit will be given. If it is an online test or quiz, the same 3-day rule for making up missed test/quiz applies.
There is to be no phone, laptop, or other device usage during a test or quiz unless explicitly approved by professor prior to taking test or quiz.
Research Paper: Topic is student’s choice. Conferences with professor are a required part of the research paper project for one-to-one feedback and guidance not always permitted during class. Student can forfeit the conference, but the points for the conference will not be credited to the student, and student is held accountable and responsible for anything lacking in the research paper that may eliminate the student from earning grade desired or passing the research paper project and/or semester.
ZOOM Etiquette: This is a face-to-face class and classes will only be face to face unless we have to switch to remote learning. Students will be expected to act on ZOOM just as they would in normally in face-to-face class. Students should be attentive and engaged in ZOOM classes. There will not be a “no pajama pants” rule, I will expect student to dress appropriate for class. The general rule is if you would not wear it to a face-to-face class, do not wear it on ZOOM.
Having a designated space for ZOOM learning is important. An area free of most distractions is ideal, but not always possible. I encourage you to check your background on ZOOM and make sure it is suitable for sharing.
Remember to mute microphones unless students are asking questions or responding to a question. This helps to control the background noise and feedback during the session. Those distractions can be problems for classmates. Certain activities will require students to have cameras on, but others will not. Each class period, it will be said if you need to keep your camera on during class. If you do not have a camera, do not worry. It will be possible for you to participate.
Disruptive behavior will be handled just like face-to-face class; therefore, see the section of the syllabus that discusses this. Students who disrupt the ZOOM classes will be muted or asked to leave the session. Getting back into class will require a private meeting with me to discuss behavior and next steps to prevent future outbursts.
Tentative ENGL 2010 Schedule
***Note schedule is subject to change when Professor Carol Hawkins deems it necessary for best practices and most conducive for learning
**Students are responsible to stay up on the day-to-day, weekly, and semester assignments, test, activities when they change or do not change
Each week students will be responsible for completing assignments. Every assignment’s due date is set at the beginning of the semester. There are no surprise assignments or quizzes because each will be announced and discussed prior to its due date. Everything will be announced well in advance, so students can plan accordingly.
This course is based on a whole language approach to academic reading and writing. We will meet face to face three days a week to satisfy the 3-credit workload for this course. Attendance is required and is 10% of the weighted grade for the semester.
Aug 20: Introduction, About textbook, Icebreaker, APA format, Basic Response format, video
Reading Assignment for next class: Brain and Habits---see CANVAS for the links to reading material, explanation of Response assignment, and example for response assignment
Response assignment is due August 21 @11: 59 p.m. but the assignment is open until 7 a.m. on Aug 22 in CANVAS---Be prepared to discuss readings and your response/views in class on Aug. 22. Peer Review to check for APA format Aug. 22
Aug 22: Discuss Response due August 21 (and open until Aug. 22 at 7 a.m.), group activity/peer review, citing the articles and how to cite for a guest speaker. Guest speaker will be on August 25---Anxiety
Assignment: Begin reading pgs. 180-182, 187-194 in textbook. For the reading assignment and class discussion due CANVAS by due Sept. 3 (Wednesday after Labor Day).
Aug 25: ANXIETY PRESENTATION---BOOTH WELLNESS CENTER ---after presentation you be required to write a Response defining anxiety, symptoms of anxiety, ways to manage anxiety, and what you got from the presentation whether it is about what you learned something or were reminded of, and you will apply it
Assignment for next class: Write a Response defining anxiety, symptoms of anxiety, ways to manage anxiety, and what you got from the presentation whether it is about what you learned something or were reminded of what knew, and how you will apply it in your life. DUE: Aug. 26 @11:59 p.m., open until Aug. 27 at 7 a.m.
Aug 27: Discuss Anxiety presentation. Pre-test and Goal assignment done in class. Habit Tracker Assigned---this will be an ongoing assignment throughout the semester and will be submitted in CANVAS as Habit Tracker Response
Reading Assignment for next class: reminder you have a reading assignment and response due by Sep2@11:59 p.m. but open until Sep.3 at 7 a.m.—pages 180-182, 187-194 in textbook
Assignment due August 30 at 11:59 p.m. in CANVAS--Habit Tracker Response
Aug. 29: “How to Read (like a college student” article read and discussed in class. Watch Good Morning America video on brain/anxiety and therapy, begin reading as a class “Why Your Brain is the Key to Change” to prepare for Rhetorical Analysis Essay Assignment coming in first of September. Review how to cite sources used today in class.
Sep. 1: Labor Day—no classes held (refer to earlier dates for assignment/s due Sep. 2)
Sep. 3: Discussion on assigned reading and response due Sep. 2 for Rhetorical Analysis and Habit Check Response. Example of Rhetorical Analysis reviewed and discussed. Assigned Topic for Rhetorical Analysis---Brain and Changing Habits, Behavior---Analyzing what read, watched, and wrote about in class already
Sep. 5: Rhetorical Analysis, CRAPP Test (Mike Peterson, The Art of Academic Writing), Adding at least one source to the sources already read and discussed this semester for this Rhetorical Analysis Essay assignment—Research for source individually or as a peer group in class
Sep. 8: Rhetorical Analysis 1st Draft— begin writing 1st draft in class and pass off part completed during class
Assignment: 1st draft of Rhetorical Analysis Essay due Sep. 12 by 11: 59 p.m. on CANVAS, open until Sept. 14@ 11: 59 p.m. on CANVAS
Peer Review of 1st draft on Sep. 15
Assignment: Habit Tracker Response due on Sep. 8@ 11:59 p.m., open until Sep. 9@ 11: 59 p.m.
Sep. 10: Continue Writing 1st Draft Rhetorical Analysis Essay in class, pass off by instructor Sep.
Sep. 12: Continuing Writing 1st Draft Rhetorical Analysis Essay in class
1st Draft is due Sep. 10@11:59 p.m. in CANVAS, open until Sep. 14@11:59 p.m. No late assignments accepted
PEER REVIEW of 1st draft Rhet. Analysis Essay on Monday, Sep. 15 during class
Sep. 15: Peer Review of Rhet. Analysis Essay in class, Revision from 1st to final draft guidance by instructor (if time)
Final Draft of Rhetorical Analysis Essay is due Sep. 18@ 11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Sep. 19
Habit Checker Response Due in CANVAS on Sep. 16@ 11: 59 p.m., open until Sep. 17@ 7 a.m.
Review, but no “response” assignment for pages 62-64, 70-75, and 83-84 in textbook (Cause-and- Effect)—we will be discussing this Sep. 17 in class so be prepared
Sep. 17: Guidance for Revision of 1st Draft Rhet. Analysis Essay by instructor if not done Sep. 15.
Cause and Effect---pages to discuss in class are pages 62-64, 70-75, and 83-84, group work
Know topic for your Cause-and-Effect Essay by Sep. 21—submit to CANVAS by Sep. 21 @ 11: 59 p.m.
Final Draft Rhetorical Analysis Essay is due Sep. 18 @11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Sep. 19
Sep. 19: Reading in class “An Open Letter to a Protester from a Baltimore County Police Officer, pages 88-91 in textbook. Discussion and analysis, Fallacies
Response to “An Open Letter” read in class due in CANVAS Sep. 21@11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Sep. 22
Submit topic for Cause-and-Effect Essay by Sep. 21@11:59 p.m. in CANVAS
Sep. 22: Cause and Effect pertaining to “An Open Letter” reading and response assignment group work. Chart Creation for the Cause-and-Effect Essay. Assignment of Cause-and-Effect Essay—own choice for topic, made need to do some research on own time for this topic
Habit Check Response due Sep. 22@11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Sep. 23
Sep. 24: Begin Writing 1st draft Cause-and-Effect Essay, create chart for essay if not done on Sep. 22, pass off before leaving class
Sep. 26: Writing of 1st draft Cause-and-Effect Essay in class
First draft Cause-and Effect Essay due Sep. 28@11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Sep. 29 in CANVAS
Peer Review of 1st draft in class Sep. 29, Goal review
Sep. 29: Peer review 1st draft Cause-and-Effect Essay in class
Final Draft of Cause-and-Effect Essay is due Oct. 2 @1:59 p.m. , open until Oct. 3 at 7 a.m.
Habit Check Response due Sep. 29@11: 59 p.m., open until Oct. 1 at 7 a.m.
Oct. 1: 1st to final draft guidance by instructor for Cause-and-Effect Essay due Oct. 2@11:59 p.m., open until Oct. 3@ 7 a.m.
Pros and Cons in an argument evaluation PowerPoint, etc.
Begin reading “Dying with Dignity” by Peter Allmark 2002 in the Journal of Medical Ethics and
discussing: 1-By whom is this article written and to who is it directed? 2-How can this be for all other readers 3- Pros and Cons of the article and topic 4-What you got from this
Oct. 3: continue with Oct. 1, Fallacies
Response Assignment due Oct. 4 by 11: 59 p.m., open until Oct. 6 at 7 a.m. in CANVAS
Habit Check Response due Oct. 7 by 11:59 p.m., open until Oct. 8 @ 7 a.m.
Begin choosing topic for pros and cons essay if not euthanasia
Oct. 6: Pros and Cons and continuation of discussion Oct. 3, if needed
Watch DVD: BULL, season 2, episode 2 “Already Gone”
Response for DVD is due Oct. 7 by 11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Oct. 8 in CANVAS
Oct. 8: Discuss DVD watched Oct. 6, guilty or not guilty poll, pros and cons, fallacies, persuasion in video
Assign and explain Pros and Cons Essay---topic of own choice or on euthanasia. This essay is a set-up for argument essay that is your next essay
Oct. 9-10: FALL SEMESTER BREAK, no classes
Oct. 13: 1st Draft Pros and Cons Essay to begin writing in class
Habit Tracker Response due by Oct. 14@11: 59 p.m., open until Oct. 15@ 7 a.m.
First Draft Pros and Cons Essay Due in CANVAS on Oct. 16@11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Oct. 17 in CANVAS
Peer Review on Oct. 17 during class
Oct. 15: 1st draft pros and cons essay writing in class
First Draft Pros and Cons Essay Due in CANVAS on Oct. 16@11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Oct. 17 in CANVAS—this is a shorter paper and that is why there is less time to complete it
Peer Review on Oct. 17 during class
Oct. 17: Peer review of Oct. 17 for Pros and Cons Essay. Final Draft is due Oct. 20@11:59 p.m., open until Oct. 21 at 11: 59 p.m. Argument Essay Assignment Topic Discussed and voted upon for class argument
Begin reading Argument pages 85-113 in textbook for class discussion on Oct. 20
Oct. 20: Argument, pages 85-113 in textbook, Ticket out of class based upon reading, group work
Habit Checker due Oct. 21@ 11; 59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Oct. 22
Begin writing Argument Essay if time permits
Oct. 22: First Draft Argument Essay writing in class—own choice of topic
1st draft due Oct. 26@11:59 p.m., open until Oct. 27 at 7 a.m.
Oct. 24: 1st draft Argument writing in class
1st draft due Oct. 26@11:59 p.m., open until Oct. 27 at 7 a.m.
Peer Review of Argument Essay Oct. 27
Topic of research paper due Oct. 29 in CANVAS at 11: 59 p.m.
Oct. 27: Argument Essay Peer Review,
Final Draft due Oct. 29@11:59 p.m.
Topic of research paper due by Oct. 29 in CANVAS and GOAL review due by Oct.29 in CANVAS
Oct. 29: 1st to final draft revision guidance by instructor for argument essay, assignment of research paper project
Oct. 31: Annotated Bibliographies and Research Paper, 1st draft how to write, APA Guide, etc., sample papers, template, etc.
2 Sources---2 Annotated Bibliographies due Nov. 3 by 7 a.m.
Nov. 3: CLASS HELD Annotated Bibliographies review how to write 1st draft and do research in class for sources
2 additional sources—Annotated Bibliographies---due Nov. 5 by 11 a.m.
Thesis Statement Review
How to revise 1st draft Annot. to final draft (if need be) will be discussed on Nov. 10 in class
Nov. 5: Work on own time for research (no class held) Conference with professor
2 -4 additional sources due/Annotated Bibliographies due Nov. 8@11: 59 p.m. in CANVAS, open until Nov. 9 at 7 a.m.
Habit Checker due by Nov. 4 by 11: 59 p.m., open until Nov. 5 at 7 a.m.
Nov. 7: work on own for research---all 6-8 Annotated Bibs. Are due on Nov. 8. By 11:59 p.m., open until Nov. 9 at 7 a.m. Conference with professor
THESIS STATEMENT due on Nov. 9@11:59 p.m.
Peer Review of thesis statement on Nov. 10 in class
First draft research paper is due Nov. 21@ 11: 59 p.m., open until Nov. 25 at 7 p.m.
Final Draft research paper is due Dec. 3 at 11: 59 p.m., open until Dec. 5@11:59 p.m.
Nov. 10: CLASS HELD How to revise 1st draft Annot. to final draft (if need be) THESIS STATEMENT PEER REVIEW, Questions about research paper, etc.
Habit Tracker due Nov. 11 at 11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Nov. 12
Nov. 12: Work on research paper—conference with professor
Nov. 14: Work on own research paper—conference with professor
First draft research paper is due Nov. 21@ 11: 59 p.m., open until Nov. 25 at 7 p.m.
Final Draft research paper is due Dec. 3 at 11: 59 p.m., open until Dec. 5@11:59 p.m.
Nov. 17: CLASS HELD, first daft questions, conference with professor
Nov. 19: PEER REVIEW of 1st draft from first paragraph of paper to end of first point in thesis, conference with professor
Nov. 21: First Draft research paper due by 11: 59 p.m., open until Nov. 25 at 7 p.m., conference with professor
Nov. 24-Nov. 28: THANKSGIVING BREAK, no classes
Dec. 1: CLASS HELD 1st to final draft revisions, suggestions, questions
Dec. 3: CLASS HELD Post-Test, Goal Review
Dec. 5: CLASS HELD Final Exam Review
Final Exam for 9 a.m. class –to be announced
Final Exam for 10 a.m. -to be announced
Required Reading: How to Write Anything: A Guide and Reference, 5th edition by John J. Ruszkiewicz
Recommended Reading: N/A
Social Ethics, PHIL-2050, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Exams, poster presentation, class participation, quizzes.
Description:
Unit 1: "Ethical theory", examines traditional ethical theories including virtue ethics, utilitarianism, and Kantian deontology. Unit 2: "Applied Ethics" examines contemporary moral controversies including world poverty and abortion. Students also participate in Social Ethics Philanthropy Fund active-learning project. Unit 3: "Poster Presentations" includes student-centered discussions on student poster presentations.
Required Reading: Excerpts from Aristotle, Mill, Kant, Singer, James, Cassidy, O'Neill, Wolf, Thomson, and Marquis.
Recommended Reading: n/a
Social Ethics, PHIL-2050, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Exams, poster presentation, class participation, quizzes.
Description:
Unit 1: "Ethical theory", examines traditional ethical theories including virtue ethics, utilitarianism, and Kantian deontology. Unit 2: "Applied Ethics" examines contemporary moral controversies including world poverty and abortion. Students also participate in Social Ethics Philanthropy Fund active-learning project. Unit 3: "Poster Presentations" includes student-centered discussions on student poster presentations.
Required Reading: Excerpts from Aristotle, Mill, Kant, Singer, James, Cassidy, O'Neill, Wolf, Thomson, and Marquis.
Recommended Reading: n/a
Writing for Interactive Media, ENGL-3180, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Students will complete weekly online discussion threads, video responses to course content, major assignments (podcast response paper, podcast Script, podcast recording, documentary script, documentary recording), and a final reflection on course content.
Description:
Unit One (Weeks 1-2): What is multimodality? Students will discuss definitions of multimodality and rhetoric & genre in multimodality. Student will complete Threaded Discussions, video responses, and the podcast response assignment.
Unit Two (Weeks 3-8) Designing Multimodal Projects (Podcasts). Student will discuss conceptualizing a multimodal project, pitching a multimodal project to audiences, designing multimodal projects (including attentiveness to sources and assets), scripting in a group environment, and recording a podcast. Student will complete threaded discussions, video responses, and submit a podcast script and recorded podcast.
Unit Three (Weeks 9-15) Designing Multimodal Projects (Documentary). Students will gain insight on the features of documentary scripts and short documentaries, view and analyze short documentaries, script a short documentary, and film a short documentary. Student will complete threaded discussions, video responses, and submit a documentary script, recorded documentary, and final course reflection.
Required Reading: Writer/Designer. (3rd Edition) Kristin Arola, Jennifer Sheppard, and Cheryl Ball. Bedford/St. Martin’s: 2022. (ISBN: 978131924505)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interdisciplinary Studies, INTS-3100, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Class discussions
Conferences with instructor
Reading and writing assignments
Find & evaluate sources
Video presentation
Description:
Overview
Thematic literature review
Essential questions
Writing good research questions
Finding sources
Evaluating sources
Genres of academic writing
Identifying and tracking themes
Citations
Peer review
Revising research questions
Signposting
Receiving feedback
Revising introductions
Managing themes and sources
Improving your introduction
Putting sources in dialogue with each other
Referencing data and methodology
How to critique a scholarly source
Evaluating published lit reviews
Critiquing your sources
Project proposals
Methods
Final submissions
Final presentations
Grit workshop
Interdisciplinary methodology
Required Reading: Platts, T. K. (2013). Locating zombies in the sociology of popular culture. Sociology Compass, 7(7), 547-560. doi: 10.1111/soc4.12053 The Thinker’s Guide to Asking Essential Questions. 2010. Foundation for Critical Thinking Press. Beall’s List of Potential Predatory Journals and Publishers. Beallslist.net. Kossowska, M. E. (2013). How to read and get the most out of a journal article. JEPS Bulletin. Retrieved from http://blog.efpsa.org/2013/02/28/how-to-read-and-get-the-most-out-of-a-journal-article/Links to an external site. Pain, E. (2016). How to (seriously) read a scientific paper. Science. doi: 10.1126/science.caredit.a1600047Links to an external site. Gotwals, R. (n.d.) How to read a scholarly journal article (science and humanities). Retrieved January 5, 2018, from https://ncssm.instructure.com/courses/1691/files/325521/download?download_frd=1&usg=AOvVaw1bdJ-ioxbR6Cwjzwm6AucQ (opens as a pdf) Trent University Academic Skills Centre. (n.d.) Reading in the humanities and social sciences. Retrieved Ja
Recommended Reading: Literature Review Essentials: Identify Themes. https://waldenwritingcenter.blogspot.com/2017/03/literature-review-essentials-identify.html. Benefits of Peer Review. Southwestern University, Georgetown, Texas. https://www.southwestern.edu/offices/writing/faculty-resources-for-writing-instruction/peer-review/benefits-of-peer-review/ Gottfried, M. A. (2010). Evaluating the relationship between student attendance and achievement in urban elementary and middle schools: An instrumental variables approach. American Educational Research Journal, 47(2), 434-465. doi: 103102/0002831209350494 Rumberger, R. W., & Thomas, S. L. (2000). The distribution of dropout and turnover rates among urban and suburban high schools. Sociology of Education, 73(1), 39-67. Musser, M. P. (2011, May). Taking attendance seriously: How school absences undermine student and school performance in New York City. Campaign for Fiscal Equity. Retrieved from: http://nysds.techlab360.org/resource/taking-attendance-seriously-how-school-absences-
Interdisciplinary Studies, INTS-3100, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Class discussions
Conferences with instructor
Reading and writing assignments
Find & evaluate sources
Video presentation
Description:
Overview
Thematic literature review
Essential questions
Writing good research questions
Finding sources
Evaluating sources
Genres of academic writing
Identifying and tracking themes
Citations
Peer review
Revising research questions
Signposting
Receiving feedback
Revising introductions
Managing themes and sources
Improving your introduction
Putting sources in dialogue with each other
Referencing data and methodology
How to critique a scholarly source
Evaluating published lit reviews
Critiquing your sources
Project proposals
Methods
Final submissions
Final presentations
Grit workshop
Interdisciplinary methodology
Required Reading: Platts, T. K. (2013). Locating zombies in the sociology of popular culture. Sociology Compass, 7(7), 547-560. doi: 10.1111/soc4.12053 The Thinker’s Guide to Asking Essential Questions. 2010. Foundation for Critical Thinking Press. Beall’s List of Potential Predatory Journals and Publishers. Beallslist.net. Kossowska, M. E. (2013). How to read and get the most out of a journal article. JEPS Bulletin. Retrieved from http://blog.efpsa.org/2013/02/28/how-to-read-and-get-the-most-out-of-a-journal-article/Links to an external site. Pain, E. (2016). How to (seriously) read a scientific paper. Science. doi: 10.1126/science.caredit.a1600047Links to an external site. Gotwals, R. (n.d.) How to read a scholarly journal article (science and humanities). Retrieved January 5, 2018, from https://ncssm.instructure.com/courses/1691/files/325521/download?download_frd=1&usg=AOvVaw1bdJ-ioxbR6Cwjzwm6AucQ (opens as a pdf) Trent University Academic Skills Centre. (n.d.) Reading in the humanities and social sciences. Retrieved January 5, 2018, from https://www.trentu.ca/academicskills/documents/ReadingArticlesintheHumanitiesandSocialSciences.pdfLinks to an external site. Ridley, Diana. The Literature Review: A Step-by-step Guide for Students, 2nd edition. SAGE Publications Inc. 2012. Tips for Writing Strong Research Proposals. Montana State University. https://www.montana.edu/usp/research_awards/tips-for-proposals.html. Kallet, Richard H. How to write the methods section of a research paper. Respiratory Care. 2004. Mack, Natasha, et al. Qualitative research methods: a data collector’s field guide. Family Health International. 2005. Denby, David. The Limits of “Grit.” The New Yorker. 2016. Duckworth, Angela. Grit: the power of passion and perseverance. TED. 2013. Duckworth, Angela. Finding the margins. https://katebowler.com/podcasts/angela-duckworth-finding-the-margins/.
Recommended Reading: Literature Review Essentials: Identify Themes. https://waldenwritingcenter.blogspot.com/2017/03/literature-review-essentials-identify.html. Benefits of Peer Review. Southwestern University, Georgetown, Texas. https://www.southwestern.edu/offices/writing/faculty-resources-for-writing-instruction/peer-review/benefits-of-peer-review/ Gottfried, M. A. (2010). Evaluating the relationship between student attendance and achievement in urban elementary and middle schools: An instrumental variables approach. American Educational Research Journal, 47(2), 434-465. doi: 103102/0002831209350494 Rumberger, R. W., & Thomas, S. L. (2000). The distribution of dropout and turnover rates among urban and suburban high schools. Sociology of Education, 73(1), 39-67. Musser, M. P. (2011, May). Taking attendance seriously: How school absences undermine student and school performance in New York City. Campaign for Fiscal Equity. Retrieved from: http://nysds.techlab360.org/resource/taking-attendance-seriously-how-school-absences-undermine-student-and-school-performance Suffern, Erika. Effective Signposting. Modern Language Association of American. 2025. https://style.mla.org/effective-signposting/ Hossain, Mokter &Kauranen, Ilkka. Crowdsourcing: a comprehensive literature review. Emeraldinsight.com. 2015. Gordon, R., D. Heim, and S. MacAskill. Rethinking drinking cultures: A review of drinking cultures and a reconstructed dimensional approach. Sciencedirect.com. 2011. Griffiths, Anthony, and Brooks, Barry. Effect of fire on small mammals: a systematic review. Researchgate.net. 2014. Cutt, Hayley, et al. Dog ownership, health, and physical activity: a critical review of the literature. Health & Place. 2006. Connolly, Thomas M., et al. A systematic literature review of empirical evidence on computer games and serious games. Elsevier.com. 2012. Fast, Elizabeth and Collin-Vezina, Delphine. Historical trauma, race-based trauma and resilience of indigenous peoples: a literature review. First Peoples Child & Family Review. 2010.
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 3, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Write 3 Essays (own chioce), Write 10-12 page research paper with annotated bibliographies (own choice), Write pro-con reflection, write several responses to readings from required textbook, participate in collaborative work and class disucssion
Description:
Utah Tech University
Department of English
Intermediate Writing
English 2010 (3 Credits)
Section 03 CRN: 40144
Section 08 CRN : 40286
Fall 2025
Meeting Days/Location Professor Hawkins
M, W, F 9:00 -9:50 a.m. (sec. 03) Phone: 435-704-2076
GCB 221 *please text or call for quicker reply than email (usually)
M, W, F 10:00-10:50 a.m. (sec. 08) email:
GCB 221 Carol.Hawkins@utahtech.edu
*This is an attendance and skill-based Office Location: GCB 249
class; therefore, attendance matters* Office Hours: M, W, F 8-8:45 a.m.
M, W 11: 15-Noon
Or by appointment
FINAL EXAMS:
No date was available for final exam dates and times as of July 1, 2025, but it will be announced as soon as possible----will post dates and times in class and provided in CANVAS in final exam assignment section
Final Exam is in the classroom on the designated date and time provided by UT. ****Must take on the designated day and time inside the classroom. NO online final exams are allowed******
**No assignments accepted via Googledocs. No assignments will be accepted as an attachement in an email or by email unless approved by professor prior to submission. Please submit assignments in CANVAS via doc or docx.
Course Work Weighted as follows:
Attendance 10%, Responses 15%, Group Work and In-class work 15%, Essays 20%, Research Paper 35%, Misc. and Final Exam 5%
Course Fees: NONE
Required Textbook: How to Write Anything: A Guide and Reference, 5th edition by John J. Ruszkiewicz. It is online and can be accessed at first of semester
Laptop is a choice: You are welcome to bring your laptop with you for note taking or other writing assignments. **Some writing in class and research in class is best done with laptop, etc. when class Is not held in a computer lab.
When class is held in a computer lab, you are welcome to use the computer in the classroom, and it is strongly advised you bring an USB to class each class period, so you can save your work.
Computer Use during class: whether using a computer furnished within a computer class, or library, or your own laptop or electronic device, it is to be used for the work for this class only. Students are required to stay on task, remain in the perimeters of the scope of the class and class assignment(s) while using the computer, laptop, etc. This means no material against UT is allowed to be used nor access, and only what is to be used for this class is allowed.
Supplies: notebook for note taking, highlighters or colored pencils or colored markers—you will use these throughout the semester for various in-class assignments. The practice of using these will also benefit you in your study time outside of class.
Utah Tech Department of English Program Standards
Mission Statement: The English Department at Utah Tech University strives to instill in students an appreciation for the centrality of language and literature in human culture, particularly their function in social, historical, and political contexts. Students who major in English master skills in analyzing and evaluating texts and other media, as well as learning how to produce focused critical essays.
Course Description
ENGL-2010 Course Description: Partially fulfills General Education English requirement. Provides opportunities to analyze and write academic papers, including the research-supported essay, through writing and revising a number of essays. Other activities, such as portfolios, library research, and tests may be used to help students improve their writing of advanced-level papers. Successful students will demonstrate competence in the use of standard written English, in analyzing texts, in correctly paraphrasing, summarizing and quoting source material,
and in appropriately citing the work of others. Prerequisites: ACT score of 28 or higher; OR ENGL 1010, or ENGL1010A, or ENGL 1010D (Grade C or higher). FA, SP.
ENGL-2010A (Honors) Course Description: Honors course. Partially fulfills General Education English requirement. Provides opportunities to analyze and write academic papers, including the research-supported essay, through writing and revising a number of essays. Other activities, such as portfolios, library research, and tests may be used to help students improve their writing of advanced-level papers. Successful students will demonstrate competence in the use of standard written English, in analyzing texts, in correctly paraphrasing, summarizing and quoting source material, and in appropriately citing the work of others. Honors designation indicates greater student interaction, higher level of inquiry, and public presentation of a research project.
Prerequisites: Admission to the DSU Honors Program or program director permission; and ENGL 1010 or ENGL
1010A (Grade C or higher). SP.
Students in this course will:
o Write a total of at least 18 essay pages, totaling at least 5,000-5,600 words
Write 2-3 papers (2000 words total) in genres such as analysis, classification, persuasion, pro-con, or cause and effect.
Write at least one 10-12 page research paper (3,000 – 3,600 words total) that incorporates a sufficient number of credible sources.
Create an annotated bibliography of sources to be used in the research paper
Narrative and descriptive papers will not be assigned in ENGL 2010.
o In online courses, graded Weekly Discussion Threads are expected
Value-Added Assessment Method
Pre/Post Test: Students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test, to assess the ways in which their learning has increased during the semester. This will be administered online as a Google Form (using the same URL for both the pre-test and post-test).
Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs):
1. Evaluate evidence and logic—including the identification of underlying assumptions, biases, and
fallacies—in various texts
2. Apply relevant, convincing, and effective evidence and logic in a variety of oral and written interactions.
3. Engage in the process of collaborative learning as it relates to reading and writing.
4. Compose an essay with a precise thesis statement that controls the selection, structure, and presentation of material.
5. Create effective essays and paragraphs through the writing process using standard written English.
6. Incorporate research into essays, annotated bibliographies, research papers, and/or presentations through effective quotation, paraphrasing and summarizing.
7. Explain and avoid plagiarism
English Program Learning
Outcomes (PLOs)
General Education Essential
Learning Outcomes (ELOs)
Institutional Learning Outcomes
(ILOs)
1. Critical Strategies
2. Cultural and Ideological
Awareness
3. Collaborative Learning
4. Research and Information
Literacy
5. Professional Development
1. Broad Knowledge of Liberal Arts
and Sciences
2. Critical Thinking
3. Effective Communication
4. Information Literacy Skills
5. Quantitative Reasoning
6. Diversity and Globalization
7. Responsibilities of Citizenship
1. Skills
2. Knowledge
3. Responsibility
4. Innovation
5. GRIT
Institutional Assessment Map
CLO Course Assignments and Assessments PLOs ELOs ILOs
1 Annotated Bibliography and Research Paper; Weekly
Readings
1, 2, 4, 5 1, 4 1, 2
2 All formal essays and research-based assignments;
informal/formal presentations
1, 2, 4, 5 1, 4 1, 2
3 Peer-review workshops; discussion posts in online
sections
1, 3, 4 1 1, 2
4 All Formal Essays 1, 4, 5 1 1, 2
5 All Formal Essays 1, 3, 4, 5 1 1, 2
6 All Formal Essays; Annotated Bibliography 4, 5 1 1, 2
7 All Formal Essays; Annotated Bibliography 4, 5 1,4 1, 2
Methods of Assessment:
Formative Assessment Methods
Preparation Checks: Students will periodically show their completion of the stages of the research process,
reading process, and writing process.
Research Write-Up: Students will put, in writing, their thoughts about the merit and applicability of their
sources. (Most often, this will be done in the form of annotated bibliographies.)
Summative Assessment Methods
AI Policy/ies
The Utah Tech Student Guide to Using AI Wisely
Consistent with our mission as a polytechnic university, we embrace the opportunities of Artificial Intelligence (AI) technologies, such as ChatGPT, and seek to prepare students for a world where such tools will be ubiquitous. However, it may not always be clear how or when these technologies can be used to assist with classroom assignments and homework. The following guidelines will help you determine when it is appropriate and inappropriate to use AI in courses at UT.
1. Check the syllabus. Your instructor will indicate when and how AI technologies can be used for various assignments, and it may change from course to course and assignment-to-assignment.
2. Ask your instructor. If it is not clear to you from the syllabus or assignment instructions, do not assume it is okay to use AI. Using AI without permission could result in charges of academic misconduct, which may have severe consequences on your academic standing.
3. Use AI as a tool, not a replacement. Use AI to enhance your work, not as a substitute for your own thinking and creativity. AI-generated work might make a good starting place, but for the assignment to be your work, you must verify information, analyze the relevance of the content, and revise the work to reflect your own unique arguments and perspectives.
4. Be aware of the limitations of AI. AI tools can be useful for generating content, but they are not always accurate. They also reflect cultural biases and beliefs. As a student, you must learn to assess the value and credibility of information, no matter the source.
5. Verify the content. Because AI has limitations, verifying the accuracy of any AI-generated content before using it is essential. Compare it with other sources for accuracy.
6. Be transparent. If you use AI-generated content in your work, credit the tool used and never represent AI-generated material as your original work.
Keep in mind that failing to follow these guidelines on the use of AI in completing assignments could result in being charged with academic misconduct with all the potential consequences, including possible failure on the assignment or in the course, or even dismissal from the program or the University.
As a learning community, we encourage you to engage in discussions, both in and outside the classroom, on how AI is impacting your discipline, career field, and even the very way we live, learn and work. Reflect on the skills needed in the age of AI and how to best learn those skills while still a student at Utah Tech. Use AI wisely to enhance and deepen your learning, not circumvent it, to innovate, create and tackle complex problems, not to replace your own critical thinking and judgment.
Student Academic Conduct Policies can be found at link Code of Student Rights & Responsibilities | Utah Tech University
Academic Integrity and Plagiarism
According to Oxford Languages plagiarism is a noun. It is defined as the practice of taking someone else’s work or ideas and passing them off as one’s own. This means not giving correct credit to the one/source where you used the work, writing, words, ideas of another’s without properly citing and giving credit. It is a lack of integrity of a student to do this, and it can result in penalties designated in UT Academic Policies.
From the first to the end of the semester, how to cite sources and how to use citation guides will be discussed, demonstrated, and practiced. It is the student’s responsibility to take notes, ask clarifying questions, and revise when advised, etc. to help assist self with correctly citing sources.
The textbook will have a guide for citing sources in at least APA Style, if not other Styles and formats as well. The University of Nevada Reno APA Style Guide will be in Models for reference as well and will also be used during class discussion.
Even the appearance of cheating should be avoided. The following situations are considered cheating:
• Plagiarism -claiming someone else’s work, no matter how it is obtained as your own.
• Copying someone else’s paper, homework, or tests.
• Allowing anyone to copy papers, homework, quizzes, or tests. Be cautious about saving your papers on public computers; use a portable memory device like a flash drive.
• Sharing information about the contents or answers to homework or tests from other students.
• Looking at cell phone, iPad, or other electronic device during a test for any reason.
Cheating will result in a failing grade for the assignment and possibly for the entire term. It will result in a referral to the Dean of Students or the Vice President of Student Affairs and possible expulsion from UT. While participating in in-class writing, the student will have to prove his/her writing is done in class and passed off by the instructor prior to leaving class. Showing writing written outside of class via a cell phone or document, etc. and refusing to write in class as is required will result in no credit earned for each and every assignment when student is not willing to write in class and prove work is his or her own.
For more information refer to link below
Academic Integrity Committee | Utah Tech University
Instructure Canvas: If anyone has forgotten their login information or your course is not displaying, please contact the Helpdesk and/or help desk website http://www.utahtech.edu/helpdesk/. The Helpdesk is located on the second floor of the Holland building across from the east elevators. Online tutorials for CANVAS can be found at http://guides.instructure.com/
IMPORTANT LINKS
Include the following resources for students who may need them.
• Disability Resource Center – drcenter.utahtech.edu
• IT Help Desk – utahtech.edu/helpdesk
• Library – library.utahtech.edu
• Testing Center – testing.utahtech.edu
• Tutoring Center – tutoring.utahtech.edu
• Writing Center – writingcenter.utahtech.edu
• FOOD OR HOUSING--Any student who faces challenges in securing food or housing and believes this may affect performance in this or any course is urged to contact the Dean of Students for support. The university has a food pantry available for students who need it. Also, please notify the professor if you are comfortable in doing so as she may have additional resources.
DISABILITY/ACCESSIBILITY RESOURCES
UT welcomes all students and strives to make the learning experience accessible. If you are a student with a medical, psychological, or learning disability that may require accommodations for this course, you are encouraged to contact the Disability Resource Center (DRC) as soon as possible. You may request reasonable accommodations at any time during the semester; however, they are not retroactive. The DRC is located next door to the Testing Center in the North Plaza Building
(435-652-7516, drc@utahtech.edu, drcenter@utahtech.edu).
TITLE IX STATEMENT
Utah Tech University affirms its commitment to the promotion of fairness and equity in all aspects of the educational institution. Harassment and discrimination – including sex/gender discrimination, gender identity, gender expression, sexual harassment, sexual misconduct, gender-based violence, dating violence, domestic violence, stalking, pregnancy or parental , family or marital status and or retaliation –not only disrupts our commitment to maintaining an environment in which every member of the University community is treated with respect and dignity, but may also violate University policy and federal, state, and/or local law.
Should you or someone you know experience behavior that is coercive, discriminatory, harassing, and or sexually violent in nature, or if you or someone you know has questions about their rights and options regarding such behavior, you are encouraged to contact:
– Hazel Sainsbury, Dir. Of Equity Compliance, Title IX Coordinator: 435-652-7747 (ext. 7747) hazel.sainsbury@utahtech.edu ; titleix@utahtech.edu
Incidents may also be reported directly to law enforcement, either separately or in conjunction with any report made to the University’s Title IX Coordinator, and the University will aid in making contact if requested.
– Utah Tech University Police: 435-275-4300 or by calling 9-1-1.
Maintaining a safe and inclusive University community is a shared responsibility. For more information on how Title IX protections can benefit you and help us keep a productive campus environment, visit titleix.utahtech.edu to learn more.
UTAH TECH EMAIL DISCLAIMER
You are required to frequently check your Utah Tech email account as important class and university information will be sent to this account, including bills, financial aid/scholarship notices, notices of canceled classes, reminders of important dates and deadlines, course information, and other information critical to your success at UT. To access your Utah Tech email account, visit mail.utahtech.edu. Your email account username is Digital-ID@utahtech.edu (e.g. D12345678@utahtech.edu). If you don’t know or have forgotten your Digital-ID or password, please visit changepassword.utahtech.edu.
Important Dates to Remember
*******See link for all dates of the semester Academic Calendar | Utah Tech University
Aug 15 Trailblazer Connections (1st Time Freshman)
Aug 20: Classes Begin
Aug 20: Tuition & Fees Due
Aug 26: Last day to Waitlist
Aug 29: DROP/AUDIT fees begins ($10 per class)
Sep 1: LABOR DAY HOLIDAY—no classes
Sep 2: Residency Application deadline
Sep 2: Residency Application Deadline
Sep 2: $100 Late registration/payment fee
Sep 10: ATTEND YOUR MONDAY CLASSES!
Sep 10: Last Day for refund
Sep 10: Pell Grant Census
Sep 10: Last Day to drop without receiving a “W” grade
Sep 17: Last day to ADD/AUDIT classes
Oct 3: Fall 2025 Associate’s Degree Graduation Application Deadline
Oct 3: Fall 2025 Master’s Degree Graduation Application Deadline
Oct 9-10: Fall Semester Break---no classes
Oct 13: Midterm Grades Due
Oct. 17: Last Day to Withdraw from an Individual Class
Oct 20: Spring 2026 Spring and Summer 2026 schedule available online
Nov 3: Spring 2026 Bachelor’s Degree Graduation Application Deadline
Nov 10: Summer 2026 open to Graduate Students/Seniors (110+ credits)
Nov 11: Spring 2026 Registration/Seniors opens (90+ credits)
Nov 12: Spring 2026 Registration opens to Juniors (75+ credits)
Nov 13: Spring 2026 Registration opens to Juniors (60+ credits)
Nov. 14: Last day for complete withdrawal from all classes
Nov. 14: Spring 2026 Registration opens Sophomores (45+ credits)
Nov. 17: Spring 2026 Registration open to Sophomores (30+ credits)
Nov. 18: Spring 2026 Registration open to Continuing Freshmen (15+ credits)
Nov. 19: Spring 2026 Registration open to New Freshmen & All students
Nov. 24-28: Thanksgiving Break (no classes)
Dec. 5 Classes End
Dec. 8-11 Final Exams----Day and time for final exams will be announced later. All final exams must be taken in class at designated time and on designated date.
Dec. 15: Final grades due, 5 p.m.
Block Schedule Dates can be found online (https://calendar.utahtech.edu)
Attendance Policy/ies and Assignments
Students are to attend each class for the entire semester. Students are credited 10-25 points for in-class assignment each class period an in-class assignment is given. The in-class assignment will not be given credit when student is not in attendance for the day. In class work cannot be made up and no credit will be given if student is not in class for the assignment. Every absence will directly affect the student’s grade. Each day in class, students will complete work, deal with assignments in stages, and discuss relevant material at every class meeting. If students are not in class, they will miss materials and instruction which are vitally important to the course. This class has many group assignments, and it is pertinent to be in class in order for the learning and the fairness to student and to peers. In student’s are late or leave early, the student may not be eligible for earning attendance points for the class period, depending on the reason for being late or leaving early. This is determined by the discretion of the professor, so please speak to the professor.
Even if students cannot attend class, work is still due on the scheduled days. Most assignments are identified on the schedule and or announced in class so the student can work ahead if he or she anticipates an absence. However, students should check with the instructor or other students in class to confirm the assignments because schedule may have changed. It is the student’s responsibility to notify the instructor ahead of time of an absence, especially for university-related activities. Work is due before students depart on university-related activities, especially if the assignment cannot be submitted to CANVAS. Excused absences follow the policy of UT Attendance Policy. Professor Hawkins is willing to work with students who have illness, death in the family, etc. Non-attendance on the first day of class may and can result in automatic withdrawal of the course for the semester. It is the student’s responsibility to drop the class, and there is no guarantee that the professor or university will drop the class for the student.
The student is required to be in class for the final exam at the designated time assigned by UT unless prior authorization has been approved by the instructor, department head, and/or UT. Refer to the designated time and date for the final exam at end of the syllabus. If the final exam time and date was not available at the time this syllabi/syllabus was created, the final exam time and date will be provided beforehand.
The class will be taught face to face only. However, in the event of changing public health guidance, laws, or campus directives, the professor has the right to adjust this syllabus accordingly and possibly require masks and/or ZOOM attendance. Please respect your professor and peers who may request you allow them some space and /or minimal contact.
Please refer to the link below for Academic Policy/ies for Attendance, School Approved Absences, etc.
Academic Policies and Procedures | Utah Tech University
Early Work/Late Work
Work is due on the date marked on the calendar or listed the Assignments in CANVAS. In-class work cannot be made up. Writing and reading exercises may occur throughout the semester; only the students attending class that day will be eligible for those points.
Late work is usually not accepted nor given credit regardless of the excuse/reason except for in accordance with the attendance policy, illness, etc. of UT. The instructor may comment on late assignments and return them, but late assignments may not receive a grade. Whether a student earns points on an assignment or not, or whether the instructor checks every item or not, the student is expected to complete the assignment to be prepared for quizzes and tests and for the final exam. Typically, no credit is given for incomplete work.
Response assignments are designed to be able to have student complete the assignment, then discuss the assignment in class as a class and gain more feedback by instructor and then be able to revise for a possible higher grade as a “revised version”. Students who have submitted the original response by the due date are allowed to earn a revision---possible higher grade---once the response is reopened for revision submission. Students who do not submit the original response are welcome and encouraged to submit a response once the response is reopened for revisions, but students are not allowed to revise to earn a higher grade after the assignment is graded. In other words, students who do not submit an original response by the original due date and time, are allowed to only submit the response once and do not have an opportunity to revise and earn a higher grade.
Disruptive Behavior
Behavior that interferes with the learning of other students will not be tolerated. Student who are asked to leave should leave class should do so quietly and without confrontation. They will be expected to schedule a meeting with the instructor before being allowed to attend class again. If student/s start a disturbance, the instructor will call the University Police to have the student/s removed from campus. Student/s are not allowed to interfere with the learning of others. ***Classrooms are cell-free zones. Cell phones area a serious distraction to everyone in the class, including instructor. It is inappropriate to make or receive calls, to text, or check messages, etc. during the scheduled class time. You may use your cellphone to access your textbook or CANVAS or other resources for class topic and project only.
Students should remember to turn off their phone’s ringer before entering classroom. Set them to vibrate or disable the ringer. If students’ cellphone disturbs class, the students will be asked to leave class and consult with instructor about being readmitted in class. For a ZOOM class, muting phone and closing other browsers like FB, Instagram, etc. should be standard procedure. It is hard enough to concentrate online without all those devices grabbing for your attention.
If there is a pandemic or other health issue that requires classes to ZOOM, all students must be dressed in appropriate clothing. No bare chests, etc. will be allowed. Any harassment of any student/s or instructor, the student/s will be asked to leave the ZOOM class and meet with instructor online as in a ZOOM conference before being admitted back to class, if instructor deems it appropriate that student/s can be admitted again.
Assignments and Tests/Quizzes
Daily In-class Assignments: There will be in-class assignments every day or nearly every day. You must be in attendance for the in-class assignment and complete the in-class assignment in order to receive the 10-25 points. In-class daily assignment cannot be made up, and this means you will earn 0 points for each daily in-class assignment you are not in attendance to complete.
In-class assignments can follow under the weighted grade percentage terms as Misc. and Final Exam, Responses, and Group Work or In-class Assignments
Misc. and Final Exam is 5% of Weighted Grade, Responses is 15% of Weighted Grade, and Group Work and In-class is 15% of Weighted Grade for semester
Response assignments are designed to be able to have student complete the assignment, then discuss the assignment in class as a class and gain more feedback by instructor and then be able to revise for a possible higher grade as a “revised version”. Students who have submitted the original response by the due date are allowed to earn a revision---possible higher grade---once the response is reopened for revision submission. Students who do not submit the original response are welcome and encouraged to submit a response once the response is reopened for revisions, but students are not allowed to revise a first submitted response to earn a higher grade after the first assignment is graded. In other words, students who do not submit an original response by the original due date and time, are allowed to only submit the response once and do not have an opportunity to revise and earn a higher grade. **Students are responsible for paying attention to the revision due dates stated in class and in CANVAS. Revisions will not reopen after the due date.
NOTE: If a student needs to ask for the assigned topic of a reading assignment or writing assignment to be changed for personal reasons, etc., this needs to be discussed with the instructor. The same amount of reading length and writing length of the assignment and same amount of sources will be required for the “changed topic”.
Writing Assignments--at first of semester and throughout the semester Professor Hawkins may and will have students write in class and pass off the writing assignment whether hard copy or online prior to having students submit the assignments in CANVAS for grading. Students will be credited points for in-class writing and online submission via CANVAS. Assignments are not accepted in google.docs, nor by attachment in email or in an email.
Writing Assignments are deemed weighted grade percentages as follows: Essays are 20% and Research Paper Project is 35% of weighted semester grade
No late assignments will be given credit/points except for specific exceptions deemed by the UT Academic Guidelines and/or by approval of Professor Hawkins. Please speak to me about late assignments. Approved Late assignments are accepted for 3 days after the due date or by a designated due date specified by Professor Hawkins. By chance the late assignment does not fall in the scope of the UT Academic Guidelines, you may still submit the late assignment for feedback, but you will not receive points.
AI is not a replacement for student’s own work and creativity. Although AI may be discussed and used as a tool for instruction with students during class time, it cannot be accepted nor credited as student’s own work. The rules and guidelines of UT will be adhered and enforced when it applies to student’s work. Academic integrity is required and expected. Refer of AI Guidelines earlier in this syllabus.
Assignments may require in-class applications---students doing work in class. The assignment in class may be the “first rough draft” for assignment and then “second rough draft or revision” and polished, also known as “final draft” will require submission on CANVAS. This means even if “passed off” in class by professor, the student is required to submit the first, 2nd/revision, and final draft on CANVAS in order to earn credit. Students must write in-class and show students did their own writing and have it passed off/credited by instructor in order for the assignment(s) to earn credit. See Academic Integrity earlier in this syllabi/syllabus. Failure to do so, can result in no credit earned (0%) for assignment/s.
Test and Quizzes are to be done in class at designated time or made up within 3 days or no credit will be given. If it is an online test or quiz, the same 3-day rule for making up missed test/quiz applies.
There is to be no phone, laptop, or other device usage during a test or quiz unless explicitly approved by professor prior to taking test or quiz.
Research Paper: Topic is student’s choice. Conferences with professor are a required part of the research paper project for one-to-one feedback and guidance not always permitted during class. Student can forfeit the conference, but the points for the conference will not be credited to the student, and student is held accountable and responsible for anything lacking in the research paper that may eliminate the student from earning grade desired or passing the research paper project and/or semester.
ZOOM Etiquette: This is a face-to-face class and classes will only be face to face unless we have to switch to remote learning. Students will be expected to act on ZOOM just as they would in normally in face-to-face class. Students should be attentive and engaged in ZOOM classes. There will not be a “no pajama pants” rule, I will expect student to dress appropriate for class. The general rule is if you would not wear it to a face-to-face class, do not wear it on ZOOM.
Having a designated space for ZOOM learning is important. An area free of most distractions is ideal, but not always possible. I encourage you to check your background on ZOOM and make sure it is suitable for sharing.
Remember to mute microphones unless students are asking questions or responding to a question. This helps to control the background noise and feedback during the session. Those distractions can be problems for classmates. Certain activities will require students to have cameras on, but others will not. Each class period, it will be said if you need to keep your camera on during class. If you do not have a camera, do not worry. It will be possible for you to participate.
Disruptive behavior will be handled just like face-to-face class; therefore, see the section of the syllabus that discusses this. Students who disrupt the ZOOM classes will be muted or asked to leave the session. Getting back into class will require a private meeting with me to discuss behavior and next steps to prevent future outbursts.
Tentative ENGL 2010 Schedule
***Note schedule is subject to change when Professor Carol Hawkins deems it necessary for best practices and most conducive for learning
**Students are responsible to stay up on the day-to-day, weekly, and semester assignments, test, activities when they change or do not change
Each week students will be responsible for completing assignments. Every assignment’s due date is set at the beginning of the semester. There are no surprise assignments or quizzes because each will be announced and discussed prior to its due date. Everything will be announced well in advance, so students can plan accordingly.
This course is based on a whole language approach to academic reading and writing. We will meet face to face three days a week to satisfy the 3-credit workload for this course. Attendance is required and is 10% of the weighted grade for the semester.
Aug 20: Introduction, About textbook, Icebreaker, APA format, Basic Response format, video
Reading Assignment for next class: Brain and Habits---see CANVAS for the links to reading material, explanation of Response assignment, and example for response assignment
Response assignment is due August 21 @11: 59 p.m. but the assignment is open until 7 a.m. on Aug 22 in CANVAS---Be prepared to discuss readings and your response/views in class on Aug. 22. Peer Review to check for APA format Aug. 22
Aug 22: Discuss Response due August 21 (and open until Aug. 22 at 7 a.m.), group activity/peer review, citing the articles and how to cite for a guest speaker. Guest speaker will be on August 25---Anxiety
Assignment: Begin reading pgs. 180-182, 187-194 in textbook. For the reading assignment and class discussion due CANVAS by due Sept. 3 (Wednesday after Labor Day).
Aug 25: ANXIETY PRESENTATION---BOOTH WELLNESS CENTER ---after presentation you be required to write a Response defining anxiety, symptoms of anxiety, ways to manage anxiety, and what you got from the presentation whether it is about what you learned something or were reminded of, and you will apply it
Assignment for next class: Write a Response defining anxiety, symptoms of anxiety, ways to manage anxiety, and what you got from the presentation whether it is about what you learned something or were reminded of what knew, and how you will apply it in your life. DUE: Aug. 26 @11:59 p.m., open until Aug. 27 at 7 a.m.
Aug 27: Discuss Anxiety presentation. Pre-test and Goal assignment done in class. Habit Tracker Assigned---this will be an ongoing assignment throughout the semester and will be submitted in CANVAS as Habit Tracker Response
Reading Assignment for next class: reminder you have a reading assignment and response due by Sep2@11:59 p.m. but open until Sep.3 at 7 a.m.—pages 180-182, 187-194 in textbook
Assignment due August 30 at 11:59 p.m. in CANVAS--Habit Tracker Response
Aug. 29: “How to Read (like a college student” article read and discussed in class. Watch Good Morning America video on brain/anxiety and therapy, begin reading as a class “Why Your Brain is the Key to Change” to prepare for Rhetorical Analysis Essay Assignment coming in first of September. Review how to cite sources used today in class.
Sep. 1: Labor Day—no classes held (refer to earlier dates for assignment/s due Sep. 2)
Sep. 3: Discussion on assigned reading and response due Sep. 2 for Rhetorical Analysis and Habit Check Response. Example of Rhetorical Analysis reviewed and discussed. Assigned Topic for Rhetorical Analysis---Brain and Changing Habits, Behavior---Analyzing what read, watched, and wrote about in class already
Sep. 5: Rhetorical Analysis, CRAPP Test (Mike Peterson, The Art of Academic Writing), Adding at least one source to the sources already read and discussed this semester for this Rhetorical Analysis Essay assignment—Research for source individually or as a peer group in class
Sep. 8: Rhetorical Analysis 1st Draft— begin writing 1st draft in class and pass off part completed during class
Assignment: 1st draft of Rhetorical Analysis Essay due Sep. 12 by 11: 59 p.m. on CANVAS, open until Sept. 14@ 11: 59 p.m. on CANVAS
Peer Review of 1st draft on Sep. 15
Assignment: Habit Tracker Response due on Sep. 8@ 11:59 p.m., open until Sep. 9@ 11: 59 p.m.
Sep. 10: Continue Writing 1st Draft Rhetorical Analysis Essay in class, pass off by instructor Sep.
Sep. 12: Continuing Writing 1st Draft Rhetorical Analysis Essay in class
1st Draft is due Sep. 10@11:59 p.m. in CANVAS, open until Sep. 14@11:59 p.m. No late assignments accepted
PEER REVIEW of 1st draft Rhet. Analysis Essay on Monday, Sep. 15 during class
Sep. 15: Peer Review of Rhet. Analysis Essay in class, Revision from 1st to final draft guidance by instructor (if time)
Final Draft of Rhetorical Analysis Essay is due Sep. 18@ 11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Sep. 19
Habit Checker Response Due in CANVAS on Sep. 16@ 11: 59 p.m., open until Sep. 17@ 7 a.m.
Review, but no “response” assignment for pages 62-64, 70-75, and 83-84 in textbook (Cause-and- Effect)—we will be discussing this Sep. 17 in class so be prepared
Sep. 17: Guidance for Revision of 1st Draft Rhet. Analysis Essay by instructor if not done Sep. 15.
Cause and Effect---pages to discuss in class are pages 62-64, 70-75, and 83-84, group work
Know topic for your Cause-and-Effect Essay by Sep. 21—submit to CANVAS by Sep. 21 @ 11: 59 p.m.
Final Draft Rhetorical Analysis Essay is due Sep. 18 @11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Sep. 19
Sep. 19: Reading in class “An Open Letter to a Protester from a Baltimore County Police Officer, pages 88-91 in textbook. Discussion and analysis, Fallacies
Response to “An Open Letter” read in class due in CANVAS Sep. 21@11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Sep. 22
Submit topic for Cause-and-Effect Essay by Sep. 21@11:59 p.m. in CANVAS
Sep. 22: Cause and Effect pertaining to “An Open Letter” reading and response assignment group work. Chart Creation for the Cause-and-Effect Essay. Assignment of Cause-and-Effect Essay—own choice for topic, made need to do some research on own time for this topic
Habit Check Response due Sep. 22@11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Sep. 23
Sep. 24: Begin Writing 1st draft Cause-and-Effect Essay, create chart for essay if not done on Sep. 22, pass off before leaving class
Sep. 26: Writing of 1st draft Cause-and-Effect Essay in class
First draft Cause-and Effect Essay due Sep. 28@11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Sep. 29 in CANVAS
Peer Review of 1st draft in class Sep. 29, Goal review
Sep. 29: Peer review 1st draft Cause-and-Effect Essay in class
Final Draft of Cause-and-Effect Essay is due Oct. 2 @1:59 p.m. , open until Oct. 3 at 7 a.m.
Habit Check Response due Sep. 29@11: 59 p.m., open until Oct. 1 at 7 a.m.
Oct. 1: 1st to final draft guidance by instructor for Cause-and-Effect Essay due Oct. 2@11:59 p.m., open until Oct. 3@ 7 a.m.
Pros and Cons in an argument evaluation PowerPoint, etc.
Begin reading “Dying with Dignity” by Peter Allmark 2002 in the Journal of Medical Ethics and
discussing: 1-By whom is this article written and to who is it directed? 2-How can this be for all other readers 3- Pros and Cons of the article and topic 4-What you got from this
Oct. 3: continue with Oct. 1, Fallacies
Response Assignment due Oct. 4 by 11: 59 p.m., open until Oct. 6 at 7 a.m. in CANVAS
Habit Check Response due Oct. 7 by 11:59 p.m., open until Oct. 8 @ 7 a.m.
Begin choosing topic for pros and cons essay if not euthanasia
Oct. 6: Pros and Cons and continuation of discussion Oct. 3, if needed
Watch DVD: BULL, season 2, episode 2 “Already Gone”
Response for DVD is due Oct. 7 by 11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Oct. 8 in CANVAS
Oct. 8: Discuss DVD watched Oct. 6, guilty or not guilty poll, pros and cons, fallacies, persuasion in video
Assign and explain Pros and Cons Essay---topic of own choice or on euthanasia. This essay is a set-up for argument essay that is your next essay
Oct. 9-10: FALL SEMESTER BREAK, no classes
Oct. 13: 1st Draft Pros and Cons Essay to begin writing in class
Habit Tracker Response due by Oct. 14@11: 59 p.m., open until Oct. 15@ 7 a.m.
First Draft Pros and Cons Essay Due in CANVAS on Oct. 16@11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Oct. 17 in CANVAS
Peer Review on Oct. 17 during class
Oct. 15: 1st draft pros and cons essay writing in class
First Draft Pros and Cons Essay Due in CANVAS on Oct. 16@11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Oct. 17 in CANVAS—this is a shorter paper and that is why there is less time to complete it
Peer Review on Oct. 17 during class
Oct. 17: Peer review of Oct. 17 for Pros and Cons Essay. Final Draft is due Oct. 20@11:59 p.m., open until Oct. 21 at 11: 59 p.m. Argument Essay Assignment Topic Discussed and voted upon for class argument
Begin reading Argument pages 85-113 in textbook for class discussion on Oct. 20
Oct. 20: Argument, pages 85-113 in textbook, Ticket out of class based upon reading, group work
Habit Checker due Oct. 21@ 11; 59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Oct. 22
Begin writing Argument Essay if time permits
Oct. 22: First Draft Argument Essay writing in class—own choice of topic
1st draft due Oct. 26@11:59 p.m., open until Oct. 27 at 7 a.m.
Oct. 24: 1st draft Argument writing in class
1st draft due Oct. 26@11:59 p.m., open until Oct. 27 at 7 a.m.
Peer Review of Argument Essay Oct. 27
Topic of research paper due Oct. 29 in CANVAS at 11: 59 p.m.
Oct. 27: Argument Essay Peer Review,
Final Draft due Oct. 29@11:59 p.m.
Topic of research paper due by Oct. 29 in CANVAS and GOAL review due by Oct.29 in CANVAS
Oct. 29: 1st to final draft revision guidance by instructor for argument essay, assignment of research paper project
Oct. 31: Annotated Bibliographies and Research Paper, 1st draft how to write, APA Guide, etc., sample papers, template, etc.
2 Sources---2 Annotated Bibliographies due Nov. 3 by 7 a.m.
Nov. 3: CLASS HELD Annotated Bibliographies review how to write 1st draft and do research in class for sources
2 additional sources—Annotated Bibliographies---due Nov. 5 by 11 a.m.
Thesis Statement Review
How to revise 1st draft Annot. to final draft (if need be) will be discussed on Nov. 10 in class
Nov. 5: Work on own time for research (no class held) Conference with professor
2 -4 additional sources due/Annotated Bibliographies due Nov. 8@11: 59 p.m. in CANVAS, open until Nov. 9 at 7 a.m.
Habit Checker due by Nov. 4 by 11: 59 p.m., open until Nov. 5 at 7 a.m.
Nov. 7: work on own for research---all 6-8 Annotated Bibs. Are due on Nov. 8. By 11:59 p.m., open until Nov. 9 at 7 a.m. Conference with professor
THESIS STATEMENT due on Nov. 9@11:59 p.m.
Peer Review of thesis statement on Nov. 10 in class
First draft research paper is due Nov. 21@ 11: 59 p.m., open until Nov. 25 at 7 p.m.
Final Draft research paper is due Dec. 3 at 11: 59 p.m., open until Dec. 5@11:59 p.m.
Nov. 10: CLASS HELD How to revise 1st draft Annot. to final draft (if need be) THESIS STATEMENT PEER REVIEW, Questions about research paper, etc.
Habit Tracker due Nov. 11 at 11:59 p.m., open until 7 a.m. Nov. 12
Nov. 12: Work on research paper—conference with professor
Nov. 14: Work on own research paper—conference with professor
First draft research paper is due Nov. 21@ 11: 59 p.m., open until Nov. 25 at 7 p.m.
Final Draft research paper is due Dec. 3 at 11: 59 p.m., open until Dec. 5@11:59 p.m.
Nov. 17: CLASS HELD, first daft questions, conference with professor
Nov. 19: PEER REVIEW of 1st draft from first paragraph of paper to end of first point in thesis, conference with professor
Nov. 21: First Draft research paper due by 11: 59 p.m., open until Nov. 25 at 7 p.m., conference with professor
Nov. 24-Nov. 28: THANKSGIVING BREAK, no classes
Dec. 1: CLASS HELD 1st to final draft revisions, suggestions, questions
Dec. 3: CLASS HELD Post-Test, Goal Review
Dec. 5: CLASS HELD Final Exam Review
Final Exam for 9 a.m. class –to be announced
Final Exam for 10 a.m. -to be announced
Required Reading: How to Write Anything: A Guide and Reference, 5th edition by John J. Ruszkiewicz
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Literature, ENGL-2200, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Subject to change; any texts may be substituted on request.
Assignment % How to submit Mode/s and/or word count Citations Objective
1) Retelling of a story/text 10 Via Canvas Assignment Discussion. Oral (recorded and uploaded) or written (no specific length😊) -- To hone your spoken personal, unique viewpoint on art.
2) Reflection on a peer’s retelling 10 Via Canvas Assignment Discussion comment. Oral (recorded and uploaded) or written (no specific length😊) -- To provide affirmational feedback.*
3) Texts “show and tell” 10 Via Canvas Assignment Discussion. Oral (recorded and uploaded) or written (no specific length😊) MLA** To flesh out our co-constructed engagement with the course texts.
4) Design your own assignment! 5 Via Canvas Assignment. 250 words -- To direct your own learning and shed light on your preferred learning styles.
5) Do your assignment!! 5 Via Canvas Assignment. 250 words for assignment + 100 words for reflection MLA** To test our your assignment and reflect on how to self-advocate for assignment approaches which work well for you.*
6) Final project proposal 15 Via Canvas. 250 words -- To plan final critical or creative project.
7) Final project 30 Via Canvas Assignment Discussion. 1500 for essay, 850 for creative commentary + creative object MLA** To expand on your written, spoken (drawn, sculpted, sewn, recorded, painted, etc.) personal, unique interpretation of art.
8) Final reflection on your project*** 15 Via Canvas Assignments. 250 words -- To reflect and learn from what you learned.***
Description:
Subject to change; any texts may be substituted on request.
Course schedule:
Intro to lit.
Unit 1: Get to know the syllabus and Canvas site, introduce yourself, and learn about reader-response theory by watching a lecture video. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 1 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 1
Unit 2: Continue exploring theoretical texts, focusing on intertextuality. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 2 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 2
Unit 3: Study myths with Snorri’s Poetic Edda and watch a lecture video. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 3 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 3
Unit 4: Read children's stories, including Potter's "Tale of Peter Rabbit," and watch a lecture video. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 4 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 4
Unit 5: Prepare assignments 1 and 2. Complete them.
Second meeting of week 5 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 5
Unit 6: Continue children's stories. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 6 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 6
Unit 7: Prepare assignment 3. Complete it.
Second meeting of week 7 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 7
Unit 8: Read Lewis’s Voyage of the Dawn Treader and watch a lecture video. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 8 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 8
Unit 9: Learn about intertextual history and watch a lecture video. Prepare and complete assignments 4 and 5.
Second meeting of week 9 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 9
Unit 11: Prepare for assignment 6. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 11 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 10
Unit 12: Complete assignment 6. Prepare for assignment 7.
Second meeting of week 12 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 11
Unit 13: Prepare for assignment 7. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 13 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 12
Unit 14: Complete assignment 7. Consider progress thus far.
Second meeting of week 14 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 13
Unit 15: Prepare for assignment 8. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 15 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 14
Unit 16: Complete assignment 8. Consider progress now.
Second meeting of week 16 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Texts: See course schedule.
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 34, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Online discussion threads on weekly course topics, writing assignments (Literacy Narrative Essay, Issue-Analysis Report, Profile Essay, Argument Paper), Final portfolio, and Final and midterm reflections
Description:
Unit 1 (Weeks 1-5): Why do I Write? The beginning of the course will focus on the importance of writing within academic disciplines, the professional world, and society overall. Specifically, this phase will discuss literacy, audience awareness, artistry in communication, and the importance of composing a thesis statement. Students will complete weekly discussion threads and submit the Literacy Narrative assignment.
Unit 2 (Weeks 6-9) How do I Write? The middle of the course will focus on the skills required to compose effective writing. Primarily, effective writing involves clear organization and strong support of one’s claims. Students will complete weekly discussion threads and submit the Profile Essay, Issue-Analysis Report, and midterm reflection.
Unit 3 (Weeks 10-15): Why Should Someone Read what I Wrote? The final portion of the course will focus on the revision and submission of writing for an audience. The course will conclude with discussion on arguing one’s point of view and revising one’s work. Students will complete weekly discussion threads and submit the Argument paper, Portfolio, and final reflection.
Required Reading: 1. Peterson, Mike. The Art of Academic Writing. OER Textbook. 2022. Available for free at https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home . 2. Kepka, Jenn. Oregon Writes Open Writing Text. 2016. Available for free at https://openoregon.pressbooks.pub/oregonwrites/
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 3, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Write 3 essays--rhetorical analysis, cause and effect, argument
Write 10-12 page reserach paper
Write pro-con reflection for group analysis and class discussion response
Write responses to requirred reading for class discussion and collaborative leearning, final exam
Description:
Read and Discuss information from textbook, write first drafts in class, collaborate with peers, write responses to topics of unit, peer review of all essays and research paper
Required Reading: How to Write Anything: A Guide and Reference, 5th edition by John J. Ruszkiewicz
Recommended Reading: N/A
Prof Writing and Busn Ethics, ENGL-3010, Section 44, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Points possible % of overall grade
Professional Autobiography (w2) 20 2%
Cover Letter 30 3%
Resumé 75 7.5%
LinkedIn Profile Set Up 25 2.5%
Memo: Propose Your Business 50 5%
International Correspondence 25 2.5%
Website Redesign (w6) 25 2.5%
Ethical Reflection (w7) 50 5%
Ethical Case Study Analysis (w8) 50 5%
Business Report Proposal (w10) 40 4%
Business Report Rough Draft (w11) 50 5%
Business Report Professional Draft (w 12) 50 5%
Business Report: Addressing Workplace Ethics
(w14) 200 20%
Multi-media Presentation (w15) 100 10%
Final reflection (w16) 50 5%
Class Discussions
150 15%
Description:
Unit 1: Writing and Your Career- In this unit we will set the groundwork for the class in learning about how central writing is to business. Students will craft a professional autobiography and learn to distinguish Business English from other forms of English.
Unit 2: Writing Everyday Business Documents- In this unit, we will focus on writing many different documents that pertain to securing work and completing work. Students will write cover letters and resumes as well as establish a presence on LinkedIn.
Unit 3: Communication and Design- In this unit, we will focus on business correspondences and visual design for websites and marketing materials. Students will write a memo and international correspondences, as well as design instructions and revise website design.
Unit 4: Business Ethics- In this unit we will focus on ethical frameworks as they apple to the workplace. We will analyze real-world case studies and explore ethical dilemmas that could potentially come up in the workplace.
Unit 5: Writing Business Reports- In this unit, we will plan, draft and revise our major class assignment, a short business report about a real or hypothetical ethical dilemma in a business context. We will also explore the ethical implications of AI.
Unit 6: Presenting in the Workplace- We will conclude the course with focusing on presenting one's research or argument in the workplace. Students will present ideas to the class and engage with others’ ideas.
Required Reading: "Successful Writing at Work" by Phillip Kolin; "Understanding the Foundations of Ethical Reasoning" by Dr. Richard Paul and Dr. Linda Elder
Recommended Reading: n/a
Prof Writing and Busn Ethics, ENGL-3010, Section 43, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Points possible % of overall grade
Professional Autobiography (w2) 20 2%
Cover Letter 30 3%
Resumé 75 7.5%
LinkedIn Profile Set Up 25 2.5%
Memo: Propose Your Business 50 5%
International Correspondence 25 2.5%
Website Redesign (w6) 25 2.5%
Ethical Reflection (w7) 50 5%
Ethical Case Study Analysis (w8) 50 5%
Business Report Proposal (w10) 40 4%
Business Report Rough Draft (w11) 50 5%
Business Report Professional Draft (w 12) 50 5%
Business Report: Addressing Workplace Ethics
(w14) 200 20%
Multi-media Presentation (w15) 100 10%
Final reflection (w16) 50 5%
Class Discussions
150 15%
Description:
Unit 1: Writing and Your Career- In this unit we will set the groundwork for the class in learning about how central writing is to business. Students will craft a professional autobiography and learn to distinguish Business English from other forms of English.
Unit 2: Writing Everyday Business Documents- In this unit, we will focus on writing many different documents that pertain to securing work and completing work. Students will write cover letters and resumes as well as establish a presence on LinkedIn.
Unit 3: Communication and Design- In this unit, we will focus on business correspondences and visual design for websites and marketing materials. Students will write a memo and international correspondences, as well as design instructions and revise website design.
Unit 4: Business Ethics- In this unit we will focus on ethical frameworks as they apple to the workplace. We will analyze real-world case studies and explore ethical dilemmas that could potentially come up in the workplace.
Unit 5: Writing Business Reports- In this unit, we will plan, draft and revise our major class assignment, a short business report about a real or hypothetical ethical dilemma in a business context. We will also explore the ethical implications of AI.
Unit 6: Presenting in the Workplace- We will conclude the course with focusing on presenting one's research or argument in the workplace. Students will present ideas to the class and engage with others' ideas.
Required Reading: "Successful Writing at Work" by Phillip Kolin; "Understanding the Foundations of Ethical Reasoning" by Dr. Richard Paul and Dr. Linda Elder
Recommended Reading: n/a
Prof Writing and Busn Ethics, ENGL-3010, Section 41, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Points possible % of overall grade
Professional Autobiography (w2) 20 2%
Cover Letter 30 3%
Resumé 75 7.5%
LinkedIn Profile Set Up 25 2.5%
Memo: Propose Your Business 50 5%
International Correspondence 25 2.5%
Website Redesign (w6) 25 2.5%
Ethical Reflection (w7) 50 5%
Ethical Case Study Analysis (w8) 50 5%
Business Report Proposal (w10) 40 4%
Business Report Rough Draft (w11) 50 5%
Business Report Professional Draft (w 12) 50 5%
Business Report: Addressing Workplace Ethics
(w14) 200 20%
Multi-media Presentation (w15) 100 10%
Final reflection (w16) 50 5%
Class Discussions
150 15%
Description:
Unit 1: Writing and Your Career- In this unit we will set the groundwork for the class in learning about how central writing is to business. Students will craft a professional autobiography and learn to distinguish Business English from other forms of English.
Unit 2: Writing Everyday Business Documents- In this unit, we will focus on writing many different documents that pertain to securing work and completing work. Students will write cover letters and resumes as well as establish a presence on LinkedIn.
Unit 3: Communication and Design- In this unit, we will focus on business correspondences and visual design for websites and marketing materials. Students will write a memo and international correspondences, as well as design instructions and revise website design.
Unit 4: Business Ethics- In this unit we will focus on ethical frameworks as they apple to the workplace. We will analyze real-world case studies and explore ethical dilemmas that could potentially come up in the workplace.
Unit 5: Writing Business Reports- In this unit, we will plan, draft and revise our major class assignment, a short business report about a real or hypothetical ethical dilemma in a business context. We will also explore the ethical implications of AI.
Unit 6: Presenting in the Workplace- We will conclude the course with focusing on presenting one's research or argument in the workplace. Students will present ideas to the class and engage with others' ideas.
Required Reading: "Successful Writing at Work" by Phillip Kolin; "Understanding the Foundations of Ethical Reasoning" by Dr. Richard Paul and Dr. Linda Elder
Recommended Reading: n/a
British Literature Before 1800, ENGL-2500, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Canvas Discussions (10 pts x14) 140 14%
Quizzes 210 21%
Reflection Paper 1 50 pts, 5%
Reflection Paper 2 50 pts, 5%
Reflection Paper 3 50 pts, 5%
Midterm Exam 200 pts, 20%
Final Exam 200 pts, 20%
Timeline 100 pts, 10%
Description:
Module 1: The Anglo-Saxon Epic- In this unit we will read "The Dream of the Rood" and "Beowulf." We will discuss early Christian literature and influence as well as Anglo-Saxon culture. We will also explore Old English.
Module 2: Chivalric Romance- In this unit we will read several romances of Marie de France as well as excerpts from "Sir Gawain the Green Knight," "Le Morte d'Arthur," and "The Faerie Queene". We will explore chivalry and Arthurian romance as well as its longstanding cultural influence.
Module 3: Rise of the Vernacular- In this unit we will read excerpts of "The Canterbury Tales." We will explore vernacular literature as well as Middle English. We will also explore the notion of social satire.
Module 4: Imperialism and Tyranny- In this unit we will read excerpts of "Utopia" by Thomas More and we will also watch/read "The Tempest" by Shakespeare. We will discuss the rise of the British Empire throughout the world and questions about power and governance that many were asking at the time.
Module 5: The Reformation- In this unit, we will read selections from "Piers Plowman," "Revelations of Divine Love" and "Paradise Lost". We will discuss how the Reformation affected art and culture as well as shifts in Christian paradigms.
Module 6: Neoclassical Wit- In this unit, we will read selections from "Gulliver's Travels" by Jonathan Swift, as well as writings from Alexander Pope and Aphra Behn. We will discuss wit as social commentary and the evolution of thought toward the Enlightenment.
Required Reading: https://pressbooks.pub/earlybritishlit/
Recommended Reading: n/a
Measurement & Stats in Ex Sci, XSCI-3840, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
COURSE DESCRIPTION
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Measure basic quantities related to exercise science and sport, and perform basic, related calculations.
2. Evaluate and interpret research findings in exercise science disciplines.
3. Design basic studies, testing hypotheses, and reporting results.
4. Test hypotheses using statistical methods to include correlation, regression, t-tests, and ANOVA.
Technology Requirements
To be successful in this course, you will need a reliable device, scientific calculator, and Microsoft 365 (Microsoft Excel). You may also need access to Google Apps such as Docs and Slides through your Gmail account.
Grade Breakdown:
Exams (45%) 3 Exams (including final)
Quizzes (15%)
Homework assignments (30%)
Attendance (10%)
The focus of the exams and quizzes will be on concepts and interpretation, with most of the computational activities occurring in the homework assignments. Although the quizzes and exams will not focus on previously tested material (they are not meant to be cumulative), knowledge of previously tested material may be inherently required to answer questions related to new material.
Description:
Learning Objectives
Students will
1. critically evaluate research related to health, sport, and exercise sciences;
2. interpret statistical information for designing personal and past studies
3. calculate and interpret inferential statistical information for research data;
4. understand the research process and recognize threats to internal and external validity;
5. define, compare, and contrast observational research and experimental research.
Exam 1: Chapters 1-6
Chapter 1: Measurement, Statistics, and Research
Chapter 2: Organizing and Displaying Data
Chapter 3: Percentiles
Chapter 4: Measures of Central Tendency
Chapter 5: Measures of Variability
Exam 2: Chapters 6-10
Chapter 6: The Normal Curve
Chapter 7: Fundamentals of Statistical Inference
Chapter 8: Correlations & Regression
Chapter 10: The t test
Exam 3 (Final Exam): Chapters 11-17
Chapter 11: Simple Analysis of Variance
Chapter 12: Analysis of Variance with Repeated Measures
Chapter 16: Analysis of Nonparametric data
Chapter 17: Clinical Measures of Association
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Joseph P. Weir and William J. Vincent. 2021. Statistics in Kinesiology, 5th ed. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 7, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
In-Class Writing Assignments/Ice-Breakers
The first fifteen minutes of every class you will be expected to complete a writing prompt. These will be handwritten, and you will turn them into me at the end of the fifteen minutes. I will return these “ice-breakers” to you the next class period. This exercise will help you build critical analysis skills. They will also help me to see the progress you are making in the course and to evaluate your critical thinking skills. The ice breakers and other in-class writing assignments, such as free writes, will be sketches that will help facilitate your thinking. These do not have to be perfect and are more an exercise to help you generate your ideas and build critical thinking skills.
Discussion Posts
Every week there will be a required discussion post. These posts will count towards your final grade. You must make your initial post by Sunday and then respond to two classmates by Tuesday before class. The writing style on these posts is expected to be more formal than the in-class writing prompts. These discussion posts are opportunities for you to share your thoughts and ideas with your peers so you should work on clear writing, good grammar, and thoughtful responses to the discussion prompts. Make sure you do not always respond to the same people; try to respond to everyone in the class at least once by the end of semester (I will try and keep track of this too). It is important to remember that college is about listening to perspectives that are different than yours and learning how to facilitate a polite and civil exchange of ideas with others who may not always share your own personal views.
Formal Essays and Tasks:
Essay #1: Literacy Narrative – 1000 words minimum
This will be an in-class assignment; in this essay you will explore your personal relationship with reading and writing. I will provide a handout and more information when we get closer to the assignment.
Essay #2: Exploration Essay – 1000 words minimum
In this essay you will be drawing connections between a personal experience and a larger conversation helping readers make their own connections and conclusions about the subject you selected. I will provide a handout and more information when we get closer to the assignment.
Essay #3: Profile – 1500 words minimum
In this essay you will be profiling a person, place, or thing, and incorporating outside research to vividly construct a compelling portrait of whatever, or whoever, you choose to profile. I will provide a handout and more information when we get closer to the assignment.
Essay #4: Research Paper – 1500 words minimum
This essay will be a research paper where you will use scholarly sources to research and explain a topic. I will provide a handout and more information when we get closer to the assignment.
Breakdown of Course Grade:
· Literacy Narrative (final version) -- 10%
· Exploration Essay (final version) -- 15%
· Profile Essay (final version) -- 15%
· Research Paper (final version) 15%
· Final Project -- 10%
· In-class Writing Prompts, Discussion Posts, Final, Attendance -- 20%
Description:
Weeks 1-5: Foundations & The Literacy Narrative
Goal: Establish classroom community, introduce core writing concepts, and develop personal narrative skills.
Week 1: Introduction to Composition & The Writing Process
Monday: Course introduction, syllabus review, understanding the polytechnic context for writing.
Wednesday: What is "good writing"? Discussion and initial brainstorming about writing experiences. Introduction to the Writing Process (prewriting, drafting, revising, editing).
Friday: Grammar Focus: Parts of Speech (Nouns, Verbs, Adjectives, Adverbs). In-class writing activity: Freewriting on a significant writing memory.
Week 2: Reading & Rhetoric Basics
Monday: Introduction to active reading strategies (annotation, summarizing). Discussion of rhetorical situation (audience, purpose, context).
Wednesday: Reading and discussing sample Literacy Narratives. Analyzing rhetorical choices in these texts.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Sentence Structure (Subjects & Predicates). Writing activity: Identifying main ideas and supporting details in a short text.
Week 3: Crafting the Literacy Narrative
Monday: Brainstorming and prewriting for the Literacy Narrative: identifying key moments, people, and places related to literacy development.
Wednesday: Developing effective storytelling techniques: showing vs. telling, sensory details, dialogue.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Commas (in series, with introductory elements). Workshop: Sharing and receiving feedback on Literacy Narrative outlines/brainstorming.
Week 4: Drafting & Peer Review - Literacy Narrative
Monday: Drafting the Literacy Narrative: Focusing on developing a clear narrative arc and reflecting on its significance.
Wednesday: Introduction to Peer Review strategies. In-class peer review of Literacy Narrative drafts (focus on content and organization).
Friday: Grammar Focus: Run-on Sentences & Sentence Fragments. Revision strategies based on peer feedback.
Week 5: Revising & Polishing - Literacy Narrative
Monday: Focusing on revision: strengthening arguments, improving flow, enhancing clarity.
Wednesday: Finalizing the Literacy Narrative. Strategies for effective editing and proofreading.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Apostrophes (possessives & contractions). Literacy Narrative Final Draft Due. Introduction to the Profile Essay assignment.
Weeks 6-10: Research & The Profile Essay
Goal: Develop observation, interviewing, and research skills to create a compelling portrait of a person, place, or organization.
Week 6: Introduction to Profile Writing
Monday: Discussing the purpose and characteristics of a Profile Essay. Analyzing sample profiles.
Wednesday: Brainstorming potential subjects for a profile essay (people, places, programs relevant to a polytechnic context).
Friday: Grammar Focus: Pronoun Agreement & Clear Pronoun Reference. Activity: Developing interview questions.
Week 7: Observation & Interviewing Techniques
Monday: Strategies for effective observation and note-taking.
Wednesday: Conducting effective interviews (ethical considerations, asking open-ended questions). Discussion of how to integrate interview material into writing.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Active vs. Passive Voice. In-class writing: practicing observational writing based on images or short videos.
Week 8: Research & Synthesis - Profile Essay
Monday: Integrating secondary research (if applicable) to deepen the profile. Basic introduction to citation (e.g., MLA or APA, depending on departmental preference).
Wednesday: Structuring the Profile Essay: finding a focus, organizing information, crafting an engaging introduction and conclusion.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Subject-Verb Agreement. Workshop: Discussing challenges and successes in gathering profile material.
Week 9: Drafting & Peer Review - Profile Essay
Monday: Drafting the Profile Essay: Weaving together observations, interview material, and descriptive details.
Wednesday: Peer review of Profile Essay drafts (focus on vivid description, character development, and organization).
Friday: Grammar Focus: Parallel Structure. Revision strategies based on peer feedback.
Week 10: Revising & Polishing - Profile Essay
Monday: Focusing on revision: strengthening the "story" of the profile, ensuring coherence and impact.
Wednesday: Finalizing the Profile Essay. Strategies for integrating quotations and paraphrases smoothly.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Avoiding Wordiness and Redundancy. Profile Essay Final Draft Due. Introduction to the Issue-Analysis Essay.
Weeks 11-15: Argument & The Issue-Analysis Essay
Goal: Develop critical thinking, research, and argumentative writing skills to analyze a complex issue.
Monday: What is an Issue-Analysis Essay? Moving from description to analysis and argumentation.
Wednesday: Identifying and exploring current issues (local, national, or global, possibly relevant to technology or polytechnic fields). Brainstorming potential topics.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Semicolons & Colons. Activity: Identifying claims, evidence, and assumptions in short articles.
Week 12: Research & Evidence
Monday: Introduction to academic research: finding credible sources (library databases, reputable online sources).
Wednesday: Evaluating sources for credibility, bias, and relevance.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Integrating Sources (Quoting, Paraphrasing, Summarizing). Workshop: Initial research findings and potential arguments.
Week 13: Structuring the Argument
Monday: Developing a strong thesis statement for an issue-analysis essay.
Wednesday: Organizing an argumentative essay: traditional structures (e.g., classical argument, Toulmin model) and logical progression of ideas. Addressing counterarguments.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Modifiers (Dangling & Misplaced). Activity: Outlining an argumentative essay.
Week 14: Drafting & Peer Review - Issue-Analysis Essay
Monday: Drafting the Issue-Analysis Essay: Focusing on developing a clear argument supported by evidence.
Wednesday: Peer review of Issue-Analysis Essay drafts (focus on thesis clarity, evidence, counterarguments, and logical flow).
Friday: Grammar Focus: Conditional Sentences (If/Then). Revision strategies based on peer feedback.
Week 15: Revising & Polishing - Issue-Analysis Essay
Monday: Focusing on revision: strengthening the argument, improving logical connections, ensuring effective use of evidence.
Wednesday: Finalizing the Issue-Analysis Essay. Thorough editing for grammar, mechanics, and citation accuracy.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Concise Language & Academic Tone. Issue-Analysis Essay Final Draft Due.
Week 16: Reflection & Portfolios
Goal: Reflect on learning and demonstrate growth over the semester.
Week 16: Looking Back & Moving Forward
Monday: Course wrap-up and reflection. Discussion of learning outcomes and transferability of skills.
Wednesday: Review of revision process throughout the semester. Preparing for potential portfolio submission (if applicable for your course/department).
Friday: Final thoughts, Q&A, and potentially a light, celebratory writing activity or discussion about writing beyond this course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 5, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
In-Class Writing Assignments/Ice-Breakers
The first fifteen minutes of every class you will be expected to complete a writing prompt. These will be handwritten, and you will turn them into me at the end of the fifteen minutes. I will return these “ice-breakers” to you the next class period. This exercise will help you build critical analysis skills. They will also help me to see the progress you are making in the course and to evaluate your critical thinking skills. The ice breakers and other in-class writing assignments, such as free writes, will be sketches that will help facilitate your thinking. These do not have to be perfect and are more an exercise to help you generate your ideas and build critical thinking skills.
Discussion Posts
Every week there will be a required discussion post. These posts will count towards your final grade. You must make your initial post by Sunday and then respond to two classmates by Tuesday before class. The writing style on these posts is expected to be more formal than the in-class writing prompts. These discussion posts are opportunities for you to share your thoughts and ideas with your peers so you should work on clear writing, good grammar, and thoughtful responses to the discussion prompts. Make sure you do not always respond to the same people; try to respond to everyone in the class at least once by the end of semester (I will try and keep track of this too). It is important to remember that college is about listening to perspectives that are different than yours and learning how to facilitate a polite and civil exchange of ideas with others who may not always share your own personal views.
Formal Essays and Tasks:
Essay #1: Literacy Narrative – 1000 words minimum
This will be an in-class assignment; in this essay you will explore your personal relationship with reading and writing. I will provide a handout and more information when we get closer to the assignment.
Essay #2: Exploration Essay – 1000 words minimum
In this essay you will be drawing connections between a personal experience and a larger conversation helping readers make their own connections and conclusions about the subject you selected. I will provide a handout and more information when we get closer to the assignment.
Essay #3: Profile – 1500 words minimum
In this essay you will be profiling a person, place, or thing, and incorporating outside research to vividly construct a compelling portrait of whatever, or whoever, you choose to profile. I will provide a handout and more information when we get closer to the assignment.
Essay #4: Research Paper – 1500 words minimum
This essay will be a research paper where you will use scholarly sources to research and explain a topic. I will provide a handout and more information when we get closer to the assignment.
Breakdown of Course Grade:
· Literacy Narrative (final version) -- 10%
· Exploration Essay (final version) -- 15%
· Profile Essay (final version) -- 15%
· Research Paper (final version) 15%
· Final Project -- 10%
· In-class Writing Prompts, Discussion Posts, Final, Attendance -- 20%
Description:
Weeks 1-5: Foundations & The Literacy Narrative
Goal: Establish classroom community, introduce core writing concepts, and develop personal narrative skills.
Week 1: Introduction to Composition & The Writing Process
Monday: Course introduction, syllabus review, understanding the polytechnic context for writing.
Wednesday: What is "good writing"? Discussion and initial brainstorming about writing experiences. Introduction to the Writing Process (prewriting, drafting, revising, editing).
Friday: Grammar Focus: Parts of Speech (Nouns, Verbs, Adjectives, Adverbs). In-class writing activity: Freewriting on a significant writing memory.
Week 2: Reading & Rhetoric Basics
Monday: Introduction to active reading strategies (annotation, summarizing). Discussion of rhetorical situation (audience, purpose, context).
Wednesday: Reading and discussing sample Literacy Narratives. Analyzing rhetorical choices in these texts.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Sentence Structure (Subjects & Predicates). Writing activity: Identifying main ideas and supporting details in a short text.
Week 3: Crafting the Literacy Narrative
Monday: Brainstorming and prewriting for the Literacy Narrative: identifying key moments, people, and places related to literacy development.
Wednesday: Developing effective storytelling techniques: showing vs. telling, sensory details, dialogue.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Commas (in series, with introductory elements). Workshop: Sharing and receiving feedback on Literacy Narrative outlines/brainstorming.
Week 4: Drafting & Peer Review - Literacy Narrative
Monday: Drafting the Literacy Narrative: Focusing on developing a clear narrative arc and reflecting on its significance.
Wednesday: Introduction to Peer Review strategies. In-class peer review of Literacy Narrative drafts (focus on content and organization).
Friday: Grammar Focus: Run-on Sentences & Sentence Fragments. Revision strategies based on peer feedback.
Week 5: Revising & Polishing - Literacy Narrative
Monday: Focusing on revision: strengthening arguments, improving flow, enhancing clarity.
Wednesday: Finalizing the Literacy Narrative. Strategies for effective editing and proofreading.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Apostrophes (possessives & contractions). Literacy Narrative Final Draft Due. Introduction to the Profile Essay assignment.
Weeks 6-10: Research & The Profile Essay
Goal: Develop observation, interviewing, and research skills to create a compelling portrait of a person, place, or organization.
Week 6: Introduction to Profile Writing
Monday: Discussing the purpose and characteristics of a Profile Essay. Analyzing sample profiles.
Wednesday: Brainstorming potential subjects for a profile essay (people, places, programs relevant to a polytechnic context).
Friday: Grammar Focus: Pronoun Agreement & Clear Pronoun Reference. Activity: Developing interview questions.
Week 7: Observation & Interviewing Techniques
Monday: Strategies for effective observation and note-taking.
Wednesday: Conducting effective interviews (ethical considerations, asking open-ended questions). Discussion of how to integrate interview material into writing.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Active vs. Passive Voice. In-class writing: practicing observational writing based on images or short videos.
Week 8: Research & Synthesis - Profile Essay
Monday: Integrating secondary research (if applicable) to deepen the profile. Basic introduction to citation (e.g., MLA or APA, depending on departmental preference).
Wednesday: Structuring the Profile Essay: finding a focus, organizing information, crafting an engaging introduction and conclusion.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Subject-Verb Agreement. Workshop: Discussing challenges and successes in gathering profile material.
Week 9: Drafting & Peer Review - Profile Essay
Monday: Drafting the Profile Essay: Weaving together observations, interview material, and descriptive details.
Wednesday: Peer review of Profile Essay drafts (focus on vivid description, character development, and organization).
Friday: Grammar Focus: Parallel Structure. Revision strategies based on peer feedback.
Week 10: Revising & Polishing - Profile Essay
Monday: Focusing on revision: strengthening the "story" of the profile, ensuring coherence and impact.
Wednesday: Finalizing the Profile Essay. Strategies for integrating quotations and paraphrases smoothly.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Avoiding Wordiness and Redundancy. Profile Essay Final Draft Due. Introduction to the Issue-Analysis Essay.
Weeks 11-15: Argument & The Issue-Analysis Essay
Goal: Develop critical thinking, research, and argumentative writing skills to analyze a complex issue.
Week 11: Introduction to Issue Analysis & Argument
Monday: What is an Issue-Analysis Essay? Moving from description to analysis and argumentation.
Wednesday: Identifying and exploring current issues (local, national, or global, possibly relevant to technology or polytechnic fields). Brainstorming potential topics.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Semicolons & Colons. Activity: Identifying claims, evidence, and assumptions in short articles.
Week 12: Research & Evidence
Monday: Introduction to academic research: finding credible sources (library databases, reputable online sources).
Wednesday: Evaluating sources for credibility, bias, and relevance.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Integrating Sources (Quoting, Paraphrasing, Summarizing). Workshop: Initial research findings and potential arguments.
Week 13: Structuring the Argument
Monday: Developing a strong thesis statement for an issue-analysis essay.
Wednesday: Organizing an argumentative essay: traditional structures (e.g., classical argument, Toulmin model) and logical progression of ideas. Addressing counterarguments.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Modifiers (Dangling & Misplaced). Activity: Outlining an argumentative essay.
Week 14: Drafting & Peer Review - Issue-Analysis Essay
Monday: Drafting the Issue-Analysis Essay: Focusing on developing a clear argument supported by evidence.
Wednesday: Peer review of Issue-Analysis Essay drafts (focus on thesis clarity, evidence, counterarguments, and logical flow).
Friday: Grammar Focus: Conditional Sentences (If/Then). Revision strategies based on peer feedback.
Week 15: Revising & Polishing - Issue-Analysis Essay
Monday: Focusing on revision: strengthening the argument, improving logical connections, ensuring effective use of evidence.
Wednesday: Finalizing the Issue-Analysis Essay. Thorough editing for grammar, mechanics, and citation accuracy.
Friday: Grammar Focus: Concise Language & Academic Tone. Issue-Analysis Essay Final Draft Due.
Week 16: Reflection & Portfolios
Goal: Reflect on learning and demonstrate growth over the semester.
Week 16: Looking Back & Moving Forward
Monday: Course wrap-up and reflection. Discussion of learning outcomes and transferability of skills.
Wednesday: Review of revision process throughout the semester. Preparing for potential portfolio submission (if applicable for your course/department).
Friday: Final thoughts, Q&A, and potentially a light, celebratory writing activity or discussion about writing beyond this course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Individualized Studies Lab, INDS-3805, Section 42, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Class discussions
Meetings with advisors
Assignments
Quizzes
Final IAP submission
Description:
Introduction – schedule advisor meeting
Sample IAP and questions
Degree emphasis proposal
Becoming a Learner
Exploration – post-graduation
Schedule meeting with career advisor
Midterm IAP check
Cover letter
Graduation plan
Schedule advisor meeting
Planning for the future
Portfolio artifacts
Final review
Submit final IAP
Required Reading: Sanders, Matthew L. Becoming a Learner: Realizing the Opportunity of Education. 2018. Hayden-McNeil Publishing.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Individualized Studies Lab, INDS-3805, Section 41, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Class discussions
Meetings with advisors
Assignments
Quizzes
Final IAP submission
Description:
Introduction – schedule advisor meeting
Sample IAP and questions
Degree emphasis proposal
Becoming a Learner
Exploration – post-graduation
Schedule meeting with career advisor
Midterm IAP check
Cover letter
Graduation plan
Schedule advisor meeting
Planning for the future
Portfolio artifacts
Final review
Submit final IAP
Required Reading: Sanders, Matthew L. Becoming a Learner: Realizing the Opportunity of Education. 2018. Hayden-McNeil Publishing.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Individualized Studies Lab, INDS-3805, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Class discussions
Meetings with advisors
Assignments
Quizzes
Final IAP submission
Description:
Introduction – schedule advisor meeting
Sample IAP and questions
Degree emphasis proposal
Becoming a Learner
Exploration – post-graduation
Schedule meeting with career advisor
Midterm IAP check
Cover letter
Graduation plan
Schedule advisor meeting
Planning for the future
Portfolio artifacts
Final review
Submit final IAP
Required Reading: Sanders, Matthew L. Becoming a Learner: Realizing the Opportunity of Education. 2018. Hayden-McNeil Publishing.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Individualized Studies Seminar, INDS-3800, Section 41, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Create Individualized Academic Plan
Author and present written and oral communications
Collaborate with peers and supervisors
Formulate personal and professional goals and present them
Participate in class discussion
Description:
Introduction
Mission statements
Course review
Program goals
Program learning outcomes
Mapping courses to PLO’s
Market research
Cover letter
Reflection and Revision
Peer review
Polishing
Presentations
Meetings and preparing for your future
AAC&U discussion
Wrapping up
Grit
Required Reading: Association of American Colleges and Universities. (2007). College learning for the new global century: A report from the National Leadership Council for Liberal Education & America’s Promise. Lumina Foundation. (2014). The degree qualifications profile. Why Peer Review. (Oldham, 2015.) The Benefits of Peer Review. (Hoogendoorn, 2015. Collins, L. How to write an effective mission statement [PDF document]. Retrieved from: https://www.ttuhsc.edu/institutional-effectiveness-accreditation/documents/How_to_Write_an_Effective_Mission_Statement.pdf Selections from University of Central Florida "UCF Academic Program Assessment Handbook" 2005. University of Connecticut Assessment Office. How to write program goals. Bossier Parrish Community College. (n.d.) How to write goals and objectives for grant proposals. Retrieved from http://www.bpcc.edu/grantsexternalfunding/goalsobjectives.html. Armstrong, P. (n.d.) Bloom's taxonomy. Retrieved from https://web.archive.org/web/20190401040137/https://cft.vanderbilt.edu
Recommended Reading: N/A
Individualized Studies Seminar, INDS-3800, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Create Individualized Academic Plan
Author and present written and oral communications
Collaborate with peers and supervisors
Formulate personal and professional goals and present them
Participate in class discussion
Description:
Introduction
Mission statements
Course review
Program goals
Program learning outcomes
Mapping courses to PLO’s
Market research
Cover letter
Reflection and Revision
Peer review
Polishing
Presentations
Meetings and preparing for your future
AAC&U discussion
Wrapping up
Grit
Required Reading: Association of American Colleges and Universities. (2007). College learning for the new global century: A report from the National Leadership Council for Liberal Education & America’s Promise. Lumina Foundation. (2014). The degree qualifications profile. Why Peer Review. (Oldham, 2015.) The Benefits of Peer Review. (Hoogendoorn, 2015. Collins, L. How to write an effective mission statement [PDF document]. Retrieved from: https://www.ttuhsc.edu/institutional-effectiveness-accreditation/documents/How_to_Write_an_Effective_Mission_Statement.pdf Selections from University of Central Florida "UCF Academic Program Assessment Handbook" 2005. University of Connecticut Assessment Office. How to write program goals. Bossier Parrish Community College. (n.d.) How to write goals and objectives for grant proposals. Retrieved from http://www.bpcc.edu/grantsexternalfunding/goalsobjectives.html. Armstrong, P. (n.d.) Bloom's taxonomy. Retrieved from https://web.archive.org/web/20190401040137/https://cft.vanderbilt.edu
Recommended Reading: N/A
Perspectives in UX, UXD-6140, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Cultural UX Reflection Essay
Students will reflect on their own cultural background and its influence on their design perspectives and practices.
Cross-Cultural UX Analysis
A comparative analysis of UX/UI elements across different cultures, assessing design adaptations and usability patterns.
Cultural Context Analysis Report
A detailed research paper examining how a specific product or service succeeds or fails in a given cultural context.
International Usability Test Plan
Students will design a usability testing plan that accounts for cross-cultural variables, including participant recruitment, localization, and bias mitigation.
Prototype Adaptation Project
Creation or adaptation of a design prototype tailored for an international or multicultural audience, supported by research.
Final Presentation & Reflection
A culminating presentation demonstrating how students applied global and cultural UX insights throughout the course, followed by a written reflection.
Description:
Module 1: Introduction to Global UX
Introduces the course and explores the significance of cultural awareness in UX design. Students examine how culture shapes behavior, perception, and interaction.
Module 2: Cultural Dimensions & User Behavior
Explores frameworks like Hofstede’s dimensions and how cultural differences influence usability, expectations, and design choices.
Module 3: Understanding Cultural Context in UX Design
Analyzes real-world examples of successful and failed UX adaptations across cultures, with emphasis on cultural context and localization.
Module 4: Language, Localization, and Accessibility
Covers how language, translation, and accessibility intersect in global UX, including best practices for localization.
Module 5: International Usability Testing
Students learn to plan and conduct usability tests across cultural boundaries while mitigating bias and ensuring ethical research practices.
Module 6: Designing for Global Audiences
Focuses on creating culturally adaptable interfaces and experiences, with consideration for layout, color, iconography, and platform norms.
Module 7: Ethics, Equity, and Inclusion in Global UX
Explores ethical considerations and strategies for inclusive design across diverse populations and underrepresented groups.
Module 8: Final Presentation & Reflection
Students present their culturally adapted design projects and reflect on their evolving perspective as global UX practitioners.
Required Reading: https://www.hofstede-insights.com/models/national-culture/,https://medium.com/@MobileAppDesigner/designing-for-global-audiences-the-role-of-culture-in-ui-ux-bf49f28a2934, https://medium.com/@MobileAppDesigner/designing-for-global-audiences-the-role-of-culture-in-ui-ux-bf49f28a2934, https://medium.com/@MobileAppDesigner/designing-for-global-audiences-the-role-of-culture-in-ui-ux-bf49f28a2934, https://www.nngroup.com/articles/crosscultural-design/,
Recommended Reading: N/A
Biomechanics, XSCI-3730, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Course Description
A mechanical analysis of the internal and external forces acting on the human body and the effects of these forces. Emphasis will be placed on the development of skills to analyze movement both qualitatively and quantitatively.
Technology Requirements
To be successful in this course, you will need a reliable device and an internet connection. In this course we will use Microsoft Excel, so you will need access to your student Microsoft 365. You will also need to have a scientific calculator.
Grade Breakdown:
Exams (30%) Midterm & Final
Pre-Class Activities (5%)
Discussion Boards (10%)
Quizzes (20%)
Worksheets (20%)
Literature Review Project (15%)
Description:
Learning Objectives
By the end of this course students should be able to:
1. Describe human motion using appropriate, well-defined terminology.
2. Understand Newton’s Laws and know how to apply them to identify causes of human motion.
3. Demonstrate a conceptual and computational proficiency with the above objectives.
4. Demonstrate an understanding of the real world applications of the course materials.
5. Search, interpret, and communicate findings from the literature.
6. Develop a testable research question.
Midterm Exam
Final Exam
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Biomechanical Basis of Human Movement, 4th or 5th Edition, Hamill & K.M. Knutzen
Branding, DES-3800, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Project 1: Logo Redesign for Saint George Regional Airport
Students create three types of logos (typographical, abstract, and descriptive) through sketches and Illustrator development.
Project 2: Branding a Tech Startup
Students develop a brand identity for a fictional tech startup, including logo design, logo variations, color scheme, and applications such as a business card, app icon, and homepage/app layout.
Project 3: Personal Logo for a Classmate
Students conduct an interview and design a personal logo based on a classmate’s attributes, submitting sketches, concepts, and final approved design.
Project 4: Merger – Group Branding Project
In groups, students create a brand identity for a company formed by merging two well-known brands. The project includes research, logo development, rationale, and group presentation.
Project 5: Graphic Standards – Multi-Platform Advertising
Students select an existing brand and create advertisements for traditional and digital platforms (e.g., print, billboard, Instagram, Facebook, video storyboard). Work is compiled into a digital portfolio with a specification sheet.
Project 6: Brand Usage Guide
A two-part final assignment:
Part 1: Client Selection and Approval – Students choose a client (self or external) with an existing logo and no current brand guide.
Part 2: 20-Page Brand Usage Guide – Students develop a comprehensive, professional brand guide including strategy, tone, logo standards, color, type, digital/print usage, and campaign scenarios. Delivered as both a digital PDF and printed or mockup version.
Brand Follow Assignments (Ongoing Exercises)
A series of smaller assignments designed to track and build consistency across branding projects. These include:
Applying feedback from previous projects to refine brand assets.
Creating transitional materials between assignments (e.g., evolving Project 2 into Project 6).
Reflection or evaluation check-ins to ensure alignment across identity elements.
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction to Branding & Logo Types
Students are introduced to core branding principles and explore typographical, abstract, and descriptive logo types through sketching and digital execution.
Unit 2: Building a Brand Identity System
Students develop a complete brand identity for a fictional tech startup, including logo refinement, color palette, and essential brand applications.
Unit 3: Designing a Personal Logo
Through peer interviews, students design personal logos that reflect individual attributes, enhancing skills in client communication and concept translation.
Unit 4: Group Branding – The Merger Project
Students collaborate in teams to create a new brand identity for a fictional merger of two companies, including naming, logo design, and presentation.
Unit 5: Advertising with Graphic Standards
Students apply an existing brand's guidelines to create a cohesive multi-platform advertising campaign, emphasizing consistency across print and digital media.
Unit 6: Final Brand Usage Guide
Students create a comprehensive 20-page brand usage guide for a client of their choice, incorporating strategy, visual standards, applications, and presentation.
Required Reading: Designing Brand Identity, Alina Wheeler (6th Edition) ISBN: 978-1119984818
Recommended Reading: N/A
Individualized Studies Seminar, INDS-3800, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Create Individualized Academic Plan
Author and present written and oral communications
Collaborate with peers and supervisors
Formulate personal and professional goals and present them
Participate in class discussion
Description:
Introduction
Mission statements
Course review
Program goals
Program learning outcomes
Mapping courses to PLO’s
Market research
Cover letter
Reflection and Revision
Peer review
Polishing
Presentations
Meetings and preparing for your future
AAC&U discussion
Wrapping up
Grit
Required Reading: Association of American Colleges and Universities. (2007). College learning for the new global century: A report from the National Leadership Council for Liberal Education & America’s Promise. Lumina Foundation. (2014). The degree qualifications profile. Why Peer Review. (Oldham, 2015.) The Benefits of Peer Review. (Hoogendoorn, 2015. Collins, L. How to write an effective mission statement [PDF document]. Retrieved from: https://www.ttuhsc.edu/institutional-effectiveness-accreditation/documents/How_to_Write_an_Effective_Mission_Statement.pdf Selections from University of Central Florida "UCF Academic Program Assessment Handbook" 2005. University of Connecticut Assessment Office. How to write program goals. Bossier Parrish Community College. (n.d.) How to write goals and objectives for grant proposals. Retrieved from http://www.bpcc.edu/grantsexternalfunding/goalsobjectives.html. Armstrong, P. (n.d.) Bloom's taxonomy. Retrieved from https://web.archive.org/web/20190401040137/https://cft.vanderbilt.edu/guides-sub-pages/blooms-taxonomy. Osters, S. & Tiu, F.S. (2003) Writing measurable learning outcomes. Retrieved from http://www.gavilan.edu/research/spd/Writing-Measurable-Learning-Outcomes.pdf (2016) How to write program objectives/outcomes. Retrieved from https://assessment.uconn.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/1804/2016/06/HowToWriteObjectivesOutcomes.pdf O*Net OnLine (2023) Sponsored by the U.S. Department of Labor State of Minnesota 2024. Career One Stop. University of Minnesota Libraries Publishing (2016) Exploring business: 10.4 Understand your industry. Retrieved from http://open.lib.umn.edu/exploringbusiness/chapter/10-4-understand-your-industry. (2017) Overview of BLS wage data by area and occupation. Retrieved from https://www.bls.gov/bls/blswage.htm. National Association of Colleges and Employers (n.d.) Find your career: information interviews and shadowing. Retrieved from http://career.sa.ucsb.edu/articles/find-your-career-information-interviews-and-shadowing Duckworth, A. [TED]. (2013 May 9). Grit: the power of passion and perseverance. [Video file]. Retrieved from https://youtu.be/H14bBuluwB8
Recommended Reading: N/A
Publication Design, DES-4650, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
This course consists of three modules: Zine Series, Product Catalog, and Magazine Design. Each module includes design check-ins, including: sketches, content, design comps, and final design submissions.
Below is a list of all the major grade-earning assignments; however, students can not pass if they don't complete a majority of the other assignments also listed in the modules.
Zine #1 Page
Zine #2 Page
Zine #3 Page
Zine Committee Work
Product Catalog: Mockup/Comprehensive
Product Catalog: Mockup/Comprehensive #2
Product Catalog: Final
Article #1 Layout
Magazine: Final
Attendance
Description:
Zine Series:
The class produces a series of 3 zines throughout the semester, one per month. The class decides on a topic then each student is responsible for designing a single page for the zine; topic and design style are determined by the student. The class is divided into three groups and rotate responsibilities of naming, printing, and distributing the zine.
Product Catalog:
Students are tasked with designing an 8–12-page product catalog for a brand of their choice, including at least 20 products. Students are responsible for all image and written content, as well as setting up a grid and character styles in InDesign. Parts of the catalog include: front cover, product images, product specifications, product pricing, lifestyle images, company information, contact/order information, and a back cover.
Magazine:
Students are tasked with designing a 24-page magazine on a subject of their choice. Students are responsible for all image and written content, as well as setting up a grid and character styles in InDesign. Parts of the magazine include: front cover, insided front cover, table of contents, editor's message, a minimum of three articles, a minimum of four advertisements, and a back cover.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Publication Design Workbook, by Timothy Samara; InDesign Type, by Nigel French
Intro to 3-D Visualization, DES-1600, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
These are the major grade-earning assignments and assessments in DES 1600:
Assignment 1: Exploring 3D Design – Introductory reflection on everyday applications and personal interest in 3D design. (PDF submission)
Assignment 2: Basic TinkerCAD Project – Students create a simple 3D object in TinkerCAD to practice basic modeling skills.
Assignment 3: TinkerCAD Object Recreation – Students recreate two real-world objects in TinkerCAD, one measured and scaled.
Assignment 4: Communicate Your 3D Model through Descriptions – Students describe a 3D object in detail so a peer can replicate it.
Assignment 5: Creating Orthographic Drawings – Students generate top, front, and side orthographic drawings of a business card holder design.
Assignment 6: Business Card Holder Design in TinkerCAD – Students model their orthographic-based design at actual size with initials.
Assignment 7: Recreate an Object from a Provided Orthographic Drawing – Students translate a peer’s orthographic drawings into a 3D model.
Assignment 8: Shapr3D Modeling – Students recreate their business card holder using Shapr3D for precision modeling practice.
Assignment 9: Virtual Product Shot Rendering – Using Adobe Dimension or Stager, students create a branded product group shot with textures and labels.
Assignment 10: Tradeshow Booth Rendering – Students design and render a custom, detailed 3D tradeshow booth using Adobe Stager.
Assignment 11: Final Project – Create a Useful Object in TinkerCAD – Students design a unique, functional object, demonstrating all skills learned throughout the course.
Description:
Module 1: Introduction to 3D Design
Introduces foundational concepts in 3D design, exploring its real-world applications and course expectations.
Module 2: Learning TinkerCAD
Covers the basics of TinkerCAD, including navigation, object creation, and hands-on practice with simple 3D modeling.
Module 3: Communicating Design Ideas
Focuses on how to translate design ideas using orthographic drawings and modeling a functional business card holder.
Module 4: Shapr3D Modeling
Students recreate a previously designed object using Shapr3D, emphasizing precision modeling and professional tools.
Module 5: Virtual Product Rendering
Covers creating a realistic group product shot using Adobe Dimension or Stager, including branded labels and scene setup.
Module 6: Tradeshow Booth Design
Students build and render a detailed 3D tradeshow booth, customizing materials, lighting, and layout for presentation.
Module 7: Final Project – Design a Useful Object
For the final, students create a unique, practical object that showcases their modeling and design skills.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Critical Theories in TWDR, ENGL-6402, Section 50, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
One major project that each student self-selects (e.g., write a scholarly article, develop a conference presentation, conduct robust primary research, contribute to on online wiki dedicated to relevant topics). Weekly participation in reading discussions. Discussion leader (one time). Responses to impromptu prompts. Class presentation of major project.
Description:
Every week is dedicated to a new topic in technical writing and digital rhetoric. Students read required readings and post a response in Canvas, then we gather to discuss the readings in depth. The weekly topics are: Historical Tradition; Aristotle's Rhetoric; Classical Rhetoric; The Enlightenment and 19th & 20th Century Rhetoricians; The Humanistic Turn, Contemporary Foundations in Technical Communication; New Media and Digital Rhetoric; Rhetorical Criticism; Analysis as Method; Plain Language; Ethical Foundations; Universal Design and Accessibility; and Participatory Design.
Required Reading: Murphy, J. J., Katula, R. A., & Hoppmann, M. (2014). A synoptic history of classical rhetoric. (4th). New York, NY: Routledge. Bizzell, P., & Herzberg, B. (2001). Introduction. In P. Bizzell & B. Herzberg (Eds.), The rhetorical tradition: Readings from classical times to the present (2nd, pp. 19-41). Boston: Bedford Books of St. Martin's Press. "Aristotle's Rhetoric" in the Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy. Plato, "From Menuxus"; Lysias, "On the Refusal of a Pension"; Gorgias "Enomum on Helen." Selected passages from Locke, Vico, Douglass, Nietzsche, Richards, Burke, Toulmin, Perelman, Weaver, Lorde, Hooks, Analdua, Bitzer, Saunders, and Ratcliffe (for a read-learn-teach activity). Miller, C. R. (1979). A humanistic rationale for technical writing. College English, 40(6), 610-617. Dombrowski, P. M. (1994). Humanism and technical communication. In P. Dombrowski (Ed.),Humanistic aspects of technical communication(1-13). Amityville, NY: Baywood. Download Dombrowski, P. M. (1994). Humanism and technical communication. In P. Dombrowski (Ed.),Humanistic aspects of technical communication(1-13). Amityville, NY: Baywood. Eichberger, R. (2019). Maps, silence, and Standing Rock: Seeking a visuality for the age of environmental crisis. Communication Design Quarterly Review, 7(1), 9-21. Cheek, R. (2023). Making a Case for political technical communication (pxtc). Technical Communication Quarterly, 32(2), 121-133. Cook, K. C. (2002). Layered literacies: A theoretical frame for technical communication pedagogy. Technical communication quarterly, 11(1), 5-29. Kennerly & Pfister eds_Ancient Rhetorics & Digital Networks_Introduction. Martinec, R., & Van Leeuwen, T. (2020). The language of new media design: Theory and practice. Routledge. York, E. (2023). Deceptive by design: The visual rhetorical mechanism of dark patterns. Kairos: A Journal of Rhetoric, Technology, and Pedagogy 27(2). Retrieved from http://kairos.technorhetoric.net/27.2/topoi/york/index.html. Koerber, A. (2018). From Hysteria to Hormones and Back Again: Centuries of Outrageous Remarks About Female Biology. Rhetoric of Health & Medicine, 1(1), 179-192. Rushing, J. H. (1983). The rhetoric of the American western myth. In B. L. Ott & G. Dickinson (Eds.),The Routledge reader in rhetorical criticism(pp. 320--337). Dickinson, G., Ott, B. L., & Aoki, E. (2006). Spaces of remembering and forgetting: The reverent eye/I at the Plains Indian Museum. Communication and Critical/Cultural Studies, 3(1), 27-47. Roberts-Miller, T. (n.d.). Understanding misunderstandings: How to do a rhetorical analysis. Retrieved from http://www.patriciarobertsmiller.com/understanding-misunderstandings-how-to-do-a-rhetorical-analysis/. Foss, S. K. (2017). Rhetorical criticism: Exploration and practice. Waveland Press. Foss, S. K. (2017). Rhetorical criticism: Exploration and practice. Waveland Press. Symon, G. (2008). Developing the political perspective on technological change through rhetorical analysis. Management Communication Quarterly, 22. Cicero, From orator. In P. Bizzell & B. Herzberg (Eds.), The rhetorical tradition: Readings from classical times to the present (2nd, pp. 339-343). Boston: Bedford Books of St. Martin's Press. Orwell, G. (1946). Politics and the English language. Katz, S. B. (1992). The ethic of expediency: Classical rhetoric, technology, and the Holocaust. College English, 54(3), 255-275. Dombrowski, P. M. (1994). Challenger and the social contingency of meaning: Two lessons for the technical communication classroom. In P. Dombrowski (Ed.),Humanistic aspects of technical communication(97-109). Amityville, NY: Baywood. Download Dombrowski, P. M. (1994). Challenger and the social contingency of meaning: Two lessons for the technical communication classroom. In P. Dombrowski (Ed.),Humanistic aspects of technical communication(97-109). Amityville, NY: Baywood. Gallagher, J. R. (2020). The ethics of writing for algorithmic audiences. Computers and Composition, 57, 102583. Davis, L. J. (1995). Enforcing normalcy: Disability, deafness, and the body. Verso. Shakespeare, T. (2006). The social model of disability. In L. J. Davis (Ed.), The disability studies reader (2nd ed., pp. 197-204). Routledge. Optional: Shakespeare, T. (2023). How can we redefine disability? The Royal Institution. Ron Mace speech excerpt: A Perspective on Universal Design. Johnson, R. R. (2004). Audience involved: Toward a participatory model of writing. In J. Johnson-Eilola & S. A. Selber (Eds.), Central works in technical communication, (pp. 91-103). New York, NY: Oxford University Press. Download Johnson, R. R. (2004). Audience involved: Toward a participatory model of writing. In J. Johnson-Eilola & S. A. Selber (Eds.), Central works in technical communication, (pp. 91-103). New York, NY: Oxford University Press. Sanoff, H. (2011). Multiple views of participatory design. Focus, 8(1), 11-21. Spinuzzi, C. (2005). The methodology of participatory design. Technical communication, 52(2), 163-174.
Recommended Reading: I have a robust list of recommended readings for each module, too many to name, so that students who are interested in a deeper dive on any given topic can return to each module for ideas. The recommendations are mostly from classical and contemporary scholars, for example, in the Classical Rhetoric module, I recommend Thucydides' paraphrase of Pericles' "Funeral Oration"; Cheryl Glenn's "Rhetoric retold: Regendering the tradition from antiquity through the Renaissance," which focuses on women, like Socrates's contemporary, Aspasia, who contributed to classical rhetoric but are under-represented in traditional anthologies.
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 48, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
3 Argumentative Essays, Annotated Bibliographies, Rough Drafts, and Peer Reviews
Description:
Introduction: Go over the basics of what is expected in the class and evaluate where the student's current writing level is.
Analyzing Persuasion: Talk about rhetoric and how it is used all around us and what it means to write an argumentative paper.
Finding Sources: Discuss how to find credible sources and how to include that in your writing.
APA: Discuss proper formatting for papers.
Required Reading: A Dam Good Argument by Liz Delf, Rob Drummond, and Kristy Kelly
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 30, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Pre-Test and Post-Test worth 10 points each.
One 500-word test essay worth 100 points.
One 5-page narrative essay worth 100 points.
One 5-page argument essay worth 100 points.
One 5-page evaluative essay worth 100 points.
At least three rough drafts and two topic proposals worth 50 points each.
Annotated bibliography worth 50 points.
Presentation based on either argument or evaluative essay worth 100 points.
Final exam worth 100 points.
Opportunities for extra credit worth up to 25 points each.
Description:
This syllabus is meant to serve as an outline and guide for the course. Please note that the instructor may modify it
at any time with reasonable notice to students. The instructor may also modify the schedule at any time to
accommodate the needs of the class.
Week 1: Pre-test from the English Department; lecture covering writing styles such as MLA, APA, and ASA; and lecture showing students how to use library resources for research.
Week 2: Lecture on literacy narratives and plagiarism, and lecture on organizing writing and guiding readers. Both lectures are based on textbook readings.
Week 3: In-class writing time and a lecture on arguing a position. Lecture is based on textbook readings.
Week 4: Lectures on rhetorical situations, drafting, and coming up with titles. Lectures based on textbook readings.
Week 5: Lectures on arguing, getting response, and revising. Lectures based on textbook readings.
Week 6: Lecture on assessing and reflecting on your writing. Lecture based on textbook readings.
Week 7: Guest speaker from Career Center, Jeopardy game review, and quiz on editing and proofreading.
Week 8: Kahoot review on grammar.
Week 9: Lecture on evaluations and lecture on annotated bibliographies, both based on textbook readings.
Week 10: At-home research, guest speaker from Writing Center, short horror analysis.
Week 11: Movie day, then in-class essay day. The in-class essay analyzes the movie.
Week 12: Song analysis activity and lecture on presentation design and etiquette. Lecture based on textbook readings.
Week 13: Guest speaker from Sun News Daily, peer review of evaluation essay rough draft.
Week 14: Thanksgiving break (no class).
Week 15: In-class writing time, presentations on either argument or evaluative essay, and post-test from English Department.
Week 16: Time for presentations and post-test continue.
Week 17: Final exam in class. Students reflect on the course.
Required Reading: 7th edition of The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 9, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Pre-Test and Post-Test worth 10 points each.
One 500-word test essay worth 100 points.
One 5-page narrative essay worth 100 points.
One 5-page argument essay worth 100 points.
One 5-page evaluative essay worth 100 points.
At least three rough drafts and two topic proposals worth 50 points each.
Annotated bibliography worth 50 points.
Presentation based on either argument or evaluative essay worth 100 points.
Final exam worth 100 points.
Opportunities for extra credit worth up to 25 points each.
Description:
This syllabus is meant to serve as an outline and guide for the course. Please note that the instructor may modify it
at any time with reasonable notice to students. The instructor may also modify the schedule at any time to
accommodate the needs of the class.
Week 1: Pre-test from the English Department; lecture covering writing styles such as MLA, APA, and ASA; and lecture showing students how to use library resources for research.
Week 2: Lecture on literacy narratives and plagiarism, and lecture on organizing writing and guiding readers. Both lectures are based on textbook readings.
Week 3: In-class writing time and a lecture on arguing a position. Lecture is based on textbook readings.
Week 4: Lectures on rhetorical situations, drafting, and coming up with titles. Lectures based on textbook readings.
Week 5: Lectures on arguing, getting response, and revising. Lectures based on textbook readings.
Week 6: Lecture on assessing and reflecting on your writing. Lecture based on textbook readings.
Week 7: Guest speaker from Career Center, Jeopardy game review, and quiz on editing and proofreading.
Week 8: Kahoot review on grammar.
Week 9: Lecture on evaluations and lecture on annotated bibliographies, both based on textbook readings.
Week 10: At-home research, guest speaker from Writing Center, short horror analysis.
Week 11: Movie day, then in-class essay day. The in-class essay analyzes the movie.
Week 12: Song analysis activity and lecture on presentation design and etiquette. Lecture based on textbook readings.
Week 13: Guest speaker from Sun News Daily, peer review of evaluation essay rough draft.
Week 14: Thanksgiving break (no class).
Week 15: In-class writing time, presentations on either argument or evaluative essay, and post-test from English Department.
Week 16: Time for presentations and post-test continue.
Week 17: Final exam in class. Students reflect on the course.
Required Reading: 7th edition of The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook
Recommended Reading: N/A
Image Making, DES-1200, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Almost every module/unit in this course has an Explore assignment (worth 10 points) and an Apply assignment (worth 20 points). In some cases, the Explore assignment informs the Apply assignment and the student can not get credit for the Apply assignment if the Explore hasn't been completed.
Below is a list of all the major grade-earning assignments; however, students can not pass if they don't complete a majority of the Explore assignments also listed in the course.
Sketching, Thumbnail Shorthand – Apply
Scanner & Photo Glitch – Explore
Mark-Making – Apply
Procreate/Raster Image – Apply
Collage/Public Domain – Apply
Photography – Apply
Vector Art - Apply
Painting – Apply
Cyanotype – Apply
Paper – Apply
Final Assignment
Attendance
Description:
Sketching: In this module, we will use a pencil and sketchbook to practice and/or get comfortable with sketching for graphic design.
As part of this module, we will:
• Understand why sketching is an important step in the design process
• Learn about thumbnail sketches and how to create them
• Learn some basic drawing techniques
Scanner Glitch: This module is an introduction to glitch imagery, how to make it, and to develop an understanding of projects it could be used on.
As part of this module, we will:
• Use a scanner to create glitch imagery.
• Use Photoshop to alter and edit scanned imagery
Mark Making: In this module, we will be exploring various methods of mark-making. Reorient yourself to the tools you have been using to make marks since an early age. It will also introduce tools that might be new and unfamiliar. Each of these tools has unique visual properties and connotations that you can use to enhance your design practice.
As part of this module, we will:
• Understand the meaning of various marks
• Become comfortable with mark-making tools and materials
• Study strokes and properties of a variety of tools and materials
• Understand value and contrast in color
• Digitize marks and use Adobe Illustrator to make seamless patterns
Procreate/Raster Image: In this module, students use iPads, Procreate and Apple Pencils to create raster imagery. Students follow a Skillshare lesson and learn how to doodle on a photo, use a photo as a reference to draw an object, learn about the assisted drawing tools, and learn how to use textures in Procreate.
Collage/Public Domain: This module introduces students to open-source imagery, what is free and LEGAL to use, and what isn't. Students will make a collage with some found, open-source imagery using printed materials, scissors, and glue.
As part of this module, students will:
• Discuss rights, ownership, and ethics of imagery.
• Discover available free resources, open-source imagery.
• Understand what isn't free to use and why.
• Discover stock photography websites and learn when to/not to use them.
Photography: In this module, students practice photography skills as a way to create original imagery.
As part of this module, students will:
• use digital cameras and lenses to create visual texture
• compile a library of textures to use on design projects
• use a provided template to create a poster using their own photography
• learn some basic functions in Adobe Illustrator
• learn some basic editing practices in Adobe Photoshop
Vector Art: In this module, students use Adobe Illustrator to create original imagery.
As part of this module, students will:
• understand the difference between vector and raster imagery
• use the pen tool, shape tools, blob brush, and the shape builder tool in Illustrator
• learn to use the alignment tools, coloring techniques, layering, eyedropper, and other tools in Illustrator.
Painting: In this module, students will discover various methods of painting, exploring brush strokes and properties of paint, and create original pieces of artwork.
Cyanotype: In this module, students will:
• Learn about the process and history of Cyanotype printing
• Practice making Cyanotype prints
• Refine the Cyanotype printing process
• Use Cyanotype print artwork and Adobe Photoshop to create a product mock-up.
Paper: In this module, students use paper, Xacto blades, and/or a circuit machine to create original, layered paper art pieces.
As part of this module, students:
• Understand properties and types of paper
• Learn how to create a cut file in Illustrator
• Learn how to layer paper to hide/reveal portions of their design
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro Design & Prototyping Lab, MECH-1005, Section 5, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
There is an assignment associated with each lab activity.
Description:
Lab 1 - 3D Printing Basics:
Students are introduced to the 3D printing workflow, from Onshape design to physical print, using pre-prepared gcode files. Students learn to identify printer components, operate the printer, change filament, follow safety protocols, and document the printing process.
Lab 2 - Printing from Onshape & Using Calipers:
Students are taught how to export 3D models from Onshape to STL format, prepare them for printing using ideaMaker with a specific print template, and operate the 3D printer safely. It also includes a quiz requiring students to measure printed parts using both Onshape and digital calipers, emphasizing precision and unit conversion.
Lab 3 - Laser Cutting:
Students are introduced to laser cutting by having them design and cut their name from acrylic using Onshape and LightBurn software. The lab covers file preparation, laser cutter setup and operation, and safety procedures.
Lab 4 – Soldering:
Teaches students how to create a basic electrical circuit by soldering components onto a protoboard. The lab covers the principles of electrical circuits, soldering techniques, safety practices, and culminates in assembling a working circuit that powers a motor via a switch, which is evaluated in-lab for functionality and component placement.
Lab 5 - Gear Printing and Assembly:
Involves designing and fabricating a 2-stage compound gear train, assembling it on a mini peg board using specified hardware, and analyzing its motion.
Lab 6 - Critical Function Prototype:
Requires students to individually design, fabricate (via 3D printing or laser cutting), and test a prototype that evaluates at least two critical functions of their conveyor mechanism. The lab emphasizes rapid prototyping to answer key design questions—such as part fit, spacing, or motion—and includes documenting the testing process.
Lab 7 - Simple Electrical Components:
Involves hands-on prototyping using basic electrical components, breadboards, and Tinkercad, helping students understand circuit behavior and component interactions in simple electrical systems.
Lab 8 - Fabricate Mechanical Components:
Involves students producing and testing the mechanical parts they previously designed for their conveyor project using tools like 3D printers and laser cutters. Students ensure components meet design specifications and function correctly within the system.
Lab 9 - Fabricate Electrical Components:
Students build the electrical systems they designed for their conveyor project, including assembling circuits with components such as switches, motors, LEDs, and power sources. The lab focuses on soldering, prototyping on breadboards, and testing circuit functionality.
Lab 10 - Conveyor Prototype #1:
Students integrate their previously fabricated mechanical and electrical components into a working prototype of their conveyor system, test for functionality, and identify integration issues.
Lab 11 - Conveyor Prototype #2:
Refine and finalize the conveyor system after initial integration in Lab 10. Students improve mechanical and electrical performance, ensure all components function cohesively, and prepare the system for final testing.
Lab 12 - Multi-System Integration:
Challenges students to connect their individual conveyor systems into a collaborative marble run involving 5–6 systems. The lab emphasizes precise coordination between mechanical and electrical components to ensure smooth marble handoffs, requiring teams to synchronize timing and align physical interfaces for seamless, continuous operation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro Design & Prototyping Lab, MECH-1005, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
There is an assignment associated with each lab activity.
Description:
Lab 1 - 3D Printing Basics:
Students are introduced to the 3D printing workflow, from Onshape design to physical print, using pre-prepared gcode files. Students learn to identify printer components, operate the printer, change filament, follow safety protocols, and document the printing process.
Lab 2 - Printing from Onshape & Using Calipers:
Students are taught how to export 3D models from Onshape to STL format, prepare them for printing using ideaMaker with a specific print template, and operate the 3D printer safely. It also includes a quiz requiring students to measure printed parts using both Onshape and digital calipers, emphasizing precision and unit conversion.
Lab 3 - Laser Cutting:
Students are introduced to laser cutting by having them design and cut their name from acrylic using Onshape and LightBurn software. The lab covers file preparation, laser cutter setup and operation, and safety procedures.
Lab 4 – Soldering:
Teaches students how to create a basic electrical circuit by soldering components onto a protoboard. The lab covers the principles of electrical circuits, soldering techniques, safety practices, and culminates in assembling a working circuit that powers a motor via a switch, which is evaluated in-lab for functionality and component placement.
Lab 5 - Gear Printing and Assembly:
Involves designing and fabricating a 2-stage compound gear train, assembling it on a mini peg board using specified hardware, and analyzing its motion.
Lab 6 - Critical Function Prototype:
Requires students to individually design, fabricate (via 3D printing or laser cutting), and test a prototype that evaluates at least two critical functions of their conveyor mechanism. The lab emphasizes rapid prototyping to answer key design questions—such as part fit, spacing, or motion—and includes documenting the testing process.
Lab 7 - Simple Electrical Components:
Involves hands-on prototyping using basic electrical components, breadboards, and Tinkercad, helping students understand circuit behavior and component interactions in simple electrical systems.
Lab 8 - Fabricate Mechanical Components:
Involves students producing and testing the mechanical parts they previously designed for their conveyor project using tools like 3D printers and laser cutters. Students ensure components meet design specifications and function correctly within the system.
Lab 9 - Fabricate Electrical Components:
Students build the electrical systems they designed for their conveyor project, including assembling circuits with components such as switches, motors, LEDs, and power sources. The lab focuses on soldering, prototyping on breadboards, and testing circuit functionality.
Lab 10 - Conveyor Prototype #1:
Students integrate their previously fabricated mechanical and electrical components into a working prototype of their conveyor system, test for functionality, and identify integration issues.
Lab 11 - Conveyor Prototype #2:
Refine and finalize the conveyor system after initial integration in Lab 10. Students improve mechanical and electrical performance, ensure all components function cohesively, and prepare the system for final testing.
Lab 12 - Multi-System Integration:
Challenges students to connect their individual conveyor systems into a collaborative marble run involving 5–6 systems. The lab emphasizes precise coordination between mechanical and electrical components to ensure smooth marble handoffs, requiring teams to synchronize timing and align physical interfaces for seamless, continuous operation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro Design & Prototyping Lab, MECH-1005, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
There is an assignment associated with each lab activity.
Description:
Lab 1 - 3D Printing Basics:
Students are introduced to the 3D printing workflow, from Onshape design to physical print, using pre-prepared gcode files. Students learn to identify printer components, operate the printer, change filament, follow safety protocols, and document the printing process.
Lab 2 - Printing from Onshape & Using Calipers:
Students are taught how to export 3D models from Onshape to STL format, prepare them for printing using ideaMaker with a specific print template, and operate the 3D printer safely. It also includes a quiz requiring students to measure printed parts using both Onshape and digital calipers, emphasizing precision and unit conversion.
Lab 3 - Laser Cutting:
Students are introduced to laser cutting by having them design and cut their name from acrylic using Onshape and LightBurn software. The lab covers file preparation, laser cutter setup and operation, and safety procedures.
Lab 4 – Soldering:
Teaches students how to create a basic electrical circuit by soldering components onto a protoboard. The lab covers the principles of electrical circuits, soldering techniques, safety practices, and culminates in assembling a working circuit that powers a motor via a switch, which is evaluated in-lab for functionality and component placement.
Lab 5 - Gear Printing and Assembly:
Involves designing and fabricating a 2-stage compound gear train, assembling it on a mini peg board using specified hardware, and analyzing its motion.
Lab 6 - Critical Function Prototype:
Requires students to individually design, fabricate (via 3D printing or laser cutting), and test a prototype that evaluates at least two critical functions of their conveyor mechanism. The lab emphasizes rapid prototyping to answer key design questions—such as part fit, spacing, or motion—and includes documenting the testing process.
Lab 7 - Simple Electrical Components:
Involves hands-on prototyping using basic electrical components, breadboards, and Tinkercad, helping students understand circuit behavior and component interactions in simple electrical systems.
Lab 8 - Fabricate Mechanical Components:
Involves students producing and testing the mechanical parts they previously designed for their conveyor project using tools like 3D printers and laser cutters. Students ensure components meet design specifications and function correctly within the system.
Lab 9 - Fabricate Electrical Components:
Students build the electrical systems they designed for their conveyor project, including assembling circuits with components such as switches, motors, LEDs, and power sources. The lab focuses on soldering, prototyping on breadboards, and testing circuit functionality.
Lab 10 - Conveyor Prototype #1:
Students integrate their previously fabricated mechanical and electrical components into a working prototype of their conveyor system, test for functionality, and identify integration issues.
Lab 11 - Conveyor Prototype #2:
Refine and finalize the conveyor system after initial integration in Lab 10. Students improve mechanical and electrical performance, ensure all components function cohesively, and prepare the system for final testing.
Lab 12 - Multi-System Integration:
Challenges students to connect their individual conveyor systems into a collaborative marble run involving 5–6 systems. The lab emphasizes precise coordination between mechanical and electrical components to ensure smooth marble handoffs, requiring teams to synchronize timing and align physical interfaces for seamless, continuous operation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro Design & Prototyping Lab, MECH-1005, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
There is an assignment associated with each lab activity.
Description:
Lab 1 - 3D Printing Basics:
Students are introduced to the 3D printing workflow, from Onshape design to physical print, using pre-prepared gcode files. Students learn to identify printer components, operate the printer, change filament, follow safety protocols, and document the printing process.
Lab 2 - Printing from Onshape & Using Calipers:
Students are taught how to export 3D models from Onshape to STL format, prepare them for printing using ideaMaker with a specific print template, and operate the 3D printer safely. It also includes a quiz requiring students to measure printed parts using both Onshape and digital calipers, emphasizing precision and unit conversion.
Lab 3 - Laser Cutting:
Students are introduced to laser cutting by having them design and cut their name from acrylic using Onshape and LightBurn software. The lab covers file preparation, laser cutter setup and operation, and safety procedures.
Lab 4 – Soldering:
Teaches students how to create a basic electrical circuit by soldering components onto a protoboard. The lab covers the principles of electrical circuits, soldering techniques, safety practices, and culminates in assembling a working circuit that powers a motor via a switch, which is evaluated in-lab for functionality and component placement.
Lab 5 - Gear Printing and Assembly:
Involves designing and fabricating a 2-stage compound gear train, assembling it on a mini peg board using specified hardware, and analyzing its motion.
Lab 6 - Critical Function Prototype:
Requires students to individually design, fabricate (via 3D printing or laser cutting), and test a prototype that evaluates at least two critical functions of their conveyor mechanism. The lab emphasizes rapid prototyping to answer key design questions—such as part fit, spacing, or motion—and includes documenting the testing process.
Lab 7 - Simple Electrical Components:
Involves hands-on prototyping using basic electrical components, breadboards, and Tinkercad, helping students understand circuit behavior and component interactions in simple electrical systems.
Lab 8 - Fabricate Mechanical Components:
Involves students producing and testing the mechanical parts they previously designed for their conveyor project using tools like 3D printers and laser cutters. Students ensure components meet design specifications and function correctly within the system.
Lab 9 - Fabricate Electrical Components:
Students build the electrical systems they designed for their conveyor project, including assembling circuits with components such as switches, motors, LEDs, and power sources. The lab focuses on soldering, prototyping on breadboards, and testing circuit functionality.
Lab 10 - Conveyor Prototype #1:
Students integrate their previously fabricated mechanical and electrical components into a working prototype of their conveyor system, test for functionality, and identify integration issues.
Lab 11 - Conveyor Prototype #2:
Refine and finalize the conveyor system after initial integration in Lab 10. Students improve mechanical and electrical performance, ensure all components function cohesively, and prepare the system for final testing.
Lab 12 - Multi-System Integration:
Challenges students to connect their individual conveyor systems into a collaborative marble run involving 5–6 systems. The lab emphasizes precise coordination between mechanical and electrical components to ensure smooth marble handoffs, requiring teams to synchronize timing and align physical interfaces for seamless, continuous operation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro Design & Prototyping, MECH-1000, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Exam #1: CAD modeling and drawing with tolerances
Exam #2: assemblies and exploded views
Exam #3: mechanical concepts
Exam #4: electrical concepts
Exam #5: team presentation and design review
Final exam period: conveyor project contest
Description:
Unit #1 - CAD Modeling and Drawing in Onshape:
This unit focuses on learning Onshape for 2D and 3D modeling, including part modeling, drawings, assemblies, and understanding tolerances, fits, and basic statistics for mechanical design.
Unit #2 - Assemblies and Exploded Views:
Covers advanced Onshape features such as top-down design, collaboration tools, configurations, and modeling in context, with emphasis on creating assemblies and exploded views.
Unit #3 - Mechanical Concepts:
Introduces mechanical components and systems including gears, linkages, cams, and Grashof conditions, with a focus on motion transmission and mechanism synthesis.
Unit #4 - Electrical Concepts:
Explores basic electrical engineering principles including voltage, current, resistance, circuit design, Kirchhoff’s laws, and prototyping with breadboards and Tinkercad.
Unit #5 - Team-Based Mechanical System Design:
Integrates mechanical and electrical systems into a final conveyor project, emphasizing design thinking (Empathize, Define, Ideate, Prototype, Test), multi-system integration, and team collaboration.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro Design & Prototyping Lab, MECH-1005, Section 10, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
There is an assignment associated with each lab activity.
Description:
Lab 1 - 3D Printing Basics:
Students are introduced to the 3D printing workflow, from Onshape design to physical print, using pre-prepared gcode files. Students learn to identify printer components, operate the printer, change filament, follow safety protocols, and document the printing process.
Lab 2 - Printing from Onshape & Using Calipers:
Students are taught how to export 3D models from Onshape to STL format, prepare them for printing using ideaMaker with a specific print template, and operate the 3D printer safely. It also includes a quiz requiring students to measure printed parts using both Onshape and digital calipers, emphasizing precision and unit conversion.
Lab 3 - Laser Cutting:
Students are introduced to laser cutting by having them design and cut their name from acrylic using Onshape and LightBurn software. The lab covers file preparation, laser cutter setup and operation, and safety procedures.
Lab 4 – Soldering:
Teaches students how to create a basic electrical circuit by soldering components onto a protoboard. The lab covers the principles of electrical circuits, soldering techniques, safety practices, and culminates in assembling a working circuit that powers a motor via a switch, which is evaluated in-lab for functionality and component placement.
Lab 5 - Gear Printing and Assembly:
Involves designing and fabricating a 2-stage compound gear train, assembling it on a mini peg board using specified hardware, and analyzing its motion.
Lab 6 - Critical Function Prototype:
Requires students to individually design, fabricate (via 3D printing or laser cutting), and test a prototype that evaluates at least two critical functions of their conveyor mechanism. The lab emphasizes rapid prototyping to answer key design questions—such as part fit, spacing, or motion—and includes documenting the testing process.
Lab 7 - Simple Electrical Components:
Involves hands-on prototyping using basic electrical components, breadboards, and Tinkercad, helping students understand circuit behavior and component interactions in simple electrical systems.
Lab 8 - Fabricate Mechanical Components:
Involves students producing and testing the mechanical parts they previously designed for their conveyor project using tools like 3D printers and laser cutters. Students ensure components meet design specifications and function correctly within the system.
Lab 9 - Fabricate Electrical Components:
Students build the electrical systems they designed for their conveyor project, including assembling circuits with components such as switches, motors, LEDs, and power sources. The lab focuses on soldering, prototyping on breadboards, and testing circuit functionality.
Lab 10 - Conveyor Prototype #1:
Students integrate their previously fabricated mechanical and electrical components into a working prototype of their conveyor system, test for functionality, and identify integration issues.
Lab 11 - Conveyor Prototype #2:
Refine and finalize the conveyor system after initial integration in Lab 10. Students improve mechanical and electrical performance, ensure all components function cohesively, and prepare the system for final testing.
Lab 12 - Multi-System Integration:
Challenges students to connect their individual conveyor systems into a collaborative marble run involving 5–6 systems. The lab emphasizes precise coordination between mechanical and electrical components to ensure smooth marble handoffs, requiring teams to synchronize timing and align physical interfaces for seamless, continuous operation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro Design & Prototyping Lab, MECH-1005, Section 9, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
There is an assignment associated with each lab activity.
Description:
Lab 1 - 3D Printing Basics:
Students are introduced to the 3D printing workflow, from Onshape design to physical print, using pre-prepared gcode files. Students learn to identify printer components, operate the printer, change filament, follow safety protocols, and document the printing process.
Lab 2 - Printing from Onshape & Using Calipers:
Students are taught how to export 3D models from Onshape to STL format, prepare them for printing using ideaMaker with a specific print template, and operate the 3D printer safely. It also includes a quiz requiring students to measure printed parts using both Onshape and digital calipers, emphasizing precision and unit conversion.
Lab 3 - Laser Cutting:
Students are introduced to laser cutting by having them design and cut their name from acrylic using Onshape and LightBurn software. The lab covers file preparation, laser cutter setup and operation, and safety procedures.
Lab 4 – Soldering:
Teaches students how to create a basic electrical circuit by soldering components onto a protoboard. The lab covers the principles of electrical circuits, soldering techniques, safety practices, and culminates in assembling a working circuit that powers a motor via a switch, which is evaluated in-lab for functionality and component placement.
Lab 5 - Gear Printing and Assembly:
Involves designing and fabricating a 2-stage compound gear train, assembling it on a mini peg board using specified hardware, and analyzing its motion.
Lab 6 - Critical Function Prototype:
Requires students to individually design, fabricate (via 3D printing or laser cutting), and test a prototype that evaluates at least two critical functions of their conveyor mechanism. The lab emphasizes rapid prototyping to answer key design questions—such as part fit, spacing, or motion—and includes documenting the testing process.
Lab 7 - Simple Electrical Components:
Involves hands-on prototyping using basic electrical components, breadboards, and Tinkercad, helping students understand circuit behavior and component interactions in simple electrical systems.
Lab 8 - Fabricate Mechanical Components:
Involves students producing and testing the mechanical parts they previously designed for their conveyor project using tools like 3D printers and laser cutters. Students ensure components meet design specifications and function correctly within the system.
Lab 9 - Fabricate Electrical Components:
Students build the electrical systems they designed for their conveyor project, including assembling circuits with components such as switches, motors, LEDs, and power sources. The lab focuses on soldering, prototyping on breadboards, and testing circuit functionality.
Lab 10 - Conveyor Prototype #1:
Students integrate their previously fabricated mechanical and electrical components into a working prototype of their conveyor system, test for functionality, and identify integration issues.
Lab 11 - Conveyor Prototype #2:
Refine and finalize the conveyor system after initial integration in Lab 10. Students improve mechanical and electrical performance, ensure all components function cohesively, and prepare the system for final testing.
Lab 12 - Multi-System Integration:
Challenges students to connect their individual conveyor systems into a collaborative marble run involving 5–6 systems. The lab emphasizes precise coordination between mechanical and electrical components to ensure smooth marble handoffs, requiring teams to synchronize timing and align physical interfaces for seamless, continuous operation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro Design & Prototyping Lab, MECH-1005, Section 8, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
There is an assignment associated with each lab activity.
Description:
Lab 1 - 3D Printing Basics:
Students are introduced to the 3D printing workflow, from Onshape design to physical print, using pre-prepared gcode files. Students learn to identify printer components, operate the printer, change filament, follow safety protocols, and document the printing process.
Lab 2 - Printing from Onshape & Using Calipers:
Students are taught how to export 3D models from Onshape to STL format, prepare them for printing using ideaMaker with a specific print template, and operate the 3D printer safely. It also includes a quiz requiring students to measure printed parts using both Onshape and digital calipers, emphasizing precision and unit conversion.
Lab 3 - Laser Cutting:
Students are introduced to laser cutting by having them design and cut their name from acrylic using Onshape and LightBurn software. The lab covers file preparation, laser cutter setup and operation, and safety procedures.
Lab 4 – Soldering:
Teaches students how to create a basic electrical circuit by soldering components onto a protoboard. The lab covers the principles of electrical circuits, soldering techniques, safety practices, and culminates in assembling a working circuit that powers a motor via a switch, which is evaluated in-lab for functionality and component placement.
Lab 5 - Gear Printing and Assembly:
Involves designing and fabricating a 2-stage compound gear train, assembling it on a mini peg board using specified hardware, and analyzing its motion.
Lab 6 - Critical Function Prototype:
Requires students to individually design, fabricate (via 3D printing or laser cutting), and test a prototype that evaluates at least two critical functions of their conveyor mechanism. The lab emphasizes rapid prototyping to answer key design questions—such as part fit, spacing, or motion—and includes documenting the testing process.
Lab 7 - Simple Electrical Components:
Involves hands-on prototyping using basic electrical components, breadboards, and Tinkercad, helping students understand circuit behavior and component interactions in simple electrical systems.
Lab 8 - Fabricate Mechanical Components:
Involves students producing and testing the mechanical parts they previously designed for their conveyor project using tools like 3D printers and laser cutters. Students ensure components meet design specifications and function correctly within the system.
Lab 9 - Fabricate Electrical Components:
Students build the electrical systems they designed for their conveyor project, including assembling circuits with components such as switches, motors, LEDs, and power sources. The lab focuses on soldering, prototyping on breadboards, and testing circuit functionality.
Lab 10 - Conveyor Prototype #1:
Students integrate their previously fabricated mechanical and electrical components into a working prototype of their conveyor system, test for functionality, and identify integration issues.
Lab 11 - Conveyor Prototype #2:
Refine and finalize the conveyor system after initial integration in Lab 10. Students improve mechanical and electrical performance, ensure all components function cohesively, and prepare the system for final testing.
Lab 12 - Multi-System Integration:
Challenges students to connect their individual conveyor systems into a collaborative marble run involving 5–6 systems. The lab emphasizes precise coordination between mechanical and electrical components to ensure smooth marble handoffs, requiring teams to synchronize timing and align physical interfaces for seamless, continuous operation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro Design & Prototyping Lab, MECH-1005, Section 7, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
There is an assignment associated with each lab activity.
Description:
Lab 1 - 3D Printing Basics:
Students are introduced to the 3D printing workflow, from Onshape design to physical print, using pre-prepared gcode files. Students learn to identify printer components, operate the printer, change filament, follow safety protocols, and document the printing process.
Lab 2 - Printing from Onshape & Using Calipers:
Students are taught how to export 3D models from Onshape to STL format, prepare them for printing using ideaMaker with a specific print template, and operate the 3D printer safely. It also includes a quiz requiring students to measure printed parts using both Onshape and digital calipers, emphasizing precision and unit conversion.
Lab 3 - Laser Cutting:
Students are introduced to laser cutting by having them design and cut their name from acrylic using Onshape and LightBurn software. The lab covers file preparation, laser cutter setup and operation, and safety procedures.
Lab 4 – Soldering:
Teaches students how to create a basic electrical circuit by soldering components onto a protoboard. The lab covers the principles of electrical circuits, soldering techniques, safety practices, and culminates in assembling a working circuit that powers a motor via a switch, which is evaluated in-lab for functionality and component placement.
Lab 5 - Gear Printing and Assembly:
Involves designing and fabricating a 2-stage compound gear train, assembling it on a mini peg board using specified hardware, and analyzing its motion.
Lab 6 - Critical Function Prototype:
Requires students to individually design, fabricate (via 3D printing or laser cutting), and test a prototype that evaluates at least two critical functions of their conveyor mechanism. The lab emphasizes rapid prototyping to answer key design questions—such as part fit, spacing, or motion—and includes documenting the testing process.
Lab 7 - Simple Electrical Components:
Involves hands-on prototyping using basic electrical components, breadboards, and Tinkercad, helping students understand circuit behavior and component interactions in simple electrical systems.
Lab 8 - Fabricate Mechanical Components:
Involves students producing and testing the mechanical parts they previously designed for their conveyor project using tools like 3D printers and laser cutters. Students ensure components meet design specifications and function correctly within the system.
Lab 9 - Fabricate Electrical Components:
Students build the electrical systems they designed for their conveyor project, including assembling circuits with components such as switches, motors, LEDs, and power sources. The lab focuses on soldering, prototyping on breadboards, and testing circuit functionality.
Lab 10 - Conveyor Prototype #1:
Students integrate their previously fabricated mechanical and electrical components into a working prototype of their conveyor system, test for functionality, and identify integration issues.
Lab 11 - Conveyor Prototype #2:
Refine and finalize the conveyor system after initial integration in Lab 10. Students improve mechanical and electrical performance, ensure all components function cohesively, and prepare the system for final testing.
Lab 12 - Multi-System Integration:
Challenges students to connect their individual conveyor systems into a collaborative marble run involving 5–6 systems. The lab emphasizes precise coordination between mechanical and electrical components to ensure smooth marble handoffs, requiring teams to synchronize timing and align physical interfaces for seamless, continuous operation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro Design & Prototyping Lab, MECH-1005, Section 6, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
There is an assignment associated with each lab activity.
Description:
Lab 1 - 3D Printing Basics:
Students are introduced to the 3D printing workflow, from Onshape design to physical print, using pre-prepared gcode files. Students learn to identify printer components, operate the printer, change filament, follow safety protocols, and document the printing process.
Lab 2 - Printing from Onshape & Using Calipers:
Students are taught how to export 3D models from Onshape to STL format, prepare them for printing using ideaMaker with a specific print template, and operate the 3D printer safely. It also includes a quiz requiring students to measure printed parts using both Onshape and digital calipers, emphasizing precision and unit conversion.
Lab 3 - Laser Cutting:
Students are introduced to laser cutting by having them design and cut their name from acrylic using Onshape and LightBurn software. The lab covers file preparation, laser cutter setup and operation, and safety procedures.
Lab 4 – Soldering:
Teaches students how to create a basic electrical circuit by soldering components onto a protoboard. The lab covers the principles of electrical circuits, soldering techniques, safety practices, and culminates in assembling a working circuit that powers a motor via a switch, which is evaluated in-lab for functionality and component placement.
Lab 5 - Gear Printing and Assembly:
Involves designing and fabricating a 2-stage compound gear train, assembling it on a mini peg board using specified hardware, and analyzing its motion.
Lab 6 - Critical Function Prototype:
Requires students to individually design, fabricate (via 3D printing or laser cutting), and test a prototype that evaluates at least two critical functions of their conveyor mechanism. The lab emphasizes rapid prototyping to answer key design questions—such as part fit, spacing, or motion—and includes documenting the testing process.
Lab 7 - Simple Electrical Components:
Involves hands-on prototyping using basic electrical components, breadboards, and Tinkercad, helping students understand circuit behavior and component interactions in simple electrical systems.
Lab 8 - Fabricate Mechanical Components:
Involves students producing and testing the mechanical parts they previously designed for their conveyor project using tools like 3D printers and laser cutters. Students ensure components meet design specifications and function correctly within the system.
Lab 9 - Fabricate Electrical Components:
Students build the electrical systems they designed for their conveyor project, including assembling circuits with components such as switches, motors, LEDs, and power sources. The lab focuses on soldering, prototyping on breadboards, and testing circuit functionality.
Lab 10 - Conveyor Prototype #1:
Students integrate their previously fabricated mechanical and electrical components into a working prototype of their conveyor system, test for functionality, and identify integration issues.
Lab 11 - Conveyor Prototype #2:
Refine and finalize the conveyor system after initial integration in Lab 10. Students improve mechanical and electrical performance, ensure all components function cohesively, and prepare the system for final testing.
Lab 12 - Multi-System Integration:
Challenges students to connect their individual conveyor systems into a collaborative marble run involving 5–6 systems. The lab emphasizes precise coordination between mechanical and electrical components to ensure smooth marble handoffs, requiring teams to synchronize timing and align physical interfaces for seamless, continuous operation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro Design & Prototyping Lab, MECH-1005, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
There is an assignment associated with each lab activity.
Description:
Lab 1 - 3D Printing Basics:
Students are introduced to the 3D printing workflow, from Onshape design to physical print, using pre-prepared gcode files. Students learn to identify printer components, operate the printer, change filament, follow safety protocols, and document the printing process.
Lab 2 - Printing from Onshape & Using Calipers:
Students are taught how to export 3D models from Onshape to STL format, prepare them for printing using ideaMaker with a specific print template, and operate the 3D printer safely. It also includes a quiz requiring students to measure printed parts using both Onshape and digital calipers, emphasizing precision and unit conversion.
Lab 3 - Laser Cutting:
Students are introduced to laser cutting by having them design and cut their name from acrylic using Onshape and LightBurn software. The lab covers file preparation, laser cutter setup and operation, and safety procedures.
Lab 4 – Soldering:
Teaches students how to create a basic electrical circuit by soldering components onto a protoboard. The lab covers the principles of electrical circuits, soldering techniques, safety practices, and culminates in assembling a working circuit that powers a motor via a switch, which is evaluated in-lab for functionality and component placement.
Lab 5 - Gear Printing and Assembly:
Involves designing and fabricating a 2-stage compound gear train, assembling it on a mini peg board using specified hardware, and analyzing its motion.
Lab 6 - Critical Function Prototype:
Requires students to individually design, fabricate (via 3D printing or laser cutting), and test a prototype that evaluates at least two critical functions of their conveyor mechanism. The lab emphasizes rapid prototyping to answer key design questions—such as part fit, spacing, or motion—and includes documenting the testing process.
Lab 7 - Simple Electrical Components:
Involves hands-on prototyping using basic electrical components, breadboards, and Tinkercad, helping students understand circuit behavior and component interactions in simple electrical systems.
Lab 8 - Fabricate Mechanical Components:
Involves students producing and testing the mechanical parts they previously designed for their conveyor project using tools like 3D printers and laser cutters. Students ensure components meet design specifications and function correctly within the system.
Lab 9 - Fabricate Electrical Components:
Students build the electrical systems they designed for their conveyor project, including assembling circuits with components such as switches, motors, LEDs, and power sources. The lab focuses on soldering, prototyping on breadboards, and testing circuit functionality.
Lab 10 - Conveyor Prototype #1:
Students integrate their previously fabricated mechanical and electrical components into a working prototype of their conveyor system, test for functionality, and identify integration issues.
Lab 11 - Conveyor Prototype #2:
Refine and finalize the conveyor system after initial integration in Lab 10. Students improve mechanical and electrical performance, ensure all components function cohesively, and prepare the system for final testing.
Lab 12 - Multi-System Integration:
Challenges students to connect their individual conveyor systems into a collaborative marble run involving 5–6 systems. The lab emphasizes precise coordination between mechanical and electrical components to ensure smooth marble handoffs, requiring teams to synchronize timing and align physical interfaces for seamless, continuous operation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Senior Capstone, ENGL-4700, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Research proposal. Primary research artifact. Secondary research artifact. Detailed outline. Senior thesis and drafts. Scholarly presentation. Academic autobiography. Exit interview.
Description:
Unit 1: Students will select a thesis topic and propose a detailed research plan.
Unit 2: Students will conduct and submit evidence of primary research (e.g., survey, dialogic journal, coding sheets).
Unit 3: Students will conduct and submit evidence of secondary research, specifically early and final drafts of an annotated bibliography for 20+ sources.
Unit 4: Students will develop a detailed outline (about 6 pages) of their thesis.
Unit 5: Students will write and revise early and final drafts of their 25-page thesis.
Unit 6: Students will give a formal 30-minute presentation of their thesis, with slides.
Unit 7: Students will write a 5-page academic autobiography reflecting on their college experience.
Unit 8: For the final exam, students will sit one-on-one with the professor for an exit interview.
Required Reading: "Thinking Rhetorically" and "Starting Your Research: Joining the Conversation" by Lunsford et al.
Recommended Reading: All other readings are self-selected by the students based on their thesis topic.
Topics in PoliSci:, POLS-2960, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Attendance & Participation 30%
Assignments 40%
6-7 page paper 15%
Final Presentation 15%
Description:
We will watch the following films as units.
The Candidate (1972)
This unit explores a political campaign’s transformation of an idealistic candidate into a packaged politician, revealing the compromises inherent in electoral politics. It connects to the political science concept of electoral politics, examining how media and public perception shape candidate behavior and voter choice.
All the President’s Men (1976)
This unit delves into investigative journalism’s role in uncovering political corruption, focusing on the Watergate scandal’s impact on public trust. It ties to the concept of political accountability, analyzing how media scrutiny enforces democratic checks on power.
Network (1976)
This unit examines the commodification of news and its manipulation for profit and political influence, highlighting the dangers of sensationalism. It connects to media politics, exploring how media shapes public opinion and political agendas.
Schindler’s List (1993)
This unit investigates individual moral agency within oppressive political systems, focusing on Oskar Schindler’s actions during the Holocaust. It ties to political ethics, analyzing how personal choices confront systemic injustice under authoritarian regimes.
Lincoln (2012)
This unit explores the political maneuvering behind the passage of the 13th Amendment, showcasing leadership and compromise in a divided nation. It connects to legislative politics, examining coalition-building and ethical trade-offs in democratic governance.
The Graduate (1967)
This unit analyzes the generational rebellion against societal and political norms, reflecting youth disillusionment and women's roles in the 1960s. It ties to political socialization, exploring how cultural shifts influence political attitudes and engagement.
The Immigrant (1917)
This unit examines the struggles of immigrants in early 20th-century America, highlighting systemic exclusion and societal prejudice. It ties to immigration politics, exploring how policies and public attitudes shape integration and identity.
Citizen Kane (1941)
This unit explores the rise and fall of a media mogul, illustrating the interplay of wealth, power, and public influence. It connects to elite theory, analyzing how powerful individuals shape political narratives and institutions.
Thirteen Days (2000)
This unit dissects the Cuban Missile Crisis, focusing on decision-making under pressure in international relations. It ties to crisis diplomacy, examining how leaders navigate high-stakes conflicts to avoid global catastrophe.
Munich (2005)
This unit investigates the moral complexities of state-sponsored counterterrorism following the 1972 Munich Olympics attack. It connects to security studies, analyzing the ethics and consequences of covert operations in international politics.
Spotlight (2015)
This unit explores investigative journalism’s role in exposing institutional corruption, focusing on the Catholic Church’s abuse scandal. It ties to institutional accountability, examining how media and public pressure challenge powerful organizations.
20 Days in Mariupol (2023)
This unit examines the role of journalists in documenting war crimes during the Russia-Ukraine conflict, emphasizing media’s impact on global awareness. It connects to humanitarian intervention, analyzing how documentation influences international responses to atrocities.
All Quiet on the Western Front (1930/2022)
This unit portrays the brutal realities of war and its dehumanizing effects, questioning nationalism and militarism. It ties to anti-war politics, exploring how narratives challenge the glorification of conflict and advocate for peace.
Required Reading: Excerpts on commentary about assigned films.
Recommended Reading: Reel, S. E. (2017). Exploring Movie Construction & Production: What's so exciting about movies?; Burton, R. D. (2020). Moving Pictures: An Introduction to Cinema. University of North Georgia Press.
Intro to Exercise Science, XSCI-2020, Section 4, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Technology Requirements
To be successful in this course, you will need a reliable device and an internet connection. You may also need access to Google Apps such as Docs and Slides through your Gmail account. If you do not have a reliable device, internet connection, or access to Google Apps, please get in touch with the Utah Tech Help Desk:
Course overview:
This course provides an overview of the discipline of kinesiology with particular focus on the key concepts of the subdisciplines and the diverse range of professional careers associated with physical activity. It is intended for students entering or exploring a major in kinesiology, with a focus on the integrative nature of the discipline and current trends and topics.
Grading follows a standard scale, and late assignments or missed assessments will receive a zero unless valid documentation is provided. No textbook is required, and the course supports foundational knowledge in physiology, exercise prescription, behavioral strategies, and critical thinking.
Grading breakdown: Attendance (10%), Exams (20%), Semester Project (40%), Weekly Assignments (30%)
Keys to success in this course: Plan for situations to arise and think about how you can prepare. Just like kinesiology professionals, you are expected to attend and be actively involved in all class meetings; attendance is required. This class will be geared towards discussion and participation, so in class be present and professional. Ask questions!
Description:
Class is designed so that by the end of class, you will be able to:
1. Describe the disciplines and careers that comprise Exercise Science.
2. Describe the contemporary base of Exercise Science knowledge.
3. Define the basic terminology used in the exercise science disciplines.
4. Identify the nature of professional occupations, the career options available to you as a kinesiology graduate, and the qualifications associated with each.
5. Communicate career options and the steps needed to meet your goals.
Exam 1: Chapters 1-5 - The Basics of Kinesiology
Chapter 1: Introduction to Kinesiology
Chapter 2: Importance of the Physical Activity Experience
Chapter 3: Philosophy of Physical Activity
Chapter 4: History of Physical Activity
Chapter 5: Sociology of Physical Activity
Exam 2: Chapters 6-9 - Subdisciplines in Kinesiology
Chapter 6: Motor Behavior
Chapter 7: Sport and Exercise Psychology
Chapter 8: Biomechanics of Physical Activity
Chapter 9: Physiology of Physical Activity
The remaining chapters of the recommended textbook are geared towards career choices in Kinesiology. The semester project will reflect these career choices.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Knudson, D.V., and T.A. Brusseau (Eds.). (2022). Introduction to Kinesiology: Studying Physical Activity (6th ed.). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Technical Writing, ENGL-2100, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Grammar, Punctuation, and Usage Quiz. Ethics case study. "Ethics of Expediency" reflection. iFixit Standard Project (group project with four major milestones that ultimately leads to published webpage on the iFixit.com website). Job documents. Final exam.
Description:
1. Introduction to Technical Communication: This unit focuses on TC basics, including writing, designing, and editing.
2. Ethics in Technical Communication: This unit introduces several case studies, including Challenger disaster and the expediency of writing in war, which we compare to expediency of writing for corporate demands. Students work in pairs to walk through their own case study and work individually to reflect on expediency.
3. Professional Correspondence: This unit focuses on writing emails memos, and letters to supervisors, colleagues, and clients. Students complete module by initiating correspondence with their iFixit mentors, which they sustain during most of the semester.
4. iFixit Getting Started: This unit orients students to their group project, which is to write troubleshooting pages, a device guide and replacement instructions for an electronic device. Students add their profiles to the iFixit website and submit proposals for their iFixit Standard Project.
5. Milestone 1: This unit focuses on writing troubleshooting pages for users who encounter problems with their electronic devices. Students have to research common problems with their specific device and write instructions for fixing the most common problems.
6. Milestone 2: This unit focuses on device specs, descriptions, user manuals, background info, device identification, and additional information. Students compile their research in a web page.
7. Milestone 3: This unit focuses on writing replacement guides so users can follow instructions to repair damaged devices. Students take professional images and write step-by-step instructions for replacing 6 parts on their device. Students also write an individual progress report to the instructor that focuses on team dynamics, working with iFixit mentors, and progress on the Standard Project.
8. Milestone 4: This unit allows groups to run usability tests and peer review one another's work, then revise their own according to user feedback. Students wrap up their Standard Project and submit to iFixit for publication.
9. Job Documents: Students write, design, and peer review resumes and job application cover letters.
10: Wrapping Up: Students evaluate the course, reflect on their progress, and take a final exam.
Required Reading: Select chapters from the OER text _Technical Writing Essentials_ by Suzan Last. "Ethics of Expediency" by Stephen Katz. Select web pages from the website iFixit.com.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro Design & Prototyping, MECH-1000, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Exam #1: CAD modeling and drawing with tolerances
Exam #2: assemblies and exploded views
Exam #3: mechanical concepts
Exam #4: electrical concepts
Exam #5: team presentation and design review
Final exam period: conveyor project contest
Description:
Unit #1 - CAD Modeling and Drawing in Onshape:
This unit focuses on learning Onshape for 2D and 3D modeling, including part modeling, drawings, assemblies, and understanding tolerances, fits, and basic statistics for mechanical design.
Unit #2 - Assemblies and Exploded Views:
Covers advanced Onshape features such as top-down design, collaboration tools, configurations, and modeling in context, with emphasis on creating assemblies and exploded views.
Unit #3 - Mechanical Concepts:
Introduces mechanical components and systems including gears, linkages, cams, and Grashof conditions, with a focus on motion transmission and mechanism synthesis.
Unit #4 - Electrical Concepts:
Explores basic electrical engineering principles including voltage, current, resistance, circuit design, Kirchhoff’s laws, and prototyping with breadboards and Tinkercad.
Unit #5 - Team-Based Mechanical System Design:
Integrates mechanical and electrical systems into a final conveyor project, emphasizing design thinking (Empathize, Define, Ideate, Prototype, Test), multi-system integration, and team collaboration.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro Design & Prototyping, MECH-1000, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Exam #1: CAD modeling and drawing with tolerances
Exam #2: assemblies and exploded views
Exam #3: mechanical concepts
Exam #4: electrical concepts
Exam #5: team presentation and design review
Final exam period: conveyor project contest
Description:
Unit #1 - CAD Modeling and Drawing in Onshape:
This unit focuses on learning Onshape for 2D and 3D modeling, including part modeling, drawings, assemblies, and understanding tolerances, fits, and basic statistics for mechanical design.
Unit #2 - Assemblies and Exploded Views:
Covers advanced Onshape features such as top-down design, collaboration tools, configurations, and modeling in context, with emphasis on creating assemblies and exploded views.
Unit #3 - Mechanical Concepts:
Introduces mechanical components and systems including gears, linkages, cams, and Grashof conditions, with a focus on motion transmission and mechanism synthesis.
Unit #4 - Electrical Concepts:
Explores basic electrical engineering principles including voltage, current, resistance, circuit design, Kirchhoff’s laws, and prototyping with breadboards and Tinkercad.
Unit #5 - Team-Based Mechanical System Design:
Integrates mechanical and electrical systems into a final conveyor project, emphasizing design thinking (Empathize, Define, Ideate, Prototype, Test), multi-system integration, and team collaboration.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
The Army Officer, MILS-4200, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Lesson Assessments
Lesson Assessments will be given throughout the semester to assess your progress in learning the
principles and practices related to the course material.
Class participation
You are expected to participate actively in learning through critical reflection, inquiry, dialogue, and
group interactions. This includes participating in class discussion, sharing personal perspectives and
experiences related to principles discussed in class or reading, working with fellow students to engage in
class exercises, and leading lab exercises.
Mid-Term Exam
A Mid-Term Exam will be given to assess your knowledge achieved during the first half of the semester.
Final Exam
A cumulative Final Exam will be given to assess your knowledge achieved throughout the course of the
semester.
AFT - Army Fitness Test
As a future officer, you are expected to set the example for physical fitness according to Army
regulations. You will be required to take a diagnostic AFT at the beginning of the fall semester and a forrecord AFT at the end of the semester.
NOTE: Contracted Cadets are required to participate in ALL ROTC activities as stated in their
contract. Students auditing this class or not yet contracted are encouraged but not required to
participate in ROTC activities outside of the classroom.
Evaluation and Grading
Lesson Assessments 60%
Class Participation 10%
Information Paper/Point Paper 10%
Mid-term Exam 10%
Final Exam 10%
All late papers and assignments will receive a 10% reduction in grade.
The following grading scale will be used based on 100 points possible.
Description:
Overview of Class Sessions
MS401L01 Course Overview
MS401L02 Commander and Staff Organization and Operations
MS401L03 Operations Process and Planning
MS401L04 Army Training and Leader Development
MS401L05 Prioritizing Training & Planning and Preparation
MS401L06 Risk Management
MS401L07 Training Meetings
MS401L08 Training Execution
MS401L09 Training Evaluation and Assessment
MS401L10 Introduction to Battle Analysis
MS401L11-12 Threats I&II
MS401L13 The Armed Forces of the United States
MS401L14 US Army Organizations
MS401L15 Army Enablers and Capabilities
MS401L16-17 Lieutenants in the Brigade Combat Team
MS401L18 Mid-term Exam
MS401L19 Multidomain Operations
MS401L20 Offensive Operations
MS401L21 Defensive Operations
MS401L22 Stability Operations
MS401L23 Defense Support of Civil Authorities
MS401L24 Protecting Critical Information
MS401L25 Mission Command
MS401L26 Mission Command Case Studies
MS401L27 Leader Challenge I
MS401L28-29 Battle Analysis Presentations
MS401L30 Staff Ride Presentation
MS401L31 Unit Readiness I
MS401L32 Unit Readiness II - Supply
MS401L33 Unit Readiness III - Maintenance
MS401L34 Law of Land Warfare and Rules of Engagement (ROE)
MS401L35 Ethical Decision Vignette – Ordinary Soldiers
MS401L36 Final Exam
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Training, Management, Warfight, MILS-3200, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Lesson Assessments
Lesson Assessments will be given throughout the semester to assess your progress in learning the principles and practices related to the course material.
Class participation
You are expected to participate actively in learning through critical reflection, inquiry, dialogue, and group interactions. This includes participating in class discussion, sharing personal perspectives and experiences related to principles discussed in class or reading, working with fellow students to engage in class exercises, and leading lab exercises.
Mid-Term Exam
A Mid-Term Exam will be given to assess your knowledge achieved during the first half of the semester.
Final Exam
A cumulative Final Exam will be given to assess your knowledge achieved throughout the course of the semester.
AFT - Army Fitness Test
As a future officer, you are expected to set the example for physical fitness according to Army regulations. You will be required to take a diagnostic AFT at the beginning of the fall semester and a for-record AFT at the end of the semester.
NOTE: Contracted Cadets are required to participate in ALL ROTC activities as stated in their contract. Students auditing this class or not yet contracted are encouraged but not required to participate in ROTC activities outside of the classroom.
Evaluation and Grading
Lesson Assessments 60%
Class Participation 10%
Information Paper/Point Paper 10%
Mid-term Exam 10%
Final Exam 10%
All late papers and assignments will receive a 10% reduction in grade.
The following grading scale will be used based on 100 points possible.
Description:
Overview of Class Sessions
MS301-L01 Course Overview
MS301-L02 OML Overview
MS301-L03 Training Management Process
MS301-L04 Rehearsals and Pre-Execution Checks
MS301-L05 After Action Reviews
MS301 L06 Leadership Lab Prep / Certification
MS301-L07 Army Publications, Online Resources, and Professional Reading
MS301-L08 Map Reading Review
MS301-L09 Leadership Lab Prep / Certification
MS301-L10 Land Navigation Review
MS301-L11 Navigational Methods & Route Planning
MS301-L12 Leadership Lab Prep / Certification
MS301-L13 Sand Tables / Terrain Models
MS301-L14 OPORD Review and METT-TC
MS301-L15 Leadership Lab Prep / Certification
MS301-L16 Advanced First Aid
MS301-L17 Introduction to Command and Control (C2) / Mission Command
MS301-L18 Leadership Lab Prep / Certification
MS301-L19 Movement and Maneuver
MS301-L20 Branch Orientation Briefings (IN, AR, AV, SF)
MS301-L21 Leadership Lab Prep / Certification
MS301-L22 Intelligence
MS301-L23 Branch Orientation Briefings (MI, SC)
MS301-L24 Leadership Lab Prep / Certification
MS301-L25 Fires
MS301-L26 Branch Orientation Briefings (FA, AD, CY, PO)
MS301-L27 Leadership Lab Certification
MS301-L28 Sustainment
MS301-L29 Branch Orientation Briefings (OD, TC, QM, AG, FC, MS)
MS301-L30 Leadership Lab Prep / Certification
MS301-L31 Protection
MS301-L32 Branch Orientation Briefings (EN, MP, CM, CA)
MS301-L33 Leadership Lab Prep / Certification
MS301-L34 Leadership Behavior and Peer Evaluations
MS301-L35 Counseling ELITE
MS301-L36 Final Exam
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Military Science Cadet Lab, MILS-1512L, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Students will wear issued OCIE, either received from their National Guard units or from the Military
Science Department. Students receiving equipment from MILS Department will take care of the received
equipment. Custody and responsibility for the serviceability of this equipment lies on the student that is
receiving it. If equipment is lost, stolen, or abused prior turn-in in a manner that is deemed
unacceptable by the Cadre, the student will be held financially liable for it's replacement.
Students will be held to the Military grooming standards as published in Army Regulation AR-670-1.
Failure to report to formation in the correct uniform, unshaven, or with hair that is non-compliant
during class or lab periods will result in an absence to grade. If this behavior is not corrected, student
will be dropped from the course if still available. If add/drop date has passed, then student will receive
an incomplete.
Grading for labs is based on the individuals participation and effort. If you are unable to attend the lab,
prior approval with your primary MS-level Instructor is required. All efforts must be made by the student
to attend each lab before requesting an excusal. This is an attendance based course.
Description:
Date Event Location
21-Aug
Opening Social / initial equipment issue /
CDRs Time
Campus
28-Aug Rockwall / Equipment classes Human Performance
Center (HPC)
4-Sep Drill and Ceremony / D&C Competition Campus
11-Sep Land Nav. Skills PE Campus
18-Sep Land Nav Practical Exercise Turkey Farm
25-Sep
Field Craft -Radios, first aid, EPW, IMT,
Camo up
Campus
2-Oct Squad Tactics - Crawl Campus
9-Oct Fall Break NA
16-Oct Squad Tactic - Walk Turkey Farm
23-Oct FTX W/ SUU (25-26) TBD
30-Oct Rappel / confidence course; LRC option Dixie Rock
6-Nov
Platoon Round Robin / Best Squad
Competition
Campus
13-
Nov
CWST Campus
20-
Nov
Patrol Base Operations / Crew-served
wpns familiariztion Armory
27-
Nov
Thanksgiving Break NA
4-Dec 10 Mile Ruck / Equipment turn-in / BBQ Campus
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Military Fitness, MILS-1212R, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Grading for this course is based on the individuals participation and effort. If you are unable to attend,
prior approval with your primary MS-level Instructor is required. All efforts must be made by the student
to attend each session before requesting an excusal. This is an attendance based course.
Description:
Students are expected to attend the entire class period, 0600 - 0650 on Tuesdays, Wednesdays,
Thursday. They are expected to wear clean, serviceable Army Physical Fitness Uniform (APFU) to every
PT session. ROTC will provide students with uniforms unless they have already been issued. Students are
expected to wear their own serviceable shoes for running and sports. Military fitness is designed to evaluate and develop cadets using the Army
physical training models as published in Army Field Manual 7-22 Holistic Health and Fitness
Training. Cadets will be required to attend three PT Sessions each week (Tuesday, Wednesday,
Thursday) unless otherwise excused. Cadets will be required to take the Army Fitness Test (AFT) twice a
semester. Cadets that are unable to participate in the fitness training must provide a doctor's note
which excuses them from specific workouts being conducted; however, these cadets will still be
expected to attend PT to gain the experience from observing.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Behavioral Neuroscience, PSY-3710, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Category Percent
Oral Exams 50%
Open-Book Exams 20%
Service Project 15%
Career Focus Project 10%
Participation 5%
Oral Exams: The largest portion of your course grade will come from oral exams, which will assess
your understanding of 6 Core Concepts (CC’s). Each exam will involve explaining a core concept to
me in your own words and answering some brief follow-up questions about it. No notes or external
resources may be used during the oral exams. My goal for each oral exam will be to ensure that you
understand the material at more than a superficial level. You are allowed unlimited attempts on each
oral exam – you can keep trying until you pass (until the final deadline at the end of the semester, of
course). Each oral exam will take about 5 minutes to complete. The oral exams are intended to be
pass/fail but you can opt to complete them for a percentage grade. If you opt for this you need to
indicate that to me before beginning your exam and it will serve as your final attempt – this option is
meant to only be used when the amount of time available prior to the final deadline is limited. Each
CC will be weighted the same (each worth 10 points). I’ll provide some feedback after a failed
attempt so you can know what areas to focus on for your next attempt. If you pass all 6 CCs off to
me, you will receive 60/60 points on this portion of your grade. If you only pass off 5 of the 6 you
will receive 50/60 points, etc. Any CCs that have not been passed off (either for full or partial credit)
by the final deadline at the end of the semester will receive a grade of 0. To complete an oral exam,
you will need to schedule an appointment via Canvas or walk in during my office hours. You will
need to meet with me in person unless you have been granted special permission to conduct
your oral exam virtually (very rare). Although you have unlimited attempts to pass your oral
exams, you must complete at least one attempt for specific CC’s at different points in the semester,
as indicated on the course schedule. You will receive points in the Participation category for
practicing CCs with classmates, verified by posting a selfie of the two of you to Canvas (Practice
Session Selfies).
Open-Book Exams: Four cumulative, open-book, open-note, open-internet, open-neighbor exams
will be given over the course of the semester. The purpose of these exams is to assess your
understanding of learning objectives that are less central to the primary objectives of the course, but
still important. The fourth of these exams will be given during Finals Week and will be relatively
comprehensive, but will not have a time limit and will still be open-book, open-note, open-internet,
and open-neighbor.
Career Focus Project: During the course of the semester you will conduct a project relevant to your
anticipated career or a career of interest to you. This project will involve conducting informational
interviews with people who currently work in your field of interest, finding out from them what key
concepts related to neuroscience are most relevant to their work, exploring current research on these
concepts, and sharing your findings with your classmates. Evidence of conducting your first
informational interview is due at mid-term. You will present to the class at the end of the semester
the results of your interviews and research exploration.
Service Project: Service learning is defined by Vanderbilt University as “a form of experiential
education where learning occurs through a cycle of action and reflection as students seek to achieve
real objectives for the community and deeper understanding and skills for themselves." This
semester we are planning to conduct a service learning project which will involved hosting a “Brain
Night” outreach activity at which groups will prepare presentations for local middle school students.
You will be graded based on factual accuracy, effectiveness in presenting at a level appropriate to the
audience, and peer ratings of your individual contribution to the project.
Participation: This portion of your grade will be based on your attendance, participation in class
activities, and completion of small assignments that do not assess content knowledge (e.g. Getting to
Know You “Quiz”), practicing passing off CCs with classmates, and my own rating of your
participation. Everyone should get a fully satisfactory rating from me but I reserve the right as the
instructor to deduct points from this portion of your grade if I observe a clearly-apparent pattern of
disruptive behavior, lack of engagement, missing Oral Exam appointments, etc. If I feel that your
participation needs improvement I will mention this to you in private and explain what corrections
will need to be made. If the prescribed corrections are not made to my satisfaction, then I will
deduct an appropriate number of points.
Description:
Week 1
• 8/21/2025: Introduction to the course and basic anatomy of the nervous system.
• 8/26: Overview of nerve cells and resting potentials.
Week 2
• 8/28: Discussion on action potentials.
• 9/2: Review of nerve cells, resting potentials, and action potentials.
Week 3
• 9/4: Examination of synapses and integration of neuronal signals.
• 9/9: Chemical events at the synapse.
Week 4
• 9/11: Continuation of chemical events at the synapse.
• 9/16: Introduction to receptors and drugs.
Week 5
• 9/18: Review of receptors and drugs.
• 9/23: Neuroanatomy basics.
Week 6
• 9/25: Continued discussion on neuroanatomy and review.
• 9/30: Introduction to sensation and perception, focusing on vision.
Week 7
• 10/2: Continued exploration of vision.
• 10/7: Review of sensation and perception.
Week 8
• 10/9: Auditory and vestibular senses.
• 10/14: Introduction to fMRI and EEG techniques.
Week 9
• 10/16: Oral exam appointments.
• 10/21: Continued discussion on fMRI and EEG.
Week 10
• 10/23: Continued exploration of auditory and vestibular senses.
• 10/28: Introduction to somatosensation.
Week 11
• 10/30: Discussion on movement.
• 11/4: Introduction to chemosensation.
Week 12
• 11/6: Review and exploration of optical illusions.
• 11/11: Oral exam appointments.
Week 13
• 11/13: Introduction to internal regulation and temperature regulation.
• 11/18: Continued discussion on internal and temperature regulation.
Week 14
• 11/20: Introduction to sex and stress.
• 11/25: Service project group work day.
Week 15
• 11/27: No Class (Thanksgiving Break).
• 12/2: Continued discussion on sex and stress.
Week 16
• 12/4: Introduction to sleep.
• 12/9: Discussion on hunger and thirst.
Week 17
• 12/11: Introduction to learning and memory.
Finals Week
• 12/16: Final exam (oral exam appointments) and open-book final exam.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Biological Psychology, James Kalat, 13 th Edition
Statistical Methods/Psychology, PSY-3000, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Grading: Grading will be determined by your performance on the following dimensions: Exams, Lab Assignments,
Participation, and a Final Exam. The percentage of your total grade reflected in each of these categories is shown
below:
Category Percent
Exams 40%
Labs 35%
Final Exam 15%
Assignments and Participation 10%
Practice Exams and Practice Labs 0%
Letter grades correspond to the percentages below. Typical
rounding convention applies (e.g., 89.5 rounds up to 90 = A-,
89.4 rounds down to 89 = B+).
A = 93-100 B = 83-85 C = 73-75 D = 63-65
A- = 90-92 B- = 80-82 C- = 70-72 D- = 60-62
B+ = 86-89 C+ = 76-79 D+ = 66-69 F = Below 60
It is the responsibility of the student to verify that the instructor has correctly placed all grades into CANVAS.
Monitor CANVAS weekly and notify the instructor immediately if your grades look inaccurate.
If this courses will be used to meet a requirement for a bachelor’s degree in Psychology (B.S. or B.A.), then a
student must achieve a grade of C or higher. Also, if this course is a pre-requisite for another course within the
Psychology program, a student must achieve a grade of C or higher in order to be allowed to take the course that
this is a pre-requisite for.
Labs (35%): Labs will take place after the lecture period. The lab assignments will provide you an opportunity to
apply concepts and methods you have learned in lecture to statistics problems. Collaboration with your classmates is
encouraged with regard to checking for understanding and asking for help if you feel lost or stuck. Each individual
student, however, is required to submit assignments that reflect their own individual work. Unacceptable forms of
collaboration that will lead to a score of zero on a lab assignment include: copying answers from other students,
Why?
Your grade will primarily be based on
your ability to apply analysis methods
and concepts to solving problems in the
lab. Although a solid understanding of
the underlying theory and concepts is
important, more emphasis will be placed
on putting the theory into practice.
splitting up problems among members of a group to work on followed by sharing answers around the group, or any
other kind of collaboration that leads to students submitting answers that they themselves do not understand. Each
assignment will be submitted on Canvas by each student individually with evidence that he/she completed the
necessary computations, analyses, etc. (typically by uploading the Excel workbook you used to complete the
assignment). Some lab assignments may include short answer responses – see plagiarism guidelines to ensure that
your work is original. Late submissions for lab assignments will be assessed a 30% penalty per day late.
Exams (40%): There will be 4 exams during the semester in addition to the Final Exam. These will take place in
the Testing Center. They will require you to solve statistics problems that require the same skills developed during
the lab assignments. They will also assess concepts and theory related to statistics. You will be permitted to use
some external resources during exams, but only as specified by the instructor. If you feel comfortable completing
the lab assignments you should be well-equipped to succeed on the practical exams.
Final Exam (15%): The final exam will be comprehensive and will be open-book, open-note, open-neighbor,
open-internet, etc. It will primarily focus on assessing practical application of skills and methods to solve statistical
problems (similar to the practical exams) but will also contain conceptual questions.
Assignments and Participation (10%): One outcome of the course is to report methods and statistical results in
APA format. There will be several assignments throughout the semester that will require you to either make figures
or write reports in APA style. There will be a few other small assignments in this category that will enhance
participation in the course and application of knowledge to real-world scenarios. A portion of your grade is this
category will also be based on your attendance, your participation in live polls during class, and a few minor
assignments not related to course content (e.g. a Getting to Know You survey). Because the lecture and lab are
meant to be collaborative, attendance is mandatory. I also reserve the right as the instructor to deduct points from
this portion of the grade if a student exhibits a clearly-apparent pattern of disruptive behavior, lack of engagement,
lack of attendance, etc. If I feel that your participation needs improvement, I will mention this to you in private and
explain what corrections will need to be made. If the prescribed corrections are not made to my satisfaction, then I
will deduct an appropriate number of points.
Practice Exams and Practice Labs (0%): Practice labs and exams will be available throughout the semester for
you to complete. They are worth points on Canvas but the points do not count toward your overall grade.
Description:
Week 1
• 8/20/2025: Introduction to the course, covering the fundamentals of statistics and basic Excel skills necessary for data analysis.
• 8/22: Learn about different types of variables, how to visualize data, and methods for describing distributions.
Week 2
• 8/25: Understand the principles of random sampling and statistical notation used in psychological research.
• 8/27: Explore measures of central tendency (mean, median, mode) and measures of spread (range, variance, standard deviation).
• 8/29: Introduction to Z-scores, sampling distributions, and the central limit theorem, which are foundational concepts in statistics.
Week 3
• 9/1: Labor Day – No Class.
• 9/3: Continue discussing Z-scores, sampling distributions, and the central limit theorem, emphasizing their importance in inferential statistics.
• 9/5: Learn the principles of probability and how they apply to statistical analysis.
Week 4
• 9/8: Review key concepts in preparation for the first exam, with optional practice and review during the lab period.
• 9/10: Introduction to hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses.
• 9/12: Discuss hypothesis testing errors (Type I and Type II) and the concept of statistical power.
Week 5
• 9/15: Introduction to T-tests, focusing on their application in comparing means.
• 9/17: Explore one-sample and matched pairs T-tests, including their assumptions and interpretations.
• 9/19: Learn about confidence intervals and two-sample T-tests, which are used to compare means from two independent samples.
Week 6
• 9/22: Review key concepts in preparation for the second exam, with optional practice and review during the lab period.
• 9/24: Introduction to one-way ANOVA (Analysis of Variance), used to compare means across multiple groups.
• 9/26: Continue discussing one-way ANOVA, including post-hoc tests and interpretation of results.
Week 7
• 9/29: Introduction to factorial ANOVA, which examines the interaction effects between multiple independent variables.
• 10/1: Continue discussing factorial ANOVA, focusing on its application and interpretation.
• 10/3: Introduction to repeated measures ANOVA, used for analyzing data collected from the same subjects over multiple time points.
Week 8
• 10/6: Review key concepts in preparation for the third exam, with optional practice and review during the lab period.
• 10/8: Introduction to correlation, including Pearson's correlation coefficient and its interpretation.
• 10/10: Continue discussing correlation and introduce linear regression, which models the relationship between two variables.
Week 9
• 10/13: Continue discussing linear regression, focusing on its application and interpretation.
• 10/15: Introduction to multiple regression, which models the relationship between one dependent variable and multiple independent variables.
• 10/17: Introduction to chi-square tests, used for analyzing categorical data.
Week 10
• 10/20: Review key concepts in preparation for the fourth exam, with optional practice and review during the lab period.
• 10/22: Final review of all course material in preparation for the final exam.
• 10/24: Flex day for additional review or catching up on any missed content.
Week 11
• 10/27: Introduction to the course, covering the fundamentals of statistics and basic Excel skills necessary for data analysis.
• 10/29: Learn about different types of variables, how to visualize data, and methods for describing distributions.
• 10/31: Understand the principles of random sampling and statistical notation used in psychological research.
Week 12
• 11/3: Explore measures of central tendency (mean, median, mode) and measures of spread (range, variance, standard deviation).
• 11/5: Introduction to Z-scores, sampling distributions, and the central limit theorem, which are foundational concepts in statistics.
• 11/7: Learn the principles of probability and how they apply to statistical analysis.
Week 13
• 11/10: Review key concepts in preparation for the first exam, with optional practice and review during the lab period.
• 11/12: Introduction to hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses.
• 11/14: Discuss hypothesis testing errors (Type I and Type II) and the concept of statistical power.
Week 14
• 11/17: Introduction to T-tests, focusing on their application in comparing means.
• 11/19: Explore one-sample and matched pairs T-tests, including their assumptions and interpretations.
• 11/21: Learn about confidence intervals and two-sample T-tests, which are used to compare means from two independent samples.
Week 15
• 11/24: Review key concepts in preparation for the second exam, with optional practice and review during the lab period.
• 11/26: Introduction to one-way ANOVA (Analysis of Variance), used to compare means across multiple groups.
• 11/28: Thanksgiving Break – No Class.
Week 16
• 12/1: Continue discussing one-way ANOVA, including post-hoc tests and interpretation of results.
• 12/3: Introduction to factorial ANOVA, which examines the interaction effects between multiple independent variables.
• 12/5: Continue discussing factorial ANOVA, focusing on its application and interpretation.
Week 17
• 12/8: Introduction to repeated measures ANOVA, used for analyzing data collected from the same subjects over multiple time points.
• 12/10: Review key concepts in preparation for the final exam, with optional practice and review during the lab period.
• 12/12: Final exam (9-10:50am).
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Fundamental Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences, 9th Edition, 8th Edition, 7th Edition or 6th Edition by David C. Howell.
Writing in Psych: APA Style, PSY-2000, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Minimum Requirements for Writing Assignments
If these minimum requirements are not met upon submission, the paper will be given a zero. This decision
is based on the notion that writing assignments to this class should be written with a minimum of a UTU
English 2010 course completion writing proficiency. Also, it is expected that papers will be submitted
having the minimum number of pages or word-count met. I encourage you to use the UTU Writing
Center, the APA Style 7th Edition Manual, and the Grammarly app at a minimum. While these resources
are helpful they are not responsible for ensuring your paper meets the minimum standards listed below.
You are the sole responsible person who ensures the quality of assignments you submit.
Minimum Requirements for Submitted Assignments (all must be met):
(1) No plagiarism
(2) Minimum page/word-count met
(3) All paragraphs indented
(4) No more than two grammar or spelling errors per page
(5) No more than two APA style in-text citation errors per page
(6) 1-inch margins and an APA style approved font
(7) References
Two Short 300-word Essays Quotes are not allowed in the papers.
Plagiarism
Language Bias
Quizzes
Each Wednesday, after Week 1 of the semester, you will take an in-class quiz. Each quiz is expected to
have 5 questions, though the number of questions may vary. The professor will provide the class with 15
minutes to take the quiz. The quiz questions will be a combination of open-ended and multiple choice.
You are allowed to use your blue APA manual (required for the course) to take quizzes—you cannot
share a book with a peer during quizzes. No other resources are allowed. You cannot take the quiz early
or late. You only have the specified/designated time in class to complete the quiz. ALL QUIZZES MUST
BE TAKEN IN CLASS (you will receive a zero on the quiz if you attempt to take it outside of class). One
quiz score will be dropped from your grade—this covers you if you are sick or have another commitment
one day a quiz is given. Only excused absences are official UTU activities (e.g., athletics). Illness
(without a doctor note), childcare, work, etc. are NOT excused absences.
Empirical Paper
This paper will allow you to learn how to write an APA style empirical paper.
Quotes are not allowed in the paper. See Grading Rubric at the End of the Syllabus
You will be completing this paper in small sub-sections. You will receive feedback on each smaller
assignment. You will submit the full paper near the middle of the term.
Literature Review Paper
This paper will allow you to learn how to write an APA style literature review. Literature topics must be
approved by the instructor. I am limiting the topics primarily because I know there is adequate research in
these broad fields, and there is still ample room in the general topic area for students to narrow to choose
a topic that is interesting. You will be completing this paper in small sub-sections. You will receive
feedback on each smaller assignment.
You will be graded on your adherence to APA style. Quotes are not allowed in the paper. See Grading
Rubric at the End of the Syllabus
Description:
COURSE SCHEDULE*
Week Date(s) Topic Assignment Due
1 8/18/25 Not applicable
8/20/25
Syllabus, Introduction to the class; Collect
Data for Class/ Publication Manual
Chapters 1/2/3/4/6
8/22/25 Publication Manual Chapters 1/2/3/4/6 Academic Integrity
2 8/25/25 Publication Manual Chapters 1/2/3/4/6 Quiz 1
8/27/25
Chapters 1/2/3/4/6; work on the format of
the research paper Plagiarism Paper
8/29/25
Literature Search/ Note Taking Note
Taking
3 9/1/25 Holiday
9/3/25 References Ch 9/10 Quiz 2; Language Bias Paper
9/5/25 References Ch 9/10
4 9/8/25
Paper Outline; Synthesize Information (Ch
4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10) Quiz 3
9/10/25 Paper Outline; Synthesize Information (Ch
4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10)
Six References for Stroop
Paper in APA style
9/12/25 Paper Outline; Synthesize Information (Ch
4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10)
5 9/15/25 Method; Ch 6/7 Quiz 4; Stroop Outline
9/17/25 Method; Ch 6/7
9/19/25 Results, Table, Figure, Ch 7
6 9/22/25 Results, Table, Figure, Ch 7 Quiz 5
9/24/25
Introduction; ChatGPT and other AI
platforms
Stroop Methods, Results, and
Tables/ Figures Due
9/26/25 Introduction
7 9/29/25 Introduction Quiz 6
10/1/25 Discussion Introduction Due
10/3/25 Discussion
8 10/6/25 Abstract Discussion Due; Quiz 7
10/8/25 Finish up Stroop paper
10/10/25 FALL BREAK
9 10/13/25 Term Paper Topics; Literature Search Final Stroop Paper; Quiz 8
10/15/25 Term Paper Topics; Literature Search Topic and Term Paper 12
references
10/17/25 Paper Outline
10 10/20/25
Paper Outline
Quiz 9
10/22/25 Work on Introduction of Paper Outline Due
10/24/25 Work on Introduction of Paper
11 10/27/25 Work on First Subsection of the Paper Introduction Due; Quiz 10
10/29/25 Work on First Subsection of the Paper
10/31/25 Work on First Subsection of the Paper
12 11/3/25 Work on Second Subsection of the Paper Section 1 Due
11/5/25 Work on Second Subsection of the Paper
11/7/25 Work on Second Subsection of the Paper
13 11/10/25 Work on Third Subsection of the Paper Section 2 Due
11/12/25 Work on Third Subsection of the Paper
11/14/25 Work on Third Subsection of the Paper
14 11/17/25 Work on Abstract and Conclusion Section 3
11/19/25 Work on Paper Revisions
11/21/25 Work on Paper Revisions
11/25/25 HOLIDAY
11/27/25 HOLIDAY
11/29/25 HOLIDAY
15 12/1/25 Create PPT for final Final Paper Due
12/3/25 Create PPT for final
12/5/25 APA Manual Exam
Finals
Week
APA Literature Review PPT Presentation
Check the final exam schedule for UTU. The exam must be
taken on the assigned day and time.
https://academics.utahtech.edu/final-exam-schedule/
Final Exam which is the PPT
presentation
Required Reading: Publication Manual of the American Psychology Association, 7th edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
3 unit exams during semester and one cumulative final
Description:
Unit 1
The Scientific Study of Life
Introduces biology as the study of living organisms and life processes, emphasizing the scientific method, characteristics of life, and the importance of hypothesis-driven inquiry.
Chemistry
Covers basic chemical principles essential to biology, including atomic structure, chemical bonding, properties of water, and the role of macromolecules in life.
Cells
Explores the structure and function of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, including organelles, membranes, and cell theory.
Energy of Life
Focuses on how organisms acquire, transform, and use energy, highlighting enzymes, metabolic pathways, and the laws of thermodynamics.
Respiration and Fermentation
Examines how cells harvest energy from glucose through aerobic respiration and anaerobic pathways like fermentation.
Photosynthesis
Describes how plants convert light energy into chemical energy through light-dependent and light-independent reactions.
Unit 2
Cell Reproduction
Explains the processes of mitosis and meiosis, comparing their roles in growth, repair, and reproduction.
Patterns of Inheritance
Introduces Mendelian genetics, including dominant and recessive traits, Punnett squares, and the role of alleles in heredity.
DNA Structure and Gene Function
Details the double-helix structure of DNA, its replication, and how genes encode proteins through transcription and translation.
How Genes are Controlled
Discusses gene regulation mechanisms in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, including operons, epigenetics, and transcription factors.
Unit3
Evidence of Evolution
Discusses the Darwin’s work and presents the major lines of evidence supporting evolution, including fossils, comparative anatomy, molecular biology, and biogeography.
Speciation & Extinction
Explores how new species arise through mechanisms like reproductive isolation and how extinction shapes biodiversity.
Unit 4
Intro to Ecology
Introduces the study of interactions between organisms and their environments, from individuals to ecosystems.
Population Ecology
Describes how populations grow and interact with their environment, covering concepts like population size, density, and carrying capacity.
Communities and Ecosystems
Examines species interactions (e.g., predation, competition, symbiosis) and how energy and nutrients flow through ecosystems.
Required Reading: Campbell Essential Biology 7th Edition
Recommended Reading: Campbell Essential Biology 7th Edition
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
3 unit exams during semester and cumulative final.
Description:
Unit 1
The Scientific Study of Life
Introduces biology as the study of living organisms and life processes, emphasizing the scientific method, characteristics of life, and the importance of hypothesis-driven inquiry.
Chemistry
Covers basic chemical principles essential to biology, including atomic structure, chemical bonding, properties of water, and the role of macromolecules in life.
Cells
Explores the structure and function of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, including organelles, membranes, and cell theory.
Energy of Life
Focuses on how organisms acquire, transform, and use energy, highlighting enzymes, metabolic pathways, and the laws of thermodynamics.
Respiration and Fermentation
Examines how cells harvest energy from glucose through aerobic respiration and anaerobic pathways like fermentation.
Photosynthesis
Describes how plants convert light energy into chemical energy through light-dependent and light-independent reactions.
Unit 2
Cell Reproduction
Explains the processes of mitosis and meiosis, comparing their roles in growth, repair, and reproduction.
Patterns of Inheritance
Introduces Mendelian genetics, including dominant and recessive traits, Punnett squares, and the role of alleles in heredity.
DNA Structure and Gene Function
Details the double-helix structure of DNA, its replication, and how genes encode proteins through transcription and translation.
How Genes are Controlled
Discusses gene regulation mechanisms in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, including operons, epigenetics, and transcription factors.
Unit3
Evidence of Evolution
Discusses the Darwin’s work and presents the major lines of evidence supporting evolution, including fossils, comparative anatomy, molecular biology, and biogeography.
Speciation & Extinction
Explores how new species arise through mechanisms like reproductive isolation and how extinction shapes biodiversity.
Unit 4
Intro to Ecology
Introduces the study of interactions between organisms and their environments, from individuals to ecosystems.
Population Ecology
Describes how populations grow and interact with their environment, covering concepts like population size, density, and carrying capacity.
Communities and Ecosystems
Examines species interactions (e.g., predation, competition, symbiosis) and how energy and nutrients flow through ecosystems.
Required Reading: Campbell Essential Biology 7th Edition
Recommended Reading: Campbell Essential Biology 7th Edition
Capstone Research: Psychology, PSY-4910, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
1. PAPER: You will complete one 4000-word paper (about 15 pages) that includes
Introduction, Method, Results, and Discussion, sections of an APA research paper.
Also, you must include at least one table and one figure. The page/word) count does
not include the title page, abstract, references, or appendices.
a. The “professional” style APA paper in the APA manual should be used for
your paper.
b. The preferred ay to set up your Method section is located on p. 49 of the APA
manual
List of Available Projects (no other project ideas will be approved)
Projects cannot include topics related to sex, abuse, or drugs due to IRB issues
For this class, a maximum of three topics listed below may be used. All people will be sorted
into one of three topics, no exceptions. A vote for topics will occur on the first or second day of
class. The three topics with the most votes will be the three topics all students must choose
between. The rationale for this rule is because having more topics will require an excessive
amount of IRB application work.
Potential topics include the examination of attitudes/perceptions of:
• Celebrity/athlete endorsement of products
• Texting (no sexting/porn)
• Managing/ coping with different types of stressors while in work or University
• Aging process of people age 60+
• Giving time/money to non-profit agencies that focus on social issues
• How a person’s own social groups control their own attitudes and behaviors
• Service animals
• Fast food for health/convenience
• “Fake news”/propaganda and “facts”
• Mental illness causes, symptoms, and treatment
• Criminal activity
• Environmentalism
• Humor
• Human interpersonal relationships
Paper Requirement Independent Research Project
You will design and conduct scholarly research with two hypotheses. The paper will follow the
guidelines for empirical research in the APA Manual and should include a minimum of 25
scholarly citations. At least 1 APA table must be included. At least 1 APA Figure must be
included.
The grade for your paper has several parts:
(a) Complete the topic worksheet provided on Canvas (2 points). Each variable in the
hypotheses must be operationally defined. And, you must write out a specific statistical
strategy for analyzing those hypotheses. If you cannot independently analyze the
hypotheses, you cannot choose those hypotheses.
(b) Full sentence outline & references (4 points): Complete full-sentence outline that
includes references that support each point. Hypotheses and an outline of the method
section are also required so that you are prepared for the IRB application. List of at least
20 references in APA style is also required.
(c) Four-page research proposal with questionnaire formally formatted as an online survey as
an additional appendix. To earn points, you must clearly delineate to the professor which
parts of the group proposal application you completed. Points will be awarded based on
your individual contribution to the application. (4 points).
(d) IRB Application (see form on Canvas as well as forms on IRB website) Submitted to
Professor. To earn points, you must clearly delineate to the professor which parts of the
group IRB application you completed. Points will be awarded based on your individual
contribution to the application. (5points)
a. Must have certificate of UTU IRB CITI training submitted (10 points)
(e) 7-page draft Peer Review (4 points; 2 points per paper)– You must upload your paper to
Canvas. Then, you will provide a THOROUGH peer review of two papers that are
assigned to you. You will be graded on the quality of edits based on APA style, grammar,
content, topic coverage, and flow of the peer papers. If you do not submit a paper, you
will not be able to do peer reviews and you will earn an automatic zero for this
assignment.
(f) 7-page draft; professor grade (25 points). Will be graded at the highest standard for
grammar, flow, content, APA style.
(g) Draft Method, Results, Discussion draft Peer Review (4 points)– You must upload your
paper and print two copies of your paper to bring to class. You will provide a
THOROUGH peer review of two papers that are assigned to you. If you do not submit a
paper, you will not be able to do peer reviews and you will earn an automatic zero for this
assignment. You will be graded on the quality of edits based on APA style, grammar,
content, topic coverage, and flow of the peer papers.
(h) Draft Method, Results, Discussion Due (tables and figures, too) Professor grade (30
points): Draft of your paper for professor review. Will be graded at highest standard for
grammar, flow, APA style.
(i) Final paper (30 points). Your entire paper is due.
2. PAPER PRESENTATION: You will present your paper twice.
(a) The first presentation will occur in class by power-point or similar presentation
software. You must attend the PPT presentation for all classmates for the two days presentations
are occurring. If you do not attend the two days of presentations, you will lose 4 points per day
from your PPT presentation score. (9 points)
(b) In addition, each student will present at the Capstone poster session as their final
exam. This requires a professional-style poster (please anticipate that it will cost money to print
this poster at a business) that summarizes your paper. Examples of posters are located in Canvas.
Poster session date: TBD (9 points; due finals week, date TBD)
3. PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR FIELD TEST
(a) Each student must complete the ETS Psychology Major Field Test
https://www.ets.org/mft/about/content/psychology (dates are TBD) as a means of assessing
learning throughout the UTU Psychology Program. This is a self-study exam. A good way to
start studying for this exam is to review the Psychology 1010 textbook as well as reviewing the
notes/texts from all of your psychology courses at UTU. The exam will be given in the Testing
Center and is approximately two hours in length. TAKING THIS TEST IS REUQIRED FOR
THE COURSE. NOT TAKING THE EXAM IS GROUNDS FOR EARNING A FAILING
GRADE FOR THIS COURSE.
Description:
Week Date(s) Topic Assignment
Due
1 8/19/25 Not applicable
8/21/25
Syllabus/ Discuss Paper Topics/ Learn to do outline/ Lit
search
Academic
Integrity
2 8/26/25 Lit review/ Paper Outline
8/28/25 Lit review/ Paper Outline Paper topics due
3 9/2/25 Lit review/ Paper Outline
9/4/25 Lit review/ Paper Outline
4 9/9/25 Learn how to do IRB applications
Full sentence
outline of main
points & 20 APA
References due
9/11/25 IRB applications
5 9/16/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
9/18/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
6 9/23/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
Research
proposal/
Survey/ IRB
certificate
9/25/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
7 9/30/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
The first 7 pages of
your paper
(introduction and
hypotheses) are
due for peer
review by the start
of class
10/2/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings) Give back and go
over peer reviews
8 10/7/25 Lecture: Method and Results Section
The first 7 pages of
your paper
(introduction and
hypotheses) are
due to the
professor
10/9/25 FALL BREAK
9 10/14/25 Lecture: Method and Results Section
10/16/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
10 10/21/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
10/23/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
11 10/28/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
Method, Results,
Discussion, Table,
Figure paper draft
due for peer
review
10/30/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
***Peer reviews
of 2 peer papers
due back to peer
12 11/4/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
Draft of Method,
Results,
Discussion, Table,
Figure Due to
Professor
11/6/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
13 11/11/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
11/13/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
14 11/18/25 Learn to do PPT and poster and work in class
11/20/25 Learn to do PPT and poster and work in class Final Paper Due
11/25/25 THANKSGIVING BREAK
11/27/25 THANKSGIVING BREAK
15 12/4/25 In class PPT presentations conducted
All PPT
Presentations
Due
12/4/25 In class PPT presentations conducted
Required Reading: Publication Manual of the American Psychology Association, 7th edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Capstone Research: Psychology, PSY-4910, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
How this course will be assessed:
1. PAPER: You will complete one 4000-word paper (about 15 pages) that includes
Introduction, Method, Results, and Discussion, sections of an APA research paper.
Also, you must include at least one table and one figure. The page/word) count does
not include the title page, abstract, references, or appendices.
a. The “professional” style APA paper in the APA manual should be used for
your paper.
b. The preferred ay to set up your Method section is located on p. 49 of the APA
manual
List of Available Projects (no other project ideas will be approved)
Projects cannot include topics related to sex, abuse, or drugs due to IRB issues
For this class, a maximum of three topics listed below may be used. All people will be sorted
into one of three topics, no exceptions. A vote for topics will occur on the first or second day of
class. The three topics with the most votes will be the three topics all students must choose
between. The rationale for this rule is because having more topics will require an excessive
amount of IRB application work.
Potential topics include the examination of attitudes/perceptions of:
• Celebrity/athlete endorsement of products
• Texting (no sexting/porn)
• Managing/ coping with different types of stressors while in work or University
• Aging process of people age 60+
• Giving time/money to non-profit agencies that focus on social issues
• How a person’s own social groups control their own attitudes and behaviors
• Service animals
• Fast food for health/convenience
• “Fake news”/propaganda and “facts”
• Mental illness causes, symptoms, and treatment
• Criminal activity
• Environmentalism
• Humor
• Human interpersonal relationships
Paper Requirement Independent Research Project
You will design and conduct scholarly research with two hypotheses. The paper will follow the
guidelines for empirical research in the APA Manual and should include a minimum of 25
scholarly citations. At least 1 APA table must be included. At least 1 APA Figure must be
included.
The grade for your paper has several parts:
(a) Complete the topic worksheet provided on Canvas (2 points). Each variable in the
hypotheses must be operationally defined. And, you must write out a specific statistical
strategy for analyzing those hypotheses. If you cannot independently analyze the
hypotheses, you cannot choose those hypotheses.
(b) Full sentence outline & references (4 points): Complete full-sentence outline that
includes references that support each point. Hypotheses and an outline of the method
section are also required so that you are prepared for the IRB application. List of at least
20 references in APA style is also required.
(c) Four-page research proposal with questionnaire formally formatted as an online survey as
an additional appendix. To earn points, you must clearly delineate to the professor which
parts of the group proposal application you completed. Points will be awarded based on
your individual contribution to the application. (4 points).
(d) IRB Application (see form on Canvas as well as forms on IRB website) Submitted to
Professor. To earn points, you must clearly delineate to the professor which parts of the
group IRB application you completed. Points will be awarded based on your individual
contribution to the application. (5points)
a. Must have certificate of UTU IRB CITI training submitted (10 points)
(e) 7-page draft Peer Review (4 points; 2 points per paper)– You must upload your paper to
Canvas. Then, you will provide a THOROUGH peer review of two papers that are
assigned to you. You will be graded on the quality of edits based on APA style, grammar,
content, topic coverage, and flow of the peer papers. If you do not submit a paper, you
will not be able to do peer reviews and you will earn an automatic zero for this
assignment.
(f) 7-page draft; professor grade (25 points). Will be graded at the highest standard for
grammar, flow, content, APA style.
(g) Draft Method, Results, Discussion draft Peer Review (4 points)– You must upload your
paper and print two copies of your paper to bring to class. You will provide a
THOROUGH peer review of two papers that are assigned to you. If you do not submit a
paper, you will not be able to do peer reviews and you will earn an automatic zero for this
assignment. You will be graded on the quality of edits based on APA style, grammar,
content, topic coverage, and flow of the peer papers.
(h) Draft Method, Results, Discussion Due (tables and figures, too) Professor grade (30
points): Draft of your paper for professor review. Will be graded at highest standard for
grammar, flow, APA style.
(i) Final paper (30 points). Your entire paper is due.
2. PAPER PRESENTATION: You will present your paper twice.
(a) The first presentation will occur in class by power-point or similar presentation
software. You must attend the PPT presentation for all classmates for the two days presentations
are occurring. If you do not attend the two days of presentations, you will lose 4 points per day
from your PPT presentation score. (9 points)
(b) In addition, each student will present at the Capstone poster session as their final
exam. This requires a professional-style poster (please anticipate that it will cost money to print
this poster at a business) that summarizes your paper. Examples of posters are located in Canvas.
Poster session date: TBD (9 points; due finals week, date TBD)
3. PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR FIELD TEST
(a) Each student must complete the ETS Psychology Major Field Test
https://www.ets.org/mft/about/content/psychology (dates are TBD) as a means of assessing
learning throughout the UTU Psychology Program. This is a self-study exam. A good way to
start studying for this exam is to review the Psychology 1010 textbook as well as reviewing the
notes/texts from all of your psychology courses at UTU. The exam will be given in the Testing
Center and is approximately two hours in length. TAKING THIS TEST IS REUQIRED FOR
THE COURSE. NOT TAKING THE EXAM IS GROUNDS FOR EARNING A FAILING
GRADE FOR THIS COURSE.
Description:
Week Date(s) Topic Assignment
Due
1 8/19/25 Not applicable
8/21/25
Syllabus/ Discuss Paper Topics/ Learn to do outline/ Lit
search
Academic
Integrity
2 8/26/25 Lit review/ Paper Outline
8/28/25 Lit review/ Paper Outline Paper topics due
3 9/2/25 Lit review/ Paper Outline
9/4/25 Lit review/ Paper Outline
4 9/9/25 Learn how to do IRB applications
Full sentence
outline of main
points & 20 APA
References due
9/11/25 IRB applications
5 9/16/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
9/18/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
6 9/23/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
Research
proposal/
Survey/ IRB
certificate
9/25/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
7 9/30/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
The first 7 pages of
your paper
(introduction and
hypotheses) are
due for peer
review by the start
of class
10/2/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings) Give back and go
over peer reviews
8 10/7/25 Lecture: Method and Results Section
The first 7 pages of
your paper
(introduction and
hypotheses) are
due to the
professor
10/9/25 FALL BREAK
9 10/14/25 Lecture: Method and Results Section
10/16/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
10 10/21/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
10/23/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
11 10/28/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
Method, Results,
Discussion, Table,
Figure paper draft
due for peer
review
10/30/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
***Peer reviews
of 2 peer papers
due back to peer
12 11/4/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
Draft of Method,
Results,
Discussion, Table,
Figure Due to
Professor
11/6/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
13 11/11/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
11/13/25 Individual consultations (Three 15 minute meetings)
14 11/18/25 Learn to do PPT and poster and work in class
11/20/25 Learn to do PPT and poster and work in class Final Paper Due
11/25/25 THANKSGIVING BREAK
11/27/25 THANKSGIVING BREAK
15 12/4/25 In class PPT presentations conducted
All PPT
Presentations
Due
12/4/25 In class PPT presentations conducted
Required Reading: Publication Manual of the American Psychology Association, 7th edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Historical Research Methodolog, HIST-3000, Section 50, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Attendance and Participation (15 %)
Research preparation (25 %)
Annotated bibliography, research paper introduction and detailed outline (40 %)
Class presentation and Critique: (20%)
Description:
Introduction: Why Study History?
• Asking historical questions
• Developing historical thinking skills
Working with Sources
• Identifying historical sources
• Primary sources / Secondary sources
Annotated bibliographies
Critiques and book reviews
Historiographic essays
Thinking like a historian
Developing a thesis
Constructing an argument
Supporting your thesis
Responding to counterevidence and anticipating
opposing viewpoints
Moving from topic to research question
Organizing your paper
Drafting an introduction
Writing clear and connected paragraphs
Writing an effective conclusion
Revising for content and organization
Quoting and Documenting Sources
• Using quotations, When to quote, How to quote
• Footnotes and endnotes
• Bibliography
Class presentation and Critique
Required Reading: Turabian, Kate L. A Manual for Writers of Research Papers, Theses, and Dissertations: Chicago Style for Students and Researchers. 9th ed. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2018.
Recommended Reading: Jenny L. Presnell, The Information-Literate Historian, A Guide to Research for History Students. New York: Oxford University Press, 2007. "AND" Conal Furay & Michael J. Salevouris, The Methods and Skills of History: A Practical Guide, 3rd. Wheeling, Illinois: Harlan Davidson, Inc., 2010.
General Psychology, PSY-1010, Section 42, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The total points a student has earned are divided by the total points possible to obtain a
percentage, which corresponds to a letter grade. The total number of points for the entire class is
out of 1000, the breakdown for the points is below:
Category Percent
Proctored Exams 52%
Un-Proctored Exams 18%
Portfolio Assignments 10%
Practice Quizzes 10%
Reading Quizzes 5%
TLAS Quizzes 5%
Description:
Week Topic/Event Suggested Deadlines
1 Introduction All Week 1 Quizzes
Due 8/27
2 Research Methods All Week 2 Quizzes
and Exam 1 Due 9/3
3 Neuroscience All Week 3 Quizzes
Due 9/10
4 Sensation and Perception All Week 4 Quizzes
and Exam 2 Due 9/17
Portfolio Assignment
Submission 1 Due 9/17
5 Learning All Week 5 Quizzes
and Due 9/24
6 Memory All Week 6 Quizzes
and Exam 3 Due 10/1
7 Exam Week Proctored Exam:
Midterm 10/8
8 Emotion and Motivation All Week 8 Quizzes
Due 10/15
9 Personality All Week 9 Quizzes
and Exam 4 Due 10/22
10 Development All Week 10 Quizzes
Due 10/29
11 Social Psychology All Week 11 Quizzes
and Exam 5 Due 11/5
12 Mental Health All Week 12 Quizzes
Due 11/12
13 Therapy and Treatment All Week 13 Quizzes
and Exam 6 Due 11/19
14 Catch Up and Study + Thanksgiving Break Portfolio Assignment
Submission 2 Due
11/26
15 Exam Week No coursework
accepted after 12/3
besides Final Exam
Final Exam Due 12/10
Required Reading: Introduction to Psychology (https://uen.pressbooks.pub/psychology1010/)
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Psychology, PSY-1010, Section 41, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The total points a student has earned are divided by the total points possible to obtain a
percentage, which corresponds to a letter grade. The total number of points for the entire class is
out of 1000, the breakdown for the points is below:
Category Percent
Proctored Exams 52%
Un-Proctored Exams 18%
Portfolio Assignments 10%
Practice Quizzes 10%
Reading Quizzes 5%
TLAS Quizzes 5%
Description:
Tentative Class Schedule:
Week Topic/Event Suggested Deadlines
1 Introduction All Week 1 Quizzes
Due 8/27
2 Research Methods All Week 2 Quizzes
and Exam 1 Due 9/3
3 Neuroscience All Week 3 Quizzes
Due 9/10
4 Sensation and Perception All Week 4 Quizzes
and Exam 2 Due 9/17
Portfolio Assignment
Submission 1 Due 9/17
5 Learning All Week 5 Quizzes
and Due 9/24
6 Memory All Week 6 Quizzes
and Exam 3 Due 10/1
7 Exam Week Proctored Exam:
Midterm 10/8
8 Emotion and Motivation All Week 8 Quizzes
Due 10/15
9 Personality All Week 9 Quizzes
and Exam 4 Due 10/22
10 Development All Week 10 Quizzes
Due 10/29
11 Social Psychology All Week 11 Quizzes
and Exam 5 Due 11/5
12 Mental Health All Week 12 Quizzes
Due 11/12
13 Therapy and Treatment All Week 13 Quizzes
and Exam 6 Due 11/19
14 Catch Up and Study + Thanksgiving Break Portfolio Assignment
Submission 2 Due
11/26
15 Exam Week No coursework
accepted after 12/3
besides Final Exam
Final Exam Due 12/10
Required Reading: Introduction to Psychology (https://uen.pressbooks.pub/psychology1010/)
Recommended Reading: N/A
World History to 1500, HIST-1500, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Attendance and Participation (10%)
Quizzes (20%)
Midterm Exam (25%)
Article Report (20%)
Final Exam (25%)
Description:
Introducing Human Prehistory, Cities, Civilizations
The Middle Kingdom
Shi Huangdi - First Emperor of China
Confucius and the Philosophers, The Great Empires
The Lost Civilization of the Indus Valley
The Vedic Age of Ancient India
Unifiers of India – Chandragupta, Asoka the Great
From Out of the Mesopotamian Mud, Cultures of the Ancient Near East
Ancient Egypt - The Gift of the Nile
Pharaohs, Tombs, and Gods, Imperial Egypt
Mesoamerica, Pre-Columbian Cultures
Toltec, Aztec, Maya, Inca
East Asia
Required Reading: Pollard, Elizabeth. Worlds Together, Worlds Apart, Vol 1: Beginnings through the 15th Century. Concise ed. New York: W. W. Norton, 2015.
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Psychology, PSY-1010, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The total points a student has earned are divided by the total points possible to obtain a
percentage, which corresponds to a letter grade. The total number of points for the entire class is
out of 1000, the breakdown for the points is below:
Category Percent
Proctored Exams 52%
Un-Proctored Exams 18%
Portfolio Assignments 10%
Practice Quizzes 10%
Reading Quizzes 5%
TLAS Quizzes 5%
Description:
Tentative Class Schedule:
Week Topic/Event Suggested Deadlines
1 Introduction All Week 1 Quizzes
Due 8/27
2 Research Methods All Week 2 Quizzes
and Exam 1 Due 9/3
3 Neuroscience All Week 3 Quizzes
Due 9/10
4 Sensation and Perception All Week 4 Quizzes
and Exam 2 Due 9/17
Portfolio Assignment
Submission 1 Due 9/17
5 Learning All Week 5 Quizzes
and Due 9/24
6 Memory All Week 6 Quizzes
and Exam 3 Due 10/1
7 Exam Week Proctored Exam:
Midterm 10/8
8 Emotion and Motivation All Week 8 Quizzes
Due 10/15
9 Personality All Week 9 Quizzes
and Exam 4 Due 10/22
10 Development All Week 10 Quizzes
Due 10/29
11 Social Psychology All Week 11 Quizzes
and Exam 5 Due 11/5
12 Mental Health All Week 12 Quizzes
Due 11/12
13 Therapy and Treatment All Week 13 Quizzes
and Exam 6 Due 11/19
14 Catch Up and Study + Thanksgiving Break Portfolio Assignment
Submission 2 Due
11/26
15 Exam Week No coursework
accepted after 12/3
besides Final Exam
Final Exam Due 12/10
Required Reading: Introduction to Psychology (https://uen.pressbooks.pub/psychology1010/)
Recommended Reading: N/A
American History, HIST-1700, Section 3, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Attendance and Participation (10%)
Quizzes (20%)
Midterm Exam (25%)
Article Report (20%)
Final Exam (25%)
Description:
Native American Societies before 1492
Western Europe on the Eve of Exploration.
Contact, Competition for a Continent
The French in North America
Beginnings of English America.
Creating Anglo-America.
The American Revolution.
The War for Independence
Creating the Constitution.
New Republic and the Rise of Parties
Jeffersonian Republicanism
The “American System.”
The Jacksonian Era
An Age of Reform, The Great Compromise.
The Civil War and Reconstruction
New South: Economic Progress and Social Tradition.
Industry, Immigrants, and Cities 1870-1900.
The Progressive Era
World War I
The 1920s
Mass Production
The Great Depression and the New Deal
World War II
The Cold War
Vietnam War
Required Reading: Foner, Eric. Give Me Liberty! An American History. Brief Fifth Edition. New York: W.W. Norton & Company, 2017.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Couples Therapy, MFT-6100, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Topic Expert Presentation/Fact Sheet
Instructions:
Each student will pick a couples therapy special issue from selected chapters in the Clinical Handbook of
Couple Therapy and present it in class. This 30 minute presentation is structured as an educational
training for therapists. Students will educate/inform the class on their chosen topic and distribute a fact
sheet on the topic that therapists could use to refer to. The fact sheet needs to include peer reviewed
references and be done in APA format.
Couples Project
Instructions:
Each student will engage in a 4-session therapy experience with a couple or a parent dyad using EFT or
Gottman SRH. Sessions will be recorded and used to demonstrate various couples therapy techniques
(e.g., softening, reframing, etc.). In addition, each student will answer the following questions related to
their sessions:
Question 1 (1 to 2 pages; 20 points):
Describe the therapeutic process from beginning to end regarding the couple/parents you are seeing.
Utilize EFT/Gottman language, phases and techniques to describe your process. Describe what you
would continue to do beyond these sessions based on EFT/Gottman SRH.
Question 2 (1 to 2 pages; 20 points):
Describe how sociocultural factors influence your clients. Describe how these factors influence how you
engage with the clients. Describe what you would continue to consider based on these factors moving
forward.
Question 3 (1 to 2 pages; 20 points):
Describe two pivotal moments in the therapeutic process with your clients. Why were they pivotal? How
do they coincide with the EFT/Gottman process?
Question 4 (1 page maximum; 20 points):
Share your own thoughts and feelings regarding EFT/Gottman and using this approach with clients (e.g.,
strengths, limitations, how you will use it if at all).
Deliverables (20 points):
● Copy of the video sessions (4 clips illustrating techniques used).
● Paper
● Presentation
Grading:
Grading will be based on three principles equally for each question:
● Thoroughness
● Organization/Grammar
● Analytical Thinking
Description:
Course Schedule (tentative)*
August 21th (Week 1): Unit 1: Future of Couple Therapy and Couple Assessment
-Clinical Handbook of Couple Therapy - Chapters 1 & 2
August 28th (Week 2): Unit 2: Overview of Couple Therapy Models
-Clinical Handbook of Couple Therapy - Chapters 3, 5, 7, 8, & 9
-Discussion Questions #1 Due
-Assessment Completion Experience Due - Upload to Assignments in Canva & Bring results to
class to share.
-Complete the R-DAS for yourself and have your partner/significant other complete it too.
-Complete the Attachment Style Quiz for yourself and have your partner/significant other
complete it too. (https://quiz.attachmentproject.com/)
-Complete the Myers-Briggs Personality Type Inventory & 7 Love Styles Test (yourself &
partner). [https://www.truity.com/test/type-finder-personality-test-new;
https://www.truity.com/test/love-styles-test ]
September 4th (Week 3): Unit 3: Gottman Method Couple Therapy
- Clinical Handbook of Couple Therapy - Chapter 16
-10 Principles - Introduction, Principles 1-3
-Discussion Questions #2 Due
September 11th (Week 4): Unit 3: Gottman Method Couple Therapy
-10 Principles - Principles 4-7
-Discussion Questions #3 Due
-Topic Expert Presentation - Chapter 17 - Couple Therapy for Partner Aggression
September 18th (Week 5): Unit 3: Gottman Method Couple Therapy
-10 Principles - Principles 8-10
-Discussion Questions #4 Due
-Topic Expert Presentation - Chapter 18 - Couple Therapy for Infidelity
September 25th (Week 6): Unit 4: Emotionally Focused Couple Therapy
- Clinical Handbook of Couple Therapy - Chapter 6
- EFT - Introduction, Chapters 1-3
-Discussion Questions #5 Due
-Topic Expert Presentation - Chapter 19 - Couple Therapy and Sexuality
October 2nd (Week 7): Unit 4: Emotionally Focused Couple Therapy
- EFT - Chapters 4-7
-Discussion Questions #6 Due
-Topic Expert Presentation - Chapter 21 - Divorce Issues in Couple Therapy
October 9th (Week 8): FALL SEMESTER BREAK - NO CLASS
October 16th (Week 9): Unit 4: Emotionally Focused Couple Therapy
- EFT - Chapters 8-11
- EFT - Chapters 12-15, Epilogue
-Discussion Questions #7 & #8 Due
-Topic Expert Presentation - Chapter 22 - Therapy with Stepfamily Couples
October 23rd (Week 10): Unit 5: Internal Family Systems Couple Therapy
IFS - Sections 1, 3, 4, & 5
-Discussion Questions #9 Due
-Topic Expert Presentation - Chapter 23 - Therapy with Queer Couples
October 30th (Week 11): Unit 5: Internal Family Systems Couple Therapy
-IFS - Section 2 (all of it)
-Discussion Questions #10 Due
-Topic Expert Presentation - Chapter 24 - Couple Therapy for PTSD
November 6th (Week 12): Unit 6: Integrative Behavioral Couple Therapy
-Clinical Handbook of Couple Therapy - Chapter 4
-Discussion Questions #11 Due
-Topic Expert Presentation - Chapter 26 - Couple Therapy for Depression and Anxiety
November 13th (Week 13): Unit 6: Integrative Behavioral Couple Therapy
-IBCT Readings (Online or in Canva, Files/IBCT):
- Translation of Integrative Behavioral Couple Therapy to a webbased
intervention-2020.pdf
- frequency-and-acceptability-of-partner-behavior questionnaire - IBCT.pdf
- IBCTOverview.pdf
-Discussion Questions #12 Due
November 20th (Week 14): Unit 7: Special Topics in Couple Therapy
- Clinical Handbook of Couple Therapy - Chapters 13-14 & 29-31
-Discussion Questions #13 Due
November 27th (Week 15): THANKSGIVING BREAK - NO CLASS
December 4th (Week 16):
- Course wrap-up
-Couples Project Due
December 11th (Week 17): FINALS
Required Reading: ● The Practice of Emotionally Focused Couples Therapy, Creating Connection (3rd Edition) by Susan M. Johnson ● Clinical Handbook of Couple Therapy (6th Edition) by Jay L. Lebow ● 10 Principles for Doing Effective Couples Therapy by Julie Schwartz Gottman & John M. Gottman ● Internal Family Systems Couple Therapy Skills Manual: Healing Relationships with Intimacy from the Inside Out by Toni Herbine-Blank & Martha Sweezy
Recommended Reading: ● Systemic Sex Therapy (2nd Edition) by Katerine Hertlein, Gerald R. Weeks, & Nancy Gambescia ● Adult ADHD-Focused Couple Therapy: Clinical Interventions by Gina Pera & Arthur L. Robin ● Helping Couples Get Past the Affair: A Clinician's Guide by Donald H. Baucom, Douglas K. Snyder, and Kristina Coop Gordon
Cloud Computing, IT-2500, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
AWS Cloud Architecting Labs and Assignments (40%)
Students complete hands-on lab exercises and design assignments focused on building and deploying cloud infrastructure using Amazon Web Services (AWS). These activities develop technical proficiency and reflect real-world architecture tasks.
AWS Cloud Security Foundations (10%)
A portion of the course focuses on cloud security principles, best practices, and implementation using AWS tools. Graded work in this area includes lab-based tasks and assessments.
Exams (50%)
Students will take two instructor-administered exams assessing cloud architecture knowledge (Exam 1 and Exam 2), and a third optional but incentivized official AWS Certified Solutions Architect – Associate (SAA-C03) exam.
If students pass the SAA-C03 certification exam, they will automatically receive full credit for the AWS exam component of the course.
If they do not pass, they must submit proof of attempt and complete all required coursework for partial credit.
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction to Cloud Computing
Covers cloud computing concepts, service models (IaaS, PaaS, SaaS), and deployment types. Introduces AWS global infrastructure and core terminology.
Unit 2: AWS Core Services
Introduces foundational AWS services including EC2, S3, RDS, and IAM. Students explore how to launch and manage cloud resources.
Unit 3: Designing Highly Available Architectures
Focuses on building fault-tolerant and highly available systems using availability zones, load balancers, and auto scaling.
Unit 4: Networking and Content Delivery
Explains VPC, subnets, routing, security groups, and cloud DNS. Also introduces AWS services for content distribution such as CloudFront.
Unit 5: Identity and Access Management (IAM)
Covers authentication, authorization, roles, and policies. Students learn to secure AWS resources through IAM best practices.
Unit 6: Storage and Databases
Explores storage options like S3, EBS, and Glacier. Introduces managed databases (RDS, DynamoDB) and data redundancy principles.
Unit 7: Monitoring and Management
Students learn to monitor and manage cloud infrastructure using tools such as CloudWatch, CloudTrail, and AWS Config.
Unit 8: Security in the Cloud
Covers encryption, shared responsibility model, compliance, and securing applications in AWS environments.
Unit 9: Cloud Architecture Best Practices
Introduces design principles for performance, cost optimization, and scalability using AWS Well-Architected Framework.
Unit 10: Practice Exam and Review
Students complete knowledge checks and simulated exams to prepare for the AWS Certified Solutions Architect – Associate exam.
Unit 11: Capstone Project or Certification Attempt
Students either attempt the AWS SAA-C03 certification exam or complete a final cloud architecture design project.
Required Reading: AWS Academy
Recommended Reading: AWS Academy
Introduction to Unix/Linux, IT-1100, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Assignments (30%)
Students will complete a series of hands-on, auto-graded assignments that reinforce key Linux/Unix concepts, including file system navigation, scripting, user management, and system administration. These assignments are foundational and directly support course learning outcomes.
Mini Tasks (10%)
Mini tasks are short, practical exercises assessed either through automated grading or in-class participation. These tasks encourage consistent engagement and reinforce lecture material. Participation-based tasks require students to notify the instructor in advance for makeup eligibility.
Quizzes (5%)
Periodic quizzes will assess students' retention and comprehension of key terminology, concepts, and commands covered in each module.
Examinations (30%)
The course includes four unit-based exams that assess both conceptual understanding and hands-on practical skills. Exams are comprised of multiple-choice questions on Canvas and practical exercises performed in a secure lab environment.
Final Exam (25%)
A comprehensive final exam will be administered at the end of the term, combining theoretical questions and a practical lab component. This exam is a critical measure of students' ability to apply course concepts independently.
Description:
Unit 1: History of Linux
Introduces the origins and development of Linux. Students explore its open-source philosophy and key contributors.
Unit 2: Basic Linux Commands
Covers foundational terminal commands used to navigate and manipulate the Linux file system.
Unit 3: Archiving, Redirection, and Find Basics
Introduces data redirection, file archiving tools, and basic file searching techniques in Linux.
Unit 4: Text Editors and Shortcuts
Students learn to edit files using command-line editors like nano and vi, and increase efficiency through keyboard shortcuts.
Unit 5: Finding Help and GUI Install
Explains how to access built-in Linux documentation and guides students through installing a Linux GUI.
Unit 6: Remote Connectivity
Covers connecting to remote systems using secure tools like SSH and understanding network-based interactions.
Unit 7: CLI Installation and Git
Students perform command-line installation of Linux and are introduced to Git for version control.
Unit 8: Users, Groups, and Permissions
Explores Linux user management, group policies, and setting file permissions for system security.
Unit 9: Programs, Processes, and Cron Jobs
Focuses on managing active processes, running programs, and automating tasks with cron jobs.
Unit 10: Advanced Find, Grep, and Logs
Teaches advanced file searching, using grep for pattern matching, and interpreting system log files.
Unit 11: Awk, Sed, and Regex
Introduces text processing tools like awk and sed, along with regular expressions for data filtering.
Unit 12: Partitions and Inodes
Explains disk partitioning, inodes, and file system structure at a deeper level.
Unit 13: Shell Configuration and Aliases
Students customize their shell environment using configuration files and aliases to streamline workflow.
Final Exam
A cumulative assessment combining conceptual and practical skills learned throughout the course.
Required Reading: https://wiki.lib.sun.ac.za/images/c/ca/TLCL-13.07.pdf
Recommended Reading: https://wiki.lib.sun.ac.za/images/c/ca/TLCL-13.07.pdf
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 24, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Exploratory Essay
Rhetorical Analysis
Annotated Bibliography
Researched Persuasive Essay
Final Exam
Description:
In the Exploratory Essay unit, students will research various current, controversial topics to see what issues resonate with them; then they will choose one topic to find sources with three different viewpoints on and fairly represent them in their paper.
In the Rhetorical Analysis unit, students will write a comparative rhetorical analysis that analyzes the ethos, pathos, logos, kairos, and rhetorical strategies used in two texts about the research topic they chose for their Exploratory Essay. They will conclude their analysis with a judgment on which piece best utilized such appeals and strategies.
In the Annotated Bibliography unit, students will locate and cite 8-10 reputable sources (at least four of the sources must be from books or peer-reviewed, academic journal articles) that cover their respective research topics. Then they will write summaries and evaluations of each source, discussing how they will be useful to their future Researched Persuasive Essays.
In the Researched Persuasive Essay unit, students will write a 2500-3000-word essay that makes a timely, focused, controversial claim about their respective research topics. They will use a definitional, evaluative, causal, or proposal argument to organize and structure their evidence, and they must include opposing viewpoints for a well-rounded argument.
For the Final Exam, students will take a cumulative multiple-choice test that contains questions about exploratory writing, the rhetorical appeals, citation rules, research guidelines, and academic writing in general.
Required Reading: Graff, G., Birkenstein, C., & Durst, R. (2024). They Say / I Say with Readings (6th. ed). ; King, Martin Luther. (1963). "I Have a Dream." ; Goodman, Ellen. (2008). "Womb for Rent."
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 12, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Exploratory Essay
Rhetorical Analysis
Annotated Bibliography
Researched Persuasive Essay
Final Exam
Description:
In the Exploratory Essay unit, students will research various current, controversial topics to see what issues resonate with them; then they will choose one topic to find sources with three different viewpoints on and fairly represent them in their paper.
In the Rhetorical Analysis unit, students will write a comparative rhetorical analysis that analyzes the ethos, pathos, logos, kairos, and rhetorical strategies used in two texts about the research topic they chose for their Exploratory Essay. They will conclude their analysis with a judgment on which piece best utilized such appeals and strategies.
In the Annotated Bibliography unit, students will locate and cite 8-10 reputable sources (at least four of the sources must be from books or peer-reviewed, academic journal articles) that cover their respective research topics. Then they will write summaries and evaluations of each source, discussing how they will be useful to their future Researched Persuasive Essays.
In the Researched Persuasive Essay unit, students will write a 2500-3000-word essay that makes a timely, focused, controversial claim about their respective research topics. They will use a definitional, evaluative, causal, or proposal argument to organize and structure their evidence, and they must include opposing viewpoints for a well-rounded argument.
For the Final Exam, students will take a cumulative multiple-choice test that contains questions about exploratory writing, the rhetorical appeals, citation rules, research guidelines, and academic writing in general.
Required Reading: Graff, G., Birkenstein, C., & Durst, R. (2024). They Say / I Say with Readings (6th. ed). ; King, Martin Luther. (1963). "I Have a Dream." ; Goodman, Ellen. (2008). "Womb for Rent."
Recommended Reading: N/A
Software Quality, SE-3150, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Testing Units
Testing Units with TDD
Testing with Doubles
Testing Systems
Testing Behaviors
Testing Continuously
Issue Reporting
Code Reviews
Testing Group Work
Practice Exam
Description:
Intro - Why is software quality important? What even is Software Quality?
Unit Testing - The very basic elements of software
Test Driven Development - create your tests first! Then develop the software to pass the tests
Testing with Doubles - Unit testing systems with dependencies is tricky - we practice testing without interacting with the dependencies
System Testing - the gloves are off - now we test the entire system, including dependencies.
Behavior Testing - UI testing using Behave
Finalize Behavior testing - This is a lot of work.
Continuous Testing - Automation using github actions
github and testing - continuation of github actions
Code Reviews - create a group project. Review each other’s code
Testing group code - design tests (unit, doubles, system, ui) to test larger, group work based systems.
Required Reading: What is Software Quality? https://www.computer.org/resources/what-is-software-quality The cost of finding bugs: https://www.functionize.com/blog/the-cost-of-finding-bugs-later-in-the-sdlc Is Software Getting Worse? https://stackoverflow.blog/2023/12/25/is-software-getting-worse/ When to do TDD? https://www.codewithjason.com/when-i-do-tdd-and-when-i-dont/ When to mock https://javascript.plainenglish.io/to-mock-or-not-to-mock-cac9881d37fe Smelly Code https://www.sonarsource.com/learn/code-smells/ Integration Testing https://www.reddit.com/r/dotnet/comments/rxlzxv/do_you_account_for_full_integration_testing_with/ Open Source Licenses https://medium.com/nationwide-technology/a-short-guide-to-open-source-licenses-cf5b1c329edd
Recommended Reading: https://www.docker.com/resources/what-container/
Programming in C++, CS-3005, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Assignment 0 - Hello World! - simple first program in c++
Assignment 1 - Questions 3 - simple user I/O program
Assignment 2 - ASCII Image - first image processing with text image
Assignment 3 - Image File - write out the image data to a file
Assignment 4 - Action Data and Menu Data - Add objects to the solution for easier component interaction
Assignment 5 - PPM Menu - add a menu capability with multiple commands
Assignment 6 - PPM Operators - introduce overloaded operators
Assignment 7 - Image Filters - create image processing filters - good math
Assignment 8 - Number Grid - learn about translating a number grid space into a pixel space
Assignment 9 - Color Table - use a color table to map colors into the pixel space prep for fractal work
Assignment 10 - Complex Fractal - adding fractal math to the processor
Assignment 11 - Julia Set - adding objects to handle julia set fractal math
Assignment 12 - Mandelbrot Set adding objects to handle the mandelbrot set math
Assignment 13 - Threaded Grid - add the ability to render the grid using threads (faster render times)
Assignment 14 - Robot Arena - using the skills learned create a c++ program that simulates a robot war. This doubles as the final exam
Practice Exam 1
Practice Exam 2
Practice Exam 3
Description:
Intro - Computer Systems - Source Control with git
Control Structures, Files, Data Structures, Introduce Classes
I/O, Operators and Overloading - Drawing and Debugging
Operational and Development Efficiency
Exam 1
Memory and Pointers
Image Operations
Cool Programming Party Tricks
Object Oriented Things
Fractals
Concurrency
Runtime config
Exam 3
Exception Handling
Required Reading: Strong vs Weak Typing: https://www.linkedin.com/advice/0/what-difference-between-strongly-weakly-typed-eqwlc Why Object Oriented Programming : https://stackoverflow.blog/2020/09/02/if-everyone-hates-it-why-is-oop-still-so-widely-spread/ Operator Overloading: https://stackoverflow.com/questions/707081/are-operator-overloadings-in-c-more-trouble-than-theyre-worth Stack vs Heap: https://www.bitesizedengineering.com/p/why-is-stack-faster-than-heap Callback Functions: https://medium.com/@kasra_mp/implementing-callback-functions-using-function-pointers-in-c-3e12838ef222 Random numbers: https://engineering.mit.edu/engage/ask-an-engineer/can-a-computer-generate-a-truly-random-number/ Pros and Cons of inheritance: https://romanglushach.medium.com/breaking-down-the-pros-and-cons-of-inheritance-and-composition-in-object-oriented-programming-9e79eb811c2c Fractal Math: https://phys.org/news/2011-10-beautiful-math-fractals.html STL in industry: https://www.quora.com/Is-STL-used-in-industry-C Processes vs threads: https://softwareengineering.stackexchange.com/questions/405478/performance-is-there-a-reason-to-use-processes-over-threads
Recommended Reading: Online References C++ ReferenceLinks to an external site. C++ TutorialLinks to an external site. The C++ Programming Language, Special Edition by Bjarne Stroustrup ISBN: 978-0201700732Links to an external site. (optional) The C Programming Language, Second Edition by Brian Kernighan and Dennis Ritchie ISBN: 0-13-110362-8Links to an external site. (optional) The Annotated ANSI C Standard by Herbert Schildt ISBN: 0-07-881952-0Links to an external site. (optional)
Software Engineering, CS-2450, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Local Git Repo - Create a local git repo for your code, learn git commands
Create a Remote Personal Repo - learn how to push your local repo to github cloud
Start an Engineering Journal - keep track of key learnings. Learn to notice and write important things you learn.
Join Team Repo - Join the team git repository. Learn to work together on a single codebase.
Flask Assignment - Learn how Flask works. Build a simple Flask server
Ideas List - work with your team to begin the course project - record all your ideas
Requirements Document - refine your ideas into a formal requirements document
User Stories - develop your requirements into user stories that can be used as work items for people on the team.
Using Git with your Team - practice working on the same file. Resolve conflicts.
Flow Diagram - document the workflow of your system. Follow specific conventions.
Component Diagram - document the major components of your system. Follow specific conventions.
Pitch your project - create a presentation in powerpoint and deliver it to the class with your team
Project Management - Kanban - Use the Kanban board to document and manage your user stories. Each team member will look at the board, get a feature and work on it. Practice the process of using git to work together on a project.
Pair Programming - practice pair programming in class. Write about your experience
Mid Term Journal Check - Show your work throughout the semester.
User Experience Design - create wireframes for the project
Ethics quiz - learn about ethics in the computing industry, take a quiz
Refactoring Activity - learn about refactoring. Practice fixing some things. Then fix your own code.
Containerization - Learn about how to use Docker. Containerize your project.
Unit Testing - Learn about software quality and unit testing. Create unit tests for the UI using selenium.
Development Pipeline Automation - Use github actions to automatically fire your unit tests when you check things in to github.
Security - Learn about application security - take a quiz
Final Presentation - Present your completed solution as a team.
Final Exam - multiple choice and essay covering the material for the semester.
Description:
Module 1 - Why Software Engineering? Learn about the need for rigor and consistency in developing software. Introduce the subject and the course.
Module 2 - Tools, Processes and Team Setup. The course project is a team-based project with 3-5 participants. We learn about the tools, processes and practices that are present in software engineering and we organize into teams
Module 3 - Teams and Ideation. We work as teams to plan the course project.
Module 4 - Project Ideation and Requirements - We work as teams to refine our ideas into requirements
Module 5 - Architecture and Design - we practice software architecture and design for the project. We learn how to document the project architecture
Module 6 - Presentation Best Practices - learn about best practices. Then create and deliver a techinical presentation using powerpoint.
Module 7 - Project Management - Learn about project management principles. Then use a kanban board to manage work items for the team.
Module 8 - Implementation Best Practices - practice github usage and working on the same file. Learn about good coding practices and pair programming.
Module 9 - Ethics - Learn about Ethics in the computing industry. Where is your line? What is acceptable to you and what is not? We study the trolley problem.
Module 10 - Software Quality - We learn about testing and we use selenium to create some unit tests for the UI
Module 11 - Code Reviews and Refactoring - We practice reviewing each other’s code and we refactor some things.
Module 12 - Dev Pipeline and Automation - We learn about the process to build, test and deliver software into a production environment.
Module 13 - Scalability and Maintenance - We learn how to containerize the project using docker.
Module 14 - Security - We learn about aspects of application security and how to create compensating controls
Module 15 - Project Wrap up and Final Presentation
Required Reading: Why Software Engineering? https://utahtech.instructure.com/courses/1034590/pages/why-software-engineering Trolley Problem: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trolley_problem https://neal.fun/absurd-trolley-problems/
Recommended Reading: N/A
Software Engineering, CS-2450, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Course Requirements
Local Git Repo - Create a local git repo for your code, learn git commands
Create a Remote Personal Repo - learn how to push your local repo to github cloud
Start an Engineering Journal - keep track of key learnings. Learn to notice and write important things you learn.
Join Team Repo - Join the team git repository. Learn to work together on a single codebase.
Flask Assignment - Learn how Flask works. Build a simple Flask server
Ideas List - work with your team to begin the course project - record all your ideas
Requirements Document - refine your ideas into a formal requirements document
User Stories - develop your requirements into user stories that can be used as work items for people on the team.
Using Git with your Team - practice working on the same file. Resolve conflicts.
Flow Diagram - document the workflow of your system. Follow specific conventions.
Component Diagram - document the major components of your system. Follow specific conventions.
Pitch your project - create a presentation in powerpoint and deliver it to the class with your team
Project Management - Kanban - Use the Kanban board to document and manage your user stories. Each team member will look at the board, get a feature and work on it. Practice the process of using git to work together on a project.
Pair Programming - practice pair programming in class. Write about your experience
Mid Term Journal Check - Show your work throughout the semester.
User Experience Design - create wireframes for the project
Ethics quiz - learn about ethics in the computing industry, take a quiz
Refactoring Activity - learn about refactoring. Practice fixing some things. Then fix your own code.
Containerization - Learn about how to use Docker. Containerize your project.
Unit Testing - Learn about software quality and unit testing. Create unit tests for the UI using selenium.
Development Pipeline Automation - Use github actions to automatically fire your unit tests when you check things in to github.
Security - Learn about application security - take a quiz
Final Presentation - Present your completed solution as a team.
Final Exam - multiple choice and essay covering the material for the semester.
Description:
Module 1 - Why Software Engineering? Learn about the need for rigor and consistency in developing software. Introduce the subject and the course.
Module 2 - Tools, Processes and Team Setup. The course project is a team-based project with 3-5 participants. We learn about the tools, processes and practices that are present in software engineering and we organize into teams
Module 3 - Teams and Ideation. We work as teams to plan the course project.
Module 4 - Project Ideation and Requirements - We work as teams to refine our ideas into requirements
Module 5 - Architecture and Design - we practice software architecture and design for the project. We learn how to document the project architecture
Module 6 - Presentation Best Practices - learn about best practices. Then create and deliver a techinical presentation using powerpoint.
Module 7 - Project Management - Learn about project management principles. Then use a kanban board to manage work items for the team.
Module 8 - Implementation Best Practices - practice github usage and working on the same file. Learn about good coding practices and pair programming.
Module 9 - Ethics - Learn about Ethics in the computing industry. Where is your line? What is acceptable to you and what is not? We study the trolley problem.
Module 10 - Software Quality - We learn about testing and we use selenium to create some unit tests for the UI
Module 11 - Code Reviews and Refactoring - We practice reviewing each other’s code and we refactor some things.
Module 12 - Dev Pipeline and Automation - We learn about the process to build, test and deliver software into a production environment.
Module 13 - Scalability and Maintenance - We learn how to containerize the project using docker.
Module 14 - Security - We learn about aspects of application security and how to create compensating controls
Module 15 - Project Wrap up and Final Presentation
Required Reading: Why Software Engineering? https://utahtech.instructure.com/courses/1034590/pages/why-software-engineering Trolley Problem: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trolley_problem https://neal.fun/absurd-trolley-problems/
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 13, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Literary Analysis essay
Informative essay - research paper
Proposing a Solution
Description:
Literary Analysis essay: students will read, study, and write an analysis of a published short story
Informative essay - research paper: students will pick a topic of interest to them and write about a little-known aspect of that topic that would surprise most readers
Proposing a Solution: students will choose an issue - for example, few dog parks in St. George - identify the issue and propose a solution
Required Reading: The Allyn & Bacon Guide to Writing, Brief Edition, 8th Edition, ISBN: 978-0134424514
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 27, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
class essay
image analysis essay
summary/strong response (research paper)
nonlinear short story
Description:
Class essay: a diagnostic essay to determine at the beginning of the semester where the students are in their writing abilities
Image analysis: students will study paintings, advertisements, and photographs to help develop their critical lenses
Summary/strong response: students will study newspaper op-eds to evaluate arguments
Nonlinear short story: students will study published nonlinear short stories as models for their own nonlinear short story
Required Reading: The Allyn & Bacon Guide to Writing, Brief Edition, 8th Edition, ISBN: 978-0134424514
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 28, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
class essay
image analysis essay
summary/strong response (research paper)
nonlinear short story
Description:
Class essay: a diagnostic essay to determine at the beginning of the semester where the students are in their writing abilities
Image analysis: students will study paintings, advertisements, and photographs to help develop their critical lenses
Summary/strong response: students will study newspaper op-eds to evaluate arguments
Nonlinear short story: students will study published nonlinear short stories as models for their own nonlinear short story
Required Reading: The Allyn & Bacon Guide to Writing, Brief Edition, 8th Edition, ISBN: 978-0134424514
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Biology II, BIOL-1620, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Seven unit exams worth 100 points each. Six mid-unit quizzes worth 25-30 points each. Comprehensive final exam worth 250 points.
Description:
Viruses (Chapter 19)
The structure of different viral types is covered along with viral replicative cycles (lytic, lysogenic). The evolution of viruses and specific types of animal viruses (HIV, influenza, measles, herpes, corona virus, HPV) are covered as well as emerging viruses such as Ebola, hantavirus, SARS. Prions and viroids are also discussed.
Bacteria and Archaea (Chapter 27)
Focuses on the structural and functional characteristics of prokaryotes and their reproduction, mutation, and genetic recombination. Diverse nutritional and metabolic adaptations of prokaryotes are covered along with their roles in the biosphere and the beneficial and harmful impacts on humans.
Protists (Chapter 28)
The vast structural and functional diversity and life cycles of the protists in the four supergroups of Excavata, SAR, Archaeplastida, and Unikonta will be covered. Other topics include primary and secondary endosymbiosis, and conjugation. Key roles (mutualism, parasitism, or important producers) that protists play in ecological communities will be explained.
Fungi (Chapter 31)
The structure, function, and life cycles of five groups of fungi (chytridiomycota, zygomycota, glomeromycota, ascomycota, basidiomycota) will be covered. The key roles that fungi play in nutrient cycling, ecological interactions, and human welfare will be discussed. Lichens, plasmodial slime molds and cellular slime molds will also be covered.
Plant Diversity I (Chapter 29)
Topics include how plants evolved from green algae. The structures, adaptations, and life cycles of representative mosses and other nonvascular plants will be covered as will the structures, adaptations, and life cycles of the ferns and other seedless vascular plants.
Plant Diversity II (Chapter 30)
Topics include how seeds and pollen grains are key adaptations for life on land. The reproductive structures and life cycles of representative gymnosperms (most with cones) and angiosperms (monocots and eudicots; flower structure and fruit types) will be presented. The importance of human welfare on seed plants will be discussed.
Plant Structure, Growth, and Development (Chapter 35)
Details include the organization of cells, tissues, and organs in plants; different meristems and how they generate primary and secondary growth in plants; evolutionary adaptations of different types of roots, stems, and leaves; structure and function of xylem and phloem; structure and function of parenchyma, collenchyma, and sclerenchyma.
Resource Acquisition and Transport in Vascular Plants (Chapter 36)
Topics include root architecture and acquisition of water and minerals, transpiration and the role of stomata, movement of sugars transported from source to sink via the phloem.
Soil and Plant Nutrition (Chapter 37)
Topics include composition of topsoil, subsoil, and bedrock and the formation of topsoil; soil conservation and sustainable agriculture; essential elements critical to the health of plants and signs of mineral deficiency in plants; global climate change and food quality; nitrogen fixation; fungi and plant nutrition; epiphytes, parasitic plants, and carnivorous plants.
An Overview of Animal Diversity (Chapter 32)
Topics include early embryonic development of animals, types of symmetry (asymmetry, radial, bilateral), types of body cavities (acoelomate, pseudocoelomate, coelomate), tissue types (ectoderm, mesoderm, endoderm) and their derivatives, protostome and deuterostome development, and an introduction to the phylogeny of living animals.
An Introduction to Invertebrates (Chapter 33)
The structure, function, and unique characteristics and life cycles will be highlighted for the following invertebrate groups: Porifera, Placozoa, Cnidaria, Ctenophora, Platyhelminthes, Syndermata (rotifers), Ectoprocta, Brachiopoda, Nemertea, Annelida, Mollusca, Nematoda, Arthropoda, and Echinodermata.
The Origin and Evolution of Vertebrates (Chapter 34)
This chapter covers the derived characters of chordates (dorsal hollow nerve cord, notochord, gill slits, post-anal tail). The non-vertebrate chordates (lancelets and tunicates) will be presented. The structures and function and unique characteristics of the following chordate groups (jawless fish, chondrichthyans, ray-finned and lobe-finned fish, amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mammals (marsupials, monotremes, placentals). The importance of amniotic egg will be discussed.
Other pertinent information from the animal physiology chapters (Ch. 40, 41, 42, 44, 50) on basic form and function, animal nutrition, circulation and gas exchange, osmoregulation and excretion, and sensory and motor mechanisms will be incorporated into the lectures on invertebrates and vertebrates when necessary for clarification.
Required Reading: Assigned textbook chapters
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 50, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
For the English 2010: Intermediate Writing course, the major grade-earning assignments consist of three formal writing projects: a Comparative Analysis (5-6 pages), an Argument Synthesis (5-6 pages), and a Research-based project (10-12 pages) with an Annotated Bibliography. These assignments are summative assessments that require students to write a total of at least 18 essay pages, totaling 5,000-5,600 words. The course also includes formative assessments such as preparation checks and research write-ups, and informal writing assignments including in-class responses and short written responses to readings. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test to assess learning progress during the semester. The grading scale ranges from A (94-100%) to F (below 60%), with a minimum passing grade of C (74%) required for the course.
Description:
Unit 1: Comparative Analysis
This unit focuses on teaching students to evaluate and compare different perspectives or texts using critical thinking skills. Students will learn to identify underlying assumptions and biases while developing a precise thesis that controls their essay structure.
Unit 2: Argument Synthesis
This unit covers the creation of effective argumentative writing that incorporates multiple sources. Students will learn to apply relevant and convincing evidence to support their positions while developing standard written English composition skills.
Unit 3: Research-Based Writing
This unit teaches students comprehensive research techniques and ethical citation practices. Students will learn to incorporate research through effective quotation, paraphrasing, and summarizing while avoiding plagiarism in preparation for their final 10-12 page research paper.
Unit 4: Collaborative Learning and Peer Review
This unit emphasizes the importance of the writing process through collaboration with peers. Students will engage in workshops and discussions to improve their writing through constructive feedback and revision techniques.
Required Reading: Writing and Reading Across the Curriculum, 14th Edition (Pearson Revel/Inclusive Access)
Recommended Reading: n/a
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 8, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Six unit examinations worth 100 points each. Five mid-unit quizzes worth 20-30 points each. Genetics problems worksheet worth 50 points. Comprehensive final exam worth 250 points.
Description:
The Scientific Study of Life (Chapter 1)
Introduces biology as the study of living organisms and life processes, emphasizing the scientific method, characteristics of life, and the importance of hypothesis-driven inquiry.
Chemistry (Chapters 2 & 3)
Covers basic chemical principles essential to biology, including atomic structure, chemical bonding, properties of water, and the role of macromolecules in life.
Cells (Chapters 4 & 5)
Explores the structure and function of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, including organelles, membranes, and cell theory.
Energy of Life (Chapter 5)
Focuses on how organisms acquire, transform, and use energy, highlighting enzymes, metabolic pathways, and the laws of thermodynamics.
Respiration and Fermentation (Chapter 6)
Examines how cells harvest energy from glucose through aerobic respiration and anaerobic pathways like fermentation.
Photosynthesis (Chapter 7)
Describes how plants convert light energy into chemical energy through light-dependent and light-independent reactions.
Cell Reproduction (Chapter 8)
Explains the processes of mitosis and meiosis, comparing their roles in growth, repair, and reproduction.
Patterns of Inheritance (Chapter 9)
Introduces Mendelian genetics, including dominant and recessive traits, Punnett squares, and the role of alleles in heredity.
DNA Structure and Gene Function (Chapter 10)
Details the double-helix structure of DNA, its replication, and how genes encode proteins through transcription and translation.
How Genes are Controlled (Chapters 11 & 12)
Discusses gene regulation mechanisms in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, including operons, epigenetics, and transcription factors.
Evidence of Evolution (Chapter 13)
Discusses the Darwin’s work and presents the major lines of evidence supporting evolution, including fossils, comparative anatomy, molecular biology, and biogeography.
Speciation & Extinction (Chapter 14)
Explores how new species arise through mechanisms like reproductive isolation and how extinction shapes biodiversity.
Intro to Ecology (Chapter 18)
Introduces the study of interactions between organisms and their environments, from individuals to ecosystems.
Population Ecology (Chapter 19)
Describes how populations grow and interact with their environment, covering concepts like population size, density, and carrying capacity.
Communities and Ecosystems (Chapter 20)
Examines species interactions (e.g., predation, competition, symbiosis) and how energy and nutrients flow through ecosystems.
Required Reading: Assigned textbook chapters
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Six unit examinations worth 100 points each. Five mid-unit quizzes worth 20-30 points each. Genetics problems worksheet worth 50 points. Comprehensive final exam worth 250 points.
Description:
The Scientific Study of Life (Chapter 1)
Introduces biology as the study of living organisms and life processes, emphasizing the scientific method, characteristics of life, and the importance of hypothesis-driven inquiry.
Chemistry (Chapters 2 & 3)
Covers basic chemical principles essential to biology, including atomic structure, chemical bonding, properties of water, and the role of macromolecules in life.
Cells (Chapters 4 & 5)
Explores the structure and function of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, including organelles, membranes, and cell theory.
Energy of Life (Chapter 5)
Focuses on how organisms acquire, transform, and use energy, highlighting enzymes, metabolic pathways, and the laws of thermodynamics.
Respiration and Fermentation (Chapter 6)
Examines how cells harvest energy from glucose through aerobic respiration and anaerobic pathways like fermentation.
Photosynthesis (Chapter 7)
Describes how plants convert light energy into chemical energy through light-dependent and light-independent reactions.
Cell Reproduction (Chapter 8)
Explains the processes of mitosis and meiosis, comparing their roles in growth, repair, and reproduction.
Patterns of Inheritance (Chapter 9)
Introduces Mendelian genetics, including dominant and recessive traits, Punnett squares, and the role of alleles in heredity.
DNA Structure and Gene Function (Chapter 10)
Details the double-helix structure of DNA, its replication, and how genes encode proteins through transcription and translation.
How Genes are Controlled (Chapters 11 & 12)
Discusses gene regulation mechanisms in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, including operons, epigenetics, and transcription factors.
Evidence of Evolution (Chapter 13)
Discusses the Darwin’s work and presents the major lines of evidence supporting evolution, including fossils, comparative anatomy, molecular biology, and biogeography.
Speciation & Extinction (Chapter 14)
Explores how new species arise through mechanisms like reproductive isolation and how extinction shapes biodiversity.
Intro to Ecology (Chapter 18)
Introduces the study of interactions between organisms and their environments, from individuals to ecosystems.
Population Ecology (Chapter 19)
Describes how populations grow and interact with their environment, covering concepts like population size, density, and carrying capacity.
Communities and Ecosystems (Chapter 20)
Examines species interactions (e.g., predation, competition, symbiosis) and how energy and nutrients flow through ecosystems.
Required Reading: Assigned textbook chapters
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Biology I, BIOL-1610, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Six unit examinations worth 100 points each. Five mid-unit quizzes worth 25-30 points each. Genetics problem worksheet worth 45 points. Comprehensive Final Exam worth 250 points
Description:
Chapter 1: Introduction to the properties and organization of life and the process of science.
Chapter 2: Coverage includes properties of elements and compounds with particular attention given to the elements of life; ionic, covalent, and hydrogen bonding; basic chemical reactions.
Chapter 3: Topics include properties of water and their importance to life; acids, bases, and buffers; pH scale.
Chapter 4: Coverage includes carbon and the molecular diversity of life.
Chapter 5: Coverage includes the structure and function of large biological molecules such as carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids.
Chapter 6: Topics include the structure and function of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells including cellular organelles, membranes, and cell theory.
Chapter 7: Topics include additional detail of cellular membranes and their functions, osmosis, diffusion, permeability, passive and active transport, endocytosis and exocytosis.
Chapter 8: An introduction to metabolism, forms of energy, laws of thermodynamics, structure and function of ATP and enzymes.
Chapter 9: Topics include the processes of cellular respiration and fermentation within cells.
Chapter 10: Coverage includes the reactions in the light-dependent and light-independent reactions of photosynthesis.
Chapter 12: The process of mitosis in the role of growth and repair of cells is covered.
Chapter 13: The process of meiosis and sexual life cycles is covered.
Chapter 14: Topics include Mendelian genetics, laws of segregation and independent assortment, dominant and recessive alleles, Punnett squares, genetics terminology, types of inheritance, monohybrid and dihybrid crosses, multiple alleles, polygenic inheritance, some common genetic disorders.
Chapter 15: Coverage includes the chromosomal basis of inheritance, sex-linked genes (X-linked and Y-linked), X-inactivation, crossing over, changes in chromosomes structure (deletion, inversion, duplication, translocation); monosomy and trisomy and related disorders, and polyploidy.
Chapter 16: Coverage includes the structure and function of DNA (double helix, replication), Hershey-Chase experiment, Griffith's transformation.
Chapter 17: Gene Expression: From Gene to Protein -- The process of transcription and translation are covered.
Chapters 20 & 21: Selected topics including types of mutations, biotechnology, cancer, recombinant DNA, polymerase chain reaction, DNA fingerprinting, cloning are covered.
Chapters 22: Descent with Modification - A Darwinian View of Life. Topics include Charles Darwin, natural selection, artificial selection, adaptations, homology, analogy, fossils, comparative anatomy, molecular biology, and biogeography.
Chapter 23: The Evolution of Populations. Topics include genetic variation, Hardy-Weinberg equation and its use, gene pools, allele frequencies, genetic drift, founder effect, population bottleneck; disruptive, stabilizing, and directional selection; sexual selection.
Chapter 24: The Origin of Species. Topics include the biological species concept, macro- and microevolution, prezygotic and postzygotic barriers, allopatric, sympatric, and parapatric speciation; gradualism and punctuated equilibrium.
Chapters 52, 53, 54, 55 & 56: Ecology Chapters: Topics covered include an introduction to ecology and the biosphere, interactions between organisms and their environment from the individual level through the ecosystem level, population ecology and how population size, density, and carrying capacity are influenced by the environment; species interactions (predation, competition, symbiotic relationships), flow of energy and nutrients through ecosystems, conservation biology and global change.
Required Reading: Assigned textbook chapters
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 45, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Attendance, 5% of grade; InQuizitive, Tutorials, and Extra Credit,10% of grade; Writer’s Journals, 15% of grade; Background and Context Component, 10% of grade; Literature Review Component, 15% of grade; Argument Component, 15% of grade; Annotated Bibliography Component, 10% of grade; Completed signature assignment with all components, 20% of grade.
Description:
InQuizitive interactive quizzes and tutorials for fundamentals, formatting, and citation refresher; Writer’s Journals to prepare for upcoming research and writing tasks; Background and context component provides research covering the background and significance of the topic students choose to focus on for the social sciences research project; Literature review is a review of scholarly literature (research) regarding the current state of existing knowledge about the student’s chosen research topic; Argument component is where the student researches both sides of the topic and provides insight of the opposition as well as their own position on the topic, collaborative assignment presents elements of ethos, pathos, and logos as well as logical fallacies; Annotated bibliography is a comprehensive list of sources used, what they are, why they were used, and what value they brought to the research; Final paper is a combination of all components with feedback, edits, and revisions applied.
Required Reading: They Say, I Say with Readings, 6th edition, Little Seagull Handbook, InQuizitive interactive fundamentals program tasks and tutorials, weekly content to support lectures.
Recommended Reading: Basics of APA Tutorial
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 27, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Attendance, 5% of grade; InQuizitive, Tutorials, and Extra Credit,10% of grade; Writer’s Journals, 15% of grade; Background and Context Component, 10% of grade; Literature Review Component, 15% of grade; Argument Component, 15% of grade; Annotated Bibliography Component, 10% of grade; Completed signature assignment with all components, 20% of grade.
Description:
InQuizitive interactive quizzes and tutorials for fundamentals, formatting, and citation refresher; Writer’s Journals to prepare for upcoming research and writing tasks; Background and context component provides research covering the background and significance of the topic students choose to focus on for the social sciences research project; Literature review is a review of scholarly literature (research) regarding the current state of existing knowledge about the student’s chosen research topic; Argument component is where the student researches both sides of the topic and provides insight of the opposition as well as their own position on the topic, collaborative assignment presents elements of ethos, pathos, and logos as well as logical fallacies; Annotated bibliography is a comprehensive list of sources used, what they are, why they were used, and what value they brought to the research; Final paper is a combination of all components with feedback, edits, and revisions applied.
Required Reading: They Say, I Say with Readings, 6th edition, Little Seagull Handbook, InQuizitive interactive fundamentals program tasks and tutorials, weekly content to support lectures.
Recommended Reading: Basics of APA Tutorial
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 20, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Attendance, 5% of grade; InQuizitive, Tutorials, and Extra Credit,10% of grade; Writer’s Journals, 15% of grade; Background and Context Component, 10% of grade; Literature Review Component, 15% of grade; Argument Component, 15% of grade; Annotated Bibliography Component, 10% of grade; Completed signature assignment with all components, 20% of grade.
Description:
InQuizitive interactive quizzes and tutorials for fundamentals, formatting, and citation refresher; Writer’s Journals to prepare for upcoming research and writing tasks; Background and context component provides research covering the background and significance of the topic students choose to focus on for the social sciences research project; Literature review is a review of scholarly literature (research) regarding the current state of existing knowledge about the student’s chosen research topic; Argument component is where the student researches both sides of the topic and provides insight of the opposition as well as their own position on the topic, collaborative assignment presents elements of ethos, pathos, and logos as well as logical fallacies; Annotated bibliography is a comprehensive list of sources used, what they are, why they were used, and what value they brought to the research; Final paper is a combination of all components with feedback, edits, and revisions applied.
Required Reading: They Say, I Say with Readings, 6th edition, Little Seagull Handbook, InQuizitive interactive fundamentals program tasks and tutorials, weekly content to support lectures.
Recommended Reading: Basics of APA Tutorial
CyberOps, IT-3700, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Four major exams covering course topics plus a final exam are required. Taking the industry specific CompTIA CySA+ Certification Exam is optional.
Description:
1 Cybersecurity Operations - This module covers the objectives of cybersecurity defense and how risk, vulnerabilities, and threats may be mitigated.
2 System and Network Architecture - This module covers current security practices utilized in infrastructure design.
3 Malicious Activity - This module covers analytic methods to discover malicious activity.
4 Threat Intelligence - This module teaches about using threat intelligence to counter adversarial activities.
5 Reconnaissance and Intelligence Gathering - This module covers reconnaissance methods and ways to utilize intelligence gathering.
6 Vulnerability Management - This module discusses how to implement a vulnerability management program.
7 Vulnerability Scans - This module focuses on how to analyze and interpret vulnerability scan reports to make remediation decisions.
8 Responding to Vulnerabilities - This module focuses ways to implement mitigation solutions for vulnerabilities.
9 Incident Response - This module discusses the framework to build an incident response program.
10 Incident Detection and Analysis - This module discusses ways to detect incidents along with proper response.
11 Containment, Eradication, and Recovery - This module discusses methods of containing a threat, along with how to recover properly from an incident.
12 Reporting and Communication - This module discusses proper reporting to stake holders and the types of reports necessary for regulatory compliance.
13 Forensic Analysis - This module discusses methods of evidence gathering and verification.
Required Reading: CompTIA CySA+ Study Guide, 3rd Edition by MikeChapple, David Seidl, ISBN 9781394182909.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Information Security, IT-2700, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Four major exams covering course topics plus a final exam are required. Taking the industry specific CompTIA Security+ Certification Exam is also required.
Description:
Description:
1. Ch 1 Mastering Security Basics - coverage of the CIA triad dealing with cybersecurity are discussed.
2. Ch 2 Understanding Identity and Access Management - authentication and authorization technologies and techniques are explored.
3. Ch 3 Exploring Network Technologies and Tools - fundamental IT protocols, exploits, and utilities are discussed.
4. Ch 4 Securing Your Network - technologies and methodologies are learned regarding best practices in defending systems and networks.
5. Ch 5 Securing Hosts and Data - best practices are covered regarding defending end devices and protecting data.
6. Ch 6 Comparing Threats, Vulnerabilities, and Common Attacks - common attacks, vulnerabilities, and threats are discussed.
7. Ch 7 Protecting Against Advanced Attacks - more advanced threats and attacks are analyzed and discussed, along with mitigation to protect systems and networks.
8. Ch 8 Using Risk Management Tools - a study of risk, risk assessments, vulnerability assessments, and risk evaluation is done.
9. Ch 9 Implementing Controls to Protect Assets - defense in depth procedures are covered.
10. Ch 10 Understanding Cryptography and PKI - fundamentals of cryptography, encryption, digital signatures, and certificates are discussed.
11. Ch 11 Implementing Policies to Mitigate Risks - Common security policies, regulations, and international law are covered.
Required Reading: CompTIA Security+, Get Certified Get Ahead SYO-701 Study Guide by Joe Shelley and Darril Gibson, ISBN 979-8988984801
Recommended Reading: N/A
Information Security, IT-2700, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Four major exams covering course topics plus a final exam are required. Taking the industry specific CompTIA Security+ Certification Exam is also required.
Description:
Description:
1. Ch 1 Mastering Security Basics - coverage of the CIA triad dealing with cybersecurity are discussed.
2. Ch 2 Understanding Identity and Access Management - authentication and authorization technologies and techniques are explored.
3. Ch 3 Exploring Network Technologies and Tools - fundamental IT protocols, exploits, and utilities are discussed.
4. Ch 4 Securing Your Network - technologies and methodologies are learned regarding best practices in defending systems and networks.
5. Ch 5 Securing Hosts and Data - best practices are covered regarding defending end devices and protecting data.
6. Ch 6 Comparing Threats, Vulnerabilities, and Common Attacks - common attacks, vulnerabilities, and threats are discussed.
7. Ch 7 Protecting Against Advanced Attacks - more advanced threats and attacks are analyzed and discussed, along with mitigation to protect systems and networks.
8. Ch 8 Using Risk Management Tools - a study of risk, risk assessments, vulnerability assessments, and risk evaluation is done.
9. Ch 9 Implementing Controls to Protect Assets - defense in depth procedures are covered.
10. Ch 10 Understanding Cryptography and PKI - fundamentals of cryptography, encryption, digital signatures, and certificates are discussed.
11. Ch 11 Implementing Policies to Mitigate Risks - Common security policies, regulations, and international law are covered.
Required Reading: CompTIA Security+, Get Certified Get Ahead SYO-701 Study Guide by Joe Shelley and Darril Gibson, ISBN 979-8988984801
Recommended Reading: N/A
A+ Computer Hardware/Win 0S, IT-1200, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Four exams plus a final exam are required covering course topics. A group project building a retro arcade is required.
Description:
1-Safety & Professionalism – problem solving, professionalism, communication and problem-solving methodologies are discussed.
2-The Visible Computer – a discussion of how computers work, along with operating system characteristics.
3-CPUs – Students learn the core components of a central processing unit (CPU), the types of CPUs, and fundamental characteristics of CPU operations.
4-Memory – Students learn about why RAM is important in computing, along with RAM characteristics, installation and troubleshooting.
5-Firmware – A discussion of what firmware is, along with modern UEFI and system BIOS and their operations.
6- Motherboards – Students learn about the role the motherboard plays, the characteristics and features of a motherboard, and how to install and troubleshoot motherboards.
7-Power Supplies – Students learn about electricity fundamentals, how electricity is processed in a computer, and the role of power supplies in computer operations.
10-Essential Peripherals – Students learn to identify essential peripherals useful in computer operations, including connectors, connection speeds, and cable management.
8-Mass Storage – Data storage, storage types, and storage connectors are discussed.
9-Implementing Mass Storage – Fundamentals of implementing storage, including partitioning and formatting systems, are discussed.
11-Installing and Upgrading Operating Systems – Students learn how to install and maintain Microsoft Windows OS
17 - Display Technologies – Students learn about displays, display drivers, and graphics processing for PCs and portable devices.
23 - Portable Devices – Students learn about specific laptop technology, how to maintenance a laptop, and how portable devices differ from desktops.
24 - Mobile Devices – Students learn the basics of mobile device technology, including smartphones, Internet of Things, wearables, and other small devices.
26 – Printers – Students learn the different types of printers, how laser printers operate, and how to troubleshoot and maintain printers.
15 - Command line – Students learn the basics of command line operations, how to navigate a Windows command line, and how to create directories and files using the command line.
Required Reading: CompTIA A+ Guide to Managing and Troubleshooting PCs, Seventh Edition by Mike Meyers, ISBN 978-1264712748
Recommended Reading: N/A
Prof Writing and Busn Ethics, ENGL-3010, Section 3, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Attendance,10% of grade; Ethics Discussions, 20% of grade; Business Creation, group,10% of grade; Professional Promotion Project, individual,10% of grade; Mid Term Project, group,10% of grade; Podcast Project, group,20% of grade; Trade Journals, individual,10% of grade; Semester Signature Writing Assignment and Final Exam Presentation, group, 10% of grade; Total 100%
Description:
Ethics: An overview of ethical frameworks and professional ethics organizations. Specific ethical lenses including care, common good, rights, virtue, bias, conflict of interest, justice, and utilitarian. Much of the reading comes from the Markkula Center for Applied EthicsLinks to an external site. at Santa Clara University.
Professional Promotion Portfolio: Find a current job or internship posting that the student might reasonably qualify for. Create an elevator pitch to a decision maker, a cover letter, a resume, and a LinkedIn profile.
Business Creating Group Project: Create a fictional, local business. Tasks include assigning executive roles, mission/value statement, competition analysis, creating a podcast, and creating an analysis of an ethical dilemma facing the business. Final exam is a presentation of the ethical dilemma analysis. Students learn different writing formats: memos, letters, podcasts, and oral presentations.
Trade journal project: Individual project exposes students to professional trade journals and their value to the business executive both in creating or consuming professional content.
Required Reading: Successful Writing at Work , Concise 4th Edition, Philip C. Kolin, ISBN 1285052560; Successful Writing at Work (SWAW) pp. 1-2 (stop at Global Writing), SWAW, Characteristics of Job-Related Writing, pp. 15-30, Introduction to A Framework for Ethical Decision Making (link in the individual assignment), A Framework for Ethical Decision Making lecture link, Professional Promotion Portfolio lecture link; Care, common good, rights, and virtue ethics lecture content links; SWAW pp. 35-68, The Writing Process and Collaboration at Work, SWAW, Meeting Minutes, pp. 64-68, SWAW pp. 133-141, Memos, The C-Suite lecture link, Sample Meeting Minutes lecture link, Bias and Conflict of Interest lecture link, Project Implicit lecture link; SWAW pp. 98-131, Preparing Correspondence, The Justice Lens lecture link, Taglines and Logos lecture link; Utilitarian ethical lens lecture link, Forbes Article on Mission, Value Statements lecture link, https://about.utahtech.edu/core-themes-values/Links to an external site., https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/importance-vision-mission-goals-values-lejla-softi%C4%87Links to an external site., https://strategicplanning.utahtech.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/79/2020/09/2025_strategic_plan_final.pdf, Sample Mission Statements lecture link, Mission Values Objectives/Goals Strategy Template lecture link; Character Education lecture link; Trade Journal Project, Podcast Overview, and Overview of podcast planning presentation lecture links.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Prof Writing and Busn Ethics, ENGL-3010, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Attendance,10% of grade; Ethics Discussions, 20% of grade; Business Creation, group,10% of grade; Professional Promotion Project, individual,10% of grade; Mid Term Project, group,10% of grade; Podcast Project, group,20% of grade; Trade Journals, individual,10% of grade; Semester Signature Writing Assignment and Final Exam Presentation, group, 10% of grade; Total 100%
Description:
Ethics: An overview of ethical frameworks and professional ethics organizations. Specific ethical lenses including care, common good, rights, virtue, bias, conflict of interest, justice, and utilitarian. Much of the reading comes from the Markkula Center for Applied Ethics. at Santa Clara University.
Professional Promotion Portfolio: Find a current job or internship posting that the student might reasonably qualify for. Create an elevator pitch to a decision maker, a cover letter, a resume, and a LinkedIn profile.
Business Creating Group Project: Create a fictional, local business. Tasks include assigning executive roles, mission/value statement, competition analysis, creating a podcast for employees, and an analysis of an ethical dilemma facing the business. Final exam is a presentation of the ethical dilemma analysis. Students learn different writing formats: memos, letters, podcasts, short form report, long form report, and oral presentations.
Trade journal project: Individual project exposes students to professional trade journals and their value to the business executive both in creating or consuming professional content.
Required Reading: Successful Writing at Work , Concise 4th Edition, Philip C. Kolin, ISBN 1285052560; Successful Writing at Work (SWAW) pp. 1-2 (stop at Global Writing), SWAW, Characteristics of Job-Related Writing, pp. 15-30, Introduction to A Framework for Ethical Decision Making (link in the individual assignment), A Framework for Ethical Decision Making lecture link, Professional Promotion Portfolio lecture link; Care, common good, rights, and virtue ethics lecture content links; SWAW pp. 35-68, The Writing Process and Collaboration at Work, SWAW, Meeting Minutes, pp. 64-68, SWAW pp. 133-141, Memos, The C-Suite lecture link, Sample Meeting Minutes lecture link, Bias and Conflict of Interest lecture link, Project Implicit lecture link; SWAW pp. 98-131, Preparing Correspondence, The Justice Lens lecture link, Taglines and Logos lecture link; Utilitarian ethical lens lecture link, Forbes Article on Mission, Value Statements lecture link, https://about.utahtech.edu/core-themes-values/Links to an external site., https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/importance-vision-mission-goals-values-lejla-softi%C4%87Links to an external site., https://strategicplanning.utahtech.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/79/2020/09/2025_strategic_plan_final.pdf, Sample Mission Statements lecture link, Mission Values Objectives/Goals Strategy Template lecture link; Character Education lecture link; Trade Journal Project, Podcast Overview, and Overview of podcast planning presentation lecture links.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 29, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Proposal, Annotated Bibliography, Argumentative Essay, Multimodal Project, Personal Narrative, Midterm, and Final
Description:
Proposal - Students will identify a business style of writing to propose a topic of their choosing to focus on for the remainder of the semester. Plagiarism will be covered.
Annotated Bibliography - Students will determine how to collect research on their topic that supports their topic and counterargument. They will learn APA citation and formatting.
Argumentative Essay - Students will write a 5-6 page essay that persuades the audience about their topic. They will learn to write paragraphs, introductions, conclusions, and incorporate evidence to support their claim or thesis. The unit will include the writing process and focus on how to edit or peer review other people's writing responsibly.
Multimodal Projects - Students will go beyond writing to learn about design principles and how to design a multimodal rendition of their argument. They will take to modes of presentations, social media, flyers, infographics, etc.
Personal Narratives - Students will learn how to narrate a story about themselves by using dialogue and vivid details.
Required Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings
Recommended Reading: N/A
Circuits, MECH-2210, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
The required assignments for MECH 2210 include three exams (including the final exam) and assigned homework. Participation activities and pop quizzes are also included in the grading.
Description:
Each week the students are instructed in a number of topics related to electrical circuit analysis. Each topic is covered in an appropriate level of depth, accompanied with example problems. Active learning methods are frequently used to reinforce topic understanding.
Week01
• Introduction to basic circuit analyses.
• Kirchhoff’s voltage and current laws are discussed and applied.
• Properties of series and parallel circuit elements are learned.
• Resister network simplification are learned using proper parallel and series combinations of the resistors.
Week02
• Voltage and Current divider circuits are studied.
• Circuit analysis methods of Node Voltage and Mesh Current presented.
• Thevenin and Norton Equivalent circuits are covered.
• The technique of superposition is studied.
Week03
• Wheatstone bridge analysis and applications.
• Introduction of LTspice circuit simulation software
Week04
• Review and preparation for Exam 1.
• Exam 1 – covering material covered so far in class.
• Introduction of the Capacitor.
•
Week05
• Introduction of the Inductor.
• Study of 1st order transient circuits.
Week06
• Study of 2nd order transient circuits.
• Introduction to Sinusoidal signals.
• Determination of root-mean-square (RMS) values for periodic signals.
Week07
• Introduction to Steady State AC circuit analysis.
• Complex numbers are used to impedance along with voltage and current phasor values.
• AC circuit analysis techniques are learned. These are similar to the DC circuit analysis techniques, but using complex numbers.
Week08
• Real, Reactive and Apparent power is learned.
• Power factor correction is studied.
• AC thevenin equivalent circuits are presented.
Week09
• Introduction of magnetic field and circuits.
• Study and comparison of ideal and real transformer models.
• Fall Break
Week10
• Fall Break
• Introduction of Fourier Analysis.
• Study of transfer functions.
• Exam 2 review
Week11
• Exam 2 – covering material covered since Exam1.
• Study of filters
• Bode plots are presented.
• Discussion of the passive 1st order RC filter
Week12
• The concept of resonance and 2nd order passive filters.
• Introduction of Diodes.
Week13
• Zener diodes and applications are presented.
• Half wave and full wave rectifier circuits and applications
• Introduction Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJT). Transistor models and load line analysis.
Week14
• MOSFET transistor are studied using similar techniques to the BJT.
• H-bridge circuit and analysis are studied.
Week15
• Introduction to Operation Amplifier(Op Amp) circuits.
• Thanksgiving break
Week16
• Completion of Op Amp circuits.
• Miscellaneous topics
• Review for the final exam.
Finals Week
• Final exam. This exam will be comprehensive but focus more on material covered since Exam02
Required Reading: Electrical Engineering: Principles & Applications 7th edition by Allan Hambley
Recommended Reading: N/A
Circuits, MECH-2210, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
The required assignments for MECH 2210 include three exams (including the final exam) and assigned homework. Participation activities and pop quizzes are also included in the grading.
Description:
Each week the students are instructed in a number of topics related to electrical circuit analysis. Each topic is covered in an appropriate level of depth, accompanied with example problems. Active learning methods are frequently used to reinforce topic understanding.
Week01
• Introduction to basic circuit analyses.
• Kirchhoff’s voltage and current laws are discussed and applied.
• Properties of series and parallel circuit elements are learned.
• Resister network simplification are learned using proper parallel and series combinations of the resistors.
Week02
• Voltage and Current divider circuits are studied.
• Circuit analysis methods of Node Voltage and Mesh Current presented.
• Thevenin and Norton Equivalent circuits are covered.
• The technique of superposition is studied.
Week03
• Wheatstone bridge analysis and applications.
• Introduction of LTspice circuit simulation software
Week04
• Review and preparation for Exam 1.
• Exam 1 – covering material covered so far in class.
• Introduction of the Capacitor.
•
Week05
• Introduction of the Inductor.
• Study of 1st order transient circuits.
Week06
• Study of 2nd order transient circuits.
• Introduction to Sinusoidal signals.
• Determination of root-mean-square (RMS) values for periodic signals.
Week07
• Introduction to Steady State AC circuit analysis.
• Complex numbers are used to impedance along with voltage and current phasor values.
• AC circuit analysis techniques are learned. These are similar to the DC circuit analysis techniques, but using complex numbers.
Week08
• Real, Reactive and Apparent power is learned.
• Power factor correction is studied.
• AC thevenin equivalent circuits are presented.
Week09
• Introduction of magnetic field and circuits.
• Study and comparison of ideal and real transformer models.
• Fall Break
Week10
• Fall Break
• Introduction of Fourier Analysis.
• Study of transfer functions.
• Exam 2 review
Week11
• Exam 2 – covering material covered since Exam1.
• Study of filters
• Bode plots are presented.
• Discussion of the passive 1st order RC filter
Week12
• The concept of resonance and 2nd order passive filters.
• Introduction of Diodes.
Week13
• Zener diodes and applications are presented.
• Half wave and full wave rectifier circuits and applications
• Introduction Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJT). Transistor models and load line analysis.
Week14
• MOSFET transistor are studied using similar techniques to the BJT.
• H-bridge circuit and analysis are studied.
Week15
• Introduction to Operation Amplifier(Op Amp) circuits.
• Thanksgiving break
Week16
• Completion of Op Amp circuits.
• Miscellaneous topics
• Review for the final exam.
Finals Week
• Final exam. This exam will be comprehensive but focus more on material covered since Exam02
Required Reading: Electrical Engineering: Principles & Applications 7th edition by Allan Hambley
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 43, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Weekly discussions; Major writing projects 1-4: Rhetorical analysis, Synthesis, Annotated bibliography, Academic argument; Midterm exam (on Canvas); Final exam (on Canvas)
Description:
Unit 1: Rhetoric & Technology — Defines the term “rhetoric,” practice the conventions of analytical writing; explore components of Aristotelian rhetoric; investigate the role of digital tools and platforms within the academic writing process
Unit 2: Synthesizing Perspectives — Examine strategies for crafting meaningful research questions; Investigating strategies for conducting online searches; Assessing popular sources using SIFT; Examine the conventions of synthesizing different perspectives
Unit 3: Conducting Academic Research — Explore the library databases; Define “scholarly source” and differentiate between scholarly and popular sources; Assess sources using CRAAP; Create citations aligning with a specific style
Unit 4: Academic Argument — Define the term “argument” and situate arguments within academic writing; Investigate logical fallacies in various settings; Ethically incorporating sources into an original argument
Required Reading: Select chapters from “Writing with and among digital technologies”; select chapters from “The art of academic writing”
Recommended Reading: NA
Intro International Relations, POLS-2100, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Attendance and Participation 10%
InQuizitive Assignments 10%
Bargaining Model Assignments 5%
Simulation Assignments 20%
Term Research Report 20%
Midterm 15%
Final 20%
Description:
Foundations - In this section, we give a brief introduction to world history, and establish the basics of the interests, institutions, and interactions framework students will use to evaluate world politics.
War and Peace - In this section, we discuss theories of war initiation; the bargaining theory of war; how leaders and public opinion impact war; how bureaucrats interest groups, and government type impact war; the role of alliances and collective security in war and defense; non-state actors and civil wars; and terrorism and insurgency.
International Political Economy - In this section we discuss foundational concepts in international trade, international organizations, international finance, international monetary relations and monetary orders, economic development and development policies.
Transnational Politics - In this section, we discuss global issues that transcend borders, such as international law and norms, human rights, the global environment, and what we broadly call the global international order.
Simulation - In this final brief section, students will participate in a simulation activity.
Required Reading: Frieden, Jeffry A, David A Lake, and Kenneth A Shultz. World Politics: Interests, Interactions, and Institutions. WW Norton, 2026.
Recommended Reading: N/A
American Government, POLS-1100, Section 5, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Attendance and Participation (4 absences no excuses needed) 15%
InQuizitive Assignments (4 lowest grades dropped) 10%
Written Assessments (4) (Lowest grade dropped) 25%
Short Writing Assignments (2) 30%
Description:
Foundations - In this section of the course, we study the founding, core principles in political and economic philosophy, and key elements of, and debates around, the Constitution, the Articles of Confederation, and Amendments to the Constitution.
Politics - In this section of the course, we discuss key concepts in politics in the United States, including public opinion, the media environment, political information, political participation, voting, political parties, campaigns and elections, and interest groups.
Institutions - In this section of the course, we discuss the theoretical concept of representation, Congress, the Presidency, debates around the presidency, the bureaucracy, and the courts.
Policy - In this section of the course, we discuss economic policy, social policy, and foreign policy, with a focus on both normative foundations of policy and practical implementation of policy.
Required Reading: Ginsberg, B., Lowi, T. J., & Weir, M. (2025). We the People: An Introduction to American Politics (15th ed.). W.W. Norton & Company.
Recommended Reading: N/A
American Government, POLS-1100, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Attendance and Participation (4 absences no excuses needed) 15%
InQuizitive Assignments (4 lowest grades dropped) 10%
Written Assessments (4) (Lowest grade dropped) 25%
Short Writing Assignments (2) 30%
Final 20%
Description:
Foundations - In this section of the course, we study the founding, core principles in political and economic philosophy, and key elements of, and debates around, the Constitution, the Articles of Confederation, and Amendments to the Constitution.
Politics - In this section of the course, we discuss key concepts in politics in the United States, including public opinion, the media environment, political information, political participation, voting, political parties, campaigns and elections, and interest groups.
Institutions - In this section of the course, we discuss the theoretical concept of representation, Congress, the Presidency, debates around the presidency, the bureaucracy, and the courts.
Policy - In this section of the course, we discuss economic policy, social policy, and foreign policy, with a focus on both normative foundations of policy and practical implementation of policy.
Required Reading: Ginsberg, B., Lowi, T. J., & Weir, M. (2025). We the People: An Introduction to American Politics (15th ed.). W.W. Norton & Company.
Recommended Reading: N/A
American Government, POLS-1100, Section 4, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Chapter and terms quizzes: 12 chapter and term quizzes, due on the assigned date. Quizzes available on Canvas. Quiz will open on a Monday and close the following Sunday night. No make-ups or missed quizzes will be allowed. 20 pts each. Lowest quiz will drop from the total score.
Midterm/Final exams: based on readings, lectures, primary documents and terms. See course calendar for exam dates/locations. No make-up or late exams will be accepted. Students are responsible for knowing exam date and times. 100 pts each, no drops. 100 x 2 = 200 pts
Description:
ch1 Americans and Their Political Values
ch2 The Founding and Constitution
ch3 Federalism
ch4 Civil Liberties
ch5 Civil Rights
ch6 Public Opinion
ch7 the Media and Political Information
ch8 Political Participation and Voting
ch9 Political Parties
ch10 Campaigns and Elections
ch11 Groups and Interests
ch12 Congress
ch13 The Presidency
ch14The Bureaucracy
ch15 Federal Cours
ch16 Economic Policy
ch17 Social Policy
ch18 Foreign Policy
Required Reading: WE THE PEOPLE 14th ed Ginsberg, Lowi, Weir, et al Norton
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 14, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Summary Assignment (30 pts)
Close reading (100 pts)
Midterm (100 pts)
Visual Analysis (100 pts)
Research Materials/Book (20 pts)
Interview Assignment (20 points)
Research Materials/Articles (30 points)
Works Cited (30 points)
Argument Drafts (40 pts)
Argument Paper (150 pts)
Peer Review (50 pts)
Final Exam (50 pts)
Daily Writing (5 pts/warm-up) determined at end of course
Class Participation (10pts/activity) determined at end of course
Description:
This course is intended to help you transition into the sort of writing you will do in college and beyond, and we’ll spend time talking about the how, when, and why of academic writing.
Required Reading: The Tell-Tale Heart- Edgar Allen Poe, Does Pop Belong in the Classroom- Caralee Adams, Excerpts from Things Fall Apart- Chinua Achebe, Excerpts from John Dies at the End-David Wong, Student-chosen readings from school databases
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 32, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Summary Assignment (30 pts)
Close reading (100 pts)
Midterm (100 pts)
Visual Analysis (100 pts)
Research Materials/Book (20 pts)
Interview Assignment (20 points)
Research Materials/Articles (30 points)
Works Cited (30 points)
Argument Drafts (40 pts)
Argument Paper (150 pts)
Peer Review (50 pts)
Final Exam (50 pts)
Daily Writing (5 pts/warm-up) determined at end of course
Class Participation (10pts/activity) determined at end of course
Description:
This course is intended to help you transition into the sort of writing you will do in college and beyond, and we’ll spend time talking about the how, when, and why of academic writing.
Required Reading: The Tell-Tale Heart- Edgar Allen Poe, Does Pop Belong in the Classroom- Caralee Adams, Excerpts from Things Fall Apart- Chinua Achebe, Excerpts from John Dies at the End-David Wong, Student-chosen readings from school databases
Recommended Reading: N/A
American History, HIST-1700, Section 43B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Students are expected to attend and participate in every class. Students should come to class prepared by completing any required readings listed on the course syllabus. Missed classes could greatly affect final grade. Instructor will not provide lectures or other course material due to missing class.
Evaluation:
Primary Document Quizzes: assigned weekly. Documents are available on class Canvas page. They should be read before each class meeting. Quiz will open on a Monday and close the following Sunday night. No make-ups or late quizzes will be accepted. Lowest score drops from total.
Chapter and terms quizzes: Weekly chapter and term quizzes are due on the assigned date. Quizzes available on Canvas. Quiz will open on a Monday and close the following Sunday night. No make-ups or missed quizzes will be allowed. Lowest quiz will drop from the total score.
Midterm/Final exams: based on readings, lectures, primary documents and terms. See course calendar for exam dates/locations. No make-up or late exams will be accepted. Students are responsible for knowing exam date and times. 100 pts each, no drops. 100 x 2 = 200 pts
Description:
TOPIC
Lecture/Discussion
Intro to 1700
First Contact/Spanish Exploration
Different Beginnings, Common Trends
English Colonies
The Road to American Revolution
The American Revolution
Federalists v Republicans
Foreign Policy in the Early Republic
Emergence of a Market Economy
Nationalism and Sectionalism
Jacksonian Era, 1828-1840.
The South and Slavery
Religion, Romanticism, and Reform, 1800-1860
Western Expansion Southern Secession
The War of the Union
Midterm Exam Open/Closes
Business, New South, the New West
Spring Break
Political Stalemate and Rural Revolt, 1865-1900
Turner’s Frontier Thesis, Seizing an American Empire, 1865-1913
The Progressive Era, 1890-1920
American and the Great War, 1914-1920
A Clash of Cultures, 1920-1929
Great Depression and the New Deal
The Second World War, 1933-1945,
Cold War and the Fair Deal, 1945-1952, Discussion - Industrial War Complex, Video Atomic Cafe
Affluence and Anxiety in the Atomic Age, Atomic Cafe
Great Society, Rebellion, and Reaction
Conservative Revival, 1977-2000
Final Exam Online Canvas
Required Reading: America, A Narrative History. Brief 12th ed., by David E. Shi.
Recommended Reading: N/A
American History, HIST-1700, Section 42, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Students are expected to attend and participate in every class. Students should come to class prepared by completing any required readings listed on the course syllabus. Missed classes could greatly affect final grade. Instructor will not provide lectures or other course material due to missing class.
Evaluation:
Primary Document Quizzes: assigned weekly. Documents are available on class Canvas page. They should be read before each class meeting. Quiz will open on a Monday and close the following Sunday night. No make-ups or late quizzes will be accepted. Lowest score drops from total.
Chapter and terms quizzes: Weekly chapter and term quizzes are due on the assigned date. Quizzes available on Canvas. Quiz will open on a Monday and close the following Sunday night. No make-ups or missed quizzes will be allowed. Lowest quiz will drop from the total score.
Midterm/Final exams: based on readings, lectures, primary documents and terms. See course calendar for exam dates/locations. No make-up or late exams will be accepted. Students are responsible for knowing exam date and times. 100 pts each, no drops. 100 x 2 = 200 pts
Description:
TOPIC
Lecture/Discussion
Intro to 1700
First Contact/Spanish Exploration
Different Beginnings, Common Trends
English Colonies
The Road to American Revolution
The American Revolution
Federalists v Republicans
Foreign Policy in the Early Republic
Emergence of a Market Economy
Nationalism and Sectionalism
Jacksonian Era, 1828-1840.
The South and Slavery
Religion, Romanticism, and Reform, 1800-1860
Western Expansion Southern Secession
The War of the Union
Midterm Exam Open/Closes
Business, New South, the New West
Spring Break
Political Stalemate and Rural Revolt, 1865-1900
Turner’s Frontier Thesis, Seizing an American Empire, 1865-1913
The Progressive Era, 1890-1920
American and the Great War, 1914-1920
A Clash of Cultures, 1920-1929
Great Depression and the New Deal
The Second World War, 1933-1945,
Cold War and the Fair Deal, 1945-1952, Discussion - Industrial War Complex, Video Atomic Cafe
Affluence and Anxiety in the Atomic Age, Atomic Cafe
Great Society, Rebellion, and Reaction
Conservative Revival, 1977-2000
Final Exam Online Canvas
Required Reading: America, A Narrative History. Brief 12th ed., by David E. Shi.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Fundamentals of Programming, CS-1400, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Programming Problem Sets (10%), Projects (15%), Active Learning (15%), Mastery Quizzes (5%), Exam 1 (15%), Exam 2 (15%), Final Exam (25%)
Description:
Mod1: Introduction and Course Setup
This module introduces students to programming concepts and the Python development environment. Students will learn to navigate programming tools, understand course expectations, and write their first simple Python programs.
Mod2: Programming Building Blocks
This module covers the fundamental components of programming including variables, data types, basic input/output, and simple operations. Students will learn to store and manipulate data using Python's core features.
Mod3: Strings, Calling Functions
This module focuses on working with text data and using pre-built functions. Students will learn string manipulation techniques, formatting output, and how to call existing functions to perform common programming tasks.
Mod4: Defining Functions, Unit Tests
This module teaches students to create their own reusable code blocks through function definition. Students will learn to write functions with parameters and return values, and use unit testing to verify their code works correctly.
Mod5: Scope, Functional Decomposition
This module explores how variables exist within different parts of a program and teaches students to break complex problems into smaller, manageable functions. Students will learn best practices for organizing code efficiently.
Mod6: Exam 1
This assessment evaluates student understanding of basic programming concepts including variables, functions, strings, and problem decomposition through both written questions and coding problems.
Mod7: If Statements, Truthiness
This module introduces decision-making in programs through conditional statements. Students will learn to write programs that respond differently based on user input or data conditions using if, elif, and else statements.
Mod8: Lists
This module covers Python's primary data structure for storing multiple values. Students will learn to create, access, and modify lists, enabling them to work with collections of data effectively.
Mod9: List Operations, For Loops
This module teaches students to process collections of data systematically. Students will learn to use for loops to iterate through lists and perform operations on each element efficiently.
Mod10: For-Loop Patterns, Mutability
This module explores common programming patterns using loops and examines how data can be changed during program execution. Students will learn advanced loop techniques and understand when data structures can be modified.
Mod11: Files and Modules
This module teaches students to work with external data and organize code across multiple files. Students will learn to read from and write to files, and import functionality from other Python modules.
Mod12: Exam 2
This assessment evaluates student understanding of control structures, lists, loops, and file operations through both written questions and coding problems covering the second half of the course.
Mod13: Dictionaries
This module introduces key-value data storage through Python dictionaries. Students will learn to organize and access data using meaningful labels rather than numeric positions, enabling more sophisticated data management.
Mod14: Nested Data, While Loops
This module covers complex data structures and alternative loop constructs. Students will learn to work with lists containing dictionaries, dictionaries containing lists, and use while loops for situations requiring flexible iteration.
Mod15: Final Project
This module allows students to demonstrate mastery by creating a comprehensive program that integrates concepts from throughout the course. Students will plan, implement, and present a project showcasing their programming skills.
Mod16: Review Final Exam
This module provides comprehensive review of all course concepts and prepares students for the final examination through practice problems, concept reinforcement, and assessment of cumulative learning objectives.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist: Interactive Edition by Allen Downey available free online, Python Programming: An Introduction to Computer Science by John Zelle ISBN: 1-997902-99-6
Professional Portfolio, ENGL-6971, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Annotated Bibliography
Portfolio
Reflection
Defense
Description:
Meetings with the student to discuss internship progress, customized to their project (students choose their own projects). Common topics include how to run research, how to code research data, how to design deliverables, how to write the scholarly reflection, how to conduct presentations for graduate defense.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Prof Writing and Busn Ethics, ENGL-3010, Section 41, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Canvas posts
AI Critique Memo
Team Proposal
Research Project
Reflection
Description:
Class Intro – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities with a class overview.
AI & this class – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how AI is integrated into this course.
Ethics & Prof Writing – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how professional writing and ethics overlap.
Audience – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about understanding audiences.
AI Memo Intro and selecting topics – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities to introduce the AI Critique Memo and how to select research topics.
Memo Format – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about the proper format for writing memos.
AI Social Issues – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about the social implications of AI.
Topic 2 – Your Choice – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities that will help you examine professional writing using a second topic of your choosing.
Generating useful prompts – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how to create effective AI prompts.
Topic Statement: Critiquing AI Claims, Evidence, and Citations – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about analyzing and critiquing the claims and evidence that AI made for your Critique Memo.
Critiquing AI Research Methods – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about evaluating the research methods that AI proposed for your Critique Memo.
Is AI’s research feasible? – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about assessing the feasibility of AI’s research ideas.
Cutting down sentence length – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about techniques to reduce sentence length for professional writing.
Verifying scholarly sources – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how to evaluate and verify scholarly sources.
Citations – in this optional topic, you will find readings, lectures, and activities about how to do citations.
Proposals in the Professional World – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how proposals are used in professional contexts.
Working in Teams – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about effective teamwork and collaboration in professional projects.
Research Proposal & Project intro: Choosing Topics, Research Methods, and Team Roles – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how to choose topics, research methods, and team roles for your Research Projects.
Team meetings: Decide topic, research method, and team roles – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how teams can decide topics, research methods, and roles during your First Team Meeting.
Editors: Annotating 3 sources – for this topic, Editors will have readings, lectures, and activities about annotating scholarly sources for the Proposal.
Researchers: Writing the Research Methods – for this topic, Researchers will have readings, lectures, and activities about how researchers should write up the research methods for the Proposal.
Coordinators: Writing the Topic Statement & Team Charter – for this topic, Coordinators will have readings, lectures, and activities about how to write the topic statement and team charter.
Team meeting: Timeline together – for this topic, the whole team will have readings, lectures, and activities about creating a timeline for the project.
Editors: Citations & Editing the Proposal – for this topic, Editors will have readings, lectures, and activities about how editors should handle citations and the editing process for the proposal.
Researchers: Writing Research Protocols – for this topic, Researchers will have readings, lectures, and activities about how researchers should write the research protocols for the Proposal.
Coordinators: Writing the Timeline – for this topic, we will have readings and lectures about how coordinators write the project timeline.
Starting to write the report – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about the process of starting to write the Research Report.
Running Research – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how to run research and gather data for the project.
Report: Research Methods, Scholarly Conversations, Exec Summaries – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about writing the report’s sections on research methods, scholarly conversations, and executive summaries.
Presentation Sections – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about sections of the final presentation.
Writing Results for the Notes and Report – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how to write the results section for Researcher Notes and the team’s Research Report.
Presentations & Final Sub – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about preparing for the final presentation and submission of the project.
Reflection – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about reflecting on the course learning outcomes and structure.
Required Reading: Successful Writing at Work: Concise Edition (4th Edition) by Philip C. Kolin; A Thinker’s Guide to Understanding the Foundations of Ethical Reasoning by Richard Paul and Linda Elder
Recommended Reading: N/A
Prof Writing and Busn Ethics, ENGL-3010, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Canvas posts
AI Critique Memo
Team Proposal
Research Project
Reflection
Description:
Class Intro – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities with a class overview.
AI & this class – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how AI is integrated into this course.
Ethics & Prof Writing – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how professional writing and ethics overlap.
Audience – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about understanding audiences.
AI Memo Intro and selecting topics – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities to introduce the AI Critique Memo and how to select research topics.
Memo Format – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about the proper format for writing memos.
AI Social Issues – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about the social implications of AI.
Topic 2 – Your Choice – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities that will help you examine professional writing using a second topic of your choosing.
Generating useful prompts – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how to create effective AI prompts.
Topic Statement: Critiquing AI Claims, Evidence, and Citations – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about analyzing and critiquing the claims and evidence that AI made for your Critique Memo.
Critiquing AI Research Methods – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about evaluating the research methods that AI proposed for your Critique Memo.
Is AI’s research feasible? – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about assessing the feasibility of AI’s research ideas.
Cutting down sentence length – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about techniques to reduce sentence length for professional writing.
Verifying scholarly sources – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how to evaluate and verify scholarly sources.
Citations – in this optional topic, you will find readings, lectures, and activities about how to do citations.
Proposals in the Professional World – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how proposals are used in professional contexts.
Working in Teams – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about effective teamwork and collaboration in professional projects.
Research Proposal & Project intro: Choosing Topics, Research Methods, and Team Roles – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how to choose topics, research methods, and team roles for your Research Projects.
Team meetings: Decide topic, research method, and team roles – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how teams can decide topics, research methods, and roles during your First Team Meeting.
Editors: Annotating 3 sources – for this topic, Editors will have readings, lectures, and activities about annotating scholarly sources for the Proposal.
Researchers: Writing the Research Methods – for this topic, Researchers will have readings, lectures, and activities about how researchers should write up the research methods for the Proposal.
Coordinators: Writing the Topic Statement & Team Charter – for this topic, Coordinators will have readings, lectures, and activities about how to write the topic statement and team charter.
Team meeting: Timeline together – for this topic, the whole team will have readings, lectures, and activities about creating a timeline for the project.
Editors: Citations & Editing the Proposal – for this topic, Editors will have readings, lectures, and activities about how editors should handle citations and the editing process for the proposal.
Researchers: Writing Research Protocols – for this topic, Researchers will have readings, lectures, and activities about how researchers should write the research protocols for the Proposal.
Coordinators: Writing the Timeline – for this topic, we will have readings and lectures about how coordinators write the project timeline.
Starting to write the report – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about the process of starting to write the Research Report.
Running Research – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how to run research and gather data for the project.
Report: Research Methods, Scholarly Conversations, Exec Summaries – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about writing the report’s sections on research methods, scholarly conversations, and executive summaries.
Presentation Sections – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about sections of the final presentation.
Writing Results for the Notes and Report – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how to write the results section for Researcher Notes and the team’s Research Report.
Presentations & Final Sub – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about preparing for the final presentation and submission of the project.
Reflection – for this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about reflecting on the course learning outcomes and structure.
Required Reading: Successful Writing at Work: Concise Edition (4th Edition) by Philip C. Kolin; A Thinker’s Guide to Understanding the Foundations of Ethical Reasoning by Richard Paul and Linda Elder
Recommended Reading: N/A
Technical Writing, ENGL-2100, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Canvas posts
Job Materials (including Worksheets)
Team Application Memo
Proposal (Team)
Solution Project (Team)
Reflection
Description:
Course Intro – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about strategies for managing workload, staying organized, and succeeding in the class.
What is Tech Comm? – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about the definition, scope, and importance of technical communication.
AI – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about artificial intelligence and its role in professional and technical writing.
Job Materials Assignment Intro: Finding a job ad, resume overview – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities introducing the Job Materials assignment and how to find a job ad.
Audience and Rhetoric – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about understanding your audience.
Research – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about conducting research to support your job application materials.
AI Worksheet and Intro to AI Evaluation Memo – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities introducing the AI Worksheet and the AI Evaluation Memo.
How to write in Professional/Technical Style – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about professional/technical writing style.
Keywords Worksheet – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how to completing the Keyword Worksheet.
Keywords for your Job Materials (including Critiquing AI Materials) – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about refining keywords and evaluating AI-generated job materials.
Design – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about visual design principles.
Resume Q&A – For this topic, students ask questions about resumes, and the instructor answers them.
AI Evaluation Memo– For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about evaluating AI’s content for the AI Evaluation Memo.
Team Application Memo – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about writing a memo to apply for a team role.
Collaboration – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about working effectively in teams and managing group dynamics.
Team Plans – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about drafting and refining your team’s project plan.
Making Protocols (only do the things that apply to your team!) – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about research protocols.
Running Research – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about conducting research for your team project.
Solution Project: Front Matter, Research Methods sections – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about writing the front matter and research methods sections of your solution project.
Writing Results – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about presenting research results in a clear and professional manner.
Graphics and ethics – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about using graphics ethically and effectively in result sections.
Presentations – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about preparing and delivering professional presentations.
Recording for your presentations – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about recording your team’s presentation.
Meet with your team to record your Presentation this week – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about coordinating with your team to finalize and record your presentation.
Reflection – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about reflecting on course learning outcomes and structure.
Required Reading: Technical Writing Essentials by Suzan Last, Candice Neveu, and Monika Smith
Recommended Reading: N/A
Elements of Grammar, ENGL-1410, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Canvas posts
Canvas quizzes
Mid Semester Review
Team Project
Final Exam
Reflection
Description:
Rhetorical grammar, Parts of speech (subject/predicate) – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about rhetorical grammar and identifying subjects and predicates in sentences.
Intro to AI – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about the basics of AI and how it relates to editing.
Verbs – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about identifying different types of verbs.
Subjects – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about recognizing subjects.
Objects – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about identifying direct and indirect objects in sentences.
Clauses & phrases – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about distinguishing between clauses and phrases.
Modifiers – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about identifying adjectives and adverbs.
Restrictive/nonrestrictive phrases – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities identifying restrictive and nonrestrictive phrases.
Connecting Words (conjunctions, prepositions) – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about conjunctions and prepositions.
Sentence Structures – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about how to identify different sentence structures.
Mid-semester review – For this topic, we will hold a mid-semester review to reinforce material covered in the first half of the course.
Create Teaching Project teams, discuss AI in terms of team projects – For this topic, we will form teams and explore how AI can be integrated into the Teaching Project.
Word choice and concision – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about selecting precise words and eliminating unnecessary language.
Active/Passive Voice – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about identifying and using active and passive voice.
Agreement and Parallelism – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about ensuring grammatical agreement and parallelism.
Punctuation: Commas – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about using commas correctly.
Punctuation: Semicolons, colons, sentence enders – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about using semicolons, colons, and sentence-ending punctuation.
Punctuation: Quotes, apostrophes – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about using quotation marks and apostrophes.
Punctuation: hyphens, dashes, parentheses – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about using hyphens, dashes, and parentheses.
Reflection – For this topic, we will have readings, lectures, and activities about reflecting on the course outcomes and structure.
Required Reading: Working With Words 9th Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Creative Writing, ENGL-2250R, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Students will employ two primary modes of creative expression—prose and poetry—to produce compelling workin with rich, symbolic imagery, forceful structural design, and/or engaging characters who interact with one another in environments imbued with conflict, action, and concrete details. In addition to producing 5-7 pages of original prose and 4-6 poems, students will read and discuss examples of published fiction and poetry,
along with handouts pertinent to subject. Students will also become familiar with methods for finding and submitting their work to literary markets.
Description:
English 2250r Required Course Assignments & Percentage Breakdown
25 pts Fiction Portfolio: 5-7 page short story + critiqued drafts
25 pts Poetry Portfolio: 4-6 revised poems employing modeling techniques introduced in Oliver text + critiqued drafts
20 pts Fiction Quiz
20 pts Poetry Quiz
OTHER: 10 pts (FINAL EXAMINATION)
Required Reading: A Poetry Handbook, Mary Oliver The Modern Library Writer's Workshop, Stephen Koch The Situation and the Story, Vivian Gornic
Recommended Reading: n/a
Clinical Nursing Care II, NURS-3505, Section 6, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Provides further opportunities for students to learn, practice, and achieve competency in more invasive nursing skills including but not limited to, peripheral venous insertion & blood transfusion.
Description:
Week 1: IV access
Week 2: IV fluids and medications
Week 3: Blood products and blood product administration
Week 4: Central line access
Week 5: TPN and lipids
Week 6: Tracheostomy care, chest tubes, and mechanical ventilation
Week 7: 12-lead EKGs, rhythm strips, and BLS
Required Reading: Lippincott CoursePoint for Nursing Concepts: http://thepoint.lww.com.. (electronic texts and resources) 1. Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education ISBN: 978-1-975-18238-0 2. Hinkle & Cheever: Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, 15th Edition 3. Karch: Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, 9 th Edition 4. Porth: Essentials of Pathophysiology: Concepts of Altered Health States, 4th Edition 5. Taylor, lillis, LeMone & Lynn: Fundamentals of Nursing: The Art and Science of Nursing Care, Tenth Edition 6. Lippincott Advisor for Education • Clinical Procedures for Safer Patient Care by Glynda Rees Doyle and Jodie Anita McCutcheon is used under a CC BY 4.0 License. Download for free from the B.C. Open Collection.
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
The Creative Writing Portfolio, ENGL-3145, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Students read the three assigned texts in their entirety, on which they will be
quizzed
2. Students share prose and poetry works with instructor and peers
3. Students submit three portfolios for instructor evaluation
4. Students, using the Internet and other resources, find markets for their
creative work and commence with the submission process
Description:
PORTFOLIO ONE – FICTION (12-15 pages) + process memo + query letter + list of 10
markets) 20 points
PORTFOLIO TWO – NONFICTION (12-15 pages + process memo + query letter + list
of 10 markets) 20 points
PORTFOLIO THREE – POETRY (7-10 poems + process memo + query letter + list of 10
markets) 20 points
IN-CLASS QUIZ ASSESSMENTS X 3 – 30 pts
ATTENDANCE—Meet minimum requirement – 5 pts
FINAL – 5 points
Required Reading: A Poetry Handbook, Mary Oliver The Modern Library Writer's Workshop, Stephen Koch The Situation and the Story, Vivian Gornic
Recommended Reading: n/a
Clinical Nursing Care II, NURS-3505, Section 5, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Provides further opportunities for students to learn, practice, and achieve competency in more invasive nursing skills including but not limited to, peripheral venous insertion & blood transfusion.
Description:
Week 1: IV access
Week 2: IV fluids and medications
Week 3: Blood products and blood product administration
Week 4: Central line access
Week 5: TPN and lipids
Week 6: Tracheostomy care, chest tubes, and mechanical ventilation
Week 7: 12-lead EKGs, rhythm strips, and BLS
Required Reading: Lippincott CoursePoint for Nursing Concepts: http://thepoint.lww.com.. (electronic texts and resources) 1. Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education ISBN: 978-1-975-18238-0 2. Hinkle & Cheever: Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, 15th Edition 3. Karch: Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, 9 th Edition 4. Porth: Essentials of Pathophysiology: Concepts of Altered Health States, 4th Edition 5. Taylor, lillis, LeMone & Lynn: Fundamentals of Nursing: The Art and Science of Nursing Care, Tenth Edition 6. Lippincott Advisor for Education • Clinical Procedures for Safer Patient Care by Glynda Rees Doyle and Jodie Anita McCutcheon is used under a CC BY 4.0 License. Download for free from the B.C. Open Collection.
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
Clinical Nursing Care II, NURS-3505, Section 4, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Provides further opportunities for students to learn, practice, and achieve competency in more invasive nursing skills including but not limited to, peripheral venous insertion & blood transfusion.
Description:
Week 1: IV access
Week 2: IV fluids and medications
Week 3: Blood products and blood product administration
Week 4: Central line access
Week 5: TPN and lipids
Week 6: Tracheostomy care, chest tubes, and mechanical ventilation
Week 7: 12-lead EKGs, rhythm strips, and BLS
Required Reading: Lippincott CoursePoint for Nursing Concepts: http://thepoint.lww.com.. (electronic texts and resources) 1. Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education ISBN: 978-1-975-18238-0 2. Hinkle & Cheever: Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, 15th Edition 3. Karch: Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, 9 th Edition 4. Porth: Essentials of Pathophysiology: Concepts of Altered Health States, 4th Edition 5. Taylor, lillis, LeMone & Lynn: Fundamentals of Nursing: The Art and Science of Nursing Care, Tenth Edition 6. Lippincott Advisor for Education • Clinical Procedures for Safer Patient Care by Glynda Rees Doyle and Jodie Anita McCutcheon is used under a CC BY 4.0 License. Download for free from the B.C. Open Collection.
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
Clinical Nursing Care II, NURS-3505, Section 3, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Provides further opportunities for students to learn, practice, and achieve competency in more invasive nursing skills including but not limited to, peripheral venous insertion & blood transfusion.
Description:
Week 1: IV access
Week 2: IV fluids and medications
Week 3: Blood products and blood product administration
Week 4: Central line access
Week 5: TPN and lipids
Week 6: Tracheostomy care, chest tubes, and mechanical ventilation
Week 7: 12-lead EKGs, rhythm strips, and BLS
Required Reading: Lippincott CoursePoint for Nursing Concepts: http://thepoint.lww.com.. (electronic texts and resources) 1. Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education ISBN: 978-1-975-18238-0 2. Hinkle & Cheever: Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, 15th Edition 3. Karch: Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, 9 th Edition 4. Porth: Essentials of Pathophysiology: Concepts of Altered Health States, 4th Edition 5. Taylor, lillis, LeMone & Lynn: Fundamentals of Nursing: The Art and Science of Nursing Care, Tenth Edition 6. Lippincott Advisor for Education • Clinical Procedures for Safer Patient Care by Glynda Rees Doyle and Jodie Anita McCutcheon is used under a CC BY 4.0 License. Download for free from the B.C. Open Collection.
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
Clinical Nursing Care II, NURS-3505, Section 2, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Provides further opportunities for students to learn, practice, and achieve competency in more invasive nursing skills including but not limited to, peripheral venous insertion & blood transfusion.
Description:
Week 1: IV access
Week 2: IV fluids and medications
Week 3: Blood products and blood product administration
Week 4: Central line access
Week 5: TPN and lipids
Week 6: Tracheostomy care, chest tubes, and mechanical ventilation
Week 7: 12-lead EKGs, rhythm strips, and BLS
Required Reading: Lippincott CoursePoint for Nursing Concepts: http://thepoint.lww.com.. (electronic texts and resources) 1. Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education ISBN: 978-1-975-18238-0 2. Hinkle & Cheever: Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, 15th Edition 3. Karch: Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, 9 th Edition 4. Porth: Essentials of Pathophysiology: Concepts of Altered Health States, 4th Edition 5. Taylor, lillis, LeMone & Lynn: Fundamentals of Nursing: The Art and Science of Nursing Care, Tenth Edition 6. Lippincott Advisor for Education • Clinical Procedures for Safer Patient Care by Glynda Rees Doyle and Jodie Anita McCutcheon is used under a CC BY 4.0 License. Download for free from the B.C. Open Collection.
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
Clinical Nursing Care II, NURS-3505, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Provides further opportunities for students to learn, practice, and achieve competency in more invasive nursing skills including but not limited to, peripheral venous insertion & blood transfusion.
Description:
Week 1: IV access
Week 2: IV fluids and medications
Week 3: Blood products and blood product administration
Week 4: Central line access
Week 5: TPN and lipids
Week 6: Tracheostomy care, chest tubes, and mechanical ventilation
Week 7: 12-lead EKGs, rhythm strips, and BLS
Required Reading: Lippincott CoursePoint for Nursing Concepts: http://thepoint.lww.com.. (electronic texts and resources) 1. Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education ISBN: 978-1-975-18238-0 2. Hinkle & Cheever: Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, 15th Edition 3. Karch: Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, 9 th Edition 4. Porth: Essentials of Pathophysiology: Concepts of Altered Health States, 4th Edition 5. Taylor, lillis, LeMone & Lynn: Fundamentals of Nursing: The Art and Science of Nursing Care, Tenth Edition 6. Lippincott Advisor for Education • Clinical Procedures for Safer Patient Care by Glynda Rees Doyle and Jodie Anita McCutcheon is used under a CC BY 4.0 License. Download for free from the B.C. Open Collection.
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 17, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Students in this course will:
· Write a minimum of 4 essays:
o Two of which must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words).
o One of which must be at least a 5-page research essay that incorporates a sufficient number of credible sources (from such places as the UT Library’s article databases, book catalog, subject-specific encyclopedias, and/or Utah’s catalog).
· Write at least one graded, in-class essay.
· Write no more than one narrative essay.
· Engage in opportunities to draft and revise, and receive instructor feedback on early drafts (such as non-graded first drafts).
· Write a total of at least 18 pages over the course of the semester (4500 words).
Description:
ASSIGNMENTS
1. Paper 1. Students prepare personal essays that detail moments when their understanding of life changed profoundly.
2. Paper 2. Each student will prepare a "letter to the editor" for a local or national newspaper, outlining her/his position on a topic of interest to a general reading audience.
3. In-Class Essay (PAPER 3) Students produce an in-class essay in which they address and analyze a contemporary social issue.
4. Paper 4. Students craft research-driven papers.
5. Students are expected to come to these meetings with the latest drafts of their essays.
6. Each quiz will be unannounced. Students will be asked to answer questions about assigned readings. Final Examination. Students will write a timed essay on a topic assigned by the instructor.
7. Students will utilize InQuizitive (available with purchase of course texts) to enhance their understanding of stylistic, structural and content-related strategies
Required Reading: Required Materials: InQuizitive/Little Seagull Ebook: “Inclusive access” (all software access, no hard copy purchase)
Recommended Reading: n/a
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 12, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Course Objectives:
Students will employ two primary modes of creative expression—prose and poetry—to produce compelling workin with rich, symbolic imagery, forceful structural design, and/or engaging characters who interact with one another in environments imbued with conflict, action, and concrete details. In addition to producing 5-7 pages of original prose and 4-6 poems, students will read and discuss examples of published fiction and poetry, along with handouts pertinent to subject. Students will also become familiar with methods for finding and submitting their work to literary markets.
MINIMAL REQUIREMENTS
In order to complete English 2010 with a grade of “C” or higher, each student must satisfy the following requirements:
· Participate in class (homework, quizzes, exercises, discussions, workshops, journal responses)
· Write 2 short papers (2000 words total) in genres such as analysis, classification, persuasion, pro-con, or cause-effect
· Write at least one 10 to 12-page (approx. 2500 words) research paper that incorporates a sufficient number of credible sources (from such places as the UT Library’s article databases, book catalog and subject-specific encyclopedias).
· Produce an annotated bibliography of at least 6 sources
· Produce multiple revisions of drafts
· Critique preparatory drafts of students papers in small workshop groups
ENG 101
Students in this course will:
· Write a minimum of 4 essays:
o Two of which must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words).
o One of which must be at least a 5-page research essay that incorporates a sufficient number of credible sources (from such places as the UT Library’s article databases, book catalog, subject-specific encyclopedias, and/or Utah’s catalog).
· Write at least one graded, in-class essay.
· Write no more than one narrative essay.
· Engage in opportunities to draft and revise, and receive instructor feedback on early drafts (such as non-graded first drafts).
· Write a total of at least 18 pages over the course of the semester (4500 words).
Description:
Paper 1. Students prepare personal essays that detail moments when their understanding of life changed profoundly.
2. Paper 2. Each student will prepare a "letter to the editor" for a local or national newspaper, outlining her/his position on a topic of interest to a general reading audience.
3. In-Class Essay (PAPER 3) Students produce an in-class essay in which they address and analyze a contemporary social issue.
4. Paper 4. Students craft research-driven papers.
5. Students are expected to come to these meetings with the latest drafts of their essays.
6. Each quiz will be unannounced. Students will be asked to answer questions about assigned readings. Final Examination. Students will write a timed essay on a topic assigned by the instructor.
7. Students will utilize InQuizitive (available with purchase of course texts) to enhance their understanding of stylistic, structural and content-related strategies
Required Reading: Required Materials: InQuizitive/Little Seagull Ebook: “Inclusive access” (all software access, no hard copy purchase)
Recommended Reading: n/a
LPN to RN Nursing Skills Lab, NURS-2035, Section 4, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course examines the role of the registered nurse in performing nursing skills. The laboratory experience is provided to learn and perform nursing skills, and assist the student in identifying appropriate nursing responses to health needs. The students will need to appropriately demonstrate and be passed off on 3 skills over the course of the 7 weeks.
Description:
Week 1: IV access, urinary catheterization, and sterile technique
Week 2: IV fluids and medications
Week 3: Blood products and blood product administration
Week 4: Central line access
Week 5: TPN, lipids, and gastric tubes
Week 6: Tracheostomy care, chest tubes, and vent care
Week 7: 12-lead EKGs, pacemakers, and BLS
Required Reading: Concepts Courseware and e-books from Walters Kluwer (Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Karch’s Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Brunner and Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing)
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
LPN to RN Nursing Skills Lab, NURS-2035, Section 3, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course examines the role of the registered nurse in performing nursing skills. The laboratory experience is provided to learn and perform nursing skills, and assist the student in identifying appropriate nursing responses to health needs. The students will need to appropriately demonstrate and be passed off on 3 skills over the course of the 7 weeks.
Description:
Week 1: IV access, urinary catheterization, and sterile technique
Week 2: IV fluids and medications
Week 3: Blood products and blood product administration
Week 4: Central line access
Week 5: TPN, lipids, and gastric tubes
Week 6: Tracheostomy care, chest tubes, and vent care
Week 7: 12-lead EKGs, pacemakers, and BLS
Required Reading: Concepts Courseware and e-books from Walters Kluwer (Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Karch’s Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Brunner and Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing)
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
LPN to RN Nursing Skills Lab, NURS-2035, Section 2, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course examines the role of the registered nurse in performing nursing skills. The laboratory experience is provided to learn and perform nursing skills, and assist the student in identifying appropriate nursing responses to health needs. The students will need to appropriately demonstrate and be passed off on 3 skills over the course of the 7 weeks.
Description:
Week 1: IV access, urinary catheterization, and sterile technique
Week 2: IV fluids and medications
Week 3: Blood products and blood product administration
Week 4: Central line access
Week 5: TPN, lipids, and gastric tubes
Week 6: Tracheostomy care, chest tubes, and vent care
Week 7: 12-lead EKGs, pacemakers, and BLS
Required Reading: Concepts Courseware and e-books from Walters Kluwer (Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Karch’s Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Brunner and Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing)
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
LPN to RN Nursing Skills Lab, NURS-2035, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course examines the role of the registered nurse in performing nursing skills. The laboratory experience is provided to learn and perform nursing skills, and assist the student in identifying appropriate nursing responses to health needs. The students will need to appropriately demonstrate and be passed off on 3 skills over the course of the 7 weeks.
Description:
Week 1: IV access, urinary catheterization, and sterile technique
Week 2: IV fluids and medications
Week 3: Blood products and blood product administration
Week 4: Central line access
Week 5: TPN, lipids, and gastric tubes
Week 6: Tracheostomy care, chest tubes, and vent care
Week 7: 12-lead EKGs, pacemakers, and BLS
Required Reading: Concepts Courseware and e-books from Walters Kluwer (Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Karch’s Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Brunner and Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing)
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
Interm. Career Strategies, BUS-3000, Section 41, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Value Reflection
Workview/Lifeview Reflection
Personal Mission Statement
Odyssey Plan
LAMP List
Business Analysis
Personal Skills Report
LinkedIn Profile & Elevator Pitch
Informational Interview
Targeted Resume Part I
Interview Part 1
Targeted Resume Part II
Mock Interview
Career Growth
Career SMART Goals
Final Project: Implementation Plan
Description:
Class Introductions: Introduction to the course, instructor, and peers. Overview of expectations and course structure. Explore personal values and reflect on the top 5.
Workview, Lifeview, & Personal Mission Statement: Uncover what motivates you and create a guiding mission statement rooted in your lifeview/workview.
Career Exploration & Odyssey Planning: Explore meaningful careers and design three 5-year life scenarios that reflect different directions.
LAMP List: Create a targeted list of job opportunities and contacts based on the LAMP method.
Business Analysis: Evaluate businesses or industries of interest.
Personal Skills Report: Conduct an in-depth analysis of personal skills relevant to career objectives.
LinkedIn Profile & Elevator Pitch: Shape your personal brand with a polished LinkedIn profile and a compelling elevator pitch.
Informational Interview: Gain insights into a chosen field by interviewing a professional.
Targeted Resume Part I: Draft resumes tailored to specific career opportunities, focusing on formatting and keywords.
Best Practices for Interviewing: Learn techniques for successful interviews, including preparation and effective communication.
Targeted Resume Part II: Revise and refine resumes to align closely with specific job applications.
Mock Interview: Demonstrate your professionalism with a live or virtual mock interview using STAR responses.
Career Growth: Engage in professional development activities such as certifications, networking, or career coaching.
Career SMART Goals: Define short term and long-term career objectives and create actionable plans to achieve them.
Final Implementation Plan: Synthesize course elements into a comprehensive strategic career plan.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Dalton, Steve (2012). 2 Hour Job Search: Using Technology to Get the Right Job Faster, Random House. ISBN-13: 978-1607741701
Health & Illness Concepts III, NURS-2700, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
This course integrates concepts of the health-illness continuum in the care of patients with multisystem health problems. Emphasis is placed on the concepts of fluid and electrolytes, oxygenation, perfusion, intracranial regulation, infection, stress and coping, clinical judgment, and the nursing process. Addresses application of complex health and illness concepts in nursing pharmacology. Course requirements include pre-class assignments, in-class quizzes, in-class group assignments, post class assignments, a mental health group presentation, and four in-class proctored exams.
Description:
Module 1: This unit will take 4 weeks and covers medication calculation, EKGs, dysrhythmias, myocardial infarctions, heart failure, ACLS. It will end with the module 1 exam.
Module 2: This unit will take 3 weeks and covers sepsis, MODS, DIC, ARDS, and mechanical ventilation. It will end with the module 2 exam.
Module 3: This unit will take 4 weeks and covers liver failure, pancreatitis, and the mental health group presentations. It will end with the module 3 exam.
Module 4: This unit will take 4 weeks and covers kidney injury, DI, SIADH, increased ICP, and seizures. It will end with the module 4 exam, which is the final exam.
Required Reading: Concepts Courseware and e-books from Walters Kluwer (Lippincott Skills for Nursing Education, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Karch’s Focus on Nursing Pharmacology, Lippincott CoursePoint Enhanced for Brunner and Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing)
Recommended Reading: Materials included in the Canvas modules
Interm. Career Strategies, BUS-3000, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Value Reflection
Workview/Lifeview Reflection
Personal Mission Statement
Odyssey Plan
LAMP List
Business Analysis
Personal Skills Report
LinkedIn Profile & Elevator Pitch
Informational Interview
Targeted Resume Part I
Interview Part 1
Targeted Resume Part II
Mock Interview
Career Growth
Career SMART Goals
Final Project: Implementation Plan
Description:
Class Introductions: Introduction to the course, instructor, and peers. Overview of expectations and course structure. Explore personal values and reflect on the top 5.
Workview, Lifeview, & Personal Mission Statement: Uncover what motivates you and create a guiding mission statement rooted in your lifeview/workview.
Career Exploration & Odyssey Planning: Explore meaningful careers and design three 5-year life scenarios that reflect different directions.
LAMP List: Create a targeted list of job opportunities and contacts based on the LAMP method.
Business Analysis: Evaluate businesses or industries of interest.
Personal Skills Report: Conduct an in-depth analysis of personal skills relevant to career objectives.
LinkedIn Profile & Elevator Pitch: Shape your personal brand with a polished LinkedIn profile and a compelling elevator pitch.
Informational Interview: Gain insights into a chosen field by interviewing a professional.
Targeted Resume Part I: Draft resumes tailored to specific career opportunities, focusing on formatting and keywords.
Best Practices for Interviewing: Learn techniques for successful interviews, including preparation and effective communication.
Targeted Resume Part II: Revise and refine resumes to align closely with specific job applications.
Mock Interview: Demonstrate your professionalism with a live or virtual mock interview using STAR responses.
Career Growth: Engage in professional development activities such as certifications, networking, or career coaching.
Career SMART Goals: Define short term and long-term career objectives and create actionable plans to achieve them.
Final Implementation Plan: Synthesize course elements into a comprehensive strategic career plan.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Dalton, Steve (2012). 2 Hour Job Search: Using Technology to Get the Right Job Faster, Random House. ISBN-13: 978-1607741701
Introduction to Literature, ENGL-2200, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Weekly Discussion Forum Posts, Two Analytical Research Papers, Periodic Quizzes
Description:
Unit 1: Plot (Introduces students to scholarly discourse about narrative including fabula and syuzhet), Unit 2: Point of View (Students will explore literary devices related to narrative point of view and interiority), Unit 3: Character (Focuses on character development, verisimilitude, and the evolution of characterization in literature). Unit 4: The Southern Gothic (This unit joins the prior three units to explore the literature of the antebellum South, with an emphasis on gothic elements such as the grotesque), Unit 5: Adaptation (This unit focuses on the adaptations from on literary genre to another, with emphasis on film adaptation of novels).
Required Reading: Wise Blood by Flannery O'Connor, The Yellow Wallpaper by Charlotte Perkins Gilman, Tomie by Junji Ito, The Shadow over Innsmouth by HP Lovecraft, Who Goes There by Joseph Campbell, The Thing from Another World by Christian Nyby, The Thing by John Carpenter, Selected Poems of Edgar Allan Poe
Recommended Reading: N/A
Biochemistry I Lab, CHEM-3515, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Quizzes: You will be required to complete pre-lab quizzes online before coming to each laboratory course. These quizzes can be found on Canvas and completed on Canvas. There are no make-ups or late pre-lab quizzes allowed. The quizzes will constitute a total of 15% of your grade. You will be allowed to drop your lowest pre-lab quiz grade. Worksheets and Writing Assignments: You will be assigned two worksheets as assignments to be completed in place of a writing assignment for the Pipet lab, Spectroscopy and Dilutions lab and the DNA lab. These worksheets will be due at the beginning of the next lab period. Additionally, you will have four writing assignments due once the enzyme portion of the lab has started. These worksheets and writing assignments will be worth a total of 30% of your grade. There are no make-ups or late worksheets/writing assignments accepted. Lab Report: You will be required to write one large, comprehensive lab report during the semester, which will be based on the culmination of 6 weeks of experiments and is largely based off of writing assignments 1-4. This lab report will be worth 20% of your grade. Presentation: The results of the final two weeks of experiments (enzyme kinetics I/II) will be reported and presented in class with your partner. This presentation will be worth 15% of your grade. Final Exam: There will be a final exam given covering the main concepts covered throughout the semester. It is multiple choice. The final exam will be given during the last week of class in the testing center and will be worth 10% of your grade.
Description:
Excel Labs and Spectroscopy - practice using instrumentation that will be used throughout the semester as well as the proper way to analyze data in Excel. DNA lab - brief introduction to the use of agarose and restriction enzymes to identify plasmids. Tyrosinase isolation and characterization - the remainder of the semester will focus on isolating and characterizing tyrosinase from mushrooms. Techniques include centrifugation, dialysis, column chromatography, protein quantification, and enzyme assays.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Humanities Through the Arts, HUM-1010, Section 3, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
In-Class Activities: 150 points
Two Quizzes: 100 points (50 points each)
One Roundtable Panel Presentation: 50 points
Four Discussion Board Posts: 100 points (25 points each)
Two Reflection Papers: 100 points (50 points each)
Two Critical Analysis Papers: 300 points (150 points each)
One Creative Project: 50 points
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction – This unit introduces students to critical analysis in the humanities.
Unit 2: Antiquity – This unit explores the arts and humanities of the ancient world, focusing on the cultural achievements of Greece, Rome, and neighboring civilizations.
Unit 3: The Middle Ages – This unit explores the arts and humanities of the medieval period, focusing on religious devotion and communal life.
Unit 4: The Early Modern World – This unit explores the arts and humanities from the 15th to the 18th century, focusing on humanism, innovation, and expanding worldviews.
Unit 5: The Modern World – This unit explores the arts and humanities from the 19th century to the present, focusing on themes of individuality, disruption, and the search for meaning in a rapidly changing world.
Required Reading: Muffet Jones - Introduction to Art; Homer - The Iliad (Book 3); Sophocles - Oedipus the King; Marie de France - Lai of Lanval; Martin Luther - Concerning Christian Liberty; The Poems of Phillis Wheatley; Frederick Douglass - The Narrative; Karl Marx - “Estranged Labor”; Fritz Lang - Metropolis (film); Simone de Beauvoir – “Myth and Reality”; Ida Lupino - The Hitch-Hiker (film); Judith Butler - “Performative Acts and Gender Constitution”; Eirik Tveinten - Night ride (short film); Don Hertzfeldt - World of Tomorrow (short film)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Humanities Through the Arts, HUM-1010, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
In-Class Activities: 150 points
Two Quizzes: 100 points (50 points each)
One Roundtable Panel Presentation: 50 points
Four Discussion Board Posts: 100 points (25 points each)
Two Reflection Papers: 100 points (50 points each)
Two Critical Analysis Papers: 300 points (150 points each)
One Creative Project: 50 points
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction – This unit introduces students to critical analysis in the humanities.
Unit 2: Antiquity – This unit explores the arts and humanities of the ancient world, focusing on the cultural achievements of Greece, Rome, and neighboring civilizations.
Unit 3: The Middle Ages – This unit explores the arts and humanities of the medieval period, focusing on religious devotion and communal life.
Unit 4: The Early Modern World – This unit explores the arts and humanities from the 15th to the 18th century, focusing on humanism, innovation, and expanding worldviews.
Unit 5: The Modern World – This unit explores the arts and humanities from the 19th century to the present, focusing on themes of individuality, disruption, and the search for meaning in a rapidly changing world.
Required Reading: Muffet Jones - Introduction to Art; Homer - The Iliad (Book 3); Sophocles - Oedipus the King; Marie de France - Lai of Lanval; Martin Luther - Concerning Christian Liberty; The Poems of Phillis Wheatley; Frederick Douglass - The Narrative; Karl Marx - “Estranged Labor”; Fritz Lang - Metropolis (film); Simone de Beauvoir – “Myth and Reality”; Ida Lupino - The Hitch-Hiker (film); Judith Butler - “Performative Acts and Gender Constitution”; Eirik Tveinten - Night ride (short film); Don Hertzfeldt - World of Tomorrow (short film)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Humanities Through the Arts, HUM-1010, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
In-Class Activities: 150 points
Two Quizzes: 100 points (50 points each)
One Roundtable Panel Presentation: 50 points
Four Discussion Board Posts: 100 points (25 points each)
Two Reflection Papers: 100 points (50 points each)
Two Critical Analysis Papers: 300 points (150 points each)
One Creative Project: 50 points
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction – This unit introduces students to critical analysis in the humanities.
Unit 2: Antiquity – This unit explores the arts and humanities of the ancient world, focusing on the cultural achievements of Greece, Rome, and neighboring civilizations.
Unit 3: The Middle Ages – This unit explores the arts and humanities of the medieval period, focusing on religious devotion and communal life.
Unit 4: The Early Modern World – This unit explores the arts and humanities from the 15th to the 18th century, focusing on humanism, innovation, and expanding worldviews.
Unit 5: The Modern World – This unit explores the arts and humanities from the 19th century to the present, focusing on themes of individuality, disruption, and the search for meaning in a rapidly changing world.
Required Reading: Muffet Jones - Introduction to Art; Homer - The Iliad (Book 3); Sophocles - Oedipus the King; Marie de France - Lai of Lanval; Martin Luther - Concerning Christian Liberty; The Poems of Phillis Wheatley; Frederick Douglass - The Narrative; Karl Marx - “Estranged Labor”; Fritz Lang - Metropolis (film); Simone de Beauvoir – “Myth and Reality”; Ida Lupino - The Hitch-Hiker (film); Judith Butler - “Performative Acts and Gender Constitution”; Eirik Tveinten - Night ride (short film); Don Hertzfeldt - World of Tomorrow (short film)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Humanities Through the Arts, HUM-1010, Section 43, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Two Quizzes: 120 points (60 points each)
Two Critical Analysis Papers: 300 points (150 points each)
Two Reflection Papers: 100 points (50 points each)
Eight Mini Critical Analysis: 400 points (50 points each)
Eight Discussion Board Posts: 80 points (10 points each)
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction – This unit introduces students to critical analysis in the humanities.
Unit 2: Antiquity – This unit explores the arts and humanities of the ancient world, focusing on the cultural achievements of Greece, Rome, and neighboring civilizations.
Unit 3: The Middle Ages – This unit explores the arts and humanities of the medieval period, focusing on religious devotion and communal life.
Unit 4: The Early Modern World – This unit explores the arts and humanities from the 15th to the 18th century, focusing on humanism, innovation, and expanding worldviews.
Unit 5: The Modern World – This unit explores the arts and humanities from the 19th century to the present, focusing on themes of individuality, disruption, and the search for meaning in a rapidly changing world.
Required Reading: Muffet Jones - Introduction to Art; Homer - The Iliad (Book 3); Sophocles - Oedipus the King; The Song of Roland; Marie de France - Lai of Lanval; Martin Luther - Concerning Christian Liberty; The Poems of Phillis Wheatley; Frederick Douglass - The Narrative; Karl Marx - “Estranged Labor”; Simone de Beauvoir – “Myth and Reality”; Judith Butler - “Performative Acts and Gender Constitution”
Recommended Reading: N/A
Humanities Through the Arts, HUM-1010, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Two Quizzes: 120 points (60 points each)
Two Critical Analysis Papers: 300 points (150 points each)
Two Reflection Papers: 100 points (50 points each)
Eight Mini Critical Analysis: 400 points (50 points each)
Eight Discussion Board Posts: 80 points (10 points each)
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction – This unit introduces students to critical analysis in the humanities.
Unit 2: Antiquity – This unit explores the arts and humanities of the ancient world, focusing on the cultural achievements of Greece, Rome, and neighboring civilizations.
Unit 3: The Middle Ages – This unit explores the arts and humanities of the medieval period, focusing on religious devotion and communal life.
Unit 4: The Early Modern World – This unit explores the arts and humanities from the 15th to the 18th century, focusing on humanism, innovation, and expanding worldviews.
Unit 5: The Modern World – This unit explores the arts and humanities from the 19th century to the present, focusing on themes of individuality, disruption, and the search for meaning in a rapidly changing world.
Required Reading: Muffet Jones - Introduction to Art; Homer - The Iliad (Book 3); Sophocles - Oedipus the King; The Song of Roland; Marie de France - Lai of Lanval; Martin Luther - Concerning Christian Liberty; The Poems of Phillis Wheatley; Frederick Douglass - The Narrative; Karl Marx - “Estranged Labor”; Simone de Beauvoir – “Myth and Reality”; Judith Butler - “Performative Acts and Gender Constitution”
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 35, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
% of overall grade
SI participation 15%
Participation Assignments 25%
Drafting process 25%
Paper Final drafts 30%
Exams 5%
Students will write four essays to meet the course requirements.
Description:
Thursday, Aug 21 Students will familiarize themselves with the course syllabus, expectations, and grading policies through an interactive review and Q&A session. The class will also engage in introductory activities to foster a welcoming learning environment and allow students to get to know each other.
Tuesday, Aug 26 Students will clarify any remaining questions regarding the syllabus, completing a partner review before delving into the fundamentals of narrative writing, including elements like plot, character, and setting. The class will analyze examples of effective narrative writing and brainstorm potential topics for their own narrative pieces.
Thursday, Aug 28 Students will complete a diagnostic essay in the testing center to assess their current writing skills, including grammar, mechanics, organization, and argumentative abilities. This assessment will provide the instructor with valuable insight into individual student strengths and areas for growth, informing future instruction and create a clean writing sample for comparison with AI concerns.
Tuesday, Sept 2 Students will engage in a structured peer review session, providing constructive criticism on classmates' narrative essays focusing on elements such as clarity, engagement, and adherence to narrative conventions. This activity aims to develop critical reading skills and expose students to diverse writing styles, enhancing their own revision process.
Thursday, Sept 4 Students will be introduced to the principles of analytical writing, learning how to break down complex texts or concepts into their component parts and explore their meaning and significance. The lesson will cover identifying a strong thesis, selecting relevant evidence, and developing insightful interpretations.
Tuesday, Sept 9 Students will explore the capabilities and ethical implications of artificial intelligence in academic writing, discussing its potential benefits and pitfalls. The class will learn how to responsibly engage with AI tools while maintaining academic integrity and developing their own critical thinking and writing skills.
Thursday, Sept 11 Students will participate in a targeted peer review session, offering feedback on the analytical strength, evidence integration, and organizational clarity of their classmates' analysis essays. This process will hone their critical reading skills and provide varied perspectives to aid in their own revisions.
Tuesday, Sept 16 Students will engage in a hands-on activity to master the proper formatting of Works Cited pages according to a specified citation style (e.g., MLA, APA), focusing on accuracy and attention to detail. This practical application will solidify their understanding of academic integrity and source attribution.
Thursday, Sept 18 Students will learn effective techniques for seamlessly incorporating secondary sources into their analytical writing, including direct quotation, paraphrasing, and summarizing. The lesson will emphasize proper attribution and the strategic use of sources to support and enhance their own arguments.
Tuesday, Sept 23 Individual student conferences will provide personalized feedback on analysis essays, addressing specific strengths and areas for improvement in argument, evidence, and structure. Concurrently, a class activity will explore various forms of bias in sources and arguments, teaching students to critically evaluate information.
Thursday, Sept 25 Individual student conferences will provide personalized feedback on analysis essays, addressing specific strengths and areas for improvement in argument, evidence, and structure. Concurrently, a class activity will explore various forms of bias in sources and arguments, teaching students to critically evaluate information.
Tuesday, Sept 30 Students will be introduced to the core principles of persuasive writing, including understanding audience, developing a clear thesis, and employing rhetorical appeals (ethos, pathos, logos). The lesson will involve analyzing effective persuasive texts and beginning to brainstorm topics for their own persuasive essays.
Thursday, Oct 2 We will go over the 4 Moves and a Habit activity to improve information literacy while students look for sources for their persuasive research essay.
Tuesday, Oct 7 Students will dedicate this class period to conducting research for their persuasive essays, utilizing academic databases. The instructor will provide support and guidance on effective research strategies and source evaluation.
Thursday, Oct 9 Fall Break
No in-person Class
Tuesday, Oct 14 Students will engage in a structured peer review session for their persuasive essays, providing constructive feedback on the strength of arguments, use of evidence, and overall persuasiveness. This activity aims to refine their critical reading skills and provide diverse perspectives for revision.
Thursday, Oct 16 Students will learn to identify and analyze subtext in various forms of communication, understanding how unstated meanings and underlying assumptions contribute to a text's overall message and impact. This skill will enhance their critical reading and persuasive writing abilities.
Tuesday, Oct 21 Individual conferences will provide tailored feedback on students' persuasive essays, addressing argumentation, evidence, and rhetorical strategies. Simultaneously, the class will engage in an activity to identify common logical fallacies, strengthening their ability to construct sound arguments and critique flawed reasoning.
Thursday, Oct 23 Individual conferences will provide tailored feedback on students' persuasive essays, addressing argumentation, evidence, and rhetorical strategies. Simultaneously, the class will engage in an activity to identify common logical fallacies, strengthening their ability to construct sound arguments and critique flawed reasoning.
Tuesday, Oct 28 Students will be introduced to the principles of evaluative writing, learning how to establish clear criteria, gather evidence, and make reasoned judgments about a subject. The lesson will include analyzing examples of effective evaluations and brainstorming topics for their own evaluative essays.
Wednesday, Oct 30 Students will explore the conventions and expectations of professional writing, focusing on clarity, conciseness, and audience awareness in workplace contexts. The lesson will cover various professional communication genres and strategies for effective written correspondence. Students will also work in hiration.
Tuesday, Nov 4 Students will participate in a structured peer review of their evaluative essays, providing feedback on the clarity of their criteria, the strength of their evidence, and the soundness of their judgments. This process will enhance their critical analysis and revision skills.
Thursday, Nov 6 Students will explore zines as a medium for creative expression and independent publishing, examining their history, purpose, and diverse forms. The class will begin brainstorming and designing their own zines, considering content, aesthetics, and audience.
Tuesday, Nov 11 Individual conferences will offer personalized feedback on students' evaluative essays, addressing their analytical approach and overall effectiveness. Concurrently, students will work on creating their own zines
Thursday, Nov 13 Individual conferences will offer personalized feedback on students' evaluative essays, addressing their analytical approach and overall effectiveness. Concurrently, students will work on creating their own zines
Tuesday, Nov 18 Students will work on creating their own zines
Thursday, Nov 20 Students will work on creating their own zines
Tuesday, Nov 25 Thanksgiving Break
No in-person Class
Thursday, Nov 27 Thanksgiving Break
No in-person Class
Tuesday, Dec 2 The class will showcase their completed zine projects in a collaborative zine fair, sharing their creative work with peers and engaging in discussions about independent publishing and artistic expression. This event will celebrate student creativity and provide an opportunity for peer interaction.
Thursday, Dec 4 The class will engage in a comprehensive review of key concepts and skills covered throughout the semester, preparing for the final exam or culminating project. This session will reinforce understanding of major course objectives and address any lingering questions.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 18, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
% of overall grade
SI participation 15%
Participation Assignments 25%
Drafting process 25%
Paper Final drafts 30%
Exams 5%
Students will write four essays to meet the course requirements.
Description:
Thursday, Aug 21 Students will familiarize themselves with the course syllabus, expectations, and grading policies through an interactive review and Q&A session. The class will also engage in introductory activities to foster a welcoming learning environment and allow students to get to know each other.
Tuesday, Aug 26 Students will clarify any remaining questions regarding the syllabus, completing a partner review before delving into the fundamentals of narrative writing, including elements like plot, character, and setting. The class will analyze examples of effective narrative writing and brainstorm potential topics for their own narrative pieces.
Thursday, Aug 28 Students will complete a diagnostic essay in the testing center to assess their current writing skills, including grammar, mechanics, organization, and argumentative abilities. This assessment will provide the instructor with valuable insight into individual student strengths and areas for growth, informing future instruction and create a clean writing sample for comparison with AI concerns.
Tuesday, Sept 2 Students will engage in a structured peer review session, providing constructive criticism on classmates' narrative essays focusing on elements such as clarity, engagement, and adherence to narrative conventions. This activity aims to develop critical reading skills and expose students to diverse writing styles, enhancing their own revision process.
Thursday, Sept 4 Students will be introduced to the principles of analytical writing, learning how to break down complex texts or concepts into their component parts and explore their meaning and significance. The lesson will cover identifying a strong thesis, selecting relevant evidence, and developing insightful interpretations.
Tuesday, Sept 9 Students will explore the capabilities and ethical implications of artificial intelligence in academic writing, discussing its potential benefits and pitfalls. The class will learn how to responsibly engage with AI tools while maintaining academic integrity and developing their own critical thinking and writing skills.
Thursday, Sept 11 Students will participate in a targeted peer review session, offering feedback on the analytical strength, evidence integration, and organizational clarity of their classmates' analysis essays. This process will hone their critical reading skills and provide varied perspectives to aid in their own revisions.
Tuesday, Sept 16 Students will engage in a hands-on activity to master the proper formatting of Works Cited pages according to a specified citation style (e.g., MLA, APA), focusing on accuracy and attention to detail. This practical application will solidify their understanding of academic integrity and source attribution.
Thursday, Sept 18 Students will learn effective techniques for seamlessly incorporating secondary sources into their analytical writing, including direct quotation, paraphrasing, and summarizing. The lesson will emphasize proper attribution and the strategic use of sources to support and enhance their own arguments.
Tuesday, Sept 23 Individual student conferences will provide personalized feedback on analysis essays, addressing specific strengths and areas for improvement in argument, evidence, and structure. Concurrently, a class activity will explore various forms of bias in sources and arguments, teaching students to critically evaluate information.
Thursday, Sept 25 Individual student conferences will provide personalized feedback on analysis essays, addressing specific strengths and areas for improvement in argument, evidence, and structure. Concurrently, a class activity will explore various forms of bias in sources and arguments, teaching students to critically evaluate information.
Tuesday, Sept 30 Students will be introduced to the core principles of persuasive writing, including understanding audience, developing a clear thesis, and employing rhetorical appeals (ethos, pathos, logos). The lesson will involve analyzing effective persuasive texts and beginning to brainstorm topics for their own persuasive essays.
Thursday, Oct 2 We will go over the 4 Moves and a Habit activity to improve information literacy while students look for sources for their persuasive research essay.
Tuesday, Oct 7 Students will dedicate this class period to conducting research for their persuasive essays, utilizing academic databases. The instructor will provide support and guidance on effective research strategies and source evaluation.
Thursday, Oct 9 Fall Break
No in-person Class
Tuesday, Oct 14 Students will engage in a structured peer review session for their persuasive essays, providing constructive feedback on the strength of arguments, use of evidence, and overall persuasiveness. This activity aims to refine their critical reading skills and provide diverse perspectives for revision.
Thursday, Oct 16 Students will learn to identify and analyze subtext in various forms of communication, understanding how unstated meanings and underlying assumptions contribute to a text's overall message and impact. This skill will enhance their critical reading and persuasive writing abilities.
Tuesday, Oct 21 Individual conferences will provide tailored feedback on students' persuasive essays, addressing argumentation, evidence, and rhetorical strategies. Simultaneously, the class will engage in an activity to identify common logical fallacies, strengthening their ability to construct sound arguments and critique flawed reasoning.
Thursday, Oct 23 Individual conferences will provide tailored feedback on students' persuasive essays, addressing argumentation, evidence, and rhetorical strategies. Simultaneously, the class will engage in an activity to identify common logical fallacies, strengthening their ability to construct sound arguments and critique flawed reasoning.
Tuesday, Oct 28 Students will be introduced to the principles of evaluative writing, learning how to establish clear criteria, gather evidence, and make reasoned judgments about a subject. The lesson will include analyzing examples of effective evaluations and brainstorming topics for their own evaluative essays.
Wednesday, Oct 30 Students will explore the conventions and expectations of professional writing, focusing on clarity, conciseness, and audience awareness in workplace contexts. The lesson will cover various professional communication genres and strategies for effective written correspondence. Students will also work in hiration.
Tuesday, Nov 4 Students will participate in a structured peer review of their evaluative essays, providing feedback on the clarity of their criteria, the strength of their evidence, and the soundness of their judgments. This process will enhance their critical analysis and revision skills.
Thursday, Nov 6 Students will explore zines as a medium for creative expression and independent publishing, examining their history, purpose, and diverse forms. The class will begin brainstorming and designing their own zines, considering content, aesthetics, and audience.
Tuesday, Nov 11 Individual conferences will offer personalized feedback on students' evaluative essays, addressing their analytical approach and overall effectiveness. Concurrently, students will work on creating their own zines
Thursday, Nov 13 Individual conferences will offer personalized feedback on students' evaluative essays, addressing their analytical approach and overall effectiveness. Concurrently, students will work on creating their own zines
Tuesday, Nov 18 Students will work on creating their own zines
Thursday, Nov 20 Students will work on creating their own zines
Tuesday, Nov 25 Thanksgiving Break
No in-person Class
Thursday, Nov 27 Thanksgiving Break
No in-person Class
Tuesday, Dec 2 The class will showcase their completed zine projects in a collaborative zine fair, sharing their creative work with peers and engaging in discussions about independent publishing and artistic expression. This event will celebrate student creativity and provide an opportunity for peer interaction.
Thursday, Dec 4 The class will engage in a comprehensive review of key concepts and skills covered throughout the semester, preparing for the final exam or culminating project. This session will reinforce understanding of major course objectives and address any lingering questions.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Social Psychology, PSY-2500, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
10 Applied Learning Activities
5 Exams
Final Exam
Description:
Unit 1: Introduce the core questions of social psychology and the scientific methods used—experiments, correlational studies, replication, open science, ethics, and pitfalls like bias and the replication crisis.
Unit 2: Examine how genetic/evolutionary influences interact with cultural norms, values, language, and ecological environments to shape behavior. Explore cultural variation vs. universals.
Unit 3: Cover self-concept, self-esteem, and identity. Discusses impression management, self-awareness, self-serving biases, and the motivational and adaptive roles of self-esteem.
Unit 4: Look at self-regulation, decision-making processes, willpower, free will, and how people intentionally or unintentionally act. Includes tradeoffs, impulsivity, and the role of self-control.
Unit 5: Explore how we perceive, interpret, and think about others—heuristics, biases both explicit and implicit, attribution theory, schemas, automatic vs. controlled thinking, and the impacts of mental shortcuts. Includes an introduction to the Implicit Association Test (IAT). Applied learning activities involve attempts to understand modern authoritarian political movements and the role of information processing in genocide.
Unit 6: Study the nature and functions of emotions, affective forecasting, mood effects, emotional contagion (e.g., mimicry), and physiological bases underlying emotional experience. Analyze how emotion impacts judgement and decision making. Applied learning activities involve attempts to understand modern authoritarian political movements and the role of emotional processes in genocide.
Unit 7: Investigates how attitudes form, change, and shape behavior in the context of relationships and political biases. Features cognitive dissonance, belief perseverance, motivated reasoning, attitude-behavior consistency, and persuasion gaps. Applied learning activities to understand how these concepts influence modern authoritarian political movements and modern examples of genocide.
Unit 8: Addresses why and when people help others—altruism, empathy, moral reasoning, bystander effect, social norms, reciprocity, trust, and situational vs. dispositional influences. Applied learning activities involve attempts to understand the motivation of people who resist modern authoritarian political movements and those who attempts to help victims of genocide.
Unit 9: Looks at aggressive behavior types, causes (e.g., frustration, modeling via Bandura’s Bobo doll), situational contributors (e.g., heat, alcohol), and control strategies. Follows the class theme of authoritarianism and genocide.
Unit 10: Examines stereotypes, prejudice, discrimination, in-group/out-group dynamics, social identity, implicit bias, and interventions for reducing intergroup tensions. Follows the class theme of authoritarianism and genocide.
Unit 11: Studies group structure, cohesion, decision-making, leadership, social loafing, deindividuation, groupthink, conflict, and the behavior of groups in diverse contexts. Applied learning activities involve attempts to understand loyalty to authoritarian leaders and the role of in-group/out-group distinctions in cases of genocide.
Unit 12: Covers similarity, proximity, physical attractiveness, social rejection and exclusion, the need to belong, and their effects on mood, cognition, and behavior.
Unit 13: Focuses on romantic and familial relationships, including stages, love, attachment theory, sexual behavior and orientation, jealousy, and breakup dynamics.
Required Reading: Baumeister, R. F., & Bushman, B. (2021). Social Psychology and Human Nature, 5th Edition. New York: Wadsworth. ISBN: 9780357700792
Recommended Reading: N/A
Quantitative Analysis Lab, CHEM-3005, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Lab Reports - Students submit written reports for selected experiments, demonstrating their ability to analyze data, apply theoretical concepts, perform calculations, and discuss sources of error. Emphasis is placed on clarity, proper use of significant figures, and sound scientific reasoning.
Lab Final Exam – Practical
A hands-on assessment where students demonstrate laboratory skills such as accurate use of glassware, titration technique, data collection, and instrument use (e.g., pH meter, spectrophotometer). Evaluates students’ ability to follow procedures, work safely, and produce reliable results under time constraints.
Description:
Calibration of Volumetric Glassware
Students assess the accuracy and precision of volumetric tools such as pipets, burets, and volumetric flasks by comparing delivered volumes to known masses of water. Emphasizes the importance of proper glassware handling and calibration in quantitative analysis.
Statistical Evaluation of Acid-Base Indicators
Students compare the effectiveness of various acid-base indicators by statistically analyzing pH transition ranges and color change endpoints. Reinforces concepts like mean, standard deviation, and confidence intervals in evaluating experimental data.
Calibration Methods
Introduces students to different calibration approaches including external calibration, standard addition, and internal standards. Students apply these methods to construct calibration curves and determine the concentration of an unknown sample.
Volumetric Determination of Chloride
Chloride ions in a sample are quantified through titration with a silver nitrate solution using a chromate indicator. This lab demonstrates precipitation titration and the use of visual indicators to determine the endpoint.
Gravimetric Determination of Chloride
Students precipitate chloride as silver chloride (AgCl), filter, dry, and weigh the solid to determine the chloride content gravimetrically. Focuses on precision techniques in filtration, drying, and mass measurement.
Acid-Base Titrations
In this classic lab, students titrate a strong acid with a strong base (or vice versa) to determine concentration, observe titration curves, and calculate pH at various stages. Introduces indicators, equivalence point concepts, and titration-based stoichiometry.
Determination of Water Hardness
Students determine the concentration of calcium and magnesium ions in water by complexometric titration with EDTA. Introduces buffer systems, indicators like Eriochrome Black T, and the role of auxiliary complexing agents.
Potentiometric Determination of an Unknown Weak Acid
Students titrate a weak acid with a strong base while monitoring pH with a pH electrode. From the resulting titration curve, they determine the acid’s concentration and dissociation constant (Ka). Introduces the use of electrodes in analytical chemistry.
Determination of Iron in Vitamins
Students use redox titration or spectrophotometry to quantify iron in over-the-counter vitamin tablets. Demonstrates sample digestion, standard preparation, and the application of quantitative techniques to real-world samples.
Spectrophotometric Measurement of an Equilibrium Constant
Students mix solutions forming a colored complex and use absorbance measurements to determine concentrations at equilibrium. Using Beer's Law and equilibrium expressions, they calculate the equilibrium constant (K) of the reaction.
Multicomponent Spectrophotometric Analysis
Students analyze a mixture containing multiple absorbing species by measuring absorbance at different wavelengths and using simultaneous equations to resolve individual concentrations. Reinforces matrix algebra and multivariable analysis in spectroscopy.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Quantitative Analysis, CHEM-3000, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework, Exams, Final exam
Description:
Chapter 1: Chemical Measurements
Covers the foundational concepts of analytical chemistry, including how to express and calculate chemical concentrations, prepare solutions with accuracy, and apply stoichiometric relationships in chemical reactions and analyses.
Chapter 2: Tools of the Trade
Introduces essential laboratory tools and techniques used in quantitative analysis, focusing on balance calibration, volumetric glassware, pipetting, and proper lab practices to ensure precision and reproducibility.
Chapter 3: Experimental Error
Explains how to recognize, classify, and quantify error in measurements. Discusses significant figures, the difference between random and systematic error, and how errors propagate through calculations, affecting final results.
Chapter 4: Statistics
Provides statistical tools to analyze data reliability. Introduces Gaussian distribution, confidence intervals, and statistical tests (F test, t test, Grubbs test) to assess variability, compare datasets, and identify outliers.
Chapters 4 & 5: Quality Assurance and Calibration
Discusses the importance of quality assurance in analytical work. Covers method validation steps and different calibration strategies: external standards, standard addition, and internal standards—all essential for accurate quantification.
Chapter 6: Chemical Equilibria
Covers the principles of equilibrium, including the equilibrium constant and its thermodynamic basis. Applies these principles to solubility, acid-base reactions, and pH calculations in aqueous systems.
Chapter 8: Systematic Treatment of Equilibrium
Explores ionic strength and activity in solution chemistry. Introduces systematic approaches for solving complex equilibria using charge and mass balances, along with the setup of appropriate equations and unknowns.
Chapters 9 & 10: Acid-Base Equilibria
Describes equilibria involving monoprotic and polyprotic acids and bases, including strong and weak species. Explains buffer preparation, pH calculations, principal species in solution, and the concept of the isoelectric point in proteins.
Chapters 7 & 11: Titrations
Presents the theory and practice of titrations, including concepts like the equivalence and end points, titration curves, and endpoint detection using indicators and electrodes. Also introduces the leveling effect in acid-base titrations.
Chapter 12: EDTA Titrations
Focuses on complexometric titrations with EDTA. Discusses metal-chelate complexes, stability constants, and the role of auxiliary complexing agents to maintain metal ions in solution during analysis.
Chapters 14 & 15: Electrochemistry
Explores redox chemistry, galvanic cells, and electrode potentials. Introduces the Nernst equation, its link to equilibrium, and the use of reference and indicator electrodes in practical applications like pH measurement.
Required Reading: Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 10th Edition, by D. C. Harris Freeman: New York, 2020 with Achieve Learning Electronic Homework.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry II Lab, CHEM-1225, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-labs, Lab Reports, Comprehensive Final exam
Description:
Module 1: Qualitative Analysis-The objective of this lab experiment will be to identify an unknown compound using qualitative analysis of several known compounds. The tests will include visual observation, solubility, density and acidity/basicity.
Module 2: Colorimetric Determination of Aspirin-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the concentration of acetylsalicylic acid (ASA) that is in a commercial aspirin tablet using colorimetry. The absorbance of the solution will be determined by spectrophotometry using a UV/Vis spectrometer.
Module 3: Freezing Point Depression-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the molar mass of an unknown by determining the freezing point depression of cyclohexane solution having a known concentration of the unknown. Temperature-time graphs, called cooling curves, will be needed to determine freezing temperatures.
Module 4: Rates of a Reaction-The objective of this lab experiment will be to measure the rate of the reaction: S2O82– + 2I– I2 + 2SO42– and determine the rate law by measuring the amount of peroxydisulfate, S2O82-, that reacts as a function of time including the values of x and y, as well as the rate constant, k.
Module 5: Determination of Keq-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the value of K for the following equilibrium: Fe3+(aq) (yellow) + SCN–(aq) (colorless) ⇌ FeNCS2+(aq) (blood red).
Module 6: Le Chatelier’s Principle-The objective of this lab experiment will be to determine the effect of concentration and temperature on equilibria.
Module 7: pH of Acids, Bases, and Salt Solutions-The objective for this lab experiment will be to compare acid/base indicators to determine the pH of acids, bases, and salts.
Module 8: Buffer Solutions-The objective of this experiment will be to prepare a buffer solution of optimum pH (4.80) using acetic acid (CH3CO2H, Ka = 1.76 x 10–5) and sodium acetate (NaC2H3O2). A known amount of strong acid or base will be added to the buffer solution and the observed pH change will be compared to the calculated value.
Module 8: Determination of Ka-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the concentration and Ka of acetic acid by titration with a standardized base. The one-to-one stoichiometry of the reaction will be used to calculate the concentration of the unknown acetic acid.
Module 9: Determination of Ksp-The objective of this lab experiment will be to determine the solubility constant of Ca(OH)2. The equivalence point will be found by titrating 0.02M HCl into a prepared Ca(OH)2 solution. With the amount of titrant at the equivalence point, the Ksp of Ca(OH)2 can be determined.
Module 10: Activity Series-The objective of this lab experiment will be to rank Ca, Cu, Fe, Mg, Sn, and Zn by their relative reactivity. The reactions of the six metals with 1M HCl will be observed. The reactions of the six metals in solution with Ca will be observed. From these observations their relative reactivities will be ranked.
Module 11: Electrolysis Reactions-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the overall redox reactions of sodium sulfate, potassium iodide, and potassium chloride. A 9V battery will be used to energize three aqueous, ionic solutions.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry II, CHEM-1220, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
This course incorporates a variety of assessments to promote engagement and comprehensive understanding. Students will participate in worksheets designed to encourage active participation and collaboration. Homework assignments will be completed through the online SmartWork platform, ensuring consistent practice and mastery of concepts. Each chapter concludes with a quiz to reinforce learning. Additionally, the course includes four midterm exams and a comprehensive final exam authored by the American Chemical Society, providing a standardized measure of student achievement.
Description:
Chapter 10 - Intermolecular Forces
A series of lectures on forces that occur between molecules and their profound effects on the physical properties of substances. Topics include London dispersion forces, dipole-dipole interactions, and hydrogen bonding. It also discusses polarizability, the role of molecular shape in determining intermolecular interactions, and how these forces affect properties like boiling and melting points, viscosity, and surface tension. Applications in real-world systems, such as the behavior of water and biological molecules, are also highlighted.
Chapter 11 - Solutions
A series of lectures providing a detailed look at solutions, which are homogeneous mixtures. It covers the process of solution formation, including the energetics involved, and the factors that affect solubility, such as temperature and pressure. Concentration units such as molarity, molality, mole fraction, and percent composition are introduced. Colligative properties, including vapor pressure lowering, boiling point elevation, freezing point depression, and osmotic pressure, are explained with practical applications like antifreeze and desalination.
Chapter 12 - Solids
A series of lectures on the structure and properties of solids, emphasizing the differences between crystalline and amorphous solids. It introduces unit cells, crystal lattices, and the seven crystal systems, along with concepts like coordination number and packing efficiency. Various types of solids are examined, including metallic, ionic, molecular, and covalent network solids, with discussions on their bonding and physical properties. The chapter also delves into X-ray diffraction as a method for studying crystal structure.
Chapter 13 - Chemical Kinetics
A series of lectures on the speed of chemical reactions and the factors that influence reaction rates, such as concentration, temperature, and catalysts. This chapter introduces rate laws and explains how to determine reaction order experimentally. Reaction mechanisms are discussed, along with the role of intermediates and rate-determining steps. The Arrhenius equation is used to explore the relationship between activation energy and reaction rates. Practical examples, including enzymatic reactions and industrial catalysis, are emphasized.
Chapter 14 - Chemical Equilibrium
A series of lectures on the concept of dynamic equilibrium, where forward and reverse reaction rates are equal. The equilibrium constant (K) is introduced, along with the relationship between K and reaction quotient (Q) for predicting the direction of a reaction. Le Châtelier's principle is explored, detailing how changes in concentration, temperature, and pressure affect equilibrium. Applications include the Haber process and other industrial chemical reactions.
Chapter 15 - Acid-Base Equilibria
A series of lectures on the nature of acids and bases through Arrhenius, Bronsted-Lowry, and Lewis definitions. The pH scale is introduced, along with calculations involving strong and weak acids and bases. Buffer systems are explained in detail, emphasizing their importance in maintaining pH stability in biological and chemical systems. Titrations and their corresponding pH curves are covered, providing a practical framework for understanding acid-base reactions in real-world applications.
Chapter 16 - Additional Aqueous Equilibria
Building on acid-base equilibria, these lectures explore more advanced topics such as solubility equilibria and the common ion effect. The solubility product constant (Ksp) is introduced, along with its role in predicting the formation of precipitates. Topics include selective precipitation, complex ion equilibria, and the relationship between pH and solubility. Practical applications include water purification, and environmental chemistry.
Chapter 17 - Thermodynamics
A series of lectures on the principles governing energy changes in chemical systems. Topics include the first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics, as well as the concepts of enthalpy (H), entropy (S), and Gibbs free energy (G). The relationships between these quantities are used to predict the spontaneity of processes and their temperature dependence. Real-world applications include biochemical reactions.
Chapter 18 - Electrochemistry
Electrochemistry series of lectures explore the interplay between electrical energy and chemical reactions. This chapter covers redox reactions, galvanic (voltaic) cells, and electrolytic cells. Standard reduction potentials and the Nernst equation are introduced to calculate cell potentials under non-standard conditions. Practical applications include batteries, fuel cells, corrosion, and electroplating. The chapter also emphasizes the environmental and industrial significance of electrochemical processes.
Chapter 19 - Nuclear Chemistry
A series of lectures on the chemistry of atomic nuclei, including the processes of radioactive decay, fission, and fusion. It explores the stability of isotopes, the types of radiation (alpha, beta, gamma), and the kinetics of radioactive decay. Applications in medicine (e.g., PET scans), energy production (e.g., nuclear reactors), and radiocarbon dating are discussed. The chapter also addresses the safety and environmental impact of nuclear materials.
Required Reading: Chemistry 6th edition, Gilbert. ISBN 978-0-393-67403-3 and access to SmartWork.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Professional Portfolio, ENGL-6971, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Initial meeting/portfolio URL address
• Professional ePortfolio Prewriting/Outline
• Research-Based Reflection Essay with References Page (Home)
• Signature Assignment Page
• Three (3) Learning Artifacts Page
• Revised Professional Portfolio (with Résumé Page)
• MA Defense
• Final Professional Portfolio
• Bi-weekly consultations
Description:
A lecture on composing Professional ePortfolios focuses on how to showcase academic and professional work through organized, reflective, and visually coherent digital presentations. It covers strategies for selecting artifacts, writing reflective summaries, and tailoring content for specific audiences or career goals.
Required Reading: Voeller, Nathaniel T. “The Digital Sensorium: Considering the Senses in Website Design.” Computers and Composition, vol. 54, Aug. 2019, pp. 1-18.
Recommended Reading: Wills, Katherine V., and Rice, Rich. ePortfolio Performance Support Systems: Constructing, Presenting, and Assessing Portfolios. Parlor Press and The WAC Clearinghouse, 2013.
Research Methods in TWDR, ENGL-6401, Section 50, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
o Discussion Posts and In-Class Participation
o Canvas Quizzes
o Research Facilitations
o Portfolio Artifacts
o Blog Posts and Peer Responses
o Literature Review
o Research Proposal
o Oral Presentation
o Final Exam
Description:
A lecture on digital rhetoric research in technical communication focuses on how digital platforms, multimedia, and online environments shape the way information is produced, delivered, and received. It examines rhetorical strategies used in digital contexts and introduces methods for analyzing digital texts, user interactions, and online discourse.
A lecture on archival research method in technical communication focuses on how to locate, analyze, and utilize historical documents, records, and other primary sources. It emphasizes evaluating the relevance and credibility of archival materials to inform technical writing and decision-making in various fields.
A lecture on quantitative research method in technical communication emphasizes the collection and analysis of numerical data to support clear, objective communication. It covers basic concepts such as surveys, data interpretation, and how to present findings effectively using visuals like charts and graphs.
A lecture on qualitative research method in technical communication focuses on gathering non-numerical data through interviews, observations, and open-ended surveys. It emphasizes interpreting patterns, understanding user experiences, and effectively incorporating narrative insights into technical documents.
A lecture on conducting surveys in technical communication focuses on designing effective questionnaires to collect user feedback and measure audience needs. It covers best practices for question design, sampling strategies, and analyzing and presenting survey data clearly and ethically.
A lecture on conducting usability studies in technical communication covers the basics of conducting usability studies in technical communication, emphasizing how to test and evaluate the effectiveness of documents, interfaces, or products with real users. It includes planning test scenarios, observing user interactions, and analyzing results to improve clarity, accessibility, and user experience.
Required Reading: Hayhoe, George F., and Pam Estes Brewer. A Research Primer for Technical Communication: Methods, Exemplars, and Analyses. 2nd ed., Routledge, 2021.
Recommended Reading: St. Amant, Kirk, and Pavel Zemliansky, editors. Technical Writing Spaces: Readings on Writing. vol. 6, Parlor Press and The WAC Clearinghouse, 2024.
Methods/Research in PTW, ENGL-3450, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
o Discussion Posts and In-Class Participation
o Canvas Quizzes
o Group Report
o Portfolio Artifacts
o Blog Posts and Peer Responses
o Literature Review
o Research Proposal
o Oral Presentation
o Professional ePortfolio
o Final Exam
Description:
A lecture on quantitative research method in technical communication emphasizes the collection and analysis of numerical data to support clear, objective communication. It covers basic concepts such as surveys, data interpretation, and how to present findings effectively using visuals like charts and graphs.
A lecture on qualitative research method in technical communication focuses on gathering non-numerical data through interviews, observations, and open-ended surveys. It emphasizes interpreting patterns, understanding user experiences, and effectively incorporating narrative insights into technical documents.
A lecture on conducting surveys in technical communication focuses on designing effective questionnaires to collect user feedback and measure audience needs. It covers best practices for question design, sampling strategies, and analyzing and presenting survey data clearly and ethically.
A lecture on conducting usability studies in technical communication covers the basics of conducting usability studies in technical communication, emphasizing how to test and evaluate the effectiveness of documents, interfaces, or products with real users. It includes planning test scenarios, observing user interactions, and analyzing results to improve clarity, accessibility, and user experience.
A lecture on composing Professional ePortfolios focuses on how to showcase academic and professional work through organized, reflective, and visually coherent digital presentations. It covers strategies for selecting artifacts, writing reflective summaries, and tailoring content for specific audiences or career goals.
Required Reading: Hayhoe, George F., and Pam Estes Brewer. A Research Primer for Technical Communication: Methods, Exemplars, and Analyses. 2nd ed., Routledge, 2021.
Recommended Reading: St. Amant, Kirk, and Pavel Zemliansky, editors. Technical Writing Spaces: Readings on Writing. vol. 6, Parlor Press and The WAC Clearinghouse, 2024.
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 14, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Reading Responses
• Group Presentations
• Canvas Quizzes
• Multiple Synthesis Essay #1
• Multiple Synthesis Essay #2
• Critical Source Analysis
• Research Paper
• Multimodal Composition
• Portfolio Artifacts
• Final Exam and Post-Tests
Description:
A lecture on Multiple Synthesis Essay introduces students to the Multiple Synthesis Essay, focusing on how to integrate ideas from several sources to support a central argument. It covers strategies for organizing information, identifying connections and contrasts among sources, and maintaining a clear, cohesive voice throughout the essay.
A lecture on argumentative writing covers the fundamentals of argumentation, including how to make a clear claim, support it with evidence, and address counterarguments. It emphasizes critical thinking, rhetorical strategies, and the importance of audience awareness in persuasive writing.
A lecture on Critical Source Analysis teaches students how to evaluate the credibility, purpose, and bias of sources. It emphasizes close reading, contextual understanding, and how to assess a source’s relevance and reliability in academic writing.
A lecture on research writing introduces the research paper as a sustained academic argument supported by credible sources. It guides students through the research process, from developing a focused question to integrating evidence and citing sources correctly.
Required Reading: Open Educational Resource (OER) textbook --> Givens, Susannah. Becoming a Confident Reader: Developing Interactive Reading, Writing, and Thinking Practices for College. Pressbooks, 2023.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 46, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Discussion Posts: You will have weekly online discussion posts to complete as part of your grade.
InQuizitives & Tutorials: You will have an InQuizitive activity to complete on a weekly basis and all InQuizitives must be completed by the last day of the semester. Tutorials accompany the chapter readings and will allow you to actively engage with the textbook. Be sure to complete each activity by the due date.
Formal Essays: Essays must be typed, double-spaced using 12 font Times New Roman.
Drafting Cycle:
1) Rough Drafts: Very first attempt at an essay. Must be complete, and typed for peer review.
2) Professional Drafts: Revision of rough draft to be turned in for instructor comment. I will expect to see progress from the rough to the professional draft. These drafts will be graded.
Annotated Bibliography: You will need to complete an annotated bibliography in MLA format of 6 sources from the Utah Tech library database you will use for your research paper.
Research Project : You will be responsible for a longer 10-12 page paper that will require extensive outside research. You must incorporate a substantial amount of reliable sources from the campus library database. You will be provided with detailed information early on and will gradually work on the research project. As part of this Research Project, you will submit a presentation on the topic of your research paper. You may use Canva, Prezi, Power Point, Google Slides to create a presentation that you will share on a Discussion Thread with the class.
Description:
Week 1 (Aug 20):
Students are introduced to the course structure through a welcome video and syllabus, complete a pre-test, and learn how to use InQuizitive.
Week 2 (Aug 25):
The first grammar topic—sentence fragments—is explored, alongside Chapter 1 reading, related tutorials, and the initial discussion post.
Week 3 (Sep 1):
Students focus on comma splices and complete Chapter 2 content, tutorials, and Discussion Post #2.
Week 4 (Sep 8):
The topic of fused (run-on) sentences is introduced; students read Chapter 4, submit their first essay draft, conduct peer reviews, and post in the discussion.
Week 5 (Sep 15):
Misplaced and dangling modifiers are addressed through readings and videos, and students submit their revised Essay #1 and participate in Discussion Post #4.
Week 6 (Sep 22):
Students explore commonly confused words, complete Chapter 6 materials, and submit Essay #2 drafts for peer review.
Week 7 (Sep 29):
The focus shifts to omitted commas, with readings from Chapter 15 and revised Essay #2 submissions due alongside Discussion Post #6.
Week 8 (Oct 6):
Students examine unnecessary commas, engage with Chapter 8, complete related tutorials, and submit a topic proposal for their research paper.
Week 9 (Oct 13):
Apostrophe errors are the grammar focus this week, supported by Chapter 9 readings, videos, and Discussion Post #8.
Week 10 (Oct 20):
Students learn MLA documentation style, submit an annotated bibliography draft with peer reviews, and complete related InQuizitive work.
Week 11 (Oct 27):
The integration of sources is emphasized, with students watching a video on in-text citation and submitting a revised annotated bibliography.
Week 12 (Nov 3):
Quoting sources is the focus, with Chapter 3 reading, a plagiarism tutorial, and related video content accompanying the discussion post.
Week 13 (Nov 10):
Punctuation of quotations and the use of signal phrases are explored, and students submit the draft of their full research paper and conduct peer reviews.
Week 14 (Nov 17):
Students submit their final 10–12 page research paper and contribute to the final weekly discussion.
Week 15 (Nov 24):
Thanksgiving Break – No assignments are due this week.
Week 16 (Dec 1):
Final presentations are due along with peer comments, and students complete the end-of-course survey.
Final Exam Week (Dec 8):
The course concludes with a final grammar InQuizitive activity on editing and the post-test assessment.
Required Reading: They Say, I Say with Readings 5E --G. Graff, C. Birkenstein, R. Durst
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 20, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Formal Essays: You will be assigned several formal essays which must be typed, double-spaced, 12 font Times New Roman and will require rough drafts, prewriting and/or revisions. You will also have one graded, timed essay.
Research Project: You will be responsible for a longer 5-7 page paper that will require extensive outside research. You must incorporate at least 4 reliable sources from the Utah Tech library database. You will be provided with detailed information early on and will gradually work on the research project in and outside of class. As part of this project, you will be required to give a short oral presentation.
Pre/Post Test: You will be expected to take a pre- and post-test, to assess the ways in which your learning has increased during the semester. These will be multiple-choice tests on Canvas.
Grammar Quizzes: You will have several multiple-choice grammar quizzes on Canvas.
InQuizitive: You will have the opportunity to practice the grammar discussed in class by completing weekly interactive online grammar lessons on InQuizitive. InQuizitive access is included with the purchase of your textbook. More information will be provided.
Final Exam: You will have a multiple-choice exam on the grammar content covered throughout the whole semester.
Description:
Week 1 (Aug 20–22):
Introductions, course overview, and orientation to Canvas and InQuizitive. Students complete a pre-test and begin the Diagnostic Essay.
Week 2 (Aug 25–29):
Students learn MLA formatting, active reading strategies, and narrative structure from Ch. 10. The Diagnostic Essay revision is due, and the first Narrative Essay is assigned.
Week 3 (Sep 1–5):
(No class on Labor Day) Students discuss narrative readings and transitions. The first essay draft is due, and peer review begins.
Week 4 (Sep 8–12):
Students revise Essay #1 and review grammar. Research project guidelines are introduced, and the final Essay #1 revision is submitted.
Week 5 (Sep 15–19):
Mandatory conferences take place this week. Students study logical fallacies and submit a Fallacies Presentation.
Week 6 (Sep 22–26):
Argumentative writing is introduced using Ch. 13 and 37. Students begin working on Essay #2 and complete another discussion post.
Week 7 (Sep 29–Oct 3):
Students review comma rules and start brainstorming for the research proposal. Essay #2 is peer reviewed and revised.
Week 8 (Oct 6–10):
Students learn about research sources and meet with a librarian for guidance. Topic proposals are submitted before Fall Break.
Week 9 (Oct 13–17):
Students watch and discuss a film related to course themes. Annotated bibliography writing is introduced, and a timed essay is assigned.
Week 10 (Oct 20–24):
Students gather sources and practice summarizing. MLA in-text citations and Works Cited formatting are reviewed.
Week 11 (Oct 27–31):
Peer review and revision of source summaries take place. Students begin drafting a research paper outline and thesis.
Week 12 (Nov 3–7):
Students continue drafting the research paper and participate in a peer editing workshop. A new quiz and InQuizitive module are completed.
Week 13 (Nov 10–14):
Mandatory conferences are held for individual feedback on research papers. Students continue revising and researching.
Week 14 (Nov 17–21):
The final research paper is submitted. Guidelines for the final presentation are introduced, and students take the post-test.
Week 15 (Nov 24–28):
Thanksgiving Break – No classes held.
Week 16 (Dec 1–5):
Students prepare and deliver their final presentations. The final exam is submitted on Canvas by Friday.
Finals Week (Dec 10):
Final Presentations take place on Monday, Dec 8th, from 11:00–12:50 am.
Required Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings & Handbook 7th Edition by Richard Bullock and others
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 13, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Formal Essays: You will be assigned several formal essays which must be typed, double-spaced, 12 font Times New Roman and will require rough drafts, prewriting and/or revisions. You will also have one graded, timed essay.
Research Project: You will be responsible for a longer 5-7 page paper that will require extensive outside research. You must incorporate at least 4 reliable sources from the Utah Tech library database. You will be provided with detailed information early on and will gradually work on the research project in and outside of class. As part of this project, you will be required to give a short oral presentation.
Pre/Post Test: You will be expected to take a pre- and post-test, to assess the ways in which your learning has increased during the semester. These will be multiple-choice tests on Canvas.
Grammar Quizzes: You will have several multiple-choice grammar quizzes on Canvas.
InQuizitive: You will have the opportunity to practice the grammar discussed in class by completing weekly interactive online grammar lessons on InQuizitive. InQuizitive access is included with the purchase of your textbook. More information will be provided.
Final Exam: You will have a multiple-choice exam on the grammar content covered throughout the whole semester.
Description:
Week 1 (Aug 20–22):
Introductions, course overview, and orientation to Canvas and InQuizitive. Students complete a pre-test and begin the Diagnostic Essay.
Week 2 (Aug 25–29):
Students learn MLA formatting, active reading strategies, and narrative structure from Ch. 10. The Diagnostic Essay revision is due, and the first Narrative Essay is assigned.
Week 3 (Sep 1–5):
(No class on Labor Day) Students discuss narrative readings and transitions. The first essay draft is due, and peer review begins.
Week 4 (Sep 8–12):
Students revise Essay #1 and review grammar. Research project guidelines are introduced, and the final Essay #1 revision is submitted.
Week 5 (Sep 15–19):
Mandatory conferences take place this week. Students study logical fallacies and submit a Fallacies Presentation.
Week 6 (Sep 22–26):
Argumentative writing is introduced using Ch. 13 and 37. Students begin working on Essay #2 and complete another discussion post.
Week 7 (Sep 29–Oct 3):
Students review comma rules and start brainstorming for the research proposal. Essay #2 is peer reviewed and revised.
Week 8 (Oct 6–10):
Students learn about research sources and meet with a librarian for guidance. Topic proposals are submitted before Fall Break.
Week 9 (Oct 13–17):
Students watch and discuss a film related to course themes. Annotated bibliography writing is introduced, and a timed essay is assigned.
Week 10 (Oct 20–24):
Students gather sources and practice summarizing. MLA in-text citations and Works Cited formatting are reviewed.
Week 11 (Oct 27–31):
Peer review and revision of source summaries take place. Students begin drafting a research paper outline and thesis.
Week 12 (Nov 3–7):
Students continue drafting the research paper and participate in a peer editing workshop. A new quiz and InQuizitive module are completed.
Week 13 (Nov 10–14):
Mandatory conferences are held for individual feedback on research papers. Students continue revising and researching.
Week 14 (Nov 17–21):
The final research paper is submitted. Guidelines for the final presentation are introduced, and students take the post-test.
Week 15 (Nov 24–28):
Thanksgiving Break – No classes held.
Week 16 (Dec 1–5):
Students prepare and deliver their final presentations. The final exam is submitted on Canvas by Friday.
Finals Week (Dec 10):
Final Presentations take place on Wednesday, Dec 10th, from 9:00–10:50 am.
Required Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings & Handbook 7th Edition by Richard Bullock and others
Recommended Reading: N/A
Editing, ENGL-3720, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Editing Assignments, Midterm, Class Presentation, Client Project Final Report
Description:
Aug 20
Editing Processes and Procedures
This week introduces the editing workflow and explores the roles and responsibilities of an editor in professional contexts.
Aug 25 & 27
Style Guides
We will compare major style guides and practice applying them to ensure consistency and accuracy in edited documents.
Sep 3
Grammar & Punctuation
The focus this week is on identifying and correcting common grammatical and punctuation errors in written texts.
Sep 8 & 10
Grammar & Punctuation
We will continue refining our understanding of grammar and punctuation with attention to clarity and correctness in editing.
Sep 15 & 17
Computer Skills
This week covers essential digital tools and techniques editors use to improve efficiency, accuracy, and document formatting.
Sep 22 & 24
Computer Skills
We will continue developing technical proficiency with editing tools and features used in publishing and professional editing environments.
Sept 29 & Oct 1
Reviewing for and Taking the Midterm Exam
This week is dedicated to reviewing key concepts and demonstrating editing skills learned in the first half of the semester.
Oct 6 & 8
Client Project
Students will begin working on a real-world editing project, applying professional practices to meet client needs and expectations.
Oct 13 & 15
Tone & Style
This week focuses on adapting tone and style to suit audience, purpose, and context in edited documents.
Oct 20 & 22
Document Design
We will examine layout, typography, and visual hierarchy to enhance readability and aesthetic appeal in professional documents.
Oct 27 & 29
Tables, Graphs, and Art
The focus is on evaluating and editing visual elements for accuracy, clarity, and alignment with textual content.
Nov 3 & 5
Plain Language
We will explore strategies for simplifying complex information and improving accessibility through clear, concise language.
Nov 10 & 12
Effective Presentations/Progress Report
This week includes sharing project updates and practicing techniques for clear, professional oral and visual communication.
Dec 1 & 3
Client Project Sum Up & Reporting
Students will finalize and reflect on their client projects, focusing on outcomes, editorial decisions, and process documentation.
Required Reading: The Copyeditor’s Handbook 4th ed. by Amy Einsohn & Marilyn Schwartz
Recommended Reading: N/A
Criminology, CJ-3270, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Academic Advisor Meeting 10 points
Exam #1 50 points
Exam #2 50 points
Theoretical Application Assignment #1 50 points
Theoretical Application Assignment #2 50 points
Theoretical Note Templates 100 points total (20 points each)
Classroom Applications 100 points total (20 points each)
Final Exam 150 points
Point Total 560 points
Description:
Each unit outlined in the reading materials list covers the fundamentals of that specific school of criminological thought. Students will learn to describe and apply these theories.
Required Reading: Criminology Modules Classical Criminology (Deterrence, Routine Activity Theory) - Deterrence Overview: https://www.uscourts.gov/sites/default/files/80_3_4_0.pdf, https://www.house.mn.gov/hrd/pubs/deterrence.pdf, Beccaria Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9ZJqzuO3I34 Bentham Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7MnnN000iXM Deterrence Applied Example: Death Penalty Pod: https://www.civics101podcast.org/civics-101-episodes/death-penalty RAT Overview: https://www.simplypsychology.org/routine-activities-theory.html RAT Applied Example: Home Alone Biosocial Criminology (“Bad” theories: Phrenology, Atavism, Somatotypes[Sheldon] + Valid theories) -”Bad Theories” Lombroso Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NlWjPPjtlFo Impact of Lombroso on Contemporary Biosocial Theories: https://quillette.com/2018/05/12/biosocial-criminology-lombrosian-paradox/ Warrior Gene: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jwhoCiJzK9o Psychosocial Theories -Dual Taxonomy Theory (DTT) Moffitt Article: https://study.sagepub.com/system/files/Moffitt%2C_Terrie_E._-_A_Developmental_Model_of_Life-Course-Persistent_Offending.pdf Contemporary Review of DTT: https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC4465023/ Durkheim's Influence on Crim Theory -Anomie Intro: https://easysociology.com/sociological-perspectives/functionalism/emile-durkheims-anomie-an-introduction/ Anomie Primer Article #2: https://soztheo.com/theories-of-crime/anomie-theories-and-strain-theories-causes-of-crime-in-social-structure/concept-of-anomie-durkheim/ Examples of Collective Consciousness: https://helpfulprofessor.com/collective-consciousness-examples/ Ecological Theories (Social Disorg) Intro to The Chicago School of Human Ecology article: https://www.ebsco.com/research-starters/history/robert-park-and-urban-ecology Intro to Social Disorganization Theory Article: https://study.sagepub.com/system/files/Sampson%2C_Robert_J._-_Collective_Efficacy_Theory.pdf Strain Theories (Classical and General + Messner & Rosenfeld?) Intro to Classical Strain Theory: https://socialsci.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Sociology/Introduction_to_Sociology/Sociology_(Boundless)/07%3A_Deviance_Social_Control_and_Crime/7.04%3A_The_Functionalist_Perspective_on_Deviance/7.4B%3A_Strain_Theory-_How_Social_Values_Produce_Deviance GST Article (You can skip the first section titled, "Classic Strain Theories" until the last paragraph of that section and you can stop reading at the section titled, "The Empirical Validity of GST".): https://oxfordre.com/criminology/display/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264079.001.0001/acrefore-9780190264079-e-249
Recommended Reading: N/A
American History, HIST-1700, Section 11, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Attendance and Participation, 15%
Quizzes, 25%
Film Responses, 20%
Group Project, 20%
Group Discussions, 5%
Final Exam, 15%
Description:
Introduction
Old Worlds and New
European Colonies and Native Nations, 1600-1660
Creating Anglo-America
Slavery, Freedom, and the Struggle for Empire, to 1763
The American Revolution, 1763-1783
The Revolution Within
Founding a Nation, 1783-1791
Securing the Republic, 1791-1815
Market Revolution, 1800-1840
Democracy in America, 1815-1840
The Peculiar Institution: Slavery
An Age of Reform, 1820-1840
A House Divided, 1840-1861
A New Birth of Freedom: The Civil War, 1861-1865
“What is Freedom?”: Reconstruction, 1865-1877
America’s Gilded Age, 1870-1890
Freedom’s Boundaries, at Home and Abroad, 1890-1900
The Progressive Era, 1900-1916
Safe for Democracy: The United States and WWI, 1916-20
From Business Culture to Great Depression: The Twenties, 1920-1932
The New Deal, 1932-1940
Fighting for the Four Freedoms: WWII, 1941-1945
The United States and the Cold War, 1945-1953
An Affluent Society, 1953-1960
The Sixties, 1960-1968
The Conservative Turn, 1969-1988
Required Reading: Foner, Eric. Give Me Liberty! An American History. Brief 6th Edition. New York: W.W. Norton & Company, 2020.
Recommended Reading: N/A
American History, HIST-1700, Section 9, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Attendance and Participation, 15%
Quizzes, 25%
Film Responses, 20%
Group Project, 20%
Group Discussions, 5%
Final Exam, 15%
Description:
Introduction
Old Worlds and New
European Colonies and Native Nations, 1600-1660
Creating Anglo-America
Slavery, Freedom, and the Struggle for Empire, to 1763
The American Revolution, 1763-1783
The Revolution Within
Founding a Nation, 1783-1791
Securing the Republic, 1791-1815
Market Revolution, 1800-1840
Democracy in America, 1815-1840
The Peculiar Institution: Slavery
An Age of Reform, 1820-1840
A House Divided, 1840-1861
A New Birth of Freedom: The Civil War, 1861-1865
“What is Freedom?”: Reconstruction, 1865-1877
America’s Gilded Age, 1870-1890
Freedom’s Boundaries, at Home and Abroad, 1890-1900
The Progressive Era, 1900-1916
Safe for Democracy: The United States and WWI, 1916-20
From Business Culture to Great Depression: The Twenties, 1920-1932
The New Deal, 1932-1940
Fighting for the Four Freedoms: WWII, 1941-1945
The United States and the Cold War, 1945-1953
An Affluent Society, 1953-1960
The Sixties, 1960-1968
The Conservative Turn, 1969-1988
Required Reading: Foner, Eric. Give Me Liberty! An American History. Brief 6th Edition. New York: W.W. Norton & Company, 2020.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Elements of Grammar, ENGL-1410, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Quizzes; Discussion Forums; Short Writing Assignments, Exams, Reflective Writing Assignment
Description:
Week 1
Review Words and Phrases; Nouns and Verbs; Adjectives, Adverbs, and Prepositional Phrases
This week focuses on building a strong foundation in basic sentence components and how they function in writing.
Week 2
Verb Forms and Sentence Patterns
We will explore how verb forms and sentence structures work together to create clear and effective sentences.
Week 3
Showing Versus Telling; Active and Passive Voice Sentences; Past, Present, and Future Tense
Students will examine how sentence choices affect tone, clarity, and reader engagement.
Week 4
Comma Splices and Run-Ons; Simple, Compound, and Complex Sentences; Punctuation Choices
This week emphasizes sentence fluency and the role of punctuation in creating readable and polished prose.
Week 5
Opening Adverbials; Adverbial Clauses; Dangling Elliptical Clauses
We will focus on how introductory phrases shape meaning and how to avoid common modifier errors.
Week 6
Adjectivals; Restrictive and Non-Restrictive Relative Clauses
Students will learn how to add detail and precision to their writing through descriptive clauses.
Week 7
Appositives, Gerunds, and Infinitives
This week highlights how grammatical structures can vary sentence rhythm and provide additional layers of meaning.
Week 8
Midterm
Students will demonstrate their understanding of grammar and sentence structures covered so far.
Week 9
Absolute Phrases, Ellipses, and Deliberate Fragments
We will explore stylistic sentence techniques and how they can be used purposefully in writing.
Week 10
Pronouns, Concrete Nouns, Cohesion
The focus this week is on creating cohesion in writing through clear references and specific word choices.
Week 11
End Focus; Sentence Transformations; Power Words
Students will examine how sentence emphasis and word choice contribute to stronger, more persuasive writing.
Week 12
Formal and Informal Tones; Point of View
This week involves analyzing how tone and perspective shape the effectiveness of a text for different audiences.
Week 13
Pronoun Choices; Qualifiers; Particles; Reflexive and Intensive Pronouns
We will look closely at how word-level decisions affect clarity, emphasis, and style.
Week 14
Punctuation Conventions
Students will reinforce their understanding of punctuation rules and their role in professional, readable writing.
Week 15
Reflective Essay and Prepare for Final Exam
This week provides time for reflection and review of the course's key concepts in preparation for the final exam.
Required Reading: Kolln, Martha & Loretta Gray. Rhetorical Grammar: Grammatical Choices, Rhetorical Effects 8th Ed. New York: Pearson, 2017.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Product Design I, MECH-4000, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Engineering Vibration, ENGR-4400, Section 1, College of Engineering
- Learning vibration fundamentals (All CLOs)
- Develop ability for all students to be comfortable with and be able to verbally discuss vibration principles (All CLOs)
- Develop ability to use FE software to perform vibration analysis since this is the most common method of performing vibration analysis of complex mechanical designs (CLO 9)
- Design, build, and test 1 DOF and 2 DOF systems and test on a shaker to compare test results with classical analysis predictions (CLO 12)
- Midterm and final projects will prepare students to work in jobs requiring vibration skills and develop ability to present aerospace type design reviews (CLO 13, 14)
Description:
CLO 1: Analyze the free and forced response of single-degree-of-freedom (SDOF) mechanical systems.
CLO 2: Understand the various damping sources and apply the equivalent viscous damping approach.
CLO 3: Analyze two-degree-of-freedom (2DOF) mechanical systems, including coupled and torsional vibrations.
CLO 4: Apply analytical and computational methods to solve multi-degree-of-freedom (MDOF) vibration problems.
CLO 5: Understand the importance of modal superposition in determining vibration responses.
CLO 6: Examine all the various types of vibration loads including sine, transient, shock, and random vibration, and determine vibration responses for each of these load types.
CLO 7: Understand the importance of Fourier transforms in switching between time and frequency domains. Understand the importance of frequency response functions (FRFs) in determining vibration responses at any location from an applied load at any location on a mechanical system.
CLO 8: Interpret the physical meaning of natural frequencies, mode shapes, damping, and resonance in real systems.
CLO 9: Model and simulate mechanical systems using classical solutions, numerical solutions with MATLAB or Python, and SimCenter Nastran to analyze dynamic behavior.
CLO 10: Design and evaluate vibration mitigation techniques such as damping, isolation, and tuning.
CLO 11: Perform experimental modal analysis and critically assess the accuracy of theoretical models using lab data.
CLO 12: Class projects include designing, building, and testing 1 DOF and 2 DOF systems with the ability to adjust mass, damping, and stiffness parameters. Perform various vibration tests of these systems on a shaker table. Compare test results with classical results.
CLO 13: For second midterm students will perform research on vibration area of interest for each student and present research results to class.
CLO 14: For class final students will create a detailed vibration FE model using Simcenter Nastran (the same software used by NASA, Sandia National Labs, and many other aerospace companies) of the current Capstone CubeSat design and apply various vibration loads and compare with predicted results. This final presentation will be equivalent of reporting vibration results at an aerospace Critical Design Review (CDR).
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Video Prod Lab, MDIA-1385, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Assignments/Quizzes - 20%
1. Day 1 Lab Attendance
2. SignUpGenius Account
3. Equipment Use Agreement
4. Camera Setup Video (notes)
5. Studio Equipment Video (notes)
6. 30x Lens Setup Video (notes)
7. Remote Lab Quiz
8. Studio Lab Quiz
9. Equipment Settings Quiz
Newscast Labs - 35% (TR 12:00-1:15p)
Remote Labs - 45% (9 Labs)
Lab attendance is required. The practical component of this class, in conjunction with the theoretical component of the 1380 course, is designed to maximize learning outcomes. Attendance and participation in both the theoretical and practical components of this class is essential to success.
Description:
UNIT 1
Assignments/Quizzes (20%)
UNIT 2
Newscast Labs (35% | TR 12:00-1:15p): Students will apply pre-production, production, and post-production skills as the technical crew for the student-produced newscast. Students will apply production skills in positions such as camera operator, floor director, audio technician, playback operator, teleprompter operator, and production assistant.
UNIT 3
Remote Labs (45% | 9 Remote Labs): Students will apply pre-production, production, and post-production skills as the technical crew for live streams produced by the Digital Media dept. Students will learn production skills in positions such as camera operator, replay operator, and technical director.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 5, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
In-Class Work
Prep Work and Check-Ins
Short Writing Assignments, Annotated Bibliography, Midterm, and Final Presentation
Final Careers Exploration Essay (Long-form, 2,500 words, not including the bibliography)
Description:
August 26
College to Career Introduction – Today, we will discuss the transition from college to career and explore strategies for aligning academic experiences with professional goals.
Quoting and Paraphrasing Effectively Overview and Practice (in-class work) – We will review techniques for quoting and paraphrasing sources accurately and practice applying them in writing.
September 2
Brainstorming: Talents, Interests, Focus for Life – In class, we will engage in brainstorming exercises to identify our strengths, passions, and potential career paths.
Grammar Review – We will revisit key grammar concepts to strengthen our writing skills and enhance clarity.
Writing Professional Emails – Today’s session will focus on the structure and tone of professional emails to ensure effective communication in the workplace.
September 9
Finding Meaning and Purpose in Your Career – We will explore strategies for discovering personal meaning and fulfillment in our chosen careers.
Writing a “Pitch” – In this session, we will learn how to craft a compelling personal pitch to showcase our skills and career aspirations.
Effective Paragraphing Techniques – We will practice structuring paragraphs effectively to enhance readability and coherence.
September 16
Summarizing and Reflecting on Sources – Today, we will focus on summarizing and reflecting on research sources to integrate them effectively into writing.
Writing Effective Sentences – We will practice writing clear and concise sentences that convey meaning effectively.
Common Sentence Errors – This session will address common sentence-level mistakes and strategies to avoid them.
Using Databases – We will explore academic databases to locate credible sources for research projects.
September 23
Common Issues in Analysis Essays – We will review common challenges in analysis essays and strategies for overcoming them.
Developing Your Vision of Your Future – Today’s discussion will focus on envisioning and planning your ideal future career.
September 30
Options for Personal Research – We will explore various approaches and topics for conducting personal research projects.
Exploring LinkedIn – This session will provide an overview of LinkedIn’s features and how to create a professional online presence.
Cohesion and Coherence – We will work on improving the flow and connection of ideas in writing.
October 7
Midterm Review – We will review key concepts covered so far in preparation for the midterm exam.
Using and Citing Online Sources – Today, we will practice properly using and citing digital sources in academic writing.
October 14
Midterm – We will complete the midterm exam, assessing our understanding of course materials.
October 21
Conducting Interviews – In this session, we will learn techniques for conducting effective professional interviews.
Interviewing Practice – We will participate in mock interviews to develop our communication and interviewing skills.
October 23
How to Write an Annotated Bibliography – Today, we will cover the components of an annotated bibliography and how to write one effectively.
Storytelling – We will explore storytelling techniques to enhance our personal and professional narratives.
November 4
Overview of Final Project (Introductions and Supporting Paragraphs) – We will discuss the final project requirements and practice writing strong introductions and supporting paragraphs.
Practice with Positivity – This session will focus on incorporating positive language into our writing and communication.
November 11
Overview and Design of Final Presentations – We will outline and plan our final presentations, focusing on content and delivery.
Practice with Positivity Due – Students will submit their positivity practice assignments and reflect on their application.
November 18
Student Presentations – Students will present their final projects to the class, demonstrating their communication and research skills.
December 2
Student Presentations – We will continue with student presentations and provide constructive feedback to peers.
Required Reading: n/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 47, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Five online discussion forums (min 250 words), two position papers (min 500 words), and an argumentative research paper (min 8 pages)
Description:
Unit 1: Research Methods (This unit focuses on developing healthy practices for finding sources. Students will experiment with the research tools offered through UT's extensive physical and online library system). Unit 2: Source Integration and Documentation (In this unit, students will practice synthesizing sources, integrating research into their own work, documenting sources, and avoiding plagiarism). Unit 3: Thesis and Argument (This unit will focus on developing thesis statements and structuring arguments. Students will begin formulating their major research projects). Unit 4: Audience and Rhetoric (In this unit, students will explore common rhetorical devices and methods including appeals to various types of audiences and rhetorical situations). Unit 5: Drafting and Workshopping (In this final unit, students will compose their final papers, workshop them in peer-review groups with their peers, and take their projects through multiple stages of drafting and revision).
Required Reading: Write What Matters by Liza Long, Amy Minervini, and Joel Gladd (Free OER textbook available online)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 17, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
In-Class Work
Prep Work and Check-Ins
Short Writing Assignments, Annotated Bibliography, Midterm, and Final Presentation
Final Careers Exploration Essay (Long-form, 2,500 words, not including the bibliography)
Description:
August 26
College to Career Introduction – Today, we will discuss the transition from college to career and explore strategies for aligning academic experiences with professional goals.
Quoting and Paraphrasing Effectively Overview and Practice (in-class work) – We will review techniques for quoting and paraphrasing sources accurately and practice applying them in writing.
September 2
Brainstorming: Talents, Interests, Focus for Life – In class, we will engage in brainstorming exercises to identify our strengths, passions, and potential career paths.
Grammar Review – We will revisit key grammar concepts to strengthen our writing skills and enhance clarity.
Writing Professional Emails – Today’s session will focus on the structure and tone of professional emails to ensure effective communication in the workplace.
September 9
Finding Meaning and Purpose in Your Career – We will explore strategies for discovering personal meaning and fulfillment in our chosen careers.
Writing a “Pitch” – In this session, we will learn how to craft a compelling personal pitch to showcase our skills and career aspirations.
Effective Paragraphing Techniques – We will practice structuring paragraphs effectively to enhance readability and coherence.
September 16
Summarizing and Reflecting on Sources – Today, we will focus on summarizing and reflecting on research sources to integrate them effectively into writing.
Writing Effective Sentences – We will practice writing clear and concise sentences that convey meaning effectively.
Common Sentence Errors – This session will address common sentence-level mistakes and strategies to avoid them.
Using Databases – We will explore academic databases to locate credible sources for research projects.
September 23
Common Issues in Analysis Essays – We will review common challenges in analysis essays and strategies for overcoming them.
Developing Your Vision of Your Future – Today’s discussion will focus on envisioning and planning your ideal future career.
September 30
Options for Personal Research – We will explore various approaches and topics for conducting personal research projects.
Exploring LinkedIn – This session will provide an overview of LinkedIn’s features and how to create a professional online presence.
Cohesion and Coherence – We will work on improving the flow and connection of ideas in writing.
October 7
Midterm Review – We will review key concepts covered so far in preparation for the midterm exam.
Using and Citing Online Sources – Today, we will practice properly using and citing digital sources in academic writing.
October 14
Midterm – We will complete the midterm exam, assessing our understanding of course materials.
October 21
Conducting Interviews – In this session, we will learn techniques for conducting effective professional interviews.
Interviewing Practice – We will participate in mock interviews to develop our communication and interviewing skills.
October 23
How to Write an Annotated Bibliography – Today, we will cover the components of an annotated bibliography and how to write one effectively.
Storytelling – We will explore storytelling techniques to enhance our personal and professional narratives.
November 4
Overview of Final Project (Introductions and Supporting Paragraphs) – We will discuss the final project requirements and practice writing strong introductions and supporting paragraphs.
Practice with Positivity – This session will focus on incorporating positive language into our writing and communication.
November 11
Overview and Design of Final Presentations – We will outline and plan our final presentations, focusing on content and delivery.
Practice with Positivity Due – Students will submit their positivity practice assignments and reflect on their application.
November 18
Student Presentations – Students will present their final projects to the class, demonstrating their communication and research skills.
December 2
Student Presentations – We will continue with student presentations and provide constructive feedback to peers.
Required Reading: n/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Five online discussion forums (min 250 words), two position papers (min 500 words), and an argumentative research paper (min 8 pages)
Description:
Unit 1: Research Methods (This unit focuses on developing healthy practices for finding sources. Students will experiment with the research tools offered through UT's extensive physical and online library system). Unit 2: Source Integration and Documentation (In this unit, students will practice synthesizing sources, integrating research into their own work, documenting sources, and avoiding plagiarism). Unit 3: Thesis and Argument (This unit will focus on developing thesis statements and structuring arguments. Students will begin formulating their major research projects). Unit 4: Audience and Rhetoric (In this unit, students will explore common rhetorical devices and methods including appeals to various types of audiences and rhetorical situations). Unit 5: Drafting and Workshopping (In this final unit, students will compose their final papers, workshop them in peer-review groups with their peers, and take their projects through multiple stages of drafting and revision).
Required Reading: Write What Matters by Liza Long, Amy Minervini, and Joel Gladd (Free OER textbook available online)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Five online discussion forums (min 250 words), two position papers (min 500 words), and an argumentative research paper (min 8 pages)
Description:
Unit 1: Research Methods (This unit focuses on developing healthy practices for finding sources. Students will experiment with the research tools offered through UT's extensive physical and online library system). Unit 2: Source Integration and Documentation (In this unit, students will practice synthesizing sources, integrating research into their own work, documenting sources, and avoiding plagiarism). Unit 3: Thesis and Argument (This unit will focus on developing thesis statements and structuring arguments. Students will begin formulating their major research projects). Unit 4: Audience and Rhetoric (In this unit, students will explore common rhetorical devices and methods including appeals to various types of audiences and rhetorical situations). Unit 5: Drafting and Workshopping (In this final unit, students will compose their final papers, workshop them in peer-review groups with their peers, and take their projects through multiple stages of drafting and revision).
Required Reading: Write What Matters by Liza Long, Amy Minervini, and Joel Gladd (Free OER textbook available online)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 7, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Artifact-comparison essay
Consumer-classification essay
Pop culture analysis
Annotated bibliography
Rough drafts of each essay
Peer review workshops
Grammar quizzes
Description:
“Intro to Pop Culture” – We discuss the definition of pop culture, why it’s important to study, and the various artifacts of pop culture. We review the instructions and expectations of the artifact-comparison essay.
“Artifact Analysis & Advertising” - We look at an example of an artifact-comparison essay, how movie trailers have changed over the years, comparing examples from 40+ years ago with some from today. Students discuss in groups differences between their own artifacts and ones from when they were born.
“Critical Reading” – We review critical reading strategies that students can apply to their own course readings. Students read a sample essay and practice critical reading with their groups.
“Advertising & Marketing” – We discuss how advertising affects people’s identities and even capabilities. We look at how brands have changed over time to reflect cultural trends. Students analyze advertising “doublespeak” and an ad of their choice.
“Common Sentence Problems” – We review grammatical issues with sentence structure: run-on sentences, comma splices, and fragments. Students work together on a grammar quiz.
“Classifying Consumers” – We review the instructions for the consumer-classification essay. We discuss how to classify groups of consumers with examples of pop culture consumers and Disneyland guests. We read a sample consumer-classification essay and students brainstorm groups of consumers for their own pop culture artifacts.
“Technology” – We review definitions of technology and examples of technological advances and innovations over time. We discuss pros and cons of technological progress. Students brainstorm and discuss both the benefits and drawbacks of technology throughout time.
“Dangling, Squinting, & Misplaced Modifiers” – We review various misuses of modifiers in writing. Students work together on a grammar quiz reviewing these principles.
“Playing with Generative AI” – We explore a few different generative AI tools to identify strengths and weaknesses of the tools and discuss how these tools might be applied to future academic and vocational work.
“Media Literacy, Media Bias, and Fake News” – We review various definitions of media literacy and discuss the importance of developing that type of literacy skill. We look at different views of bias, examples of bias in media coverage, and several tools available to help students measure bias in their media sources. We also discuss the difference between misinformation and disinformation, going over examples as a class and in groups.
“Research Sources” – We review how to classify different types of research sources and evaluate them for use in research writing. We explore several article databases, available through the Utah Tech library, that students might use to find research sources.
“Surveys and Survey Design” – We discuss the research survey that students are required to create and use for their research paper. We review the principles of good survey design and how to analyze and discuss the results of the surveys in their writing.
“Parallelism” – We review the definition and use of parallelism in writing. Students work together on a grammar quiz reviewing these principles.
“Introduction to Television” – We review the historical role of television in society and its cultural dichotomy and discuss the impact of television in students’ lives and in the culture at large.
“Documenting Sources” – We review the guidelines and requirements MLA and APA style provide for authors. We explore the Purdue OWL and its online resources, applying the citation guidelines to student-provided issues with their writing.
“Introduction to Movies” – We briefly review the history of movies and moviemaking. We discuss issues related to the impact of movies on culture and society.
“Introductions and Conclusions” – We discuss the expectations of what readers should do in introductions and conclusions in their academic writing. We look at examples of good hooks. We review the characteristics of good thesis statements, and discuss how to conclude student essays.
“Unnecessary Shifts” – We review how to maintain high clarity in writing by avoiding unnecessary shifts in several areas: verb tense, voice, mood, person, number, discourse, and sentence construction. Students work together on a grammar quiz reviewing these principles.
“Introduction to Video Games” – We briefly review the history of the development of video games. Students discuss issues related to video games and society. We examine affinity spaces and how Minecraft exemplifies the characteristics of those spaces.
“Sentence Variety” – We review the need for sentence variety in academic writing. We look at rhythm and sentence length, complexity, and opening. Students work together on a grammar quiz reviewing these principles.
“Introduction to Music” – We briefly review the history of music and its impact on society and culture. We discuss how music has affected other areas of pop culture. Students discuss articles related to music that they bring in.
“Logical Fallacies” – We briefly review Aristotle’s categories of rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We discuss a number of different types of logical fallacies and examples of each. We look at how fallacies can be used intentionally in satire and to manipulate audiences.
Other lectures covering pop culture, writing, and grammatical topics.
Required Reading: “The Art of Academic Writing” “The ENGL 1010 Student’s Guide to the Essays” “Introduction: Analyzing Popular Culture” “Of Cops and Robots” "With These Words I Can Sell You Anything" “The Fault in Our Fans” “The Social Dilemma” “How Video Games Are Beneficial” “The Impact of Generative AI as a General-Purpose Technology” “AI in Schools: Pros and Cons” “Busting the Myth of ‘Neutral’ AI” “Media Literacy Definitions” “How to Spot 16 Types of Media Bias” “Will America's Disregard for Science Be the End of Its Reign?” “Four Moves” “...And a Habit” “What Is Parallelism in Grammar?” “Parallel Structure” “Television Through Time” "The Good in Gaming” "Avoiding Shifts” Other selected readings and videos related to popular culture
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 4, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Artifact-comparison essay
Consumer-classification essay
Pop culture analysis
Annotated bibliography
Rough drafts of each essay
Peer review workshops
Grammar quizzes
Description:
“Intro to Pop Culture” – We discuss the definition of pop culture, why it’s important to study, and the various artifacts of pop culture. We review the instructions and expectations of the artifact-comparison essay.
“Artifact Analysis & Advertising” - We look at an example of an artifact-comparison essay, how movie trailers have changed over the years, comparing examples from 40+ years ago with some from today. Students discuss in groups differences between their own artifacts and ones from when they were born.
“Critical Reading” – We review critical reading strategies that students can apply to their own course readings. Students read a sample essay and practice critical reading with their groups.
“Advertising & Marketing” – We discuss how advertising affects people’s identities and even capabilities. We look at how brands have changed over time to reflect cultural trends. Students analyze advertising “doublespeak” and an ad of their choice.
“Common Sentence Problems” – We review grammatical issues with sentence structure: run-on sentences, comma splices, and fragments. Students work together on a grammar quiz.
“Classifying Consumers” – We review the instructions for the consumer-classification essay. We discuss how to classify groups of consumers with examples of pop culture consumers and Disneyland guests. We read a sample consumer-classification essay and students brainstorm groups of consumers for their own pop culture artifacts.
“Technology” – We review definitions of technology and examples of technological advances and innovations over time. We discuss pros and cons of technological progress. Students brainstorm and discuss both the benefits and drawbacks of technology throughout time.
“Dangling, Squinting, & Misplaced Modifiers” – We review various misuses of modifiers in writing. Students work together on a grammar quiz reviewing these principles.
“Playing with Generative AI” – We explore a few different generative AI tools to identify strengths and weaknesses of the tools and discuss how these tools might be applied to future academic and vocational work.
“Media Literacy, Media Bias, and Fake News” – We review various definitions of media literacy and discuss the importance of developing that type of literacy skill. We look at different views of bias, examples of bias in media coverage, and several tools available to help students measure bias in their media sources. We also discuss the difference between misinformation and disinformation, going over examples as a class and in groups.
“Research Sources” – We review how to classify different types of research sources and evaluate them for use in research writing. We explore several article databases, available through the Utah Tech library, that students might use to find research sources.
“Surveys and Survey Design” – We discuss the research survey that students are required to create and use for their research paper. We review the principles of good survey design and how to analyze and discuss the results of the surveys in their writing.
“Parallelism” – We review the definition and use of parallelism in writing. Students work together on a grammar quiz reviewing these principles.
“Introduction to Television” – We review the historical role of television in society and its cultural dichotomy and discuss the impact of television in students’ lives and in the culture at large.
“Documenting Sources” – We review the guidelines and requirements MLA and APA style provide for authors. We explore the Purdue OWL and its online resources, applying the citation guidelines to student-provided issues with their writing.
“Introduction to Movies” – We briefly review the history of movies and moviemaking. We discuss issues related to the impact of movies on culture and society.
“Introductions and Conclusions” – We discuss the expectations of what readers should do in introductions and conclusions in their academic writing. We look at examples of good hooks. We review the characteristics of good thesis statements, and discuss how to conclude student essays.
“Unnecessary Shifts” – We review how to maintain high clarity in writing by avoiding unnecessary shifts in several areas: verb tense, voice, mood, person, number, discourse, and sentence construction. Students work together on a grammar quiz reviewing these principles.
“Introduction to Video Games” – We briefly review the history of the development of video games. Students discuss issues related to video games and society. We examine affinity spaces and how Minecraft exemplifies the characteristics of those spaces.
“Sentence Variety” – We review the need for sentence variety in academic writing. We look at rhythm and sentence length, complexity, and opening. Students work together on a grammar quiz reviewing these principles.
“Introduction to Music” – We briefly review the history of music and its impact on society and culture. We discuss how music has affected other areas of pop culture. Students discuss articles related to music that they bring in.
“Logical Fallacies” – We briefly review Aristotle’s categories of rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We discuss a number of different types of logical fallacies and examples of each. We look at how fallacies can be used intentionally in satire and to manipulate audiences.
Other lectures covering pop culture, writing, and grammatical topics.
Required Reading: “The Art of Academic Writing” “The ENGL 1010 Student’s Guide to the Essays” “Introduction: Analyzing Popular Culture” “Of Cops and Robots” "With These Words I Can Sell You Anything" “The Fault in Our Fans” “The Social Dilemma” “How Video Games Are Beneficial” “The Impact of Generative AI as a General-Purpose Technology” “AI in Schools: Pros and Cons” “Busting the Myth of ‘Neutral’ AI” “Media Literacy Definitions” “How to Spot 16 Types of Media Bias” “Will America's Disregard for Science Be the End of Its Reign?” “Four Moves” “...And a Habit” “What Is Parallelism in Grammar?” “Parallel Structure” “Television Through Time” "The Good in Gaming” "Avoiding Shifts” Other selected readings and videos related to popular culture
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Early World Lit, ENGL-2270, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Five online discussion forums (approximately 250 words), two response papers (min 3 pages), one argumentative term paper (min 7 pages), final exam (essay format)
Description:
Unit 1: What is Literature (This unit introduces students to theories of literary structure and interpretation. Our first text will be The Epic of Gilgamesh). Unit 2: Ancient Greek Drama (This unit will use Lysistrata as a text through which to explore sociocultural significance of drama in the ancient world). Unit 3: Ancient Chinese Literature (This unit will examine the development and influence of literature and philosophy in China using Sun Tzu's The Art of War as a primary text). Unit 4: Early Christian Literature (This unit examines the emergence of Christian literature and the pre-Christian influences that shaped it through The Psychomachia and Dante's Inferno). Unit 5: Middle English (In this unit, students will study the development of the English language through excerpts from The Canterbury Tales). Unit 6: The Islamic Golden Age (Students will study the rise of Islam and its impact on global literature and intellectual traditions. The primary text will be The Thousand and One Nights). Unit 7: Oral Traditions and Indigenous Literature (This unit will examine oral storytelling, specifically centered around Haudenosaunee traditions).
Required Reading: The Epic of Gilgamesh, Lysistrata, The Art of War, The Psychomachia, The Inferno, The Miller's Tale, The Thousand and One Nights, The Haudenosaunee Creation Story, The Haudensosaunee Constitution
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Video Production, MDIA-1380, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
1. Who are you? video assignment: Create a video that tells me about YOU - how you identify yourself, what you're interested in or passionate about, and what you want for your future. Show me who you are
2. Program Proposal part 1 (group project): You and your group will create a TV show, YouTube series, documentary, etc.
3. Program Proposal part 2 (group project): You and your group will write a commercial for the program that you created for the Program Proposal part 1 assignment
4. Final Project (group project): You and your group will record, edit and submit the commercial that you wrote for the Program Proposal part 2 assignment
5. Test 1
6. Test 2
Description:
UNIT 1
Pre-production: This unit covers basic terminology and concepts applied during the pre-production process. Students will learn how shot composition, target audience, content creation, character development, lighting, and audio apply to the interplay of visual and auditory elements within television and video production projects.
UNIT 2
Production: This unit covers basic equipment use and settings. Students will learn how to setup and operate video and audio production equipment and apply skills to the production process (the creation of video projects).
UNIT 3
Post-production: Students will learn to edit, add audio effects, video effects, and graphics, to enhance video projects during the post-production process.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
American History, HIST-1700, Section 7, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Attendance and Participation, 15%
Quizzes, 25%
Film Responses, 20%
Group Project, 20%
Group Discussions, 5%
Final Exam, 15%
Description:
Introduction
Old Worlds and New
European Colonies and Native Nations, 1600-1660
Creating Anglo-America
Slavery, Freedom, and the Struggle for Empire, to 1763
The American Revolution, 1763-1783
The Revolution Within
Founding a Nation, 1783-1791
Securing the Republic, 1791-1815
Market Revolution, 1800-1840
Democracy in America, 1815-1840
The Peculiar Institution: Slavery
An Age of Reform, 1820-1840
A House Divided, 1840-1861
A New Birth of Freedom: The Civil War, 1861-1865
“What is Freedom?”: Reconstruction, 1865-1877
America’s Gilded Age, 1870-1890
Freedom’s Boundaries, at Home and Abroad, 1890-1900
The Progressive Era, 1900-1916
Safe for Democracy: The United States and WWI, 1916-20
From Business Culture to Great Depression: The Twenties, 1920-1932
The New Deal, 1932-1940
Fighting for the Four Freedoms: WWII, 1941-1945
The United States and the Cold War, 1945-1953
An Affluent Society, 1953-1960
The Sixties, 1960-1968
The Conservative Turn, 1969-1988
Required Reading: Foner, Eric. Give Me Liberty! An American History. Brief 6th Edition. New York: W.W. Norton & Company, 2020.
Recommended Reading: N/A
American Government, POLS-1100, Section 41, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Three Exams, Three Quizzes, Three Discussion Assignments, Three In-Text Submission Assignments.
Description:
This course is completely online.
Section 1 Lessons
1. The Founding, the Constitution and the First Two Political Parties: Chapters 1 - 2 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following à the Constitutional Convention, Federalism, the Bill of Rights and the first two Political Parties.
2. Federalism, Expressed and Implied Powers, Supremacy Clause and the 10th Amendment: Chapter 3 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following à how Federalism has changed since the founding, the expressed powers and the growth of implied powers, the Supremacy Clause and state powers.
3. Civil Rights, Civil Liberties and the Bill of Rights: Chapters 4 – 5 Notes and videos. Students will learn the following à the differences and similarities between rights and liberties and an in-depth understanding of each Amendment in the Bill of Rights.
Section 2 Lessons:
1. Public Opinion and the Media: Chapters 6 - 7 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following à how opinion is formed and the agents of socialization as well as the media, its influence and its future.
2. The Political Parties, the Electoral College and Interest Groups: Chapters 8 - 9 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following --> the history of parties and how they work, the history of the Electoral College and how it works and the power and influence of interest groups.
3. The United States Congress and the Legislative Branch: Chapter 10 Notes and videos. Students will learn the following à a comprehensive understanding of the House of Representatives and Senate including congressional elections, campaigning, funding and the bill process.
Section 3 Lessons:
1. The Presidency and the Executive Branch: Chapter 11 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following à the expressed and implied powers of the President as well as the Cabinet and the types of President.
2. The Bureaucracy: Chapter 12 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following --> how bureaucracy is created, the role of bureaucracy, the issues with bureaucracy and rational vs. Irrational bureaucracy.
3. The Supreme Court and the Judicial Branch: Chapter 13 Notes and videos. Students will learn the following à a comprehensive understanding of the Judicial Branch, how the Supreme Court works and the categories of law.
4. Domestic and Foreign Policy Creation: Chapters 14 – 15 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following --> what is domestic policy and what does it do as well as an understanding of social, educational and welfare policy. Students will also understand the economic and security interests which shape foreign policy.
Required Reading: We The People This course is taking part in the UT Inclusive Access Program which offers First Day Access to course materials.
Recommended Reading: N/A
American Government, POLS-1100, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Three Exams, Three Quizzes, Three Discussion Assignments, Three In-Text Submission Assignments.
Description:
This course is completely online.
Section 1 Lessons
1. The Founding, the Constitution and the First Two Political Parties: Chapters 1 - 2 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following à the Constitutional Convention, Federalism, the Bill of Rights and the first two Political Parties.
2. Federalism, Expressed and Implied Powers, Supremacy Clause and the 10th Amendment: Chapter 3 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following à how Federalism has changed since the founding, the expressed powers and the growth of implied powers, the Supremacy Clause and state powers.
3. Civil Rights, Civil Liberties and the Bill of Rights: Chapters 4 – 5 Notes and videos. Students will learn the following à the differences and similarities between rights and liberties and an in-depth understanding of each Amendment in the Bill of Rights.
Section 2 Lessons:
1. Public Opinion and the Media: Chapters 6 - 7 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following à how opinion is formed and the agents of socialization as well as the media, its influence and its future.
2. The Political Parties, the Electoral College and Interest Groups: Chapters 8 - 9 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following --> the history of parties and how they work, the history of the Electoral College and how it works and the power and influence of interest groups.
3. The United States Congress and the Legislative Branch: Chapter 10 Notes and videos. Students will learn the following à a comprehensive understanding of the House of Representatives and Senate including congressional elections, campaigning, funding and the bill process.
Section 3 Lessons:
1. The Presidency and the Executive Branch: Chapter 11 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following à the expressed and implied powers of the President as well as the Cabinet and the types of President.
2. The Bureaucracy: Chapter 12 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following --> how bureaucracy is created, the role of bureaucracy, the issues with bureaucracy and rational vs. Irrational bureaucracy.
3. The Supreme Court and the Judicial Branch: Chapter 13 Notes and videos. Students will learn the following à a comprehensive understanding of the Judicial Branch, how the Supreme Court works and the categories of law.
4. Domestic and Foreign Policy Creation: Chapters 14 – 15 Notes and Videos. Students will learn the following --> what is domestic policy and what does it do as well as an understanding of social, educational and welfare policy. Students will also understand the economic and security interests which shape foreign policy.
Required Reading: We The People This course is taking part in the UT Inclusive Access Program which offers First Day Access to course materials.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to PLCs Lab, MTRN-2305, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Lab Assignments
Description:
PLC and HMI Architecture and Programming Environments: Students learn how to create, manage, and locate PLC tags, navigate PLC and HMI programming software, and upload or download programs.
PLC Wiring: Covers wiring techniques for discrete, analog, and specialty I/O modules.
PLC Instructions: Explores a wide range of PLC instructions, including contacts, coils, timers, counters, mathematical functions, control instructions, sequencers, shift registers, and basic motion control instructions.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Industrial Networks Lab, MTRN-3605, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Lab Assignments
Description:
Students will learn to:
Configure and integrate networking hardware, including IO-Link devices, remote I/O, and wireless I/O systems.
Work with key industrial communication protocols: Serial, Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP, and MQTT.
Establish one-to-many and many-to-one communications between PLCs and HMIs using ProNET and tag-based Ethernet.
Develop SCADA interfaces and implement database connectivity for real-time data storage and retrieval.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
American Government, POLS-1100, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Attendance & Participation 20%
Semester IOP Events (2) 5%
Assignments/Inquisitive 25%
Short writings 15%
Midterm 15%
Final 20%
Description:
*Each week, we go over their selected news stories at random.
Week 1
a. Introductions, syllabi, introduce course, and lay out expectations for behavior.
b. Americans and Their Political Values: In this lecture, we survey some basic political science concepts, how government affects one’s life, and data on who Americans are and what they believe.
Week 2
a. The Founding and the Constitution: In this lecture we discuss the Articles of Confederation, the Constitutional Convention, and the Constitution.
b. The Founding and the Constitution: We also discuss the Enlightenment thinkers, the history leading up to the revolution, and how that laid the foundation for the Constitution.
Week 3
a. Congress: In this lecture, we discuss how Congress works, and the powers and limitations given to the Legislative branch.
b. Students assume a role in Congress and engage in a scenario (in class) of "How a Bill Becomes a Law."
Week 4
a. The Presidency: In this lecture, we discuss the powers, limitations, and history of the presidency as an institution. We discuss the students’ favorite presidents.
b. The Presidency: In this lecture, we discuss the bureaucracy, how it functions, how it shapes policy outcomes, and how it is constrained by other institutions.
Week 5
a. The Courts: In this lecture, we discuss the federal courts, with a particular emphasis on the role of the Supreme Court in policy-making and constitutional interpretation.
b. The Courts: We continue to discuss the courts and work through criminal and civil cases in role-played scenarios in class.
Week 6
a. Civil Liberties: In this lecture, we discuss the Bill of Rights and the freedoms guaranteed by the Constitution.
b. Civil Liberties: In this lecture, we continue our discussion of the Bill of Rights and the freedoms guaranteed by the Constitution, with scenarios that arise from substantial Supreme Court cases and historical incidents.
Week 7
a. Civil Rights: In this lecture, we begin with the 14th Amendment and its Equal Protection clause and discuss the history of the civil rights movement.
b. Civil Rights: In this lecture, we discuss landmark civil rights legislation like the 1964 Civil Rights Act and the protections that are granted.
Week 8
a. Civil Liberties and Civil Rights: We discuss two of the books primary American values – Liberty and Equality – and see how these are examined from a political science and legal perspective using contemporary issues to guide us.
a. Civil Liberties and Civil Rights: We discuss situations where liberties and civil rights have conflicted and come before the Supreme Court and how they were decided. We use political science concepts and the law to help us determine what outcomes the students would like to see.
i. We review for the Midterm.
Week 9
a. Federalism: In this lecture, we discuss state and local government in the United States.
b. Federalism: In this lecture, we discuss the Supremacy Clause, the Privileges & Immunities Clause, the Full Faith & Credit Clause, the relationship of the states and federal government, and use the specific example of drug policy to highlight conflict.
Week 10
Spring Break
Week 11
a. Public Opinion: In this lecture, we discuss the foundations of public opinion, including political values, ideology, and attitudes.
b. Public Opinion: In this lecture, we discuss polling techniques and how to measure opinion.
Week 12
a. The Media & Political Information: In this lecture, we discuss the role of media in American democracy and the importance of political information to citizens.
b. The Media & Political Information: Continued. As a class, we try and assess misinformation, disinformation, and reliable sources. We discuss the role of social media.
Week 13
a. Political Parties & Interest Groups: In this lecture, we discuss America’s political parties, how they operate internally, how they shape competition, and how they govern.
b. Political Parties & Interest Groups: In this lecture, we discuss interest groups and lobbying, how they influence the process, the restrictions upon them, and how they succeed.
Week 14
a. Participation, Campaigns & Elections: In this lecture, we discuss the importance of participating, how one can do that, how campaigns and elections are run.
b. Participation, Campaigns & Elections: Continued. We work on the students’ letters to an elected official.
Week 15
a. Domestic Policy: In this group lead discussion, the students address various domestic policy issues using their prior learning.
b. Domestic (Economic) Policy: In this continued group lead discussion, the students gain a basic understanding of economic principles, and we continue to address various policy issues using their prior learning.
Week 16
a. Foreign Policy: In this lecture, we discuss the history of the United States’ foreign policy and the various changes it has undergone since the founding, to the Monroe Doctrine, to the Spanish-American War, WWI and WWII, and the Cold War to present day.
b. Foreign Policy: In this scenario, the students roleplay different countries, while learning about diplomacy, war, political science concepts in international relations, and the world order. Review for Final Exam.
Required Reading: We the People
Recommended Reading: Assigned readings from the Federalist Papers, Common Sense, The Constitution, select readings from Hot Topics
Data Wrangling, CS-2500, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
* **Programming Assignments (20% of Total)**: A series of assignments focused on the core skill of data extraction. Students will practice retrieving data from various common sources, including Excel files, PDF documents, live websites (web scraping), and web APIs.
* **Semester Project (30% of Total)**: A multi-part project that spans the second half of the semester. This includes submitting a project proposal, performing and submitting a detailed dataset profile, and creating and delivering a final presentation of the project results.
* **Exams (30% of Total)**: The course includes major exams, such as a midterm and a final, to assess the understanding of data wrangling principles and techniques covered in the lectures and readings.
* **Quizzes/Participation (20% of Total)**: This component of the grade consists of regular quizzes or participation to ensure ongoing engagement with the course material.
Description:
* **Unit 1: Data Sources**
This unit introduces the fundamentals of data wrangling, focusing on how to identify and extract data from a variety of common sources. Topics cover machine-readable data, structured files like Excel, semi-structured files like PDFs, and dynamic web sources through scraping and APIs.
* **Unit 2: The Data Wrangling Process**
This unit covers the core workflow and principles of transforming raw data into a usable format. Students will learn how to build a data workflow, properly structure messy data, clean it to ensure quality, and enrich it by combining it with other sources.
* **Unit 3: Analysis and Presentation**
This unit focuses on applying data wrangling skills to a semester-long project. It covers initial data exploration and analysis techniques and culminates in the final presentation of the project's findings and methodology.
* **Unit 4: Final Project**
This capstone unit is dedicated to the semester-long final project. Students will apply the data extraction, cleaning, structuring, and enrichment techniques learned throughout the course to a real-world dataset. The project includes submitting a proposal and a detailed dataset profile , and it culminates in a final presentation demonstrating the process and results.
Required Reading: Principles of Data WranglingLinks to an external site. By Joseph M. Hellerstein, Tye Rattenbury, Jeffrey Heer, Sean Kandel, Connor Carreras Data Wrangling with PythonLinks to an external site. By Jacqueline Kazil, Katharine Jarmul
Recommended Reading: N/A
Fundamentals of Programming, CS-1400, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
* **Mastery Quizzes (15% of Total)**: A series of quizzes assess student understanding on topics including Console IO, Types, Arithmetic, Conditionals, Variables, Functions, Lists, and Dictionaries.
* **Programming Assignments (20% of Total)**: Students are required to complete numerous programming assignments that provide practical application of concepts such as Console I/O, Arithmetic, Conditionals, Functions, Loops, and Dictionaries.
* **Projects (20% of Total)**: The course includes several projects, such as "Turtle Art", "Functional Magic", and "Ada Stats".
* **Midterm (15% of Total)**: A "Midterm 1" exam is a required component of the course.
* **Final Project (10% of Total)**: Students must complete a "Final Project - Text Adventure Game".
* **Final Exam (20% of Total)**: A final exam is required at the end of the course.
Description:
* **Module 1 - Getting Started**
This unit covers introductory tasks to begin the course. It includes a student survey, a syllabus review, and setting up the programming environment.
* **Module 2 - Programming Language Basics**
This unit introduces fundamental programming concepts. Students learn about handling console input/output, working with data types and arithmetic, and using conditionals.
* **Module 3 - Programs, Errors, and Strings**
This unit focuses on program structure and handling common issues. Topics include variables, program tracing, expressions, errors, and using strings.
* **Module 4 - Calling Functions**
This unit explores the use of functions to organize code. It covers string operations, how to call functions, and introduces debugging techniques.
* **Module 5 - Writing Functions**
This unit teaches students how to create their own functions. The content covers defining functions, writing unit tests, and the use of return values.
* **Module 6 - Function Composition**
This unit covers more advanced concepts for combining functions. Students learn about variable scope, documenting functions, and functional decomposition.
* **Module 8 - Conditionals**
This unit provides a deeper look into using conditionals to control the flow of a program.
* **Module 9 - Lists and Iteration**
This unit introduces lists for storing collections of data and covers iteration as a method for processing items within them.
* **Module 10 - More Lists, Iteration**
This unit builds on the previous one with advanced topics like loop patterns, mutability, and working with list indexes.
* **Module 11 - Records**
This unit focuses on using dictionaries to store structured data. It covers dictionary creation, operations, patterns, and handling nested data.
* **Module 12 - While Loops, Files, and Modules**
This unit covers while loops for repeated tasks, reading from and writing to files, and using modules to organize code.
* **Module 14 - Final Project (Planning)**
This unit is dedicated to the planning phase of the final project, where students will analyze a game and create a game plan.
* **Module 15 - Final Project**
This unit involves the implementation of the final project, where students build their own Text Adventure Game.
* **Module 16 - Final Exam**
This final unit is focused on preparation for and completion of the final exam, providing study materials and a practice test.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: - [Python docs](https://docs.python.org/3/) - [Python Crash Course](https://learning.oreilly.com/library/view/python-crash-course/9781492071266/)- [Not a book but good advice](http://norvig.com/21-days.html)
Biochemistry I, CHEM-3510, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework will be assigned using SmartWork and will count 10% of your final grade. The assignments will vary between multiple choice, fill in the blank, and short answer. Plan to devote approximately 90 minutes to each assignment. You will be able to drop ONE SmartWork assignment. There are no make-ups or late assignments accepted.
Additionally, the course will include in-class activities worth a total of 10% of your final grade. These activities will occur sporadically throughout the semester and are designed to engage you in active learning of the course material. These activities will occur in class only and you must be present to obtain credit. You are able to drop your lowest in-class activity.
There are no make-ups for missed SmartWork assignments or in-class activities.
Exams:
There will be five exams given in the testing center that cover the material presented in class and studied in the book. Additionally, at least one question from each chapter on the exam will come from your SmartWork, so it would be in your best interest to do the homework before the exam. You will have 90 minutes to complete each exam. It will be available in the testing center for 48 hours. All exams are cumulative, but will emphasize new material since the last exam. Each exam is worth 15% of your overall course grade and you will be able to drop your lowest exam score. Exams will be comprised of multiple choice, short answer questions, problem solving, and short essays. You will have ONE WEEK from the time the exams are returned to discuss exam grades or points.
Final Exam:
The final exam will be given during final exam week according to the university final exam schedule, and will not be given at any other time or date. The final exam is the ACS Biochemistry Exam and is therefore cumulative and will cover all material discussed in class this semester. The actual time allowed for the exam will be determined by the number of questions on the ACS exam, as the exam itself is timed by the ACS. The final exam is worth 20% of your overall course grade.
Description:
Chapter 2 - physical biochemistry - review of acid/base chemistry, thermodynamics, and cellular structure with an emphasis on applicability to biochemical reactions
Chapter 3 - DNA - introduction to DNA including transcription and regulation.
Chapter 4 - Protein structure - introduction to protein structure and function including amino acids, acid/base properties, primary through quaternary structure, examples of diseases with mutations in protein structure or function.
Chapter 5 - Methods - highlights the most commonly used methods in protein biochemistry and sequencing.
Chapter 6 - Cellular proteins - an in-depth look at the various types of proteins located in an organism.
Chapter 7 - Enzymes - structure and functionality of enzymes as well as a detailed look at enzyme kinetics and inhibition.
Chapter 8 - Cell signaling - An in-depth look at the general components of a cell-signaling pathway as well as a detailed description and application of several major biochemical cell-signaling pathways.
Chapter 9 - Introduction to carbohydrates and glycolysis - structure and function of monosaccharides and disaccharides. In-depth analysis and regulation of glycolysis.
Chapter 10 - The citrate cycle - an in-depth analysis and regulation of the citrate cycle.
Required Reading: Biochemistry, Second Edition. Roger Miesfeld and Megan McEvoy
Recommended Reading: N/A
Biochemistry I Lab, CHEM-3515, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Quizzes:
You will be required to complete pre-lab quizzes online before coming to each laboratory course. These quizzes can be found on Canvas and completed on Canvas. There are no make-ups or late pre-lab quizzes allowed. The quizzes will constitute a total of 15% of your grade. You will be allowed to drop your lowest pre-lab quiz grade.
Worksheets and Writing Assignments:
You will be assigned two worksheets as assignments to be completed in place of a writing assignment for the Pipet lab, Spectroscopy and Dilutions lab and the DNA lab. These worksheets will be due at the beginning of the next lab period. Additionally, you will have four writing assignments due once the enzyme portion of the lab has started. These worksheets and writing assignments will be worth a total of 30% of your grade. There are no make-ups or late worksheets/writing assignments accepted.
Lab Report:
You will be required to write one large, comprehensive lab report during the semester, which will be based on the culmination of 6 weeks of experiments and is largely based off of writing assignments 1-4. This lab report will be worth 20% of your grade.
Presentation:
The results of the final two weeks of experiments (enzyme kinetics I/II) will be reported and presented in class with your partner. This presentation will be worth 15% of your grade.
Final Exam:
There will be a final exam given covering the main concepts covered throughout the semester. It is multiple choice. The final exam will be given during the last week of class in the testing center and will be worth 10% of your grade.
Description:
"Excel Labs and Spectroscopy - practice using instrumentation that will be used throughout the semester as well as the proper way to analyze data in Excel.
DNA lab - brief introduction to the use of agarose and restriction enzymes to identify plasmids.
Tyrosinase isolation and characterization - the remainder of the semester will focus on isolating and characterizing tyrosinase from mushrooms. Techniques include centrifugation, dialysis, column chromatography, protein quantification, and enzyme assays."
Required Reading: Laboratory protocols
Recommended Reading: N/A
Biochemistry I Lab, CHEM-3515, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Quizzes:
You will be required to complete pre-lab quizzes online before coming to each laboratory course. These quizzes can be found on Canvas and completed on Canvas. There are no make-ups or late pre-lab quizzes allowed. The quizzes will constitute a total of 15% of your grade. You will be allowed to drop your lowest pre-lab quiz grade.
Worksheets and Writing Assignments:
You will be assigned two worksheets as assignments to be completed in place of a writing assignment for the Pipet lab, Spectroscopy and Dilutions lab and the DNA lab. These worksheets will be due at the beginning of the next lab period. Additionally, you will have four writing assignments due once the enzyme portion of the lab has started. These worksheets and writing assignments will be worth a total of 30% of your grade. There are no make-ups or late worksheets/writing assignments accepted.
Lab Report:
You will be required to write one large, comprehensive lab report during the semester, which will be based on the culmination of 6 weeks of experiments and is largely based off of writing assignments 1-4. This lab report will be worth 20% of your grade.
Presentation:
The results of the final two weeks of experiments (enzyme kinetics I/II) will be reported and presented in class with your partner. This presentation will be worth 15% of your grade.
Final Exam:
There will be a final exam given covering the main concepts covered throughout the semester. It is multiple choice. The final exam will be given during the last week of class in the testing center and will be worth 10% of your grade.
Description:
Excel Labs and Spectroscopy - practice using instrumentation that will be used throughout the semester as well as the proper way to analyze data in Excel.
DNA lab - brief introduction to the use of agarose and restriction enzymes to identify plasmids.
Tyrosinase isolation and characterization - the remainder of the semester will focus on isolating and characterizing tyrosinase from mushrooms. Techniques include centrifugation, dialysis, column chromatography, protein quantification, and enzyme assays.
Required Reading: Laboratory protocols
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Accounting II, ACCT-3015, Section 3, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Course requirements include: four exams, final exam, case studies, SmartBook reading assignments, Excel assignments and homework assignments.
Description:
Introduction/Chapter 1: Managerial Accounting and Cost Concepts: Introduction of myself, Canvas and course expectations. Introduce managerial accounting, its role in business, and the basic concepts of cost classification and cost behavior. Lastly, discuss the differences between managerial and financial accounting.
Chapter 1: Managerial Accounting and Cost Concepts Continued: Discuss the terms in chapter 1 and provide a visual guide to help streamline all the managerial accounting terms.
Chapter 2: Job-Order Costing: Calculating Unit Product Costs: Introduction to job-order costing, explaining how companies track costs for individual jobs or orders and calculate unit product costs.
Chapter 2: Job-Order Costing: Calculating Unit Product Costs Continued: Continued discussion on calculating product costs, including direct materials, direct labor, and manufacturing overhead. Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Chapter 3: Job-Order Costing: Cost Flows and External Reporting: Focus on how costs flow through a job-order costing system, and how these costs are reported externally in financial statements through journal entries.
Chapter 3: Job-Order Costing: Cost Flows and External Reporting Continued: Further analysis of job-order costing, emphasizing cost of goods manufactured. Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Chapter 4: Process Costing: Introduction to process costing, explaining the differences and similarities between job-order and process costing systems, explaining how costs are accumulated and assigned to units.
Chapter 4: Process Costing Continued: Continued discussion on process costing, explaining how to calculate unit costs in process costing. Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Exam #1 Review, Chapters 1-4: Provide a review for exam 1.
Chapter 5: Cost-Volume-Profit Relationships: Introduction to cost-volume-profit (CVP) analysis, explaining how fixed and variable costs impact a company’s profit at different levels of production and sales.
Chapter 5: Cost-Volume-Profit Relationships Continued: Continued discussion on CVP analysis, including break-even analysis, contribution margin, and how CVP informs pricing and production decisions. Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Chapter 6: Variable Costing and Segment Reporting: Tools for Management: Introduction to variable costing and segment reporting as tools for management decision-making, highlighting their advantages over absorption costing.
Chapter 6: Variable Costing and Segment Reporting: Tools for Management Continued: Further exploration of variable costing and segment reporting. Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Chapter 13: Differential Analysis: The Key to Decision Making: Introduction to differential analysis, a key tool for decision-making, focusing on how managers assess relevant costs and benefits when making business choices. Learning objectives include the following analyses: make-or-buy decisions, special orders, keep or drop a business segment and constrained resources.
Chapter 13: Differential Analysis: The Key to Decision Making Continued: Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Exam #2 Review, Chapters 5, 6 & 13: Provide a review for exam 2.
Chapter 8: Master Budgeting: Introduction to master budgeting, explaining the components of a comprehensive financial plan, including sales, production, and cash budgets.
Chapter 8: Master Budgeting Continued: Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Chapter 9: Flexible Budgets and Performance Analysis: Introduction to flexible budgets, explaining how they adjust for changes in activity levels. Provide instruction on variance analysis and how to assess performance relative to budgeted figures.
Chapter 9: Flexible Budgets and Performance Analysis Continued: Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Chapter 10: Standard Costs and Variances: Introduction of standard costs, explaining how businesses set expected costs and analyze the differences between actual and standard costs. Focused on material, labor and overhead standards, actual costs and variances.
Chapter 10: Standard Costs and Variances Continued: Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Exam #3 Review, Chapters 8-10: Provide a review for exam 3.
Chapter 11: Responsibility Accounting Systems: Introduction to responsibility accounting systems, covering the types of responsibility centers (cost, profit, and investment centers) and performance evaluation methods.
Chapter 11: Responsibility Accounting Systems Continued: Continued discussion on responsibility accounting, focusing on how performance is evaluated based on assigned responsibilities and controllable costs. Guide class in chapter's case study.
Chapter 14: Capital Budgeting Decisions: Introduction to capital budgeting, explaining methods for evaluating long-term investment opportunities, such as net present value (NPV) and internal rate of return (IRR).
Chapter 14: Capital Budgeting Decisions Continued: Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Chapter 16: Financial Statement Analysis: Introduction to financial statement analysis, explaining the use of ratios and other tools to evaluate a company’s financial health and performance.
Chapter 16: Financial Statement Analysis Continued: Continued discussion on financial statement analysis, emphasizing liquidity, profitability, and solvency ratios and how they assist in decision-making. Guide class in chapter's case study.
Exam #4 Review, Chapters 11, 14 & 16: Provide an review for exam 4.
Final In-class: Provide a final exam encompassing the objectives learned throughout the semester for one company, where students provide calculations and analyze data to make decisions.
Required Reading: Managerial Accounting 18e – Garrison, Noreen, Brewer
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Accounting II, ACCT-3015, Section 2, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Course requirements include: four exams, final exam, case studies, SmartBook reading assignments, Excel assignments and homework assignments.
Description:
Introduction/Chapter 1: Managerial Accounting and Cost Concepts: Introduction of myself, Canvas and course expectations. Introduce managerial accounting, its role in business, and the basic concepts of cost classification and cost behavior. Lastly, discuss the differences between managerial and financial accounting.
Chapter 1: Managerial Accounting and Cost Concepts Continued: Discuss the terms in chapter 1 and provide a visual guide to help streamline all the managerial accounting terms.
Chapter 2: Job-Order Costing: Calculating Unit Product Costs: Introduction to job-order costing, explaining how companies track costs for individual jobs or orders and calculate unit product costs.
Chapter 2: Job-Order Costing: Calculating Unit Product Costs Continued: Continued discussion on calculating product costs, including direct materials, direct labor, and manufacturing overhead. Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Chapter 3: Job-Order Costing: Cost Flows and External Reporting: Focus on how costs flow through a job-order costing system, and how these costs are reported externally in financial statements through journal entries.
Chapter 3: Job-Order Costing: Cost Flows and External Reporting Continued: Further analysis of job-order costing, emphasizing cost of goods manufactured. Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Chapter 4: Process Costing: Introduction to process costing, explaining the differences and similarities between job-order and process costing systems, explaining how costs are accumulated and assigned to units.
Chapter 4: Process Costing Continued: Continued discussion on process costing, explaining how to calculate unit costs in process costing. Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Exam #1 Review, Chapters 1-4: Provide a review for exam 1.
Chapter 5: Cost-Volume-Profit Relationships: Introduction to cost-volume-profit (CVP) analysis, explaining how fixed and variable costs impact a company’s profit at different levels of production and sales.
Chapter 5: Cost-Volume-Profit Relationships Continued: Continued discussion on CVP analysis, including break-even analysis, contribution margin, and how CVP informs pricing and production decisions. Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Chapter 6: Variable Costing and Segment Reporting: Tools for Management: Introduction to variable costing and segment reporting as tools for management decision-making, highlighting their advantages over absorption costing.
Chapter 6: Variable Costing and Segment Reporting: Tools for Management Continued: Further exploration of variable costing and segment reporting. Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Chapter 13: Differential Analysis: The Key to Decision Making: Introduction to differential analysis, a key tool for decision-making, focusing on how managers assess relevant costs and benefits when making business choices. Learning objectives include the following analyses: make-or-buy decisions, special orders, keep or drop a business segment and constrained resources.
Chapter 13: Differential Analysis: The Key to Decision Making Continued: Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Exam #2 Review, Chapters 5, 6 & 13: Provide a review for exam 2.
Chapter 8: Master Budgeting: Introduction to master budgeting, explaining the components of a comprehensive financial plan, including sales, production, and cash budgets.
Chapter 8: Master Budgeting Continued: Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Chapter 9: Flexible Budgets and Performance Analysis: Introduction to flexible budgets, explaining how they adjust for changes in activity levels. Provide instruction on variance analysis and how to assess performance relative to budgeted figures.
Chapter 9: Flexible Budgets and Performance Analysis Continued: Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Chapter 10: Standard Costs and Variances: Introduction of standard costs, explaining how businesses set expected costs and analyze the differences between actual and standard costs. Focused on material, labor and overhead standards, actual costs and variances.
Chapter 10: Standard Costs and Variances Continued: Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Exam #3 Review, Chapters 8-10: Provide a review for exam 3.
Chapter 11: Responsibility Accounting Systems: Introduction to responsibility accounting systems, covering the types of responsibility centers (cost, profit, and investment centers) and performance evaluation methods.
Chapter 11: Responsibility Accounting Systems Continued: Continued discussion on responsibility accounting, focusing on how performance is evaluated based on assigned responsibilities and controllable costs. Guide class in chapter's case study.
Chapter 14: Capital Budgeting Decisions: Introduction to capital budgeting, explaining methods for evaluating long-term investment opportunities, such as net present value (NPV) and internal rate of return (IRR).
Chapter 14: Capital Budgeting Decisions Continued: Guide class in chapter's case study, where students work together and provide additional insights through teamwork.
Chapter 16: Financial Statement Analysis: Introduction to financial statement analysis, explaining the use of ratios and other tools to evaluate a company’s financial health and performance.
Chapter 16: Financial Statement Analysis Continued: Continued discussion on financial statement analysis, emphasizing liquidity, profitability, and solvency ratios and how they assist in decision-making. Guide class in chapter's case study.
Exam #4 Review, Chapters 11, 14 & 16: Provide an review for exam 4.
Final In-class: Provide a final exam encompassing the objectives learned throughout the semester for one company, where students provide calculations and analyze data to make decisions.
Required Reading: Managerial Accounting 18e – Garrison, Noreen, Brewer
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intermediate Career Strategies, ACCT-3001, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Research Assignments (15 modules) 70%
Final Career Strategy Document 30%
Participation for this online course includes posting on discussion boards for some assignments and commenting/supporting fellow students with appropriate feedback.
Description:
Module 1: Career Strategy Process & Personal Brand: This module is an introduction module where students submit a video intro and include their idea of career success.
Module 2: Current Career Portfolio: Resume Design & Skills Inventory: This module is used for students to update their resume, run it through Hiration (AI tool) and also evaluate their current skills inventory.
Module 3: Awareness of Self: Personality, Character, Value & Motivators: The purpose of this module is for students to a. articulate their personal values and b. identify career motivators and drivers.
Module 4: Awareness of Environment: Students identify two geographic locations they would like to life and work and compare and contrast those two locations to see which, if either, would be the best fit.
Module 5: Industry Outlook & Culture: Students identify two target career industries and compare and contrast the differences.
Module 6: Employers & Workplace Culture: Students identify potential employers and research the employer’s corporate culture. (Canvas discussion)
Module 7: Employability | Skills | Job Profile: Students collect data about two job positions related to their major. They then summarize the data into a table to see what skills are most often listed.
Module 8: Mentors: Students interview a mentor and collect feedback about the mentor’s career.
Module 9: Gap Analysis: Students identify and summarize gaps between current skills and competencies and those necessary in their future careers.
Module 10: Professional Certificates, Licenses & Badges: Students complete research about two professional licenses or certification that are relevant to their career strategy.
Module 11: Graduate Studies: Students research two graduate programs of interest.
Module 12: Relationship Currency: Students are required to attend at least two networking events throughout the semester and write up a short summary about each.
Module 13: Personal SWOT Analysis: Students complete a personality test and identify their strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats.
Module 14: Summary of Qualifications: Students prepare a draft summary qualifications statement for their resume. (Canvas discussion)
Module 15: Job Interview: Students research potential interview questions common for the jobs they are seeking and prepare appropriate answers for those questions. (Canvas discussion)
Final: Career Strategy & Portfolio: Students synthesize the research completed this semester into an actionable career strategy document that includes: vision of personal successful career, short-, medium- and long-term career objectives that follow SMART framework and tactical action plan for near future to strengthen resume.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Accounting I, ACCT-2010, Section 41, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Chapter assignments 15%
Case Studies 15%
Quizzes 15%
Exams 45%
Career Project 5%
Online Participation 5%
For each chapter there is a quiz, homework and case study (every other chapter). There are four exams and a final exam.
Description:
Chapter 1: Financial Statements: Introduces financial statements - including the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of retained earnings. Explore financial statements in detail, emphasizing their structure and the flow of information from one financial statement to another.
Chapter 2: Transaction Analysis: Covers the process of analyzing transactions by using the expanded accounting equation. Also introduced the topic of debits and credits and T-accounts. Completed the learning objectives for this chapter by introducing the use of an unadjusted trial balance.
Chapter 3: Accrual Accounting and Income: Introduces the adjustment process, highlighting necessary adjustments for accurate financial reporting. Concludes the adjustment process, focusing on the proper timing and documentation of adjustments. Exam 1
Chapter 4: Internal Controls and Cash: Introduces the topic of fraud, internal controls, and cash management in the context of accounting. Provide instruction on how to complete a bank reconciliation.
Chapter 5: Receivables and Revenue: Discuss the accounting for receivables, including the recording of accounts receivable and bad debts and how they are connected to revenue.
Chapter 6: Inventory and Cost of Goods Sold: Discusses accounting for merchandising transactions, including the impact of inventory purchases and sales on financial statements.
Chapter 7: Plant Assets: Begins the chapter on long-term assets, covering the purchase, depreciation, and disposal of fixed assets.
Chapter 11: Statement of Cash Flows: Begins the chapter on the statement of cash flows, covering the preparation and analysis of cash flow statements. Discuss operating, investing, and financing activities involved. Exam 2.
Career Week: Careers in Accounting: Guest speaker on careers in accounting, discussing job opportunities and career paths in the accounting field. Specifically in the areas of forensic accounting, public accounting and industry accounting.
Extra Credit Activity: Prep for Final: Extra credit activity designed to help students prepare for the final exam.
Chapter 1MA: Introduction to Managerial Accounting: Introduce managerial accounting, its role in business, and the basic concepts of cost classification and cost behavior. Lastly, discuss the differences between managerial and financial accounting.
Chapter 2MA: Building Blocks of Managerial Accounting: Discuss managerial accounting terms and provide a visual guide to help streamline all the terms.
Chapter 3MA: Job Costing: Introduction to job-order costing, explaining how companies track costs for individual jobs or orders and calculate unit product costs. Exam 3.
Chapter 9MA: The Comprehensive Budget: Introduction to master budgeting, explaining the components of a comprehensive financial plan, including sales, production, and cash budgets.
Chapter 10MA: Performance Evaluation: Introduction to flexible budgets, explaining how they adjust for changes in activity levels. Provide instruction on variance analysis and how to assess performance relative to budgeted figures. Exam 4.
Final: Students view a public company's 10K, analyze financial statements and answer questions about the company, based on knowledge learned throughout the entire semester.
Required Reading: Combined eBook Financial Accounting, 14th Edition - Tietz/Thomas and Managerial Accounting, 7th edition - Braun/Tietz
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Accounting I, ACCT-2010, Section 5, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Chapter assignments 15%
Case Studies 15%
Quizzes 15%
Exams 45%
Career Project 5%
Attendance & Participation 5%
For each chapter there is a quiz, homework and case study (every other chapter). There are four exams and a final exam.
Description:
Class Introduction: Introduction to the course and myself, as well as an overview of class expectations, structure and Canvas.
Chapter 1: Financial Statements: Introduces financial statements - including the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of retained earnings. Explore financial statements in detail, emphasizing their structure and the flow of information from one financial statement to another.
Chapter 2: Transaction Analysis: Covers the process of analyzing transactions by using the expanded accounting equation. Also introduced the topic of debits and credits and T-accounts. Completed the learning objectives for this chapter by introducing the use of an unadjusted trial balance.
Chapter 3: Accrual Accounting and Income: Introduces the adjustment process, highlighting necessary adjustments for accurate financial reporting. Concludes the adjustment process, focusing on the proper timing and documentation of adjustments. Exam 1
Chapter 4: Internal Controls and Cash: Introduces the topic of fraud, internal controls, and cash management in the context of accounting. Provide instruction on how to complete a bank reconciliation.
Chapter 5: Receivables and Revenue: Discuss the accounting for receivables, including the recording of accounts receivable and bad debts and how they are connected to revenue.
Chapter 6: Inventory and Cost of Goods Sold: Discusses accounting for merchandising transactions, including the impact of inventory purchases and sales on financial statements.
Chapter 7: Plant Assets: Begins the chapter on long-term assets, covering the purchase, depreciation, and disposal of fixed assets.
Chapter 11: Statement of Cash Flows: Begins the chapter on the statement of cash flows, covering the preparation and analysis of cash flow statements. Discuss operating, investing, and financing activities involved. Exam 2.
Career Week: Careers in Accounting: Guest speaker on careers in accounting, discussing job opportunities and career paths in the accounting field. Specifically in the areas of forensic accounting, public accounting and industry accounting.
Extra Credit Activity: Prep for Final: Extra credit activity designed to help students prepare for the final exam.
Chapter 1MA: Introduction to Managerial Accounting: Introduce managerial accounting, its role in business, and the basic concepts of cost classification and cost behavior. Lastly, discuss the differences between managerial and financial accounting.
Chapter 2MA: Building Blocks of Managerial Accounting: Discuss managerial accounting terms and provide a visual guide to help streamline all the terms.
Chapter 3MA: Job Costing: Introduction to job-order costing, explaining how companies track costs for individual jobs or orders and calculate unit product costs. Exam 3.
Chapter 9MA: The Comprehensive Budget: Introduction to master budgeting, explaining the components of a comprehensive financial plan, including sales, production, and cash budgets.
Chapter 10MA: Performance Evaluation: Introduction to flexible budgets, explaining how they adjust for changes in activity levels. Provide instruction on variance analysis and how to assess performance relative to budgeted figures. Exam 4.
In Person Final: Students view a public company's 10K, analyze financial statements and answer questions about the company, based on knowledge learned throughout the entire semester.
Required Reading: Combined eBook Financial Accounting, 14th Edition - Tietz/Thomas and Managerial Accounting, 7th edition - Braun/Tietz
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Accounting I, ACCT-2010, Section 3, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Chapter assignments 15%
Case Studies 15%
Quizzes 15%
Exams 45%
Career Project 5%
Attendance & Participation 5%
For each chapter there is a quiz, homework and case study (every other chapter). There are four exams and a final exam.
Description:
Class Introduction: Introduction to the course and myself, as well as an overview of class expectations, structure and Canvas.
Chapter 1: Financial Statements: Introduces financial statements - including the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of retained earnings. Explore financial statements in detail, emphasizing their structure and the flow of information from one financial statement to another.
Chapter 2: Transaction Analysis: Covers the process of analyzing transactions by using the expanded accounting equation. Also introduced the topic of debits and credits and T-accounts. Completed the learning objectives for this chapter by introducing the use of an unadjusted trial balance.
Chapter 3: Accrual Accounting and Income: Introduces the adjustment process, highlighting necessary adjustments for accurate financial reporting. Concludes the adjustment process, focusing on the proper timing and documentation of adjustments. Exam 1
Chapter 4: Internal Controls and Cash: Introduces the topic of fraud, internal controls, and cash management in the context of accounting. Provide instruction on how to complete a bank reconciliation.
Chapter 5: Receivables and Revenue: Discuss the accounting for receivables, including the recording of accounts receivable and bad debts and how they are connected to revenue.
Chapter 6: Inventory and Cost of Goods Sold: Discusses accounting for merchandising transactions, including the impact of inventory purchases and sales on financial statements.
Chapter 7: Plant Assets: Begins the chapter on long-term assets, covering the purchase, depreciation, and disposal of fixed assets.
Chapter 11: Statement of Cash Flows: Begins the chapter on the statement of cash flows, covering the preparation and analysis of cash flow statements. Discuss operating, investing, and financing activities involved. Exam 2.
Career Week: Careers in Accounting: Guest speaker on careers in accounting, discussing job opportunities and career paths in the accounting field. Specifically in the areas of forensic accounting, public accounting and industry accounting.
Extra Credit Activity: Prep for Final: Extra credit activity designed to help students prepare for the final exam.
Chapter 1MA: Introduction to Managerial Accounting: Introduce managerial accounting, its role in business, and the basic concepts of cost classification and cost behavior. Lastly, discuss the differences between managerial and financial accounting.
Chapter 2MA: Building Blocks of Managerial Accounting: Discuss managerial accounting terms and provide a visual guide to help streamline all the terms.
Chapter 3MA: Job Costing: Introduction to job-order costing, explaining how companies track costs for individual jobs or orders and calculate unit product costs. Exam 3.
Chapter 9MA: The Comprehensive Budget: Introduction to master budgeting, explaining the components of a comprehensive financial plan, including sales, production, and cash budgets.
Chapter 10MA: Performance Evaluation: Introduction to flexible budgets, explaining how they adjust for changes in activity levels. Provide instruction on variance analysis and how to assess performance relative to budgeted figures. Exam 4.
In Person Final: Students view a public company's 10K, analyze financial statements and answer questions about the company, based on knowledge learned throughout the entire semester.
Required Reading: Combined eBook Financial Accounting, 14th Edition - Tietz/Thomas and Managerial Accounting, 7th edition - Braun/Tietz
Recommended Reading: N/A
Marketing Principles, MKTG-3010, Section 2, College of Business
Course Requirements:
The final grade will be determined based on:
Group Project
Quizzes
Class Participation
At least two exams
Description:
Module 1 - Marketing Overview: Introduces students to Marketing.
Module 2 - Strategic Planning: Identifying business opportunities and firms’ strengths and weaknesses.
Module 3 - Ethics and Social Responsibility: Students will learn about ethical marketing and corporate social responsibility.
Module 4 - Marketing Environment: Discusses the environments in which marketers operate and key factors that merit consideration.
Module 5 - Consumer Decision Making: Covers the steps involved in consumer decision-making.
Module 6 - Business Markets: Exposes students to business markets and how marketers operate in them.
Module 7 - Segmentation, Targeting, Positioning: This module discusses the segmentation, targeting, and positioning activities and their importance to marketers.
Module 8 - Marketing Research: Explains the role of marketing research in aiding decision-making.
Module 9 - Product Concepts: Introduces the concept of branding and product lines.
Module 10 - Product Development and Management: This module studies the new product development process and the product development life cycle.
Module 11 - Services and Non-Profit Organization Marketing: This module provides a glimpse into marketing for services and non-profit organizations, which is different from traditional marketing (usually for products) for profit-oriented firms.
Module 12 - Supply Chain Management and Marketing Channels: Introduces supply chains and distribution channels.
Module 13 – Retailing: Students will learn about retailers and retail management.
Module 14 - Marketing Communications: Discusses firms’ marketing communications and the factors to consider in their promotional mix.
Module 15 - Advertising and Promotions: Covers the essential considerations in firms’ advertising and promotion decisions.
Module 16 - Personal Selling and Sales Management: Covers CRM and sales force management.
Module 17 - Social Media and Marketing: This module explores considerations in creating and managing social media marketing.
Module 18 – Pricing: Introduces students to the pricing strategies of firms.
Module 19 - Marketing Metrics: Discusses some of the important metrics tracked by Marketing managers to aid in performance evaluation and decision making.
Required Reading: Required Text: Principles of Marketing Video book by The Original Video book. Author: Kohli, Chiranjeev ISBN: 9781684785230
Recommended Reading: N/A
Industrial Robots Lab, MTRN-3365, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Lab assignments, lab midterm, and lab final.
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction to FANUC Robots
This unit introduces the basic components of a FANUC robot system, including the controller, teach pendant, and mechanical structure. Students will learn about robot classifications, key safety considerations, and the role of robots in industrial automation.
Unit 2: Robot Jogging and Coordinate Systems
Students will learn how to safely move the robot using the teach pendant. The unit covers jogging modes, coordinate systems (World, Joint, Tool, User), and how to interpret robot positions in each frame of reference.
Unit 3: Tool Frames and User Frames
This unit focuses on the importance of custom coordinate systems for programming accuracy. Students will learn to set up and verify tool frames and user frames to simplify part programming and enable flexible automation.
Unit 4: Creating and Managing Programs
Students will create basic robot programs using motion and non-motion instructions. This unit introduces program structure, naming conventions, editing tools, and saving/loading programs to and from the controller.
Unit 5: Position Registers and Offsets
This unit introduces position registers (PRs) and how they are used for dynamic positioning and reusability in programming. Students will apply math instructions, offsets, and position variables to add flexibility and intelligence to robot paths.
Unit 6: Branching, Loops, and Logic
Students will incorporate IF statements, JMPs, labels, and loops into their programs to control flow and logic. This unit teaches how robots make decisions, repeat tasks, and respond to variables or conditions.
Unit 7: Input/Output and Interfacing
This unit focuses on digital input/output signals and how robots interact with external devices like sensors, PLCs, and grippers. Students will learn how to monitor inputs and control outputs to synchronize actions in an automated cell.
Unit 8: Program Touch-Up and Modifications
Students will learn how to refine programs using position touch-up, coordinate adjustments, and conditional edits. This unit emphasizes precision, efficiency, and adaptability in robot programming.
Unit 9: Macros and Subprograms
This unit introduces the use of CALL statements, macros, and subprograms to streamline programming, avoid redundancy, and improve readability. Students will structure large programs into modular, reusable blocks.
Unit 10: Error Handling and Safe Recovery
Students will develop skills to detect and handle robot errors. This unit includes the use of alarms, program pauses, and recovery routines, preparing students for safe operation and troubleshooting in real-world environments.
Unit 11: Robot Maintenance and System Backups
This unit covers routine robot maintenance, including inspection, lubrication, and checking calibration. Students will also learn how to perform system backups, restore data, and document robot configurations.
Required Reading: Programming FANUC® Robots for Industry Applications 1st Edition by James W. Gruenke (Author)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Industrial Robots, MTRN-3360, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Assignments, quizzes, midterm, and final exam.
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction to FANUC Robots
This unit introduces the basic components of a FANUC robot system, including the controller, teach pendant, and mechanical structure. Students will learn about robot classifications, key safety considerations, and the role of robots in industrial automation.
Unit 2: Robot Jogging and Coordinate Systems
Students will learn how to safely move the robot using the teach pendant. The unit covers jogging modes, coordinate systems (World, Joint, Tool, User), and how to interpret robot positions in each frame of reference.
Unit 3: Tool Frames and User Frames
This unit focuses on the importance of custom coordinate systems for programming accuracy. Students will learn to set up and verify tool frames and user frames to simplify part programming and enable flexible automation.
Unit 4: Creating and Managing Programs
Students will create basic robot programs using motion and non-motion instructions. This unit introduces program structure, naming conventions, editing tools, and saving/loading programs to and from the controller.
Unit 5: Position Registers and Offsets
This unit introduces position registers (PRs) and how they are used for dynamic positioning and reusability in programming. Students will apply math instructions, offsets, and position variables to add flexibility and intelligence to robot paths.
Unit 6: Branching, Loops, and Logic
Students will incorporate IF statements, JMPs, labels, and loops into their programs to control flow and logic. This unit teaches how robots make decisions, repeat tasks, and respond to variables or conditions.
Unit 7: Input/Output and Interfacing
This unit focuses on digital input/output signals and how robots interact with external devices like sensors, PLCs, and grippers. Students will learn how to monitor inputs and control outputs to synchronize actions in an automated cell.
Unit 8: Program Touch-Up and Modifications
Students will learn how to refine programs using position touch-up, coordinate adjustments, and conditional edits. This unit emphasizes precision, efficiency, and adaptability in robot programming.
Unit 9: Macros and Subprograms
This unit introduces the use of CALL statements, macros, and subprograms to streamline programming, avoid redundancy, and improve readability. Students will structure large programs into modular, reusable blocks.
Unit 10: Error Handling and Safe Recovery
Students will develop skills to detect and handle robot errors. This unit includes the use of alarms, program pauses, and recovery routines, preparing students for safe operation and troubleshooting in real-world environments.
Unit 11: Robot Maintenance and System Backups
This unit covers routine robot maintenance, including inspection, lubrication, and checking calibration. Students will also learn how to perform system backups, restore data, and document robot configurations.
Required Reading: Programming FANUC® Robots for Industry Applications 1st Edition by James W. Gruenke (Author)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Mechanical Components, MTRN-2400, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Assignments, quizzes, midterm, and final exam
Description:
Unit 1: Motors
This unit introduces common industrial motors and their mechanical applications. Students will explore the different types of motors used in automation systems, focusing on how motors are mounted, aligned, and mechanically coupled to drive components. The unit sets the stage for understanding motion systems throughout the course.
Unit 2: Fasteners
This unit covers the selection and application of mechanical fasteners, including bolts, screws, nuts, and washers. Students will learn how to identify thread types, apply proper torque, and use locking methods to ensure safe and reliable assemblies in mechanical systems.
Unit 3: Shafts and Couplers
In this unit, students will explore the function and design of shafts, keys, and couplings in power transmission systems. Topics include shaft alignment, keyways, set screws, and both rigid and flexible couplers. Students will gain hands-on experience in assembling rotating components with correct fit and function.
Unit 4: Bearings
This unit introduces the various types of bearings used to support rotating motion in mechanical systems. Students will learn to identify ball, roller, and sleeve bearings, understand load ratings, and practice proper mounting, lubrication, and troubleshooting techniques.
Unit 5: Ball Screws
Students will explore ball screw systems used for precise linear motion. This unit covers the components, operation, and benefits of ball screws over traditional lead screws. Students will learn to calculate lead, travel distance, and assess alignment and preload in mechanical assemblies.
Unit 6: Rack and Pinion
This unit focuses on rack and pinion systems that convert rotary motion into linear motion. Students will examine gear profiles, calculate travel distance, and practice aligning rack and pinion components for reliable and repeatable movement.
Unit 7: Motor Theory
This unit provides a foundational understanding of how motors convert electrical energy into mechanical motion. Students will explore the principles of electromagnetism, compare AC and DC motor types, and analyze relationships between speed, torque, and power.
Unit 8: Seals
Students will study the various types of seals used to prevent fluid leaks and protect mechanical components. This unit includes O-rings, lip seals, and mechanical seals, with a focus on material selection, sizing, and proper installation techniques.
Unit 9: Welding
This unit introduces basic welding processes relevant to mechanical fabrication. Students will learn about MIG, TIG, and stick welding, weld joint design, and how welding integrates into mechanical component construction and repair.
Unit 10: Gears
Students will explore the design and function of gears used in power transmission. This unit covers spur, helical, bevel, and worm gears, along with gear ratios, backlash, and alignment practices. Emphasis is placed on mechanical advantage and gear selection.
Unit 11: Pumps
This unit covers the operation and application of industrial pumps. Students will examine centrifugal and positive displacement pumps, learn to interpret pump curves, and understand the effects of cavitation, head pressure, and flow rate on pump performance.
Unit 12: Industrial Valves
In this unit, students will study the types and functions of valves used to control fluid flow in mechanical systems. Topics include gate, globe, ball, and solenoid valves, along with actuation methods and selection criteria based on pressure and media type.
Unit 13: Pulleys
This unit focuses on pulleys used in belt-driven systems. Students will examine pulley types, calculate speed ratios, and learn proper installation techniques, including alignment and tensioning for efficient power transmission.
Unit 14: V-Belts and Chains
Students will study belt and chain drives, including V-belts, timing belts, and roller chains. The unit covers tensioning methods, common failure modes, and how to select the appropriate drive system for torque, speed, and load conditions.
Unit 15: Conveyors
This final unit introduces conveyor systems used in industrial automation. Students will explore conveyor types, drive methods, and mechanical layouts. Emphasis is placed on understanding the integration of motors, rollers, and belts in material handling systems.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Marketing Principles, MKTG-3010, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
The final grade will be determined based on:
Group Project
Quizzes
Class Participation
At least two exams
Description:
Module 1 - Marketing Overview: Introduces students to Marketing.
Module 2 - Strategic Planning: Identifying business opportunities and firms’ strengths and weaknesses.
Module 3 - Ethics and Social Responsibility: Students will learn about ethical marketing and corporate social responsibility.
Module 4 - Marketing Environment: Discusses the environments in which marketers operate and key factors that merit consideration.
Module 5 - Consumer Decision Making: Covers the steps involved in consumer decision-making.
Module 6 - Business Markets: Exposes students to business markets and how marketers operate in them.
Module 7 - Segmentation, Targeting, Positioning: This module discusses the segmentation, targeting, and positioning activities and their importance to marketers.
Module 8 - Marketing Research: Explains the role of marketing research in aiding decision-making.
Module 9 - Product Concepts: Introduces the concept of branding and product lines.
Module 10 - Product Development and Management: This module studies the new product development process and the product development life cycle.
Module 11 - Services and Non-Profit Organization Marketing: This module provides a glimpse into marketing for services and non-profit organizations, which is different from traditional marketing (usually for products) for profit-oriented firms.
Module 12 - Supply Chain Management and Marketing Channels: Introduces supply chains and distribution channels.
Module 13 – Retailing: Students will learn about retailers and retail management.
Module 14 - Marketing Communications: Discusses firms’ marketing communications and the factors to consider in their promotional mix.
Module 15 - Advertising and Promotions: Covers the essential considerations in firms’ advertising and promotion decisions.
Module 16 - Personal Selling and Sales Management: Covers CRM and sales force management.
Module 17 - Social Media and Marketing: This module explores considerations in creating and managing social media marketing.
Module 18 – Pricing: Introduces students to the pricing strategies of firms.
Module 19 - Marketing Metrics: Discusses some of the important metrics tracked by Marketing managers to aid in performance evaluation and decision making
Required Reading: Principles of Marketing Video book by The Original Video book. Author: Kohli, Chiranjeev ISBN: 9781684785230
Recommended Reading: N/A
College Algebra / Pre-Calculus, MATH-1050, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 10%, Quizzes 30%, Tests 40%, Final Exam 20%
Description:
"Section 2.1 - The Rectangular Coordinate system and graphs : introduce, define, and discuss the rectangular system of coordinates, graph points and lines
Section 2.2 - Linear Equations in One Variable : define the linear equation, graph, slope, intercept
Section 2.3 - Models and Applications : solve speed, simple interest, area, perimeter problems
Section 2.4 - Complex Numbers : define complex numbers, discuss how to add, subtract, multiply, and divide complex numbers
Section 2.5 - Quadratic Equations : define and discuss the quadratic equation, use the factoring and quadratic formula to solve quadratic equations.
Section 2.6 - Other Types of Equations : discuss methods to solve rational, radical, and absolute value equations.
Section 2.7 - Linear Inequalities and Absolute Value Inequalities : discuss how to solve linear and absolute value inequalities
Section 3.1 - Functions and Function Notation : define function, input, output, domain , range, notation.
Section 3.2 - Doamin and Range : find domain and range of various functions
Section 3.3 - Rates of Change and Behavior of Graphs : relate avarage rate of change with slope, relate monotony with sign of slope
Section 3.4 - Composition of Functions : define and find the composition of two functions. Also find the domain of the composition.
Section 3.5 - Transformation of Functions : discuss how changes in the equation transform the graph of the function.
Section 3.7 - Inverse Functions : define the inverse, discuss one to one functions, how to findand graph the inverse function
Section 5.1 - Quadratic Functions : discuss how to graph a quadratic function, finding important features of the parabola
Section 5.2 - Power Functions and Polynomial Functions : define power and polynomial functions, end behavior of graph, relate roots with x-intercepts.
Section 5.3 - Graph of Polynomial Functions : discuss using the end behavior and multiplicity of the roots to help graph a polynomial function.
Section 5.4 - Dividing Polynomials : discuss and use the long and synthetic division methods.
Section 5.5 - Zero of Polynomial Functions : discuss and apply The Factor Theorem, The Remainder Theorem, The Conjugate Zero Theorem
Section 5.6 - Rational Functions : discuss how to graph rational functions using intercepts and asymptotes
Section 5.8 - Modeling using Variation : present, discuss, and use Direct, Joint, and Inverse proportionality to solve variation problems
Section 6.1 - Exponential Functions : define and derive properties of the exponential functions
Section 6.2 - Graphs of Exponential Functions : discuss graph of exponential functions
Section 6.3 - Logarithmic Functions : define the logarithm as the inverse of the exponential, find logarithms
Section 6.4 - Graphs of Logarithmic Functions : discuss properties of the graph of logarithmic functions.
Section 6.5 - Logarithmic Properties : describe the product, quatient, power rules for logarithms, use them to expand or condense logarithms
Section 6.6 - Exponential and Logarihmic equations : describe, discuss, and use various methods to solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
Section 6.7 - Exponential and Logarithmic models : discuss the exponential growth/decay models and applications of it.
Section 7.1 - Systems of Equations : Two Variables : define, describe the substitution and elimiation methods, graph, discuss number of solutions
Section 7.2 - Systems of Equations : Three variables : define, describe how the substitution and elimination methods work, discuss number of solutions
Section 7.3 - Systems of Nonlinear Equations and Inequalities : discuss various methods to solve nonlinear systems, describe how to graph systems of inequalities.
Section 7.4 - Partial Fractions : define and describe partial fractions, explain how to use systems of equations to find partial fraction decomposition
Section 7.5 - Matrices and Matrix Operations : define and discuss the concept of matrix, describe how the addition and multiplication of matrices is perfpormed
Section 7.6 - Solving Systems with Gaussian Elimination : describe elementary row operations and use them to define Gaussian Elimination
Section 7.7 - Inverse Matrix : define, describe the method of elementary row operations, find inverse matrix
Section 7.8 - Solving Systems with Cramer's rule : define and find determinants, describe and use Cramer's rule
Section 9.1 - Sequences and their notations : define and discuss sequences of numbers, their various notations, recursive and general terms formulas.
Section 9.2 - Arithmetic Sequences : definition, discover general and recursive formula for arithmetic sequences
Section 9.3 - Geometric Sequences : definition, discover general, recursive formulas for geometric sequences.
Section 9.4 - Series and their notations : definitions, discuss the sigma notation for sums, find sums of aritmetic and geometric sequences
Section 9.5 - Counting Principle : state the basic counting principle, use it to discover factorials, permutations, combinations
Section 9.6 - Binomial Theorem : discover and use Pascal Triangle, binomial coefficients, Binomial Theorem
"
Required Reading: College Algebra 13th Edition by Lial, Hornsby, Schneider, & Daniels
Recommended Reading: N/A
College Algebra / Pre-Calculus, MATH-1050, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 10%, Quizzes 30%, Tests 40%, Final Exam 20%
Description:
"Section 2.1 - The Rectangular Coordinate system and graphs : introduce, define, and discuss the rectangular system of coordinates, graph points and lines
Section 2.2 - Linear Equations in One Variable : define the linear equation, graph, slope, intercept
Section 2.3 - Models and Applications : solve speed, simple interest, area, perimeter problems
Section 2.4 - Complex Numbers : define complex numbers, discuss how to add, subtract, multiply, and divide complex numbers
Section 2.5 - Quadratic Equations : define and discuss the quadratic equation, use the factoring and quadratic formula to solve quadratic equations.
Section 2.6 - Other Types of Equations : discuss methods to solve rational, radical, and absolute value equations.
Section 2.7 - Linear Inequalities and Absolute Value Inequalities : discuss how to solve linear and absolute value inequalities
Section 3.1 - Functions and Function Notation : define function, input, output, domain , range, notation.
Section 3.2 - Doamin and Range : find domain and range of various functions
Section 3.3 - Rates of Change and Behavior of Graphs : relate avarage rate of change with slope, relate monotony with sign of slope
Section 3.4 - Composition of Functions : define and find the composition of two functions. Also find the domain of the composition.
Section 3.5 - Transformation of Functions : discuss how changes in the equation transform the graph of the function.
Section 3.7 - Inverse Functions : define the inverse, discuss one to one functions, how to findand graph the inverse function
Section 5.1 - Quadratic Functions : discuss how to graph a quadratic function, finding important features of the parabola
Section 5.2 - Power Functions and Polynomial Functions : define power and polynomial functions, end behavior of graph, relate roots with x-intercepts.
Section 5.3 - Graph of Polynomial Functions : discuss using the end behavior and multiplicity of the roots to help graph a polynomial function.
Section 5.4 - Dividing Polynomials : discuss and use the long and synthetic division methods.
Section 5.5 - Zero of Polynomial Functions : discuss and apply The Factor Theorem, The Remainder Theorem, The Conjugate Zero Theorem
Section 5.6 - Rational Functions : discuss how to graph rational functions using intercepts and asymptotes
Section 5.8 - Modeling using Variation : present, discuss, and use Direct, Joint, and Inverse proportionality to solve variation problems
Section 6.1 - Exponential Functions : define and derive properties of the exponential functions
Section 6.2 - Graphs of Exponential Functions : discuss graph of exponential functions
Section 6.3 - Logarithmic Functions : define the logarithm as the inverse of the exponential, find logarithms
Section 6.4 - Graphs of Logarithmic Functions : discuss properties of the graph of logarithmic functions.
Section 6.5 - Logarithmic Properties : describe the product, quatient, power rules for logarithms, use them to expand or condense logarithms
Section 6.6 - Exponential and Logarihmic equations : describe, discuss, and use various methods to solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
Section 6.7 - Exponential and Logarithmic models : discuss the exponential growth/decay models and applications of it.
Section 7.1 - Systems of Equations : Two Variables : define, describe the substitution and elimiation methods, graph, discuss number of solutions
Section 7.2 - Systems of Equations : Three variables : define, describe how the substitution and elimination methods work, discuss number of solutions
Section 7.3 - Systems of Nonlinear Equations and Inequalities : discuss various methods to solve nonlinear systems, describe how to graph systems of inequalities.
Section 7.4 - Partial Fractions : define and describe partial fractions, explain how to use systems of equations to find partial fraction decomposition
Section 7.5 - Matrices and Matrix Operations : define and discuss the concept of matrix, describe how the addition and multiplication of matrices is perfpormed
Section 7.6 - Solving Systems with Gaussian Elimination : describe elementary row operations and use them to define Gaussian Elimination
Section 7.7 - Inverse Matrix : define, describe the method of elementary row operations, find inverse matrix
Section 7.8 - Solving Systems with Cramer's rule : define and find determinants, describe and use Cramer's rule
Section 9.1 - Sequences and their notations : define and discuss sequences of numbers, their various notations, recursive and general terms formulas.
Section 9.2 - Arithmetic Sequences : definition, discover general and recursive formula for arithmetic sequences
Section 9.3 - Geometric Sequences : definition, discover general, recursive formulas for geometric sequences.
Section 9.4 - Series and their notations : definitions, discuss the sigma notation for sums, find sums of aritmetic and geometric sequences
Section 9.5 - Counting Principle : state the basic counting principle, use it to discover factorials, permutations, combinations
Section 9.6 - Binomial Theorem : discover and use Pascal Triangle, binomial coefficients, Binomial Theorem
"
Required Reading: College Algebra 13th Edition by Lial, Hornsby, Schneider, & Daniels
Recommended Reading: N/A
College Algebra / Pre-Calculus, MATH-1050, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 10%, Quizzes 30%, Tests 40%, Final Exam 20%
Description:
"Section 2.1 - The Rectangular Coordinate system and graphs : introduce, define, and discuss the rectangular system of coordinates, graph points and lines
Section 2.2 - Linear Equations in One Variable : define the linear equation, graph, slope, intercept
Section 2.3 - Models and Applications : solve speed, simple interest, area, perimeter problems
Section 2.4 - Complex Numbers : define complex numbers, discuss how to add, subtract, multiply, and divide complex numbers
Section 2.5 - Quadratic Equations : define and discuss the quadratic equation, use the factoring and quadratic formula to solve quadratic equations.
Section 2.6 - Other Types of Equations : discuss methods to solve rational, radical, and absolute value equations.
Section 2.7 - Linear Inequalities and Absolute Value Inequalities : discuss how to solve linear and absolute value inequalities
Section 3.1 - Functions and Function Notation : define function, input, output, domain , range, notation.
Section 3.2 - Doamin and Range : find domain and range of various functions
Section 3.3 - Rates of Change and Behavior of Graphs : relate avarage rate of change with slope, relate monotony with sign of slope
Section 3.4 - Composition of Functions : define and find the composition of two functions. Also find the domain of the composition.
Section 3.5 - Transformation of Functions : discuss how changes in the equation transform the graph of the function.
Section 3.7 - Inverse Functions : define the inverse, discuss one to one functions, how to findand graph the inverse function
Section 5.1 - Quadratic Functions : discuss how to graph a quadratic function, finding important features of the parabola
Section 5.2 - Power Functions and Polynomial Functions : define power and polynomial functions, end behavior of graph, relate roots with x-intercepts.
Section 5.3 - Graph of Polynomial Functions : discuss using the end behavior and multiplicity of the roots to help graph a polynomial function.
Section 5.4 - Dividing Polynomials : discuss and use the long and synthetic division methods.
Section 5.5 - Zero of Polynomial Functions : discuss and apply The Factor Theorem, The Remainder Theorem, The Conjugate Zero Theorem
Section 5.6 - Rational Functions : discuss how to graph rational functions using intercepts and asymptotes
Section 5.8 - Modeling using Variation : present, discuss, and use Direct, Joint, and Inverse proportionality to solve variation problems
Section 6.1 - Exponential Functions : define and derive properties of the exponential functions
Section 6.2 - Graphs of Exponential Functions : discuss graph of exponential functions
Section 6.3 - Logarithmic Functions : define the logarithm as the inverse of the exponential, find logarithms
Section 6.4 - Graphs of Logarithmic Functions : discuss properties of the graph of logarithmic functions.
Section 6.5 - Logarithmic Properties : describe the product, quatient, power rules for logarithms, use them to expand or condense logarithms
Section 6.6 - Exponential and Logarihmic equations : describe, discuss, and use various methods to solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
Section 6.7 - Exponential and Logarithmic models : discuss the exponential growth/decay models and applications of it.
Section 7.1 - Systems of Equations : Two Variables : define, describe the substitution and elimiation methods, graph, discuss number of solutions
Section 7.2 - Systems of Equations : Three variables : define, describe how the substitution and elimination methods work, discuss number of solutions
Section 7.3 - Systems of Nonlinear Equations and Inequalities : discuss various methods to solve nonlinear systems, describe how to graph systems of inequalities.
Section 7.4 - Partial Fractions : define and describe partial fractions, explain how to use systems of equations to find partial fraction decomposition
Section 7.5 - Matrices and Matrix Operations : define and discuss the concept of matrix, describe how the addition and multiplication of matrices is perfpormed
Section 7.6 - Solving Systems with Gaussian Elimination : describe elementary row operations and use them to define Gaussian Elimination
Section 7.7 - Inverse Matrix : define, describe the method of elementary row operations, find inverse matrix
Section 7.8 - Solving Systems with Cramer's rule : define and find determinants, describe and use Cramer's rule
Section 9.1 - Sequences and their notations : define and discuss sequences of numbers, their various notations, recursive and general terms formulas.
Section 9.2 - Arithmetic Sequences : definition, discover general and recursive formula for arithmetic sequences
Section 9.3 - Geometric Sequences : definition, discover general, recursive formulas for geometric sequences.
Section 9.4 - Series and their notations : definitions, discuss the sigma notation for sums, find sums of aritmetic and geometric sequences
Section 9.5 - Counting Principle : state the basic counting principle, use it to discover factorials, permutations, combinations
Section 9.6 - Binomial Theorem : discover and use Pascal Triangle, binomial coefficients, Binomial Theorem
"
Required Reading: College Algebra 13th Edition by Lial, Hornsby, Schneider, & Daniels
Recommended Reading: N/A
College Algebra / Pre-Calculus, MATH-1050, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 10%, Quizzes 30%, Tests 40%, Final Exam 20%
Description:
"Section 2.1 - The Rectangular Coordinate system and graphs : introduce, define, and discuss the rectangular system of coordinates, graph points and lines
Section 2.2 - Linear Equations in One Variable : define the linear equation, graph, slope, intercept
Section 2.3 - Models and Applications : solve speed, simple interest, area, perimeter problems
Section 2.4 - Complex Numbers : define complex numbers, discuss how to add, subtract, multiply, and divide complex numbers
Section 2.5 - Quadratic Equations : define and discuss the quadratic equation, use the factoring and quadratic formula to solve quadratic equations.
Section 2.6 - Other Types of Equations : discuss methods to solve rational, radical, and absolute value equations.
Section 2.7 - Linear Inequalities and Absolute Value Inequalities : discuss how to solve linear and absolute value inequalities
Section 3.1 - Functions and Function Notation : define function, input, output, domain , range, notation.
Section 3.2 - Doamin and Range : find domain and range of various functions
Section 3.3 - Rates of Change and Behavior of Graphs : relate avarage rate of change with slope, relate monotony with sign of slope
Section 3.4 - Composition of Functions : define and find the composition of two functions. Also find the domain of the composition.
Section 3.5 - Transformation of Functions : discuss how changes in the equation transform the graph of the function.
Section 3.7 - Inverse Functions : define the inverse, discuss one to one functions, how to findand graph the inverse function
Section 5.1 - Quadratic Functions : discuss how to graph a quadratic function, finding important features of the parabola
Section 5.2 - Power Functions and Polynomial Functions : define power and polynomial functions, end behavior of graph, relate roots with x-intercepts.
Section 5.3 - Graph of Polynomial Functions : discuss using the end behavior and multiplicity of the roots to help graph a polynomial function.
Section 5.4 - Dividing Polynomials : discuss and use the long and synthetic division methods.
Section 5.5 - Zero of Polynomial Functions : discuss and apply The Factor Theorem, The Remainder Theorem, The Conjugate Zero Theorem
Section 5.6 - Rational Functions : discuss how to graph rational functions using intercepts and asymptotes
Section 5.8 - Modeling using Variation : present, discuss, and use Direct, Joint, and Inverse proportionality to solve variation problems
Section 6.1 - Exponential Functions : define and derive properties of the exponential functions
Section 6.2 - Graphs of Exponential Functions : discuss graph of exponential functions
Section 6.3 - Logarithmic Functions : define the logarithm as the inverse of the exponential, find logarithms
Section 6.4 - Graphs of Logarithmic Functions : discuss properties of the graph of logarithmic functions.
Section 6.5 - Logarithmic Properties : describe the product, quatient, power rules for logarithms, use them to expand or condense logarithms
Section 6.6 - Exponential and Logarihmic equations : describe, discuss, and use various methods to solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
Section 6.7 - Exponential and Logarithmic models : discuss the exponential growth/decay models and applications of it.
Section 7.1 - Systems of Equations : Two Variables : define, describe the substitution and elimiation methods, graph, discuss number of solutions
Section 7.2 - Systems of Equations : Three variables : define, describe how the substitution and elimination methods work, discuss number of solutions
Section 7.3 - Systems of Nonlinear Equations and Inequalities : discuss various methods to solve nonlinear systems, describe how to graph systems of inequalities.
Section 7.4 - Partial Fractions : define and describe partial fractions, explain how to use systems of equations to find partial fraction decomposition
Section 7.5 - Matrices and Matrix Operations : define and discuss the concept of matrix, describe how the addition and multiplication of matrices is perfpormed
Section 7.6 - Solving Systems with Gaussian Elimination : describe elementary row operations and use them to define Gaussian Elimination
Section 7.7 - Inverse Matrix : define, describe the method of elementary row operations, find inverse matrix
Section 7.8 - Solving Systems with Cramer's rule : define and find determinants, describe and use Cramer's rule
Section 9.1 - Sequences and their notations : define and discuss sequences of numbers, their various notations, recursive and general terms formulas.
Section 9.2 - Arithmetic Sequences : definition, discover general and recursive formula for arithmetic sequences
Section 9.3 - Geometric Sequences : definition, discover general, recursive formulas for geometric sequences.
Section 9.4 - Series and their notations : definitions, discuss the sigma notation for sums, find sums of aritmetic and geometric sequences
Section 9.5 - Counting Principle : state the basic counting principle, use it to discover factorials, permutations, combinations
Section 9.6 - Binomial Theorem : discover and use Pascal Triangle, binomial coefficients, Binomial Theorem
"
Required Reading: College Algebra 13th Edition by Lial, Hornsby, Schneider, & Daniels
Recommended Reading: N/A
College Algebra / Pre-Calculus, MATH-1050, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 10%, Quizzes 30%, Tests 40%, Final Exam 20%
Description:
"Section 2.1 - The Rectangular Coordinate system and graphs : introduce, define, and discuss the rectangular system of coordinates, graph points and lines
Section 2.2 - Linear Equations in One Variable : define the linear equation, graph, slope, intercept
Section 2.3 - Models and Applications : solve speed, simple interest, area, perimeter problems
Section 2.4 - Complex Numbers : define complex numbers, discuss how to add, subtract, multiply, and divide complex numbers
Section 2.5 - Quadratic Equations : define and discuss the quadratic equation, use the factoring and quadratic formula to solve quadratic equations.
Section 2.6 - Other Types of Equations : discuss methods to solve rational, radical, and absolute value equations.
Section 2.7 - Linear Inequalities and Absolute Value Inequalities : discuss how to solve linear and absolute value inequalities
Section 3.1 - Functions and Function Notation : define function, input, output, domain , range, notation.
Section 3.2 - Doamin and Range : find domain and range of various functions
Section 3.3 - Rates of Change and Behavior of Graphs : relate avarage rate of change with slope, relate monotony with sign of slope
Section 3.4 - Composition of Functions : define and find the composition of two functions. Also find the domain of the composition.
Section 3.5 - Transformation of Functions : discuss how changes in the equation transform the graph of the function.
Section 3.7 - Inverse Functions : define the inverse, discuss one to one functions, how to findand graph the inverse function
Section 5.1 - Quadratic Functions : discuss how to graph a quadratic function, finding important features of the parabola
Section 5.2 - Power Functions and Polynomial Functions : define power and polynomial functions, end behavior of graph, relate roots with x-intercepts.
Section 5.3 - Graph of Polynomial Functions : discuss using the end behavior and multiplicity of the roots to help graph a polynomial function.
Section 5.4 - Dividing Polynomials : discuss and use the long and synthetic division methods.
Section 5.5 - Zero of Polynomial Functions : discuss and apply The Factor Theorem, The Remainder Theorem, The Conjugate Zero Theorem
Section 5.6 - Rational Functions : discuss how to graph rational functions using intercepts and asymptotes
Section 5.8 - Modeling using Variation : present, discuss, and use Direct, Joint, and Inverse proportionality to solve variation problems
Section 6.1 - Exponential Functions : define and derive properties of the exponential functions
Section 6.2 - Graphs of Exponential Functions : discuss graph of exponential functions
Section 6.3 - Logarithmic Functions : define the logarithm as the inverse of the exponential, find logarithms
Section 6.4 - Graphs of Logarithmic Functions : discuss properties of the graph of logarithmic functions.
Section 6.5 - Logarithmic Properties : describe the product, quatient, power rules for logarithms, use them to expand or condense logarithms
Section 6.6 - Exponential and Logarihmic equations : describe, discuss, and use various methods to solve exponential and logarithmic equations.
Section 6.7 - Exponential and Logarithmic models : discuss the exponential growth/decay models and applications of it.
Section 7.1 - Systems of Equations : Two Variables : define, describe the substitution and elimiation methods, graph, discuss number of solutions
Section 7.2 - Systems of Equations : Three variables : define, describe how the substitution and elimination methods work, discuss number of solutions
Section 7.3 - Systems of Nonlinear Equations and Inequalities : discuss various methods to solve nonlinear systems, describe how to graph systems of inequalities.
Section 7.4 - Partial Fractions : define and describe partial fractions, explain how to use systems of equations to find partial fraction decomposition
Section 7.5 - Matrices and Matrix Operations : define and discuss the concept of matrix, describe how the addition and multiplication of matrices is perfpormed
Section 7.6 - Solving Systems with Gaussian Elimination : describe elementary row operations and use them to define Gaussian Elimination
Section 7.7 - Inverse Matrix : define, describe the method of elementary row operations, find inverse matrix
Section 7.8 - Solving Systems with Cramer's rule : define and find determinants, describe and use Cramer's rule
Section 9.1 - Sequences and their notations : define and discuss sequences of numbers, their various notations, recursive and general terms formulas.
Section 9.2 - Arithmetic Sequences : definition, discover general and recursive formula for arithmetic sequences
Section 9.3 - Geometric Sequences : definition, discover general, recursive formulas for geometric sequences.
Section 9.4 - Series and their notations : definitions, discuss the sigma notation for sums, find sums of aritmetic and geometric sequences
Section 9.5 - Counting Principle : state the basic counting principle, use it to discover factorials, permutations, combinations
Section 9.6 - Binomial Theorem : discover and use Pascal Triangle, binomial coefficients, Binomial Theorem
"
Required Reading: College Algebra 13th Edition by Lial, Hornsby, Schneider, & Daniels
Recommended Reading: N/A
Actuarial Exam P/1, MATH-3410, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework: 25%, Tests 75% (Total 3 tests, 25% each)
Description:
"1.1: Properties of Probability:
This section discusses the fundamental properties of probability, including non-negativity, normalization (the probability of the entire sample space is 1), and the additivity of mutually exclusive events, forming the foundation for understanding how probabilities are assigned and calculated in different situations.
1.2: Methods of Enumeration:
This section introduces various counting techniques, such as the fundamental counting principle, permutations, and combinations, which are essential for determining the number of possible outcomes in probability problems involving discrete events.
1.3: Conditional Probability:
This section defines conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and it introduces the multiplication rule and the concept of independent events in the context of conditional probabilities.
1.4: Independent Events:
This section defines independent events as events where the occurrence of one does not affect the probability of the other, and it explains how the probability of the intersection of independent events is the product of their individual probabilities.
1.5: Bayes' Theorem:
This section presents Bayes' Theorem, which provides a method for updating the probability of an event based on new evidence, by relating conditional probabilities and allowing for the revision of prior beliefs in light of observed data.
2.1: Random Variables of the Discrete Type:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on a finite or countably infinite set of values, and explains how to assign probabilities to these values using probability mass functions (PMFs).
2.2: Mathematical Expectation:
This section defines the mathematical expectation (or expected value) of a discrete random variable as a weighted average of its possible values, where the weights are the probabilities of those values, and discusses its use in determining the mean or ""center"" of a probability distribution.
2.3: Special Mathematical Expectation:
This section covers special cases of mathematical expectation, including the expected values of functions of random variables, such as the variance, and introduces the concept of the moment generating function to simplify calculations and analyze the distribution of random variables.
2.4: The Binomial Distribution:
This section introduces the binomial distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and describes its probability mass function, mean, variance, and applications in statistical inference.
2.5: The Negative Binomial Distribution:
This section discusses the negative binomial distribution, which models the number of trials needed to achieve a fixed number of successes in a sequence of independent Bernoulli trials, and provides its probability mass function, mean, and variance.
2.6: The Poisson Distribution:
This section introduces the Poisson distribution, which models the number of events occurring in a fixed interval of time or space, given the events happen independently at a constant average rate, and explores its probability mass function, mean, variance, and applications in real-world situations like modeling rare events.
3.1: Random Variables of the Continuous Type:
This section introduces continuous random variables, which can take any value within a given range, and explains how probabilities are represented using probability density functions (PDFs) rather than probability mass functions, focusing on the properties and calculations associated with continuous distributions.
3.2: The Exponential, Gamma, and Chi-Square Distribution:
This section covers the exponential distribution, which models the time between events in a Poisson process, the gamma distribution, which generalizes the exponential distribution for modeling waiting times, and the chi-square distribution, which is a special case of the gamma distribution used in hypothesis testing and confidence intervals.
3.3: The Normal Distribution:
This section introduces the normal distribution, a continuous probability distribution that is symmetric and bell-shaped, characterized by its mean and standard deviation, and discusses its widespread applications in statistics.
4.1: Bivariate Distribution of the Discrete Type:
This section discusses bivariate distributions for two discrete random variables, explaining how joint, marginal, and conditional probability mass functions describe the relationship between the variables and how to compute probabilities, expected values, and variances for these bivariate distributions.
4.2: The Correlation Coefficient:
This section defines the correlation coefficient as a measure of the strength and direction of the linear relationship between two variables, explaining its properties, how it is calculated, and its interpretation in terms of the degree of association between the variables.
4.3: Conditional Distributions:
This section explores conditional distributions, which describe the probability distribution of a random variable given that another related event or variable has occurred, and explains how to compute and interpret these distributions in both discrete and continuous cases.
4.4: Bivariate Distributions of the Continuous Type:
This section discusses bivariate distributions for two continuous random variables, explaining the joint probability density function (PDF), marginal distributions, conditional distributions, and how to compute the correlation coefficient and other related statistics for continuous variables.
4.5: The Bivariate Normal Distribution:
This section introduces the bivariate normal distribution, which models the joint behavior of two normally distributed continuous random variables, and explains its properties.
5.1: Functions of One Random Variable:
This section discusses how to find the probability distribution of a function of a random variable, using methods such as transformation of variables, and how to compute the new probability density or mass function by applying the function to the original distribution.
5.2: Transformations of Two Random Variables:
This section covers the methods for finding the joint probability distribution of two transformed random variables, including the use of Jacobians for continuous random variables and the change of variables technique to compute the new joint probability density function (PDF) after applying transformations.
5.3: Several Random Variables:
This section extends the concepts of joint, marginal, and conditional distributions to cases involving more than two random variables, discussing how to calculate and interpret their relationships and the dependencies between them in both discrete and continuous settings.
5.4: The Moment-Generating Function Technique:
This section introduces the moment-generating function (MGF) as a tool for deriving the moments (mean, variance, etc.) of a random variable, analyzing its properties, and using it to find distributions of sums of independent random variables and to solve various problems in probability and statistics.
5.5: Random Functions Associated with Normal Distributions:
This section examines random functions related to normal distributions, including the properties of linear combinations of normal variables, and discusses how these functions retain normality under certain conditions, along with the use of moment-generating functions to compute their distributions.
5.6: The Central Limit Theorem:
This section explains the Central Limit Theorem (CLT), which states that the distribution of the sum (or average) of a large number of independent, identically distributed random variables approaches a normal distribution, regardless of the original distribution, as the sample size increases.
"
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Probability and Statistical Inference (9th Edition) by Hogg and Tanis
Probability & Statistics, MATH-3400, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework: 25%, Tests 75% (Total 3 tests, 25% each)
Description:
"1.1: Properties of Probability:
This section discusses the fundamental properties of probability, including non-negativity, normalization (the probability of the entire sample space is 1), and the additivity of mutually exclusive events, forming the foundation for understanding how probabilities are assigned and calculated in different situations.
1.2: Methods of Enumeration:
This section introduces various counting techniques, such as the fundamental counting principle, permutations, and combinations, which are essential for determining the number of possible outcomes in probability problems involving discrete events.
1.3: Conditional Probability:
This section defines conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and it introduces the multiplication rule and the concept of independent events in the context of conditional probabilities.
1.4: Independent Events:
This section defines independent events as events where the occurrence of one does not affect the probability of the other, and it explains how the probability of the intersection of independent events is the product of their individual probabilities.
1.5: Bayes' Theorem:
This section presents Bayes' Theorem, which provides a method for updating the probability of an event based on new evidence, by relating conditional probabilities and allowing for the revision of prior beliefs in light of observed data.
2.1: Random Variables of the Discrete Type:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on a finite or countably infinite set of values, and explains how to assign probabilities to these values using probability mass functions (PMFs).
2.2: Mathematical Expectation:
This section defines the mathematical expectation (or expected value) of a discrete random variable as a weighted average of its possible values, where the weights are the probabilities of those values, and discusses its use in determining the mean or ""center"" of a probability distribution.
2.3: Special Mathematical Expectation:
This section covers special cases of mathematical expectation, including the expected values of functions of random variables, such as the variance, and introduces the concept of the moment generating function to simplify calculations and analyze the distribution of random variables.
2.4: The Binomial Distribution:
This section introduces the binomial distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and describes its probability mass function, mean, variance, and applications in statistical inference.
2.5: The Negative Binomial Distribution:
This section discusses the negative binomial distribution, which models the number of trials needed to achieve a fixed number of successes in a sequence of independent Bernoulli trials, and provides its probability mass function, mean, and variance.
2.6: The Poisson Distribution:
This section introduces the Poisson distribution, which models the number of events occurring in a fixed interval of time or space, given the events happen independently at a constant average rate, and explores its probability mass function, mean, variance, and applications in real-world situations like modeling rare events.
3.1: Random Variables of the Continuous Type:
This section introduces continuous random variables, which can take any value within a given range, and explains how probabilities are represented using probability density functions (PDFs) rather than probability mass functions, focusing on the properties and calculations associated with continuous distributions.
3.2: The Exponential, Gamma, and Chi-Square Distribution:
This section covers the exponential distribution, which models the time between events in a Poisson process, the gamma distribution, which generalizes the exponential distribution for modeling waiting times, and the chi-square distribution, which is a special case of the gamma distribution used in hypothesis testing and confidence intervals.
3.3: The Normal Distribution:
This section introduces the normal distribution, a continuous probability distribution that is symmetric and bell-shaped, characterized by its mean and standard deviation, and discusses its widespread applications in statistics.
4.1: Bivariate Distribution of the Discrete Type:
This section discusses bivariate distributions for two discrete random variables, explaining how joint, marginal, and conditional probability mass functions describe the relationship between the variables and how to compute probabilities, expected values, and variances for these bivariate distributions.
4.2: The Correlation Coefficient:
This section defines the correlation coefficient as a measure of the strength and direction of the linear relationship between two variables, explaining its properties, how it is calculated, and its interpretation in terms of the degree of association between the variables.
4.3: Conditional Distributions:
This section explores conditional distributions, which describe the probability distribution of a random variable given that another related event or variable has occurred, and explains how to compute and interpret these distributions in both discrete and continuous cases.
4.4: Bivariate Distributions of the Continuous Type:
This section discusses bivariate distributions for two continuous random variables, explaining the joint probability density function (PDF), marginal distributions, conditional distributions, and how to compute the correlation coefficient and other related statistics for continuous variables.
4.5: The Bivariate Normal Distribution:
This section introduces the bivariate normal distribution, which models the joint behavior of two normally distributed continuous random variables, and explains its properties.
5.1: Functions of One Random Variable:
This section discusses how to find the probability distribution of a function of a random variable, using methods such as transformation of variables, and how to compute the new probability density or mass function by applying the function to the original distribution.
5.2: Transformations of Two Random Variables:
This section covers the methods for finding the joint probability distribution of two transformed random variables, including the use of Jacobians for continuous random variables and the change of variables technique to compute the new joint probability density function (PDF) after applying transformations.
5.3: Several Random Variables:
This section extends the concepts of joint, marginal, and conditional distributions to cases involving more than two random variables, discussing how to calculate and interpret their relationships and the dependencies between them in both discrete and continuous settings.
5.4: The Moment-Generating Function Technique:
This section introduces the moment-generating function (MGF) as a tool for deriving the moments (mean, variance, etc.) of a random variable, analyzing its properties, and using it to find distributions of sums of independent random variables and to solve various problems in probability and statistics.
5.5: Random Functions Associated with Normal Distributions:
This section examines random functions related to normal distributions, including the properties of linear combinations of normal variables, and discusses how these functions retain normality under certain conditions, along with the use of moment-generating functions to compute their distributions.
5.6: The Central Limit Theorem:
This section explains the Central Limit Theorem (CLT), which states that the distribution of the sum (or average) of a large number of independent, identically distributed random variables approaches a normal distribution, regardless of the original distribution, as the sample size increases.
"
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Probability and Statistical Inference (9th Edition) by Hogg and Tanis
Linear Algebra, MATH-2270, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework/Quizzes 20%, Midterms 50%, Active learning Projects 10%, Final 20%
Description:
"Chapter 1:
1.1 Systems of Linear Equations: Introduces the concept of solving multiple linear equations simultaneously to find common solutions.
1.2 Row Reduction and Echelon Forms: Discusses matrix manipulation techniques to simplify systems into solvable forms.
1.3 Vector Equations: Explores how systems can be represented using vector addition and scalar multiplication.
1.4 The Matrix Equation Ax=b: Examines how linear systems are modeled and solved using matrices.
1.5 Solution Sets of Linear Systems: Analyzes the types and structures of solutions, including unique, infinite, or no solutions.
1.6 Applications of Linear Systems: Demonstrates practical uses of linear systems in various fields, such as engineering and science.
1.7 Linear Independence: Defines and determines when vectors are independent or dependent in a space.
1.8 Introduction to Linear Transformations: Explains functions between vector spaces that preserve addition and scalar multiplication.
1.9 The Matrix of a Linear Transformation: Describes how linear transformations can be represented compactly using matrices.
Chapter 2:
2.1 Matrix Operations: Covers basic operations like addition, subtraction, scalar multiplication, and matrix multiplication.
2.2 The Inverse of a Matrix: Explains how to find the inverse of a matrix using row reduction and the conditions for a matrix to have an inverse.
2.3 Characterizations of Invertible Matrices: Discusses properties and theorems related to invertible matrices.
2.5 The Leontief Input-Output Model: Applies matrix theory to model economic systems with input-output relationships.
2.8 Applications to Computer Graphics:
Demonstrates how matrices are used in computer graphics for transformations like translation, rotation, and scaling.
Chapter 3:
3.1 Introduction to Determinants: Introduces determinants as a scalar value associated with a square matrix, used to analyze matrix properties and solve systems.
3.2 Properties of Determinants: Explores key characteristics and rules of determinants, including linearity, effects of row operations, and how they relate to invertibility.
3.3 Cramer's Rule, Volume, and Linear Transformations: Discusses using determinants to solve linear systems (Cramer’s Rule), calculate volumes of geometric shapes, and analyze.
Chapter 4:
4.1: Vector Spaces and Subspaces: Introduces the concept of a vector space, its axioms, and how to identify subspaces within a given vector space.
4.2: Null Spaces, Column Spaces, and Linear Transformations: Defines null spaces and column spaces associated with matrices, and explores their relationship with linear transformations.
4.3: Linearly Independent Sets; Bases: Covers the concepts of linear independence, basis vectors, and how to determine whether a set of vectors forms a basis for a vector space.
4.4: Coordinate Systems: Discusses how to represent vectors in a given basis, including the concept of coordinate vectors.
4.5: The Dimension of a Vector Space: Introduces the concept of dimension of a vector space, and how to find the dimension of a subspace.
Chapter 5:
5.1 The Characteristic Equation: Derives the equation used to calculate eigenvalues from a matrix.
5.2 Properties of Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors: Explores fundamental traits, relationships, and computational aspects of eigenvalues and eigenvectors.
5.3 Eigenvectors and Linear Transformations: Discusses how eigenvectors and eigenvalues describe the behavior of linear transformations.
5.5 Discrete Dynamical Systems: Applies eigenvalues and eigenvectors to study iterative processes and stability in discrete systems.
5.6 Applications to Differential Equations: Uses eigenvalues and eigenvectors to solve systems of differential equations.
"
Required Reading: Linear Algebra and Its Application, Lay, Lay and Macdonald, 5th edition
Recommended Reading: Class notes
Applied Statistics, MATH-2050, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Presentations and Participations (5%+5%), SECTION HOMEWORK (30% total) and pop quizzes, SECTION PROJECTS: (40% total), FINAL PROJECT and presentation: (20%).
Description:
"Chapter 1: Sampling and Data
1. Definitions of Statistics, Probability, and Key Terms: Introduces fundamental statistical concepts, including population, sample, parameters, and variables.
2. Data, Sampling, and Variation in Data and Sampling: Explores types of data, sampling methods, and the importance of variability in statistics.
3. Frequency, Frequency Tables, and Levels of Measurement: Discusses levels of measurement (nominal, ordinal, interval, ratio) and creating frequency tables.
4. Experimental Design and Ethics: Covers experimental design principles, including randomization, control groups, and ethical considerations.
Chapter 2: Descriptive Statistics
1. Histograms, Frequency Polygons, and Time Series Graphs: Introduces histograms and other graphical tools for presenting data distributions.
2. Measures of the Location of the Data: Discusses measures such as mean, median, mode, and percentiles.
3. Box Plots: Explains box plots as tools for visualizing data spread and identifying outliers.
4. Measures of the Center of the Data: Details methods for finding central tendencies (mean, median, and mode).
Chapter 3: Probability Topics
1. Sample Spaces and Probability: Introduces basic probability concepts and sample space construction.
2. The Addition Rules for Probability: Covers the rules for finding probabilities of combined events.
3. The Multiplication Rules and Conditional Probability: Discusses independent and dependent events and conditional probabilities.
Chapter 4: Discrete Random Variables1. Probability Distribution Function (PDF) for a Discrete Random Variable: Explains how to construct and interpret probability distributions.
2. Mean or Expected Value and Standard Deviation: Defines and calculates expected values and variability for discrete variables.
3. Binomial Distribution:Introduces the binomial distribution and its applications.
Chapter 5: Continuous Random Variables: 1. Continuous Probability Functions:Covers continuous probability distributions and the concept of density functions.
2. The Normal Distribution:Details the bell-shaped normal distribution, its parameters, and applications.
3. Using the Normal Distribution:Explains standardization using z-scores and finding probabilities in normal distributions.
Chapter 6: The Normal Distribution
1. The Standard Normal Distribution:Describes the standard normal curve and its applications in statistics.
2. Using the Normal Distribution:Explains how to use normal distribution tables and calculators.
3. Assessing Normality: Provides methods to evaluate if data follow a normal distribution.
Chapter 7: Confidence Intervals
1. A Single Population Mean Using the Normal Distribution: Covers confidence interval construction for means with known standard deviations.
2. A Single Population Mean Using the Student’s t-Distribution: Explains confidence intervals for means with unknown standard deviations.
3. A Population Proportion:Introduces confidence intervals for population proportions.
Chapter 8: Hypothesis Testing with One Sample
1. Null and Alternative Hypotheses: Introduces hypothesis testing frameworks and their interpretation.
2. Outcomes and the Type I and Type II Errors: Describes types of errors in hypothesis testing and their implications.
3. Distribution Needed for Hypothesis Testing:Explains choosing appropriate distributions for tests.
Chapter 9: Hypothesis Testing with Two Samples
1. Two Population Means with Unknown Standard Deviations:Covers hypothesis testing for comparing two means.
2. Matched or Paired Samples:Explains paired sample testing and its use in dependent data scenarios.
3. Two Population Proportions:Discusses comparing proportions across two groups.
Chapter 10: Linear Regression and Correlation
1. Linear Equations: Explains the mathematical basis of linear relationships.
2. Scatter Plots:Discusses using scatterplots to visualize relationships between variables.
3. The Regression Equation:Details constructing and interpreting regression equations.
4. Correlation Coefficient:Explains measuring the strength and direction of linear relationships.
5. Prediction:Introduces using regression for making predictions.
Chapter 11: F Distribution and One-Way ANOVA
1 Facts About the F Distribution:Covers the properties and applications of the F distribution.
1. One-Way ANOVA:Explains analysis of variance for comparing means across multiple groups.
Chapter 12: Multiple and Logistics Regression: Describing the application of Multiple Linear Regression and Logistic regression
Chapter 13: Time series analysis: Introduce different Time series models and their practical applications
"
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Lecture notes, Introductory Statistics, OpenStax
Math for Elementary Teachers I, MATH-2010, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
"* Homework: 500 points
--- One computer-based assignment per chapter, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Unit Exams: 275 points
--- Three unit tests, administered in class
*Final Exam: 180 points
--- One final exam, administered in class
*Attendance: 35 points
---Attendance taken every class period
*POD/Discussion/classwork: 400 points
---A problem of the day daily, discussion about content, classwork
*Fraction Project presentation: 200 points
---Students prepare and present a teaching presentation on fractions
"
Description:
"Section 1-1: Mathematics and Problem Solving - This section introduces problem solving strategies and ideas
Section 1-2: Explorations with patterns- This section explores several different patterns and strategies for students to look for patterns
Section 2-1: Reasoning and Logic: This section introduces inductive and deductive reasoning ideas and strategies
Section 2-2: Describing sets-This section introduces the components of sets and set notation
Section 2-3: Other set operations and their properties: This section introduces the operations such as intersection and union using venn diagrams.
Section 3-1: Numeration systems: This section introduces different numeration systems
Section 3-2: Addition and subtraction of whole numbers: This section introduces differ strategies to add/subtract other than the algorithm.
Section 3-3: Multiplication and Division of whole numbers: : This section introduces differ strategies to multiply/divide other than the algorithm. We also discuss order of operations
Section 3-4/3-5: Mental computation and estimation for add, subtract, multiply, and divide
These sections introduce mental computation and estimation for add/subtract/multiply/divide.
Section 4-1: Divisibility: This section discusses the divisibility rules for 1-10
Section 4-2: Prime and composite numbers: This section discusses prime and composite numbers
Section 4-3: Greatest common divisor and least common multiple- This section discusses strategies to calculate Greatest common divisor and least common multiple
Section 5-1: Addition and subtraction of integers: This section introduces absolute value and strategies for addition and subtraction
Section 5-2: Multiplication and division of integers: This section introduces patterns and order of operations for integers and strategies for multiplication and division
Section 6-1: The set of rational numbers: This section introduces rational numbers and strategies to work with rational numbers by simplifying, equivalent, and equality.
Section 6-2: Addition, subtraction, and estimation with rational numbers: This section introduces strategies to add, subtract, and estimate rational numbers.
Section 6-3: Multiplication, division, and estimation with rational numbers: This section introduces strategies to multiply, divide, and mental math for rational numbers.
Section 6-4: Proportional Reasoning: This section introduces proportions and application through scale drawings.
Section 7-1: Introduce to finite decimals: This section shows how to order terminating decimals.
Section 7-2: Operations on decimals: This section introduces strategies to add, subtract, multiply, divide, rounding, estimating, and scientific notation with decimals.
Section 7-3: Repeating decimals: This section introduces strategies to write and order repeating decimals
Section 7-4: Percents and interest: This section introduces applications with percents and interest and discuses strategies to estimate with percents.
"
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: A Problem Solving Approach to Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers, 12th edition, chapters 1-6
Math for Elementary Teachers I, MATH-2010, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
"* Homework: 500 points
--- One computer-based assignment per chapter, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Unit Exams: 275 points
--- Three unit tests, administered in class
*Final Exam: 180 points
--- One final exam, administered in class
*Attendance: 35 points
---Attendance taken every class period
*POD/Discussion/classwork: 400 points
---A problem of the day daily, discussion about content, classwork
*Fraction Project presentation: 200 points
---Students prepare and present a teaching presentation on fractions
"
Description:
"Section 1-1: Mathematics and Problem Solving - This section introduces problem solving strategies and ideas
Section 1-2: Explorations with patterns- This section explores several different patterns and strategies for students to look for patterns
Section 2-1: Reasoning and Logic: This section introduces inductive and deductive reasoning ideas and strategies
Section 2-2: Describing sets-This section introduces the components of sets and set notation
Section 2-3: Other set operations and their properties: This section introduces the operations such as intersection and union using venn diagrams.
Section 3-1: Numeration systems: This section introduces different numeration systems
Section 3-2: Addition and subtraction of whole numbers: This section introduces differ strategies to add/subtract other than the algorithm.
Section 3-3: Multiplication and Division of whole numbers: : This section introduces differ strategies to multiply/divide other than the algorithm. We also discuss order of operations
Section 3-4/3-5: Mental computation and estimation for add, subtract, multiply, and divide
These sections introduce mental computation and estimation for add/subtract/multiply/divide.
Section 4-1: Divisibility: This section discusses the divisibility rules for 1-10
Section 4-2: Prime and composite numbers: This section discusses prime and composite numbers
Section 4-3: Greatest common divisor and least common multiple- This section discusses strategies to calculate Greatest common divisor and least common multiple
Section 5-1: Addition and subtraction of integers: This section introduces absolute value and strategies for addition and subtraction
Section 5-2: Multiplication and division of integers: This section introduces patterns and order of operations for integers and strategies for multiplication and division
Section 6-1: The set of rational numbers: This section introduces rational numbers and strategies to work with rational numbers by simplifying, equivalent, and equality.
Section 6-2: Addition, subtraction, and estimation with rational numbers: This section introduces strategies to add, subtract, and estimate rational numbers.
Section 6-3: Multiplication, division, and estimation with rational numbers: This section introduces strategies to multiply, divide, and mental math for rational numbers.
Section 6-4: Proportional Reasoning: This section introduces proportions and application through scale drawings.
Section 7-1: Introduce to finite decimals: This section shows how to order terminating decimals.
Section 7-2: Operations on decimals: This section introduces strategies to add, subtract, multiply, divide, rounding, estimating, and scientific notation with decimals.
Section 7-3: Repeating decimals: This section introduces strategies to write and order repeating decimals
Section 7-4: Percents and interest: This section introduces applications with percents and interest and discuses strategies to estimate with percents.
"
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: A Problem Solving Approach to Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers, 12th edition, chapters 1-6
Calculus II, MATH-1220, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Quizzes 20%, Tests 40 %, Final Exam 20%
Description:
"Chapter 1 - Review of integrals: recall integral definitons, properties, basic formulae from calculus 1
Section 2.1 - Area between curves: expand the net area concept to area between two curves
Section 2.2 - Determining volumes by slicing: apply the definition of the definite integral to the volume of a solid using the area of the cross section slice
Section 2.3 - Volumes of Revolution : discuss the disc, washer, cylindrical shell methods and use them to find volumes of revolution
Section 2.4 - Arc Length and Surface Area : apply the definition of the integral to find the arc length and surface area
Section 3.1 - Integration by Parts : use the product rule for derivatives to find the integration by parts formula for integrals
Section 3.2 - Trigonometric Integrals: discuss various strategies to solve integrals of trigonometric expressions
Section 3.3 - Trigonometric substitutions : discuss the use of trigonometry to solve integrals involving roots of sum/difference of squares.
Section 3.4 - Partial Fractions: review the partial fraction decomposition and use it to solve integrals of rational functions.
Section 3.6 - Numerical Integration : discuss various methods (rectangle, trapezoid, Simson) to approximate definite integrals.
Section 3.7 - Improper INtegrals : discuss expanding the concept of integral to infinite intervals and vertical asymptotes in the interval of integration.
Section 4.1 - Basic of Differential Equations : definitions, terminology, checking solutions.
Section 4.2 - Direction Fields : definition, use graphing software to draw and analyse direction fields.
Section 4.3 - Separable Equations : use the method of separation of variables to solve separable differential equations.
Section 4.4 - The Logistic Equation : definition, discuss the history and applications of it, solve the logistic equation.
Section 4.5 - First Order Linear Equations : use the mehod of the integrating factor to solve first order differential equations.
Section 5.1 - Sequences : definition, monotony, boundness, limit, convergence concepts.
Section 5.2 - Infinite Series : definition, partial sums, convergence, geometric sums and series, harmonic series
Section 5.3 - Divergence and Integral Tests : state and use the Divergence and Integral Tests for series
Section 5.4 - Comparison Tests : state and use the Comparison and Limit Comparison Tests, p-series
Section 5.5 - Alternating Series : definition, state and use the Alternating Series Test
Section 5.6 - Ratio and Root Tests : state and use the Ratio and Root Tests, discuss the absolute and conditional convergence concepts
Section 6.1 - Power Series and Functions : definitions, use of the geometric series to find power series of functions
Section 6.2 - Properties of Power Functions : differentiating and integrating power series theorem, use to develot power series of logarithmic and arctangent functions
Section 6.3 - Taylor and Maclaurin Series : definitions, find formulas the coefficients, develop formulas for exponential, sine, cosine, binomial series.
Section 6.4 - Working with Taylor Series : define and graph Taylor polynomials, use to integrate functions, to solve differential equations, to approximate values
Section 7.1 - Parametric Equations : definition, graphs, discuss advantages over functions
Section 7.2 - Calculus of Parametric Curves : derivative and integrals of parametric equations
Section 7.3 - Polar Coordinates : definition, develop formulas to connect polar coordinates to cartesian coordinates
Section 7.4 - Area and Arc Length in Polar Coordinates : adapt the cartesian formulas for area and arc length to polar equations.
"
Required Reading: https://openstax.org/details/books/calculus-volume-2
Recommended Reading: N/A
Calculus II, MATH-1220, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Quizzes 20%, Tests 40 %, Final Exam 20%
Description:
"Chapter 1 - Review of integrals: recall integral definitons, properties, basic formulae from calculus 1
Section 2.1 - Area between curves: expand the net area concept to area between two curves
Section 2.2 - Determining volumes by slicing: apply the definition of the definite integral to the volume of a solid using the area of the cross section slice
Section 2.3 - Volumes of Revolution : discuss the disc, washer, cylindrical shell methods and use them to find volumes of revolution
Section 2.4 - Arc Length and Surface Area : apply the definition of the integral to find the arc length and surface area
Section 3.1 - Integration by Parts : use the product rule for derivatives to find the integration by parts formula for integrals
Section 3.2 - Trigonometric Integrals: discuss various strategies to solve integrals of trigonometric expressions
Section 3.3 - Trigonometric substitutions : discuss the use of trigonometry to solve integrals involving roots of sum/difference of squares.
Section 3.4 - Partial Fractions: review the partial fraction decomposition and use it to solve integrals of rational functions.
Section 3.6 - Numerical Integration : discuss various methods (rectangle, trapezoid, Simson) to approximate definite integrals.
Section 3.7 - Improper INtegrals : discuss expanding the concept of integral to infinite intervals and vertical asymptotes in the interval of integration.
Section 4.1 - Basic of Differential Equations : definitions, terminology, checking solutions.
Section 4.2 - Direction Fields : definition, use graphing software to draw and analyse direction fields.
Section 4.3 - Separable Equations : use the method of separation of variables to solve separable differential equations.
Section 4.4 - The Logistic Equation : definition, discuss the history and applications of it, solve the logistic equation.
Section 4.5 - First Order Linear Equations : use the mehod of the integrating factor to solve first order differential equations.
Section 5.1 - Sequences : definition, monotony, boundness, limit, convergence concepts.
Section 5.2 - Infinite Series : definition, partial sums, convergence, geometric sums and series, harmonic series
Section 5.3 - Divergence and Integral Tests : state and use the Divergence and Integral Tests for series
Section 5.4 - Comparison Tests : state and use the Comparison and Limit Comparison Tests, p-series
Section 5.5 - Alternating Series : definition, state and use the Alternating Series Test
Section 5.6 - Ratio and Root Tests : state and use the Ratio and Root Tests, discuss the absolute and conditional convergence concepts
Section 6.1 - Power Series and Functions : definitions, use of the geometric series to find power series of functions
Section 6.2 - Properties of Power Functions : differentiating and integrating power series theorem, use to develot power series of logarithmic and arctangent functions
Section 6.3 - Taylor and Maclaurin Series : definitions, find formulas the coefficients, develop formulas for exponential, sine, cosine, binomial series.
Section 6.4 - Working with Taylor Series : define and graph Taylor polynomials, use to integrate functions, to solve differential equations, to approximate values
Section 7.1 - Parametric Equations : definition, graphs, discuss advantages over functions
Section 7.2 - Calculus of Parametric Curves : derivative and integrals of parametric equations
Section 7.3 - Polar Coordinates : definition, develop formulas to connect polar coordinates to cartesian coordinates
Section 7.4 - Area and Arc Length in Polar Coordinates : adapt the cartesian formulas for area and arc length to polar equations.
"
Required Reading: https://openstax.org/details/books/calculus-volume-2
Recommended Reading: N/A
Calculus I, MATH-1210, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Test 40% (4 tests, 10% each), Class Participation & Activities 10%, Homework 25%, Comprehensive Final Exam 25%
Description:
"Chapter 1: Functions and Limits
1.1 Functions and Their Representations
Introduces the concept of a function and its different representations, such as algebraically, graphically, and numerically.
1.2 A Catalog of Essential Functions
Explores various essential functions, including polynomial, rational, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions.
1.3 The Limit of a Function
Defines the limit of a function and its importance in understanding the behavior of functions as they approach a specific value.
1.4 Calculating Limits
Discusses methods for calculating limits using limit laws and techniques like substitution, factoring, and rationalizing.
1.5 Continuity
Explains the concept of continuity and the conditions under which a function is continuous at a point or over an interval.
1.6 Limits Involving Infinity
Covers limits involving infinity, including horizontal and vertical asymptotes, and how they describe the behavior of functions as they approach infinite values.
Chapter 2: Derivatives
2.1 Derivatives and Rates of Change
Introduces the derivative as the rate of change of a function and its geometric interpretation as the slope of a tangent line.
2.2 The Derivative as a Function
Explores how the derivative itself can be treated as a function, describing the rate of change at each point.
2.3 Basic Differentiation Formulas
Presents the fundamental rules for differentiating basic functions, including power, exponential, and trigonometric functions.
2.4 The Product and Quotient Rules
Introduces the product and quotient rules for differentiating products and quotients of functions.
2.5 The Chain Rule
Explains the chain rule for differentiating composite functions, crucial for handling nested functions.
2.6 Implicit Differentiation
Covers the technique of implicit differentiation for finding derivatives of equations not explicitly solved for the dependent variable.
2.7 Related Rates
Explores how to solve problems involving related rates, where multiple quantities change with respect to time.
2.8 Linear Approximations and Differentials
Introduces linear approximations and the concept of differentials for estimating function values near a given point.
Chapter 3: Inverse Functions: Exponential, Logarithmic, and INVERSE FUNCTIONS: Exponential, Logarithmic, and Inverse Trigonometric Functions
3.1 Exponential Functions
Explores the properties and applications of exponential functions, particularly with base.
3.2 Inverse Functions and Logarithms
Introduces inverse functions and logarithms, focusing on their relationship and properties.
3.3 Derivatives of Logarithmic and Exponential Functions
Discusses how to differentiate logarithmic and exponential functions,
3.4 Exponential Growth and Decay
Models real-world phenomena, such as population growth and radioactive decay, using exponential functions.
3.5 Inverse Trigonometric Functions
Introduces the inverse trigonometric functions and their derivatives.
3.7 Indeterminate Forms and L’Hôpital’s Rule
Explains indeterminate forms and applies L'Hôpital’s Rule to evaluate limits involving them.
Chapter 4: Applications of Differentiation
4.1 Maximum and Minimum Values
Introduces the concepts of local and global maxima and minima, and their role in optimization and graph analysis.
4.2 The Mean Value Theorem
Explains the Mean Value Theorem, which connects the average rate of change of a function to the derivative at some point in an interval.
4.3 Derivatives and the Shapes of Graphs
Explores how the first and second derivatives influence the shape of a graph, including concavity and inflection points.
4.4 Curve Sketching
Provides techniques for sketching the graph of a function using information about its first and second derivatives.
4.5 Optimization Problems
Focuses on solving real-world optimization problems by finding maximum and minimum values of functions.
4.6 Newton’s Method
Introduces Newton’s Method as an iterative technique for finding successively better approximations to the roots of a function.
4.7 Antiderivatives
Explains the concept of antiderivatives and their role in the process of integration.
Chapter 5:Integrals
5.1 Areas and Distances
Introduces the concept of using integrals to calculate areas under curves and distances traveled.
5.2 The Definite Integral
Defines the definite integral and its interpretation as the signed area under a curve over a given interval.
5.3 Evaluating Definite Integrals
Discusses methods for evaluating definite integrals, including numerical and analytical techniques.
5.4 The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus
Explains the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, linking differentiation and integration as inverse processes.
5.5 The Substitution Rule
Introduces the substitution rule for simplifying the process of evaluating integrals, especially for composite functions.
"
Required Reading: Essential Calculus: Early Transcendentals (2nd Edition), James Stewart
Recommended Reading: N/A
Calculus I, MATH-1210, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Test 40% (4 tests, 10% each), Class Participation & Activities 10%, Homework 25%, Comprehensive Final Exam 25%
Description:
"Chapter 1: Functions and Limits
1.1 Functions and Their Representations
Introduces the concept of a function and its different representations, such as algebraically, graphically, and numerically.
1.2 A Catalog of Essential Functions
Explores various essential functions, including polynomial, rational, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions.
1.3 The Limit of a Function
Defines the limit of a function and its importance in understanding the behavior of functions as they approach a specific value.
1.4 Calculating Limits
Discusses methods for calculating limits using limit laws and techniques like substitution, factoring, and rationalizing.
1.5 Continuity
Explains the concept of continuity and the conditions under which a function is continuous at a point or over an interval.
1.6 Limits Involving Infinity
Covers limits involving infinity, including horizontal and vertical asymptotes, and how they describe the behavior of functions as they approach infinite values.
Chapter 2: Derivatives
2.1 Derivatives and Rates of Change
Introduces the derivative as the rate of change of a function and its geometric interpretation as the slope of a tangent line.
2.2 The Derivative as a Function
Explores how the derivative itself can be treated as a function, describing the rate of change at each point.
2.3 Basic Differentiation Formulas
Presents the fundamental rules for differentiating basic functions, including power, exponential, and trigonometric functions.
2.4 The Product and Quotient Rules
Introduces the product and quotient rules for differentiating products and quotients of functions.
2.5 The Chain Rule
Explains the chain rule for differentiating composite functions, crucial for handling nested functions.
2.6 Implicit Differentiation
Covers the technique of implicit differentiation for finding derivatives of equations not explicitly solved for the dependent variable.
2.7 Related Rates
Explores how to solve problems involving related rates, where multiple quantities change with respect to time.
2.8 Linear Approximations and Differentials
Introduces linear approximations and the concept of differentials for estimating function values near a given point.
Chapter 3: Inverse Functions: Exponential, Logarithmic, and INVERSE FUNCTIONS: Exponential, Logarithmic, and Inverse Trigonometric Functions
3.1 Exponential Functions
Explores the properties and applications of exponential functions, particularly with base.
3.2 Inverse Functions and Logarithms
Introduces inverse functions and logarithms, focusing on their relationship and properties.
3.3 Derivatives of Logarithmic and Exponential Functions
Discusses how to differentiate logarithmic and exponential functions,
3.4 Exponential Growth and Decay
Models real-world phenomena, such as population growth and radioactive decay, using exponential functions.
3.5 Inverse Trigonometric Functions
Introduces the inverse trigonometric functions and their derivatives.
3.7 Indeterminate Forms and L’Hôpital’s Rule
Explains indeterminate forms and applies L'Hôpital’s Rule to evaluate limits involving them.
Chapter 4: Applications of Differentiation
4.1 Maximum and Minimum Values
Introduces the concepts of local and global maxima and minima, and their role in optimization and graph analysis.
4.2 The Mean Value Theorem
Explains the Mean Value Theorem, which connects the average rate of change of a function to the derivative at some point in an interval.
4.3 Derivatives and the Shapes of Graphs
Explores how the first and second derivatives influence the shape of a graph, including concavity and inflection points.
4.4 Curve Sketching
Provides techniques for sketching the graph of a function using information about its first and second derivatives.
4.5 Optimization Problems
Focuses on solving real-world optimization problems by finding maximum and minimum values of functions.
4.6 Newton’s Method
Introduces Newton’s Method as an iterative technique for finding successively better approximations to the roots of a function.
4.7 Antiderivatives
Explains the concept of antiderivatives and their role in the process of integration.
Chapter 5:Integrals
5.1 Areas and Distances
Introduces the concept of using integrals to calculate areas under curves and distances traveled.
5.2 The Definite Integral
Defines the definite integral and its interpretation as the signed area under a curve over a given interval.
5.3 Evaluating Definite Integrals
Discusses methods for evaluating definite integrals, including numerical and analytical techniques.
5.4 The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus
Explains the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, linking differentiation and integration as inverse processes.
5.5 The Substitution Rule
Introduces the substitution rule for simplifying the process of evaluating integrals, especially for composite functions.
"
Required Reading: Essential Calculus: Early Transcendentals (2nd Edition), James Stewart
Recommended Reading: N/A
Calculus I, MATH-1210, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Test 40% (4 tests, 10% each), Class Participation & Activities 10%, Homework 25%, Comprehensive Final Exam 25%
Description:
"Chapter 1: Functions and Limits
1.1 Functions and Their Representations
Introduces the concept of a function and its different representations, such as algebraically, graphically, and numerically.
1.2 A Catalog of Essential Functions
Explores various essential functions, including polynomial, rational, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions.
1.3 The Limit of a Function
Defines the limit of a function and its importance in understanding the behavior of functions as they approach a specific value.
1.4 Calculating Limits
Discusses methods for calculating limits using limit laws and techniques like substitution, factoring, and rationalizing.
1.5 Continuity
Explains the concept of continuity and the conditions under which a function is continuous at a point or over an interval.
1.6 Limits Involving Infinity
Covers limits involving infinity, including horizontal and vertical asymptotes, and how they describe the behavior of functions as they approach infinite values.
Chapter 2: Derivatives
2.1 Derivatives and Rates of Change
Introduces the derivative as the rate of change of a function and its geometric interpretation as the slope of a tangent line.
2.2 The Derivative as a Function
Explores how the derivative itself can be treated as a function, describing the rate of change at each point.
2.3 Basic Differentiation Formulas
Presents the fundamental rules for differentiating basic functions, including power, exponential, and trigonometric functions.
2.4 The Product and Quotient Rules
Introduces the product and quotient rules for differentiating products and quotients of functions.
2.5 The Chain Rule
Explains the chain rule for differentiating composite functions, crucial for handling nested functions.
2.6 Implicit Differentiation
Covers the technique of implicit differentiation for finding derivatives of equations not explicitly solved for the dependent variable.
2.7 Related Rates
Explores how to solve problems involving related rates, where multiple quantities change with respect to time.
2.8 Linear Approximations and Differentials
Introduces linear approximations and the concept of differentials for estimating function values near a given point.
Chapter 3: Inverse Functions: Exponential, Logarithmic, and INVERSE FUNCTIONS: Exponential, Logarithmic, and Inverse Trigonometric Functions
3.1 Exponential Functions
Explores the properties and applications of exponential functions, particularly with base.
3.2 Inverse Functions and Logarithms
Introduces inverse functions and logarithms, focusing on their relationship and properties.
3.3 Derivatives of Logarithmic and Exponential Functions
Discusses how to differentiate logarithmic and exponential functions,
3.4 Exponential Growth and Decay
Models real-world phenomena, such as population growth and radioactive decay, using exponential functions.
3.5 Inverse Trigonometric Functions
Introduces the inverse trigonometric functions and their derivatives.
3.7 Indeterminate Forms and L’Hôpital’s Rule
Explains indeterminate forms and applies L'Hôpital’s Rule to evaluate limits involving them.
Chapter 4: Applications of Differentiation
4.1 Maximum and Minimum Values
Introduces the concepts of local and global maxima and minima, and their role in optimization and graph analysis.
4.2 The Mean Value Theorem
Explains the Mean Value Theorem, which connects the average rate of change of a function to the derivative at some point in an interval.
4.3 Derivatives and the Shapes of Graphs
Explores how the first and second derivatives influence the shape of a graph, including concavity and inflection points.
4.4 Curve Sketching
Provides techniques for sketching the graph of a function using information about its first and second derivatives.
4.5 Optimization Problems
Focuses on solving real-world optimization problems by finding maximum and minimum values of functions.
4.6 Newton’s Method
Introduces Newton’s Method as an iterative technique for finding successively better approximations to the roots of a function.
4.7 Antiderivatives
Explains the concept of antiderivatives and their role in the process of integration.
Chapter 5:Integrals
5.1 Areas and Distances
Introduces the concept of using integrals to calculate areas under curves and distances traveled.
5.2 The Definite Integral
Defines the definite integral and its interpretation as the signed area under a curve over a given interval.
5.3 Evaluating Definite Integrals
Discusses methods for evaluating definite integrals, including numerical and analytical techniques.
5.4 The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus
Explains the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, linking differentiation and integration as inverse processes.
5.5 The Substitution Rule
Introduces the substitution rule for simplifying the process of evaluating integrals, especially for composite functions.
"
Required Reading: Essential Calculus: Early Transcendentals (2nd Edition), James Stewart
Recommended Reading: N/A
Calculus I, MATH-1210, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Test 40% (4 tests, 10% each), Class Participation & Activities 10%, Homework 25%, Comprehensive Final Exam 25%
Description:
"Chapter 1: Functions and Limits
1.1 Functions and Their Representations
Introduces the concept of a function and its different representations, such as algebraically, graphically, and numerically.
1.2 A Catalog of Essential Functions
Explores various essential functions, including polynomial, rational, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions.
1.3 The Limit of a Function
Defines the limit of a function and its importance in understanding the behavior of functions as they approach a specific value.
1.4 Calculating Limits
Discusses methods for calculating limits using limit laws and techniques like substitution, factoring, and rationalizing.
1.5 Continuity
Explains the concept of continuity and the conditions under which a function is continuous at a point or over an interval.
1.6 Limits Involving Infinity
Covers limits involving infinity, including horizontal and vertical asymptotes, and how they describe the behavior of functions as they approach infinite values.
Chapter 2: Derivatives
2.1 Derivatives and Rates of Change
Introduces the derivative as the rate of change of a function and its geometric interpretation as the slope of a tangent line.
2.2 The Derivative as a Function
Explores how the derivative itself can be treated as a function, describing the rate of change at each point.
2.3 Basic Differentiation Formulas
Presents the fundamental rules for differentiating basic functions, including power, exponential, and trigonometric functions.
2.4 The Product and Quotient Rules
Introduces the product and quotient rules for differentiating products and quotients of functions.
2.5 The Chain Rule
Explains the chain rule for differentiating composite functions, crucial for handling nested functions.
2.6 Implicit Differentiation
Covers the technique of implicit differentiation for finding derivatives of equations not explicitly solved for the dependent variable.
2.7 Related Rates
Explores how to solve problems involving related rates, where multiple quantities change with respect to time.
2.8 Linear Approximations and Differentials
Introduces linear approximations and the concept of differentials for estimating function values near a given point.
Chapter 3: Inverse Functions: Exponential, Logarithmic, and INVERSE FUNCTIONS: Exponential, Logarithmic, and Inverse Trigonometric Functions
3.1 Exponential Functions
Explores the properties and applications of exponential functions, particularly with base.
3.2 Inverse Functions and Logarithms
Introduces inverse functions and logarithms, focusing on their relationship and properties.
3.3 Derivatives of Logarithmic and Exponential Functions
Discusses how to differentiate logarithmic and exponential functions,
3.4 Exponential Growth and Decay
Models real-world phenomena, such as population growth and radioactive decay, using exponential functions.
3.5 Inverse Trigonometric Functions
Introduces the inverse trigonometric functions and their derivatives.
3.7 Indeterminate Forms and L’Hôpital’s Rule
Explains indeterminate forms and applies L'Hôpital’s Rule to evaluate limits involving them.
Chapter 4: Applications of Differentiation
4.1 Maximum and Minimum Values
Introduces the concepts of local and global maxima and minima, and their role in optimization and graph analysis.
4.2 The Mean Value Theorem
Explains the Mean Value Theorem, which connects the average rate of change of a function to the derivative at some point in an interval.
4.3 Derivatives and the Shapes of Graphs
Explores how the first and second derivatives influence the shape of a graph, including concavity and inflection points.
4.4 Curve Sketching
Provides techniques for sketching the graph of a function using information about its first and second derivatives.
4.5 Optimization Problems
Focuses on solving real-world optimization problems by finding maximum and minimum values of functions.
4.6 Newton’s Method
Introduces Newton’s Method as an iterative technique for finding successively better approximations to the roots of a function.
4.7 Antiderivatives
Explains the concept of antiderivatives and their role in the process of integration.
Chapter 5:Integrals
5.1 Areas and Distances
Introduces the concept of using integrals to calculate areas under curves and distances traveled.
5.2 The Definite Integral
Defines the definite integral and its interpretation as the signed area under a curve over a given interval.
5.3 Evaluating Definite Integrals
Discusses methods for evaluating definite integrals, including numerical and analytical techniques.
5.4 The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus
Explains the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, linking differentiation and integration as inverse processes.
5.5 The Substitution Rule
Introduces the substitution rule for simplifying the process of evaluating integrals, especially for composite functions.
"
Required Reading: Essential Calculus: Early Transcendentals (2nd Edition), James Stewart
Recommended Reading: N/A
Business Calculus, MATH-1100, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
"Homework (25%) - One online assignment per section administered and graded through Pearson's MyLab Math
Chapter 1 Project (11%) - Create a function that requires utilizes five specific derivative rules when calculating the derivative, then find the derivate of the function
Chapter 2 Project (11%) - Choose a product and collecting demand data on the product in order to generate a best-fit linear demand function. Then use optimization and elasticity to calculate the price that will optimize revenue.
Midterm exam (11%) - Comprehensive online exam covering chapters 1-3 consisting of short answer and multiple choice questions administered and graded through Pearson's MyLab Math.
Chapter 4 Project (11%) - Regurlarly record speed while in a vehicle and use that date to estime your distance traveled using a Riemann sum. Then find the best-fit cubic function for your data and use integration to calculate your distance traveled.
Chapter 5 Project (11%) - Collect 20 responses for a question that requires a numerical response and determine what type of probability distribution your data represents. Then, assuming a normal distribution, calculate the mean, standard deviation, and percentiles of your data.
Final Exam (20%) - Comprehensive online exam consisting of short answer and multiple choice questions covering topics from all chapters administered and graded through Pearson's MyLab Math."
Description:
"Section 1.1- Introduction to Limits: This lecture covers limit notation, types of discontinuities, and how to evaluate limits using a graph.
Section 1.2- Evaluating Limits Algebraically: This lecture covers how to calculate lmits algebraically and how to define continuity using limits
Section 1.3- Average Rate of Change: This lecture covers how to calculate average rate of change for nonlinear functions.
Section 1.4- Definition of a Derivative : This lecture defines a derivative as an instantaneous rate of change and covers how to use limits and the average rate of change formula to calculate it.
Section 1.5- Basic Derivative Properties and Rules: This lecture introduces various derivative properties and rules to simplify derivative calculation including the power rule.
Section 1.6- Product and Quotient Rules: This lecture covers how to differentiate products and quotients of functions using the product rule and quotient rule.
Section 1.7- The Chain Rule: The lecture covers how to calculate derivatives of composition of functions using the Chain Rule
Section 1.8- Higher Order Derivatives: This lecture covers how to notate and calculate derivatives of derivatives.
Section 2.1- Local Extrema: This lecture defines local extrema and covers how to use derivatives to find them in a function.
Section 2.2- Maximums and Minimums Using Second Derivative: This lecture covers how to use second derivative to assist in finding the local extreme values of differentiable functions.
Section 2.4- Absolute Extrema: This lecture covers how to differentiate absolute extrema from local extrema and how to find these values for bounded and unbounded functions.
Section 2.5- Optimization: This lecture covers the process of using derivatives to optimize values in various real-world applications.
Section 2.6- Differentials and Marginals: This lecture defines differentials and marginal values and covers how they are related to derivatives.
Section 2.7- Elasticity: This lecture covers how to use and interpret the elasticity formula.
Section 2.8- Implicit Differentiation: This lecture covers how to use the chain rule to differentiate functions that involve both the independent and dependent variable.
Section 3.1- Exponential Functions: This lecture reviews exponential functions and their properties focusing on base e.
Section 3.2- Logarithmic Functions: The lecture reviews logarithmic functions and their laws emphasizing the natural logarithm and how to use them to solve eponential equations.
Section 3.3- Unhibited and Limited Growth Models: This lecture covers some common examples of growth models in various applications including but not lmited to future value and population growth.
Section 3.4- Decay Models: This lecture covers some common examples of models in various applications including but not lmited to present value, carbon dating, and newton's law of cooling.
Section 3.5- Derivatives of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions: This lecture covers the derivative rules for expoential and logarithmic functions.
Section 3.6- Amortization: This lecture covers how to use exponential functions to create the amortization formula.
Section 4.1- Antidifferentiation: This lecture definies an antiderivative and covers various antiderivative rules for common functions.
Section 4.2- Area Under a Curve: This lecture covers how to use left and right-hand Riemann Sums to estimate area under a curve.
Section 4.3- Definite Integrals: This lecture covershow antiderivatives can be used to calculate the exact area under the curve using the fundamental theorem of calculus.
Section 4.4- Properties and Rules of Definite Integrals: This lecture covers various rules and properties of integration including the average value and area between curves.
Section 4.5- Integration by Subsitution: This lecture covers how to use subsitution using a process called integration by substitution as an integration method to reverse the chain rule.
Section 4.6- Integration by Parts: This lecture covers how to integrate the product of two functions using the integration strategy known as integration by parts.
Section 5.1- Consumer and Producer Surplus: This lecture covers how to use integrals to calculate consumer and producer surplus and how to optmize both by finding the equilibrium point.
Section 5.2- Integrating Growth and Decay Models: This lecture covers how to calculate present and future value of continuous income streams with an emphasis on constant streams.
Section 5.3- Improper Integrals: This lecture defines improper integrals and how to calculate them using limits and covers how they are used to calculate the present value of a perpetual income stream.
Section 5.4- Probability Density Functions: This lecture defines a probability density functions and how to use integrals to calculate probabilites.
Section 5.5- Expected Value and Normal Distribution: This lecture covers how to use integrals to calculate the expected value and variance of probability density functions with an emphasis on normal distribution functions.
Section 6.1- Functions of Several Variables: This lecture introduces multivariable functions and covers the notation used to interact with them.
Section 6.2- Partial Derivatives: This lecture covers how to calculate partial derivatives for each independent variable.
Section 6.3- Extrema of Multivariable Functions: This lecture covers how to use partial derivatives to find local extrema for multivariable functions.
"
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Calculus and Its Applications, 11th Ed., by Bittenger, Ellenbogen, and Surgent
Principles of Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-1215, Section 51, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-labs, Lab Reports, Comprehensive Final exam
Description:
Measurements-The objective of this experiment will be to become familiar with some common measuring instruments by practicing making measurements, and learning about instrument precision.
Mixture Separation-The objective of this experiment will be to use mechanical separation to separate a mixture of sodium chloride, sand, iron filings, sawdust, and benzoic acid into its individual components.
Paper Chromatography-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the Rf value of three known solutions and two unknown solutions using a paper chromatography method.
Qualitative Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use specific reagent solutions, which give distinct reactions with the various ions, to determine the ions in an unknown solution after analyzing a known reference solution first.
Aqueous Solutions-The objective of this experiment will be to perform twenty-three reactions to verify whether a precipitation reaction is occurring and practice writing net ionic equations.
Titrations-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the %KHP (KHC8H4O4) of an unknown sample by titration, using phenolphthalein as the indicator.
Gravimetric Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use a precipitation reaction and gravity filtration to isolate an unknown Group I metal, symbolized as M, from an unknown Group I metal carbonate, symbolized as M2CO3.
Heat of Neutralization-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the heat of neutralization of a strong acid and a weak acid from a calorimeter created with Styrofoam cups.
Atomic Spectra-The first objective will be to determine the metal cation of three unknown solutions after determining a series of reference cation solutions. The second objective will be to determine the n-levels of Hydrogen by measuring a known spectrum (Hg) and then comparing where the known spectrum lines do appear on the spectroscope scale to where they should appear will determine the wavelength.
Determination of Gas R-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the value of R in a “real-life” setting, by running the reaction 2KClO3(s) ⟶ 2KCl(s) + 3O2(g), using MnO2 as a catalyst.
Molecular Geometry-The objective of this experiment will be to examine a theory that chemists use to explain different aspects of chemical bonding: valence-shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory.
2 / 2
Attention will be given to how molecules are arranged in different shapes and how chemists can predict the geometry of a given molecule.
Intermolecular Forces-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the intermolecular forces of H2O and Ethanol (EtOH) by conducting six micro-experiments and observing the responses of each compound to determine which is stronger.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Cell Culture Tech, BTEC-2030, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
The following are the major grade-earning assignments and expectations required for successful completion of this course. The grading structure totals 400 points:
Professionalism and Lab Conduct – 100 points total
This category evaluates student engagement, responsibility, and safety in the lab environment:
Attendance and Punctuality – 50 points
Reflects commitment to the course through consistent, on-time attendance and active participation in lab sessions.
Lab Etiquette and Safety – 50 points
Assesses adherence to safety protocols, appropriate use of lab equipment, proper attire, and respectful, professional behavior during lab activities.
Theory and Knowledge – 300 points total
This category evaluates students' understanding of core concepts and techniques in cell culture through examinations and applied written work:
Midterm Examination – 100 points
A cumulative written exam administered mid-semester, assessing foundational topics such as aseptic technique, media formulation, and basic cell handling.
Final Examination – 150 points
A comprehensive exam evaluating student mastery of advanced topics, including cryopreservation, transfection, and protein analysis.
Homework Assignments – 50 points
A series of take-home assignments designed to reinforce lecture material, prepare students for lab procedures, and develop applied scientific thinking.
Total Course Points: 400
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction to Cell Culture and Laboratory Safety
This unit introduces the fundamentals of cell culture and laboratory expectations. Students will learn key safety practices, including biosafety levels and sterile technique basics necessary for working in a biological lab.
Unit 2: Principles and History of Cell Culture
This unit explores the historical development and scientific foundations of cell and tissue culture. Students will learn to distinguish between cell types and understand their growth conditions and physiological characteristics.
Unit 3: Aseptic Technique and Media Preparation
This unit covers the principles of maintaining sterility in a cell culture lab environment. Students will learn how to work in a laminar flow hood, follow cleanroom protocols, and prepare cell culture media and supplements while ensuring quality control.
Unit 4: Culturing and Maintaining Cells
This unit focuses on the practical handling of living cells in vitro. Students will learn how to subculture and passage both primary cells and cell lines using proper aseptic technique and growth monitoring.
Unit 5: Monitoring Cell Health and Cryopreservation
This unit introduces tools to assess cell viability and health. Students will learn how to count cells, evaluate growth and morphology, and apply freezing and thawing protocols for long-term cell storage and recovery.
Unit 6: Transfection of Cultured Cells
This unit introduces genetic manipulation techniques. Students will learn how to perform transient transfection in mammalian cell lines.
Unit 7: Protein Isolation and Western Blotting
This unit focuses on protein analysis. Students will learn how to extract proteins from cells and use Western blotting to detect and study specific proteins of interest.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Animal Cell Culture Guide ATCC
Scientific Method, BIOL-3155, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
This course requires that you bring a laptop computer to class on certain days. If you do not have a laptop, please email me as soon as possible so that I can help you gain access to one for the semester. Tablets (iPads etc.) will not work for this class.
Time: Thursdays 3:00pm - 5:50pm
Instructor: Megen Kepas, Ph.D.
Email: megen.kepas@utahtech.edu
Office: SET 514
Office Hours: Collaborative office hours Wednesdays SET 4th floor, Time TBA
You are expected to adhere to professional correspondence standards with respect to language, content, and contact Methods
Course Description
This course is meant to be taken either concurrently with the lecture course BIOL 3150 or after having previously completed BIOL 3150.
Required of students pursuing a Bachelor of Science in Biology. Includes experimental design, methods of data collection, statistical concepts, probability, testing of hypotheses, graphing techniques, estimation, discrete and continuous distributions, chi-square tests, linear regression and correlation, analysis of variance, and parametric and nonparametric tests. Successful completers will be able to identify and apply the proper statistical test(s) in the analysis of given data sets.
Prerequisites: MATH 1050Links to an external site., BIOL 3010Links to an external site., and BIOL 3030Links to an external site. (All grade C or higher). FA, SP.
Written course materials: The New Statistics with R - by Andy Hector https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-new-statistics-with-r-9780198798187?cc=us&lang=en&Links to an external site.
Software and web materials: We will be using the free software RStudio for assignments.
COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLOs)
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate the ability to reason scientifically.
2. Apply the scientific methods in problem solving and evaluating hypotheses.
3. Describe data numerically and graphically.
4. Apply the rules of probability to given situations or events.
5. Perform a variety of parametric and nonparametric tests.
Biology Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
PLO1: Outline the foundational concepts of biology including cellular, organismal, ecological, and evolutionary biology.
PLO2: Evaluate hypotheses, design research, test hypotheses, conduct data analysis, and draw conclusions on biology related problems.
PLO3: Integrate knowledge of scientific literacy in oral and written assignments when communicating biological topics.
PLO4: Evaluate information to discriminate between science and non-science.
PLO5: Develop an understanding of why science is an integral activity for addressing social and environmental problems.
Attendance:
This is an attendance based course! Attendance points make up a significant portion of your grade. It is very easy to fall behind in this course if you miss class.
Each lab period is worth 50 attendance points for a total of 700 points
*There will be 1-2 attendance makeup opportunities in the form of campus service and continuing education events. These will be announced as they come up.
Final Exam/Project:
The final for this course is the presentation of a poster describing your experiment and findings. In-person presentation of this poster at the Biology Department poster session at the end of the semester is mandatory and is worth the equivalent of 2 lab periods (100 points).
Grade Calculation:
Lab Attendance -------------------- 700 points
Poster Presentation --------------- 100 points
___________________________________________
Total --------------------------- 800 points
Grading Scale for the Course:
<100% to 92% A
< 92% to 89% A-
< 89% to 86% B+
< 86% to 82% B
< 82% to 80% B-
< 80% to 77% C+
< 77% to 74% C
< 74% to 70% C-
< 70% to 67% D+
< 67% to 64% D
< 64% to 61% D-
< 61% to 0% F
Important links:
Disability Resource CenterLinks to an external site.
IT Help DeskLinks to an external site.
LibraryLinks to an external site.
Testing CenterLinks to an external site.
Tutoring CenterLinks to an external site.
Writing CenterLinks to an external site.
Health and Counseling CenterLinks to an external site.
Academic CalendarLinks to an external site.
Final Exam ScheduleLinks to an external site.
Disability/Accessibility Resources: UT Tech welcomes all students and strives to make the learning experience accessible. If you are a student with a medical, psychological, or learning disability that may require accommodations for this course, you are encouraged to contact the Disability Resource Center (DRC) as soon as possible. You may request reasonable accommodations at any time during the semester; however, they are not retroactive. The DRCLinks to an external site. is located next door to the Testing Center in the North Plaza Building (435 652-7516, drc@utahtech.edu, utahtech.edu/drcenter/).
**If you have accommodations through the DRC they will contact me with the details, you are not required to report DRC accommodations to me yourself. If you would like to speak with me about your accommodation, I am happy to discuss how I can best support you and maximize your success in this course.
Title IX Statement: Utah Tech University affirms its commitment to the promotion of fairness and equity in all aspects of the educational institution. Harassment and discrimination – including sex/gender discrimination, gender identity, gender expression, sexual harassment, sexual misconduct, gender-based violence, dating violence, domestic violence, stalking, pregnancy or parental , family or marital status and or retaliation –not only disrupts our commitment to maintaining an environment in which every member of the University community is treated with respect and dignity, but may also violate University policy and federal, state, and/or local law.
Should you or someone you know experience behavior that is coercive, discriminatory, harassing, and or sexually violent in nature, or if you or someone you know has questions about their rights and options regarding such behavior, you are encouraged to contact:
Hazel Sainsbury, Dir. Of Equity Compliance, Title IX Coordinator: 435.652.7747 (ext.7747) hazel.sainsbury@utahtech.edu ; titleix@utahtech.edu
Incidents may also be reported directly to law enforcement, either separately or in conjunction with any report made to the University’s Title IX Coordinator, and the University will aid in making contact if requested.
Utah Tech University Police: 435.275.4300 or by calling 9-1-1.
Maintaining a safe and inclusive University community is a shared responsibility. For more information on how Title IX protections can benefit you and help us keep a productive campus environment, visit titleix.utahtech.edu
Student Academic Conduct Policy and Academic Integrity Policy: http://catalog.utahtech.edu/codeofstudentrightsresponsibilities/ Students must adhere to generally accepted standards of academic honesty, including but not limited to, refraining from cheating, plagiarizing, falsification, misrepresentation, and/or inappropriately colluding or collaborating. The University shall consistently hold students accountable for instances of academic dishonesty and apply appropriate consequences.
Academic Honesty and AI Tools
It is expected that students will adhere to generally accepted standards of academic honesty, including but not limited to refraining from cheating, plagiarizing, misrepresenting one’s work, and/or inappropriately collaborating. This includes the use of generative AI tools that has not been cited or documented or authorized. Students will also be expected to adhere to the prescribed professional and ethical standards of the profession/discipline for which the student is preparing. Any student who engages in academic dishonesty or who violates the professional and ethical standards for the profession/discipline for which the student is preparing, may be subject to academic sanctions as per Utah Tech’s The Code of Student Rights and Responsibilities” (Eaton, n.d.)
You may use AI programs in this course for debugging, reference code, and figure design walkthroughs. However, you should note that the material generated by these programs may be inaccurate, incomplete, or otherwise problematic. The basis of ChatGPT is language processing, and is a great tool for understanding coding languages. However, computation completed solely in ChatGPT can be woefully inaccurate. You may not submit full analysis generated by an AI program as your own. You must complete coding assignments using RStudio.
Student Email: You are required to frequently check your student email account. Important class and university information will be sent to your student email account, including UT bills, financial aid, scholarship notices, notices of cancelled classes, reminders of important dates and deadlines, and other information critical to your success at UT and in your courses. To access your email account, visit go.utahtech.edu/dmail. Your username is your Dixie ID (e.g. D00111111). If you have forgotten your PIN, visit go.utahtech.edu/mydixie and click the Forgot Pin button.
Instructor Policy on late assignments, missed exams, and unexcused absences: Assignments are due on the dates indicated in the course outline. I will not accept late assignments. It is your responsibility to make sure you are available and prepared to write the exams on the scheduled dates. There are no makeup exams except for medical reasons. If you will be missing a graded evaluation due to medical reasons, you are required to produce a note from a physician. The note must clearly state the reason and dates that you are unable to satisfy course requirements.
University Approved Absences: Utah Tech University Policy explains in detail what needs to happen if you anticipate being absent from class because of a university-sponsored activity (athletic events, club activities, field trips for other classes, etc.). Please read this information and follow the instructions carefully! The policy can be found at: http://catalog.utahtech.edu/academicpoliciesandprocedures/Links to an external site.
Disruptive Behavior: http://catalog.utahtech.edu/codeofstudentrightsresponsibilities/Links to an external site.
Description:
Assignments
Lab 1 - Create an academic profile - Students will create (or update) a personal linkedin page. QR codes linking to the profiles will be included on the final draft of the poster in the author section.
50 Points Possible
Lab 2 - Literature Review - Students will turn in a literature review with four citations and summaries of each. Citations must pertain to the planned experiment.
50 Points Possible
Lab 3 - Experimental Design Flow Chart - Students must submit a flowchart detailing their experimental design and workflow.
50 Points Possible
Lab 4 - Ordering and Design Revisions - Students must submit an ordering list with the supplies needed for their semester experiment.
50 Points Possible
Lab 5 - Analysis Plan - Students must summarize the extend of data collected so far and turn in a formatted spreadsheet and a brief summary with the analysis plan outlined by the end of the lab period.
50 Points Possible
Lab 6 - Experiment Work Period - Students will work with their groups to make progress on their experiment. A progress summary must be turned in at the end of the lab period.
50 Points Possible
Lab 7 - Experiment Work Period - Students will work with their groups to make progress on their experiment. A progress summary must be turned in at the end of the lab period.
50 Points Possible
Lab 8 - Experiment Work Period - Students will work with their groups to make progress on their experiment. A progress summary must be turned in at the end of the lab period.
50 Points Possible
Lab 9 - Community Science Data - Students will evaluate community science data collection and outreach methods.
50 Points Possible
Lab 10 - Poster Rough Draft Due - An early draft of the poster with the Introduction and Methods is due by the end of the lab period.
50 Points Possible
Lab 11 - Figures/Data Check - Students will submit the current draft of all tables, graphs, graphics etc. by the end of this lab period.
50 Points Possible
Lab 12 - Data check in - Each group will schedule a 15 minute time slot to meet with Dr. Kepas during class to discuss data analysis progress and additional questions or issues.
50 Points Possible
Lab 13 - Figures Due - Students must submit all figures that will be included on the final poster. This includes figure descriptions.
50 Points Possible
Lab 14 - Final Drafts and Poster Printing - Students will turn in the final draft of their posters and print them during class.
50 Points Possible
Poster Session Attendance - Students will present their poster detailing their semester long project at the Biological Sciences Department Poster Session during the week of finals.
100 Points Possible
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Biostatistics & the Sci Method, BIOL-3150, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
This course requires that you bring a laptop computer to class on certain days. If you do not have a laptop, please email me as soon as possible so that I can help you gain access to one for the semester. Tablets (iPads etc.) will not work for this class.
Time: Mondays and Wednesdays 3:00pm - 4:15pm
Instructor: Megen Kepas, Ph.D.
Email: megen.kepas@utahtech.edu
Office: SET 514
Office Hours: Collaborative office hours Wednesdays SET 4th floor: Time TBA
Course Description
Required of students pursuing a Bachelor of Science in Biology. Includes experimental design, methods of data collection, statistical concepts, probability, testing of hypotheses, graphing techniques, estimation, discrete and continuous distributions, chi-square tests, linear regression and correlation, analysis of variance, and parametric and nonparametric tests. Successful completers will be able to identify and apply the proper statistical test(s) in the analysis of given data sets.
Prerequisites: MATH 1050Links to an external site., BIOL 3010Links to an external site., and BIOL 3030Links to an external site. (All grade C or higher). FA, SP.
Written course materials: The New Statistics with R - by Andy Hector https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-new-statistics-with-r-9780198798187?cc=us&lang=en&Links to an external site.
Software and web materials: We will be using the free software RStudio for assignments.
COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLOs)
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate the ability to reason scientifically.
2. Apply the scientific methods in problem solving and evaluating hypotheses.
3. Describe data numerically and graphically.
4. Apply the rules of probability to given situations or events.
5. Perform a variety of parametric and nonparametric tests.
Biology Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
PLO1: Outline the foundational concepts of biology including cellular, organismal, ecological, and evolutionary biology.
PLO2: Evaluate hypotheses, design research, test hypotheses, conduct data analysis, and draw conclusions on biology related problems.
PLO3: Integrate knowledge of scientific literacy in oral and written assignments when communicating biological topics.
PLO4: Evaluate information to discriminate between science and non-science.
PLO5: Develop an understanding of why science is an integral activity for addressing social and environmental problems.
Exams: Skills assessments for each module will be given in the form of assignments
Assignments:
Module 1: Intro Quiz -- 30pts, Intro to RStudio -- 50pts
Module 2: Graphing Assignment -- 50pts, Enter the Tidyverse -- 50pts
Module 3: Descriptive Statistics Assignment -- 50 pts, Descriptive Statistics Group Presentation -- 50pts
Module 4: Final Project Peer Proposals -- 50pts, Analysis Methods Assignment -- 50pts
Module 5: Final project -- 100pts
Attendance: Attendance points make up a significant portion of your grade. It is very easy to fall behind in this course if you miss class. Each class period is worth 10 attendance points for a total of 280 points
Grade Calculation:
Assignments ---------480 points
Attendance ----------280 points
_______________________________
Total --------------- 760 points
Final Exam/Project: The final exam will be a group data analysis project due the week of finals. In class submissions and the final work period for the assignment will take place at the time of the scheduled final exam.
Grading Scale for the Course:
100% to 92% A
< 92% to 89% A-
< 89% to 86% B+
< 86% to 82% B
< 82% to 80% B-
< 80% to 77% C+
< 77% to 74% C
< 74% to 70% C-
< 70% to 67% D+
< 67% to 64% D
< 64% to 61% D-
< 61% to 0% F
Important links:
Disability Resource Center Links to an external site.
IT Help DeskLinks to an external site.
LibraryLinks to an external site.
Testing CenterLinks to an external site.
Tutoring CenterLinks to an external site.
Writing CenterLinks to an external site.
Health and Counseling CenterLinks to an external site.
Academic CalendarLinks to an external site.
Final Exam ScheduleLinks to an external site.
Disability/Accessibility Resources: UT Tech welcomes all students and strives to make the learning experience accessible. If you are a student with a medical, psychological, or learning disability that may require accommodations for this course, you are encouraged to contact the Disability Resource Center (DRC) as soon as possible. You may request reasonable accommodations at any time during the semester; however, they are not retroactive. The DRCLinks to an external site. is located next door to the Testing Center in the North Plaza Building (435 652-7516, drc@utahtech.edu, utahtech.edu/drcenter/).
**If you have accommodations through the DRC they will contact me with the details, you are not required to report DRC accommodations to me yourself. If you would like to speak with me about your accommodation, I am happy to discuss how I can best support you and maximize your success in this course.
Title IX Statement: Utah Tech University affirms its commitment to the promotion of fairness and equity in all aspects of the educational institution. Harassment and discrimination – including sex/gender discrimination, gender identity, gender expression, sexual harassment, sexual misconduct, gender-based violence, dating violence, domestic violence, stalking, pregnancy or parental , family or marital status and or retaliation –not only disrupts our commitment to maintaining an environment in which every member of the University community is treated with respect and dignity, but may also violate University policy and federal, state, and/or local law.
Should you or someone you know experience behavior that is coercive, discriminatory, harassing, and or sexually violent in nature, or if you or someone you know has questions about their rights and options regarding such behavior, you are encouraged to contact:
Hazel Sainsbury, Dir. Of Equity Compliance, Title IX Coordinator: 435.652.7747 (ext.7747) hazel.sainsbury@utahtech.edu ; titleix@utahtech.edu
Incidents may also be reported directly to law enforcement, either separately or in conjunction with any report made to the University’s Title IX Coordinator, and the University will aid in making contact if requested.
Utah Tech University Police: 435.275.4300 or by calling 9-1-1.
Maintaining a safe and inclusive University community is a shared responsibility. For more information on how Title IX protections can benefit you and help us keep a productive campus environment, visit titleix.utahtech.edu
Student Academic Conduct Policy and Academic Integrity Policy: http://catalog.utahtech.edu/codeofstudentrightsresponsibilities/ Students must adhere to generally accepted standards of academic honesty, including but not limited to, refraining from cheating, plagiarizing, falsification, misrepresentation, and/or inappropriately colluding or collaborating. The University shall consistently hold students accountable for instances of academic dishonesty and apply appropriate consequences.
Academic Honesty and AI Tools
You may use AI programs in this course for debugging, reference code, and figure design walkthroughs. However, you should note that the material generated by these programs may be inaccurate, incomplete, or otherwise problematic. The basis of ChatGPT is language processing, and is a great tool for understanding coding languages. However, computation completed solely in ChatGPT can be woefully inaccurate. You may not submit full analysis generated by an AI program as your own. You must complete coding assignments using RStudio. It is expected that students will adhere to generally accepted standards of academic honesty, including but not limited to refraining from cheating, plagiarizing, misrepresenting one’s work, and/or inappropriately collaborating.
Student Email: You are required to frequently check your student email account. Important class and university information will be sent to your student email account, including UT bills, financial aid, scholarship notices, notices of cancelled classes, reminders of important dates and deadlines, and other information critical to your success at UT and in your courses. To access your email account, visit go.utahtech.edu/dmail. Your username is your Dixie ID (e.g. D00111111). If you have forgotten your PIN, visit go.utahtech.edu/mydixie and click the Forgot Pin button.
Instructor Policy on late assignments, missed exams, and unexcused absences: Assignments are due on the dates indicated in the course outline. I will not accept late assignments. It is your responsibility to make sure you are available and prepared to write the exams on the scheduled dates. There are no makeup exams except for medical reasons. If you will be missing a graded evaluation due to medical reasons, you are required to produce a note from a physician. The note must clearly state the reason and dates that you are unable to satisfy course requirements.
University Approved Absences: Utah Tech University Policy explains in detail what needs to happen if you anticipate being absent from class because of a university-sponsored activity (athletic events, club activities, field trips for other classes, etc.). Please read this information and follow the instructions carefully! The policy can be found at: http://catalog.utahtech.edu/academicpoliciesandprocedures/Links to an external site.
Disruptive Behavior: http://catalog.utahtech.edu/codeofstudentrightsresponsibilities/Links to an external site.
Description:
Module 1 Introduction to experimental design: In this module, students will learn foundational principles of experimental design, including how to determine appropriate sample sizes, define subgroups, and implement effective sampling strategies. Common design flaws, such as pseudoreplication, will be discussed in detail.
Module 2 Displaying Data and Building Figures: In this module, students will learn how to filter datasets and construct visual and tabular summaries of data, including tables, bar graphs, scatterplots, boxplots, and histograms. Emphasis will be placed on selecting appropriate visualizations based on variable types and study design.
Module 3 Descriptive Statistics: In this module, students will learn how to summarize and interpret sample data using measures of central tendency (mean, median, mode) and measures of variability (standard deviation, standard error of the mean). Students will also learn to evaluate assumptions of normality and homogeneity of variance and choose appropriate statistical tests accordingly.
Module 4 Statistical Tests: In this module, students will learn to apply the following statistical tests: t-test (independent and paired), simple linear regression, chi-square tests, one-way ANOVA, two-way ANOVA, repeated measures ANOVA, and nested ANOVA. Emphasis will be placed on selecting the appropriate test based on data structure and experimental design.
Module 5 Final Project: In this module, students will complete a comprehensive final project. They will select a large, publicly available dataset and perform a full analysis, applying the principles of experimental design, data visualization, descriptive statistics, and inferential testing introduced in previous modules.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The New Statistics with R - by Andy Hector https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-new-statistics-with-r-9780198798187?cc=us&lang=en&Links to an external site.
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 51, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
"1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
"
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 50, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
"1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
"
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 41, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
"1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
"
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 40I, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
"1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
"
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
"1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
"
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 16, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
"1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
"
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 15, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
"1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
"
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 14, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
"1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
"
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 8, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
"1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
"
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 7, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
"1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
"
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 6, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
"1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
"
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 5, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
"1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
"
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
"1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
"
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
"1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
"
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
"1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
"
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Statistics, MATH-1040, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework 20%, Tests 60% (total 4 tests, 15% each), final exam 20%
Description:
"1.1: Introduction to the Practice of Statistics:
This section introduces the role of statistics in decision-making, emphasizing the process of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data to make informed conclusions and decisions in real-world contexts.
2.1: Organizing Qualitative Data:
This section discusses methods for organizing and summarizing qualitative data, such as categorical variables, using frequency tables, bar charts, and pie charts to visually represent and analyze the distribution of categories.
2.2: Organizing Quantitative Data:
The Popular Displays: This section covers the organization of quantitative data using common graphical displays like histograms, stem-and-leaf plots, and boxplots, which help to summarize the distribution, central tendency, and spread of the data.
3.1: Measures of Central Tendency:
This section explains the three main measures of central tendency—mean, median, and mode—used to summarize a dataset by identifying its central or typical value, and discusses the advantages and limitations of each measure.
3.2: Measures of Dispersion:
This section discusses measures of dispersion, such as range, variance, and standard deviation, which quantify the spread or variability of data points around the central tendency, helping to understand the degree of variability in a dataset.
3.3: Measures of Central Tendency and Dispersion from Grouped Data:
This section explains how to calculate measures of central tendency and dispersion for grouped data using frequency distributions, providing a way to summarize data when individual data points are not available.
3.4: Measures of Position and Outliers:
This section introduces measures of position such as percentiles, quartiles, and z-scores to describe the relative position of data points within a distribution, and discusses how to identify outliers using these measures.
3.5: The Five-Number Summary and Boxplots:
This section explains the five-number summary (minimum, first quartile, median, third quartile, and maximum) and how to construct boxplots to visually display the spread and center of data, including the identification of potential outliers.
4.1: Scatter Diagrams and Correlation:
This section introduces scatter diagrams as a tool for visually exploring the relationship between two quantitative variables, and explains how correlation quantifies the strength and direction of this linear relationship using the correlation coefficient.
4.2: Least-Squares Regression:
This section explains the least-squares regression method for finding the best-fitting line to model the relationship between two variables, minimizing the sum of the squared differences between observed and predicted values, and discusses how to interpret the slope and intercept of the regression line.
5.1: Probability:
This section introduces the concept of probability as a measure of the likelihood of an event occurring, explaining the fundamental rules of probability, including the addition and multiplication rules, and highlighting the importance of probability in statistical decision-making.multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.2: The Addition Rule and Complements:
This section explains the addition rule for calculating the probability of the union of two events, both for mutually exclusive and non-mutually exclusive events, and introduces the concept of complements to find the probability of an event not occurring.
5.3: Independence and the Multiplication Rule:
This section defines independent events and explains how the multiplication rule is used to calculate the probability of the intersection of two independent events.
5.4: Conditional Probability and the General Multiplication Rule:
This section introduces conditional probability as the probability of an event occurring given that another event has already occurred, and explains the general multiplication rule for calculating the probability of the intersection of two events, both dependent and independent.
5.5: Counting Techniques:
This section covers various counting techniques, such as the multiplication rule, permutations, and combinations, to calculate the number of possible outcomes in probability problems, helping to organize and quantify different possible events.
6.1: Discrete Random Variables:
This section introduces discrete random variables, which take on countable values.
6.2: The Binomial Probability Distribution:
This section explains the binomial probability distribution, which models the number of successes in a fixed number of independent trials with two possible outcomes, and discusses how to calculate probabilities using the binomial formula, along with its mean and variance.
7.1: Properties of the Normal Distribution:
This section describes the key properties of the normal distribution, including its bell-shaped curve, symmetry, and the relationship between the mean, median, and standard deviation.
7.2: Applications of the Normal Distribution:
This section explores how the normal distribution is used in real-world applications, such as finding probabilities and percentiles, using z-scores to standardize values.
7.3: Assessing Normality:
This section discusses methods for assessing whether data follow a normal distribution, including graphical techniques like histograms and Q-Q plots to determine if normality assumptions are reasonable for further analysis.
8.1: Distribution of the Sample Mean:
This section explains the distribution of the sample mean, highlighting how, according to the Central Limit Theorem, the sampling distribution of the mean approaches a normal distribution as the sample size increases, regardless of the population's distribution.
8.2: Distribution of the Sample Proportion:
This section describes the sampling distribution of the sample proportion, explaining how it approximates a normal distribution for large sample sizes, with mean equal to the population proportion and variance depending on both the population proportion and the sample size.
9.1: Estimating a Population Proportion:
This section discusses how to estimate a population proportion using a sample proportion, including the construction of confidence intervals and the calculation of the margin of error to quantify the uncertainty in the estimate.
9.2: Estimating a Population Mean:
This section explains how to estimate a population mean using a sample mean, including the construction of confidence intervals for the population mean, and discusses how sample size and variability affect the precision of the estimate.
9.3: Estimating a Population Standard Deviation:
This section focuses on methods for estimating a population standard deviation using sample data, including the use of the sample standard deviation as an estimator and the construction of confidence intervals for the population standard deviation.
10.1: The Language of Hypothesis Testing:
This section introduces the fundamental concepts of hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses, Type I error, Type II error and the process of making decisions based on evidence to test the validity of claims about a population.
10.2: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Proportion:
This section explains how to conduct hypothesis tests for a population proportion, including setting up the null and alternative hypotheses, calculating the test statistic, and determining the p-value to assess whether there is sufficient evidence to support the claim about the population proportion.
10.3: Hypothesis Tests for a Population Mean:
This section covers the process of conducting hypothesis tests for a population mean, explaining how to formulate null and alternative hypotheses, choose the appropriate test (z-test or t-test), calculate the test statistic, and interpret the results using p-values to make decisions about the population mean.
11.1: Inference about Two Population Proportions:
This section covers methods for making inferences about the difference between two population proportions, including constructing confidence intervals and conducting hypothesis tests to compare the proportions based on sample data.
11.2: Inference about Two Means: Dependent Samples:
This section explains how to make inferences about the difference between two population means when the samples are dependent, such as in matched pairs or before-and-after studies, by using paired t-tests to compare the mean differences.
11.3: Inference about Two Means: Independent Samples:
This section discusses how to make inferences about the difference between two population means from independent samples, using two-sample t-tests and confidence intervals to compare the means when the samples are not related.
12.1: Goodness-of-Fit Test:
This section introduces the chi-square goodness-of-fit test, which is used to determine whether observed categorical data fit a specific expected distribution, and explains how to calculate the chi-square statistic, degrees of freedom, and interpret the p-value to assess model fit.
13.1: Comparing Three or More Means (One-Way Analysis of Variance):
This section explains the one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) method used to compare the means of three or more independent groups, discussing how to calculate the F-statistic, interpret the results, and determine whether there are significant differences between the group means.
Required Reading: Informed Decisions Using Data (6th Edition) by Michael Sullivan
Recommended Reading: N/A
Quantitative Reasoning, MATH-1030, Section 40I, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
"* Daily Assignments: 30% of grade
--- One computer-based assignment per section, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Unit Exams: 40% of grade
--- Four unit tests, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Final Exam: 25% of grade
--- One final exam, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Attendance: 5% of grade"
Description:
"Section 1B: Propositions and Truth Values - This section introduces propositions as declarative statements that are either true or false, and explores how to determine their truth values.
Section 1D: Analyzing Arguments - This section focuses on evaluating the structure and validity of arguments, teaching methods to distinguish between direct, indirect, valid and invalid reasoning.
Section 2A: Understand, Solve, and Explain - This section presents a systematic approach to problem-solving by understanding the problem, devising a plan, carrying it out, and explaining the solution.
Section 2B: Extending Unit Analysis - This section delves into the technique of unit analysis, emphasizing its application in solving complex problems involving various units of measurement.
Section 10A: Fundamentals of Geometry - This section introduces basic geometric concepts and principles, laying the foundation for understanding shapes, sizes, and spatial relationships.
Section 10B: Problem Solving with Geometry - This section applies geometric principles to solve practical problems, demonstrating the relevance of geometry in real-world contexts.
Section 3A: Uses and Abuses of Percentages - This section explores how percentages are utilized in various contexts, highlighting common misconceptions and potential misuses.
Section 3B: Putting Numbers in Perspective - This section emphasizes the importance of contextualizing numerical information to better understand its significance and implications.
Section 4A: Taking Control of Your Finances - This section provides strategies for effective personal financial management, including budgeting and expense tracking.
Section 4B: The Power of Compounding - This section explains how compound interest works and its profound impact on savings and investments over time.
Section 4C: Savings Plans and Investments - This section discusses various savings and investment options, assessing their potential risks and returns.
Section 4D: Loan Payments, Credit Cards, and Mortgages - This section examines the mechanics of loans, credit card debt, and mortgages, including how payments are structured and calculated.
Section 4E: Income Taxes - This section provides an overview of income tax systems, including how taxes are calculated and the significance of different tax brackets.
Section 5A: Fundamentals of Statistics - This section introduces basic statistical concepts, including data collection methods, sampling techniques, and the distinction between descriptive and inferential statistics.
Section 5B: Should You Believe a Statistical Study? - This section provides criteria for evaluating the credibility of statistical studies, emphasizing the importance of study design, sample size, and potential biases.
Section 5C: Statistical Tables and Graphs - This section discusses various ways to organize and present data visually, such as through frequency tables, bar graphs, and pie charts, to facilitate understanding and interpretation.
Section 5D: Graphics in the Media - This section examines how graphical representations are used in media, highlighting common misrepresentations and how to critically analyze them.
Section 5E: Correlation and Causality - This section explores the concepts of correlation and causation, clarifying the differences between them and cautioning against assuming causality from correlation alone.
Section 6A: Characterizing Data - This section focuses on measures of central tendency, such as mean, median, and mode, to summarize and describe data sets.
Section 6B: Measures of Variation - This section introduces measures of data dispersion, including range, variance, and standard deviation, to assess the spread of data points.
Section 6C: The Normal Distribution - This section explains the properties of the normal distribution, its significance in statistics, and how it applies to real-world data.
Section 7A: Fundamentals of Probability - This section introduces basic probability concepts, including the calculation of probabilities and the interpretation of probability values.
Section 7B: Combining Probabilities - This section discusses methods for determining the probability of combined events, such as independent and dependent events, using rules like addition and multiplication.
Section 7C: The Law of Large Numbers - This section explains the law of large numbers, which states that as the number of trials increases, the experimental probability approaches the theoretical probability.
Section 7E: Counting and Probability - This section explores counting techniques, such as permutations and combinations, and their applications in calculating probabilities.
Section 8A: Growth: Linear versus Exponential - This section compares linear and exponential growth models, illustrating their differences and implications in various contexts.
Section 8B: Doubling Time and Half-Life - This section introduces the concepts of doubling time and half-life, explaining how they relate to exponential growth and decay processes.
Section 8C: Real Population Growth - This section examines models of population growth, considering factors that influence growth rates and the sustainability of populations
Section 9A: Functions: The Building Blocks of Mathematical Models - This section introduces functions as fundamental components of mathematical models, discussing their notation, interpretation, and applications.
Section 9B: Linear Modeling - This section focuses on constructing and interpreting linear models to represent relationships between variables in real-world situations.
Section 9C: Exponential Modeling - This section explores exponential models, demonstrating how they are used to describe phenomena involving rapid growth or decay.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Using & Understanding Mathematics: A Quantitative Approach, 8e, by Bennett and Briggs
Quantitative Reasoning, MATH-1030, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
"* Daily Assignments: 30% of grade
--- One computer-based assignment per section, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Unit Exams: 40% of grade
--- Four unit tests, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Final Exam: 25% of grade
--- One final exam, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Attendance: 5% of grade"
Description:
"Section 1B: Propositions and Truth Values - This section introduces propositions as declarative statements that are either true or false, and explores how to determine their truth values.
Section 1D: Analyzing Arguments - This section focuses on evaluating the structure and validity of arguments, teaching methods to distinguish between direct, indirect, valid and invalid reasoning.
Section 2A: Understand, Solve, and Explain - This section presents a systematic approach to problem-solving by understanding the problem, devising a plan, carrying it out, and explaining the solution.
Section 2B: Extending Unit Analysis - This section delves into the technique of unit analysis, emphasizing its application in solving complex problems involving various units of measurement.
Section 10A: Fundamentals of Geometry - This section introduces basic geometric concepts and principles, laying the foundation for understanding shapes, sizes, and spatial relationships.
Section 10B: Problem Solving with Geometry - This section applies geometric principles to solve practical problems, demonstrating the relevance of geometry in real-world contexts.
Section 3A: Uses and Abuses of Percentages - This section explores how percentages are utilized in various contexts, highlighting common misconceptions and potential misuses.
Section 3B: Putting Numbers in Perspective - This section emphasizes the importance of contextualizing numerical information to better understand its significance and implications.
Section 4A: Taking Control of Your Finances - This section provides strategies for effective personal financial management, including budgeting and expense tracking.
Section 4B: The Power of Compounding - This section explains how compound interest works and its profound impact on savings and investments over time.
Section 4C: Savings Plans and Investments - This section discusses various savings and investment options, assessing their potential risks and returns.
Section 4D: Loan Payments, Credit Cards, and Mortgages - This section examines the mechanics of loans, credit card debt, and mortgages, including how payments are structured and calculated.
Section 4E: Income Taxes - This section provides an overview of income tax systems, including how taxes are calculated and the significance of different tax brackets.
Section 5A: Fundamentals of Statistics - This section introduces basic statistical concepts, including data collection methods, sampling techniques, and the distinction between descriptive and inferential statistics.
Section 5B: Should You Believe a Statistical Study? - This section provides criteria for evaluating the credibility of statistical studies, emphasizing the importance of study design, sample size, and potential biases.
Section 5C: Statistical Tables and Graphs - This section discusses various ways to organize and present data visually, such as through frequency tables, bar graphs, and pie charts, to facilitate understanding and interpretation.
Section 5D: Graphics in the Media - This section examines how graphical representations are used in media, highlighting common misrepresentations and how to critically analyze them.
Section 5E: Correlation and Causality - This section explores the concepts of correlation and causation, clarifying the differences between them and cautioning against assuming causality from correlation alone.
Section 6A: Characterizing Data - This section focuses on measures of central tendency, such as mean, median, and mode, to summarize and describe data sets.
Section 6B: Measures of Variation - This section introduces measures of data dispersion, including range, variance, and standard deviation, to assess the spread of data points.
Section 6C: The Normal Distribution - This section explains the properties of the normal distribution, its significance in statistics, and how it applies to real-world data.
Section 7A: Fundamentals of Probability - This section introduces basic probability concepts, including the calculation of probabilities and the interpretation of probability values.
Section 7B: Combining Probabilities - This section discusses methods for determining the probability of combined events, such as independent and dependent events, using rules like addition and multiplication.
Section 7C: The Law of Large Numbers - This section explains the law of large numbers, which states that as the number of trials increases, the experimental probability approaches the theoretical probability.
Section 7E: Counting and Probability - This section explores counting techniques, such as permutations and combinations, and their applications in calculating probabilities.
Section 8A: Growth: Linear versus Exponential - This section compares linear and exponential growth models, illustrating their differences and implications in various contexts.
Section 8B: Doubling Time and Half-Life - This section introduces the concepts of doubling time and half-life, explaining how they relate to exponential growth and decay processes.
Section 8C: Real Population Growth - This section examines models of population growth, considering factors that influence growth rates and the sustainability of populations
Section 9A: Functions: The Building Blocks of Mathematical Models - This section introduces functions as fundamental components of mathematical models, discussing their notation, interpretation, and applications.
Section 9B: Linear Modeling - This section focuses on constructing and interpreting linear models to represent relationships between variables in real-world situations.
Section 9C: Exponential Modeling - This section explores exponential models, demonstrating how they are used to describe phenomena involving rapid growth or decay.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Using & Understanding Mathematics: A Quantitative Approach, 8e, by Bennett and Briggs
Quantitative Reasoning, MATH-1030, Section 6, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
"* Daily Assignments: 30% of grade
--- One computer-based assignment per section, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Unit Exams: 40% of grade
--- Four unit tests, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Final Exam: 25% of grade
--- One final exam, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Attendance: 5% of grade"
Description:
"Section 1B: Propositions and Truth Values - This section introduces propositions as declarative statements that are either true or false, and explores how to determine their truth values.
Section 1D: Analyzing Arguments - This section focuses on evaluating the structure and validity of arguments, teaching methods to distinguish between direct, indirect, valid and invalid reasoning.
Section 2A: Understand, Solve, and Explain - This section presents a systematic approach to problem-solving by understanding the problem, devising a plan, carrying it out, and explaining the solution.
Section 2B: Extending Unit Analysis - This section delves into the technique of unit analysis, emphasizing its application in solving complex problems involving various units of measurement.
Section 10A: Fundamentals of Geometry - This section introduces basic geometric concepts and principles, laying the foundation for understanding shapes, sizes, and spatial relationships.
Section 10B: Problem Solving with Geometry - This section applies geometric principles to solve practical problems, demonstrating the relevance of geometry in real-world contexts.
Section 3A: Uses and Abuses of Percentages - This section explores how percentages are utilized in various contexts, highlighting common misconceptions and potential misuses.
Section 3B: Putting Numbers in Perspective - This section emphasizes the importance of contextualizing numerical information to better understand its significance and implications.
Section 4A: Taking Control of Your Finances - This section provides strategies for effective personal financial management, including budgeting and expense tracking.
Section 4B: The Power of Compounding - This section explains how compound interest works and its profound impact on savings and investments over time.
Section 4C: Savings Plans and Investments - This section discusses various savings and investment options, assessing their potential risks and returns.
Section 4D: Loan Payments, Credit Cards, and Mortgages - This section examines the mechanics of loans, credit card debt, and mortgages, including how payments are structured and calculated.
Section 4E: Income Taxes - This section provides an overview of income tax systems, including how taxes are calculated and the significance of different tax brackets.
Section 5A: Fundamentals of Statistics - This section introduces basic statistical concepts, including data collection methods, sampling techniques, and the distinction between descriptive and inferential statistics.
Section 5B: Should You Believe a Statistical Study? - This section provides criteria for evaluating the credibility of statistical studies, emphasizing the importance of study design, sample size, and potential biases.
Section 5C: Statistical Tables and Graphs - This section discusses various ways to organize and present data visually, such as through frequency tables, bar graphs, and pie charts, to facilitate understanding and interpretation.
Section 5D: Graphics in the Media - This section examines how graphical representations are used in media, highlighting common misrepresentations and how to critically analyze them.
Section 5E: Correlation and Causality - This section explores the concepts of correlation and causation, clarifying the differences between them and cautioning against assuming causality from correlation alone.
Section 6A: Characterizing Data - This section focuses on measures of central tendency, such as mean, median, and mode, to summarize and describe data sets.
Section 6B: Measures of Variation - This section introduces measures of data dispersion, including range, variance, and standard deviation, to assess the spread of data points.
Section 6C: The Normal Distribution - This section explains the properties of the normal distribution, its significance in statistics, and how it applies to real-world data.
Section 7A: Fundamentals of Probability - This section introduces basic probability concepts, including the calculation of probabilities and the interpretation of probability values.
Section 7B: Combining Probabilities - This section discusses methods for determining the probability of combined events, such as independent and dependent events, using rules like addition and multiplication.
Section 7C: The Law of Large Numbers - This section explains the law of large numbers, which states that as the number of trials increases, the experimental probability approaches the theoretical probability.
Section 7E: Counting and Probability - This section explores counting techniques, such as permutations and combinations, and their applications in calculating probabilities.
Section 8A: Growth: Linear versus Exponential - This section compares linear and exponential growth models, illustrating their differences and implications in various contexts.
Section 8B: Doubling Time and Half-Life - This section introduces the concepts of doubling time and half-life, explaining how they relate to exponential growth and decay processes.
Section 8C: Real Population Growth - This section examines models of population growth, considering factors that influence growth rates and the sustainability of populations
Section 9A: Functions: The Building Blocks of Mathematical Models - This section introduces functions as fundamental components of mathematical models, discussing their notation, interpretation, and applications.
Section 9B: Linear Modeling - This section focuses on constructing and interpreting linear models to represent relationships between variables in real-world situations.
Section 9C: Exponential Modeling - This section explores exponential models, demonstrating how they are used to describe phenomena involving rapid growth or decay.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Using & Understanding Mathematics: A Quantitative Approach, 8e, by Bennett and Briggs
Quantitative Reasoning, MATH-1030, Section 5, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
"* Daily Assignments: 30% of grade
--- One computer-based assignment per section, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Unit Exams: 40% of grade
--- Four unit tests, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Final Exam: 25% of grade
--- One final exam, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Attendance: 5% of grade"
Description:
"Section 1B: Propositions and Truth Values - This section introduces propositions as declarative statements that are either true or false, and explores how to determine their truth values.
Section 1D: Analyzing Arguments - This section focuses on evaluating the structure and validity of arguments, teaching methods to distinguish between direct, indirect, valid and invalid reasoning.
Section 2A: Understand, Solve, and Explain - This section presents a systematic approach to problem-solving by understanding the problem, devising a plan, carrying it out, and explaining the solution.
Section 2B: Extending Unit Analysis - This section delves into the technique of unit analysis, emphasizing its application in solving complex problems involving various units of measurement.
Section 10A: Fundamentals of Geometry - This section introduces basic geometric concepts and principles, laying the foundation for understanding shapes, sizes, and spatial relationships.
Section 10B: Problem Solving with Geometry - This section applies geometric principles to solve practical problems, demonstrating the relevance of geometry in real-world contexts.
Section 3A: Uses and Abuses of Percentages - This section explores how percentages are utilized in various contexts, highlighting common misconceptions and potential misuses.
Section 3B: Putting Numbers in Perspective - This section emphasizes the importance of contextualizing numerical information to better understand its significance and implications.
Section 4A: Taking Control of Your Finances - This section provides strategies for effective personal financial management, including budgeting and expense tracking.
Section 4B: The Power of Compounding - This section explains how compound interest works and its profound impact on savings and investments over time.
Section 4C: Savings Plans and Investments - This section discusses various savings and investment options, assessing their potential risks and returns.
Section 4D: Loan Payments, Credit Cards, and Mortgages - This section examines the mechanics of loans, credit card debt, and mortgages, including how payments are structured and calculated.
Section 4E: Income Taxes - This section provides an overview of income tax systems, including how taxes are calculated and the significance of different tax brackets.
Section 5A: Fundamentals of Statistics - This section introduces basic statistical concepts, including data collection methods, sampling techniques, and the distinction between descriptive and inferential statistics.
Section 5B: Should You Believe a Statistical Study? - This section provides criteria for evaluating the credibility of statistical studies, emphasizing the importance of study design, sample size, and potential biases.
Section 5C: Statistical Tables and Graphs - This section discusses various ways to organize and present data visually, such as through frequency tables, bar graphs, and pie charts, to facilitate understanding and interpretation.
Section 5D: Graphics in the Media - This section examines how graphical representations are used in media, highlighting common misrepresentations and how to critically analyze them.
Section 5E: Correlation and Causality - This section explores the concepts of correlation and causation, clarifying the differences between them and cautioning against assuming causality from correlation alone.
Section 6A: Characterizing Data - This section focuses on measures of central tendency, such as mean, median, and mode, to summarize and describe data sets.
Section 6B: Measures of Variation - This section introduces measures of data dispersion, including range, variance, and standard deviation, to assess the spread of data points.
Section 6C: The Normal Distribution - This section explains the properties of the normal distribution, its significance in statistics, and how it applies to real-world data.
Section 7A: Fundamentals of Probability - This section introduces basic probability concepts, including the calculation of probabilities and the interpretation of probability values.
Section 7B: Combining Probabilities - This section discusses methods for determining the probability of combined events, such as independent and dependent events, using rules like addition and multiplication.
Section 7C: The Law of Large Numbers - This section explains the law of large numbers, which states that as the number of trials increases, the experimental probability approaches the theoretical probability.
Section 7E: Counting and Probability - This section explores counting techniques, such as permutations and combinations, and their applications in calculating probabilities.
Section 8A: Growth: Linear versus Exponential - This section compares linear and exponential growth models, illustrating their differences and implications in various contexts.
Section 8B: Doubling Time and Half-Life - This section introduces the concepts of doubling time and half-life, explaining how they relate to exponential growth and decay processes.
Section 8C: Real Population Growth - This section examines models of population growth, considering factors that influence growth rates and the sustainability of populations
Section 9A: Functions: The Building Blocks of Mathematical Models - This section introduces functions as fundamental components of mathematical models, discussing their notation, interpretation, and applications.
Section 9B: Linear Modeling - This section focuses on constructing and interpreting linear models to represent relationships between variables in real-world situations.
Section 9C: Exponential Modeling - This section explores exponential models, demonstrating how they are used to describe phenomena involving rapid growth or decay.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Using & Understanding Mathematics: A Quantitative Approach, 8e, by Bennett and Briggs
Quantitative Reasoning, MATH-1030, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
"* Daily Assignments: 30% of grade
--- One computer-based assignment per section, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Unit Exams: 40% of grade
--- Four unit tests, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Final Exam: 25% of grade
--- One final exam, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Attendance: 5% of grade"
Description:
"Section 1B: Propositions and Truth Values - This section introduces propositions as declarative statements that are either true or false, and explores how to determine their truth values.
Section 1D: Analyzing Arguments - This section focuses on evaluating the structure and validity of arguments, teaching methods to distinguish between direct, indirect, valid and invalid reasoning.
Section 2A: Understand, Solve, and Explain - This section presents a systematic approach to problem-solving by understanding the problem, devising a plan, carrying it out, and explaining the solution.
Section 2B: Extending Unit Analysis - This section delves into the technique of unit analysis, emphasizing its application in solving complex problems involving various units of measurement.
Section 10A: Fundamentals of Geometry - This section introduces basic geometric concepts and principles, laying the foundation for understanding shapes, sizes, and spatial relationships.
Section 10B: Problem Solving with Geometry - This section applies geometric principles to solve practical problems, demonstrating the relevance of geometry in real-world contexts.
Section 3A: Uses and Abuses of Percentages - This section explores how percentages are utilized in various contexts, highlighting common misconceptions and potential misuses.
Section 3B: Putting Numbers in Perspective - This section emphasizes the importance of contextualizing numerical information to better understand its significance and implications.
Section 4A: Taking Control of Your Finances - This section provides strategies for effective personal financial management, including budgeting and expense tracking.
Section 4B: The Power of Compounding - This section explains how compound interest works and its profound impact on savings and investments over time.
Section 4C: Savings Plans and Investments - This section discusses various savings and investment options, assessing their potential risks and returns.
Section 4D: Loan Payments, Credit Cards, and Mortgages - This section examines the mechanics of loans, credit card debt, and mortgages, including how payments are structured and calculated.
Section 4E: Income Taxes - This section provides an overview of income tax systems, including how taxes are calculated and the significance of different tax brackets.
Section 5A: Fundamentals of Statistics - This section introduces basic statistical concepts, including data collection methods, sampling techniques, and the distinction between descriptive and inferential statistics.
Section 5B: Should You Believe a Statistical Study? - This section provides criteria for evaluating the credibility of statistical studies, emphasizing the importance of study design, sample size, and potential biases.
Section 5C: Statistical Tables and Graphs - This section discusses various ways to organize and present data visually, such as through frequency tables, bar graphs, and pie charts, to facilitate understanding and interpretation.
Section 5D: Graphics in the Media - This section examines how graphical representations are used in media, highlighting common misrepresentations and how to critically analyze them.
Section 5E: Correlation and Causality - This section explores the concepts of correlation and causation, clarifying the differences between them and cautioning against assuming causality from correlation alone.
Section 6A: Characterizing Data - This section focuses on measures of central tendency, such as mean, median, and mode, to summarize and describe data sets.
Section 6B: Measures of Variation - This section introduces measures of data dispersion, including range, variance, and standard deviation, to assess the spread of data points.
Section 6C: The Normal Distribution - This section explains the properties of the normal distribution, its significance in statistics, and how it applies to real-world data.
Section 7A: Fundamentals of Probability - This section introduces basic probability concepts, including the calculation of probabilities and the interpretation of probability values.
Section 7B: Combining Probabilities - This section discusses methods for determining the probability of combined events, such as independent and dependent events, using rules like addition and multiplication.
Section 7C: The Law of Large Numbers - This section explains the law of large numbers, which states that as the number of trials increases, the experimental probability approaches the theoretical probability.
Section 7E: Counting and Probability - This section explores counting techniques, such as permutations and combinations, and their applications in calculating probabilities.
Section 8A: Growth: Linear versus Exponential - This section compares linear and exponential growth models, illustrating their differences and implications in various contexts.
Section 8B: Doubling Time and Half-Life - This section introduces the concepts of doubling time and half-life, explaining how they relate to exponential growth and decay processes.
Section 8C: Real Population Growth - This section examines models of population growth, considering factors that influence growth rates and the sustainability of populations
Section 9A: Functions: The Building Blocks of Mathematical Models - This section introduces functions as fundamental components of mathematical models, discussing their notation, interpretation, and applications.
Section 9B: Linear Modeling - This section focuses on constructing and interpreting linear models to represent relationships between variables in real-world situations.
Section 9C: Exponential Modeling - This section explores exponential models, demonstrating how they are used to describe phenomena involving rapid growth or decay.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Using & Understanding Mathematics: A Quantitative Approach, 8e, by Bennett and Briggs
Quantitative Reasoning, MATH-1030, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
"* Daily Assignments: 30% of grade
--- One computer-based assignment per section, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Unit Exams: 40% of grade
--- Four unit tests, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Final Exam: 25% of grade
--- One final exam, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Attendance: 5% of grade"
Description:
"Section 1B: Propositions and Truth Values - This section introduces propositions as declarative statements that are either true or false, and explores how to determine their truth values.
Section 1D: Analyzing Arguments - This section focuses on evaluating the structure and validity of arguments, teaching methods to distinguish between direct, indirect, valid and invalid reasoning.
Section 2A: Understand, Solve, and Explain - This section presents a systematic approach to problem-solving by understanding the problem, devising a plan, carrying it out, and explaining the solution.
Section 2B: Extending Unit Analysis - This section delves into the technique of unit analysis, emphasizing its application in solving complex problems involving various units of measurement.
Section 10A: Fundamentals of Geometry - This section introduces basic geometric concepts and principles, laying the foundation for understanding shapes, sizes, and spatial relationships.
Section 10B: Problem Solving with Geometry - This section applies geometric principles to solve practical problems, demonstrating the relevance of geometry in real-world contexts.
Section 3A: Uses and Abuses of Percentages - This section explores how percentages are utilized in various contexts, highlighting common misconceptions and potential misuses.
Section 3B: Putting Numbers in Perspective - This section emphasizes the importance of contextualizing numerical information to better understand its significance and implications.
Section 4A: Taking Control of Your Finances - This section provides strategies for effective personal financial management, including budgeting and expense tracking.
Section 4B: The Power of Compounding - This section explains how compound interest works and its profound impact on savings and investments over time.
Section 4C: Savings Plans and Investments - This section discusses various savings and investment options, assessing their potential risks and returns.
Section 4D: Loan Payments, Credit Cards, and Mortgages - This section examines the mechanics of loans, credit card debt, and mortgages, including how payments are structured and calculated.
Section 4E: Income Taxes - This section provides an overview of income tax systems, including how taxes are calculated and the significance of different tax brackets.
Section 5A: Fundamentals of Statistics - This section introduces basic statistical concepts, including data collection methods, sampling techniques, and the distinction between descriptive and inferential statistics.
Section 5B: Should You Believe a Statistical Study? - This section provides criteria for evaluating the credibility of statistical studies, emphasizing the importance of study design, sample size, and potential biases.
Section 5C: Statistical Tables and Graphs - This section discusses various ways to organize and present data visually, such as through frequency tables, bar graphs, and pie charts, to facilitate understanding and interpretation.
Section 5D: Graphics in the Media - This section examines how graphical representations are used in media, highlighting common misrepresentations and how to critically analyze them.
Section 5E: Correlation and Causality - This section explores the concepts of correlation and causation, clarifying the differences between them and cautioning against assuming causality from correlation alone.
Section 6A: Characterizing Data - This section focuses on measures of central tendency, such as mean, median, and mode, to summarize and describe data sets.
Section 6B: Measures of Variation - This section introduces measures of data dispersion, including range, variance, and standard deviation, to assess the spread of data points.
Section 6C: The Normal Distribution - This section explains the properties of the normal distribution, its significance in statistics, and how it applies to real-world data.
Section 7A: Fundamentals of Probability - This section introduces basic probability concepts, including the calculation of probabilities and the interpretation of probability values.
Section 7B: Combining Probabilities - This section discusses methods for determining the probability of combined events, such as independent and dependent events, using rules like addition and multiplication.
Section 7C: The Law of Large Numbers - This section explains the law of large numbers, which states that as the number of trials increases, the experimental probability approaches the theoretical probability.
Section 7E: Counting and Probability - This section explores counting techniques, such as permutations and combinations, and their applications in calculating probabilities.
Section 8A: Growth: Linear versus Exponential - This section compares linear and exponential growth models, illustrating their differences and implications in various contexts.
Section 8B: Doubling Time and Half-Life - This section introduces the concepts of doubling time and half-life, explaining how they relate to exponential growth and decay processes.
Section 8C: Real Population Growth - This section examines models of population growth, considering factors that influence growth rates and the sustainability of populations
Section 9A: Functions: The Building Blocks of Mathematical Models - This section introduces functions as fundamental components of mathematical models, discussing their notation, interpretation, and applications.
Section 9B: Linear Modeling - This section focuses on constructing and interpreting linear models to represent relationships between variables in real-world situations.
Section 9C: Exponential Modeling - This section explores exponential models, demonstrating how they are used to describe phenomena involving rapid growth or decay.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Using & Understanding Mathematics: A Quantitative Approach, 8e, by Bennett and Briggs
Quantitative Reasoning, MATH-1030, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
"* Daily Assignments: 30% of grade
--- One computer-based assignment per section, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Unit Exams: 40% of grade
--- Four unit tests, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Final Exam: 25% of grade
--- One final exam, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Attendance: 5% of grade"
Description:
"Section 1B: Propositions and Truth Values - This section introduces propositions as declarative statements that are either true or false, and explores how to determine their truth values.
Section 1D: Analyzing Arguments - This section focuses on evaluating the structure and validity of arguments, teaching methods to distinguish between direct, indirect, valid and invalid reasoning.
Section 2A: Understand, Solve, and Explain - This section presents a systematic approach to problem-solving by understanding the problem, devising a plan, carrying it out, and explaining the solution.
Section 2B: Extending Unit Analysis - This section delves into the technique of unit analysis, emphasizing its application in solving complex problems involving various units of measurement.
Section 10A: Fundamentals of Geometry - This section introduces basic geometric concepts and principles, laying the foundation for understanding shapes, sizes, and spatial relationships.
Section 10B: Problem Solving with Geometry - This section applies geometric principles to solve practical problems, demonstrating the relevance of geometry in real-world contexts.
Section 3A: Uses and Abuses of Percentages - This section explores how percentages are utilized in various contexts, highlighting common misconceptions and potential misuses.
Section 3B: Putting Numbers in Perspective - This section emphasizes the importance of contextualizing numerical information to better understand its significance and implications.
Section 4A: Taking Control of Your Finances - This section provides strategies for effective personal financial management, including budgeting and expense tracking.
Section 4B: The Power of Compounding - This section explains how compound interest works and its profound impact on savings and investments over time.
Section 4C: Savings Plans and Investments - This section discusses various savings and investment options, assessing their potential risks and returns.
Section 4D: Loan Payments, Credit Cards, and Mortgages - This section examines the mechanics of loans, credit card debt, and mortgages, including how payments are structured and calculated.
Section 4E: Income Taxes - This section provides an overview of income tax systems, including how taxes are calculated and the significance of different tax brackets.
Section 5A: Fundamentals of Statistics - This section introduces basic statistical concepts, including data collection methods, sampling techniques, and the distinction between descriptive and inferential statistics.
Section 5B: Should You Believe a Statistical Study? - This section provides criteria for evaluating the credibility of statistical studies, emphasizing the importance of study design, sample size, and potential biases.
Section 5C: Statistical Tables and Graphs - This section discusses various ways to organize and present data visually, such as through frequency tables, bar graphs, and pie charts, to facilitate understanding and interpretation.
Section 5D: Graphics in the Media - This section examines how graphical representations are used in media, highlighting common misrepresentations and how to critically analyze them.
Section 5E: Correlation and Causality - This section explores the concepts of correlation and causation, clarifying the differences between them and cautioning against assuming causality from correlation alone.
Section 6A: Characterizing Data - This section focuses on measures of central tendency, such as mean, median, and mode, to summarize and describe data sets.
Section 6B: Measures of Variation - This section introduces measures of data dispersion, including range, variance, and standard deviation, to assess the spread of data points.
Section 6C: The Normal Distribution - This section explains the properties of the normal distribution, its significance in statistics, and how it applies to real-world data.
Section 7A: Fundamentals of Probability - This section introduces basic probability concepts, including the calculation of probabilities and the interpretation of probability values.
Section 7B: Combining Probabilities - This section discusses methods for determining the probability of combined events, such as independent and dependent events, using rules like addition and multiplication.
Section 7C: The Law of Large Numbers - This section explains the law of large numbers, which states that as the number of trials increases, the experimental probability approaches the theoretical probability.
Section 7E: Counting and Probability - This section explores counting techniques, such as permutations and combinations, and their applications in calculating probabilities.
Section 8A: Growth: Linear versus Exponential - This section compares linear and exponential growth models, illustrating their differences and implications in various contexts.
Section 8B: Doubling Time and Half-Life - This section introduces the concepts of doubling time and half-life, explaining how they relate to exponential growth and decay processes.
Section 8C: Real Population Growth - This section examines models of population growth, considering factors that influence growth rates and the sustainability of populations
Section 9A: Functions: The Building Blocks of Mathematical Models - This section introduces functions as fundamental components of mathematical models, discussing their notation, interpretation, and applications.
Section 9B: Linear Modeling - This section focuses on constructing and interpreting linear models to represent relationships between variables in real-world situations.
Section 9C: Exponential Modeling - This section explores exponential models, demonstrating how they are used to describe phenomena involving rapid growth or decay.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Using & Understanding Mathematics: A Quantitative Approach, 8e, by Bennett and Briggs
Quantitative Reasoning, MATH-1030, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
"* Daily Assignments: 30% of grade
--- One computer-based assignment per section, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Unit Exams: 40% of grade
--- Four unit tests, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Final Exam: 25% of grade
--- One final exam, administered and graded in Pearson MyLab Math
*Attendance: 5% of grade"
Description:
"Section 1B: Propositions and Truth Values - This section introduces propositions as declarative statements that are either true or false, and explores how to determine their truth values.
Section 1D: Analyzing Arguments - This section focuses on evaluating the structure and validity of arguments, teaching methods to distinguish between direct, indirect, valid and invalid reasoning.
Section 2A: Understand, Solve, and Explain - This section presents a systematic approach to problem-solving by understanding the problem, devising a plan, carrying it out, and explaining the solution.
Section 2B: Extending Unit Analysis - This section delves into the technique of unit analysis, emphasizing its application in solving complex problems involving various units of measurement.
Section 10A: Fundamentals of Geometry - This section introduces basic geometric concepts and principles, laying the foundation for understanding shapes, sizes, and spatial relationships.
Section 10B: Problem Solving with Geometry - This section applies geometric principles to solve practical problems, demonstrating the relevance of geometry in real-world contexts.
Section 3A: Uses and Abuses of Percentages - This section explores how percentages are utilized in various contexts, highlighting common misconceptions and potential misuses.
Section 3B: Putting Numbers in Perspective - This section emphasizes the importance of contextualizing numerical information to better understand its significance and implications.
Section 4A: Taking Control of Your Finances - This section provides strategies for effective personal financial management, including budgeting and expense tracking.
Section 4B: The Power of Compounding - This section explains how compound interest works and its profound impact on savings and investments over time.
Section 4C: Savings Plans and Investments - This section discusses various savings and investment options, assessing their potential risks and returns.
Section 4D: Loan Payments, Credit Cards, and Mortgages - This section examines the mechanics of loans, credit card debt, and mortgages, including how payments are structured and calculated.
Section 4E: Income Taxes - This section provides an overview of income tax systems, including how taxes are calculated and the significance of different tax brackets.
Section 5A: Fundamentals of Statistics - This section introduces basic statistical concepts, including data collection methods, sampling techniques, and the distinction between descriptive and inferential statistics.
Section 5B: Should You Believe a Statistical Study? - This section provides criteria for evaluating the credibility of statistical studies, emphasizing the importance of study design, sample size, and potential biases.
Section 5C: Statistical Tables and Graphs - This section discusses various ways to organize and present data visually, such as through frequency tables, bar graphs, and pie charts, to facilitate understanding and interpretation.
Section 5D: Graphics in the Media - This section examines how graphical representations are used in media, highlighting common misrepresentations and how to critically analyze them.
Section 5E: Correlation and Causality - This section explores the concepts of correlation and causation, clarifying the differences between them and cautioning against assuming causality from correlation alone.
Section 6A: Characterizing Data - This section focuses on measures of central tendency, such as mean, median, and mode, to summarize and describe data sets.
Section 6B: Measures of Variation - This section introduces measures of data dispersion, including range, variance, and standard deviation, to assess the spread of data points.
Section 6C: The Normal Distribution - This section explains the properties of the normal distribution, its significance in statistics, and how it applies to real-world data.
Section 7A: Fundamentals of Probability - This section introduces basic probability concepts, including the calculation of probabilities and the interpretation of probability values.
Section 7B: Combining Probabilities - This section discusses methods for determining the probability of combined events, such as independent and dependent events, using rules like addition and multiplication.
Section 7C: The Law of Large Numbers - This section explains the law of large numbers, which states that as the number of trials increases, the experimental probability approaches the theoretical probability.
Section 7E: Counting and Probability - This section explores counting techniques, such as permutations and combinations, and their applications in calculating probabilities.
Section 8A: Growth: Linear versus Exponential - This section compares linear and exponential growth models, illustrating their differences and implications in various contexts.
Section 8B: Doubling Time and Half-Life - This section introduces the concepts of doubling time and half-life, explaining how they relate to exponential growth and decay processes.
Section 8C: Real Population Growth - This section examines models of population growth, considering factors that influence growth rates and the sustainability of populations
Section 9A: Functions: The Building Blocks of Mathematical Models - This section introduces functions as fundamental components of mathematical models, discussing their notation, interpretation, and applications.
Section 9B: Linear Modeling - This section focuses on constructing and interpreting linear models to represent relationships between variables in real-world situations.
Section 9C: Exponential Modeling - This section explores exponential models, demonstrating how they are used to describe phenomena involving rapid growth or decay.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Using & Understanding Mathematics: A Quantitative Approach, 8e, by Bennett and Briggs
General Ecology Lab, BIOL-3045, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Attendance, a plant identification test, several lab reports on plant survey data collection and data analysis, a lab report on ecosystem services, a lab report on camera trap data collection and data analysis, a lab report on ecological soundscapes, a group presentation on a plant survey data collected and analyzed during the semester.
Description:
General Ecology Laboratory Course: Lab Topic Descriptions
Plant Identification Field Lab I
Introduction to plant identification techniques in the field, focusing on the recognition of key plant species and their ecological significance.
Plant Identification Field Lab II
Continuation of plant identification skills, emphasizing the use of dichotomous keys and the identification of additional plant species.
Plant Identification Field Lab III & Field Identification Test
Final practice in plant identification followed by a field-based test assessing proficiency in identifying local plant species.
Plant Survey Lab I: Quadrant Sampling
Learn to conduct plant surveys using quadrant sampling methods to estimate species abundance and distribution in a defined area.
Plant Survey Lab II: Line Transect Sampling
Conduct plant surveys using line transect sampling methods to analyze patterns of species distribution and density.
Plant Data Analysis Lab: t-Tests
Analyze plant survey data using t-tests to compare means between groups, focusing on interpreting ecological patterns and statistical results.
Plant Data Analysis Lab: Community Diversity Analysis
Perform community diversity analyses using plant survey data, exploring metrics such as species richness and diversity indices. Submit t-test homework for evaluation.
Instructions for Plant Survey PowerPoint Presentations
Receive guidance on preparing PowerPoint presentations summarizing plant survey results, with a focus on effectively communicating methods, data, and conclusions. Submit diversity analysis homework.
Ecosystem Services Case Study: Straw-Colored Bats
Explore the role of straw-colored bats in ecosystem services, including seed dispersal and pollination, using case studies and literature-based discussions.
Soundscapes Lab (Field Set-Up)
Set up soundscape recording equipment in the field to study acoustic environments and their ecological significance.
Camera Traps (Snapshot USA Data Exploration)
Analyze data from camera traps as part of the Snapshot USA project, exploring patterns of wildlife activity and diversity.
Camera Traps (Snapshot USA Data Exploration)
Continuation of camera trap data analysis, with a focus on advanced exploration of wildlife behaviors and ecological interactions.
Soundscapes Lab (Data)
Analyze soundscape recordings collected in the field, focusing on interpreting acoustic data and its ecological implications. Draft PowerPoint presentation due.
Plant Survey PowerPoint Presentations
Present findings from plant survey labs, showcasing methods, data analysis, and ecological insights gained through the fieldwork.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
General Ecology, BIOL-3040, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Class attendance, 4 midterm exams plus a final exam, a written assignment about critically evaluating a scientific paper.
Description:
General Ecology Course: Lecture Topic Descriptions
Ecology and Natural Selection
Explore the principles of ecology and natural selection, emphasizing how evolutionary processes shape ecological relationships and species adaptations.
Temperature
Examine how temperature influences organismal physiology, behavior, and distribution, as well as its role in shaping ecosystems.
Martin Luther King Jr. Day (no classes)
Water
Discuss the ecological importance of water as a resource, including its availability, adaptations to water stress, and its influence on species distributions and ecosystems.
Exam 1
Demographics
Understand demographic processes, including age structure, life tables, and survivorship curves, and their role in population dynamics.
Population Growth
Study the factors influencing population growth, including exponential and logistic growth models, and their applications in ecology.
Competition
Examine the role of competition in shaping species interactions, ecological niches, and community structure, with emphasis on theoretical models and empirical examples.
Exam 2
President’s Day (no classes)
Predation
Explore predator-prey dynamics, including functional responses, adaptations, and the role of predation in structuring communities and ecosystems.
Biodiversity
Understand the concepts of biodiversity, its measurement, and the ecological and evolutionary factors that influence patterns of diversity across scales.
Succession
Study ecological succession, focusing on the processes of community change over time, including primary and secondary succession, and mechanisms driving these changes.
Exam 3
Energy Flow and Primary Production
Examine energy flow through ecosystems, emphasizing primary production, energy transfer efficiency, and global patterns of productivity.
Spring Break
Secondary Production
Understand the role of secondary production in ecosystems, including energy allocation, trophic interactions, and food web dynamics.
Nutrient Cycles – Nitrogen and Sulfur
Study the nitrogen and sulfur cycles, their ecological significance, and the human impacts on these biogeochemical processes.
Exam 4
Human Impact and Ecosystem Health: Population Growth
Discuss the ecological and societal implications of human population growth, including resource consumption and environmental degradation.
Human Impact and Ecosystem Health: Climate Change
Examine the ecological consequences of climate change, including shifts in species distributions, ecosystem functioning, and global biodiversity.
Conservation Biology
Explore conservation strategies to address biodiversity loss, habitat destruction, and species conservation in the context of ecological and evolutionary principles.
Behavioral Ecology
Understand the ecological significance of animal behavior, focusing on how behavior enhances survival, reproduction, and fitness in various ecological contexts.
Optimal Foraging
Learn about optimal foraging theory, including how animals balance energy gain and predation risk, and its implications for understanding ecological interactions. (Final Lecture)
Required Reading: Impacts of climate change on the geographic distribution of African oak tree (Afzelia africana Sm.) in Burkina Faso, West Africa. 2022. Larba Hubert Balima, Blandine Marie Ivette Nacoulma, Sie Sylvestre Da, Amade Ouedraogo, Dodiomon Soro & Adjima Thiombiano. Heliyon 8: pp.1-9)
Recommended Reading: Ecology – Concepts and Applications (9th or later edition), Sher & Molles, 2022
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 13, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Attendance, weekly quizzes, five exams (four midterm exams plus a final exam).
Description:
The Scientific Study of Life
Introduces biology as the study of living organisms and life processes, emphasizing the scientific method, characteristics of life, and the importance of hypothesis-driven inquiry.
Chemistry
Covers basic chemical principles essential to biology, including atomic structure, chemical bonding, properties of water, and the role of macromolecules in life.
Cells
Explores the structure and function of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, including organelles, membranes, and cell theory.
Energy of Life
Focuses on how organisms acquire, transform, and use energy, highlighting enzymes, metabolic pathways, and the laws of thermodynamics.
Respiration and Fermentation
Examines how cells harvest energy from glucose through aerobic respiration and anaerobic pathways like fermentation.
Photosynthesis
Describes how plants convert light energy into chemical energy through light-dependent and light-independent reactions.
Cell Reproduction
Explains the processes of mitosis and meiosis, comparing their roles in growth, repair, and reproduction.
Patterns of Inheritance
Introduces Mendelian genetics, including dominant and recessive traits, Punnett squares, and the role of alleles in heredity.
DNA Structure and Gene Function
Details the double-helix structure of DNA, its replication, and how genes encode proteins through transcription and translation.
How Genes are Controlled
Discusses gene regulation mechanisms in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, including operons, epigenetics, and transcription factors.
Evidence of Evolution
Discusses the Darwin’s work and presents the major lines of evidence supporting evolution, including fossils, comparative anatomy, molecular biology, and biogeography.
Speciation & Extinction
Explores how new species arise through mechanisms like reproductive isolation and how extinction shapes biodiversity.
Intro to Ecology
Introduces the study of interactions between organisms and their environments, from individuals to ecosystems.
Population Ecology
Describes how populations grow and interact with their environment, covering concepts like population size, density, and carrying capacity.
Communities and Ecosystems
Examines species interactions (e.g., predation, competition, symbiosis) and how energy and nutrients flow through ecosystems.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: Essential Biology (6th or later ed.), Campbell, Reece & Simon
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 12, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Attendance, weekly quizzes and 5 exams (4 midterm exams plus a final exam).
Description:
The Scientific Study of Life
Introduces biology as the study of living organisms and life processes, emphasizing the scientific method, characteristics of life, and the importance of hypothesis-driven inquiry.
Chemistry
Covers basic chemical principles essential to biology, including atomic structure, chemical bonding, properties of water, and the role of macromolecules in life.
Cells
Explores the structure and function of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, including organelles, membranes, and cell theory.
Energy of Life
Focuses on how organisms acquire, transform, and use energy, highlighting enzymes, metabolic pathways, and the laws of thermodynamics.
Respiration and Fermentation
Examines how cells harvest energy from glucose through aerobic respiration and anaerobic pathways like fermentation.
Photosynthesis
Describes how plants convert light energy into chemical energy through light-dependent and light-independent reactions.
Cell Reproduction
Explains the processes of mitosis and meiosis, comparing their roles in growth, repair, and reproduction.
Patterns of Inheritance
Introduces Mendelian genetics, including dominant and recessive traits, Punnett squares, and the role of alleles in heredity.
DNA Structure and Gene Function
Details the double-helix structure of DNA, its replication, and how genes encode proteins through transcription and translation.
How Genes are Controlled
Discusses gene regulation mechanisms in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, including operons, epigenetics, and transcription factors.
Evidence of Evolution
Discusses the Darwin’s work and presents the major lines of evidence supporting evolution, including fossils, comparative anatomy, molecular biology, and biogeography.
Speciation & Extinction
Explores how new species arise through mechanisms like reproductive isolation and how extinction shapes biodiversity.
Intro to Ecology
Introduces the study of interactions between organisms and their environments, from individuals to ecosystems.
Population Ecology
Describes how populations grow and interact with their environment, covering concepts like population size, density, and carrying capacity.
Communities and Ecosystems
Examines species interactions (e.g., predation, competition, symbiosis) and how energy and nutrients flow through ecosystems.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: Essential Biology (6th or later ed.), Campbell, Reece & Simon
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 29, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Major Assignments include a Food Review, Partner Interview, Research Paper, and Multimodal Remix. Homework assignments include discussion board posts, outlines, rough drafts, peer reviews, self-evaluation worksheets, and midterm and final one-on-one conferences.
Description:
1. Food Review: For this module, students will try a food they have never had before (ideally at a restaurant they have never gone to before), and will use the primary research mode of observation to write a food review about their experience.
2. Partner Interview: This module draws on the research modes of memory and interview. As the interviewee (the person being interviewed) students choose a memory related to food or place that they will focus on in their interview. As the interviewer (the one conducting the interview) students write effective interview questions and record and transcribe the interview.
3. Research Paper: In this capstone module, students take their skills in primary research (observation, memory, and interview from previous assignments, and an overview of survey and archival research in this module) and combine them with savvy secondary researching to craft a comprehensive, organized research paper with a clear argumentative thesis and ample evidence supporting their thesis. They can choose any topic within our theme of “place,” including around food, travel, or the environment. We work in class on asking answerable research questions, and students research and keep track of their sources before synthesizing them into a draft of the paper.
4. Multimodal Remix: In this end-of-semester module, students remix (revise and reframe for a different purpose and audience) their findings from the Research Paper into a more multimodal, visually-oriented form. While the focus is on their Research Paper findings, their pages, contributed to a collaborative “Community Passport” for our class, may also take more of a scrapbook, travel journal, or cookbook feel by adding recipes, photos, and other mementos related to place. We combine everyone’s contributions into one booklet which we print and bind during the last week of class.
Required Reading: n/a
Recommended Reading: n/a
Senior Seminar, BIOL-4910, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Class participation and attendance (10% of grade): This is a seminar style class and in order for it to be successful and for you to benefit from the class, you must be present and participating. The nature of this class means that there is no way to make up lost points due to an absence. Participation includes (but is not limited to) asking questions in class and engaging in discussions. The penalty for missing class is severe (minus 5% on your final grade for each missed week).
Presentation (30% of grade): Each student will present a 20-minute lecture using Power Point on a medical research article followed by question and answer session. These presentations should involve all aspects of the topic in question including introduction, methods, results, discussion and background information, that helps to put it in context and illustrates the topic’s importance. This presentation will be in a power point format. On the day of the presentation, you must dress in professional attire.
Student Led Discussion (20% of grade): Each week, beginning week 2, there will be student led discussions on recent research articles. For these discussions’ students will pick a recent medical research article of their choice (sending me a copy of the article before the class), bring the article to class and be prepared to give a short (2-5 min) oral description of their selected journal article. The articles must be relevant to the class theme and procured from a notable peer reviewed journal. They should include introduction, methods, results, discussion. Students are expected to ask one question regarding the article.
Writing Assignments (20% of grade): Each week students will be required to write a summary on a journal article. The article will be posted on canvas one week prior to the student led discussion and students are required to submit an abstract (100 -200 words) that summarizes the article. Focus on providing a clearly written summary of your review and one question regarding the research article. This is where you’ll need to visit the “writing center” for help before submission.
Majors Exit Exam (20% of grade); The Biology Department at Utah Tech conducts a program exam for all graduating seniors. This exam is taken at the Professional Testing Center (North Plaza Building, adjacent to the Testing Center) and covers general biology concepts. 20% of your grade is based on your performance on this exam. Completion of the Exit Exam is a requirement of this course, and students will not be allowed to pass the course until the exit exam is completed. Student must schedule exam with the Professional Testing Center and must take exam by Nov. 21,2025.
Description:
WEEKLY ACTIVITY - Student 1- student will present a 20-minute lecture using Power Point on a medical
research disease or disorder followed by question and answer session.
Student 2- SLD (Student Led Discussion)- give a short (2-5 min) oral presentation of their
selected resent medical article followed by a discussion based on each student’s
question regarding the article.
Required Reading: Scientific Journals
Recommended Reading: N/A
Scripting for Biologists, BIOL-4320, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Quizzes & Class activities: 10%
Scripting exercises: 35%
Mini projects: 20%
Class project: 20%
Final exam: 15%
Description:
Unit 1: Unix, Shell, and Development Environment Setup
Introduces Unix file systems, navigation, basic shell commands, and setting up a working development environment. Students learn how to automate tasks using basic Bash scripting.
Unit 2: Version Control with Git
Covers foundational Git concepts, including initializing repositories, tracking changes, branching, and collaboration via GitHub. Emphasis on reproducibility and collaborative workflows.
Unit 3: Python Programming Fundamentals
Covers Python syntax, variables, control structures, data types, and simple functions. Builds a solid foundation for all future programming in the course.
Unit 4: Python for Data and Text Processing
Focuses on string operations, file I/O, and basic data manipulation. Students learn to parse and process text data effectively, including biological sequences.
Unit 5: Functions, Errors, and Testing
Expands on function definitions, scope, and parameter passing. Introduces exception handling, assertions, docstrings, and unit testing for writing robust and readable code.
Unit 6: Object-Oriented Programming in Python
Introduces classes, objects, inheritance, and encapsulation. Students apply object-oriented techniques to structure complex programs.
Unit 7: Regular Expressions and Pattern Matching
Covers the use of regular expressions to search, extract, and manipulate textual data, including biological sequence motifs and annotation parsing.
Unit 8: Scientific Computing with NumPy and Pandas
Teaches array operations with NumPy and data frame manipulation with Pandas. Students practice importing, cleaning, and analyzing large-scale biological datasets.
Unit 9: Data Visualization with Matplotlib
Introduces data plotting using Matplotlib. Students learn to visualize trends and patterns in biological data through various types of charts and graphs.
Unit 10: Introduction to Biopython
Covers working with sequence data, file formats (FASTA, GenBank), and biological databases using Biopython. Emphasis on applying Python tools to real bioinformatics tasks.
Unit 11: Final Project Presentation
Students apply scripting to a self-proposed biology problem. Includes project design, implementation, and presentation to the class for feedback and discussion.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Computing for Biologists: Python Programming and Principles by Ran Libeskind-Hadas & Eliot Bush (2014) Python for Biologists: A Complete Programming Course for Beginners by Dr. Martin O. Jones (2013) Computing Skills for Biologists - A Toolbox by Stefano Allesina & Madlen Wilmes (2019)
Object Oriented Programming, CS-1410, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Exercises (Prep for canvas quiz exams): 5%
Quizzes: 5%
Project: 20%
Drills: 15%
Programming Assignments: 15%
Exam 1: 10%
Exam 2: 10%
Final Exam - Practical (15%) & Canvas Quiz(5%): 20%
Description:
Unit 1: Review and Setup
Covers course introduction and review of core Python concepts from CS1400. Emphasis on understanding range and setting up expectations for future projects.
Unit 2: Data Types and Abstraction
Introduces composite data types, mutability, tuples, and abstraction. Students begin working with structured data and conceptual modeling.
Unit 3: Modular Programming
Focuses on organizing programs using modules, docstrings, and multiple files. Students practice encapsulating code for reuse and clarity.
Unit 4: Object-Oriented Programming Basics
Introduces user-defined objects, class definitions, and modularity. Builds foundation for using object-oriented programming to structure solutions.
Unit 5: Debugging and Error Handling
Teaches strategies for debugging, handling exceptions, and collaborative troubleshooting. Emphasis on systematic problem-solving in code.
Unit 6: References and Functional Design
Covers object references, aliasing, cloning, pure functions, and the advantages of OOP. Encourages clean and predictable function design.
Unit 7: Object Relationships
Explores containment, sameness, and copying mechanisms. Practice with object composition and managing object state.
Unit 8: Inheritance and Class Hierarchies
Introduces inheritance and UML diagrams for extending classes. Students learn how to design class hierarchies and reuse code.
Unit 9: Polymorphism and Libraries
Covers polymorphism and using libraries such as Pygame. Students apply OOP concepts to build interactive applications.
Unit 10: Operator Overloading
Teaches how to override built-in Python operators. Students learn how to define custom behavior for class instances using operator methods.
Unit 11: Final Project Development
Students work on a multi-stage final project applying all concepts learned. Emphasizes project planning, implementation, and team collaboration.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: “How to Think Like a Computer Scientist: Learning with Python 3” by Jeffrey Elkner, Peter Wentworth, Allen B. Downey, and Chris Meyers
Principles of Biology II Lab, BIOL-1625, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Description: BIOL 1625 Principles of Biology II laboratory is the second semester of a year-long series covering fundamental principles for biology majors, including students in the pre-health professions. Students must be concurrently enrolled in BIOL 1620, the lecture that accompanies the laboratory.
Biology Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
At the successful conclusion of this program, students will be able to:
Outline the foundational concepts of biology including cellular, organismic, ecological, and evolutionary biology.
Evaluate hypotheses, design research, test hypotheses, conduct data analysis, and draw conclusions on biology related problems.
Integrate knowledge of scientific literacy in oral and written assignments when communicating biological topics.
Evaluate information to discriminate between science and non-science.
Develop an understanding of why science is an integral activity for addressing social and environmental problems.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs):
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
Deepen understanding of the main groups of living organisms.
Develop clear, testable hypotheses.
Design proper experiments and analyze and interpret the resulting data.
Report experiment results through oral presentations.
Report experimental results through writing.
Safe lab attire: Students will perform some dissections and use sharp objects such as scalpels and there may be some spray of body fluids. Some chemicals and stains may also be used. For these reasons, shoes with closed toes should be worn (no sandals). Students should also wear a laboratory coat, surgical scrubs, etc. Be aware that damage to clothing/staining may occur.
ATTENDANCE POLICY
You may be allowed to attend a different lab section if you receive prior approval from your lab instructor AND the instructor for the lab that you would like to attend in the place of your regular lab.
If you will not make it to your lab section and need to attend another that same week, please follow the procedure outlined below:
Consult the table at the top of the syllabus to find an alternative lab time that would work for you.
Obtain prior approval by emailing your instructor AND the instructor of the lab that you would like to attend that week. This should be done at least 3 days in advance to ensure that there is enough space and materials in the alternate section. An instructor may deny letting you attend an alternate lab if that section is full.
After you have attended the makeup section, email your instructor and cc the instructor of the lab that you attended to confirm that you completed lab for that week.
*Do not make a habit of missing your scheduled lab and attending another. Attending a lab other than the one that you are registered for may result in missed points on long term group projects.
College approved absences: Utah Tech Policy explains in detail what needs to happen if you anticipate being absent from class because of a college-sponsored activity (athletic events, club activities, field trips for other classes, etc). Please read this information and follow the instructions carefully.
DataClassroomU: The university has purchased licenses for Bio II students to access the online platform DataClassroomU. Your instructor will give you instructions for logging into DataClassroomU. You will upload your excel spreadsheets to this site and complete data analysis on this platform using guided walkthroughs. You are not required to use DataClassroomU for generating figures and analyzing data for your posters but it is strongly encouraged. https://about.dataclassroom.com/Links to an external site.
Grading: There will be 1000 points possible for the course. Final grades will be based on these ranges:
A = 94-100% C+ = 77-79.99% D- = 60-63.99%
A- = 90-93.99% C = 74-76.99% F = <60%
B+ = 87-89.99% C- = 70-73.99%
B = 84-86.99% D+ = 67-69.99%
B- = 80-83.99% D = 64-66.99%
Points Available
Lab Notebooks (8 at 50 points each; PLO 2, 3; CLO 1, 2, 3) ..................................................................................................................... 400
Dissection Lab Participation (4 at 50 points each; PLO 1; CLO 1)............................................................................................................ 200
Final Project (Design & Materials 100 pts, Poster 100 pts, Presentation 100 pts; PLO 2-5; CLO 2-5) ........................................... 300
Short Term Experiment Presentations (2 at 50 points each; PLO 3; CLO 4).......................................................................................... 100
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................Total Points: 1000
Description:
Week of Topic
8/20 Week 1 - SYLLABUS, DATA CLASSROOM
8/25 Week 2 - SCIENTIFIC METHODS 1:
9/1 Week 3 - SCIENTIFIC METHODS 2
9/8 Week 4 - BACTERIA EXPERIMENT
9/15 Week 5 - PROTISTS EXPERIMENT
9/22 Week 6 - YEAST EXPERIMENT
+ BACTERIA PRESENTATION
9/29 Week 7 - PLANT GERMINATION EXPERIMENT
+ YEAST PRESENTATION
10/6 NO CLASS - Fall Break
10/13 Week 8 - INVERTEBRATES EXPERIMENT I
10/20 Week 9 - INVERTEBRATES EXPERIMENT II
10/27 Week 10 - LONG-TERM PROJECT DESIGN
11/3 Week 11 - START LONG-TERM PROJECT
11/10 Week 12 - INVERTEBRATES DISSECTION LAB
11/17 Week 13 - VERTEBRATES I DISSECTION LAB
11/24 NO CLASS - Thanskgiving Break
12/1 Week 14 - VERTEBRATES II DISSECTION LAB
12/8 Week 14 - FINALIZE AND PRINT POSTERS
Final Exam: MANDATORY POSTER SESSION. All students must attend. Date TBA
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Biology II Lab, BIOL-1625, Section 50, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Description: BIOL 1625 Principles of Biology II laboratory is the second semester of a year-long series covering fundamental principles for biology majors, including students in the pre-health professions. Students must be concurrently enrolled in BIOL 1620, the lecture that accompanies the laboratory.
Biology Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
At the successful conclusion of this program, students will be able to:
Outline the foundational concepts of biology including cellular, organismic, ecological, and evolutionary biology.
Evaluate hypotheses, design research, test hypotheses, conduct data analysis, and draw conclusions on biology related problems.
Integrate knowledge of scientific literacy in oral and written assignments when communicating biological topics.
Evaluate information to discriminate between science and non-science.
Develop an understanding of why science is an integral activity for addressing social and environmental problems.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs):
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
Deepen understanding of the main groups of living organisms.
Develop clear, testable hypotheses.
Design proper experiments and analyze and interpret the resulting data.
Report experiment results through oral presentations.
Report experimental results through writing.
Safe lab attire: Students will perform some dissections and use sharp objects such as scalpels and there may be some spray of body fluids. Some chemicals and stains may also be used. For these reasons, shoes with closed toes should be worn (no sandals). Students should also wear a laboratory coat, surgical scrubs, etc. Be aware that damage to clothing/staining may occur.
ATTENDANCE POLICY
You may be allowed to attend a different lab section if you receive prior approval from your lab instructor AND the instructor for the lab that you would like to attend in the place of your regular lab.
If you will not make it to your lab section and need to attend another that same week, please follow the procedure outlined below:
Consult the table at the top of the syllabus to find an alternative lab time that would work for you.
Obtain prior approval by emailing your instructor AND the instructor of the lab that you would like to attend that week. This should be done at least 3 days in advance to ensure that there is enough space and materials in the alternate section. An instructor may deny letting you attend an alternate lab if that section is full.
After you have attended the makeup section, email your instructor and cc the instructor of the lab that you attended to confirm that you completed lab for that week.
*Do not make a habit of missing your scheduled lab and attending another. Attending a lab other than the one that you are registered for may result in missed points on long term group projects.
College approved absences: Utah Tech Policy explains in detail what needs to happen if you anticipate being absent from class because of a college-sponsored activity (athletic events, club activities, field trips for other classes, etc). Please read this information and follow the instructions carefully.
DataClassroomU: The university has purchased licenses for Bio II students to access the online platform DataClassroomU. Your instructor will give you instructions for logging into DataClassroomU. You will upload your excel spreadsheets to this site and complete data analysis on this platform using guided walkthroughs. You are not required to use DataClassroomU for generating figures and analyzing data for your posters but it is strongly encouraged. https://about.dataclassroom.com/Links to an external site.
Grading: There will be 1000 points possible for the course. Final grades will be based on these ranges:
A = 94-100% C+ = 77-79.99% D- = 60-63.99%
A- = 90-93.99% C = 74-76.99% F = <60%
B+ = 87-89.99% C- = 70-73.99%
B = 84-86.99% D+ = 67-69.99%
B- = 80-83.99% D = 64-66.99%
Points Available
Lab Notebooks (8 at 50 points each; PLO 2, 3; CLO 1, 2, 3) ..................................................................................................................... 400
Dissection Lab Participation (4 at 50 points each; PLO 1; CLO 1)............................................................................................................ 200
Final Project (Design & Materials 100 pts, Poster 100 pts, Presentation 100 pts; PLO 2-5; CLO 2-5) ........................................... 300
Short Term Experiment Presentations (2 at 50 points each; PLO 3; CLO 4).......................................................................................... 100
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................Total Points: 1000
Description:
Week of Topic
8/20 Week 1 - SYLLABUS, DATA CLASSROOM
8/25 Week 2 - SCIENTIFIC METHODS 1:
9/1 Week 3 - SCIENTIFIC METHODS 2
9/8 Week 4 - BACTERIA EXPERIMENT
9/15 Week 5 - PROTISTS EXPERIMENT
9/22 Week 6 - YEAST EXPERIMENT
+ BACTERIA PRESENTATION
9/29 Week 7 - PLANT GERMINATION EXPERIMENT
+ YEAST PRESENTATION
10/6 NO CLASS - Fall Break
10/13 Week 8 - INVERTEBRATES EXPERIMENT I
10/20 Week 9 - INVERTEBRATES EXPERIMENT II
10/27 Week 10 - LONG-TERM PROJECT DESIGN
11/3 Week 11 - START LONG-TERM PROJECT
11/10 Week 12 - INVERTEBRATES DISSECTION LAB
11/17 Week 13 - VERTEBRATES I DISSECTION LAB
11/24 NO CLASS - Thanskgiving Break
12/1 Week 14 - VERTEBRATES II DISSECTION LAB
12/8 Week 14 - FINALIZE AND PRINT POSTERS
Final Exam: MANDATORY POSTER SESSION. All students must attend. Date TBA
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Biology II Lab, BIOL-1625, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Description: BIOL 1625 Principles of Biology II laboratory is the second semester of a year-long series covering fundamental principles for biology majors, including students in the pre-health professions. Students must be concurrently enrolled in BIOL 1620, the lecture that accompanies the laboratory.
Biology Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs):
At the successful conclusion of this program, students will be able to:
Outline the foundational concepts of biology including cellular, organismic, ecological, and evolutionary biology.
Evaluate hypotheses, design research, test hypotheses, conduct data analysis, and draw conclusions on biology related problems.
Integrate knowledge of scientific literacy in oral and written assignments when communicating biological topics.
Evaluate information to discriminate between science and non-science.
Develop an understanding of why science is an integral activity for addressing social and environmental problems.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLOs):
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
Deepen understanding of the main groups of living organisms.
Develop clear, testable hypotheses.
Design proper experiments and analyze and interpret the resulting data.
Report experiment results through oral presentations.
Report experimental results through writing.
Safe lab attire: Students will perform some dissections and use sharp objects such as scalpels and there may be some spray of body fluids. Some chemicals and stains may also be used. For these reasons, shoes with closed toes should be worn (no sandals). Students should also wear a laboratory coat, surgical scrubs, etc. Be aware that damage to clothing/staining may occur.
ATTENDANCE POLICY
You may be allowed to attend a different lab section if you receive prior approval from your lab instructor AND the instructor for the lab that you would like to attend in the place of your regular lab.
If you will not make it to your lab section and need to attend another that same week, please follow the procedure outlined below:
Consult the table at the top of the syllabus to find an alternative lab time that would work for you.
Obtain prior approval by emailing your instructor AND the instructor of the lab that you would like to attend that week. This should be done at least 3 days in advance to ensure that there is enough space and materials in the alternate section. An instructor may deny letting you attend an alternate lab if that section is full.
After you have attended the makeup section, email your instructor and cc the instructor of the lab that you attended to confirm that you completed lab for that week.
*Do not make a habit of missing your scheduled lab and attending another. Attending a lab other than the one that you are registered for may result in missed points on long term group projects.
College approved absences: Utah Tech Policy explains in detail what needs to happen if you anticipate being absent from class because of a college-sponsored activity (athletic events, club activities, field trips for other classes, etc). Please read this information and follow the instructions carefully.
DataClassroomU: The university has purchased licenses for Bio II students to access the online platform DataClassroomU. Your instructor will give you instructions for logging into DataClassroomU. You will upload your excel spreadsheets to this site and complete data analysis on this platform using guided walkthroughs. You are not required to use DataClassroomU for generating figures and analyzing data for your posters but it is strongly encouraged. https://about.dataclassroom.com/Links to an external site.
Grading: There will be 1000 points possible for the course. Final grades will be based on these ranges:
A = 94-100% C+ = 77-79.99% D- = 60-63.99%
A- = 90-93.99% C = 74-76.99% F = <60%
B+ = 87-89.99% C- = 70-73.99%
B = 84-86.99% D+ = 67-69.99%
B- = 80-83.99% D = 64-66.99%
Points Available
Lab Notebooks (8 at 50 points each; PLO 2, 3; CLO 1, 2, 3) ..................................................................................................................... 400
Dissection Lab Participation (4 at 50 points each; PLO 1; CLO 1)............................................................................................................ 200
Final Project (Design & Materials 100 pts, Poster 100 pts, Presentation 100 pts; PLO 2-5; CLO 2-5) ........................................... 300
Short Term Experiment Presentations (2 at 50 points each; PLO 3; CLO 4).......................................................................................... 100
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................Total Points: 1000
Description:
Week of Topic
8/20 Week 1 - SYLLABUS, DATA CLASSROOM
8/25 Week 2 - SCIENTIFIC METHODS 1:
9/1 Week 3 - SCIENTIFIC METHODS 2
9/8 Week 4 - BACTERIA EXPERIMENT
9/15 Week 5 - PROTISTS EXPERIMENT
9/22 Week 6 - YEAST EXPERIMENT
+ BACTERIA PRESENTATION
9/29 Week 7 - PLANT GERMINATION EXPERIMENT
+ YEAST PRESENTATION
10/6 NO CLASS - Fall Break
10/13 Week 8 - INVERTEBRATES EXPERIMENT I
10/20 Week 9 - INVERTEBRATES EXPERIMENT II
10/27 Week 10 - LONG-TERM PROJECT DESIGN
11/3 Week 11 - START LONG-TERM PROJECT
11/10 Week 12 - INVERTEBRATES DISSECTION LAB
11/17 Week 13 - VERTEBRATES I DISSECTION LAB
11/24 NO CLASS - Thanskgiving Break
12/1 Week 14 - VERTEBRATES II DISSECTION LAB
12/8 Week 14 - FINALIZE AND PRINT POSTERS
Final Exam: MANDATORY POSTER SESSION. All students must attend. Date TBA
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Biology II Lab, BIOL-1625, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Points Available
Lab Notebooks (8 at 50 points each; PLO 2, 3; CLO 1, 2, 3) ..................................................................................................................... 400
Dissection Lab Participation (4 at 50 points each; PLO 1; CLO 1)............................................................................................................ 200
Final Project (Design & Materials 100 pts, Poster 100 pts, Presentation 100 pts; PLO 2-5; CLO 2-5) ........................................... 300
Short Term Experiment Presentations (2 at 50 points each; PLO 3; CLO 4).......................................................................................... 100
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................Total Points: 1000
Description:
Week of Topic
8/20 Week 1 - SYLLABUS, DATA CLASSROOM
8/25 Week 2 - SCIENTIFIC METHODS 1:
9/1 Week 3 - SCIENTIFIC METHODS 2
9/8 Week 4 - BACTERIA EXPERIMENT
9/15 Week 5 - PROTISTS EXPERIMENT
9/22 Week 6 - YEAST EXPERIMENT
+ BACTERIA PRESENTATION
9/29 Week 7 - PLANT GERMINATION EXPERIMENT
+ YEAST PRESENTATION
10/6 NO CLASS - Fall Break
10/13 Week 8 - INVERTEBRATES EXPERIMENT I
10/20 Week 9 - INVERTEBRATES EXPERIMENT II
10/27 Week 10 - LONG-TERM PROJECT DESIGN
11/3 Week 11 - START LONG-TERM PROJECT
11/10 Week 12 - INVERTEBRATES DISSECTION LAB
11/17 Week 13 - VERTEBRATES I DISSECTION LAB
11/24 NO CLASS - Thanskgiving Break
12/1 Week 14 - VERTEBRATES II DISSECTION LAB
12/8 Week 14 - FINALIZE AND PRINT POSTERS
Final Exam: MANDATORY POSTER SESSION. All students must attend. Date TBA
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Operating Systems, CS-3400, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
* Building xv6 instructional OS
* Diagrams of OS organization
* Implementing system calls
* Implementing a scheduler
* Implementing a memory allocator
* Implementing copy-on-write fork
* Final presentation
Description:
* Introduction to Operating Systems: fundamental OS concepts, the architecture of xv6, toolchain setup, how to build and boot the kernel in QEMU
* System Calls, Traps, and Interrupts: user–kernel boundary, system call implementation, trap and interrupt handling, basics of the interrupt descriptor table
* Process Management and Scheduling: the process abstraction, process control blocks, context switching, fork/exec semantics, the simple round‑robin scheduler in xv6
* Concurrency and Synchronization: race conditions, critical sections, and synchronization primitives (spinlocks, sleep locks)
* Memory Management and Virtual Memory: physical memory allocation, page table setup, address translation, implementation of a basic paging system, copy-on-write
* File Systems and I/O: on‑disk file system layout, block allocation, metadata management, journaling, file operations, basic block‐device drivers, top- and bottom-half driver structure
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Computer Org & Architecture, CS-2810, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
* A series of programming assignments in RISC-V assembly language, with emphasis on structured programming and the core ABI
* A series of in-class paper quizzes on RISC-V assembly language
* A midterm exam on RISC-V assembly language, based on assignments and quizzes
* A series of programming assignments in C, with emphasis on hardware/software interface, memory layout, and pointers
* A series of in-class paper quizzes on C
* A final exam on C, based on assignments and quizzes
Description:
* Computer organization big picture: CPU, memory, IO devices
* Operating system big picture: userspace, kernel, processes, process memory layout, process state
* RISC-V assembly language: program organization, build process, instructions, operands, branching, conditionals, loops, function calls, the stack, memory access, arrays
* Computer organization: 5-stage datapath, pipelining, superscalar, out-of-order processing, register renaming, SIMB, multithreading, multicore
* C programming: program organization, build process, functions, control flow, loops, conditionals, pointers, memory segments: stack vs data segment vs heap, arrays, strings structs, unions, dynamic memory allocation
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Digital Design and Computer Architecture: RISC-V Edition by Harris and Harris
Computer Org & Architecture, CS-2810, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
* A series of programming assignments in RISC-V assembly language, with emphasis on structured programming and the core ABI
* A series of in-class paper quizzes on RISC-V assembly language
* A midterm exam on RISC-V assembly language, based on assignments and quizzes
* A series of programming assignments in C, with emphasis on hardware/software interface, memory layout, and pointers
* A series of in-class paper quizzes on C
* A final exam on C, based on assignments and quizzes
Description:
* Computer organization big picture: CPU, memory, IO devices
* Operating system big picture: userspace, kernel, processes, process memory layout, process state
* RISC-V assembly language: program organization, build process, instructions, operands, branching, conditionals, loops, function calls, the stack, memory access, arrays
* Computer organization: 5-stage datapath, pipelining, superscalar, out-of-order processing, register renaming, SIMB, multithreading, multicore
* C programming: program organization, build process, functions, control flow, loops, conditionals, pointers, memory segments: stack vs data segment vs heap, arrays, strings structs, unions, dynamic memory allocation
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Digital Design and Computer Architecture: RISC-V Edition by Harris and Harris
Intermediate Career Strategies, ISA-3001, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Individual research assignment about job market opportunities, graduate school, professional licenses, gap and SWOT analysis based on research results, and the final career strategy to help students prepare for the job market.
Description:
1) Introduction
2) Current Career Portfolio – skills inventory and current resume/CV
3) Personal career values and motivators.
4) Local economy & location analysis. Students research economic growth, job opportunities, industries, and employers at the geographic location(s) they are interested in starting their career after graduation.
5) Students research different industries, sectors, employers, & corporate culture. They also look into the potential effects of AI developments in those industries.
6) Students research opportunities in the potential career tracks related to their major and map required skills and competencies.
7) Students analyze job announcements for two different job titles in their chosen career track.
8) Students conduct an interview with a career mentor and share their findings with fellow students via a discussion assignment.
9) Students research different professional licenses and certificates (e.g. CFP, CFA) relevant to their desired career.
10) Students research different graduate programs in their field (e.g. MsF vs MBA)
11) Students learn about networking, mentors, asking for recommendation letters, and references. They also update their LinkedIn profiles.
12) Students conduct a gap analysis of their current skills competencies compared to the skills and competencies required for success in their desired career.
13) Students conduct a SWOT analysis based on the gap analysis.
14) Students learn about the interview process and preparing for job interviews.
15) Final Project: Students put together a Career Strategy – a plan to help them be ready for a successful start to their desired career after graduation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Financial Modeling & Decisions, FIN-4380, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
This is not a required course since 2024/25 academic year! This is an elective course.
Students work through 4-5 real-world cases and build decision and analysis models in MS Excel for those cases.
Description:
1) Introduction to Financial Modeling.
2) Different industry standards for financial modeling, including FAST standard.
3) Design thinking and implementation of design thinking principles and process in financial modeling.
4) FP&A Case – Financial Statement Forecasting; Students build a forecast model from past statements; Focus is on model logic, growth assumptions, driver-based planning; revenue drivers vs. % of sales methods.
5) Managing Uncertainty. Concepts: Scenario and sensitivity analysis, breakeven, tornado charts, Monte Carlo simulation.
6) VBA Forms & Surveys. Automation and user input interfaces; good interface design.
7) User Experience (UX) in Modeling. Principles of UX in dashboards and financial models.
8) Personal Finance Case – Retirement Planning. Incorporate scenario, sensitivity and simulation analysis; advanced Excel functions; user interface.
9) Investment Portfolio Optimization Case. Use Solver to build mean-variance optimized portfolio; review of correlation, standard deviation, covariance; advanced Excel functions (MMULT).
10) Capital Budgeting Case. Build NPV/IRR model with flexible inputs and visualization for a real-life new factory case. Forecast project cash flows. Evaluate usability and clarity.
11) Visualization and Dashboarding. Effective data presentation in Excel. Identify misleading vs. effective charts.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Investments, FIN-3750, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Canvas quizzes, 2 exams, Group project focused on financial analysis and valuation of publicly listed stock.
Description:
1) Introduction to Investments
2) Professional writing and critical thinking.
3) Ethics in investment management & CFA Code of Conduct.
4) Investment Process & trading (margin trading & using leverage; short selling; limit orders)
5) Asset classes and different security types.
6) Financial Analysis with the objective of equity valuation. Financial statement analysis, including ratio analysis, common size statements, trend analysis, and benchmark analysis.
7) Forecasting financial statements using the percentage of sales method.
8) Stock valuation methods, including dividend discount models, residual income model, free cash flow to the firm model, free cash flow to equity model, and relative valuation models. This module takes 2-3 weeks as it covers multiple valuation models.
9) Financial market efficiency – weak form efficient markets, semi-strong form of efficient markets, and strong form of efficient markets. Technical, informational and operational market efficiency.
10) Investor behavior & more common biases that could hurt investment results.
11) Technical analysis methods, including more common charting methods.
12) Investment portfolios – portfolio construction process and methodologies, portfolio management.
13) Mutual funds and exchange traded funds.
14) Portfolio risk-adjusted performance, including Sharpe, Treynor, Sortino, Information ratio, Semi-deviation and downside deviation, tracking error, Jensen alpha, Jensen-Treynor ratio.
15) Derivatives – futures, forwards and options.
Required Reading: Essentials of Corporate Finance by Ross, Waterfield & Jordan (any edition) And/or OER text integrated on Canvas
Recommended Reading: N/A
Family Relationships, FSHD-2400, Section 2, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Daily 1
Chp 1 reading and quiz; Daily 2
Chp 2 reading and quiz; Daily 3 (research question & findings)
Theory 1 readings; Daily 4
Theory 2 readings; Daily 5
Chp 3 reading and quiz; Daily 6
Chp 4 reading and quiz; Daily 7
Daily 8
Chp 5 reading and quiz; Daily 9
Chp 6 reading and quiz; Daily 10
Paper 3; Daily 11
Chp 7 reading and quiz; Daily 12
Daily 13
Chp 8 reading and quiz; Daily 14
Chp 9 reading and quiz; Daily 15
Daily 16
Daily 17
Chp 10 reading and quiz; Genogram Presentations due; Daily 18
Chp 11 reading and quiz; Daily 19
Daily 20
Daily 22
Chp 12 reading and quiz; Daily 23
Daily 24
Daily 25
Couple & Family Map reading; Daily 26
Chp 13 reading and quiz; Daily 27
Catch up Day
Daily 29
Chp 14 reading; Daily 30
Final Presentations
Description:
Family Processes: Define, contrast to demographics
Family Studies discipline; Family as fundamental unit of society: Intro to the discipline, how family is fundamental to civil society
Family Theories—Family Systems Theory: basic intro to the principles of Family Systems Theory
Family Theories—Family Development & Social Exchange: basic intro to the principles of Family Development & Social Exchange theories
Family Theories—Conflict & Symbolic Interaction: basic intro to the principles of Conflict & Symbolic Interaction theories
Research on Families: basic intro to how research on families is conducted
Genograms & Intergenerational processes: define, demonstrate how to create a genogram
Mate selection processes: contrast Family Involved mate selection with Love-based
What is Love?: intro to theories of love
Family paradigms: define, analyze own family’s paradigms
Family Rituals: define, analyze own family’s rule
Communication processes: unhealthy and healthy communication processes, examine own family’s communication, practice ways to improve
Distance regulation processes, The couple & family map: define, analyze own family’s distance regulation and ways to improve
Family Virtues: define, analyze own family’s use of virtues and ways to improve
Change processes: define, analyze own family’s change processes and ways to improve
Coping with Stress: define, analyze own family’s processes for dealing with stressors and ways to improve
Required Reading: Introduction to Family Processes, 6th edition, by D. A. Bodman, B. B. Van Vleet, and R. D. Day, published by Routledge Taylor & Francis Group, NY, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Family Relationships, FSHD-2400, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Introduction paper, Online discussion participation, Application paper, Exams, Genogram, Final presentation
Description:
Family Processes: Define, contrast to demographics
Family Studies discipline; Family as fundamental unit of society: Intro to the discipline, how family is fundamental to civil society
Family Theories—Family Systems Theory: basic intro to the principles of Family Systems Theory
Family Theories—Family Development & Social Exchange: basic intro to the principles of Family Development & Social Exchange theories
Family Theories—Conflict & Symbolic Interaction: basic intro to the principles of Conflict & Symbolic Interaction theories
Research on Families: basic intro to how research on families is conducted
Genograms & Intergenerational processes: define, demonstrate how to create a genogram
Mate selection processes: contrast Family Involved mate selection with Love-based
What is Love?: intro to theories of love
Family paradigms: define, analyze own family’s paradigms
Family Rituals: define, analyze own family’s rule
Communication processes: unhealthy and healthy communication processes, examine own family’s communication, practice ways to improve
Distance regulation processes, The couple & family map: define, analyze own family’s distance regulation and ways to improve
Family Virtues: define, analyze own family’s use of virtues and ways to improve
Change processes: define, analyze own family’s change processes and ways to improve
Coping with Stress: define, analyze own family’s processes for dealing with stressors and ways to improve
Required Reading: Introduction to Family Processes, 6th edition, by D. A. Bodman, B. B. Van Vleet, and R. D. Day, published by Routledge Taylor & Francis Group, NY, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Family Relationships, FSHD-2400, Section 41, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Introduction paper, Online discussion participation, Application paper, Exams, Genogram, Final presentation
Description:
Family Processes: Define, contrast to demographics
Family Studies discipline; Family as fundamental unit of society: Intro to the discipline, how family is fundamental to civil society
Family Theories—Family Systems Theory: basic intro to the principles of Family Systems Theory
Family Theories—Family Development & Social Exchange: basic intro to the principles of Family Development & Social Exchange theories
Family Theories—Conflict & Symbolic Interaction: basic intro to the principles of Conflict & Symbolic Interaction theories
Research on Families: basic intro to how research on families is conducted
Genograms & Intergenerational processes: define, demonstrate how to create a genogram
Mate selection processes: contrast Family Involved mate selection with Love-based
What is Love?: intro to theories of love
Family paradigms: define, analyze own family’s paradigms
Family Rituals: define, analyze own family’s rule
Communication processes: unhealthy and healthy communication processes, examine own family’s communication, practice ways to improve
Distance regulation processes, The couple & family map: define, analyze own family’s distance regulation and ways to improve
Family Virtues: define, analyze own family’s use of virtues and ways to improve
Change processes: define, analyze own family’s change processes and ways to improve
Coping with Stress: define, analyze own family’s processes for dealing with stressors and ways to improve
Required Reading: Introduction to Family Processes, 6th edition, by D. A. Bodman, B. B. Van Vleet, and R. D. Day, published by Routledge Taylor & Francis Group, NY, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Family Relationships, FSHD-2400, Section 3, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Daily 1
Chp 1 reading and quiz; Daily 2
Chp 2 reading and quiz; Daily 3 (research question & findings)
Theory 1 readings; Daily 4
Theory 2 readings; Daily 5
Chp 3 reading and quiz; Daily 6
Chp 4 reading and quiz; Daily 7
Daily 8
Chp 5 reading and quiz; Daily 9
Chp 6 reading and quiz; Daily 10
Paper 3; Daily 11
Chp 7 reading and quiz; Daily 12
Daily 13
Chp 8 reading and quiz; Daily 14
Chp 9 reading and quiz; Daily 15
Daily 16
Daily 17
Chp 10 reading and quiz; Genogram Presentations due; Daily 18
Chp 11 reading and quiz; Daily 19
Daily 20
Daily 22
Chp 12 reading and quiz; Daily 23
Daily 24
Daily 25
Couple & Family Map reading; Daily 26
Chp 13 reading and quiz; Daily 27
Catch up Day
Daily 29
Chp 14 reading; Daily 30
Final Presentations
Description:
Family Processes: Define, contrast to demographics
Family Studies discipline; Family as fundamental unit of society: Intro to the discipline, how family is fundamental to civil society
Family Theories—Family Systems Theory: basic intro to the principles of Family Systems Theory
Family Theories—Family Development & Social Exchange: basic intro to the principles of Family Development & Social Exchange theories
Family Theories—Conflict & Symbolic Interaction: basic intro to the principles of Conflict & Symbolic Interaction theories
Research on Families: basic intro to how research on families is conducted
Genograms & Intergenerational processes: define, demonstrate how to create a genogram
Mate selection processes: contrast Family Involved mate selection with Love-based
What is Love?: intro to theories of love
Family paradigms: define, analyze own family’s paradigms
Family Rituals: define, analyze own family’s rule
Communication processes: unhealthy and healthy communication processes, examine own family’s communication, practice ways to improve
Distance regulation processes, The couple & family map: define, analyze own family’s distance regulation and ways to improve
Family Virtues: define, analyze own family’s use of virtues and ways to improve
Change processes: define, analyze own family’s change processes and ways to improve
Coping with Stress: define, analyze own family’s processes for dealing with stressors and ways to improve
Required Reading: Introduction to Family Processes, 6th edition, by D. A. Bodman, B. B. Van Vleet, and R. D. Day, published by Routledge Taylor & Francis Group, NY, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 6, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 4, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 3, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 2, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 43, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Managerial Finance I, FIN-3150, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
weekly quizzes, MS Excel worksheet assignments, 3 exams.
Description:
1) Introduction to Managerial Finance
2) Introduction to Financial Modeling in MS Excel.
3) Review of Financial Statements – Income statement, balance sheet & cash flow statement.
4) Financial statement analysis, including ratio analysis, common size statements, trend analysis, and benchmark analysis.
5) Time value of money – single cash flow.
6) Time value of money – annuity cash flows, growing annuities, perpetuity cash flows.
7) Time value of money – application in personal finance (mortgages, personal loans, retirement planning)
8) Financial markets, including bond markets and stock markets. Learning relevant vocabulary.
9) Interest rates – nominal vs real interest rates, structure of interest rates, yield curve.
10) Bonds and bond valuation, including bond yields (yield to maturity, realized yield), solving for the fair price of the bonds.
11) Stocks and stock valuation – price ratios, dividend discount model for stock valuation.
12) Risk and return – measures of investment return and measures of investment risk, including beta, standard deviation, and Sharpe ratio.
13) Cost of capital – cost of equity capital and capital asset pricing model (CAPM), cost of debt capital, weighted average cost of capital.
14) Capital budgeting – forecasting project cash flows, assessing capital projects (NPV< IRR, MIRR etc), and making capital investment decisions.
15) Working Capital Management – operating cycle and cash conversion cycle.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Network Design & Management, IT-4400, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Assignments – 35
Quizzes – 12
Exams - 5
Description:
Module 1 – OSPF
• Single Area OSPF
• DR and BDR
• Propagate a Default Route
Module 2 – OSPF Configurations
• OSPF Router ID
• Multiaccess OSPF Networks
• Verify Single-Area OSPFv2
Module 3 – Network Security Concepts
• Current State of Cybersecurity
• Threat Actors
• Malware
• Common Network Attacks
• Cryptography
Module 4 - ACL Concepts
• Purpose of ACLs
• Wildcard Masks in ACLs
• Guidelines for ACL Creations
• Types of IPv4 ACLs
Module 5 – ACLs for IPv4 Configurations
• Configure Standard IPv4 ACLs
• Modify IPv4 ACLs
• Secure VTY Ports with Standard IPv4 ACL
• Configure Extended IPv4 ACLs
Module 6 – NAT for IPv4
• NAT Characteristics
• Types of NAT
• NAT Advantages and Disadvantages
• Static NAT
• Dynamic NAT
• PAT
• NAT64
Module 7 – WAN Concepts
• Purpose of WANs
• WAN Operations
• Traditional WAN Connectivity
• Modern WAN Connectivity
• Internet-Based Connectivity
Module 8 – VPN and IPsec Concepts
• VPN Technology
• Types of VPNs
• IPsec
Module 9 – QoS Concepts
• Network Transmission Quality
• Traffic Characteristics
• Queuing Algorithms
• QoS Models
• QoS Implementation Techniques
Module 10 – Network Management
• Device Discovery with CDP
• Device Discovery with LLDP
• NTP
• SNMP
• Syslog
• Router and Switch File Maintenance
• IOS Image Management
Module 11 – Network Design
• Hierarchical Networks
• Scalable Networks
• Switch Hardware
• Router Hardware
Module 12 – Network Troubleshooting
• Network Documentation
• Troubleshooting Process
• Troubleshooting Tools
• Symptoms and Causes of Network Problems
• Troubleshooting IP Connectivity
Module 13 – Network Virtualization
• Cloud Computing
• Virtualization
• Virtual Network Infrastructure
• Software-Defined Networking
• Controllers
Module 14 – Network Automation
• Automation Overview
• Data Formats
• APIs
• REST
• Configuration Management
• IBN and Cisco DNA Center
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 47, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 44, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 42, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 4BI, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 48B, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 41, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 7, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 5, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Dietary Analysis, Smartbook quizzes, Module exams, Research assignment
Description:
Nutrition: A Key to Health: Food choices, designing a healthy food pattern
The Human Body: Roles of nutrients in human physiology, functions of body systems, and roles of nutrients in digestive system
Carbohydrates: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Lipids: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Protein: structure, functions, food sources, guidelines
Vitamins, Minerals, Water: structure, functions, sources, guidelines
Energy Balance and Weight Control: assessing, measuring energy balance
Eating Disorders: attitudes and behavior associated with foods, types of eating disorders, consequences of eating disorders
Protecting the Food Supply: Food safety practices and conditions
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition, Wardlaw, Smith, and Collene, 2024.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Evolution & Ecology, BIOL-1300, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Weekly readings and Discussion questions; 3 exams plus final (exam 4); 1 extra credit report; 1 syllabus quiz.
Description:
Background material for each week is in the Skyepack modules and examples of evolutionary and ecological topics are presented in Shubin's book and also the three required articles.
Week 1, Welcome! Introduction and Syllabus, Reading assignments and discussion questions: Skyepack readings: Read “Start Here” and “Introduction.” Also, do Syllabus quiz.
Week 2, Reading assignments and discussion questions: Skyepack Module 1 - Cell Reproduction; Shubin, Chapter 1: Finding your inner fish.
Week 3, Reading assignments and discussion questions: Skyepack Module 2 - Genes and Genetic Variation; Shubin, Getting a grip.
Week 4, Reading assignments and discussion questions: Skyepack Module 3 - Darwin; Shubin, Chapter 3: Handy Genes. Exam 1.
Week 5, Reading assignments and discussion questions: Skyepack Module 4 - Natural Selection; Shubin, chapter 4: Teeth everywhere.
Week 6, Reading assignments and discussion questions: Skyepack Module 5 - Evidence for Evolution; Shubin, chapter 5: Getting Ahead.
Week 7, Reading assignments and discussion questions: Skyepack Module 6 - Microevolution; Shubin, chapter 6: The best-laid (body) plans; Exam 2.
Week 8, Reading assignments and discussion questions: Skyepack Module 7 - Homeotic/Hox Genes; Shubin, chapter 7: Adventures in Bodybuilding.
Week 9, Reading assignments and discussion questions: Skyepack Module 8 - Speciation; Shubin, chapter 8: Making scents.
Week 10, Reading assignments and discussion questions: Skyepack Module 9 - Ecology Overview; Shubin, chapter 9: Vision.
Week 11, Reading assignments and discussion questions: Skyepack Module 10 - Ecology of Populations; Shubin, chapter 10: Ears; Exam 3.
Week 12, Reading assignments and discussion questions: Skyepack Module 11 - Community Ecology; Shubin, chapter 11: The meaning of it all; Extra Credit assignment.
Week 13, Reading assignments and discussion questions: Skyepack Module 12 - Ecosystems; Conservation for the People (Scientific American, Current Issues); Most Primate Species Threatened with Extinction, Scientists find.
Week 14, Reading assignments and discussion questions: Skyepack Module 13 - Conservation Biology; Historical Photographs Expose Decline in Florida's Reef Fish.
Week 15, Finish and submit any missing Discussions, do Extra Credit assignment, study for Final exam (exam 4).
Week 16, Final exam (exam 4).
Required Reading: Your Inner Fish, A Journey into the 3.5 Billion-Year History of the Human Body, 2009, by Neil Shubin. ISBN: 9780307277459; Bio 1300 - Evolution and Ecology Modules by Skyepack Publishing; Conservation for the People (Scientific American, Current Issues, Vol. 6, p. 12-19); Most Primate Species Threatened with Extinction, Scientists find (link posted in Canvas Module 13); Historical Photographs Expose Decline in Florida's Reef Fish (link posted in Canvas Module 14).
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 47, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 3, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 44, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intermediate Career Strategies, FIN-3001, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Individual research assignment about job market opportunities, graduate school, professional licenses, gap and SWOT analysis based on research results, and the final career strategy to help students prepare for the job market.
Description:
1) Introduction
2) Current Career Portfolio – skills inventory and current resume/CV
3) Personal career values and motivators.
4) Local economy & location analysis. Students research economic growth, job opportunities, industries, and employers at the geographic location(s) they are interested in starting their career after graduation.
5) Students research different industries, sectors, employers, & corporate culture. They also look into the potential effects of AI developments in those industries.
6) Students research opportunities in the potential career tracks related to their major and map required skills and competencies.
7) Students analyze job announcements for two different job titles in their chosen career track.
8) Students conduct an interview with a career mentor and share their findings with fellow students via a discussion assignment.
9) Students research different professional licenses and certificates (e.g. CFP, CFA) relevant to their desired career.
10) Students research different graduate programs in their field (e.g. MsF vs MBA)
11) Students learn about networking, mentors, asking for recommendation letters, and references. They also update their LinkedIn profiles.
12) Students conduct a gap analysis of their current skills competencies compared to the skills and competencies required for success in their desired career.
13) Students conduct a SWOT analysis based on the gap analysis.
14) Students learn about the interview process and how to prepare for job interviews.
15) Final Project: Students put together a Career Strategy – a plan to help them be ready for a successful start to their desired career after graduation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 42, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 46, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 10, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 8, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 43, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 41, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 7, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 4BI, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 48B, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 6, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Methods Strategy Lang Arts ESL, ELED-4410, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Funds of Knowledge report: Prepare a written report that summarize key findings from your Funds of Knowledge assessment and official documentation, and that discusses concrete ways you can leverage learners’ funds in your classroom for personalized learning and motivation.
Modified lesson with justifications: Modify an existing lesson you've written for this semester, with emphasis on content, process, and product for multilingual learners (MLs). Provide annotations to show how you address each category in the assignment description.
Instructional Conversation: Design and lead an instructional conversation (IC) for your peers on a professional topic of your group's selection, and reflect on the design process and how you'd adapt it for K-8 learners.
Final TESOL Reflection: Complete a pre-post reflection on the TESOL Six Principles to determine your strengths and areas for growth in teaching MLs.
Description:
Weeks 1-2 + week 7: Funds of Knowledge: Understanding who learners are so that instruction can be personalized and scaffolded
Weeks 3-6 + week 9: How to scaffold input and output for a range of learners, including MLs
Week 8: How to structure the learning environment (physical, classroom norms) to support MLs, especially newcomers
Weeks 10, 13, 14: Instructional conversation as support and assessment + planning a professional version for your peers
Week 11: Professional expectations of teachers with ESL endorsements
Required Reading: 1) TESOL, The six principles for exemplary teaching of English learners, grades K-12. 2) NCREL, Funds of Knowledge: A look at Luis Moll’s research into hidden family resources. 3) STARTALK, Making Meaning in the Immersion Classroom. 4) Bugler et al., How teachers judge the quality of instructional materials. 5) Vaucher, B., Text engineering & other instructional reading strategies for supporting your ELLs. 6) Anderson, Boost intrinsic motivation. 7) My MLL Mentor, When to use students’ first language in the classroom. 8) Georgia DOE, Scaffolding instruction for English language learners. 9) Gallavan, Establish community and context. 10) Vaucher, The power of simplicity & consistency for newcomer success.
Recommended Reading: n/a
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 4, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Chapter quizzes, observations and written summaries, Final exam, College Friend Day written summaries
Description:
The Science of Human Development: Theories/theorists related to studying human beings, ethical researching in human development
Conception to Birth: Genetics influence on development, Zygote to newborn development
The First Two Years: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Early Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Middle Childhood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adolescence: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Late Adulthood: Physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Cultural practices, choices, reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 5th Edition, Berger, K.S., Worth, 2022.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Systems Design & Admin, IT-3100, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Assignments – 30
Quizzes – 8
Exams - 6
Description:
Module 1 – Linux Commands
• review user account administration
• permissions
• ownership
• basic Linux commands
• navigating the filesystem
• learn how to utilize GitHub to submit our assignments
• review how to create virtual machines
Module 2 – Linux Users and Groups
• user creation
• umasks
• setuid, setgid, sticky
• ownership and permissions
Module 3 – Linux Filesystems
• Create additional partitions on one of our Linux machines
• Format the partitions to receive a file system
• Mount the partition to a mount point
Module 4 - Linux Processes
• Create and schedule cron jobs
• Find and kill processes
• Parse Log Files
Module 5 – Review 1
• Review and Prepare for Practical Test 1
Module 6 - DNS
• Install and Manage BIND 9
• Configure DNS services
• Configure DNS records
• Troubleshoot DNS
Module 7 – Static Web Sites
• Install and Configure Apache
• Enable new websites
• Setup DNS to properly resolve requests to new sites
Module 8 – Dynamic Web Sites
• Install LAMP
• Enable secure sites using HTTPS
• Install MySQL
Module 9 – Review 2
• Review for practical exam 2
Module 10 – SMTP and Email
• Install a Mail Transfer Agent (MTA)
• Configure an email Mail User Agent (MUA)
• Configure a Mail Delivery Agent (MDA)
Module 11 – Cloud Email
• Utilize a cloud based email service to host email
Module 12 – DNS Lookup, DNS Reverse Lookup and DNS Caching
• Configure DNS Reverse Lookups
• Enable DNS caching
Module 13 – DNS Delegation
• Delegate a subdomain to another student in class
Module 14 – Final Exam Review
• Review for Final Exam
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Networking, IT-2400, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Assignments – 30
Quizzes – 12
Exams - 8
Description:
Module 1: Network Models
• Articulate the OSI model and it's 7 layers
• Locate the IP address on internet connected devices
• Summarize the history of computer networking
Module 2: Numeric Conversions
• Express how binary and hexadecimal numbers are used in computing
• Convert binary numbers between decimal and hexadecimal and binary.
Module 3: Cabling and Topology, Installing a Physical Network
• Build a CAT 6 network cable
• Use Wireshark to analysis network traffic
Module 4: Ethernet Basics and Modern Ethernet
• Identify the different parts of an ethernet network.
• Distinguish the different parts of an ethernet frame.
• Build a basic network
Module 5: TCP/IP
• Identify the different parts of an ethernet network.
• Distinguish the different parts of an ethernet frame.
• Build a basic network
Module 6: Learning Cisco IOS
• Configure Cisco routers and switches using Cisco IOS commands.
Module 7: Routing
• Explain the difference between internal and external routing protocols.
• Explain the difference between static and dynamic routing.
• Configure Cisco routers to use the following routing protocols
o RIP
o OSPF
o EIGRP
o Static Routes
Module 8: TCP/IP Applications
• Match well-known port numbers with the correct TCP/IP application
• Describe common TCP/IP Transport and Network layer protocols
• Define the power of port numbers
• Define common TCP/IP applications such as Telnet, SSH, email (SNMP, POP3, and IMAP4), databases, FTP, HTTP, and HTTPS
Module 9: DNS and IPv6
• Analyze and configure early DNS solutions
• Describe the function of capabilities of DNS
• Use common TCP/IP utilities to diagnose problems with DNS
• Discuss fundamental concepts of IPv6
• Implement IPv6 in a TCP/IP network
Module 10: Security
• Discuss the standard methods for securing TCP/IP networks
• Compare TCP/IP security standards, PPP, CHAP, AAA, RADIUS, MS-CHAP, TACACS+
• Implement secure TCP/IP Applications
Module 11: Switching
• Discuss the standard methods for securing TCP/IP networks
• Compare TCP/IP security standards, PPP, CHAP, AAA, RADIUS, MS-CHAP, TACACS+
• Implement secure TCP/IP Applications
Module 12: Wireless Networking
• Explain wireless networking standards
• Describe the process for implementing Wi-Fi networks.
• Troubleshoot wireless networking problems.
Required Reading: Mike Meyers, Managing and Troubleshooting Networks, 6th Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Unix/Linux, IT-1100, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
4 - Multiple Choice Tests
4- Practical Tests
13 - Quizzes
2 - Weekly assignments
2 - Final Exams
Description:
Module 1: History of Linux
• Describe how Linux is different from Windows and MAC OS.
• List the four freedoms of the GNU Public License.
• Identify the influential people, policies, and organizations that laid the groundwork for Linux.
• Identify terminology about the Shell
Module 2: Basic Linux Commands
• Use Linux commands to navigate the file system.
• Use Linux commands to create, copy, move, view, and delete files and directories.
• Create hard and symbolic links.
Module 3: Archiving, Redirection, and Find Basics
• Compress/Archive files and directories
• Locate files and directories by name
• Redirect/append output to files
Module 4: Review Exam 1
• Review and take Exam 1 Practical
Module 5: Text Editors and Shortcuts
• Create and Edit files in VIM
• Use keyboard shortcuts
Module 6: Finding Help and GUI Install
• Create a VM with a Linux GUI Clone.
• Setup the network settings so the machine can access the internet.
• Personalize a Linux GUI Machine.
• Find help in Linux
Module 7: Remote Connectivity
• Copy files between machines.
• Explain basic networking concepts.
• Create and copy ssh keys.
Module 8: Review Exam 2
• Review and take Exam 2
Module 9: CLI Install and GitHub
• Install a Linux CLI.
• Search and install programs from repositories.
• Create a git repository, connect repository to GitHub, and modify a repository.
Module 10: Programs, Processes and Cron Jobs
• View, put in foreground, put in background, and stop processes.
• View and create their own cronjob.
Module 11: Review for Exam 3
• Review and Take Exam 3
Module 12: Find, Grep, and Log Files
• Filter lines in a file
• Search for different files
• Analyze information found within a log file
Module 13: Awk, Sed, Regex
• Use regular expressions refine a search
• Use the awk command line tool to extract data from columns and display it
• Use the sed command line tool to extract data from rows and display it
Module 14: Shell Configuration, Prompt, and Alias
• Personalize the environment on user account
• Create your own command using alias
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Unix/Linux, IT-1100, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
4 - Multiple Choice Tests
4- Practical Tests
13 - Quizzes
2 - Weekly assignments
2 - Final Exams
Description:
Module 1: History of Linux
• Describe how Linux is different from Windows and MAC OS.
• List the four freedoms of the GNU Public License.
• Identify the influential people, policies, and organizations that laid the groundwork for Linux.
• Identify terminology about the Shell
Module 2: Basic Linux Commands
• Use Linux commands to navigate the file system.
• Use Linux commands to create, copy, move, view, and delete files and directories.
• Create hard and symbolic links.
Module 3: Archiving, Redirection, and Find Basics
• Compress/Archive files and directories
• Locate files and directories by name
• Redirect/append output to files
Module 4: Review Exam 1
• Review and take Exam 1 Practical
Module 5: Text Editors and Shortcuts
• Create and Edit files in VIM
• Use keyboard shortcuts
Module 6: Finding Help and GUI Install
• Create a VM with a Linux GUI Clone.
• Setup the network settings so the machine can access the internet.
• Personalize a Linux GUI Machine.
• Find help in Linux
Module 7: Remote Connectivity
• Copy files between machines.
• Explain basic networking concepts.
• Create and copy ssh keys.
Module 8: Review Exam 2
• Review and take Exam 2
Module 9: CLI Install and GitHub
• Install a Linux CLI.
• Search and install programs from repositories.
• Create a git repository, connect repository to GitHub, and modify a repository.
Module 10: Programs, Processes and Cron Jobs
• View, put in foreground, put in background, and stop processes.
• View and create their own cronjob.
Module 11: Review for Exam 3
• Review and Take Exam 3
Module 12: Find, Grep, and Log Files
• Filter lines in a file
• Search for different files
• Analyze information found within a log file
Module 13: Awk, Sed, Regex
• Use regular expressions refine a search
• Use the awk command line tool to extract data from columns and display it
• Use the sed command line tool to extract data from rows and display it
Module 14: Shell Configuration, Prompt, and Alias
• Personalize the environment on user account
• Create your own command using alias
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
Organic Chemistry II Lab, CHEM-2325, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Safety 10%
Pre-Lab Quizzes 4%
Post-Lab Assignments 36%
Spectroscopy Packet 10%
Ester Synthesis Project 10%
Scientific Notebook 10%
Final Exam 20%
Description:
Safety / Check-In / Spectroscopy Packet
Orientation to lab safety procedures, proper lab etiquette, and check-in. Students begin working on a spectroscopy review packet to reinforce NMR, IR, and UV-Vis concepts.
NMR Spartan / Spectroscopy Packet
Introduction to molecular modeling using Spartan software and further interpretation of NMR spectra. Completed spectroscopy packet is submitted for review.
Reduction
Perform a reduction reaction (e.g., ketone to alcohol) using a common reducing agent like sodium borohydride and analyze the product.
Oxidation
Conduct an oxidation reaction (e.g., alcohol to ketone/aldehyde), learn proper reagent handling, and compare it to the reduction process.
Diels-Alder
Explore the Diels-Alder reaction, a [4+2] cycloaddition, and learn about reaction selectivity and stereochemistry.
Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution
Carry out a substitution reaction on an aromatic ring and study directing effects of substituents on reactivity and regioselectivity.
Unknown A
Identify an unknown organic compound using a combination of physical properties and spectral data (NMR, IR, melting point).
Lab 8: Wittig / Ester Synthesis Design
Perform a Wittig reaction and begin designing a multistep synthesis for a target ester compound.
Unknown B / Ester Synthesis Approval
Characterize a second unknown compound. Submit your planned ester synthesis for instructor approval before proceeding.
Ester Synthesis
Carry out the approved ester synthesis, purify the product, and collect characterization data (e.g., TLC, NMR, IR).
Ester Poster Presentation
Present your ester synthesis project in a scientific poster format, highlighting reaction design, results, and analysis.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Organic Chemistry II Lab, CHEM-2325, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Safety 10%
Pre-Lab Quizzes 4%
Post-Lab Assignments 36%
Spectroscopy Packet 10%
Ester Synthesis Project 10%
Scientific Notebook 10%
Final Exam 20%
Description:
Safety / Check-In / Spectroscopy Packet
Orientation to lab safety procedures, proper lab etiquette, and check-in. Students begin working on a spectroscopy review packet to reinforce NMR, IR, and UV-Vis concepts.
NMR Spartan / Spectroscopy Packet
Introduction to molecular modeling using Spartan software and further interpretation of NMR spectra. Completed spectroscopy packet is submitted for review.
Reduction
Perform a reduction reaction (e.g., ketone to alcohol) using a common reducing agent like sodium borohydride and analyze the product.
Oxidation
Conduct an oxidation reaction (e.g., alcohol to ketone/aldehyde), learn proper reagent handling, and compare it to the reduction process.
Diels-Alder
Explore the Diels-Alder reaction, a [4+2] cycloaddition, and learn about reaction selectivity and stereochemistry.
Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution
Carry out a substitution reaction on an aromatic ring and study directing effects of substituents on reactivity and regioselectivity.
Unknown A
Identify an unknown organic compound using a combination of physical properties and spectral data (NMR, IR, melting point).
Lab 8: Wittig / Ester Synthesis Design
Perform a Wittig reaction and begin designing a multistep synthesis for a target ester compound.
Unknown B / Ester Synthesis Approval
Characterize a second unknown compound. Submit your planned ester synthesis for instructor approval before proceeding.
Ester Synthesis
Carry out the approved ester synthesis, purify the product, and collect characterization data (e.g., TLC, NMR, IR).
Ester Poster Presentation
Present your ester synthesis project in a scientific poster format, highlighting reaction design, results, and analysis.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Organic Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-2315, Section 50, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Safety 12%
Pre-lab Quizzes 5%
Post Lab Assignments 51%
Laboratory Notebook 11%
Final Exam 21%
Description:
Physical Properties:
This unit explores the fundamental physical characteristics of chemical substances—such as boiling point, melting point, solubility, and density—and how these properties can be used to identify and separate compounds.
Chemistry Calculations:
Focuses on essential quantitative skills, including mole conversions, stoichiometry, concentration calculations, and limiting reagent determination, all vital for accurate lab work and data interpretation.
Recrystallization:
Covers the technique of purifying solid compounds by dissolving them in a hot solvent and then slowly cooling the solution to form pure crystals, emphasizing solvent selection and crystal formation.
Chemical Extraction:
Introduces liquid-liquid extraction methods to separate compounds based on differences in solubility between immiscible solvents, often using acid-base chemistry for effective separation.
Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC):
Examines the use of TLC as a quick and simple method to monitor reactions, assess purity, and identify compounds by analyzing the movement of substances on a coated plate.
Column Chromatography:
Details a separation technique where compounds pass through a column filled with solid adsorbent material, allowing for the purification of larger sample volumes based on polarity.
Bromine Alkene Addition:
Demonstrates an electrophilic addition reaction in which bromine is added across the double bond of an alkene, used to confirm the presence of unsaturation in organic compounds.
Distillation of Eugenol:
Explores the isolation of eugenol, a natural product found in clove oil, using steam distillation—a method useful for extracting volatile organic compounds from natural sources.
Lidocaine Synthesis:
Covers the multi-step synthesis of lidocaine, a local anesthetic, emphasizing functional group transformations and the application of organic synthesis techniques.
SN1/SN2 Alkyl Halide Reactions:
Analyzes two fundamental nucleophilic substitution mechanisms—SN1 (unimolecular) and SN2 (bimolecular)—and the factors that influence reaction pathways and rates.
IR Spectroscopy:
Focuses on infrared spectroscopy as a tool to identify functional groups within molecules based on their vibrational frequencies and characteristic absorption bands.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Organic Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-2315, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Safety 12%
Pre-lab Quizzes 5%
Post Lab Assignments 51%
Laboratory Notebook 11%
Final Exam 21%
Description:
Physical Properties:
This unit explores the fundamental physical characteristics of chemical substances—such as boiling point, melting point, solubility, and density—and how these properties can be used to identify and separate compounds.
Chemistry Calculations:
Focuses on essential quantitative skills, including mole conversions, stoichiometry, concentration calculations, and limiting reagent determination, all vital for accurate lab work and data interpretation.
Recrystallization:
Covers the technique of purifying solid compounds by dissolving them in a hot solvent and then slowly cooling the solution to form pure crystals, emphasizing solvent selection and crystal formation.
Chemical Extraction:
Introduces liquid-liquid extraction methods to separate compounds based on differences in solubility between immiscible solvents, often using acid-base chemistry for effective separation.
Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC):
Examines the use of TLC as a quick and simple method to monitor reactions, assess purity, and identify compounds by analyzing the movement of substances on a coated plate.
Column Chromatography:
Details a separation technique where compounds pass through a column filled with solid adsorbent material, allowing for the purification of larger sample volumes based on polarity.
Bromine Alkene Addition:
Demonstrates an electrophilic addition reaction in which bromine is added across the double bond of an alkene, used to confirm the presence of unsaturation in organic compounds.
Distillation of Eugenol:
Explores the isolation of eugenol, a natural product found in clove oil, using steam distillation—a method useful for extracting volatile organic compounds from natural sources.
Lidocaine Synthesis:
Covers the multi-step synthesis of lidocaine, a local anesthetic, emphasizing functional group transformations and the application of organic synthesis techniques.
SN1/SN2 Alkyl Halide Reactions:
Analyzes two fundamental nucleophilic substitution mechanisms—SN1 (unimolecular) and SN2 (bimolecular)—and the factors that influence reaction pathways and rates.
IR Spectroscopy:
Focuses on infrared spectroscopy as a tool to identify functional groups within molecules based on their vibrational frequencies and characteristic absorption bands.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Organic Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-2315, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Safety 12%
Pre-lab Quizzes 5%
Post Lab Assignments 51%
Laboratory Notebook 11%
Final Exam 21%
Description:
Physical Properties:
This unit explores the fundamental physical characteristics of chemical substances—such as boiling point, melting point, solubility, and density—and how these properties can be used to identify and separate compounds.
Chemistry Calculations:
Focuses on essential quantitative skills, including mole conversions, stoichiometry, concentration calculations, and limiting reagent determination, all vital for accurate lab work and data interpretation.
Recrystallization:
Covers the technique of purifying solid compounds by dissolving them in a hot solvent and then slowly cooling the solution to form pure crystals, emphasizing solvent selection and crystal formation.
Chemical Extraction:
Introduces liquid-liquid extraction methods to separate compounds based on differences in solubility between immiscible solvents, often using acid-base chemistry for effective separation.
Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC):
Examines the use of TLC as a quick and simple method to monitor reactions, assess purity, and identify compounds by analyzing the movement of substances on a coated plate.
Column Chromatography:
Details a separation technique where compounds pass through a column filled with solid adsorbent material, allowing for the purification of larger sample volumes based on polarity.
Bromine Alkene Addition:
Demonstrates an electrophilic addition reaction in which bromine is added across the double bond of an alkene, used to confirm the presence of unsaturation in organic compounds.
Distillation of Eugenol:
Explores the isolation of eugenol, a natural product found in clove oil, using steam distillation—a method useful for extracting volatile organic compounds from natural sources.
Lidocaine Synthesis:
Covers the multi-step synthesis of lidocaine, a local anesthetic, emphasizing functional group transformations and the application of organic synthesis techniques.
SN1/SN2 Alkyl Halide Reactions:
Analyzes two fundamental nucleophilic substitution mechanisms—SN1 (unimolecular) and SN2 (bimolecular)—and the factors that influence reaction pathways and rates.
IR Spectroscopy:
Focuses on infrared spectroscopy as a tool to identify functional groups within molecules based on their vibrational frequencies and characteristic absorption bands.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Organic Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-2315, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Safety 12%
Pre-lab Quizzes 5%
Post Lab Assignments 51%
Laboratory Notebook 11%
Final Exam 21%
Description:
Physical Properties:
This unit explores the fundamental physical characteristics of chemical substances—such as boiling point, melting point, solubility, and density—and how these properties can be used to identify and separate compounds.
Chemistry Calculations:
Focuses on essential quantitative skills, including mole conversions, stoichiometry, concentration calculations, and limiting reagent determination, all vital for accurate lab work and data interpretation.
Recrystallization:
Covers the technique of purifying solid compounds by dissolving them in a hot solvent and then slowly cooling the solution to form pure crystals, emphasizing solvent selection and crystal formation.
Chemical Extraction:
Introduces liquid-liquid extraction methods to separate compounds based on differences in solubility between immiscible solvents, often using acid-base chemistry for effective separation.
Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC):
Examines the use of TLC as a quick and simple method to monitor reactions, assess purity, and identify compounds by analyzing the movement of substances on a coated plate.
Column Chromatography:
Details a separation technique where compounds pass through a column filled with solid adsorbent material, allowing for the purification of larger sample volumes based on polarity.
Bromine Alkene Addition:
Demonstrates an electrophilic addition reaction in which bromine is added across the double bond of an alkene, used to confirm the presence of unsaturation in organic compounds.
Distillation of Eugenol:
Explores the isolation of eugenol, a natural product found in clove oil, using steam distillation—a method useful for extracting volatile organic compounds from natural sources.
Lidocaine Synthesis:
Covers the multi-step synthesis of lidocaine, a local anesthetic, emphasizing functional group transformations and the application of organic synthesis techniques.
SN1/SN2 Alkyl Halide Reactions:
Analyzes two fundamental nucleophilic substitution mechanisms—SN1 (unimolecular) and SN2 (bimolecular)—and the factors that influence reaction pathways and rates.
IR Spectroscopy:
Focuses on infrared spectroscopy as a tool to identify functional groups within molecules based on their vibrational frequencies and characteristic absorption bands.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Organic Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-2315, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Safety 12%
Pre-lab Quizzes 5%
Post Lab Assignments 51%
Laboratory Notebook 11%
Final Exam 21%
Description:
Physical Properties:
This unit explores the fundamental physical characteristics of chemical substances—such as boiling point, melting point, solubility, and density—and how these properties can be used to identify and separate compounds.
Chemistry Calculations:
Focuses on essential quantitative skills, including mole conversions, stoichiometry, concentration calculations, and limiting reagent determination, all vital for accurate lab work and data interpretation.
Recrystallization:
Covers the technique of purifying solid compounds by dissolving them in a hot solvent and then slowly cooling the solution to form pure crystals, emphasizing solvent selection and crystal formation.
Chemical Extraction:
Introduces liquid-liquid extraction methods to separate compounds based on differences in solubility between immiscible solvents, often using acid-base chemistry for effective separation.
Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC):
Examines the use of TLC as a quick and simple method to monitor reactions, assess purity, and identify compounds by analyzing the movement of substances on a coated plate.
Column Chromatography:
Details a separation technique where compounds pass through a column filled with solid adsorbent material, allowing for the purification of larger sample volumes based on polarity.
Bromine Alkene Addition:
Demonstrates an electrophilic addition reaction in which bromine is added across the double bond of an alkene, used to confirm the presence of unsaturation in organic compounds.
Distillation of Eugenol:
Explores the isolation of eugenol, a natural product found in clove oil, using steam distillation—a method useful for extracting volatile organic compounds from natural sources.
Lidocaine Synthesis:
Covers the multi-step synthesis of lidocaine, a local anesthetic, emphasizing functional group transformations and the application of organic synthesis techniques.
SN1/SN2 Alkyl Halide Reactions:
Analyzes two fundamental nucleophilic substitution mechanisms—SN1 (unimolecular) and SN2 (bimolecular)—and the factors that influence reaction pathways and rates.
IR Spectroscopy:
Focuses on infrared spectroscopy as a tool to identify functional groups within molecules based on their vibrational frequencies and characteristic absorption bands.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Four midterm exams
One final exam
One term paper
Description:
The Scientific Study of Life
Introduces biology as the study of living organisms and life processes, emphasizing the scientific method, characteristics of life, and the importance of hypothesis-driven inquiry.
Chemistry
Covers basic chemical principles essential to biology, including atomic structure, chemical bonding, properties of water, and the role of macromolecules in life.
Cells
Explores the structure and function of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, including organelles, membranes, and cell theory.
Energy of Life
Focuses on how organisms acquire, transform, and use energy, highlighting enzymes, metabolic pathways, and the laws of thermodynamics.
Respiration and Fermentation
Examines how cells harvest energy from glucose through aerobic respiration and anaerobic pathways like fermentation.
Photosynthesis
Describes how plants convert light energy into chemical energy through light-dependent and light-independent reactions.
Cell Reproduction
Explains the processes of mitosis and meiosis, comparing their roles in growth, repair, and reproduction.
Patterns of Inheritance
Introduces Mendelian genetics, including dominant and recessive traits, Punnett squares, and the role of alleles in heredity.
DNA Structure and Gene Function
Details the double-helix structure of DNA, its replication, and how genes encode proteins through transcription and translation.
How Genes are Controlled
Discusses gene regulation mechanisms in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, including operons, epigenetics, and transcription factors.
Evidence of Evolution
Discusses the Darwin’s work and presents the major lines of evidence supporting evolution, including fossils, comparative anatomy, molecular biology, and biogeography.
Speciation & Extinction
Explores how new species arise through mechanisms like reproductive isolation and how extinction shapes biodiversity.
Intro to Ecology
Introduces the study of interactions between organisms and their environments, from individuals to ecosystems.
Population Ecology
Describes how populations grow and interact with their environment, covering concepts like population size, density, and carrying capacity.
Communities and Ecosystems
Examines species interactions (e.g., predation, competition, symbiosis) and how energy and nutrients flow through ecosystems.
Required Reading: Biology: The Essentials 4th Edition by Marielle Hoefnagels. McGraw-Hill Education.
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 9, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
4 midterm exams (even spread)
1 final exam
1 term paper
Description:
The Scientific Study of Life
Introduces biology as the study of living organisms and life processes, emphasizing the scientific method, characteristics of life, and the importance of hypothesis-driven inquiry.
Chemistry
Covers basic chemical principles essential to biology, including atomic structure, chemical bonding, properties of water, and the role of macromolecules in life.
Cells
Explores the structure and function of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, including organelles, membranes, and cell theory.
Energy of Life
Focuses on how organisms acquire, transform, and use energy, highlighting enzymes, metabolic pathways, and the laws of thermodynamics.
Respiration and Fermentation
Examines how cells harvest energy from glucose through aerobic respiration and anaerobic pathways like fermentation.
Photosynthesis
Describes how plants and other autotrophs convert light energy into chemical energy through light-dependent and light-independent reactions.
Cell Reproduction
Explains the processes of mitosis and meiosis, comparing their roles in growth, repair, and reproduction.
Patterns of Inheritance
Introduces Mendelian genetics, including dominant and recessive traits, Punnett squares, and the role of alleles in heredity.
DNA Structure and Gene Function
Details the double-helix structure of DNA, its replication, and how genes encode proteins through transcription and translation.
How Genes are Controlled
Discusses gene regulation mechanisms in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, including operons, epigenetics, and transcription factors.
Evidence of Evolution
Presents the major lines of evidence supporting evolution, including fossils, comparative anatomy, molecular biology, and biogeography.
Speciation & Extinction
Explores how new species arise through mechanisms like reproductive isolation and how extinction shapes biodiversity.
Intro to Ecology
Introduces the study of interactions between organisms and their environments, from individuals to ecosystems.
Population Ecology
Describes how populations grow and interact with their environment, covering concepts like population size, density, and carrying capacity.
Communities and Ecosystems
Examines species interactions (e.g., predation, competition, symbiosis) and how energy and nutrients flow through ecosystems.
Required Reading: Biology: The Essentials 4th Edition by Marielle Hoefnagels. McGraw-Hill Education.
Recommended Reading: N/A
General/Oral Pathology, DHYG-3520, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
10 Quizzes 20% 200 points 20 points each
Assignments 20% 200 points 20 points each weekly chapter activities
Mid-term 15% 150 points
Final 15% 150 points
Discussions 28% 280 points two online discussions on differential diagnosis case studies
Reflection 2% 20 points
Description:
1.) Identify by illustration, diagram or description normal, variations of normal and common pathologic oral lesions.
2.) Differentiate between the pathologic processes associated with systemic disease and local factors in lesions of the head, neck and oral cavity.
3.) Differentiate between genetic, developmental, infectious, autoimmune and neoplastic lesions of the head and neck
4.)Evaluate the presentation of head, neck and oral lesions pertaining to symptomatology and potential course of the disease process
5.)Develop a differential diagnosis from diagnostic signs and symptoms of a lesion or pathologic process
6.)Apply the evaluation steps of diagnosis to case presentations to determine a most likely pathologic process and its progression and possible treatment or resolution.
Required Reading: Ibsen and Phelan, Oral Pathology for the Dental Hygienist with General Pathology Introductions (8th edition), Elsevier, 2023
Recommended Reading: Wilkins, Clinical Practice of the Dental Hygienist, 14th Ed., Wolters Kluwer, 2023
Care of Med Complex Patients, DHYG-3062, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
4 Quizzes lowest dropped 3 x 10% each 30%
10 in class reading assignment activities 10x1% 10%
Midterm 15%
Comprehensive final multiple choice section 15%
Health History evaluation short answer 10%
Group project Patient management presentation 15%,
2 Vital signs assignments1% each. 2%
Project reflection 3%
Description:
Apply information on the health history to plan for optimal dental care which will prevent harm to the patient and/or operator.
Analyze information on the health history to identify both recognized and possible unrecognized conditions for which the patient should be referred for further diagnosis and treatment.
Evaluate medical emergency situations, determine the appropriate protocols to follow, personnel to notify, appropriate treatment to perform, emergency equipment needed, drugs to administer, and the necessary documentation to record.
Required Reading: Malamed, Stanley F., Medical Emergencies in the Dental Office, 8th ed. 2023 Mosby. Little, James W., Dental Management of the Medically Compromised Patient, 9th ed. 2023 Mosby
Recommended Reading: Wilkins, Esther M., Clinical Practice of the Dental Hygienist, 14th ed. 2023.
Circuits Lab, MECH-2215, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Attendance & Completion 50%
Lab Reflections 50%
Description:
1. Equipment Orientation & Basic Measurements
Students are introduced to lab instrumentation such as multimeters, power supplies, and breadboards, and practice making basic voltage, current, and resistance measurements in simple circuits.
2. Series Circuits, Parallel Circuits, and Voltage Divider
This lab reinforces series and parallel circuit theory through hands-on construction and measurement, with a focus on verifying voltage divider behavior and Kirchhoff’s laws.
3. Thevenin & Norton Equivalent, Superposition
Students experimentally determine Thevenin and Norton equivalents of linear circuits and verify the principle of superposition through selective source activation.
4. Oscilloscope Training
This session provides hands-on training with digital oscilloscopes, teaching students how to measure waveform characteristics such as amplitude, frequency, and phase.
5. Steady-State DC & First-Order Transients
Students investigate the behavior of capacitive and inductive circuits during DC switching events and compare measured time constants with theoretical predictions.
6. Second-Order Transients
This lab explores RLC circuits and underdamped, overdamped, and critically damped responses, helping students analyze natural and step responses in second-order systems.
7. Steady-State AC & Power Factor Correction
Students analyze AC steady-state circuits using sinusoidal sources, calculate real power, and implement power factor correction using capacitor banks.
8. Transformers
Students study ideal and practical transformer operation, including turns ratio, voltage/current transformation, and impedance reflection through hands-on measurements.
9. First-Order Low-Pass Filter & Bode Plots
This lab introduces frequency-domain analysis using RC low-pass filters and Bode plots to characterize gain and phase response over a range of frequencies.
10. Resonance & Second-Order Filters
Students examine series and parallel RLC circuits at resonance and explore second-order low pass, high pass, bandpass, and bandstop filter behavior through measurement.
11. Diodes & Rectifiers
This lab focuses on diode characteristics and rectifier circuits, including half-wave, and bridge configurations, with measurements of output voltage and ripple.
12. MOSFETs & BJTs
Students investigate basic characteristics of MOSFETs and BJTs, and compare theoretical vs. experimental data.
13. Operational Amplifiers (Op-Amps)
This final lab introduces op-amp applications in linear circuits, such as inverting and non-inverting amplifiers, with focus on gain and input/output relationships.
Required Reading: Lab Handouts
Recommended Reading: N/A
Circuits Lab, MECH-2215, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Attendance & Completion 50%
Lab Reflections 50%
Description:
1. Equipment Orientation & Basic Measurements
Students are introduced to lab instrumentation such as multimeters, power supplies, and breadboards, and practice making basic voltage, current, and resistance measurements in simple circuits.
2. Series Circuits, Parallel Circuits, and Voltage Divider
This lab reinforces series and parallel circuit theory through hands-on construction and measurement, with a focus on verifying voltage divider behavior and Kirchhoff’s laws.
3. Thevenin & Norton Equivalent, Superposition
Students experimentally determine Thevenin and Norton equivalents of linear circuits and verify the principle of superposition through selective source activation.
4. Oscilloscope Training
This session provides hands-on training with digital oscilloscopes, teaching students how to measure waveform characteristics such as amplitude, frequency, and phase.
5. Steady-State DC & First-Order Transients
Students investigate the behavior of capacitive and inductive circuits during DC switching events and compare measured time constants with theoretical predictions.
6. Second-Order Transients
This lab explores RLC circuits and underdamped, overdamped, and critically damped responses, helping students analyze natural and step responses in second-order systems.
7. Steady-State AC & Power Factor Correction
Students analyze AC steady-state circuits using sinusoidal sources, calculate real power, and implement power factor correction using capacitor banks.
8. Transformers
Students study ideal and practical transformer operation, including turns ratio, voltage/current transformation, and impedance reflection through hands-on measurements.
9. First-Order Low-Pass Filter & Bode Plots
This lab introduces frequency-domain analysis using RC low-pass filters and Bode plots to characterize gain and phase response over a range of frequencies.
10. Resonance & Second-Order Filters
Students examine series and parallel RLC circuits at resonance and explore second-order low pass, high pass, bandpass, and bandstop filter behavior through measurement.
11. Diodes & Rectifiers
This lab focuses on diode characteristics and rectifier circuits, including half-wave, and bridge configurations, with measurements of output voltage and ripple.
12. MOSFETs & BJTs
Students investigate basic characteristics of MOSFETs and BJTs, and compare theoretical vs. experimental data.
13. Operational Amplifiers (Op-Amps)
This final lab introduces op-amp applications in linear circuits, such as inverting and non-inverting amplifiers, with focus on gain and input/output relationships.
Required Reading: Lab Handouts
Recommended Reading: N/A
Care of Med Complex Patients, DHYG-3062, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
4 Quizzes lowest dropped 3 x 10% each 30%
10 in class reading assignment activities 10x1% 10%
Midterm 15%
Comprehensive final multiple choice section 15%
Health History evaluation short answer 10%
Group project Patient management presentation 15%,
2 Vital signs assignments1% each. 2%
Project reflection 3%
Description:
Module 1
Syllabus review Course Intro. Prevention of Medical Emergencies. Medical History review
Identify the factors increasing the incidence of life-threatening emergencies
Identify the goals and the components, of a physical and psychological evaluation.
Module 2
Preparedness / Emergency Drug kit. Use of Glucometer Vital Signs
Relate the importance of preparation to the minimization of dental emergencies
Identify the constituents of an emergency drug kit and conditions of use
Demonstrate the use of a glucometer and interpret the results as they pertain to patient treatment.
Identify the functions of vital signs and differentiate between normal and abnormal recordings and the signs and symptoms of each
Module 3
Infectious Endocarditis Review of premedication considerations and when doctor’s consultations are required
Explain the etiology, complications, signs and symptoms, prevention and managment of infective endocarditis. Explain the rational for antibiotic prophylaxis and the correct regimen for adults and children.
Module 4
Hypertension
Define the signs and symptoms of hypertension. Explain the medical and dental management and treatment for mild, moderate, and severe hypertension and the oral manifestations of the hypertensive patient.
Module 6
Cardiac Arrhythmias and Congestive Heart Failure
Identify general causes of Cardi the signs and symptoms, medications to treat and dental and medical management of cardiac arrhythmias and congestive heart failure
Module 7
Allergic Reactions And Respiratory Disorders
Compare and contrast Type I allergy (hypersensitivity) to Type IV Explain the Predisposing factors involved Explain how allergy reactions can be prevented. Describe the clinical manifestations of Allergies and dental and medical management
Compare and contrast the differences between respiratory conditions causes and treatments. Explain the signs and symptoms of each and the medical and dental management of each
Module 8
Vasodepressor Syncope Postural Hypotension Neurologic Disorders Parkinson's Alzheimer's and MS, Seizures, Cerebral Vascular Attacks CVA’s
Describe the predisposing factors for Psychogenic and Non-psychogenic Vasodepressor Syncope and postural hypertension and the causes and medical and dental management of neurological disorders, seizures and CVAs
Fall Break
Module 9
Thyroid Dysfunction, Diabetes Gastrointestinal Disease
Define, describe and recognize the signs and symptoms of endocrine and systemic disorders and the medical and dental management and implications of each.
Module 10
Arthritis and Acute Adrenal Insufficiency
Define, describe and recognize the signs and symptoms of the types of arthritis and acute adrenal insufficiency and recognize the and the medical and dental management and implications of each.
Module 11
Disorders of the Red & White Blood Cells Bleeding Disorders AIDS HIV and related conditions
Compare and contrast blood disorders, the signs and symptoms oral manifestations and the medical and dental management of blood dyscrasias.
Module 12
Liver Disease Chronic Renal Failure & Dialysis and Organ Transplantation
Explain the features of the 5 types of Hepatitis viruses, the complications related to hepatitis and liver disease and the dental and medical management and implications of liver disease, renal failure and organ transplantation.
Module 13
Student Medical History Group Presentations
Students will present on the dental and medical management of patient presenting with different and complicated medical conditions
Module 14
Drug Related Emergencies Drug Overdose Reactions
Explain the signs and symptoms of the types of drug reactions, overdose, idiosyncratic and toxic reactions and the medical and dental management of each.
Module 15
Course review
Required Reading: Malamed, Stanley F., Medical Emergencies in the Dental Office, 8th ed. 2023 Mosby. Little, James W., Dental Management of the Medically Compromised Patient, 9th ed. 2023 Mosby
Recommended Reading: Wilkins, Esther M., Clinical Practice of the Dental Hygienist, 14th ed. 2023.
Dental Hygiene Clinic IV, DHYG-4015, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Individualized instruction by clinical faculty
Case-study assignments
Technology instruction through group participation (mini-clinics)
Skill Evaluation assessments and feedback
Course Requirements
ADPIED
Care Plan
Timed assessments and feedback (mock boards)
Description:
1.) Provide adequate analgesia as needed for patient comfort during clinical treatment.
2.) Utilize theory and patient assessment data to develop an individual treatment plan based on specific patient needs.
3.) Understand and carry out proper operation and maintenance of dental equipment.
4.) Choose and adhere to proper infection control measures based on the theory of disease transmission.
5.) Provide accurate informed consent.
6.) Plan and implement specific-individualized patient education plans based on assessment data.
7.) Demonstrate detection and removal skills for supragingival and subgingival calculus.
8.) Demonstrate technique and interpretation skills with dental radiograph exposures.
9.) Complete a self-assessment/reflection: identifying areas for improvement and realistic plans for improvement.
10.) Demonstrate correct protocols for medical emergencies.
11.) Conduct oneself professionally in the clinical setting, following written clinical policies and procedures in the Policies and Procedures Manual for the benefit of patients as well as peers.
Required Reading: UTUDH faculty 2024-25 Utah Tech University Dental Hygiene Policies and Procedures Manual, Little, James W. Dental Management of the Medically Compromised Patient, Mosby, 9th Edition Malamed, Stanley F. Handbook of Medical Emergencies in the Dental Office, Mosby, 6th Edition Nield-Gehrig, Jill S. Fundamentals of Periodontal Instrumentation, Williams & Wilkins, 8th Edition Gehrig, Jill S. Foundations of Periodontics for the Dental Hygienist, Jones and Bartlett, 6th Edition Boyd, Linda D. Wilkin's Clinical Practice of the Dental Hygienist, Jones and Bartlett, 14th Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Evolution, BIOL-3010, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
5 exams, online homework, short AI paper, some problem worksheets
Description:
All units focus on our understanding of biological evolution.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Adv Theory and Practice I, DHYG-4035, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
NSPT Case Study
Quizzes
Midterm/OSCE
Case Studies
Description:
1.) Use the five-step process for finding and evaluating clinical evidence to make informed decisions for evidence-based practice.
2.) Differentiate between non-surgical periodontal therapy and periodontal surgical therapy.
3.) Plan for and provide individualized periodontal maintenance therapy that is based on
therapy results and that contains components that are standard of care.
4.) Assess signs and symptoms of:
a) necrotizing periodontal diseases,
b) periodontitis as a manifestation of systemic disease
c) other conditions affecting the periodontium,
d) peri-implant diseases and conditions;
and collaborate with other health care professionals in the provision of care for patients with these diseases and conditions.
5.) Describe the role of the dental hygienist in the provision of care for the oral and maxillofacial surgery patient.
6.) Apply self-assessment skills
7.) Apply the dental hygiene process of care in the provision of non-surgical periodontal therapy for a patient with periodontitis.
Required Reading: UTUDH faculty 2024-25 Utah Tech University Dental Hygiene Policies and Procedures Manual, Nield-Gehrig, Jill S. Fundamentals of Periodontal Instrumentation, Williams & Wilkins, 8th Edition Gehrig, Jill S. Foundations of Periodontics for the Dental Hygienist, Jones and Bartlett, 6th Edition. Boyd, Linda D. Wilkin's Clinical Practice of the Dental Hygienist, Jones and Bartlett, 14th Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Seminar in Art, ART-4990R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Course requirements are determined on an individual basis as each student meets with me to create a project tailored to their individual goals and educational needs.
Description:
As mentioned above, there is no possible way to summarize each "unit" since this course is a custom creation for each student.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Senior Animation Capstone, ART-4810, Section 40, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Mandatory in-person meeting
Come in and meet with me to discuss your project
Turn in Finished animation
Description:
This class consists of one-on-one meeting with each student enrolled to guide them through a project of their devising. There is no possible way to predict or summarize the contents of those meetings, since they are adapted to the needs of the student as education should be. The idea that quality education can be rigid enough to conform to this requirement is inherently flawed.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
3D Animation, ART-3650, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
First Character Animation
Pantomime and animate *your* walk
Climbing a Ladder
Film yourself Pantomiming
Create a 2D animated guide
Animating over pantomime
Animating the face - Visemes
Dialogue with body language
A two-person dialogue
The Final Project
Description:
Each unit in this class is a demonstration of techniques for upcoming assignments and a dynamic conversation driven by the questions of the students. The idea that quality education can be rigid enough to conform to this requirement is inherently flawed.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Animator's Survival Kit by Richard Williams
3D Graphics, ART-3610, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Normal Maps
Texture Painting
Your First Rig
Motion Tracking Composite
Rigify Character
Aniamte a walk cycle with arcs
A new character, rigged, painted, animated, and composited
Creating Hair and Integument with Geometry nodes
Final Project
Description:
Each unit in this class is a demonstration of techniques for upcoming assignments and a dynamic conversation driven by the questions of the students. The idea that quality education can be rigid enough to conform to this requirement is inherently flawed.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
3D Graphics Essentials, ART-2610, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Introduce yourself
Primitive Image
Still Life with Spin and Extrude
Kitchen Scene
Planet Earth in Space
RObot Character
Composite into a Photo
A Saint Patrick's Day or a Halloween Image
A room in your home
Making the Planets Move
Toys, Cloth, and Particles
Organic Character with animated camera
Animation - Physics, Shape Keys, and Keyframes
Final Project
Description:
Each unit in this class is a demonstration of techniques for upcoming assignments and a dynamic conversation driven by the questions of the students. The idea that quality education can be rigid enough to conform to this requirement is inherently flawed.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Prototyping Techniques, MECH-1150, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Lab Projects in Fabrication Lab - CNC Mill, Sand and Investment Casting, Manual Lathe, Anodizing, Manual Mill
Final Design Project - Design Reviews 1,2,3
Final Design Project - Final Design Submission
Final Design Project - Bill of Materials
Final Design Project - Fabrication Plan
Final Design Project - Final Prototype and Presentation
Description:
Fabrication Lab Safety - Students learn how to safely operate manufacturing machines in the fabrication lab.
Introduction to Multi-body Design with Onshape - Students learn to use Onshape's unique multi-part assembly design approach to create digital prototypes.
Prototyping Techniques - Students complete a series of labs that require them to fabricate parts as a means to learn to operate prototyping machines.
Prototyping Final Project - Students complete a production quality prototype from ideation to creation using the techniques and skills acquired in the labs.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Manufacturing, MECH-1100, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Manufacturing Tours - 3 tours to the facilities of local industry partners.
Midterm Exam - Cumulative exam covering the content from the first 8 weeks of the course.
Final Project - Students submit a detailed report of the manufacturing process after a thorough observation at a local industry partner facility.
Description:
The Depth and Global Importance Manufacturing - Investigation of the impact that manufacturing has on the quality of life.
Material Deformation and Properties - A study of the fundamental principles behind material deformation. Stress, strain, shear, dislocations, grain boundaries, etc.
Deformation Processes - A granular look into deformation processes like forging, rolling, extruding, drawing, etc.
Material Selection and Machine Operations - Understanding how to choose the proper material for the proper application and how to setup a workpiece in a mills or lathe.
Engineering Prints: Threads, Holes, Surface Finish, GD&T - Basics of creating and reading engineering blueprints for parts and assemblies.
Molding Processes - A granular investigation of specific molding processes like sand and investment casting, die casting , vacuum forming, injection molding, etc.
Subtractive Processes - A granular investigation of specific subtractive processes like milling, turning, EDM, laser cutting, etc.
Heat Treatment - A study of the changes in material properties due to the effects of heat.
Surface Finishing Processes - A granular look at specific finishing processes such as electroplating, powder coating, galvanization, anodizing, passivation, etc.
Joining Processes - A granular investigation of fasteners, welding techniques, and adhesives for joining workpieces.
Design for Assembly & Design for Manufacture - A study of the design paradigm that goes beyond just form, fit and function to consideration of how a product is fabricated and assembled.
The Toyota Production System - An introduction to the manufacturing paradigm that has shaped modern manufacturing and production.
Zero Quality Control - A deeper dive into the tools and techniques of the Toyota Production System that lead to zero defects in products without the need for end-of-line inspection.
Single Minute Exchange of Dies (SMED) - A close-up of SMED as the core principle leading to successful implementation of the Toyota Production System.
Required Reading: The Goal, Eliyahu M. Goldratt
Recommended Reading: Zero Quality Control, Shigeo Shingo; Toyota Production System, Taiichi Ohno
Multicultural Literature, ENGL-3220, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Homework, in-class assignments, and oral participation 10% 100 points
Presentations 10% 100 points
Midterm Paper 20% 200 points
Paper Abstract 10 % 100 points
Term Paper 30% 300 points
Final Exam 10% 100 points
Attendance 10% 100 points
Description:
Unit 1: intro to the class: discussions and questions in multiculturalism: students read essays on multicultural criticism in American literature
Unit 2: African American culture and literature: Students learn about the culture, literature, and key terms, and read and analyze short stories, essays, poetry, and a book, using the tools of multicultural literary criticism.
Unit 3: Chinese American literature and culture: Students learn about the culture, literature, and key terms, and read and analyze short stories, essays, poetry, and a book, using the tools of multicultural literary criticism.
Unit 4: Native American literature and culture: Students learn about the culture, literature, and key terms, and read and analyze short stories, essays, poetry, and a book, using the tools of multicultural literary criticism.
Unit 5: Latinx literature and culture: Students learn about the culture, literature, and key terms, and read and analyze short stories, essays, poetry, and a book, using the tools of multicultural literary criticism.
In the course of the semester, students write a literary analysis paper and a research-supported literary analysis.
Required Reading: · American Mosaic: Multicultural Readings in Context, Eds. Barbara Rice and Sandra Mano, 3rd edition; ISBN: 9780395886618 · Toni Morrison, Song of Solomon; ISBN: ISBN: 9780808589761 · Maxine Hong Kingston, Woman Warrior; ISBN: 9780808589761 · Pat Mora, Borders, ISBN-13: 978-0934770576 · Diana Wilson, The Seedkeeper, ISBN-13: 978-1571311375
Recommended Reading: NA
Critical Intro to Literature, ENGL-2600, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Homework and participation: 20% 200 points
Moderator: 5% 50 points
Attendance: 10% 100 points
Midterm Paper (2 pages): 25% 250 points
Term Paper (5 pages): 30 % 300 points
Final Exam: 10% 100 points
Total: 100% 1000 points
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction to critical theory
Unit 2: Reader response criticism and practice: Students learn the vocabulary and methods of the critical approach and practice it by reading and discussing assigned short stories and poems.
Unit 3: New criticism and practice: Students learn the vocabulary and methods of the critical approach and practice it by reading and discussing assigned short stories and poems.
Unit 4: ecocriticism and practice: Students learn the vocabulary and methods of the critical approach and practice it by reading and discussing assigned short stories and poems.
Unit 5: psychoanalytic criticism and practice: Students learn the vocabulary and methods of the critical approach and practice it by reading and discussing assigned short stories and poems.
Unit 6: Marxist criticism and practice: Students learn the vocabulary and methods of the critical approach and practice it by reading and discussing assigned short stories and poems.
Unit 7: Feminist criticism and practice: Students learn the vocabulary and methods of the critical approach and practice it by reading and discussing assigned short stories and poems.
Unit 8: Lesbian, gay, and queer theories and practice: Students learn the vocabulary and methods of the critical approach and practice it by reading and discussing assigned short stories and poems.
Unit 9: postcolonial criticism and practice: Students learn the vocabulary and methods of the critical approach and practice it by reading and discussing assigned short stories and poems.
Required Reading: • Lois Tyson, Using Critical Theory: How to Read and Write about Literature. 3rd edition. Routledge, 2020. 978-1138586475. • F. Scott Fitzgerald, The Great Gatsby, Scribner, 1999. ISBN: 9780743273565
Recommended Reading: Na
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 41, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Formal Writing Assignments
o Research paper proposal 10%
o Rhetorical Analysis of AI-Generated Content 10%
o Annotated Bibliography Paper 20%
o Research Paper 30%
• Shorter Assignments 10%
• Quizzes 10%
• Final exam 10%
Description:
Description of each unit:
Unit 1: Introduction to the class. Students will learn to navigate this Canvas course and receive information on reading techniques, brainstorming methods, and writing practices. They will further take reading and grammar quizzes.
Unit 2: Proposal. Students will learn to write a proposal paper. They will identify a topic and propose it to me in a 500-word proposal essay.
Unit 3: Rhetorical Analysis. Students will learn to analyze a text’s use of rhetorical devices. They will use AI and evaluate its use of rhetorical strategies. They will also take a grammar quiz.
Unit 4: Annotated Bibliography. Students will learn to write an annotated bibliography on a topic of their choice. They will take a reading quiz.
Unit 5: Research Paper. Student will learn to write a source-supported paper on their chosen topic. They will also take a reading quiz and several grammar quizzes.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Formal Writing Assignments
o Research paper proposal 10%
o Rhetorical Analysis of AI-Generated Content 10%
o Annotated Bibliography Paper 20%
o Research Paper 30%
• Shorter Assignments 10%
• Quizzes 10%
• Final exam 10%
Description:
Description of each unit:
Unit 1: Introduction to the class. Students will learn to navigate this Canvas course and receive information on reading techniques, brainstorming methods, and writing practices. They will further take reading and grammar quizzes.
Unit 2: Proposal. Students will learn to write a proposal paper. They will identify a topic and propose it to me in a 500-word proposal essay.
Unit 3: Rhetorical Analysis. Students will learn to analyze a text’s use of rhetorical devices. They will use AI and evaluate its use of rhetorical strategies. They will also take a grammar quiz.
Unit 4: Annotated Bibliography. Students will learn to write an annotated bibliography on a topic of their choice. They will take a reading quiz.
Unit 5: Research Paper. Student will learn to write a source-supported paper on their chosen topic. They will also take a reading quiz and several grammar quizzes.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
Assessment of K-8 Learners, ELED-3650, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Midterm project: Assessing concepts and skills. For this assignment, you will: Unwrap a standard, identifying the concepts and skills embedded within; Design a knowledge check of a selected concept from your standard; Design a performance task and rubric/checklist to assess a selected skill from your standard; Describe the learning progression leading to the each assessment; Design your success criteria for each assessment, and your strategy for communicating these criteria with learners; Reflect on the design process, and how your project meets key assessment aims (effective, efficient, feasible, meaningful)
Joint ELED 3100-ELED 3650 project: For this assignment, you will: Design a lesson to teach in your practicum classroom; Implement a baseline strategy to determine learners’ background and needs related to your learning target; Teach your lesson to your whole practicum class; Gather summative assessment data from each learner who participated in your lesson; Disaggregate summative assessment data for this lesson to determine students’ progress towards your learning target; Design the follow-up lesson to the lesson you taught as informed by your data disaggregation; Reflect on the process.
Final assessment portfolio: Throughout the semester, you will collect, evaluate, design, and adapt assessments for various formative and summative purposes. These assessments will be compiled into a final assessment portfolio that demonstrates your skills with respect to our course learning outcomes (CLOs), and you will provide summative reflections that detail your growth with respect to CLOs.
Description:
Weeks 1-6: Assessment terminology and features; types of assessment (formal, informal, standardized, formative); unwrapping content standards to determine what to assess; matching assessment and item types to curricular aims
Weeks 7-8: Establishing and communicating success criteria for our assessments
Weeks 9-10: Gathering assessment evidence, supporting validity and reliability, and establishing a baseline for teaching
Weeks 11-12: Disaggregating and reflecting on assessment data, and using data to inform future instruction
Week 13: Engaging students in understanding their own progress towards learning outcomes
Weeks 14-15: Polishing and reflecting on major projects
Required Reading: Brookhart, S.M. (2024). Classroom assessment essentials (chapter: performance assessment); Brookhart, S.M. (2013). How to create and use rubrics for formative assessment and grading (chapter: rubric design); Chappuis, J. & Stiggins, R. (2020). Classroom assessment for student learning: Doing it right, using it well (3rd ed.). (chapter: introduction to assessment); Estrellado, R.A. (2022). The K-12 educator’s data guidebook: Reimagining practical data use in schools (chapter: appendix 2); Popham, W.J. (2017). Classroom assessment: What teachers need to know (8th ed.) (chapter: selected-response and constructed-response items)
Recommended Reading: n/a
Circuits Lab, MECH-2215, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Attendance & Completion 50%
Lab Reflections 50%
Description:
1. Equipment Orientation & Basic Measurements
Students are introduced to lab instrumentation such as multimeters, power supplies, and breadboards, and practice making basic voltage, current, and resistance measurements in simple circuits.
2. Series Circuits, Parallel Circuits, and Voltage Divider
This lab reinforces series and parallel circuit theory through hands-on construction and measurement, with a focus on verifying voltage divider behavior and Kirchhoff’s laws.
3. Thevenin & Norton Equivalent, Superposition
Students experimentally determine Thevenin and Norton equivalents of linear circuits and verify the principle of superposition through selective source activation.
4. Oscilloscope Training
This session provides hands-on training with digital oscilloscopes, teaching students how to measure waveform characteristics such as amplitude, frequency, and phase.
5. Steady-State DC & First-Order Transients
Students investigate the behavior of capacitive and inductive circuits during DC switching events and compare measured time constants with theoretical predictions.
6. Second-Order Transients
This lab explores RLC circuits and underdamped, overdamped, and critically damped responses, helping students analyze natural and step responses in second-order systems.
7. Steady-State AC & Power Factor Correction
Students analyze AC steady-state circuits using sinusoidal sources, calculate real power, and implement power factor correction using capacitor banks.
8. Transformers
Students study ideal and practical transformer operation, including turns ratio, voltage/current transformation, and impedance reflection through hands-on measurements.
9. First-Order Low-Pass Filter & Bode Plots
This lab introduces frequency-domain analysis using RC low-pass filters and Bode plots to characterize gain and phase response over a range of frequencies.
10. Resonance & Second-Order Filters
Students examine series and parallel RLC circuits at resonance and explore second-order low pass, high pass, bandpass, and bandstop filter behavior through measurement.
11. Diodes & Rectifiers
This lab focuses on diode characteristics and rectifier circuits, including half-wave, and bridge configurations, with measurements of output voltage and ripple.
12. MOSFETs & BJTs
Students investigate basic characteristics of MOSFETs and BJTs, and compare theoretical vs. experimental data.
13. Operational Amplifiers (Op-Amps)
This final lab introduces op-amp applications in linear circuits, such as inverting and non-inverting amplifiers, with focus on gain and input/output relationships.
Required Reading: Lab Handouts
Recommended Reading: N/A
Circuits Lab, MECH-2215, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Attendance & Completion 50%
Lab Reflections 50%
Description:
1. Equipment Orientation & Basic Measurements
Students are introduced to lab instrumentation such as multimeters, power supplies, and breadboards, and practice making basic voltage, current, and resistance measurements in simple circuits.
2. Series Circuits, Parallel Circuits, and Voltage Divider
This lab reinforces series and parallel circuit theory through hands-on construction and measurement, with a focus on verifying voltage divider behavior and Kirchhoff’s laws.
3. Thevenin & Norton Equivalent, Superposition
Students experimentally determine Thevenin and Norton equivalents of linear circuits and verify the principle of superposition through selective source activation.
4. Oscilloscope Training
This session provides hands-on training with digital oscilloscopes, teaching students how to measure waveform characteristics such as amplitude, frequency, and phase.
5. Steady-State DC & First-Order Transients
Students investigate the behavior of capacitive and inductive circuits during DC switching events and compare measured time constants with theoretical predictions.
6. Second-Order Transients
This lab explores RLC circuits and underdamped, overdamped, and critically damped responses, helping students analyze natural and step responses in second-order systems.
7. Steady-State AC & Power Factor Correction
Students analyze AC steady-state circuits using sinusoidal sources, calculate real power, and implement power factor correction using capacitor banks.
8. Transformers
Students study ideal and practical transformer operation, including turns ratio, voltage/current transformation, and impedance reflection through hands-on measurements.
9. First-Order Low-Pass Filter & Bode Plots
This lab introduces frequency-domain analysis using RC low-pass filters and Bode plots to characterize gain and phase response over a range of frequencies.
10. Resonance & Second-Order Filters
Students examine series and parallel RLC circuits at resonance and explore second-order low pass, high pass, bandpass, and bandstop filter behavior through measurement.
11. Diodes & Rectifiers
This lab focuses on diode characteristics and rectifier circuits, including half-wave, and bridge configurations, with measurements of output voltage and ripple.
12. MOSFETs & BJTs
Students investigate basic characteristics of MOSFETs and BJTs, and compare theoretical vs. experimental data.
13. Operational Amplifiers (Op-Amps)
This final lab introduces op-amp applications in linear circuits, such as inverting and non-inverting amplifiers, with focus on gain and input/output relationships.
Required Reading: Lab Handouts
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum in Teaching Comp, ENGL-6820, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Classroom Observations (CLO 4)
Unit Plan (CLO 1, 2, 7, 8)
Teacher Research Project (CLO 6, 7)
Journals (CLO 6, 7)
Teaching Philosophy (CLO 5)
Description:
Pre-semester orientation: Before the semester starts, students will complete onboarding activities, including mandatory trainings, HR paperwork, creating a syllabus, and designing a Canvas shell.
History of First-Year Composition: Students will learn history of college composition starting with its introduction at Harvard University at the end of the 19th century. They will learn about the purpose of college composition.
Designing a Composition Course: Students will learn the fundamentals of backwards design and how to plan modules, assessments, materials, lessons, and activities for their courses.
Readings and Activities: Students will learn how to support their students in reading course materials.
Conferences and Workshops: Students will learn how to structure peer workshop to ensure supportive feedback. They will also learn how they can conference with students about their papers and avoid appropriating student-writers' work.
Research Papers: Students will learn how to guide their students in writing their own research paper by creating a module on this topic.
Editing and Revising: Students will learn how to help their students effectively revise and edit their own work.
Student and Teacher Identities: Students will analyze how they view their students and how their students view them. They will explore how identity shapes classroom interactions.
Required Reading: “How Many Writing Teachers Does it Take to Read a Student Essay”; Nuts and Bolts; "Inventing the University"; “Syllabus Design and Lesson Planning in ESL Composition Instruction” (Ferris and Hedgcock);“Building A Community of Writers” (Ferris & Hedgcock); "Underlife and Writing Instruction"
Recommended Reading: N/A
Advanced College Writing, ENGL-3030, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Multigenre Research Paper=40% (CLO 1, 2, 3, 5, 6)
• Assignments=40% (CLO 4, CLO &)
• Midterm=10% (CLO 1,2)
• Final=10% (CLO 6)
Description:
Defining Genres and Multigenre Writing: Students will define genre and analyze examples of multigenre writing. They will plan their own multigenre project.
Analyzing genres: Students will analyze mentor texts across genres in preparation to write in these genres.
Writing Genres: Students will compose their own multigenre research projects and workshop their pieces.
Required Reading: The Collected Works of Billy the Kid; Chapters from Writing Spaces; Chapters from Blending Genres, Altering Style; Sample infographics, profiles, how-to guides, graphic essays, video essays, opinion editorials, and professional writing.
Recommended Reading: Sample multigenre papers from previous students
Children's Literature, ENGL-2330, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
• Writing Projects and Portfolio 50%
• Participation 10%
• Literature Circle 10%
• Canvas Discussions 10%
• Presentation: 5%
• Exams 15%
Description:
History and Background of Children's Literature: This unit covers the major authors and milestones in children's literature, including changing perceptions of childhood, publishing, and awards.
Information Books: Students will read children's nonfiction books and evaluate them using criteria for effective information books.
Traditional Literature: Students will read subgenres of traditional literature, including myth and fractured fairytale. Students will write their own fractured fairytale.
Children's Literacy Development: Students will learn about stages in children's literacy development and demonstrate their knowledge through a case study of a child reader and a literacy development report.
Poetry, Verse, and Songs: Students will read poetry for children along with strategies for enhancing their appreciation.
Controversies in Children's Literature: Students will analyze controversies in children's literature including book banning, phonics versus whole language, and access to reading materials. As part of this unit, students will write a banned book essay.
Transitional Readers: Students will identify the characteristics of books used to help beginning readers.
Fiction: Students will read subgenres of children's fiction and analyze plot structure, literary devices, and character development.
Literature Circles: Students will design a literature circle, which is like a book club for children, based on a theme of their choice. They will read self selected books for this literature circle.
Required Reading: Kids First Big Book of Why; Kira, Kira; Inside Out and Back Again; Where the Sidewalk Ends; And Tango Makes Three by Justin Richardson and Peter Parnell; The True Story of the Three Little Pigs by John Scieszka; Henry and Mudge (Book 1) by Cynthia Rylant; The Inside, Outside, and Upside Downs of Children’s Literature: From Poets and Pop-ups to Princesses and Porridge by Jenifer Jasinski Schneider; March, Book 1; Children's Introduction to Greek Myth; The Lightning Thief
Recommended Reading: Book that the students' group selects for literature circles.
Couples Therapy, MFT-6100, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Discussion Questions (20 points x 12)
Couples Project
Become an Topic Expert Presentation/Fact Sheet
Assessment Completion Experience
Description:
Unit 1: Future of Couple Therapy and Couple Assessment
Unit 2: Overview of Couple Therapy Models
Unit 3: Gottman Method Couple Therapy
Unit 4: Emotionally Focused Couple Therapy
Unit 5: Internal Family Systems Couple Therapy
Unit 6: Integrative Behavioral Couple Therapy
Unit 7: Special Topics in Couple Therapy
Required Reading: The Practice of Emotionally Focused Couples Therapy, Creating Connection (3rd Edition) by Susan M. Johnson; Clinical Handbook of Couple Therapy (6th Edition) by Jay L. Lebow; 10 Principles for Doing Effective Couples Therapy by Julie Schwartz Gottman & John M. Gottman; Internal Family Systems Couple Therapy Skills Manual: Healing Relationships with Intimacy from the Inside Out by Toni Herbine-Blank & Martha Sweezy
Recommended Reading: Systemic Sex Therapy (2nd Edition) by Katerine Hertlein, Gerald R. Weeks, & Nancy Gambescia; Adult ADHD-Focused Couple Therapy: Clinical Interventions by Gina Pera & Arthur L. Robin; Helping Couples Get Past the Affair: A Clinician's Guide by Donald H. Baucom, Douglas K. Snyder, and Kristina Coop Gordon
Creative Writing, ENGL-2250R, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Poetry Presentation/Handout (15-20 minutes + handout CLO: a, c)
Short Fiction Group Presentation/Handout (15-20 minutes + handout CLO: a, c, d)
Midterm Portfolio (5-7 poems + 2-3 pp. reflection essay CLO a, b, e)
Final Portfolio (1-2 stories totaling 10-15 pp. + 2-3 pp. reflection essay CLO a, b, e)
Description:
1. Poetry Writing: Subjects for Writing. This unit covers the following topics: Writing and Knowing, The Family: Inspiration and Obstacle, The Shadow, and Poetry of Place.
2. Poetry Writing: The Poet's Craft. This unit covers the following topics: Images, Simile and Metaphor, The Music of the Line, Voice and Style, Stop Making Sense: Dreams and Experiments, Meter, Rhyme, and Form, Repetition, Rhythm, and Blues, and More Repetition: Villanelle, Pantoum, Sestina.
3. Poetry Writing: Revision and Publishing. This unit cover the following topics: A Grammatical Excursion, Workshop,
Writer's Block, and Getting Published.
4. Fiction Writing: Thinking, Reading, and Writing Like a Writer. This unit covers the following topics: Writing and Paying Attention, Reading Like a Writer, and Finding Ideas for Stories.
5. Fiction Writing: The Importance of Relevant Detail. This unit covers the following topics: Details and Believability, Details and Engaging the Reader, Showing and Telling, Fiction Writing as Telepathy, Getting the Details Right/Researching Your Story, Which Details to Include, and the Writer’s Sensibility.
6. Fiction Writing: Starting Your Story. This unit covers the following topics: What Beginnings Do, Revealing Key Information, Establishing the Story’s Stakes, and Whose Perspective Should You Choose.
7. Fiction Writing: Working with the Elements of Fiction. This unit covers the following topics: Character, Plot, Causality, Setting, Point of View (POV), Voice and Theme.
8. Fiction Writing: Creating Scenes. This unit covers the following topics: Dialogue, Narration, Description, Exposition,
Interiority, and Scene-Writing.
9. Fiction Writing: Organizing Your Story/Form & Structure. This unit covers the following topics: Classic Story Structure and the Freytag Pyramid, Conflict, Climax, Conclusion, Form and Meaning, Other Ways to Tell a Story, and
Scene and Summary.
10. Fiction Writing: Writing a Compelling Story. This unit covers creating High Stakes, Character Desire, Active Protagonists, External Conflict, Internal Conflict/Presenting Characters’ Interior Lives, Compressed Time Period,
Suspense, and Originality.
11. Fiction Writing: Ending Your Story. This unit covers Strategies for Ending Your Story, Common Pitfalls, and Getting the Words Right.
12. Fiction Writing: Revising Your Story. This unit covers The Case for Revision, What Is "Revision," What Is a "First Draft", Strategies for Revision, How Do You Know When Your Story Is Done, Workshop, and Getting Published.
Required Reading: Addonizio, Kim, and Dorianne Laux. The Poet's Companion: A Guide to the Pleasures of Writing Poetry. New York: Norton, 1997. -and- Kardos, Michael. The Art and Craft of Fiction. 2nd Ed., Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2017
Recommended Reading: N/A
Creative Writing, ENGL-2250R, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Midterm and Final Writer's Notebooks (CLO: a, b, e)
Participation (workshop, group work, discussion, readings, outings, open mics CLO: a, c, d)
Poetry Presentation/Handout (15-20 minutes + handout CLO: a, c)
Short Fiction Group Presentation/Handout (15-20 minutes + handout CLO: a, c, d)
Midterm Portfolio (5-7 poems + 2-3 pp. reflection essay CLO a, b, e)
Final Portfolio (1-2 stories totaling 10-15 pp. + 2-3 pp. reflection essay CLO a, b, e)
Description:
1. Poetry Writing: Subjects for Writing. This unit covers the following topics: Writing and Knowing, The Family: Inspiration and Obstacle, The Shadow, and Poetry of Place.
2. Poetry Writing: The Poet's Craft. This unit covers the following topics: Images, Simile and Metaphor, The Music of the Line, Voice and Style, Stop Making Sense: Dreams and Experiments, Meter, Rhyme, and Form, Repetition, Rhythm, and Blues, and More Repetition: Villanelle, Pantoum, Sestina.
3. Poetry Writing: Revision and Publishing. This unit cover the following topics: A Grammatical Excursion, Workshop,
Writer's Block, and Getting Published.
4. Fiction Writing: Thinking, Reading, and Writing Like a Writer. This unit covers the following topics: Writing and Paying Attention, Reading Like a Writer, and Finding Ideas for Stories.
5. Fiction Writing: The Importance of Relevant Detail. This unit covers the following topics: Details and Believability, Details and Engaging the Reader, Showing and Telling, Fiction Writing as Telepathy, Getting the Details Right/Researching Your Story, Which Details to Include, and the Writer’s Sensibility.
6. Fiction Writing: Starting Your Story. This unit covers the following topics: What Beginnings Do, Revealing Key Information, Establishing the Story’s Stakes, and Whose Perspective Should You Choose.
7. Fiction Writing: Working with the Elements of Fiction. This unit covers the following topics: Character, Plot, Causality, Setting, Point of View (POV), Voice and Theme.
8. Fiction Writing: Creating Scenes. This unit covers the following topics: Dialogue, Narration, Description, Exposition,
Interiority, and Scene-Writing.
9. Fiction Writing: Organizing Your Story/Form & Structure. This unit covers the following topics: Classic Story Structure and the Freytag Pyramid, Conflict, Climax, Conclusion, Form and Meaning, Other Ways to Tell a Story, and
Scene and Summary.
10. Fiction Writing: Writing a Compelling Story. This unit covers creating High Stakes, Character Desire, Active Protagonists, External Conflict, Internal Conflict/Presenting Characters’ Interior Lives, Compressed Time Period,
Suspense, and Originality.
11. Fiction Writing: Ending Your Story. This unit covers Strategies for Ending Your Story, Common Pitfalls, and
Getting the Words Right.
12. Fiction Writing: Revising Your Story. This unit covers The Case for Revision, What Is "Revision," What Is a "First Draft", Strategies for Revision, How Do You Know When Your Story Is Done, Workshop, and Getting Published.
Required Reading: Addonizio, Kim, and Dorianne Laux. The Poet's Companion: A Guide to the Pleasures of Writing Poetry. New York: Norton, 1997. -and- Kardos, Michael. The Art and Craft of Fiction. 2nd Ed., Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2017
Recommended Reading: N/A
Creative Nonfiction Writing, ENGL-3142, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Writing Exercises, Creative Assignments, Six Minute Journals
Workshop (Primary Respondent and general participation)
Presentation on writer/essay from Contemporary Creative Nonfiction (15-20 minutes + handout)
Midterm Portfolio (8-10 pages of polished prose + Process Narrative)
Final Portfolio (16-20 pages of polished prose + Process Narrative)
Submission for Publication (Submittable registration, cover letter, proof of submission)
Description:
1. Unearthing Your Material. This unit covers the following topics: The Body of Memory, Writing the Family, “Taking Place”: Writing the Physical World, Gathering the Threads of History, The Body of Identity, Writing the Arts, and Glorious Facts: Research and the Research Essay.
2. The Many Forms of Creative Nonfiction. This unit covers the following topics: The Tradition of the Personal Essay,
Innovative Forms: The Wide Variety of Creative Nonfiction, and Mixed-Media, Cross-Genre, Hybrid, and Digital Works.
3. Honing Your Craft. This unit covers the following topics: The Particular Challenges of Creative Nonfiction,The Basics of Good Writing in Any Form, The Writing Process and Revision, The Power of Writing Communities, Publishing Your Creative Nonfiction, Putting on Our Editors’ Hats.
4. Reading as a Writer: How Reading Informs Writing and Creative Nonfiction Presentations.
Required Reading: Miller, Brenda, and Suzanne Paola. Tell It Slant. 3rd ed., McGraw-Hill Education, 2019. ISBN-13: 978-1260454598, Monroe, Debra, editor. Contemporary Creative Nonfiction: An Anthology. 1st ed., Kendall Hunt, 2020. -and- Additional required essays/readings available on Canvas: Brainard, Joe, “I Remember” Doyle, Brian, “Joyas Volardores” Coates, Ta-Nehisi, Excerpts from Between the World and Me Gay, Roxane, Excerpts from Hunger: A Memoir of (My) Body Glanville, Doug, “I was Racially Profiled in my Own Driveway Hemon, Aleksandar, “The Aquarium” Kincaid, Jamaica, “Girl” Latta, Scott, “On Sequencing” Martin, Lee, “Paper Wasps” Miller, Brenda, “Swerve” Nelson, Maggie, excerpts from Bluets Sedaris, Davis, “Now We Are Five”
Recommended Reading: N/A
Electromagnetics Lab, ECE-3305, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Initialed Lab Reports: 50%
Post Lab Quiz: 30%
Project: 20%
Description:
Lab I – Simscape Review
Students review and apply MATLAB Simscape to model basic electrical systems, laying the groundwork for circuit-level and transmission line simulations in later labs.
Lab II – Lumped Element Model
Students explore how lumped RLC circuits approximate transmission line behavior and investigate wave propagation through cascaded elements.
Lab III – Electromagnetic Wave Simulation
This lab introduces time-domain simulation of electromagnetic waves, allowing students to visualize traveling waves, reflection, and impedance mismatch effects.
Lab IV – Sinusoidal Steady-State Analysis 1
Using RG-58 coaxial cables, students experimentally examine sinusoidal steady-state behavior on transmission lines. They compute input impedance for open and shorted lines, investigate the impact of electrical length at βl = 90° and 180°, and analyze peak voltage response as a function of frequency.
Lab V – Sinusoidal Steady-State Analysis 2 – Part 1
Students build on Lab IV to study impedance mismatch effects, standing wave patterns, and voltage variations across frequency using coaxial cable setups and measurement instruments.
Lab VI – Sinusoidal Steady-State Analysis 2 – Part 2
This lab focuses on practical impedance matching and further analysis using Smith Charts and experimental measurements to reinforce sinusoidal steady-state concepts.
Lab VII – Time Domain Reflectometry – Part 1
Using RG-58 coaxial cables, students perform time-domain reflectometry to observe pulse reflections, identify mismatches, and evaluate time-of-flight in transmission lines.
Lab VIII – Time Domain Reflectometry – Part 2
Students analyze captured TDR waveforms to determine impedance discontinuities, extract line parameters, and validate their understanding of reflection timing and amplitude.
Lab IX – ANSYS HFSS Simulation
Students are introduced to ANSYS HFSS, a full-wave electromagnetic simulation tool, to design and analyze basic RF structures like coaxial cables and patch antennas.
Lab X – ANSYS HFSS Simulation
Students simulate more advanced structures in HFSS, exploring resonance, field distributions, and S-parameters in high-frequency components.
Lab XI – Spectrum Analyzer
Students use a physical spectrum analyzer to measure frequency-domain characteristics of signals, gaining experience in identifying frequency components, bandwidth, and spectral behavior.
Project
In this final project, students design, fabricate, and test an antenna for a specified application. The project integrates concepts from electromagnetics, transmission lines, and simulation, and includes performance evaluation using tools such as vector network analyzers and HFSS.
Required Reading: Lab Handouts
Recommended Reading: N/A
Electromagnetics, ECE-3300, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Quizzes 30%
Assignments 15%
Midterm Exam 25%
Final Exam 30%
Description:
1. Introduction to Electromagnetism
This unit introduces fundamental electromagnetic concepts and reviews essential math tools such as phasors and time-domain analysis. Students will learn how time-varying fields relate to real-world electrical systems.
2. Transmission Lines
This unit examines the behavior of voltage and current waves on transmission lines, including characteristic impedance, reflection, standing waves, and power flow. Students will also learn to use the Smith Chart as a graphical tool for impedance matching and analyzing complex transmission line problems.
3. Vector Analysis
This unit covers the mathematical tools needed for electromagnetics, including vector algebra, dot and cross products, gradients, divergence, and curl. Students will apply these tools to analyze electric and magnetic fields.
4. Electrostatics
Students study electric fields and potentials arising from static charge distributions. Topics include Gauss’s law, boundary conditions, and capacitance, with applications to circuit and system design.
5. Magnetostatics & Maxwell’s Equations
This unit focuses on magnetic fields due to steady currents, including Ampère’s law and magnetic materials. Students are introduced to the full set of Maxwell’s equations in integral and differential forms, forming the foundation for time-varying field analysis.
6. Plane-Wave Propagation
Students analyze electromagnetic wave propagation in free space and various media. Topics include uniform plane waves, polarization, propagation in lossy media, and wave behavior in conductors and dielectrics. An introduction to rectangular waveguides and cutoff phenomena is also included.
7. Wave Reflection and Transmission
This unit examines how electromagnetic waves interact with boundaries between different media. Students will study reflection and transmission at normal and oblique incidence, transmission line terminations, and impedance transformations using both analytical and Smith Chart methods.
Required Reading: Lecture slides and notes
Recommended Reading: Fundamentals of Applied Electromagnetics, 8th Edition, by Ulaby et al. ; Elements of Electromagnetics, 7th Edition, by Matthew N. O. Sadiku
CPA Discipline Topics, ACCT-6150, Section 01B, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Chapter Content Exams (40% of grade), Comp Final (30%), Homework (15%) and Quizzes (15%).
Description:
1. Tax Compliance and Planning for Individuals. Covers tax compliance and tax planning considerations. Also covers loss limitation, compliance and planning for gift and charitable donations and personal financial planning.
2. Tax Compliance and Planning for Corporations. Covers utilizing NOLs and capital loss limitations. Also covers entity and owner tax transactions, consolidated tax returns, international tax issues and tax planning for corporations.
3. Tax Compliance and Planning for Flow-Through. Covers S Corporation advanced topics. Also covers partnership advanced topics, including partnership liquidation, tax implications, trust taxation and tax-exempt organization advanced topics.
4. Property Transactions. Covers nontaxable distributions, dispositions of trade or business-use property and related party transactions.
5. Regulations, Standards and Frameworks. Covers privacy and data security standards. Also covers the COBIT framework and the internet security critical security controls.
6. Information Systems and Data Management. Covers IT infrastructure, enterprise and accounting information systems, change management and the introduction to data collection and the data life cycle. Also covers data storage, database design, data extraction, integration and process documentation.
7. Security and Confidentiality. Covers threats and attacks, mitigation of threats and attacks, security testing, confidentiality and privacy, and incident response.
8. System and Organization Controls (SOC) Engagements. Covers the various types of SOC engagement categories and types and well has how to report on an SOC engagement. Also covers planning and risk assessment within a SOC engagement as well as how to properly perform a SOC engagement.
Required Reading: Becker CPA Exam Review
Recommended Reading: N/A
Advanced Cost Accounting, ACCT-6310, Section 01A, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Two chapter exams (30% of grade), comp final (30%), homework (20%), quizzes (10%) and class attendance/participation (10%).
Description:
1. Liquidity, Solvency and Leverage Ratios. Cover common-size financial statements. Also cover the liquidity ratios, solvency ratios and leverage ratios.
2. Profitability and Per-Share Ratios. Cover the various profitability and per-share ratios. Also cover the factors that affect reported profitability.
3. Activity Ratios and Earnings Quality. Cover the various activity ratios. Also conduct ratio analysis and review earnings quality.
4. Types of Securities. Cover the ins and outs of bonds, stock and dividends, including stock and dividend splits, share repurchases, and bonds selling at a premium and a discount.
5. Financial Markets and Financing. Cover financial risk and return. Portfolio Management and security offerings. Also cover short-term and long-term financing.
6. Valuation Methods and Cost of Capital. Cover stock valuation methods and as well as the cost of capital calculations for both current and new capital. Also cover options and derivatives.
7. Working Capital Management. Cover working capital and cash management. Also cover marketable securities management, receivables management and inventory management.
8. Corporate Restructuring, International Trade and Exchange Rates. Covers mergers and acquisitions, international trade, exchange rates and the effect of foreign exchange fluctuations.
9. CVP Analysis. Covers the ins and outs of Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis including how to calculate margin of safety and break-even. Also calculation CVP Analysis for a company selling multiple products.
10. Marginal Analysis. Covers short-run profit maximization. Also covers decision making and applying marginal analysis for special orders, make or buy, keep or drop and sell as is or process further.
11. Pricing Analysis. Covers the price elasticity of demand. Also covers market structures and various pricing approaches (cost-based pricing, target pricing and life cycle pricing).
12. Risk Management. Covers the various types of business risk and how to mitigate those risks (risk management). Also covers the COSO Enterprise Risk Management framework.
13. Capital Investment Decisions. Covers the capital budgeting process, as well as how to rank investment projects. Also covers risk analysis and discounted cash flow analysis.
14. Ethical Considerations for Professionals. Covers business ethic and the ethics for management accountants. Also covers fraud and the fraud risk model (fraud triangle).
15. Ethical Considerations for the Organization. Covers corporate ethical legislation as well as corporate responsibility for ethical behavior.
Required Reading: Gleim CMA Part 2 (2025 Edition)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Cost Accounting, ACCT-4300, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
4 Chapter Exams (40% of grade), Comp Final (25%), Homework (15%), Quizzes (10%), Attendance/Participation (10%)
Description:
1. Cost Management Concepts. Covers cost management terminology, cost behavior and relevant range and costing techniques (absorption and variable costing).
2. Cost Accumulation Systems. Covers job order costing, process costing, activity-based costing and life cycle costing.
3. Cost Allocation Systems. Covers joint and by-product costing. Also covers overhead allocations, including how to allocate service department costs.
4. Supply Chain Management. Covers just-in-time inventory and lean resource management. Also covers enterprise resource planning, outsourcing, and capacity management.
5. Business Process Improvement. Covers value chain analysis and other process improvement tools (benchmarking, business process reengineering, and kaizen).
6. Analysis Forecasting and Strategy. Covers correlation and regression, learning curve analysis, expected value and sensitivity analysis, strategic management and strategic planning.
7. Budgeting: Concepts and Methodologies. Covers the roles of budgets and the budgeting process as well as the master budget and budgeting methodologies.
8. Budgeting: Calculations and Pro Forma Financial Statements. Covers the sales forecast and sales budget. Also covers the various budgets within the operating and capital budgets.
9. Cost and Variance Measures. Covers variance analysis and the static and flexible budget variances. Also covers the direct materials, direct labor, overhead and sales variances.
10. Responsibility Accounting and Performance Measures. Covers responsibility centers and performance measures for cost, revenue, profit and investment centers. Also covers the balanced scorecard and transfer pricing.
11. Internal Controls: Corporate Governance. Covers corporate governance and regulations related to internal control. Also covers risk and internal control.
12. Internal Controls: Controls and Security Measures. Covers control procedures, systems controls and information security and security measures and business continuity planning.
13. Information Systems and Data Governance. Covers accounting information systems, data governance and the data life cycle and the COSO framework.
14. Systems Development and Data Analytics. Covers technology-enabled finance transformation, data analytics and big data.
Required Reading: Gleim CMA Part 1 (2025 Edition)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intermediate Accounting II, ACCT-3020, Section 2, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Exams (50% of grade), SmartBook Assignments (10%), Homework Assignments (10%), Quizzes (10%), Research paper (10%) and participation (10%).
Description:
1. Revenue Recognition. This unit covers revenue recognition, which determines when and how much revenue appears in the income statement. Three revenue recognition approaches are covered: at a point in time, over a period of time, and for contracts that include multiple parts that might require recognizing revenue at different times.
2. Investments. Cover various approaches used to account for investments that companies make in the debt and equity securities of other companies. Three options for investment classification: trading, held to maturity and available for sale.
3. Bonds and Long-Term Notes. Covers the accounting treatment of long-term liabilities and the borrower's side of the same transaction. Also covers bonds and how to extinguish debt and convert debt into stock.
4. Leases. Covers a lease contract from both the lessee (user) and lessor (owner) perspective. Also covers the criteria for when to classify a lease as an operation lease or a finance/sales type lease.
5. Accounting for Income Taxes. Explores the financial accounting and reporting for the effects of income taxes. Covers how to treat both temporary differences and permanent differences.
6. Shareholder's Equity. Covers the difference between the two basis sources of shareholder's equity: invested capital and earned capital. Also covers how to expand corporate capital through the issuance of shares of stock and how to contract capital through retirement of shares and repurchase of treasury stock.
7. Share-Based Compensation and Earnings per Share. covers various forms of employee compensation and how this compensation is often tied to the market price of the company stock. Also cover how to calculate both basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share.
8. Accounting Changes and Error Correction. Covers why and how accounting changes and error correction is handled in a variety of situations that might be encountered in practice.
9. Statement of Cash Flows. Covers how the statement of cash flows fills in the information gap left by the other financial statements (balance sheet and income statement). Covers both the direct and indirect methods of the statement of cash flows.
Required Reading: Intermediate Accounting 11th Edition, McGraw Hill
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro Design & Prototyping Lab, MECH-1005, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
N/A
Description:
Time to complete labs for MECH 1000. All assignments are submitted to MECH 1000.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro Design & Prototyping Lab, MECH-1005, Section 5, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
N/A
Description:
Time to complete labs for MECH 1000. All assignments are submitted to MECH 1000.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Systems & Controls Lab, MECH-3205, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Labs
Description:
System Modeling - Describe the time-based behavior of dynamic systems.
Simplified Models - Linearization, transfer functions, and state space models.
PID - Control of a system using PID techniques, including the dirty derivative.
Full State Feedback - Control of a system using full state feedback techniques, including a Luenberger observer.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Systems & Controls Lab, MECH-3205, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Labs
Description:
System Modeling - Describe the time-based behavior of dynamic systems.
Simplified Models - Linearization, transfer functions, and state space models.
PID - Control of a system using PID techniques, including the dirty derivative.
Full State Feedback - Control of a system using full state feedback techniques, including a Luenberger observer.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Systems & Controls Lab, MECH-3205, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Labs
Description:
System Modeling - Describe the time-based behavior of dynamic systems.
Simplified Models - Linearization, transfer functions, and state space models.
PID - Control of a system using PID techniques, including the dirty derivative.
Full State Feedback - Control of a system using full state feedback techniques, including a Luenberger observer.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Systems & Controls, MECH-3200, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework
Exams
Participation
Description:
System Modeling - Describe the time-based behavior of dynamic systems.
Simplified Models - Linearization, transfer functions, and state space models.
PID - Control of a system using PID techniques, including the dirty derivative.
Full State Feedback - Control of a system using full state feedback techniques, including a Luenberger observer.
Frequency Domain - Basic system analysis in the frequency domain. Introduction to Bode plots, including creating them (using computers), interpreting them, and gain/phase margins.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: R. W. Beard, T. W. McLain, C. Peterson, and M. Killpack, Introduction to Feedback Control Using Design Studies. Independently Published, 2023; G. Franklin, D. Powell, and A. Emami-Naeini, Feedback Control of Dynamic Systems. Pearson, 8 ed., 2018; B. Douglas, The Fundamentals of Control Theory. Independently Published, 2019; B. Douglas, Control System Lectures; other resources here: https://github.com/A-make/awesome-control-theory
Intro Design & Prototyping, MECH-1000, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Attendance & Participation
Labs
Homework
Exams
Projects
Description:
CAD - Introduction and tutorials on how to use computer-aided design software (CAD)
Basics of Mechanical Engineering - Design and analysis of gears, cams, and linkages. Tolerances and use of calipers.
Basics of Electrical Engineering - Ohm's law, Kirchhoff's laws, resistors, parallel vs series, and circuit diagrams. Use of multimeters.
Engineering Design Process - Requirements, empathizing with end users, brainstorming, prototyping, testing, and teamwork principles.
Project - Design and testing of a conveyor system.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Advanced Life Drawing, ART-4410R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Daily assignments, cast drawing, final drawing, critique groups, sketchbook, attendance
Description:
Drawing Techniques: Complete drawings using gesture, straight line, value hard and soft edges, rhythm, flow, proportion, exaggeration, line.
Anatomical structure and form: Complete drawings measuring size, angle, position and using value to get form.
Required Reading: Figure Drawing for All Its Worth
Recommended Reading: N/A
Portrait Drawing, ART-3420R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Daily drawings, final drawing, critique group, attendance
Description:
Drawing techniques: complete drawings using size, angle, position, value shapes, hard and soft edges, lines.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Adv Painting, Landscape, ART-4220R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Daily paintings, critique group, attendance, artist report, final painting
Description:
Painting techniques: Complete paintings using thumbnails, monchromatic, color matching, painting with instructor, painting from photo.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Life Drawing, ART-3410, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Daily assignments, cast drawing, final drawing, critique groups, sketchbook, attendance
Description:
Drawing Techniques: Complete drawings using gesture, straight line, value, hard and soft edges, rhythm, flow, proportion, exaggeration, line.
Anatomical structure and form: Complete drawings measuring size, angle, position and using value to get form.
Required Reading: Figure Drawing for All Its Worth
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Biology II, BIOL-1620, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Online Open-book Quizzes (12, One per chapter - 20%)
Chapter Reading Review Questions (12, one per chapter - 10%)
Exams (7, one exam per 2 chapters - 60%)
Final Exam (10%)
Description:
Unit Chapters
1 Course Introduction, Ch 26: Phylogeny and the Tree of Life - Methods and uses of phylogenies and classification
2 Ch 19: Viruses - Biology, physiology, anatomy, and life cycles of viruses
3 Ch 27: Bacteria and Archaea - Biology, physiology, anatomy, and life cycles of prokaryotes
4 Ch 28: Protists - Biology, physiology, anatomy, and life cycles of protists
5 Ch 31: Fungi - Biology, physiology, anatomy, and life cycles of fungi
6 Ch 29: Plant Diversity I: How Plants Colonized Land - Biology and life cycles of seedless plants
7 Ch 30: Plant Diversity II: The Evolution of Seed Plants - Biology and life cycles of seed plants
8 Ch 35: Plant Structure, Growth and Development - Physiology and anatomy of angiosperms
9 Ch 32: An Overview of Animal Diversity - overview of key evolutionary developments and resulting characteristics
10 Ch 40: Basic Principles of Animal Form and Function - overview of basic physiological and anatomical systems
11 Ch 33: An Introduction to Invertebrates - Biology, physiology, anatomy, and life cycles of invertebrate phyla and classes
12 34: The Origin and Evolution of Vertebrates - Biology, physiology, anatomy, and life cycles of Chordates
Required Reading: Campbell Biology 12e
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Biology I, BIOL-1610, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
EXAMS (7): 100 points each. Exam material will come from the text and lecture.
HOMEWORK (14): 20 points each. Homework assignment questions may include essay, short-answer, problem-solving, diagrams, or drawings.
FIELD TRIP (1): 100 points. Visit a state or national park or monument. Take notes on observations of the natural phenomenon in the area. These notes should include the location, date, time, weather, geology, biology, environmental factors, and everything you see, hear, and smell. Take digital photos of the area and the things that you see. Use the notes, photos, and other materials, to create a THREE-FOLD pamphlet, 3 columns, on 8.5” X 11” LANDSCAPE format.
SERVICE PROJECT (1): 100 points. You will need to perform 2 HOURS of service in the community. Please find something to do, like trash clean up in a local park, on a trail, or on a roadway, helping someone, a neighbor, or other elderly, or person with special needs, weeding or other yard work, painting, organizing, filing, etc. If you cannot think of something, you may call your city offices, or other local organization, to see if there is something you could do.
ABSTRACTED BIBLIOGRAPHY (1): 100 points. Construct an abstracted bibliography on a biological topic from your lecture notes, that is APPROVED by the instructor. An abstracted bibliography must be formatted similar to a typical scientific bibliography, with the exception that a short abstract about each reference will follow each reference. Use the CSE citation format. This assignment must be 2 pages, NO LONGER, NO SHORTER, with 3 abstracted references on each page Each of the 6 abstracts must be, at least, a 6-8 line in length, summary of 6 scientific journal articles. Please see the CSE Style Name-Year Citation Instructions posted in Assignments on CANVAS. Please see the CSE Style Name-Year Citation Instructions posted in Assignments on CANVAS.
Description:
Introduction to the Class, Syllabus Review, The Scientific Method, and Introduction to Biology
Inorganic Chemistry
Organic Chemistry
Biochemistry
The Microscope and The Cell
Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Cells
Cell Components
Bioenergetics
Photosynthesis and Cellular Respiration
Replication
Transcription and Translation
Biotechnology and Bioethics
Chromosome Structure
Cell Reproduction: Somatic Cells and Sex Cells
Mendelian Genetics and Inheritance
Basic Phylogeny and Systematics
Evolutionary History and Theory
Supportive Evidence
Geologic Time
Basic Ecology
The Biosphere and Biomes
Populations
Communities and Ecosystems
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 41, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
EXAMS (6): 100 points each. Exam material will come from the text and lecture. The exams will NOT be administered early or late for any reason.
HOMEWORK (12): 20 points each. Homework assignment questions may include essay, short-answer, problem-solving, diagrams, or drawings.
FIELD TRIP (1): 100 points. Visit a state or national park or monument. Take notes on observations of the natural phenomenon in the area. These notes should include the location, date, time, weather, geology, biology, environmental factors, and everything you see, hear, and smell. Take digital photos of the area and the things that you see. Use the notes, photos, and other materials, to create a THREE-FOLD pamphlet, 3 columns, on 8.5” X 11” LANDSCAPE format.
SERVICE PROJECT (1): 100 points. You will need to perform 2 HOURS of service in the community. Please find something to do, like trash clean up in a local park, on a trail, or on a roadway, helping someone, a neighbor, or other elderly, or person with special needs, weeding or other yard work, painting, organizing, filing, etc. If you cannot think of something, you may call your city offices, or other local organization, to see if there is something you could do.
ABSTRACTED BIBLIOGRAPHY (1): 100 points. Construct an abstracted bibliography on a biological topic from your lecture notes, that is APPROVED by the instructor. The abstracted bibliography must be formatted like a typical scientific bibliography, with the exception that a short abstract about each reference will follow each reference. Use the CSE citation format. This assignment must be 2 pages, NO LONGER, NO SHORTER, with 3 abstracted references on each page. Each of the 6 abstracts must be, at least, a 6-8 line in length, summary of 3 scientific journals articles, and 3 books, periodicals, internet sources, magazines, or videos.
Description:
The Scientific Method and Introduction to Biology
Inorganic Chemistry
Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry
The Microscope, The Cell, and Prokaryotic Cells
Eukaryotic Cells
Bioenergetics, Photosynthesis, and Cellular Respiration
Replication, Transcription, and Translation
Chromosome Structure and Cell Reproduction: Somatic and Sex Cells
Mendelian Genetics and Inheritance
Viruses, Bacteria, Archaeans, Slime Molds, Algae, Protozoans, Fungi, and Lichens
Plants: Nonvascular and Vascular Plants
Animals: Invertebrates and Vertebrates
Evolutionary History
Evolutionary Theory
Supportive Evidence and Geologic Time
Basic Ecology, The Biosphere, and Biomes
Population, Communities, and Ecosystems
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Family Communication, COMM-3120, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Introductions
Quizzes 12 (@ 25 pts each)
Engagement
Discussion Boards 12 (@ 25 pts each)
My Family Presentation
Final Project
Part 1
Part 2
Exam 1
Exam 2
Description:
Chapter One: What is a family? Students will learn about the different types of families and relate it to their own family.
Chapter Two: What is Family Communication? Students will learn about how the different types of families communicate and apply to their own families as they create their family project presentations.
Chapter Three: Students will learn and apply the different family communication theories
Chapter Four: Communication and Family Development: students will learn about the developmental stage model of child development and transitions between life stages.
Chapter Five: students will learn & apply the communication patterns and the creation of family identity as they prepare to interview a family member.
Chapter Six: Relational maintenance within families
Chapter Seven: Intimacy within partnerships and families
Chapter Eight: Communication and family roles and types: students will learn and reflect on their own roles within their family units
Chapter nine: Power, influence and decision making in families.
Chapter Ten: Communication and family conflict
Chapter Eleven: family communication and stress
Chapter Twelve: Family communication, health and wellness.
Required Reading: Galvin, K. M., Braithwaite, D. O., Schrodt, P., & Bylund, C. L. (2019). Family communication: Cohesion and change (10th ed.). Routledge
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 8, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Participation/Activities 100
4 Speeches (100 pts each) 400
4 Outlines (50 pts each) 100
5 Peer Evaluations (10 pts each) 50
4 Self-Evaluations (25 pts each) 100
Outlining Group Project 100
Recordings 50
Description:
Chapter One: students will learn the art of public speaking and preparing a toast on a classmate.
Chapter Eleven: visual aides.
My Item Speech module: students will be delivering a my item speech
Chapter Two: Ethics
Chapter Three: Audience Analysis
Chapter Twelve: Speech Genres
Chapter Four: Concept Mapping & Choosing a Speech Topic
Celebratory Speaking Module: students will choose and present a celebratory speech of their choosing
Chapter five: Researching for a speech
Chapter 6-8: students will learn how to effectively organize and outline a speech according to speech patterns and effective outlines.
Chapter 9 & 10: Style and language & delivery.
Informative speaking: Students will choose an informative speech of their choosing and present to class.
Speaking online, workplace, and for social change module: students will also learn about other ways of delivering and presenting information.
Persuasive speaking module: students will choose a persuasive speech topic of their choice and present it to the class as their final project.
Required Reading: Joshua Gunn Speechcraft
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 7, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Participation/Activities 100
4 Speeches (100 pts each) 400
4 Outlines (50 pts each) 100
5 Peer Evaluations (10 pts each) 50
4 Self-Evaluations (25 pts each) 100
Outlining Group Project 100
Recordings 50
Description:
Chapter One: students will learn the art of public speaking and preparing a toast on a classmate.
Chapter Eleven: visual aides.
My Item Speech module: students will be delivering a my item speech
Chapter Two: Ethics
Chapter Three: Audience Analysis
Chapter Twelve: Speech Genres
Chapter Four: Concept Mapping & Choosing a Speech Topic
Celebratory Speaking Module: students will choose and present a celebratory speech of their choosing
Chapter five: Researching for a speech
Chapter 6-8: students will learn how to effectively organize and outline a speech according to speech patterns and effective outlines.
Chapter 9 & 10: Style and language & delivery.
Informative speaking: Students will choose an informative speech of their choosing and present to class.
Speaking online, workplace, and for social change module: students will also learn about other ways of delivering and presenting information.
Persuasive speaking module: students will choose a persuasive speech topic of their choice and present it to the class as their final project.
Required Reading: Joshua Gunn Speechcraft
Recommended Reading: N/A
Elements of Effective Comm, COMM-1010, Section 3, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
10 Quizzes 100 pts (10 pts each)
Midterm… 50 pts
Final… 50 pts
10 Assessment Communication Packets… 250 (25 pts each)
Intercultural Project… 50 pts
Small group project… 50 pts
Knapp’s relationship model project 50 pts
Interview Packet… 50 pts
Outlining Groups………………………………………………………………….. 50 pts
Outline of speech… 50 pts
Peer Review 50 pts
Speech… 100 pts
Description:
Chapter One: students will learn about the definition of communication, along with the reasons why we communicate and how to become more effective, competent communicators.
Chapter Two: students will be learning about culture and preparing a presentation on the co-culture of their choosing.
Chapter Three: students will learn about the perception process and how that impacts communication.
Chapter Four: students will learn about how language influences communication.
Chapter Five: nonverbal communication
Chapter Six: students will learn about the different styles of listening and how that impacts communication.
Chapter Seven & Eight: this module deals with the different relationships and communication
Chapter Nine & Ten: Small Group Communication Module. Students will be preparing and presenting a small group communication project that deals with a problem of their choosing that they then find a solution for.
Chapter Eleven-Fifteen: Public speaking module. Students will be learning the different styles of public speaking and preparing to give a final project as a speech.
Appendix: Workplace communication. Students will be learning about effective communication in the workplace along with effective tools like resume, cover letter building, and practicing interviews.
Required Reading: Floyd K Communication Matters
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Observations and written papers of infants/toddlers, preschool children, adolescents, middle and late adults, chapter and final exams, college friend days in the UT preschool- participation and written summaries
Description:
Science of Human Development: major theorists/theories related to human development, ethical, scientific study of humans
Conception to Birth: Genetic influences, teratogens, development of zygote to newborn
First Two Years: Physical, Cognitive, Emotional, Social development
Early Childhood: Physical, Cognitive, Emotional, Social development
Middle Childhood: Physical, Cognitive, Emotional, Social development
Adolescence: Physical, Cognitive, Emotional, Social development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, Cognitive, Emotional, Social development
Adulthood. Physical, Cognitive, Emotional, Social development
Late Adulthood: Physical, Cognitive, Emotional, Social development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Choices, Reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 6th Edition, Berger, K. S., Worth, 2025
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 48B, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 49, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 47, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 45, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 44, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 43, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 42, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 41, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 11, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 10, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 9, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 8, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 7, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 6, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 5, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 4, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 3, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 2, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Quizzes, midterm, final
Description:
Module 1: Analyze diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health.
Module 2: Explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health.
Module 3: Describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes, and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risk factors for developing chronic disease, including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometric laboratory measures.
Module 4: Explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients.
Module 5: Identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food-borne illness from a variety of microorganisms.
Module 6: Evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically, knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Managerial Finance I, FIN-3150, Section 4, College of Business
Course Requirements:
You are required to interact with the course, the instructor, and your peers. Plan to log in to Canvas and work on this course at least 3 times per week. As a courtesy and to use time efficiently, view and complete each page and assignment of every module before asking the instructor for help or feedback.
Description:
Introduction/ Module 1 - Financial Management
Module 2 - Financial Statements
Module 3 - Financial Statement Analysis
Module 4 - Time Value of Money
Module 5 - TVM – Annuity Cash Flows
Module 6 - Application of TVM in Personal Finance
Module 7 – Interest Rates and Inflation
Module 8 – Bond Valuation
Module 9 - Stock Valuation
Module 10 – Risk and Return
Module 11 – Cost of Capital
Module 12 - Capital Budgeting Decisions
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Ross, Westerfield, and Jordan, Essentials of Corporate Finance, McGraw Hill
Managerial Finance I, FIN-3150, Section 3, College of Business
Course Requirements:
You are required to interact with the course, the instructor, and your peers. Plan to log in to Canvas and work on this course at least 3 times per week. As a courtesy and to use time efficiently, view and complete each page and assignment of every module before asking the instructor for help or feedback.
Description:
Introduction/ Module 1 - Financial Management
Module 2 - Financial Statements
Module 3 - Financial Statement Analysis
Module 4 - Time Value of Money
Module 5 - TVM – Annuity Cash Flows
Module 6 - Application of TVM in Personal Finance
Module 7 – Interest Rates and Inflation
Module 8 – Bond Valuation
Module 9 - Stock Valuation
Module 10 – Risk and Return
Module 11 – Cost of Capital
Module 12 - Capital Budgeting Decisions
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: You are required to interact with the course, the instructor, and your peers. Plan to log in to Canvas and work on this course at least 3 times per week. As a courtesy and to use time efficiently, view and complete each page and assignment of every module before asking the instructor for help or feedback.
Managerial Finance I, FIN-3150, Section 2, College of Business
Course Requirements:
You are required to interact with the course, the instructor, and your peers. Plan to log in to Canvas and work on this course at least 3 times per week. As a courtesy and to use time efficiently, view and complete each page and assignment of every module before asking the instructor for help or feedback.
Description:
Introduction/ Module 1 - Financial Management
Module 2 - Financial Statements
Module 3 - Financial Statement Analysis
Module 4 - Time Value of Money
Module 5 - TVM – Annuity Cash Flows
Module 6 - Application of TVM in Personal Finance
Module 7 – Interest Rates and Inflation
Module 8 – Bond Valuation
Module 9 - Stock Valuation
Module 10 – Risk and Return
Module 11 – Cost of Capital
Module 12 - Capital Budgeting Decisions
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Ross, Westerfield, and Jordan, Essentials of Corporate Finance, McGraw Hill
Managerial Finance I, FIN-3150, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
You are required to interact with the course, the instructor, and your peers. Plan to log in to Canvas and work on this course at least 3 times per week. As a courtesy and to use time efficiently, view and complete each page and assignment of every module before asking the instructor for help or feedback
Description:
Introduction/ Module 1 - Financial Management
Module 2 - Financial Statements
Module 3 - Financial Statement Analysis
Module 4 - Time Value of Money
Module 5 - TVM – Annuity Cash Flows
Module 6 - Application of TVM in Personal Finance
Module 7 – Interest Rates and Inflation
Module 8 – Bond Valuation
Module 9 - Stock Valuation
Module 10 – Risk and Return
Module 11 – Cost of Capital
Module 12 - Capital Budgeting Decisions
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Ross, Westerfield, and Jordan, Essentials of Corporate Finance, McGraw Hill
Personal Finance, FIN-1750, Section 4, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Individual Assignments: All course assignments are posted in Canvas, along with supplemental files and assignment files needed to complete them, as well as the point values assigned to each assignment.
Quizzes and Case Studies will be posted on Canvas. They are designed to verify that you have read the assigned readings and are familiar with the key terms and definitions.
Online Discussions: Individual Assignments for the course are posted in Canvas along with all supplemental files and assignment files needed to complete the assignments, as well as the point values assigned to each assignment.
Quizzes and Case Studies will be posted on Canvas. They are designed to verify that you have read the assigned readings and are familiar with the key terms and definitions.
Online Discussions: Several modules in Canvas include an online discussion component. To get full credit for the discussion, you must give an initial response and two more responses to fellow classmates to get full credit for the discussion.
The final exam is 20% of the course grade. The final exam is a case study designed to assess your understanding of the personal finance concepts covered throughout the course. Several modules in Canvas include an online discussion component. To get full credit for the discussion, you must give an initial response and two more responses to fellow classmates to get full credit for the discussion.
Description:
Module 1. Understand the importance of financial literacy in the context of the overall economy. (LO 1A)
Module 2. Identify the benefits of a properly designed personal financial plan and be able to discuss its relationship to economic conditions and personal goals. (LO 1A)
Module 3. Construct and implement a well-planned personal financial plan. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 4. Explain the techniques of successful budgeting and asset management, including the meaning and purpose of specific financial statements and records. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 5. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of different types of checking accounts and savings plans. (LO 1A, 3B)
Module 6. Identify the types of credit available to consumers and be able to discuss the pros and cons of using credit verses savings and cash when purchasing consumer goods. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 7. Explain the factors that influence the availability of financial services. List the types of services and products offered by financial institutions are commonly used by consumers. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 8. Discuss factors that influence consumer-buying decisions and identify strategies for effective purchasing. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 9. Describe basic consumer rights and responsibilities. (LO 1A, 3B)
Module 10. Describe the role of planned borrowing in personal financial management. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 11. Discuss decision considerations for making major purchases such as a home and automobile. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 12. Explain the meaning and purpose of the major types of insurance. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 13. Define significant personal finance terms. (LO 1A, 3B)
Module 14. Describe the relationship of retirement and estate planning to future financial well-being. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Recommended Reading: This course utilizes an Open Educational Resource textbook. As such, no textbook needs to be purchased. All required chapters and readings will be posted in the corresponding modules in Canvas. Reading the textbook chapters and supplemental readings will enable you to learn the material more effectively, contribute more to class discussions, and prepare you for any tests and quizzes.
Personal Finance, FIN-1750, Section 3, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Individual Assignments: All course assignments are posted in Canvas, along with supplemental files and assignment files needed to complete them, as well as the point values assigned to each assignment.
Quizzes and Case Studies will be posted on Canvas. They are designed to verify that you have read the assigned readings and are familiar with the key terms and definitions.
Online Discussions: Individual Assignments for the course are posted in Canvas along with all supplemental files and assignment files needed to complete the assignments, as well as the point values assigned to each assignment.
Quizzes and Case Studies will be posted on Canvas. They are designed to verify that you have read the assigned readings and are familiar with the key terms and definitions.
Online Discussions: Several modules in Canvas include an online discussion component. To get full credit for the discussion, you must give an initial response and two more responses to fellow classmates to get full credit for the discussion.
The final exam is 20% of the course grade. The final exam is a case study designed to assess your understanding of the personal finance concepts covered throughout the course. Several modules in Canvas include an online discussion component. To get full credit for the discussion, you must give an initial response and two more responses to fellow classmates to get full credit for the discussion.
Description:
Module 1. Understand the importance of financial literacy in the context of the overall economy. (LO 1A)
Module 2. Identify the benefits of a properly designed personal financial plan and be able to discuss its relationship to economic conditions and personal goals. (LO 1A)
Module 3. Construct and implement a well-planned personal financial plan. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 4. Explain the techniques of successful budgeting and asset management, including the meaning and purpose of specific financial statements and records. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 5. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of different types of checking accounts and savings plans. (LO 1A, 3B)
Module 6. Identify the types of credit available to consumers and be able to discuss the pros and cons of using credit verses savings and cash when purchasing consumer goods. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 7. Explain the factors that influence the availability of financial services. List the types of services and products offered by financial institutions are commonly used by consumers. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 8. Discuss factors that influence consumer-buying decisions and identify strategies for effective purchasing. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 9. Describe basic consumer rights and responsibilities. (LO 1A, 3B)
Module 10. Describe the role of planned borrowing in personal financial management. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 11. Discuss decision considerations for making major purchases such as a home and automobile. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 12. Explain the meaning and purpose of the major types of insurance. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 13. Define significant personal finance terms. (LO 1A, 3B)
Module 14. Describe the relationship of retirement and estate planning to future financial well-being. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: This course utilizes an Open Educational Resource textbook. As such, no textbook needs to be purchased. All required chapters and readings will be posted in the corresponding modules in Canvas. Reading the textbook chapters and supplemental readings will enable you to learn the material more effectively, contribute more to class discussions, and prepare you for any tests and quizzes.
Personal Finance, FIN-1750, Section 2, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Individual Assignments: All course assignments are posted in Canvas, along with supplemental files and assignment files needed to complete them, as well as the point values assigned to each assignment.
Quizzes and Case Studies will be posted on Canvas. They are designed to verify that you have read the assigned readings and are familiar with the key terms and definitions.
Online Discussions: Individual Assignments for the course are posted in Canvas along with all supplemental files and assignment files needed to complete the assignments, as well as the point values assigned to each assignment.
Quizzes and Case Studies will be posted on Canvas. They are designed to verify that you have read the assigned readings and are familiar with the key terms and definitions.
Online Discussions: Several modules in Canvas include an online discussion component. To get full credit for the discussion, you must give an initial response and two more responses to fellow classmates to get full credit for the discussion.
The final exam is 20% of the course grade. The final exam is a case study designed to assess your understanding of the personal finance concepts covered throughout the course. Several modules in Canvas include an online discussion component. To get full credit for the discussion, you must give an initial response and two more responses to fellow classmates to get full credit for the discussion.
Description:
Module 1. Understand the importance of financial literacy in the context of the overall economy. (LO 1A)
Module 2. Identify the benefits of a properly designed personal financial plan and be able to discuss its relationship to economic conditions and personal goals. (LO 1A)
Module 3. Construct and implement a well-planned personal financial plan. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 4. Explain the techniques of successful budgeting and asset management, including the meaning and purpose of specific financial statements and records. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 5. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of different types of checking accounts and savings plans. (LO 1A, 3B)
Module 6. Identify the types of credit available to consumers and be able to discuss the pros and cons of using credit verses savings and cash when purchasing consumer goods. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 7. Explain the factors that influence the availability of financial services. List the types of services and products offered by financial institutions are commonly used by consumers. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 8. Discuss factors that influence consumer-buying decisions and identify strategies for effective purchasing. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 9. Describe basic consumer rights and responsibilities. (LO 1A, 3B)
Module 10. Describe the role of planned borrowing in personal financial management. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 11. Discuss decision considerations for making major purchases such as a home and automobile. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 12. Explain the meaning and purpose of the major types of insurance. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 13. Define significant personal finance terms. (LO 1A, 3B)
Module 14. Describe the relationship of retirement and estate planning to future financial well-being. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: This course utilizes an Open Educational Resource textbook. As such, no textbook needs to be purchased. All required chapters and readings will be posted in the corresponding modules in Canvas. Reading the textbook chapters and supplemental readings will enable you to learn the material more effectively, contribute more to class discussions, and prepare you for any tests and quizzes.
Personal Finance, FIN-1750, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Individual Assignments: All course assignments are posted in Canvas, along with supplemental files and assignment files needed to complete them, as well as the point values assigned to each assignment.
Quizzes and Case Studies will be posted on Canvas. They are designed to verify that you have read the assigned readings and are familiar with the key terms and definitions.
Online Discussions: Individual Assignments for the course are posted in Canvas along with all supplemental files and assignment files needed to complete the assignments, as well as the point values assigned to each assignment.
Quizzes and Case Studies will be posted on Canvas. They are designed to verify that you have read the assigned readings and are familiar with the key terms and definitions.
Online Discussions: Several modules in Canvas include an online discussion component. To get full credit for the discussion, you must give an initial response and two more responses to fellow classmates to get full credit for the discussion.
The final exam is 20% of the course grade. The final exam is a case study designed to assess your understanding of the personal finance concepts covered throughout the course. Several modules in Canvas include an online discussion component. To get full credit for the discussion, you must give an initial response and two more responses to fellow classmates to get full credit for the discussion.
Description:
Module 1. Understand the importance of financial literacy in the context of the overall economy. (LO 1A)
Module 2. Identify the benefits of a properly designed personal financial plan and be able to discuss its relationship to economic conditions and personal goals. (LO 1A)
Module 3. Construct and implement a well-planned personal financial plan. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 4. Explain the techniques of successful budgeting and asset management, including the meaning and purpose of specific financial statements and records. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 5. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of different types of checking accounts and savings plans. (LO 1A, 3B)
Module 6. Identify the types of credit available to consumers and be able to discuss the pros and cons of using credit verses savings and cash when purchasing consumer goods. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 7. Explain the factors that influence the availability of financial services. List the types of services and products offered by financial institutions are commonly used by consumers. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 8. Discuss factors that influence consumer-buying decisions and identify strategies for effective purchasing. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 9. Describe basic consumer rights and responsibilities. (LO 1A, 3B)
Module 10. Describe the role of planned borrowing in personal financial management. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 11. Discuss decision considerations for making major purchases such as a home and automobile. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 12. Explain the meaning and purpose of the major types of insurance. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Module 13. Define significant personal finance terms. (LO 1A, 3B)
Module 14. Describe the relationship of retirement and estate planning to future financial well-being. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: This course utilizes an Open Educational Resource textbook. As such, no textbook needs to be purchased. All required chapters and readings will be posted in the corresponding modules in Canvas. Reading the textbook chapters and supplemental readings will enable you to learn the material more effectively, contribute more to class discussions, and prepare you for any tests and quizzes.
Independent Research, ENVS-4800R, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Regular meeting
Active research participation
Final report
Description:
Regular Meetings:
Students are expected to attend scheduled meetings with the instructor to discuss progress, address challenges, and receive feedback.
Active Research Participation:
Students will engage in meaningful research activities, which may include literature review, data collection, analysis, and interpretation.
Final Report:
A comprehensive final report is required, summarizing the research question, methodology, findings, and conclusions. The report should be well-organized and properly cited.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Independent Research, ENVS-4800R, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Regular meeting
Active research participation
Final report
Description:
Regular Meetings:
Students are expected to attend scheduled meetings with the instructor to discuss progress, address challenges, and receive feedback.
Active Research Participation:
Students will engage in meaningful research activities, which may include literature review, data collection, analysis, and interpretation.
Final Report:
A comprehensive final report is required, summarizing the research question, methodology, findings, and conclusions. The report should be well-organized and properly cited.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Management Information Systems, ISA-2050, Section 3, College of Business
Course Requirements:
There are multiple assignments and quizes relating to each Topic/Module chapter that we cover.
There are also 3 tests: 2 Unit tests, and the Final exam/project.
Description:
What is an Information System? ER Diagram Intro
The course begins with an introduction and assessment student's current IS knowledge. ER diagramming will be introduced. Students will explore diverse career paths in business data analytics.
Hardware / Importing Data into SQL Server
Students will learn the fundamentals of Information systems, starting with an overview of Hardware. SQL Server will be introduced and start to be used.
Software / Intermediate E-R Diagram
This week will cover the next IS topic: Software. We will dive a little deeper into learning about and building Entity Relationship Diagrams.
Data & Databases / Intermediate E-R Diagram Continued
This week continues with IS topic: Data & Databases and will focus on getting familiar with the available DB on the market. ER Diagraming will continue.
Exam Ch 1-4 / SQL Basic Select Statements
Exam 1 will take place. Students will learn the fundamentals SQL queries.
Network & Communication / SQL Aggregate Queries
This week covers the IS topic of Networks & Communications and their importance. SQL learning will continue to include more in-depth queries.
Security / SQL Joins
This week introduces SQL Joins as well as diving into the topic of Security in the IS world.
IS for Competitive Advantage / SQL Joins
Students will continue to learn more about SQL Joins. A deeper look at why and how competitive advantage is gained through managing and understanding Information systems.
Business Processes / SQL Subqueries
This week introduces how business processes fit into the MIS landscape. Students will learn about and use SQL subqueries.
Exam Ch 5-8 / People in IS / Python Intro
Exam 2 happens this week. Students will also be introduced to the Python programming language and it is used in data analytics. We will also look at the fifth topic of IS: People.
IS Development / Python Visualization
This week will cover Python visualization tools specific to data analysis. Also in introduction to information systems development will be covered.
Global IS / Python API & Data Cleansing
Students will learn about the importance of understanding Global Information Systems and how to maximize this knowledge. We will also be continuing with Python.
Ethical & Legal IS / Python Project
This week focuses on reviewing the ethical and legal topics involved in IS. Students will work on and deliver a Python project based on what they have done in the previous weeks.
Thanksgiving Break
Students will explore Business careers focusing on Information Systems and Analytics careers. Students will research, explore, and report on diverse career paths in business data analytics.
Trends in IS / Tableau Intro
The course transitions to Tableau or PowerBI, powerful data visualization tools, with an introduction to its interface and basic functionalities. Students will be introduced to Tableau, learning how to connect to various data sources and navigate the software interface.
Tableau Final Project
The course culminates with the Tableau or PowerBI Final Project, where students will learn to create compelling dashboards and effectively communicate their findings through data storytelling.
Final Exam
The Final Exam will be given.
Required Reading: Bourgeois, D. T., Smith, J. L., Wang, S., & Mortati, J. (2019). Information Systems for Business and Beyond. Digital Commons at Biola.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Business Analytics, ISA-2010, Section 8, College of Business
Course Requirements:
There are multiple assignments relating to each Topic/Module chapter that we cover.
There are also 4 tests: 2 Unit tests, the MOS Excel Expert Certification exam, and the Final exam project.
Description:
Introduction to Excel - Pre-Test / Business Data analytics career exploration.
The course begins with an introduction and a pre-test to assess student's current Excel knowledge. Students will explore diverse career paths in business data analytics.
Intro Lesson (Getting Started with Excel / Formatting Workbook Text and Data)
Students will learn the fundamentals of Excel, including how to navigate the interface, format data, and work with cells and worksheets.
Excel Module 3: Performing Calculations with Formulas and Functions / GMetrix lessons
This week focuses on performing calculations using formulas and functions, and students will also complete GMetrix lessons to reinforce their learning.
Excel Module 4: Analyzing and Charting Financial Data
Associate Exam / Excel Module 5: Generating Reports from Multiple Worksheets and Workbooks
The week culminates with the Associate Exam and continues with Excel Module 5, which covers generating reports from multiple worksheets and workbooks.
Excel Module 6: Managing Data with Data Tools
Students will learn how to manage data effectively using Excel's data tools, such as sorting, filtering, and removing duplicates.
Excel Module 7: Summarizing Data with PivotTables
This week introduces PivotTables, a powerful tool for summarizing and analyzing large datasets quickly and efficiently.
Excel Module 8: Performing What-If Analyses / Test 2
Students will explore "What-If" analysis techniques in Excel, allowing you to model different scenarios and make informed decisions. The week concludes with Test 2.
Excel Module 9: Exploring Financial Tools and Functions
Students will delve into advanced financial tools and functions within Excel, such as financial forecasting and investment analysis.
Excel Module 12: Developing an Excel Application
Students will learn how to develop a basic Excel application by combining various features (Macros) and functions to automate tasks and improve efficiency.
MOS Expert Skills - Review
This week focuses on reviewing and refining student's Excel skills to prepare for the MOS Expert certification.
GMetrix Practice Tests / Excel Pivot Table Practice
Students will practice with GMetrix practice tests to solidify your knowledge and prepare for the final Excel MOS Certification Test.
GMetrix Practice exam / Test Prep
MOS Certification Test happens this week. Students will keep practicing and preparing for the test, then take the test.
Business Career Exploration
Students will continue their exploration of Business careers focusing on ISA careers. Students will research, explore, and report on diverse career paths in business data analytics.
Thanksgiving Break
Tableau 1 - Introduction to Tableau or PowerBI and Data Connection
The course transitions to Tableau or PowerBI, powerful data visualization tools, with an introduction to its interface and basic functionalities. Students will be introduced to Tableau, learning how to connect to various data sources and navigate the software interface.
Tableau or PowerBI Final - Dashboards and Storytelling
The course culminates with the Tableau or PowerBI Final Project, where students will learn to create compelling dashboards and effectively communicate their findings through data storytelling.
Required Reading: MindTap for Cengage's New Perspectives Collection, Microsoft Office 365, 1 term Instant Access - 1st Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Business Analytics, ISA-2010, Section 7, College of Business
Course Requirements:
There are multiple assignments relating to each Topic/Module chapter that we cover.
There are also 4 tests: 2 Unit tests, the MOS Excel Expert Certification exam, and the Final exam project.
Description:
Introduction to Excel - Pre-Test / Business Data analytics career exploration.
The course begins with an introduction and a pre-test to assess student's current Excel knowledge. Students will explore diverse career paths in business data analytics.
Intro Lesson (Getting Started with Excel / Formatting Workbook Text and Data)
Students will learn the fundamentals of Excel, including how to navigate the interface, format data, and work with cells and worksheets.
Excel Module 3: Performing Calculations with Formulas and Functions / GMetrix lessons
This week focuses on performing calculations using formulas and functions, and students will also complete GMetrix lessons to reinforce their learning.
Excel Module 4: Analyzing and Charting Financial Data
Associate Exam / Excel Module 5: Generating Reports from Multiple Worksheets and Workbooks
The week culminates with the Associate Exam and continues with Excel Module 5, which covers generating reports from multiple worksheets and workbooks.
Excel Module 6: Managing Data with Data Tools
Students will learn how to manage data effectively using Excel's data tools, such as sorting, filtering, and removing duplicates.
Excel Module 7: Summarizing Data with PivotTables
This week introduces PivotTables, a powerful tool for summarizing and analyzing large datasets quickly and efficiently.
Excel Module 8: Performing What-If Analyses / Test 2
Students will explore "What-If" analysis techniques in Excel, allowing you to model different scenarios and make informed decisions. The week concludes with Test 2.
Excel Module 9: Exploring Financial Tools and Functions
Students will delve into advanced financial tools and functions within Excel, such as financial forecasting and investment analysis.
Excel Module 12: Developing an Excel Application
Students will learn how to develop a basic Excel application by combining various features (Macros) and functions to automate tasks and improve efficiency.
MOS Expert Skills - Review
This week focuses on reviewing and refining student's Excel skills to prepare for the MOS Expert certification.
GMetrix Practice Tests / Excel Pivot Table Practice
Students will practice with GMetrix practice tests to solidify your knowledge and prepare for the final Excel MOS Certification Test.
GMetrix Practice exam / Test Prep
MOS Certification Test happens this week. Students will keep practicing and preparing for the test, then take the test.
Business Career Exploration
Students will continue their exploration of Business careers focusing on ISA careers. Students will research, explore, and report on diverse career paths in business data analytics.
Thanksgiving Break
Tableau 1 - Introduction to Tableau or PowerBI and Data Connection
The course transitions to Tableau or PowerBI, powerful data visualization tools, with an introduction to its interface and basic functionalities. Students will be introduced to Tableau, learning how to connect to various data sources and navigate the software interface.
Tableau or PowerBI Final - Dashboards and Storytelling
The course culminates with the Tableau or PowerBI Final Project, where students will learn to create compelling dashboards and effectively communicate their findings through data storytelling.
Required Reading: MindTap for Cengage's New Perspectives Collection, Microsoft Office 365, 1 term Instant Access - 1st Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Business Analytics, ISA-2010, Section 3, College of Business
Course Requirements:
There are multiple assignments relating to each Topic/Module chapter that we cover.
There are also 4 tests: 2 Unit tests, the MOS Excel Expert Certification exam, and the Final exam project.
Description:
Introduction to Excel - Pre-Test / Business Data analytics career exploration.
The course begins with an introduction and a pre-test to assess student's current Excel knowledge. Students will explore diverse career paths in business data analytics.
Intro Lesson (Getting Started with Excel / Formatting Workbook Text and Data)
Students will learn the fundamentals of Excel, including how to navigate the interface, format data, and work with cells and worksheets.
Excel Module 3: Performing Calculations with Formulas and Functions / GMetrix lessons
This week focuses on performing calculations using formulas and functions, and students will also complete GMetrix lessons to reinforce their learning.
Excel Module 4: Analyzing and Charting Financial Data
Associate Exam / Excel Module 5: Generating Reports from Multiple Worksheets and Workbooks
The week culminates with the Associate Exam and continues with Excel Module 5, which covers generating reports from multiple worksheets and workbooks.
Excel Module 6: Managing Data with Data Tools
Students will learn how to manage data effectively using Excel's data tools, such as sorting, filtering, and removing duplicates.
Excel Module 7: Summarizing Data with PivotTables
This week introduces PivotTables, a powerful tool for summarizing and analyzing large datasets quickly and efficiently.
Excel Module 8: Performing What-If Analyses / Test 2
Students will explore "What-If" analysis techniques in Excel, allowing you to model different scenarios and make informed decisions. The week concludes with Test 2.
Excel Module 9: Exploring Financial Tools and Functions
Students will delve into advanced financial tools and functions within Excel, such as financial forecasting and investment analysis.
Excel Module 12: Developing an Excel Application
Students will learn how to develop a basic Excel application by combining various features (Macros) and functions to automate tasks and improve efficiency.
MOS Expert Skills - Review
This week focuses on reviewing and refining student's Excel skills to prepare for the MOS Expert certification.
GMetrix Practice Tests / Excel Pivot Table Practice
Students will practice with GMetrix practice tests to solidify your knowledge and prepare for the final Excel MOS Certification Test.
GMetrix Practice exam / Test Prep
MOS Certification Test happens this week. Students will keep practicing and preparing for the test, then take the test.
Business Career Exploration
Students will continue their exploration of Business careers focusing on ISA careers. Students will research, explore, and report on diverse career paths in business data analytics.
Thanksgiving Break
Tableau 1 - Introduction to Tableau or PowerBI and Data Connection
The course transitions to Tableau or PowerBI, powerful data visualization tools, with an introduction to its interface and basic functionalities. Students will be introduced to Tableau, learning how to connect to various data sources and navigate the software interface.
Tableau or PowerBI Final - Dashboards and Storytelling
The course culminates with the Tableau or PowerBI Final Project, where students will learn to create compelling dashboards and effectively communicate their findings through data storytelling.
Required Reading: MindTap for Cengage's New Perspectives Collection, Microsoft Office 365, 1 term Instant Access - 1st Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Business Analytics, ISA-2010, Section 2, College of Business
Course Requirements:
There are multiple assignments relating to each Topic/Module chapter that we cover.
There are also 4 tests: 2 Unit tests, the MOS Excel Expert Certification exam, and the Final exam project.
Description:
Introduction to Excel - Pre-Test / Business Data analytics career exploration.
The course begins with an introduction and a pre-test to assess student's current Excel knowledge. Students will explore diverse career paths in business data analytics.
Intro Lesson (Getting Started with Excel / Formatting Workbook Text and Data)
Students will learn the fundamentals of Excel, including how to navigate the interface, format data, and work with cells and worksheets.
Excel Module 3: Performing Calculations with Formulas and Functions / GMetrix lessons
This week focuses on performing calculations using formulas and functions, and students will also complete GMetrix lessons to reinforce their learning.
Excel Module 4: Analyzing and Charting Financial Data
Associate Exam / Excel Module 5: Generating Reports from Multiple Worksheets and Workbooks
The week culminates with the Associate Exam and continues with Excel Module 5, which covers generating reports from multiple worksheets and workbooks.
Excel Module 6: Managing Data with Data Tools
Students will learn how to manage data effectively using Excel's data tools, such as sorting, filtering, and removing duplicates.
Excel Module 7: Summarizing Data with PivotTables
This week introduces PivotTables, a powerful tool for summarizing and analyzing large datasets quickly and efficiently.
Excel Module 8: Performing What-If Analyses / Test 2
Students will explore "What-If" analysis techniques in Excel, allowing you to model different scenarios and make informed decisions. The week concludes with Test 2.
Excel Module 9: Exploring Financial Tools and Functions
Students will delve into advanced financial tools and functions within Excel, such as financial forecasting and investment analysis.
Excel Module 12: Developing an Excel Application
Students will learn how to develop a basic Excel application by combining various features (Macros) and functions to automate tasks and improve efficiency.
MOS Expert Skills - Review
This week focuses on reviewing and refining student's Excel skills to prepare for the MOS Expert certification.
GMetrix Practice Tests / Excel Pivot Table Practice
Students will practice with GMetrix practice tests to solidify your knowledge and prepare for the final Excel MOS Certification Test.
GMetrix Practice exam / Test Prep
MOS Certification Test happens this week. Students will keep practicing and preparing for the test, then take the test.
Business Career Exploration
Students will continue their exploration of Business careers focusing on ISA careers. Students will research, explore, and report on diverse career paths in business data analytics.
Thanksgiving Break
Tableau 1 - Introduction to Tableau or PowerBI and Data Connection
The course transitions to Tableau or PowerBI, powerful data visualization tools, with an introduction to its interface and basic functionalities. Students will be introduced to Tableau, learning how to connect to various data sources and navigate the software interface.
Tableau or PowerBI Final - Dashboards and Storytelling
The course culminates with the Tableau or PowerBI Final Project, where students will learn to create compelling dashboards and effectively communicate their findings through data storytelling.
Required Reading: MindTap for Cengage's New Perspectives Collection, Microsoft Office 365, 1 term Instant Access - 1st Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Business Analytics, ISA-2010, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
There are multiple assignments relating to each Topic/Module chapter that we cover.
There are also 4 tests: 2 Unit tests, the MOS Excel Expert Certification exam, and the Final exam project.
Description:
Introduction to Excel - Pre-Test / Business Data analytics career exploration.
The course begins with an introduction and a pre-test to assess student's current Excel knowledge. Students will explore diverse career paths in business data analytics.
Intro Lesson (Getting Started with Excel / Formatting Workbook Text and Data)
Students will learn the fundamentals of Excel, including how to navigate the interface, format data, and work with cells and worksheets.
Excel Module 3: Performing Calculations with Formulas and Functions / GMetrix lessons
This week focuses on performing calculations using formulas and functions, and students will also complete GMetrix lessons to reinforce their learning.
Excel Module 4: Analyzing and Charting Financial Data Students will delve into analyzing and charting financial data within Excel, exploring various techniques to visualize and interpret trends.
Associate Exam / Excel Module 5: Generating Reports from Multiple Worksheets and Workbooks
The week culminates with the Associate Exam and continues with Excel Module 5, which covers generating reports from multiple worksheets and workbooks.
Excel Module 6: Managing Data with Data Tools
Students will learn how to manage data effectively using Excel's data tools, such as sorting, filtering, and removing duplicates.
Excel Module 7: Summarizing Data with PivotTables
This week introduces PivotTables, a powerful tool for summarizing and analyzing large datasets quickly and efficiently.
Excel Module 8: Performing What-If Analyses / Test 2
Students will explore "What-If" analysis techniques in Excel, allowing you to model different scenarios and make informed decisions. The week concludes with Test 2.
Excel Module 9: Exploring Financial Tools and Functions
Students will delve into advanced financial tools and functions within Excel, such as financial forecasting and investment analysis.
Excel Module 12: Developing an Excel Application
Students will learn how to develop a basic Excel application by combining various features (Macros) and functions to automate tasks and improve efficiency.
MOS Expert Skills - Review
This week focuses on reviewing and refining student's Excel skills to prepare for the MOS Expert certification.
GMetrix Practice Tests / Excel Pivot Table Practice
Students will practice with GMetrix practice tests to solidify your knowledge and prepare for the final Excel MOS Certification Test.
GMetrix Practice exam / Test Prep
MOS Certification Test happens this week. Students will keep practicing and preparing for the test, then take the test.
Business Career Exploration
Students will continue their exploration of Business careers focusing on ISA careers. Students will research, explore, and report on diverse career paths in business data analytics.
Thanksgiving Break Thanksgiving Break
Tableau 1 - Introduction to Tableau or PowerBI and Data Connection
The course transitions to Tableau or PowerBI, powerful data visualization tools, with an introduction to its interface and basic functionalities. Students will be introduced to Tableau, learning how to connect to various data sources and navigate the software interface.
Tableau or PowerBI Final - Dashboards and Storytelling
The course culminates with the Tableau or PowerBI Final Project, where students will learn to create compelling dashboards and effectively communicate their findings through data storytelling.
Required Reading: MindTap for Cengage's New Perspectives Collection, Microsoft Office 365, 1 term Instant Access - 1st Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Environmental Science, ENVS-1010, Section 7, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework Assignments (20%)
Two Midterm Exams (40% total)
Final Exam (20%)
Term Project (10%)
Attendance (10%)
Description:
Module 1: Environment and Sustainability
Explore the principles of sustainable development and the actions individuals and societies can take to protect our planet. You’ll also examine ecosystems and the ecosystem services that support human well-being.
Module 2: The Physical Science of the Environment
Covering key concepts in chemistry, energy flow, Earth’s layers, the rock cycle, and the atmosphere, this chapter builds the physical-science foundation needed to understand environmental processes.
Module 3:
Organisms and Population Ecology
Begin with cellular biology before investigating organismal growth patterns and the factors that limit population expansion at both micro- and macro-scales.
Module 4: Human Population
Trace the history of human population growth, compare global population distributions, and analyze the social, economic, and environmental factors driving these patterns.
Module 5: Communities and Ecosystems
Learn how species interact within ecological communities—through competition, predation, and symbiosis—and how these interactions shape ecosystem structure and function.
Module 6: The Geography of Life
Discover the world’s terrestrial biomes and the climatic variables that define each—temperature, precipitation, and seasonality—and determine which plants and animals thrive there.
Module 7: Biodiversity Conservation
Examine how biodiversity is measured, why it matters, and the strategies used to preserve genetic, species, and ecosystem diversity.
Module 8: Climate Change
Understand both natural and human-driven climate change, its global impacts, and learn to calculate and critique carbon footprints. You’ll also identify simple lifestyle changes that can reduce your emissions.
Module 9: Air Quality
Identify the major indoor and outdoor air pollutants, their sources, their effects on human health and ecosystems, and strategies for monitoring and mitigating air pollution.
Module 10: Water
Review the hydrologic cycle and its components, then delve into water-quality and distribution challenges. You’ll learn basic field parameters—temperature, pH, turbidity, dissolved oxygen, and hardness—and what they reveal about aquatic health.
Module 11: Agriculture
Follow agriculture’s evolution from early farming to modern practices, and investigate how soil fertility, water management, and agroecosystem dynamics influence crop productivity and environmental sustainability.
Module 12: Energy
Using the U.S. Energy Sankey Diagram, compare U.S. energy consumption with global patterns. Analyze how primary energy sources flow through the economy and explore practical ways individuals can conserve energy daily.
Module 13: Solid Waste Management
Quantify domestic and global waste generation, then evaluate management strategies—recycling, composting, waste-to-energy, and landfills—and their roles in reducing environmental impact.
Required Reading: Norman Christensen, Environment and you, Pearson
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Environmental Science, ENVS-1010, Section 6, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework Assignments (20%)
Two Midterm Exams (40% total)
Final Exam (20%)
Term Project (10%)
Attendance (10%)
Description:
Module 1: Environment and Sustainability
Explore the principles of sustainable development and the actions individuals and societies can take to protect our planet. You’ll also examine ecosystems and the ecosystem services that support human well-being.
Module 2: The Physical Science of the Environment
Covering key concepts in chemistry, energy flow, Earth’s layers, the rock cycle, and the atmosphere, this chapter builds the physical-science foundation needed to understand environmental processes.
Module 3:
Organisms and Population Ecology
Begin with cellular biology before investigating organismal growth patterns and the factors that limit population expansion at both micro- and macro-scales.
Module 4: Human Population
Trace the history of human population growth, compare global population distributions, and analyze the social, economic, and environmental factors driving these patterns.
Module 5: Communities and Ecosystems
Learn how species interact within ecological communities—through competition, predation, and symbiosis—and how these interactions shape ecosystem structure and function.
Module 6: The Geography of Life
Discover the world’s terrestrial biomes and the climatic variables that define each—temperature, precipitation, and seasonality—and determine which plants and animals thrive there.
Module 7: Biodiversity Conservation
Examine how biodiversity is measured, why it matters, and the strategies used to preserve genetic, species, and ecosystem diversity.
Module 8: Climate Change
Understand both natural and human-driven climate change, its global impacts, and learn to calculate and critique carbon footprints. You’ll also identify simple lifestyle changes that can reduce your emissions.
Module 9: Air Quality
Identify the major indoor and outdoor air pollutants, their sources, their effects on human health and ecosystems, and strategies for monitoring and mitigating air pollution.
Module 10: Water
Review the hydrologic cycle and its components, then delve into water-quality and distribution challenges. You’ll learn basic field parameters—temperature, pH, turbidity, dissolved oxygen, and hardness—and what they reveal about aquatic health.
Module 11: Agriculture
Follow agriculture’s evolution from early farming to modern practices, and investigate how soil fertility, water management, and agroecosystem dynamics influence crop productivity and environmental sustainability.
Module 12: Energy
Using the U.S. Energy Sankey Diagram, compare U.S. energy consumption with global patterns. Analyze how primary energy sources flow through the economy and explore practical ways individuals can conserve energy daily.
Module 13: Solid Waste Management
Quantify domestic and global waste generation, then evaluate management strategies—recycling, composting, waste-to-energy, and landfills—and their roles in reducing environmental impact.
Required Reading: Norman Christensen, Environment and you, Pearson
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Environmental Science, ENVS-1010, Section 5, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework Assignments (20%)
Two Midterm Exams (40% total)
Final Exam (20%)
Term Project (10%)
Attendance (10%)
Description:
Module 1: Environment and Sustainability
Explore the principles of sustainable development and the actions individuals and societies can take to protect our planet. You’ll also examine ecosystems and the ecosystem services that support human well-being.
Module 2: The Physical Science of the Environment
Covering key concepts in chemistry, energy flow, Earth’s layers, the rock cycle, and the atmosphere, this chapter builds the physical-science foundation needed to understand environmental processes.
Module 3:
Organisms and Population Ecology
Begin with cellular biology before investigating organismal growth patterns and the factors that limit population expansion at both micro- and macro-scales.
Module 4: Human Population
Trace the history of human population growth, compare global population distributions, and analyze the social, economic, and environmental factors driving these patterns.
Module 5: Communities and Ecosystems
Learn how species interact within ecological communities—through competition, predation, and symbiosis—and how these interactions shape ecosystem structure and function.
Module 6: The Geography of Life
Discover the world’s terrestrial biomes and the climatic variables that define each—temperature, precipitation, and seasonality—and determine which plants and animals thrive there.
Module 7: Biodiversity Conservation
Examine how biodiversity is measured, why it matters, and the strategies used to preserve genetic, species, and ecosystem diversity.
Module 8: Climate Change
Understand both natural and human-driven climate change, its global impacts, and learn to calculate and critique carbon footprints. You’ll also identify simple lifestyle changes that can reduce your emissions.
Module 9: Air Quality
Identify the major indoor and outdoor air pollutants, their sources, their effects on human health and ecosystems, and strategies for monitoring and mitigating air pollution.
Module 10: Water
Review the hydrologic cycle and its components, then delve into water-quality and distribution challenges. You’ll learn basic field parameters—temperature, pH, turbidity, dissolved oxygen, and hardness—and what they reveal about aquatic health.
Module 11: Agriculture
Follow agriculture’s evolution from early farming to modern practices, and investigate how soil fertility, water management, and agroecosystem dynamics influence crop productivity and environmental sustainability.
Module 12: Energy
Using the U.S. Energy Sankey Diagram, compare U.S. energy consumption with global patterns. Analyze how primary energy sources flow through the economy and explore practical ways individuals can conserve energy daily.
Module 13: Solid Waste Management
Quantify domestic and global waste generation, then evaluate management strategies—recycling, composting, waste-to-energy, and landfills—and their roles in reducing environmental impact.
Required Reading: Norman Christensen, Environment and you, Pearson
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Environmental Science, ENVS-1010, Section 5, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework Assignments (20%)
Two Midterm Exams (40% total)
Final Exam (20%)
Term Project (10%)
Attendance (10%)
Description:
Module 1: Environment and Sustainability
Explore the principles of sustainable development and the actions individuals and societies can take to protect our planet. You’ll also examine ecosystems and the ecosystem services that support human well-being.
Module 2: The Physical Science of the Environment
Covering key concepts in chemistry, energy flow, Earth’s layers, the rock cycle, and the atmosphere, this chapter builds the physical-science foundation needed to understand environmental processes.
Module 3:
Organisms and Population Ecology
Begin with cellular biology before investigating organismal growth patterns and the factors that limit population expansion at both micro- and macro-scales.
Module 4: Human Population
Trace the history of human population growth, compare global population distributions, and analyze the social, economic, and environmental factors driving these patterns.
Module 5: Communities and Ecosystems
Learn how species interact within ecological communities—through competition, predation, and symbiosis—and how these interactions shape ecosystem structure and function.
Module 6: The Geography of Life
Discover the world’s terrestrial biomes and the climatic variables that define each—temperature, precipitation, and seasonality—and determine which plants and animals thrive there.
Module 7: Biodiversity Conservation
Examine how biodiversity is measured, why it matters, and the strategies used to preserve genetic, species, and ecosystem diversity.
Module 8: Climate Change
Understand both natural and human-driven climate change, its global impacts, and learn to calculate and critique carbon footprints. You’ll also identify simple lifestyle changes that can reduce your emissions.
Module 9: Air Quality
Identify the major indoor and outdoor air pollutants, their sources, their effects on human health and ecosystems, and strategies for monitoring and mitigating air pollution.
Module 10: Water
Review the hydrologic cycle and its components, then delve into water-quality and distribution challenges. You’ll learn basic field parameters—temperature, pH, turbidity, dissolved oxygen, and hardness—and what they reveal about aquatic health.
Module 11: Agriculture
Follow agriculture’s evolution from early farming to modern practices, and investigate how soil fertility, water management, and agroecosystem dynamics influence crop productivity and environmental sustainability.
Module 12: Energy
Using the U.S. Energy Sankey Diagram, compare U.S. energy consumption with global patterns. Analyze how primary energy sources flow through the economy and explore practical ways individuals can conserve energy daily.
Module 13: Solid Waste Management
Quantify domestic and global waste generation, then evaluate management strategies—recycling, composting, waste-to-energy, and landfills—and their roles in reducing environmental impact.
Required Reading: Norman Christensen, Environment and you, Pearson
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Environmental Science, ENVS-1010, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework Assignments (20%)
Two Midterm Exams (40% total)
Final Exam (20%)
Term Project (10%)
Attendance (10%)
Description:
Module 1: Environment and Sustainability
Explore the principles of sustainable development and the actions individuals and societies can take to protect our planet. You’ll also examine ecosystems and the ecosystem services that support human well-being.
Module 2: The Physical Science of the Environment
Covering key concepts in chemistry, energy flow, Earth’s layers, the rock cycle, and the atmosphere, this chapter builds the physical-science foundation needed to understand environmental processes.
Module 3:
Organisms and Population Ecology
Begin with cellular biology before investigating organismal growth patterns and the factors that limit population expansion at both micro- and macro-scales.
Module 4: Human Population
Trace the history of human population growth, compare global population distributions, and analyze the social, economic, and environmental factors driving these patterns.
Module 5: Communities and Ecosystems
Learn how species interact within ecological communities—through competition, predation, and symbiosis—and how these interactions shape ecosystem structure and function.
Module 6: The Geography of Life
Discover the world’s terrestrial biomes and the climatic variables that define each—temperature, precipitation, and seasonality—and determine which plants and animals thrive there.
Module 7: Biodiversity Conservation
Examine how biodiversity is measured, why it matters, and the strategies used to preserve genetic, species, and ecosystem diversity.
Module 8: Climate Change
Understand both natural and human-driven climate change, its global impacts, and learn to calculate and critique carbon footprints. You’ll also identify simple lifestyle changes that can reduce your emissions.
Module 9: Air Quality
Identify the major indoor and outdoor air pollutants, their sources, their effects on human health and ecosystems, and strategies for monitoring and mitigating air pollution.
Module 10: Water
Review the hydrologic cycle and its components, then delve into water-quality and distribution challenges. You’ll learn basic field parameters—temperature, pH, turbidity, dissolved oxygen, and hardness—and what they reveal about aquatic health.
Module 11: Agriculture
Follow agriculture’s evolution from early farming to modern practices, and investigate how soil fertility, water management, and agroecosystem dynamics influence crop productivity and environmental sustainability.
Module 12: Energy
Using the U.S. Energy Sankey Diagram, compare U.S. energy consumption with global patterns. Analyze how primary energy sources flow through the economy and explore practical ways individuals can conserve energy daily.
Module 13: Solid Waste Management
Quantify domestic and global waste generation, then evaluate management strategies—recycling, composting, waste-to-energy, and landfills—and their roles in reducing environmental impact.
Required Reading: Norman Christensen, Environment and you, Pearson
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 53B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 49, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 48, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 47, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 46, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 45, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 44, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 43, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 42, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 41, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 29, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 28, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 27, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 24, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 23, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 22, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 21, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 20, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 19, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 18, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 17, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 14, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 13, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 12, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 9, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 8, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 7, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 6, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 5, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 4, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 3, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Module 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Module 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Module 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 46, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 44, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 42, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 35, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 34, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 33, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 32, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 31, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 30, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 29, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 28, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 27, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 26, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 23, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 21, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 20, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 19, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 18, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 17, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 15, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 14, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 13, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 12, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 11, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 9, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 8, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 6, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 5, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments, including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Module 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Module 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Module 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Foundations Multicultural/ESL, EDUC-2400, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Pause-and-Reflect Papers or Video Reflections
(12 assignments x 10 points each) 120 pts
Multicultural Experience 20pts
Projects Graded on a Rubric
• Part A-Autobiography 50 pts
• Part B - Biography 50pts
• Part C-Cross Cultural Analysis Paper 50pts
• Group Teaching Project 145 pts
Description:
Module 1: Culture and Identity 1) Begin to think about the question, "Who am I?", 2) Demonstrate understanding of terms and definitions
Module 2: Race and Ethnicity 1) Understand and explain the concept of race and ethnicity, 2) Incorporate: Culture, Identity, Race, and Ethnicity into the curriculum, 3) Understand:
Module 3: Culturally Responsive Curriculum, Culturally Responsive Teacher, and Role of Assessment
Module 4: Class and Socioeconomic Status 1) Be able to define "Terms" with specific examples, 2) Demonstrate understanding of Class and Socioeconomics status through discussions
Module 5: Gender 1) Understand the changing concept of "gender" in schools
Module 6: Sexual Orientation 1) Introduce ourselves to the history of LGBTQ+, 2) the role of educators to support LGBTQ+ students
Module 7: Language 1)Discuss the diversity of languages spoken in US classrooms and around the world, 2) Describe what language is and the role it plays in providing sense of identity, 3) Be able to explain why all languages are equal
Module 8: Religion 1) Explain the importance of religion to the cultural makeup of an individual and the diversity of religions across the US, 2) Provide examples of what schools can and cannot do with respect to religion
Module 9: Geography 1) Explore the impact of geography on learning and teaching through reading and discussion
Module 10: Youth Culture 1) Be able to define youth culture, 2) Be able to discuss issues youth culture face today, 3) Consider teaching strategies to support the issues youth culture face today
Required Reading: Pause to reflect assignments
Recommended Reading: N/A
Foundations Multicultural/ESL, EDUC-2400, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Pause-and-Reflect Papers or Video Reflections
(12 assignments x 10 points each) 120 pts
Multicultural Experience 20pts
Projects Graded on a Rubric
• Part A-Autobiography 50 pts
• Part B - Biography 50pts
• Part C-Cross Cultural Analysis Paper 50pts
• Group Teaching Project 145 pts
Description:
Module 1: Culture and Identity 1) Begin to think about the question, "Who am I?", 2) Demonstrate understanding of terms and definitions
Module 2: Race and Ethnicity 1) Understand and explain the concept of race and ethnicity, 2) Incorporate: Culture, Identity, Race, and Ethnicity into the curriculum, 3) Understand:
Module 3: Culturally Responsive Curriculum, Culturally Responsive Teacher, and Role of Assessment
Module 4: Class and Socioeconomic Status 1) Be able to define "Terms" with specific examples, 2) Demonstrate understanding of Class and Socioeconomics status through discussions
Module 5: Gender 1) Understand the changing concept of "gender" in schools
Module 6: Sexual Orientation 1) Introduce ourselves to the history of LGBTQ+, 2) the role of educators to support LGBTQ+ students
Module 7: Language 1)Discuss the diversity of languages spoken in US classrooms and around the world, 2) Describe what language is and the role it plays in providing sense of identity, 3) Be able to explain why all languages are equal
Module 8: Religion 1) Explain the importance of religion to the cultural makeup of an individual and the diversity of religions across the US, 2) Provide examples of what schools can and cannot do with respect to religion
Module 9: Geography 1) Explore the impact of geography on learning and teaching through reading and discussion
Module 10: Youth Culture 1) Be able to define youth culture, 2) Be able to discuss issues youth culture face today, 3) Consider teaching strategies to support the issues youth culture face today
Required Reading: Paule to reflect assignments
Recommended Reading: N/A
Micro Economics, ECON-2010, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Chapter Quizzes (on Canvas): 25%
Exam 1: 25%
Exam 2: 25%
Final exam: 25%
Description:
Module 1 Introduction to Economics: definition of economics, economics as a social science, models and assumptions, positive and normative statements, production possibilities frontier model.
Module 2 Comparative Advantage & Trade: opportunity cost, absolute advantage, comparative advantage, 2 country 2 good model of trade, gains from trade.
Module 3 Supply & Demand: competitive markets, quantity demand and law of demand, shifts in demand, normal goods, inferior goods, complements, substitutes, quantity supplied and law of supply, shifts in supply, supply and demand model, market equilibrium, surpluses and shortages, applications of model.
Module 4 Elasticity: price elasticity of demand, calculation elasticity, determinants of price elasticity of demand, price elasticity of supply, cross price elasticity of demand, income elasticity of demand, applications of elasticity.
Module 5 Government Policies: price ceilings, price floors, applications to rent control and minimum wage, taxes, incidence of the tax and elasticity.
Module 6 Efficiency: consumer surplus, producer surplus, total surplus, market efficiency.
Module 7 Efficiency & Taxation: welfare effects of taxes, deadweight loss, deadweight loss and elasticity, applications to tax policy, deadweight loss and size of tax, tax size and tax revenue, Laffer curve.
Module 8 Efficiency & International Trade: welfare effects of international trade, winners and losers from trade, tariffs and trade policy, arguments for free trade, arguments for restrictions on trade.
Module 9 Externalities, Public Goods and Common Resources: positive externalities, negative externalities, public policy towards externalities, rival vs. non-rival goods, excludable and not excludable goods, private goods, public goods, club goods, common resources, public policy and public goods & common resources.
Module 10 Costs of Production: fixed costs, variable costs, total costs, production function, marginal product of labor, marginal cost, average fixed cost, average variable cost, average total cost, economies of scale, constant returns to scale, diseconomies of scale.
Module 11 Firms in Competitive Markets: revenue, marginal revenue, average revenue, accounting profit vs economic profit, profit maximization condition in competitive markets, shut down and exit conditions, sunk costs, zero profit condition, market supply in the long run.
Module 12 Monopoly: barriers to entry and causes of monopoly, profit maximization under monopoly, price discrimination, welfare costs of monopoly, public policy towards monopoly and antitrust laws.
Module 13 Monopolistic Competition: characteristics of monopolistic competition and contrast with perfect competition and monopoly, short-run vs long-run outcomes, welfare effects, application to advertising.
Module 14 Oligopoly: concentration ratio, duopoly, cartels, comparison of oligopoly outcomes with perfect competition and monopoly, game theory, dominant strategy, Nash equilibrium, Prisoners’ Dilemma game, other applications of game theory.
Module 15 Theory of Consumer Choice: budget constraint, preferences and indifference curves, rationality and optimization, marginal rate of substitution, applications to changes in consumer income and prices, derivation of demand curve, income and substitution effects, Giffen goods.
Required Reading: Principles of Microeconomics, 9th edition, by N. Gregory Mankiw
Recommended Reading: N/A
Micro Economics, ECON-2010, Section 5, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Chapter Quizzes (on Canvas): 25%
Exam 1: 25%
Exam 2: 25%
Final exam: 25%
Description:
Module 1 Introduction to Economics: definition of economics, economics as a social science, models and assumptions, positive and normative statements, production possibilities frontier model.
Module 2 Comparative Advantage & Trade: opportunity cost, absolute advantage, comparative advantage, 2 country 2 good model of trade, gains from trade.
Module 3 Supply & Demand: competitive markets, quantity demand and law of demand, shifts in demand, normal goods, inferior goods, complements, substitutes, quantity supplied and law of supply, shifts in supply, supply and demand model, market equilibrium, surpluses and shortages, applications of model.
Module 4 Elasticity: price elasticity of demand, calculation elasticity, determinants of price elasticity of demand, price elasticity of supply, cross price elasticity of demand, income elasticity of demand, applications of elasticity.
Module 5 Government Policies: price ceilings, price floors, applications to rent control and minimum wage, taxes, incidence of the tax and elasticity.
Module 6 Efficiency: consumer surplus, producer surplus, total surplus, market efficiency.
Module 7 Efficiency & Taxation: welfare effects of taxes, deadweight loss, deadweight loss and elasticity, applications to tax policy, deadweight loss and size of tax, tax size and tax revenue, Laffer curve.
Module 8 Efficiency & International Trade: welfare effects of international trade, winners and losers from trade, tariffs and trade policy, arguments for free trade, arguments for restrictions on trade.
Module 9 Externalities, Public Goods and Common Resources: positive externalities, negative externalities, public policy towards externalities, rival vs. non-rival goods, excludable and not excludable goods, private goods, public goods, club goods, common resources, public policy and public goods & common resources.
Module 10 Costs of Production: fixed costs, variable costs, total costs, production function, marginal product of labor, marginal cost, average fixed cost, average variable cost, average total cost, economies of scale, constant returns to scale, diseconomies of scale.
Module 11 Firms in Competitive Markets: revenue, marginal revenue, average revenue, accounting profit vs economic profit, profit maximization condition in competitive markets, shut down and exit conditions, sunk costs, zero profit condition, market supply in the long run.
Module 12 Monopoly: barriers to entry and causes of monopoly, profit maximization under monopoly, price discrimination, welfare costs of monopoly, public policy towards monopoly and antitrust laws.
Module 13 Monopolistic Competition: characteristics of monopolistic competition and contrast with perfect competition and monopoly, short-run vs long-run outcomes, welfare effects, application to advertising.
Module 14 Oligopoly: concentration ratio, duopoly, cartels, comparison of oligopoly outcomes with perfect competition and monopoly, game theory, dominant strategy, Nash equilibrium, Prisoners’ Dilemma game, other applications of game theory.
Module 15 Theory of Consumer Choice: budget constraint, preferences and indifference curves, rationality and optimization, marginal rate of substitution, applications to changes in consumer income and prices, derivation of demand curve, income and substitution effects, Giffen goods.
Required Reading: Principles of Microeconomics, 9th edition, by N. Gregory Mankiw
Recommended Reading: N/A
Micro Economics, ECON-2010, Section 2, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Chapter Quizzes (on Canvas): 25%
Exam 1: 25%
Exam 2: 25%
Final exam: 25%
Description:
Module 1 Introduction to Economics: definition of economics, economics as a social science, models and assumptions, positive and normative statements, production possibilities frontier model.
Module 2 Comparative Advantage & Trade: opportunity cost, absolute advantage, comparative advantage, 2 country 2 good model of trade, gains from trade.
Module 3 Supply & Demand: competitive markets, quantity demand and law of demand, shifts in demand, normal goods, inferior goods, complements, substitutes, quantity supplied and law of supply, shifts in supply, supply and demand model, market equilibrium, surpluses and shortages, applications of model.
Module 4 Elasticity: price elasticity of demand, calculation elasticity, determinants of price elasticity of demand, price elasticity of supply, cross price elasticity of demand, income elasticity of demand, applications of elasticity.
Module 5 Government Policies: price ceilings, price floors, applications to rent control and minimum wage, taxes, incidence of the tax and elasticity.
Module 6 Efficiency: consumer surplus, producer surplus, total surplus, market efficiency.
Module 7 Efficiency & Taxation: welfare effects of taxes, deadweight loss, deadweight loss and elasticity, applications to tax policy, deadweight loss and size of tax, tax size and tax revenue, Laffer curve.
Module 8 Efficiency & International Trade: welfare effects of international trade, winners and losers from trade, tariffs and trade policy, arguments for free trade, arguments for restrictions on trade.
Module 9 Externalities, Public Goods and Common Resources: positive externalities, negative externalities, public policy towards externalities, rival vs. non-rival goods, excludable and not excludable goods, private goods, public goods, club goods, common resources, public policy and public goods & common resources.
Module 10 Costs of Production: fixed costs, variable costs, total costs, production function, marginal product of labor, marginal cost, average fixed cost, average variable cost, average total cost, economies of scale, constant returns to scale, diseconomies of scale.
Module 11 Firms in Competitive Markets: revenue, marginal revenue, average revenue, accounting profit vs economic profit, profit maximization condition in competitive markets, shut down and exit conditions, sunk costs, zero profit condition, market supply in the long run.
Module 12 Monopoly: barriers to entry and causes of monopoly, profit maximization under monopoly, price discrimination, welfare costs of monopoly, public policy towards monopoly and antitrust laws.
Module 13 Monopolistic Competition: characteristics of monopolistic competition and contrast with perfect competition and monopoly, short-run vs long-run outcomes, welfare effects, application to advertising.
Module 14 Oligopoly: concentration ratio, duopoly, cartels, comparison of oligopoly outcomes with perfect competition and monopoly, game theory, dominant strategy, Nash equilibrium, Prisoners’ Dilemma game, other applications of game theory.
Module 15 Theory of Consumer Choice: budget constraint, preferences and indifference curves, rationality and optimization, marginal rate of substitution, applications to changes in consumer income and prices, derivation of demand curve, income and substitution effects, Giffen goods.
Required Reading: Principles of Microeconomics, 9th edition, by N. Gregory Mankiw
Recommended Reading: N/A
Micro Economics, ECON-2010, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Chapter Quizzes (on Canvas): 25%
Exam 1: 25%
Exam 2: 25%
Final exam: 25%
Description:
Module 1 Introduction to Economics: definition of economics, economics as a social science, models and assumptions, positive and normative statements, production possibilities frontier model.
Module 2 Comparative Advantage & Trade: opportunity cost, absolute advantage, comparative advantage, 2 country 2 good model of trade, gains from trade.
Module 3 Supply & Demand: competitive markets, quantity demand and law of demand, shifts in demand, normal goods, inferior goods, complements, substitutes, quantity supplied and law of supply, shifts in supply, supply and demand model, market equilibrium, surpluses and shortages, applications of model.
Module 4 Elasticity: price elasticity of demand, calculation elasticity, determinants of price elasticity of demand, price elasticity of supply, cross price elasticity of demand, income elasticity of demand, applications of elasticity.
Module 5 Government Policies: price ceilings, price floors, applications to rent control and minimum wage, taxes, incidence of the tax and elasticity.
Module 6 Efficiency: consumer surplus, producer surplus, total surplus, market efficiency.
Module 7 Efficiency & Taxation: welfare effects of taxes, deadweight loss, deadweight loss and elasticity, applications to tax policy, deadweight loss and size of tax, tax size and tax revenue, Laffer curve.
Module 8 Efficiency & International Trade: welfare effects of international trade, winners and losers from trade, tariffs and trade policy, arguments for free trade, arguments for restrictions on trade.
Module 9 Externalities, Public Goods and Common Resources: positive externalities, negative externalities, public policy towards externalities, rival vs. non-rival goods, excludable and not excludable goods, private goods, public goods, club goods, common resources, public policy and public goods & common resources.
Module 10 Costs of Production: fixed costs, variable costs, total costs, production function, marginal product of labor, marginal cost, average fixed cost, average variable cost, average total cost, economies of scale, constant returns to scale, diseconomies of scale.
Module 11 Firms in Competitive Markets: revenue, marginal revenue, average revenue, accounting profit vs economic profit, profit maximization condition in competitive markets, shut down and exit conditions, sunk costs, zero profit condition, market supply in the long run.
Module 12 Monopoly: barriers to entry and causes of monopoly, profit maximization under monopoly, price discrimination, welfare costs of monopoly, public policy towards monopoly and antitrust laws.
Module 13 Monopolistic Competition: characteristics of monopolistic competition and contrast with perfect competition and monopoly, short-run vs long-run outcomes, welfare effects, application to advertising.
Module 14 Oligopoly: concentration ratio, duopoly, cartels, comparison of oligopoly outcomes with perfect competition and monopoly, game theory, dominant strategy, Nash equilibrium, Prisoners’ Dilemma game, other applications of game theory.
Module 15 Theory of Consumer Choice: budget constraint, preferences and indifference curves, rationality and optimization, marginal rate of substitution, applications to changes in consumer income and prices, derivation of demand curve, income and substitution effects, Giffen goods.
Required Reading: Principles of Microeconomics, 9th edition, by N. Gregory Mankiw
Recommended Reading: N/A
Object Oriented Programming, CS-1410, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Exercises (Prep for canvas quiz exams): 5%
Quizzes: 5%
Project: 20%
Drills: 15%
Programming Assignments: 15%
Exam 1: 10%
Exam 2: 10%
Final Exam - Practical (15%) & Canvas Quiz (5%): 20%
Description:
Module 1: Review and Setup
Covers course introduction and review of core Python concepts from CS1400. Emphasis on understanding range and setting up expectations for future projects.
Module 2: Data Types and Abstraction
Introduces composite data types, mutability, tuples, and abstraction. Students begin working with structured data and conceptual modeling.
Module 3: Modular Programming
Focuses on organizing programs using modules, docstrings, and multiple files. Students practice encapsulating code for reuse and clarity.
Module 4: Object-Oriented Programming Basics
Introduces user-defined objects, class definitions, and modularity. Builds foundation for using object-oriented programming to structure solutions.
Module 5: Debugging and Error Handling
Teaches strategies for debugging, handling exceptions, and collaborative troubleshooting. Emphasis on systematic problem-solving in code.
Module 6: References and Functional Design
Covers object references, aliasing, cloning, pure functions, and the advantages of OOP. Encourages clean and predictable function design.
Module 7: Object Relationships
Explores containment, sameness, and copying mechanisms. Practice with object composition and managing object state.
Module 8: Inheritance and Class Hierarchies
Introduces inheritance and UML diagrams for extending classes. Students learn how to design class hierarchies and reuse code.
Module 9: Polymorphism and Libraries
Covers polymorphism and using libraries such as Pygame. Students apply OOP concepts to build interactive applications.
Module 10: Operator Overloading
Teaches how to override built-in Python operators. Students learn how to define custom behavior for class instances using operator methods.
Module 11: Final Project Development
Students work on a multi-stage final project applying all concepts learned. Emphasizes project planning, implementation, and team collaboration.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: “How to Think Like a Computer Scientist: Learning with Python 3” by Jeffrey Elkner, Peter Wentworth, Allen B. Downey, and Chris Meyers; “How to Think Like a Computer Scientist: Interactive Edition” by Allen Downey; "Python Programming: An Introduction to Computer Science" by John Zelle; "Python Crash Course" by Eric Matthes.
Fundamentals of Programming, CS-1400, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Midterm exam
Project to build out multiple functions that work together to construct a toy loan application program
Project to collect data and perform basic statistics on the dataset
Final exam
Final Project to design and build a text adventure game
Description:
Module 1: Development Environments: Setting up an environment for developing code
Module 2: Programming Language Basics: Building blocks of the Python grammar
Module 3: Programs, Errors, and Strings: How Python syntax rules are combined into larger programs
Module 4: Calling Functions: How separate functions are triggered
Module 5: Writing Functions: How separate functions are defined
Module 6: Function Composition: How to break down large programs into small chunks
Module 7: Conditionals: How to design programs to conditionally execute code
Module 8: Lists and Iteration: How to design programs to iteratively execute code
Module 9: Records: How to keep track of and organize data
Module 10: While Loops, Files, and Modules: Misc. topics about iteration, reading/writing files, and modularity
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: "Python Crash Course"; "Teach Yourself Programming in Ten Years"
Fundamentals of Programming, CS-1400, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Midterm exam
Project to build out multiple functions that work together to construct a toy loan application program
Project to collect data and perform basic statistics on the dataset
Final exam
Final Project to design and build a text adventure game
Description:
Module 1: Development Environments: Setting up an environment for developing code
Module 2: Programming Language Basics: Building blocks of the Python grammar
Module 3: Programs, Errors, and Strings: How Python syntax rules are combined into larger programs
Module 4: Calling Functions: How separate functions are triggered
Module 5: Writing Functions: How separate functions are defined
Module 6: Function Composition: How to break down large programs into small chunks
Module 7: Conditionals: How to design programs to conditionally execute code
Module 8: Lists and Iteration: How to design programs to iteratively execute code
Module 9: Records: How to keep track of and organize data
Module 10: While Loops, Files, and Modules: Misc. topics about iteration, reading/writing files, and modularity
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: "Python Crash Course"; "Teach Yourself Programming in Ten Years"
Fundamentals of Programming, CS-1400, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Midterm exam
Project to build out multiple functions that work together to construct a toy loan application program
Project to collect data and perform basic statistics on the dataset
Final exam
Final Project to design and build a text adventure game
Description:
Module 1: Development Environments: Setting up an environment for developing code
Module 2: Programming Language Basics: Building blocks of the Python grammar
Module 3: Programs, Errors, and Strings: How Python syntax rules are combined into larger programs
Module 4: Calling Functions: How separate functions are triggered
Module 5: Writing Functions: How separate functions are defined
Module 6: Function Composition: How to break down large programs into small chunks
Module 7: Conditionals: How to design programs to conditionally execute code
Module 8: Lists and Iteration: How to design programs to iteratively execute code
Module 9: Records: How to keep track of and organize data
Module 10: While Loops, Files, and Modules: Misc. topics about iteration, reading/writing files, and modularity
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: "Python Crash Course"; "Teach Yourself Programming in Ten Years"
Fundamentals of Programming, CS-1400, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Midterm exam
Project to build out multiple functions that work together to construct a toy loan application program
Project to collect data and perform basic statistics on the dataset
Final exam
Final Project to design and build a text adventure game
Description:
Module 1: Development Environments: Setting up an environment for developing code
Module 2: Programming Language Basics: Building blocks of the Python grammar
Module 3: Programs, Errors, and Strings: How Python syntax rules are combined into larger programs
Module 4: Calling Functions: How separate functions are triggered
Module 5: Writing Functions: How separate functions are defined
Module 6: Function Composition: How to break down large programs into small chunks
Module 7: Conditionals: How to design programs to conditionally execute code
Module 8: Lists and Iteration: How to design programs to iteratively execute code
Module 9: Records: How to keep track of and organize data
Module 10: While Loops, Files, and Modules: Misc. topics about iteration, reading/writing files, and modularity
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: "Python Crash Course"; "Teach Yourself Programming in Ten Years"
Fundamentals of Programming, CS-1400, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Midterm exam
Project to build out multiple functions that work together to construct a toy loan application program
Project to collect data and perform basic statistics on the dataset
Final exam
Final Project to design and build a text adventure game
Description:
Module 1: Development Environments: Setting up an environment for developing code
Module 2: Programming Language Basics: Building blocks of the Python grammar
Module 3: Programs, Errors, and Strings: How Python syntax rules are combined into larger programs
Module 4: Calling Functions: How separate functions are triggered
Module 5: Writing Functions: How separate functions are defined
Module 6: Function Composition: How to break down large programs into small chunks
Module 7: Conditionals: How to design programs to conditionally execute code
Module 8: Lists and Iteration: How to design programs to iteratively execute code
Module 9: Records: How to keep track of and organize data
Module 10: While Loops, Files, and Modules: Misc. topics about iteration, reading/writing files, and modularity
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: "Python Crash Course"; "Teach Yourself Programming in Ten Years"
Ethics in Communication, COMM-3510, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The final grade is comprised of 7 components, worth 500 points, as described below:
1. Class Participation (Active Learning Activities, Jumpstart, Discussion, Debates, etc.) (100 points): Throughout the semester, you will participate/engage in group activities, jumpstart, discussions, debates, reflections, worksheets, pair-and-share, individual class activities, etc., each worth 5 points. You must be present in class to complete them and earn points unless you provide a documented excuse.
2. Journal Entry #1 (50 points): 1-page per week (more details in rubric in Canvas-Modules-Week 7). You will keep a journal of reflections from each reading assignment and class discussion throughout the semester for weeks 1-7 (chapters 1-7).
3. Journal Entry #2 (50 points): 1-page per week (more details in rubric in Canvas-Modules-Week 14). You will keep a journal of reflections from each reading assignment and class discussion throughout the semester, for weeks 8-14 (chapters 8-14).
4. Midterm Exam (100 points): The midterm exam will be held on Canvas and include chapters 1-7. It will comprise of 40 multiple choice questions (2 points each) and 10 true and false questions (2 points each).
5. Group Project: Theory and Practice Application Paper (50 points): Your Jumpstart Group will address the prompt, Is a political candidate’s personal life fair game as part of the campaign during an election? As part of your paper, you are required to (a) write about the practice of ethics in communication related to the prompt, (b) provide logic, reason, data, and references to support your claims and arguments, and (c) apply 1-2 concepts from readings/lectures/learnings from the class/course materials/discussions/activities covered from week 1 until week 11 (Chapter 11: Ethics in Organizational Communication). Your paper will be in MS-Word, 2-3 pages long, pages numbered, double-spaced, Times New Roman, 12-size font, 1-inch margins, with citations/references according to APA Citation Style (7th Edition), including a cover page which will not count toward the 2-3-page limit, and the cover page should list the names of group members, in alphabetical order, along with who did what for the assignment. More details available in Rubric.
6. Jumpstart Group Presentation (50 points): In your Jumpstart group (all group members MUST participate to earn the points), you will showcase one or more concept(s) of ethics of communication via presentation (acceptable format: PowerPoint).
7. Final Exam (100 points): The final exam will be held on Canvas and include chapters 8-14. It will comprise of 40 multiple choice questions (2 points each) and 10 true and false questions (2 points each).
Description:
Ch. 1: Introduction to Communication Ethics
• Everyday ethical decisions
• Approaches to reasoning about communication ethics
• The supposed inconvenience of ethics
• The scope of communication ethics
.............................................................................
Ch. 2: Character and Virtue Ethics
• The concept of character and the virtues
• Background of virtue ethics
• The art of persuasion and ethics
• Contemporary virtue ethics
• Implications of communication ethics
.................................................................................
Ch. 3: Duties
• Is lying always wrong?
• Kant’s system of deontological ethics
• Other universal ethics of communication
• Alternatives to universal systems
• Modern trends: Jürgen Habermas and discourse ethics
.......................................................................................
Ch. 4: Consequences
• Introduction to utilitarianism
• The principle of utilitarianism
• Foundations of utilitarian ethics: Bentham and Mill
• Implications of utilitarian ethics
• Variants on utilitarianism
• Highlights of utilitarian ethical system
• Egalitarianism and social justice theories
• Rawls: The ethics of social justice
• Scanlon: Reasonable obligations to others
• Highlights of egalitarianism
............................................................................................
Ch. 5: Relationships
• Dialogue in the real world
• Foundations of dialogical ethics
• Martin Buber: I and thou
• Carl Rogers: Positive regard
• Emmanuel Levinas: The Other
• Paulo Freire: The ethics of empowerment
• Summary of dialogic theories of communication
..............................................................................................
Ch. 6: Contemporary Challenges to Traditional Ethics
• What is modern?
• Postmodern perspectives
• Implications for communication ethics
• The feminist critique of traditional ethics
• The ethics of care
• Implications for communication ethics
............................................................................................
Ch. 7: Ethics of Online Communication and Social Media
• The changing nature of online communication
• Characteristics of online communication
• Major ethical issues in online communication
• Ethical framework for digital communication
• Trust and manipulation
• Self-disclosure
..............................................................................................
Ch. 8: Ethics in Interpersonal Communication: Relationship and Character
• Introduction to interpersonal communication
• The nature of interpersonal communication
• The ethics of dialogue
• Principles of dialogical ethics
• Conflict in interpersonal communication
• Ethical communication: Character counts
• Trust and manipulation
• The ethics of self-disclosure
..................................................................................
Ch. 9: Intercultural Encounters: Diversity and Inclusion
• The demographics of difference
• Intercultural communication
• Ethical perspectives
• Communication and people with disabilities
• Issues of harmful speech and political correctness
....................................................................................
Ch. 10: Ethics of Risk Communication
• Ethical considerations in risk communication
• Review of the discipline of risk communication
• Scientific and technical risk
• Meaning of risk
• Factors in assessing risk
• Psychological perspectives of risk assessment
• Social and cultural theories of risk perception
• Ethical implications in risk communication
• Elite sources
• Differing judgments about acceptable risk
• Assumption of informed consent
• Information asymmetries
• Use and misuse of numbers and percentages
• Stating relative risk versus absolute risk
• Misrepresenting the nature of science
.....................................................................................
Ch. 11: Ethical Issues in Mass Communication
• Introduction to the field of the media and mass communication
• Defining mass media and mass communication
• Overview of ethical problems in mass communication
• Professional codes of ethics
• Effects of mass communication
• Applications of ethical principles to the mass media
........................................................................................
Ch. 12: Ethics of Political Communication
• Uneasy relations of politics and ethics
• Ethics and political communication
• Political consultants and public relations
• Role of lobbyists
• Framework for ethical political communication
.....................................................................................
Ch. 13: Ethics in Organizational Communication
• Significance of ethical issues in organizational comm
• Definitions and the nature of organizational comm
• Ethical issues in organizational communication
• Responsibility to community and society
• Ethical vantage points for organizational comm
• Rawls and Habermas
• Utilitarianism
...........................................................................................
Ch. 14: Capstone
• Teaching and learning ethics: Can it be done?
• Ideals versus practice revisited
• Ethical equilibrium in communication
• Writing a personal code of communication ethics
• Challenges and issues for further studies in comm ethics
Required Reading: Neher, W. W. (2024). Communicating ethically: Character, duties, consequences, and relationships (4th ed.). New York, NY: Routledge.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Health Communication, COMM-3230, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation (Active Learning Activities, Community Engagement Activities, Jumpstart, Discussion, Debates, Reports, etc.) (100 points): Throughout the semester, you will participate/engage in group activities, jumpstart, discussions, debates, reflections, worksheets, pair-and-share, individual class activities, etc., each worth 5 points. You must be present in class to complete them and earn points unless you provide a documented excuse.
Journal Entry #1 (50 points): 1-page per week (more details in rubric in Canvas-Modules-Week 7). You will keep a weekly journal of reflections from each reading assignment and class discussion throughout the semester for weeks 1-7 (chapters 1-7).
Journal Entry #2 (50 points): 1-page per week (more details in rubric in Canvas-Modules-Week 14). You will keep a weekly journal of reflections from each reading assignment and class discussion throughout the semester, for weeks 9-14 (chapters 8-13).
Midterm Exam (100 points): The midterm exam will be held in-class (in-person) and include chapters 1-7. It will comprise of 35 multiple choice questions (2 points each), 5 true and false questions (2 points each), and 5 short answer type questions (4 points each). You must bring your Utah Tech student ID and a #2 pencil to the final exam.
Active Learning Activity Group Project (50 points): In your Jumpstart Group, you will (a) Pick 1 topic from any of the 7 chapters in the Report, Dementia: A Public Health Priority, which is available in Canvas-Modules-Week 14, and write a 2-page summary on your topic, (b) Interview a family member or friend on their knowledge/experience(s) of dementia, whether they know someone who has dementia, and/or are themselves caregivers for a loved one with dementia, especially focusing on their concern(s) as related to dementia and caregiving, and write a 1-page interview transcript (report), and (c) Submit a 3-page Dementia Report (a 3-page document comprising of 2-page summary and 1-page interview transcript) in Canvas.
Jumpstart Group Presentation (50 points): In your Jumpstart group (all group members MUST participate to earn the points), you will present what you learned from Active Learning Activity Group Project on Dementia (acceptable format: PowerPoint).
Final Exam (100 points): The final exam will be held in-class (in-person) and include chapters 8-14. It will comprise of 35 multiple choice questions (2 points each), 5 true and false questions (2 points each), and 5 short answer type questions (4 points each). You must bring your Utah Tech student ID and a #2 pencil to the final exam.
Description:
Ch. 1: Introduction
• What is health?
• What is health communication?
• Health care perspectives
• A systems-level approach
• The importance of health communication
...........................................................................
Ch. 2: The Landscape for Health Communication
• Current issues in health care
• Health communication in a changing world
• Communication in managed care
• Health care reform
..........................................................................
Ch. 3: Communication Between Patients and Health Care Providers
• Importance of patient-provider communication
• Health care encounters and power differentials
• Communication skill builders: Trusting relationships
• Collaborative communication
• Partnership-building strategies
• Communication skill builders: Strategies for care providers
............................................................................
Ch. 4: Patient Perspectives
• Voice of lifeworld
• Voice of medicine
• Health literacy
• Health and identity
• Invisible illnesses
• Patient satisfaction
• Cooperation and informed consent
...............................................................................
Ch. 5: Care Provider Perspectives
• Care provider preparation
• System-level influences on care providers
• Psychological influences on caregivers
• Stress and burnout
• Medical mistakes
• Interprofessional teamwork
............................................................................
Ch. 6: Diversity in Health Care
• Intersectionality theory
• Socioeconomic status
• Gender and sexual orientation
• Race and ethnicity
• Language differences
• Disabilities
• Age
..............................................................................
Ch.7: Cultural Conceptions of Health and Illness
• Culture and health communication
• Cultural conceptions of health
• Making sense of health experiences
• Sex, gender, and health
• Family roles and health communication
• Illness and coping metaphors
• Sick roles and healer roles
• Holistic care
...................................................................................
Ch. 8: Social Support, Family Caregiving, and End of Life
• Coping
• Social support
• Family caregivers
• End-of-life experiences
• Communication skill builders: Delivering bad news
......................................................................................
Ch. 9: Technology and Health
• Health information haves and have-nots
• Why and when do people seek eHealth information?
• Is eHealth information useful to everyday people?
• eHealth
• mHealth
• Telehealth
........................................................................................
Ch. 10: Health Care Administration, HR, M, & PR
• Conflicting goals
• Enhancing health care experiences
• Health care administration
• Human resources
• Marketing and public relations
• Service excellence
.........................................................................................
Ch. 11: Media and Health
• Media effects
• How media influences behavior
• Media literacy
• Advertising
• News coverage
• Media portrayals of health
• Social media
..........................................................................................
Ch. 12: Public Health and Crisis Communication
• What is public health?
• Risk and crisis communication
• Crisis communication models and guidelines
• Social media and crisis communication
• Case studies: A global perspective
........................................................................................
Ch. 13: Planning Health Promotion Campaigns
• Background on health campaigns
• Defining the situation and potential benefits
• Analyzing and segmenting the audience
• Establishing campaign goals and objectives
• Selecting channels of communication
........................................................................................
Ch. 14: Designing and Implementing Health Campaigns
• Theories of behavior change
• Culture-centered approach
• Designing campaign messages
• Piloting and implementing the campaign
• Evaluating and maintaining the campaign
Required Reading: du Pré, A., & Cook-Overton, B. (2024). Communicating about health: Current issues and perspectives (7th ed.). New York, NY: Oxford University Press.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Small Group Communication, COMM-2120, Section 41, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussions to others posts.
Chapter Journals
You will complete 12 journal assignments. The journals will be an application of the materials we have discussed during each chapter. You will be expected to find and discuss some outside source of media that relates to the chapter (news article, film, TV show, song/music video, YouTube video, etc.). Each journal will be 300 words and will be due the following class period when we start a new chapter.
Movie Analysis
One week you will spend time watching a movie that illustrates various group communication processes. Students will take notes during the movie that they will then utilize to write a short paper analyzing the communication they observed occurring in the movie. Students must refer to specific book chapters and lectures in their analysis for support. Specific assignment details will be provided on the assignment description
Final Project
For your final project, you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed for one of the following options:
Description:
Module 1: Introduction to Group Communication
This chapter introduces the foundational concepts of group communication, including its importance, key elements, types of groups, and the balance between advantages and disadvantages. It also emphasizes ethical group interaction and the importance of balance in navigating group dynamics.
Module 2: Group Development
Group development is explored through five key stages—forming, storming, norming, performing, and adjourning—along with the establishment of goals, norms, and motivation. The chapter highlights how aligning personal and group goals leads to more effective collaboration.
Module 3: Group Member Participation
This chapter examines how individual needs, roles, confidence, and assertiveness influence group participation. It includes strategies for reducing communication apprehension and maintaining a balance between passive and aggressive behaviors.
Module 4: Diversity in Groups
Diversity is analyzed through cultural, personality, gender, generational, and religious lenses, focusing on how these differences impact group interactions. The chapter also presents strategies for embracing diversity to enhance group effectiveness.
Module 5: Group Leadership
The chapter defines leadership and outlines various pathways to becoming a leader, types of power, leadership theories, and the 5M model for effective leadership. It also addresses diversity in leadership styles across different demographics.
Module 6: Verbal and Nonverbal Communication in Groups
Effective communication is discussed through verbal tools like team talk and language challenges, as well as nonverbal cues such as facial expressions and space. The chapter stresses creating a supportive and inclusive communication climate.
Module 7: Listening and Responding in Groups
This chapter highlights the challenges and skills of active listening in group settings and outlines the stages of the listening process. It also examines how differences in gender, personality, and culture affect listening styles.
Module 8: Conflict and Cohesion in Groups
Group conflict is explored through types, styles, and management strategies, including models like the 4Rs and A-E-I-O-U. The chapter also explains how cohesion and groupthink influence group effectiveness.
Module 9: Decision Making and Problem Solving in Groups
The chapter provides a framework for effective group decision-making and problem-solving using structured methods like brainstorming and NGT. It also addresses creativity and real-world barriers such as politics and power.
Module 10: Critical Thinking and Argumentation in Groups
This chapter explains how to build and evaluate arguments using evidence and reasoning, and how to refute opposing views constructively. It also covers how argumentation styles vary by gender and culture.
Module 11: Planning and Conducting Meetings
Effective meetings are structured through planning, agendas, leadership roles, and parliamentary procedure. The chapter also focuses on managing group behavior and evaluating meeting outcomes.
Module 12: Group Presentations
This final chapter offers guidelines for preparing and delivering group presentations, including purpose, audience analysis, and use of visual aids. It differentiates between public and team presentations and emphasizes collaborative delivery.
Required Reading: Engleberg, Isa N. and Wynn, Dianna R. (2017). Working in Groups: Communication Principles and Strategies (7th edition), Allyn & Bacon (Pearson) publisher.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 90, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Module 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This Module introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Module 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Module 3: Perceiving Others
This Module focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Module 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Module 5: Understanding Culture
The Module explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Module 6: Understanding Gender
This Module examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Module 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Module 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Module 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This Module emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Module 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Module 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Module 12: Relationships with Family Members
This Module looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Module 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Module 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final Module addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 51, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Module 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This Module introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Module 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Module 3: Perceiving Others
This Module focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Module 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Module 5: Understanding Culture
The Module explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Module 6: Understanding Gender
This Module examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Module 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Module 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Module 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This Module emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Module 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Module 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Module 12: Relationships with Family Members
This Module looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Module 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Module 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final Module addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 46, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Module 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This Module introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Module 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Module 3: Perceiving Others
This Module focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Module 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Module 5: Understanding Culture
The Module explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Module 6: Understanding Gender
This Module examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Module 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Module 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Module 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This Module emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Module 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Module 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Module 12: Relationships with Family Members
This Module looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Module 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Module 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final Module addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 43, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Module 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This Module introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Module 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Module 3: Perceiving Others
This Module focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Module 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Module 5: Understanding Culture
The Module explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Module 6: Understanding Gender
This Module examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Module 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Module 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Module 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This Module emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Module 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Module 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Module 12: Relationships with Family Members
This Module looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Module 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Module 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final Module addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 42, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Module 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This Module introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Module 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Module 3: Perceiving Others
This Module focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Module 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Module 5: Understanding Culture
The Module explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Module 6: Understanding Gender
This Module examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Module 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Module 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Module 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This Module emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Module 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Module 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Module 12: Relationships with Family Members
This Module looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Module 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Module 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final Module addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 41, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Module 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This Module introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Module 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Module 3: Perceiving Others
This Module focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Module 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Module 5: Understanding Culture
The Module explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Module 6: Understanding Gender
This Module examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Module 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Module 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Module 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This Module emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Module 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Module 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Module 12: Relationships with Family Members
This Module looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Module 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Module 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final Module addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Module 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This Module introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Module 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Module 3: Perceiving Others
This Module focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Module 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Module 5: Understanding Culture
The Module explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Module 6: Understanding Gender
This Module examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Module 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Module 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Module 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This Module emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Module 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Module 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Module 12: Relationships with Family Members
This Module looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Module 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Module 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final Module addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 8, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Module 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This Module introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Module 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Module 3: Perceiving Others
This Module focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Module 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Module 5: Understanding Culture
The Module explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Module 6: Understanding Gender
This Module examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Module 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Module 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Module 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This Module emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Module 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Module 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Module 12: Relationships with Family Members
This Module looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Module 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Module 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final Module addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 8, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Module 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This Module introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Module 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Module 3: Perceiving Others
This Module focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Module 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Module 5: Understanding Culture
The Module explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Module 6: Understanding Gender
This Module examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Module 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Module 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Module 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This Module emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Module 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Module 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Module 12: Relationships with Family Members
This Module looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Module 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Module 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final Module addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 7, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Module 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This Module introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Module 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Module 3: Perceiving Others
This Module focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Module 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Module 5: Understanding Culture
The Module explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Module 6: Understanding Gender
This Module examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Module 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Module 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Module 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This Module emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Module 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Module 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Module 12: Relationships with Family Members
This Module looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Module 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Module 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final Module addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 6, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Module 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This Module introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Module 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Module 3: Perceiving Others
This Module focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Module 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Module 5: Understanding Culture
The Module explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Module 6: Understanding Gender
This Module examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Module 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Module 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Module 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This Module emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Module 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Module 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Module 12: Relationships with Family Members
This Module looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Module 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Module 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final Module addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 5, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Module 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This Module introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Module 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Module 3: Perceiving Others
This Module focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Module 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Module 5: Understanding Culture
The Module explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Module 6: Understanding Gender
This Module examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Module 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Module 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Module 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This Module emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Module 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Module 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Module 12: Relationships with Family Members
This Module looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Module 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Module 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final Module addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 4, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Module 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This Module introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Module 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Module 3: Perceiving Others
This Module focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Module 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Module 5: Understanding Culture
The Module explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Module 6: Understanding Gender
This Module examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Module 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Module 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Module 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This Module emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Module 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Module 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Module 12: Relationships with Family Members
This Module looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Module 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Module 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final Module addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 3, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Module 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This Module introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Module 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Module 3: Perceiving Others
This Module focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Module 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Module 5: Understanding Culture
The Module explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Module 6: Understanding Gender
This Module examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Module 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Module 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Module 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This Module emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Module 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Module 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Module 12: Relationships with Family Members
This Module looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Module 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Module 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final Module addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Module 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This Module introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Module 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Module 3: Perceiving Others
This Module focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Module 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Module 5: Understanding Culture
The Module explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Module 6: Understanding Gender
This Module examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Module 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Module 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Module 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This Module emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Module 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Module 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Module 12: Relationships with Family Members
This Module looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Module 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Module 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final Module addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Industrial Networks, MTRN-3600, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Assignments, Midterm, Final
Description:
Introduction to Industrial Networks:
Discusses OT (Operational Technology) and IT (Information Technology) and their convergence as Industry 4.0 begins to emerge. Highlights the need for unified communication and data visibility across all layers of industrial operations.
OSI Model:
Discusses the different layers associated with networks and the layers industrial networks are primarily concerned with. Emphasizes how industrial protocols map onto the OSI model to support reliable and deterministic communication.
Serial Communications:
Defines what serial communication is, its historical significance in industrial automation, and its continued relevance today. Includes Modbus RTU and Modbus ASCII as widely used serial protocols, particularly over RS-485 and RS-232.
Network Hardware:
Introduces essential physical components of industrial networks including switches, routers, hubs, and gateways. Covers differences between managed and unmanaged devices and their roles in enabling reliable, real-time communication.
PLC to PLC Communication, Remote I/O, & Fieldbus Communication:
Explains how PLCs exchange data for synchronized control, how remote I/O allows modular expansion, and how fieldbus architectures simplify wiring in distributed systems.
Includes common fieldbus protocols such as DeviceNet, Profibus, Modbus RTU, AS-Interface, and CANopen, and explains their use in time-critical industrial environments.
Ethernet Communication:
Describes the role of Ethernet in modern industrial networks, contrasts standard Ethernet with Industrial Ethernet, and explores protocols such as EtherNet/IP, Profinet, and Modbus TCP. Emphasizes deterministic communication, bandwidth, and vendor interoperability.
MQTT:
Covers MQTT as a lightweight, publish-subscribe protocol designed for efficient communication across low-bandwidth or unreliable networks. Highlights its role in IIoT applications and real-time cloud connectivity.
OPC-UA:
Introduces OPC Unified Architecture as a platform-independent, service-oriented communication standard for secure and scalable industrial data exchange. Discusses its use in integrating devices, PLCs, and enterprise systems.
SCADA:
Describes Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition systems and their role in monitoring, control, and data collection in industrial environments. Explains the architecture, common features, and integration with PLCs and HMIs.
Network Security:
Discusses cybersecurity in industrial control systems, focusing on vulnerabilities, threat mitigation, and best practices. Covers network segmentation, encryption, firewalls, and role-based access to protect OT systems.
Wireless Options:
Covers industrial wireless technologies that are field-proven and currently deployed. Focuses on ISA100 and WirelessHART for mesh-based sensor networks in process automation, and LTE/LTE-M for remote monitoring and IIoT connectivity. Also introduces point-to-point wireless I/O solutions for transmitting analog and digital signals where cabling is impractical. Emphasizes that wireless is used selectively and does not replace wired control systems.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
American Lit Before 1865, ENGL-2400, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Fulfills a General Education Humanities requirement and is an approved Global and Cultural Perspectives course. This course will introduce students to some of the major writers and works in American literature from the Colonial Period to the American Renaissance. Students will survey a variety of literature, from the sermons and poetry of the early Puritans to the seminal essays, poetry and fiction of the American Renaissance. Engages students with common practices in reading, interpreting, and writing about literature, and it will address questions of literary form and genre, the relationship between literary works and the cultures that produce them, and how and why we read. **COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLOs) At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1. Demonstrate knowledge and awareness of the importance and scope of the literature for the time period covered by creating connections, both verbal and written, between various texts and authors. 2. Through short written and oral responses and reflections, investigate the significance of a wide variety of genres from the literary movements and time periods covered. 3. Identify and explain the significance of major authors and movements covered in this survey. 4. Analyze and critique a specific literary text in a meaningful and effective fashion, doing far more than stating the obvious. 5. Synthesize relevant scholarly sources with the student's own original ideas in a balanced manner (quotations, paraphrases, and summaries fit nicely with paragraph main ideas and topic sentences). FA.
Description:
Course schedule:
American Lit Before 1865
Week 1 focuses on getting acquainted with the syllabus and the Canvas site. Discussion of literary theories. Students will review a key example.
Second meeting of week 1 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 1
Week 2 involves learning about theory through a case study. This includes examining images and poems.
Second meeting of week 2 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 2
In Week 3, students are to prepare and complete assignments 1 and 2. Literary theories will be applied to a literary example. The case study includes poetics. Students will check in about their progress.
Second meeting of week 3 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 3
Week 4 requires preparation for Assignment 3, and literary theories will be applied to a literary examples. Students will explore various scenes from literary examples.
Second meeting of week 4 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 4
Week 5 is for completing Assignment 3 and preparing Assignment 4, This includes signing up for a mini-conference slot.
Second meeting of week 5 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 5
Week 6 is set aside for completing Assignment 4. It focuses on literary examples while continuing check-ins.
Second meeting of week 6 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 6
In Week 7, students prepare Assignment 5. This comes with a mini-lecture on conceptualizing projects.
Second meeting of week 7 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 7
Week 8 continues preparation for Assignment 5. This emphasizes workflows for projects.
Second meeting of week 8 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 8
Week 9 focuses on completing Assignment 5. This goes alongside a mini-lecture on mobilizing projects.
Second meeting of week 9 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
Week ten is a break.
American Lit. cont’d. 9
Week 11 involves preparing and completing Assignment 6, This comes with mini-presentations on final projects.
Second meeting of week 11 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 10
Week 12 discusses Hawaiian philosophy and translation. This includes a focus on further literary examples.
Second meeting of week 12 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 11
Week 13 is for preparing Assignment 7. It comes with check-ins regarding the semester's progress.
Second meeting of week 13 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 12
Week 14 involves completing Assignment 7. This comes with mini-presentations.
Second meeting of week 14 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 13
Week 15 is dedicated to preparing Assignment 8. This comes with completing check-ins.
Second meeting of week 15 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
American Lit. cont’d. 14
Week 16 entails completing Assignment 8, It also entails conducting mini-presentations on it.
Second meeting of week 16 continues this work. We will work on American Lit.
All content may change if needed as required.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Literature, ENGL-2200, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Fulfills a Literature/Humanities General Education requirement and is an approved Global and Cultural Perspectives course. For all students who would like to increase their enjoyment of literature. Provides basic understanding of novels, short stories, poems, plays, and essays. Students will learn to read analytically and write critically. Course offered in rotation, check class schedule. **COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLOs) At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1. Analyze, orally and/or in written form, literary concepts including setting, characterization, theme, point of view, figurative language, and plot. 2. Examine ethical values and critically discuss philosophical concerns in literature. 3. Create both formal critical essays and informal responses to concerns expressed in course texts. 4. Apply the techniques of effective collaboration through successful completion of various group activities.
Description:
Intro to lit.
Week 1: Get to know the syllabus and Canvas site, introduce yourself, and learn about literary theories by watching a lecture video. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 1 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 1
Week 2: Continue exploring theoretical texts, focusing on literary examples. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 2 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 2
Week 3: Study literary examples and watch a lecture video. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 3 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 3
Week 4: Read literary examples, and watch a lecture video. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 4 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 4
Week 5: Prepare assignments 1 and 2. Complete them.
Second meeting of week 5 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 5
Week 6: Continue working on literary examples. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 6 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 6
Week 7: Prepare assignment 3. Complete it.
Second meeting of week 7 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 7
Week 8: Read literary example and watch a lecture video. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 8 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 8
Week 9: Learn about literary history and watch a lecture video. Prepare and complete assignments 4 and 5.
Second meeting of week 9 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Week ten is a break.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 9
Week 11: Prepare for assignment 6. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 11 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 10
Week 12: Complete assignment 6. Prepare for assignment 7.
Second meeting of week 12 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 11
Week 13: Prepare for assignment 7. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 13 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 12
Week 14: Complete assignment 7. Consider progress thus far.
Second meeting of week 14 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 13
Week 15: Prepare for assignment 8. No assignments.
Second meeting of week 15 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
Intro to lit. cont’d. 14
Week 16: Complete assignment 8. Consider progress now.
Second meeting of week 16 continues this work. We will work on intro to lit.
All content may change if needed as required.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 43, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
artially fulfills General Education English requirement. Designed to improve students' abilities to read, analyze, and write expository papers. Provides opportunities to write and revise a number of essays. Activities, library research, portfolios, writing to a style guide, and tests may also be used to prepare students to write college level papers. Successful completers (grade C or higher) will be prepared to take ENGL 2010. Inclusive Access Course Material (electronic book) fees may apply, see Fees tab under each course section for details. **COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLOs) At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1. Evaluate evidence and logic - including the identification of underlying assumptions, biases, and fallacies - in various texts. 2. Apply relevant, convincing, and effective evidence and logic in a variety of oral and written interactions. 3. Participate in the process of collaborative learning as it relates to reading and writing. 4. Compose an essay with a precise thesis statement that controls the selection, structure, and presentation of material. 5. Create competent essays and paragraphs through the writing process using standard written English. 6. Incorporate research into essays through adequate quotation, paraphrasing and summarizing. 7. Explain and avoid plagiarism. Prerequisites: Writing: ACT/English placement score of 17; or ENGL 1000 (Grade C or higher); or completion of all 4 advanced ESL courses: 2700 (Grade B or higher) and 2750 (Grade B or higher) and 2760 (Grade B or higher) and either ESL 2780 (Grade B or higher) or ESL 1580 (Grade A). FA, SP.
Description:
Course schedule:
Intro to writing
In the first week, students are required to read the syllabus and the Canvas site, and they are encouraged to introduce themselves through Canvas messaging or during office hours. They need to review the syllabus and readings and can message the instructor with any questions. There are no assignments for this week.
Second meeting of week 1 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 1
In the second week, students will write and post Assignment 1, following the prompt found under Assignment Guidelines. They need to submit their responses to Canvas as part of a graded discussion.
Second meeting of week 2 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 2
During the third week, students will learn how to read and use two specific academic articles. They will watch lecture videos on Canvas for each week and should take notes while doing so.
Second meeting of week 3 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro. cont’d. 3
During the fourth week, students will learn how to read and use two specific academic articles. They will watch lecture videos on Canvas for each week and should take notes while doing so.
Second meeting of week 4 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 4
In the fifth week, students will learn about conducting library research using database resources. They will watch a lecture video and take notes.
Second meeting of week 5 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 5
Week six focuses on writing a good essay proposal, with a relevant link provided. Students will complete Assignment 2 after watching the week’s lecture and will find a worksheet posted on Canvas to complete and submit.
Second meeting of week 6 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 6
Week seven teaches students how to do MLA citations, with a useful link given for reference. There is no assignment this week.
Second meeting of week 7 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 7
In week eight, students will complete Assignment 3. They will use a worksheet provided on Canvas for submission.
Second meeting of week 8 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 8
Week nine revolves around thesis statements and how to outline essays. Students will watch a lecture video and find a worksheet to complete for Assignment 4.
Second meeting of week 9 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Week ten is a break.
Intro cont’d. 9
In week 11, students learn about drafting, editing, and revising their essays, watching relevant videos and taking notes. They will complete Assignments 5 and 6, focusing on developing their drafts into final versions based on feedback.
Second meeting of week 11 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 10
In week 12, students continue to learn about drafting, editing, and revising their essays, watching relevant videos and taking notes. They will complete Assignments 5 and 6, focusing on developing their drafts into final versions based on feedback.
Second meeting of week 12 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 11
In week 13, students continue to learn about drafting, editing, and revising their essays, watching relevant videos and taking notes. They will complete Assignments 5 and 6, focusing on developing their drafts into final versions based on feedback.
Second meeting of week 13 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 12
In week 14, students continue to learn about drafting, editing, and revising their essays, watching relevant videos and taking notes. They will complete Assignments 5 and 6, focusing on developing their drafts into final versions based on feedback.
Second meeting of week 14 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 13
In week 15, students continue to learn about drafting, editing, and revising their essays, watching relevant videos and taking notes. They will complete Assignments 5 and 6, focusing on developing their drafts into final versions based on feedback.
Second meeting of week 15 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Intro cont’d. 14
In week 16, students will reflect on their work and write Assignment 7. They will submit it as a graded discussion.
Second meeting of week 16 continues this work. We will work on intro to writing.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Module 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This Module introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Module 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Module 3: Perceiving Others
This Module focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Module 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Module 5: Understanding Culture
The Module explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Module 6: Understanding Gender
This Module examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Module 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Module 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Module 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This Module emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Module 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Module 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Module 12: Relationships with Family Members
This Module looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Module 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Module 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final Module addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 50, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech: 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Informative Speech: 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech: 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech: 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each): 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Goals Paper: 50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper: 100pts
Description:
Module 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first Module, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
Module 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This Module introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
Module 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This Module will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
Module 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
Module 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this Module, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
Module 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This Module encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
Module 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
Module 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this Module, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
Module 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final Module focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 47B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech: 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Informative Speech: 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech: 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech: 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each): 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Goals Paper: 50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper: 100pts
Description:
Module 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first Module, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
Module 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This Module introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
Module 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This Module will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
Module 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
Module 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this Module, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
Module 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This Module encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
Module 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
Module 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this Module, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
Module 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final Module focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 45, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech: 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Informative Speech: 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech: 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech: 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each): 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Goals Paper: 50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper: 100pts
Description:
Module 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first Module, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
Module 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This Module introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
Module 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This Module will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
Module 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
Module 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this Module, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
Module 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This Module encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
Module 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
Module 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this Module, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
Module 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final Module focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 43, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech: 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Informative Speech: 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech: 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech: 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each): 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Goals Paper: 50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper: 100pts
Description:
Module 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first Module, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
Module 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This Module introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
Module 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This Module will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
Module 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
Module 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this Module, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
Module 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This Module encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
Module 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
Module 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this Module, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
Module 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final Module focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 42, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech: 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Informative Speech: 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech: 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech: 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each): 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Goals Paper: 50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper: 100pts
Description:
Module 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first Module, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
Module 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This Module introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
Module 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This Module will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
Module 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
Module 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this Module, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
Module 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This Module encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
Module 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
Module 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this Module, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
Module 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final Module focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech: 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Informative Speech: 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech: 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech: 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each): 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Goals Paper: 50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper: 100pts
Description:
Module 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first Module, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
Module 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This Module introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
Module 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This Module will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
Module 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
Module 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this Module, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
Module 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This Module encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
Module 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
Module 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this Module, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
Module 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final Module focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 10, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech: 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Informative Speech: 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech: 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech: 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each): 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Goals Paper: 50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper: 100pts
Description:
Module 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first Module, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
Module 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This Module introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
Module 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This Module will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
Module 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
Module 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this Module, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
Module 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This Module encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
Module 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
Module 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this Module, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
Module 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final Module focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 9, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech: 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Informative Speech: 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech: 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech: 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each): 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Goals Paper: 50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper: 100pts
Description:
Module 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first Module, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
Module 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This Module introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
Module 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This Module will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
Module 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
Module 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this Module, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
Module 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This Module encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
Module 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
Module 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this Module, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
Module 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final Module focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 8, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech: 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Informative Speech: 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech: 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech: 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each): 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Goals Paper: 50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper: 100pts
Description:
Module 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first Module, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
Module 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This Module introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
Module 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This Module will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
Module 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
Module 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this Module, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
Module 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This Module encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
Module 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
Module 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this Module, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
Module 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final Module focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 7, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech: 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Informative Speech: 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech: 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech: 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each): 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Goals Paper: 50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper: 100pts
Description:
Module 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first Module, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
Module 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This Module introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
Module 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This Module will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
Module 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
Module 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this Module, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
Module 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This Module encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
Module 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
Module 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this Module, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
Module 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final Module focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 6, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech: 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Informative Speech: 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech: 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech: 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each): 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Goals Paper: 50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper: 100pts
Description:
Module 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first Module, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
Module 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This Module introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
Module 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This Module will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
Module 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
Module 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this Module, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
Module 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This Module encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
Module 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
Module 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this Module, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
Module 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final Module focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 5, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech: 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Informative Speech: 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech: 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech: 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each): 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Goals Paper: 50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper: 100pts
Description:
Module 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first Module, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
Module 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This Module introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
Module 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This Module will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
Module 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
Module 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this Module, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
Module 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This Module encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
Module 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
Module 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this Module, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
Module 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final Module focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 4, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech: 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Informative Speech: 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech: 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech: 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each): 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Goals Paper: 50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper: 100pts
Description:
Module 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first Module, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
Module 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This Module introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
Module 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This Module will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
Module 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
Module 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this Module, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
Module 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This Module encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
Module 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
Module 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this Module, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
Module 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final Module focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech: 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Informative Speech: 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech: 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech: 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each): 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Goals Paper: 50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper: 100pts
Description:
Module 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first Module, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
Module 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This Module introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
Module 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This Module will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
Module 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
Module 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this Module, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
Module 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This Module encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
Module 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
Module 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this Module, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
Module 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final Module focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech: 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Informative Speech: 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech: 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech: 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline: 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each): 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each): 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each): 120 pts.
Goals Paper: 50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper: 100pts
Description:
Module 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first Module, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
Module 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This Module introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
Module 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This Module will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
Module 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
Module 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this Module, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
Module 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This Module encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
Module 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
Module 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this Module, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
Module 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final Module focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA
Recommended Reading: N/A
Elements of Effective Comm, COMM-1010, Section 90, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
10 Assessment Communication Packets: Brief communication prompts 200-400 words. 12 pt, Times New Roman
10 Discussion Boards: Students are required to answer a prompt pertaining to the chapter in the discussion board, 300-500 words. They are also required to respond to at least three peers. 200-300 words.
Small Group Project: Students will be required to complete a small group project to fulfill the small group communication module.
Interview Packet: resume, cover letter to fulfill the business communication module.
Outline of Speech: Students will submit their outline of an informative or persuasive speech for the public speaking module before their speech.
Peer Review: Students will peer review two other students' speeches with a form that is given to them.
Speech: Students will deliver an informative or persuasive speech. 8-12 minutes, recording to submit to the final discussion board.
Participation
Description:
Module 1: Chapter one-introduces communication & the different models of communication. Will be examining the different forms of communication and how to be a competent communicator.
Module 2: Chapter two: communication and culture. Students will learn about how culture influences the way we communicate.
Module 3: examines how we perceive ourselves & others, and how that impacts communication.
Module 4: Examines how language influences the way we communicate
Module 5: Nonverbal communication
Module 6: Listening effectively
Module 7: Social & professional relationships & intimate relationships
Module 8: Small group communication module
Module 9: Public speaking
Module 10: Informative & Persuasive Speaking
Module 11: Workplace communication
Module 12: Final Speeches
Required Reading: Communication M@tters by Kory Floyd E-Book
Recommended Reading: N/A
Elements of Effective Comm, COMM-1010, Section 42, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
10 Assessment Communication Packets: Brief communication prompts 200-400 words. 12 pt, Times New Roman
10 Discussion Boards: Students are required to answer a prompt pertaining to the chapter in the discussion board, 300-500 words. They are also required to respond to at least three peers. 200-300 words.
Small Group Project: Students will be required to complete a small group project to fulfill the small group communication module.
Interview Packet: resume, cover letter to fulfill the business communication module.
Outline of Speech: Students will submit their outline of an informative or persuasive speech for the public speaking module before their speech.
Peer Review: Students will peer review two other students' speeches with a form that is given to them.
Speech: Students will deliver an informative or persuasive speech. 8-12 minutes, recording to submit to the final discussion board.
Participation
Description:
Module 1: Chapter one-introduces communication & the different models of communication. Will be examining the different forms of communication and how to be a competent communicator.
Module 2: Chapter two: communication and culture. Students will learn about how culture influences the way we communicate.
Module 3: examines how we perceive ourselves & others, and how that impacts communication.
Module 4: Examines how language influences the way we communicate
Module 5: Nonverbal communication
Module 6: Listening effectively
Module 7: Social & professional relationships & intimate relationships
Module 8: Small group communication module
Module 9: Public speaking
Module 10: Informative & Persuasive Speaking
Module 11: Workplace communication
Module 12: Final Speeches
Required Reading: Communication M@tters by Kory Floyd E-Book
Recommended Reading: N/A
Elements of Effective Comm, COMM-1010, Section 41, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
10 Assessment Communication Packets: Brief communication prompts 200-400 words. 12 pt, Times New Roman
10 Discussion Boards: Students are required to answer a prompt pertaining to the chapter in the discussion board, 300-500 words. They are also required to respond to at least three peers. 200-300 words.
Small Group Project: Students will be required to complete a small group project to fulfill the small group communication module.
Interview Packet: resume, cover letter to fulfill the business communication module.
Outline of Speech: Students will submit their outline of an informative or persuasive speech for the public speaking module before their speech.
Peer Review: Students will peer review two other students' speeches with a form that is given to them.
Speech: Students will deliver an informative or persuasive speech. 8-12 minutes, recording to submit to the final discussion board.
Participation
Description:
Module 1: Chapter one-introduces communication & the different models of communication. Will be examining the different forms of communication and how to be a competent communicator.
Module 2: Chapter two: communication and culture. Students will learn about how culture influences the way we communicate.
Module 3: examines how we perceive ourselves & others, and how that impacts communication.
Module 4: Examines how language influences the way we communicate
Module 5: Nonverbal communication
Module 6: Listening effectively
Module 7: Social & professional relationships & intimate relationships
Module 8: Small group communication module
Module 9: Public speaking
Module 10: Informative & Persuasive Speaking
Module 11: Workplace communication
Module 12: Final Speeches
Required Reading: Communication M@tters by Kory Floyd E-Book
Recommended Reading: N/A
Elements of Effective Comm, COMM-1010, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
10 Assessment Communication Packets: Brief communication prompts 200-400 words. 12 pt, Times New Roman
10 Discussion Boards: Students are required to answer a prompt pertaining to the chapter in the discussion board, 300-500 words. They are also required to respond to at least three peers. 200-300 words.
Small Group Project: Students will be required to complete a small group project to fulfill the small group communication module.
Interview Packet: resume, cover letter to fulfill the business communication module.
Outline of Speech: Students will submit their outline of an informative or persuasive speech for the public speaking module before their speech.
Peer Review: Students will peer review two other students' speeches with a form that is given to them.
Speech: Students will deliver an informative or persuasive speech. 8-12 minutes, recording to submit to the final discussion board.
Participation
Description:
Module 1: Chapter one-introduces communication & the different models of communication. Will be examining the different forms of communication and how to be a competent communicator.
Module 2: Chapter two: communication and culture. Students will learn about how culture influences the way we communicate.
Module 3: examines how we perceive ourselves & others, and how that impacts communication.
Module 4: Examines how language influences the way we communicate
Module 5: Nonverbal communication
Module 6: Listening effectively
Module 7: Social & professional relationships & intimate relationships
Module 8: Small group communication module
Module 9: Public speaking
Module 10: Informative & Persuasive Speaking
Module 11: Workplace communication
Module 12: Final Speeches
Required Reading: Communication M@tters by Kory Floyd E-Book
Recommended Reading: N/A
Elements of Effective Comm, COMM-1010, Section 3, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
10 Assessment Communication Packets: Brief communication prompts 200-400 words. 12 pt, Times New Roman
10 Discussion Boards: Students are required to answer a prompt pertaining to the chapter in the discussion board, 300-500 words. They are also required to respond to at least three peers. 200-300 words.
Small Group Project: Students will be required to complete a small group project to fulfill the small group communication module.
Interview Packet: resume, cover letter to fulfill the business communication module.
Outline of Speech: Students will submit their outline of an informative or persuasive speech for the public speaking module before their speech.
Peer Review: Students will peer review two other students' speeches with a form that is given to them.
Speech: Students will deliver an informative or persuasive speech. 8-12 minutes, recording to submit to the final discussion board.
Participation
Description:
Module 1: Chapter one-introduces communication & the different models of communication. Will be examining the different forms of communication and how to be a competent communicator.
Module 2: Chapter two: communication and culture. Students will learn about how culture influences the way we communicate.
Module 3: examines how we perceive ourselves & others, and how that impacts communication.
Module 4: Examines how language influences the way we communicate
Module 5: Nonverbal communication
Module 6: Listening effectively
Module 7: Social & professional relationships & intimate relationships
Module 8: Small group communication module
Module 9: Public speaking
Module 10: Informative & Persuasive Speaking
Module 11: Workplace communication
Module 12: Final Speeches
Required Reading: Communication M@tters by Kory Floyd E-Book
Recommended Reading: N/A
Elements of Effective Comm, COMM-1010, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
10 Assessment Communication Packets: Brief communication prompts 200-400 words. 12 pt, Times New Roman
10 Discussion Boards: Students are required to answer a prompt pertaining to the chapter in the discussion board, 300-500 words. They are also required to respond to at least three peers. 200-300 words.
Small Group Project: Students will be required to complete a small group project to fulfill the small group communication module.
Interview Packet: resume, cover letter to fulfill the business communication module.
Outline of Speech: Students will submit their outline of an informative or persuasive speech for the public speaking module before their speech.
Peer Review: Students will peer review two other students' speeches with a form that is given to them.
Speech: Students will deliver an informative or persuasive speech. 8-12 minutes, recording to submit to the final discussion board.
Participation
Description:
Module 1: Chapter one-introduces communication & the different models of communication. Will be examining the different forms of communication and how to be a competent communicator.
Module 2: Chapter two: communication and culture. Students will learn about how culture influences the way we communicate.
Module 3: examines how we perceive ourselves & others, and how that impacts communication.
Module 4: Examines how language influences the way we communicate
Module 5: Nonverbal communication
Module 6: Listening effectively
Module 7: Social & professional relationships & intimate relationships
Module 8: Small group communication module
Module 9: Public speaking
Module 10: Informative & Persuasive Speaking
Module 11: Workplace communication
Module 12: Final Speeches
Required Reading: Communication M@tters by Kory Floyd E-Book
Recommended Reading: N/A
Elements of Effective Comm, COMM-1010, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
10 Assessment Communication Packets: Brief communication prompts 200-400 words. 12 pt, Times New Roman
10 Discussion Boards: Students are required to answer a prompt pertaining to the chapter in the discussion board, 300-500 words. They are also required to respond to at least three peers. 200-300 words.
Small Group Project: Students will be required to complete a small group project to fulfill the small group communication module.
Interview Packet: resume, cover letter to fulfill the business communication module.
Outline of Speech: Students will submit their outline of an informative or persuasive speech for the public speaking module before their speech.
Peer Review: Students will peer review two other students' speeches with a form that is given to them.
Speech: Students will deliver an informative or persuasive speech. 8-12 minutes, recording to submit to the final discussion board.
Participation
Description:
Module 1: Chapter one-introduces communication & the different models of communication. Will be examining the different forms of communication and how to be a competent communicator.
Module 2: Chapter two: communication and culture. Students will learn about how culture influences the way we communicate.
Module 3: examines how we perceive ourselves & others, and how that impacts communication.
Module 4: Examines how language influences the way we communicate
Module 5: Nonverbal communication
Module 6: Listening effectively
Module 7: Social & professional relationships & intimate relationships
Module 8: Small group communication module
Module 9: Public speaking
Module 10: Informative & Persuasive Speaking
Module 11: Workplace communication
Module 12: Final Speeches
Required Reading: Communication M@tters by Kory Floyd E-Book
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Criminal Justice, CJ-1010, Section 3, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Five tests and five quizzes, each dedicated to a separate area of criminal justice.
Description:
Module 1: Evolution of Crime and Punishment
Module 2: Criminology
Module 3: The Creation of American Policing
Module 4: Ethical Issues in Criminal Justice
Module 5: Criminal Law
Module 6: The Law of Search and Seizure
Module 7: Custodial Interrogations
Module 8: Pretrial Motions
Module 9: Laws of Evidence
Module 10: The Courts and Judiciary
Module 11: Juvenile Justice
Module 12: Sentencing
Module 13: Corrections
Module 14: Freedom of Speech and Cybercrime
Required Reading: “Introduction to Fundamental Concepts in Criminal Justice,” Fourth Edition by Craig Harter (9781792466861)
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 42, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
14 Nearpod Interactive presentations
13 Chapter content quizzes on Canvas
11 Canvas discussions
3 Midterm/Final Projects
Description:
Introduction to Biology and the Scientific Method
Students are introduced to the themes in Biology and review the process of science and the scientific method. Students learn how to recognize good science vs pseudoscience and how to design a scientific investigation.
Essential Chemistry and Macromolecules
Students review the chemistry concepts that provide a foundation to understanding how cells function. Concepts include: how atoms bond to form compounds, properties of water, and the large compounds that form the building blocks of cells (called macromolecules).
Tour of the Cell
Students learn about the different types of cells and the essential structures within a cell. They also explore what happens when the parts of a cell don't function as they should.
The Working Cell
Students explore how a cell transports essential substances (like water and nutrients) into and out of the cell. Students also learn how a cell uses energy and how enzymes make reactions in the cell possible.
Cellular Respiration and Photosynthesis
Students learn the steps of cellular respiration and photosynthesis and evaluate the relationship of both processes to each other.
Cellular Reproduction
Students learn to distinguish between stages of the cell cycle and mitosis, compare and contrast mitosis/meiosis and sexual/asexual reproduction, and describe the cause/effect relationship between errors in the cell cycle and cancer.
Patterns of Inheritance
Students learn how to identify patterns of inheritance and use these patterns to make predictions on how traits are passed down to offspring.
DNA and Gene Expression
DNA is the code for all living organisms. Students learn how relatively simple molecules lead to the complex traits in living organisms that we see around us.
DNA Technology
Students learn about DNA technologies and their benefits and risks.
How Populations Evolve
Evolution is an inherited change over time. As populations are influenced by their environment they have the potential to evolve. Students evaluate how natural selection and other factors can cause populations to change and evolve.
How Diversity Evolves
The world is full of living diversity. Evolution leads to both unity and diversity in living organisms. Students explore how evolution can both explain how all living organisms are connected as well as the startling variety of living organisms.
Introduction to Ecology
Students explore the complex interactions that take place between living organisms and their environment and environmental factors that influence both the growth and behaviors of populations.
Communities and Ecosystems
Students analyze how environmental changes, both natural and human-caused, influence communities and ecosystems worldwide.
Required Reading: Campbell Essential Biology, 7th Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Criminal Justice, CJ-1010, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Five tests and five quizzes, each dedicated to a separate area of criminal justice.
Description:
Module 1: Evolution of Crime and Punishment
Module 2: Criminology
Module 3: The Creation of American Policing
Module 4: Ethical Issues in Criminal Justice
Module 5: Criminal Law
Module 6: The Law of Search and Seizure
Module 7: Custodial Interrogations
Module 8: Pretrial Motions
Module 9: Laws of Evidence
Module 10: The Courts and Judiciary
Module 11: Juvenile Justice
Module 12: Sentencing
Module 13: Corrections
Module 14: Freedom of Speech and Cybercrime
Required Reading: “Introduction to Fundamental Concepts in Criminal Justice,” Fourth Edition by Craig Harter (9781792466861)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Criminal Justice, CJ-1010, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Five tests and five quizzes, each dedicated to a separate area of criminal justice.
Description:
Module 1: Evolution of Crime and Punishment
Module 2: Criminology
Module 3: The Creation of American Policing
Module 4: Ethical Issues in Criminal Justice
Module 5: Criminal Law
Module 6: The Law of Search and Seizure
Module 7: Custodial Interrogations
Module 8: Pretrial Motions
Module 9: Laws of Evidence
Module 10: The Courts and Judiciary
Module 11: Juvenile Justice
Module 12: Sentencing
Module 13: Corrections
Module 14: Freedom of Speech and Cybercrime
Required Reading: Introduction to Fundamental Concepts in Criminal Justice, Fourth Edition by Craig Harter
Recommended Reading: N/A
Independent Research, CHEM-4800R, Section 5, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
1. Completion of 45+ Research Hours 80 points
2. Poster 30 points
3. Presentation of Poster at Conference 10 points
4. Regular Meetings with Instructor 20 points
5. Regular Meetings with Peer Researchers 5 points
6. Demonstrated Enthusiasm for Project 5 points
7. Demonstrated Effort and Initiative in Work 5 points
8. Gains Independence in Research 5 points
TOTAL 160 points
Description:
Module 1: Use scientific method to develop hypotheses, design experiments, draw conclusions from results.
Module 2: Design and modify experiments during the progress of a research project.
Module 3: Interpret results from experiments, modify the hypothesis.
Module 4: Draw conclusions according to research goals.
Module 5: Perform research independently, interact with other students and faculty engaged in the project.
Module 6: Utilize outside resources (scientific databases, literature, etc.) to interpret results and compare to existing and previous work in the field of your research project.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Independent Research, CHEM-4800R, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
1. Completion of 45+ Research Hours 80 points
2. Poster 30 points
3. Presentation of Poster at Conference 10 points
4. Regular Meetings with Instructor 20 points
5. Regular Meetings with Peer Researchers 5 points
6. Demonstrated Enthusiasm for Project 5 points
7. Demonstrated Effort and Initiative in Work 5 points
8. Gains Independence in Research 5 points
TOTAL 160 points
Description:
Module 1: Use scientific method to develop hypotheses, design experiments, draw conclusions from results.
Module 2: Design and modify experiments during the progress of a research project.
Module 3: Interpret results from experiments, modify the hypothesis.
Module 4: Draw conclusions according to research goals.
Module 5: Perform research independently, interact with other students and faculty engaged in the project.
Module 6: Utilize outside resources (scientific databases, literature, etc.) to interpret results and compare to existing and previous work in the field of your research project.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Independent Research, CHEM-4800R, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
1. Completion of 45+ Research Hours 80 points
2. Poster 30 points
3. Presentation of Poster at Conference 10 points
4. Regular Meetings with Instructor 20 points
5. Regular Meetings with Peer Researchers 5 points
6. Demonstrated Enthusiasm for Project 5 points
7. Demonstrated Effort and Initiative in Work 5 points
8. Gains Independence in Research 5 points
TOTAL 160 points
Description:
Module 1: Use scientific method to develop hypotheses, design experiments, draw conclusions from results.
Module 2: Design and modify experiments during the progress of a research project.
Module 3: Interpret results from experiments, modify the hypothesis.
Module 4: Draw conclusions according to research goals.
Module 5: Perform research independently, interact with other students and faculty engaged in the project.
Module 6: Utilize outside resources (scientific databases, literature, etc.) to interpret results and compare to existing and previous work in the field of your research project.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry II Lab, CHEM-1225, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-labs, Lab Reports, Comprehensive Final exam
Description:
Module 1: Qualitative Analysis-The objective of this lab experiment will be to identify an unknown compound using qualitative analysis of several known compounds. The tests will include visual observation, solubility, density and acidity/basicity.
Module 2: Colorimetric Determination of Aspirin-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the concentration of acetylsalicylic acid (ASA) that is in a commercial aspirin tablet using colorimetry. The absorbance of the solution will be determined by spectrophotometry using a UV/Vis spectrometer.
Module 3: Freezing Point Depression-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the molar mass of an unknown by determining the freezing point depression of cyclohexane solution having a known concentration of the unknown. Temperature-time graphs, called cooling curves, will be needed to determine freezing temperatures.
Module 4: Rates of a Reaction-The objective of this lab experiment will be to measure the rate of the reaction: S2O82– + 2I– I2 + 2SO42– and determine the rate law by measuring the amount of peroxydisulfate, S2O82-, that reacts as a function of time including the values of x and y, as well as the rate constant, k.
Module 5: Determination of Keq-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the value of K for the following equilibrium: Fe3+(aq) (yellow) + SCN–(aq) (colorless) ⇌ FeNCS2+(aq) (blood red).
Module 6: Le Chatelier’s Principle-The objective of this lab experiment will be to determine the effect of concentration and temperature on equilibria.
Module 7: pH of Acids, Bases, and Salt Solutions-The objective for this lab experiment will be to compare acid/base indicators to determine the pH of acids, bases, and salts.
Module 8: Buffer Solutions-The objective of this experiment will be to prepare a buffer solution of optimum pH (4.80) using acetic acid (CH3CO2H, Ka = 1.76 x 10–5) and sodium acetate (NaC2H3O2). A known amount of strong acid or base will be added to the buffer solution and the observed pH change will be compared to the calculated value.
Module 8: Determination of Ka-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the concentration and Ka of acetic acid by titration with a standardized base. The one-to-one stoichiometry of the reaction will be used to calculate the concentration of the unknown acetic acid.
Module 9: Determination of Ksp-The objective of this lab experiment will be to determine the solubility constant of Ca(OH)2. The equivalence point will be found by titrating 0.02M HCl into a prepared Ca(OH)2 solution. With the amount of titrant at the equivalence point, the Ksp of Ca(OH)2 can be determined.
Module 10: Activity Series-The objective of this lab experiment will be to rank Ca, Cu, Fe, Mg, Sn, and Zn by their relative reactivity. The reactions of the six metals with 1M HCl will be observed. The reactions of the six metals in solution with Ca will be observed. From these observations their relative reactivities will be ranked.
Module 11: Electrolysis Reactions-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the overall redox reactions of sodium sulfate, potassium iodide, and potassium chloride. A 9V battery will be used to energize three aqueous, ionic solutions.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry II Lab, CHEM-1225, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-labs, Lab Reports, Comprehensive Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: Qualitative Analysis-The objective of this lab experiment will be to identify an unknown compound using qualitative analysis of several known compounds. The tests will include visual observation, solubility, density and acidity/basicity.
Module 2: Colorimetric Determination of Aspirin-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the concentration of acetylsalicylic acid (ASA) that is in a commercial aspirin tablet using colorimetry. The absorbance of the solution will be determined by spectrophotometry using a UV/Vis spectrometer.
Module 3: Freezing Point Depression-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the molar mass of an unknown by determining the freezing point depression of cyclohexane solution having a known concentration of the unknown. Temperature-time graphs, called cooling curves, will be needed to determine freezing temperatures.
Module 4: Rates of a Reaction-The objective of this lab experiment will be to measure the rate of the reaction: S2O82– + 2I– I2 + 2SO42– and determine the rate law by measuring the amount of peroxydisulfate, S2O82-, that reacts as a function of time including the values of x and y, as well as the rate constant, k.
Module 5: Determination of Keq-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the value of K for the following equilibrium: Fe3+(aq) (yellow) + SCN–(aq) (colorless) ⇌ FeNCS2+(aq) (blood red).
Module 6: Le Chatelier’s Principle-The objective of this lab experiment will be to determine the effect of concentration and temperature on equilibria.
Module 7: pH of Acids, Bases, and Salt Solutions-The objective for this lab experiment will be to compare acid/base indicators to determine the pH of acids, bases, and salts.
Module 8: Buffer Solutions-The objective of this experiment will be to prepare a buffer solution of optimum pH (4.80) using acetic acid (CH3CO2H, Ka = 1.76 x 10–5) and sodium acetate (NaC2H3O2). A known amount of strong acid or base will be added to the buffer solution and the observed pH change will be compared to the calculated value.
Module 8: Determination of Ka-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the concentration and Ka of acetic acid by titration with a standardized base. The one-to-one stoichiometry of the reaction will be used to calculate the concentration of the unknown acetic acid.
Module 9: Determination of Ksp-The objective of this lab experiment will be to determine the solubility constant of Ca(OH)2. The equivalence point will be found by titrating 0.02M HCl into a prepared Ca(OH)2 solution. With the amount of titrant at the equivalence point, the Ksp of Ca(OH)2 can be determined.
Module 10: Activity Series-The objective of this lab experiment will be to rank Ca, Cu, Fe, Mg, Sn, and Zn by their relative reactivity. The reactions of the six metals with 1M HCl will be observed. The reactions of the six metals in solution with Ca will be observed. From these observations their relative reactivities will be ranked.
Module 11: Electrolysis Reactions-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the overall redox reactions of sodium sulfate, potassium iodide, and potassium chloride. A 9V battery will be used to energize three aqueous, ionic solutions.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry II, CHEM-1220, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Five Exams; Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: Molality: Molality is a measure of the concentration of solute in a solution, expressed as moles of solute per kilogram of solvent. Solution Vapor Pressure: Solution vapor pressure refers to the pressure exerted by the vapor of a solvent when it is in equilibrium with its liquid phase, and how solutes can affect it. Ions in Solution: This topic focuses on how ionic compounds dissociate into ions when dissolved in a solvent and how they influence solution properties. Bp and Fp: Boiling point elevation (Bp) and freezing point depression (Fp) describe how the presence of a solute in a solvent raises the boiling point and lowers the freezing point. Osmosis: Osmosis is the movement of solvent molecules through a semipermeable membrane from an area of low solute concentration to an area of high solute concentration.
Module 2: Solids: This topic explores the characteristics of solids, including their structure, properties, and the different types of solids like crystalline and amorphous. Packing Types: Packing types in solids refer to the arrangements of atoms, ions, or molecules in a solid and how this arrangement affects its properties. Alloys: Alloys are mixtures of two or more metals or a metal and a nonmetal, designed to improve properties like strength and corrosion resistance. Polymers: Polymers are large molecules made up of repeating subunits (monomers) that can exhibit a variety of properties depending on their structure and arrangement.
Module 3: Reaction Rates: Reaction rates describe how fast a chemical reaction occurs and how factors like concentration, temperature, and catalysts influence these rates. Reaction Order I: This topic explains the relationship between the concentration of reactants and the rate of the reaction, focusing on zero, first, and second-order reactions. Reaction Order II: This continues the study of reaction orders, specifically exploring more complex second-order reactions and how they are quantified. Temperature and Rate: Temperature affects reaction rates by increasing the energy of the molecules, leading to more frequent and energetic collisions. Reaction Mechanisms: Reaction mechanisms describe the step-by-step sequence of elementary reactions that occur during a chemical process. Catalysts: Catalysts are substances that speed up the rate of a chemical reaction without being consumed in the process.
Module 4: Equilibrium Constant I: The equilibrium constant (K) is a number that expresses the ratio of concentrations of products to reactants at equilibrium for a reversible reaction. Equilibrium Constant II: This builds on the equilibrium constant, focusing on its calculations and implications in various chemical reactions. Manipulating K: This topic explores how changes in temperature, pressure, and concentration can affect the value of the equilibrium constant. Reaction Quotient: The reaction quotient (Q) is used to predict the direction of a chemical reaction and whether it is at equilibrium. Heterogeneous Equilibrium: Heterogeneous equilibrium deals with reactions involving reactants and products in different phases, such as solid-liquid or gas-solid systems. Le Chatelier: Le Chatelier’s Principle predicts how a system at equilibrium will respond to changes in concentration, temperature, or pressure. Calculations with K I: This topic involves using the equilibrium constant to perform calculations related to concentration and partial pressures in reversible reactions. Calculations with K II: This continues to explore more complex calculations using the equilibrium constant in different scenarios.
Module 5: Acid/Base Review: A review of the fundamental properties of acids and bases, including their behavior in water and their ability to donate or accept protons. pH and autoionization: pH is a measure of the acidity or basicity of a solution, and autoionization refers to the process where water molecules dissociate into hydrogen and hydroxide ions. Ka and Kb: Ka and Kb are the acid dissociation constant and the base dissociation constant, respectively, which measure the strength of an acid or base in water.
Chapter 16: Buffers III: This topic covers buffer solutions and how they resist changes in pH when small amounts of acid or base are added. Calculating Ka/Kb I: This involves learning how to calculate the acid dissociation constant (Ka) and base dissociation constant (Kb) using equilibrium concentrations. Calculating Ka/Kb II: This continues the exploration of Ka and Kb calculations, focusing on more challenging problems and applications.
Module 6: Common Ion Effect: The common ion effect describes how the solubility of salts is affected by the addition of an ion already present in the solution. Buffers I: This topic introduces buffer solutions, which maintain a relatively constant pH when small amounts of acid or base are added. Buffers, Part II: This continues the study of buffer solutions, covering buffer capacity and the Henderson-Hasselbalch equation for pH calculation. Acid-Base Titrations, Part I: Acid-base titrations are experiments where a solution of known concentration is used to determine the concentration of an unknown acid or base. Acid-Base Titrations, Part 2: This continues the study of titrations, with an emphasis on interpreting titration curves and calculating concentrations. Acid-Base Titrations, Part 3: This part concludes the titration study by examining advanced concepts and detailed calculations of titration results. Calculating with Ksp: This topic focuses on the solubility product constant (Ksp), which is used to predict the solubility of salts in water.
Module 7: Entropy: Entropy is a measure of disorder or randomness in a system, and this topic examines its role in determining the spontaneity of reactions. Entropy, Part II: This continues the study of entropy, discussing its relationship with other thermodynamic quantities like enthalpy and Gibbs free energy. Gibbs Free Energy: Gibbs Free Energy helps predict whether a process or reaction is spontaneous, combining enthalpy and entropy into a single value. Gibbs and Equilibrium, Part I: This topic examines how Gibbs Free Energy and chemical equilibrium are related and how to calculate equilibrium constants from free energy. Gibbs and Equilibrium, Part II: This continues the study of Gibbs Free Energy, focusing on its application to reversible reactions at equilibrium.
Module 8: Redox Review: This review covers oxidation-reduction (redox) reactions, where electrons are transferred between substances, changing their oxidation states. Cell Diagram: Cell diagrams represent the components of electrochemical cells, showing how electrons flow through the system. Cell Diagram, Part II: This continues the study of electrochemical cells, focusing on more complex cell diagrams and their analysis. Standard Potentials: Standard electrode potentials are used to predict the voltage of an electrochemical cell under standard conditions. Nernst Equation: The Nernst equation allows calculation of the cell potential at non-standard conditions by considering the concentration of reactants and products. Nernst Equation, Part 2: This continues the study of the Nernst equation, with a focus on advanced applications and calculations.
Module 9: Radioactivity: Radioactivity refers to the spontaneous emission of radiation from unstable nuclei, and this topic covers the types and properties of radioactive decay. Half-Life: Half-life is the time required for half of the atoms in a sample of a radioactive substance to decay, and it is an important concept in nuclear chemistry. Nuclear Reactors: Nuclear reactors use controlled nuclear fission to produce energy, and this topic covers their design, function, and safety measures.
Required Reading: The Science in Context, Sixth Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-1215, Section 51, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-labs, Lab Reports, Comprehensive Final exam
Description:
Module 1: Measurements-The objective of this experiment will be to become familiar with some common measuring instruments by practicing making measurements, and learning about instrument precision.
Module 2: Mixture Separation-The objective of this experiment will be to use mechanical separation to separate a mixture of sodium chloride, sand, iron filings, sawdust, and benzoic acid into its individual components.
Module 3: Paper Chromatography-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the Rf value of three known solutions and two unknown solutions using a paper chromatography method.
Module 4: Qualitative Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use specific reagent solutions, which give distinct reactions with the various ions, to determine the ions in an unknown solution after analyzing a known reference solution first.
Module 5: Aqueous Solutions-The objective of this experiment will be to perform twenty-three reactions to verify whether a precipitation reaction is occurring and practice writing net ionic equations.
Module 6: Titrations-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the %KHP (KHC8H4O4) of an unknown sample by titration, using phenolphthalein as the indicator.
Module 7: Gravimetric Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use a precipitation reaction and gravity filtration to isolate an unknown Group I metal, symbolized as M, from an unknown Group I metal carbonate, symbolized as M2CO3.
Module 8: Heat of Neutralization-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the heat of neutralization of a strong acid and a weak acid from a calorimeter created with Styrofoam cups.
Module 9: Atomic Spectra-The first objective will be to determine the metal cation of three unknown solutions after determining a series of reference cation solutions. The second objective will be to determine the n-levels of Hydrogen by measuring a known spectrum (Hg) and then comparing where the known spectrum lines do appear on the spectroscope scale to where they should appear will determine the wavelength.
Module 10: Determination of Gas R-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the value of R in a “real-life” setting, by running the reaction 2KClO3(s) ⟶ 2KCl(s) + 3O2(g), using MnO2 as a catalyst.
Module 11: Molecular Geometry-The objective of this experiment will be to examine a theory that chemists use to explain different aspects of chemical bonding: valence-shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory. Attention will be given to how molecules are arranged in different shapes and how chemists can predict the geometry of a given molecule.
Module 12: Intermolecular Forces-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the intermolecular forces of H2O and Ethanol (EtOH) by conducting six micro-experiments and observing the responses of each compound to determine which is stronger.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Chemistry, CHEM-1010, Section 43, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
2 sets of lecture notes, 2 learning quizzes, one practice quiz, one mastery quiz, and one active learning assignment for each of 12 modules
5 discussion posts and replies
Midterm exam
Final exam
Description:
Module 1 - All About Atoms: This module discusses the definition of chemistry, atoms, molecules, elements, compounds, and chemical reactions, as well as how small atoms are and the history of our understanding of atoms.
Module 2 - Meet the Elements: This module introduces students to the chemical elements, including how the elements were discovered, where the names and symbols come from, which are the most common elements, what the elements look like, which ones you can safely collect, and the organization of atoms into ions and isotopes.
Module 3 -The Periodic Table: This module introduces students to how the Periodic Table is organized, what atomic masses means, common families of elements, how to find metals, nonmetals, and metalloids as well as transition and inner transition metals, what periodicity means, and how the Periodic Table was created.
Module 4 - States of Matter: This module introduces students to solids, liquids, and gases, including the atomic behavior of substances in these states, what happens when changes of state occur, and melting and boiling points.
Module 5 - Elements, Compounds, and Mixtures: This module introduces students to the differences between pure elements, compounds, and mixtures, including covalent and ionic compounds, alloys, and solutions.
Module 6 - Physical, Chemical, and Nuclear Reactions: This module introduces students to the three types of change matter can undergo, including how energy is involved, how chemical reactions are written and balanced, and three kinds of nuclear reactions.
Module 7 - Building Molecules: This module introduces students to how electrons are organized in atoms, how covalent bonds are formed, Lewis structures, and common small molecules.
Module 8 - The Chemistry of Scent: This module introduces students to how our sense of smell works, the connection between taste and smell, examples of organic molecules that have a recognizable smell, how to recognize functional groups, and how to interpret line structures.
Module 9 - The Chemistry of Fabric: This module introduces students to polymers, including nylon, polyester, cellulose, and proteins, including chemical structures and characteristics of each.
Module 10 - Salts and Ions: This module introduces students to the formation of ionic bonds, how to determine the charge on an ion, predicting names and formulas for ionic compounds including transition metal ions and polyatomic ions, and discusses common salt products.
Module 11 - Acids and Bases: This module introduces students to acids and bases, including where they are found, how they behave, the pH scale, and acid-base reactions.
Module 12 - The Chemistry of Fire: This module introduces students to the chemical reactions that occur when different materials burn, including candles, organic materials, and metals, the fire triangle, and how to put fires out safely.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Drawing and Composition, ART-1110, Section 3, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Course Requirements:
Assignments (generally one per week):
1. Composition drawing
2. Copy Drawing
3. Construction Contour Drawing
4. 1 and 2 Point Perspective Drawings
5. 3 Point Perspective Drawings
6. 2 Point Perspective Scene Drawing
7. Non-Representational Drawing
8. Negative Space Drawing
9. Portrait Contour Drawing
10. Value Drawing in charcoal
11. Value Portrait Drawings
12. Pen Drawing in Value
13. White Charcoal Drawing
14. Value of Choice Drawing (Final)
One quiz per week -- each quiz is associated with the concepts learned in preparation for each week's drawing assignment, all of which are listed above
Description:
Weekly Modules:
1. Composition drawing
Learn the basics of composition and visual balance, in preparation for creating thumbnail sketches of non-representational simple compositions.
2. Copy Drawing
Learn how to copy a master drawing by Charles Bargue, starting with straight line construction and then moving on to contour line and line quality.
3. Construction Contour Drawing
Learn how to draw from life, using straight line construction techniques, transitioning to contour line and line quality.
4. 1 and 2 Point Perspective Drawings
Learn the basics of drawing using linear perspective, including basic tenets of 1 and 2 pt perspectives.
5. 3 Point Perspective Drawings
Learn the basics of drawing using 3 pt perspective, as well as drawing stairs and slopes in 2 pt perspective.
6. 2 Point Perspective Scene Drawing
Put your knowledge of 2 pt drawing to the test by creating an interior or exterior scene in 2 pt perspective.
7. Non-Representational Drawing
Learn how to approach drawing 2 full sized non-representational drawings.
8. Negative Space Drawing
Learn how to notice negative space in and around objects and how to depict it.
9. Portrait Contour Drawing
Learn how to draw the human face from a frontal, three-quarters, and side view using contour line and line quality.
10. Value Drawing in charcoal
Learn how to draw a still life using values/shading rather than line.
11. Value Portrait Drawings
Learn how to draw the human face using values/shading rather than line.
12. Pen Drawing in Value
Learn how to approach value drawing using the medium of ball point pen.
13. White Charcoal Drawing on Black Paper
Learn how to think through the process of drawing a still life using white charcoal on black paper, as opposed to using a dark medium on white paper.
14. Value of Choice Drawing (Final)
Choose an image to draw using value and line, to show what skills have been learned throughout the semester.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm. Career Strategies, BUS-3000, Section 42, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Rebranded Personal Mission Statement, Personal Skills Report, Targeted Resumes
Description:
Module 1: Personal Mission Statement
Module 2: Personal Branding – LinkedIn Profile
Module 3: Personal Skills Report
Module 4: LAMP List
Module 5: Business Analysis
Module 6: Informational Interview
Module 7: Professional Summary and Elevator Pitch
Module 9: Targeted Resume Part I
Module 9: Career Growth
Module 10: Mock Interview
Module 11: Career SMART Goals
Module 12: Targeted Resume Part II
Module 13: Final Project: Implementation Plan
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Dalton, Steve (2012). 2-Hour Job Search: Using Technology to Get the Right Job Faster, Random House. ISBN-13: 978-1607741701
Interm. Career Strategies, BUS-3000, Section 41, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Rebranded Personal Mission Statement, Personal Skills Report, Targeted Resumes
Description:
Module 1: Personal Mission Statement
Module 2: Personal Branding – LinkedIn Profile
Module 3: Personal Skills Report
Module 4: LAMP List
Module 5: Business Analysis
Module 6: Informational Interview
Module 7: Professional Summary and Elevator Pitch
Module 9: Targeted Resume Part I
Module 9: Career Growth
Module 10: Mock Interview
Module 11: Career SMART Goals
Module 12: Targeted Resume Part II
Module 13: Final Project: Implementation Plan
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Dalton, Steve (2012). 2-Hour Job Search: Using Technology to Get the Right Job Faster, Random House. ISBN-13: 978-1607741701
Interm. Career Strategies, BUS-3000, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Rebranded Personal Mission Statement, Personal Skills Report, Targeted Resumes
Description:
Module 1: Personal Mission Statement
Module 2: Personal Branding – LinkedIn Profile
Module 3: Personal Skills Report
Module 4: LAMP List
Module 5: Business Analysis
Module 6: Informational Interview
Module 7: Professional Summary and Elevator Pitch
Module 9: Targeted Resume Part I
Module 9: Career Growth
Module 10: Mock Interview
Module 11: Career SMART Goals
Module 12: Targeted Resume Part II
Module 13: Final Project: Implementation Plan
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Dalton, Steve (2012). 2-Hour Job Search: Using Technology to Get the Right Job Faster, Random House. ISBN-13: 978-1607741701
Principles of Biology I, BIOL-1610, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Tests
These are comprehensive, chapter-based exams administered online via Canvas.
They are taken individually, without notes or outside help, and monitored using Proctorio.
Final Exam
A comprehensive 100-question exam held in class during finals week.
Includes a final group activity completed the same day.
Abstract Bibliography Assignment
A research-based writing assignment requiring students to find and cite a book, a scholarly journal article, and a scholarly website related to a biology topic from the course.
Each citation must be accompanied by a 100-word abstract.
Quizzes
Short quizzes are given at the end of each chapter to reinforce learning and prepare students for exams.
Quizzes are open-book and taken on Canvas.
In-Class Activities
A series of interactive, hands-on learning activities completed during class time.
Attendance and participation are required to earn credit.
Description:
Module 1 – The Study of Life
Introduces biology as the study of life, emphasizing the scientific method and levels of biological organization. Students explore how hypotheses are tested and the importance of reproducibility in science.
Module 2 – The Chemical Foundation of Life
Covers the chemical elements essential to life and how they bond to form molecules. Students learn about atomic structure, covalent and ionic bonds, and the role of trace elements.
Module 3 – Water and Life
Explores the unique properties of water that make it vital for life. Topics include hydrogen bonding, water’s role in temperature regulation, and its importance as a solvent.
Module 4 – Carbon and the Molecular Diversity of Life
Examines carbon’s versatility as the backbone of organic molecules. Students learn about functional groups and the major classes of organic compounds.
Module 5 – The Structure and Function of Biological Macromolecules
Discusses carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids. Students explore how structure determines function at the molecular level.
Module 6 – Cell Structure and Function
Introduces cell theory and the structures of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. Emphasis is placed on organelles and their specific roles in cellular processes.
Module 7 – Membrane Structure and Function
Covers the fluid mosaic model and mechanisms of membrane transport. Students study passive and active transport, osmosis, and the role of proteins in the membrane.
Module 8 – Introduction to Metabolism
Introduces basic principles of metabolism, including energy transformations and enzymatic regulation. Students learn how cells manage energy through metabolic pathways.
Module 9 – Cellular Respiration
Explains how cells harvest energy from glucose to form ATP. The Module covers glycolysis, the citric acid cycle, and oxidative phosphorylation.
Module 10 – Photosynthesis
Describes how autotrophs convert light energy into chemical energy. Focuses on the light reactions and the Calvin cycle.
Module 11 – Cell Communication and the Cell Cycle
Examines how cells communicate and regulate division. Topics include signal transduction pathways and the stages of the cell cycle and mitosis.
Module 12 – Meiosis and Sexual Reproduction
Compares meiosis to mitosis and explains how genetic variation arises. Emphasis is placed on the behavior of chromosomes and crossing over.
Module 13 – Mendel’s Experiments and Heredity
Introduces Mendel’s principles of inheritance and the use of Punnett squares. Students explore dominant/recessive traits and laws of segregation and independent assortment.
Module 14 – Modern Understandings of Inheritance
Covers extensions of Mendelian genetics, such as incomplete dominance, codominance, and polygenic inheritance. Students also learn about environmental influences on gene expression.
Module 15 – DNA Structure and Function
Details the discovery and structure of DNA. Explains the basics of DNA replication and its role in inheritance.
Module 16 – Genes and Proteins
Focuses on the central dogma of molecular biology: DNA → RNA → Protein. Students explore transcription, translation, and gene regulation.
Biotechnology Module
Discusses applications of molecular biology techniques, including PCR, gel electrophoresis, and CRISPR. Ethical considerations of biotechnology are also introduced.
Module 17 – Evolution: A Darwinian View of Life
Introduces Darwin’s theory of evolution by natural selection. Students examine supporting evidence and the historical context of evolutionary thought.
Module 18 – The Evolution of Populations
Explains how microevolution occurs within populations through mechanisms like selection, drift, and gene flow. Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium is introduced as a tool for modeling genetic change.
Module 19 – The Origin of Species
Discusses the process of speciation and reproductive isolation. Students explore different models of speciation and the role of geography in diversification.
Module 20 – Introduction to Ecology and the Biosphere
Introduces ecology and the study of interactions among organisms and their environments. Students examine climate, biomes, and biosphere-level dynamics.
Module 21 – Population Ecology
Focuses on population size, growth, and density-dependent and -independent factors. Students study survivorship curves and life history strategies.
Module 22 – Community Ecology
Explores how species interact within communities, including competition, predation, and mutualism. Students also learn about succession and community structure.
Required Reading: Principles of Biology I (https://uen.pressbooks.pub/utbiol1610/)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Biology I, BIOL-1610, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Tests
These are comprehensive, chapter-based exams administered online via Canvas.
They are taken individually, without notes or outside help, and monitored using Proctorio.
Final Exam
A comprehensive 100-question exam held in class during finals week.
Includes a final group activity completed the same day.
Abstract Bibliography Assignment
A research-based writing assignment requiring students to find and cite a book, a scholarly journal article, and a scholarly website related to a biology topic from the course.
Each citation must be accompanied by a 100-word abstract.
Quizzes
Short quizzes are given at the end of each chapter to reinforce learning and prepare students for exams.
Quizzes are open-book and taken on Canvas.
In-Class Activities
A series of interactive, hands-on learning activities completed during class time.
Attendance and participation are required to earn credit.
Description:
Module 1 – The Study of Life
Introduces biology as the study of life, emphasizing the scientific method and levels of biological organization. Students explore how hypotheses are tested and the importance of reproducibility in science.
Module 2 – The Chemical Foundation of Life
Covers the chemical elements essential to life and how they bond to form molecules. Students learn about atomic structure, covalent and ionic bonds, and the role of trace elements.
Module 3 – Water and Life
Explores the unique properties of water that make it vital for life. Topics include hydrogen bonding, water’s role in temperature regulation, and its importance as a solvent.
Module 4 – Carbon and the Molecular Diversity of Life
Examines carbon’s versatility as the backbone of organic molecules. Students learn about functional groups and the major classes of organic compounds.
Module 5 – The Structure and Function of Biological Macromolecules
Discusses carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids. Students explore how structure determines function at the molecular level.
Module 6 – Cell Structure and Function
Introduces cell theory and the structures of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. Emphasis is placed on organelles and their specific roles in cellular processes.
Module 7 – Membrane Structure and Function
Covers the fluid mosaic model and mechanisms of membrane transport. Students study passive and active transport, osmosis, and the role of proteins in the membrane.
Module 8 – Introduction to Metabolism
Introduces basic principles of metabolism, including energy transformations and enzymatic regulation. Students learn how cells manage energy through metabolic pathways.
Module 9 – Cellular Respiration
Explains how cells harvest energy from glucose to form ATP. The Module covers glycolysis, the citric acid cycle, and oxidative phosphorylation.
Module 10 – Photosynthesis
Describes how autotrophs convert light energy into chemical energy. Focuses on the light reactions and the Calvin cycle.
Module 11 – Cell Communication and the Cell Cycle
Examines how cells communicate and regulate division. Topics include signal transduction pathways and the stages of the cell cycle and mitosis.
Module 12 – Meiosis and Sexual Reproduction
Compares meiosis to mitosis and explains how genetic variation arises. Emphasis is placed on the behavior of chromosomes and crossing over.
Module 13 – Mendel’s Experiments and Heredity
Introduces Mendel’s principles of inheritance and the use of Punnett squares. Students explore dominant/recessive traits and laws of segregation and independent assortment.
Module 14 – Modern Understandings of Inheritance
Covers extensions of Mendelian genetics, such as incomplete dominance, codominance, and polygenic inheritance. Students also learn about environmental influences on gene expression.
Module 15 – DNA Structure and Function
Details the discovery and structure of DNA. Explains the basics of DNA replication and its role in inheritance.
Module 16 – Genes and Proteins
Focuses on the central dogma of molecular biology: DNA → RNA → Protein. Students explore transcription, translation, and gene regulation.
Biotechnology Module
Discusses applications of molecular biology techniques, including PCR, gel electrophoresis, and CRISPR. Ethical considerations of biotechnology are also introduced.
Module 17 – Evolution: A Darwinian View of Life
Introduces Darwin’s theory of evolution by natural selection. Students examine supporting evidence and the historical context of evolutionary thought.
Module 18 – The Evolution of Populations
Explains how microevolution occurs within populations through mechanisms like selection, drift, and gene flow. Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium is introduced as a tool for modeling genetic change.
Module 19 – The Origin of Species
Discusses the process of speciation and reproductive isolation. Students explore different models of speciation and the role of geography in diversification.
Module 20 – Introduction to Ecology and the Biosphere
Introduces ecology and the study of interactions among organisms and their environments. Students examine climate, biomes, and biosphere-level dynamics.
Module 21 – Population Ecology
Focuses on population size, growth, and density-dependent and -independent factors. Students study survivorship curves and life history strategies.
Module 22 – Community Ecology
Explores how species interact within communities, including competition, predation, and mutualism. Students also learn about succession and community structure.
Required Reading: Principles of Biology I (https://uen.pressbooks.pub/utbiol1610/)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Biology I, BIOL-1610, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Tests
These are comprehensive, chapter-based exams administered online via Canvas.
They are taken individually, without notes or outside help, and monitored using Proctorio.
Final Exam
A comprehensive 100-question exam held in class during finals week.
Includes a final group activity completed the same day.
Abstract Bibliography Assignment
A research-based writing assignment requiring students to find and cite a book, a scholarly journal article, and a scholarly website related to a biology topic from the course.
Each citation must be accompanied by a 100-word abstract.
Quizzes
Short quizzes are given at the end of each chapter to reinforce learning and prepare students for exams.
Quizzes are open-book and taken on Canvas.
In-Class Activities
A series of interactive, hands-on learning activities completed during class time.
Attendance and participation are required to earn credit.
Description:
Module 1 – The Study of Life
Introduces biology as the study of life, emphasizing the scientific method and levels of biological organization. Students explore how hypotheses are tested and the importance of reproducibility in science.
Module 2 – The Chemical Foundation of Life
Covers the chemical elements essential to life and how they bond to form molecules. Students learn about atomic structure, covalent and ionic bonds, and the role of trace elements.
Module 3 – Water and Life
Explores the unique properties of water that make it vital for life. Topics include hydrogen bonding, water’s role in temperature regulation, and its importance as a solvent.
Module 4 – Carbon and the Molecular Diversity of Life
Examines carbon’s versatility as the backbone of organic molecules. Students learn about functional groups and the major classes of organic compounds.
Module 5 – The Structure and Function of Biological Macromolecules
Discusses carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids. Students explore how structure determines function at the molecular level.
Module 6 – Cell Structure and Function
Introduces cell theory and the structures of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. Emphasis is placed on organelles and their specific roles in cellular processes.
Module 7 – Membrane Structure and Function
Covers the fluid mosaic model and mechanisms of membrane transport. Students study passive and active transport, osmosis, and the role of proteins in the membrane.
Module 8 – Introduction to Metabolism
Introduces basic principles of metabolism, including energy transformations and enzymatic regulation. Students learn how cells manage energy through metabolic pathways.
Module 9 – Cellular Respiration
Explains how cells harvest energy from glucose to form ATP. The Module covers glycolysis, the citric acid cycle, and oxidative phosphorylation.
Module 10 – Photosynthesis
Describes how autotrophs convert light energy into chemical energy. Focuses on the light reactions and the Calvin cycle.
Module 11 – Cell Communication and the Cell Cycle
Examines how cells communicate and regulate division. Topics include signal transduction pathways and the stages of the cell cycle and mitosis.
Module 12 – Meiosis and Sexual Reproduction
Compares meiosis to mitosis and explains how genetic variation arises. Emphasis is placed on the behavior of chromosomes and crossing over.
Module 13 – Mendel’s Experiments and Heredity
Introduces Mendel’s principles of inheritance and the use of Punnett squares. Students explore dominant/recessive traits and laws of segregation and independent assortment.
Module 14 – Modern Understandings of Inheritance
Covers extensions of Mendelian genetics, such as incomplete dominance, codominance, and polygenic inheritance. Students also learn about environmental influences on gene expression.
Module 15 – DNA Structure and Function
Details the discovery and structure of DNA. Explains the basics of DNA replication and its role in inheritance.
Module 16 – Genes and Proteins
Focuses on the central dogma of molecular biology: DNA → RNA → Protein. Students explore transcription, translation, and gene regulation.
Biotechnology Module
Discusses applications of molecular biology techniques, including PCR, gel electrophoresis, and CRISPR. Ethical considerations of biotechnology are also introduced.
Module 17 – Evolution: A Darwinian View of Life
Introduces Darwin’s theory of evolution by natural selection. Students examine supporting evidence and the historical context of evolutionary thought.
Module 18 – The Evolution of Populations
Explains how microevolution occurs within populations through mechanisms like selection, drift, and gene flow. Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium is introduced as a tool for modeling genetic change.
Module 19 – The Origin of Species
Discusses the process of speciation and reproductive isolation. Students explore different models of speciation and the role of geography in diversification.
Module 20 – Introduction to Ecology and the Biosphere
Introduces ecology and the study of interactions among organisms and their environments. Students examine climate, biomes, and biosphere-level dynamics.
Module 21 – Population Ecology
Focuses on population size, growth, and density-dependent and -independent factors. Students study survivorship curves and life history strategies.
Module 22 – Community Ecology
Explores how species interact within communities, including competition, predation, and mutualism. Students also learn about succession and community structure.
Required Reading: Principles of Biology I (https://uen.pressbooks.pub/utbiol1610/)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Biology, BIOL-1200, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Online Get to Know You Discussion (25 points) = 25 points
McGraw Hill Connect Quizzes 1-26 (10 points each, lowest 4 dropped) = 220 points
Practice Exams 1-10 (25 points each, lowest dropped) = 225 points
Exams 1-4 (100 points each, lowest dropped) = 300 points
Final Exam (200 points) = 200 points
Description:
Module 1: Sci Method: This lecture covers the steps of the scientific method, objective/subjective observations and deductive/inductive reasoning.
Module 2: Atoms and Bonds: This lecture explains the basics of chemistry - atomic structure, bond formation, isotopes and radioactivity in medicine.
Module 3: Water: This lecture covers the properties of water and their importance for life, the pH scale and buffer systems.
Module 4: Macromolecules I and II: These lectures cover the building blocks carbs, fats, proteins and fats, examples of each, and their importance to life.
Module 5: Cell I and Cell II: These lectures cover cell structures and their functions, diffusion, osmosis, tonicity and membrane transport.
Module 6: Cell Respiration: This lecture covers the process of cell respiration, fermentation, and enzyme catalyzed reactions.
Module 7: Mitosis: This lecture covers the basics of chromosome biology, the cell cycle, cell reproduction and the steps of mitosis.
Module 8: Meiosis: This lecture covers the basics of sexual reproduction, steps of meiosis I and II, mutations, and chromosomal disorders.
Module 9: Cancer: This lecture covers mutations, the development of cancer, characteristics of cancer cells, development of cancer in cyclins, causes of cancer and it's treatment. We also discuss the development of cancer in the following genes: proto-oncogenes, tumor suppressor genes, Her2, Ras, p53 and BRCA1.
Module 10: Patterns of Inheritance I and II: In these lectures, we discuss the basics of inheritance, and complete monohybrid crosses, dihybrid crosses, pedigree charts, blood typing and colorblindness inheritance.
Module 11: DNA Biology: This lecture covers the basics of DNA and its replication. We outline the processes for using DNA as a blueprint for protein production (transcription and translation).
Module 12: Nervous System I and II: In these lectures, we learn the basics of neuron anatomy and the mechanism of the action potential and synapse. We identify the major structures in the central / peripheral nervous systems and their functions.
Module 13: Sensory Systems: In this lecture we introduce the basics of sensory receptors and focus on the sense of vision. We identify structures of the eye, the mechanism of visual perception and processing, and pathophysiology of the eye.
Module 14: Homeostasis and Epithelial Tissue: In this lecture we explain the basics of homeostatic pathways and feedback loops. We also explore the structure and classification of epithelial tissue.
Module 15: Muscular System I and II: In these lectures we identify the major structures of skeletal muscle and the steps of the muscle contraction mechanism. We go over motor units and their role in motor control, how muscles get energy and explore some aspects of muscle pathophysiology.
Module 16: Digestive System I and II: In these lectures, we identify the layers of the digestive tract, digestive organs and their accessory organs and their functions, the functions of digestive enzymes, and explore pathologies of the digestive system.
Module 17: Respiratory System: In this lecture we identify the major structures and functions of the respiratory tract, we discuss the importance of pulmonary surfactant, explore how gases diffuse through the system, and how CO2 and O2 are carried in the blood.
Module 18: Heart and Blood Vessels I and II: In these lectures we identify the major structures of the cardiovascular system and their functions. We track the order of blood through this system, and talk about electrical conduction of the heart. We define blood pressure and describe the changes in blood pressure through the system. We learn of capillary exchange and explain several pathologies of the heart.
Module 19: Red Blood Cells: In this lecture, we identify the parts of blood. We focus on red blood cells: their structure, function, development and relationship with hemoglobin, and the major steps in blood clotting.
Module 20: White Blood Cells: In this lecture, we identify the functions of the various blood cells, how these cells fight infections, and some white blood cell pathophysiology. We learn about blood compatibility and how the RH factor can complicate pregnancies.
Module 21: Immune System I and II: In these lectures, we contrast innate and adaptive immunity and dive into details of each (focusing on adaptive immunity and B and T cell development). We cover active and passive immunity, how vaccines work, allergies, anaphylactic shock, transplants and autoimmune disorders.
Module 22: Infectious Disease: In this lecture we learn of bacteria: types, classification, structures, functions and how antibiotics work. We learn about viruses: structures, functions, viral life cycles and the action of anti-viral drugs. We explore the classification of disease and focus on the current pandemics on the planet.
Module 23: Reproduction: In this lecture we give the basics of male and female external and internal anatomy and their functions. We explain sperm production and the role of various hormones in male reproduction. We explain egg production, the ovarian cycle, the role of hormones and what the first steps after fertilization. We also briefly examine different common birth control methods.
Module 24: Human Development: In this lecture, we list the steps of egg fertilization, outline the development of an embryo up to 8 weeks, and focus on major developmental milestones at the cellular and tissue level. We also explore the differences in fetal circulation as compared to an adult.
Module 25: Evolution I and II: In this lecture, we explore chemical vs biological evolution, the different theories of evolution and evidences of evolution. We identify how phylogenetic trees work and trace human evolution of the Homo genus.
Required Reading: Mader & Windelspecht (2022) Human Biology, 17th Edition. McGraw Hill
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Biology, BIOL-1200, Section 6, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Get to Know You Discussion (25 points) = 25 points
McGraw Hill Connect Quizzes 1-26 (10 points each, lowest 4 dropped) = 220 points
Practice Exams 1-10 (25 points each, lowest dropped) = 225 points
Exams 1-4 (100 points each, lowest dropped) = 300 points
Final Exam (200 points) = 200 points
Description:
Module 1: Sci Method: This lecture covers the steps of the scientific method, objective/subjective observations and deductive/inductive reasoning.
Module 2: Atoms and Bonds: This lecture explains the basics of chemistry - atomic structure, bond formation, isotopes and radioactivity in medicine.
Module 3: Water: This lecture covers the properties of water and their importance for life, the pH scale and buffer systems.
Module 4: Macromolecules I and II: These lectures cover the building blocks carbs, fats, proteins and fats, examples of each, and their importance to life.
Module 5: Cell I and Cell II: These lectures cover cell structures and their functions, diffusion, osmosis, tonicity and membrane transport.
Module 6: Cell Respiration: This lecture covers the process of cell respiration, fermentation, and enzyme catalyzed reactions.
Module 7: Mitosis: This lecture covers the basics of chromosome biology, the cell cycle, cell reproduction and the steps of mitosis.
Module 8: Meiosis: This lecture covers the basics of sexual reproduction, steps of meiosis I and II, mutations, and chromosomal disorders.
Module 9: Cancer: This lecture covers mutations, the development of cancer, characteristics of cancer cells, development of cancer in cyclins, causes of cancer and it's treatment. We also discuss the development of cancer in the following genes: proto-oncogenes, tumor suppressor genes, Her2, Ras, p53 and BRCA1.
Module 10: Patterns of Inheritance I and II: In these lectures, we discuss the basics of inheritance, and complete monohybrid crosses, dihybrid crosses, pedigree charts, blood typing and colorblindness inheritance.
Module 11: DNA Biology: This lecture covers the basics of DNA and its replication. We outline the processes for using DNA as a blueprint for protein production (transcription and translation).
Module 12: Nervous System I and II: In these lectures, we learn the basics of neuron anatomy and the mechanism of the action potential and synapse. We identify the major structures in the central / peripheral nervous systems and their functions.
Module 13: Sensory Systems: In this lecture we introduce the basics of sensory receptors and focus on the sense of vision. We identify structures of the eye, the mechanism of visual perception and processing, and pathophysiology of the eye.
Module 14: Homeostasis and Epithelial Tissue: In this lecture we explain the basics of homeostatic pathways and feedback loops. We also explore the structure and classification of epithelial tissue.
Module 15: Muscular System I and II: In these lectures we identify the major structures of skeletal muscle and the steps of the muscle contraction mechanism. We go over motor units and their role in motor control, how muscles get energy and explore some aspects of muscle pathophysiology.
Module 16: Digestive System I and II: In these lectures, we identify the layers of the digestive tract, digestive organs and their accessory organs and their functions, the functions of digestive enzymes, and explore pathologies of the digestive system.
Module 17: Respiratory System: In this lecture we identify the major structures and functions of the respiratory tract, we discuss the importance of pulmonary surfactant, explore how gases diffuse through the system, and how CO2 and O2 are carried in the blood.
Module 18: Heart and Blood Vessels I and II: In these lectures we identify the major structures of the cardiovascular system and their functions. We track the order of blood through this system, and talk about electrical conduction of the heart. We define blood pressure and describe the changes in blood pressure through the system. We learn of capillary exchange and explain several pathologies of the heart.
Module 19: Red Blood Cells: In this lecture, we identify the parts of blood. We focus on red blood cells: their structure, function, development and relationship with hemoglobin, and the major steps in blood clotting.
Module 20: White Blood Cells: In this lecture, we identify the functions of the various blood cells, how these cells fight infections, and some white blood cell pathophysiology. We learn about blood compatibility and how the RH factor can complicate pregnancies.
Module 21: Immune System I and II: In these lectures, we contrast innate and adaptive immunity and dive into details of each (focusing on adaptive immunity and B and T cell development). We cover active and passive immunity, how vaccines work, allergies, anaphylactic shock, transplants and autoimmune disorders.
Module 22: Infectious Disease: In this lecture we learn of bacteria: types, classification, structures, functions and how antibiotics work. We learn about viruses: structures, functions, viral life cycles and the action of anti-viral drugs. We explore the classification of disease and focus on the current pandemics on the planet.
Module 23: Reproduction: In this lecture we give the basics of male and female external and internal anatomy and their functions. We explain sperm production and the role of various hormones in male reproduction. We explain egg production, the ovarian cycle, the role of hormones and what the first steps after fertilization. We also briefly examine different common birth control methods.
Module 24: Human Development: In this lecture, we list the steps of egg fertilization, outline the development of an embryo up to 8 weeks, and focus on major developmental milestones at the cellular and tissue level. We also explore the differences in fetal circulation as compared to an adult.
Module 25: Evolution I and II: In this lecture, we explore chemical vs biological evolution, the different theories of evolution and evidences of evolution. We identify how phylogenetic trees work and trace human evolution of the Homo genus.
Required Reading: Mader & Windelspecht (2022) Human Biology, 17th Edition. McGraw Hill
Recommended Reading: N/A
Marketing Principles, MKTG-3010, Section 3, College of Business
Course Requirements:
1. 3 semester exams, and 1 comprehensive final exam.
2. Written Marketing Plan (Group Project)
3. Marketing Plan Presentation (Group Project)
Description:
1 WHAT IS MARKETING 1.1 What is Marketing?
1.2 Marketing Management Philosophies
1.3 Some Key Concepts
2 STRATEGIC PLANNING FOR COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE 2.1 Strategic Planning
2.2 Portfolio Matrix by BCG
2.3 Portfolio Matrix by GE
2.4 Marketing Plan for Strategic Management
3 ETHICS AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY 3.1 Ethical Behavior
3.2 Sustainability & Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
4 THE MARKETING ENVIRONMENT 4.1 The Marketing Environment
4.2 Social Factors
4.3 Demographic Factors
4.4a Growing Ethnic Markets
4.4b Economic Factors
4.5a Technological Factors
4.5b Political and Legal Factors
4.6 Competitive Factors
5 DEVELOPING A GLOBAL VISION 5-1 Developing a Global Vision
5-2 Environmental Factors in Global Markets
5-3 Entering Global Markets
5-4 Global Marketing Mix
6 CONSUMER DECISION MAKING 6-1 Consumer Decision Making
6-2 Types of Consumer Buying Decisions
6-3a Factors Influencing Consumer Decision Making
6-3b Factors Influencing Consumer Decision Making (Cont.)
7 BUSINESS MARKETING 7-1a Business Marketing
7-1b Key Differences Between Business and Consumer Markets and Classification System (NAICS)
7-2 Business Buyer Behavior
8 SEGMENTING AND TARGETING MARKETS 8-1 Segmenting and Targeting Markets
8-2 Bases for Segmenting Consumer Markets & Business Markets
8-3 Strategies for Selecting Target Markets
9 MARKETING RESEARCH 9-1 Decision Support Systems (DSS)
9-2 Types of Marketing Research
9-3&4 Steps in Marketing Research (Data Collection)
9-3&4 Steps in Marketing Research (Data Collection)
9-5a Steps in Marketing Research (Sampling)
9-5b Steps in Marketing Research (Errors in Sampling)
9-6 Steps in Marketing Research (Data Analysis and Presentation)
10 PRODUCT CONCEPTS 10-1 Product Concepts
10-2 Product Lines, Modification and Packaging
10-3 Branding
11 DEVELOPING AND MANAGING PRODUCTS 11-1 Developing and Managing New Products
11-2 New Product Development Process
11-3 Diffusion of Innovations
11-4 Product Characteristics and Rate of Adoption
11-5 Product Life Cycle
12 SERVICES AND NONPROFIT ORGANIZATION MARKETING 12-1 Services and Nonprofit Organization Marketing
12-2 Evaluating Service Quality & Gap Analysis
12-3 Nonprofit Organization Marketing
13 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT AND MARKETING CHANNELS 13-1 Supply Chain Management
13-2 Key Processes of Supply Chain Management
13-3 Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management
13-4 Trends and Technological Advances
13-5 Marketing Channels
13-6 Types of Distribution Channels
14 RETAILING 14-1 Retailing Decisions
14.2 Types of Retail Stores
15 MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS 15-1 Marketing Communications
15-2 Promotional Goals & AIDA Concept
15-3 Factors Affecting Promotional Mix
16 ADVERTISING, PUBLIC RELATIONS AND SALES PROMOTION 16-1 Advertising
16-2 Major Types of Advertising
16-3 Creative Decisions in Advertising
16-4 Media Decisions in Advertising
16-5 Public Relations
16-6 Sales Promotion
17 PERSONAL SELLING AND SALES MANAGEMENT 17-1 Personal Selling
17-2 Customer Relationship Management
17-3 Steps in Personal Selling
17-4 Sales Management
18 SOCIAL MEDIA AND MARKETING 18-1 Social Media
18-2 Social Media and Marketing
18-3 Performance Metrics for Social Media
18-4 Concerns and Controversies
19 PRICING CONCEPTS 19-1 Pricing Concepts
19-2 Pricing Objectives
19-3 Demand and Related Concepts
19-4a Market Structures
19-4b Market Entry Pricing
19-5 Price Modification: Discounts and Allowances
19-6 Price Modification: Geographic Pricing and Other Pricing Tactics
19-7 Legal Issues in Pricing
20 MARKETING METRICS 20-1 Unit Margin and Price Elasticity
20-2 Breakeven
20-3 Customer Lifetime Value
20-4 Measuring Customer Sentiment
Required Reading: The Original Videobook for Principles of Marketing, Kohli, Great River Learning, ISBN 13: 9781644961247
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 42, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Four 100-point Exams, including the final exam)
Canvas Discussion Assignments (e.g., Ecological Footprint/Carrying Capacity; Megalodon Extinction and Cope’s Rule, Exam Prep Questions) 60-80 points
Quizzes: 20-60 points
Class Participation: Active Class Participation (e.g., asking questions, answering other students' questions, discussing assignments, quizzes, and exams) can add as much as 10% to students' final grades
Description:
Module 1: Scientific Method and Biology addressed the distinction between scientific inquiry and other sorts of disciplinary knowledge with particular attention to science's hypothesis testing, self-correcting methodology
Module 2: Basic Biochemistry addresses some basics of chemical bonding before working through the nature of the main biomolecules and the hydrogen bonding of water and DNA
Module 3: Cell Biology addresses Cell Theory broadly before focusing on the function of some key organelles and the evolutionary roots of two of them (i.e., chloroplasts and mitochondria); particular attention focuses on protein function in cell membranes
Module 4: Ecology focuses on populations and their interactions with one another and their abiotic environments, which involves an overview of biodiversity; basic population biology (including metapopulations); and some key examples of keystone interactions and the activities and effects of ecosystem engineers as well as the importance of ecosystem services.
Module 5: Extinction and Evolution: considers in more detail the specifics of adaptive radiations, including their ecological dimensions; the context specificity of adaptive, maladaptive, and neutral traits; Darwinian fitness
Module 6: Bioethics, which addresses biology's limitations while giving students experience considering the sorts of issues (e.g., cloning, customized medical care, conservation biology, rewilding, de-extinction) that will be of increasing concern in the 21st century
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 41, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Four 100-point Exams, including the final exam)
Canvas Discussion Assignments (e.g., Ecological Footprint/Carrying Capacity; Megalodon Extinction and Cope’s Rule, Exam Prep Questions) 60-80 points
Quizzes: 20-60 points
Class Participation: Active Class Participation (e.g., asking questions, answering other students' questions, discussing assignments, quizzes, and exams) can add as much as 10% to students' final grades
Description:
Module 1: Scientific Method and Biology addressed the distinction between scientific inquiry and other sorts of disciplinary knowledge with particular attention to science's hypothesis testing, self-correcting methodology
Module 2: Basic Biochemistry addresses some basics of chemical bonding before working through the nature of the main biomolecules and the hydrogen bonding of water and DNA
Module 3: Cell Biology addresses Cell Theory broadly before focusing on the function of some key organelles and the evolutionary roots of two of them (i.e., chloroplasts and mitochondria); particular attention focuses on protein function in cell membranes
Module 4: Ecology focuses on populations and their interactions with one another and their abiotic environments, which involves an overview of biodiversity; basic population biology (including metapopulations); and some key examples of keystone interactions and the activities and effects of ecosystem engineers as well as the importance of ecosystem services.
Module 5: Extinction and Evolution: considers in more detail the specifics of adaptive radiations, including their ecological dimensions; the context specificity of adaptive, maladaptive, and neutral traits; Darwinian fitness
Module 6: Bioethics, which addresses biology's limitations while giving students experience considering the sorts of issues (e.g., cloning, customized medical care, conservation biology, rewilding, de-extinction) that will be of increasing concern in the 21st century
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Four 100-point Exams, including the final exam)
Canvas Discussion Assignments (e.g., Ecological Footprint/Carrying Capacity; Megalodon Extinction and Cope’s Rule, Exam Prep Questions) 60-80 points
Quizzes: 20-60 points
Class Participation: Active Class Participation (e.g., asking questions, answering other students' questions, discussing assignments, quizzes, and exams) can add as much as 10% to students' final grades
Description:
Module 1: Scientific Method and Biology addressed the distinction between scientific inquiry and other sorts of disciplinary knowledge with particular attention to science's hypothesis testing, self-correcting methodology
Module 2: Basic Biochemistry addresses some basics of chemical bonding before working through the nature of the main biomolecules and the hydrogen bonding of water and DNA
Module 3: Cell Biology addresses Cell Theory broadly before focusing on the function of some key organelles and the evolutionary roots of two of them (i.e., chloroplasts and mitochondria); particular attention focuses on protein function in cell membranes
Module 4: Ecology focuses on populations and their interactions with one another and their abiotic environments, which involves an overview of biodiversity; basic population biology (including metapopulations); and some key examples of keystone interactions and the activities and effects of ecosystem engineers as well as the importance of ecosystem services.
Module 5: Extinction and Evolution: considers in more detail the specifics of adaptive radiations, including their ecological dimensions; the context specificity of adaptive, maladaptive, and neutral traits; Darwinian fitness
Module 6: Bioethics, which addresses biology's limitations while giving students experience considering the sorts of issues (e.g., cloning, customized medical care, conservation biology, rewilding, de-extinction) that will be of increasing concern in the 21st century
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 13, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Four 100-point Exams, including the final exam)
Canvas Discussion Assignments (e.g., Ecological Footprint/Carrying Capacity; Megalodon Extinction and Cope’s Rule, Exam Prep Questions) 60-80 points
Quizzes: 20-60 points
Class Participation: Active Class Participation (e.g., asking questions, answering other students' questions, discussing assignments, quizzes, and exams) can add as much as 10% to students' final grades
Description:
Module 1: Scientific Method and Biology addressed the distinction between scientific inquiry and other sorts of disciplinary knowledge with particular attention to science's hypothesis testing, self-correcting methodology
Module 2: Basic Biochemistry addresses some basics of chemical bonding before working through the nature of the main biomolecules and the hydrogen bonding of water and DNA
Module 3: Cell Biology addresses Cell Theory broadly before focusing on the function of some key organelles and the evolutionary roots of two of them (i.e., chloroplasts and mitochondria); particular attention focuses on protein function in cell membranes
Module 4: Ecology focuses on populations and their interactions with one another and their abiotic environments, which involves an overview of biodiversity; basic population biology (including metapopulations); and some key examples of keystone interactions and the activities and effects of ecosystem engineers as well as the importance of ecosystem services.
Module 5: Extinction and Evolution: considers in more detail the specifics of adaptive radiations, including their ecological dimensions; the context specificity of adaptive, maladaptive, and neutral traits; Darwinian fitness
Module 6: Bioethics, which addresses biology's limitations while giving students experience considering the sorts of issues (e.g., cloning, customized medical care, conservation biology, rewilding, de-extinction) that will be of increasing concern in the 21st century
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 12, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Four 100-point Exams, including the final exam)
Canvas Discussion Assignments (e.g., Ecological Footprint/Carrying Capacity; Megalodon Extinction and Cope’s Rule, Exam Prep Questions) 60-80 points
Quizzes: 20-60 points
Class Participation: Active Class Participation (e.g., asking questions, answering other students' questions, discussing assignments, quizzes, and exams) can add as much as 10% to students' final grades
Description:
Module 1: Scientific Method and Biology addressed the distinction between scientific inquiry and other sorts of disciplinary knowledge with particular attention to science's hypothesis testing, self-correcting methodology
Module 2: Basic Biochemistry addresses some basics of chemical bonding before working through the nature of the main biomolecules and the hydrogen bonding of water and DNA
Module 3: Cell Biology addresses Cell Theory broadly before focusing on the function of some key organelles and the evolutionary roots of two of them (i.e., chloroplasts and mitochondria); particular attention focuses on protein function in cell membranes
Module 4: Ecology focuses on populations and their interactions with one another and their abiotic environments, which involves an overview of biodiversity; basic population biology (including metapopulations); and some key examples of keystone interactions and the activities and effects of ecosystem engineers as well as the importance of ecosystem services.
Module 5: Extinction and Evolution: considers in more detail the specifics of adaptive radiations, including their ecological dimensions; the context specificity of adaptive, maladaptive, and neutral traits; Darwinian fitness
Module 6: Bioethics, which addresses biology's limitations while giving students experience considering the sorts of issues (e.g., cloning, customized medical care, conservation biology, rewilding, de-extinction) that will be of increasing concern in the 21st century
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 10, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Four 100-point Exams, including the final exam)
Canvas Discussion Assignments (e.g., Ecological Footprint/Carrying Capacity; Megalodon Extinction and Cope’s Rule, Exam Prep Questions) 60-80 points
Quizzes: 20-60 points
Class Participation: Active Class Participation (e.g., asking questions, answering other students' questions, discussing assignments, quizzes, and exams) can add as much as 10% to students' final grades
Description:
Module 1: Scientific Method and Biology addressed the distinction between scientific inquiry and other sorts of disciplinary knowledge with particular attention to science's hypothesis testing, self-correcting methodology
Module 2: Basic Biochemistry addresses some basics of chemical bonding before working through the nature of the main biomolecules and the hydrogen bonding of water and DNA
Module 3: Cell Biology addresses Cell Theory broadly before focusing on the function of some key organelles and the evolutionary roots of two of them (i.e., chloroplasts and mitochondria); particular attention focuses on protein function in cell membranes
Module 4: Ecology focuses on populations and their interactions with one another and their abiotic environments, which involves an overview of biodiversity; basic population biology (including metapopulations); and some key examples of keystone interactions and the activities and effects of ecosystem engineers as well as the importance of ecosystem services.
Module 5: Extinction and Evolution: considers in more detail the specifics of adaptive radiations, including their ecological dimensions; the context specificity of adaptive, maladaptive, and neutral traits; Darwinian fitness
Module 6: Bioethics, which addresses biology's limitations while giving students experience considering the sorts of issues (e.g., cloning, customized medical care, conservation biology, rewilding, de-extinction) that will be of increasing concern in the 21st century
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 9, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Four 100-point Exams, including the final exam)
Canvas Discussion Assignments (e.g., Ecological Footprint/Carrying Capacity; Megalodon Extinction and Cope’s Rule, Exam Prep Questions) 60-80 points
Quizzes: 20-60 points
Class Participation: Active Class Participation (e.g., asking questions, answering other students' questions, discussing assignments, quizzes, and exams) can add as much as 10% to students' final grades
Description:
Module 1: Scientific Method and Biology addressed the distinction between scientific inquiry and other sorts of disciplinary knowledge with particular attention to science's hypothesis testing, self-correcting methodology
Module 2: Basic Biochemistry addresses some basics of chemical bonding before working through the nature of the main biomolecules and the hydrogen bonding of water and DNA
Module 3: Cell Biology addresses Cell Theory broadly before focusing on the function of some key organelles and the evolutionary roots of two of them (i.e., chloroplasts and mitochondria); particular attention focuses on protein function in cell membranes
Module 4: Ecology focuses on populations and their interactions with one another and their abiotic environments, which involves an overview of biodiversity; basic population biology (including metapopulations); and some key examples of keystone interactions and the activities and effects of ecosystem engineers as well as the importance of ecosystem services.
Module 5: Extinction and Evolution: considers in more detail the specifics of adaptive radiations, including their ecological dimensions; the context specificity of adaptive, maladaptive, and neutral traits; Darwinian fitness
Module 6: Bioethics, which addresses biology's limitations while giving students experience considering the sorts of issues (e.g., cloning, customized medical care, conservation biology, rewilding, de-extinction) that will be of increasing concern in the 21st century
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 8, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Four 100-point Exams, including the final exam)
Canvas Discussion Assignments (e.g., Ecological Footprint/Carrying Capacity; Megalodon Extinction and Cope’s Rule, Exam Prep Questions) 60-80 points
Quizzes: 20-60 points
Class Participation: Active Class Participation (e.g., asking questions, answering other students' questions, discussing assignments, quizzes, and exams) can add as much as 10% to students' final grades
Description:
Module 1: Scientific Method and Biology addressed the distinction between scientific inquiry and other sorts of disciplinary knowledge with particular attention to science's hypothesis testing, self-correcting methodology
Module 2: Basic Biochemistry addresses some basics of chemical bonding before working through the nature of the main biomolecules and the hydrogen bonding of water and DNA
Module 3: Cell Biology addresses Cell Theory broadly before focusing on the function of some key organelles and the evolutionary roots of two of them (i.e., chloroplasts and mitochondria); particular attention focuses on protein function in cell membranes
Module 4: Ecology focuses on populations and their interactions with one another and their abiotic environments, which involves an overview of biodiversity; basic population biology (including metapopulations); and some key examples of keystone interactions and the activities and effects of ecosystem engineers as well as the importance of ecosystem services.
Module 5: Extinction and Evolution: considers in more detail the specifics of adaptive radiations, including their ecological dimensions; the context specificity of adaptive, maladaptive, and neutral traits; Darwinian fitness
Module 6: Bioethics, which addresses biology's limitations while giving students experience considering the sorts of issues (e.g., cloning, customized medical care, conservation biology, rewilding, de-extinction) that will be of increasing concern in the 21st century
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 7, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Four 100-point Exams, including the final exam)
Canvas Discussion Assignments (e.g., Ecological Footprint/Carrying Capacity; Megalodon Extinction and Cope’s Rule, Exam Prep Questions) 60-80 points
Quizzes: 20-60 points
Class Participation: Active Class Participation (e.g., asking questions, answering other students' questions, discussing assignments, quizzes, and exams) can add as much as 10% to students' final grades
Description:
Module 1: Scientific Method and Biology addressed the distinction between scientific inquiry and other sorts of disciplinary knowledge with particular attention to science's hypothesis testing, self-correcting methodology
Module 2: Basic Biochemistry addresses some basics of chemical bonding before working through the nature of the main biomolecules and the hydrogen bonding of water and DNA
Module 3: Cell Biology addresses Cell Theory broadly before focusing on the function of some key organelles and the evolutionary roots of two of them (i.e., chloroplasts and mitochondria); particular attention focuses on protein function in cell membranes
Module 4: Ecology focuses on populations and their interactions with one another and their abiotic environments, which involves an overview of biodiversity; basic population biology (including metapopulations); and some key examples of keystone interactions and the activities and effects of ecosystem engineers as well as the importance of ecosystem services.
Module 5: Extinction and Evolution: considers in more detail the specifics of adaptive radiations, including their ecological dimensions; the context specificity of adaptive, maladaptive, and neutral traits; Darwinian fitness
Module 6: Bioethics, which addresses biology's limitations while giving students experience considering the sorts of issues (e.g., cloning, customized medical care, conservation biology, rewilding, de-extinction) that will be of increasing concern in the 21st century
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Four 100-point Exams, including the final exam)
Canvas Discussion Assignments (e.g., Ecological Footprint/Carrying Capacity; Megalodon Extinction and Cope’s Rule, Exam Prep Questions) 60-80 points
Quizzes: 20-60 points
Class Participation: Active Class Participation (e.g., asking questions, answering other students' questions, discussing assignments, quizzes, and exams) can add as much as 10% to students' final grades
Description:
Module 1: Scientific Method and Biology addressed the distinction between scientific inquiry and other sorts of disciplinary knowledge with particular attention to science's hypothesis testing, self-correcting methodology
Module 2: Basic Biochemistry addresses some basics of chemical bonding before working through the nature of the main biomolecules and the hydrogen bonding of water and DNA
Module 3: Cell Biology addresses Cell Theory broadly before focusing on the function of some key organelles and the evolutionary roots of two of them (i.e., chloroplasts and mitochondria); particular attention focuses on protein function in cell membranes
Module 4: Ecology focuses on populations and their interactions with one another and their abiotic environments, which involves an overview of biodiversity; basic population biology (including metapopulations); and some key examples of keystone interactions and the activities and effects of ecosystem engineers as well as the importance of ecosystem services.
Module 5: Extinction and Evolution: considers in more detail the specifics of adaptive radiations, including their ecological dimensions; the context specificity of adaptive, maladaptive, and neutral traits; Darwinian fitness
Module 6: Bioethics, which addresses biology's limitations while giving students experience considering the sorts of issues (e.g., cloning, customized medical care, conservation biology, rewilding, de-extinction) that will be of increasing concern in the 21st century
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Four 100-point Exams, including the final exam)
Canvas Discussion Assignments (e.g., Ecological Footprint/Carrying Capacity; Megalodon Extinction and Cope’s Rule, Exam Prep Questions) 60-80 points
Quizzes: 20-60 points
Class Participation: Active Class Participation (e.g., asking questions, answering other students' questions, discussing assignments, quizzes, and exams) can add as much as 10% to students' final grades
Description:
Module 1: Scientific Method and Biology addressed the distinction between scientific inquiry and other sorts of disciplinary knowledge with particular attention to science's hypothesis testing, self-correcting methodology
Module 2: Basic Biochemistry addresses some basics of chemical bonding before working through the nature of the main biomolecules and the hydrogen bonding of water and DNA
Module 3: Cell Biology addresses Cell Theory broadly before focusing on the function of some key organelles and the evolutionary roots of two of them (i.e., chloroplasts and mitochondria); particular attention focuses on protein function in cell membranes
Module 4: Ecology focuses on populations and their interactions with one another and their abiotic environments, which involves an overview of biodiversity; basic population biology (including metapopulations); and some key examples of keystone interactions and the activities and effects of ecosystem engineers as well as the importance of ecosystem services.
Module 5: Extinction and Evolution: considers in more detail the specifics of adaptive radiations, including their ecological dimensions; the context specificity of adaptive, maladaptive, and neutral traits; Darwinian fitness
Module 6: Bioethics, which addresses biology's limitations while giving students experience considering the sorts of issues (e.g., cloning, customized medical care, conservation biology, rewilding, de-extinction) that will be of increasing concern in the 21st century
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Four 100-point Exams, including the final exam)
Canvas Discussion Assignments (e.g., Ecological Footprint/Carrying Capacity; Megalodon Extinction and Cope’s Rule, Exam Prep Questions) 60-80 points
Quizzes: 20-60 points
Class Participation: Active Class Participation (e.g., asking questions, answering other students' questions, discussing assignments, quizzes, and exams) can add as much as 10% to students' final grades
Description:
Module 1: Scientific Method and Biology addressed the distinction between scientific inquiry and other sorts of disciplinary knowledge with particular attention to science's hypothesis testing, self-correcting methodology
Module 2: Basic Biochemistry addresses some basics of chemical bonding before working through the nature of the main biomolecules and the hydrogen bonding of water and DNA
Module 3: Cell Biology addresses Cell Theory broadly before focusing on the function of some key organelles and the evolutionary roots of two of them (i.e., chloroplasts and mitochondria); particular attention focuses on protein function in cell membranes
Module 4: Ecology focuses on populations and their interactions with one another and their abiotic environments, which involves an overview of biodiversity; basic population biology (including metapopulations); and some key examples of keystone interactions and the activities and effects of ecosystem engineers as well as the importance of ecosystem services.
Module 5: Extinction and Evolution: considers in more detail the specifics of adaptive radiations, including their ecological dimensions; the context specificity of adaptive, maladaptive, and neutral traits; Darwinian fitness
Module 6: Bioethics, which addresses biology's limitations while giving students experience considering the sorts of issues (e.g., cloning, customized medical care, conservation biology, rewilding, de-extinction) that will be of increasing concern in the 21st century
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Prehistoric to Gothic Art, ARTH-2710, Section 41, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Course agreement: 5%
Weekly Discussions: 20%
Weekly Quizzes: 20%
Weekly Journals: 25%
Final Project: 30%
Description:
Module 1: Intro to Visual Analysis and Prehistoric visual culture. Introduction to visual analysis, focusing on understanding how to interpret and critique art, architecture, and other forms of visual culture. Exploration of early human visual expression through cave paintings and other artifacts from the Paleolithic period. Transition to the Neolithic era, where agriculture and settled communities influenced new artistic forms, such as megalithic structures.
Module 2: Ancient West Asia, Egypt and Kush, the Aegean. Study of visual culture in ancient civilizations of Ancient West Asia, such as Sumer, Assyria and Babylon. Examination of Egyptian and Kushite art, focusing on iconic structures like the pyramids and royal tombs, and the role of visual culture in death and afterlife. Minoan and Mycenaean art highlights the Aegean Bronze Age, including frescoes and palatial architecture.
Module 3: Ancient Greece, the Etruscans, Ancient Rome. Analysis of Greek visual culture from the Geometric period to the Classical period, unpacking the idealization of the human form, with emphasis on sculpture and advances in architectural design. Introduction to Etruscan visual culture, including tomb paintings and temple design. Roman art and architecture are examined, from republican monuments and sculpture to imperial achievements such as the Colosseum and the Pantheon.
Module 4: Early Christian, Jewish, Byzantine and Islamic Visual Culture. Study of early Christian art in Rome, including catacomb frescoes and Christian symbols. Jewish visual culture in Syria, focusing on synagogue decorations. We explore Byzantine art, including the architectural splendor of Hagia Sophia and the mosaics of Ravenna. A discussion of Islamic visual culture examines the architectural innovations of the Dome of the Rock and the Great Mosque of Cordoba.
Module 5: Africa and Asia. Exploration of African art, focusing on the Kingdom of Ife's sculptures and the Great Zimbabwe ruins. The Great Mosque of Djenne exemplifies African Islamic architecture, while Christian Ethiopian art highlights unique religious iconography and church architecture. In Asia lectures explore the visual traditions of India, including Hindu temple art and Buddhist sculpture. Buddhist structures in India and Japan are compared. The Terracotta Army of China is also explored, examining the detailed figures as part of the burial complex of China’s first emperor.
Module 6: The Americas and Medieval Europe. Focus on the Mound Builders of North America and the Ancestral Pueblo, with attention to their architecture and ceremonial artifacts. In Central America we explore the visual cultures of the Olmec, Maya, and Teotihuacan, including monumental sculptures and architecture. The course returns to Europe with a discussion of Romanesque and Gothic visual culture, emphasizing architectural advancements in cathedrals, stained glass and sculpture.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Prehistoric to Gothic Art, ARTH-2710, Section 40, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Course agreement: 5%
Weekly Discussions: 20%
Weekly Quizzes: 20%
Weekly Journals: 25%
Final Project: 30%
Description:
Module 1: Intro to Visual Analysis and Prehistoric visual culture. Introduction to visual analysis, focusing on understanding how to interpret and critique art, architecture, and other forms of visual culture. Exploration of early human visual expression through cave paintings and other artifacts from the Paleolithic period. Transition to the Neolithic era, where agriculture and settled communities influenced new artistic forms, such as megalithic structures.
Module 2: Ancient West Asia, Egypt and Kush, the Aegean. Study of visual culture in ancient civilizations of Ancient West Asia, such as Sumer, Assyria and Babylon. Examination of Egyptian and Kushite art, focusing on iconic structures like the pyramids and royal tombs, and the role of visual culture in death and afterlife. Minoan and Mycenaean art highlights the Aegean Bronze Age, including frescoes and palatial architecture.
Module 3: Ancient Greece, the Etruscans, Ancient Rome. Analysis of Greek visual culture from the Geometric period to the Classical period, unpacking the idealization of the human form, with emphasis on sculpture and advances in architectural design. Introduction to Etruscan visual culture, including tomb paintings and temple design. Roman art and architecture are examined, from republican monuments and sculpture to imperial achievements such as the Colosseum and the Pantheon.
Module 4: Early Christian, Jewish, Byzantine and Islamic Visual Culture. Study of early Christian art in Rome, including catacomb frescoes and Christian symbols. Jewish visual culture in Syria, focusing on synagogue decorations. We explore Byzantine art, including the architectural splendor of Hagia Sophia and the mosaics of Ravenna. A discussion of Islamic visual culture examines the architectural innovations of the Dome of the Rock and the Great Mosque of Cordoba.
Module 5: Africa and Asia. Exploration of African art, focusing on the Kingdom of Ife's sculptures and the Great Zimbabwe ruins. The Great Mosque of Djenne exemplifies African Islamic architecture, while Christian Ethiopian art highlights unique religious iconography and church architecture. In Asia lectures explore the visual traditions of India, including Hindu temple art and Buddhist sculpture. Buddhist structures in India and Japan are compared. The Terracotta Army of China is also explored, examining the detailed figures as part of the burial complex of China’s first emperor.
Module 6: The Americas and Medieval Europe. Focus on the Mound Builders of North America and the Ancestral Pueblo, with attention to their architecture and ceremonial artifacts. In Central America we explore the visual cultures of the Olmec, Maya, and Teotihuacan, including monumental sculptures and architecture. The course returns to Europe with a discussion of Romanesque and Gothic visual culture, emphasizing architectural advancements in cathedrals, stained glass and sculpture.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Prehistoric to Gothic Art, ARTH-2710, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Course agreement: 5%
Weekly Discussions: 20%
Weekly Quizzes: 20%
Weekly Journals: 25%
Final Project: 30%
Description:
Module 1: Intro to Visual Analysis and Prehistoric visual culture. Introduction to visual analysis, focusing on understanding how to interpret and critique art, architecture, and other forms of visual culture. Exploration of early human visual expression through cave paintings and other artifacts from the Paleolithic period. Transition to the Neolithic era, where agriculture and settled communities influenced new artistic forms, such as megalithic structures.
Module 2: Ancient West Asia, Egypt and Kush, the Aegean. Study of visual culture in ancient civilizations of Ancient West Asia, such as Sumer, Assyria and Babylon. Examination of Egyptian and Kushite art, focusing on iconic structures like the pyramids and royal tombs, and the role of visual culture in death and afterlife. Minoan and Mycenaean art highlights the Aegean Bronze Age, including frescoes and palatial architecture.
Module 3: Ancient Greece, the Etruscans, Ancient Rome. Analysis of Greek visual culture from the Geometric period to the Classical period, unpacking the idealization of the human form, with emphasis on sculpture and advances in architectural design. Introduction to Etruscan visual culture, including tomb paintings and temple design. Roman art and architecture are examined, from republican monuments and sculpture to imperial achievements such as the Colosseum and the Pantheon.
Module 4: Early Christian, Jewish, Byzantine and Islamic Visual Culture. Study of early Christian art in Rome, including catacomb frescoes and Christian symbols. Jewish visual culture in Syria, focusing on synagogue decorations. We explore Byzantine art, including the architectural splendor of Hagia Sophia and the mosaics of Ravenna. A discussion of Islamic visual culture examines the architectural innovations of the Dome of the Rock and the Great Mosque of Cordoba.
Module 5: Africa and Asia. Exploration of African art, focusing on the Kingdom of Ife's sculptures and the Great Zimbabwe ruins. The Great Mosque of Djenne exemplifies African Islamic architecture, while Christian Ethiopian art highlights unique religious iconography and church architecture. In Asia lectures explore the visual traditions of India, including Hindu temple art and Buddhist sculpture. Buddhist structures in India and Japan are compared. The Terracotta Army of China is also explored, examining the detailed figures as part of the burial complex of China’s first emperor.
Module 6: The Americas and Medieval Europe. Focus on the Mound Builders of North America and the Ancestral Pueblo, with attention to their architecture and ceremonial artifacts. In Central America we explore the visual cultures of the Olmec, Maya, and Teotihuacan, including monumental sculptures and architecture. The course returns to Europe with a discussion of Romanesque and Gothic visual culture, emphasizing architectural advancements in cathedrals, stained glass and sculpture.
Required Reading: Various articles found on www.smarthistory.orarious articles found on www.smarthistory.org
Recommended Reading: N/A
Renaissance to Contemp Art, ARTH-2720, Section 40, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
1. In-Class Activities (42 total points available)
2. Mini Essays (60 total points available)
3. Applied Learning Projects (40 total points available)
Description:
1. Introduction & Learning to Look
We begin with tools for analyzing visual art and understanding style, context, and meaning—essential skills for engaging with artworks across cultures and centuries.
2. 15th Century: Italian Renaissance
Explore how artists like Masaccio and Botticelli revived classical ideals and developed new techniques like linear perspective in a flourishing humanist culture.
3. 15th Century: Northern European Renaissance
Artists such as Jan van Eyck and Rogier van der Weyden used oil paint and meticulous detail to explore realism, devotion, and identity in the North.
4. 15th Century: Ming Dynasty China
This module focuses on the cultural sophistication of Ming-era China, from porcelain and painting to architecture and the imperial court.
5. 16th Century: Italian Renaissance
Witness the peak of Renaissance innovation with figures like Leonardo, Michelangelo, and Raphael, who fused science, beauty, and expressive form.
6. 16th Century: Momoyama Japanese Art
Learn about Japan’s dramatic artistic transformations under warlords and tea masters, including lavish screen paintings and the rise of wabi-sabi aesthetics.
7. 16th Century: Safavid & Intro to Islamic Art
Explore Safavid Persia’s art of illuminated manuscripts, architecture, and calligraphy, while gaining a broader understanding of Islamic artistic traditions.
8. 16th Century: Kingdom of Benin, West Africa
We investigate the sophisticated bronze and ivory works of the Benin Kingdom, emphasizing art’s role in royal authority and cultural legacy.
9. 16th C: Aztec Empire / 17th C: Viceroyalty of Peru
From ritual Aztec sculpture to Spanish colonial painting in the Americas, this module explores how conquest reshaped visual culture and belief systems.
10. 17th Century: Italian Baroque
Dive into dramatic, theatrical art and architecture from Caravaggio to Bernini, reflecting the power of the Catholic Church during the Counter-Reformation.
11. 17th Century: Dutch Baroque
Examine how artists like Rembrandt and Vermeer reflected middle-class values and everyday life in a booming Dutch Republic.
12. 17th Century: Mughal Empire
This module highlights the luxurious visual culture of the Mughal court, including miniature painting, architecture, and cross-cultural influences.
13. 18th Century: Rococo & Britain
We explore the playful elegance of Rococo art in France and its moralizing counterpoints in British satire and portraiture.
14. 18th Century: Neoclassicism
Inspired by antiquity, Neoclassical art emphasized clarity, virtue, and political ideals, shaping revolutionary narratives across Europe.
15. 18th Century: Qing Dynasty China
From imperial patronage to literati painting, we explore Qing art’s blend of tradition, innovation, and engagement with global influences.
16. 18th Century: Romanticism in Europe
Artists like Goya and Delacroix channeled emotion, nature, and the sublime, reflecting the tensions of revolution and industrialization.
17. 19th Century: Realism & Salon of 1863
This module focuses on artists like Courbet and Manet, who challenged academic traditions by painting the contemporary world in a direct, unidealized style.
18. 19th Century: Edo Period Japan; Polynesian Hawaii
Learn how Japanese woodblock prints and Hawaiian featherwork reflect local values and global encounters in the 19th century.
19. 19th Century: Impressionism
Impressionist artists captured fleeting light and modern life with vibrant brushwork and a fresh vision of the everyday world.
20. 19th Century: Post-Impressionism
Explore how artists like Van Gogh and Cézanne built on Impressionism with bold color, structure, and emotional depth.
21. 19th Century: Pueblo Peoples; Plains Indians of America
This module examines Indigenous artistic traditions in North America, from pottery and mural painting to beadwork and symbolic design.
22. 20th c. Modernism (Fauvism, Cubism, etc.)
Discover how early 20th-century movements like Fauvism and Cubism shattered conventions and redefined the visual language of modernity.
23. 20th c. Modernism (Dada)
We explore Dada’s playful, radical, and anti-art stance in response to war and disillusionment, laying the groundwork for conceptual art.
24. 20th c. Modernism & Post-Modernism (Surrealism, Pop)
From dreamlike Surrealism to bold Pop Art, this module tracks how artists questioned reality, mass culture, and the role of the artist.
25. 20th and 21st c. Contemporary
The final module addresses global contemporary art, emphasizing diversity, identity, activism, and new media in a rapidly changing world.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Renaissance to Contemp Art, ARTH-2720, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
1. In-Class Activities (42 total points available)
2. Mini Essays (60 total points available)
3. Applied Learning Projects (40 total points available)
Description:
1. Introduction & Learning to Look
We begin with tools for analyzing visual art and understanding style, context, and meaning—essential skills for engaging with artworks across cultures and centuries.
2. 15th Century: Italian Renaissance
Explore how artists like Masaccio and Botticelli revived classical ideals and developed new techniques like linear perspective in a flourishing humanist culture.
3. 15th Century: Northern European Renaissance
Artists such as Jan van Eyck and Rogier van der Weyden used oil paint and meticulous detail to explore realism, devotion, and identity in the North.
4. 15th Century: Ming Dynasty China
This module focuses on the cultural sophistication of Ming-era China, from porcelain and painting to architecture and the imperial court.
5. 16th Century: Italian Renaissance
Witness the peak of Renaissance innovation with figures like Leonardo, Michelangelo, and Raphael, who fused science, beauty, and expressive form.
6. 16th Century: Momoyama Japanese Art
Learn about Japan’s dramatic artistic transformations under warlords and tea masters, including lavish screen paintings and the rise of wabi-sabi aesthetics.
7. 16th Century: Safavid & Intro to Islamic Art
Explore Safavid Persia’s art of illuminated manuscripts, architecture, and calligraphy, while gaining a broader understanding of Islamic artistic traditions.
8. 16th Century: Kingdom of Benin, West Africa
We investigate the sophisticated bronze and ivory works of the Benin Kingdom, emphasizing art’s role in royal authority and cultural legacy.
9. 16th C: Aztec Empire / 17th C: Viceroyalty of Peru
From ritual Aztec sculpture to Spanish colonial painting in the Americas, this module explores how conquest reshaped visual culture and belief systems.
10. 17th Century: Italian Baroque
Dive into dramatic, theatrical art and architecture from Caravaggio to Bernini, reflecting the power of the Catholic Church during the Counter-Reformation.
11. 17th Century: Dutch Baroque
Examine how artists like Rembrandt and Vermeer reflected middle-class values and everyday life in a booming Dutch Republic.
12. 17th Century: Mughal Empire
This module highlights the luxurious visual culture of the Mughal court, including miniature painting, architecture, and cross-cultural influences.
13. 18th Century: Rococo & Britain
We explore the playful elegance of Rococo art in France and its moralizing counterpoints in British satire and portraiture.
14. 18th Century: Neoclassicism
Inspired by antiquity, Neoclassical art emphasized clarity, virtue, and political ideals, shaping revolutionary narratives across Europe.
15. 18th Century: Qing Dynasty China
From imperial patronage to literati painting, we explore Qing art’s blend of tradition, innovation, and engagement with global influences.
16. 18th Century: Romanticism in Europe
Artists like Goya and Delacroix channeled emotion, nature, and the sublime, reflecting the tensions of revolution and industrialization.
17. 19th Century: Realism & Salon of 1863
This module focuses on artists like Courbet and Manet, who challenged academic traditions by painting the contemporary world in a direct, unidealized style.
18. 19th Century: Edo Period Japan; Polynesian Hawaii
Learn how Japanese woodblock prints and Hawaiian featherwork reflect local values and global encounters in the 19th century.
19. 19th Century: Impressionism
Impressionist artists captured fleeting light and modern life with vibrant brushwork and a fresh vision of the everyday world.
20. 19th Century: Post-Impressionism
Explore how artists like Van Gogh and Cézanne built on Impressionism with bold color, structure, and emotional depth.
21. 19th Century: Pueblo Peoples; Plains Indians of America
This module examines Indigenous artistic traditions in North America, from pottery and mural painting to beadwork and symbolic design.
22. 20th c. Modernism (Fauvism, Cubism, etc.)
Discover how early 20th-century movements like Fauvism and Cubism shattered conventions and redefined the visual language of modernity.
23. 20th c. Modernism (Dada)
We explore Dada’s playful, radical, and anti-art stance in response to war and disillusionment, laying the groundwork for conceptual art.
24. 20th c. Modernism & Post-Modernism (Surrealism, Pop)
From dreamlike Surrealism to bold Pop Art, this module tracks how artists questioned reality, mass culture, and the role of the artist.
25. 20th and 21st c. Contemporary
The final module addresses global contemporary art, emphasizing diversity, identity, activism, and new media in a rapidly changing world.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Seminar in Art, ART-4990R, Section 3, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Students will complete four photography projects and one research project. They will have group critiques for each project, along with regular peer-to-peer reviews. There is also a portfolio review with the instructor. Their final project is a portfolio of 20 images, both printed and online. Students will also work toward having 15 gallery-ready pieces to submit to art galleries and shows.
Description:
Module 1. Introduction to the class:
This lecture covers the outline of the class, course objectives and learning outcomes, required materials, and project summaries.
Module 2. Lab:
Work in the darkroom on their photography projects.
Module 3. Project Presentations and Group Critique:
Project presentations and group critiques for student photo projects.
Module 4. Lab:
Work in the darkroom and print lab on their photography projects.
Module 5. Project Presentations and Group Critique:
Project presentations and group critiques for student photo projects.
Module 6. Lab:
Work in the darkroom and print lab on their photography projects.
Module 7. Project Presentations and Group Critique:
Project presentations and group critiques for student photo projects.
Module 8. Lab:
Work in the darkroom and print lab on their photography projects.
Module 9. Final Project Presentations and Group Critique:
Project presentations and group critiques for student photo projects.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Seminar in Art, ART-4990R, Section 2, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Students will complete four photography projects and one research project. They will have group critiques for each project, along with regular peer-to-peer reviews. There is also a portfolio review with the instructor. Their final project is a portfolio of 20 images, both printed and online. Students will also work toward having 15 gallery-ready pieces to submit to art galleries and shows.
Description:
Module 1. Introduction to the class:
This lecture covers the outline of the class, course objectives and learning outcomes, required materials, and project summaries.
Module 2. Lab:
Work in the darkroom on their photography projects.
Module 3. Project Presentations and Group Critique:
Project presentations and group critiques for student photo projects.
Module 4. Lab:
Work in the darkroom and print lab on their photography projects.
Module 5. Project Presentations and Group Critique:
Project presentations and group critiques for student photo projects.
Module 6. Lab:
Work in the darkroom and print lab on their photography projects.
Module 7. Project Presentations and Group Critique:
Project presentations and group critiques for student photo projects.
Module 8. Lab:
Work in the darkroom and print lab on their photography projects.
Module 9. Final Project Presentations and Group Critique:
Project presentations and group critiques for student photo projects.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Seminar in Art, ART-4990R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Students will complete 4 photography projects and one research project. They will have group critiques for each project, along with regular peer-to-peer reviews. There is also a portfolio review with the instructor. Their final project is a portfolio of 20 images, both printed and online. Students will also work toward having 15 gallery-ready pieces to submit to art galleries and shows.
Description:
Module 1. Introduction to the class:
This lecture covers the outline of the class, course objectives and learning outcomes, required materials, and project summaries.
Module 2. Lab:
Work in the darkroom on their photography projects.
Module 3. Project Presentations and Group Critique:
Project presentations and group critiques for student photo projects.
Module 4. Lab:
Work in the darkroom and print lab on their photography projects.
Module 5. Project Presentations and Group Critique:
Project presentations and group critiques for student photo projects.
Module 6. Lab:
Work in the darkroom and print lab on their photography projects.
Module 7. Project Presentations and Group Critique:
Project presentations and group critiques for student photo projects.
Module 8. Lab:
Work in the darkroom and print lab on their photography projects.
Module 9. Final Project Presentations and Group Critique:
Project presentations and group critiques for student photo projects.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Senior Exhibition, ART-4800R, Section 2, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
You will have an assignment every week for the first 8 weeks. These are built to keep you on par with your works of art and preparation for your show this semester.
Description:
Module 1 Select a show venue, I talk about the pros and cons of how a show is set up. How to stick with content.
Module 2 Artist Statements and how to write them for this show. They will also work on writing a general artist statement.
Module 3 Work on creating an artwork presentation plan. How will this look in the gallery?
Module 4 Start writing a CV/Resume. History of artwork shows and awards to share with the world.
Module 5 Pros and cons of a website and how to build one. Create an announcement for your show. Take the test on setting up a show.
Module 6 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
Module 7 Write a reflection on the show.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Senior Exhibition, ART-4800R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
You will have an assignment every week for the first 8 weeks. These are built to keep you on par with your works of art and preparation for your show this semester.
Description:
Module 1 Select a show venue, I talk about the pros and cons of how a show is set up. How to stick with content.
Module 2 Artist Statements and how to write them for this show. They will also work on writing a general artist statement.
Module 3 Work on creating an artwork presentation plan. How will this look in the gallery?
Module 4 Start writing a CV/Resume. History of artwork shows and awards to share with the world.
Module 5 Pros and cons of a website and how to build one. Create an announcement for your show. Take the test on setting up a show.
Module 6 Work on art for show. Take pictures of work in progress.
Module 7 Write a reflection on the show
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Ceramics, ART-2570, Section 3, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Students will finish series of different projects and create a several surface tests by applying various wheel throwing techniques and surface applications. They will also develop their ideas conceptually in a sketchbook.
Description:
Module 1: Cylinders: Students will start with an interdiction to the pottery wheel with cylinder making. The is a foundational form when working on the wheel.
Module 2: Mugs: Students will practice altering cylinder forms to make mugs. They will also practice making handles. Trimming will also be administered to finish the bottom of the shape.
Madule 3: Bowls: Students will practice shaping and stretching the clay out on the wheel to make bowl forms. Trimming will also be administered to finish the bottom of the shape.
Module 4: Lidded Container: Students will practice making multiple styles of lids. This is an exercise in creating two-part forms.
Module 5: Teapot: Students will elaborate on the lidded containers by creating a lidded pouring vessel. Spouts and proper pouring handles will be created and used.
Required Reading: Pottery Making Illustrated, "In the Studio: Pots and Anatomy", by Robin Hopper
Recommended Reading: Ceramic Monthly (https://ceramicartsnetwork.org/ceramics-monthly) -Studio Potter (https://studiopotter.org) -https://www.digitalfire.com - for technical information on glazes, clays, and firings -https://artaxis.org - examples of ceramic artists making functional and sculptural work
Intro to Ceramics, ART-2570, Section 2, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Students will finish series of different projects and create a several surface tests by applying various wheel throwing techniques and surface applications. They will also develop their ideas conceptually in a sketchbook.
Description:
Module 1: Cylinders: Students will start with an interdiction to the pottery wheel with cylinder making. The is a foundational form when working on the wheel.
Module 2: Mugs: Students will practice altering cylinder forms to make mugs. They will also practice making handles. Trimming will also be administered to finish the bottom of the shape.
Madule 3: Bowls: Students will practice shaping and stretching the clay out on the wheel to make bowl forms. Trimming will also be administered to finish the bottom of the shape.
Module 4: Lidded Container: Students will practice making multiple styles of lids. This is an exercise in creating two-part forms.
Module 5: Teapot: Students will elaborate on the lidded containers by creating a lidded pouring vessel. Spouts and proper pouring handles will be created and used.
Required Reading: Pottery Making Illustrated, "In the Studio: Pots and Anatomy", by Robin Hopper
Recommended Reading: Ceramic Monthly (https://ceramicartsnetwork.org/ceramics-monthly) -Studio Potter (https://studiopotter.org) -https://www.digitalfire.com - for technical information on glazes, clays, and firings -https://artaxis.org - examples of ceramic artists making functional and sculptural work
2-Dimensional Design, ART-1120, Section 2, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Assignments (generally one per week plus one quiz per week)
Description:
Module 1: Design Principles, Elements, and Tools (1 week)
Module 2: Repetition, Contrast, & Emphasis
Module 3: Line & Shape
Module 4: Form, Value, & Size
Module 5: Color, Unity, & Balance
Module 6: Texture & Value
Module 7: Gestalt, Negative, & Positive Space (1 week)
Module 8: Movement & Emphasis (1 week)
Module 9: Summary Artwork (1 week)
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
2-Dimensional Design, ART-1120, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Assignments (generally one per week plus one quiz per week)
Description:
Module 1: Design Principles, Elements, and Tools (1 week)
Module 2: Repetition, Contrast, & Emphasis
Module 3: Line & Shape
Module 4: Form, Value, & Size
Module 5: Color, Unity, & Balance
Module 6: Texture & Value
Module 7: Gestalt, Negative, & Positive Space (1 week)
Module 8: Movement & Emphasis (1 week)
Module 9: Summary Artwork (1 week)
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Drawing and Composition, ART-1110, Section 51, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Two-Dimensional Construction
Master Copy
Final Assignment: Putting it All Together
Description:
Module 1: Course Introduction & Sight Size Drawing
Students review the syllabus, course expectations, and how to navigate Canvas.
They are introduced to the Sight Size technique and practice measuring proportions through direct observation.
Module 2: Comparative Measurement
Students learn to compare angles, shapes, and distances visually without relying on one-to-one scaling.
They complete observational drawings using comparative measurement techniques.
Module 3: Linear Perspective
Students are introduced to one-point and two-point perspective systems.
They apply these systems to structured drawings of basic objects and environments.
Module 4: Three-Point Perspective
Students expand their understanding of perspective by adding a third vanishing point.
They create dramatic drawings that show exaggerated spatial depth and height.
Module 5: Two-Dimensional Construction
Students break down complex forms into geometric shapes.
They learn how to layer construction lines to build spatial accuracy and structural clarity.
Module 6: Drawing from Life
Students practice drawing from direct observation using live setups or photo references.
The focus is on capturing gesture, structure, and proportion quickly and accurately.
Module 7: Introduction to Value
Students begin to explore light, shadow, and value through tonal exercises.
They work on value scales and shading to understand how light defines form.
Module 8: Light and Shadow
Students deepen their understanding of tone by working with local value and directional light.
They complete drawings that emphasize form through contrast and light behavior.
Module 9: Value Continued
Students apply value in sustained, more complex drawings.
They focus on building full tonal range, spatial depth, and visual unity.
Module 10: Introduction to Composition
Students study how to plan a drawing using composition principles like balance and focal point.
They create thumbnails and prepare for a larger, well-structured final piece.
Module 11: Composition Continued
Students develop their chosen composition into a more refined drawing.
They receive feedback and revise their layouts for clarity and cohesion.
Module 12: Putting It All Together
Students integrate form, structure, value, and composition into one complete drawing.
They focus on execution and polish, applying all skills learned in previous modules.
Module 13: Master Copy & Final Critique
Students recreate a portion of a historical master drawing to study technique and style.
The semester concludes with a final critique where students present their work for review and feedback.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Drawing and Composition, ART-1110, Section 40, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Two-Dimensional Construction
Master Copy
Final Assignment: Putting it All Together
Description:
Module 1: Course Introduction & Sight Size Drawing
Students review the syllabus, course expectations, and how to navigate Canvas.
They are introduced to the Sight Size technique and practice measuring proportions through direct observation.
Module 2: Comparative Measurement
Students learn to compare angles, shapes, and distances visually without relying on one-to-one scaling.
They complete observational drawings using comparative measurement techniques.
Module 3: Linear Perspective
Students are introduced to one-point and two-point perspective systems.
They apply these systems to structured drawings of basic objects and environments.
Module 4: Three-Point Perspective
Students expand their understanding of perspective by adding a third vanishing point.
They create dramatic drawings that show exaggerated spatial depth and height.
Module 5: Two-Dimensional Construction
Students break down complex forms into geometric shapes.
They learn how to layer construction lines to build spatial accuracy and structural clarity.
Module 6: Drawing from Life
Students practice drawing from direct observation using live setups or photo references.
The focus is on capturing gesture, structure, and proportion quickly and accurately.
Module 7: Introduction to Value
Students begin to explore light, shadow, and value through tonal exercises.
They work on value scales and shading to understand how light defines form.
Module 8: Light and Shadow
Students deepen their understanding of tone by working with local value and directional light.
They complete drawings that emphasize form through contrast and light behavior.
Module 9: Value Continued
Students apply value in sustained, more complex drawings.
They focus on building full tonal range, spatial depth, and visual unity.
Module 10: Introduction to Composition
Students study how to plan a drawing using composition principles like balance and focal point.
They create thumbnails and prepare for a larger, well-structured final piece.
Module 11: Composition Continued
Students develop their chosen composition into a more refined drawing.
They receive feedback and revise their layouts for clarity and cohesion.
Module 12: Putting It All Together
Students integrate form, structure, value, and composition into one complete drawing.
They focus on execution and polish, applying all skills learned in previous modules.
Module 13: Master Copy & Final Critique
Students recreate a portion of a historical master drawing to study technique and style.
The semester concludes with a final critique where students present their work for review and feedback.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Drawing and Composition, ART-1110, Section 6, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Two-Dimensional Construction
Master Copy
Final Assignment: Putting it All Together
Description:
Module 1: Course Introduction & Sight Size Drawing
Students review the syllabus, course expectations, and how to navigate Canvas.
They are introduced to the Sight Size technique and practice measuring proportions through direct observation.
Module 2: Comparative Measurement
Students learn to compare angles, shapes, and distances visually without relying on one-to-one scaling.
They complete observational drawings using comparative measurement techniques.
Module 3: Linear Perspective
Students are introduced to one-point and two-point perspective systems.
They apply these systems to structured drawings of basic objects and environments.
Module 4: Three-Point Perspective
Students expand their understanding of perspective by adding a third vanishing point.
They create dramatic drawings that show exaggerated spatial depth and height.
Module 5: Two-Dimensional Construction
Students break down complex forms into geometric shapes.
They learn how to layer construction lines to build spatial accuracy and structural clarity.
Module 6: Drawing from Life
Students practice drawing from direct observation using live setups or photo references.
The focus is on capturing gesture, structure, and proportion quickly and accurately.
Module 7: Introduction to Value
Students begin to explore light, shadow, and value through tonal exercises.
They work on value scales and shading to understand how light defines form.
Module 8: Light and Shadow
Students deepen their understanding of tone by working with local value and directional light.
They complete drawings that emphasize form through contrast and light behavior.
Module 9: Value Continued
Students apply value in sustained, more complex drawings.
They focus on building full tonal range, spatial depth, and visual unity.
Module 10: Introduction to Composition
Students study how to plan a drawing using composition principles like balance and focal point.
They create thumbnails and prepare for a larger, well-structured final piece.
Module 11: Composition Continued
Students develop their chosen composition into a more refined drawing.
They receive feedback and revise their layouts for clarity and cohesion.
Module 12: Putting It All Together
Students integrate form, structure, value, and composition into one complete drawing.
They focus on execution and polish, applying all skills learned in previous modules.
Module 13: Master Copy & Final Critique
Students recreate a portion of a historical master drawing to study technique and style.
The semester concludes with a final critique where students present their work for review and feedback.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Drawing and Composition, ART-1110, Section 4, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Two-Dimensional Construction
Master Copy
Final Assignment: Putting it All Together
Description:
Module 1: Course Introduction & Sight Size Drawing
Students review the syllabus, course expectations, and how to navigate Canvas.
They are introduced to the Sight Size technique and practice measuring proportions through direct observation.
Module 2: Comparative Measurement
Students learn to compare angles, shapes, and distances visually without relying on one-to-one scaling.
They complete observational drawings using comparative measurement techniques.
Module 3: Linear Perspective
Students are introduced to one-point and two-point perspective systems.
They apply these systems to structured drawings of basic objects and environments.
Module 4: Three-Point Perspective
Students expand their understanding of perspective by adding a third vanishing point.
They create dramatic drawings that show exaggerated spatial depth and height.
Module 5: Two-Dimensional Construction
Students break down complex forms into geometric shapes.
They learn how to layer construction lines to build spatial accuracy and structural clarity.
Module 6: Drawing from Life
Students practice drawing from direct observation using live setups or photo references.
The focus is on capturing gesture, structure, and proportion quickly and accurately.
Module 7: Introduction to Value
Students begin to explore light, shadow, and value through tonal exercises.
They work on value scales and shading to understand how light defines form.
Module 8: Light and Shadow
Students deepen their understanding of tone by working with local value and directional light.
They complete drawings that emphasize form through contrast and light behavior.
Module 9: Value Continued
Students apply value in sustained, more complex drawings.
They focus on building full tonal range, spatial depth, and visual unity.
Module 10: Introduction to Composition
Students study how to plan a drawing using composition principles like balance and focal point.
They create thumbnails and prepare for a larger, well-structured final piece.
Module 11: Composition Continued
Students develop their chosen composition into a more refined drawing.
They receive feedback and revise their layouts for clarity and cohesion.
Module 12: Putting It All Together
Students integrate form, structure, value, and composition into one complete drawing.
They focus on execution and polish, applying all skills learned in previous modules.
Module 13: Master Copy & Final Critique
Students recreate a portion of a historical master drawing to study technique and style.
The semester concludes with a final critique where students present their work for review and feedback.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Drawing and Composition, ART-1110, Section 3, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Two-Dimensional Construction
Master Copy
Final Assignment: Putting it All Together
Description:
Module 1: Course Introduction & Sight Size Drawing
Students review the syllabus, course expectations, and how to navigate Canvas.
They are introduced to the Sight Size technique and practice measuring proportions through direct observation.
Module 2: Comparative Measurement
Students learn to compare angles, shapes, and distances visually without relying on one-to-one scaling.
They complete observational drawings using comparative measurement techniques.
Module 3: Linear Perspective
Students are introduced to one-point and two-point perspective systems.
They apply these systems to structured drawings of basic objects and environments.
Module 4: Three-Point Perspective
Students expand their understanding of perspective by adding a third vanishing point.
They create dramatic drawings that show exaggerated spatial depth and height.
Module 5: Two-Dimensional Construction
Students break down complex forms into geometric shapes.
They learn how to layer construction lines to build spatial accuracy and structural clarity.
Module 6: Drawing from Life
Students practice drawing from direct observation using live setups or photo references.
The focus is on capturing gesture, structure, and proportion quickly and accurately.
Module 7: Introduction to Value
Students begin to explore light, shadow, and value through tonal exercises.
They work on value scales and shading to understand how light defines form.
Module 8: Light and Shadow
Students deepen their understanding of tone by working with local value and directional light.
They complete drawings that emphasize form through contrast and light behavior.
Module 9: Value Continued
Students apply value in sustained, more complex drawings.
They focus on building full tonal range, spatial depth, and visual unity.
Module 10: Introduction to Composition
Students study how to plan a drawing using composition principles like balance and focal point.
They create thumbnails and prepare for a larger, well-structured final piece.
Module 11: Composition Continued
Students develop their chosen composition into a more refined drawing.
They receive feedback and revise their layouts for clarity and cohesion.
Module 12: Putting It All Together
Students integrate form, structure, value, and composition into one complete drawing.
They focus on execution and polish, applying all skills learned in previous modules.
Module 13: Master Copy & Final Critique
Students recreate a portion of a historical master drawing to study technique and style.
The semester concludes with a final critique where students present their work for review and feedback.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Drawing and Composition, ART-1110, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Two-Dimensional Construction
Master Copy
Final Assignment: Putting it All Together
Description:
Module 1: Course Introduction & Sight Size Drawing
Students review the syllabus, course expectations, and how to navigate Canvas.
They are introduced to the Sight Size technique and practice measuring proportions through direct observation.
Module 2: Comparative Measurement
Students learn to compare angles, shapes, and distances visually without relying on one-to-one scaling.
They complete observational drawings using comparative measurement techniques.
Module 3: Linear Perspective
Students are introduced to one-point and two-point perspective systems.
They apply these systems to structured drawings of basic objects and environments.
Module 4: Three-Point Perspective
Students expand their understanding of perspective by adding a third vanishing point.
They create dramatic drawings that show exaggerated spatial depth and height.
Module 5: Two-Dimensional Construction
Students break down complex forms into geometric shapes.
They learn how to layer construction lines to build spatial accuracy and structural clarity.
Module 6: Drawing from Life
Students practice drawing from direct observation using live setups or photo references.
The focus is on capturing gesture, structure, and proportion quickly and accurately.
Module 7: Introduction to Value
Students begin to explore light, shadow, and value through tonal exercises.
They work on value scales and shading to understand how light defines form.
Module 8: Light and Shadow
Students deepen their understanding of tone by working with local value and directional light.
They complete drawings that emphasize form through contrast and light behavior.
Module 9: Value Continued
Students apply value in sustained, more complex drawings.
They focus on building full tonal range, spatial depth, and visual unity.
Module 10: Introduction to Composition
Students study how to plan a drawing using composition principles like balance and focal point.
They create thumbnails and prepare for a larger, well-structured final piece.
Module 11: Composition Continued
Students develop their chosen composition into a more refined drawing.
They receive feedback and revise their layouts for clarity and cohesion.
Module 12: Putting It All Together
Students integrate form, structure, value, and composition into one complete drawing.
They focus on execution and polish, applying all skills learned in previous modules.
Module 13: Master Copy & Final Critique
Students recreate a portion of a historical master drawing to study technique and style.
The semester concludes with a final critique where students present their work for review and feedback.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 45, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
30% Attendance
30% Assignments
15% Written Responses
10% Quizzes
15% Final-If you do not show up for your final presentation, you will fail my class.
Description:
Module 1: What is Art?
Explores definitions of art across cultures and time periods, examining how context, intent, and perception shape our understanding of what art is.
Module 2: Divided Mind
Investigates the dual nature of the creative process, analyzing how logic and emotion, left-brain and right-brain thinking, influence artistic expression.
Module 3: Why is Art Important
Examines the cultural, historical, social, and personal functions of art, and how it contributes to human experience and societal development.
Module 4: Elements of Art & Principles of Art
Introduces the foundational building blocks of visual art—line, shape, color, texture, space, value—and the principles that organize them, such as balance, contrast, and rhythm.
Module 5: Prehistory, Cave Paintings
Studies early human creativity through prehistoric art, focusing on symbolic meaning and cultural significance of cave paintings and early artifacts.
Module 6: World Tour Circa 1500: Japan
Explores Japanese art and aesthetics around 1500 CE, including Zen influence, screen painting, and the role of nature and harmony in visual culture.
Module 7: World Tour Circa 1500: Ghana
Examines West African art from Ghana during the 1500s, with a focus on symbolism, craftsmanship, and the social roles of art in the Akan culture.
Module 8: World Tour Circa 1500: Iran
Analyzes Persian art and architecture around 1500 CE, emphasizing Islamic design, calligraphy, and manuscript illumination.
Module 9: World Tour Circa 1500: Italy
Studies the Italian Renaissance, focusing on innovations in perspective, humanism, and the achievements of artists such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.
Module 10: Impressionism
Covers the origins and techniques of the Impressionist movement, highlighting artists like Monet and Degas and their break from academic tradition.
Module 11: Post-Impressionism
Looks at artists who expanded on Impressionist ideas, including Van Gogh, Gauguin, and Cézanne, and how they paved the way for modernism.
Module 12: Cubism, Dada and Surrealism
Explores the radical changes in art during the early 20th century, from Cubism’s fractured forms to Dada’s absurdity and Surrealism’s dreamlike imagery.
Module 13: Abstraction
Traces the development of abstract art, analyzing how artists moved away from representation to explore form, color, and emotion.
Module 14: Contemporary Art
Examines diverse practices and themes in contemporary art, including identity, technology, activism, and global perspectives.
Module 15: Final Art Project
Students synthesize course concepts in a creative final project, demonstrating their understanding of art history, visual language, and personal expression.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 44, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
30% Attendance
30% Assignments
15% Written Responses
10% Quizzes
15% Final-If you do not show up for your final presentation, you will fail my class.
Description:
Module 1: What is Art?
Explores definitions of art across cultures and time periods, examining how context, intent, and perception shape our understanding of what art is.
Module 2: Divided Mind
Investigates the dual nature of the creative process, analyzing how logic and emotion, left-brain and right-brain thinking, influence artistic expression.
Module 3: Why is Art Important
Examines the cultural, historical, social, and personal functions of art, and how it contributes to human experience and societal development.
Module 4: Elements of Art & Principles of Art
Introduces the foundational building blocks of visual art—line, shape, color, texture, space, value—and the principles that organize them, such as balance, contrast, and rhythm.
Module 5: Prehistory, Cave Paintings
Studies early human creativity through prehistoric art, focusing on symbolic meaning and cultural significance of cave paintings and early artifacts.
Module 6: World Tour Circa 1500: Japan
Explores Japanese art and aesthetics around 1500 CE, including Zen influence, screen painting, and the role of nature and harmony in visual culture.
Module 7: World Tour Circa 1500: Ghana
Examines West African art from Ghana during the 1500s, with a focus on symbolism, craftsmanship, and the social roles of art in the Akan culture.
Module 8: World Tour Circa 1500: Iran
Analyzes Persian art and architecture around 1500 CE, emphasizing Islamic design, calligraphy, and manuscript illumination.
Module 9: World Tour Circa 1500: Italy
Studies the Italian Renaissance, focusing on innovations in perspective, humanism, and the achievements of artists such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.
Module 10: Impressionism
Covers the origins and techniques of the Impressionist movement, highlighting artists like Monet and Degas and their break from academic tradition.
Module 11: Post-Impressionism
Looks at artists who expanded on Impressionist ideas, including Van Gogh, Gauguin, and Cézanne, and how they paved the way for modernism.
Module 12: Cubism, Dada and Surrealism
Explores the radical changes in art during the early 20th century, from Cubism’s fractured forms to Dada’s absurdity and Surrealism’s dreamlike imagery.
Module 13: Abstraction
Traces the development of abstract art, analyzing how artists moved away from representation to explore form, color, and emotion.
Module 14: Contemporary Art
Examines diverse practices and themes in contemporary art, including identity, technology, activism, and global perspectives.
Module 15: Final Art Project
Students synthesize course concepts in a creative final project, demonstrating their understanding of art history, visual language, and personal expression.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 42, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
30% Attendance
30% Assignments
15% Written Responses
10% Quizzes
15% Final-If you do not show up for your final presentation, you will fail my class.
Description:
Module 1: What is Art?
Explores definitions of art across cultures and time periods, examining how context, intent, and perception shape our understanding of what art is.
Module 2: Divided Mind
Investigates the dual nature of the creative process, analyzing how logic and emotion, left-brain and right-brain thinking, influence artistic expression.
Module 3: Why is Art Important
Examines the cultural, historical, social, and personal functions of art, and how it contributes to human experience and societal development.
Module 4: Elements of Art & Principles of Art
Introduces the foundational building blocks of visual art—line, shape, color, texture, space, value—and the principles that organize them, such as balance, contrast, and rhythm.
Module 5: Prehistory, Cave Paintings
Studies early human creativity through prehistoric art, focusing on symbolic meaning and cultural significance of cave paintings and early artifacts.
Module 6: World Tour Circa 1500: Japan
Explores Japanese art and aesthetics around 1500 CE, including Zen influence, screen painting, and the role of nature and harmony in visual culture.
Module 7: World Tour Circa 1500: Ghana
Examines West African art from Ghana during the 1500s, with a focus on symbolism, craftsmanship, and the social roles of art in the Akan culture.
Module 8: World Tour Circa 1500: Iran
Analyzes Persian art and architecture around 1500 CE, emphasizing Islamic design, calligraphy, and manuscript illumination.
Module 9: World Tour Circa 1500: Italy
Studies the Italian Renaissance, focusing on innovations in perspective, humanism, and the achievements of artists such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.
Module 10: Impressionism
Covers the origins and techniques of the Impressionist movement, highlighting artists like Monet and Degas and their break from academic tradition.
Module 11: Post-Impressionism
Looks at artists who expanded on Impressionist ideas, including Van Gogh, Gauguin, and Cézanne, and how they paved the way for modernism.
Module 12: Cubism, Dada and Surrealism
Explores the radical changes in art during the early 20th century, from Cubism’s fractured forms to Dada’s absurdity and Surrealism’s dreamlike imagery.
Module 13: Abstraction
Traces the development of abstract art, analyzing how artists moved away from representation to explore form, color, and emotion.
Module 14: Contemporary Art
Examines diverse practices and themes in contemporary art, including identity, technology, activism, and global perspectives.
Module 15: Final Art Project
Students synthesize course concepts in a creative final project, demonstrating their understanding of art history, visual language, and personal expression.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 41, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Module 1: What is Art?
Explores definitions of art across cultures and time periods, examining how context, intent, and perception shape our understanding of what art is.
Module 2: Divided Mind
Investigates the dual nature of the creative process, analyzing how logic and emotion, left-brain and right-brain thinking, influence artistic expression.
Module 3: Why is Art Important
Examines the cultural, historical, social, and personal functions of art, and how it contributes to human experience and societal development.
Module 4: Elements of Art & Principles of Art
Introduces the foundational building blocks of visual art—line, shape, color, texture, space, value—and the principles that organize them, such as balance, contrast, and rhythm.
Module 5: Prehistory, Cave Paintings
Studies early human creativity through prehistoric art, focusing on symbolic meaning and cultural significance of cave paintings and early artifacts.
Module 6: World Tour Circa 1500: Japan
Explores Japanese art and aesthetics around 1500 CE, including Zen influence, screen painting, and the role of nature and harmony in visual culture.
Module 7: World Tour Circa 1500: Ghana
Examines West African art from Ghana during the 1500s, with a focus on symbolism, craftsmanship, and the social roles of art in the Akan culture.
Module 8: World Tour Circa 1500: Iran
Analyzes Persian art and architecture around 1500 CE, emphasizing Islamic design, calligraphy, and manuscript illumination.
Module 9: World Tour Circa 1500: Italy
Studies the Italian Renaissance, focusing on innovations in perspective, humanism, and the achievements of artists such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.
Module 10: Impressionism
Covers the origins and techniques of the Impressionist movement, highlighting artists like Monet and Degas and their break from academic tradition.
Module 11: Post-Impressionism
Looks at artists who expanded on Impressionist ideas, including Van Gogh, Gauguin, and Cézanne, and how they paved the way for modernism.
Module 12: Cubism, Dada and Surrealism
Explores the radical changes in art during the early 20th century, from Cubism’s fractured forms to Dada’s absurdity and Surrealism’s dreamlike imagery.
Module 13: Abstraction
Traces the development of abstract art, analyzing how artists moved away from representation to explore form, color, and emotion.
Module 14: Contemporary Art
Examines diverse practices and themes in contemporary art, including identity, technology, activism, and global perspectives.
Module 15: Final Art Project
Students synthesize course concepts in a creative final project, demonstrating their understanding of art history, visual language, and personal expression.
Description:
30% Attendance
30% Assignments
15% Written Responses
10% Quizzes
15% Final-If you do not show up for your final presentation, you will fail my class.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 40, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
30% Attendance
30% Assignments
15% Written Responses
10% Quizzes
15% Final-If you do not show up for your final presentation, you will fail my class
Description:
Module 1: What is Art?
Explores definitions of art across cultures and time periods, examining how context, intent, and perception shape our understanding of what art is.
Module 2: Divided Mind
Investigates the dual nature of the creative process, analyzing how logic and emotion, left-brain and right-brain thinking, influence artistic expression.
Module 3: Why is Art Important
Examines the cultural, historical, social, and personal functions of art, and how it contributes to human experience and societal development.
Module 4: Elements of Art & Principles of Art
Introduces the foundational building blocks of visual art—line, shape, color, texture, space, value—and the principles that organize them, such as balance, contrast, and rhythm.
Module 5: Prehistory, Cave Paintings
Studies early human creativity through prehistoric art, focusing on symbolic meaning and cultural significance of cave paintings and early artifacts.
Module 6: World Tour Circa 1500: Japan
Explores Japanese art and aesthetics around 1500 CE, including Zen influence, screen painting, and the role of nature and harmony in visual culture.
Module 7: World Tour Circa 1500: Ghana
Examines West African art from Ghana during the 1500s, with a focus on symbolism, craftsmanship, and the social roles of art in the Akan culture.
Module 8: World Tour Circa 1500: Iran
Analyzes Persian art and architecture around 1500 CE, emphasizing Islamic design, calligraphy, and manuscript illumination.
Module 9: World Tour Circa 1500: Italy
Studies the Italian Renaissance, focusing on innovations in perspective, humanism, and the achievements of artists such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.
Module 10: Impressionism
Covers the origins and techniques of the Impressionist movement, highlighting artists like Monet and Degas and their break from academic tradition.
Module 11: Post-Impressionism
Looks at artists who expanded on Impressionist ideas, including Van Gogh, Gauguin, and Cézanne, and how they paved the way for modernism.
Module 12: Cubism, Dada and Surrealism
Explores the radical changes in art during the early 20th century, from Cubism’s fractured forms to Dada’s absurdity and Surrealism’s dreamlike imagery.
Module 13: Abstraction
Traces the development of abstract art, analyzing how artists moved away from representation to explore form, color, and emotion.
Module 14: Contemporary Art
Examines diverse practices and themes in contemporary art, including identity, technology, activism, and global perspectives.
Module 15: Final Art Project
Students synthesize course concepts in a creative final project, demonstrating their understanding of art history, visual language, and personal expression.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 15, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
30% Attendance
30% Assignments
15% Written Responses
10% Quizzes
15% Final-If you do not show up for your final presentation, you will fail my class.
Description:
Module 1: What is Art?
Explores definitions of art across cultures and time periods, examining how context, intent, and perception shape our understanding of what art is.
Module 2: Divided Mind
Investigates the dual nature of the creative process, analyzing how logic and emotion, left-brain and right-brain thinking, influence artistic expression.
Module 3: Why is Art Important
Examines the cultural, historical, social, and personal functions of art, and how it contributes to human experience and societal development.
Module 4: Elements of Art & Principles of Art
Introduces the foundational building blocks of visual art—line, shape, color, texture, space, value—and the principles that organize them, such as balance, contrast, and rhythm.
Module 5: Prehistory, Cave Paintings
Studies early human creativity through prehistoric art, focusing on symbolic meaning and cultural significance of cave paintings and early artifacts.
Module 6: World Tour Circa 1500: Japan
Explores Japanese art and aesthetics around 1500 CE, including Zen influence, screen painting, and the role of nature and harmony in visual culture.
Module 7: World Tour Circa 1500: Ghana
Examines West African art from Ghana during the 1500s, with a focus on symbolism, craftsmanship, and the social roles of art in the Akan culture.
Module 8: World Tour Circa 1500: Iran
Analyzes Persian art and architecture around 1500 CE, emphasizing Islamic design, calligraphy, and manuscript illumination.
Module 9: World Tour Circa 1500: Italy
Studies the Italian Renaissance, focusing on innovations in perspective, humanism, and the achievements of artists such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.
Module 10: Impressionism
Covers the origins and techniques of the Impressionist movement, highlighting artists like Monet and Degas and their break from academic tradition.
Module 11: Post-Impressionism
Looks at artists who expanded on Impressionist ideas, including Van Gogh, Gauguin, and Cézanne, and how they paved the way for modernism.
Module 12: Cubism, Dada and Surrealism
Explores the radical changes in art during the early 20th century, from Cubism’s fractured forms to Dada’s absurdity and Surrealism’s dreamlike imagery.
Module 13: Abstraction
Traces the development of abstract art, analyzing how artists moved away from representation to explore form, color, and emotion.
Module 14: Contemporary Art
Examines diverse practices and themes in contemporary art, including identity, technology, activism, and global perspectives.
Module 15: Final Art Project
Students synthesize course concepts in a creative final project, demonstrating their understanding of art history, visual language, and personal expression.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 14, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
30% Attendance
30% Assignments
15% Written Responses
10% Quizzes
15% Final-If you do not show up for your final presentation, you will fail my class.
Description:
Module 1: What is Art?
Explores definitions of art across cultures and time periods, examining how context, intent, and perception shape our understanding of what art is.
Module 2: Divided Mind
Investigates the dual nature of the creative process, analyzing how logic and emotion, left-brain and right-brain thinking, influence artistic expression.
Module 3: Why is Art Important
Examines the cultural, historical, social, and personal functions of art, and how it contributes to human experience and societal development.
Module 4: Elements of Art & Principles of Art
Introduces the foundational building blocks of visual art—line, shape, color, texture, space, value—and the principles that organize them, such as balance, contrast, and rhythm.
Module 5: Prehistory, Cave Paintings
Studies early human creativity through prehistoric art, focusing on symbolic meaning and cultural significance of cave paintings and early artifacts.
Module 6: World Tour Circa 1500: Japan
Explores Japanese art and aesthetics around 1500 CE, including Zen influence, screen painting, and the role of nature and harmony in visual culture.
Module 7: World Tour Circa 1500: Ghana
Examines West African art from Ghana during the 1500s, with a focus on symbolism, craftsmanship, and the social roles of art in the Akan culture.
Module 8: World Tour Circa 1500: Iran
Analyzes Persian art and architecture around 1500 CE, emphasizing Islamic design, calligraphy, and manuscript illumination.
Module 9: World Tour Circa 1500: Italy
Studies the Italian Renaissance, focusing on innovations in perspective, humanism, and the achievements of artists such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.
Module 10: Impressionism
Covers the origins and techniques of the Impressionist movement, highlighting artists like Monet and Degas and their break from academic tradition.
Module 11: Post-Impressionism
Looks at artists who expanded on Impressionist ideas, including Van Gogh, Gauguin, and Cézanne, and how they paved the way for modernism.
Module 12: Cubism, Dada and Surrealism
Explores the radical changes in art during the early 20th century, from Cubism’s fractured forms to Dada’s absurdity and Surrealism’s dreamlike imagery.
Module 13: Abstraction
Traces the development of abstract art, analyzing how artists moved away from representation to explore form, color, and emotion.
Module 14: Contemporary Art
Examines diverse practices and themes in contemporary art, including identity, technology, activism, and global perspectives.
Module 15: Final Art Project
Students synthesize course concepts in a creative final project, demonstrating their understanding of art history, visual language, and personal expression.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 12, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
30% Attendance
30% Assignments
15% Written Responses
10% Quizzes
15% Final-If you do not show up for your final presentation, you will fail my class.
Description:
Module 1: What is Art?
Explores definitions of art across cultures and time periods, examining how context, intent, and perception shape our understanding of what art is.
Module 2: Divided Mind
Investigates the dual nature of the creative process, analyzing how logic and emotion, left-brain and right-brain thinking, influence artistic expression.
Module 3: Why is Art Important
Examines the cultural, historical, social, and personal functions of art, and how it contributes to human experience and societal development.
Module 4: Elements of Art & Principles of Art
Introduces the foundational building blocks of visual art—line, shape, color, texture, space, value—and the principles that organize them, such as balance, contrast, and rhythm.
Module 5: Prehistory, Cave Paintings
Studies early human creativity through prehistoric art, focusing on symbolic meaning and cultural significance of cave paintings and early artifacts.
Module 6: World Tour Circa 1500: Japan
Explores Japanese art and aesthetics around 1500 CE, including Zen influence, screen painting, and the role of nature and harmony in visual culture.
Module 7: World Tour Circa 1500: Ghana
Examines West African art from Ghana during the 1500s, with a focus on symbolism, craftsmanship, and the social roles of art in the Akan culture.
Module 8: World Tour Circa 1500: Iran
Analyzes Persian art and architecture around 1500 CE, emphasizing Islamic design, calligraphy, and manuscript illumination.
Module 9: World Tour Circa 1500: Italy
Studies the Italian Renaissance, focusing on innovations in perspective, humanism, and the achievements of artists such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.
Module 10: Impressionism
Covers the origins and techniques of the Impressionist movement, highlighting artists like Monet and Degas and their break from academic tradition.
Module 11: Post-Impressionism
Looks at artists who expanded on Impressionist ideas, including Van Gogh, Gauguin, and Cézanne, and how they paved the way for modernism.
Module 12: Cubism, Dada and Surrealism
Explores the radical changes in art during the early 20th century, from Cubism’s fractured forms to Dada’s absurdity and Surrealism’s dreamlike imagery.
Module 13: Abstraction
Traces the development of abstract art, analyzing how artists moved away from representation to explore form, color, and emotion.
Module 14: Contemporary Art
Examines diverse practices and themes in contemporary art, including identity, technology, activism, and global perspectives.
Module 15: Final Art Project
Students synthesize course concepts in a creative final project, demonstrating their understanding of art history, visual language, and personal expression.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 11, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
30% Attendance
30% Assignments
15% Written Responses
10% Quizzes
15% Final-If you do not show up for your final presentation, you will fail my class.
Description:
Module 1: What is Art?
Explores definitions of art across cultures and time periods, examining how context, intent, and perception shape our understanding of what art is.
Module 2: Divided Mind
Investigates the dual nature of the creative process, analyzing how logic and emotion, left-brain and right-brain thinking, influence artistic expression.
Module 3: Why is Art Important
Examines the cultural, historical, social, and personal functions of art, and how it contributes to human experience and societal development.
Module 4: Elements of Art & Principles of Art
Introduces the foundational building blocks of visual art—line, shape, color, texture, space, value—and the principles that organize them, such as balance, contrast, and rhythm.
Module 5: Prehistory, Cave Paintings
Studies early human creativity through prehistoric art, focusing on symbolic meaning and cultural significance of cave paintings and early artifacts.
Module 6: World Tour Circa 1500: Japan
Explores Japanese art and aesthetics around 1500 CE, including Zen influence, screen painting, and the role of nature and harmony in visual culture.
Module 7: World Tour Circa 1500: Ghana
Examines West African art from Ghana during the 1500s, with a focus on symbolism, craftsmanship, and the social roles of art in the Akan culture.
Module 8: World Tour Circa 1500: Iran
Analyzes Persian art and architecture around 1500 CE, emphasizing Islamic design, calligraphy, and manuscript illumination.
Module 9: World Tour Circa 1500: Italy
Studies the Italian Renaissance, focusing on innovations in perspective, humanism, and the achievements of artists such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.
Module 10: Impressionism
Covers the origins and techniques of the Impressionist movement, highlighting artists like Monet and Degas and their break from academic tradition.
Module 11: Post-Impressionism
Looks at artists who expanded on Impressionist ideas, including Van Gogh, Gauguin, and Cézanne, and how they paved the way for modernism.
Module 12: Cubism, Dada and Surrealism
Explores the radical changes in art during the early 20th century, from Cubism’s fractured forms to Dada’s absurdity and Surrealism’s dreamlike imagery.
Module 13: Abstraction
Traces the development of abstract art, analyzing how artists moved away from representation to explore form, color, and emotion.
Module 14: Contemporary Art
Examines diverse practices and themes in contemporary art, including identity, technology, activism, and global perspectives.
Module 15: Final Art Project
Students synthesize course concepts in a creative final project, demonstrating their understanding of art history, visual language, and personal expression.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Community Oral Health, DHYG-3060, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Indices Worksheet – 5%
Group Project Oral Health Program Proposal for simulated target population – 15%
Group Project: Literature Analysis for informative poster – 15%
Group Project - Informative Poster - 15%
Group Project - Informative Poster Abstract - 5%
Tests (3) – 30%
Final Exam – 15%
Description:
1.) Identify effective assessment, planning, implementation and evaluation objectives for dental public health programs.
2.) Describe the goals and functions of federal, state, local and voluntary health care agencies and programs.
3.) Recognize cultural, demographic and socioeconomic factors, which influence dental health need and demand.
4.) Utilize oral health indices, tests, inventories, interviews, scientific literature or other data gathering methods to assess the oral health status and oral health needs of a defined population.
5.) Design an oral health proposal utilizing the models, steps and procedures involved in planning an effective community oral health program based on the needs and resources of a defined population.
6.) Apply current educational and psychological concepts, learning theories, methods and strategies to dental health education.
Required Reading: Nathe, CN, Dental Public Health & Research – Contemporary Practice for the Dental Hygienist, (4th edition), 2017, Boston; Pearson.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Legal & Ethical Issues, DHYG-3050, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Discussion (10%)
Paper: Ethical and Legal Issue Analysis (20%)
Group Project: Debate and Presentation on Current Issue (20%)
Quizzes - 8 (20%)
Midterm Exam (15%)
Final Exam (15%)
Description:
1.) Acquire the ethical standards and legal perspectives that, if implemented, would prevent malpractice and minimize professional liability.
2.) Identify the significant factors, values, issues, and special interests that affect healthcare providers, healthcare delivery and healthcare finance.
3.)Apply ethical reasoning and reflective thinking to defend a specified course of action in a scenario that contains an ethical dilemma.
4.) Know the ethical standards, regulatory requirements, and legal perspectives, which if applied, would manage risks and professional liability.
5.) Discuss and relate the Utah Dentist and Dental Hygienists Practice Act and the Practice Act Rules.
6.) Discuss legislative activities occurring at state and federal levels affecting dental hygiene.
Required Reading: Minihan-Anderson, K.,Ethics and Law in Dental Hygiene, 4th edition, Elsevier, St Louis, Missouri 2024
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 10, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
30% Attendance
30% Assignments
15% Written Responses
10% Quizzes
15% Final-If you do not show up for your final presentation, you will fail my class.
Description:
Module 1: What is Art?
Explores definitions of art across cultures and time periods, examining how context, intent, and perception shape our understanding of what art is.
Module 2: Divided Mind
Investigates the dual nature of the creative process, analyzing how logic and emotion, left-brain and right-brain thinking, influence artistic expression.
Module 3: Why is Art Important
Examines the cultural, historical, social, and personal functions of art, and how it contributes to human experience and societal development.
Module 4: Elements of Art & Principles of Art
Introduces the foundational building blocks of visual art—line, shape, color, texture, space, value—and the principles that organize them, such as balance, contrast, and rhythm.
Module 5: Prehistory, Cave Paintings
Studies early human creativity through prehistoric art, focusing on symbolic meaning and cultural significance of cave paintings and early artifacts.
Module 6: World Tour Circa 1500: Japan
Explores Japanese art and aesthetics around 1500 CE, including Zen influence, screen painting, and the role of nature and harmony in visual culture.
Module 7: World Tour Circa 1500: Ghana
Examines West African art from Ghana during the 1500s, with a focus on symbolism, craftsmanship, and the social roles of art in the Akan culture.
Module 8: World Tour Circa 1500: Iran
Analyzes Persian art and architecture around 1500 CE, emphasizing Islamic design, calligraphy, and manuscript illumination.
Module 9: World Tour Circa 1500: Italy
Studies the Italian Renaissance, focusing on innovations in perspective, humanism, and the achievements of artists such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.
Module 10: Impressionism
Covers the origins and techniques of the Impressionist movement, highlighting artists like Monet and Degas and their break from academic tradition.
Module 11: Post-Impressionism
Looks at artists who expanded on Impressionist ideas, including Van Gogh, Gauguin, and Cézanne, and how they paved the way for modernism.
Module 12: Cubism, Dada and Surrealism
Explores the radical changes in art during the early 20th century, from Cubism’s fractured forms to Dada’s absurdity and Surrealism’s dreamlike imagery.
Module 13: Abstraction
Traces the development of abstract art, analyzing how artists moved away from representation to explore form, color, and emotion.
Module 14: Contemporary Art
Examines diverse practices and themes in contemporary art, including identity, technology, activism, and global perspectives.
Module 15: Final Art Project
Students synthesize course concepts in a creative final project, demonstrating their understanding of art history, visual language, and personal expression.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 9, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
30% Attendance
30% Assignments
15% Written Responses
10% Quizzes
15% Final-If you do not show up for your final presentation, you will fail my class.
Description:
Module 1: What is Art?
Explores definitions of art across cultures and time periods, examining how context, intent, and perception shape our understanding of what art is.
Module 2: Divided Mind
Investigates the dual nature of the creative process, analyzing how logic and emotion, left-brain and right-brain thinking, influence artistic expression.
Module 3: Why is Art Important
Examines the cultural, historical, social, and personal functions of art, and how it contributes to human experience and societal development.
Module 4: Elements of Art & Principles of Art
Introduces the foundational building blocks of visual art—line, shape, color, texture, space, value—and the principles that organize them, such as balance, contrast, and rhythm.
Module 5: Prehistory, Cave Paintings
Studies early human creativity through prehistoric art, focusing on symbolic meaning and cultural significance of cave paintings and early artifacts.
Module 6: World Tour Circa 1500: Japan
Explores Japanese art and aesthetics around 1500 CE, including Zen influence, screen painting, and the role of nature and harmony in visual culture.
Module 7: World Tour Circa 1500: Ghana
Examines West African art from Ghana during the 1500s, with a focus on symbolism, craftsmanship, and the social roles of art in the Akan culture.
Module 8: World Tour Circa 1500: Iran
Analyzes Persian art and architecture around 1500 CE, emphasizing Islamic design, calligraphy, and manuscript illumination.
Module 9: World Tour Circa 1500: Italy
Studies the Italian Renaissance, focusing on innovations in perspective, humanism, and the achievements of artists such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.
Module 10: Impressionism
Covers the origins and techniques of the Impressionist movement, highlighting artists like Monet and Degas and their break from academic tradition.
Module 11: Post-Impressionism
Looks at artists who expanded on Impressionist ideas, including Van Gogh, Gauguin, and Cézanne, and how they paved the way for modernism.
Module 12: Cubism, Dada and Surrealism
Explores the radical changes in art during the early 20th century, from Cubism’s fractured forms to Dada’s absurdity and Surrealism’s dreamlike imagery.
Module 13: Abstraction
Traces the development of abstract art, analyzing how artists moved away from representation to explore form, color, and emotion.
Module 14: Contemporary Art
Examines diverse practices and themes in contemporary art, including identity, technology, activism, and global perspectives.
Module 15: Final Art Project
Students synthesize course concepts in a creative final project, demonstrating their understanding of art history, visual language, and personal expression.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 8, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
30% Attendance
30% Assignments
15% Written Responses
10% Quizzes
15% Final-If you do not show up for your final presentation, you will fail my class.
Description:
Module 1: What is Art?
Explores definitions of art across cultures and time periods, examining how context, intent, and perception shape our understanding of what art is.
Module 2: Divided Mind
Investigates the dual nature of the creative process, analyzing how logic and emotion, left-brain and right-brain thinking, influence artistic expression.
Module 3: Why is Art Important
Examines the cultural, historical, social, and personal functions of art, and how it contributes to human experience and societal development.
Module 4: Elements of Art & Principles of Art
Introduces the foundational building blocks of visual art—line, shape, color, texture, space, value—and the principles that organize them, such as balance, contrast, and rhythm.
Module 5: Prehistory, Cave Paintings
Studies early human creativity through prehistoric art, focusing on symbolic meaning and cultural significance of cave paintings and early artifacts.
Module 6: World Tour Circa 1500: Japan
Explores Japanese art and aesthetics around 1500 CE, including Zen influence, screen painting, and the role of nature and harmony in visual culture.
Module 7: World Tour Circa 1500: Ghana
Examines West African art from Ghana during the 1500s, with a focus on symbolism, craftsmanship, and the social roles of art in the Akan culture.
Module 8: World Tour Circa 1500: Iran
Analyzes Persian art and architecture around 1500 CE, emphasizing Islamic design, calligraphy, and manuscript illumination.
Module 9: World Tour Circa 1500: Italy
Studies the Italian Renaissance, focusing on innovations in perspective, humanism, and the achievements of artists such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.
Module 10: Impressionism
Covers the origins and techniques of the Impressionist movement, highlighting artists like Monet and Degas and their break from academic tradition.
Module 11: Post-Impressionism
Looks at artists who expanded on Impressionist ideas, including Van Gogh, Gauguin, and Cézanne, and how they paved the way for modernism.
Module 12: Cubism, Dada and Surrealism
Explores the radical changes in art during the early 20th century, from Cubism’s fractured forms to Dada’s absurdity and Surrealism’s dreamlike imagery.
Module 13: Abstraction
Traces the development of abstract art, analyzing how artists moved away from representation to explore form, color, and emotion.
Module 14: Contemporary Art
Examines diverse practices and themes in contemporary art, including identity, technology, activism, and global perspectives.
Module 15: Final Art Project
Students synthesize course concepts in a creative final project, demonstrating their understanding of art history, visual language, and personal expression.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 4, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
30% Attendance
30% Assignments
15% Written Responses
10% Quizzes
15% Final-If you do not show up for your final presentation, you will fail my class.
Description:
Module 1: What is Art?
Explores definitions of art across cultures and time periods, examining how context, intent, and perception shape our understanding of what art is.
Module 2: Divided Mind
Investigates the dual nature of the creative process, analyzing how logic and emotion, left-brain and right-brain thinking, influence artistic expression.
Module 3: Why is Art Important
Examines the cultural, historical, social, and personal functions of art, and how it contributes to human experience and societal development.
Module 4: Elements of Art & Principles of Art
Introduces the foundational building blocks of visual art—line, shape, color, texture, space, value—and the principles that organize them, such as balance, contrast, and rhythm.
Module 5: Prehistory, Cave Paintings
Studies early human creativity through prehistoric art, focusing on symbolic meaning and cultural significance of cave paintings and early artifacts.
Module 6: World Tour Circa 1500: Japan
Explores Japanese art and aesthetics around 1500 CE, including Zen influence, screen painting, and the role of nature and harmony in visual culture.
Module 7: World Tour Circa 1500: Ghana
Examines West African art from Ghana during the 1500s, with a focus on symbolism, craftsmanship, and the social roles of art in the Akan culture.
Module 8: World Tour Circa 1500: Iran
Analyzes Persian art and architecture around 1500 CE, emphasizing Islamic design, calligraphy, and manuscript illumination.
Module 9: World Tour Circa 1500: Italy
Studies the Italian Renaissance, focusing on innovations in perspective, humanism, and the achievements of artists such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.
Module 10: Impressionism
Covers the origins and techniques of the Impressionist movement, highlighting artists like Monet and Degas and their break from academic tradition.
Module 11: Post-Impressionism
Looks at artists who expanded on Impressionist ideas, including Van Gogh, Gauguin, and Cézanne, and how they paved the way for modernism.
Module 12: Cubism, Dada and Surrealism
Explores the radical changes in art during the early 20th century, from Cubism’s fractured forms to Dada’s absurdity and Surrealism’s dreamlike imagery.
Module 13: Abstraction
Traces the development of abstract art, analyzing how artists moved away from representation to explore form, color, and emotion.
Module 14: Contemporary Art
Examines diverse practices and themes in contemporary art, including identity, technology, activism, and global perspectives.
Module 15: Final Art Project
Students synthesize course concepts in a creative final project, demonstrating their understanding of art history, visual language, and personal expression.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 2, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
30% Attendance
30% Assignments
15% Written Responses
10% Quizzes
15% Final-If you do not show up for your final presentation, you will fail my class.
Description:
Module 1: What is Art?
Explores definitions of art across cultures and time periods, examining how context, intent, and perception shape our understanding of what art is.
Module 2: Divided Mind
Investigates the dual nature of the creative process, analyzing how logic and emotion, left-brain and right-brain thinking, influence artistic expression.
Module 3: Why is Art Important
Examines the cultural, historical, social, and personal functions of art, and how it contributes to human experience and societal development.
Module 4: Elements of Art & Principles of Art
Introduces the foundational building blocks of visual art—line, shape, color, texture, space, value—and the principles that organize them, such as balance, contrast, and rhythm.
Module 5: Prehistory, Cave Paintings
Studies early human creativity through prehistoric art, focusing on symbolic meaning and cultural significance of cave paintings and early artifacts.
Module 6: World Tour Circa 1500: Japan
Explores Japanese art and aesthetics around 1500 CE, including Zen influence, screen painting, and the role of nature and harmony in visual culture.
Module 7: World Tour Circa 1500: Ghana
Examines West African art from Ghana during the 1500s, with a focus on symbolism, craftsmanship, and the social roles of art in the Akan culture.
Module 8: World Tour Circa 1500: Iran
Analyzes Persian art and architecture around 1500 CE, emphasizing Islamic design, calligraphy, and manuscript illumination.
Module 9: World Tour Circa 1500: Italy
Studies the Italian Renaissance, focusing on innovations in perspective, humanism, and the achievements of artists such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.
Module 10: Impressionism
Covers the origins and techniques of the Impressionist movement, highlighting artists like Monet and Degas and their break from academic tradition.
Module 11: Post-Impressionism
Looks at artists who expanded on Impressionist ideas, including Van Gogh, Gauguin, and Cézanne, and how they paved the way for modernism.
Module 12: Cubism, Dada and Surrealism
Explores the radical changes in art during the early 20th century, from Cubism’s fractured forms to Dada’s absurdity and Surrealism’s dreamlike imagery.
Module 13: Abstraction
Traces the development of abstract art, analyzing how artists moved away from representation to explore form, color, and emotion.
Module 14: Contemporary Art
Examines diverse practices and themes in contemporary art, including identity, technology, activism, and global perspectives.
Module 15: Final Art Project
Students synthesize course concepts in a creative final project, demonstrating their understanding of art history, visual language, and personal expression.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intermediate Career Strategies, ACCT-3001, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
This online 1-credit course requires students to complete career-related research about the career tracks they are interested in. Students will complete short research assignments about different industries, employers, job tracks, required skills and competencies, and professional licenses (e.g., CPA, CFA, CFP). After completing the research, they will conduct a gap analysis, compile their career SWOT analysis, and create a career strategy document.
Description:
Module 1: Introduction and professional introduction video about their professional goals.
Module 2: Current career portfolio, including current resume, inventory of current skills and competencies, and using Hiration AI software to improve their resume.
Module 3: Review of their personal values related to career aspiration and career motivators.
Module 4: Research about geographic locations where they want to start their career after graduating from Utah Tech. Students will research topics such as the industries, employers, and job opportunities available at the locations they are interested in. What is the economic growth, cost of living, taxes, etc, for the locations they are interested in.
Module 5: Students complete research about two different industries (e.g., the airline industry and the financial service industry). They look into industry outlook, growth, and job opportunities.
Module 6: Employers and workplace culture. Students do research about at least two companies they are interested in working for.
Module 7: Students complete research about two different job tracks they are interested in (e.g., financial analyst, business analyst, controller, etc.). They complete a frequency analysis of skills and competencies listed in at least 20 job announcements.
Module 8: Student complete a career-focused interview with their chosen mentor. The focus is on building upon the research they have completed so far and mapping the key competencies essential for a successful career in their chosen field.
Module 9: Based on their research and current skills inventory, students complete a gap analysis to assess their readiness for their chosen career.
Module 10: Research about different industry licenses and certificates that could help them to be ready for a career in their chosen field.
Module 11: Research about graduate studies.
Module 12: Relationship as a currency in career success and the importance of networking.
Module 13: Career SWOT analysis.
Module 14: Resume summary of qualifications statement.
Module 15: Job search process, job interview, and preparing for job interview questions specific to their chosen career field.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
CRISPR/Cas9 Techniques, BTEC-3050, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Lab notebook, quiz, and report.
Description:
Genomic database & Guide RNA Design: This unit covers how to use the genome database and use online software to design the single-guide RNA.
Guide RNA Synthesis I: This unit covers the process of synthesizing the DNA template for sgRNA synthesis.
Guide RNA synthesis II: This unit covers the process of synthesizing and purifying the sgRNA.
Microinjection: This unit covers the process of microinjecting the sgRNA and Cas9 complexes.
Phenotype imaging and gDNA preparation: This unit covers the process of imaging zebrafish embryos and collecting genomic DNA samples.
Modified Genome Detection I: This unit covers the process of DNA cloning of the target DNA fragment and DNA sequencing.
Modified Genome Detection II: This unit covers the process of high-resolution melting analysis to detect genetic modification.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Zebrafish Maintenance & Method, BTEC-2050, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Lab notebook, quiz, report, and final microinjection evaluation.
Description:
Biology and Life Support: This unit covers the fundamentals of zebrafish origin and natural behavior.
Zebrafish Husbandry: This unit covers the knowledge of maintaining zebrafish colonies.
Veterinary Care: This unit covers the regulatory agencies and policies.
Methodology I: This unit covers the setup of zebrafish mating and the collection of zebrafish embryos.
Embryonic staging: This unit covers the key features of embryonic and early larval stages of zebrafish development.
Methodology II: This unit covers the fundamental genotyping methods in zebrafish research.
Methodology III: This unit covers the fundamental technique of harvesting and storing zebrafish samples.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Zebrafish Maintenance & Method, BTEC-2050, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Lab notebook, quiz, report, and final microinjection evaluation.
Description:
Biology and Life Support: This unit covers the fundamentals of zebrafish origin and natural behavior.
Zebrafish Husbandry: This unit covers the knowledge of maintaining zebrafish colonies.
Veterinary Care: This unit covers the regulatory agencies and policies.
Methodology I: This unit covers the setup of zebrafish mating and the collection of zebrafish embryos.
Embryonic staging: This unit covers the key features of embryonic and early larval stages of zebrafish development.
Methodology II: This unit covers the fundamental genotyping methods in zebrafish research.
Methodology III: This unit covers the fundamental technique of harvesting and storing zebrafish samples.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Accounting I, ACCT-2010, Section 41, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Reading Quizzes; Chapter Homework; Tests; Final Exam
Description:
Unit 1 – Intro to Financial statements – discuss the Balance sheet, Income statement, Retained Earnings statement and Statement of Cash Flows.
Unit 2 – Transaction analysis – Cover the basic accounting equation, the types of accounts, rules of debits and credits, identifying transactions and analyzing the impact.
Unit 3 – Accrual accounting, revenue recognition – discuss the matching principle, revenue recognition principle, the difference between accrual and cash accounting, and the complexities and challenges.
Unit 4 – Internal controls, fraud – cover corporate governance, COSO framework, risk assessment, basic fraud prevention techniques and the role of internal audit.
Unit 5 – Dealing with receivables and types of revenue – Explain receivables, receivables management, allowance for doubtful accounts, revenues and the various types.
Unit 6 – Inventory and Cost of Goods Sold – Describe inventory valuation methods, inventory costing, cost of goods sold, calculating COGs, relationship between the two.
Unit 7 – Fixed assets and depreciation – explain acquisition, depreciation, maintenance, improvements, retirements, various depreciation methods and their impact on the financials.
Unit 8 – Statement of Cash Flows – discuss the three sections of the statement of cash flows, the various methods of preparation, the purpose and importance in understanding liquidity and contrasting with accrual accounting.
Unit 9 – Introduction to Managerial Accounting – describe the key differences from financial accounting, the objectives of managerial accounting
Unit 10 – Building blocks of managerial accounting – cover cost behaviors and accumulations, product costing (job, process, ABC, and absorption), planning and controls, ethics, technology
Unit 11 – Job costing – describe in more detail the direct and indirect costs, calculating job costing, the system and the benefits.
Unit 12 - Job Costing – Cover the challenges of job costing, best practices for JC and comparisons to other types.
Unit 13 - Comprehensive Budgeting – discuss strategic planning and goal setting, budget components and development.
Unit 14 – Comprehensive Budgeting – cover budget implementation and management, forecasting, scenario planning and technology.
Unit 15 – Performance evaluations – explain financial accuracy, GAAP/IFRS compliance, goal setting and feedback.
Required Reading: Financial & Managerial Accounting - Pearson Publishing
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Accounting I, ACCT-2010, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Reading Quizzes; Chapter Homework; Tests; Final Exam
Description:
Unit 1 – Intro to Financial statements – discuss the Balance sheet, Income statement, Retained Earnings statement and Statement of Cash Flows.
Unit 2 – Transaction analysis – Cover the basic accounting equation, the types of accounts, rules of debits and credits, identifying transactions and analyzing the impact.
Unit 3 – Accrual accounting, revenue recognition – discuss the matching principle, revenue recognition principle, the difference between accrual and cash accounting, and the complexities and challenges.
Unit 4 – Internal controls, fraud – cover corporate governance, COSO framework, risk assessment, basic fraud prevention techniques and the role of internal audit.
Unit 5 – Dealing with receivables and types of revenue – Explain receivables, receivables management, allowance for doubtful accounts, revenues and the various types.
Unit 6 – Inventory and Cost of Goods Sold – Describe inventory valuation methods, inventory costing, cost of goods sold, calculating COGs, relationship between the two.
Unit 7 – Fixed assets and depreciation – explain acquisition, depreciation, maintenance, improvements, retirements, various depreciation methods and their impact on the financials.
Unit 8 – Statement of Cash Flows – discuss the three sections of the statement of cash flows, the various methods of preparation, the purpose and importance in understanding liquidity and contrasting with accrual accounting.
Unit 9 – Introduction to Managerial Accounting – describe the key differences from financial accounting, the objectives of managerial accounting
Unit 10 – Building blocks of managerial accounting – cover cost behaviors and accumulations, product costing (job, process, ABC, and absorption), planning and controls, ethics, technology
Unit 11 – Job costing – describe in more detail the direct and indirect costs, calculating job costing, the system and the benefits.
Unit 12 - Job Costing – Cover the challenges of job costing, best practices for JC and comparisons to other types.
Unit 13 - Comprehensive Budgeting – discuss strategic planning and goal setting, budget components and development.
Unit 14 – Comprehensive Budgeting – cover budget implementation and management, forecasting, scenario planning and technology.
Unit 15 – Performance evaluations – explain financial accuracy, GAAP/IFRS compliance, goal setting and feedback.
Required Reading: Financial & Managerial Accounting - Pearson Publishing
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Accounting I, ACCT-2010, Section 8, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Reading Quizzes; Chapter Homework; Tests; Final Exam
Description:
Unit 1 – Intro to Financial statements – discuss the Balance sheet, Income statement, Retained Earnings statement and Statement of Cash Flows.
Unit 2 – Transaction analysis – Cover the basic accounting equation, the types of accounts, rules of debits and credits, identifying transactions and analyzing the impact.
Unit 3 – Accrual accounting, revenue recognition – discuss the matching principle, revenue recognition principle, the difference between accrual and cash accounting, and the complexities and challenges.
Unit 4 – Internal controls, fraud – cover corporate governance, COSO framework, risk assessment, basic fraud prevention techniques and the role of internal audit.
Unit 5 – Dealing with receivables and types of revenue – Explain receivables, receivables management, allowance for doubtful accounts, revenues and the various types.
Unit 6 – Inventory and Cost of Goods Sold – Describe inventory valuation methods, inventory costing, cost of goods sold, calculating COGs, relationship between the two.
Unit 7 – Fixed assets and depreciation – explain acquisition, depreciation, maintenance, improvements, retirements, various depreciation methods and their impact on the financials.
Unit 8 – Statement of Cash Flows – discuss the three sections of the statement of cash flows, the various methods of preparation, the purpose and importance in understanding liquidity and contrasting with accrual accounting.
Unit 9 – Introduction to Managerial Accounting – describe the key differences from financial accounting, the objectives of managerial accounting
Unit 10 – Building blocks of managerial accounting – cover cost behaviors and accumulations, product costing (job, process, ABC, and absorption), planning and controls, ethics, technology
Unit 11 – Job costing – describe in more detail the direct and indirect costs, calculating job costing, the system and the benefits.
Unit 12 - Job Costing – Cover the challenges of job costing, best practices for JC and comparisons to other types.
Unit 13 - Comprehensive Budgeting – discuss strategic planning and goal setting, budget components and development.
Unit 14 – Comprehensive Budgeting – cover budget implementation and management, forecasting, scenario planning and technology.
Unit 15 – Performance evaluations – explain financial accuracy, GAAP/IFRS compliance, goal setting and feedback.
Required Reading: Financial & Managerial Accounting - Pearson Publishing
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Accounting I, ACCT-2010, Section 5, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Reading Quizzes; Chapter Homework; Tests; Final Exam
Description:
Unit 1 – Intro to Financial statements – discuss the Balance sheet, Income statement, Retained Earnings statement and Statement of Cash Flows.
Unit 2 – Transaction analysis – Cover the basic accounting equation, the types of accounts, rules of debits and credits, identifying transactions and analyzing the impact.
Unit 3 – Accrual accounting, revenue recognition – discuss the matching principle, revenue recognition principle, the difference between accrual and cash accounting, and the complexities and challenges.
Unit 4 – Internal controls, fraud – cover corporate governance, COSO framework, risk assessment, basic fraud prevention techniques and the role of internal audit.
Unit 5 – Dealing with receivables and types of revenue – Explain receivables, receivables management, allowance for doubtful accounts, revenues and the various types.
Unit 6 – Inventory and Cost of Goods Sold – Describe inventory valuation methods, inventory costing, cost of goods sold, calculating COGs, relationship between the two.
Unit 7 – Fixed assets and depreciation – explain acquisition, depreciation, maintenance, improvements, retirements, various depreciation methods and their impact on the financials.
Unit 8 – Statement of Cash Flows – discuss the three sections of the statement of cash flows, the various methods of preparation, the purpose and importance in understanding liquidity and contrasting with accrual accounting.
Unit 9 – Introduction to Managerial Accounting – describe the key differences from financial accounting, the objectives of managerial accounting
Unit 10 – Building blocks of managerial accounting – cover cost behaviors and accumulations, product costing (job, process, ABC, and absorption), planning and controls, ethics, technology
Unit 11 – Job costing – describe in more detail the direct and indirect costs, calculating job costing, the system and the benefits.
Unit 12 - Job Costing – Cover the challenges of job costing, best practices for JC and comparisons to other types.
Unit 13 - Comprehensive Budgeting – discuss strategic planning and goal setting, budget components and development.
Unit 14 – Comprehensive Budgeting – cover budget implementation and management, forecasting, scenario planning and technology.
Unit 15 – Performance evaluations – explain financial accuracy, GAAP/IFRS compliance, goal setting and feedback.
Required Reading: Financial & Managerial Accounting - Pearson Publishing
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Accounting I, ACCT-2010, Section 4, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Reading Quizzes; Chapter Homework; Tests; Final Exam
Description:
Unit 1 – Intro to Financial statements – discuss the Balance sheet, Income statement, Retained Earnings statement and Statement of Cash Flows.
Unit 2 – Transaction analysis – Cover the basic accounting equation, the types of accounts, rules of debits and credits, identifying transactions and analyzing the impact.
Unit 3 – Accrual accounting, revenue recognition – discuss the matching principle, revenue recognition principle, the difference between accrual and cash accounting, and the complexities and challenges.
Unit 4 – Internal controls, fraud – cover corporate governance, COSO framework, risk assessment, basic fraud prevention techniques and the role of internal audit.
Unit 5 – Dealing with receivables and types of revenue – Explain receivables, receivables management, allowance for doubtful accounts, revenues and the various types.
Unit 6 – Inventory and Cost of Goods Sold – Describe inventory valuation methods, inventory costing, cost of goods sold, calculating COGs, relationship between the two.
Unit 7 – Fixed assets and depreciation – explain acquisition, depreciation, maintenance, improvements, retirements, various depreciation methods and their impact on the financials.
Unit 8 – Statement of Cash Flows – discuss the three sections of the statement of cash flows, the various methods of preparation, the purpose and importance in understanding liquidity and contrasting with accrual accounting.
Unit 9 – Introduction to Managerial Accounting – describe the key differences from financial accounting, the objectives of managerial accounting
Unit 10 – Building blocks of managerial accounting – cover cost behaviors and accumulations, product costing (job, process, ABC, and absorption), planning and controls, ethics, technology
Unit 11 – Job costing – describe in more detail the direct and indirect costs, calculating job costing, the system and the benefits.
Unit 12 - Job Costing – Cover the challenges of job costing, best practices for JC and comparisons to other types.
Unit 13 - Comprehensive Budgeting – discuss strategic planning and goal setting, budget components and development.
Unit 14 – Comprehensive Budgeting – cover budget implementation and management, forecasting, scenario planning and technology.
Unit 15 – Performance evaluations – explain financial accuracy, GAAP/IFRS compliance, goal setting and feedback.
Required Reading: Financial & Managerial Accounting - Pearson Publishing
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Accounting I, ACCT-2010, Section 3, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Reading Quizzes; Chapter Homework; Tests; Final Exam
Description:
Unit 1 – Intro to Financial statements – discuss the Balance sheet, Income statement, Retained Earnings statement and Statement of Cash Flows.
Unit 2 – Transaction analysis – Cover the basic accounting equation, the types of accounts, rules of debits and credits, identifying transactions and analyzing the impact.
Unit 3 – Accrual accounting, revenue recognition – discuss the matching principle, revenue recognition principle, the difference between accrual and cash accounting, and the complexities and challenges.
Unit 4 – Internal controls, fraud – cover corporate governance, COSO framework, risk assessment, basic fraud prevention techniques and the role of internal audit.
Unit 5 – Dealing with receivables and types of revenue – Explain receivables, receivables management, allowance for doubtful accounts, revenues and the various types.
Unit 6 – Inventory and Cost of Goods Sold – Describe inventory valuation methods, inventory costing, cost of goods sold, calculating COGs, relationship between the two.
Unit 7 – Fixed assets and depreciation – explain acquisition, depreciation, maintenance, improvements, retirements, various depreciation methods and their impact on the financials.
Unit 8 – Statement of Cash Flows – discuss the three sections of the statement of cash flows, the various methods of preparation, the purpose and importance in understanding liquidity and contrasting with accrual accounting.
Unit 9 – Introduction to Managerial Accounting – describe the key differences from financial accounting, the objectives of managerial accounting
Unit 10 – Building blocks of managerial accounting – cover cost behaviors and accumulations, product costing (job, process, ABC, and absorption), planning and controls, ethics, technology
Unit 11 – Job costing – describe in more detail the direct and indirect costs, calculating job costing, the system and the benefits.
Unit 12 - Job Costing – Cover the challenges of job costing, best practices for JC and comparisons to other types.
Unit 13 - Comprehensive Budgeting – discuss strategic planning and goal setting, budget components and development.
Unit 14 – Comprehensive Budgeting – cover budget implementation and management, forecasting, scenario planning and technology.
Unit 15 – Performance evaluations – explain financial accuracy, GAAP/IFRS compliance, goal setting and feedback.
Required Reading: Financial & Managerial Accounting - Pearson Publishing
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Accounting I, ACCT-2010, Section 2, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Reading Quizzes; Chapter Homework; Tests; Final Exam
Description:
Unit 1 – Intro to Financial statements – discuss the Balance sheet, Income statement, Retained Earnings statement and Statement of Cash Flows.
Unit 2 – Transaction analysis – Cover the basic accounting equation, the types of accounts, rules of debits and credits, identifying transactions and analyzing the impact.
Unit 3 – Accrual accounting, revenue recognition – discuss the matching principle, revenue recognition principle, the difference between accrual and cash accounting, and the complexities and challenges.
Unit 4 – Internal controls, fraud – cover corporate governance, COSO framework, risk assessment, basic fraud prevention techniques and the role of internal audit.
Unit 5 – Dealing with receivables and types of revenue – Explain receivables, receivables management, allowance for doubtful accounts, revenues and the various types.
Unit 6 – Inventory and Cost of Goods Sold – Describe inventory valuation methods, inventory costing, cost of goods sold, calculating COGs, relationship between the two.
Unit 7 – Fixed assets and depreciation – explain acquisition, depreciation, maintenance, improvements, retirements, various depreciation methods and their impact on the financials.
Unit 8 – Statement of Cash Flows – discuss the three sections of the statement of cash flows, the various methods of preparation, the purpose and importance in understanding liquidity and contrasting with accrual accounting.
Unit 9 – Introduction to Managerial Accounting – describe the key differences from financial accounting, the objectives of managerial accounting
Unit 10 – Building blocks of managerial accounting – cover cost behaviors and accumulations, product costing (job, process, ABC, and absorption), planning and controls, ethics, technology
Unit 11 – Job costing – describe in more detail the direct and indirect costs, calculating job costing, the system and the benefits.
Unit 12 - Job Costing – Cover the challenges of job costing, best practices for JC and comparisons to other types.
Unit 13 - Comprehensive Budgeting – discuss strategic planning and goal setting, budget components and development.
Unit 14 – Comprehensive Budgeting – cover budget implementation and management, forecasting, scenario planning and technology.
Unit 15 – Performance evaluations – explain financial accuracy, GAAP/IFRS compliance, goal setting and feedback.
Required Reading: Financial & Managerial Accounting - Pearson Publishing
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Accounting I, ACCT-2010, Section 7, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Reading Quizzes
Chapter Homework
Tests
Final Exam
Description:
Week 1 – Intro to Financial statements – discuss the Balance sheet, Income statement, Retained Earnings statement and Statement of Cash Flows.
Week 2 – Transaction analysis – Cover the basic accounting equation, the types of accounts, rules of debits and credits, identifying transactions and analyzing the impact.
Week 3 – Accrual accounting, revenue recognition – discuss the matching principle, revenue recognition principle, the difference between accrual and cash accounting, and the complexities and challenges.
Week 4 – Internal controls, fraud – cover corporate governance, COSO framework, risk assessment, basic fraud prevention techniques and the role of internal audit.
Week 5 – Dealing with receivables and types of revenue – Explain receivables, receivables management, allowance for doubtful accounts, revenues and the various types.
Week 6 – Inventory and Cost of Goods Sold – Describe inventory valuation methods, inventory costing, cost of goods sold, calculating COGs, relationship between the two.
Week 7 – Fixed assets and depreciation – explain acquisition, depreciation, maintenance, improvements, retirements, various depreciation methods and their impact on the financials.
Week 8 – Statement of Cash Flows – discuss the three sections of the statement of cash flows, the various methods of preparation, the purpose and importance in understanding liquidity and contrasting with accrual accounting.
Week 9 – Introduction to Managerial Accounting – describe the key differences from financial accounting, the objectives of managerial accounting
Week 10 – Building blocks of managerial accounting – cover cost behaviors and accumulations, product costing (job, process, ABC, and absorption), planning and controls, ethics, technology
Week 11 – Job costing – describe in more detail the direct and indirect costs, calculating job costing, the system and the benefits.
Week 12 - Job Costing – Cover the challenges of job costing, best practices for JC and comparisons to other types.
Week 13 - Comprehensive Budgeting – discuss strategic planning and goal setting, budget components and development.
Week 14 – Comprehensive Budgeting – cover budget implementation and management, forecasting, scenario planning and technology.
Week 15 – Performance evaluations – explain financial accuracy, GAAP/IFRS compliance, goal setting and feedback.
Required Reading: Financial & Managerial Accounting - Pearson Publishing
Recommended Reading: NA
Elem General/Organic Chem Lab, CHEM-1115, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
1 Final Exam
Description:
Lab 1 Experiment: Introduction to Chemistry and Measurement
Lab 2 Experiment: Conversion Factors and Problem Solving
Lab 3 Experiment: Density and Specific Gravity
Lab 4 Experiment: Temperature and Specific Heat
Lab 6 Experiment: Atoms and Elements
Lab 7 Experiment: Electron Configuration and Periodic Properties
Lab 9 Experiment: Compounds and Their Bonds
Lab 10 Experiment: Chemical Reactions and Equations
Lab 11 Experiment: Moles and Chemical Formulas
Lab 12 Experiment: Gas Laws
Lab 14 Experiment: Solutions, Electrolytes, and Concentration
Lab 18 Experiment: Reaction Rates and Chemical Equilibrium
Required Reading: Laboratory Manual for General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry. Timberlake, 3rd edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Elem General/Organic Chemistry, CHEM-1110, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
5 Chapter exams (chapters 1-2, 3-4, 5-6, 7-8, & 9-11)
1 Final exam (chapters 1-11)
Description:
Learning the following topics in each chapter.
Chapter 1: Introduction to chemistry, review of basic math, scientific notation
Chapter 2: Use of significant figures, metric and unit conversions, density and general problem solving
Chapter 3: states of matter, energy, specific heat
Chapter 4: periodic table organization, periodic trends, electrons, electron orbitals
Chapter 5: radioactivity, half-life and nuclear reactions, fusion
Chapter 6: compounds - ionic and covalent, Lewis structures, polarity
Chapter 7: types of chemical reactions, moles and calculations, percent yields
Chapter 8: gas laws, partial pressures
Chapter 9: solutions, net ionic equations, dilutions
Chapter 10: equilibrium, Le Chatelier's principle
Chapter 11: acids, bases, acid strengths, buffers
Required Reading: General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry: Structures of Life. Timberlake, 6th edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Career Seminar in Geology, GEO-2990R, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
1. Weekly worksheets summarizing the guest speakers' work and advice.
2. An assignment where students undertake structured research on possible career paths in their areas of interest.
3. Resumes and cover letters.
4. Mock job interview.
Description:
Career Exploration: Covers general aspects of seeking a career in Earth and Environmental Science. Students pursue research into career opportunities that are of interest to them.
Networking: Covers how, where, and why to network. Includes opportunities for students to network with professionals in the field.
Resumes and Cover Letters: Covers writing of resumes and cover letters. Students will produce draft documents and critique their peers' work.
Interviews: Covers interviewing for jobs. Students will complete mock job interviews.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Career Seminar in Env Sci, ENVS-2990R, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
1. Weekly worksheets summarizing the guest speakers' work and advice.
2. An assignment where students undertake structured research on possible career paths in their areas of interest.
3. Resumes and cover letters.
4. Mock job interview.
Description:
Career Exploration: Covers general aspects of seeking a career in Earth and Environmental Science. Students pursue research into career opportunities that are of interest to them.
Networking: Covers how, where, and why to network. Includes opportunities for students to network with professionals in the field.
Resumes and Cover Letters: Covers writing of resumes and cover letters. Students will produce draft documents and critique their peers' work.
Interviews: Covers interviewing for jobs. Students will complete mock job interviews.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 11, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Participation
InQuizitive Assignments
Pro/Con Paper
Persuasion Paper
Annotated Bibliography Paper
Research Paper
Writing Portfolio
Final Exam
Description:
Unit 1: How to write a Pro/Con paper - This unit will cover how a pro/con paper should be written and reviewed.
Unit 2: How to write a Persuasion paper - This unit will cover how to write a persuasion paper and how it should be reviewed as well.
Unit 3: How to write an Annotated Bibliography - This unit will cover how to write a proper annotated bibliography as well as how to research and cite sources properly.
Unit 4: How to write a Research paper - This unit will cover how to write a research paper, what it should include, and how it should be reviewed.
Required Reading: Bertsch, Deborah, Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin, and Francine Weinberg. The Norton Field Guide to Writing with Readings and Handbook. 6th ed., W.W. Norton & Company, 2022. ISBN-9780393543773.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Digital Marketing, MKTG-3500, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
• Individual Digital Marketing Activities
• Digital Marketing Team Assignments
• HubSpot Email Industry Certification
• Knowledge Checks
• Formal Digital Marketing Client Proposal/Presentation
• Peer Evaluations & Feedback
Description:
Module 1: Introduction to Integrated Marketing Communications
• Define promotion and integrated marketing communication (IMC).
• Discuss a basic model of communication.
• Explain the key role of IMC as a business process.
• Define promotion and integrated marketing communication (IMC)
• Describe the role that IMC has in the marketing mix
• Explain modern-day marketing organizations
• Analyze the advantages and disadvantages of internal and external advertising agencies
Module 2: Online Consumer Behavior, STP, and Personas
• Understand the importance of marketing planning and the steps in the process.
• Describe the various types of segmentation strategies, targeting and positioning.
• Explore the various types of marketing research to help inform strategy.
• Create a consumer buyer's journey.
Module 3: Brand Strategy, Storytelling, Core Messages
• Explain the key elements of brand strategy
• Evaluate an existing firm’s brand based on theory and best practice
• Create a story using copywriting and imagery
• Develop and recommend a brand strategy for a real company
Module 4: Website Analysis UX
• Compare and contrast website platforms based on business objectives
• Audit a firm’s website using heuristic best practice.
• Recommend website adjustments based on best practice.
Module 5: Search Engine Optimization & Paid Search
• Compare and contrast website platforms based on business objectives
• Audit a firm’s website using heuristic best practice.
• Recommend website adjustments based on best practice.
Module 6: Paid Media, Digital Display, Social Marketing
• Compare and contrast website platforms based on business objectives
• Audit a firm’s website using heuristic best practice.
• Recommend website adjustments based on best practice.
Module 7: Traditional Media & Integrated Marketing Communications
• Compare and contrast website platforms based on business objectives
• Audit a firm’s website using heuristic best practice.
• Recommend website adjustments based on best practice.
Module 8: Email Marketing Strategy & Design
• Explain the key elements of developing a brand identity.
• Practice using creative tools to assist in developing a brand identity.
• Create a brand identity guide for your product or service idea.
Module 9: Social (IMC) Content Mapping Strategy
• Develop strategies for planning
• Discover the steps to creating good content
• Create organization strategies for content
• Discover best practices on how often and when to publish
Module 10: Marketing Analytics & KPIs
• Develop strategies for planning
• Discover the steps to creating good content
• Create organization strategies for content
• Discover best practices on how often and when to publish
Module 11: Digital Marketing Campaign Written Proposal
• Identify a brand/product that would benefit from an IMC strategy.
• Uncover and define clear business objectives which will inform the plan.
• Develop segmentation/targets/positioning, promotion strategy, budget, time schedule and measurement.
• Create a professional-quality written IMC strategy and plan
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Digital Marketing, MKTG-3500, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Module 1: Introduction to Integrated Marketing Communications
• Define promotion and integrated marketing communication (IMC).
• Discuss a basic model of communication.
• Explain the key role of IMC as a business process.
• Define promotion and integrated marketing communication (IMC)
• Describe the role that IMC has in the marketing mix
• Explain modern-day marketing organizations
• Analyze the advantages and disadvantages of internal and external advertising agencies
Module 2: Online Consumer Behavior, STP, and Personas
• Understand the importance of marketing planning and the steps in the process.
• Describe the various types of segmentation strategies, targeting and positioning.
• Explore the various types of marketing research to help inform strategy.
• Create a consumer buyer's journey.
Module 3: Brand Strategy, Storytelling, Core Messages
• Explain the key elements of brand strategy
• Evaluate an existing firm’s brand based on theory and best practice
• Create a story using copywriting and imagery
• Develop and recommend a brand strategy for a real company
Module 4: Website Analysis UX
• Compare and contrast website platforms based on business objectives
• Audit a firm’s website using heuristic best practice.
• Recommend website adjustments based on best practice.
Module 5: Search Engine Optimization & Paid Search
• Compare and contrast website platforms based on business objectives
• Audit a firm’s website using heuristic best practice.
• Recommend website adjustments based on best practice.
Module 6: Paid Media, Digital Display, Social Marketing
• Compare and contrast website platforms based on business objectives
• Audit a firm’s website using heuristic best practice.
• Recommend website adjustments based on best practice.
Module 7: Traditional Media & Integrated Marketing Communications
• Compare and contrast website platforms based on business objectives
• Audit a firm’s website using heuristic best practice.
• Recommend website adjustments based on best practice.
Module 8: Email Marketing Strategy & Design
• Explain the key elements of developing a brand identity.
• Practice using creative tools to assist in developing a brand identity.
• Create a brand identity guide for your product or service idea.
Module 9: Social (IMC) Content Mapping Strategy
• Develop strategies for planning
• Discover the steps to creating good content
• Create organization strategies for content
• Discover best practices on how often and when to publish
Module 10: Marketing Analytics & KPIs
• Develop strategies for planning
• Discover the steps to creating good content
• Create organization strategies for content
• Discover best practices on how often and when to publish
Module 11: Digital Marketing Campaign Written Proposal
• Identify a brand/product that would benefit from an IMC strategy.
• Uncover and define clear business objectives which will inform the plan.
• Develop segmentation/targets/positioning, promotion strategy, budget, time schedule and measurement.
• Create a professional-quality written IMC strategy and plan
Description:
Module 1: Introduction to Integrated Marketing Communications
• Define promotion and integrated marketing communication (IMC).
• Discuss a basic model of communication.
• Explain the key role of IMC as a business process.
• Define promotion and integrated marketing communication (IMC)
• Describe the role that IMC has in the marketing mix
• Explain modern-day marketing organizations
• Analyze the advantages and disadvantages of internal and external advertising agencies
Module 2: Online Consumer Behavior, STP, and Personas
• Understand the importance of marketing planning and the steps in the process.
• Describe the various types of segmentation strategies, targeting and positioning.
• Explore the various types of marketing research to help inform strategy.
• Create a consumer buyer's journey.
Module 3: Brand Strategy, Storytelling, Core Messages
• Explain the key elements of brand strategy
• Evaluate an existing firm’s brand based on theory and best practice
• Create a story using copywriting and imagery
• Develop and recommend a brand strategy for a real company
Module 4: Website Analysis UX
• Compare and contrast website platforms based on business objectives
• Audit a firm’s website using heuristic best practice.
• Recommend website adjustments based on best practice.
Module 5: Search Engine Optimization & Paid Search
• Compare and contrast website platforms based on business objectives
• Audit a firm’s website using heuristic best practice.
• Recommend website adjustments based on best practice.
Module 6: Paid Media, Digital Display, Social Marketing
• Compare and contrast website platforms based on business objectives
• Audit a firm’s website using heuristic best practice.
• Recommend website adjustments based on best practice.
Module 7: Traditional Media & Integrated Marketing Communications
• Compare and contrast website platforms based on business objectives
• Audit a firm’s website using heuristic best practice.
• Recommend website adjustments based on best practice.
Module 8: Email Marketing Strategy & Design
• Explain the key elements of developing a brand identity.
• Practice using creative tools to assist in developing a brand identity.
• Create a brand identity guide for your product or service idea.
Module 9: Social (IMC) Content Mapping Strategy
• Develop strategies for planning
• Discover the steps to creating good content
• Create organization strategies for content
• Discover best practices on how often and when to publish
Module 10: Marketing Analytics & KPIs
• Develop strategies for planning
• Discover the steps to creating good content
• Create organization strategies for content
• Discover best practices on how often and when to publish
Module 11: Digital Marketing Campaign Written Proposal
• Identify a brand/product that would benefit from an IMC strategy.
• Uncover and define clear business objectives which will inform the plan.
• Develop segmentation/targets/positioning, promotion strategy, budget, time schedule and measurement.
• Create a professional-quality written IMC strategy and plan
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Entrepreneurial Marketing, MKTG-4200, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
• Class Engagement and Online Discussions
• Course Content Activities and Tool-kits (Active Learning)
• Marketing Plan (Portfolio)
• Develop a Product Idea proposal
• Develop a Target Market proposal
• Create a Price Strategy & Budget Analysis
• Develop Brand Identity & Design
• Develop a Marketing Mix & Promotions Plan
• Create a Final Marketing Portfolio
Description:
Module 1: The World of Entrepreneurial Marketing
• Explain the characteristics of an entrepreneur.
• Discuss the differences between traditional marketing and entrepreneurial marketing.
• Describe the elements of the entrepreneurial marketing semester project.
Module 2: Marketing Portfolio Project Overview
• Identify each component of a written complete entrepreneurial marketing portfolio
• Identify each component of a product/service pitch idea
• Brainstorm ideas for a product/service for your semester project.
• Discuss your product ideas with classmates
Module 3: Innovation & Creativity
• Explain the differences between innovation and creativity
• Discuss the differences between brainstorming for ideas versus problems
• Analyze problems and solutions for segments
• Create a product idea for the semester Entrepreneurial Marketing Portfolio project
Module 4: Defining Target Markets
• Explain the four types of segmentation strategies
• Explore and practice using electronic segmentation tools
• Create a segmentation strategy, target audiences and personas for your product or service
Module 5: Creating Value
• Explain the elements of a value proposition.
• Analyze various needs and wants for a target segment to help define value.
• Create a value proposition for a product or service.
Module 6: Product Offering
• Analyze components of a product or service offering
• Brainstorm features and benefits for a product or service
• Create a minimum viable product offering
Module 7: Pricing & Budgeting
• Conduct a competitive analysis
• Analyze various pricing models
• Create a pricing strategy for a new product
• Create a budget
• Create a profit and loss statement
Module 8: Creating a Brand Identity
• Explain the key elements of developing a brand identity.
• Practice using creative tools to assist in developing a brand identity.
• Create a brand identity guide for your product or service idea.
Module 9: Promoting Your Product
• Explain the elements of a promotion plan.
• Create a consumer buyer's journey for one target audience.
• Develop an Integrated Marketing Communications plan and calendar.
• Develop key performance indicators for promotion tactics.
• Create an annual budget for promoting the product idea.
Module 10: Marketing Portfolio
• Develop a professional product marketing portfolio for a new product or service
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Marketing Research, MKTG-4100, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Individual Activities
Online Discussions
Knowledge Checks: Content Quizzes
Assignments
Research Project Written Research Paper
Description:
Module 1: Marketing Research Purpose & Process
• Define marketing research
• Discuss different kinds of organizations that conduct marketing research
• Understand the reasons why marketing research is important
• Understand why researchers should care about marketing research ethics.
Module 2: Defining the Research Question: Formulating the Problem
• Specify the key steps in problem formulation.
• Distinguish between two types of decision problems.
• Distinguish between a decision problem and a research problem.
• Create research questions from a research problem.
• Describe the research request agreement.
• Outline the various elements of the research proposal.
Module 3: Creating a Research Proposal
• Describe the purpose and process for developing a research proposal.
• Define the elements of a research proposal.
• Explain the requirements for the Semester Research project.
• Create a research topic proposal for your Semester Research project.
Module 4: Secondary Research, Literature Review
• Describe the purpose of a literature review.
• Analyze secondary sources
• Create an annotated bibliography
• Cite sources using APA format
Module 5: Exploratory, Descriptive and Causal/Explanatory Research
• Describe the three types of marketing research
• Determine the type of research to conduct for various research problems
• Analyze a specific research problem of interest
• Develop a high level exploratory research plan for a problem of interest
Module 6: Developing Hypotheses
• Explain the various types of hypotheses.
• Describe the elements of a good hypothesis
• Create testable hypotheses based on a research question
• Develop four testable hypotheses for your research project.
Module 7: Data Collection - Asking Good Questions
• Identify the differences between well written and poorly written survey questions
• Create a survey questionnaire based on best practice
• Explain the differences between question types
Module 8: Determining Sample & Recruiting Respondents Overview
• Determine sample size
• Create a recruitment strategy for a research project
• Develop an introduction to a research study
• Analyze various mediums and approaches to increase your sample size
• Develop a recruitment script
Module 9: Qualtrics Survey Software
• Setup research project survey in Qualtrics
• Distribute survey to target audience
Module 10 Overview: Coding Survey Data & Analysis
• Identify and evaluate quality information sources and means of gathering primary and secondary data
• Plan and undertake qualitative or quantitative Market Research and demonstrate the ability to appropriately analyze data to resolve marketing issues
• Develop and present a comprehensive marketing research report
Module 11: Data Analysis & Interpretation
• Access statistics tools
• Analyze a data set
• Interpret a data set
Module 12: Prepping and Analyzing Your Research Data
• Module 12: Prepping and Analyzing Your Research Data
Module 13: Writing a Research Report
• Identify and evaluate quality information sources and means of gathering primary and secondary data
Plan and undertake qualitative or quantitative Market Research
• Demonstrate the ability to appropriately analyze data to resolve marketing issues
• Develop and present a comprehensive marketing research report
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
American History, HIST-1700, Section 5, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
See syllabus
Description:
See syllabus
Required Reading: TEXTBOOK: The American Yawp, a free, online textbook of American history. Expect 3 to 4 hours of reading every week. Link: https://www.americanyawp.com/
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 5, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Course Requirements:
4 100-point Exams, including the final exam)
Canvas Discussion Assignments (e.g., Ecological Footprint/Carrying Capacity; Megalodon Extinction and Cope’s Rule, Exam Prep Questions) 60-80 points
Quizzes: 20-60 points
This is a Supplemental Instruction (SI) Section, so 15% of the final course grade will be determined by attendance and participation in the weekly 50-minute tutoring sessions.
Class Participation: Active Class Participation (e.g., asking questions, answering other students' questions, discussing assignments, quizzes, and exams) can add as much as 10% to students' final grades
Description:
Scientific Method and Biology addressed the distinction between scientific inquiry and other sorts of disciplinary knowledge with particular attention to science's hypothesis testing, self-correcting methodology
Basic Biochemistry addresses some basics of chemical bonding before working through the nature of the main biomolecules and the hydrogen bonding of water and DNA
Cell Biology addresses Cell Theory broadly before focusing on the function of some key organelles and the evolutionary roots of two of them (i.e., chloroplasts and mitochondria); particular attention focuses on protein function in cell membranes
Ecology focuses on populations and their interactions with one another and their abiotic environments, which involves an overview of biodiversity; basic population biology (including metapopulations); and some key examples of keystone interactions and the activities and effects of ecosystem engineers as well as the importance of ecosystem services.
Extinction and Evolution: considers in more detail the specifics of adaptive radiations, including their ecological dimensions; the context specificity of adaptive, maladaptive, and neutral traits; Darwinian fitness
Bioethics, which addresses biology's limitations while giving students experience considering the sorts of issues (e.g., cloning, customized medical care, conservation biology, rewilding, de-extinction) that will be of increasing concern in the 21st century
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Biology, BIOL-1010, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
4 100-point Exams, including the final exam)
Canvas Discussion Assignments (e.g., Ecological Footprint/Carrying Capacity; Megalodon Extinction and Copes Rule, Exam Prep Questions) 60-80 points
Quizzes: 20-60 points
This is a Supplemental Instruction (SI) Section, so 15% of the final course grade will be determined by attendance and participation in the weekly 50-minute tutoring sessions.
Class Participation: Active Class Participation (e.g., asking questions, answering other students' questions, discussing assignments, quizzes, and exams) can add as much as 10% to students' final grades
Description:
Scientific Method and Biology addressed the distinction between scientific inquiry and other sorts of disciplinary knowledge with particular attention to science's hypothesis testing, self correcting methodology
Basic Biochemistry addresses, mainly via review, some basics of chemical bonding before working through the nature of the main biomolecules and the hydrogen bonding of water and DNA
Cell Biology addresses Cell Theory broadly before focusing on the function of some key organelles and the evolutionary roots of two of them (i.e., chloroplasts and mitochondria); particular attention focuses on protein function in cell membranes
Ecology focuses on populations and their interactions with one another and their abiotic environments, which involves an overview of biodiversity; basic population biology (including metapopulations); and some key examples of keystone interactions and the activities and effects of ecosystem engineers as well as the importance of ecosystem services.
Extinction and Evolution: considers in more detail the specifics of adaptive radiations, including their ecological dimensions; the context specificity of adaptive, maladaptive, and neutral traits; Darwinian fitness
Bioethics, which addresses biology's limitations while giving students experience considering the sorts of issues (e.g., cloning, customized medical care, conservation biology, rewilding, de-extinction) that will be of increasing concern in the 21st century
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Mgmt Healthcare Org & Strategy, HLTH-4790, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Technology Requirements
To be successful in this course, you will need a reliable device and Internet connection. We recommend you use a desktop or laptop computer, although many activities can be completed on a tablet or smartphone. You will also need to have access to Google Apps such as Docs and Slides through your student email. If you do not have a reliable device, Internet connection, or access to Google Apps.
Interaction Requirements
In addition to these minimum technology requirements, you will also be required to interact with the course, the instructor, and your peers. Plan to log in to Canvas and work in this course at least 3 times per week. You are required to view and complete each component of every module and submit all required assignments, asking the instructor for help or feedback if needed. Failure to complete these required interactions will result in loss of points and worst of all, loss of learning opportunities.
Computer and Digital Literacy Skills are required.
Description:
Module 1: Introduction & Roles of Healthcare Managers-Delves into the foundational concepts of healthcare management and explore the diverse roles that healthcare managers play in the healthcare system.
Module 2: Leadership Principles in Healthcare-Takes a deep look into the intricate dynamics of organizing and leading healthcare organizations.
Module 3: Strategic Planning-Focuses on the critical aspect of strategic planning.
Module 4: Operations Management-Provides a holistic and practical approach to learning operations management in healthcare.
Module 5: Emerging Topics in Healthcare-Gives students a deep understanding of the latest trends and innovations shaping the healthcare industry.
Module 6: Finalizing the Strategic Plan-An integrative course that combines all the elements of strategic planning in healthcare management learned throughout the program.
Required Reading: Management of Healthcare Organizations: An Introduction by Peter C. Olden and Cathleen Erwin 4th edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Healthcare Quality and Safety, HLTH-3385, Section 41B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Required Materials
This course is taking part in the UT Inclusive Access Program which offers First Day Access to your course materials.
Your student account has been charged for the course materials on your, ‘MYUT’ account.
Prerequisite Technology Skills are basic typing proficiency using email, web browsers, and Canvas functions;
collaborating with others in Canvas, Google Apps, and Zoom; effectively searching for information on the Internet; and
determining the reliability of Internet sources
Interaction Requirements
You are required to interact with the course, the instructor, and your peers. Plan to log in to Canvas and work on this course at least 3 times per week. You must view and complete each page and assignment of every module, asking the instructor for help or feedback if needed.
Technology Requirements
To be successful in this course, you will need a reliable device and an internet connection. You may also need access to Google Apps such as Docs and Slides through your Gmail account. If you do not have a reliable device, internet connection, or access to Google Apps.
Description:
Module 1: Continuous Quality Improvement-Utilize proven techniques to improve the quality of healthcare.
Module 2: Medical Errors- Utilize data driven efforts to reduce medical error.
Module 3: CQI in Public Health Organizations- learn to identify and address areas for improvement in healthcare delivery.
Module 4: Patient Safety- Learn the importance of patient safety.
Module 5: Best Practices in CQI-learn proven methodologies to improve the quality of healthcare delivery while reducing costs.
Module 6: Patient-Centered Care- Learn how the active participation of patients in their own care can lead to improved health outcomes and patient satisfaction.
Module 7: Healthcare Leadership-Explore how effective leadership in healthcare can establish a culture of continuous improvement.
Required Reading: McLaughlin & Kaluzny's Continuous Quality Improvement in Health Care; IHI Open School
Recommended Reading: N/A
Dental Hygiene Clinic I, DHYG-3225, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Learning Exercises; Skill Evaluations; Learning Journal
Description:
Develop skills in maintaining Quality Assurance: Learn sterilization/disinfection protocols as well as equipment handling.
Develop skills of dental hygiene fundamentals: Learn to safely and effectively maneuver instruments in a patient's mouth.
Simulate the technical skills of dental hygiene instrumentation: Hands-on practicum on a typodont as well as a clinic partner.
Develop and employ continuous improvement in the skills for clinical documentation and communication: Learn to legally document procedures and communicate with other healthcare professionals and patients/caregivers.
Required Reading: “Fundamentals of Periodontal Instrumentation”; 9th edition. Gehrig, Jill S., 2026 (with Advantage Access).; “Wilkins' Clinical Practice of the Dental Hygienist”, 14th Ed. 2023.; “DH Notes: Dental Hygienist’s Chairside Pocket Guide” ; 2nd edition. Renee Prajer and Gwen Grosso. F.A. Davis Company. 2017.; The Chairside Instructor: A Visual Guide to Case Presentations, 12th Edition. American Dental Association, 2021.; UT Dental Hygiene Program Policy and Procedure Manual. UT Dental Hygiene Faculty, 2025-26.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Radiology Clinic, DHYG-2025, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Manikin imaging; learning exercises, partner imaging experiences, mini-clinic participation, peer evaluation, learning journal, midterm exam with an Objective Structured Clinical Exam (OSCE) portion; live patient final exam
Description:
Engage in radiologic fundamentals through proper use and maintenance of equipment: Trained in safe and effective use of intraoral and extraoral x-ray equipment as well as intraoral cameras.
Gain basic radiology technical skills: Learn preparatory techniques to ensure diagnostic results the first time, without need for re-imaging.
Recognize normal and abnormal anatomy, pathology for proper radiographic interpretation: Gain an understanding of what is normal to be able to identify abnormalities; includes professional description of abnormalities.
Develop skills in documentation & communications with patients, caregivers and healthcare providers: Learn how to accurately complete legal documentation of services using proper descriptors, and how to communicate procedures to patients—before, during, and after—in a way they can understand and respond to positively.
Required Reading: Iannucci, Joen M and Laura Jansen Howerton. Dental Radiography Principles and Techniques, Sixth Edition, 2022. The Chairside Instructor: A Visual Guide to Case Presentations, 12th Edition. American Dental Association, 2021.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Adv Digital Film Production, FILM-4700, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
What students are graded on:
Project #1: Table Reads
Project #2: Casting
Project #3: Pre-Production
Project #4: Production
Project #5: Post-Production
Professionalism
Attendance
Description:
Module 1: Prep
Students prep films for production
Module 2: Production
Students produce films
Module 3: Post
Students finish films
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Documentary Production, FILM-3500, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Students are graded on:
Project #1: Semester Long Doc Project
Project #2: Documentary Journal
Project #3: Audio Interview
Project #4: The Audio Doc
Project #5: Shot Sizes
Project #6: Interview Set-Up
Project #7: B-Roll
Project #8: The Portrait Doc
Project #9: The Final Doc
Project #10: Reflection
Attendance
Participation & Professionalism
Description:
Module 1 - Audio
We talk about audio recording, record audio, edit audio.
Module 2 - Image
We talk about imagery, create imagery, edit imagery.
Module 3 - Portrait Doc
We talk about creating a portrait of someone, we create a portrait of someone.
Module 4 - Final Doc
Students create a final doc of their own design.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 3, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech
My Item Speech Plan
Informative Speech
Informative Speech Plan
Persuasive Speech
Persuasive Speech Plan
Special Occasion Speech
Special Occasion Speech Plan
Impromptu Speech
Self-evaluations 2
Peer-evaluations 2
Activities/Participation
Description:
1. "Course Overview and Intros Building Confidence"
This lecture introduces public speaking as both a craft and civic act, highlighting its power and ethical responsibility. It also covers strategies for reducing anxiety and building confidence through preparation, practice, and audience awareness.
2. "Listening and Speaking Ethically"
This session emphasizes active listening and ethical communication, encouraging honesty, respect, and clarity. Students learn the impact of internal/external noise, how to ethically receive and deliver messages, and how to foster mutual understanding.
3. "Choosing a Topic"
Students explore how to select meaningful, audience-centered topics using brainstorming techniques and awareness of speech purpose. The session also introduces thesis crafting to guide focused and engaging speeches.
4. "Organizing and Outlining Your Speech"
This lecture covers organizing speeches around three main points using effective patterns like temporal or problem-solution. It also introduces outlining, source citation, and extemporaneous delivery for a clear, engaging presentation.
5. "Audience Analysis"
Students learn to analyze audience demographics, psychology, and context to tailor their speeches effectively. The lecture explores techniques for gathering information and adapting content for better audience connection.
6. "Research and Supporting Material"
This session highlights the importance of credible research and using supporting materials like facts, stats, and testimony to enhance speeches. Students also learn organizational strategies, outlining methods, and ethical citation practices.
7. "Informative Speeches"
Students learn how to convey new information clearly using strategies like explanation, narration, and demonstration. The lecture emphasizes objectivity, clarity, and audience engagement while avoiding overload.
8. "Speaking Styles"
This session focuses on language choice, encouraging inclusive, vivid, and audience-appropriate language for effective delivery. Students explore how style shapes credibility and engagement through word choice and impression management.
9. "Speaking Styles Continued"
Students explore how vocal delivery, body language, and professional appearance affect audience perception. Practical exercises help students build confidence and refine their presence through both verbal and nonverbal communication.
10. "Transitions/Intros/Conclusions"
This lecture teaches how to craft strong openings, smooth transitions, and impactful conclusions to structure speeches clearly. Techniques like storytelling and thematic transitions help keep the audience engaged and connected throughout.
11. "Visual Aids"
Students learn to use presentation aids purposefully to clarify and reinforce their message, while avoiding distraction. The lecture also covers best practices for design, timing, and handling technology, including PowerPoint pros and cons.
12. "Persuasive Speaking"
This session explains how to ethically persuade using Aristotle’s appeals—ethos, logos, and pathos—and Maslow’s hierarchy. It also addresses emotional appeals, credibility-building, and avoiding manipulative tactics.
13. "Celebratory Speaking"
This lecture explores the power of commemorative speaking in recognizing meaningful life events and community moments. Students learn to adapt tone, structure, and content for a variety of celebratory contexts, including toasts, eulogies, and keynotes.
14. "Speaking in the Workplace"
Students explore professional communication skills, including teamwork, conflict resolution, and workplace presentation types. The lecture also covers interviewing strategies and adapting public speaking techniques for career success.
15. "Online Speaking"
Students learn how to adapt their delivery and engagement strategies for online formats, including synchronous and asynchronous presentations. The lecture covers technical setup, audience connection, and professionalism in digital spaces.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speech Craft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St.Martin: Boston, MA.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Independent Research, ENVS-4800R, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Regular meeting
Active research participation
Final report
Description:
Regular Meetings:
Students are expected to attend scheduled meetings with the instructor to discuss progress, address challenges, and receive feedback.
Active Research Participation:
Students will engage in meaningful research activities, which may include literature review, data collection, analysis, and interpretation.
Final Report:
A comprehensive final report is required, summarizing the research question, methodology, findings, and conclusions. The report should be well-organized and properly cited.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Energy and the Environment, ENER-3310, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework Assignments (20%)
Two Midterm Exams (30% total)
Final Exam (20%)
Term Project (10%)
Attendance (10%)
In-class Assignments (10%)
Description:
Module 1:
Students will learn about energy basics, including different forms of energy and units of measurement.
Module 2:
Students will explore how energy flows through the U.S. energy system, identify its primary energy sources, and compare these patterns with global energy systems.
Module 3:
Students will examine the costs associated with various energy sources, including both levelized costs and mitigation costs.
Module 4:
Students will learn about air pollution and the emissions associated with each type of energy source.
Module 5:
Students will study electricity as a key intermediate energy carrier. The module begins with electricity fundamentals (amperes, voltage, and power) and progresses to calculating electricity consumption of common devices and understanding the pollution associated with their use.
Module 6:
This module focuses on renewable energy, specifically solar power. Students will learn about its environmental advantages and disadvantages.
Required Reading: Materials will be provided promptly from online sources
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Environmental Science, ENVS-1010, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework Assignments (20%)
Two Midterm Exams (40% total)
Final Exam (20%)
Term Project (10%)
Attendance (10%)
Description:
Environment and Sustainability (Chapter 1):
Explore the principles of sustainable development and the actions individuals and societies can take to protect our planet. You’ll also examine ecosystems and the ecosystem services that support human well-being.
The Physical Science of the Environment (Chapter 3):
Covering key concepts in chemistry, energy flow, Earth’s layers, the rock cycle, and the atmosphere, this chapter builds the physical-science foundation needed to understand environmental processes.
Organisms and Population Ecology (Chapter 4):
Begin with cellular biology before investigating organismal growth patterns and the factors that limit population expansion at both micro- and macro-scales.
Human Population (Chapter 5):
Trace the history of human population growth, compare global population distributions, and analyze the social, economic, and environmental factors driving these patterns.
Communities and Ecosystems (Chapter 6):
Learn how species interact within ecological communities—through competition, predation, and symbiosis—and how these interactions shape ecosystem structure and function.
The Geography of Life (Chapter 7):
Discover the world’s terrestrial biomes and the climatic variables that define each—temperature, precipitation, and seasonality—and determine which plants and animals thrive there.
Biodiversity Conservation (Chapter 8):
Examine how biodiversity is measured, why it matters, and the strategies used to preserve genetic, species, and ecosystem diversity.
Climate Change (Chapter 9):
Understand both natural and human-driven climate change, its global impacts, and learn to calculate and critique carbon footprints. You’ll also identify simple lifestyle changes that can reduce your emissions.
Air Quality (Chapter 10):
Identify the major indoor and outdoor air pollutants, their sources, their effects on human health and ecosystems, and strategies for monitoring and mitigating air pollution.
Water (Chapter 11):
Review the hydrologic cycle and its components, then delve into water-quality and distribution challenges. You’ll learn basic field parameters—temperature, pH, turbidity, dissolved oxygen, and hardness—and what they reveal about aquatic health.
Agriculture (Chapter 12):
Follow agriculture’s evolution from early farming to modern practices, and investigate how soil fertility, water management, and agroecosystem dynamics influence crop productivity and environmental sustainability.
Energy (Chapters 13 & 14):
Using the U.S. Energy Sankey Diagram, compare U.S. energy consumption with global patterns. Analyze how primary energy sources flow through the economy and explore practical ways individuals can conserve energy daily.
Solid Waste Management (Chapter 17):
Quantify domestic and global waste generation, then evaluate management strategies—recycling, composting, waste-to-energy, and landfills—and their roles in reducing environmental impact.
Required Reading: Norman Christensen, Environment and you, Pearson
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Environment Sci, ENVS-1210, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework Assignments (20%)
Two Midterm Exams (40% total)
Final Exam (20%)
Term Project (10%)
Attendance (10%)
Description:
Environment and Sustainability (Chapter 1):
Explore the principles of sustainable development and the actions individuals and societies can take to protect our planet. You’ll also examine ecosystems and the ecosystem services that support human well-being.
The Physical Science of the Environment (Chapter 3):
Covering key concepts in chemistry, energy flow, Earth’s layers, the rock cycle, and the atmosphere, this chapter builds the physical-science foundation needed to understand environmental processes.
Organisms and Population Ecology (Chapter 4):
Begin with cellular biology before investigating organismal growth patterns and the factors that limit population expansion at both micro- and macro-scales.
Human Population (Chapter 5):
Trace the history of human population growth, compare global population distributions, and analyze the social, economic, and environmental factors driving these patterns.
Communities and Ecosystems (Chapter 6):
Learn how species interact within ecological communities—through competition, predation, and symbiosis—and how these interactions shape ecosystem structure and function.
The Geography of Life (Chapter 7):
Discover the world’s terrestrial biomes and the climatic variables that define each—temperature, precipitation, and seasonality—and determine which plants and animals thrive there.
Biodiversity Conservation (Chapter 8):
Examine how biodiversity is measured, why it matters, and the strategies used to preserve genetic, species, and ecosystem diversity.
Climate Change (Chapter 9):
Understand both natural and human-driven climate change, its global impacts, and learn to calculate and critique carbon footprints. You’ll also identify simple lifestyle changes that can reduce your emissions.
Air Quality (Chapter 10):
Identify the major indoor and outdoor air pollutants, their sources, their effects on human health and ecosystems, and strategies for monitoring and mitigating air pollution.
Water (Chapter 11):
Review the hydrologic cycle and its components, then delve into water-quality and distribution challenges. You’ll learn basic field parameters—temperature, pH, turbidity, dissolved oxygen, and hardness—and what they reveal about aquatic health.
Agriculture (Chapter 12):
Follow agriculture’s evolution from early farming to modern practices, and investigate how soil fertility, water management, and agroecosystem dynamics influence crop productivity and environmental sustainability.
Energy (Chapters 13 & 14):
Using the U.S. Energy Sankey Diagram, compare U.S. energy consumption with global patterns. Analyze how primary energy sources flow through the economy and explore practical ways individuals can conserve energy daily.
Solid Waste Management (Chapter 17):
Quantify domestic and global waste generation, then evaluate management strategies—recycling, composting, waste-to-energy, and landfills—and their roles in reducing environmental impact.
Required Reading: Norman Christensen, Environment and you, Pearson
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Environmental Science, ENVS-1010, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework Assignments (20%)
Two Midterm Exams (40% total)
Final Exam (20%)
Term Project (10%)
Attendance (10%)
Description:
Environment and Sustainability (Chapter 1):
Explore the principles of sustainable development and the actions individuals and societies can take to protect our planet. You’ll also examine ecosystems and the ecosystem services that support human well-being.
The Physical Science of the Environment (Chapter 3):
Covering key concepts in chemistry, energy flow, Earth’s layers, the rock cycle, and the atmosphere, this chapter builds the physical-science foundation needed to understand environmental processes.
Organisms and Population Ecology (Chapter 4):
Begin with cellular biology before investigating organismal growth patterns and the factors that limit population expansion at both micro- and macro-scales.
Human Population (Chapter 5):
Trace the history of human population growth, compare global population distributions, and analyze the social, economic, and environmental factors driving these patterns.
Communities and Ecosystems (Chapter 6):
Learn how species interact within ecological communities—through competition, predation, and symbiosis—and how these interactions shape ecosystem structure and function.
The Geography of Life (Chapter 7):
Discover the world’s terrestrial biomes and the climatic variables that define each—temperature, precipitation, and seasonality—and determine which plants and animals thrive there.
Biodiversity Conservation (Chapter 8):
Examine how biodiversity is measured, why it matters, and the strategies used to preserve genetic, species, and ecosystem diversity.
Climate Change (Chapter 9):
Understand both natural and human-driven climate change, its global impacts, and learn to calculate and critique carbon footprints. You’ll also identify simple lifestyle changes that can reduce your emissions.
Air Quality (Chapter 10):
Identify the major indoor and outdoor air pollutants, their sources, their effects on human health and ecosystems, and strategies for monitoring and mitigating air pollution.
Water (Chapter 11):
Review the hydrologic cycle and its components, then delve into water-quality and distribution challenges. You’ll learn basic field parameters—temperature, pH, turbidity, dissolved oxygen, and hardness—and what they reveal about aquatic health.
Agriculture (Chapter 12):
Follow agriculture’s evolution from early farming to modern practices, and investigate how soil fertility, water management, and agroecosystem dynamics influence crop productivity and environmental sustainability.
Energy (Chapters 13 & 14):
Using the U.S. Energy Sankey Diagram, compare U.S. energy consumption with global patterns. Analyze how primary energy sources flow through the economy and explore practical ways individuals can conserve energy daily.
Solid Waste Management (Chapter 17):
Quantify domestic and global waste generation, then evaluate management strategies—recycling, composting, waste-to-energy, and landfills—and their roles in reducing environmental impact.
Required Reading: Norman Christensen, Environment and you, Pearson
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Environmental Science, ENVS-1010, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Homework Assignments (20%)
Two Midterm Exams (40% total)
Final Exam (20%)
Term Project (10%)
Attendance (10%)
Description:
Environment and Sustainability (Chapter 1):
Explore the principles of sustainable development and the actions individuals and societies can take to protect our planet. You’ll also examine ecosystems and the ecosystem services that support human well-being.
The Physical Science of the Environment (Chapter 3):
Covering key concepts in chemistry, energy flow, Earth’s layers, the rock cycle, and the atmosphere, this chapter builds the physical-science foundation needed to understand environmental processes.
Organisms and Population Ecology (Chapter 4):
Begin with cellular biology before investigating organismal growth patterns and the factors that limit population expansion at both micro- and macro-scales.
Human Population (Chapter 5):
Trace the history of human population growth, compare global population distributions, and analyze the social, economic, and environmental factors driving these patterns.
Communities and Ecosystems (Chapter 6):
Learn how species interact within ecological communities—through competition, predation, and symbiosis—and how these interactions shape ecosystem structure and function.
The Geography of Life (Chapter 7):
Discover the world’s terrestrial biomes and the climatic variables that define each—temperature, precipitation, and seasonality—and determine which plants and animals thrive there.
Biodiversity Conservation (Chapter 8):
Examine how biodiversity is measured, why it matters, and the strategies used to preserve genetically, species, and ecosystem diversity.
Climate Change (Chapter 9):
Understand both natural and human-driven climate change, its global impacts, and learn to calculate and critique carbon footprints. You’ll also identify simple lifestyle changes that can reduce your own emissions.
Air Quality (Chapter 10):
Identify the major indoor and outdoor air pollutants, their sources, and their effects on human health and ecosystems, along with strategies for monitoring and mitigating air pollution.
Water (Chapter 11):
Review the hydrologic cycle and its components, then delve into water-quality and distribution challenges. You’ll learn basic field parameters—temperature, pH, turbidity, dissolved oxygen, and hardness—and what they reveal about aquatic health.
Agriculture (Chapter 12):
Follow agriculture’s evolution from early farming to modern practices, and investigate how soil fertility, water management, and agroecosystem dynamics influence crop productivity and environmental sustainability.
Energy (Chapters 13 & 14):
Compare U.S. energy consumption with global patterns using the U.S. Energy Sankey Diagram. Analyze how primary energy sources flow through the economy and explore practical ways individuals can conserve energy in everyday life.
Solid Waste Management (Chapter 17):
Quantify domestic and global waste generation, then evaluate management strategies—recycling, composting, waste-to-energy, and landfills—and their roles in reducing environmental impact.
Required Reading: Norman Christensen, Environment and you, Pearson
Recommended Reading: N/A
Applied Research Methods, PSY-3020, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
10 Quizzes
3 Semester Exams
Literature Review Paper
Oral Presentation
Final Exam
Description:
Unit 1: Psychology Is a Way of Thinking - Introduces the scientific approach to psychology, emphasizing the importance of empirical evidence and the role of skepticism in evaluating information.
Unit 2: Sources of Information - Discusses various sources of information, including personal experience, intuition, authority, and empirical research, highlighting the strengths and limitations of each.
Unit 3: Three Claims, Four Validities - Explores the types of claims made in research (frequency, association, and causal) and introduces the four types of validity (construct, internal, external, and statistical) used to evaluate them.
Unit 4: Ethical Guidelines for Psychology Research - Covers ethical considerations in conducting research, including informed consent, confidentiality, and the role of institutional review boards (IRBs).
Unit 5: Identifying Good Measurement - Focuses on the concepts of reliability and validity in measurement, discussing how to assess and improve the quality of psychological measures.
Unit 6: Surveys and Observations: Describing What People Do - Examines survey and observational research methods, including question wording, sampling techniques, and observational protocols.
Unit 7: Sampling: Estimating the Frequency of Behaviors and Beliefs - Delves into sampling methods and how they impact the generalizability of research findings, emphasizing the importance of representative samples.
Unit 8: Bivariate Correlational Research - Introduces correlation as a statistical tool to assess the relationship between two variables, discussing scatterplots, correlation coefficients, and the limitations of correlational research.
Unit 10: Introduction to Simple Experiments - Introduces experimental design, including independent and dependent variables, random assignment, and control groups, to establish causal relationships.
Unit 11: Confounding and Obscuring Variables - Discusses threats to internal validity, such as confounding variables, and strategies to mitigate these issues in experimental research.
Unit 12: Experiments with More Than One Independent Variable - Explores factorial designs, allowing researchers to examine interactions between multiple independent variables.
Required Reading: Morling, B. Research Methods in Psychology (3rd or 4th Edition), Norton Publishing. Ayubi, E.L. (Ed.). (2020). Publication manual of the American Psychological Association (7th ed.). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Statistical Methods/Psychology, PSY-3000, Section 3, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
6 Lab Assignments
15 Chapter Quizzes
5 Exams
Description:
Unit 1: Introduces the importance of statistics, its applications, and addresses common anxieties associated with learning statistics.
Unit 2: Covers data visualization techniques, including creating graphs and charts, and introduces measures of variability like range, standard deviation, and variance.
Unit 3: How to measure the relationship between variables using correlation coefficients, emphasizing the difference between correlation and causation.
Unit 4: Explores the concepts of reliability (consistency of measurements) and validity (accuracy of measurements) in research.
Unit 5: Introduces the normal distribution, z-scores, and the properties of the bell-shaped curve.
Unit 6: Covers hypothesis testing, including null and research hypotheses, and the basics of statistical inference.
Unit 7: Explores the concept of statistical significance, Type I and Type II errors, and the interpretation of p-values.
Unit 8: Focuses on conducting single-sample tests, such as the z-test, and interpreting their results.
Unit 9: Discusses t-tests for comparing means between two groups, including independent and paired samples.
Unit 10: Introduces analysis of variance (ANOVA) for comparing means across multiple groups.
Unit 11: Explores factorial ANOVA designs, examining the interaction effects between multiple independent variables.
Unit 12: Delves into linear regression analysis, predicting outcomes, and interpreting regression coefficients.
Required Reading: Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate Statistics (7th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Recommended Reading: N/A
American History, HIST-1700, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Participation (10%). You will receive a daily grade for participation. At the end of the semester, I will drop your six lowest grades for participation, which means that, in effect, you have six “free” absences. To receive a good grade for participation, you need to come to class on time, follow directions, and demonstrate your attentiveness by not staring fixedly at a phone or computer and by participating in discussions and answering questions. When I ask you to do activities in small groups, you must demonstrate good faith by participating and staying on task. Conversely, you must not behave in a disruptive manner.
Quizzes (35%). At the beginning of every chapter you will take an in-class, multiple-choice quiz on the upcoming chapter. To do well on the quizzes, you will need to read ahead of what we are doing in class. The quizzes will be open for four minutes only, at the beginning of class. You cannot make up a missed quiz—whether you arrived in class late or did not come at all—but Canvas will drop your six lowest scores. If you know you are not going to be in class—for example, because of sickness or a vacation—email me before class so that I can send you the code to access and take the quiz from home. Whether in class or at home, you will have to take the quiz at the same time as everyone else.
Midterm and final exam (35%). You will take a midterm and a final exam, each worth 17.5% of your grade. Unlike the quizzes, the two exams will require you to write short essays. Before each of the exams, I will distribute a list of possible questions. If you have a conflict with a test, let me know beforehand so that I can try to accommodate you.
Written exercises (20%). Twice during the semester, you will write short papers on a given topic. I will give you directions in class and on Canvas → Assignments. You may submit the written exercises late (relative to the deadlines below) for 80% of their original value.
Description:
Unit 1: This unit covers American history through the end of the American revolution. Among other things, I deal with native Americans before Columbus, different forms of European colonization in the New World, the particularities of English colonization, and the causes of the American revolution.
Unit 2: This unit covers American history from the 1780 to the end of the War of 1812. Among other things, I discuss the transition from the Articles of Confederation to the Constitiution and the development of political parties.
Unit 3: This unit covers American history 1812 to the end of Reconstruction (1877). Among other things, I discuss the first industrial revolution, the age of Andrew Jackson, the characteristics of American slavery in the 1800s, the Civil War, and Reconstruction.
Unit 4: This unit covers American history from 1877 to 1918. Among other things, I talk about the second industrial revolution, American “imperialism” around 1900, the reforms of the Progressive Era, and World War I.
Unit 5: This unit covers American history from 1918 to around 1990. Among other things, I talk about consumerism in the 1920s, the Great Depression, World War II, and the Cold War.
Unit 6: This unit covers American history from about 1950 to the 2010s. Among other things, I talk about changing demographics since the 1950s, the protests of the 1960s, Reagan’s and others’ “new conservatism,” and the War on Terror.
Required Reading: Give Me Liberty! (textbook automatically purchased through Inclusive Access)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 43, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
30% Attendance
30% Assignments
15% Written Responses
10% Quizzes
15% Final-If you do not show up for your final presentation, you will fail my class.
Description:
Module 1: What is Art?
Explores definitions of art across cultures and time periods, examining how context, intent, and perception shape our understanding of what art is.
Module 2: Divided Mind
Investigates the dual nature of the creative process, analyzing how logic and emotion, left-brain and right-brain thinking, influence artistic expression.
Module 3: Why is Art Important
Examines the cultural, historical, social, and personal functions of art, and how it contributes to human experience and societal development.
Module 4: Elements of Art & Principles of Art
Introduces the foundational building blocks of visual art—line, shape, color, texture, space, value—and the principles that organize them, such as balance, contrast, and rhythm.
Module 5: Prehistory, Cave Paintings
Studies early human creativity through prehistoric art, focusing on symbolic meaning and cultural significance of cave paintings and early artifacts.
Module 6: World Tour Circa 1500: Japan
Explores Japanese art and aesthetics around 1500 CE, including Zen influence, screen painting, and the role of nature and harmony in visual culture.
Module 7: World Tour Circa 1500: Ghana
Examines West African art from Ghana during the 1500s, with a focus on symbolism, craftsmanship, and the social roles of art in the Akan culture.
Module 8: World Tour Circa 1500: Iran
Analyzes Persian art and architecture around 1500 CE, emphasizing Islamic design, calligraphy, and manuscript illumination.
Module 9: World Tour Circa 1500: Italy
Studies the Italian Renaissance, focusing on innovations in perspective, humanism, and the achievements of artists such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.
Module 10: Impressionism
Covers the origins and techniques of the Impressionist movement, highlighting artists like Monet and Degas and their break from academic tradition.
Module 11: Post-Impressionism
Looks at artists who expanded on Impressionist ideas, including Van Gogh, Gauguin, and Cézanne, and how they paved the way for modernism.
Module 12: Cubism, Dada and Surrealism
Explores the radical changes in art during the early 20th century, from Cubism’s fractured forms to Dada’s absurdity and Surrealism’s dreamlike imagery.
Module 13: Abstraction
Traces the development of abstract art, analyzing how artists moved away from representation to explore form, color, and emotion.
Module 14: Contemporary Art
Examines diverse practices and themes in contemporary art, including identity, technology, activism, and global perspectives.
Module 15: Final Art Project
Students synthesize course concepts in a creative final project, demonstrating their understanding of art history, visual language, and personal expression.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Piano Ensemble, MUSC-4433R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
1. Attendance will be taken at rehearsals and concerts.
2. Instructors will evaluate sight-reading and musical progress during rehearsals.
3. Recordings of concerts will be made and evaluated.
4. Concerts will be considered midterm and final exams.
Description:
Module 1: The Art of Ensemble Playing
Module 2: Technique for the Ensemble Pianist
Module 3: Collaborative Skills
Module 4: Preparation
Module 5: Rehearsal
Module 6: Practice Tips
Module 7: Style in Ensemble Repertoire
Module 8: Stage Presence
Module 9: General Tips for the Pianist
Module 10: The Neglected Art of Page Turning
Module 11: Performing with Proficiency
Module 12: Performing with Artistic Expression
Module 13: Performing with Appropriate Style and Interpretation
Module 14: Evaluate Ensemble Performances
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Chemistry Lab, CHEM-1015, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-labs, Lab Reports, Comprehensive Final exam
Description:
Measurements in the Laboratory-The objective of this experiment will be to become familiar with some common measuring instruments by practicing making measurements, and learning about instrument precision.
Densities of Solids and Solutions-The objective of this experiment will be to use laboratory measurements to calculate density and identify an unknown metal.
Elements of the Periodic Table-The objective of this experiment will be to explore the physical characteristics of samples of elements and use a periodic table to both classify elements and determine the number of protons, neutrons, and electrons.
Qualitative Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to Identify an unknown solid through observations and test an unknown solid compound against known solid compounds
Observations of Chemical Reactions-The objective of this experiment will be to observe and identify signs of a chemical reaction and write balanced chemical equations.
Valence Electrons and Lewis Structures-The objective of this experiment will be to identify the number of valence electrons in an atom, draw electron arrangement diagrams for atoms, write Lewis symbols for atoms, draw Lewis structures for covalent compounds.
Proteins and Energy in Food-The objective of this experiment will be to describe the basic structure of proteins, perform the Biuret test to determine the presence or absence of proteins, and calculate the energy values of foods.
Synthetic Polymers and Plastics-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the physical properties of the “big six” types of plastic, identify everyday plastics by their physical properties, and draw basic structures of polymers when given a monomer structure.
Structures and Charges of Ions-The objective of this experiment will be to explain how and why cations and anions form, draw electron arrangement diagrams of atoms and ions, determine the charge of an ion based on its position on the periodic table or compound name, provide the name and formula of neutral ionic compounds.
Acids, Bases, and pH-The objective of this experiment will be to understand pH differences of acids and bases, use a pH indicator and a laboratory pH meter, determine the pH of common solutions and, understand the relationship between pH and H+ ion concentration.
Electrolysis of Water-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the conductivity of electrolyte and non-electrolyte solutions and describe the electrolysis of water.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Organic Chemistry I, CHEM-2310, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
12.5 % Exam 1 10 % Quizzes
12.5 % Exam 2 10 % Homework Journals and Reflections
12.5 % Exam 3 5 % Daily Attendance and Impromptu Assignments
12.5 % Exam 4 5 % In class presentation/problems
20 % Final Exam 100 % TOTAL
Description:
1. Welcome and Syllabus Overview
Overview of course expectations, grading, and the foundational role of organic chemistry.
2. Atomic Structure and Bonding
Review atomic structure, Lewis diagrams, and the basics of bonding in organic molecules.
3. Hybridization and Molecular Geometry
Explore sp³, sp², and sp hybridization and how they influence molecular shapes.
4. Molecular Orbitals and Bond Angles
Learn to relate hybrid orbitals and bonding to predicted bond angles.
5. Quiz 1, in class
Quiz on bonding and hybridization, followed by in-class review of concepts and errors.
6. Polarity and Formal Charges
Assign dipoles and formal charges to identify reactive regions in molecules.
7. Resonance Structures
Draw resonance forms using curved arrows and identify major contributors.
8. Resonance Practice
Apply resonance principles to common organic ions and delocalized systems.
9. Acids and Bases
Introduce acid/base concepts, conjugate pairs, and Ka/pKa relationships.
10. Lewis Acids and CARDIO
Use CARDIO to evaluate acidity trends and assess electron delocalization.
11. Physical Properties
Relate structure and polarity to boiling point, solubility, and IMFs.
12. Acid/Base Review
Practice predicting acid/base strength and applying resonance to acidity.
13. Exam 1, in class
Students will be tested on bonding, resonance, and acid/base concepts.
14. Functional Groups and Isomerism
Identify common functional groups and distinguish constitutional isomers.
15. Naming Alkanes and Intermolecular Forces
Practice alkane nomenclature and analyze the impact of IMFs on physical properties.
16. Newman Projections
Learn to draw and interpret Newman projections and assess conformational energies.
17. Conformational Analysis
Explore energy profiles of staggered and eclipsed conformers.
18. Cycloalkanes and Strain
Understand ring strain and angle strain in cyclic structures.
19. Naming and Cis/Trans Isomers
Name substituted cycloalkanes and assign cis/trans stereochemistry.
20. Chair Conformations
Draw chair structures and identify axial vs. equatorial positions.
21. Chair Flips and Ring Fusion
Perform chair flips and analyze fused ring conformations and energies.
22. Cycloalkane Review
Reinforce 3D visualization, naming, and strain analysis of cyclic compounds.
23. Quiz 2, in class
Quiz on cycloalkanes and conformational analysis, followed by class review.
24. Chirality and Optical Activity
Identify chiral centers and understand how chirality relates to optical activity.
25. R/S Configuration
Assign R/S designations using the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog priority system.
26. Stereoisomers and Meso Compounds
Distinguish enantiomers, diastereomers, and meso compounds.
27. Isomer Classification and Prochirality
Classify molecules as chiral, achiral, or prochiral using structural features.
28. Stereochemistry Review
Review stereochemical concepts with in-depth structure analysis.
29. Reaction Types and Reactivity
Introduce reaction classes and the roles of nucleophiles and electrophiles.
30. Mechanism and Arrow-Pushing
Practice curved arrow notation and recognize reaction step patterns.
31. Thermodynamics and Energy Profiles
Discuss reaction energy diagrams, bond strength, and equilibrium.
32. Reaction Review
Work through mechanism and energy problems to reinforce concepts.
33. Exam 2, in class
Exam covering stereochemistry, reactions, mechanisms, and energetics.
34. Alkene Nomenclature and Structure
Name alkenes and calculate degrees of unsaturation.
35. Electrophilic Addition and Markovnikov
Understand general alkene addition mechanisms and regioselectivity.
36. Carbocation Rearrangement
Explore rearrangements like hydride and alkyl shifts in carbocation intermediates.
37. Halogenation and Oxymercuration
Learn addition reactions involving halogens and mercury(II) catalysts.
38. Hydroboration-Oxidation
Introduce anti-Markovnikov addition using BH₃ and hydrogen peroxide.
39. Epoxidation and Dihydroxylation
Predict stereochemical outcomes of syn and anti dihydroxylation reactions.
40. Alkene Reaction Review
Summarize and compare all major alkene addition mechanisms.
41. Quiz 3, in class
Quiz on alkene reactions and mechanisms, with review of each solution afterward.
42. Radical Additions and Peroxides
Learn how radicals change alkene addition outcomes via peroxide initiation.
43. Alkyne Nomenclature and Reactions
Name alkynes and describe hydration and halogenation pathways.
44. Reduction and Cleavage of Alkynes
Use Lindlar’s and Na/NH₃ to control stereoselective alkyne reduction.
45. Alkyne Review
Reinforce addition reactions, oxidations, and retrosynthetic pathways.
46. Alkyne Acidity and Alkylation
Use acetylide ions in nucleophilic substitution and carbon–carbon bond formation.
47. Radical Halogenation and Allylic Stability
Study allylic halogenation and the stability of allylic radicals.
48. Grignard Reagents
Learn how to form Grignard reagents and use them to build C–C bonds.
49. Organohalide Review
Review synthesis, mechanisms, and reactivity of halogenated organics.
50. Exam 3, in class
Students will be tested on alkene, alkyne, radical, and organometallic chemistry.
51. Substitution and Elimination Overview
Compare SN1, SN2, E1, and E2 pathways and identify determining factors.
52. SN2 Reactions and Stereochemistry
Understand backside attack, inversion of configuration, and rate dependencies.
53. SN1 and Carbocations
Learn the role of carbocations in SN1 and how rearrangements can occur.
54. E1 and E2 Mechanisms
Distinguish between E1 and E2 based on mechanism, conditions, and stereochemistry.
55. Competition and Prediction Practice
Predict which substitution or elimination mechanism dominates under given conditions.
56. Quiz 4, in class
Quiz on SN1, SN2, E1, and E2 with post-quiz review and discussion.
57. Multistep Synthesis
Practice combining reactions to achieve complex transformations.
58. IR Spectroscopy Introduction
Identify IR peaks for key functional groups based on bond vibrations.
59. IR Peak Assignments
Analyze IR spectra and match peaks to molecular structures.
60. Mass Spectrometry Basics
Learn fragmentation patterns, molecular ion peaks, and isotopic signatures.
61. Spectroscopy Practice Problems
Solve problems using IR and MS data to determine unknown structures.
62. Spectroscopy Review
Combine all spectroscopic tools to interpret and solve structural problems.
63. Exam 4, in class
Students will be tested on substitution/elimination and spectroscopy concepts.
64. Final Exam Review – Reactions and Mechanisms
Review key mechanisms from throughout the semester in preparation for the ACS exam.
65. Final Exam Review – Synthesis Strategy
Work through synthesis-based problems using multiple transformations.
66. Final Exam Review – Spectroscopy
Practice deducing structures using IR and MS data.
67. Final Exam Review – Isomers and Stereochemistry
Revisit all stereochemical concepts with a focus on chirality and R/S assignment.
68. Final Exam Review – Cumulative Practice
Complete a simulated ACS-style mini-exam and go over answers.
69. Final Exam Review – Student Q&A
Address any remaining questions and clarify difficult concepts.
70. Final Exam Preparation Wrap-Up
Close the semester with strategy tips and final reminders for exam success.
Required Reading: • Organic Chemistry: A Tenth Edition, John McMurry • https://openstax.org/details/books/organic-chemistry • Digital: ISBN-13: 978-1-951693-98-5 • License: by OpenStax is licensed under Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike License v4.0
Recommended Reading: • Preparing for Your ACS Examination in Organic Chemistry: The Official Guide. ISBN 978-1-7327764-1-8
Principles of Chemistry I, CHEM-1210, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Grade Breakdown:
Online Homework 10 %
Quizzes 1-5 (lowest quiz score is dropped) 10 %
Worksheets 5 %
Exams 1-5 (lowest exam score is dropped) 60 %
Final Exam 15 %
Total 100 %
Description:
1. Welcome and Syllabus Overview
Introduction to course structure, syllabus policies, grading breakdown, and instructor expectations. Overview of the role of chemistry in scientific disciplines and everyday life.
2. Classes of Matter and Chemical Reactions
Explore the classification of matter as elements, compounds, and mixtures. Discuss how matter undergoes physical and chemical changes during reactions.
3. Properties of Matter and Separating Mixtures
Identify and distinguish between physical and chemical properties of substances. Learn various techniques for separating mixtures, including filtration and distillation.
4. Units, Conversion Factors, and Significant Figures
Practice converting between different units using dimensional analysis. Review the rules for counting significant figures in measurements and calculations.
5. Precision, Accuracy, and Temperature Conversions
Understand the differences between precision and accuracy and learn how to apply Grubbs’ Test. Convert between Celsius, Kelvin, and Fahrenheit temperature scales.
6. Atomic Structure and History
Trace the development of atomic theory and identify the basic components of atoms. Discuss contributions from Dalton, Thomson, Rutherford, and others.
7. Isotopes and Periodic Table Structure
Learn how to interpret isotopic notation and calculate average atomic mass. Explore how elements are arranged on the periodic table based on their properties.
8. Molecular and Ionic Compounds and Their Nomenclature
Differentiate between molecular and ionic compounds based on bonding. Practice naming compounds and writing their chemical formulas.
9. Polyatomic Ions and Acids
Memorize common polyatomic ions and their charges. Learn how to name acids based on their anions and determine formulas from names.
10. Oxoanions and Continued Practice
Continue practice with naming oxoanions and acids. Learn naming conventions and patterns related to oxygen-containing polyatomic ions.
11. Chemical Reactions and The Mole Concept
Understand how to write and interpret balanced chemical equations. Introduce the mole as a counting unit and perform basic mole conversions.
12. Material Review for Exam #1
Review key concepts from Chapters 1 and 2, including nomenclature, atomic theory, and chemical reactions. Work through selected problems from worksheets and homework to reinforce understanding.
13. Balancing Equations and Stoichiometry
Learn to balance chemical equations to obey the law of conservation of mass. Use balanced equations to perform mole-to-mole stoichiometric calculations.
14. Combustion Reactions and the Carbon Cycle
Analyze combustion reactions and identify products from hydrocarbon burning. Connect chemical reactions to the carbon cycle and environmental impact.
15. Limiting Reagents and Percent Yield
Learn how to determine the limiting reagent in a chemical reaction. Use this to calculate theoretical yield and percent yield of products.
16. Empirical vs. Molecular Formulas
Determine empirical formulas from percent composition and relate them to molecular formulas. Use experimental data, such as mass spectrometry, to solve chemical formula problems.
17. Combustion Analysis and Review
Perform combustion analysis to determine empirical formulas of unknown compounds. Reinforce stoichiometry concepts and prepare for upcoming assessments.
18. Solutions and Concentration Calculations
Define solution components and calculate molarity. Learn how to prepare dilutions and convert between various concentration units.
19. Beer’s Law and Electrolytes
Use Beer’s Law to relate absorbance and concentration in solutions. Differentiate between strong, weak, and non-electrolyte solutions.
20. Neutralization, Acids, and Bases
Explore the definitions of acids and bases and the concept of neutralization. Learn how to write molecular, complete ionic, and net ionic equations for acid-base reactions.
21. Titrations and Strong vs. Weak Acids
Understand the titration process and how it can determine unknown concentrations. Compare strong and weak acids/bases based on ionization in solution.
22. Precipitation Reactions and Solubility Rules
Identify and predict precipitation reactions using solubility rules. Practice writing net ionic equations for reactions in aqueous solutions.
23. Redox Reactions and Oxidation Numbers
Assign oxidation numbers to elements in compounds and ions. Learn how to identify redox reactions and determine what is oxidized and reduced.
24. Properties of Gases and Boyle’s Law
Introduce the properties of gases and the variables used to describe them. Use Boyle’s Law to relate pressure and volume in gas samples.
25. Material Review for Exam #2
Review concepts from Chapters 3 and 4, including solution chemistry, stoichiometry, and redox reactions. Solve representative worksheet and homework problems as practice.
26. Gas Laws and Ideal Gas Equation
Explore Charles’s, Avogadro’s, and Amonton’s Laws, and how they relate to the Ideal Gas Law. Apply gas laws to real-world and theoretical problems.
27. Gas Stoichiometry and STP Calculations
Use the Ideal Gas Law to calculate moles, volume, and mass in chemical reactions involving gases. Apply standard temperature and pressure (STP) conditions where appropriate.
28. Gas Density and Dalton’s Law
Calculate the density and molar mass of gases. Use Dalton’s Law to determine partial pressures in gas mixtures.
29. Effusion, Diffusion, and Real Gases
Learn about Graham’s Law and the concepts of effusion and diffusion. Compare ideal and real gas behavior under different conditions.
30. Thermodynamics and Energy Types
Define heat, work, and internal energy in chemical systems. Distinguish between potential and kinetic energy on both macro and molecular scales.
31. Systems, Surroundings, and Heat Flow
Explore how energy flows between system and surroundings. Apply the first law of thermodynamics to chemical processes.
32. Internal Energy and Enthalpy
Understand how internal energy is calculated and how it relates to enthalpy. Apply energy diagrams to visualize exothermic and endothermic reactions.
33. Calorimetry and Hess’s Law
Use calorimetry to calculate heat changes in reactions. Apply Hess’s Law to determine enthalpy changes using known equations.
34. Heat Curves and Fuel Values
Interpret heating and cooling curves to track phase changes. Learn how to calculate energy content in food and fuel using calorimetric data.
35. Atomic Spectra and Light Properties
Understand the dual nature of light and how it interacts with matter. Relate photon energy to atomic spectra and electron transitions.
36. Material Review for Exam #3
Review gas laws, thermochemistry, calorimetry, and enthalpy topics from Chapters 5 and 6. Work through relevant problems and clarify conceptual misunderstandings.
37. Quantum Theory and the Photoelectric Effect
Explore quantum mechanical principles including Planck’s theory and the photoelectric effect. Learn how light energy affects electron emission.
38. Bohr Model and Hydrogen Spectrum
Describe Bohr’s model of the atom and how it explains the hydrogen emission spectrum. Compare with quantum mechanical views of atomic structure.
39. Quantum Numbers and Orbitals
Define and apply quantum numbers to describe electrons. Identify the shapes and orientations of s, p, d, and f orbitals.
40. Electron Spin and Orbital Diagrams
Construct orbital diagrams using the Aufbau principle, Hund’s rule, and Pauli exclusion. Understand the concept of electron spin and its role in electron configuration.
41. Electron Configurations and Periodic Trends
Write electron configurations for elements and identify exceptions. Relate configurations to atomic radius, ionization energy, and electronegativity.
42. Lewis Structures and Bond Types
Draw Lewis structures and identify ionic, polar covalent, and nonpolar covalent bonds. Learn how to predict bond types based on electronegativity.
43. Bond Polarity and Electronegativity
Assess molecular polarity using electronegativity and geometry. Learn how dipole moments contribute to molecular properties.
44. Resonance and Formal Charge
Understand resonance structures and use formal charge to assess stability. Practice drawing and evaluating multiple valid Lewis structures.
45. Octet Exceptions and Bond Energy
Explore exceptions to the octet rule and their implications for molecular structure. Use bond energies to calculate enthalpy changes.
46. Material Review for Exam #4
Review atomic theory, quantum mechanics, periodic trends, bonding, and molecular structure from Chapters 7 and 8. Solve targeted problems and answer questions to reinforce understanding.
47. Molecular Shape and VSEPR Theory
Apply VSEPR theory to predict molecular geometry based on electron domain geometry. Focus on steric numbers 2 and 3.
48. Molecular Geometry and Dipoles
Extend VSEPR theory to steric numbers 4–6 and identify 3D shapes. Analyze how molecular geometry affects dipole moments and polarity.
49. Hybridization and MO Theory
Introduce hybridization concepts to explain molecular bonding. Learn basics of molecular orbital (MO) theory and construct simple MO diagrams.
50. Intramolecular vs. Intermolecular Forces
Distinguish between covalent/ionic bonds and intermolecular forces like dipole-dipole and hydrogen bonding. Relate structure to intermolecular strength.
51. IMF Strengths and Phase Behavior
Explore how IMFs influence boiling/melting points, vapor pressure, and solubility. Use the Clausius-Clapeyron equation to analyze phase changes.
52. Phase Diagrams and Solution Properties
Interpret phase diagrams and describe changes of state. Learn about solution properties including viscosity, surface tension, and Henry’s Law.
53. Material Review for Exam #5
Review molecular geometry, bonding theories, and intermolecular forces from Chapters 9 and 10. Work through worksheet and homework problems to practice.
54. Final Exam Review Day 1
Begin cumulative review for the final exam by revisiting foundational topics from Chapters 1–5. Focus on nomenclature, stoichiometry, and gas laws.
55. Final Exam Review Day 2
Continue cumulative review with emphasis on thermochemistry, atomic structure, and periodic trends. Practice applying concepts to multi-step problems.
56. Final Exam Review Day 3
Conclude review sessions with focus on bonding, geometry, IMFs, and advanced applications. Answer student questions and provide exam strategy tips.
Required Reading: Chemistry 6th edition, Gilbert. ISBN 978-0-393-67403-3 along with the compatible program: SmartWork. (INCLUDED VIA INCLUSIVE ACCESS! When you register, your account is automatically charged for these course materials.)
Recommended Reading: Preparing for Your ACS Examination in General Chemistry: The Official Guide. ISBN 978-1-7327764-0-1 (Highly Recommended).
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 37, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Three essays, portfolio, prep checks, SI sessions, oral presentation, three exams, mini-essays
Description:
Proposal Essay: Students will write an argumentative essay, solving a local issue important to them. Narrative Essay: Students will convert non-fiction experiences to fiction to explore the narrative rhetorical mode. Report Essay: Students will report on two sides of a controversial issue in an unbiased manner, working on critical thinking skills.
Required Reading: Self created OER textbook
Recommended Reading: N/A
Digital Film Production, FILM-3660, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
OVERVIEW:
Digital Film Production is designed to introduce students to a broad range of production processes, technologies and visual/aural storytelling practices. Ultimately, students exiting this course will be prepared to undertake basic, low-budget, independent short filmmaking projects.
COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES:
Identify and locate camera, light, and sound equipment functions
Analyze the production process and how the individual elements work together within that process
Differentiate aspects of cameras, crew roles, lighting, and audio mixing
Critique assigned projects to problem solve various production issues
OTHER OBJECTIVES:
Equip students with comprehension of basic imaging and audio science (the underlying how and why of filmmaking technologies, mechanical and electronic)
Develop practical production aptitude in the basics of camera operation, lenses, lighting, composition, dual system audio recording, non-linear editing and delivering to spec
Equip students with comprehension of basic production practices, protocols, terminologies, creative roles and set culture
Offer basic introduction to visual/aural storytelling theory
Description:
COURSE MODULES:
MODULE 1
WEEKS 1-4: FILMMAKING BOOTCAMP (TECHNICAL & APPLIED TRAINING)
WEEK 1 (8/25-8/27): CAMERA TECH
CAMERA COMPONENTS/SETTINGS
Frame-rate
Shutter Speed
ISO
Codecs/Bitrates
Aperture
BASIC CAMERA SUPPORT
Rigging
Tripod components
Tripod operation
CAMERA/GLASS ETIQUETTE & PROPER HANDLING
WEEK 2 (9/1-9/3): LENSES AND COMPOSITION
Assign Project #1 - Six Shot Saga: Tuesday, September 1st
CAMERA COMPONENTS/SETTINGS
Lensing
Focal Length
Color Balance
Proper Exposure
Neutral Density
Handheld Operation
STORYTELLING COMPONENTS:
BASIC COMPOSITION
Shot Sizes/Types
Rule of Thirds (/Golden Ratio)
Lead Room
Head Room
ADVANCED COMPOSITION:
Balance (Space, Light, Color, Texture)
180 Degree Rule
POSING QUESTIONS WITH VISUALS
SHOW. DON’T TELL.
WEEK 3 (9/8-9/10): SOUND RECORDING AND PRACTICE SET ROTATIONS
Project #1 – Six Shot Saga Due: Thursday, September 10
BASIC SOUND RECORDING
Sample Rate
Target Levels
Boom Operation
Bit Rate
UNDERSTANDING FILM SETS COMPONENTS:
DEFINING CREW POSITION RESPONSIBILITIES
WORKSHOPS:
How to “communicate” like a director
The true role of the cinematographer
Assistant Directing – The Metronome of the Set
1st A.C.’ing – How to be a Samwise Gamgee
Grip Culture – What’s mine is...mine.
Slating – Starting and Stopping a take
FILM SET ETIQUETTE/OPERATIONS
B.L.R.T.S. (Block, Light, Rehearse, Tweak, Shoot)
On set jargon
Interacting with talent
Set Culture
Set Safety
MODULE 2:
WEEKS 4-5: FILM SET PRODUCTION PRACTICE/EVALUATION
WEEK 4 (9/15-9/17): PRACTICE SET ROTATIONS (Various Assigned Scenes)
Assign Project #2: Tuesday, September 15th
WEEK 5 (9/22-9/24): EQUIPMENT QUALIFICATION TESTS (Written & Applied)
Applied Test: Tuesday, September 22nd
Written Test: Tuesday, September 24th
MODULE 3:
WEEKS 6-10: PRODUCTION
WEEK 6 (9/29-10/1): PRE-PRO & CASTING FOR PROJECT #2 (1-minute short film)
WEEK 7 DAY 1 (10/6): PRE-PRO & CASTING FOR PROJECT #2
WEEK 7 DAY 2 (10/8): PRODUCTION ON PROJECT #2
WEEKS 8-9 (10/13-10/22): PRODUCTION ON PROJECT #2
WEEK 10 (10/27-10/29): POST-PRODUCTION ON PROJECT #2
MODULE 4:
WEEK 11: ADVANCED TECHNICAL TRAINING
WEEK 11 (11/3-11/5): TAKING THE NEXT STEP
FINAL PROJECT #2 DUE IN CLASS: Tuesday, November 3rd
ASSIGN PROJECT #3 – 3-6 minute short film: Thursday, November 5th
ADVANCED CAMERA TECHNOLOGY
SENSOR TECHNOLOGY
DYNAMIC RANGE
18% GRAY – EXPOSING FOR SKINTONES
GAMMA CURVES (LOG)
LUTs
OVERCRANKING
UNDERCRANKING
TRANSITIONING
GIMBALS
MODULE 5:
WEEKS 12-16: ADVANCED PRODUCTION
WEEKS 12-13 (11/10-11/19): PRE-PRO & CASTING FOR PROJECT #3
WEEKEND 14 (11/20-11/22): PRODUCTION FOR PROJECT #4
WEEKS 15-16 (11/24-12/3): POST PRODUCTION FOR PROJECT #4
EVALUATION:
10% - Participation, Attendance, Discussion Contribution, In-Class Exercises
10% - SIX-SHOT SAGA
20% - TECHNICAL EXAM
10% - APPLIED EXAM
20% - NARRATIVE PRODUCTION 1
30% - NARRATIVE PRODUCTION 2
INDIVIDUAL CONTRIBUTION: 15%
FINAL GROUP FILM: 15%
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Senior Capstone in Dig Film, FILM-4980, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
This course is a unique mixture of independent, collaborative, & guided study. In concert with the instructor, the student will craft a customized capstone project and final deliverable which aims to:
Demonstrate their professional readiness to future employers through a high-quality deliverable
Demonstrate professional-level applied knowledge in their chosen film discipline/emphasis while working on a creative team
Provide at least 50 hours of applied professional-level production/post-production experience on various projects within particular field of interest (i.e. a student interested in honing their professional skills in Assistant Directing, could potentially Assistant Direct several projects over the semester to acquire these hours
Prepare them to operate within a professional environment related to their chosen film emphasis (i.e. engaging with clients, functioning as a team member on a film set, etc)
This course has been designed to offer a more collaborative experience on your final film project - enabling you to utilize additional human resources from other production classes to coordinate, plan, design, and execute your production. You will be assuming leadership positions on the films we choose to create this semester, and will be managing and delegating production tasks to your department crews.
Possible Capstone Pathways Include:
Producing
Directing
Cinematography
Assistant Directing
Sound Mixing
Gaffing
Script Supervising
Art Direction
Editing/Sound Mixing
SFX/Color Grading
Types of acceptable capstone projects include but are not limited to:
Scripted/Narrative
Commercial
Documentary
Experimental
Web/Social Media
The capstone course should be a highly flexible space that allows students from various film-related disciplines to develop professional, area-specific deliverables that will assist them in seeking industry work. Students are HIGHLY encouraged to develop thorough concepts for their capstones BEFORE the semester begins. Students who have pre-developed concepts tend to have a more successful capstone semester.
This course requires a tremendous amount of initiative on the part of the student and of the creative team they may be working within. Students will be expected to act professionally with regard to due dates, the quality of deliverables, communication with advisors/colleagues, creative collaboration, and work ethic.
PRODUCTION ROLE REQUIREMENTS:
To successfully pass the course, all students must successfully execute the following duties:
Advanced Role Requirements:
2 Department Head Roles
1 Post-Production or Marketing Role
Capstone Role Requirements:
2 Department Head Roles OR Direct/Produce 1 Film
& 1 Post-Production Role
PLEASE NOTE: STUDENTS CANNOT HOLD MORE THAN 3 DEPARTMENT HEAD ROLES PER SEMESTER IN ADVANCED & CAPSTONE COURSES (unless exception approved by instructor)
EVALUATION:
ATTENDANCE/PARTICIPATION/COMPLETION OF IN-CLASS ACTIVITIES/PRODUCTION: 30%
PRE-PRODUCTION DELIVERABLES: 30%
POST-PRODUCTION DELIVERABLES: 10%
MARKETING DELIVERABLES: 10%
FINAL FILM RUBRIC (scored by all faculty during voting): 20%
PROFESSIONAL MEETING REQUIREMENTS: FREQUENT & THOROUGH COMMUNICATION WITHIN AND ACROSS TEAMS IS PARAMOUNT
Entire production crews must meet once every 3 weeks (or at least twice prior to production) for a minimum of 30 minutes. These meetings should be scheduled outside of class time.
Department Heads must meet with instructor (executive producer) once every two weeks in department head groups for progress reports and notes. These meetings will be scheduled during class time by the Executive Producer (instructor).
Producers and Directors must meet once per week with each department head for a minimum of 10 minutes.
Department Heads must meet once per week with their department crew for a minimum of 10 minutes. These meetings should be scheduled during class time.
Staff/Punch-Up Writers will work as a writer’s room serving the class, and must meet once per week to discuss and apply executive notes. These meetings should be scheduled during class time.
Producers, Director, and AD’s must meet together once per week for a minimum of 10 minutes. These meetings should be scheduled outside class time.
MEETING REQUIREMENTS:
All official meetings must EFFICIENTLY accomplish the following:
Roundtable updates on tasks assigned from Department Heads
Challenges or Problems
Problem Solving & Plan of Action
Delegate new list of tasks to each person and assign hard deadlines
GREEN-LIGHT REQUIREMENTS:
Production teams must be green-lit at least two weeks before production commences. Note - even though Advanced Students will follow a strict production schedule while Capstone students have more scheduling flexibility, this 3-week rule will still apply. Equipment lists will be submitted to the cage upon official GREEN-LIGHT.
Producers will setup 2 meetings with the Executive Producer (instructor). The first will be a preliminary GREEN-LIGHT meeting. This meeting should be scheduled when your producer has all deliverables prepared to the best of their crew’s ability. Expect notes and revisions in these meetings. When the producer is confident the notes have been diligently and thoroughly reflected, they will then schedule a final green-light meeting with the Executive Producer.
Pre-Pro and Post-Production Deliverables: a comprehensive list of all required pre-production and post-production materials required to get an official GREEN-LIGHT on your production (as well as past examples of high-quality GREEN-LIT materials) will be posted directly to the files section of your Canvas page.
Description:
Date Tasks Due In Class Meetings
DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT
Jan 6, Mon Intro to Capstone; Overview of Semester, Casting Call Prep, Elevator Pitches
Jan 8, Wed SCRIPTS DUE Table Reads (rubric score review for all via Canvas)
Jan 13, Mon SCRIPTS DUE "Table Reads (rubric score review for all via Canvas)
"
PRE PRODUCTION PRE PRODUCTION PRE PRODUCTION PRE PRODUCTION
Jan 15, Wed FINAL VOTES & CREWING "FINAL VOTES & CREWING
-Assign Roles
-Establish Master Calendars"
Jan 20, Mon NO CLASS (MLK)
Jan 22, Wed FINAL CASTING CALL PREP FINAL CASTING CALL PREP FINAL CASTING CALL PREP
Jan 24, Fri 3-7pm CASTING CALL CASTING CALL CASTING CALL
Jan 27, Mon DEPT. MEETINGS & PRE-PRO TASKS
Jan 29, Wed DEPT. MEETINGS & PRE-PRO TASKS
Feb 3, Mon DEPT. MEETINGS & PRE-PRO TASKS
Feb 5, Wed PRELIMINARY GREEN-LIGHT MEETINGS FINAL GREEN-LIGHT MEETINGS FINAL GREEN-LIGHT MEETINGS
Feb 10, Mon DEPT. MEETINGS & PRE-PRO TASKS
Feb 12, Wed DEPT. MEETINGS & PRE-PRO TASKS
Feb 17, Mon NO CLASS (President's Day) NO CLASS (President's Day) NO CLASS (President's Day)
Feb 19, Wed FINAL GREEN-LIGHT MEETINGS FINAL GREEN-LIGHT MEETINGS FINAL GREEN-LIGHT MEETINGS
Feb 24, Mon DEPT. MEETINGS & PRE-PRO TASKS
Feb 26, Wed DEPT. MEETINGS & PRE-PRO TASKS
Feb 28, Fri PRODUCTION PRODUCTION PRODUCTION
Mar 3, Mon PRODUCTION (*NO CLASS*)
Mar 5, Wed PRODUCTION (class)
Mar 10, Mon NO CLASS (Spring Break) NO CLASS (Spring Break) NO CLASS (Spring Break)
Mar 12, Wed NO CLASS (Spring Break) NO CLASS (Spring Break) NO CLASS (Spring Break)
Mar 17, Mon PRODUCTION (*NO CLASS*)
Mar 19, Wed PRODUCTION (class)
Mar 24, Mon PRODUCTION (*NO CLASS*)
Mar 26, Wed PRODUCTION (class)
Mar 31, Mon ROUND 1 ROUGH CUTS DUE CUT REVIEW & FEEDBACK
Apr 2, Wed CUT REVIEW & FEEDBACK
Apr 7, Mon ROUND 2 ROUGH CUTS CUT REVIEW & FEEDBACK
Apr 9, Wed CUT REVIEW & FEEDBACK
Apr 14, Mon ROUND 1 FINE CUTS DUE CUT REVIEW & FEEDBACK
Apr 16, Wed CUT REVIEW & FEEDBACK
Apr 21, Mon ROUND 2 FINE CUTS DUE CUT REVIEW & FEEDBACK
Apr 23, Wed WRAP PARTY!! WRAP PARTY!! WRAP PARTY!!
Apr 25, Fri PIC LOCK PIC LOCK PIC LOCK
Apr 30, Wed "FINAL FILMS/MARKETING MATERIALS DUE
5PM" "FINAL FILMS/MARKETING MATERIALS DUE
5PM" "FINAL FILMS/MARKETING MATERIALS DUE
5PM"
May 3 FINAL SCREENING FINAL SCREENING FINAL SCREENING
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-1215, Section 6, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-labs, Lab Reports, Comprehensive Final exam
Description:
Measurements-The objective of this experiment will be to become familiar with some common measuring instruments by practicing making measurements, and learning about instrument precision.
Mixture Separation-The objective of this experiment will be to use mechanical separation to separate a mixture of sodium chloride, sand, iron filings, sawdust, and benzoic acid into its individual components.
Paper Chromatography-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the Rf value of three known solutions and two unknown solutions using a paper chromatography method.
Qualitative Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use specific reagent solutions, which give distinct reactions with the various ions, to determine the ions in an unknown solution after analyzing a known reference solution first.
Aqueous Solutions-The objective of this experiment will be to perform twenty-three reactions to verify whether a precipitation reaction is occurring and practice writing net ionic equations.
Titrations-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the %KHP (KHC8H4O4) of an unknown sample by titration, using phenolphthalein as the indicator.
Gravimetric Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use a precipitation reaction and gravity filtration to isolate an unknown Group I metal, symbolized as M, from an unknown Group I metal carbonate, symbolized as M2CO3.
Heat of Neutralization-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the heat of neutralization of a strong acid and a weak acid from a calorimeter created with Styrofoam cups.
Atomic Spectra-The first objective will be to determine the metal cation of three unknown solutions after determining a series of reference cation solutions. The second objective will be to determine the n-levels of Hydrogen by measuring a known spectrum (Hg) and then comparing where the known spectrum lines do appear on the spectroscope scale to where they should appear will determine the wavelength.
Determination of Gas R-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the value of R in a “real-life” setting, by running the reaction 2KClO3(s) ⟶ 2KCl(s) + 3O2(g), using MnO2 as a catalyst.
Molecular Geometry-The objective of this experiment will be to examine a theory that chemists use to explain different aspects of chemical bonding: valence-shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory. Attention will be given to how molecules are arranged in different shapes and how chemists can predict the geometry of a given molecule.
Intermolecular Forces-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the intermolecular forces of H2O and Ethanol (EtOH) by conducting six micro-experiments and observing the responses of each compound to determine which is stronger.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Radiology, DHYG-2020, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Module Assignments
Midterm
Class Project
Final Project
Description:
Radiation history and fundamentals: Students will identify parts of the machine and learn how it works, risks and benefits of radiation, and the armamentarium needed.
Basic radiology technical skills: Students will learn the safe use of the machine and equipment to create diagnostic images.
Normal and abnormal anatomy, pathology for proper radiographic interpretation: Students will learn to recognize normal and abnormal findings seen in images.
Documentation & communications with patients and healthcare providers: Covers the creation of legal clinical notes and discussions with patients, dental team, and other healthcare providers.
Required Reading: Dental Radiography Principles and Techniques, Sixth Edition, 2022; The Chairside Instructor: A Visual Guide to Case Presentations, 12th Edition; UT Dental Hygiene Policies and Procedures Manual 2025-2026
Recommended Reading: N/A
Fin Acct & Reporting, ACCT-6110, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Quizzes
Task Based Solutions
Exams
Assessments
Presentations
Attendance
Description:
Financial Reporting: A student preparing for the CPA exam can learn how to accurately record, analyze, and report financial transactions in accordance with established accounting principles. Additionally, they will gain an understanding of how to interpret financial statements and disclosures to assess a company's financial health and performance.
Financial disclosures: From the subject of financial disclosures, a CPA candidate can learn the importance of transparency in financial reporting and the role of disclosures in providing stakeholders with critical information. They will also understand how to effectively communicate financial information, ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements and fostering trust among investors and the public.
Assets: A student preparing for the CPA exam can learn how to classify, value, and manage various types of assets, including current and non-current assets. They will gain insights into asset depreciation, impairment, and disposal processes, which are essential for accurate financial reporting and strategic decision-making.
Liabilities: Studying liabilities for the CPA exam will teach a student how to identify and measure various types of liabilities, including current and long-term obligations. They will also learn to assess the impact of liabilities on a company's financial position and understand the legal and accounting principles governing liability recognition and reporting.
Investments: From the subject of investments, a CPA candidate will learn how to evaluate different investment opportunities, analyze risk and return, and make informed decisions to optimize portfolio performance. They will also gain an understanding of the principles guiding investment accounting, including the recognition, measurement, and reporting of investment assets.
Statement of Cash Flows: A student preparing for the CPA exam can learn how to analyze and interpret a company's cash flows, including operating, investing, and financing activities. This understanding helps in assessing the liquidity, solvency, and overall financial health of the company.
Income Taxes: A student preparing for the CPA exam can learn about the complexities of income tax regulations, including the calculation and reporting of taxable income. They will also understand how to apply tax laws to different scenarios, ensuring compliance and optimizing tax positions for individuals and corporations.
Not for Profit accounting: A student preparing for the CPA exam can learn how to manage and report financial activities specific to not-for-profit organizations, including fund accounting and donor restrictions. They will also understand the unique regulatory requirements and financial practices that ensure transparency and accountability within these organizations.
Governmental accounting: From the subject of Governmental accounting, a CPA candidate can learn how to prepare and analyze financial statements for government entities, ensuring adherence to governmental accounting standards and regulations. They will also gain insights into budgeting, fund accounting, and the unique financial management practices specific to the public sector.
Required Reading: Financial Accounting and Reporting (FAR) Becker CPA Exam Review.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Accounting Practicum, ACCT-4600, Section 2, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Exams
Professional Papers
Capstone Project
Course Development Project
Attendance/Participation
Description:
Individual taxation: Students studying individual taxation will gain a comprehensive understanding of tax laws, regulations, and the principles governing personal income tax. They will also learn how to accurately calculate and file taxes, ensuring compliance with legal requirements while maximizing potential deductions and credits.
Managerial accounting: Students studying managerial accounting will gain insights into the internal processes of businesses, focusing on budgeting, performance evaluation, and decision-making strategies. They will also learn how to analyze financial data to support organizational goals and improve operational efficiency.
Auditing, internal control, and cash: Students studying auditing, internal control, and cash will learn to evaluate the accuracy and reliability of financial statements, ensuring that they conform to accepted standards. They will also acquire skills in implementing effective internal controls to safeguard assets and manage cash flow efficiently.
Business ethics in accounting: Students studying business ethics in accounting will learn to identify and navigate ethical dilemmas in financial practices, ensuring transparency and accountability. They will also develop a strong foundation in ethical decision-making, promoting integrity and trust within the profession.
Property, plant, equipment, and intangible assets: Students studying property, plant, equipment, and intangible assets will learn to evaluate and manage the physical and non-physical assets of a business, ensuring accurate valuation and compliance with accounting standards. They will also gain insights into the depreciation, amortization, and disposal processes, enhancing their ability to make informed financial decisions.
Financial analysis: Students studying financial analysis will learn to interpret and assess financial statements to determine the financial health of a business. They will also acquire skills in various financial ratios and metrics, enabling them to make strategic recommendations for improving financial performance.
Cost accounting: Students studying cost accounting will learn to identify, classify, and allocate costs related to the production of goods and services, aiding in accurate pricing and budgeting. They will also acquire techniques to analyze cost behaviors and control expenses, enhancing overall profitability and efficiency.
Developing a business course: Students developing a business course will learn to design a comprehensive curriculum that addresses key aspects of business management and strategy. They will also gain experience in creating engaging and effective teaching materials, fostering a deep understanding of business concepts among future learners.
Performing accounting services: Students performing accounting services for a client will learn to apply theoretical knowledge to real-world scenarios, enhancing their practical skills and understanding of client needs. They will also gain experience in maintaining accurate financial records and providing insightful analysis, fostering trust and long-term professional relationships.
In-class lectures: Students attending in-class lectures from accounting professionals will learn firsthand insights into industry best practices and current trends, enriching their understanding of practical applications in the field. They will also have the opportunity to ask questions and engage in discussions, which promotes a deeper grasp of complex accounting concepts and real-world challenges.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intermediate Accounting I, ACCT-3010, Section 2, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Homework
Quizzes
QuickBook Assignments
Exams
Research Project
Peer Reviews
Attendance and Participation
Description:
Review of the Accounting Process: A student can learn about the fundamental principles of the accounting process, including recording, classifying, and summarizing financial transactions. They will also understand the importance of accuracy and consistency in maintaining financial records for effective decision-making and compliance.
The balance sheet and financial statements: A student can learn how to analyze and interpret balance sheets, understanding the assets, liabilities, and equity that represent the financial position of a company. Additionally, they will grasp the significance of various financial statements, such as income statements and cash flow statements, in evaluating a company's performance and making strategic decisions.
Income Statement and Comprehensive Income: A student can learn about the components and significance of an income statement, which details a company's revenues, expenses, and profits over a specific period, providing insights into its operational performance. Furthermore, they will understand comprehensive income, which includes all changes in equity not resulting from transactions with owners, offering a more complete picture of a company's financial health.
Statement of Cash Flows: A student can learn how to prepare and interpret the Statement of Cash Flows, identifying cash inflows and outflows from operating, investing, and financing activities. They will also understand how this statement provides critical insights into a company's liquidity and financial flexibility, aiding in strategic decision-making.
Time Value of Money Concepts: A student can learn the fundamental principles of the time value of money, including the concepts of present value and future value, which are essential for evaluating investment opportunities and making financial decisions. They will also understand the impact of interest rates and compounding on the value of money over time, enabling them to assess the long-term benefits and costs of financial transactions.
Cash and Receivables: A student can learn how to manage and control cash transactions, understanding the importance of safeguarding cash assets through internal controls to prevent fraud and errors. They will also learn how to account for receivables, ensuring accurate recording and timely collection to maintain a healthy cash flow.
Inventory Measurement: A student can learn how to manage inventory assets, understanding the various methods of inventory valuation, such as FIFO, LIFO, and weighted average, and their impact on financial statements. They will also gain insights into inventory control techniques to ensure accurate tracking, minimize costs, and prevent stockouts or excesses.
Inventory Additional Issues: A student can learn how to estimate inventory values accurately, using methods like retail inventory and gross profit to reflect the true cost of goods. They will also understand the lower of cost or market rule and lower of cost or net realizable value, ensuring inventory is reported at the most accurate and conservative value in financial statements.
Current Liabilities and Contingencies: A student can learn how to identify and manage current liabilities, understanding their significance in assessing a company's short-term financial obligations and liquidity. They will also explore contingencies, evaluating potential liabilities and their impact on financial statements, ensuring prudent risk management and accurate financial reporting.
Acquisition of Plant, Property, Equipment and Intangible Assets: A student can learn how to evaluate and record the acquisition of plant, property, and equipment, understanding the impact of depreciation and maintenance costs on financial statements. They will also explore the acquisition and amortization of intangible assets, gaining insights into how these assets contribute to a company's long-term value and competitive advantage.
Utilization and Disposal of Plant, Property, Equipment and Intangible Assets: A student can learn how to manage the disposal of plant, property, and equipment, ensuring accurate reporting of gains or losses in financial statements. They will also explore the principles of depreciation and utilization, understanding how these factors impact the valuation and operational efficiency of both tangible and intangible assets.
Utah Night Skies LLC: A student can learn how to effectively use QuickBooks to record various transactions for a new service company, ensuring accurate and timely financial records. They will also understand how to generate journal entries, financial reports, track expenses, and manage invoices, which are essential for maintaining the financial health of the business.
Research Project: A student can learn how to analyze and interpret a company's financial health and strategic direction by examining a 10k report, an annual report, and proxy statements. They will gain insights into corporate governance, shareholder interests, and key financial metrics that drive business decisions and performance.
Required Reading: Intermediate Accounting, J. Spiceland, McGraw-Hill, 11th Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intermediate Accounting I, ACCT-3010, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Homework
Quizzes
QuickBook Assignments
Exams
Research Project
Peer Reviews
Attendance and Participation
Description:
Review of the Accounting Process: A student can learn about the fundamental principles of the accounting process, including recording, classifying, and summarizing financial transactions. They will also understand the importance of accuracy and consistency in maintaining financial records for effective decision-making and compliance.
The balance sheet and financial statements: A student can learn how to analyze and interpret balance sheets, understanding the assets, liabilities, and equity that represent the financial position of a company. Additionally, they will grasp the significance of various financial statements, such as income statements and cash flow statements, in evaluating a company's performance and making strategic decisions.
Income Statement and Comprehensive Income: A student can learn about the components and significance of an income statement, which details a company's revenues, expenses, and profits over a specific period, providing insights into its operational performance. Furthermore, they will understand comprehensive income, which includes all changes in equity not resulting from transactions with owners, offering a more complete picture of a company's financial health.
Statement of Cash Flows: A student can learn how to prepare and interpret the Statement of Cash Flows, identifying cash inflows and outflows from operating, investing, and financing activities. They will also understand how this statement provides critical insights into a company's liquidity and financial flexibility, aiding in strategic decision-making.
Time Value of Money Concepts: A student can learn the fundamental principles of the time value of money, including the concepts of present value and future value, which are essential for evaluating investment opportunities and making financial decisions. They will also understand the impact of interest rates and compounding on the value of money over time, enabling them to assess the long-term benefits and costs of financial transactions.
Cash and Receivables: A student can learn how to manage and control cash transactions, understanding the importance of safeguarding cash assets through internal controls to prevent fraud and errors. They will also learn how to account for receivables, ensuring accurate recording and timely collection to maintain a healthy cash flow.
Inventory Measurement: A student can learn how to manage inventory assets, understanding the various methods of inventory valuation, such as FIFO, LIFO, and weighted average, and their impact on financial statements. They will also gain insights into inventory control techniques to ensure accurate tracking, minimize costs, and prevent stockouts or excesses.
Inventory Additional Issues: A student can learn how to estimate inventory values accurately, using methods like retail inventory and gross profit to reflect the true cost of goods. They will also understand the lower of cost or market rule and lower of cost or net realizable value, ensuring inventory is reported at the most accurate and conservative value in financial statements.
Current Liabilities and Contingencies: A student can learn how to identify and manage current liabilities, understanding their significance in assessing a company's short-term financial obligations and liquidity. They will also explore contingencies, evaluating potential liabilities and their impact on financial statements, ensuring prudent risk management and accurate financial reporting.
Acquisition of Plant, Property, Equipment and Intangible Assets: A student can learn how to evaluate and record the acquisition of plant, property, and equipment, understanding the impact of depreciation and maintenance costs on financial statements. They will also explore the acquisition and amortization of intangible assets, gaining insights into how these assets contribute to a company's long-term value and competitive advantage.
Utilization and Disposal of Plant, Property, Equipment and Intangible Assets: A student can learn how to manage the disposal of plant, property, and equipment, ensuring accurate reporting of gains or losses in financial statements. They will also explore the principles of depreciation and utilization, understanding how these factors impact the valuation and operational efficiency of both tangible and intangible assets.
Utah Night Skies LLC: A student can learn how to effectively use QuickBooks to record various transactions for a new service company, ensuring accurate and timely financial records. They will also understand how to generate journal entries, financial reports, track expenses, and manage invoices, which are essential for maintaining the financial health of the business.
Research Project: A student can learn how to analyze and interpret a company's financial health and strategic direction by examining a 10k report, an annual report, and proxy statements. They will gain insights into corporate governance, shareholder interests, and key financial metrics that drive business decisions and performance.
Required Reading: Intermediate Accounting, J. Spiceland, McGraw-Hill, 11th Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles Early Childhood Ed, ELED-3150, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Investigate, discuss and present historical roots, programs, services, learning theories and developmental milestones of early childhood and how they affect current practices in early childhood education by developing a teaching philosophy.
2. Examine, observe, analyze and reflect on the characteristics of guidance, play, socialization and emotional development in the learning environment of young children by visiting an upper grade and lower grade classroom and reflecting on characteristics observed.
3. Explore, describe and present current issues and trends in the field of early childhood education such as: diversity; exceptionalities; federal, state, and local policy; family, parent and community involvement; and the role of technology and television by creating a lesson to be used with a children's book that reflects diversity and/or exceptionalities.
4. Develop and demonstrate effective strategies to observe and assess the learning environment of and instructional practices for young children by observing and reflecting young children in their practicum classrooms.
5. Develop subject matter knowledge, select developmentally appropriate materials, and identify the essential
elements of a developmentally appropriate learning environment for young children by creating a unit web that meets core standards.
6. Utilize and reflect on effective instructional, organizational, and management skills for planning, presenting, and adapting learning experiences for young children through the creation of a unit web that meets core standards.
Description:
Required for all Elementary Education students. This course will focus on the historical and philosophical foundations of early childhood education as well as the current issues in the field. Principles of effective teaching techniques and approaches to early childhood curricula (K-3) emphasizing developmentally appropriate instructional practices and integrated child-centered curriculum will be explored.
Required Reading: Gordon Biddle, K., Garcia-Nevarez, A., Roundtree Henderson, W.J., & Valero-Kerrick, A. (2014). Early Childhood Education: Becoming a Professional, Sage Publishing: Thousand Oaks, CA.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Small Group Communication, COMM-2120, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussions to others posts.
Chapter Journals
You will complete 12 journal assignments. The journals will be an application of the materials we have discussed during each chapter. You will be expected to find and discuss some outside source of media that relates to the chapter (news article, film, TV show, song/music video, YouTube video, etc.). Each journal will be 300 words and will be due the following class period when we start a new chapter.
Movie Analysis
One week you will spend time watching a movie that illustrates various group communication processes. Students will take notes during the movie that they will then utilize to write a short paper analyzing the communication they observed occurring in the movie. Students must refer to specific book chapters and lectures in their analysis for support. Specific assignment details will be provided on the assignment description
Final Project
For your final project you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed for one of the following options:
Description:
Chapter 1: Introduction to Group Communication
This chapter introduces the foundational concepts of group communication, including its importance, key elements, types of groups, and the balance between advantages and disadvantages. It also emphasizes ethical group interaction and the importance of balance in navigating group dynamics.
Chapter 2: Group Development
Group development is explored through five key stages—forming, storming, norming, performing, and adjourning—along with the establishment of goals, norms, and motivation. The chapter highlights how aligning personal and group goals leads to more effective collaboration.
Chapter 3: Group Member Participation
This chapter examines how individual needs, roles, confidence, and assertiveness influence group participation. It includes strategies for reducing communication apprehension and maintaining a balance between passive and aggressive behaviors.
Chapter 4: Diversity in Groups
Diversity is analyzed through cultural, personality, gender, generational, and religious lenses, focusing on how these differences impact group interactions. The chapter also presents strategies for embracing diversity to enhance group effectiveness.
Chapter 5: Group Leadership
The chapter defines leadership and outlines various pathways to becoming a leader, types of power, leadership theories, and the 5M model for effective leadership. It also addresses diversity in leadership styles across different demographics.
Chapter 6: Verbal and Nonverbal Communication in Groups
Effective communication is discussed through verbal tools like team talk and language challenges, as well as nonverbal cues such as facial expressions and space. The chapter stresses creating a supportive and inclusive communication climate.
Chapter 7: Listening and Responding in Groups
This chapter highlights the challenges and skills of active listening in group settings and outlines the stages of the listening process. It also examines how differences in gender, personality, and culture affect listening styles.
Chapter 8: Conflict and Cohesion in Groups
Group conflict is explored through types, styles, and management strategies, including models like the 4Rs and A-E-I-O-U. The chapter also explains how cohesion and groupthink influence group effectiveness.
Chapter 9: Decision Making and Problem Solving in Groups
The chapter provides a framework for effective group decision-making and problem-solving using structured methods like brainstorming and NGT. It also addresses creativity and real-world barriers such as politics and power.
Chapter 10: Critical Thinking and Argumentation in Groups
This chapter explains how to build and evaluate arguments using evidence and reasoning, and how to refute opposing views constructively. It also covers how argumentation styles vary by gender and culture.
Chapter 11: Planning and Conducting Meetings
Effective meetings are structured through planning, agendas, leadership roles, and parliamentary procedure. The chapter also focuses on managing group behavior and evaluating meeting outcomes.
Chapter 12: Group Presentations
This final chapter offers guidelines for preparing and delivering group presentations, including purpose, audience analysis, and use of visual aids. It differentiates between public and team presentations and emphasizes collaborative delivery.
Required Reading: Engleberg, Isa N. and Wynn, Dianna R. (2017). Working in Groups: Communication Principles and Strategies (7th edition), Allyn & Bacon (Pearson) publisher.
Recommended Reading: n/a
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 4BI, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Chapter 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This chapter introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Chapter 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Chapter 3: Perceiving Others
This chapter focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Chapter 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Chapter 5: Understanding Culture
The chapter explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Chapter 6: Understanding Gender
This chapter examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Chapter 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Chapter 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Chapter 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This chapter emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Chapter 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Chapter 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Chapter 12: Relationships with Family Members
This chapter looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Chapter 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Chapter 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final chapter addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA.
Recommended Reading: n/a
Interpersonal Communication, COMM-2110, Section 44B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Class Discussions
The nature of this class requires serious analysis and discussion of the principles of communication ethics. Since this class is online, asynchronous, it is crucial that students participate in discussions. It will serve as both analysis of text and content as well as participation points. If you only post your discussion and are not actively responding to peers, it will be reflected in your score. In order to get full credit, you will need to post your discussion and add three meaningful discussion to others posts.
Exams
Exams are your opportunity to show that you have mastered the concepts covered in class lecture. There will be two, worth 200 points each. Each exam will be 50 questions and yhoj will have a week to take it! The exams make up 40% of your final grade.
Journals
Throughout class you will be asked to write four short (200-300 word) journals in which you reflect on the concepts, vocabulary, and lessons in this class. Each journal is worth 50 points. This will be your opportunity to tie your real-world experiences to the concepts that we learn about throughout. You’ll be responsible for submitting these to me, through Canvas, for each due date. Combined, these four submissions make up 20% of your final grade.
Final Paper
For your final paper you will be writing an “advice article” that one might find in a magazine, or perhaps even on a long Snapchat feed. You can choose to “debunk myths” about interpersonal communication, give advice to anonymous question askers, make a list of “top 5 *something something* about interpersonal communication,” and anything in between. This should be a blend of academic and lay-writing, so your voice should come through! There is an example of what an “A” paper looks like on Canvas. I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you send me early drafts of this paper for feedback. Many a student has been disappointed in their grade because of simple mistakes that could have been remedied with just a little bit of feedback prior to the due date.
Description:
Chapter 1: Introducing Interpersonal Communication
This chapter introduces the foundational concepts of interpersonal communication, emphasizing its role in building relationships and shaping personal identity through consistent, intentional interaction.
Chapter 2: Considering Self
It explores self-awareness, self-concept, and self-esteem, examining how our perceptions of ourselves influence the way we communicate with others.
Chapter 3: Perceiving Others
This chapter focuses on how we form impressions of others, the role of perception in communication, and how biases and mental shortcuts can affect our interactions.
Chapter 4: Experiencing and Expressing Emotions
Emotional expression and regulation are discussed as essential components of communication, highlighting how emotions influence our relationships and social interactions.
Chapter 5: Understanding Culture
The chapter explores how cultural values, norms, and communication styles affect interpersonal communication and how intercultural competence can enhance understanding and connection.
Chapter 6: Understanding Gender
This chapter examines how gender identity and societal expectations shape communication behaviors and relationships in personal and professional contexts.
Chapter 7: Listening Actively
Active listening is defined and broken down into its components—receiving, understanding, responding, evaluating, and recalling—to improve relational communication.
Chapter 8: Communicating Verbally
It focuses on the power of language in shaping reality, conveying meaning, and influencing relationships, while addressing issues like word choice, tone, and meaning.
Chapter 9: Communicating Nonverbally
This chapter emphasizes the importance of nonverbal cues such as gestures, facial expressions, posture, and eye contact in supporting or contradicting verbal communication.
Chapter 10: Managing Conflict and Power
It explores how individuals navigate conflict and power dynamics in relationships, including strategies for constructive conflict resolution and ethical use of influence.
Chapter 11: Relationships with Romantic Partners
The dynamics of romantic relationships are examined, including stages of development, communication patterns, intimacy, and challenges such as jealousy or conflict.
Chapter 12: Relationships with Family Members
This chapter looks at family communication structures, roles, and patterns, and how these shape identity and interpersonal dynamics across the lifespan.
Chapter 13: Relationships with Friends
Friendships are explored in terms of their unique characteristics, development stages, and communication practices that sustain or strain them.
Chapter 14: Relationships in the Workplace
The final chapter addresses professional relationships, focusing on communication strategies for collaboration, managing power dynamics, and resolving workplace conflict.
Required Reading: McCornack, S., & Morrison, K. (2021). Reflect & relate: An introduction to interpersonal communication. 6th ed. Bedford/St. Martin’s. Boston, MA.
Recommended Reading: n/a
Chemistry Seminar, CHEM-2990R, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Course Catalog Description:
Seminar course aimed to help students who have declared a chemistry major prepare for future careers in their field. Seminar and workshop activities will include potential career paths in chemistry and biochemistry, professional development and research experience opportunities, preparing cover letters and resumes/CVs, and the process of applying to graduate programs and jobs.
Course Specific Objectives:
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Identify potential opportunities as a chemistry degree graduate
2. Prepare and evaluate professional materials that will be needed to apply for summer and post-graduate jobs and programs
3. Interact and collaborate with faculty, peer students, and guest speakers in a professional setting
4. Develop professional skills for interviews and collaborative settings
Grading Breakdown:
Attendance (50%)
Assigned Homeworks (50%)
Grading Rubric: This class is Pass/Fail. A minimum 70% is needed to pass.
Disclaimer: The instructor reserves the right to make modifications to this syllabus, the content, and dates, by announcing changes in class and/or postings to Canvas.
Description:
1. Create/Update personal resume – submit for feedback/review (does not need to be a finalized version – resumes are dynamic and constantly updated)
2. Sign up and explore SciFinder (through UT Library) – try a search of your favorite molecule, chemistry topic, or UT faculty
3. Career search using ACS Careers pages – what types of careers interest you most?
4. Job search (C&EN, ACS, etc.) and identify job requirements – connect to your interests
5. Summer research internship search (NSF-REU, OSTI, etc.) – what will help you prepare for post-graduate goals?
6. Practice interview questions, identify skills set, strengths, weaknesses
7-14. Guest speakers will present seminars on careers in chemistry, their background and experiences in the field, how to apply for jobs, graduate programs, internships, and discuss skills needed to enter the workforce in their selected careers. Open discussions with the speaker are expected.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Independent Research, CHEM-4800R, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Course Catalog Description:
An independent research course that allows the students to explore science through the scientific method, and allows close interaction between the student and faculty member to address scientific problems through experiment design and execution. Projects are at the discretion of the faculty member, in line with the student's interests in the various scientific areas. Repeatable up to 6 credits subject to graduation and program restrictions. Variable credit: 1-3.
Time: Internship/Independent Study Credit Hours: 1 to 3
(expected ~3 hours/week per credit hour)
Course Specific Objectives:
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Use scientific method to develop hypotheses, design experiments, draw conclusions from results.
(PLO 1, 2) (Assessment: Assignment 2, 7, 8)
2. Design and modify experiments during the progress of a research project.
(PLO 2, 3) (Assessment: Assignment 1, 7, 8)
3. Interpret results from experiments, modify the hypothesis.
(PLO 2, 3, 4) (Assessment: Assignment 2)
4. Draw conclusions according to research goals.
(PLO 3, 4) (Assessment: Assignment 2)
5. Perform research independently, interact with other students and faculty engaged in the project.
(PLO 5) (Assessment: Assignment 4, 5)
6. Utilize outside resources (scientific databases, literature, etc.) to interpret results and compare to existing and previous work in the field of your research project.
(PLO 1-5) (Assessment: Assignment 2, 7, 8)
Grading Breakdown:
Your grade will be based mostly off the completion of your required 45 hours/research credit, creation of a poster, and presentation at a conference. (I recommend presenting at the UT Research Symposium during Spring semester—if you are doing research during Fall semester, we can find an alternative venue or you can simply plan to present at the Symposium during Spring semester.)
Additionally, you should demonstrate effort in your work and enthusiasm for the project. You should have regular contact regarding research with the professor and/or other research students. Finally, you should gain independence as the project progresses. Your grade will ultimately be assigned per the assignments and point values below.
If research hours are not completed, an “I” (Incomplete) may be given if the hours are at >80 percent completion or “F” (Fail) may be assessed if the hours are below 80 percent completion. Students MUST take initiative to reach out to their instructor and/or other students to access help as needed.
Assignment
Points
1. Completion of 45+ Research Hours 80 points
2. Poster 30 points
3. Presentation of Poster at Conference 10 points
4. Regular Meetings with Instructor 20 points
5. Regular Meetings with Peer Researchers 5 points
6. Demonstrated Enthusiasm for Project 5 points
7. Demonstrated Effort and Initiative in Work 5 points
8. Gains Independence in Research 5 points
TOTAL 160 points
Grading Rubric: The modified grading breakdown will be used in this class. Note that finals scores in the hundredths place will be rounded using significant figures. (i.e. A final score of 92.94 will result in an “A-“ where a final score of 92.95 will result in an “A”.)
Disclaimer: The instructor reserves the right to make modifications to this syllabus, the content, and dates, by announcing changes in class and/or postings to Canvas.
Description:
This is an independent research course, and students are engaged in research project under the guidance of a faculty. Meetings are scheduled as availability allows to discuss research progress, results, safety concerns, collaborative networking, and future work.
Disclaimer: The instructor reserves the right to make modifications to this syllabus, the content, and dates, by announcing changes in class and/or postings to Canvas.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: scientific literature/peer review papers as needed/relevant to research project
Organic Chemistry II, CHEM-2320, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Reading:
It is vital that you read relevant sections of available resources and textbooks ahead of class, so class time is used to review and interpret concepts, not introduce material for the first time!
Failure to complete the out-of-class readings and assignments could result in you falling significantly behind on this rapidly progressing course. Falling behind on material will “snowball” and recovering is difficult.
Homeworks/Assignments:
Homework problems are based on end-of-chapter textbook problems or in-class assigned problems.
You can’t be certain that you truly understand the material until you complete the problems by yourself.
Problems similar to those that are assigned will likely be included on quizzes and exams.
If you have difficulty working the problem sets, you are strongly encouraged to work together with other students, see a tutor, attend recitation, and/or come to office hours.
You have many resources available to you – please use them!!
There will be assignments that must be submitted to Canvas for points towards your overall grade! The specifics of what needs to be completed and submitted is described for those assignments in Canvas.
Practice and Test Preparation:
There are more resources available to you than can be ever completed! Some are listed below, some found by simple searches, some you can make, many that I am not aware of yet. Hundreds of thousands of students are pushing through organic chemistry right now, and that means there is a lot of support out there!
DO THE TEXTBOOK PROBLEMS (our textbook, or other textbooks), use Student Resources!!
Online resources (google “practice problems” and the concept being covered, and they will appear)
Meet with TAs, visit during Office Hours
Use yourself! Make up your own problems, ask others in the class to make problems for each other!
Half-Assessments:
There will be seven (7) half-assessments (mini-exams, quizzes, etc.) during the semester covering the newer material. The five (5) highest scores of those quizzes will count towards your final grade.
These will be short-answer questions ranging in difficulty from basic to challenging.
Full-Assessments:
There will be two exams in class (50 minutes) that require you to apply concepts presented in class, assigned for practice, or given on the homework sets and quizzes, to more challenging problems.
All exams are cumulative, but may be written more heavily from new material since the previous exam.
Exams will be comprised of multiple choice and/or short answer questions, with the goal to test application of knowledge to complex problems beyond those seen in class.
Exams will be in class on the dates shown in the attached schedule.
Final Exam:
The final exam will only be given on the scheduled time/date.
The final exam will be the national American Chemical Society (ACS) exam – the exam is cumulative and will cover all material discussed.
Make-ups:
NONE! Understanding that life happens, you are able to drop two lowest quiz scores/missed quizzes for these types of scenarios.
Make up for exams missed for approved reasons (e.g. trips sponsored by the university) can be discussed only if the instructor was notified before the absence.
You must make arrangements with me ahead of time - notify me (by email) the week before the scheduled assignment as to when you will make up the missed exam.
Canvas:
The primary means of communication for this course (outside of class) will be through announcements posted to your canvas account. Please set up your Canvas account and monitor it frequently.
Course Points: Class Assignments (20%)
Quizzes (30%)
Exams (30%)
Final Exam (20%)
Total (100%)
Course Grading: The grading breakdown shown below will be used in this class (please note the three significant figures – final grades will be rounded to three sig figs):
Grade Course % Grade Course %
A 100.0 - 93.0 C+ 79.9 - 77.0
A- 92.9 - 90.0 C 76.9 - 70.0
B+ 89.9 - 87.0 C- 69.9 - 65.0
B 86.9 - 83.0 D 64.9 - 60.0
B- 82.9 - 80.0 F 59.9 - 0.0
Extra Credit:
NONE!
Disclaimer: The instructor reserves the right to make modifications to this syllabus, the content, and dates, by announcing changes in class and/or postings to Canvas.
Description:
1. Introduction to Organic II
In this session, we will set the stage for the semester by reviewing the syllabus, outlining key topics to be covered, and explaining grading policies, attendance requirements, and expectations for participation. We will also provide an overview of the learning objectives, emphasizing the connections between Organic Chemistry I and II, as well as how these topics are applied in real-world scenarios. This session will include a walkthrough of an example student presentation, offering guidance on how to create clear, concise, and engaging presentations. The structure, content, and evaluation criteria for presentations will be explained, ensuring students feel confident about future assignments. We will also discuss strategies for success in this course, including effective study habits and tips for mastering complex material. By the end of the session, students will have a clear understanding of what to expect and how to succeed in Organic Chemistry II.
2. Review Worksheet
To kickstart the semester, students will work through a comprehensive worksheet designed to review foundational concepts from Organic Chemistry I. Topics will be inclusive of the diversity of reaction mechanisms, functional group identification, stereochemistry, and nomenclature. The worksheet will provide a mix of straightforward and challenging problems, encouraging students to refresh their knowledge and identify areas that may need additional practice. We will also incorporate group discussions, allowing students to collaborate and share different approaches to problem-solving. This session will serve as a diagnostic tool for the instructor to assess the class's overall readiness and adjust the pace of subsequent lectures accordingly. By engaging with this worksheet, students will gain confidence and reinforce their foundational understanding, preparing them for the advanced concepts to come.
3. Chapter 13 - How 1H NMR Works
This lecture will introduce the principles of proton nuclear magnetic resonance (1H NMR), a powerful technique for structural determination. We will begin by explaining the concept of magnetic resonance and how nuclei interact with an external magnetic field. The focus will then shift to understanding the number of signals observed in a spectrum, which corresponds to chemically distinct hydrogen environments. We will discuss the importance of chemical shift, how shielding and deshielding influence peak positions, and the role of electronegative atoms and π bonds. Visual examples of simple 1H NMR spectra will be provided to demonstrate these principles in practice. By the end of the lecture, students will understand the basics of interpreting an NMR spectrum and identifying distinct hydrogen environments in a molecule.
4. Chapter 13 - Integration and Multiplicity
Building on the basics of 1H NMR, this session will delve into the concepts of integration and multiplicity. Integration reveals the relative number of protons contributing to each signal, allowing us to determine the ratio of different hydrogen environments. Multiplicity, on the other hand, arises from spin-spin coupling, which provides information about the number of neighboring protons. We will explore how coupling patterns—such as singlets, doublets, triplets, and quartets—can be used to deduce connectivity within a molecule. Practical examples will be provided to guide students through the process of combining integration and multiplicity data to propose molecular structures. Special attention will be given to recognizing patterns in complex spectra and avoiding common pitfalls. This lecture will equip students with the tools needed to fully analyze 1H NMR data and use it to draw structural conclusions.
5. Review/Quiz 5
This session is dedicated to reviewing the material covered in the first week of class in preparation for Quiz 5. We will revisit key concepts, including the fundamentals of 1H NMR, integration, and multiplicity, through interactive discussions and practice problems. Students will have the opportunity to ask questions and clarify any areas of confusion. Following the review, we will administer a group quiz, which is designed to promote collaboration and reinforce the application of newly learned concepts. The quiz will include a mix of theoretical and practical questions, ensuring a comprehensive assessment of students' understanding. Feedback will be provided immediately after the quiz to address common errors and reinforce correct approaches. This session aims to solidify students' grasp of foundational topics while fostering a collaborative learning environment.
6. Chapter 13 - 13C NMR
This lecture will introduce students to carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance (13C NMR), a complementary technique to 1H NMR. We will discuss the unique aspects of 13C NMR, including the lower natural abundance of carbon-13 and the resulting need for more sensitive detection methods. Key topics will include the number of signals, chemical shifts, and the factors influencing 13C resonance positions, such as hybridization and electronegativity. We will also introduce DEPT (Distortionless Enhancement by Polarization Transfer) techniques, which are used to distinguish between CH, CH2, and CH3 groups. Practical examples of 13C NMR spectra will be analyzed, highlighting their application in structural determination. By the end of this session, students will have a solid understanding of how 13C NMR complements 1H NMR and enhances our ability to characterize organic molecules.
7. Chapter 14 - Ultraviolet Spectroscopy
Ultraviolet (UV) spectroscopy is a valuable tool for studying electronic transitions in molecules, particularly in conjugated systems. This lecture will begin by explaining the principles of UV absorption, focusing on the transitions between molecular orbitals (e.g., π → π* and n → π* transitions). We will discuss how conjugation affects the wavelength of absorption and how this information can be used to infer structural features. Practical applications of UV spectroscopy in identifying chromophores and studying reaction kinetics will also be covered. Examples will include the analysis of aromatic compounds and polyenes, illustrating how UV data complements other spectroscopic techniques. Students will learn to interpret UV spectra and predict absorption maxima using empirical rules. This session will provide a thorough introduction to the theory and applications of UV spectroscopy.
8. Structure Elucidation - Spectroscopy Review
In this session, students will practice integrating data from multiple spectroscopic techniques to solve structure elucidation problems. We will begin with a brief review of the principles of NMR, IR, and UV spectroscopy, emphasizing how each technique provides complementary information about molecular structure. Students will then work through guided examples, interpreting spectra step by step to identify functional groups, connectivity, and overall molecular frameworks. Emphasis will be placed on developing a systematic approach to analyzing spectral data and drawing logical conclusions. Group activities will encourage collaboration and the sharing of problem-solving strategies. By the end of the session, students will feel more confident in their ability to tackle complex structure determination problems.
9. Structure Elucidation - Spectroscopy Review
This session builds on the previous day's practice, providing additional opportunities for students to hone their skills in structure elucidation. The problems presented will be slightly more challenging, requiring students to apply critical thinking and integrate data from NMR, IR, UV, and mass spectrometry. We will focus on real-world examples, including the characterization of natural products and synthetic compounds. Students will be encouraged to work in small groups, fostering a collaborative learning environment and promoting peer-to-peer teaching. The instructor will provide guidance and feedback throughout the session, addressing common challenges and reinforcing best practices. This session is designed to deepen students' understanding of spectroscopy and build their confidence in applying it to solve complex problems.
10. Review
This review session will summarize all material covered during the first two weeks of class, ensuring students have a solid foundation before moving on to new topics. We will revisit key concepts from 1H and 13C NMR, UV spectroscopy, and structure elucidation, emphasizing their interconnectedness and practical applications. Students will work through a mix of instructor-led examples and independent practice problems, with ample time for questions and discussion. Common misconceptions will be addressed, and strategies for approaching challenging problems will be shared. This session will help students consolidate their knowledge and identify any areas that may require further study.
11. Exam 5 Focus
In preparation for Exam 5, this session will review essential concepts from Organic Chemistry I and their application to structure elucidation. We will revisit key topics such as reaction mechanisms, functional group transformations, and stereochemistry, highlighting their relevance to the current course. The session will include a mix of lecture, practice problems, and interactive discussions to reinforce understanding. Students will also receive tips on effective exam preparation, including time management and problem-solving strategies. This focused review aims to ensure students feel confident and well-prepared for their first major assessment of the semester.
12. Chapter 14 - Conjugate Additions
This lecture will focus on conjugate addition reactions, which involve the addition of nucleophiles to α,β-unsaturated carbonyl compounds. We will begin by discussing the mechanism of conjugate addition, emphasizing the roles of resonance and electrophilic activation. The concept of kinetic versus thermodynamic control will be introduced, with examples to illustrate how reaction conditions influence product distribution. Practical applications of conjugate addition in organic synthesis will also be covered, including the formation of key intermediates in complex reaction sequences. By the end of the session, students will understand the importance of conjugate addition in forming carbon-carbon and carbon-heteroatom bonds.
13. Chapter 14 - Diels-Alder Reaction
The Diels-Alder reaction is a cornerstone of organic synthesis, enabling the formation of six-membered rings with high regioselectivity and stereoselectivity. This lecture will cover the mechanism of the reaction, focusing on the roles of the diene and dienophile. We will discuss electronic effects, including the influence of substituents on reactivity and regioselectivity. Examples will include both synthetic and biological applications, demonstrating the versatility of this reaction in constructing complex molecules. By the end of the session, students will understand how to predict the outcome of a Diels-Alder reaction and apply it in synthesis.
14. Review
This review session will focus on consolidating the material from the past week, including conjugate addition reactions and the Diels-Alder reaction. Students will work through a series of practice problems designed to reinforce their understanding of these topics. We will also address any lingering questions or misconceptions, providing targeted explanations and clarifications. By the end of the session, students will feel more confident in their ability to apply these concepts to solve synthesis and mechanism problems.
15. Chapter 15 - Nomenclature and Benzene Stability
In this lecture, we will introduce the unique stability of benzene and other aromatic compounds, focusing on the Huckel rule and the concept of aromaticity. Students will learn how to identify aromatic, antiaromatic, and nonaromatic compounds, with examples to illustrate these classifications. We will also cover the systematic naming of aromatic compounds, including monosubstituted and polysubstituted derivatives. Practical applications of aromatic compounds in pharmaceuticals and materials science will be discussed, highlighting their importance in everyday life. By the end of the session, students will have a solid understanding of aromaticity and the tools to name a wide variety of aromatic compounds.
16. Chapter 15 - Aromatic Ions and Compounds
In this lecture, we will explore the fascinating chemistry of aromatic ions and compounds, focusing on the unique properties that arise from aromaticity. We will begin by reviewing the criteria for aromaticity and apply them to cyclic ions such as the cyclopropenium cation and the cyclopentadienyl anion. Discussions will include how these compounds exhibit enhanced stability due to delocalized π-electrons. We will also analyze examples of aromatic compounds with heteroatoms, such as pyridine and furan, and explore how their electronic structures affect reactivity and physical properties. Additionally, we will cover spectroscopy techniques used to study aromatic ions, including NMR and UV spectroscopy. By the end of this session, students will have a clear understanding of the diversity of aromatic systems and their significant inclusion in organic chemistry.
17. Chapter 16 - General EAS Mechanism
This lecture introduces electrophilic aromatic substitution (EAS), a fundamental reaction mechanism for modifying aromatic compounds. We will start by discussing the general mechanism, which involves the generation of an electrophile, the formation of a resonance-stabilized arenium ion, and re-aromatization through proton loss. Key reactions such as bromination, nitration, sulfonation, alkylation, and acylation will be covered in detail, with a focus on their mechanisms and conditions. Examples of these reactions will demonstrate their importance in synthesizing complex aromatic derivatives. The lecture will also include real-world applications, such as the industrial production of dyes and pharmaceuticals. Students will gain a solid foundation in EAS and learn how to predict the outcomes of these reactions.
18. Chapter 16 - Substituent Effects in EAS
In this session, we will delve deeper into how substituents on an aromatic ring influence the regioselectivity and rate of electrophilic aromatic substitution reactions. Activating groups (e.g., -OH, -NH2) and deactivating groups (e.g., -NO2, -CF3) will be discussed, with emphasis on their electronic and steric effects. We will explain why some groups direct incoming substituents to the ortho/para positions while others direct to the meta position. Visual aids and reaction examples will clarify these directing effects and their impact on product distribution. Additionally, we will cover the concept of resonance and inductive effects in determining the strength and nature of substituent influence. Students will gain the tools to predict and rationalize the outcomes of EAS reactions involving substituted aromatic compounds.
19. Review
This session will review all the material covered in the previous week, including the general EAS mechanism and the role of substituents in electrophilic aromatic substitution. We will begin with a summary of key concepts and proceed to solve practice problems designed to reinforce understanding and application. Group activities and discussions will encourage collaborative learning and provide opportunities to clarify doubts. Special emphasis will be placed on tricky concepts, such as competing substituent effects and reaction conditions. By the end of the session, students will feel confident in their ability to approach EAS-related problems and apply these reactions in synthetic contexts.
20. Quiz 6 Focus
This session will focus on reviewing material from Chapters 14, 15, and parts of Chapter 16 in preparation for Quiz 6. We will begin with a brief recap of key concepts, such as conjugate additions, the Diels-Alder reaction, and electrophilic aromatic substitution. The session will then transition into solving representative problems, with a focus on integrating multiple concepts in a single question. Students will have the chance to work through practice quizzes in groups, fostering peer learning and collaborative problem-solving. Afterward, we will discuss the solutions in detail, highlighting common mistakes and best practices. This session is designed to ensure students are well-prepared and confident going into the quiz.
21. Chapter 16 - Nucleophilic Aromatic Substitution
This lecture will introduce nucleophilic aromatic substitution (NAS), a less common but equally important reaction of aromatic compounds. We will begin by explaining the two primary mechanisms: the addition-elimination mechanism and the elimination-addition mechanism (benzyne pathway). The lecture will include examples of how electron-withdrawing groups facilitate NAS by stabilizing the intermediate or transition state. We will also discuss the practical applications of NAS, such as the synthesis of arylamines and aryl ethers. Real-world examples, such as the pharmaceutical synthesis of key drugs, will illustrate the importance of this reaction. By the end of the session, students will understand the conditions required for NAS and its significance in organic synthesis.
22. Chapter 16 - Oxidation and Reduction of Benzene
This session will focus on oxidation and reduction reactions involving benzene and its derivatives. We will discuss the mechanisms of key reactions, such as the oxidation of alkyl side chains to carboxylic acids and the catalytic hydrogenation of benzene to cyclohexane. The lecture will highlight how these transformations can be used to synthesize polysubstituted benzene derivatives and modify the functionality of aromatic compounds. Practical examples from industrial processes and natural product synthesis will illustrate the utility of these reactions. Students will also learn about the role of reagents and catalysts, such as KMnO4 and Pd/C, in these transformations. By the end of the session, students will be able to predict the outcomes of oxidation and reduction reactions involving benzene.
23. Chapter 17 - Alcohol Nomenclature
In this session, we will introduce the systematic naming of alcohols, focusing on IUPAC rules and common nomenclature. Students will learn how to name primary, secondary, and tertiary alcohols, as well as compounds containing multiple hydroxyl groups. The lecture will also review alcohol synthesis reactions covered in Organic Chemistry I, such as the hydration of alkenes and the reduction of carbonyl compounds. We will discuss how structural features, such as chain length and branching, affect the physical properties of alcohols, including boiling points and solubility. Examples will demonstrate how to name complex alcohols and incorporate stereochemistry into the nomenclature. This session will provide students with a strong foundation for understanding alcohol chemistry.
24. Review
This session will review the material covered in recent lectures, focusing on the chemistry of aromatic compounds and alcohols. We will revisit key concepts, such as electrophilic and nucleophilic aromatic substitution, oxidation and reduction of benzene, and alcohol nomenclature. The session will include a mix of instructor-led problem-solving and group activities, ensuring students have multiple opportunities to engage with the material. Special attention will be given to challenging topics, such as substituent effects and reaction mechanisms. By the end of the session, students will have a thorough understanding of the material and feel prepared for upcoming assessments.
25. Chapter 17 - New Alcohol Reactions
This lecture will introduce new reactions involving alcohols, with a focus on reduction reactions and the Grignard reaction. We will discuss how alcohols can be synthesized through the reduction of aldehydes, ketones, and carboxylic acid derivatives using reagents such as NaBH4 and LiAlH4. The Grignard reaction will be explained in detail, highlighting its role in forming carbon-carbon bonds and producing alcohols with various substituents. Practical examples will demonstrate how these reactions are used in organic synthesis to create complex molecules. By the end of the session, students will understand how to use reduction and Grignard reactions to synthesize alcohols and apply these reactions to solve synthetic problems.
26. Chapter 17 - Alcohol Oxidation
In this session, we will explore the oxidation of alcohols, focusing on the use of reagents such as PCC, Jones reagent, and Swern oxidation. The lecture will cover the conversion of primary alcohols to aldehydes or carboxylic acids and secondary alcohols to ketones. We will also discuss the use of protecting groups, such as silyl ethers, to prevent unwanted oxidation during multi-step synthesis. Practical examples will illustrate how these techniques are applied in real-world scenarios, such as pharmaceutical synthesis. By the end of the session, students will have a comprehensive understanding of alcohol oxidation and its role in organic chemistry.
27. Chapter 17 - Phenols and Their Reactions
This lecture will focus on the chemistry of phenols, emphasizing their unique reactivity compared to alcohols. We will discuss the acidity of phenols, factors influencing acidity, and how phenoxide ions participate in electrophilic and nucleophilic reactions. Key reactions, such as the synthesis of phenolic esters and ethers, will be covered, along with examples of phenols in biological and industrial contexts. Spectroscopy techniques for characterizing phenols, such as IR and NMR, will also be introduced. By the end of this session, students will understand the unique properties of phenols and their importance in organic chemistry.
28. Chapter 18 - Ether Preparation
This lecture will focus on the nomenclature, synthesis, and reactions of ethers, with a special emphasis on their preparation. We will begin by reviewing the IUPAC rules for naming ethers, including symmetrical and unsymmetrical compounds. The session will then delve into methods for synthesizing ethers, such as the Williamson ether synthesis, acid-catalyzed dehydration of alcohols, and alkoxymercuration-demercuration of alkenes. Examples of how these methods are used in multi-step synthesis will be provided, highlighting their practical applications. We will also explore the acid-catalyzed cleavage of ethers and the unique reactivity of epoxides. By the end of the session, students will understand how to prepare and manipulate ethers in both laboratory and industrial settings.
29. Review
This session will summarize the key concepts discussed in the previous week, focusing on alcohols, phenols, and ethers. We will begin by revisiting major topics, such as alcohol oxidation, the Grignard reaction, phenol chemistry, and ether synthesis. Students will engage in practice problems and group discussions to reinforce their understanding and application of these concepts. The review will also include an opportunity to ask questions about challenging topics or reactions. By the end of the session, students will feel confident in their ability to tackle problems related to alcohols, phenols, and ethers, as well as apply these reactions in synthetic contexts.
30. Chapter 17 - Alcohols and Phenols
In this session, we will further explore the chemistry of alcohols and phenols, with a focus on comparing their properties and reactivity. We will examine the differences in acidity between alcohols and phenols, using examples to illustrate the influence of resonance, inductive effects, and molecular structure. The lecture will also revisit key reactions, such as oxidation, esterification, and the formation of ethers, emphasizing how these reactions differ for alcohols and phenols. Spectroscopy techniques for characterizing these compounds, including IR, NMR, and UV-Vis, will be discussed. By the end of the session, students will have a deeper understanding of the similarities and differences between alcohols and phenols and their roles in organic synthesis.
31. Exam 6 Focus
This session will help students prepare for Exam 6, which will cover material from Chapters 14 through 17. We will begin by outlining the key topics to focus on, including conjugate additions, the Diels-Alder reaction, electrophilic aromatic substitution, and alcohol/phenol chemistry. The session will include a series of review questions and worked examples to reinforce understanding and application. Students will have the opportunity to work in groups, solve problems, and ask questions about challenging topics. We will also discuss strategies for approaching multi-step synthesis problems and exams. By the end of the session, students will be well-prepared and confident to perform well on the exam.
32. Chapter 18 - Crown Ethers and Thiols
This lecture introduces crown ethers and thiols, highlighting their structures, properties, and applications. We will begin by discussing crown ethers, focusing on their ability to selectively bind metal ions and their use as phase transfer catalysts in organic reactions. Examples will illustrate how crown ethers facilitate reactions in both laboratory and industrial settings. Next, we will explore the chemistry of thiols, including their nomenclature, acidity, and reactivity. Key reactions, such as the oxidation of thiols to disulfides and their role in biochemistry, will be covered. By the end of the session, students will understand the unique properties of crown ethers and thiols and their importance in organic and biological chemistry.
33. Chapter 18 - Carbonyl Chemistry Preview
This session will provide an introduction to carbonyl chemistry, a cornerstone of organic synthesis. We will discuss the structure and reactivity of carbonyl groups, highlighting the electrophilic nature of the carbon atom and its susceptibility to nucleophilic attack. The lecture will preview key reactions, such as nucleophilic addition and substitution, and their applications in synthesis. We will also introduce the concept of carbonyl resonance and its influence on reactivity. Examples from pharmaceutical and materials chemistry will illustrate the importance of carbonyl compounds in real-world contexts. By the end of the session, students will have a foundational understanding of carbonyl chemistry, setting the stage for more detailed discussions in subsequent lectures.
34. Review
This review session will summarize the material covered during the week, focusing on crown ethers, thiols, and the introduction to carbonyl chemistry. Students will revisit major concepts through guided practice problems and collaborative exercises. We will emphasize the practical applications of these topics and how they relate to broader themes in organic chemistry. The session will also include time for students to ask questions and clarify any challenging concepts. By the end of the review, students will feel prepared to integrate these topics into their understanding of organic chemistry and apply them in future coursework and exams.
35. Chapter 18 - Ethers and Epoxides
This lecture will expand on the chemistry of ethers and epoxides, focusing on their preparation, properties, and reactivity. We will begin by reviewing the synthesis of ethers and move into the unique reactivity of epoxides, including acid- and base-catalyzed ring-opening reactions. Examples will demonstrate how regioselectivity and stereochemistry influence the outcome of epoxide reactions. The lecture will also cover the use of ethers and epoxides in organic synthesis, with applications in the pharmaceutical and polymer industries. By the end of the session, students will have a comprehensive understanding of the chemistry of ethers and epoxides and their role in organic synthesis.
36. Chapter 19 - Ketones and Aldehydes
In this lecture, we will cover the nomenclature, preparation, and basic reactivity of ketones and aldehydes. Students will learn how to name these compounds according to IUPAC rules and identify structural features that influence their reactivity. We will discuss methods for preparing ketones and aldehydes, such as oxidation of alcohols and ozonolysis of alkenes. The lecture will also introduce common reactions, such as nucleophilic addition, and their role in synthesizing more complex molecules. Examples will illustrate the versatility of these compounds in organic synthesis and their applications in industrial processes. By the end of the session, students will have a strong foundation in ketone and aldehyde chemistry.
37. Chapter 19 - Nucleophilic Addition Reactions
This session will focus on nucleophilic addition reactions, one of the most important reaction types for carbonyl compounds. We will begin by discussing the mechanism of nucleophilic addition and the factors that influence its rate and selectivity. Specific reactions, such as hydration, cyanohydrin formation, and addition of hydride reagents (e.g., NaBH4, LiAlH4), will be covered in detail. The lecture will also introduce the use of Grignard reagents and amines in carbonyl addition reactions, with examples highlighting their role in building complex molecules. By the end of the session, students will understand the mechanisms and applications of nucleophilic addition reactions.
38. Chapter 19 - Wolff-Kishner and Wittig Reactions
This lecture will cover the Wolff-Kishner reduction and the Wittig reaction, two essential tools in carbonyl chemistry. We will begin with the Wolff-Kishner reduction, explaining its mechanism and conditions for converting ketones and aldehydes to alkanes. The Wittig reaction will be introduced as a method for forming alkenes from carbonyl compounds using phosphorus ylides. Examples will demonstrate how these reactions are used in synthetic routes to create specific products. The lecture will also include a discussion of stereoselectivity and regioselectivity in the Wittig reaction. By the end of the session, students will be equipped to apply these reactions in multi-step syntheses.
39. Chapter 19 - Biological Reductions
This session will explore the role of carbonyl reductions in biological systems, focusing on conjugate addition and spectroscopy techniques. We will discuss how enzymes catalyze the reduction of ketones and aldehydes to alcohols, with examples from metabolic pathways. The lecture will also introduce spectroscopy methods, such as NMR and IR, to study these reductions. Real-world applications, including drug design and natural product synthesis, will illustrate the importance of biological reductions. By the end of the session, students will understand how carbonyl reductions occur in biological and synthetic contexts.
40. Review
In this review session, we will summarize the key concepts from Chapter 19, focusing on ketones, aldehydes, and their reactions. Students will work through practice problems to reinforce their understanding of nucleophilic addition, reductions, and multi-step syntheses. The session will include time for questions and discussions of challenging topics, ensuring that students feel confident in their mastery of the material. By the end of the session, students will be well-prepared for upcoming quizzes and exams.
41. Chapter 20 - Carboxylic Acids
This lecture will introduce carboxylic acids, a fundamental functional group in organic chemistry, by focusing on their structure, nomenclature, and acidity. We will begin with the IUPAC rules for naming carboxylic acids and their derivatives, highlighting systematic and common naming conventions. The lecture will then cover the unique acidity of carboxylic acids, exploring how resonance stabilization and inductive effects influence their pKa values. The Henderson-Hasselbalch equation will be introduced to explain how carboxylic acids behave in different pH environments. Examples will demonstrate the role of carboxylic acids in biological systems, such as fatty acids, and their industrial significance in the production of polymers, pharmaceuticals, and other materials. By the end of the session, students will understand the fundamental properties of carboxylic acids and their relevance in both organic and biochemistry.
42. Chapter 20 - Carboxylic Acid Reactions
This session will focus on the reactivity and transformations of carboxylic acids, covering key reactions such as nucleophilic acyl substitution, decarboxylation, and conversion to derivatives like esters, amides, and anhydrides. We will begin by discussing the mechanism of nucleophilic acyl substitution and its role in synthesizing carboxylic acid derivatives. The session will also explore the decarboxylation of beta-keto acids and malonic acid derivatives, explaining the reaction mechanism and practical applications in synthesis. Students will learn about the formation of nitriles from carboxylic acids and their subsequent reactivity. Real-world examples, such as the synthesis of pharmaceuticals and agrochemicals, will highlight the importance of these reactions. By the end, students will have a comprehensive understanding of carboxylic acid chemistry and its synthetic utility.
43. Chapter 20 - Spectroscopy Review
In this session, we will focus on the spectroscopy of carboxylic acids and their derivatives, emphasizing IR, NMR, and mass spectrometry techniques. We will begin by discussing the characteristic IR absorption bands for carboxylic acids, such as the broad O-H stretch and the C=O stretch, and how these differ from other functional groups. NMR spectroscopy will be used to analyze the chemical environment of the acidic proton and adjacent carbons. The session will also cover how mass spectrometry can identify carboxylic acids through molecular ion peaks and fragmentation patterns. Students will practice interpreting spectra of carboxylic acids and related compounds, preparing them to apply these techniques in structure elucidation. By the end of the session, students will be confident in their ability to analyze and interpret the spectral data of carboxylic acids.
44. Review
This review session will focus on summarizing the material covered in Chapter 20, with an emphasis on the properties, reactions, and spectroscopy of carboxylic acids. Students will work on a variety of practice problems, including reaction mechanisms, multi-step syntheses, and spectral interpretation. Group discussions and Q&A will provide an opportunity to address any challenging topics or concepts. Additionally, the session will highlight common pitfalls and exam strategies for approaching questions about carboxylic acids. By the end of the session, students will feel confident in their understanding of carboxylic acids and prepared to apply these concepts in exams and real-world scenarios.
45. Chapter 21 - Carboxylic Acid Derivatives
This lecture will introduce carboxylic acid derivatives, including esters, amides, acid anhydrides, and acid chlorides. We will begin by discussing their nomenclature, structure, and the stability hierarchy of these compounds. The session will focus on nucleophilic acyl substitution reactions, explaining the mechanism and reactivity differences among the derivatives. Examples will demonstrate the synthesis of these derivatives from carboxylic acids and their transformations into other functional groups. Real-world applications, such as the role of amides in proteins and esters in flavor compounds, will be highlighted. By the end of the lecture, students will understand the interconversion of carboxylic acid derivatives and their importance in organic synthesis.
46. Chapter 21 - Stability Ladder
This session will focus on the stability ladder of carboxylic acid derivatives, explaining why some derivatives, such as acid chlorides, are highly reactive while others, like amides, are more stable. We will examine the electronic and steric factors that influence reactivity and the energy profile of nucleophilic acyl substitution. Examples will include practical syntheses that take advantage of this stability ladder, such as the conversion of acid chlorides to esters or amides. The session will also cover the role of resonance and hybridization in determining stability. By the end of the session, students will understand how to predict and utilize the relative reactivity of carboxylic acid derivatives in organic synthesis.
47. Chapter 21 - Acid Anhydrides and Esters
This lecture will explore the chemistry of acid anhydrides and esters, focusing on their synthesis, reactivity, and practical applications. We will begin by discussing the preparation of acid anhydrides from acid chlorides and their use as acylating agents in organic synthesis. The lecture will then shift to esters, covering methods of synthesis, such as Fischer esterification, and their hydrolysis under acidic and basic conditions. Examples will demonstrate the use of esters in pharmaceuticals, perfumes, and biodiesel production. By the end of the session, students will have a thorough understanding of the reactivity and applications of acid anhydrides and esters.
48. Chapter 21 - Thioesters and Acyl Phosphates
This session will focus on thioesters and acyl phosphates, emphasizing their roles as reactive intermediates in biochemical processes. We will begin by discussing the structure and reactivity of thioesters, explaining how the sulfur atom enhances their reactivity compared to esters. Examples from metabolic pathways, such as acetyl-CoA, will illustrate the importance of thioesters in biological systems. The lecture will also cover acyl phosphates, highlighting their role in energy transfer and enzyme-catalyzed reactions. Applications in polymer synthesis, such as step-growth polymers, will also be discussed. By the end of the session, students will understand the unique properties of thioesters and acyl phosphates and their significance in organic and biological chemistry.
49. Review
This review session will summarize the key concepts from Chapter 21, focusing on the nomenclature, reactivity, and transformations of carboxylic acid derivatives. Students will work on practice problems covering topics such as nucleophilic acyl substitution, stability ladders, and reaction mechanisms. Group activities will reinforce the understanding of interconversion pathways among derivatives. The session will also include time for questions and clarification of challenging concepts. By the end of the review, students will feel confident in their mastery of carboxylic acid derivative chemistry and prepared to apply these concepts in exams and practical applications.
50. Exam 7 Focus
This session will prepare students for Exam 7, covering Chapters 18, 19, 20, and 21. We will review the major topics, including ethers, epoxides, ketones, aldehydes, carboxylic acids, and their derivatives. Students will solve exam-style problems, focusing on multi-step syntheses, reaction mechanisms, and spectral analysis. Strategies for tackling complex questions and avoiding common mistakes will also be discussed. By the end of the session, students will feel confident and equipped to excel on the exam, demonstrating their understanding of the material covered in these chapters.
51. Chapter 22 - Keto-Enol Tautomerism
This lecture introduces the concept of keto-enol tautomerism, an equilibrium between ketone/aldehyde and enol forms that plays a crucial role in many organic reactions. We will begin by discussing the structural features of tautomers and how the stability of the keto and enol forms depends on factors such as hydrogen bonding, conjugation, and solvent effects. The lecture will also cover the reactivity of enols, explaining how their nucleophilic nature enables key reactions, such as halogenation at the alpha position. Practical examples, including tautomerism in biological systems such as DNA base pairing and enzymatic reactions, will be explored. Mechanisms for acid- and base-catalyzed tautomerism will be analyzed in detail to highlight the dynamic interplay between the two forms. By the end of the session, students will have a comprehensive understanding of keto-enol tautomerism and its applications in both synthetic and biological contexts.
52. Chapter 22 - Alpha Bromination
This lecture will focus on the alpha bromination of aldehydes, ketones, and carboxylic acids. We will begin by discussing the role of alpha hydrogens in reactivity and how enol and enolate intermediates enable bromination at the alpha position. The mechanism of acid- and base-catalyzed bromination will be detailed, with emphasis on the formation of enols/enolates and their subsequent reaction with bromine. Practical applications, such as the preparation of bromo-substituted intermediates used in further transformations, will be highlighted. We will also discuss potential side reactions and how to control selectivity in bromination processes. Examples from industrial synthesis and pharmaceuticals will illustrate the relevance of alpha bromination. By the end, students will understand the mechanisms and practical implications of this reaction.
53. Chapter 22 - Enolate Reactivity
In this session, we will explore the reactivity of enolate ions, a versatile intermediate in organic synthesis. The lecture will begin with an overview of enolate formation through deprotonation of alpha hydrogens using strong bases, such as LDA or alkoxides. We will then delve into their reactivity in alkylation reactions, focusing on the role of the electrophile and the choice of reaction conditions. The session will also cover other enolate-based transformations, such as the Aldol reaction and Claisen condensation, introducing how these reactions can be utilized in building complex molecular architectures. Practical examples, including the synthesis of pharmaceuticals and natural products, will highlight the synthetic utility of enolates. By the end, students will understand how to generate and manipulate enolate ions for a wide range of synthetic applications.
54. Review
This review session will summarize the material covered in Chapter 22, with a focus on keto-enol tautomerism, alpha bromination, and enolate chemistry. Students will solve practice problems involving reaction mechanisms, synthetic applications, and structure determination. Group activities will include discussions on common pitfalls, such as recognizing enolate formation conditions and selecting appropriate bases for deprotonation. We will also explore how the concepts from this chapter relate to earlier material, reinforcing connections between topics. The session will conclude with a Q&A segment to clarify any challenging concepts. By the end, students will be well-prepared to apply their knowledge of alpha carbon chemistry in exams and practical settings.
55. Quiz 8 Focus
This session will prepare students for Quiz 8, which focuses on Chapters 21 and 22. Key topics will include the chemistry of carboxylic acid derivatives, keto-enol tautomerism, enolate reactivity, and alpha bromination. We will work through quiz-style problems, including reaction mechanisms, retrosynthetic analysis, and multi-step synthesis questions. Students will receive tips on how to approach challenging questions and avoid common mistakes. The session will also include a recap of important reactions and their mechanisms. By the end of the session, students will feel confident in their ability to tackle quiz questions and demonstrate their understanding of the material.
56. Chapter 23 - Aldol Reactions
This lecture will introduce Aldol reactions, a cornerstone of carbon-carbon bond-forming chemistry. We will begin by discussing the formation of enolates and their role as nucleophiles in reactions with carbonyl compounds. The mechanism of the Aldol reaction, including the initial addition step and subsequent dehydration to form alpha, beta-unsaturated carbonyl compounds, will be explained in detail. Examples will highlight the synthetic utility of Aldol reactions in constructing complex molecular frameworks. Applications in natural product synthesis and industrial processes, such as the production of fragrances and pharmaceuticals, will be discussed. Strategies for controlling stereoselectivity and regioselectivity in Aldol reactions will also be covered. By the end of the session, students will understand the fundamentals of Aldol reactions and their applications in organic synthesis.
57. Chapter 23 - Mixed Aldol Reactions
This session will focus on mixed (or crossed) Aldol reactions, which involve two different carbonyl compounds. We will begin by discussing strategies to ensure selectivity, such as using non-enolizable carbonyl compounds or employing directed Aldol reactions. The lecture will cover the mechanisms and potential pitfalls of mixed Aldol reactions, including issues with overreaction and undesired byproducts. Intramolecular Aldol reactions, leading to cyclic products, will also be explored, with examples of their use in the synthesis of natural products and complex organic molecules. The session will conclude with a discussion of Claisen condensation and Dieckmann cyclization as complementary techniques. Students will leave with a thorough understanding of how to design and execute mixed Aldol reactions in synthesis.
58. Chapter 23 - Michael Reaction
This lecture will introduce the Michael reaction, a key conjugate addition reaction that forms carbon-carbon bonds. We will begin by discussing the types of Michael acceptors (alpha, beta-unsaturated carbonyl compounds) and Michael donors (nucleophiles such as enolates, thiols, and amines). The mechanism of the Michael reaction will be analyzed step-by-step, highlighting its versatility in organic synthesis. Extensions of the Michael reaction, such as the Stork enamine reaction and Robinson annulation, will also be covered. Applications in the synthesis of complex natural products and pharmaceutical intermediates will be explored. The lecture will conclude with a discussion of biological Michael additions and their role in enzymatic processes. By the end, students will understand the broad applicability of the Michael reaction in both laboratory and biological settings.
59. Review
This review session will summarize the material from Chapter 23, focusing on Aldol reactions, mixed Aldol reactions, and the Michael reaction. Students will work through practice problems involving reaction mechanisms, stereoselectivity, and synthetic applications. Group discussions will address strategies for designing efficient synthetic routes using these reactions. Connections to earlier chapters, such as enolate chemistry and carbonyl reactivity, will be reinforced. The session will include a Q&A segment to address any lingering questions or challenging topics. By the end, students will feel confident in their ability to apply Chapter 23 concepts in exams and practical scenarios.
60. Chapter 24 - Amines
In this lecture, we will focus on the structure, nomenclature, and reactivity of amines, an important class of nitrogen-containing compounds. We will start by discussing the naming conventions for primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, including examples to illustrate these rules. Next, the synthesis of amines using the Gabriel synthesis and reductive amination will be detailed, highlighting their mechanisms and practical applications. The lecture will also cover the Hofmann elimination, a reaction that enables the preparation of alkenes from quaternary ammonium salts. We will explore the physical and chemical properties of amines, such as their basicity and hydrogen bonding, and how these properties influence their behavior in reactions. Examples of biologically significant amines, such as neurotransmitters and alkaloids, will be presented to illustrate their relevance in biochemistry and medicine. By the end, students will understand the versatile chemistry of amines and their role in organic synthesis and biology.
61. Chapter 24 - Aromatic Amine Reactions
This session will focus on the unique chemistry of aromatic amines, such as aniline and its derivatives. We will begin by discussing how the aromatic ring affects the reactivity and basicity of the amino group. The lecture will cover key reactions, including diazonium salt formation, which is a gateway to numerous transformations, such as Sandmeyer and Schiemann reactions. Applications of diazonium coupling in the synthesis of azo dyes will also be discussed. Additionally, the reactivity of aromatic amines with electrophiles and the role of the amino group as an ortho/para-directing substituent in electrophilic aromatic substitution will be explored. The lecture will conclude with a discussion on the spectroscopy of aromatic amines, emphasizing techniques like IR and NMR to identify functional groups and structural features. By the end, students will be equipped to understand and apply the chemistry of aromatic amines in synthetic and analytical contexts.
62. Chapter 25 - Carbohydrates
This lecture introduces the fascinating world of carbohydrates, focusing on their structure, classification, and importance in biological systems. We will start with an overview of monosaccharides, including aldoses and ketoses, and their structural representation using Fischer projections. The lecture will then delve into the concepts of stereochemistry, chirality, and the D- and L-configuration of sugars. Practical examples will include biologically relevant monosaccharides such as glucose, fructose, and ribose. We will also discuss the role of carbohydrates in energy storage and structural components of cells, like cellulose and glycogen. Students will learn how to identify functional groups in sugars and their reactivity in oxidation and reduction reactions. By the end, students will have a solid foundation in understanding the structure and function of carbohydrates.
63. Chapter 25 - Sugars
In this lecture, we will explore the cyclic structures of sugars, including the formation of hemiacetals and hemiketals in monosaccharides. The concept of anomeric carbon and the distinction between alpha and beta anomers will be explained in detail. Students will learn how sugars interconvert between linear and cyclic forms, as well as how they participate in glycosidic bond formation. Examples of disaccharides, such as sucrose, maltose, and lactose, will be covered, along with their roles in metabolism. The lecture will also introduce polysaccharides like starch, glycogen, and cellulose, discussing their structural differences and biological significance. Finally, we will explore the reactivity of sugars in processes like mutarotation, oxidation, and reduction. This session aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of sugar chemistry and its implications in biochemistry.
64. Review
This review session will cover the key concepts from Chapter 24 (amines) and Chapter 25 (carbohydrates). Students will work through practice problems on topics such as amine synthesis, reactions, and carbohydrate classification. Group activities will focus on identifying functional groups in sugars and solving reaction mechanism questions involving amines. Connections to earlier material, such as nucleophilic substitution and stereochemistry, will be reinforced to provide a holistic understanding. The session will include a Q&A segment to clarify any challenging concepts and ensure students are prepared for upcoming assessments. By the end of the review, students will feel confident in their ability to tackle questions on these topics.
65. Exam 8 Focus
This session will focus on preparing for Exam 8, which covers Chapters 21 through 25. We will review the key reactions and mechanisms for carboxylic acid derivatives, keto-enol tautomerism, enolate chemistry, aldol and Michael reactions, amines, and carbohydrates. Students will solve exam-style questions, including synthesis problems, retrosynthetic analysis, and multiple-choice questions. The session will also include tips on time management and effective strategies for approaching challenging exam problems. Students will have the opportunity to ask questions and clarify any remaining doubts. By the end, students will feel confident and well-prepared to perform successfully on the exam.
66. Chapter 26 - Amino Acids
This lecture will explore the structure and properties of amino acids, the building blocks of proteins. We will begin by discussing the general structure of amino acids, including the central alpha-carbon, amino group, carboxyl group, and side chain (R group). The classification of amino acids based on the properties of their side chains (e.g., polar, nonpolar, acidic, basic) will be covered in detail. We will also discuss the concept of zwitterions and the acid-base behavior of amino acids, using the Henderson-Hasselbalch equation to explain isoelectric points. The lecture will then introduce methods of amino acid synthesis, including Strecker synthesis and Gabriel synthesis. Finally, we will discuss the role of amino acids in protein structure and function, as well as techniques for sequencing amino acids in peptides. By the end, students will have a comprehensive understanding of amino acid chemistry.
67. Chapter 26 - Lipid Classifications
This session introduces the diverse world of lipids, focusing on their classification and biological significance. We will begin by discussing the structural features of lipids, such as fatty acids, triglycerides, phospholipids, and sterols. Students will learn about the role of lipids in energy storage, membrane structure, and signaling pathways. The lecture will also cover the physical and chemical properties of lipids, including their solubility, melting points, and reactions like esterification and hydrolysis. Examples from human biology, such as the role of omega-3 and omega-6 fatty acids in health, will be highlighted. By the end, students will understand the fundamental role of lipids in biochemistry and their relevance in both biological systems and industry.
68. Chapter 31 - Synthetic Polymers
This lecture introduces synthetic polymers, their classifications, and their extensive applications in everyday life. We will begin by defining polymers and their monomeric units, followed by an exploration of key polymerization methods, including addition (chain-growth) and condensation (step-growth) polymerization. Examples of common polymers, such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and polystyrene, will be discussed to illustrate their structures and properties. The lecture will also focus on the physical characteristics of polymers, including their crystallinity, tensile strength, and thermal behavior. Applications in various industries, such as packaging, textiles, and healthcare, will be highlighted, along with a brief discussion of biodegradable and recyclable polymers. By the end, students will understand the importance of synthetic polymers in modern society and how their properties can be tailored for specific applications.
69. Review
This review session will cover Chapters 26 and 31, consolidating concepts related to amino acids, lipids, and synthetic polymers. The session will include a mix of group activities, problem-solving exercises, and practice questions designed to strengthen students' understanding of these topics. For amino acids and lipids, we will revisit their structures, properties, and roles in biological systems, while for polymers, we will focus on polymerization mechanisms and real-world applications. Connections between topics, such as the synthesis of biopolymers like peptides and the design of synthetic alternatives, will also be explored. Students will have the opportunity to clarify doubts and ask questions in preparation for the next set of lectures. By the end of the session, students will feel more confident about these key biochemistry and materials science topics.
70. Chapter 26 - Biomolecules
This lecture will focus on biomolecules, emphasizing amino acids, peptides, and proteins. We will begin by discussing the structural organization of proteins, starting with primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary structures, and how these levels of organization determine protein function. Students will learn about peptide bond formation, the significance of side chain interactions, and protein folding mechanisms. The lecture will also introduce the concept of enzymes as biological catalysts and their specific roles in metabolic pathways. Analytical techniques such as SDS-PAGE, mass spectrometry, and X-ray crystallography for studying biomolecules will also be highlighted. Real-life examples of proteins, including hemoglobin and insulin, will be discussed to connect theory to practical applications. By the end, students will gain a deeper understanding of the structure-function relationship of biomolecules.
71. Chapter 27 - Lipids
In this lecture, we will delve deeper into the biochemistry of lipids, focusing on their molecular structure and biological roles. We will begin with an overview of the major classes of lipids, including triglycerides, phospholipids, steroids, and glycolipids, emphasizing their chemical composition and functional diversity. The role of lipids in forming biological membranes and maintaining membrane fluidity will be a key topic of discussion. Additionally, we will explore lipid metabolism, including fatty acid oxidation (beta-oxidation) and lipid biosynthesis, with examples of regulatory pathways. The lecture will also touch on the importance of lipids in energy storage and hormone production. Real-world examples, such as the role of lipids in heart health and obesity, will help connect these concepts to practical applications. By the end, students will appreciate the critical functions lipids serve in both cellular and systemic physiology.
72. Chapter 31 - Synthetic Polymers
This lecture continues the exploration of synthetic polymers, focusing on advanced polymer materials and their applications. We will discuss copolymers, block polymers, and cross-linked polymers, highlighting their unique properties and how they differ from homopolymers. The synthesis of specialty polymers, such as conducting polymers, biodegradable polymers, and thermosetting resins, will be covered, along with their uses in fields like electronics, medicine, and construction. Students will also learn about the environmental impact of synthetic polymers, including challenges related to plastic waste and strategies for recycling and developing sustainable alternatives. Case studies of innovative polymer applications, such as drug delivery systems and self-healing materials, will provide insight into cutting-edge research. By the end, students will understand how polymer chemistry continues to evolve to meet societal needs.
73. Review
This session focuses on reviewing Chapters 27 and 31, providing an opportunity to consolidate knowledge on lipids and synthetic polymers. We will revisit key topics such as lipid metabolism, membrane structure, and polymer synthesis, highlighting connections between biological and synthetic systems. Students will work through problem-solving exercises, including interpreting lipid-related pathways and designing polymers for specific applications. Discussions will include addressing questions from prior lectures and clarifying complex mechanisms. Practice questions and group activities will encourage collaboration and deeper understanding. This review session aims to prepare students for upcoming quizzes or exams while ensuring they can confidently apply these concepts to real-world scenarios.
74. Review
This comprehensive review session will cover material from earlier lectures, focusing on integrating concepts across multiple chapters. Students will revisit foundational topics such as spectroscopy, reaction mechanisms, and biomolecular chemistry, linking them to later material like polymers and advanced organic synthesis. Practice problems will emphasize applying theoretical knowledge to solve practical challenges. Group discussions will focus on areas where students express difficulty, ensuring a collaborative and supportive learning environment. Special attention will be given to topics that are likely to appear on the final exam. By the end of the session, students will have a holistic understanding of the course material and be well-prepared to tackle cumulative assessments.
75. Review
This session continues the final review process, focusing on reinforcing students’ understanding of complex topics such as enolate chemistry, spectroscopy, and biochemistry. Students will practice synthesizing molecules, elucidating structures, and solving multi-step mechanisms. Additional emphasis will be placed on understanding relationships between concepts, such as how functional groups influence reactivity and stability. Strategies for tackling challenging exam questions will be discussed, including time management and identifying key reaction clues. The session will also address any remaining questions or uncertainties, ensuring students feel confident and prepared for the final assessment.
76. Review - Final Preparation
This final review session is dedicated to ensuring a comprehensive understanding of all course topics in preparation for the final exam. We will summarize and reinforce key concepts from the entire course, including reaction mechanisms, spectroscopy techniques, biomolecular chemistry, and polymer applications. Students will engage in mock exams, timed problem-solving sessions, and group discussions to refine their knowledge and exam strategies. Special attention will be given to commonly misunderstood topics, providing clarity and deeper insight. This session is designed to build confidence, address any remaining concerns, and ensure students are fully prepared to succeed on the final exam and beyond.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: 1. “Organic Chemistry” 10th Edition, John McMurry (open source/free text) https://openstax.org/details/books/organic-chemistryLinks to an external site. 2. Supplemental Resources for “Organic Chemistry”, John McMurry (strongly recommended) https://openstax.org/details/books/organic-chemistry?Student%20resourcesLinks to an external site. 3. “Organic Chemistry as a Second Language” First and Second Semester Topics (two volumes) David Klein, any of the 4th-6th (recommended) 4. Other OER Resources such as: https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Organic_ChemistryLinks to an external site.
Organic Chemistry I, CHEM-2310, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Reading:
It is vital that you read relevant sections of available resources and textbooks ahead of class, so class time is used to review and interpret concepts, not introduce material for the first time!
Failure to complete the out-of-class readings and assignments could result in you falling significantly behind on this rapidly progressing course. Falling behind on material will “snowball” and recovering is difficult.
Homeworks/Assignments:
Homework problems are based on end-of-chapter textbook problems or in-class assigned problems.
You can’t be certain that you truly understand the material until you complete the problems by yourself.
Problems similar to those that are assigned will likely be included on quizzes and exams.
If you have difficulty working the problem sets, you are strongly encouraged to work together with other students, see a tutor, attend recitation, and/or come to office hours.
You have many resources available to you – please use them!!
There will be assignments that must be submitted to Canvas for points towards your overall grade! The specifics of what needs to be completed and submitted is described for those assignments in Canvas.
Practice and Test Preparation:
There are more resources available to you than can be ever completed! Some are listed below, some found by simple searches, some you can make, many that I am not aware of yet. Hundreds of thousands of students are pushing through organic chemistry right now, and that means there is a lot of support out there!
DO THE TEXTBOOK PROBLEMS (our textbook, or other textbooks), use Student Resources!!
Online resources (google “practice problems” and the concept being covered, and they will appear)
Meet with TAs, visit during Office Hours
Use yourself! Make up your own problems, ask others in the class to make problems for each other!
Half-Assessments:
There will be seven (7) half-assessments (mini-exams, quizzes, etc.) during the semester covering the newer material. The five (5) highest scores of those quizzes will count towards your final grade.
These will be short-answer questions ranging in difficulty from basic to challenging.
Full-Assessments:
There will be two exams in class (50 minutes) that require you to apply concepts presented in class, assigned for practice, or given on the homework sets and quizzes, to more challenging problems.
All exams are cumulative, but may be written more heavily from new material since the previous exam.
Exams will be comprised of multiple choice and/or short answer questions, with the goal to test application of knowledge to complex problems beyond those seen in class.
Exams will be in class on the dates shown in the attached schedule.
Final Exam:
The final exam will only be given on the scheduled time/date.
The final exam will be the national American Chemical Society (ACS) exam – the exam is cumulative and will cover all material discussed.
Make-ups:
NONE! Understanding that life happens, you are able to drop two lowest quiz scores/missed quizzes for these types of scenarios.
Make up for exams missed for approved reasons (e.g. trips sponsored by the university) can be discussed only if the instructor was notified before the absence.
You must make arrangements with me ahead of time - notify me (by email) the week before the scheduled assignment as to when you will make up the missed exam.
Canvas:
The primary means of communication for this course (outside of class) will be through announcements posted to your canvas account. Please set up your Canvas account and monitor it frequently.
Course Points: Class Assignments (20%)
Quizzes (30%)
Exams (30%)
Final Exam (20%)
Total (100%)
Course Grading: The grading breakdown shown below will be used in this class (please note the three significant figures – final grades will be rounded to three sig figs):
Grade Course % Grade Course %
A 100.0 - 93.0 C+ 79.9 - 77.0
A- 92.9 - 90.0 C 76.9 - 70.0
B+ 89.9 - 87.0 C- 69.9 - 65.0
B 86.9 - 83.0 D 64.9 - 60.0
B- 82.9 - 80.0 F 59.9 - 0.0
Extra Credit:
NONE!
Disclaimer: The instructor reserves the right to make modifications to this syllabus, the content, and dates, by announcing changes in class and/or postings to Canvas.
Description:
1. Introduction to Organic
In this first class, we will introduce the study of organic chemistry, focusing on its significance in both the scientific world and everyday life. The historical development of organic chemistry will be discussed, highlighting the importance of carbon compounds and their vast applications in pharmaceuticals, materials science, and biology. Students will be given an overview of how organic chemistry connects to other branches of chemistry. We will also explore the structure and reactivity of organic molecules, setting the stage for the course. Key themes like bonding, functional groups, and molecular shapes will be introduced. This session aims to inspire students about the relevance of organic chemistry.
2. Review of General Chemistry
This session revisits essential concepts from general chemistry that will be foundational for understanding organic chemistry. Topics like atomic structure, bonding, stoichiometry, and basic thermodynamics will be reviewed to ensure all students have a solid grasp of these concepts. Emphasis will be placed on understanding how these principles apply to organic molecules and reactions. Key concepts such as electron configurations, the periodic table, and basic acid-base theory will be covered. This review is crucial as it prepares students to build on these ideas in the context of organic reactions and mechanisms. A few example problems will be worked through to reinforce understanding.
3. Chapter 1 - Define Organic
In this class, we will define what makes a molecule "organic" and explore the historical development of organic chemistry. Students will learn that organic compounds primarily contain carbon atoms, often bonded to hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and other elements. The types of compounds studied in organic chemistry, such as hydrocarbons and their derivatives, will be outlined. We will also discuss why carbon is so central to organic chemistry, exploring its unique bonding properties and ability to form a variety of structures. Key terms such as functional groups and molecular structure will be introduced. This session sets the foundation for all subsequent learning in organic chemistry.
4. Atomic Structure, Electron Configurations
This session delves deeper into atomic structure and electron configuration, key concepts in understanding how atoms interact to form molecules. Students will review the structure of the atom, focusing on protons, neutrons, and electrons, and learn how electron configurations are determined based on quantum mechanics. This knowledge will be applied to understanding bonding in organic molecules. The periodic table's trends in atomic size, ionization energy, and electron affinity will be explored. Emphasis will be placed on how these factors influence an atom's ability to bond with others, particularly in the formation of covalent bonds. This foundation is critical for understanding molecular interactions in organic chemistry.
5. Atomic Orbitals, Hybrid Orbitals, VSEPR
In this class, we will discuss the concept of atomic orbitals and how they combine to form hybrid orbitals. Students will learn the importance of hybridization in organic molecules, which allows atoms to form stronger bonds with specific geometries. The Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion (VSEPR) theory will be introduced to predict the shapes of molecules based on the repulsion between electron pairs. We will explore the different hybridization states (sp, sp2, sp3) and how these affect bond angles and molecular geometry. Practical examples of hybridization in organic compounds, such as alkenes and alkynes, will be used to solidify these concepts. This session builds understanding of molecular structure and geometry.
6. Chapter 2 - Molecular Structures
This class will focus on molecular structures and their implications for chemical behavior. Students will learn how atoms are connected in a molecule, forming bonds that dictate the molecule's shape and reactivity. We will introduce different types of bonding, including sigma and pi bonds, and discuss how these contribute to a molecule's structure. The relationship between molecular structure and physical properties like boiling points, solubility, and reactivity will be highlighted. Students will also learn about resonance and its role in stabilizing molecular structures. The concept of molecular polarity, which depends on the distribution of electrons in a molecule, will be introduced.
7. 3D Line Structures, Polarity
In this session, we will focus on how to draw 3D line structures for organic molecules, which are essential for accurately representing complex molecules. The different conventions for representing bonds (such as dashed and wedge lines) will be explained. Students will also learn how to determine the polarity of molecules based on their structure. The session will cover the relationship between molecular shape and polarity, as well as how polarity affects molecular interactions and reactivity. We will introduce concepts such as dipole moments and polar vs. non-polar molecules. Real-life examples of polar and non-polar molecules will be discussed to reinforce these concepts.
8. Resonance
This class will introduce resonance, a concept fundamental to understanding the stability and reactivity of many organic molecules. Students will learn how resonance structures are used to represent delocalized electrons in molecules, allowing for more accurate depictions of molecular behavior. The importance of resonance in stabilizing intermediates in reactions, such as carbocations and carbanions, will be emphasized. Students will practice drawing resonance structures for a variety of organic molecules. The session will highlight how resonance can affect molecular properties, including acidity and basicity. We will also discuss how resonance contributes to the stability of aromatic compounds.
9. Resonance, Delocalized LPs
Building on the previous class, we will explore the role of delocalized lone pairs (LPs) in resonance. Students will learn how lone pairs of electrons, particularly in heteroatoms such as oxygen and nitrogen, can participate in resonance and affect a molecule’s reactivity and stability. The concept of electron delocalization will be extended to more complex systems, such as conjugated systems and aromatic compounds. We will discuss how delocalized electrons contribute to the stabilization of molecules and intermediates. Students will also learn how to assess the importance of different resonance structures based on formal charges and atom connectivity. This class will deepen students' understanding of electron flow in organic molecules.
10. Quiz 1
A quiz will be administered to assess students' understanding of the material covered from Sessions 1 to 9. This will include questions on atomic structure, molecular geometry, bonding, resonance, and polarity. The quiz will consist of multiple-choice, short answer, and drawing questions to test both conceptual understanding and the ability to apply knowledge to problem-solving. Students will also be asked to demonstrate their ability to draw resonance structures and determine molecular polarity. This quiz will provide both students and the instructor with feedback on areas where further clarification may be needed.
11. Physical Properties: BP, MP, Solubility
This class will cover the physical properties of organic molecules, including boiling points (BP), melting points (MP), and solubility. Students will learn how molecular size, structure, and functional groups influence these properties. The relationship between intermolecular forces (e.g., hydrogen bonding, dipole-dipole interactions, van der Waals forces) and physical properties will be emphasized. The session will also cover how solubility is influenced by polarity and molecular interactions. Students will practice predicting the physical properties of molecules based on their structure. This class will also explore the concept of phase changes and their significance in organic reactions and processes.
12. Physical Properties: BP, MP, Solubility
This class continues the discussion of physical properties, focusing on the factors that affect boiling point, melting point, and solubility. Students will learn how functional groups such as alcohols, carboxylic acids, and amines influence these properties. The concept of molecular symmetry and its effect on boiling and melting points will be explored. The impact of molecular weight on solubility and boiling point will be emphasized. Real-life examples of how physical properties govern the behavior of organic molecules in chemical processes and biological systems will be discussed. This session will provide more detailed practice in predicting and comparing physical properties.
13. Acid-Base Reactions
This class will introduce acid-base reactions, a fundamental topic in organic chemistry. Students will learn about the Brønsted-Lowry acid-base theory, which focuses on proton transfer. The session will explain how acids and bases interact and the factors that influence the strength of acids and bases, such as molecular structure and electronegativity. Key concepts like pKa, the strength of acids and bases, and their role in determining the outcome of chemical reactions will be discussed. Students will also explore the importance of acid-base reactions in biological systems and industrial applications. Practice problems will help students apply these concepts to organic reactions.
14. Organic Acids and Bases
In this class, we will explore the unique behavior of organic acids and bases. Students will learn how functional groups such as alcohols, carboxylic acids, and amines behave as acids or bases. The relationship between molecular structure and acidity or basicity will be discussed in detail. We will examine how the strength of organic acids and bases is influenced by factors such as resonance stabilization, inductive effects, and hybridization. This session will also cover the concept of conjugate acids and bases. Students will practice identifying acidic and basic sites within organic molecules and predicting their reactivity in acid-base reactions.
15. Henderson-Hasselbalch Equation
This session introduces the Henderson-Hasselbalch equation, which relates the pH of a solution to the pKa of an acid and the concentrations of its protonated and deprotonated forms. Students will learn how this equation is used to estimate the pH of a buffer solution and understand the relationship between pH and the protonation state of functional groups in organic molecules. The importance of buffers in biological systems, such as blood, will be discussed. This equation’s application in titrations and acid-base equilibria will also be explored. Students will practice using the equation to solve problems related to organic acids and bases in solution.
16. Lewis Acid-Base, Weak Acids/Bases
This class expands on acid-base theory by introducing Lewis acid-base theory. Students will learn that a Lewis acid is an electron pair acceptor, and a Lewis base is an electron pair donor. The session will explore how this broader definition of acids and bases applies to organic reactions, including the formation of coordination complexes and nucleophilic substitution reactions. The behavior of weak acids and bases in solution will be examined in relation to their ionization constants. Examples of Lewis acids and bases in organic chemistry, such as metal complexes and boron compounds, will be discussed. This class will provide a deeper understanding of the mechanistic aspects of acid-base reactions in organic chemistry.
17. Equilibria, Leveling Effect
This class will cover chemical equilibria, focusing on how equilibrium constants are used to predict the position of equilibrium in a reaction. Students will learn about the leveling effect, which describes the limitation on the strength of acids and bases in aqueous solutions due to the autoionization of water. This session will also discuss Le Châtelier’s principle and how changes in conditions (e.g., concentration, pressure, temperature) can shift equilibrium. The role of equilibria in organic reactions, such as esterification and acid catalysis, will be emphasized. Students will practice solving equilibrium problems and applying these concepts to organic chemistry reactions.
18. Functional Groups
In this session, we will introduce organic functional groups, which are specific groups of atoms within molecules that are responsible for the characteristic chemical reactions of those molecules. Students will learn about common functional groups, such as alcohols, ketones, aldehydes, carboxylic acids, amines, and esters, and their impact on reactivity. The session will also cover how functional groups influence physical properties like boiling point, solubility, and acidity. We will discuss the concept of functional group interconversion and how functional groups are used to classify organic compounds. Students will be able to recognize and name molecules based on their functional groups.
19. Review
This review session will revisit all the material covered in the previous weeks. Students will have the opportunity to ask questions and clarify any concepts they found challenging. The instructor will provide a summary of key concepts, including atomic structure, molecular geometry, resonance, acid-base theory, and functional groups. Practice problems will be worked through to help solidify understanding and ensure that students are ready to move on to more advanced topics. Students will also be encouraged to review their notes and work on practice problems independently for further reinforcement.
20. Quiz 2
This quiz will assess students' understanding of the material covered in Sessions 11 to 19, which includes physical properties, acid-base reactions, functional groups, and basic concepts related to molecular structure. It will include multiple-choice questions, short answers, and problems that require students to apply their knowledge of solubility, pKa, resonance, and acid-base equilibria. Students will be expected to analyze organic molecules based on functional groups and predict their physical properties. This quiz will provide feedback on students' understanding and areas where further study may be needed.
21. Chapter 3 - Alkanes Intro
This session introduces alkanes, the simplest class of organic compounds, consisting only of carbon and hydrogen atoms with single bonds. Students will learn about the general structure of alkanes, their nomenclature, and how they are categorized by the number of carbon atoms in the chain (e.g., methane, ethane, propane). The physical properties of alkanes, such as boiling point, melting point, and solubility, will also be discussed in this session. We will cover the importance of alkanes as a foundational class of compounds in organic chemistry, serving as precursors to more complex molecules.
22. Nomenclature, Isomers (Constitutional, Conformational)
In this class, students will dive deeper into the nomenclature of alkanes, learning how to name branched chains according to IUPAC rules. The concept of isomerism will be explored, focusing on constitutional isomers (molecules with the same molecular formula but different connectivity) and conformational isomers (molecules with the same connectivity but different spatial arrangements due to rotation around single bonds). The class will also introduce the importance of isomerism in understanding the reactivity and physical properties of organic compounds. Practical examples will be used to help students gain confidence in naming and identifying isomers.
23. Newman Projections
In this session, students will learn how to represent conformational isomers using Newman projections. This method allows for the visualization of the spatial arrangement of atoms in a molecule, particularly for alkanes, where rotation around carbon-carbon single bonds is possible. Students will practice drawing and interpreting Newman projections, which will help them understand the energetics of different conformers (e.g., staggered vs. eclipsed). The session will also explore how substituents on the carbon atoms influence the stability of different conformations and introduce the concept of steric hindrance.
24. Conformational Analysis
This class will focus on analyzing the stability of different conformations of alkanes. Students will learn how to determine the most stable and least stable conformations based on steric hindrance and torsional strain. The session will discuss the concept of energy diagrams for conformational analysis, where the energy of each conformation is plotted, and how substituents impact the overall stability. Students will also explore the concept of the "eclipsed" conformation and why it is less stable than the "staggered" conformation. This class will emphasize the importance of conformational analysis in understanding molecular behavior and reactivity.
25. Quiz 3
This quiz will test students on the material covered in Sessions 21 to 24, which includes alkanes, their nomenclature, isomerism (constitutional and conformational), and conformational analysis. The quiz will include both multiple-choice and problem-solving questions, requiring students to name alkanes, identify isomers, and analyze the stability of different conformations using Newman projections. It will also test their ability to apply these concepts to predict physical properties and reactivity of alkanes.
26. Chapter 4 - Cycloalkanes
In this session, students will be introduced to cycloalkanes, a class of compounds consisting of carbon atoms arranged in a ring. We will explore the structure, nomenclature, and properties of cycloalkanes, focusing on the most common examples like cyclohexane. Students will learn about the special features of cyclic structures and how they differ from open-chain alkanes. The session will also introduce ring strain and discuss how the size of the ring affects the stability of cycloalkanes. This class sets the stage for understanding more complex cyclic systems and their reactivity.
27. Chairs
This class will focus on the chair conformation of cyclohexane, which is the most stable conformation for this six-membered ring. Students will learn how to represent the chair conformation in a way that reflects the spatial arrangement of atoms. The session will cover the two types of positions in the chair conformation: axial and equatorial, and how substituents can affect the stability of the ring. The concept of "ring flipping," which interconverts the chair conformations, will also be introduced. Students will practice drawing and analyzing chair conformations and understanding their impact on the stability of the molecule.
28. Double Newmans
In this session, students will extend the use of Newman projections to cyclic compounds, specifically cycloalkanes. We will explore how to represent and analyze the conformations of cycloalkanes, particularly focusing on the ability to predict strain and stability in these systems. The class will cover how the chair conformation can be depicted in a way similar to Newman projections, but for cyclic structures, emphasizing the unique interactions that arise in rings. Students will also learn how substituents can influence the ring’s stability through steric hindrance or electronic effects.
29. Chair Flips, Axial/Equatorial Substituents
This class builds on the previous one by focusing more closely on the dynamics of chair flips in cyclohexane. Students will learn how flipping the chair conformation affects the positions of substituents, switching between axial and equatorial positions. The class will explore how bulky substituents are more stable in the equatorial position due to steric effects. The impact of axial and equatorial positions on the reactivity of cyclohexane derivatives will also be discussed. This session is critical for understanding how to predict the behavior of cyclic compounds in reactions.
30. Chapter 5 - Chirality, Enantiomers, Diastereomers
In this class, students will be introduced to chirality, a fundamental concept in stereochemistry. We will define chiral molecules and explain how they differ from achiral molecules. The session will introduce the concepts of enantiomers (non-superimposable mirror images) and diastereomers (stereoisomers that are not mirror images). The importance of chirality in biology and medicine will be discussed, with examples such as the difference in effects between enantiomers in drug design. Students will learn to identify chiral centers and determine whether a molecule is chiral or achiral.
31. R/S, E/Z, cis/trans Naming with Stereochemistry
This session will focus on naming molecules with stereochemistry using the R/S and E/Z systems. Students will learn the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog rules for assigning the R or S configuration to chiral centers. The E/Z notation system will be introduced for alkenes, where students will learn how to assign priorities to substituents around a double bond. The cis/trans system for cyclic compounds will also be covered. Students will practice assigning stereochemical configurations to a variety of molecules, including chiral centers, alkenes, and cyclic compounds, enhancing their ability to recognize and describe stereochemical properties.
32. Fisher Projections, Enantiotopic/Diastereomers
This class will introduce Fisher projections, a common way to represent three-dimensional chiral molecules in two dimensions. Students will learn how to draw and interpret Fisher projections and how to convert between Fisher projections and other structural representations. The concepts of enantiotopic and diastereotopic groups will be explored, helping students distinguish between different types of stereoisomers. This session will also emphasize the significance of stereochemical representations in organic synthesis and analysis, with a focus on how functional groups are positioned in space.
33. Chirality, Assigning Stereochemistry
This session will provide further practice in assigning stereochemistry to organic molecules. Students will work through a variety of examples, applying the R/S and E/Z naming conventions and identifying enantiomers and diastereomers. The importance of stereochemistry in determining the properties and reactivity of molecules will be emphasized. Students will also review the use of Fisher projections, Newman projections, and other representations in stereochemistry. This class aims to solidify students' understanding of chirality and stereoisomerism and prepare them for more complex stereochemical challenges.
34. Review
This session will review all the topics covered up to this point in the course. Students will be encouraged to ask questions and clarify any difficult concepts. The instructor will provide a summary of the key ideas, such as chirality, stereochemistry, conformational analysis, and functional groups. Review questions and practice problems will be worked through as a group to reinforce these concepts. This session serves as a review before the upcoming quiz, ensuring that students have a strong grasp of the material.
35. Quiz 4
This quiz will assess students’ understanding of the material covered in Sessions 30 to 33, including chirality, stereochemistry, and nomenclature systems like R/S and E/Z. Students will be expected to assign stereochemistry to various molecules, identify enantiomers and diastereomers, and solve problems related to Fisher projections and stereoisomerism. This quiz will test both conceptual understanding and the ability to apply stereochemical principles in practice.
36. Chapter 6 - Reaction Mechanisms Overview
This class will introduce students to the concept of reaction mechanisms, which describe the step-by-step processes by which chemical reactions occur. Students will learn about nucleophiles (electron-rich species) and electrophiles (electron-deficient species), and how these particles interact during organic reactions. The session will cover the basics of electron flow in reaction mechanisms, including the use of curved arrows to represent the movement of electrons. This overview will set the foundation for understanding various types of reactions and mechanisms in organic chemistry, which will be explored in more detail in later classes.
37. dG, dH, dS, Kinetics, Rate Determining Steps, Energy Diagrams
This session will focus on the thermodynamics and kinetics of organic reactions. Students will learn about the Gibbs free energy (dG), enthalpy (dH), and entropy (dS) changes that occur during reactions, and how these quantities determine whether a reaction is spontaneous. The class will cover reaction kinetics, including factors that influence the rate of a reaction, such as temperature and concentration. The rate-determining step, or the slowest step in a reaction mechanism, will also be discussed, along with the use of energy diagrams to represent reaction progress and energy changes. This session helps students understand how reactions occur and how to predict their rates and spontaneity.
38. Reaction Types, Elementary Steps
In this class, students will explore different types of reactions in organic chemistry, including substitution, addition, elimination, and rearrangement reactions. Each reaction type will be explained in terms of the elementary steps that make up the overall mechanism. Students will also learn about the concept of molecularity (unimolecular, bimolecular) and how this relates to the rate law of a reaction. The class will cover how the sequence of elementary steps leads to the final products of a reaction. By the end of the session, students should be able to identify the type of reaction and describe the elementary steps involved.
39. Chapter 7 - Alkene Naming, Physical Properties, Alkene Formation
This session introduces alkenes, a class of compounds with at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Students will learn the naming conventions for alkenes, including how to number the carbon chain to give the double bond the lowest possible number. The physical properties of alkenes, such as boiling point, melting point, and solubility, will also be discussed in relation to the presence of the double bond. The class will cover the various methods of forming alkenes, such as dehydrohalogenation and elimination reactions. Alkenes' increased reactivity compared to alkanes will also be highlighted.
40. Chapter 8 - Addition Reactions, Stereo/Regiochemistry, Markovnikov
This class will focus on addition reactions to alkenes, where new atoms or groups are added across the double bond. Students will learn about the regioselectivity of these reactions, with a focus on Markovnikov’s rule, which predicts the distribution of products when HX (hydrogen halide) adds to an alkene. The session will also cover the stereochemistry of these addition reactions, emphasizing the formation of both cis and trans isomers. Students will practice applying these concepts to predict the outcomes of alkene addition reactions, and learn how to differentiate between syn and anti additions.
41. H-OH Addition, Markovnikov/Anti-Markovnikov
This class will explore hydration reactions of alkenes, where water adds across the double bond to form alcohols. The Markovnikov and anti-Markovnikov additions will be discussed in detail, with a particular focus on the mechanism of acid-catalyzed hydration. Students will learn the significance of regioselectivity in these reactions and how the orientation of the alcohol and hydrogen adds depending on the structure of the alkene. The difference between the two types of additions will be reinforced through practical examples, showing how the final product depends on the mechanism.
42. Reduction [H2], Oxidation [(HO)2], Halohydrin Formation, Oxidative Cleavage
This session will cover various types of reactions that alter the bonding and functional groups of alkenes. Students will learn about reduction reactions, where alkenes are converted into alkanes through the addition of hydrogen (H2). The class will also discuss oxidation reactions, including the formation of glycol (diol) products and halohydrin formation. Oxidative cleavage, a reaction where the double bond is cleaved to form two carbonyl compounds, will also be introduced. Students will understand how these reactions modify the structure of alkenes and lead to a range of important functional groups.
43. Synthesis Strategies, Sequential Reactions
In this class, students will explore strategies for synthesizing complex organic molecules using sequential reactions. The concept of building molecules step by step by performing one reaction after another will be discussed in detail. Students will learn how to choose appropriate reactions to achieve a desired synthetic target. The session will also cover retrosynthetic analysis, a method for planning the sequence of reactions needed to synthesize a compound. This will be an important class for students to begin thinking about how organic chemistry reactions can be used to design and create new molecules.
44. Review
This session will review all of the topics covered in Sessions 36 through 43. Students will be encouraged to ask questions and clarify any concepts that were challenging. Key topics such as reaction mechanisms, kinetics, alkene reactions, and synthesis strategies will be revisited. Review questions and practice problems will be worked through as a group, reinforcing the concepts learned. This class will help students prepare for the upcoming exam by consolidating their understanding of the material.
45. Exam 1
This exam will cover material from Sessions 1 to 44, including topics such as atomic structure, acid-base chemistry, functional groups, alkenes, reaction mechanisms, and synthesis strategies. The exam will test students’ ability to recall key concepts, apply their knowledge to solve problems, and demonstrate an understanding of organic chemistry principles. Students will be required to answer multiple-choice, short-answer, and problem-solving questions that test their ability to analyze organic molecules and predict reaction outcomes.
46. Chapter 9 - Alkyne Nomenclature, Acidity (Alkylation)
This class introduces alkynes, a class of organic compounds containing a carbon-carbon triple bond. Students will learn the nomenclature of alkynes, including how to name compounds with triple bonds and how to number the carbon chain. The acidity of alkynes will also be discussed, with a focus on how the sp hybridization of the carbon atoms in the triple bond contributes to their acidic properties. Alkynes can act as nucleophiles, and their ability to undergo alkylation reactions will be examined.
47. Alkyne Preparation, HX Addition
In this session, students will learn various methods for preparing alkynes, including elimination reactions and dehydrohalogenation of alkyl halides. The addition of HX (hydrogen halide) to alkynes will also be discussed, highlighting the regioselectivity of these reactions, which follows Markovnikov’s rule. The class will explore the intermediate carbocation formed during these additions and how this influences the final product. Students will practice predicting the products of HX additions to alkynes and understanding the factors that affect regioselectivity.
48. H-OH Addition
This class will focus on the hydration of alkynes, where water adds across the triple bond to form a carbonyl-containing product. Students will learn about the mechanism of acid-catalyzed hydration of alkynes, with an emphasis on the formation of enols and their subsequent tautomerization to ketones or aldehydes. The concept of Markovnikov’s rule will be revisited in the context of hydration reactions. This class will help students understand how alkynes undergo addition reactions that modify their structure and functionality.
49. Keto-Enol Tautomers
In this session, students will learn about keto-enol tautomerism, a key concept in the chemistry of alkynes and other compounds. Students will explore the equilibrium between enol and keto forms, with a focus on how the keto form is generally more stable due to the presence of a carbonyl group. The session will cover the mechanism of tautomerization and how this process affects the reactivity of molecules. Practical examples of keto-enol tautomerism in alkynes will be provided to illustrate the concept.
50. Quiz 5
This quiz will assess students on the material covered in Sessions 46 through 49, focusing on alkyne nomenclature, preparation methods, addition reactions, and keto-enol tautomerism. The quiz will include questions on the mechanisms of HX addition to alkynes, hydration reactions, and the formation and stability of keto-enol tautomers. Students will be asked to predict the products of various reactions and explain the principles governing regioselectivity and tautomerization.
51. Reduction/Oxidation of Alkynes, Ozonolysis
In this class, students will explore the reduction and oxidation reactions of alkynes. Reduction reactions, such as hydrogenation, will be discussed, where alkynes are converted to alkenes or alkanes. Oxidative cleavage of alkynes, a reaction where the triple bond is cleaved to form two carbonyl compounds, will also be covered. Ozonolysis, a specific type of oxidative cleavage using ozone, will be introduced as a method for breaking alkynes and alkenes into smaller carbonyl-containing fragments. Students will learn how these reactions can be used to modify alkynes and synthesize a variety of functional groups.
52. Alkene Transformations with Alkyne, Alkyne Transformations with Alkene
This session will focus on reactions in which alkynes and alkenes can be interconverted. Students will learn how alkenes can be transformed into alkynes through reactions like elimination and how alkynes can be converted into alkenes via hydrogenation. The class will also discuss how these transformations are employed in organic synthesis. Students will apply their understanding of reaction mechanisms to predict the outcomes when alkenes and alkynes undergo these transformations in various synthetic routes.
53. Alkynes to Synthesize Carbonyls via H-OH, O3
In this class, students will learn how alkynes can be used to synthesize carbonyl compounds, such as aldehydes and ketones, through reactions like hydroboration-oxidation and ozonolysis. The class will focus on how these reactions break the triple bond and lead to the formation of carbonyl groups. The importance of these transformations in synthetic organic chemistry will be emphasized, as the carbonyl group is a highly reactive and versatile functional group. Students will practice predicting products and understanding the role of reagents like ozone and water in these reactions.
54. Synthesis Strategies, Sequential Reactions
This session will revisit the concept of synthesis strategies, focusing on how alkynes can be used in multi-step organic synthesis. Students will learn how to plan and execute a sequence of reactions to achieve a desired target molecule. The session will cover retrosynthetic analysis, where students break down a target molecule into simpler precursors and design a reaction pathway. The class will also focus on the selection of reagents and conditions to optimize the synthesis process. Case studies of complex synthesis will be reviewed to demonstrate the application of these strategies.
55. Quiz 6
This quiz will assess students on the material covered in Sessions 46 through 54, focusing on alkyne reactions, including preparation, addition, reduction, oxidation, and synthesis strategies. Students will be asked to predict products for a variety of reactions involving alkynes and alkenes and demonstrate their understanding of reaction mechanisms and synthetic planning. The quiz will include both conceptual questions and problem-solving exercises.
56. Chapter 10 - Naming Halogens, Preparing Organohalides
In this class, students will learn about halogens and their role in organic chemistry. The session will cover the naming conventions for organohalides (compounds containing halogens) and methods for preparing them, such as the halogenation of alkanes and alkenes. Students will explore the reactivity of halogens and how halogenation reactions can introduce functional groups into organic molecules. The class will also discuss how halogen-containing compounds are used in synthetic pathways to introduce or modify functional groups.
57. Radical Halogenation, Allylic Brominations
This session will focus on radical halogenation reactions, where halogens (usually chlorine or bromine) are added to alkanes to form alkyl halides. Students will learn about the mechanism of radical formation and the steps involved in a radical chain reaction. Allylic bromination, a specific type of halogenation where the halogen adds to an allylic position (adjacent to a double bond), will also be covered. The session will emphasize the role of radical stability in determining the product distribution and how these reactions are controlled to selectively target specific carbon positions.
58. Grignards, Radical Stability Formations, Radical Reaction Mechanisms
In this class, students will explore the Grignard reagent, an important organomagnesium compound that acts as a strong nucleophile in organic reactions. The class will discuss how Grignard reagents are synthesized and their use in forming carbon-carbon bonds, particularly in the formation of alcohols. Radical stability and the mechanisms of radical reactions will also be covered in detail, with a focus on how the stability of the radical intermediates affects the course of reactions. Students will learn to apply these concepts to predict the outcomes of reactions involving Grignard reagents and radicals.
59. Chapter 11 - Substitution Mechanisms SN2
This session will introduce the SN2 (substitution nucleophilic bimolecular) mechanism, one of the key types of substitution reactions in organic chemistry. Students will learn the two-step process of the SN2 mechanism, where a nucleophile attacks an electrophilic carbon center, displacing a leaving group. The class will cover the stereochemical implications of SN2 reactions, including the inversion of configuration at the carbon center. Factors such as the strength of the nucleophile, the nature of the leaving group, and steric hindrance will be discussed in relation to the rate of reaction.
60. SN2 and E2 Mechanisms
In this class, students will compare and contrast the SN2 (substitution) and E2 (elimination) mechanisms, both of which involve a concerted, bimolecular mechanism. The class will cover the conditions under which each mechanism predominates, such as the nature of the base or nucleophile and the structure of the substrate. The relationship between the two mechanisms will be explored, including how a single reaction can lead to either substitution or elimination depending on the reaction conditions. Students will also learn to recognize reaction pathways and predict the products of SN2 and E2 reactions.
61. SN1 and E1 Mechanisms
This session will focus on the SN1 (substitution nucleophilic unimolecular) and E1 (elimination unimolecular) mechanisms, which involve the formation of a carbocation intermediate. Students will learn about the role of the leaving group in the formation of the carbocation and how the reaction proceeds through a unimolecular rate-determining step. The session will also cover the factors that influence whether substitution or elimination occurs, including the nature of the substrate, the solvent, and the temperature. Students will be able to differentiate between SN1 and E1 reactions and predict the products based on the reaction conditions.
62. Reasonableness of Mechanisms, Carbocation Rearrangements and Resonance
In this class, students will analyze the reasonableness of reaction mechanisms, focusing on the stability of intermediates such as carbocations and the role of resonance in stabilizing these intermediates. The session will cover carbocation rearrangements, where a carbocation can shift to a more stable position through a hydride or alkyl shift. Students will also learn about the role of resonance in stabilizing carbocations and how this affects the outcome of reactions. The ability to rationalize the mechanism of a reaction by considering intermediate stability will be emphasized.
63. SN1, SN2, E1, E2 Competition
This session will examine how the SN1, SN2, E1, and E2 mechanisms can compete in certain reactions. Students will learn how to predict which mechanism will dominate based on factors such as substrate structure, leaving group quality, solvent, and temperature. The class will cover how nucleophiles, bases, and solvents influence the pathway of the reaction. Students will practice identifying reaction conditions that favor substitution or elimination and how to distinguish between competing mechanisms in a given reaction.
64. SN1, SN2, E1, E2 Competition
Continuing from the previous session, this class will provide additional practice in recognizing and predicting the competition between SN1, SN2, E1, and E2 mechanisms. Through a series of examples and practice problems, students will learn to assess the reaction conditions and determine the predominant reaction mechanism. The class will reinforce the concepts of reaction rates, intermediate stability, and the effects of steric hindrance, and provide strategies for solving complex organic reactions.
65. Quiz 7
This quiz will assess students on the material covered in Sessions 59 through 64, focusing on the SN2, SN1, E2, and E1 reaction mechanisms. Students will be asked to predict the products of various substitution and elimination reactions, identify the type of mechanism involved, and explain the reasoning behind their predictions. The quiz will test both conceptual understanding and practical application of reaction mechanisms.
66. Chapter 12 - Introduction to Spectroscopy, Mass Spectrometry and Interpretation
This session will introduce students to spectroscopy, a key analytical technique used in organic chemistry to determine the structure of unknown compounds. The class will focus on mass spectrometry (MS), a technique that provides information about the molecular weight and structure of a compound. Students will learn how to interpret mass spectra, identifying key features such as molecular ions, fragment ions, and isotopic patterns. The session will cover the principles behind mass spectrometry and how it can be used to analyze organic molecules.
67. IR Spectroscopy and Functional Groups, IR Examples
In this class, students will learn about infrared (IR) spectroscopy, which is used to identify functional groups in organic compounds. The session will focus on how different types of bonds (e.g., C-H, C=O, O-H) absorb infrared light at characteristic frequencies. Students will learn how to interpret IR spectra, identifying peaks that correspond to specific functional groups. The class will include practical examples to help students understand how IR spectroscopy can be used as a tool in organic analysis.
68. IR Examples/Packet of Spectra for Interpretation
This session will provide students with the opportunity to practice interpreting IR spectra through a packet of example spectra. Students will analyze the spectra and identify functional groups, bond types, and molecular features based on the absorption patterns. The class will emphasize the skills necessary to quickly and accurately interpret IR spectra in a laboratory or analytical setting. Students will also have the opportunity to ask questions and clarify any uncertainties about IR spectroscopy.
69. Review
This class will review all the material covered in Sessions 59 through 68, including reaction mechanisms (SN1, SN2, E1, E2), spectroscopy, and mass spectrometry. Students will work through practice problems and review key concepts such as reaction pathways, spectroscopy interpretation, and the ability to predict reaction outcomes. This session will provide a final review before Exam 2 and will focus on reinforcing understanding through interactive problem-solving.
75. Exam 2
A comprehensive exam covering material from Sessions 1 to 69.
76. Review for Final Exam
Review of all topics in preparation for the final exam.
77. Review for Final Exam
Continuing review for the final exam.
78. Review for Final Exam
Final preparation and review for the upcoming final exam.
79. Final Exam
The comprehensive final exam covering all course material.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: 1. “Organic Chemistry” 10th Edition, John McMurry (open source/free text) https://openstax.org/details/books/organic-chemistryLinks to an external site. 2. Supplemental Resources for “Organic Chemistry”, John McMurry (strongly recommended) https://openstax.org/details/books/organic-chemistry?Student%20resourcesLinks to an external site. 3. “Organic Chemistry as a Second Language” First and Second Semester Topics (two volumes) David Klein, any of the 4th-6th (recommended) 4. Molymod MMS-008 50 Atoms Molecular Model Set (recommended) 5. Other OER Resources such as: https://chem.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Organic_ChemistryLinks to an external site.
General Psychology, PSY-1010, Section 14, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Weekly quizzes
Weekly discussion posts
Participation Journal
Mini-presentation
Mid-term exam
Final Exam
Description:
History of Psychology-This unit explores the origins and major milestones of psychology as a scientific discipline. Students will examine key schools of thought and influential figures in the development of psychological theory.
Research Methods-Students will learn about the scientific methods used in psychological research, including experimental design, data collection, and ethical considerations. This unit emphasizes how psychologists draw conclusions through systematic investigation.
Neuroscience-This unit focuses on the biological basis of behavior, including brain structure, neural communication, and the nervous system. Students will gain insight into how physiology influences thoughts, feelings, and actions.
Consciousness-Students will study various states of consciousness, such as sleep, dreaming, hypnosis, and the effects of psychoactive drugs. The unit also addresses theories related to awareness and attention.
Sensation and Perception-This unit examines how sensory organs detect stimuli and how the brain interprets this information. Students will explore the relationship between physical sensations and perceptual experiences.
Learning-Students will investigate how behaviors are acquired and changed through classical conditioning, operant conditioning, and observational learning. The unit highlights both theoretical models and practical applications.
Memory-This unit introduces the processes of encoding, storage, and retrieval of information. Students will explore the types of memory and factors that affect memory accuracy and retention.
Thinking and Intelligence-Students will study cognitive processes such as problem-solving, decision-making, and language. The unit also covers theories of intelligence and how it is measured.
Motivation and Emotion-This unit explores the biological, psychological, and social factors that drive behavior and emotional responses. Topics include theories of motivation and the function of emotions.
Personality-Students will examine various theories of personality development and assessment. The unit includes discussions of major trait theories, psychoanalytic perspectives, and humanistic approaches.
Mental Health-This unit provides an overview of psychological disorders, including their classification, symptoms, and causes. Students will learn to differentiate between normal and abnormal behavior.
Stress-Students will learn about the sources and physiological effects of stress. The unit also covers coping strategies and the impact of stress on physical and mental health.
Therapy and Treatment-This unit introduces psychological and biomedical approaches to treating mental health disorders. Students will explore the effectiveness and goals of various therapeutic techniques.
Development-Students will explore human development across the lifespan, including cognitive, emotional, and social changes. The unit emphasizes major developmental theories and stages.
Social Psychology-This unit focuses on how individuals think, feel, and behave in social contexts. Topics include conformity, attitudes, group dynamics, and interpersonal relationships.
Required Reading: https://uen.pressbooks.pub/psychology1010/front-matter/about-this-text/
Recommended Reading: N/A
General Psychology, PSY-1010, Section 13, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Weekly quizzes
Weekly discussion posts
Participation Journal
Mini-presentation
Mid-term exam
Final Exam
Description:
History of Psychology-This unit explores the origins and major milestones of psychology as a scientific discipline. Students will examine key schools of thought and influential figures in the development of psychological theory.
Research Methods-Students will learn about the scientific methods used in psychological research, including experimental design, data collection, and ethical considerations. This unit emphasizes how psychologists draw conclusions through systematic investigation.
Neuroscience-This unit focuses on the biological basis of behavior, including brain structure, neural communication, and the nervous system. Students will gain insight into how physiology influences thoughts, feelings, and actions.
Consciousness-Students will study various states of consciousness, such as sleep, dreaming, hypnosis, and the effects of psychoactive drugs. The unit also addresses theories related to awareness and attention.
Sensation and Perception-This unit examines how sensory organs detect stimuli and how the brain interprets this information. Students will explore the relationship between physical sensations and perceptual experiences.
Learning-Students will investigate how behaviors are acquired and changed through classical conditioning, operant conditioning, and observational learning. The unit highlights both theoretical models and practical applications.
Memory-This unit introduces the processes of encoding, storage, and retrieval of information. Students will explore the types of memory and factors that affect memory accuracy and retention.
Thinking and Intelligence-Students will study cognitive processes such as problem-solving, decision-making, and language. The unit also covers theories of intelligence and how it is measured.
Motivation and Emotion-This unit explores the biological, psychological, and social factors that drive behavior and emotional responses. Topics include theories of motivation and the function of emotions.
Personality-Students will examine various theories of personality development and assessment. The unit includes discussions of major trait theories, psychoanalytic perspectives, and humanistic approaches.
Mental Health-This unit provides an overview of psychological disorders, including their classification, symptoms, and causes. Students will learn to differentiate between normal and abnormal behavior.
Stress-Students will learn about the sources and physiological effects of stress. The unit also covers coping strategies and the impact of stress on physical and mental health.
Therapy and Treatment-This unit introduces psychological and biomedical approaches to treating mental health disorders. Students will explore the effectiveness and goals of various therapeutic techniques.
Development-Students will explore human development across the lifespan, including cognitive, emotional, and social changes. The unit emphasizes major developmental theories and stages.
Social Psychology-This unit focuses on how individuals think, feel, and behave in social contexts. Topics include conformity, attitudes, group dynamics, and interpersonal relationships.
Required Reading: https://uen.pressbooks.pub/psychology1010/front-matter/about-this-text/
Recommended Reading: N/A
Restorative Dental Hygiene I, DHYG-4050, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Skill evaluations
Typodont restorations
Restorative Jurisprudence research paper
Midterm Exam
Description:
Describe restorative armamentarium along with its’ use and care
Explain the necessity of checking the patient ‘s functional occlusion before and after placing and carving a restoration
Summarize and demonstrate the basic placement and carving steps for both amalgam and composite restorations
Describe the most common errors made when placing, carving and manipulating both amalgam and composite materials – and how to both avoid these errors and correct them if they occur
Discuss need for and demonstrate placement of rubber dams on both a typodont and patients
State the two main reasons for using a wedge
Demonstrate the placement of both the Mylar and Tofflemire matrix systems with correct adaptation, contour and contact
Explain how adhesives and composites bond to the tooth
Describe the benefits of low and high speed amalgam polishing
Utilize the principles of four-handed dentistry, patient, operator, and assistant positioning, and four-handed instrument transfer
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Tooth Morphology Lab, DHYG-2045, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Drawings
Carving
Sculpture
Final Project
Description:
Apply the terminology of the dentition in appropriate clinical discussions.
Demonstrate understanding of tooth surfaces and root contours through drawings and carvings
Required Reading: Scheid, R. C. and Weiss, G. (2016). Woelfel's Dental Anatomy, 9th edition, ISBN 9781496320223
Recommended Reading: N/A
Tooth Morphology, DHYG-2040, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Guided Reflections
Questions assignments
Slido review "quizzes"
Quizzes
Final Exam
Description:
Discuss elements of tooth morphology with other health professionals using appropriate dental vocabulary
Demonstrate knowledge of tooth characteristics by categorizing individual teeth based on morphology
Discuss the relationship between tooth morphology and scaling and root planing techniques
Discuss the basic principles of occlusion and variables that play important roles in inter- and intra-arch relationships
Required Reading: Scheid, R. C. and Weiss, G. (2016). Woelfel's Dental Anatomy, 9th edition, ISBN 9781496320223
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
30% Attendance
30% Assignments
15% Written Responses
10% Quizzes
15% Final-If you do not show up for your final presentation, you will fail my class.
Description:
Module 1: What is Art?
Explores definitions of art across cultures and time periods, examining how context, intent, and perception shape our understanding of what art is.
Module 2: Divided Mind
Investigates the dual nature of the creative process, analyzing how logic and emotion, left-brain and right-brain thinking, influence artistic expression.
Module 3: Why is Art Important
Examines the cultural, historical, social, and personal functions of art, and how it contributes to human experience and societal development.
Module 4: Elements of Art & Principles of Art
Introduces the foundational building blocks of visual art—line, shape, color, texture, space, value—and the principles that organize them, such as balance, contrast, and rhythm.
Module 5: Prehistory, Cave Paintings
Studies early human creativity through prehistoric art, focusing on symbolic meaning and cultural significance of cave paintings and early artifacts.
Module 6: World Tour Circa 1500: Japan
Explores Japanese art and aesthetics around 1500 CE, including Zen influence, screen painting, and the role of nature and harmony in visual culture.
Module 7: World Tour Circa 1500: Ghana
Examines West African art from Ghana during the 1500s, with a focus on symbolism, craftsmanship, and the social roles of art in the Akan culture.
Module 8: World Tour Circa 1500: Iran
Analyzes Persian art and architecture around 1500 CE, emphasizing Islamic design, calligraphy, and manuscript illumination.
Module 9: World Tour Circa 1500: Italy
Studies the Italian Renaissance, focusing on innovations in perspective, humanism, and the achievements of artists such as Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo.
Module 10: Impressionism
Covers the origins and techniques of the Impressionist movement, highlighting artists like Monet and Degas and their break from academic tradition.
Module 11: Post-Impressionism
Looks at artists who expanded on Impressionist ideas, including Van Gogh, Gauguin, and Cézanne, and how they paved the way for modernism.
Module 12: Cubism, Dada and Surrealism
Explores the radical changes in art during the early 20th century, from Cubism’s fractured forms to Dada’s absurdity and Surrealism’s dreamlike imagery.
Module 13: Abstraction
Traces the development of abstract art, analyzing how artists moved away from representation to explore form, color, and emotion.
Module 14: Contemporary Art
Examines diverse practices and themes in contemporary art, including identity, technology, activism, and global perspectives.
Module 15: Final Art Project
Students synthesize course concepts in a creative final project, demonstrating their understanding of art history, visual language, and personal expression.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Junior Recital, MUSC-3890, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Choose 3-member Faculty Panel
Schedule recital date
Select recital literature
Prepare recital literature
Create and post recital poster
Recital preview
Create printed program
Perform junior recital
Recital reflection
Turn in completion paperwork
Description:
Choose 3-member Faculty Panel – Three music faculty members must be asked to serve as your faculty panel, the ones who adjudicate, approve, and pass of your requirements
Schedule recital date – Select a date and time the concert hall is available that allows for adequate preparation and which works for your committee
Select recital literature – Work together with your voice teacher to select 30-40 minutes of repertoire that meets the following requirements:
1. One German lieder
2. One French mélodie
3. One Italian art song or aria
4. One English art song
5. One aria in any language in addition to the above requirements
If choosing an Italian song for requirement 3, please choose an additional aria. Songs from the 24/26/28 Italian standard songs and arias do not count as arias.
6. One of these pieces should be composed before 1800. Please add an additional song if Songs #1-5 do not qualify.
7. One of these pieces should be from 20th century or later. Please add an additional song if Songs #1-5 do not qualify.
8. Remaining repertoire in any genre
Prepare recital literature – Repertoire is learned, rehearsed, and polished during daily practice time, weekly individual lessons, and performances in studio class.
Create and post recital poster – To be created and posted two weeks prior to recital date
Recital preview – This is essentially a memorization exam wherein you perform a portion of each song on your program for your pane.
Create printed program – Program and translations must be sent to the music secretary 10 days prior to your recital. Teacher must approve information before it is submitted to secretary.
Perform junior recital – The same 3-member faculty panel will attend and evaluate the recital performance. The student must make sure the printed program is available, and must provide recital evaluations forms for the faculty to complete. The last day to perform a recital is the final day of school that semester.
Recital reflection – In engage in a conversational 15-30 minute reflection on your recital with your voice teacher following your recital; likely during your lesson time.
Turn in completion paperwork – Submit a copy of your approval paperwork attached to a printed copy of your program within a week of your performance. This must be signed by all three panelists.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Drawing and Composition, ART-1110, Section 5, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Two-Dimensional Construction
Master Copy
Final Assignment: Putting it All Together
Description:
Module 1: Course Introduction & Sight Size Drawing
Students review the syllabus, course expectations, and how to navigate Canvas.
They are introduced to the Sight Size technique and practice measuring proportions through direct observation.
Module 2: Comparative Measurement
Students learn to compare angles, shapes, and distances visually without relying on one-to-one scaling.
They complete observational drawings using comparative measurement techniques.
Module 3: Linear Perspective
Students are introduced to one-point and two-point perspective systems.
They apply these systems to structured drawings of basic objects and environments.
Module 4: Three-Point Perspective
Students expand their understanding of perspective by adding a third vanishing point.
They create dramatic drawings that show exaggerated spatial depth and height.
Module 5: Two-Dimensional Construction
Students break down complex forms into geometric shapes.
They learn how to layer construction lines to build spatial accuracy and structural clarity.
Module 6: Drawing from Life
Students practice drawing from direct observation using live setups or photo references.
The focus is on capturing gesture, structure, and proportion quickly and accurately.
Module 7: Introduction to Value
Students begin to explore light, shadow, and value through tonal exercises.
They work on value scales and shading to understand how light defines form.
Module 8: Light and Shadow
Students deepen their understanding of tone by working with local value and directional light.
They complete drawings that emphasize form through contrast and light behavior.
Module 9: Value Continued
Students apply value in sustained, more complex drawings.
They focus on building full tonal range, spatial depth, and visual unity.
Module 10: Introduction to Composition
Students study how to plan a drawing using composition principles like balance and focal point.
They create thumbnails and prepare for a larger, well-structured final piece.
Module 11: Composition Continued
Students develop their chosen composition into a more refined drawing.
They receive feedback and revise their layouts for clarity and cohesion.
Module 12: Putting It All Together
Students integrate form, structure, value, and composition into one complete drawing.
They focus on execution and polish, applying all skills learned in previous modules.
Module 13: Master Copy & Final Critique
Students recreate a portion of a historical master drawing to study technique and style.
The semester concludes with a final critique where students present their work for review and feedback.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Fundamentals of Conducting, MUSC-2350, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Concert Report - Attend a concert, focus on the conductor, write a two page report on the conductor's technique and effectiveness.
Discussions (5) - Each focuses on an aspect of conducting including fundamental movements, communication, stage fright, energy, differing styles, and conducting choirs.
Materials Videos (8) - Instructional videos that go over chapter materials with video examples. To be watched before class to encourage questions and be efficient in time.
Video Assignments (6) - Students are required to show their abilities conducting specific passages. Each video submission focuses on a specific topic: patterns, cues, dynamics, fermattas, fractional entrances, assymetrical patterns.
Final Exam - Video or live conducting opportunity. Given a selected score, students should show good technique learned during the term.
Description:
Fundamental Movements: Stance, body position, non-verbal communication, moving through time.
Basic Patterns: Learning proper technique for simple 1, 2, 3, and 4 patterns
Cueing: Left hand use and practice for cueing entrances
Dynanics: Using left hand and pattern size to show loud and soft dynamics
Fermattas: Students learn how to suspend and then restart sound in time.
Fractional Entrances: Focusing on how to bring music in when the music is not on the beat.
Compounds: Adjusting patterns to accommodate subdivisions of 3.
Assymetrical: Adjusting patterns to accommodate patterns that are neither simple or compound, usually amalgamations of both.
Subdivision: Using the subdivided beat to show emphasis and adjust tempo.
Planes: The ability to use more than just the space immediately in front of the student, but highering and lowering the horizontal plane.
Required Reading: Conducting a Hands On Approach by Anthony Maiello, Alfred Publishing (with sound files)
Recommended Reading: N/A
FYE: Music, MUSC-1001, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
What to be and how to get there? - A brief statement about the student's specific ambitions (pre-test)
Study Group Meeting - Student led study sessions on any topic the student is enrolled in
Club Rush - Visit to the club rush to investigate campus opportunities
Ted Talk Stress Discussion - An online discussion response based on a Ted Talk on stress management
Student Panel Discussion - A written response to a student panel of upperclassmen
Personal Spring Registration Plan - Shows that the student learned the process of registration and successfully is registered
Guest Speaker Insights - A written response about which guest speakers were impactful to them, and why
Basic Resume - Create an arts based resume that can be expanded during the collegiate career
Final Paper and Presentation - What to be and how to get there? (post-test)
Description:
Building a learning community - discussions on how to become part of the collegiate community
Campus Resources - Technology (degreeworks, canvas, email, etc) and support resources (booth wellness center, clubs, writing center, math lab, etc)
Financial Management - suggestions for learning how to budget in college
Time Management - Focus on learning how to calendar and budget time wisely
Student Panel Q&A - Learn from upperclassmates who are currently music majors through asking questions.
Stress Management - Discussion about using stress as a motivator and not an inhibitor
Writing Center and Library Visit - Find resources to help with library resources for music
Study Abroad - Learn about options for studying music away from campus, especially abroad
Music Strategies - Addresses different music technology apps that can help in college, and preparing for music juries
Guest speakers focusing on Innovation options, music entrepreneurship, designing course schedules, music education as a career, and job preparation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Senior Seminar, COMM-4980, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Select a project (most likely from your research methods class) and complete the following steps: syllabus contract, benchmark meetings, topic proposal, scholarly review, peer review, first chapter, rubric construction, final deliverable, capstone presentation.
Description:
There are no units. This is a student run project guided by the professor.
Required Reading: na
Recommended Reading: na
Persuasion, COMM-4010, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Persuasive Essay, Presentations, Peer Evaluations, Song Attendance, Final
Description:
Chapter 1: Introduction to Persuasion
Chapter 3: Historical, Scientific and Ethical Foundations
Chapter 4: Attitudes -Definitions and Structure
Chapter 8: Priming & Prejudice
Chapter 10 Processing
Chapter 11: Charisma, Authority
Chapter 12 Credibility
Chapter 13: Fundamentals of the message
Chapter 14: Fear & Guilt
Chapter 15 Cognitive Dissonance Theory
Chapter 16: Interpersonal
Chapter 17: Advertising & Marketing
Chapter 18: Health Campaigns
Required Reading: Perloff, R. M. (2023). The Dynamics of Persuasion: Communication and Attitudes in the 21st Centruy.8th edition. Routledge Publications.
Recommended Reading: na
Professional Relationships, COMM-3350, Section 90, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Exercise Workbooks/Attendance
My Mentor Project
Final Project
Reflection Paper
Description:
Chapter 1: Grounding the work of Mentoring
Chapter 2: Bringing who we are to what we do
Chapter 3: Physical, Virtual, Personal
Chapter 4: Getting Ready for a mentoring relationship
Chapter 5: Establishing Agreements
Chapter 6: Support, Challenge, and Vision
Chapter 7: Engaging in Feedback and Dealing with Stumbling Blocks
Chapter 8: Looking Back and Moving Forward
Chapter 9: Integrating your learning, tips and resources
Required Reading: Zachary, L. J., & Fain, L. Z. (2022). The mentor's guide: Facilitating effective learning relationships. John Wiley & Sons.
Recommended Reading: na
Professional Relationships, COMM-3350, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Exercise Workbooks/Attendance
Quizzes
Midterm Project
Final Project
Evaluations
Reflections
Final
Description:
Chapter 1: Grounding the work of Mentoring
Chapter 2: Bringing who we are to what we do
Chapter 3: Physical, Virtual, Personal
Chapter 4: Getting Ready for a mentoring relationship
Chapter 5: Establishing Agreements
Chapter 6: Support, Challenge, and Vision
Chapter 7: Engaging in Feedback and Dealing with Stumbling Blocks
Chapter 8: Looking Back and Moving Forward
Chapter 9: Integrating your learning, tips and resources
Required Reading: Zachary, L. J., & Fain, L. Z. (2022). The mentor's guide: Facilitating effective learning relationships. John Wiley & Sons.
Recommended Reading: na
Small Group Communication, COMM-2120, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Presentations, Attendance, Quizzes, Journal Entries
Description:
Chapter 1: Introduction to Group Communication
Chapter 2: Group Development
Chapter 3: Group Member Participation
Chapter 4: Diversity in Groups
Chapter 5: Group Leadership
Chapter 6: Verbal and Nonverbal Communication in Groups
Chapter 7: Listening and Responding in Groups
Chapter 8: Conflict and Cohesion in Groups
Chapter 9: Decision Making and Problem Solving in Groups
Chapter 10: Critical Thinking and Argumentation in Groups
Chapter 11: Planning and Conducting Meetings
Chapter 12: Group Communication
Required Reading: Engleberg, Isa N. and Wynn, Dianna R., (2017) WORKING IN GROUPS: Communication Principles and Strategies, 7th edition, Allyn & Bacon (Pearson) publisher.
Recommended Reading: na
FYE: Art and Design, ART-1001, Section 2, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
1. University Club Options & Resources
2. Art Career Opportunities
3. Course Syllabi and University communication
4. General Education and Majors
5. Art Application
6. Student Loans and Financial Preparations
7. Student Wellness
8. Effective Study Techniques
9. Learning Style Assessments
10. College Facility Tour
11. Academic Integrity
12. Educational & Occupational Planning
13. Final Presentations
14. Final Presentations
Description:
1. University Club Options & Resources
Learn how to assess various university clubs as well as campus resources.
2. Art Career Opportunities
Assess and create employment inquiries regarding potential future occupational endeavors.
3. Course Syllabi and University communication
Learn how to accurately utilize course syllabi and assess university accommodations.
4. General Education and Majors
Learn how to effectively manage general education and major specific requirements.
5. Art Application
Learn how to effectively create an art piece utilizing composition management.
6. Student Loans and Financial Preparations
Learn how to utilize student loans and financial plans to adequately achieve financial success and health.
7. Student Wellness
Learn techniques on how to manage stress levels while studying at the university.
8. Effective Study Techniques
Learn how to add effective study techniques into daily research and application.
9. Learning Style Assessments
Learn how to use ones own learning style to achieve more effective academic results.
10. College Facility Tour
Explore the art department and all of its majors, mediums and specialties.
11. Academic Integrity
Learn how to understand more fully how to academically navigate without compromising integrity.
12. Educational & Occupational Planning
Create a five year plan that will successfully allow for future objectives to be met within time constrictive goals.
13. Final Presentations
Present five year plan to the instructor and the class.
14. Final Presentations
Present five year plan to the instructor and the class.
Required Reading: Becoming A Learner by Mathew Sanders
Recommended Reading: N/A
FYE: Art and Design, ART-1001, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
1. University Club Options & Resources
2. Art Career Opportunities
3. Course Syllabi and University communication
4. General Education and Majors
5. Art Application
6. Student Loans and Financial Preparations
7. Student Wellness
8. Effective Study Techniques
9. Learning Style Assessments
10. College Facility Tour
11. Academic Integrity
12. Educational & Occupational Planning
13. Final Presentations
14. Final Presentations
Description:
1. University Club Options & Resources
Learn how to assess various university clubs as well as campus resources.
2. Art Career Opportunities
Assess and create employment inquiries regarding potential future occupational endeavors.
3. Course Syllabi and University communication
Learn how to accurately utilize course syllabi and assess university accommodations.
4. General Education and Majors
Learn how to effectively manage general education and major specific requirements.
5. Art Application
Learn how to effectively create an art piece utilizing composition management.
6. Student Loans and Financial Preparations
Learn how to utilize student loans and financial plans to adequately achieve financial success and health.
7. Student Wellness
Learn techniques on how to manage stress levels while studying at the university.
8. Effective Study Techniques
Learn how to add effective study techniques into daily research and application.
9. Learning Style Assessments
Learn how to use ones own learning style to achieve more effective academic results.
10. College Facility Tour
Explore the art department and all of its majors, mediums and specialties.
11. Academic Integrity
Learn how to understand more fully how to academically navigate without compromising integrity.
12. Educational & Occupational Planning
Create a five year plan that will successfully allow for future objectives to be met within time constrictive goals.
13. Final Presentations
Present five year plan to the instructor and the class.
14. Final Presentations
Present five year plan to the instructor and the class.
Required Reading: Becoming A Learner by Mathew Sanders
Recommended Reading: N/A
Health Coaching Concepts II, XSCI-4020, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Final Grade Breakdown
Assignments 30%
Quizzes 10%
Exams 20%
Attendance 40%
Description:
In XSCI 4020 it is an interactive course putting your learned coaching skills from XSCI 4010 into practife, you will be required to attend class weekly via zoom ready to discuss the reading and study material for the week. Attendance will be required for this course, as live instruction is one of the requirements for applying to take the National Board of Health and Wellness Coaching (NBHWC) exam. You will get to know yourself, each other, and methods for change and helping others to change.
Required Reading: Changing to Thrive, James O. Prochaska & Janice M. Prochaska (Book is available as audio, online version, or paperback)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Health Coaching Concepts I, XSCI-4010, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Final Grade Breakdown
Assignments 30%
Quizzes 10%
Exams 20%
Attendance 40%
Description:
This is a really interactive course as we learn more about health coaching, the psychology behind change, and how to help motivate and inspire ourselves and others to make health related changes in their lives. This course will provide opportunities to practice your newly learned skills with yourself, friends, family, and classmates.
Required Reading: Atomic Habits by James Clear
Recommended Reading: N/a
Human Biology, BIOL-1200, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Online Get to Know You Discussion (25 points) = 25 points
McGraw Hill Connect Quizzes 1-26 (10 points each, lowest 4 dropped) = 220 points
Practice Exams 1-10 (25 points each, lowest dropped) = 225 points
Exams 1-4 (100 points each, lowest dropped) = 300 points
Final Exam (200 points) = 200 points
Description:
Sci Method: This lecture covers the steps of the scientific method, objective/subjective observations and deductive/inductive reasoning.
Atoms and Bonds: This lecture explains the basics of chemistry - atomic structure, bond formation, isotopes and radioactivity in medicine.
Water: This lecture covers the properties of water and their importance for life, the pH scale and buffer systems.
Macromolecules I and II: These lectures cover the building blocks carbs, fats, proteins and fats, examples of each, and their importance to life.
Cell I and Cell II: These lectures cover cell structures and their functions, diffusion, osmosis, tonicity and membrane transport.
Cell Respiration: This lecture covers the process of cell respiration, fermentation, and enzyme catalyzed reactions.
Mitosis: This lecture covers the basics of chromosome biology, the cell cycle, cell reproduction and the steps of mitosis.
Meiosis: This lecture covers the basics of sexual reproduction, steps of meiosis I and II, mutations, and chromosomal disorders.
Cancer: This lecture covers mutations, the development of cancer, characteristics of cancer cells, development of cancer in cyclins, causes of cancer and it's treatment. We also discuss the development of cancer in the following genes: proto-oncogenes, tumor suppressor genes, Her2, Ras, p53 and BRCA1.
Patterns of Inheritance I and II: In these lectures, we discuss the basics of inheritance, and complete monohybrid crosses, dihybrid crosses, pedigree charts, blood typing and colorblindness inheritance.
DNA Biology: This lecture covers the basics of DNA and its replication. We outline the processes for using DNA as a blueprint for protein production (transcription and translation).
Nervous System I and II: In these lectures, we learn the basics of neuron anatomy and the mechanism of the action potential and synapse. We identify the major structures in the central / peripheral nervous systems and their functions.
Sensory Systems: In this lecture we introduce the basics of sensory receptors and focus on the sense of vision. We identify structures of the eye, the mechanism of visual perception and processing, and pathophysiology of the eye.
Homeostasis and Epithelial Tissue: In this lecture we explain the basics of homeostatic pathways and feedback loops. We also explore the structure and classification of epithelial tissue.
Muscular System I and II: In these lectures we identify the major structures of skeletal muscle and the steps of the muscle contraction mechanism. We go over motor units and their role in motor control, how muscles get energy and explore some aspects of muscle pathophysiology.
Digestive System I and II: In these lectures, we identify the layers of the digestive tract, digestive organs and their accessory organs and their functions, the functions of digestive enzymes, and explore pathologies of the digestive system.
Respiratory System: In this lecture we identify the major structures and functions of the respiratory tract, we discuss the importance of pulmonary surfactant, explore how gases diffuse through the system, and how CO2 and O2 are carried in the blood.
Heart and Blood Vessels I and II: In these lectures we identify the major structures of the cardiovascular system and their functions. We track the order of blood through this system, and talk about electrical conduction of the heart. We define blood pressure and describe the changes in blood pressure through the system. We learn of capillary exchange and explain several pathologies of the heart.
Red Blood Cells: In this lecture, we identify the parts of blood. We focus on red blood cells: their structure, function, development and relationship with hemoglobin, and the major steps in blood clotting.
White Blood Cells: In this lecture, we identify the functions of the various blood cells, how these cells fight infections, and some white blood cell pathophysiology. We learn about blood compatibility and how the RH factor can complicate pregnancies.
Immune System I and II: In these lectures, we contrast innate and adaptive immunity and dive into details of each (focusing on adaptive immunity and B and T cell development). We cover active and passive immunity, how vaccines work, allergies, anaphylactic shock, transplants and autoimmune disorders.
Infectious Disease: In this lecture we learn of bacteria: types, classification, structures, functions and how antibiotics work. We learn about viruses: structures, functions, viral life cycles and the action of anti-viral drugs. We explore the classification of disease and focus on the current pandemics on the planet.
Reproduction: In this lecture we give the basics of male and female external and internal anatomy and their functions. We explain sperm production and the role of various hormones in male reproduction. We explain egg production, the ovarian cycle, the role of hormones and what the first steps after fertilization. We also briefly examine different common birth control methods.
Human Development: In this lecture, we list the steps of egg fertilization, outline the development of an embryo up to 8 weeks, and focus on major developmental milestones at the cellular and tissue level. We also explore the differences in fetal circulation as compared to an adult.
Evolution I and II: In this lecture, we explore chemical vs biological evolution, the different theories of evolution and evidences of evolution. We identify how phylogenetic trees work and trace human evolution of the Homo genus.
Required Reading: Mader & Windelspecht (2022) Human Biology, 17th Edition. McGraw Hill
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Biology, BIOL-1200, Section 5, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Online Get to Know You Discussion (25 points) = 25 points
McGraw Hill Connect Quizzes 1-26 (10 points each, lowest 4 dropped) = 220 points
Practice Exams 1-10 (25 points each, lowest dropped) = 225 points
SI Attendance 1-13 (5 points each, lowest dropped) = 60 points
SI Quizzes 1-13 (10 points each, lowest dropped) = 120 points
Exams 1-4 (100 points each, lowest dropped) = 300 points
Final Exam (200 points) = 200 points
Description:
Sci Method: This lecture covers the steps of the scientific method, objective/subjective observations and deductive/inductive reasoning.
Atoms and Bonds: This lecture explains the basics of chemistry - atomic structure, bond formation, isotopes and radioactivity in medicine.
Water: This lecture covers the properties of water and their importance for life, the pH scale and buffer systems.
Macromolecules I and II: These lectures cover the building blocks carbs, fats, proteins and fats, examples of each, and their importance to life.
Cell I and Cell II: These lectures cover cell structures and their functions, diffusion, osmosis, tonicity and membrane transport.
Cell Respiration: This lecture covers the process of cell respiration, fermentation, and enzyme catalyzed reactions.
Mitosis: This lecture covers the basics of chromosome biology, the cell cycle, cell reproduction and the steps of mitosis.
Meiosis: This lecture covers the basics of sexual reproduction, steps of meiosis I and II, mutations, and chromosomal disorders.
Cancer: This lecture covers mutations, the development of cancer, characteristics of cancer cells, development of cancer in cyclins, causes of cancer and it's treatment. We also discuss the development of cancer in the following genes: proto-oncogenes, tumor suppressor genes, Her2, Ras, p53 and BRCA1.
Patterns of Inheritance I and II: In these lectures, we discuss the basics of inheritance, and complete monohybrid crosses, dihybrid crosses, pedigree charts, blood typing and colorblindness inheritance.
DNA Biology: This lecture covers the basics of DNA and its replication. We outline the processes for using DNA as a blueprint for protein production (transcription and translation).
Nervous System I and II: In these lectures, we learn the basics of neuron anatomy and the mechanism of the action potential and synapse. We identify the major structures in the central / peripheral nervous systems and their functions.
Sensory Systems: In this lecture we introduce the basics of sensory receptors and focus on the sense of vision. We identify structures of the eye, the mechanism of visual perception and processing, and pathophysiology of the eye.
Homeostasis and Epithelial Tissue: In this lecture we explain the basics of homeostatic pathways and feedback loops. We also explore the structure and classification of epithelial tissue.
Muscular System I and II: In these lectures we identify the major structures of skeletal muscle and the steps of the muscle contraction mechanism. We go over motor units and their role in motor control, how muscles get energy and explore some aspects of muscle pathophysiology.
Digestive System I and II: In these lectures, we identify the layers of the digestive tract, digestive organs and their accessory organs and their functions, the functions of digestive enzymes, and explore pathologies of the digestive system.
Respiratory System: In this lecture we identify the major structures and functions of the respiratory tract, we discuss the importance of pulmonary surfactant, explore how gases diffuse through the system, and how CO2 and O2 are carried in the blood.
Heart and Blood Vessels I and II: In these lectures we identify the major structures of the cardiovascular system and their functions. We track the order of blood through this system, and talk about electrical conduction of the heart. We define blood pressure and describe the changes in blood pressure through the system. We learn of capillary exchange and explain several pathologies of the heart.
Red Blood Cells: In this lecture, we identify the parts of blood. We focus on red blood cells: their structure, function, development and relationship with hemoglobin, and the major steps in blood clotting.
White Blood Cells: In this lecture, we identify the functions of the various blood cells, how these cells fight infections, and some white blood cell pathophysiology. We learn about blood compatibility and how the RH factor can complicate pregnancies.
Immune System I and II: In these lectures, we contrast innate and adaptive immunity and dive into details of each (focusing on adaptive immunity and B and T cell development). We cover active and passive immunity, how vaccines work, allergies, anaphylactic shock, transplants and autoimmune disorders.
Infectious Disease: In this lecture we learn of bacteria: types, classification, structures, functions and how antibiotics work. We learn about viruses: structures, functions, viral life cycles and the action of anti-viral drugs. We explore the classification of disease and focus on the current pandemics on the planet.
Reproduction: In this lecture we give the basics of male and female external and internal anatomy and their functions. We explain sperm production and the role of various hormones in male reproduction. We explain egg production, the ovarian cycle, the role of hormones and what the first steps after fertilization. We also briefly examine different common birth control methods.
Human Development: In this lecture, we list the steps of egg fertilization, outline the development of an embryo up to 8 weeks, and focus on major developmental milestones at the cellular and tissue level. We also explore the differences in fetal circulation as compared to an adult.
Evolution I and II: In this lecture, we explore chemical vs biological evolution, the different theories of evolution and evidences of evolution. We identify how phylogenetic trees work and trace human evolution of the Homo genus.
Required Reading: Mader & Windelspecht (2022) Human Biology, 17th Edition. McGraw Hill
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Biology, BIOL-1200, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Online Get to Know You Discussion (25 points) = 25 points
McGraw Hill Connect Quizzes 1-26 (10 points each, lowest 4 dropped) = 220 points
Practice Exams 1-10 (25 points each, lowest dropped) = 225 points
SI Attendance 1-13 (5 points each, lowest dropped) = 60 points
SI Quizzes 1-13 (10 points each, lowest dropped) = 120 points
Exams 1-4 (100 points each, lowest dropped) = 300 points
Final Exam (200 points) = 200 points
Description:
Sci Method: This lecture covers the steps of the scientific method, objective/subjective observations and deductive/inductive reasoning.
Atoms and Bonds: This lecture explains the basics of chemistry - atomic structure, bond formation, isotopes and radioactivity in medicine.
Water: This lecture covers the properties of water and their importance for life, the pH scale and buffer systems.
Macromolecules I and II: These lectures cover the building blocks carbs, fats, proteins and fats, examples of each, and their importance to life.
Cell I and Cell II: These lectures cover cell structures and their functions, diffusion, osmosis, tonicity and membrane transport.
Cell Respiration: This lecture covers the process of cell respiration, fermentation, and enzyme catalyzed reactions.
Mitosis: This lecture covers the basics of chromosome biology, the cell cycle, cell reproduction and the steps of mitosis.
Meiosis: This lecture covers the basics of sexual reproduction, steps of meiosis I and II, mutations, and chromosomal disorders.
Cancer: This lecture covers mutations, the development of cancer, characteristics of cancer cells, development of cancer in cyclins, causes of cancer and it's treatment. We also discuss the development of cancer in the following genes: proto-oncogenes, tumor suppressor genes, Her2, Ras, p53 and BRCA1.
Patterns of Inheritance I and II: In these lectures, we discuss the basics of inheritance, and complete monohybrid crosses, dihybrid crosses, pedigree charts, blood typing and colorblindness inheritance.
DNA Biology: This lecture covers the basics of DNA and its replication. We outline the processes for using DNA as a blueprint for protein production (transcription and translation).
Nervous System I and II: In these lectures, we learn the basics of neuron anatomy and the mechanism of the action potential and synapse. We identify the major structures in the central / peripheral nervous systems and their functions.
Sensory Systems: In this lecture we introduce the basics of sensory receptors and focus on the sense of vision. We identify structures of the eye, the mechanism of visual perception and processing, and pathophysiology of the eye.
Homeostasis and Epithelial Tissue: In this lecture we explain the basics of homeostatic pathways and feedback loops. We also explore the structure and classification of epithelial tissue.
Muscular System I and II: In these lectures we identify the major structures of skeletal muscle and the steps of the muscle contraction mechanism. We go over motor units and their role in motor control, how muscles get energy and explore some aspects of muscle pathophysiology.
Digestive System I and II: In these lectures, we identify the layers of the digestive tract, digestive organs and their accessory organs and their functions, the functions of digestive enzymes, and explore pathologies of the digestive system.
Respiratory System: In this lecture we identify the major structures and functions of the respiratory tract, we discuss the importance of pulmonary surfactant, explore how gases diffuse through the system, and how CO2 and O2 are carried in the blood.
Heart and Blood Vessels I and II: In these lectures we identify the major structures of the cardiovascular system and their functions. We track the order of blood through this system, and talk about electrical conduction of the heart. We define blood pressure and describe the changes in blood pressure through the system. We learn of capillary exchange and explain several pathologies of the heart.
Red Blood Cells: In this lecture, we identify the parts of blood. We focus on red blood cells: their structure, function, development and relationship with hemoglobin, and the major steps in blood clotting.
White Blood Cells: In this lecture, we identify the functions of the various blood cells, how these cells fight infections, and some white blood cell pathophysiology. We learn about blood compatibility and how the RH factor can complicate pregnancies.
Immune System I and II: In these lectures, we contrast innate and adaptive immunity and dive into details of each (focusing on adaptive immunity and B and T cell development). We cover active and passive immunity, how vaccines work, allergies, anaphylactic shock, transplants and autoimmune disorders.
Infectious Disease: In this lecture we learn of bacteria: types, classification, structures, functions and how antibiotics work. We learn about viruses: structures, functions, viral life cycles and the action of anti-viral drugs. We explore the classification of disease and focus on the current pandemics on the planet.
Reproduction: In this lecture we give the basics of male and female external and internal anatomy and their functions. We explain sperm production and the role of various hormones in male reproduction. We explain egg production, the ovarian cycle, the role of hormones and what the first steps after fertilization. We also briefly examine different common birth control methods.
Human Development: In this lecture, we list the steps of egg fertilization, outline the development of an embryo up to 8 weeks, and focus on major developmental milestones at the cellular and tissue level. We also explore the differences in fetal circulation as compared to an adult.
Evolution I and II: In this lecture, we explore chemical vs biological evolution, the different theories of evolution and evidences of evolution. We identify how phylogenetic trees work and trace human evolution of the Homo genus.
Required Reading: Mader & Windelspecht (2022) Human Biology, 17th Edition. McGraw Hill
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Biology, BIOL-1200, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Online Get to Know You Discussion (25 points) = 25 points
McGraw Hill Connect Quizzes 1-26 (10 points each, lowest 4 dropped) = 220 points
Practice Exams 1-10 (25 points each, lowest dropped) = 225 points
SI Attendance 1-13 (5 points each, lowest dropped) = 60 points
SI Quizzes 1-13 (10 points each, lowest dropped) = 120 points
Exams 1-4 (100 points each, lowest dropped) = 300 points
Final Exam (200 points) = 200 points
Description:
Sci Method: This lecture covers the steps of the scientific method, objective/subjective observations and deductive/inductive reasoning.
Atoms and Bonds: This lecture explains the basics of chemistry - atomic structure, bond formation, isotopes and radioactivity in medicine.
Water: This lecture covers the properties of water and their importance for life, the pH scale and buffer systems.
Macromolecules I and II: These lectures cover the building blocks carbs, fats, proteins and fats, examples of each, and their importance to life.
Cell I and Cell II: These lectures cover cell structures and their functions, diffusion, osmosis, tonicity and membrane transport.
Cell Respiration: This lecture covers the process of cell respiration, fermentation, and enzyme catalyzed reactions.
Mitosis: This lecture covers the basics of chromosome biology, the cell cycle, cell reproduction and the steps of mitosis.
Meiosis: This lecture covers the basics of sexual reproduction, steps of meiosis I and II, mutations, and chromosomal disorders.
Cancer: This lecture covers mutations, the development of cancer, characteristics of cancer cells, development of cancer in cyclins, causes of cancer and it's treatment. We also discuss the development of cancer in the following genes: proto-oncogenes, tumor suppressor genes, Her2, Ras, p53 and BRCA1.
Patterns of Inheritance I and II: In these lectures, we discuss the basics of inheritance, and complete monohybrid crosses, dihybrid crosses, pedigree charts, blood typing and colorblindness inheritance.
DNA Biology: This lecture covers the basics of DNA and its replication. We outline the processes for using DNA as a blueprint for protein production (transcription and translation).
Nervous System I and II: In these lectures, we learn the basics of neuron anatomy and the mechanism of the action potential and synapse. We identify the major structures in the central / peripheral nervous systems and their functions.
Sensory Systems: In this lecture we introduce the basics of sensory receptors and focus on the sense of vision. We identify structures of the eye, the mechanism of visual perception and processing, and pathophysiology of the eye.
Homeostasis and Epithelial Tissue: In this lecture we explain the basics of homeostatic pathways and feedback loops. We also explore the structure and classification of epithelial tissue.
Muscular System I and II: In these lectures we identify the major structures of skeletal muscle and the steps of the muscle contraction mechanism. We go over motor units and their role in motor control, how muscles get energy and explore some aspects of muscle pathophysiology.
Digestive System I and II: In these lectures, we identify the layers of the digestive tract, digestive organs and their accessory organs and their functions, the functions of digestive enzymes, and explore pathologies of the digestive system.
Respiratory System: In this lecture we identify the major structures and functions of the respiratory tract, we discuss the importance of pulmonary surfactant, explore how gases diffuse through the system, and how CO2 and O2 are carried in the blood.
Heart and Blood Vessels I and II: In these lectures we identify the major structures of the cardiovascular system and their functions. We track the order of blood through this system, and talk about electrical conduction of the heart. We define blood pressure and describe the changes in blood pressure through the system. We learn of capillary exchange and explain several pathologies of the heart.
Red Blood Cells: In this lecture, we identify the parts of blood. We focus on red blood cells: their structure, function, development and relationship with hemoglobin, and the major steps in blood clotting.
White Blood Cells: In this lecture, we identify the functions of the various blood cells, how these cells fight infections, and some white blood cell pathophysiology. We learn about blood compatibility and how the RH factor can complicate pregnancies.
Immune System I and II: In these lectures, we contrast innate and adaptive immunity and dive into details of each (focusing on adaptive immunity and B and T cell development). We cover active and passive immunity, how vaccines work, allergies, anaphylactic shock, transplants and autoimmune disorders.
Infectious Disease: In this lecture we learn of bacteria: types, classification, structures, functions and how antibiotics work. We learn about viruses: structures, functions, viral life cycles and the action of anti-viral drugs. We explore the classification of disease and focus on the current pandemics on the planet.
Reproduction: In this lecture we give the basics of male and female external and internal anatomy and their functions. We explain sperm production and the role of various hormones in male reproduction. We explain egg production, the ovarian cycle, the role of hormones and what the first steps after fertilization. We also briefly examine different common birth control methods.
Human Development: In this lecture, we list the steps of egg fertilization, outline the development of an embryo up to 8 weeks, and focus on major developmental milestones at the cellular and tissue level. We also explore the differences in fetal circulation as compared to an adult.
Evolution I and II: In this lecture, we explore chemical vs biological evolution, the different theories of evolution and evidences of evolution. We identify how phylogenetic trees work and trace human evolution of the Homo genus.
Required Reading: Mader & Windelspecht (2022) Human Biology, 17th Edition. McGraw Hill
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Biology, BIOL-1200, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Online Get to Know You Discussion (25 points) = 25 points
McGraw Hill Connect Quizzes 1-26 (10 points each, lowest 4 dropped) = 220 points
Practice Exams 1-10 (25 points each, lowest dropped) = 225 points
SI Attendance 1-13 (5 points each, lowest dropped) = 60 points
SI Quizzes 1-13 (10 points each, lowest dropped) = 120 points
Exams 1-4 (100 points each, lowest dropped) = 300 points
Final Exam (200 points) = 200 points
Description:
Sci Method: This lecture covers the steps of the scientific method, objective/subjective observations and deductive/inductive reasoning.
Atoms and Bonds: This lecture explains the basics of chemistry - atomic structure, bond formation, isotopes and radioactivity in medicine.
Water: This lecture covers the properties of water and their importance for life, the pH scale and buffer systems.
Macromolecules I and II: These lectures cover the building blocks carbs, fats, proteins and fats, examples of each, and their importance to life.
Cell I and Cell II: These lectures cover cell structures and their functions, diffusion, osmosis, tonicity and membrane transport.
Cell Respiration: This lecture covers the process of cell respiration, fermentation, and enzyme catalyzed reactions.
Mitosis: This lecture covers the basics of chromosome biology, the cell cycle, cell reproduction and the steps of mitosis.
Meiosis: This lecture covers the basics of sexual reproduction, steps of meiosis I and II, mutations, and chromosomal disorders.
Cancer: This lecture covers mutations, the development of cancer, characteristics of cancer cells, development of cancer in cyclins, causes of cancer and it's treatment. We also discuss the development of cancer in the following genes: proto-oncogenes, tumor suppressor genes, Her2, Ras, p53 and BRCA1.
Patterns of Inheritance I and II: In these lectures, we discuss the basics of inheritance, and complete monohybrid crosses, dihybrid crosses, pedigree charts, blood typing and colorblindness inheritance.
DNA Biology: This lecture covers the basics of DNA and its replication. We outline the processes for using DNA as a blueprint for protein production (transcription and translation).
Nervous System I and II: In these lectures, we learn the basics of neuron anatomy and the mechanism of the action potential and synapse. We identify the major structures in the central / peripheral nervous systems and their functions.
Sensory Systems: In this lecture we introduce the basics of sensory receptors and focus on the sense of vision. We identify structures of the eye, the mechanism of visual perception and processing, and pathophysiology of the eye.
Homeostasis and Epithelial Tissue: In this lecture we explain the basics of homeostatic pathways and feedback loops. We also explore the structure and classification of epithelial tissue.
Muscular System I and II: In these lectures we identify the major structures of skeletal muscle and the steps of the muscle contraction mechanism. We go over motor units and their role in motor control, how muscles get energy and explore some aspects of muscle pathophysiology.
Digestive System I and II: In these lectures, we identify the layers of the digestive tract, digestive organs and their accessory organs and their functions, the functions of digestive enzymes, and explore pathologies of the digestive system.
Respiratory System: In this lecture we identify the major structures and functions of the respiratory tract, we discuss the importance of pulmonary surfactant, explore how gases diffuse through the system, and how CO2 and O2 are carried in the blood.
Heart and Blood Vessels I and II: In these lectures we identify the major structures of the cardiovascular system and their functions. We track the order of blood through this system, and talk about electrical conduction of the heart. We define blood pressure and describe the changes in blood pressure through the system. We learn of capillary exchange and explain several pathologies of the heart.
Red Blood Cells: In this lecture, we identify the parts of blood. We focus on red blood cells: their structure, function, development and relationship with hemoglobin, and the major steps in blood clotting.
White Blood Cells: In this lecture, we identify the functions of the various blood cells, how these cells fight infections, and some white blood cell pathophysiology. We learn about blood compatibility and how the RH factor can complicate pregnancies.
Immune System I and II: In these lectures, we contrast innate and adaptive immunity and dive into details of each (focusing on adaptive immunity and B and T cell development). We cover active and passive immunity, how vaccines work, allergies, anaphylactic shock, transplants and autoimmune disorders.
Infectious Disease: In this lecture we learn of bacteria: types, classification, structures, functions and how antibiotics work. We learn about viruses: structures, functions, viral life cycles and the action of anti-viral drugs. We explore the classification of disease and focus on the current pandemics on the planet.
Reproduction: In this lecture we give the basics of male and female external and internal anatomy and their functions. We explain sperm production and the role of various hormones in male reproduction. We explain egg production, the ovarian cycle, the role of hormones and what the first steps after fertilization. We also briefly examine different common birth control methods.
Human Development: In this lecture, we list the steps of egg fertilization, outline the development of an embryo up to 8 weeks, and focus on major developmental milestones at the cellular and tissue level. We also explore the differences in fetal circulation as compared to an adult.
Evolution I and II: In this lecture, we explore chemical vs biological evolution, the different theories of evolution and evidences of evolution. We identify how phylogenetic trees work and trace human evolution of the Homo genus.
Required Reading: Mader & Windelspecht (2022) Human Biology, 17th Edition. McGraw Hill
Recommended Reading: N/A
Software Quality, SE-3150, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Unit Testing - write some unit tests on existing code
Testing with Test Driven Development (TDD) - write tests first then write code to pass the tests
Testing with Doubles - learn to use mocks and stubs
Testing Systems - develop an end to end test
Testing Behaviors - use behave to test web UI
Testing Continuously, Issue Reporting - github issues, github actions
Game development - build a crowd-sourced adventure game. Test it. Review each other's code
Final Exam - write code, test it using the strategies we learned
Description:
Intro - why is software quality important?
Unit Testing - learn to write unit tests
Test Driven Development - learn to write tests first
Testing with Doubles - use mocks and stubs
System Testing - system testing is more straightforward than mocks, but everything in the world can go wrong. how do we control scope?
Behavior Testing - use behave to test UI. Configuration is challenging because we're literally hacking the browser.
Continuous Testing - How do we automate? What is CI/CD?
github and testing - what role does github play in automation.
Code Reviews - best practices
Testing group code - crowd sourced game. How do you test it before the public gets their hands on it?
Required Reading: https://www.computer.org/resources/what-is-software-quality https://www.functionize.com/blog/the-cost-of-finding-bugs-later-in-the-sdlc https://stackoverflow.blog/2023/12/25/is-software-getting-worse/ https://www.codewithjason.com/when-i-do-tdd-and-when-i-dont/ https://javascript.plainenglish.io/to-mock-or-not-to-mock-cac9881d37fe https://www.sonarsource.com/learn/code-smells/ https://www.reddit.com/r/dotnet/comments/rxlzxv/do_you_account_for_full_integration_testing_with/ https://www.docker.com/resources/what-container/ https://medium.com/nationwide-technology/a-short-guide-to-open-source-licenses-cf5b1c329edd
Recommended Reading: N/A
Programming in C++, CS-3005, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
hello world
Questions 3
ASCII Image
Image File
Action Data, Menu Data
"PPM Menu
"
PPM Operators
Image Filters
Number Grid
Color Table
Complex Fractal
Julia set
Mandelbrot
Threaded Grid
Robot Arena
Final Exam - Bring your battle bot
Description:
• Intro - Computer Systems - Source Control. A study of computer system basics and the foundations of compiled languages. A discussion of git as a tool for source control
• Control Structures, Files, Data Structures, Introduce Classes
• I/O, Operators and Overloading - Drawing and Debugging
• Memory and Pointers
• Image Operations
• Cool Programming Party Tricks - make file magic, profiling, function pointers in menus
• Object Oriented Programming
• Fractals
• Concurrency and threading
• Runtime config - how to pass things on the command line
• Exception Handling
• Robot Wars - we'll build a robot war simulation
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The C++ Programming Language, Special Edition by Bjarne Stroustrup ISBN: 978-0201700732
Software Engineering, CS-2450, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
git Repo
Engineering journal
team repo
flask assignment
ideas list
requirements document
flow diagram
component diagram
project pitch deck - present
kanban board
pair programming
user experience design
refactoring
containerization
unit testing
security
development pipeline
final presentation
Description:
Week 1 – Software Engineering – What is it, why is it important. We’ll talk about the ‘Software Crisis’ and review sound engineering practices. We’ll begin keeping an Engineering Journal
Week 2 – Engineering Tools. We’ll learn about source control using git. We’ll experiment with IDEs and command line tools.
Week 3 – Teams and Project Intro. We’ll break into teams and learn about the project
Week 4 – Software Development Lifecycle, Process and Requirements. We’ll intro processes, describe the process we’ll use, have an Idea generating session and begin to gather and document requirements.
Week 5 – Architecture and Design. We’ll talk about the role sound architecture practices play in software development and learn how to draw some key diagrams.
Week 6 – Project Estimation and Management. We’ll create user stories and a Kanban board and begin to farm out work on the project.
Week 7 – Effective Presentations. You’ll create a ‘Pitch Deck’ for your project, and present to the class.
Week 8 – Implementation Best Practices. More good coding practices. Team work with git. Code Reviews and pull requests.
Week 9 – Ethics. We’ll talk about the Trolley problem and how ethics plays an important role in software engineering.
Week 10 – Software Quality. We’ll talk about Unit Testing and learn how to unit test our project with Selenium
Week 11 – User Experience Design. How do we ensure that users will be able to use our software? The difference between good and bad UX is vast.
Week 12 – Refactoring. We’ve built a good bit of our project by now. It surely is messy. We’ll learn how to refactor it to keep it clean and maintainable.
Week 13 – Automation and Deployment. We’ll build a CI/CD pipeline to automatically test our solution in github each time we push.
Week 14 – Maintenance and Scalability. We’ll learn how to containerize and deploy our solution.
Week 15 – Security. Attributes of Authentication and Authorization. Application Security from the ground up.
Week 16 – Final Presentation and Demo. Your team will present your solution and demo it.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Software Engineering, CS-2450, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
git Repo
Engineering journal
team repo
flask assignment
ideas list
requirements document
flow diagram
component diagram
project pitch deck - present
kanban board
pair programming
user experience design
refactoring
containerization
unit testing
security
development pipeline
final presentation
Description:
Week 1 – Software Engineering – What is it, why is it important. We’ll talk about the ‘Software Crisis’ and review sound engineering practices. We’ll begin keeping an Engineering Journal
Week 2 – Engineering Tools. We’ll learn about source control using git. We’ll experiment with IDEs and command line tools.
Week 3 – Teams and Project Intro. We’ll break into teams and learn about the project
Week 4 – Software Development Lifecycle, Process and Requirements. We’ll intro processes, describe the process we’ll use, have an Idea generating session and begin to gather and document requirements.
Week 5 – Architecture and Design. We’ll talk about the role sound architecture practices play in software development and learn how to draw some key diagrams.
Week 6 – Project Estimation and Management. We’ll create user stories and a Kanban board and begin to farm out work on the project.
Week 7 – Effective Presentations. You’ll create a ‘Pitch Deck’ for your project, and present to the class.
Week 8 – Implementation Best Practices. More good coding practices. Team work with git. Code Reviews and pull requests.
Week 9 – Ethics. We’ll talk about the Trolley problem and how ethics plays an important role in software engineering.
Week 10 – Software Quality. We’ll talk about Unit Testing and learn how to unit test our project with Selenium
Week 11 – User Experience Design. How do we ensure that users will be able to use our software? The difference between good and bad UX is vast.
Week 12 – Refactoring. We’ve built a good bit of our project by now. It surely is messy. We’ll learn how to refactor it to keep it clean and maintainable.
Week 13 – Automation and Deployment. We’ll build a CI/CD pipeline to automatically test our solution in github each time we push.
Week 14 – Maintenance and Scalability. We’ll learn how to containerize and deploy our solution.
Week 15 – Security. Attributes of Authentication and Authorization. Application Security from the ground up.
Week 16 – Final Presentation and Demo. Your team will present your solution and demo it.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Family/Parent Engagement, ELED-4430, Section 50, College of Education
Course Requirements:
1. Welcoming Families & Discussion (CANVAS) (20pts + 10pts)
2. My Family/Parent Involvement file & presentation (40pts + 10pts) Make sure to read the rubric as
you prepare for your presentation.
3. Chapter Reading tasks (8 chapters) - scores differ by chapter
4. Digital Teacher Storybook (50pts)
5. Family Interview (40pts)
6. List of strategies for a successful parent-teacher conference (10 pts)
7. “How to Empower Parent to Help ELL Students” (10pts)
8. Teachers as Leaders (10pts)
9. Challenging Parents and FERPA (10pts)
10. Reading Leads for textbook chapters (8 x 10 = 80 pts)
Description:
This is a blended course, so we do not meet every week. Each chapter has a different focus on MLs and families. For each chapter, there are articles and videos that support the students for a deeper understanding of the concept. Students are required to share their understanding of the concept for that week through written or oral assignments. Guest speakers from various areas are invited to speak to the students. The guest speakers are 1) a principal from a Title I elementary school, 2) a director of Special Education from the WCSD, and 3) a panel of elementary classroom and SPED teacher and intermediate classroom and SPED teacher.
Required Reading: Textbook, Articles & Videos: "Building Strong Relationships with Parents," "Going the Extra Mile," "ABCs of Family Engagement," "Lessons Learned from Immigrant Families," "Family Literacy Home Workshop Ideas," "English Learners with Disabilities: The rules schools have to follow," "Teachers as Leaders," "Challenging Parents," "FERPA"
Recommended Reading: N/A
Lang Acquisition Cognition ESL, ELED-3410, Section 1, College of Education
Course Requirements:
1. Teaching Respect and Responsibilities: How do they do it in Japan? Starting a conversation on
comparative education (10pts) – Assignment instructions are in CANVAS
2. Focus Area Quick Writes (Parts 1-3) – 5pts x 4 = 20 pts (These quick writes will be submitted after the
concepts are thoroughly discussed in class)
3. Articles Quick Writes – 5pts x 2= 10 pts (These quick writes will be submitted after the concepts are
thoroughly discussed in class)
4. Lesson Plan/SIOP project (implementation of SIOP, concepts/theories of SLA and justification) and
Self-reflection (Lesson plan – 25 pts, self-reflection – 20 pts)= 45pts
Presentation = 10 pts
5. Funds of Knowledge of yourself & Self-reflection = 10 pts
6. Teaching presentation (50pts) self-reflection and peer review (45pts) = 95pts
Description:
Objectives
Focus Area 1 1) Be able to explain the theories of FLA with examples, 2) Be able to apply "theory and research into practice" (TRIP)
Intro to Culture 1) Be able to define culture and its characteristics, 2) Be able to define the four stages of adjustments with examples, 3) Be able to define Communicative Competence with examples
Focus Area 2 1) Define vocabulary, pragmatics, and phonology with examples, 2) Develop activities to teach MLs the three factors of language important for everyday communication
Focus Area 2 Part 1 1) Be able to explain in your own words: Krashen's Monitor Model, 2) Differences between FLA and SLA: Behaviorist and Innatist
Focus Area 2 Part 2 1) Be able to explain in your own words with examples: SLA Cognitive Perspective, Information Processing and Usage-Based Learning
Focus Area 2 Part 3 1) Be able to explain in your own words the Role of Practice, 2) Be able to explain in your own words the differences between scaffolding, i + 1, and ZPD
Required Reading: SIOP textbook, Articles: "Relia and Manipulatives," "How the language we speak Affect the way we think," "The Language you speak influences what you look at," "Childhood Bilingualism," "Getting to know your ELLs, " "Motivating Language Learners," "How to Promote Additive Bilingualism over subtractive Bilingualism in the classroom" Videos: "How do they do it in Japan?" "Purpose of Education," "Comparative Education Singapore and Finland," "How Language Began," "A Language Without Numbers," "Language Pragmatics," " Interlanguage and Language Teaching," "This map shows where American Accents Came From"
Recommended Reading: N/A
Foundations Multicultural/ESL, EDUC-2400, Section 2, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Pause-and-Reflect Papers or Video Reflections
(12 assignments x 10 points each) 120 pts
Multicultural Experience 20pts
Projects Graded on a Rubric
• Part A-Autobiography 50 pts
• Part B - Biography 50pts
• Part C-Cross Cultural Analysis Paper 50pts
• Group Teaching Project 145 pts
Description:
Objectives for each topic:
Culture and Identity 1) Begin to think about the question, "Who am I?", 2) Demonstrate understanding of terms and definitions
Race and Ethnicity 1) Understand and explain the concept of race and ethnicity, 2) Incorporate: Culture, Identity, Race, and Ethnicity into the curriculum, 3) Understand: Culturally Responsive Curriculum, Culturally Responsive Teacher, and Role of Assessment
Class and Socioeconomic Status 1) Be able to define "Terms" with specific examples, 2) Demonstrate understanding of Class and Socioeconomics status through discussions
Gender 1) Understand the changing concept of "gender" in schools
Sexual Orientation 1) Introduce ourselves to the history of LGBTQ+, 2) the role of educators to support LGBTQ+ students
Language 1)Discuss the diversity of languages spoken in US classrooms and around the world, 2) Describe what language is and the role it plays in providing sense of identity, 3) Be able to explain why all languages are equal
Religion 1) Explain the importance of religion to the cultural makeup of an individual and the diversity of religions across the US, 2) Provide examples of what schools can and cannot do with respect to religion
Geography 1) Explore the impact of geography on learning and teaching through reading and discussion
Youth Culture 1) Be able to define youth culture, 2) Be able to discuss issues youth culture face today, 3) Consider teaching strategies to support the issues youth culture face today
Required Reading: Pause to reflect assignments
Recommended Reading: N/A
Industrial Wiring Lab, MTRN-2205, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Lab assignments, lab midterm, and lab final.
Description:
Covers different hands-on aspects of industrial wiring including:
- Workplace safety: Covers safe working practices, PPE use, and hazard identification in an industrial wiring environment.
- Enclosure sub-panel layout and modeling: Covers the physical planning and mock-up of control panel layouts using 3D modeling tools.
- Identification of industrial components: Covers how to identify components using part numbers and data sheets
- Terminal block wiring: Covers how to properly wire to and from terminal blocks and understand their role in panel design.
- Relay-based gate logic: Covers the wiring and operation of basic logic gates using relays.
- Retentive and latching relay logic: Covers the wiring of circuits that maintain state using mechanical or electrical latching.
- Forward and reverse motor control using relays: Covers the design and wiring of latching circuits to control motor direction.
- Industrial sensor wiring and characteristics: Covers the wiring, identification, and functional understanding of different industrial sensors.
- Specialty modules: Covers how to setup and wire specialty modules from a data sheet and wiring diagrams.
- E-stop wiring: Covers the correct implementation and wiring of emergency stop circuits.
- Delay timer wiring and configuration: Covers how to wire and set up industrial delay timers in various control applications.
- Safety relay wiring and configuration: Covers the setup, wiring, and verification of safety relays for use in safety-critical circuits.
- Industrial circuit design from specifications: covers the design and build industrial control circuits based on verbal or written functional descriptions, developing the ability to translate real-world requirements into practical wiring solutions.
- Troubleshooting with wiring diagrams: Covers how to interpret wiring diagrams to identify and resolve circuit faults in lab setups.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to PLCs, MTRN-2300, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Assignments, quizzes, midterm, and final exam.
Description:
Covers different aspects of PLCs including:
- Introduction to PLC hardware: Covers the major hardware components of a PLC system and their roles.
- Introduction to numbering systems: Covers the various numbering systems used in PLC programming, such as binary, octal, decimal, and hexadecimal.
- Introduction to logic fundamentals: Covers basic logic principles used in PLC programming, including Boolean logic and logic gate functions.
- Introduction to ladder programs: Covers the structure, interpretation, and development of ladder logic programs.
- PLC file structure: Covers how program files are organized within the PLC and their purpose.
- PLC wiring: Covers wiring practices specific to PLCs, including input/output wiring and communication wiring.
- PLC addressing: Covers the principles of PLC memory addressing and how devices are referenced in programs.
- Timer instructions: Covers the operation and application of timer functions in PLC programming.
- Counter instructions: Covers the operation and application of counter functions in PLC programming.
- Program control instructions: Covers instructions used to control the flow of a PLC program, such as jumps, subroutines, and interrupts.
- Data manipulation instructions: Covers instructions used to move, compare, and manipulate data within the PLC.
- Math instructions: Covers basic arithmetic operations and math functions used in PLC programs.
- Sequencer instructions: Covers the setup and use of sequencer functions for step-by-step control processes.
- Shift register instructions: Covers the use of shift registers for tracking and controlling movement-based processes.
- PLC installation: Covers proper installation practices for PLCs, including mounting, grounding, and environmental considerations.
- PLC troubleshooting: Covers methods for diagnosing and resolving PLC hardware and programming faults.
Required Reading: Programmable Logic Controllers by Frank Petruzella
Recommended Reading: N/A
Motor Learning and Control, XSCI-3054, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Test 1 (20% of final grade)
Test 2 (20% of final grade)
Test 3 (20% of final grade)
Test 4 (20% of final grade)
Presentation (10% of final grade)
Attendance (10% of final grade)
Description:
Week 1 (Aug 20–26): CNS Motor Units & Muscle Action (Part 1)
Students learn how motor units are organized in the central nervous system, how they activate muscle fibers, and the principles governing force generation.
Week 2 (Aug 27–Sep 2): CNS Motor Units & Muscle Action (Part 2)
This continues our look at neural control of muscle, focusing on firing rates, synchronization, and how the brain adjusts output for different force demands.
Week 3 (Sep 3–9): Neural Drive
We examine how the central nervous system sends signals to muscle, methods for measuring drive (e.g. EMG), and factors that alter signal strength during exercise.
Week 4 (Sep 10–16): Peripheral Adaptations
Covers changes in muscle tissue with training—fiber-type shifts, capillarization, enzyme activity—and how those adaptations support performance.
Test 1 (covers Weeks 1–4)
Week 5 (Sep 17–23): Spinal Reflexes (Part 1)
Introduces basic reflex arcs (stretch and withdrawal), the role of muscle spindles, and rapid feedback that maintains posture.
Week 6 (Sep 24–30): Spinal Reflexes (Part 2)
Explores reflex modulation via interneurons, presynaptic inhibition, and how reflexes adapt with training or injury.
Week 7 (Oct 1–7): Touch & Somatosensory Integration
Focuses on the pathways carrying touch and proprioceptive information to the brain and how that feedback informs movement.
Test 2 (covers Weeks 5–7)
Week 8 (Oct 8–14): Motor Cortex
Examines the organization of primary motor cortex (M1), its role in movement execution, and how cortical output shapes voluntary actions.
Week 9 (Oct 15–21): Premotor, SMA & Posterior Parietal Areas
Discusses higher-order cortical regions involved in planning and preparing movements, including sequence encoding and spatial targeting.
Week 10 (Oct 22–28): Movement Planning & NMES Methods
Covers the process of translating plans into action and introduces neuromuscular electrical stimulation techniques for modulating muscle activity.
Test 3 (covers Weeks 8–10)
Week 11 (Oct 29–Nov 4): Memory in Motor Skill Acquisition
Looks at how motor memories form, consolidate overnight, and influence performance improvements.
Week 12 (Nov 5–11): Motor Learning (Parts 1 & 2)
Introduces key learning theories (e.g. Schmidt’s schema) and the role of feedback, practice structure, and retention tests.
Week 13 (Nov 12–18): Motor Learning (Parts 3 & 4)
Covers transfer of learning, variability of practice, and strategies to enhance long-term retention and skill adaptability.
Test 4 (covers Weeks 11–13)
Week 14 (Nov 19–25): Thanksgiving Break
No class—use this time for review or make-up practice as needed.
Week 15 (Nov 26–Dec 2): Final Review & Q&A
Wraps up major topics, addresses student questions, and prepares everyone for the final exam.
Classes end Dec 5; finals run Dec 8–11.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Motor Learning and Control: Concepts and Applications, 12th Edition by Richard Magill & David Anderson (ISBN 1260240703), Principles of Neural Science, Fifth Edition by Eric Kandel, James H. Schwartz, Thomas Jessell et al. (ISBN 978-0-07139011-8)
Ped and Adol Fit & Nutrition, XSCI-4400, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
3 Major projects throughout the semester. Each project is based around a child/adolscent with specific parameters and the students are responsible to create a plan for this child and their parents to elevate their health knowledge.
Description:
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1: Analyze a child's capacity to exercise at the age-appropriate recommendation. 2: Describe pediatric and adolescent unique nutritional needs. 3: Identify developmental milestones used to assess health-related fitness and skills in children by using and comparing various assessment methods. 4: Design training and fitness programs tailored and optimized to meet the development needs of children and adolescents. 5: Evaluate the physical activity and nutritional needs of a child with a chronic disease and implement an appropriate intervention plan.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Exercise Science, XSCI-2020, Section 3, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Mid Term Exam, Final Exam
Description:
Module 1: Intro to exercise science and a shallow dive into careers and professional issues in exercise science.
Module 2: Intro to research and understanding the systematic approach used in exercise science.
Module 3: brief overview of exercise physiology and applied clinical exercise physiology.
Module 4: discussions on athletic training and sports medicine.
Module 5: exercise and sport nutrition and psychology.
module 6: Motor behavior and clinical/sport biomechanics discussions
Module 7: equipment used in exercise science and how that applies to assessment.
Module 8: exercise science and its future.
Required Reading: Potteiger, Jeffrey, ACSM Introduction to Exercise Science, 3rd Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Ther Intv I Cl Skills, MAT-6072, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Practical Exams:
Estim Pain Modulation
Estim (Muscle Reeducation)
Manual Therapy
Ultrasound
Cryo/Thermotherapy
Description:
I. ESTIM Pain Modulation
This unit focuses on the use of Electrical Stimulation (ESTIM) for pain modulation in therapeutic settings. Students will explore the principles behind various ESTIM techniques, including TENS (Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulation) and other modalities, to manage acute and chronic pain. The unit will cover the physiological mechanisms, indications, contraindications, and practical applications of ESTIM in reducing pain and improving patient outcomes.
II. Manual Therapy
This unit introduces students to the techniques and principles of manual therapy used in musculoskeletal rehabilitation. Students will learn about various hands-on techniques, such as joint mobilizations, soft tissue mobilization, and manipulation, aimed at reducing pain, improving range of motion, and promoting healing. The unit will also cover the indications, contraindications, and evidence-based applications for safe and effective manual therapy in clinical practice.
III. Ultrasound
This unit focuses on the use of therapeutic ultrasound in the management of soft tissue injuries and pain. Students will explore the principles of ultrasound technology, its physiological effects on tissue healing, and its applications in promoting circulation, reducing inflammation, and enhancing mobility. The unit will also cover appropriate settings, indications, contraindications, and techniques for safe and effective ultrasound use in clinical practice.
IV. Cryo/Thermotherapy
This unit explores the therapeutic use of cold (cryo) and heat (thermo) modalities in the management of musculoskeletal injuries. Students will learn about the physiological effects of cryotherapy and thermotherapy, including pain relief, inflammation control, and tissue healing. The unit covers the appropriate indications, contraindications, and techniques for the effective application of these modalities in clinical practice.
V. Light Therapy
This unit covers the use of light-based modalities, such as low-level laser therapy (LLLT) and light-emitting diode (LED) therapy, in rehabilitation and injury management. Students will explore the physiological effects of light on tissue healing, inflammation reduction, and pain modulation. The unit will also discuss proper techniques, indications, contraindications, and the evidence supporting the use of light therapy in clinical practice.
Required Reading: Therapeutic Modalities in Rehabilitation. 5th edition.Prentice. McGraw Hill. ISBN: 978-1-259-86118-5
Recommended Reading: N/A
Prev Health Tech, MAT-6250, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Fire Presentations (Cardiorespiratory testing, Strength Testing, Body Composition Testing, Flexibility Testing, Functional Movement Screening), PPE Planning and Implementation, Final Exam chapters 1-9, Fitness testing long term assignment.
Description:
Module 1: Exercise science, public health, and medical experts recommend that everyone engage in regular physical activity throughout their lifespans Engaging in regular physical activity is a behavior that serves as a modifiable risk factor for preventing premature mortality as well as preventing or managing chronic diseases. In this module we will discuss the health benefits of physical activity and the health consequences of physical in-activity.
Module 2:In this module you will learn about the components of Preparticipation Health Screening, Fitness Assessment, and Interpretation.
Module 3: In this module you will learn about the general principles of exercise prescription and how to develop individualized exercise programs to mitigate the risk for long-term health conditions across the life span.
Module 4: Describe the role of nutrition in enhancing performance, preventing injury or illness, and maintaining a healthy lifestyle.
Educate clients/patients on the importance of healthy eating, regular exercise, and general preventative strategies for improving or maintaining health and quality of life.
Describe contemporary nutritional intake recommendations and explain how these recommendations can be used in performing a basic dietary analysis and providing appropriate general dietary recommendations.
Describe the proper intake, sources of, and effects of micro- and macronutrients on performance, health, and disease
Identify, analyze, and utilize the essential components of food labels to determine the content, quality, and appropriateness of food products.
Describe nutritional principles that apply to tissue growth and repair
Describe changes in dietary requirements that occur as a result of changes in an individual's health, age, and activity level
Explain the physiologic principles and time factors associated with the design and planning of pre-activity and recovery meals/snacks and hydration practices
Identify the foods and fluids that are most appropriate for pre-activity, activity, and recovery meals/snacks.
Explain how changes in the type and intensity of physical activity influence the energy and nutritional demands placed on the client/patient
Module 5: Ergonomics is the study of the relationship between people and their working environment, especially the equipment they use.
The field of ergonomics typically involves designing devices around the physical capabilities and comfort of the user. Such products, like desk chairs or computer accessories, are often described or marketed as ergonomic, indicating that they have been designed to minimize physical effort and discomfort and maximize efficiency. The term ergonomics is also sometimes used to refer to something’s ergonomic qualities, as in Our latest model features improved ergonomics.
Ergonomics is sometimes also called human engineering or biotechnology (though biotechnology is more commonly used in reference to the use of microorganisms in manufacturing or other industrial processes). In this module you will learn about ergodynamics and its role in injury prevention.
Required Reading: ACSM's Exercise Testing and Prescription. 1st Ed. ISBN: 978-1-4963-3879-2
Recommended Reading: N/A
Fnd Clin AT Care IV, MAT-6204, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
EENT Simulation
QI/QA Presentation
Clinical Assignment Grade
Description:
Clinical Immersion Work- This includes all discussions, PDSA form submissions, Check ins with QI/QA instructor
BOC Preperation- This includes all practice test exams, discussions, and BOC test taking strategy guides
Crucial Conversations- This includes all discussions based around how to have crucial conversations with peers and stakeholders.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: NATA Position statements for BOC preparation, BOC Certification Exam Candidate Handbook, Exam References, BOC practice Analysis
Ther Intv I, MAT-6070, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Exam Chs 1-4
Exam Chs 5-8
Exam Chs 9-12
Description:
I. Foundations of Therapeutic Modalities
This unit introduces students to the fundamental principles, physiological effects, clinical applications, and safety considerations of therapeutic modalities used in injury management and rehabilitation. Emphasis is placed on understanding the mechanisms of action, appropriate selection, and evidence-based use of thermal, electrical, acoustic, and mechanical modalities to promote tissue healing, reduce pain, and enhance functional recovery.
II.The Role of Therapeutic Modalities in Wound Healing
This unit explores how therapeutic modalities can be used to support and enhance the wound healing process. Students will examine the physiological phases of wound healing and learn how different modalities — including thermal, electrical, acoustic, and mechanical interventions — can influence tissue repair, manage inflammation, reduce pain, and promote optimal recovery.
III. Using Therapeutic Modalities to Affect the Healing Process
This unit examines how therapeutic modalities can be strategically applied to influence the body's natural healing response. Students will explore the selection and timing of different modalities to manage pain, control inflammation, stimulate tissue repair, and enhance overall recovery outcomes across various types of injuries.
IV. Managing Pain with Therapeutic Modalities
This unit focuses on the role of therapeutic modalities in pain management during injury recovery and rehabilitation. Students will learn about different types of pain, the physiological mechanisms behind pain perception, and how various modalities can be applied to reduce pain, improve function, and support the healing process.
V. Electrical Energy Modalities
This unit introduces the principles, applications, and physiological effects of electrical stimulation in injury treatment and rehabilitation. Students will explore different types of electrical modalities, their mechanisms of action, indications and contraindications, and strategies for using electrical energy to manage pain, promote healing, and restore neuromuscular function.
VI. Cryotherapy and Thermotherapy
This unit examines the therapeutic use of cold (cryotherapy) and heat (thermotherapy) in injury management and rehabilitation. Students will learn about the physiological effects, clinical applications, indications, contraindications, and evidence-based strategies for using temperature-based modalities to control pain, reduce inflammation, and promote tissue healing.
VII. Therapeutic Ultrasound
This unit explores the principles, physiological effects, and clinical applications of therapeutic ultrasound in the treatment of soft tissue injuries. Students will learn how ultrasound energy is used to promote tissue healing, reduce pain, and enhance mobility, along with proper techniques, parameters, indications, and contraindications for safe and effective use.
VIII.Extracorporeal Shockwave Therapy & Shortwave/Microwave Diathermy
This unit introduces students to advanced therapeutic modalities used in musculoskeletal injury management. Students will explore the principles, mechanisms, and clinical applications of extracorporeal shockwave therapy and shortwave/microwave diathermy, focusing on how these energy-based treatments promote tissue healing, reduce pain, and enhance recovery. Indications, contraindications, and evidence-based application strategies will also be discussed.
VIIII.Light Therapy
This unit covers the use of light-based modalities, including low-level laser therapy (LLLT) and light-emitting diode (LED) therapy, in the treatment of injuries and pain. Students will learn about the physiological effects of light on tissue healing, inflammation reduction, and pain modulation, as well as proper application techniques, indications, contraindications, and clinical considerations.
X. Spinal Traction
This unit focuses on the principles, techniques, and clinical applications of spinal traction in managing musculoskeletal conditions. Students will explore the physiological effects of traction on spinal structures, including the alleviation of pressure on nerves, reduction of pain, and improvement of mobility. The unit also covers the indications, contraindications, and proper methods for safe and effective use in both manual and mechanical traction.
XI. Intermittent Pneumatic Compression Devices/Manual Therapies
This unit explores the use of intermittent pneumatic compression (IPC) devices and manual therapy techniques in injury rehabilitation and recovery. Students will learn about the physiological effects of IPC in reducing edema, improving circulation, and enhancing tissue healing. The unit also covers various manual therapy techniques, such as massage and mobilization, that complement mechanical modalities to optimize patient outcomes.
Required Reading: Therapeutic Modalities in Rehabilitation. 5th edition.Prentice. McGraw Hill. ISBN: 978-1-259-86118-5
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Lit., SPAN-3390, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Requirements for this class:
1. Participation/Attendance/Homework:
2. Literary analysis (2)
3. Exams (2)
4. Oral Presentation (1)
5. Final Analysis (draft)
6. Final Analysis (final version
7. Final Exam (1)
Description:
- Course Introduction
General overview of the content, objectives, methodology, and assessments of the Hispanic literature course.A space to get to know the teaching staff and classmates, fostering a collaborative environment from the start.
- Literature as Art and Aesthetic Phenomenon / The Author and Their Work
Analysis of literature as an artistic expression and the relationship between the author, their context, and their work.
- Narrative
Exploration of the essential elements of narrative, including structure, narrator, characters, and theme.In-Class Practices
Application of theoretical concepts through practical narrative analysis exercises.
- The Narrative Genre: Definition and Origins
Study of the emergence and evolution of narrative in the Hispanic literary tradition.
- Don Juan Manuel: “What Happened to a Young Man Who...” and El Conde Lucanor
Reading and analysis of one of the foundational texts of Spanish-language narrative in Medieval Literature.
- Ricardo Palma: “The Shirt of Margarita”
Interpretation of a Peruvian tradition with humorous elements and social critique.
- Claribel Alegría: “The Grandmother and the Golden Bridge”
A story with historical and emotional weight that addresses memory and conflict in Central America.
- Teresa de la Parra: “Snow White and Company”
Narrative examining female childhood and social norms in early 20th-century Venezuela.
- Ana María Matute: “Sin of Omission”
A realist story criticizing social injustice and repression in post-war Spain.
- Explanation of Literary Analysis #1
Guide for the first literary analysis assignment based on narrative texts.
- Gabriel García Márquez and “One of These Days”
Analysis of a short story reflecting the tension between political power and human dignity.
- Review for Exam #1
Content review and preparation for the first narrative exam.
- Submission of Literary Analysis #1
Submission of the first written assignment based on literary analysis done in class.
- EXAM #1 – NARRATIVE (at the Testing Center)
Formal assessment of knowledge acquired about narrative.
- Introduction to Poetry
Initial approach to the poetic genre, its language, and aesthetic function.
- Syllable Count (Practice)
Practical exercises to identify poetic meter in Spanish-language poems.
- Spanish Versification
Study of types of verse, rhyme, rhythm, and traditional poetic structure.
- Literary Language, Rhetorical Devices, and Tropes
Exploration of expressive tools used in poetry to enrich meaning.
- Practice in Meter and Figurative Language Analysis
Application of theory to specific examples to enhance critical reading of poetry.
- The Romance: Character and History
Examination of the romance as a popular poetic form and its historical significance.
- “The Lover and Death” and “Romance of Count Arnaldos”
Reading and analysis of two traditional romances with universal themes.
- Garcilaso de la Vega
Study of Renaissance poetry and the ideal of beauty and love in his work.
- Mystical Poetry: Saint Teresa and Sor Juana
Analysis of spirituality and mysticism in the poetry of two key female authors.
- Gustavo A. Bécquer
Exploration of late Romanticism and its influence on modern poetry.
- Rubén Darío
Introduction to Modernism and its formal and thematic innovations.
- Explanation of Literary Analysis #2
Guidance for the second literary analysis assignment, focused on poetry.
- Antonio Machado
Reading of existential and symbolist poetry linked to landscape and inner reflection.
- García Lorca
Study of Lorca’s lyricism and his fusion of tradition, symbolism, and tragedy.
- Review for the Exam and Practice in Meter
Intensive preparation for the poetry exam, with emphasis on formal analysis.
- Submission of Literary Analysis #2
Submission of the second analytical paper focused on studied poetry.
- EXAM #2 – POETRY (Testing Center)
Evaluation of knowledge acquired about Hispanic poetry.
- Introduction to Drama
Exploration of theater as a literary genre, its elements, and basic structure.
- Brief: Overviews
Historical and thematic context of drama in the Hispanic world.
- The House of Bernarda Alba, Act I
Analysis of the first act of Federico García Lorca’s play, focusing on conflict and oppression.
- The House of Bernarda Alba, Act II
Continuation of the play’s analysis, emphasizing dramatic tension and family relationships.
- Explanation of Literary Analysis #3
Guide for the third literary analysis assignment, this time focused on drama.
- The House of Bernarda Alba, Act III
Conclusion of the play’s analysis, discussing the tragic ending and its symbolism.
Required Reading: 1. Friedman, Valdivieso and Virgilio. Aproximaciones al estudio de la Literatura Hispánica. New York: McGraw-Hill Higher Education. (Séptima edición), 2012
Recommended Reading: N/A
Int Clin Exp IV, MAT-6004, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
EENT Simulation
QI/QA Presentation
Clinical Assignment Grade
Description:
Clinical Immersion Work- This includes all discussions, PDSA form submissions, Check ins with QI/QA instructor
BOC Preperation- This includes all practice test exams, discussions, and BOC test taking strategy guides
Crucial Conversations- This includes all discussions based around how to have crucial conversations with peers and stakeholders.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: NATA Position statements for BOC preparation, BOC Certification Exam Candidate Handbook, Exam References, BOC practice Analysis
Fundamentals of Sport Mgmt, RSM-2070, Section 42, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Designed to provide students with fundamental knowledge and skills related to planning, organizing, directing, budgeting, and marketing sport venues and events. Best practices for sport management will be examined in the context of professional sports; collegiate, intercollegiate, and interscholastic sports; community and youth sports; and special events and festivals.
All students will be required to participate in weekly discussions and write weekly reflection journals. The major assignments are as follows:
-Read three sport and recreation case studies and write reaction papers
-Find two professionals in sport or recreation to interview and write a recap of the experience and what they learned
-Find a job shadow or volunteer opportunity in sport or recreation (at least four hours) and write a paper about the experience
-Final exam: essay responses based on what was learned throughout the semester
Description:
1) Identify the basic principles and best practices of sport management
2) Demonstrate knowledge related to various careers in sport management
3) Understand the cultural impact of sports on American identity
4) Demonstrate knowledge and skills related to sport marketing and promotion current trends and innovations
5) Understand the responsibility that sports and sport management has in society
6) Develop the necessary skills needed to succeed in Sport Management industry
Required Reading: Contemporary Sport Management, 2019, Paul M Pedersen, Lucie Thibault, ISBN: 978-1-4925-5095-2. 6th edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Lifeguarding/First Aid, XSCI-1340, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Attendance and participation in the course
Demonstrate efficient skills/testing of first aid, CPR, use of an AED
Demonstrate proficiency in water rescues of victims
Final in-water and written exams
Description:
Activity course for students interested in furthering their knowledge and skills in
swimming and lifeguard training. Instruction is given in
water rescue, water safety, and life saving skills. This course includes the American Red Cross Exam. Students must demonstrate proficiency in two basic strokes (freestyle and breaststroke).
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Red Cross Lifeguarding Participant Manual
Intermediate Swimming, FAST-1301, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Attendance and participation in the water
Wearing appropriate swimming attire for class
Provide their own towel and goggles
Description:
This class is for adult swimmers who feel comfortable in the water and are looking to
improve technique and learn new strokes. The majority of this class takes place in the
shallow lanes of the pool. This course offers the opportunity to improve developed skills
and interests that will bring a lifetime of enjoyment and health through physical exercise
in the pool.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Beginning Swimming, FAST-1300, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Attendance and participation in the water
Wearing appropriate swimming attire for class
Provide their own towel and goggles
Description:
This class is designed for adult swimmers with little to no experience in the water. We
will work to help students conquer their fear of swimming and introduce basic concepts
of stroke technique and water safety. The majority of this class takes place in the
shallow end of the pool. This course offers the opportunity to develop skills and
interests that will bring a lifetime of enjoyment and health through physical exercise in
the pool.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Oral Anatomy and Histology, DHYG-3035, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Exams, Quizzes, Written Assignments, Presentation, In class graded activities
Description:
1) Identify, and differentiate the function of the bones, muscles and structures, including glands, blood vessels, nerves and lymphatics of the head, neck and oral cavity.
2) Differentiate location and connections of potential spaces of head and neck.
3) Organize and order the development of the hard and soft tissues of the head and neck and oral cavity.
4)Organize the embryological steps of the development of the head and neck.
5) Integrate the knowledge of histology and embryology of the orofacial tissues and the resulting pathology that may occur.
Required Reading: Essentials of Oral Histology and Embryology: A Clinical Approach, 5th edition, Daniel J. Chiego, Jr., Elsevier, 2019; Illustrated Anatomy of the Head and Neck, 6th edition, Margaret J. Fehrenbach, Susan W. Herring, Elsevier, 2017; Open Resource: Sheldahl, Laird C. (2020) OER Commons. Histology Embryology for Dental Hygiene; Alsup, B. Kathleen & Fox, Glenn M. (2025). OER Commons. Dental Head and Neck Anatomy.; Henderson, Susan (2024) OER Commons. Oral Facial Anatomy Online
Recommended Reading: N/A
Comm Oral Health Lab I, DHYG-3065, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Service-learning events; Chapter writing assignments; Reflection
Description:
1) Apply selected social, educational and behavioral science theories to dentistry, the public and its oral health status
2) Identify learning strategies for delivering health information to consumer groups by using innovative visual materials and activities and methods of evaluating the effectiveness of strategies
3) Develop audiovisual materials and integrate their use into an oral health presentation
4) Develop and implement a lesson plan for varied populations
5) Observe and discuss the role of a public health dental hygienist in a public health setting
Required Reading: Otto, M. (2017). Teeth, The story of beauty, inequality, and the struggle for oral health inAmerica. New Press
Recommended Reading: N/A
Dental Hygiene Theory I, DHYG-3010, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Exams, Research Paper, In class assignments
Description:
1) Research topics in dental hygiene care and report findings through a written report
2) Validate the importance of infection control to minimize disease transmission
3) Articulate the caries process and the significance and prevention of dental caries
4) Explain the assessment process and identify oral health risk factors
5) Evaluate characteristics of healthy and unhealthy gingival and periodontal structures and record findings
6) Demonstrate the importance of an efficient and effective care plan by practicing the steps necessary for proper documentation of informed consent and informed refusal
7) Employ proper documentation skills and practice abiding by privacy laws associated with HIPPA
8) Analyze various patient needs and articulate an educational plan to improve oral health
Required Reading: Boyd, Mallonee, Wyche (2023). Wilkin's Clinical Practice of the Dental Hygienist 14th edition. Jones Bartlett [ISBN-10: 978-1284255997]; The Chairside Instructor, a Visual Guide to Case Presentations [ISBN: 9781941807729]
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry II Lab, CHEM-1225, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-labs, Lab Reports, Comprehensive Final exam
Description:
Qualitative Analysis-The objective of this lab experiment will be to identify an unknown compound using qualitative analysis of several known compounds. The tests will include visual observation, solubility, density and acidity/basicity.
Colorimetric Determination of Aspirin-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the concentration of acetylsalicylic acid (ASA) that is in a commercial aspirin tablet using colorimetry. The absorbance of the solution will be determined by spectrophotometry using a UV/Vis spectrometer.
Freezing Point Depression-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the molar mass of an unknown by determining the freezing point depression of cyclohexane solution having a known concentration of the unknown. Temperature-time graphs, called cooling curves, will be needed to determine freezing temperatures.
Rates of a Reaction-The objective of this lab experiment will be to measure the rate of the reaction: S2O82– + 2I– I2 + 2SO42– and determine the rate law by measuring the amount of peroxydisulfate, S2O82-, that reacts as a function of time including the values of x and y, as well as the rate constant, k.
Determination of Keq-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the value of K for the following equilibrium: Fe3+(aq) (yellow) + SCN–(aq) (colorless) ⇌ FeNCS2+(aq) (blood red).
Le Chatelier’s Principle-The objective of this lab experiment will be to determine the effect of concentration and temperature on equilibria.
pH of Acids, Bases, and Salt Solutions-The objective for this lab experiment will be to compare acid/base indicators to determine the pH of acids, bases, and salts.
Buffer Solutions-The objective of this experiment will be to prepare a buffer solution of optimum pH (4.80) using acetic acid (CH3CO2H, Ka = 1.76 x 10–5) and sodium acetate (NaC2H3O2). A known amount of strong acid or base will be added to the buffer solution and the observed pH change will be compared to the calculated value.
Determination of Ka-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the concentration and Ka of acetic acid by titration with a standardized base. The one-to-one stoichiometry of the reaction will be used to calculate the concentration of the unknown acetic acid.
Determination of Ksp-The objective of this lab experiment will be to determine the solubility constant of Ca(OH)2. The equivalence point will be found by titrating 0.02M HCl into a prepared Ca(OH)2 solution. With the amount of titrant at the equivalence point, the Ksp of Ca(OH)2 can be determined.
Activity Series-The objective of this lab experiment will be to rank Ca, Cu, Fe, Mg, Sn, and Zn by their relative reactivity. The reactions of the six metals with 1M HCl will be observed. The reactions of the six metals in solution with Ca will be observed. From these observations their relative reactivities will be ranked.
Electrolysis Reactions-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the overall redox reactions of sodium sulfate, potassium iodide, and potassium chloride. A 9V battery will be used to energize three aqueous, ionic solutions.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-1215, Section 50, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-labs, Lab Reports, Comprehensive Final exam
Description:
Measurements-The objective of this experiment will be to become familiar with some common measuring instruments by practicing making measurements, and learning about instrument precision.
Mixture Separation-The objective of this experiment will be to use mechanical separation to separate a mixture of sodium chloride, sand, iron filings, sawdust, and benzoic acid into its individual components.
Paper Chromatography-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the Rf value of three known solutions and two unknown solutions using a paper chromatography method.
Qualitative Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use specific reagent solutions, which give distinct reactions with the various ions, to determine the ions in an unknown solution after analyzing a known reference solution first.
Aqueous Solutions-The objective of this experiment will be to perform twenty-three reactions to verify whether a precipitation reaction is occurring and practice writing net ionic equations.
Titrations-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the %KHP (KHC8H4O4) of an unknown sample by titration, using phenolphthalein as the indicator.
Gravimetric Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use a precipitation reaction and gravity filtration to isolate an unknown Group I metal, symbolized as M, from an unknown Group I metal carbonate, symbolized as M2CO3.
Heat of Neutralization-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the heat of neutralization of a strong acid and a weak acid from a calorimeter created with Styrofoam cups.
Atomic Spectra-The first objective will be to determine the metal cation of three unknown solutions after determining a series of reference cation solutions. The second objective will be to determine the n-levels of Hydrogen by measuring a known spectrum (Hg) and then comparing where the known spectrum lines do appear on the spectroscope scale to where they should appear will determine the wavelength.
Determination of Gas R-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the value of R in a “real-life” setting, by running the reaction 2KClO3(s) ⟶ 2KCl(s) + 3O2(g), using MnO2 as a catalyst.
Molecular Geometry-The objective of this experiment will be to examine a theory that chemists use to explain different aspects of chemical bonding: valence-shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory. Attention will be given to how molecules are arranged in different shapes and how chemists can predict the geometry of a given molecule.
Intermolecular Forces-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the intermolecular forces of H2O and Ethanol (EtOH) by conducting six micro-experiments and observing the responses of each compound to determine which is stronger.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-1215, Section 7, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-labs, Lab Reports, Comprehensive Final exam
Description:
Measurements-The objective of this experiment will be to become familiar with some common measuring instruments by practicing making measurements, and learning about instrument precision.
Mixture Separation-The objective of this experiment will be to use mechanical separation to separate a mixture of sodium chloride, sand, iron filings, sawdust, and benzoic acid into its individual components.
Paper Chromatography-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the Rf value of three known solutions and two unknown solutions using a paper chromatography method.
Qualitative Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use specific reagent solutions, which give distinct reactions with the various ions, to determine the ions in an unknown solution after analyzing a known reference solution first.
Aqueous Solutions-The objective of this experiment will be to perform twenty-three reactions to verify whether a precipitation reaction is occurring and practice writing net ionic equations.
Titrations-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the %KHP (KHC8H4O4) of an unknown sample by titration, using phenolphthalein as the indicator.
Gravimetric Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use a precipitation reaction and gravity filtration to isolate an unknown Group I metal, symbolized as M, from an unknown Group I metal carbonate, symbolized as M2CO3.
Heat of Neutralization-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the heat of neutralization of a strong acid and a weak acid from a calorimeter created with Styrofoam cups.
Atomic Spectra-The first objective will be to determine the metal cation of three unknown solutions after determining a series of reference cation solutions. The second objective will be to determine the n-levels of Hydrogen by measuring a known spectrum (Hg) and then comparing where the known spectrum lines do appear on the spectroscope scale to where they should appear will determine the wavelength.
Determination of Gas R-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the value of R in a “real-life” setting, by running the reaction 2KClO3(s) ⟶ 2KCl(s) + 3O2(g), using MnO2 as a catalyst.
Molecular Geometry-The objective of this experiment will be to examine a theory that chemists use to explain different aspects of chemical bonding: valence-shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory. Attention will be given to how molecules are arranged in different shapes and how chemists can predict the geometry of a given molecule.
Intermolecular Forces-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the intermolecular forces of H2O and Ethanol (EtOH) by conducting six micro-experiments and observing the responses of each compound to determine which is stronger.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
College Physics I, PHYS-2010, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
There are 42 online assignments, one for each lecture given throughout the course.
There are 5 unit exams and one final exam.
Description:
Unit 1: Motion
This unit covers various ways to represent motion. Students will learn to solve a variety of problems involving constant motion and accelerated motion.
Unit 2: Newton's Laws
In this unit, students will learn Newton’s laws of motion and how to apply them to a variety of problems involving physical systems.
Unit 3: Circular and Rotational Motion
This unit involves both uniform and non-uniform circular motion. Students will apply kinematics, dynamics, and conservation laws to solve problems involving rotational motion.
Unit 4: Conservation Laws
This unit covers both momentum and energy conservation laws. Students will learn to apply momentum and energy conservation laws to solve a variety of problems involving physical systems.
Unit 5: Thermodynamics
This unit includes the laws of thermodynamics, the thermal properties of matter, and fluid mechanics. Students will learn to setup and solve a variety of problems relating to these topics.
Unit 6: Oscillations and Waves
In this unit students learn to apply the equations of motion to a variety of problems involving oscillatory and wave motion.
Required Reading: College Physics, a Strategic Approach, 4e by Knight, Jones, and Field
Recommended Reading: N/A
College Physics II, PHYS-2020, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
There are 42 online assignments, one for each lecture given throughout the course.
There are 5 unit exams and one final exam.
Description:
Unit 1: Optics
This unit covers both wave and ray optics. Students will learn to solve a variety of problems involving interference, diffraction, reflection, and refraction.
Unit 2: Electric Field, Forces, and Potential
In this unit, students will learn about charges, the electric field, electric energy, and how to setup and solve a variety of problems involving these topics.
Unit 3: Current and Circuits
This unit involves current and electrical circuits. Students will learn to apply the principles of current and circuits to solve simple circuit problems.
Unit 4: Magnetism and Magnetic Induction
This unit covers both magnetism and magnetic induction. Students will learn to apply magnetism to solve a variety of problems involving physical systems.
Unit 5: AC Electricity and Einstein's Theory of Relativity
This unit includes AC circuits as well as Einstein's theory of special relativity. Students will learn the basics of AC circuits. Students will also learn to solve a variety of problems involving Einstein's theory of relativity.
Unit 6: Introductory Quantum Physics
In this unit students learn the basic discoveries and ideas underlying quantum mechanics. Students will learn to solve basic problems involving atoms and nuclear decay.
Required Reading: College Physics, a Strategic Approach, 4e by Knight, Jones, and Field
Recommended Reading: N/A
College Physics I, PHYS-2010, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
There are 42 online assignments, one for each lecture given throughout the course.
There are 5 unit exams and one final exam.
Description:
Unit 1: Motion
This unit covers various ways to represent motion. Students will learn to solve a variety of problems involving constant motion and accelerated motion.
Unit 2: Newton's Laws
In this unit, students will learn Newton’s laws of motion and how to apply them to a variety of problems involving physical systems.
Unit 3: Circular and Rotational Motion
This unit involves both uniform and non-uniform circular motion. Students will apply kinematics, dynamics, and conservation laws to solve problems involving rotational motion.
Unit 4: Conservation Laws
This unit covers both momentum and energy conservation laws. Students will learn to apply momentum and energy conservation laws to solve a variety of problems involving physical systems.
Unit 5: Thermodynamics
This unit includes the laws of thermodynamics, the thermal properties of matter, and fluid mechanics. Students will learn to setup and solve a variety of problems relating to these topics.
Unit 6: Oscillations and Waves
In this unit students learn to apply the equations of motion to a variety of problems involving oscillatory and wave motion.
Required Reading: College Physics, a Strategic Approach, 4e by Knight, Jones, and Field
Recommended Reading: N/A
Music Theory I, MUSC-1110, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
REVIEW
Rhythm Prep – Read about Rhythm at the linked websites and answer a few questions.
Pitch and Intervals Prep – Read about Pitch and Intervals at the linked websites and answer a few questions.
Rhythm - Assignment
Pitch - Competency
Intervals - Competency
Pitch and Intervals - Assignment
Scales and Keys Prep – Read about Scales and Keys at the linked websites and answer a few questions.
Major and Minor Keys – Assignment
CLO1
Chords and Lead Sheet Symbols Prep – Read about Chords and Lead Sheet Symbols at the linked websites and answer a few questions.
Chord Quality Competency – Identify chord types in an online quiz.
Chords and Lead Sheet Symbols Quiz – Analyze chords in a short musical excerpt.
Chords and Lead Sheet Symbols Assignment – Write and analyze chords using lead sheet symbols.
CLO4
Timbre Prep – Read about Timbre at the linked websites and answer a few questions.
Timbre – Assignment – Transcribe music to and from different instruments and voices.
Texture and Density Prep – Read about Texture and Density at the linked websites and answer a few questions.
Midterm Feedback Survey – Answer questions on Canvas about what’s going well in the course and what you are struggling with the most.
Texture and Density Assignment – Identify types of motion and identify and write chords using different types of spacing.
Texture and Density Quiz – Write chords in different spacing, identify types of motion, and a do few instrument transpositions.
CLO2
Non-Chord Tones Prep – Read about Non-chord tones at the linked websites and answer a few questions.
Non-Chord Tones Assignment – Identify and write non-chord tones.
Non-Chord Tones Quiz – Identify and write non-chord tones.
CLO3
Chords in Context Prep – Read about Roman numerals at the linked websites and answer a few questions.
Chords in Context Assignment 1 – Identify and write triads using Roman numerals.
Chords in Context Quiz – Identify and write chords using Roman numerals.
Chords in Context Assignment 2 – Identify and write seventh chords using Roman numerals.
CLO5
Harmonic Progression Prep – Read about Harmonic Progression at the linked websites and answer a few questions.
Harmonic Progression Assignment 1 – Analyze music using Roman numerals and function labels to examine the harmonic motion.
Harmonic Progression Assignment 2 – Harmonize melodies using principles of harmonic motion.
Harmonic Progression Quiz – Analyze and harmonize music following harmonic motion principles.
Cadences Prep – Read about Cadences at the linked websites and answer a few questions.
Cadences Wenceslas – Analyze Good King Wenceslas with Roman numerals and identify the cadences.
FINAL PROJECT
Instead of a final exam, you will complete a project that applies what you have learned in class to your specific musical discipline. You have some choice in what you do for a project, but your project must be approved by submitting a proposal by the end of the third week of classes. Proposal approval will be included as part of the final project grade. This will include an essay, an in-class presentation, and a self-assessment.
Participation – A grade I give based on your attendance and participation in class
Name, Instrument, Why Theory? - Answer a few questions on Canvas to give me an introduction to who you are.
Course Survey – I give extra credit if you can submit a screenshot showing that you’ve finished and submitted your course survey.
Description:
Units are based directly on the Course Learning Outcomes.
1. Review: Review and build on concepts learned in Fundamentals or other prior instruction, including Rhythm, Pitch, Intervals, Scales, and Keys.
2. Chords: (CLO1) Identify and construct triads and seventh chords by root and type/quality, as well as using lead sheet chord symbols.
3. Non-Chord Tones: (CLO2) Identify and write standard non-chord tones.
4. Roman numerals: (CLO3) Analyze diatonic, tonal music using Roman numerals.
5. Timbre and Texture: (CLO4) Examine some of the common timbres and textures used in music.
6. Harmonic Motion: (CLO5) Compose music with root-position triads that follows functional tonal progressions.
Required Reading: https://viva.pressbooks.pub/openmusictheory https://www.musictheory.net https://teoria.com
Recommended Reading: N/A
Digital Film Internship, FILM-4900R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
WELCOME TO FALL INTERNSHIP 2025
The requirement to pass the course is to obtain 90 hours and write a one-page paper on what you learned at the semester’s end. That is an average of 6 hrs per week spent on Internship. You will be using the hours log provided on Canvas to fill in your hours as we move throughout the semester.
You are allowed to bring in 45 hours to meet your 90 from an experience outside of a class going back one year.
Please have call sheets emailed to me by week 2 to prove your hours and fill them out on the hours log. If you did an outside internship please fill out the attached form, have it signed by your advisor/boss and return it to me. https://dixie.instructure.com/courses/988038/files?preview=166621720
We will communicate mostly by group text. You will receive a follow up calendar invite to all shoots in your email. PLEASE RSVP. This helps me see who is reading their email. For longer more complicated messages I will email. You must check email for this class.
ROLES NEEDED:
We are looking for a motion graphics artist to work with footage for internship credit.
Help with special events; Auditions/Casting Call, End of Semester, or End of Year Screenings.
Company/Casting Call-Eccles MainStage. I need two producers on this to work with the Pre Production Class and make sure all our ducks are in a row.
DIT for the Casting Call: INFORMATION WILL BE SENT VIA EMAIL for all log-ins. DIT will upload all headshots to the acting database and upload Footage to our youtube channel. DIT will also send headshots out to all the participants through google drive folder. This job will probably last about two weeks post Casting Call depending on fast you work. DIT needs to monitor digital submissions as well.
Hours that count for internship:
Any work on UTSC Projects; shooting, producing, gaffing editing etc IE: Jubilee of Trees, IHC...
External editing projects.
DOCUTAH International Film Festival -data collection, sound booth, quick video & photos ads/highlights, panels and events, volunteering in general.
Desertscape Film Festival Social media content, quick video ads/highlights, Wix website building, graphics and design of additional panels and events, Award Ceremony graphics, and volunteering in general.
Established internship with UMAC (must be prearranged)
Any hours completed for an external internship source of your choice with proper documentation and signatures.
Any hours completed for a capstone when you are NOT enrolled in the capstone class. Director must sign documentation proving your hours. (usually pertains to fresh and soph)
Filming and editing footage for BTS at any film department event to be used on social media (final product must pass a QC test)
End of Semester Screening pamphlet and flyer (graphic design)
Carving Slate Awards for Screenings
GRADING:
You will be required to write a one-page paper summing up your internship experience during the last couple weeks of class.
Please fill this hours log out weekly. Add your phone number week one. You will also be hearing from me on a weekly basis to check in on your progress and make sure you are hitting your goals. Failure to not fill out your hours can effect your grade and in some cases result in failure. We will be meeting when necessary, to organize for certain projects.
CAUSE FOR FAILING THIS CLASS:
Chronically not responding to emails and text job requests
Chronically not adding your hours into the log. (I need to know what you're up to).
Not being an active participant in obtaining hours for this class. You will have to seek hours out.
Email me at ANYTIME with questions or concerns: Tisa.Zito@utahtech.edu. I prefer email to text unless its urgent like you are on set or it involves a job happening that day or the next morning.
Description:
Digital Film Internship applies the culmination of skills learned throughout the film program into real life film settings. Some opportunities are paid through Utah Tech Creative Studios and others are found by the student to count towards the required 90 hours.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
Principles of Chemistry II Lab, CHEM-1225, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-labs, Lab Reports, Comprehensive Final exam
Description:
Qualitative Analysis-The objective of this lab experiment will be to identify an unknown compound using qualitative analysis of several known compounds. The tests will include visual observation, solubility, density and acidity/basicity.
Colorimetric Determination of Aspirin-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the concentration of acetylsalicylic acid (ASA) that is in a commercial aspirin tablet using colorimetry. The absorbance of the solution will be determined by spectrophotometry using a UV/Vis spectrometer.
Freezing Point Depression-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the molar mass of an unknown by determining the freezing point depression of cyclohexane solution having a known concentration of the unknown. Temperature-time graphs, called cooling curves, will be needed to determine freezing temperatures.
Rates of a Reaction-The objective of this lab experiment will be to measure the rate of the reaction: S2O82– + 2I– I2 + 2SO42– and determine the rate law by measuring the amount of peroxydisulfate, S2O82-, that reacts as a function of time including the values of x and y, as well as the rate constant, k.
Determination of Keq-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the value of K for the following equilibrium: Fe3+(aq) (yellow) + SCN–(aq) (colorless) ⇌ FeNCS2+(aq) (blood red).
Le Chatelier’s Principle-The objective of this lab experiment will be to determine the effect of concentration and temperature on equilibria.
pH of Acids, Bases, and Salt Solutions-The objective for this lab experiment will be to compare acid/base indicators to determine the pH of acids, bases, and salts.
Buffer Solutions-The objective of this experiment will be to prepare a buffer solution of optimum pH (4.80) using acetic acid (CH3CO2H, Ka = 1.76 x 10–5) and sodium acetate (NaC2H3O2). A known amount of strong acid or base will be added to the buffer solution and the observed pH change will be compared to the calculated value.
Determination of Ka-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the concentration and Ka of acetic acid by titration with a standardized base. The one-to-one stoichiometry of the reaction will be used to calculate the concentration of the unknown acetic acid.
Determination of Ksp-The objective of this lab experiment will be to determine the solubility constant of Ca(OH)2. The equivalence point will be found by titrating 0.02M HCl into a prepared Ca(OH)2 solution. With the amount of titrant at the equivalence point, the Ksp of Ca(OH)2 can be determined.
Activity Series-The objective of this lab experiment will be to rank Ca, Cu, Fe, Mg, Sn, and Zn by their relative reactivity. The reactions of the six metals with 1M HCl will be observed. The reactions of the six metals in solution with Ca will be observed. From these observations their relative reactivities will be ranked.
Electrolysis Reactions-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the overall redox reactions of sodium sulfate, potassium iodide, and potassium chloride. A 9V battery will be used to energize three aqueous, ionic solutions.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-1215, Section 5, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-labs, Lab Reports, Comprehensive Final exam
Description:
Measurements-The objective of this experiment will be to become familiar with some common measuring instruments by practicing making measurements, and learning about instrument precision.
Mixture Separation-The objective of this experiment will be to use mechanical separation to separate a mixture of sodium chloride, sand, iron filings, sawdust, and benzoic acid into its individual components.
Paper Chromatography-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the Rf value of three known solutions and two unknown solutions using a paper chromatography method.
Qualitative Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use specific reagent solutions, which give distinct reactions with the various ions, to determine the ions in an unknown solution after analyzing a known reference solution first.
Aqueous Solutions-The objective of this experiment will be to perform twenty-three reactions to verify whether a precipitation reaction is occurring and practice writing net ionic equations.
Titrations-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the %KHP (KHC8H4O4) of an unknown sample by titration, using phenolphthalein as the indicator.
Gravimetric Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use a precipitation reaction and gravity filtration to isolate an unknown Group I metal, symbolized as M, from an unknown Group I metal carbonate, symbolized as M2CO3.
Heat of Neutralization-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the heat of neutralization of a strong acid and a weak acid from a calorimeter created with Styrofoam cups.
Atomic Spectra-The first objective will be to determine the metal cation of three unknown solutions after determining a series of reference cation solutions. The second objective will be to determine the n-levels of Hydrogen by measuring a known spectrum (Hg) and then comparing where the known spectrum lines do appear on the spectroscope scale to where they should appear will determine the wavelength.
Determination of Gas R-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the value of R in a “real-life” setting, by running the reaction 2KClO3(s) ⟶ 2KCl(s) + 3O2(g), using MnO2 as a catalyst.
Molecular Geometry-The objective of this experiment will be to examine a theory that chemists use to explain different aspects of chemical bonding: valence-shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory. Attention will be given to how molecules are arranged in different shapes and how chemists can predict the geometry of a given molecule.
Intermolecular Forces-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the intermolecular forces of H2O and Ethanol (EtOH) by conducting six micro-experiments and observing the responses of each compound to determine which is stronger.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-1215, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-labs, Lab Reports, Comprehensive Final exam
Description:
Measurements-The objective of this experiment will be to become familiar with some common measuring instruments by practicing making measurements, and learning about instrument precision.
Mixture Separation-The objective of this experiment will be to use mechanical separation to separate a mixture of sodium chloride, sand, iron filings, sawdust, and benzoic acid into its individual components.
Paper Chromatography-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the Rf value of three known solutions and two unknown solutions using a paper chromatography method.
Qualitative Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use specific reagent solutions, which give distinct reactions with the various ions, to determine the ions in an unknown solution after analyzing a known reference solution first.
Aqueous Solutions-The objective of this experiment will be to perform twenty-three reactions to verify whether a precipitation reaction is occurring and practice writing net ionic equations.
Titrations-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the %KHP (KHC8H4O4) of an unknown sample by titration, using phenolphthalein as the indicator.
Gravimetric Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use a precipitation reaction and gravity filtration to isolate an unknown Group I metal, symbolized as M, from an unknown Group I metal carbonate, symbolized as M2CO3.
Heat of Neutralization-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the heat of neutralization of a strong acid and a weak acid from a calorimeter created with Styrofoam cups.
Atomic Spectra-The first objective will be to determine the metal cation of three unknown solutions after determining a series of reference cation solutions. The second objective will be to determine the n-levels of Hydrogen by measuring a known spectrum (Hg) and then comparing where the known spectrum lines do appear on the spectroscope scale to where they should appear will determine the wavelength.
Determination of Gas R-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the value of R in a “real-life” setting, by running the reaction 2KClO3(s) ⟶ 2KCl(s) + 3O2(g), using MnO2 as a catalyst.
Molecular Geometry-The objective of this experiment will be to examine a theory that chemists use to explain different aspects of chemical bonding: valence-shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory. Attention will be given to how molecules are arranged in different shapes and how chemists can predict the geometry of a given molecule.
Intermolecular Forces-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the intermolecular forces of H2O and Ethanol (EtOH) by conducting six micro-experiments and observing the responses of each compound to determine which is stronger.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-1215, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-labs, Lab Reports, Comprehensive Final exam
Description:
Measurements-The objective of this experiment will be to become familiar with some common measuring instruments by practicing making measurements, and learning about instrument precision.
Mixture Separation-The objective of this experiment will be to use mechanical separation to separate a mixture of sodium chloride, sand, iron filings, sawdust, and benzoic acid into its individual components.
Paper Chromatography-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the Rf value of three known solutions and two unknown solutions using a paper chromatography method.
Qualitative Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use specific reagent solutions, which give distinct reactions with the various ions, to determine the ions in an unknown solution after analyzing a known reference solution first.
Aqueous Solutions-The objective of this experiment will be to perform twenty-three reactions to verify whether a precipitation reaction is occurring and practice writing net ionic equations.
Titrations-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the %KHP (KHC8H4O4) of an unknown sample by titration, using phenolphthalein as the indicator.
Gravimetric Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use a precipitation reaction and gravity filtration to isolate an unknown Group I metal, symbolized as M, from an unknown Group I metal carbonate, symbolized as M2CO3.
Heat of Neutralization-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the heat of neutralization of a strong acid and a weak acid from a calorimeter created with Styrofoam cups.
Atomic Spectra-The first objective will be to determine the metal cation of three unknown solutions after determining a series of reference cation solutions. The second objective will be to determine the n-levels of Hydrogen by measuring a known spectrum (Hg) and then comparing where the known spectrum lines do appear on the spectroscope scale to where they should appear will determine the wavelength.
Determination of Gas R-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the value of R in a “real-life” setting, by running the reaction 2KClO3(s) ⟶ 2KCl(s) + 3O2(g), using MnO2 as a catalyst.
Molecular Geometry-The objective of this experiment will be to examine a theory that chemists use to explain different aspects of chemical bonding: valence-shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory. Attention will be given to how molecules are arranged in different shapes and how chemists can predict the geometry of a given molecule.
Intermolecular Forces-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the intermolecular forces of H2O and Ethanol (EtOH) by conducting six micro-experiments and observing the responses of each compound to determine which is stronger.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-1215, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-labs, Lab Reports, Comprehensive Final exam
Description:
Measurements-The objective of this experiment will be to become familiar with some common measuring instruments by practicing making measurements, and learning about instrument precision.
Mixture Separation-The objective of this experiment will be to use mechanical separation to separate a mixture of sodium chloride, sand, iron filings, sawdust, and benzoic acid into its individual components.
Paper Chromatography-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the Rf value of three known solutions and two unknown solutions using a paper chromatography method.
Qualitative Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use specific reagent solutions, which give distinct reactions with the various ions, to determine the ions in an unknown solution after analyzing a known reference solution first.
Aqueous Solutions-The objective of this experiment will be to perform twenty-three reactions to verify whether a precipitation reaction is occurring and practice writing net ionic equations.
Titrations-The objective of this experiment will be to determine the %KHP (KHC8H4O4) of an unknown sample by titration, using phenolphthalein as the indicator.
Gravimetric Analysis-The objective of this experiment will be to use a precipitation reaction and gravity filtration to isolate an unknown Group I metal, symbolized as M, from an unknown Group I metal carbonate, symbolized as M2CO3.
Heat of Neutralization-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the heat of neutralization of a strong acid and a weak acid from a calorimeter created with Styrofoam cups.
Atomic Spectra-The first objective will be to determine the metal cation of three unknown solutions after determining a series of reference cation solutions. The second objective will be to determine the n-levels of Hydrogen by measuring a known spectrum (Hg) and then comparing where the known spectrum lines do appear on the spectroscope scale to where they should appear will determine the wavelength.
Determination of Gas R-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the value of R in a “real-life” setting, by running the reaction 2KClO3(s) ⟶ 2KCl(s) + 3O2(g), using MnO2 as a catalyst.
Molecular Geometry-The objective of this experiment will be to examine a theory that chemists use to explain different aspects of chemical bonding: valence-shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory. Attention will be given to how molecules are arranged in different shapes and how chemists can predict the geometry of a given molecule.
Intermolecular Forces-The objective of this experiment will be to compare the intermolecular forces of H2O and Ethanol (EtOH) by conducting six micro-experiments and observing the responses of each compound to determine which is stronger.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Biology I Lab, BIOL-1615, Section 9, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
get to know you assignment
prelab 2-13
lab participation 1-13
lab summaries 1-13
final exam
Description:
module 1 introduction to lab procedure, lab safety, microscopes, and stereoscopes
module 2 introduction to the scientific method, levels of certainty, and project design
module 3 introduction to PCR and DNA
module 4 introduction to dichotomous keys, natural science museums, and organism classification
module 5 introduction to solution types, diffusion, and osmosis
module 6 introduction to enzymes and their effects on reactions
module 7 introduction to the process of cellular respiration and its products
module 8 introduction to photosynthesis and fermentation and their products
module 9 introduction to mitosis, meiosis, and organismic reproduction *may contain sensitive material-slides of reproductive organs are viewed, but there is no viewing of genitalia*
module 10 using PCR products from lab 3 to look at mendelian genetics and DNA electrophoresis
module 11 transforming bacteria with pGLO plasmid
module 12 looking at Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium and its relationship to evolution
module 13 studying evolution and relationships through time with SDS PAGE and proteins
Required Reading: Lab Manual provided in Canvas
Recommended Reading: n/a
Principles of Biology I Lab, BIOL-1615, Section 8, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
get to know you assignment
prelab 2-13
lab participation 1-13
lab summaries 1-13
final exam
Description:
module 1 introduction to lab procedure, lab safety, microscopes, and stereoscopes
module 2 introduction to the scientific method, levels of certainty, and project design
module 3 introduction to PCR and DNA
module 4 introduction to dichotomous keys, natural science museums, and organism classification
module 5 introduction to solution types, diffusion, and osmosis
module 6 introduction to enzymes and their effects on reactions
module 7 introduction to the process of cellular respiration and its products
module 8 introduction to photosynthesis and fermentation and their products
module 9 introduction to mitosis, meiosis, and organismic reproduction *may contain sensitive material-slides of reproductive organs are viewed, but there is no viewing of genitalia*
module 10 using PCR products from lab 3 to look at mendelian genetics and DNA electrophoresis
module 11 transforming bacteria with pGLO plasmid
module 12 looking at Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium and its relationship to evolution
module 13 studying evolution and relationships through time with SDS PAGE and proteins
Required Reading: Lab Manual provided in Canvas
Recommended Reading: n/a
Principles of Biology I Lab, BIOL-1615, Section 7, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
get to know you assignment
prelab 2-13
lab participation 1-13
lab summaries 1-13
final exam
Description:
module 1 introduction to lab procedure, lab safety, microscopes, and stereoscopes
module 2 introduction to the scientific method, levels of certainty, and project design
module 3 introduction to PCR and DNA
module 4 introduction to dichotomous keys, natural science museums, and organism classification
module 5 introduction to solution types, diffusion, and osmosis
module 6 introduction to enzymes and their effects on reactions
module 7 introduction to the process of cellular respiration and its products
module 8 introduction to photosynthesis and fermentation and their products
module 9 introduction to mitosis, meiosis, and organismic reproduction *may contain sensitive material-slides of reproductive organs are viewed, but there is no viewing of genitalia*
module 10 using PCR products from lab 3 to look at mendelian genetics and DNA electrophoresis
module 11 transforming bacteria with pGLO plasmid
module 12 looking at Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium and its relationship to evolution
module 13 studying evolution and relationships through time with SDS PAGE and proteins
Required Reading: Lab Manual provided in Canvas
Recommended Reading: n/a
Principles of Biology I Lab, BIOL-1615, Section 51, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
get to know you assignment
prelab 2-13
lab participation 1-13
lab summaries 1-13
final exam
Description:
module 1 introduction to lab procedure, lab safety, microscopes, and stereoscopes
module 2 introduction to the scientific method, levels of certainty, and project design
module 3 introduction to PCR and DNA
module 4 introduction to dichotomous keys, natural science museums, and organism classification
module 5 introduction to solution types, diffusion, and osmosis
module 6 introduction to enzymes and their effects on reactions
module 7 introduction to the process of cellular respiration and its products
module 8 introduction to photosynthesis and fermentation and their products
module 9 introduction to mitosis, meiosis, and organismic reproduction *may contain sensitive material-slides of reproductive organs are viewed, but there is no viewing of genitalia*
module 10 using PCR products from lab 3 to look at mendelian genetics and DNA electrophoresis
module 11 transforming bacteria with pGLO plasmid
module 12 looking at Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium and its relationship to evolution
module 13 studying evolution and relationships through time with SDS PAGE and proteins
Required Reading: Lab Manual provided in Canvas
Recommended Reading: n/a
Principles of Biology I Lab, BIOL-1615, Section 5, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
get to know you assignment
prelab 2-13
lab participation 1-13
lab summaries 1-13
final exam
Description:
module 1 introduction to lab procedure, lab safety, microscopes, and stereoscopes
module 2 introduction to the scientific method, levels of certainty, and project design
module 3 introduction to PCR and DNA
module 4 introduction to dichotomous keys, natural science museums, and organism classification
module 5 introduction to solution types, diffusion, and osmosis
module 6 introduction to enzymes and their effects on reactions
module 7 introduction to the process of cellular respiration and its products
module 8 introduction to photosynthesis and fermentation and their products
module 9 introduction to mitosis, meiosis, and organismic reproduction *may contain sensitive material-slides of reproductive organs are viewed, but there is no viewing of genitalia*
module 10 using PCR products from lab 3 to look at mendelian genetics and DNA electrophoresis
module 11 transforming bacteria with pGLO plasmid
module 12 looking at Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium and its relationship to evolution
module 13 studying evolution and relationships through time with SDS PAGE and proteins
Required Reading: Lab Manual provided in Canvas
Recommended Reading: n/a
Principles of Biology I Lab, BIOL-1615, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
get to know you assignment
prelab 2-13
lab participation 1-13
lab summaries 1-13
final exam
Description:
module 1 introduction to lab procedure, lab safety, microscopes, and stereoscopes
module 2 introduction to the scientific method, levels of certainty, and project design
module 3 introduction to PCR and DNA
module 4 introduction to dichotomous keys, natural science museums, and organism classification
module 5 introduction to solution types, diffusion, and osmosis
module 6 introduction to enzymes and their effects on reactions
module 7 introduction to the process of cellular respiration and its products
module 8 introduction to photosynthesis and fermentation and their products
module 9 introduction to mitosis, meiosis, and organismic reproduction *may contain sensitive material-slides of reproductive organs are viewed, but there is no viewing of genitalia*
module 10 using PCR products from lab 3 to look at mendelian genetics and DNA electrophoresis
module 11 transforming bacteria with pGLO plasmid
module 12 looking at Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium and its relationship to evolution
module 13 studying evolution and relationships through time with SDS PAGE and proteins
Required Reading: Lab Manual provided in Canvas
Recommended Reading: n/a
Principles of Biology I Lab, BIOL-1615, Section 3, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
get to know you assignment
prelab 2-13
lab participation 1-13
lab summaries 1-13
final exam
Description:
module 1 introduction to lab procedure, lab safety, microscopes, and stereoscopes
module 2 introduction to the scientific method, levels of certainty, and project design
module 3 introduction to PCR and DNA
module 4 introduction to dichotomous keys, natural science museums, and organism classification
module 5 introduction to solution types, diffusion, and osmosis
module 6 introduction to enzymes and their effects on reactions
module 7 introduction to the process of cellular respiration and its products
module 8 introduction to photosynthesis and fermentation and their products
module 9 introduction to mitosis, meiosis, and organismic reproduction *may contain sensitive material-slides of reproductive organs are viewed, but there is no viewing of genitalia*
module 10 using PCR products from lab 3 to look at mendelian genetics and DNA electrophoresis
module 11 transforming bacteria with pGLO plasmid
module 12 looking at Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium and its relationship to evolution
module 13 studying evolution and relationships through time with SDS PAGE and proteins
Required Reading: Lab Manual provided in Canvas
Recommended Reading: n/a
Principles of Biology I Lab, BIOL-1615, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
get to know you assignment
prelab 2-13
lab participation 1-13
lab summaries 1-13
final exam
Description:
module 1 introduction to lab procedure, lab safety, microscopes, and stereoscopes
module 2 introduction to the scientific method, levels of certainty, and project design
module 3 introduction to PCR and DNA
module 4 introduction to dichotomous keys, natural science museums, and organism classification
module 5 introduction to solution types, diffusion, and osmosis
module 6 introduction to enzymes and their effects on reactions
module 7 introduction to the process of cellular respiration and its products
module 8 introduction to photosynthesis and fermentation and their products
module 9 introduction to mitosis, meiosis, and organismic reproduction *may contain sensitive material-slides of reproductive organs are viewed, but there is no viewing of genitalia*
module 10 using PCR products from lab 3 to look at mendelian genetics and DNA electrophoresis
module 11 transforming bacteria with pGLO plasmid
module 12 looking at Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium and its relationship to evolution
module 13 studying evolution and relationships through time with SDS PAGE and proteins
Required Reading: Lab Manual provided in Canvas
Recommended Reading: n/a
Drawing and Composition, ART-1110, Section 3, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Assignments (generally one per week):
1. Composition drawing
2. Copy Drawing
3. Construction Contour Drawing
4. 1 and 2 Point Perspective Drawings
5. 3 Point Perspective Drawings
6. 2 Point Perspective Scene Drawing
7. Non-Representational Drawing
8. Negative Space Drawing
9. Portrait Contour Drawing
10. Value Drawing in charcoal
11. Value Portrait Drawings
12. Pen Drawing in Value
13. White Charcoal Drawing
14. Value of Choice Drawing (Final)
One quiz per week -- each quiz is associated with the concepts learned in preparation for each week's drawing assignment, all of which are listed above
Description:
Weekly Modules:
1. Composition drawing
Learn the basics of composition and visual balance, in preparation for creating thumbnail sketches of non-representational simple compositions.
2. Copy Drawing
Learn how to copy a master drawing by Charles Bargue, starting with straight line construction and then moving on to contour line and line quality.
3. Construction Contour Drawing
Learn how to draw from life, using straight line construction techniques, transitioning to contour line and line quality.
4. 1 and 2 Point Perspective Drawings
Learn the basics of drawing using linear perspective, including basic tenets of 1 and 2 pt perspectives.
5. 3 Point Perspective Drawings
Learn the basics of drawing using 3 pt perspective, as well as drawing stairs and slopes in 2 pt perspective.
6. 2 Point Perspective Scene Drawing
Put your knowledge of 2 pt drawing to the test by creating an interior or exterior scene in 2 pt perspective.
7. Non-Representational Drawing
Learn how to approach drawing 2 full sized non-representational drawings.
8. Negative Space Drawing
Learn how to notice negative space in and around objects and how to depict it.
9. Portrait Contour Drawing
Learn how to draw the human face from a frontal, three-quarters, and side view using contour line and line quality.
10. Value Drawing in charcoal
Learn how to draw a still life using values/shading rather than line.
11. Value Portrait Drawings
Learn how to draw the human face using values/shading rather than line.
12. Pen Drawing in Value
Learn how to approach value drawing using the medium of ball point pen.
13. White Charcoal Drawing on Black Paper
Learn how to think through the process of drawing a still life using white charcoal on black paper, as opposed to using a dark medium on white paper.
14. Value of Choice Drawing (Final)
Choose an image to draw using value and line, to show what skills have been learned throughout the semester.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
American Government, POLS-1100, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
This course is COMPLETELY online. Please read and re-read the weekly instructions as I could announce new topics and other tenets periodically. Please read the weekly assigned material as this will help you learn better. Information needed for the discussions, quizzes and exams will be attained reading the assigned material and actively taking part in all course related online activities. To prepare for discussions, quizzes and exams make sure you review reading material and course related online activities. Grades will be available online. Discussions, quizzes, exams, exam study-guides and non-textbook readings will be available on the course Canvas website prominently displayed in weekly modules and or in the Files tab on the left side of homepage / course content page.
In addition to weekly readings and discussions, there will be three exams. Quizzes and discussions will take place nearly every week. Grades will be determined by the following:
Exam 1 – 100 points
Exam 2 – 100 points
Exam 3 – 100 points
Three Class Discussions ‐ 60 points, 20 points per-discussion
Six Quizzes – 120 points, 20 points per-quiz
Description:
Section 1 Subjects: Chapters 1 – 5.
Section 1 discusses the founding and its influencers such as, John Locke, John Winthrop and William Penn, the Magna Carta, the Mayflower Compact and the Iroquois Constitution. Section 1 also discusses documents such as the Article of Confederation, the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. Students will also learn about the creation and utilization of Federalism as well as its positives and negatives.
Section 2 Subjects: Chapters 6 – 10
In this section students will learn how public opinion is formed and how the media affects opinion creation and/or manipulation. Section 2 also discusses the role of interest groups and the importance of money in elections. Students will further gain a comprehensive knowledge of the duties and inner workings legislative branch of Congress.
Section 3 Subjects: Chapters 11 – 15
Section 3 comprehensively discusses the executive and judicial branches of Congress. Students will also gain an understanding of domestic and foreign policy creation and the role the bureaucracy plays in the creation of and the carrying out of policy.
Required Reading: We The People This course is taking part in the UT Inclusive Access Program which offers First Day Access to course materials.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Aquatic Fitness, FAST-1315, Section 1, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
A majority of the class is participation based, which is reflected in how they are graded. There is a syllabus quiz at the beginning of the semester and a final group teaching assignment, with an accompanying class outline, at the end of the semester.
Description:
The first day of class will introduce aquatic fitness and its benefits, and the remainder of the classes will be workouts performed in the water so students can learn what types of workouts can be performed in the water. The final assignment will be an opportunity for students to both showcase what they learned and to creatively come up with their own workout to do in the pool.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 7, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
COURSE DESCRIPTION AND PURPOSE
Fulfills General Education Fine Arts requirement. Includes identification of major art forms, brief survey of art history, investigation of art criticism, introduction of various media, and identification of elements and principles of art for all on-campus courses. Inclusive Access Course Material (electronic book) fees may apply, see Fees tab under each course section for details. **COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLOs) At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1. Formulate a working knowledge of the elements and principles of art and design and how these things, when combined with the unique qualities of different media, contribute to the meaning and message of art. 2. Acquire the vocabulary necessary to address issues and concepts in art using both oral and written skills. 3. Broadly define movements and periods in art history and to locate works of art within their historical and cultural contexts. 4. Differentiate between viewing a work of art emotionally and applying analytical techniques to interpret art. 5. Access, interpret, evaluate and synthesize information using multiple resources, including physical libraries, online information and art databases. 6. Explore how and why works of art can influence human experiences, making connections between art, culture and everyday life. Course fee required. FA, SP, SU
Required Materials
The following materials are required for participation in this course:
A course fee of $10 has been charged to your student account in association with this class for the purpose of art supplies and still-life objects. You will have access to the following supplies throughout the semester:
○ acrylic paint: red, yellow, blue, white, black
○ acrylic paint brushes
○ 2H pencils
○ Kneaded and Pink Erasers
○ Classroom pencil sharpener
○ White Drawing and sketch paper
○ Watercolor and Acrylic paper
○ air-dry clay
○ scissors
○ tape
○ glue or glue stick
○ old magazines (ask at your public library if you don't have any)
Course Structure and Schedule
This course has been broken down into 14 instructional modules. Each module will include various learning methods including but not limited to lectures, group discussions, active learning activities, studio time, and individual student presentations. Every module requires you to interact with the canvas course throughout the week. This includes readings, quizzes, written reflections, and studio assignments. To earn three credits and a passing grade in this course you will need to:
● Complete readings before class
● Complete assignments and quizzes on time
● Participate in discussion and class activities
● Demonstrate an effort to grow and improve
Course Learning Outcomes
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Formulate a working knowledge of the elements and principles of art and design and how these things, when combined with the unique qualities of different media, contribute to the meaning and message of art.
2. Acquire the vocabulary necessary to address issues and concepts in the art using both oral and written skills.
3. Broadly define movements and periods in art history and locate works of art within their historical and cultural contexts.
4. Differentiate between viewing a work of art emotionally and applying analytical techniques to interpret art.
5. Access, interpret, evaluate and synthesize information using multiple resources, including physical libraries, online information, and art databases. 6. Explore how and why works of art can influence human experiences, making connections between art, culture, and everyday life.
Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
1. Fosters the development of knowledge across a broad range of liberal arts and sciences disciplines.
2. Provides students with the intellectual tools required to think critically and communicate effectively.
3. Equips students with the information literacy and quantitative reasoning skills that facilitate success in college and in life.
4. Challenges students to explore and appreciate diversity in a globalized world. 5. Encourages students to evaluate the responsibilities of citizenship. 6. Prepares students for life-long learning.
Course Learning Outcome
At the successful
completion of the course, students will be able to
Course Assignments and Assessments
PLO GE
1. Formulate a working knowledge of the elements and principles of art and design and how these
things, when combined with the unique qualities of
different media, contribute to the meaning and message of art.
2. Acquire the vocabulary necessary to address issues and concepts in art using both oral and written skills.
Identifying Elements: Shape, Texture and Line, Written Reflection: Art of Japan, African Ceramics, Art History Readings, Final Paper, Final Image Identification
Module Specific Discussions, Written Reflections, In-Class Critiques, Final Paper,
In-Class Presentation
1, 2, 6
1, 2, 3, 6
3. Broadly define
movements and periods in art history and to locate works of art within their historical and cultural
contexts.
Final Image Identification, Final Paper
1, 2, 4
4. Differentiate between viewing a work of art
emotionally and applying analytical techniques to interpret art.
Why is art important? Module, Written Reflection: Artistic Inspiration
1, 2
5. Access, interpret, evaluate and synthesize information using multiple resources, including physical libraries, online information and art databases.
Individual Presentation, Final Paper, Module Videos,
MOMA Online, MET Online, Module Readings, Class Discussions, Written
Reflections
1, 2, 3, 5, 6
6. Explore how and why works of art can influence human experiences, making connections between art, culture and everyday life.
Module Readings, Written Reflections, and Class
Discussions
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
GE Essential Learning Outcomes
1. Broad knowledge of the Liberal Arts and Sciences
2. Information Literacy Skills
3. Diversity and Globalization
CLO
ELO
Assessment
1
1, 2
Studio Work, Written
Reflections
2
1, 2
Lecture, Written Reflection, Individual Presentations
3
1, 2, 3
Class Lecture, Discussions, and Individual Presentations
4
1, 2
Studio Work, Class Trip
5
2
Individual Presentations, Written Reflections
6
1, 2, 3
In-Class Discussions,
Readings, and Final Exam
High Impact Practices
High Impact Practice
How is it implemented in this course?
Undergraduate Research
Students will be actively engaged by researching topics through the use of online databases, online museums, and OER resources to complete written reflections, class discussion, and individual presentations.
Global and Diversity Learning
The material in this course will be offered in a variety of ways and has been designed to include a wide variety of topics.
Collaborative Projects and Learning Communities
Students will work together to solve creative problems. These include design thinking and collaborative assembly assignments. Students will also be tasked with discussion questions relative to the course content to enhance their sense of community and individual worth.
Rubric
To help you understand where and how to improve on your work specific guidelines are provided for each assignment in the form of a Rubric. This will give you a good idea of what I am looking for.
Grading scale:
A 93-100, A- 90-92, B+ 87-89, B 83-86, B- 80-82, C+77-79, C 73-76, C- 70-72, D+ 67-69, D 63-66, D- 60-63, F <60
Grade Breakdown
20% Art projects: Weekly
Drawing, Painting, Ceramics, Collaborative Problem Solving 20% Written Responses: Weekly
Reflection and deepening on the topics discussed in readings and in class. 10% Quizzes: Weekly
Multiple Choice, and True or False
10% In-Class Individual Presentation: Once per Semester
5 Minute presentation of a given artist or artwork
15% Final Project: Once per Semester
The essay continues upon the knowledge gained from readings and in class. 25% Attendance: Daily
Discussions related to societal issues, artwork, daily life
See below for details about Attendance Policy
Attendance Policy
Attendance of this class is mandatory. The 8th Unexcused Absence will result in an automatic failure of the course. I will message you on Canvas when you've reached 5 unexcused absences. Please arrive at class on time and ready to work. If you arrive at class after the roll has been taken it will be your responsibility to let the instructor know you are there before you leave class or you will be marked absent. If you tell me after class it will not be changed. Three tardies will result in the same grade reduction as an unexcused absence.
If you think you will have to miss a class, it is your responsibility to contact me at least an hour before class starts. Legitimate absences discussed in advance, (meaning at least 1 hour before class starts) school excused absences, or medical emergencies** are the only excused absences.
**Do not schedule doctors, dentists, school mentors, or other appointments during this class. They will not be excused.
Late Work
There is no make-up work for attendance or homework in this class. You can turn in assignments late up to 10 days past their due date for credit. Each day an assignment is late it is automatically docked 10% of the original grade resulting in 0 points if turned in 10 days late.
A.I. Statement
You may use AI programs e.g. ChatGPT to help generate ideas and brainstorm. However, you should note that the material generated by these programs may be inaccurate, incomplete, or otherwise problematic. Beware that repetitive use may also stifle your own independent thinking and creativity. You may not submit any work generated by an AI program as your own. If you include material generated by an AI program, it should be cited like any other reference material. Any plagiarism or other form of cheating will be dealt with severely under relevant university policies.
Description:
Tentative Course Schedule:
The Divided Mind
Why is Art Important?
Labor Day (No Class)
Module #3 Creativity
Module #4 The Elements and Principles of Design
Module #5 World Tour: Africa
Module #6 World Tour: Prehistory
Module #7 World Tour: Iran
Module #8 World Tour: China and Japan
Module #9 World Tour Italy
Fall Break (No Class)
Module #10 Impressionism
Module #11 Dada, Cubism, Surrealism
Module #12 Abstraction
Module #13 Contemporary Art
Thanksgiving Break (No Class)
Module #14 Final Papers and Exam
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 10, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Unit 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Unit 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple viewpoints. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Unit 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution-oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Essay #1: Text Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #2: Rhetorical Analysis (3-4 pages), Essay #3: Issue Analysis (3-4 pages), and Essay #4: Research-based argument (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Students will present their work in class to demonstrate their knowledge. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment. Attendance is mandatory due to the collaborative work we do during class.
Description:
Descriptions of Units
Unit 1: Basics of Rhetorics
Students will learn the basics of rhetorical analysis. We will analyze a number of texts for how arguments are constructed. We will look at rhetorical appeals and fallacies. We will write essays 1 and 2 during this unit.
Unit 2: Research
Students will learn how to find and identify credible sources and how to evaluate the content of sources. Students will explore a topic of their interest and examine an issue from multiple view points. Students will synthesize what they learn in essay #3.
Unit 3: Argumentation
Students will continue their research, learn from credible sources, digest their learning, and formulate an argument. Essay #4 is an argument that will be problem/solution oriented and include citations from scholarly work. Students will present their findings in class as part of their grade.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Norton's Field Guide to Writing, “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Adolescent Development: 9 - 18, FSHD-3570, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Complete the following assignments and assessments:
Beliefs about Major Developmental Issues/Questionnaire
Media Images of Adolescents
Comparing Theories
Personal Experience of Puberty
Health Issues in Adolescence
Adolescent Egocentrism
Identity Development
Self-Esteem
Interview Questions 1
Family Influence on Gender-Typed Behavior
Gender Role Stereotyping in Media
Family Culture
The Family as Context Interview
Cultural Continuity vs. Cultural Discontinuity
Interview Questions 2
Planned Parenthood Counselor Interview
Peer Groups Observation
Secondary Education Interview
Bullying
Academic Dishonesty
Achievement Processes
Interview Questions 3
Interview Adolescent
Current Issues or Problems in Adolescence
Youth Programs Observation/Interview
Solutions to Problems
Description:
Module1:
Analyze developmental issues in your own adolescence.
Apply theories related to developmental issues in adolescence to examples in the media.
Identify, explain, and apply the theories related to the development of adolescents
Explain the puberty, health, and biological foundations in adolescent development
Explain and discuss issues related to sleep and eating disorders in adolescence.
Explain the cognitive aspects of adolescent development
Identify and explain the four statuses of identity
Explain self-esteem as it is related to the emotional and psychological characteristics of adolescent development.
Explain and identify the theories related to the development of adolescents
Explain the puberty, health, and biological foundations in adolescent development
Explain the cognitive aspects of adolescent development
Explain the emotional and psychological characteristics of adolescent development
Module 2:
Describe gender influences in your own adolescence.
Explain and discuss the power of the media in influencing gender roles and stereotypes.
Explain how family culture issues impact family relationships.
Explain and apply the ecological theory to contextual family behaviors.
Explain and identify cultural influences on adolescents as they transition to adulthood.
Module 3:
Identify and explain positive strategies for sex education for adolescents.
Observe and explain adolescent behaviors related to social and peer interactions.
Explain how school experiences influence the development of adolescents.
Identify and explain issues related to bullying in understanding social and peer interactions during the adolescent years.
Explain the implications of academic dishonesty in the adolescent years.
Identify and explain the achievement process and influences during the adolescent years.
Create interview questions that support understanding of the following issues in adolescence: sex education, social and peer interactions, school experiences, bullying, academic dishonesty, and goals for future achievement and work.
Conduct an interview with an adolescent that will focus on issues related to adolescent development. Apply developmental concepts and theories from the textbook in a written paper.
Module 4:
Explain a current issue or problem that can occur during the adolescent years.
Analyze characteristics of a youth program that support an adolescent program or issue.
Create a presentation addressing a current issue or problem and solution related to adolescent development.
Required Reading: Inclusive Access: Santrock, J. (2023). Adolescence. McGraw Hill Education.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum Early Childhood Educ, FSHD-2880, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
5 Lesson Plans
• Portfolio of Learning Stories (5 total)
• Dramatic Play Center
• Learning Center Assignment
Description:
Module 1
Introduction to 2880
Review syllabus
Practicum Schedule
Students will learn about practicum, they will make arrangements for practicum, and create a schedule for the semester.
Module 2:
Developing Curriculum
Writing a Lesson Plans
Students will learn how to create a lesson plan for their practicum placement.
Module 3
Guiding Children’s Learning: Cognitive & Social-Emotional
Case Study
Assessment
Students will learn about guiding children’s cognitive and social-emotional development. They will learn how to use assessment to run a case study on a child in their classroom.
Module 4
Classroom Environment
Students will document how they set up a classroom environment.
Module 5: Classrooms that Foster Resilience
Students will discuss how resilience is important and how to foster it in their classroom.
Module 6: Collaborating with Families
Students will create a document/newsletter to be used in their classroom.
Module 7: Dynamics of Diversity
Students will learn about the diversity in their classroom and how to address it.
Module 8: Professional Development
Students will learn how professional development is used in schools.
Module 9: Reflecting on Your Practicum Experience
Students will reflect on their practicum experience and what they learned.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Child Devel - Birth to Eight, FSHD-2500, Section 40, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Assignments: Ethical Case Studies, Human Genome Project, Observation/Early Intervention paper, Semester Case Study, Evaluating Children's Books, Parent Interview, Video responses, Chapter quizzes, Final exam.
Show Less
Description:
Ethical Case Studies: The purpose of this assignment is to become familiar with ethical procedures and practices when conducting child development research.
Human Genome Project: the purpose of this assignment is to search the project for information that is applicable to understanding the development of young children.
Observation/Early Intervention Paper: The purpose of this assignment is to observe a facility that supports early intervention strategies.
Semester Case Study: The purpose of this assignment is to assess a preschool child in 7 different domains of development and use the textbook to support findings.
Evaluating Children's Books: The purpose of this assignment is to identify and evaluate literary skills supported in a children's book.
Parent Interview: The purpose of this assignment is to explain differences related to gender stereotypes and how parents influence these beliefs.
Video Responses: The purpose of these video responses is to support and connect to concepts taught in the textbook.
Chapter quizzes: The purpose of the quizzes is to reinforce learning from the reading of the textbook.
Final Exam: The purpose of the final exam is to evaluate overall learning regarding the concepts from the textbook.
Required Reading: Inclusive Access: eTextbook required: Kail, R.V. Children and Their Development, 7th ed.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human Development Lifespan, FSHD-1500, Section 2, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Observations and written papers of infants/toddlers, preschool children, adolescents, middle and late adults, chapter and final exams, college friend days in the UT preschool- participation and written summaries
Description:
Science of Human Development: major theorists/theories related to human development, ethical, scientific study of humans
Conception to Birth: Genetic influences, teratogens, development of zygote to newborn
First Two Years: Physical, Cognitive, Emotional, Social development
Early Childhood: Physical, Cognitive, Emotional, Social development
Middle Childhood: Physical, Cognitive, Emotional, Social development
Adolescence: Physical, Cognitive, Emotional, Social development
Emerging Adulthood: Physical, Cognitive, Emotional, Social development
Adulthood. Physical, Cognitive, Emotional, Social development
Late Adulthood: Physical, Cognitive, Emotional, Social development
Death and Dying: Death and Hope, Choices, Reactions
Required Reading: Invitation to the Life Span. 6th Edition, Berger, K. S., Worth, 2025
Recommended Reading: N/A
Sci Foundations of Nutrition, FSHD-1020, Section 46, College of Education
Course Requirements:
Course Objectives: Students will analyze a diet and energy expenditure utilizing computer software. Interpret the results for dietary adequacy, health, and risk for nutritionally-related chronic diseases, as well as make recommendations for improving nutritional health. Students will explain and apply scientific knowledge of nutrition, genetics, chemistry, metabolism, exercise, and lifestyle while utilizing several standards/guidelines, guidance systems to plan, evaluate, and manage diets to support life-long health. Students will describe how the human body digests food, metabolizes and utilizes the nutrients and Calories/energy in health or disease; and identify risks factors for developing chronic disease including the interpretation of biochemical, clinical, and anthropometrical laboratory measures. Students will explain basic nutritional scientific terminology; describe the essential nutrients and their role in normal metabolism; and identify good dietary sources of nutrients. Students will identify scientific methods used; discern the reliability of nutrition information based on scientific evidence, source, and professional credentials; in addition to describing the federal agencies and their responsibilities to ensure public food safety, sustainable food production; and personal food handling skills to avoid food borne illness from a variety of microorganisms. Students will evaluate food package label information - analytically and critically knowing the basis of the specific standards used for providing nutrition information; and explain the responsibility of the FDA to ensure the safety of processed foods to make healthy food choices. Assessments: Dietary Analysis Parts 1 and 2, Examine Your Dietary Fat Intake
How High is Your Sodium Intake?, Working for Denser Bones, Boosting Your Micronutrient Intake, Discussions, Case Studies, Meal Plan, MyPlate Daily Checklist, Counting Calories, Module Exams
Description:
Fulfills General Education Life Science requirement. Open to all students who have an interest in human nutrition and how it relates to individual dietary requirements. May be of particular interest to students with an emphasis in Health Sciences, Education, or related fields. Various periods during the life cycle-infancy, childhood, adolescence, pregnancy, and the later years--and their specific nutrient needs will be analyzed as well as the basic nutrients and how they are absorbed and used by the body. Other areas of focus will include nutrition for athletes, eating disorders, weight control, and food safety. Includes lecture, multi-media, applied nutrition group activities, guest lecturers, and computer analysis of personal diet. Students will record and analyze their own diet.
Required Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
Recommended Reading: Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 7th Edition Wardlaw, Smith and Collene, 2024
History of Film, FILM-1000, Section 40, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to: 1. Synthesize and demonstrate mastery of the origins of American film, and its stylistic, thematic, cultural and aesthetic evolution from early silent cinema through the films of the late-20th century. 2. Analyze the ways in which American cinema both reflects and shapes national values and mores. 3. Evaluate the role and importance of the Hollywood studio system and the notion of stardom from their early manifestations to the late-20th century. 4. Articulate the evolution of film technology from silent cinema to mid-century motion picture techniques.
Description:
Introduction and Syllabus: Get students acquainted with the online course.
Looking At Movies: Examine films as an art form as well as entertainment.
Film Form: Begin examining the elements that make up cinematic language.
Narrative: Analyze how the narrative of a film is presented.
Genre: Discuss the various genres present throughout film history.
Mise-en-scene: Learn about the term and what elements go into its use.
Cinematography: Examine how the use of framing, lighting, and lens choice helps tell a story.
Editing: Dive into the process of how famous films are assembled.
Sound: Discuss the use of sound design to further support the film's themes and narrative.
Documentary: Learn about the documentary form and how it differs from narrative film.
Experimental: Learn about experimental form and how it differs from narrative film.
Animation: Discuss the field of animation and how to define it as a medium, not a genre.
The Film Industry: Examine classic Hollywood films to discuss the studio system and industry.
Indie Media: Learn about the modern landscape of independent cinema and how it differs from the Hollywood system.
Required Reading: "American Film: A History (Second Edition)" by Jon Lewis
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 44, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech ----------------------------------------------------------------- 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline ------------------------------------------------- 25 pts.
Informative Speech ------------------------------------------------------------- 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline ---------------------------------------------- 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech --------------------------------------------------------------- 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline ------------------------------------------------ 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech ------------------------------------------------------- 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline ---------------------------------------- 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each) -------------------------------------- 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each) --------------------------------------------- 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each) ---------------------------------------- 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each) --------------------------------------- 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each) ------------------------------------------------------120 pts.
Goals Paper -----------------------------------------------------------------------------50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper ---------------------------------------------------------------- 100pts
Description:
Lecture 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first lecture, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
________________________________________
Lecture 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This lecture introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
________________________________________
Lecture 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This lecture will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
________________________________________
Lecture 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
________________________________________
Lecture 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this lecture, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
________________________________________
Lecture 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This lecture encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
________________________________________
Lecture 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
________________________________________
Lecture 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this lecture, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
________________________________________
Lecture 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final lecture focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Public Speaking, COMM-1020, Section 41, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
My Item Speech ----------------------------------------------------------------- 100 pts.
My Item Speech Outline ------------------------------------------------- 25 pts.
Informative Speech ------------------------------------------------------------- 100 pts.
Informative Speech Outline ---------------------------------------------- 25 pts.
Persuasive Speech --------------------------------------------------------------- 100 pts.
Persuasive Speech Outline ------------------------------------------------ 25 pts.
Celebratory Speech ------------------------------------------------------- 100 pts.
Celebratory Speech Outline ---------------------------------------- 25 pts.
Impromptu Speeches (2 @ 50 pts each) -------------------------------------- 100 pts.
Self-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each) --------------------------------------------- 50 pts.
Peer-evaluations (2 @ 25 pts each) ---------------------------------------- 50 pts.
Discussion Boards (6 @ 20 pts each) --------------------------------------- 120 pts.
Quizzes (6 @ 20 pts each) ------------------------------------------------------120 pts.
Goals Paper -----------------------------------------------------------------------------50 pts.
Final Reflection Paper ---------------------------------------------------------------- 100pts
Description:
Lecture 1: My Item Speech – Introduction to Public Speaking
In this first lecture, students will learn the basics of public speaking by introducing themselves using an item that represents who they are. The focus will be on sharing personal stories, interests, and backgrounds in a relaxed, informal 2–3 minute speech. This session builds confidence and sets the foundation for future speeches.
________________________________________
Lecture 2: Celebratory Speech – Speaking for Special Occasions
This lecture introduces students to special occasion speaking styles, such as toasts, tributes, or award presentations. Students will explore tone, language, and structure to craft a speech that celebrates a person, event, or achievement. Emphasis will be placed on creating memorable and emotionally resonant messages.
________________________________________
Lecture 3: Informative Speech – Educating Your Audience
Students will dive into crafting and delivering a 5–7 minute informative speech. This lecture will focus on how to research, organize, and present factual content clearly and engagingly. Visual aids are required, and students will be taught how to effectively integrate them. Emphasis will be placed on credibility, clarity, and audience understanding.
________________________________________
Lecture 4: Persuasive Speech – Inspiring Change
This session guides students through the process of writing and delivering a compelling persuasive speech. Students will learn how to choose a meaningful topic, develop strong arguments, and appeal to the emotions and logic of their audience. Visual aids are optional, but clear organization and solid research (with at least five credible sources) are essential.
________________________________________
Lecture 5: Peer Evaluation – Giving Constructive Feedback
In this lecture, students will learn how to critically and supportively evaluate their peers' speeches. They will watch two speeches for each genre (Introduction, Special Occasion, Informative, and Persuasive) and complete structured feedback using a Peer Review Form, focusing on both strengths and areas for improvement.
________________________________________
Lecture 6: Self-Evaluation – Reflecting on Performance
This lecture encourages self-awareness and growth by guiding students through the process of evaluating their own speeches. Using a provided template, students will reflect on their strengths, challenges, and improvement goals after delivering each of their speeches.
________________________________________
Lecture 7: Outlines – Planning for Success
This session covers the importance of speech outlines and how to follow the course’s formatting expectations (APA, MLA, or Chicago). Students will learn how to structure their main points, incorporate research, and stay organized. Submission of outlines for all speeches is required.
________________________________________
Lecture 8: Goals Paper – Setting Your Intentions
In this lecture, students will reflect on their personal communication goals for the course. They will identify what they hope to improve, how they plan to grow as speakers, and set measurable objectives for the semester.
________________________________________
Lecture 9: Reflection Paper – Looking Back and Moving Forward
This final lecture focuses on reflection and self-assessment. Students will evaluate their progress over the course of the class, reflect on challenges they faced, and consider how they can apply their speaking skills in future academic, professional, and personal settings.
Required Reading: Gunn, J. (2021). Speechcraft. 2nd ed. MacMillan-Bedford-St. Martin: Boston, MA.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Ceramics, ART-2570, Section 5, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Course Overview:
We will be exploring several wheel throwing techniques that will produce a variety of finished works throughout the semester. Along with technique, we will experiment with different clay bodies, surface treatments, and various firing methods. You will learn and practice various ceramic wheel-throwing techniques, which will include creating cylindrical forms, bowls, handles, and spouted forms. You will learn how to attach parts and trim away from the forms. During our class, you will create a number of objects and will have access to a variety of surfacing techniques. Group critiques, write-ups, and the use of a sketchbook will be administered to aid in the development of the concepts that will be formulated in class.
Course Goal:
Students will finish series of different projects and create a several surface tests by applying various wheel throwing techniques and surface applications. They will also develop their ideas conceptually in a sketchbook.
Course Learning Outcomes:
To develop the student’s ability to conceive, plan and produce objects by using a variety of ceramic equipment, tools, and methods. PLO 1, 2, 3, 4
To develop the student’s awareness of good design and function in ceramics as shown by the quality of their own work, and develop the ability to evaluate that quality objectively. PLO 3, 4, 5
The class meets the goals and standards of the College, Fine Arts Division, and the Art Department. PLO 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Description:
Cylinders: Students will start with an interdiction to the pottery wheel with cylinder making. The is a foundational form when working on the wheel.
Mugs: Students will practice altering cylinder forms to make mugs. They will also practice making handles. Trimming will also be administered to finish the bottom of the shape.
Bowls: Students will practice shaping and stretching the clay out on the wheel to make bowl forms. Trimming will also be administered to finish the bottom of the shape.
Lidded Container: Students will practice making multiple styles of lids. This is an exercise in creating two-part forms.
Teapot: Students will elaborate on the lidded containers by creating a lidded pouring vessel. Spouts and proper pouring handles will be created and used.
Week 1 – Review syllabus. Intro to clay/safety. Cylinder demo.
Week 2 – Cylinder demonstrations continued.
Week 3 – Demo P1 (10 Mugs), Demo trimming.
Week 4 – Demo P2 (10 Bowls). Demo handles. 1st Cylinder Dissection.
Week 5 – Demo P1/P2 (Mug/Bowl). Handle Mini Critique.
Week 6 – Glaze demo.
Week 7 – Midterm Cylinder Exercise & Cup/Bowl Critique.
Week 8 – Demo P3 (4 Lidded containers).
Week 9 – Demo P3/4.
Week 10 – P4 (Teapot)
Week 11 – Demo P4 (Teapot) continued.
Week 12 – Work week.
Week 13 –Work week.
Week 14 – Last Wet Clay Day
Week 15 – Last Glaze Day
Week 16 – FINAL In-Person CRITIQUE/Clean Up
Week 17 - FINAL ONLINE SUBMISSION
Required Reading: Pottery Making Illustrated, "In the Studio: Pots and Anatomy", by Robin Hopper
Recommended Reading: -Ceramic Monthly (https://ceramicartsnetwork.org/ceramics-monthly) -Studio Potter (https://studiopotter.org) -https://www.digitalfire.com - for technical information on glazes, clays, and firings -https://artaxis.org - examples of ceramic artists making functional and sculptural work
Intermediate Sculpture, ART-3190R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Course Overview:
We will be exploring various hand building processes in clay in more depth to produce a variety of finished projects throughout the semester. We will experiment and conduct tests with surface treatments and various firing methods. You will have opportunities to choose methods that best suit your conceptual and formal needs. Group critiques, test tiles, maquettes, and the use of a sketchbook will be administered to assist in the development of the projects that will be created in class. Along with the art which will be created, we will do write-ups about topics related to our course and research opportunities that students may take advantage of while in school, and beyond into their professional post-academic lives.
Course Goal:
Students will finish 3 different major projects and develop a body of research material for each project. This will include tests, prototypes, and developing their ideas conceptually in a sketchbook and group discussions. Along with projects, there will be write-ups on topics discussed in class.
Course Learning Outcomes:
To further develop the student’s ability to conceive, plan and produce objects by using a variety of ceramic equipment, tools, and methods. PLO 1, 2, 3, 4
To develop the student’s awareness of the physics of the ceramic medium as shown by the quality of their own work, and develop the ability to evaluate that quality objectively. PLO 3, 4, 5
The class meets the goals and standards of the College, Fine Arts Division, and the Art Department. PLO 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Description:
Week 1 – Review syllabus. Intro to clay/safety. Intro to Warm Up and Project 1.
Project 1: Transitions
Part 1: Pick two object to recreate in clay. To the best of your abilities, recreate it including ever detail you observe. Minimum size is 4 inches in one direction.
Part 2: In your sketchbook, sketch out stages that each original form could take to transition from one into the other. You will make 5 pieces. Each form will be a minimum of 4 inches in one direction.
Week 2 – Visiting Artist. Warm Ups ready for bisque.
Week 3 – Work days. P1 Sketchbook check. Warm Ups ready for glaze firing.
Week 4 – Work days. Intro Opportunities. Review Warm Ups.
Week 5 – Work days.
Week 6 – Work days. Opportunities Research Write Up and P1 ready for bisque due.
Week 7 – Work day. Intro to Project 2. Test tile Bisque. P1 glaze firing.
Inspired By Words (Sculpture)
The overall shape of a piece of ceramic work can tell a story through gesture and content, but the glaze and surface treatment create the mood.
P1: You will create a sculptural project that is inspired by words. The words could be text from a book, poem, song, play, etc. The form(s) can be as literal or as abstract as you choose but it still has to represent the content and mood of the text you choose. If your project consists of a single form, it needs to be at least 10 inches in one direction.
Meaning Through Surface: Glaze Testing
Consider what your forms could represent. Could they represent an idea, an emotion, a place, a sound, written word, or a combination of these things? While you create the initial forms, take into consideration the surface treatment and how it would most successfully be displayed.
P1 A: Make test tiles. These can be a traditional t-shaped test tiles. Unless you project involves flat, horizontal, pieces, do not make you test tiles this way. Due to gravity and glaze run, you will often get different results on a horizontal surface versus a vertical surface.
P1 B: Each person will have at least one glaze recipe to test. We will be testing a broad range of textures and glaze colors that can add to the conceptual goals of your work. Once we complete our glaze tests, we will look at all of the findings and we will share with each other the recipes. From the results, you will pick at least one glaze to incorporate into your final project.
P1 C: (optional) If there is time and more tests need to be done, such as color tests, more tests will be conducted and shared with the group.
P2:As you build your form, take into consideration the surface quality of the work and how that will add to your expression of the words and mood that you are trying to convey. Using the glaze tests and test tiles you have made, utilize at least 2 surface treatments that will best suit your needs. One surface treatment will be a glaze from our tests and the other will be of your choosing. If you need to do a couple more tests, consult with the instructor and make arrangements to make those tests within the first week of the assignment.
Week 8 – Work day. P2 Sketchbook check. P1 Critique.
Week 9 – Test tile Glaze. P2 ready for bisque.
Week 10 – Intro to Project 3.
Multiples and Accumulation with Purpose
Part 1: Create or replicate a form in clay. It can be something that already exists or a form that you make up. Consider what that form could represent. Could it represent an idea, an emotion, a place, a sound, written word, or a combination of these things? While you create the initial form, take into consideration the surface treatment and how it would most successfully be displayed. You can determine the size.
Part 2: Now replicate the initial form 10 or more times. This will depend on scale, detail, and the installation of the forms. They can be exact replications or they can vary (ex. color, texture, scale, etc.). Keep in mind the bisque date.
Installation
Before you create your multiples, you need to map out a plan for their presentation. Are they intended for a pedestal, the wall, somewhere in an existing environment, or are they suspended? This will also help you determine how many you need. Consider how their orientations and location could best represent your intention with the piece.
Part 3: For critique you will set up your forms how they are intended to be seen.
Week 11 – P3 Sketchbook check and Artist Spotlight. Glaze Project 2.
Week 12 – Work week.
Week 13 – Work days. Critique P2 and Glaze Test Turn In.
Week 14 – Last Wet Clay Day
Week 15 – Last Glaze Day
Week 16 – FINAL In-Person CRITIQUE
Week 17 – FINAL ONLINE SUBMISSION
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: -Ceramic Monthly (https://ceramicartsnetwork.org/ceramics-monthly) -Studio Potter (https://studiopotter.org) -https://www.digitalfire.com - for technical information on glazes, clays, and firings -https://artaxis.org - examples of ceramic artists making functional and sculptural work
Intro to Sculpture, ART-2190, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Course Overview:
We will be exploring various techniques using hand building processes to produce a variety of finished projects throughout the semester. Along with technique, we will experiment surface treatments and various firing methods. Students will have opportunities to experiment with different techniques and discover what methods best articulate their conceptual aspirations. Group critiques, test tiles, maquettes, and the use of a sketchbook will be administered to assist in the development of the projects that will be created in class. Along with projects, there will be short write-ups and an artist presentation.
Course Goal:
Students will finish 3 different projects and develop a body of research material for each project. This will include tests, prototypes, and developing their ideas conceptually in a sketchbook. Along with projects, there will be write-ups and a presentation on topics discussed in class.
Course Learning Outcomes:
Build knowledge of basic sculpture principles.
Have practical experiences in and outside of class.
Combine practical application of design knowledge and individual creativity to create several sculpture projects.
Gain basic art-making skills and learn art production through trial and error.
Address several different genres of design and apply the ideas and theories to their individual assignments.
Description:
Week 1 – Review syllabus and clay/safety. Intro to Project 1. Test tile ready for bisque.
Project 1
Cross Pollenating Vessels
Part 1: Make two opposing vessels using the pinch and coil method. They can be opposing in shape, color, size, and texture. Make sure each vessel is at least 5 inches tall.
Part 2: Now make a third vessel that has attributes of both of the original forms. You can combine elements of color, pattern, texture, or silhouette.
Week 2 – Visiting Artist. P1 Sketchbook check. Test tile ready for glaze firing.
Week 3 –Work days. Review Test tiles.
Week 4 – Work days. P1 ready for bisque.
Week 5 – Intro to Project 2. Intro artist presentation. P1 glaze firing.
Project 2: The Complex Slab Form with Texture and Narrative
Part 1: With the paper you are given make a three-dimensional form, which you will use as a template for a slab-built construction. The form you create has to have more than 6 sides and have one side that is a minimum of 7 inches.
Part 2: Construct your ceramic form using firm slabs and your paper template. Make sure your seams are well attached with a small coil running along them.
Part 3: On the walls of your slab form, include a narrative that can relate back to your overall shape. The narrative could be realistic or something made up. The narrative can be done through sgraffito, underglaze painting, or building up clay on the surface.
Week 6 – P2 Sketchbook check. Narrative tile ready for bisque. P1 Critique.
Week 7 – Narrative tile ready for glaze firing. Artist Presentation Material.
Week 8 – Work day. Artist Presentations. Review Test tiles.
Week 9 – P2 ready for bisque.
Week 10 – Introduce Project 3.
Project 3
Hybrid Animal with Environment
Part 1: Make 3 animal parts using the pinch, coil, and/or solid construction (and then carving out). Pay attention to texture, proportions, and coloration. Replicate every detail to the best of your abilities. Sketch each form in your sketchbook.
Part 2: Of the animal parts you have constructed, pick at least one to incorporate into your hybrid creature and at least three different animals overall for the form. Make sure your sculpture has attributes of each of the original creatures you have chosen. You can combine elements of color, pattern, texture, and anatomy. In you sketchbook, you will include sketches of each animal and how you will combine them.
Part 3: As you build your creature, you will consider what environment it would live in and incorporate a part of that environment with your sculpted creature. You will sketch out ideas in your sketchbook for the environment.
Week 11 – Work week. P3 Sketchbook check. P2 glaze firing.
Week 12 – Work week.
Week 13 – Work days. Critique P2.
Week 14 – Last Wet Clay Day
Week 15 – Last Glaze Day
Week 16 – FINAL In-Person CRITIQUE
Week 17 – FINAL ONLINE SUBMISSION
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Ceramic Monthly (https://ceramicartsnetwork.org/ceramics-monthly), Studio Potter (https://studiopotter.org) https://www.digitalfire.com - for technical information on glazes, clays, and firings, https://artaxis.org - examples of ceramic artists making functional and sculptural work
Micro Economics, ECON-2010, Section 4, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Grading
Exam 1: 15%
Exam 2: 20%
Final exam: 30 %
Chapter Quizzes: 25 %
Participation: 10 %
100% - 93%: A
92% - 90%: A-
89% - 87%: B+
86% - 83%: B
82% - 80%: B-
79% - 77%: C+
76% - 73%: C
72% - 69%: C-
68% - 60%: D
59% - 0%: F
The first exam will be held on Thursday, September 18, 2025
and will cover the material in Chapters 2-6
The second exam will be held on Thursday, October 30, 2025
and will cover the material in Chapter 7 through 13 (excluding Chapter 12)
The final exam is comprehensive and will be held on Tuesday, December 9, 2025
There will be greater emphasis on new material from chapters 14-21 (excluding 19&20)
All exams will be given in the classroom. You may use one page of notes (front & back) and a calculator on the exams.
A practice exam and list of review topics will be posted on Canvas before each exam date.
Description:
Course Outline
Topic Readings in Mankiw
Introduction Chapter 2
Gains from Trade Chapter 3
Supply & Demand Chapter 4
Elasticity Chapter 5
Government Policies Chapter 6
Welfare Analysis Efficiency Chapter 7
Efficiency & Taxation Chapter 8
International Trade Chapter 9
Externalities, Public Goods, & Common Resources Chapters 10 & 11
Costs of Production Chapter 13
Firms in Competitive Markets Chapter 14
Monopoly Chapter 15
Monopolistic Competition Chapter 16
Oligopoly Chapter 17
Market for Factors of Production Chapter 18
Theory of Consumer Choice Chapter 21
Required Reading: This course is part of the UT Inclusive Access Program, which offers first-day access to your course materials. Your student account will be charged for the course materials on your ‘MYUT’ account. To access course information, log into Canvas and select this course on the first day of class. The textbook can be accessed through the VitalSource link on the left-hand side of the Canvas course page. The materials under the VitalSource link are from N. Gregory Mankiw. He is the author and editor of Principles of Microeconomics.
Recommended Reading: NA
Principles of Chemistry I, CHEM-1210, Section 5, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-requisite – Math 1050 or higher, grade “C” or higher or equivalent placement score taken within 2 years prior to enrollment in this course.
Co-Requisite – Chem 1215
Description:
1. Introduction and Syllabus Overview
Overview of course structure, policies, and expectations.
2. Classification of Matter and Chemical Reactions
Exploration of matter classification and fundamental reaction concepts.
3. Properties of Matter, Mixture Separation, and States of Matter
Examination of physical and chemical properties, separation techniques, and matter phases.
4. Units, Conversion Factors, and Significant Figures
Understanding units, conversions, and the application of significant figures.
5. Precision vs. Accuracy, Grubbs Test, and Temperature Conversions
Differentiating precision and accuracy, identifying outliers, and temperature calculations.
6. Atomic Structure, History, Symbols, and the Periodic Table
The evolution of atomic theory, atomic symbols, and periodic table organization.
7. Molecular and Ionic Compounds: Naming and Formulas
Introduction to nomenclature and formula writing for molecular and ionic compounds.
8. Polyatomic Ions
Identification and naming of common polyatomic ions.
9. Oxoanions and Acids
Understanding oxoanions and acid nomenclature.
10. Chemical Reactions, The Mole, Molar Mass, and Conversions
Introduction to stoichiometry, molar mass, and conversion calculations.
11. Exam 1: Chapters 1-2
Assessment covering foundational concepts from the first two chapters.
12. Balancing Chemical Reactions
Mastery of balancing equations for chemical reactions.
13. The Carbon Cycle, Stoichiometry, Limiting Reagents, and Percent Yield
Exploring stoichiometric principles, limiting reagents, and reaction efficiency.
14. Empirical vs. Molecular Formulas, Mass Spectrometry, and XRF
Differentiating formulas and introduction to analytical techniques.
15. Combustion Analysis Applications
Determining molecular compositions using combustion analysis.
16. Solutions: Concentration, Units, Conversions, and Dilutions
Introduction to solution chemistry and concentration calculations.
17. Beer’s Law, Electrolytes, Neutralization, Acids, and Bases
Examining solution properties and neutralization reactions.
18. Strong vs. Weak Acids and Bases, and Titrations
Exploring acid/base strengths and titration techniques.
19. Solution Chemistry and Precipitation Reactions
Understanding solubility and precipitation reactions.
20. Reactions in Aqueous Solutions
Investigating different reaction types occurring in solution.
21. Solubility Rules and Solution Types
Learning solubility guidelines and solution classifications.
22. Redox Reactions and Oxidation Numbers
Assigning oxidation states and understanding redox reactions.
23. Gas Properties, Pressure Measurement, and Boyle’s Law
Examining gas behavior and pressure-volume relationships.
24. Exam 2: Chapters 3-4
Assessment of topics covered in Chapters 3 and 4.
25. Gas Laws: Charles, Avogadro, Amonton, Ideal, and Combined
Applying gas laws to describe gaseous behavior.
26. Gas Stoichiometry, Density, and Dalton’s Law
Understanding gas stoichiometry, density, and partial pressure concepts.
27. Kinetic Molecular Theory, Effusion, Diffusion, and Real Gases
Exploring gas motion and deviations from ideal behavior.
28. Thermodynamics: Heat, Work, and Energy
Introduction to thermodynamic principles at a macroscopic level.
29. Molecular Energy, Systems, and Heat Flow
Examining energy transformations and heat transfer.
30. Internal Energy, Energy Units, Enthalpy, and Heat Capacity
Understanding thermodynamic quantities and heat measurement.
31. Calorimetry and Heat Transfer
Application of calorimetry techniques to quantify heat transfer.
32. Hess’s Law and Standard Enthalpy of Reaction
Using Hess’s Law for enthalpy calculations.
33. Food and Fuel Energy Values
Analyzing caloric and energy values in different materials.
34. Atomic Spectra and the Wave-Particle Nature of Light
Investigating light properties and atomic emission spectra.
35. Exam 3: Chapters 5-6
Assessment covering thermodynamics and atomic theory.
36. Quantum Theory and the Photoelectric Effect
Exploring fundamental principles of quantum mechanics.
37. Hydrogen Spectrum and Bohr Model
Studying hydrogen emission and atomic models.
38. Wave-Particle Duality, Quantum Numbers, and Atomic Orbitals
Understanding electron behavior in atoms.
39. Electron Spin, Orbital Diagrams, and Hund’s Rule
Learning electron configuration principles.
40. Quantum Model of the Atom
Examining the modern quantum mechanical model.
41. Electron Configurations, Atomic Radii, and Ionization Energy
Understanding periodic trends in atomic properties.
42. Chemical Bonding and Lewis Structures
Exploring covalent bonding and Lewis structures.
43. Bond Polarity and Electronegativity
Understanding bond polarity and molecular dipoles.
44. Resonance, Formal Charge, and Octet Rule Exceptions
Examining exceptions to standard bonding rules.
45. Bond Length, Bond Energy, and Reaction Enthalpy
Understanding bond strength and its thermodynamic implications.
46. Molecular Geometry and VSEPR Theory
Predicting molecular shapes using VSEPR.
47. Geometries for Steric Numbers 2-6
Exploring electron-pair geometries and molecular structures.
48. Exam 4: Chapters 7-8
Assessment covering bonding and molecular structure concepts.
49. Bond Dipoles, Molecular Dipoles, and Polarity
Relating molecular shape to polarity and dipole moments.
50. Valence Bond Theory and Hybridization
Introduction to orbital hybridization in bonding.
51. Molecular Orbital Theory and Bond Order
Analyzing bonding using molecular orbital diagrams.
52. MO Diagrams, Conductors, and Semiconductors
Understanding electronic properties of materials.
53. Intermolecular Forces and Their Trends
Exploring different types of intermolecular forces.
54. Strength of Intermolecular Forces and Their Effects
Examining how forces influence physical properties.
55. Phase Diagrams and Liquid Properties
Understanding phase transitions and liquid behavior.
56. Solubility and Henry’s Law
Investigating solubility principles and gas-liquid equilibria.
57. Summary of Intermolecular Forces
Reviewing the role of intermolecular interactions.
58. Exam 5: Chapters 9-10
Assessment covering intermolecular forces and solutions.
59. Final Review Part 1
Comprehensive review of key course topics.
60. Final Review Part 2
Continued final exam preparation.
61. Final Review Part 3
Final session before the comprehensive exam.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: ACS STUDY GUIDE
Principles of Chemistry I, CHEM-1210, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-requisite – Math 1050 or higher, grade “C” or higher or equivalent placement score taken within 2 years prior to enrollment in this course.
Co-Requisite – Chem 1215
Description:
1. Introduction and Syllabus Overview
Overview of course structure, policies, and expectations.
2. Classification of Matter and Chemical Reactions
Exploration of matter classification and fundamental reaction concepts.
3. Properties of Matter, Mixture Separation, and States of Matter
Examination of physical and chemical properties, separation techniques, and matter phases.
4. Units, Conversion Factors, and Significant Figures
Understanding units, conversions, and the application of significant figures.
5. Precision vs. Accuracy, Grubbs Test, and Temperature Conversions
Differentiating precision and accuracy, identifying outliers, and temperature calculations.
6. Atomic Structure, History, Symbols, and the Periodic Table
The evolution of atomic theory, atomic symbols, and periodic table organization.
7. Molecular and Ionic Compounds: Naming and Formulas
Introduction to nomenclature and formula writing for molecular and ionic compounds.
8. Polyatomic Ions
Identification and naming of common polyatomic ions.
9. Oxoanions and Acids
Understanding oxoanions and acid nomenclature.
10. Chemical Reactions, The Mole, Molar Mass, and Conversions
Introduction to stoichiometry, molar mass, and conversion calculations.
11. Exam 1: Chapters 1-2
Assessment covering foundational concepts from the first two chapters.
12. Balancing Chemical Reactions
Mastery of balancing equations for chemical reactions.
13. The Carbon Cycle, Stoichiometry, Limiting Reagents, and Percent Yield
Exploring stoichiometric principles, limiting reagents, and reaction efficiency.
14. Empirical vs. Molecular Formulas, Mass Spectrometry, and XRF
Differentiating formulas and introduction to analytical techniques.
15. Combustion Analysis Applications
Determining molecular compositions using combustion analysis.
16. Solutions: Concentration, Units, Conversions, and Dilutions
Introduction to solution chemistry and concentration calculations.
17. Beer’s Law, Electrolytes, Neutralization, Acids, and Bases
Examining solution properties and neutralization reactions.
18. Strong vs. Weak Acids and Bases, and Titrations
Exploring acid/base strengths and titration techniques.
19. Solution Chemistry and Precipitation Reactions
Understanding solubility and precipitation reactions.
20. Reactions in Aqueous Solutions
Investigating different reaction types occurring in solution.
21. Solubility Rules and Solution Types
Learning solubility guidelines and solution classifications.
22. Redox Reactions and Oxidation Numbers
Assigning oxidation states and understanding redox reactions.
23. Gas Properties, Pressure Measurement, and Boyle’s Law
Examining gas behavior and pressure-volume relationships.
24. Exam 2: Chapters 3-4
Assessment of topics covered in Chapters 3 and 4.
25. Gas Laws: Charles, Avogadro, Amonton, Ideal, and Combined
Applying gas laws to describe gaseous behavior.
26. Gas Stoichiometry, Density, and Dalton’s Law
Understanding gas stoichiometry, density, and partial pressure concepts.
27. Kinetic Molecular Theory, Effusion, Diffusion, and Real Gases
Exploring gas motion and deviations from ideal behavior.
28. Thermodynamics: Heat, Work, and Energy
Introduction to thermodynamic principles at a macroscopic level.
29. Molecular Energy, Systems, and Heat Flow
Examining energy transformations and heat transfer.
30. Internal Energy, Energy Units, Enthalpy, and Heat Capacity
Understanding thermodynamic quantities and heat measurement.
31. Calorimetry and Heat Transfer
Application of calorimetry techniques to quantify heat transfer.
32. Hess’s Law and Standard Enthalpy of Reaction
Using Hess’s Law for enthalpy calculations.
33. Food and Fuel Energy Values
Analyzing caloric and energy values in different materials.
34. Atomic Spectra and the Wave-Particle Nature of Light
Investigating light properties and atomic emission spectra.
35. Exam 3: Chapters 5-6
Assessment covering thermodynamics and atomic theory.
36. Quantum Theory and the Photoelectric Effect
Exploring fundamental principles of quantum mechanics.
37. Hydrogen Spectrum and Bohr Model
Studying hydrogen emission and atomic models.
38. Wave-Particle Duality, Quantum Numbers, and Atomic Orbitals
Understanding electron behavior in atoms.
39. Electron Spin, Orbital Diagrams, and Hund’s Rule
Learning electron configuration principles.
40. Quantum Model of the Atom
Examining the modern quantum mechanical model.
41. Electron Configurations, Atomic Radii, and Ionization Energy
Understanding periodic trends in atomic properties.
42. Chemical Bonding and Lewis Structures
Exploring covalent bonding and Lewis structures.
43. Bond Polarity and Electronegativity
Understanding bond polarity and molecular dipoles.
44. Resonance, Formal Charge, and Octet Rule Exceptions
Examining exceptions to standard bonding rules.
45. Bond Length, Bond Energy, and Reaction Enthalpy
Understanding bond strength and its thermodynamic implications.
46. Molecular Geometry and VSEPR Theory
Predicting molecular shapes using VSEPR.
47. Geometries for Steric Numbers 2-6
Exploring electron-pair geometries and molecular structures.
48. Exam 4: Chapters 7-8
Assessment covering bonding and molecular structure concepts.
49. Bond Dipoles, Molecular Dipoles, and Polarity
Relating molecular shape to polarity and dipole moments.
50. Valence Bond Theory and Hybridization
Introduction to orbital hybridization in bonding.
51. Molecular Orbital Theory and Bond Order
Analyzing bonding using molecular orbital diagrams.
52. MO Diagrams, Conductors, and Semiconductors
Understanding electronic properties of materials.
53. Intermolecular Forces and Their Trends
Exploring different types of intermolecular forces.
54. Strength of Intermolecular Forces and Their Effects
Examining how forces influence physical properties.
55. Phase Diagrams and Liquid Properties
Understanding phase transitions and liquid behavior.
56. Solubility and Henry’s Law
Investigating solubility principles and gas-liquid equilibria.
57. Summary of Intermolecular Forces
Reviewing the role of intermolecular interactions.
58. Exam 5: Chapters 9-10
Assessment covering intermolecular forces and solutions.
59. Final Review Part 1
Comprehensive review of key course topics.
60. Final Review Part 2
Continued final exam preparation.
61. Final Review Part 3
Final session before the comprehensive exam.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: ACS STUDY GUIDE
Principles of Chemistry I, CHEM-1210, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-requisite – Math 1050 or higher, grade “C” or higher or equivalent placement score taken within 2 years prior to enrollment in this course.
Co-Requisite – Chem 1215
Description:
1. Introduction and Syllabus Overview
Overview of course structure, policies, and expectations.
2. Classification of Matter and Chemical Reactions
Exploration of matter classification and fundamental reaction concepts.
3. Properties of Matter, Mixture Separation, and States of Matter
Examination of physical and chemical properties, separation techniques, and matter phases.
4. Units, Conversion Factors, and Significant Figures
Understanding units, conversions, and the application of significant figures.
5. Precision vs. Accuracy, Grubbs Test, and Temperature Conversions
Differentiating precision and accuracy, identifying outliers, and temperature calculations.
6. Atomic Structure, History, Symbols, and the Periodic Table
The evolution of atomic theory, atomic symbols, and periodic table organization.
7. Molecular and Ionic Compounds: Naming and Formulas
Introduction to nomenclature and formula writing for molecular and ionic compounds.
8. Polyatomic Ions
Identification and naming of common polyatomic ions.
9. Oxoanions and Acids
Understanding oxoanions and acid nomenclature.
10. Chemical Reactions, The Mole, Molar Mass, and Conversions
Introduction to stoichiometry, molar mass, and conversion calculations.
11. Exam 1: Chapters 1-2
Assessment covering foundational concepts from the first two chapters.
12. Balancing Chemical Reactions
Mastery of balancing equations for chemical reactions.
13. The Carbon Cycle, Stoichiometry, Limiting Reagents, and Percent Yield
Exploring stoichiometric principles, limiting reagents, and reaction efficiency.
14. Empirical vs. Molecular Formulas, Mass Spectrometry, and XRF
Differentiating formulas and introduction to analytical techniques.
15. Combustion Analysis Applications
Determining molecular compositions using combustion analysis.
16. Solutions: Concentration, Units, Conversions, and Dilutions
Introduction to solution chemistry and concentration calculations.
17. Beer’s Law, Electrolytes, Neutralization, Acids, and Bases
Examining solution properties and neutralization reactions.
18. Strong vs. Weak Acids and Bases, and Titrations
Exploring acid/base strengths and titration techniques.
19. Solution Chemistry and Precipitation Reactions
Understanding solubility and precipitation reactions.
20. Reactions in Aqueous Solutions
Investigating different reaction types occurring in solution.
21. Solubility Rules and Solution Types
Learning solubility guidelines and solution classifications.
22. Redox Reactions and Oxidation Numbers
Assigning oxidation states and understanding redox reactions.
23. Gas Properties, Pressure Measurement, and Boyle’s Law
Examining gas behavior and pressure-volume relationships.
24. Exam 2: Chapters 3-4
Assessment of topics covered in Chapters 3 and 4.
25. Gas Laws: Charles, Avogadro, Amonton, Ideal, and Combined
Applying gas laws to describe gaseous behavior.
26. Gas Stoichiometry, Density, and Dalton’s Law
Understanding gas stoichiometry, density, and partial pressure concepts.
27. Kinetic Molecular Theory, Effusion, Diffusion, and Real Gases
Exploring gas motion and deviations from ideal behavior.
28. Thermodynamics: Heat, Work, and Energy
Introduction to thermodynamic principles at a macroscopic level.
29. Molecular Energy, Systems, and Heat Flow
Examining energy transformations and heat transfer.
30. Internal Energy, Energy Units, Enthalpy, and Heat Capacity
Understanding thermodynamic quantities and heat measurement.
31. Calorimetry and Heat Transfer
Application of calorimetry techniques to quantify heat transfer.
32. Hess’s Law and Standard Enthalpy of Reaction
Using Hess’s Law for enthalpy calculations.
33. Food and Fuel Energy Values
Analyzing caloric and energy values in different materials.
34. Atomic Spectra and the Wave-Particle Nature of Light
Investigating light properties and atomic emission spectra.
35. Exam 3: Chapters 5-6
Assessment covering thermodynamics and atomic theory.
36. Quantum Theory and the Photoelectric Effect
Exploring fundamental principles of quantum mechanics.
37. Hydrogen Spectrum and Bohr Model
Studying hydrogen emission and atomic models.
38. Wave-Particle Duality, Quantum Numbers, and Atomic Orbitals
Understanding electron behavior in atoms.
39. Electron Spin, Orbital Diagrams, and Hund’s Rule
Learning electron configuration principles.
40. Quantum Model of the Atom
Examining the modern quantum mechanical model.
41. Electron Configurations, Atomic Radii, and Ionization Energy
Understanding periodic trends in atomic properties.
42. Chemical Bonding and Lewis Structures
Exploring covalent bonding and Lewis structures.
43. Bond Polarity and Electronegativity
Understanding bond polarity and molecular dipoles.
44. Resonance, Formal Charge, and Octet Rule Exceptions
Examining exceptions to standard bonding rules.
45. Bond Length, Bond Energy, and Reaction Enthalpy
Understanding bond strength and its thermodynamic implications.
46. Molecular Geometry and VSEPR Theory
Predicting molecular shapes using VSEPR.
47. Geometries for Steric Numbers 2-6
Exploring electron-pair geometries and molecular structures.
48. Exam 4: Chapters 7-8
Assessment covering bonding and molecular structure concepts.
49. Bond Dipoles, Molecular Dipoles, and Polarity
Relating molecular shape to polarity and dipole moments.
50. Valence Bond Theory and Hybridization
Introduction to orbital hybridization in bonding.
51. Molecular Orbital Theory and Bond Order
Analyzing bonding using molecular orbital diagrams.
52. MO Diagrams, Conductors, and Semiconductors
Understanding electronic properties of materials.
53. Intermolecular Forces and Their Trends
Exploring different types of intermolecular forces.
54. Strength of Intermolecular Forces and Their Effects
Examining how forces influence physical properties.
55. Phase Diagrams and Liquid Properties
Understanding phase transitions and liquid behavior.
56. Solubility and Henry’s Law
Investigating solubility principles and gas-liquid equilibria.
57. Summary of Intermolecular Forces
Reviewing the role of intermolecular interactions.
58. Exam 5: Chapters 9-10
Assessment covering intermolecular forces and solutions.
59. Final Review Part 1
Comprehensive review of key course topics.
60. Final Review Part 2
Continued final exam preparation.
61. Final Review Part 3
Final session before the comprehensive exam.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: ACS STUDY GUIDE
Industrial Wiring, MTRN-2200, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Assignments, quizzes, midterm, and final exam.
Description:
Explores key areas of industrial wiring, including:
- Wiring Diagrams Overview: Introduces various types of electrical wiring diagrams and explains the purpose of each type.
- Industrial Enclosures: Discusses the construction, ratings, components, placement, and selection of industrial enclosures.
- Power Distribution: Examines how power enters and is distributed within industrial enclosures, detailing the components involved, their functions, and the critical role of grounding.
- Output Field Devices: Reviews the functions, symbols, and signals associated with industrial output devices and provides instruction on interpreting basic relay logic diagrams.
- Industrial Sensors and Switches: Covers the functions, symbols, and signal types of various sensors and switches used in industrial automation.
- Introduction to DC Motors: Explains the functions, symbols, control methods, signals, and typical applications of DC motors in industrial settings.
- Introduction to AC Motors: Explains the functions, symbols, control methods, signals, and typical applications of AC motors in industrial environments.
- Industrial Safety Components: Covers the fundamentals of safety systems, the principles and use of emergency stops (E-stops), and the role of safety relays.
- Troubleshooting Techniques: Focuses on diagnosing issues in industrial wiring systems and interpreting wiring diagrams for effective troubleshooting.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Practicum in MFT, MFT-6391R, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Weekly Clinical Development Resources: Each week, students will seek out one resource (e.g., a journal article or some sort of clinical resource) that you will then upload into canvas for the cohort to access in the future. Please make sure to explain what the document is and why it is useful for their clients.
Practicum Journal: Every week, students will do a 1 to 2 page write up where they provide the following: (1) general reflections about their experiences in the therapy room, including their strengths; (2) the overall progress of their clients in terms of outcome and alliance; and (3) an overview of their goals and what they are doing to accomplish them. As part of this, it is strongly encouraged they watch video of themselves at least once a week.
Theory of Change Project: For this assignment, they will be submitting written/edited drafts of their Theory of Change paper. With each submission, they should submit a draft of their Theory of Change paper that has been reviewed by someone on their Committee. By the second submission, they should be able to include video clips demonstrating their use of the model. They will also submit three video clips (2 to 3 minutes long) that they feel reflect their ability to demonstrate key components of the use of this model .
Description:
The primary goal of this course is for you to enhance your delivery of therapeutic services as
well as your professional development. The overall goal is to follow these improvement
guidelines:
1.Identify objectives just beyond your current ability
2.With my help, develop and execute a plan with steps and strategies for reaching your
performance objectives
3.Pay attention to small errors and mistakes so that corrective feedback can be provided
4.With time and repetition, slow but steady improvement will result.
Program Learning Outcomes:
PLO 1: Knowledge and Research: Graduates of our program will develop and demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of systemic MFT theoretical models, and application of research.
PLO 2: Practice: Graduates of our program will exhibit the skills necessary for professional practice as an MFT and demonstrate the knowledge for successful completion of the MFT national exam and MFT licensure.
PLO 3: Diversity: Graduates of our program will develop and incorporate a global worldview and a multicultural focus into their professional practice, with appropriate sensitivity to a diverse clientele.
PLO 4: Ethics: Graduates of our program will be professionals who demonstrate an understanding and commitment to high ethical standards in MFT.
Student Learning Outcomes:
At the successful conclusion of this course, students will be able to:
CLO 1: Develop and defend a professional identity consistent with professional attitudes and behaviors outlined in the AAMFT Code of Ethics, and applicable laws and regulations.
CLO 2: Demonstrate personal confidence in a clinical setting, and evaluate and articulate a deeper understanding of strengths and limitations as individuals and professionals.
CLO 3: Explain and demonstrate collaboration skills that enrich treatment planning, augment intervention techniques, and fortify self-care.
CLO 4: Develop and demonstrate positive relationship skills via effective communication, respect for others, and awareness of their personal impact on others.
CLO 5: Develop accurate assessment skills and formulate effective treatment plans that lead to positive growth and change.
CLO 6: Demonstrate a personal style of treatment that reflects an understanding of major theoretical models.
Required Reading: There is not required textbook for this class. However, students are required to read at least one book that will help them to better understand and work with clients.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Pre-Practicum, MFT-6390, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
1. Reading Reflections and Question Submission: You are expected to submit two thoughtful questions that are related to the readings for each topic by 8 am on the day that the readings are due. You will do this through Canvas. To receive full points, the questions should demonstrate that you have read all of the readings by integrating the topics within the questions you submit. Evidence of integration and thoughtful reflection in the questions will receive higher evaluations. This assignment will help you to continually gain insights on your skills development and self-of-the-therapist work.
2. Role Play of Therapy Skills and Peer Evaluation (this may change to live role plays)
You will be expected to demonstrate competency in basic skills of marriage and family therapy in a taped role play with other class members. The skills you will need to demonstrate include attending, open-ended questions, circular questions, reframing, making the implicit explicit, therapeutic presence, use of space, helping family members engage with each other and stopping escalations and chaotic/destructive interactions. The rubric is in the appendices. The role played case should also involve a contextual issue (e.g. culture, race, ethnicity, gender, religion, sexual orientation, age, or disability). You should tape the 20 minute role play session and then have another student watch your tape and evaluate your skills using the rubric for this assignment available on Canvas. The recording along with the other student’s evaluation is due on the syllabus.
Issues of culture, ethnicity, race, gender, sexual orientation, age, disabilities, and religion often impact the relationships. If clinicians are not aware of these contextual factors, they might not conceptualize the case comprehensively and has a potential in damaging the therapeutic alliance. Your recording of role-played skills should incorporate diversity issues (gender, ethnicity, age, race, religion, sexual orientation, disabilities, etc.).
To pass this competency, you will need to achieve an average rating of at least a “3” on the “Role Play of Basic Skills Scoring Rubric” which is available on Canvas.
3. Self-care Plan
In this assignment, you will develop a self-care plan for yourself and implement it through out your schooling.
Description:
Core Competencies in the MS Program
Core competencies in the MFT program provide a foundation for ethical, effective, and culturally responsive clinical work, encompassing skills like assessment, diagnosis, treatment planning, and relational interventions.
These competencies guide students in integrating theory with practice to promote growth in therapeutic identity and clinical confidence.
MFT Skills: Process vs. Content; Using Reframes; Open-Ended Questions; Attending/Non-Attending
Students learn to distinguish between content (what is said) and process (how it's said and experienced relationally), using techniques like reframing, open-ended questioning, and intentional presence.
These foundational skills help shift conversations toward deeper meaning, build emotional connection, and promote change in relational dynamics.
Therapeutic Alliance
The therapeutic alliance is the collaborative bond between therapist and clients, rooted in trust, empathy, and shared goals.
Strong alliances are essential for effective MFT practice, especially when navigating complex family systems and resistance to change.
Common Factors
Common factors refer to elements shared across all therapy models, such as empathy, client expectations, and therapist credibility, which contribute to treatment outcomes.
Recognizing these elements helps students use their presence and relational skills to support healing, regardless of theoretical orientation.
MFT Skills: Responding with Empathy; Helping Family Members Engage/Interact with Each Other; Making the Implicit Explicit
Therapists are trained to respond empathetically, facilitate interaction among family members, and surface underlying dynamics or emotions that often go unspoken.
These skills enhance connection and insight, supporting systemic awareness and emotional processing within the family.
Cultural Competencies
Cultural competence involves awareness, sensitivity, and responsiveness to clients’ diverse identities, values, and experiences.
Students are taught to examine their own biases and tailor interventions to honor each client’s sociocultural context.
Exploring Contextual Factors in MFT
Contextual factors—such as gender roles, socioeconomic status, immigration, spirituality, and power—impact how problems are understood and addressed in therapy.
Students learn to explore these factors with clients to ensure respectful and relevant clinical work.
MFT Skills: Immediacy, Confrontation, Dealing with Feeling vs. Intellectualization
Therapists practice immediacy to address what is happening in the moment, use respectful confrontation to challenge patterns, and help clients move from intellectual explanations to emotional expression.
These advanced skills deepen the therapeutic process and create opportunities for meaningful systemic shifts.
Ethics: Confidentiality, Dual Relationships, Secrets, Duty to Warn, Mandatory Reporting
Ethical practice in MFT includes maintaining confidentiality, navigating dual relationships, managing secrets within families, and understanding legal duties such as reporting harm.
Students develop ethical decision-making skills to uphold professional standards and client safety.
Self-Care
Self-care is essential for managing stress, preventing burnout, and maintaining therapeutic effectiveness.
Students are encouraged to cultivate self-awareness and resilience practices that support both personal well-being and professional sustainability.
MFT Skills: Circular Questions, De-escalating
Circular questions promote systemic insight by exploring how family members perceive each other's roles and actions, while de-escalation techniques help reduce conflict and restore connection.
These tools support curiosity and calm within emotionally charged sessions.
MFT Skills: Using Space, Sculpting, Taking Relationship Development History, Telephone Contact, First Interview, Joining, Intake Information
Students learn experiential and procedural techniques such as spatial awareness in the room, family sculpting, relational histories, and structured approaches to intake and joining.
These early-session skills establish therapeutic rapport and gather essential context for case formulation.
Case Conceptualization
Case conceptualization involves developing a clear understanding of presenting issues through a systemic and theoretical lens.
Students practice identifying patterns, strengths, and goals that inform intentional treatment planning.
Case Conceptualization; Clinical Assessment; Safety Plan
Therapists integrate conceptualization with clinical assessment to evaluate client risk and protective factors, creating safety plans when necessary.
This process ensures client care is both responsive and structured, particularly in high-risk or crisis situations.
Case Notes, Treatment Planning
Writing effective case notes and treatment plans is key to tracking progress, meeting legal/ethical standards, and communicating clinical reasoning.
Students learn to align treatment goals with client needs and systemic dynamics to support focused, meaningful interventions.
Required Reading: 1. Martin, David G. (2015). Counseling and therapy skills, fourth edition. Prospect Heights, IL: Waveland Press. ISBN: 9781478628750 2. Gehart, Diane (2017). Mastering competencies in family therapy: A practical approach to theories and clinical case documentation, 3rd edition. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole-Cengage. ISBN-13: 978-1305943278
Recommended Reading: McGoldrick, M., & Hardy, K. V. (Eds). (2008). Re-visioning family therapy: Race, culture, and gender in clinical practice (2nd ed.). New York, NY: Guilford.
Assessment in MFT, MFT-6370, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
1. DSM V Quizzes (5 points each; 60 points): Because in this class there is so much factual knowledge to gain, I feel like it is important for you to receive regular feedback in your learning of the material. For that reason, during weeks 4-15 (when we are covering specific sections of the DSM), I will give you a few 5-point quizzes at the beginning of each class period. There are no make-up opportunities for these quizzes, but I do my best not to let it hurt your overall grade too much.
2. Reflection Paper on Call Me Crazy (35 points): The first week of class, you will watch the movie, Call Me Crazy, which depicts the experiences of several people with mental illness. I want you to write a scholarly reflection paper on your experience watching the movie. There is no assigned topic. However, here are some things to think about: What are your personal thoughts about mental illness? How is mental illness viewed in society? What is your role as a therapist in terms of treating mental illness? What about mental illness and advocacy? What do family systems theorists have to add to the conversation about mental illness? After reflecting on these ideas and others, you will write a 2-3 page reflection paper. I don’t want this to only be a stream-of-thought reaction paper. I want you to think about your experience watching the show, including the thoughts and feelings it brought up, and then write a paper on a relevant subject. I anticipate that using 3-5 references would be useful in discussing your ideas and getting your point across.
3. Reaction Paper – Insurance Company Audit (30 points): For this assignment you will contact an insurance company (your personal one or one from the phone book) and ask to speak to the mental health section. Tell the person that you are an MFT intern and have some questions on paneling as well as psychiatric diagnosis. If that person cannot help you, find out who in the company can. Write a short, 2-page synopsis (in APA style) of what you learned from the company about what how you get paneled and about how they use diagnoses. What if there is no diagnosis submitted with a bill? Does it matter what type of diagnose used? Your paper will address what you learned about how the insurance company works, working with the insurance company, and your overall reaction.
4. Role Play/Clinical Psychiatric Interview and SOAP/DAP Note (75 points): You will conduct a 20-minute videotaped role play with a classmate to demonstrate your clinical interviewing skills and knowledge of mental disorders. You will write and turn in a case note using the SOAP note format. In class, you will each have the opportunity to talk about your experience and what you learned. Each student will select two disorders to use for their client role. Once someone has selected a disorder, no one else will be able to use that disorder for their role play. It is first come first serve. The client will not disclose their disorder until we talk about it in class.
5. Personal Theory of Assessment (50 points): This is a 2-3 page summary of your philosophy of assessment and diagnosis and how it fits with your theory about how change occurs in clients. It will become a part of your Theory of Change (ToC) and the final draft will be reviewed by MFT faculty.
6. Case Study Analysis I (75 points): You will find an example from media (this should be a movie that is not already specific to a disorder) and write a 3-4 page case study analysis that will address key diagnostic features and symptoms and differential diagnoses that you considered. As part of this, you will need to provide a comprehensive assessment and diagnosis. I also want you to explain how your assessment and diagnoses provide the framework for your initial treatment approach.
7. Case Study Analysis II (75 points): Choose a moment in your life and write a 3-4 page case study analysis that will address key diagnostic features and symptoms and differential diagnoses that you considered. As part of this, you will need to provide a comprehensive assessment and diagnosis. I also want you to explain how your assessment and diagnoses provide the framework for your initial treatment approach.
8. Supplemental Resources Presentation (75 points): You will present to the class on a particular set of disorders. Everyone will have read about the diagnostic features and symptomatology of the disorders. You should provide depth relating to the thoughts, emotions, and behaviors of individuals associated with these disorders. Strive to provide information on the experiences of these individuals. The presentation should be informative, interactive and give the others connection to resources. A wide variety of teaching styles is encouraged. This portion of the presentation should be 45 minutes. You will also take 15 minutes and provide an overview of the assessment of one of the specific conditions from the readings. For the assessment device, you will discuss the empirical evidence of the assessment (make sure to address reliability and validity), who it should be used with, limitations, sensitivity/specificity, etc. A handout providing an overview of all this information is also required, including a copy of the assessment device and for our clients. Feel free to use the following site as a resource: www.psychiatry.org/dsm5
You are allowed to use AI to help you create your presentation, including pictures or graphs, as well as to create you handout.
9. DSM Vtr (100 points): Instead of having exams, I will be replacing them with a DSM cheat-sheet that you will create. I will be giving you an outline that you will be required to fill out. Basic guidelines and sections will be provided. It is designed to help you gain a basic understanding of each disorder as well as an understanding of the organization of disorders with in the DSM. It is my hope that this will be something that you can use not only to study for the licensing exam, but also to keep with your DSM as a ready reference.
Description:
Comprehensive Assessment
Comprehensive assessment involves a thorough evaluation of a client’s psychological, emotional, behavioral, and relational functioning using interviews, standardized tools, and clinical observation.
In MFT, assessment emphasizes understanding how individual symptoms are embedded within family systems and relational patterns.
SOAP/DAP Note
SOAP (Subjective, Objective, Assessment, Plan) and DAP (Data, Assessment, Plan) notes are structured formats for documenting clinical sessions, helping track client progress and inform treatment.
MFT clinicians use these formats to capture relational dynamics, family interactions, and therapeutic goals within a systemic framework.
Development of Psychopathology
Psychopathology develops through the interaction of biological, psychological, and environmental factors, including early life experiences and genetic vulnerability.
In MFT, assessment of psychopathology includes how developmental factors intersect with family-of-origin influences and current relational contexts.
Mood Disorders
Mood disorders, such as depression and bipolar disorder, are characterized by disruptions in emotional regulation that impact daily functioning.
MFT assessment explores how mood disturbances affect relational roles, communication patterns, and emotional responsiveness within the family system.
Anxiety-Related Disorders
Anxiety disorders involve excessive fear, worry, and behavioral disturbances that impair functioning.
In MFT, assessment includes evaluating how anxiety symptoms influence and are influenced by family dynamics, attachment styles, and coping mechanisms.
Trauma-Related Disorders
Trauma-related disorders, including PTSD, emerge from exposure to deeply distressing or life-threatening events, often resulting in emotional dysregulation and intrusive symptoms.
MFT assessment incorporates understanding the systemic effects of trauma, including family responses, resilience, and generational transmission of trauma.
Personality Disorders
Personality disorders are enduring, inflexible patterns of thinking and behavior that deviate from cultural expectations and impair interpersonal functioning.
In MFT, clinicians assess how maladaptive personality traits affect family roles, boundaries, and relational stability.
Schizophrenia & Psychotic Disorders
These disorders are marked by distorted thinking, perceptions, and behaviors, including hallucinations, delusions, and disorganized speech.
MFT assessment focuses on the family’s understanding of the illness, caregiving burden, and communication patterns that support or hinder treatment adherence.
Substance-Related Disorders
Substance-related disorders involve the misuse of alcohol or drugs, leading to significant impairment in functioning and relationships.
In MFT, assessment includes identifying enabling behaviors, co-dependency, and the impact of substance use on the family system.
Eating Disorders
Eating disorders such as anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa involve distorted body image and maladaptive eating behaviors.
MFT assessment examines family communication about food, control, perfectionism, and emotional expression related to body image.
Sexual Disorders
Sexual disorders include dysfunctions, paraphilic disorders, and gender-related issues that interfere with sexual functioning or identity.
MFT assessment considers the influence of relational intimacy, communication, and cultural/family beliefs about sexuality on symptom expression.
Child/Adolescent Disorders
Child and adolescent disorders include a range of developmental, emotional, and behavioral issues such as ADHD, conduct disorder, and anxiety.
MFT assessment focuses on family structure, parenting styles, school interactions, and peer relationships in understanding and treating these disorders.
Relational Issues/Role Plays
Relational issues involve conflict, miscommunication, or emotional disconnection between partners, family members, or social systems.
In MFT, role plays and assessment tools help uncover interactional patterns, power dynamics, and attachment needs that contribute to relational distress.
Required Reading: American Psychiatric Association (2022). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (5th ed., text rev). Washington, DC: Author. Williams, L., Edwards, T. M., Patterson, J., & Chamrow, L. (2011). Essential assessment skills for couple and family therapists. New York, NY: Guilford Press.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Capstone Research: Psychology, PSY-4910, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Research Paper Proposal (50 points):
Within this proposal you will outline your research questions, questionnaires you will use, and the background research on your topic. This will be your first assignment.
Research Paper (200 points total):
This paper will document your major research project in this course. The paper will be formatted according to the “professional” APA paper standards in the manual. It will be 7500 words (about 15 pages) and include the typical APA research paper sections of Introduction, Method, Results, and Discussion. The paper will also include a title page, abstract, and references, but these sections do not count toward the 7500 word count. You must also include at least one table and one figure. Additionally, you will need to set up your Method section according to the instructions on pg. 49 of your manual. You will submit this paper in sections prior to submitting the final product. Rubrics for each section of the paper will be posted on Canvas. At the end of the semester you will submit your entire paper with all of my edits and suggestions incorporated. The various components of the assignment include:
Class Presentation (50 points):
You will present your project to the class in a Powerpoint format prior to the Final Poster Presentation.
Final Poster Presentation (150 points):
You will submit your poster of your research project prior to the final presentation so that I can print it for you, and then you will present your poster during the psychology major poster session (date TBA).
Psychology Major Field Test (50 points):
In order to pass this course, you must complete the Psychology Major Field Test (dates are TBD). This exam allows the psychology department to assess your learning throughout the UTU Psychology Program. This is a self-study exam. A good way to start studying for this exam is to review the Psychology 1010 textbook as well as reviewing the notes/texts from all of your psychology courses at UTU. The exam will be given in the Testing Center and is approximately two hours in length.
You will automatically fail this course if you:
Violate APA guidelines regarding the ethical treatment of human participants and protection of participant data
Violate APA rules in regard to fabrication of data
Plagiarize per APA and UTU guidelines
Do not take the Major Field Test
Description:
Unit 1 (weeks 1-3):
Syllabus & Research Paper Proposal
- Discuss major course requirements and the basic components of the Research Paper Proposal, which is the first assignment due. Also break out into various research project groups for survey creation and recruitment.
Unit 2 (weeks 4-9):
Introduction Section, Survey Creation & Data Gathering
- Teach the students about the basic requirements for their "Introduction Section" of their research paper. The Introduction Rough Draft is the second assignment that is due. Also teach the students how to create their surveys they will send out for their research projects.
Unit 3 (weeks 10-12):
Data Analysis and Writing the Methods, Results and Discussion Sections
-Review of data analysis methods. Also teach the students about the basic requirements for their Methods, Results and Discussion Sections of their final papers. This is the third assignment due.
Unit 4 (weeks 13-15):
Poster and Final Presentations
Teach the students how to create a research poster and the basic requirements for this assignment. Teach the students about the basic requirements for their poster presentation and in-class presentation. These are the final assignments due in this course. Students also finish their final draft of each section of their paper and submit their final paper during this final unit.
Required Reading: Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association
Recommended Reading: N/A
Prin of Fit & Lifestyles Man, XSCI-2120, Section 40B, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Assignments (Quizzes, Discussions, Labs, Critical Thinking Questions) - 20%
Exam 1: 25%
Exam 2: 25%
Exam 3: 25%
Final Project: 5%
Description:
Module 1: Physical Fitness and Behavior Modification. This module talks about unforeseen issues such as prolonged sitting and its potential health issues.
Module 2: Nutrition for Wellness, Body Composition, and Weight Management. In this module, students will discuss how body composition is calculated and proper weight management.
Module 3: Cardiorespiratory Endurance and Muscular Fitness. Here, students will learn the basics of how important cardiorespiratory endurance and muscular fitness are, as well as how to improve them.
Module 4: Muscular flexibility and personal fitness programming. Here, students will learn how to develop their own personal fitness journey to ensure they are promoting a healthy lifestyle.
Module 5: Stress assessment and management techniques, preventing cardiovascular disease, and cancer prevention. This module is a prevention and treatment module where students learn helpful tips to manage their stress and even prevent cardiovascular disease and cancer.
Module 6: Addictive Behavior and preventing sexually Transmitted Infections. Students will learn the basics of addictive behaviors and how to combat them, as well as sexually transmitted infections and their prevention.
Module 7: Lifetime fitness and wellness supplementary. This final module will contain additional supplementary material to close out the course that may not have been discussed previously.
Required Reading: Principles and Labs for Fitness & Wellness by Hoeger, Hoeger, Fawson, & Hoeger (15th Edition), Cengage Publishers.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Renaissance to Contemp Art, ARTH-2720, Section 2, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Grade Breakdown
1. In-Class Activities (42 total points available)
2. Mini Essays (60 total points available)
3. Applied Learning Projects (40 total points available)
Major Assignments
In-class activities 28 @ 1.5 points each (42 total points available): A
range of in-class activities and assessments will take place daily throughout
the semester. All activities will be open notes so students should always
bring their notes to class. **These will be done on Canvas so please bring
either your laptop or a phone with the Canvas app. If neither of these
options will work for you, please send me an email or come talk to me and
we will make alternate paper arrangements.**
Mini Essays- 6 @ 10 points each (60 total points available): These will
be open-notes, essay-based questions (usually 1-2 questions per
assignment) through which you must answer different questions that will
ask you to showcase your in-class learning. These are not memorization
essays and will demonstrate to me who has been in class and understands
the materials. Types of questions tend to be thematic and might include:
building your compare and contrast along a theme, determining what the
commonalities are amongst a certain set of images, determining an
unknown work of art’s period based on other works, writing an artist’s
statement, etc.
Applied Learning Projects- 4 @ 10 points each (40 total points
available):
• Mughal Patronage Applied Learning Project: For this project, you
will get the opportunity to commission two works of art that align with
Mughal patronage tastes.
• Academy Applied Learning Project: For this project, you will write
either an acceptance or rejection letter to an artist who has sent a
reception piece to the Academy
• Hogarth Applied Learning Project: For this project, you will create
your own Hogarth-inspired satirical series.
• Collecting the Renaissance Applied Learning Project: In this
assignment, you will have the opportunity to assume the identity of a
Renaissance collector and decide what you will collect.
Description:
1. Introduction & Learning to Look
We begin with tools for analyzing visual art and understanding style, context, and meaning—essential skills for engaging with artworks across cultures and centuries.
2. 15th Century: Italian Renaissance
Explore how artists like Masaccio and Botticelli revived classical ideals and developed new techniques like linear perspective in a flourishing humanist culture.
3. 15th Century: Northern European Renaissance
Artists such as Jan van Eyck and Rogier van der Weyden used oil paint and meticulous detail to explore realism, devotion, and identity in the North.
4. 15th Century: Ming Dynasty China
This module focuses on the cultural sophistication of Ming-era China, from porcelain and painting to architecture and the imperial court.
5. 16th Century: Italian Renaissance
Witness the peak of Renaissance innovation with figures like Leonardo, Michelangelo, and Raphael, who fused science, beauty, and expressive form.
6. 16th Century: Momoyama Japanese Art
Learn about Japan’s dramatic artistic transformations under warlords and tea masters, including lavish screen paintings and the rise of wabi-sabi aesthetics.
7. 16th Century: Safavid & Intro to Islamic Art
Explore Safavid Persia’s art of illuminated manuscripts, architecture, and calligraphy, while gaining a broader understanding of Islamic artistic traditions.
8. 16th Century: Kingdom of Benin, West Africa
We investigate the sophisticated bronze and ivory works of the Benin Kingdom, emphasizing art’s role in royal authority and cultural legacy.
9. 16th C: Aztec Empire / 17th C: Viceroyalty of Peru
From ritual Aztec sculpture to Spanish colonial painting in the Americas, this module explores how conquest reshaped visual culture and belief systems.
10. 17th Century: Italian Baroque
Dive into dramatic, theatrical art and architecture from Caravaggio to Bernini, reflecting the power of the Catholic Church during the Counter-Reformation.
11. 17th Century: Dutch Baroque
Examine how artists like Rembrandt and Vermeer reflected middle-class values and everyday life in a booming Dutch Republic.
12. 17th Century: Mughal Empire
This module highlights the luxurious visual culture of the Mughal court, including miniature painting, architecture, and cross-cultural influences.
13. 18th Century: Rococo & Britain
We explore the playful elegance of Rococo art in France and its moralizing counterpoints in British satire and portraiture.
14. 18th Century: Neoclassicism
Inspired by antiquity, Neoclassical art emphasized clarity, virtue, and political ideals, shaping revolutionary narratives across Europe.
15. 18th Century: Qing Dynasty China
From imperial patronage to literati painting, we explore Qing art’s blend of tradition, innovation, and engagement with global influences.
16. 18th Century: Romanticism in Europe
Artists like Goya and Delacroix channeled emotion, nature, and the sublime, reflecting the tensions of revolution and industrialization.
17. 19th Century: Realism & Salon of 1863
This module focuses on artists like Courbet and Manet, who challenged academic traditions by painting the contemporary world in a direct, unidealized style.
18. 19th Century: Edo Period Japan; Polynesian Hawaii
Learn how Japanese woodblock prints and Hawaiian featherwork reflect local values and global encounters in the 19th century.
19. 19th Century: Impressionism
Impressionist artists captured fleeting light and modern life with vibrant brushwork and a fresh vision of the everyday world.
20. 19th Century: Post-Impressionism
Explore how artists like Van Gogh and Cézanne built on Impressionism with bold color, structure, and emotional depth.
21. 19th Century: Pueblo Peoples; Plains Indians of America
This module examines Indigenous artistic traditions in North America, from pottery and mural painting to beadwork and symbolic design.
22. 20th c. Modernism (Fauvism, Cubism, etc.)
Discover how early 20th-century movements like Fauvism and Cubism shattered conventions and redefined the visual language of modernity.
23. 20th c. Modernism (Dada)
We explore Dada’s playful, radical, and anti-art stance in response to war and disillusionment, laying the groundwork for conceptual art.
24. 20th c. Modernism & Post-Modernism (Surrealism, Pop)
From dreamlike Surrealism to bold Pop Art, this module tracks how artists questioned reality, mass culture, and the role of the artist.
25. 20th and 21st c. Contemporary
The final module addresses global contemporary art, emphasizing diversity, identity, activism, and new media in a rapidly changing world.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Statistical Methods/Psychology, PSY-3000, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Labs (35%): Labs will take place after the lecture period. The lab assignments will provide you an opportunity to apply concepts and methods you have learned in lecture to statistics problems. Collaboration with your classmates is encouraged with regard to checking for understanding and asking for help if you feel lost or stuck. Each individual student, however, is required to submit assignments that reflect their own individual work. Unacceptable forms of collaboration that will lead to a score of zero on a lab assignment include: copying answers from other students, splitting up problems among members of a group to work on followed by sharing answers around the group, or any other kind of collaboration that leads to students submitting answers that they themselves do not understand. Each assignment will be submitted on Canvas by each student individually with evidence that he/she completed the necessary computations, analyses, etc. (typically by uploading the Excel workbook you used to complete the assignment). Some lab assignments may include short answer responses – see plagiarism guidelines to ensure that your work is original. Late submissions for lab assignments will be assessed a 30% penalty per day late.
Exams (40%): There will be 4 exams during the semester in addition to the Final Exam. These will take place in the Testing Center. They will require you to solve statistics problems that require the same skills developed during the lab assignments. They will also assess concepts and theory related to statistics. You will be permitted to use some external resources during exams, but only as specified by the instructor. If you feel comfortable completing the lab assignments you should be well-equipped to succeed on the practical exams.
Final Exam (15%): The final exam will be comprehensive and will be open-book, open-note, open-neighbor, open-internet, etc. It will primarily focus on assessing practical application of skills and methods to solve statistical problems (similar to the practical exams) but will also contain conceptual questions.
Assignments and Participation (10%): One outcome of the course is to report methods and statistical results in APA format. There will be several assignments throughout the semester that will require you to either make figures or write reports in APA style. There will be a few other small assignments in this category that will enhance participation in the course and application of knowledge to real-world scenarios. A portion of your grade is this category will also be based on your attendance, your participation in live polls during class, and a few minor assignments not related to course content (e.g. a Getting to Know You survey). Because the lecture and lab are meant to be collaborative, attendance is mandatory. I also reserve the right as the instructor to deduct points from this portion of the grade if a student exhibits a clearly-apparent pattern of disruptive behavior, lack of engagement, lack of attendance, etc. If I feel that your participation needs improvement, I will mention this to you in private and explain what corrections will need to be made. If the prescribed corrections are not made to my satisfaction, then I will deduct an appropriate number of points.
Description:
Week 1
8/20/2025: Introduction to the course, covering the fundamentals of statistics and basic Excel skills necessary for data analysis.
8/22: Learn about different types of variables, how to visualize data, and methods for describing distributions.
Week 2
8/25: Understand the principles of random sampling and statistical notation used in psychological research.
8/27: Explore measures of central tendency (mean, median, mode) and measures of spread (range, variance, standard deviation).
8/29: Introduction to Z-scores, sampling distributions, and the central limit theorem, which are foundational concepts in statistics.
Week 3
9/1: Labor Day – No Class.
9/3: Continue discussing Z-scores, sampling distributions, and the central limit theorem, emphasizing their importance in inferential statistics.
9/5: Learn the principles of probability and how they apply to statistical analysis.
Week 4
9/8: Review key concepts in preparation for the first exam, with optional practice and review during the lab period.
9/10: Introduction to hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses.
9/12: Discuss hypothesis testing errors (Type I and Type II) and the concept of statistical power.
Week 5
9/15: Introduction to T-tests, focusing on their application in comparing means.
9/17: Explore one-sample and matched pairs T-tests, including their assumptions and interpretations.
9/19: Learn about confidence intervals and two-sample T-tests, which are used to compare means from two independent samples.
Week 6
9/22: Review key concepts in preparation for the second exam, with optional practice and review during the lab period.
9/24: Introduction to one-way ANOVA (Analysis of Variance), used to compare means across multiple groups.
9/26: Continue discussing one-way ANOVA, including post-hoc tests and interpretation of results.
Week 7
9/29: Introduction to factorial ANOVA, which examines the interaction effects between multiple independent variables.
10/1: Continue discussing factorial ANOVA, focusing on its application and interpretation.
10/3: Introduction to repeated measures ANOVA, used for analyzing data collected from the same subjects over multiple time points.
Week 8
10/6: Review key concepts in preparation for the third exam, with optional practice and review during the lab period.
10/8: Introduction to correlation, including Pearson's correlation coefficient and its interpretation.
10/10: Continue discussing correlation and introduce linear regression, which models the relationship between two variables.
Week 9
10/13: Continue discussing linear regression, focusing on its application and interpretation.
10/15: Introduction to multiple regression, which models the relationship between one dependent variable and multiple independent variables.
10/17: Introduction to chi-square tests, used for analyzing categorical data.
Week 10
10/20: Review key concepts in preparation for the fourth exam, with optional practice and review during the lab period.
10/22: Final review of all course material in preparation for the final exam.
10/24: Flex day for additional review or catching up on any missed content.
Week 11
10/27: Introduction to the course, covering the fundamentals of statistics and basic Excel skills necessary for data analysis.
10/29: Learn about different types of variables, how to visualize data, and methods for describing distributions.
10/31: Understand the principles of random sampling and statistical notation used in psychological research.
Week 12
11/3: Explore measures of central tendency (mean, median, mode) and measures of spread (range, variance, standard deviation).
11/5: Introduction to Z-scores, sampling distributions, and the central limit theorem, which are foundational concepts in statistics.
11/7: Learn the principles of probability and how they apply to statistical analysis.
Week 13
11/10: Review key concepts in preparation for the first exam, with optional practice and review during the lab period.
11/12: Introduction to hypothesis testing, including null and alternative hypotheses.
11/14: Discuss hypothesis testing errors (Type I and Type II) and the concept of statistical power.
Week 14
11/17: Introduction to T-tests, focusing on their application in comparing means.
11/19: Explore one-sample and matched pairs T-tests, including their assumptions and interpretations.
11/21: Learn about confidence intervals and two-sample T-tests, which are used to compare means from two independent samples.
Week 15
11/24: Review key concepts in preparation for the second exam, with optional practice and review during the lab period.
11/26: Introduction to one-way ANOVA (Analysis of Variance), used to compare means across multiple groups.
11/28: Thanksgiving Break – No Class.
Week 16
12/1: Continue discussing one-way ANOVA, including post-hoc tests and interpretation of results.
12/3: Introduction to factorial ANOVA, which examines the interaction effects between multiple independent variables.
12/5: Continue discussing factorial ANOVA, focusing on its application and interpretation.
Week 17
12/8: Introduction to repeated measures ANOVA, used for analyzing data collected from the same subjects over multiple time points.
12/10: Review key concepts in preparation for the final exam, with optional practice and review during the lab period.
12/12: Final exam (9-10:50am).
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Fundamental Statistics for the Behavioral Science, 9th Edition, Howell
Behavioral Neuroscience, PSY-3710, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Oral Exams: The largest portion of your course grade will come from oral exams, which will assess your understanding of 6 Core Concepts (CC’s). Each exam will involve explaining a core concept to me in your own words and answering some brief follow-up questions about it. No notes or external resources may be used during the oral exams. My goal for each oral exam will be to ensure that you understand the material at more than a superficial level. You are allowed unlimited attempts on each oral exam – you can keep trying until you pass (until the final deadline at the end of the semester, of course). Each oral exam will take about 5 minutes to complete. The oral exams are intended to be pass/fail but you can opt to complete them for a percentage grade. If you opt for this you need to indicate that to me before beginning your exam and it will serve as your final attempt – this option is meant to only be used when the amount of time available prior to the final deadline is limited. Each CC will be weighted the same (each worth 10 points). I’ll provide some feedback after a failed attempt so you can know what areas to focus on for your next attempt. If you pass all 6 CCs off to me, you will receive 60/60 points on this portion of your grade. If you only pass off 5 of the 6 you will receive 50/60 points, etc. Any CCs that have not been passed off (either for full or partial credit) by the final deadline at the end of the semester will receive a grade of 0. To complete an oral exam, you will need to schedule an appointment via Canvas or walk in during my office hours. You will need to meet with me in person unless you have been granted special permission to conduct your oral exam virtually (very rare). Although you have unlimited attempts to pass your oral exams, you must complete at least one attempt for specific CC’s at different points in the semester, as indicated on the course schedule. You will receive points in the Participation category for practicing CCs with classmates, verified by posting a selfie of the two of you to Canvas (Practice Session Selfies).
Open-Book Exams: Four cumulative, open-book, open-note, open-internet, open-neighbor exams will be given over the course of the semester. The purpose of these exams is to assess your understanding of learning objectives that are less central to the primary objectives of the course, but still important. The fourth of these exams will be given during Finals Week and will be relatively comprehensive, but will not have a time limit and will still be open-book, open-note, open-internet, and open-neighbor.
Career Focus Project: During the course of the semester you will conduct a project relevant to your anticipated career or a career of interest to you. This project will involve conducting informational interviews with people who currently work in your field of interest, finding out from them what key concepts related to neuroscience are most relevant to their work, exploring current research on these concepts, and sharing your findings with your classmates. Evidence of conducting your first informational interview is due at mid-term. You will present to the class at the end of the semester the results of your interviews and research exploration.
Service Project: Service learning is defined by Vanderbilt University as “a form of experiential education where learning occurs through a cycle of action and reflection as students seek to achieve real objectives for the community and deeper understanding and skills for themselves." This semester we are planning to conduct a service learning project which will involved hosting a “Brain Night” outreach activity at which groups will prepare presentations for local middle school students. You will be graded based on factual accuracy, effectiveness in presenting at a level appropriate to the audience, and peer ratings of your individual contribution to the project.
Participation: This portion of your grade will be based on your attendance, participation in class activities, and completion of small assignments that do not assess content knowledge (e.g. Getting to Know You “Quiz”), practicing passing off CCs with classmates, and my own rating of your participation. Everyone should get a fully satisfactory rating from me but I reserve the right as the instructor to deduct points from this portion of your grade if I observe a clearly-apparent pattern of disruptive behavior, lack of engagement, missing Oral Exam appointments, etc. If I feel that your participation needs improvement I will mention this to you in private and explain what corrections will need to be made. If the prescribed corrections are not made to my satisfaction, then I will deduct an appropriate number of points.
Description:
Week 1
8/21/2025: Introduction to the course and basic anatomy of the nervous system.
8/26: Overview of nerve cells and resting potentials.
Week 2
8/28: Discussion on action potentials.
9/2: Review of nerve cells, resting potentials, and action potentials.
Week 3
9/4: Examination of synapses and integration of neuronal signals.
9/9: Chemical events at the synapse.
Week 4
9/11: Continuation of chemical events at the synapse.
9/16: Introduction to receptors and drugs.
Week 5
9/18: Review of receptors and drugs.
9/23: Neuroanatomy basics.
Week 6
9/25: Continued discussion on neuroanatomy and review.
9/30: Introduction to sensation and perception, focusing on vision.
Week 7
10/2: Continued exploration of vision.
10/7: Review of sensation and perception.
Week 8
10/9: Auditory and vestibular senses.
10/14: Introduction to fMRI and EEG techniques.
Week 9
10/16: Oral exam appointments.
10/21: Continued discussion on fMRI and EEG.
Week 10
10/23: Continued exploration of auditory and vestibular senses.
10/28: Introduction to somatosensation.
Week 11
10/30: Discussion on movement.
11/4: Introduction to chemosensation.
Week 12
11/6: Review and exploration of optical illusions.
11/11: Oral exam appointments.
Week 13
11/13: Introduction to internal regulation and temperature regulation.
11/18: Continued discussion on internal and temperature regulation.
Week 14
11/20: Introduction to sex and stress.
11/25: Service project group work day.
Week 15
11/27: No Class (Thanksgiving Break).
12/2: Continued discussion on sex and stress.
Week 16
12/4: Introduction to sleep.
12/9: Discussion on hunger and thirst.
Week 17
12/11: Introduction to learning and memory.
Finals Week
12/16: Final exam (oral exam appointments) and open-book final exam.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Biological Psychology 14th Edition, James Kalat
Business Law I, MGMT-3050, Section 2, College of Business
Course Requirements:
• Class participation: 15%
• Legal System Assignment: 10%
• Contract Assignment: 10%
• First exam (in-class multiple choice): 20%
• Second exam (in-class multiple choice): 20%
• Third exam (take-home essays): 25%
Description:
• Class introduction: introduce class; review syllabus; discuss expectations
• Intro to Legal System: discuss the purpose of law and levels of state and federal government
• Constitutional law: discuss structure of government; commerce clause; Bill of Rights
• Administrative law: discuss government regulations and administrative law process
• Civil Litigation: give overview of civil litigation, discovery, trial
• Alternative dispute resolution: describe alternative ways to settle lawsuits, like mediation and arbitration
• Torts: intentional torts; business torts; negligence; damages; strategies to avoid tort lawsuits
• Property: discuss real and personal property
• Criminal law: discuss criminal process, with emphasis on how to avoid fraud
• Contracts: review contract formation, terms, breach, damages, and strategies
• Agency: discuss agency-principal relationship; vicarious liability; agency and contracts
• Employment: discuss employment discrimination, sexual harassment, accommodation
• Consumer law: discuss different ways business face liability for unsafe products or services
• Business Ethics: discuss the ethical decision-making process
• Business formation: review different types of business formation and their advantages
• Securities: discuss securities regulation, avoiding fraud, and necessary disclosures
• Intellectual property: patent, copyright, trademark, trade secrets
• Antitrust: discuss monopolization and per se violations
• Creditors and debtors: general overview of bankruptcy process and secured transactions
Required Reading: Canvas modules
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Criminal Justice, CJ-1010, Section 50, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The text consists of 14 chapters. Each week in the semester will be dedicated to a specific chapter in the book and a recorded lecture will accompany the material in test format. There will be 5 tests; and 5 quizzes each dedicated to a separate area of criminal justice.
Description:
Week #1: Evolution of Crime and Punishment
Week #2: Criminology
Week #3: The Creation of American Policing
Week #4: Ethical Issues in Criminal Justice
Week #5: Criminal Law
Week #6: The Law of Search and Seizure
Week #7: Custodial Interrogations
Week #8: Pretrial Motions
Week #9: Laws of Evidence
Week #10: The Courts and Judiciary
Week #11: Juvenile Justice
Week #12: Sentencing
Week #13: Corrections
Week #14: Freedom of Speech and Cybercrime
Required Reading: “Introduction to Fundamental Concepts in Criminal Justice,” Fourth Edition by Craig Harter (9781792466861)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Criminal Justice, CJ-1010, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The text consists of 14 chapters. Each week in the semester will be dedicated to a specific chapter in the book and a recorded lecture will accompany the material in test format. There will be 5 tests; 5 quizzes; and approximately 13 assignments (11 of these assignments will be 10-15 videos related to a topic in the criminal justice system accompanied by a couple of questions that will need to be answered for credit; 2 assignments will be lengthier assignments that require students to view 2 videos approximately 60-90 minutes in length accompanied by a worksheet that will need to be turned in.
Description:
Week #1: Evolution of Crime and Punishment
Week #2: Criminology
Week #3: The Creation of American Policing
Week #4: Ethical Issues in Criminal Justice
Week #5: Criminal Law
Week #6: The Law of Search and Seizure
Week #7: Custodial Interrogations
Week #8: Pretrial Motions
Week #9: Laws of Evidence
Week #10: The Courts and Judiciary
Week #11: Juvenile Justice
Week #12: Sentencing
Week #13: Corrections
Week #14: Freedom of Speech and Cybercrime
Required Reading: “Introduction to Fundamental Concepts in Criminal Justice,” Fourth Edition by Craig Harter (9781792466861)
Recommended Reading: NA
Criminal Justice Supervision, CJ-2020, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
1. Forum discussions – 44% (11 discussions x 40pts each= 440 possible points)
2. Syllabus quiz – 6% (60 possible points)
3. Exams (2) – 30% (2 exams x 150pts each = 300 possible points)
4. Final paper 20% (200 possible points)
Description:
For students interested in careers in law enforcement, adult or juvenile corrections, private or industrial security, or law. Covers principles of supervision, including motivation, discipline, evaluation, scheduling, work assignments, stress management, and functioning of line and staff, using lectures, videos, guest lecturers, practical problem solving, and text study.
Required Reading: Alarid, L. F. (2016). Community-based corrections (12th ed.). Cengage Learning.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Project Management, ISA-4450, Section 41, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Case Studies: These case studies are meant to help you critically think about and practically utilize the information you have been learning throughout the semester from the Project Management Body of Knowledge.
Quizzes: All quizzes are open and can be completed at any time. Please check for due dates and times. Additional details are posted in Canvas.
Discussion Board Assignment: You must post two articles/current events/etc. (5 points each) that illustrate Project Management at work in the real world and discuss/explain how these relate to some aspect(s) of the course content. You must also comment on 5 other individuals' posts (2 points each) throughout the semester.
PMBOK 7th Edition: These assignments are meant to help introduce you to the PMBOK 7th Edition resources available to you in this course.
Description:
Module 1:
Familiarize yourself with the course page, syllabus, content and deliverables, etc.
Get Student Membership and access to PMI.org
Module 2:
Content:
Project Management Framework (Slides)
Preface of PMBOK 7th Edition (vii – xiv)
The Standard for Project Management
Introduction Section 1.0
Deliverables:
Preface of the PMBOK 7th Edition Quiz
The Standard for Project Management Introduction Quiz
Module 3:
Content:
The Standard for Project Management
A System for Value Delivery Section 2.0
Project Management Principles Sections 3.0 – 3.5
PMI Code of Ethics
Deliverables:
The Standard for Project Management
A System for Value Delivery Section 2.0 Quiz
Project Management Principles Sections 3.0-3.5 Quiz
PMI Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct Quiz
Case Study
Global Green Books
Module 4:
Content:
The Standard for Project Management
Project Management Principles Sections 3.6 – 3.12
Index (read through to find and understand unfamiliar terms)
PMBOK Guide
Introduction Section 1.0
Project Performance Domains Section 2.0
Deliverables:
The Standard for Project Management
Project Management Principles Sections 3.6 – 3.12 Quiz
PMBOK Guide
Introduction and Project Performance Domains Sections 1.0-2.0 Quiz
Case Study
Developing Project Managers at Global Green Books
Module 5:
Content:
PMBOK Guide
Stakeholder Performance Domain Section 2.1
Team Performance Domain Section 2.2
Deliverables:
PMBOK Guide
Stakeholder Performance Domain Section 2.1 Quiz
Team Performance Domain Section 2.2 Quiz
Case Study
Defining Standard Projects at Global Green Books
(Refer to WBS Help Docx in Canvas)
Module 6:
Content:
PMBOK Guide
Development Approach and Life Cycle Performance Domain (Section 2.3)
Planning Performance Domain (Section 2.4)
Deliverables:
PMBOK Guide
Development Approach and Life Cycle Performance Domain Section 2.3 Quiz
Planning Performance Domain Section 2.4 Quiz
Case Study
Managing Change at Global Green Books
Module 7:
Content:
PMBOK Guide
Project Work Performance Domain (Section 2.5)
Delivery Performance Domain (Section 2.6)
Deliverables:
PMBOK Guide
Project Work Performance Domain Section 2.5 Quiz
Project Performance Domain Section 2.6 Quiz
Case Study
Quality Management at Global Green Books
Module 8:
Content:
PMBOK Guide
Measurement Performance Domain (Section 2.7)
Deliverables:
Measurement Performance Domain Section 2.7 Quiz
Case Study
Risk at Global Green Books
Module 9:
Content:
PMBOK Guide
Uncertainty Performance Domain (Section 2.8)
Tailoring (Section 3.0 – 3.4)
Deliverables:
Uncertainty Performance Domain Section 2.8 Quiz
Tailoring Sections 3.0 – 3.4 Quiz
Case Study
Closing Projects at Global Green Books
Module 10:
Content:
PMBOK Guide
Tailoring (Section 3.5 – 3.7)
Models, Methods, and Artifacts
Models Section (Section 4.1 – 4.3)
Deliverables:
PMBOK Guide
Tailoring Sections 3.0-3.7 Quiz
Models Sections 4.0-4.3 Quiz
Case Study
Volkswagen Case Study Analysis (Due 04/08)
Module 11:
Content:
PMBOK Guide
Models, Methods, and Artifacts
Methods (Section 4.4 – 4.5)
Artifacts (Section 4.6 – 4.7)
Deliverables:
Models, Methods, and Artifacts
Methods (Section 4.4-4.5) Quiz
Artifacts (Section 4.6-4.7) Quiz
Module 12:
Content:
PMBOK Guide
Appendix X2 Sponsor
Appendix X3 The Project Management Office
Appendix X4 Product
Glossary
Deliverables:
Discussion Board Assignment
Volkswagen Case Study Analysis
Appendix X2-X4 Quiz
Glossary Quiz
Module 13:
Content: PMBOK 6th Edition
Deliverables:
Student Evaluation Extra Credit Assignment
CAPM 7th Edition Quiz 1
CAPM7th Edition Quiz 2
Module 14:
Content: PMBOK 6th Edition
Deliverables:
CAPM Practice Exams 1-3
PMBOK 6th Edition “Lessons Learned” Assignment
CAPM Practice Exams Assignment
Required Reading: A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide) 7th Edition.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Project Management, ISA-4450, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Case Studies: These case studies are meant to help you critically think about and practically utilize the information you have been learning throughout the semester from the Project Management Body of Knowledge.
Quizzes: All quizzes are open and can be completed at any time. Please check for due dates and times. Additional details are posted in Canvas.
Discussion Board Assignment: You must post two articles/current events/etc. (5 points each) that illustrate Project Management at work in the real world and discuss/explain how these relate to some aspect(s) of the course content. You must also comment on 5 other individuals' posts (2 points each) throughout the semester.
PMBOK 7th Edition: These assignments are meant to help introduce you to the PMBOK 7th Edition resources available to you in this course.
Description:
Module 1:
Familiarize yourself with the course page, syllabus, content and deliverables, etc.
Get Student Membership and access to PMI.org
Module 2:
Content:
Project Management Framework (Slides)
Preface of PMBOK 7th Edition (vii – xiv)
The Standard for Project Management
Introduction Section 1.0
Deliverables:
Preface of the PMBOK 7th Edition Quiz
The Standard for Project Management Introduction Quiz
Module 3:
Content:
The Standard for Project Management
A System for Value Delivery Section 2.0
Project Management Principles Sections 3.0 – 3.5
PMI Code of Ethics
Deliverables:
The Standard for Project Management
A System for Value Delivery Section 2.0 Quiz
Project Management Principles Sections 3.0-3.5 Quiz
PMI Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct Quiz
Case Study
Global Green Books
Module 4:
Content:
The Standard for Project Management
Project Management Principles Sections 3.6 – 3.12
Index (read through to find and understand unfamiliar terms)
PMBOK Guide
Introduction Section 1.0
Project Performance Domains Section 2.0
Deliverables:
The Standard for Project Management
Project Management Principles Sections 3.6 – 3.12 Quiz
PMBOK Guide
Introduction and Project Performance Domains Sections 1.0-2.0 Quiz
Case Study
Developing Project Managers at Global Green Books
Module 5:
Content:
PMBOK Guide
Stakeholder Performance Domain Section 2.1
Team Performance Domain Section 2.2
Deliverables:
PMBOK Guide
Stakeholder Performance Domain Section 2.1 Quiz
Team Performance Domain Section 2.2 Quiz
Case Study
Defining Standard Projects at Global Green Books
(Refer to WBS Help Docx in Canvas)
Module 6:
Content:
PMBOK Guide
Development Approach and Life Cycle Performance Domain (Section 2.3)
Planning Performance Domain (Section 2.4)
Deliverables:
PMBOK Guide
Development Approach and Life Cycle Performance Domain Section 2.3 Quiz
Planning Performance Domain Section 2.4 Quiz
Case Study
Managing Change at Global Green Books
Module 7:
Content:
PMBOK Guide
Project Work Performance Domain (Section 2.5)
Delivery Performance Domain (Section 2.6)
Deliverables:
PMBOK Guide
Project Work Performance Domain Section 2.5 Quiz
Project Performance Domain Section 2.6 Quiz
Case Study
Quality Management at Global Green Books
Module 8:
Content:
PMBOK Guide
Measurement Performance Domain (Section 2.7)
Deliverables:
Measurement Performance Domain Section 2.7 Quiz
Case Study
Risk at Global Green Books
Module 9:
Content:
PMBOK Guide
Uncertainty Performance Domain (Section 2.8)
Tailoring (Section 3.0 – 3.4)
Deliverables:
Uncertainty Performance Domain Section 2.8 Quiz
Tailoring Sections 3.0 – 3.4 Quiz
Case Study
Closing Projects at Global Green Books
Module 10:
Content:
PMBOK Guide
Tailoring (Section 3.5 – 3.7)
Models, Methods, and Artifacts
Models Section (Section 4.1 – 4.3)
Deliverables:
PMBOK Guide
Tailoring Sections 3.0-3.7 Quiz
Models Sections 4.0-4.3 Quiz
Case Study
Volkswagen Case Study Analysis (Due 04/08)
Module 11:
Content:
PMBOK Guide
Models, Methods, and Artifacts
Methods (Section 4.4 – 4.5)
Artifacts (Section 4.6 – 4.7)
Deliverables:
Models, Methods, and Artifacts
Methods (Section 4.4-4.5) Quiz
Artifacts (Section 4.6-4.7) Quiz
Module 12:
Content:
PMBOK Guide
Appendix X2 Sponsor
Appendix X3 The Project Management Office
Appendix X4 Product
Glossary
Deliverables:
Discussion Board Assignment
Volkswagen Case Study Analysis
Appendix X2-X4 Quiz
Glossary Quiz
Module 13:
Content: PMBOK 6th Edition
Deliverables:
Student Evaluation Extra Credit Assignment
CAPM 7th Edition Quiz 1
CAPM7th Edition Quiz 2
Module 14:
Content: PMBOK 6th Edition
Deliverables:
CAPM Practice Exams 1-3
PMBOK 6th Edition “Lessons Learned” Assignment
CAPM Practice Exams Assignment
Required Reading: A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide) 7th Edition.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Object Oriented Programming, CS-1410, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Exercises (Prep for canvas quiz exams): 5%
Quizzes: 5%
Project: 20%
Drills: 15%
Programming Assignments: 15%
Exam 1: 10%
Exam 2: 10%
Final Exam - Practical (15%) & Canvas Quiz(5%): 20%
Description:
Unit 1: Review and Setup
Covers course introduction and review of core Python concepts from CS1400. Emphasis on understanding range and setting up expectations for future projects.
Unit 2: Data Types and Abstraction
Introduces composite data types, mutability, tuples, and abstraction. Students begin working with structured data and conceptual modeling.
Unit 3: Modular Programming
Focuses on organizing programs using modules, docstrings, and multiple files. Students practice encapsulating code for reuse and clarity.
Unit 4: Object-Oriented Programming Basics
Introduces user-defined objects, class definitions, and modularity. Builds foundation for using object-oriented programming to structure solutions.
Unit 5: Debugging and Error Handling
Teaches strategies for debugging, handling exceptions, and collaborative troubleshooting. Emphasis on systematic problem-solving in code.
Unit 6: References and Functional Design
Covers object references, aliasing, cloning, pure functions, and the advantages of OOP. Encourages clean and predictable function design.
Unit 7: Object Relationships
Explores containment, sameness, and copying mechanisms. Practice with object composition and managing object state.
Unit 8: Inheritance and Class Hierarchies
Introduces inheritance and UML diagrams for extending classes. Students learn how to design class hierarchies and reuse code.
Unit 9: Polymorphism and Libraries
Covers polymorphism and using libraries such as Pygame. Students apply OOP concepts to build interactive applications.
Unit 10: Operator Overloading
Teaches how to override built-in Python operators. Students learn how to define custom behavior for class instances using operator methods.
Unit 11: Final Project Development
Students work on a multi-stage final project applying all concepts learned. Emphasizes project planning, implementation, and team collaboration.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: “How to Think Like a Computer Scientist: Learning with Python 3” by Jeffrey Elkner, Peter Wentworth, Allen B. Downey, and Chris Meyers; “How to Think Like a Computer Scientist: Interactive Edition” by Allen Downey; "Python Programming: An Introduction to Computer Science" by John Zelle; "Python Crash Course" by Eric Matthes
Grad Plan & Career Prep I, SET-1000, Section 41, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Understanding Your Degree Requirements Quiz
Career Triangle & Goals Worksheet
Submit Draft 1 Grad Plan for Review
Submit Draft 2 Grad Plan for Review
Peer Review
Course Evaluation
Second Draft Advisor Review Meeting
Submit Final Draft Grad Plan for Review
Create Navigate Academic Plan
Register for Classes
Description:
Development & Drafts: Students will learn how to read catalog course descriptions to understand program requirements, prerequisites, course rotations, etc. relevant to the completion of their degree. Students will identify some post graduation goals and explore supplemental resources or activities they can take advantage of to make the most of their education. Students will develop a first draft, edit a second draft based on feedback, solicit peer feedback, and schedule a meeting with their Academic Advisor.
Final: Students will meet with their Academic Advisor to polish their final draft, discuss any immediate fixes or things they will want to be aware of in future semesters, and discuss any concerns for the completion of their degree. Students are asked to create a plan based on this final review in EAB Navigate for departmental enrollment estimates. Students register based on their plan, and learn how to address issues due to scheduling that may arise.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intermediate Spanish I, SPAN-2010, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Written Exams (x4)
Homework (x5)
Oral Interviews (x3)
Final
Description:
Chapter 1 Cultural review of Spanish in US. Review of present tense, ser vs. estar, and verbs like gustar, related readings.
Chapter 2 Cultural review of Mexico. Review of preterite and imperfect tenses, related readings.
Chapter 3 Cultural review of the Carribean, grammar introduction of subjunctive mood and command forms with related readings.
Chapter 4 Cultural review of Central America with continued introduction of subjunctive mood, review of reflexive verbs, differences between por and para with related readings.
Chapter 5 Cultural review of northern Andes region, review of the future and conditional tenses, relative pronouns with related readings.
Required Reading: Imagina: español sin fronteras, 5th edition. José Blanco, et al. Boston: Vista, 2023. Packet, to include Student Activities Manual, website access.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Digital Film Internship, FILM-4900R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Digital Film Internship (FILM-4900R)
We will be meeting during the first week of school on in Jennings 175 to discuss the ins and outs of this internship course and what everyone's options and goals are. This meeting is required.
The requirement to pass the course is to obtain 90 hours and write a one-page paper on what you learned at the semester’s end. That is an average of 6 hrs per week spent on Internship. You will be using an hours log to fill in your hours as we move throughout the semester.
You are allowed to bring in 45 hours to meet your 90 from an experience outside of a class going back one year.
Please have call sheets emailed to me by week 2 to prove your hours and fill them out on the hours log. If you worked for an outside internship please fill out the attached form, have it signed by your advisor/boss and return it to me. https://dixie.instructure.com/courses/988038/files?preview=166621720
We will communicate mostly by group text. You will receive a follow up calendar invite to all shoots in your email. PLEASE RSVP. This helps me see who is reading their email. For longer more complicated messages I will email. You must check email for this class.
ROLES NEEDED THIS FALL (subject to change):
I'm looking for a professional level motion graphics artist for internship credit.
Help with special events; Auditions/Casting Call, End of Semester, or End of Year Screenings.
Company/Casting Call-Eccles Mainstage. I need two producers on this to work with the Pre-Production Class and make sure all our ducks are in a row.
DIT for the Casting Call: INFORMATION WILL BE SENT VIA EMAIL for all log-ins. DIT will upload all headshots to the acting database and upload Footage to our youtube channel. DIT will also send headshots out to all the participants through google drive folder. This job will probably last about two weeks post Casting Call depending on fast you work. DIT needs to monitor digital submissions as well.
Hours that count for internship:
Any work on UTSC Projects; shooting, producing, gaffing editing etc IE: Jubilee of Trees, IHC...
External editing projects.
DOCUTAH International Film Festival -data collection, sound booth, quick video & photos ads/highlights, panels and events, volunteering in general.
Desertscape Film Festival Social media content, quick video ads/highlights, Wix website building, graphics and design of additional panels and events, Award Ceremony graphics, and volunteering in general.
Established internship with UMAC (must be prearranged)
Any hours completed for an external internship source of your choice with proper documentation and signatures.
Any hours completed for a capstone when you are NOT enrolled in the capstone class. Director must sign documentation proving your hours. (usually pertains to fresh and soph)
Filming and editing footage for BTS at any film department event to be used on social media (final product must pass a QC test)
End of Semester Screening pamphlet and flyer (graphic design)
Carving Slate Awards for Screenings
GRADING:
You will be required to write a one-page paper summing up your internship experience during the last couple weeks of class.
Please fill this out weekly with your phone number. You will also be hearing from me on a weekly basis to check in on your progress and make sure you are hitting your goals. Failure to not fill out your hours can effect your grade and in some cases result in failure. We will be meeting when necessary, to organize for certain projects.
CAUSE FOR FAILING THIS CLASS:
Chronically not responding to emails and text job requests
Chronically not adding your hours into the log. ( I need to know what you're up to).
Not being an active participant in obtaining hours for this class. You will have to seek hours out.
Email me at ANYTIME with questions or concerns: Tisa.Zito@utahtech.edu. I prefer email to text unless its urgent like you are on set or it involves a job happening that day or the next morning.
Description:
This unit covers the application of various skills learned throughout years as a film student to practical and professional settings.
Required Reading: NA
Recommended Reading: NA
Digital Art, ART-2120, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Weeks 1–2
Digital Mark-Making Exercises
Intro assignment to familiarize students with brushes, pressure sensitivity, and interface navigation.
Elements & Principles Image Assignment
Students create a digital composition that demonstrates the principles of design using found or created imagery.
Module 2: Raster Compositing & Photo Manipulation
Weeks 3–5
Photo Manipulation Study
Students combine multiple photos into one believable and visually interesting composition.
Compositing Assignment
Layer masking, color correction, and effects used to create a thematic or surreal image.
Double Exposure Assignment
Students create a conceptual image using double exposure or clipping mask techniques.
Module 3: Digital Painting & Custom Tools
Weeks 6–8
Brush Creation Assignment
Students design and implement custom brushes and textures for digital work.
Digital Painting Study
A study focusing on painting form, light, and surface in Photoshop.
Self-Guided Painting Project
A painting piece based on student-chosen subject matter that demonstrates storytelling and conceptual depth.
Module 4: Vector Graphics & Design
Weeks 9–11
Logo Recreation Assignment
Students recreate an existing logo to understand vector tools, accuracy, and file formatting.
Low Poly Design
Creating a stylized portrait or object using the low poly design aesthetic.
Module 5: Typography, Motion, and Digital Applications
Weeks 12–14
Poster Design Assignment
Combining type and image in a poster layout using principles of hierarchy and clarity.
Animated Poster
Students animate a portion of their poster using motion design principles (e.g., loop, timing, emphasis).
Social Media Design
Students adapt a project or create a new visual for a specific social platform, considering branding and audience.
Final Module
Weeks 15–16
Final Project Proposal
Written and visual plan outlining the student’s concept, timeline, and techniques for their final project.
Final Digital Art Project
A summative piece that demonstrates technical skill, personal voice, and thoughtful use of digital tools.
Description:
Week 1: Introduction to Digital Art & Course Expectations
Overview of the course, software, and expectations. Students begin basic mark-making exercises and explore the digital workspace.
Week 2: Visual Language – Elements and Principles in Digital Media
Understanding and applying the elements and principles of design through a hands-on image-based assignment. Discussion on resolution and image quality.
Week 3: Foundations of Photo Manipulation
Students explore tools for editing and combining photographs while practicing balance, contrast, and visual hierarchy.
Week 4: Compositing Techniques
In-depth work session on combining multiple images and refining composition using adjustments and layer management.
Week 5: Visual Effects and Layer Modes
Lecture on layer modes, blending techniques, and using effects to enhance digital compositions.
Week 6: Conceptual Imagery – Double Exposure Techniques
Using clipping masks and conceptual thinking to create layered, meaningful visual narratives.
Week 7: Brush Customization and Digital Painting Tools
Students learn to create and manipulate custom brushes for expressive mark-making and painterly effects.
Week 8: Introduction to Digital Painting
Techniques for building up digital paintings through value, color, and texture. Exploration of subject, mood, and storytelling.
Week 9: Self-Guided Conceptual Project
Independent project planning and execution. Students develop a concept-driven piece applying prior techniques.
Week 10: Vector Tools and Workspace Management
Students are introduced to the pen tool and vector-based design. Workspace customization and logo recreation assignment.
Week 11: Low Poly Design and Image Trace
Lecture on simplification of forms and use of planes in low poly style artwork. Emphasis on geometry and color.
Week 12: Typography, Layout, and Poster Design
Combining image, text, and design elements into a cohesive composition for poster design. Design hierarchy and messaging.
Week 13: Introduction to Motion Graphics
Students explore time-based media and begin animating poster content for digital environments.
Week 14: Designing for Social Media
Adapting artwork for digital platforms. Discussion on audience, scale, format, and engagement strategies.
Week 15: Final Project Development
Students conceptualize, plan, and begin work on a final piece that demonstrates mastery of digital tools and personal voice.
Week 16: Final Critique and Portfolio Presentation
Students present and defend their final projects in a formal critique setting. Discussion of portfolio development and career preparation.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Beginning Spanish I, SPAN-1010, Section 2, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Written Tests (biweekly)
Homework (weekly)
Oral exams (interviews x2)
Final
Description:
Chapter 1 Introduction to the language including greetings, alphabet, use of adjectives descriptions, negation, basic vocabulary of colors, numbers, clothes, noun agreement in gender and number.
Chapter 2 Vocabulary of days and months, things in a classroom, verbs for positions and possession, using “ser” for description and origin, countries and peoples, vocabulary for parts of the body.
Chapter 3 Verbs like “jugar” and “ir”, the use of “gustar” for likes and dislikes, telling time, regular present tense verbs, demonstrative adjectives and pronouns, weather expressions, and verbs with an irregular “yo” form.
Chapter 4 Use of possessives, expressing preferences, vocabulary on family, more countries, filling out forms, and making plans.
Chapter 5 Using reflexive verbs, expressing daily routine, irregular verb conjugations, vocabulary for food, use of direct object pronouns, cultural review of holidays, more verbs and states of health and emotion.
Chapter 6 Use of indirect object pronouns and the present progressive tense, vocabulary for school subjects, words to express frequency of actions, the verbs “saber” and “poder”, expressing obligations, vocabulary for employment, differences between “ser” and “estar”
Chapter 7 Differences between “conocer” and “saber”, vocabulary about cities and neighborhoods, making comparisons, vocabulary centered on home and furniture, and domestic activities and chores.
Required Reading: https://uen.pressbooks.pub/span1010cartmill
Recommended Reading: N/A
Beginning Spanish I, SPAN-1010, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Written Tests (biweekly)
Homework (weekly)
Oral exams (interviews x2)
Final
Description:
Chapter 1 Introduction to the language including greetings, alphabet, use of adjectives descriptions, negation, basic vocabulary of colors, numbers, clothes, noun agreement in gender and number.
Chapter 2 Vocabulary of days and months, things in a classroom, verbs for positions and possession, using “ser” for description and origin, countries and peoples, vocabulary for parts of the body.
Chapter 3 Verbs like “jugar” and “ir”, the use of “gustar” for likes and dislikes, telling time, regular present tense verbs, demonstrative adjectives and pronouns, weather expressions, and verbs with an irregular “yo” form.
Chapter 4 Use of possessives, expressing preferences, vocabulary on family, more countries, filling out forms, and making plans.
Chapter 5 Using reflexive verbs, expressing daily routine, irregular verb conjugations, vocabulary for food, use of direct object pronouns, cultural review of holidays, more verbs and states of health and emotion.
Chapter 6 Use of indirect object pronouns and the present progressive tense, vocabulary for school subjects, words to express frequency of actions, the verbs “saber” and “poder”, expressing obligations, vocabulary for employment, differences between “ser” and “estar”
Chapter 7 Differences between “conocer” and “saber”, vocabulary about cities and neighborhoods, making comparisons, vocabulary centered on home and furniture, and domestic activities and chores.
Required Reading: https://uen.pressbooks.pub/span1010cartmill
Recommended Reading: N/A
Human-Computer Interaction, SE-3400, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Course Summary:
Date Details Due
Wed Aug 20, 2025 Assignment Quiz - Getting Started - Introduction to SE3400 due by 11:59pm
Thu Aug 21, 2025 Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Assignment Notes - HCI Basics (Introduction) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Notes - Exploring HCI (Introduction) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - Exploring HCI (Introduction) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - HCI Basics (Introduction) due by 11:59pm
Sun Aug 24, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - Task-Driven or Tool-Tangled due by 11:59pm
Discussion Topic Learning Activity - The Three Faces of HCI due by 11:59pm
Tue Aug 26, 2025 Assignment Notes - Introduction (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - Introduction (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Thu Aug 28, 2025 Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Sun Aug 31, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - Team Up & Talk due by 11:59pm
Discussion Topic Learning Activity - The Views of the User due by 11:59pm
Mon Sep 1, 2025 Calendar Event No Classes - Labor Day 12am
Tue Sep 2, 2025 Assignment Notes - Direct Manipulation & Invisible Interfaces (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Notes - Feedback Cycles (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - Direct Manipulation & Invisible Interfaces (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - Feedback Cycles (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Thu Sep 4, 2025 Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Sun Sep 7, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - Direct Control, Invisible Design due by 11:59pm
Discussion Topic Learning Activity - Reimagining The Payment Process due by 11:59pm
Tue Sep 9, 2025 Assignment Quiz - Introduction (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Notes - Introduction (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Thu Sep 11, 2025 Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Sun Sep 14, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - The Problem Space due by 11:59pm
Tue Sep 16, 2025 Assignment Notes - Needfinding (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - Needfinding (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Thu Sep 18, 2025 Calendar Event Initial Plan Due 12am
Sun Sep 21, 2025 Assignment Milestone 1 - Needfinding (Part I) due by 11:59pm
Tue Sep 23, 2025 Assignment Notes - Task Analysis (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - Task Analysis (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Thu Sep 25, 2025 Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Sun Sep 28, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - Break Down Tasks, Build Up Design due by 11:59pm
Assignment Milestone 1 - Needfinding (Part II) due by 11:59pm
Tue Sep 30, 2025 Assignment Notes - Design Alternatives (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - Design Alternatives (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Sun Oct 5, 2025 Assignment Milestone 2 - Design Alternatives (Part I) due by 11:59pm
Tue Oct 7, 2025 Assignment Notes - Design Principles & Heuristics (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - Design Principles & Heuristics (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Thu Oct 9, 2025 Calendar Event No Classes - Fall Break 12am to Oct 11 at 12am
Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Sun Oct 12, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - From Flaws to Function due by 11:59pm
Discussion Topic Milestone 2 - Design Alternatives (Part II) due by 11:59pm
Tue Oct 14, 2025 Assignment Notes - Mental Models & Representations (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - Mental Models & Representations (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Thu Oct 16, 2025 Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Sun Oct 19, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - Breaker Box Reimagined due by 11:59pm
Assignment Midterm Exam (Remotely Proctored) due by 11:59pm
Tue Oct 21, 2025 Assignment Notes - Prototyping (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - Prototyping (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Sun Oct 26, 2025 Assignment Milestone 3 - Prototyping (Part I - Low-Fidelity) due by 11:59pm
Tue Oct 28, 2025 Assignment Notes - Human Abilities (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - Human Abilities (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Thu Oct 30, 2025 Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Sun Nov 2, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - Sense & Sensibility in Design due by 11:59pm
Assignment Milestone 3 - Prototyping (Part II - High-Fidelity) due by 11:59pm
Tue Nov 4, 2025 Assignment Notes - Distributed Cognition (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - Distributed Cognition (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Thu Nov 6, 2025 Calendar Event Discussion Posts Due 12am
Sun Nov 9, 2025 Discussion Topic Learning Activity - Rethinking How We Navigate due by 11:59pm
Tue Nov 11, 2025 Assignment Notes - Evaluation (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - Evaluation (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Sun Nov 16, 2025 Assignment Milestone 4 - Evaluation (Part I) due by 11:59pm
Tue Nov 18, 2025 Assignment Notes - HCI and Agile Development (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Notes - Interfaces & Politics (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - HCI and Agile Development (HCI Methods) due by 11:59pm
Assignment Quiz - Interfaces & Politics (HCI Principles) due by 11:59pm
Sun Nov 23, 2025 Assignment Milestone 4 - Evaluation (Part II) due by 11:59pm
Mon Nov 24, 2025 Calendar Event No Classes - Thanksgiving Break 12am to Nov 29 at 12am
Tue Dec 2, 2025 Calendar Event Peer Reviews Due 12am
Assignment Course Evaluation (Extra Credit) due by 11:59pm
Thu Dec 4, 2025 Assignment Final Project Presentation & Submission due by 11:59pm
Fri Dec 5, 2025 Calendar Event Classes End 12am
Sat Dec 6, 2025 Assignment Final Exam (Remotely Proctored) due by 11:59pm
Description:
An introduction to the fundamentals of human-computer interaction, user interface design, and usability analysis. Examines interaction design, implementation, and evaluation of many various types of user interfaces, supported by lectures, readings, discussions, and a hands-on approach to an interaction design team project. Topics include overviews of human information processing subsystems, user interfaces, and a variety of design and evaluation methods used in interaction design.
Required Reading: n/a
Recommended Reading: n/a
Interm Writing Selected Topics, ENGL-2010, Section 50, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
For the English 2010: Intermediate Writing course, the major grade-earning assignments consist of three formal writing projects: a Comparative Analysis (5-6 pages), an Argument Synthesis (5-6 pages), and a Research-based project (10-12 pages) with an Annotated Bibliography. These assignments are summative assessments that require students to write a total of at least 18 essay pages, totaling 5,000-5,600 words. The course also includes formative assessments such as preparation checks and research write-ups, and informal writing assignments including in-class responses and short written responses to readings. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test to assess learning progress during the semester. The grading scale ranges from A (94-100%) to F (below 60%), with a minimum passing grade of C (74%) required for the course.RetryClaude can make mistakes. Please double-check responses.
Description:
Unit 1: Comparative Analysis
This unit focuses on teaching students to evaluate and compare different perspectives or texts using critical thinking skills. Students will learn to identify underlying assumptions and biases while developing a precise thesis that controls their essay structure.
Unit 2: Argument Synthesis
This unit covers the creation of effective argumentative writing that incorporates multiple sources. Students will learn to apply relevant and convincing evidence to support their positions while developing standard written English composition skills.
Unit 3: Research-Based Writing
This unit teaches students comprehensive research techniques and ethical citation practices. Students will learn to incorporate research through effective quotation, paraphrasing, and summarizing while avoiding plagiarism in preparation for their final 10-12 page research paper.
Required Reading: Behrens & Rosen’s Writing and Reading Across the Curriculum, 14th edition (ISBN-13: 9780134681344)
Recommended Reading: n/a
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 50, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The course requires students to write a minimum of 4 essays totaling at least 4,500 words using a recursive process. Two of these essays must be approximately 5 pages in length (1,250 words), one must be at least a 5-page research essay incorporating sources, and no more than one can be a narrative essay. The specific formal writing projects include: Project #1: Literacy Narrative (3-4 pages), Project #2: Argument Synthesis (3-4 pages), Project #3: Literary Analysis (3-4 pages), and Project #4: Research-based project (5-6 pages). Students will also complete informal writing assignments including in-class responses to readings and short written responses to homework readings. Additionally, students will take a course-specific pre- and post-test assessment, work in groups during writing workshops, and attendance is mandatory, potentially accounting for up to 5% of the final grade.
Description:
Unit 1: Literacy Narrative (Project #1)
This unit introduces students to the writing process through personal narrative exploration. Students will examine their own literacy experiences and compose a 3-4 page narrative that demonstrates effective storytelling techniques and personal reflection.
Unit 2: Argument Synthesis (Project #2)
This unit focuses on developing analytical and argumentative writing skills through source evaluation and synthesis. Students will learn to evaluate evidence, identify logical fallacies, and compose a 3-4 page synthesis essay that effectively incorporates multiple perspectives on a topic.
Unit 3: Literary Analysis (Project #3)
This unit teaches students to analyze literary texts and develop interpretive arguments about literature. Students will learn critical reading strategies and compose a 3-4 page analytical essay that demonstrates close reading skills and thoughtful textual interpretation.
Unit 4: Research-Based Writing (Project #4)
This unit builds research and documentation skills through a comprehensive research project. Students will learn to locate, evaluate, and ethically incorporate sources to compose a 5-6 page research paper that demonstrates information literacy and proper MLA citation practices.
Required Reading: The Norton Field Guide to Writing with readings + handbook
Recommended Reading: n/a
Senior Seminar, COMM-4980, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The overall grade is comprised of 9 components, worth 500 points, as described below:
1. Benchmark Meetings (80 Points; 4 Required @20 Points Each).
2. Topic Proposal (50 Points).
3. Scholarly Review (75 Points).
4. Peer Review (50 Points).
5. Rubric Construction (35 Points).
6. Discussion (50 Points).
7. Final Paper (100 Points).
8. Capstone Presentation (50 Points).
9. Course Evaluation (10 Points).
Description:
1. AUG 20, WED: First Day of class in Fall 2025 Semester, Introductions, Review Course Syllabus, and Discuss Expectations.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
2. AUG 29, FRI: Benchmark Meeting #1, Discuss/Finalize Topic Proposal.
You and I will meet during Week 2 for our Benchmark Meeting #1, which may be face-to-face (in my office) or virtually via Zoom, during which, together, we will discuss and finalize your topic proposal. Please come prepared with some topics that interest you and you are passionate about and we will try to finalize your Capstone project around that/those topic(s).
.....................................................................................................................................................................
3. SEP 07, SUN: Topic Proposal Due.
Your topic proposal should be a Word document, 500 words or approximately 2-pages, double-spaced, Times New Roman, 12-size font, 1-inch margins, written in the APA Style of Citation (7th Edition).
List the type of project that you wish to produce, highlighting the option that you chose (as discussed and finalized in our Benchmark Meeting #1, and available on your Topic Proposal Form).
Describe and discuss briefly the topic or entity (organization) that you plan to analyze/research/study/explore.
Describe and discuss briefly how you plan to analyze/research/study/explore your topic. Note: I recommend that you review and discuss at least 3-5 published articles on your topic in your topic proposal document. For example, 1-2 articles focusing on your Theoretical Framework (Communication Theory) and 2-3 articles focusing on your Topic Proposal (the one that you will be researching for your Capstone).
Describe and discuss briefly the communication theory or theoretical framework that you would apply for analysis (as discussed and finalized in our Benchmark Meeting #1, and available on your Topic Proposal Form). Note: I recommend that you review and discuss at least 1 published article on your communication theory in your topic proposal document.
..........................................................................................................................................................................
4. SEP 19, FRI: Benchmark Meeting #2, Discuss before submitting the Peer Review.
During this meeting, we will discuss the progress of your project, Scholarly Review, and Peer Review.
..........................................................................................................................................................................
5. OCT 05, SUN: Scholarly Review Due.
Your scholarly review should be 2,000 words or approximately 8-pages (double-spaced) long. These 8-pages are including the 2 pages that you have already written for the Topic Proposal (2-pages of Topic Proposal and 6-pages of Scholarly Review).
Go back to your Topic Proposal document, read my comments on it in Canvas, as part of my grading and related recommendation, and (a) incorporate my recommendations, (b) provide references for the claims that you have already made in your Topic Proposal.
Use the finished Topic Proposal document (after incorporating my recommendations) as the starting document for starting the Scholarly Review. This will provide you with an excellent starting point, for your Scholarly Review (you already have good ideas, good connections with your communication theory and, now, you can provide the references for the one or two or a few claims that you have already made in your Topic proposal, and build your Scholarly Review using the Topic Proposal as the starting document.
Collect, review, and discuss 10-12 scholarly sources (mostly published articles; can be 1-2 videos of an already published/available interview from which you can collect some data/information to support your topic), on your topic, that you believe can be used in your final deliverable (final project paper). The references that you have used for your topic proposal will count toward your total 10-12 references.
Your scholarly review should cover current (last 10 years) and relevant (related to the topic of the scholarly review) published articles reviewed/discussed in it. 2 of your 10-12 references can be older than 10 years.
Your scholarly review will be a traditional literature review in which you will tie together your topic of interest and your communication theory related to your topic of interest, supported by 10-12 scholarly resources.
Your scholarly review will be the foundation of your final project and comprise the bulk of your writing.
In your scholarly review, you should be able to articulate, (a) what you are studying, (b) why you are studying it, and (c) how you plan to study it.
........................................................................................................................................................................
6. OCT 19, SUN: Peer Review Due.
A. Note:
Your assigned scholarly reviews will be coded to ensure anonymity with alphanumeric coding.
You will be emailed individually your assigned scholarly review via Canvas.
As a peer reviewer of the assigned scholarly review, you will review the scholarly review and submit the reviewed scholarly review in Assignments-Peer Review. Following all submissions, I will review and provide further feedback.
Your peer review will be a 250-300 word or approximately 1-page, double-spaced, reviewer report on your assigned scholarly review.
All the identifiers (cover page, name at the top of the page, etc.) will be removed from all the assigned scholarly review so that your review is a single blind review (not knowing whose article you are reviewing) and that all reviewers remain anonymous, as in a typical professional single blind review process.
You are expected to be professional, critical, conceptual, constructive, thorough, ethical, and encouraging in your review process, as you want to coach and guide your peer through the scholarly review process, so that your peer’s paper becomes better after the peer review.
In your review report, please provide the grade for your peer review out of 50 points (total points that you would give out of 50).
B. Peer Review Rubric: Please review the assigned scholarly review considering the following:
Does the scholarly review follow all the rubric instructions? Please note that these instructions are given in our course syllabus, scholarly review rubric (in Canvas-Modules-Week 6), and also in the Assignments (they all are the same, just made available in 3 different locations). You all know these rubric instructions/requirements, as you all followed them for your own scholarly review article.
Does the scholarly review have a total of about 2,000 words or approximately 8 pages (without the references)?
Does the scholarly review have the required 10-12 scholarly sources (published articles, etc.) reviewed/discussed in it?
Does the scholarly review cover current (last 10 years) and relevant (related to the topic of the scholarly review) published articles reviewed/discussed in it? It can have 2 sources older than 10 years.
Does the scholarly review have any obvious omissions or missing information?
Does the scholarly review reflect accurately the topic of the project?
Does the scholarly review use good grammar, tie all the points together, and makes the article flow nicely?
Does the scholarly review provide in-text citations according to the APA Style of Citations (7th Edition)?
Does the scholarly review provide references at the end according to the APA Style of Citations (7th Edition)?
Please provide recommendations and any general comments or considerations that you think may be necessary or helpful for the author.
...........................................................................................................................................................................
7. OCT 31, FRI: Benchmark Meeting #3, Discuss Peer Review & Rubric Construction.
During this Benchmark Meeting #3, we will discuss your peer review reports (that you would have received from your peer by then) and rubric construction.
...........................................................................................................................................................................
8. NOV 09, SUN: Rubric Construction Due.
For this Rubric Construction assignment, you will submit a 200-250-word or approximately 1-page, double-spaced, MS Word or PDF document in Canvas.
Because each student’s Capstone project is different, it is appropriate that I grade it on a rubric that fits your specific project.
Following our discussion during Benchmark Meeting #3, you will construct a 35-point rubric for your final deliverable.
For some students, the 35 points may come from your requesting me to focus closely on (a) literature review, (b) methods section, and (c) discussion section while evaluating/grading your final research paper.
For some students, the 35 points may come from your choosing to (a) write a 1-page reflection of your experience of working on their project (15 points), (b) grammar and usage of the final paper (10 points), and (c) APA Style of Citation (7th Edition) (10 points).
For this assignment, you have 35 points at your disposal, and you can decide how you would like me to grade your final research paper, and I will grade accordingly. A lot of this depends on the option that you select from the final deliverable options (options 1-4).
Your final deliverable (final research paper) is worth 100 points. My personal rubric for grading your paper will count for 65 points and your personal rubric (rubric construction as described above, in the syllabus, and during our Benchmark Meeting #3) will count for 35 points, as I grade your final research paper (Capstone Project).
............................................................................................................................................................................
9. NOV 14, FRI: Benchmark Meeting #4, Discuss Discussion Section and Final Deliverable.
During Benchmark Meeting #4, we will discuss your Discussion Section, Final Deliverable (your completed Capstone Final Paper), and Capstone Presentation.
............................................................................................................................................................................
10. NOV 23, SUN: Discussion (Discussion Section) Due.
You will work further on your paper, that you have so far, and add to the Discussion (6-8 new sources) as you discuss your research findings/learnings, as you focus on comparing and contrasting your own findings in light of the already published research. This should add 6-8 more pages to your paper.
As part of your Discussion, you will incorporate the recommendations based upon the feedback (specifically, on the scholarly/theoretical framework) that you have received from me and another student (as part of the peer review process).
You will review and analyze your work further to make sure that all feedback is incorporated, your paper/project flows nicely, looks professional (no grammatical errors, no plagiarism, and no loose ends), and that all citations and references are included/listed as per the APA style (7th edition).
This will be different for each one of you depending upon which type of deliverable option (options 1-4) you have chosen.
It is the sort of thing that you and I have discussed and finalized regarding your topic in Benchmark Meeting #1.
........................................................................................................................................................................
11. DEC 05, FRI: Course Evaluation Completion Due.
Use the QR code or the link provided by Utah Tech University for course evaluations for Fall 2025 semester.
Evaluate the course.
Take a screenshot (picture) of your submission, showing the course number/details, and submit it here in Canvas for grade (worth: 10 points).
.......................................................................................................................................................................
12. DEC 07, SUN: Final Deliverable (Final Paper) Due.
Your final deliverable should be 5,000 words or approximately 18-20 pages (double-spaced) long for a case study, analyze a campaign, methods application (review article), or polytechnic pedagogy (final paper, all episodes of a podcast, finalized/operational/launched website, etc.).
This is the part of the class where you actually deliver what you promised at the start of the Capstone.
Did you choose to write a review article, a case study in which you analyzed an organization/business using communication theory, analyze publicly available data (quantitative and/or qualitative and/or rhetorical analysis) and report your results, develop a class, start a podcast, write a series of research-based blogs, or develop a website?
At this point you need to show what you have done and how you have done it.
This part is more about putting together the pieces of a puzzle that you already have, polishing the material (for APA citations/references), and not crafting new written material at this stage.
Work on conclusion, limitations, future course of research, editing, citations, and references.
Please visit the Utah Tech Writing Center for workshopping your final deliverable.
Your final deliverable should be completed heading into the final week of the classes and should be due for submission on the date listed at the end of the syllabus and in Assignments.
........................................................................................................................................................................
13. DEC 08, MON: Capstone Presentation (Final Exam) Due.
Prepare a 3-minute thesis (3MT) with only 1 slide (like a poster) that you will use to share/display on your laptop screen on the day of your Capstone presentation (details below) for your audience.
You will present your final deliverable as part of your Capstone presentation, formally, during the Capstone night.
Prepare a professional presentation, a hard-copy poster presentation, or a short PowerPoint presentation, or a recording (podcast, etc.), or a display (website, etc.) that you can tape/hang on the wall, or display on a poster display stand, or project on your computer/iPad screen, and be prepared to talk about your presentation and your experience throughout the Capstone project, and answer any questions that the audience may have regarding your project.
Dress professionally, even if you are presenting your project via the online option (Zoom).
Your Capstone presentation will be held in-person at Utah Tech University in Zion Room (HCC 537) on Monday, December 08, 2025, 5:00 PM - 6:00 PM (location, date, and time are subject to change), and you should be present/available for the entire duration of the presentation event.
You are welcome to invite your family and friends to your Capstone presentation.
Light refreshments will be served.
........................................................................................................................................................................
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Art Methodology II, ART-4520, Section 50, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Art 4520-50 (fall 2025)
Instructor: Stacy Schimbeck
Phone: (435)705-4705
Email: sschimbeck@gmail.com
Office: By appointment, or after class.
Class: 6:00 p.m. to 8:00 North Plaza Room 113
Text: None
Attendance: More than 3 absences adversely affect your grade. Attendance is expected—IT IS A MUST! Arriving late and leaving early will be counted as an absence, unless cleared by the instructor. If you miss 6 classes you will not receive a passing grade.
Course Description: This course is designed to art Education majors more fully Prepare and learn methods that will help them teach art in an educational setting.
Objectives: As a result of this course students will:
Identify the connection between the arts and society and be able to articulate those relationships.
Identify and articulate the artistic process and the elements and forms of artistic endeavors.
Analyze insights into humankind’s approach to creativity in art.
Be able to think in design terms and successfully apply it in their projects.
Demonstrate their knowledge of terms and concepts of critical and analytical aspects of design by completing a journal of said terms..
Demonstrate knowledge of specific artists, their work, and the style, periods, and historical context of their creative work.
Develop levels of knowledge through participation in artistic experiences
Enhance their ability to assess personal efforts in the arts.
GLOCUP Objectives
1. Examine & critique information & argument related to substantive problems that have a global dimension.
2. Examine theoretical & methodological approaches to cultural differences specific to a disciplinary tradition
3. Demonstrate an ability to analyze differences and similarities within (or) across cultures.
4. Examine the role of social factors, e.g. race, gender, ethnicity, class, sexual orientation, religion, etc., in shaping interaction, cultural worldviews, and individual identity.
Grading Policies:
Grade breakdown:
50% = Lecture—Participation, Class Discussion, Art Journal, Attendance
30 % = Analysis—Written Reports
20 % = Studio—Artwork
Attendance and class participation are a must to complete all components.
Grades will be rewarded on individual effort.
Participation in class discussions is expected and will affect your grade.
Students need to be prepared by reading chapters in advance and studying for notes taken in class.
A grade of incomplete will be given only to students whose failure to complete the course due to circumstances beyond their control.
Format for Written Reports:
All reports need to be submitted on canvas
Reports must be typed. HAND WRITTEN REPORTS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED!!!
One inch top, bottom, and side margins on all pages.
The first page should be a TITLE PAGE. On this page center and type:
The title of your paper, your name, the date, the class name and section.
The text of your report is to be DOUBLE SPACED, using a standard 12 point font. Do not use a larger font to fill space on your paper.
Include a bibliography. All work must be referenced, either with footnotes or endnotes. You must use a minimum of three different references (for example, 1 internet source, 1 book, and 1 magazine) in preparing your report. You may use the class textbook as one of your references. You may not use encyclopedias (including Wikipedia) as references.
Number of pages: at least 3, but no more than 5 (not including the title page and bibliography).
PLEASE NOTE: Failure to follow the above format will result in your grade being docked one whole grade. In other words, if you had an “A” paper, but you didn’t follow the above format, you will only receive a “B”.
Please check Canvas for due dates.
Assistance is available at the writing lab. They can help you format and perfect your paper.
Plagiarism will not be tolerated. Plagiarism is defined as claiming the work of other researchers/writers to be your own. Any assignment containing plagiarized material will receive a grade of 0.
Literature reviews:
Portfolio artifacts:
Presentations:
Grading Scale:
100-96 = A 83-80 = B- 69-00 = F
95-92 = A- 81-78 = C+
91-88 = B+ 77-74 = C
87-84 = B 73-70 = C-
Cell Phones are to be turned off during class-No exceptions. Do not turn them to Vibrate or text-Turn them completely off!
No texting during class!
No listening to IPods during class! (with the exception being specified studio time)
College Approved Absences: Utahtech Policy explains in detail what needs to happen if you anticipate being absent from class because of a college-sponsored activity (athletic events, club activities, field trips for other classes, etc). Please read this information and follow the instructions carefully! The policy can be found at: http://www.utahtech.edu/humanres/policy/sec5/523.html
Important supplemental information online:
Calendar: http://utahtech.edu/reg/?page=calendar
(Links to an external site.)
Library: http://library.utahtech.edu
(Links to an external site.)
Academic dishonesty/Academic integrity policy
Disruptive behavior policy
Policy for Absences Related to College Functions
Disability Accommodations: Students with medical, psychological, learning or other disabilities desiring reasonable academic adjustment, accommodations, or auxiliary aids to be successful in this class will need to contact the DISABILITY RESOURCE CENTER Coordinator (Baako Wahabu) for eligibility determination. Proper documentation of impairment is required in order to receive services or accommodations. DRC is located in the North Plaza Building. Visit or call 652-7516 to schedule appointment to discuss the process. DRC Coordinator determines eligibility for and authorizes the provision of services.
College resources: Several college resources are available to help you succeed. Check out the links for each one to get more information. If you need help understanding the content of your courses, go to the Tutoring Center located in the Browning Learning Center, Room 105. You can also visit them online at http://dsc.utahtech.edu/tutoring/ If you need to use a computer to do schoolwork on campus, go to the Computer Center in the Smith Computer Center or the Library main floor. The Testing Center is located on east side of this building. More info at http://new.utahtech.edu/testing/ The library is located at the Holland Building. http://library.utahtech.edu/
(Links to an external site.)
DSU seeks to provide an environment that is free of bias, discrimination, and harassment. If you have been the victim of sexual harassment/misconduct/assault we encourage you to report this. If you report this to a faculty member, she or he must notify our college's Title IX coordinator about the basic facts of the incident.
Classroom expectations: It is the responsibility of an instructor to manage the classroom environment to ensure a good learning climate for all students. This means not talking when the teacher is talking, following instructions, and speaking and acting respectfully to the professor and fellow students. If your behavior is disruptive, I will first let you know verbally that you are behaving inappropriately. If it continues, I will send you written notice that your behavior must change. As a last resort, I will drop you from the class. For more details, please see the disruptive behavior policy at: http://www.utahtech.edu/humanres/policy/sec3/334.html
(Links to an external site.)
You are required to frequently check your UTmail account. Important class and college information will be sent to your UTmail account, including DSC bills, financial aid/scholarship notices, notices of canceled classes, reminders of important dates and deadlines, and other information critical to your success at DSC and in your courses. To access your UTmail account, visit go.utahtech.edu/dmail
(Links to an external site.)
. If you do not know your UTmail username or you have forgotten your PIN, visit go.utahtech.edu
(Links to an external site.)
and follow the respective instructions.
Title IX Statement
Dixie State University affirms its commitment to the promotion of fairness and equity in all aspects of the educational institution. Harassment and discrimination – including sex/gender discrimination, gender identity, gender expression, sexual harassment, sexual misconduct, gender-based violence, dating violence, domestic violence, stalking, pregnancy or parental , family or marital status and or retaliation –not only disrupts our commitment to maintaining an environment in which every member of the University community is treated with respect and dignity, but may also violate University policy and federal, state, and/or local law.
Should you or someone you know experience behavior that is coercive, discriminatory, harassing, and or sexually violent in nature, or if you or someone you know has questions about their rights and options regarding such behavior, you are encouraged to contact:
Hazel Sainsbury, Dir. Of Equity Compliance, Title IX Coordinator: 435.652.7747 (ext. 7747) hazel.sainsbury@utahtech.edu ; titleix@utahtech.edu
Incidents may also be reported directly to law enforcement, either separately or in conjunction with any report made to the University’s Title IX Coordinator, and the University will aid in making contact if requested.
Dixie State University Police: 435.275.4300 or by calling 9-1-1.
Maintaining a safe and inclusive University community is a shared responsibility. For more information on how Title IX protections can benefit you and help us keep a productive campus environment, visit titleix.utahtech.edu to learn more.
Aug
24 Week 1 Why teach art, Standard 1
31 Week 2 Lesson Plan design
Sept
7 Week 3 Lesson Plan 1 demo, Standard 2
14 Week 4 Lesson Plan 2, Standard 3
21 Week 5 Self Care, Standard 4
28 Week 6 Self Care demo, Standard 5
Oct
5 Week 6 Lesson plan 3, Standard 6
12 Week 7 Lesson Plan 4
19 Week 8 Essay and participation
26 Week 9 Lesson plan 4 demo, Standard 7
Nov
2 week 10 ACES’s, Standard 8
9 week 11 Lesson Plan V, Standard 9
16 week 12 Lesson Plan 6,
30
Dec
week 13 UEES, Role Play
Description:
Aug
Week 1 Why teach art, Standard 1
Week 2 Lesson Plan design
Sept
Week 3 Lesson Plan 1 demo, Standard 2
Week 4 Lesson Plan 2, Standard 3
Week 5 Self Care, Standard 4
Week 6 Self Care demo, Standard 5
Oct
Week 6 Lesson plan 3, Standard 6
Week 7 Lesson Plan 4
Week 8 Essay and participation
Week 9 Lesson plan 4 demo, Standard 7
Nov
week 10 ACES’s, Standard 8
week 11 Lesson Plan V, Standard 9
week 12 Lesson Plan 6,
Week 13 UEES, Role Play
Week 14 Final
PLO learning Map
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Embedded Systems I Lab, ECE-3735, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
This course provides hands-on experience in embedded system design through structured lab assignments. Students learn programming in C++, hardware interfacing, and embedded communication protocols. We have 10 Lab Assignments, where the core activities covering programming, sensor integration, real-time control, and communication.
Description:
1. Joystick Cursor Control & Soldering – Design a joystick-controlled mouse cursor and complete essential soldering tasks for sensors, motors, and MCU boards.
2. Robotic Car Movement – Control a robotic car using PWM for forward, turning, and path-following maneuvers.
3. Data Compression with Pointers – Write C++ functions to compress and decompress data for efficient transmission.
4. LED Blinking & PWM Library Design – Develop an LED control library and implement PWM logic for blinking patterns.
5. Ultrasonic Sensor Interfacing – Create a library to measure distance using HC-SR04 ultrasonic sensors.
6. UART Communication – Implement and test serial communication between two MCUs via UART.
7. I2C Communication & Register Access – Use analog reading and I2C protocol with sensor configuration via register-level programming.
8. GPIO & ADC – Control digital I/O using GPIO registers and perform analog sensing via ADC configuration.
9. Interrupts & Bluetooth Communication – Use external and pin change interrupts; configure HC-05 modules for wireless data exchange.
10. WiFi Communication – Explore WiFi-based MCU communication using the ESP32 platform.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Independent Research, CHEM-4800R, Section 6, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
N/A
Description:
An independent research course that allows the students to explore science through the scientific method, and allows close interaction between the student and faculty member to address scientific problems through experiment design and execution. Projects are at the discretion of the faculty member, in line with the student's interests in the various scientific areas. Repeatable up to 6 credits subject to graduation and program restrictions. Variable credit: 1-3.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-1215, Section 8, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
CON CURRENT COURSE CHEM-1210
Description:
Day 1– Syllabus and Safety
Introduction to laboratory policies, safety procedures, and best practices for handling chemicals and equipment.
Day 2– Measurements
Students will practice precise and accurate measurement techniques using laboratory instruments, including balances, graduated cylinders, and thermometers.
Day 3– Mixture Separation
Application of physical and chemical separation techniques such as filtration, evaporation, and distillation to isolate components of a mixture.
Day 4– Paper Chromatography
Exploration of chromatographic separation methods to analyze mixtures based on differences in molecular interactions.
Day 5– Qualitative Analysis
Identification of unknown substances using systematic chemical tests and observations of reaction outcomes.
Day 6 – Aqueous Solutions
Investigation of solubility, electrolytes, and conductivity properties of various aqueous solutions.
Day 7– Titrations
Determination of concentration using acid-base titrations and indicators to identify the equivalence point.
Day 8– Gravimetric Analysis
Quantitative determination of a substance through precipitation, filtration, and mass measurement techniques.
Day 9– Heat of Neutralization
Measurement of heat released during acid-base neutralization reactions using calorimetry.
Day 11– Atomic Spectra
Observation and analysis of atomic emission spectra to understand electron transitions and energy levels.
Day 12– Determination of Gas Constant (R)
Experimental determination of the universal gas constant (R) using gas collection and pressure-volume calculations.
Day 13– Molecular Geometry
Modeling molecular shapes using VSEPR theory to predict bond angles and molecular structures.
Day 14– Intermolecular Forces
Examination of different types of intermolecular forces and their effects on boiling points, solubility, and viscosity.
Day 15– Final Exam (Last Day of Lab)
Comprehensive practical exam assessing laboratory techniques, data analysis, and conceptual understanding.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-1215, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
CONCURRENT COURSE CHEM 1210
Description:
Day 1– Syllabus and Safety
Introduction to laboratory policies, safety procedures, and best practices for handling chemicals and equipment.
Day 2– Measurements
Students will practice precise and accurate measurement techniques using laboratory instruments, including balances, graduated cylinders, and thermometers.
Day 3– Mixture Separation
Application of physical and chemical separation techniques such as filtration, evaporation, and distillation to isolate components of a mixture.
Day 4– Paper Chromatography
Exploration of chromatographic separation methods to analyze mixtures based on differences in molecular interactions.
Day 5– Qualitative Analysis
Identification of unknown substances using systematic chemical tests and observations of reaction outcomes.
Day 6 – Aqueous Solutions
Investigation of solubility, electrolytes, and conductivity properties of various aqueous solutions.
Day 7– Titrations
Determination of concentration using acid-base titrations and indicators to identify the equivalence point.
Day 8– Gravimetric Analysis
Quantitative determination of a substance through precipitation, filtration, and mass measurement techniques.
Day 9– Heat of Neutralization
Measurement of heat released during acid-base neutralization reactions using calorimetry.
Day 11– Atomic Spectra
Observation and analysis of atomic emission spectra to understand electron transitions and energy levels.
Day 12– Determination of Gas Constant (R)
Experimental determination of the universal gas constant (R) using gas collection and pressure-volume calculations.
Day 13– Molecular Geometry
Modeling molecular shapes using VSEPR theory to predict bond angles and molecular structures.
Day 14– Intermolecular Forces
Examination of different types of intermolecular forces and their effects on boiling points, solubility, and viscosity.
Day 15– Final Exam (Last Day of Lab)
Comprehensive practical exam assessing laboratory techniques, data analysis, and conceptual understanding.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Grad Plan & Career Prep I, SET-1000, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Understanding Your Degree Requirements Quiz
Career Triangle & Goals Worksheet
Submit Draft 1 Grad Plan for Review
Submit Draft 2 Grad Plan for Review
Peer Review
Course Evaluation
Second Draft Advisor Review Meeting
Submit Final Draft Grad Plan for Review
Create Navigate Academic Plan
Register for Classes
Description:
Development & Drafts: Students will learn how to read catalog course descriptions to understand program requirements, prerequisites, course rotations, etc. relevant to the completion of their degree. Students will identify some post graduation goals and explore supplemental resources or activities they can take advantage of to make the most of their education. Students will develop a first draft, edit a second draft based on feedback, solicit peer feedback, and schedule a meeting with their Academic Advisor.
Final: Students will meet with their Academic Advisor to polish their final draft, discuss any immediate fixes or things they will want to be aware of in future semesters, and discuss any concerns for the completion of their degree. Students are asked to create a plan based on this final review in EAB Navigate for departmental enrollment estimates. Students register based on their plan, and learn how to address issues due to scheduling that may arise.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Org Comm & System Dynamics, COMM-3850, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Your overall grade is comprised of 7 components, worth 500 points, as described below:
1. Class Participation (Active Learning Activities, Community Engagement Activities, Jumpstart, Reflection, Discussion, Debates, etc.) (100 points): Throughout the semester, you will participate/engage in group activities, jumpstart, discussions, debates, reflections, worksheets, pair-and-share, individual class activities, etc., each worth 5 points. You must be present in class to complete them and earn points unless you provide a documented excuse.
2. Journal Entry #1 (50 points): 1-page per week (more details in rubric in Canvas-Modules-Week 7). You will keep a weekly journal of reflections from each reading assignment and class discussion throughout the semester for weeks 1-7 (chapters 1-7).
3. Journal Entry #2 (50 points): 1-page per week (more details in rubric in Canvas-Modules-Week 14). You will keep a weekly journal of reflections from each reading assignment and class discussion throughout the semester, for weeks 8-14 (chapters 8-14).
4. Midterm Exam (100 points): The midterm exam will be held in-class (in-person) and include chapters 1-7. It will comprise of 35 multiple choice questions (2 points each), 5 true and false questions (2 points each), and 5 short answer questions (4 points each), for a total of 100 points. You must bring your Utah Tech student ID and a #2 pencil to the midterm exam.
5. Case Study: Active Learning Activity Project (50 points):
6. Jumpstart Group Presentation (50 points): In your Jumpstart group (all group members MUST participate to earn the points), you will showcase one or more concept(s) of health communication via presentation (acceptable format: PowerPoint).
7. Final Exam (100 points): The final exam will be held in-class (in-person) and include chapters 8-14. It will comprise of 35 multiple choice questions (2 points each), 5 true and false questions (2 points each), and 5 short answer type questions (4 points each). You must bring your Utah Tech student ID and a #2 pencil to the final exam.
Description:
Ch. 1: What is organizational communication?
• Time, space, and the emergence of the modern org
• Orgs as communicative structures of power
• Defining organizational communication
• Communication, organizations, and work
.........................................................................................
Ch. 2: Developing a critical approach to org comm
• Understanding theory in the critical analysis of org com
• Unpacking the critical approach
• The institute for social research
• Understanding org comm from a critical perspective
..........................................................................................
Ch. 3: Fordism and Org Communication
• The Fordist organization
• Fordism and scientific management
• Fordism and bureaucracy
• Fordism and the human relations school
• Fordism and human resources management
..........................................................................................
Ch. 4: Organizations and Communication Systems
• Situating the systems perspective
• The principles of the systems perspective
• The “new science” of systems theory
• Karl Weick: Organizing and communicating
...........................................................................................
Ch. 5: Communication, Culture, and Organizing
• The emergence of the cultural approach
• Two perspectives on organizational culture
• The power of “organizational culture”
• A broader conception of organization
• Organizational culture and metaphors
• Summarizing the two perspectives
.........................................................................................
Ch. 6: Post-Fordism and the Org Comm
• The fall of Fordism and the rise of post-Fordism
• Neoliberalism as an economic system
• Neoliberalism as a hegemonic discourse
• The post-Fordist workplace
......................................................................................
Ch.7: Power and Resistance at Work
• The community power debate
• Power, ideology, and organizational communication
• Resisting workplace control
• Biopower and organizational communication
.......................................................................................
Ch. 8: Communicating Gender at Work
• Feminist perspectives on org comm
• Masculinity and org comm
• Sexual harassment in the workplace
.........................................................................
Ch. 9: Communicating Difference at Work
• Defining difference at work
• Race and organizational communication
• Sexuality and organizational communication
• (Dis)ability and age
..........................................................................
Ch. 10: Branding, Work, and Consumption
• Branding and capitalism in the 20th century
• The evolution of branding: Three models
• Work, branding, and the entrepreneurial self
• The ethics of branding
.......................................................................................
Ch. 11: Leadership Comm in the New Workplace
• Traditional perspectives on leadership
• New approaches to leadership
• A critical communication perspective on leadership
........................................................................................
Ch. 12: Information and Comm Technologies in/at Work
• Understanding technology
• New technologies, new challenges
• Mobile comm and the extension of the workplace
• Managing knowledge and monitoring workers
• Distributed knowledge creation: Crowdsourcing
• Transparency and surveillance
........................................................................................
Ch. 13: Org Comm, Globalization, and CSR
• Defining globalization
• Spheres of globalization
• Globalization and economics
• Gender, work, and globalization
• Globalization and politics
• Organizing against globalization
• Globalization and corporate social responsibility
.........................................................................................................
Ch. 14: Communication, Meaningful Work, and Personal Branding
• Meaningful work
• Provides income adequate for a decent living
• Managing work identity: Some historical context
• Creating and managing work identities
• Identity, identification, and disidentification
• No collar, no life
............................................................................................................
Required Reading: Mumby, D. K., & Kuhn, T. R. (2019). Organizational communication: A critical introduction (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications, Inc.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Ethics in Communication, COMM-3510, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The final grade is comprised of 7 components, worth 500 points, as described below:
1. Class Participation (Active Learning Activities, Jumpstart, Discussion, Debates, etc.) (100 points): Throughout the semester, you will participate/engage in group activities, jumpstart, discussions, debates, reflections, worksheets, pair-and-share, individual class activities, etc., each worth 5 points. You must be present in class to complete them and earn points unless you provide a documented excuse.
2. Journal Entry #1 (50 points): 1-page per week (more details in rubric in Canvas-Modules-Week 7). You will keep a journal of reflections from each reading assignment and class discussion throughout the semester for weeks 1-7 (chapters 1-7).
3. Journal Entry #2 (50 points): 1-page per week (more details in rubric in Canvas-Modules-Week 14). You will keep a journal of reflections from each reading assignment and class discussion throughout the semester, for weeks 8-14 (chapters 8-14).
4. Midterm Exam (100 points): The midterm exam will be held on Canvas and include chapters 1-7. It will comprise of 40 multiple choice questions (2 points each) and 10 true and false questions (2 points each).
5. Group Project: Theory and Practice Application Paper (50 points): Your Jumpstart Group will address the prompt, Is a political candidate’s personal life fair game as part of the campaign during an election? As part of your paper, you are required to (a) write about the practice of ethics in communication related to the prompt, (b) provide logic, reason, data, and references to support your claims and arguments, and (c) apply 1-2 concepts from readings/lectures/learnings from the class/course materials/discussions/activities covered from week 1 until week 11 (Chapter 11: Ethics in Organizational Communication). Your paper will be in MS-Word, 2-3 pages long, pages numbered, double-spaced, Times New Roman, 12-size font, 1-inch margins, with citations/references according to APA Citation Style (7th Edition), including a cover page which will not count toward the 2-3-page limit, and the cover page should list the names of group members, in alphabetical order, along with who did what for the assignment. More details available in Rubric.
6. Jumpstart Group Presentation (50 points): In your Jumpstart group (all group members MUST participate to earn the points), you will showcase one or more concept(s) of ethics of communication via presentation (acceptable format: PowerPoint).
7. Final Exam (100 points): The final exam will be held on Canvas and include chapters 8-14. It will comprise of 40 multiple choice questions (2 points each) and 10 true and false questions (2 points each).
Description:
Ch. 1: Introduction to Communication Ethics
• Everyday ethical decisions
• Approaches to reasoning about communication ethics
• The supposed inconvenience of ethics
• The scope of communication ethics
.............................................................................
Ch. 2: Character and Virtue Ethics
• The concept of character and the virtues
• Background of virtue ethics
• The art of persuasion and ethics
• Contemporary virtue ethics
• Implications of communication ethics
.................................................................................
Ch. 3: Duties
• Is lying always wrong?
• Kant’s system of deontological ethics
• Other universal ethics of communication
• Alternatives to universal systems
• Modern trends: Jürgen Habermas and discourse ethics
.......................................................................................
Ch. 4: Consequences
• Introduction to utilitarianism
• The principle of utilitarianism
• Foundations of utilitarian ethics: Bentham and Mill
• Implications of utilitarian ethics
• Variants on utilitarianism
• Highlights of utilitarian ethical system
• Egalitarianism and social justice theories
• Rawls: The ethics of social justice
• Scanlon: Reasonable obligations to others
• Highlights of egalitarianism
............................................................................................
Ch. 5: Relationships
• Dialogue in the real world
• Foundations of dialogical ethics
• Martin Buber: I and thou
• Carl Rogers: Positive regard
• Emmanuel Levinas: The Other
• Paulo Freire: The ethics of empowerment
• Summary of dialogic theories of communication
..............................................................................................
Ch. 6: Contemporary Challenges to Traditional Ethics
• What is modern?
• Postmodern perspectives
• Implications for communication ethics
• The feminist critique of traditional ethics
• The ethics of care
• Implications for communication ethics
............................................................................................
Ch. 7: Ethics of Online Communication and Social Media
• The changing nature of online communication
• Characteristics of online communication
• Major ethical issues in online communication
• Ethical framework for digital communication
• Trust and manipulation
• Self-disclosure
..............................................................................................
Ch. 8: Ethics in Interpersonal Communication: Relationship and Character
• Introduction to interpersonal communication
• The nature of interpersonal communication
• The ethics of dialogue
• Principles of dialogical ethics
• Conflict in interpersonal communication
• Ethical communication: Character counts
• Trust and manipulation
• The ethics of self-disclosure
..................................................................................
Ch. 9: Intercultural Encounters: Diversity and Inclusion
• The demographics of difference
• Intercultural communication
• Ethical perspectives
• Communication and people with disabilities
• Issues of harmful speech and political correctness
....................................................................................
Ch. 10: Ethics of Risk Communication
• Ethical considerations in risk communication
• Review of the discipline of risk communication
• Scientific and technical risk
• Meaning of risk
• Factors in assessing risk
• Psychological perspectives of risk assessment
• Social and cultural theories of risk perception
• Ethical implications in risk communication
• Elite sources
• Differing judgments about acceptable risk
• Assumption of informed consent
• Information asymmetries
• Use and misuse of numbers and percentages
• Stating relative risk versus absolute risk
• Misrepresenting the nature of science
.....................................................................................
Ch. 11: Ethical Issues in Mass Communication
• Introduction to the field of the media and mass communication
• Defining mass media and mass communication
• Overview of ethical problems in mass communication
• Professional codes of ethics
• Effects of mass communication
• Applications of ethical principles to the mass media
........................................................................................
Ch. 12: Ethics of Political Communication
• Uneasy relations of politics and ethics
• Ethics and political communication
• Political consultants and public relations
• Role of lobbyists
• Framework for ethical political communication
.....................................................................................
Ch. 13: Ethics in Organizational Communication
• Significance of ethical issues in organizational comm
• Definitions and the nature of organizational comm
• Ethical issues in organizational communication
• Responsibility to community and society
• Ethical vantage points for organizational comm
• Rawls and Habermas
• Utilitarianism
...........................................................................................
Ch. 14: Capstone
• Teaching and learning ethics: Can it be done?
• Ideals versus practice revisited
• Ethical equilibrium in communication
• Writing a personal code of communication ethics
• Challenges and issues for further studies in comm ethics
...........................................................................................
Required Reading: Neher, W. W. (2024). Communicating ethically: Character, duties, consequences, and relationships (4th ed.). New York, NY: Routledge.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Health Communication, COMM-3230, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The final grade is comprised of 7 components, worth 500 points, as described below:
1. Class Participation (Active Learning Activities, Community Engagement Activities, Jumpstart, Discussion, Debates, Reports, etc.) (100 points): Throughout the semester, you will participate/engage in group activities, jumpstart, discussions, debates, reflections, worksheets, pair-and-share, individual class activities, etc., each worth 5 points. You must be present in class to complete them and earn points unless you provide a documented excuse.
2. Journal Entry #1 (50 points): 1-page per week (more details in rubric in Canvas-Modules-Week 7). You will keep a weekly journal of reflections from each reading assignment and class discussion throughout the semester for weeks 1-7 (chapters 1-7).
3. Journal Entry #2 (50 points): 1-page per week (more details in rubric in Canvas-Modules-Week 14). You will keep a weekly journal of reflections from each reading assignment and class discussion throughout the semester, for weeks 9-14 (chapters 8-13).
4. Midterm Exam (100 points): The midterm exam will be held in-class (in-person) and include chapters 1-7. It will comprise of 35 multiple choice questions (2 points each), 5 true and false questions (2 points each), and 5 short answer type questions (4 points each). You must bring your Utah Tech student ID and a #2 pencil to the final exam.
5. Active Learning Activity Group Project (50 points): In your Jumpstart Group, you will (a) Pick 1 topic from any of the 7 chapters in the Report, Dementia: A Public Health Priority, which is available in Canvas-Modules-Week 14, and write a 2-page summary on your topic, (b) Interview a family member or friend on their knowledge/experience(s) of dementia, whether they know someone who has dementia, and/or are themselves caregivers for a loved one with dementia, especially focusing on their concern(s) as related to dementia and caregiving, and write a 1-page interview transcript (report), and (c) Submit a 3-page Dementia Report (a 3-page document comprising of 2-page summary and 1-page interview transcript) in Canvas.
6. Jumpstart Group Presentation (50 points): In your Jumpstart group (all group members MUST participate to earn the points), you will present what you learned from Active Learning Activity Group Project on Dementia (acceptable format: PowerPoint).
7. Final Exam (100 points): The final exam will be held in-class (in-person) and include chapters 8-14. It will comprise of 35 multiple choice questions (2 points each), 5 true and false questions (2 points each), and 5 short answer type questions (4 points each). You must bring your Utah Tech student ID and a #2 pencil to the final exam.
Description:
Ch. 1: Introduction
• What is health?
• What is health communication?
• Health care perspectives
• A systems-level approach
• The importance of health communication
...........................................................................
Ch. 2: The Landscape for Health Communication
• Current issues in health care
• Health communication in a changing world
• Communication in managed care
• Health care reform
..........................................................................
Ch. 3: Communication Between Patients and Health Care Providers
• Importance of patient-provider communication
• Health care encounters and power differentials
• Communication skill builders: Trusting relationships
• Collaborative communication
• Partnership-building strategies
• Communication skill builders: Strategies for care providers
............................................................................
Ch. 4: Patient Perspectives
• Voice of lifeworld
• Voice of medicine
• Health literacy
• Health and identity
• Invisible illnesses
• Patient satisfaction
• Cooperation and informed consent
...............................................................................
Ch. 5: Care Provider Perspectives
• Care provider preparation
• System-level influences on care providers
• Psychological influences on caregivers
• Stress and burnout
• Medical mistakes
• Interprofessional teamwork
............................................................................
Ch. 6: Diversity in Health Care
• Intersectionality theory
• Socioeconomic status
• Gender and sexual orientation
• Race and ethnicity
• Language differences
• Disabilities
• Age
..............................................................................
Ch.7: Cultural Conceptions of Health and Illness
• Culture and health communication
• Cultural conceptions of health
• Making sense of health experiences
• Sex, gender, and health
• Family roles and health communication
• Illness and coping metaphors
• Sick roles and healer roles
• Holistic care
...................................................................................
Ch. 8: Social Support, Family Caregiving, and End of Life
• Coping
• Social support
• Family caregivers
• End-of-life experiences
• Communication skill builders: Delivering bad news
......................................................................................
Ch. 9: Technology and Health
• Health information haves and have-nots
• Why and when do people seek eHealth information?
• Is eHealth information useful to everyday people?
• eHealth
• mHealth
• Telehealth
........................................................................................
Ch. 10: Health Care Administration, HR, M, & PR
• Conflicting goals
• Enhancing health care experiences
• Health care administration
• Human resources
• Marketing and public relations
• Service excellence
.........................................................................................
Ch. 11: Media and Health
• Media effects
• How media influences behavior
• Media literacy
• Advertising
• News coverage
• Media portrayals of health
• Social media
..........................................................................................
Ch. 12: Public Health and Crisis Communication
• What is public health?
• Risk and crisis communication
• Crisis communication models and guidelines
• Social media and crisis communication
• Case studies: A global perspective
........................................................................................
Ch. 13: Planning Health Promotion Campaigns
• Background on health campaigns
• Defining the situation and potential benefits
• Analyzing and segmenting the audience
• Establishing campaign goals and objectives
• Selecting channels of communication
........................................................................................
Ch. 14: Designing and Implementing Health Campaigns
• Theories of behavior change
• Culture-centered approach
• Designing campaign messages
• Piloting and implementing the campaign
• Evaluating and maintaining the campaign
...........................................................................................
Required Reading: du Pré, A., & Cook-Overton, B. (2024). Communicating about health: Current issues and perspectives (7th ed.). New York, NY: Oxford University Press.
Recommended Reading: N/A
2-Dimensional Design, ART-1120, Section 4, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Assignments (generally one per week plus one quiz per week):
Each module covers two weeks unless otherwise indicated.
Module 1: Design Principles, Elements, and Tools (1 week)
Module 2: Repetition, Contrast, & Emphasis
Module 3: Line & Shape
Module 4: Form, Value, & Size
Module 5: Color, Unity, & Balance
Module 6: Texture & Value
Module 7: Gestalt, Negative, & Positive Space (1 week)
Module 8: Movement & Emphasis (1 week)
Module 9: Summary Artwork (1 week)
Description:
Module 1: Design Principles, Elements, and Tools (1 week)
Learn about various Principles and Elements (P&E) of Design, along with an introduction to Photoshop
Module 2: Repetition, Contrast, & Emphasis
The main focus for this module is Repetition, Contrast, and Emphasis and you will create an effective design that contains all of them through Photoshop.
Module 3: Line & Shape
You will be diving deeper into understanding Line, Shape, and Alignment in the module. You will have a couple of assignments that will correlate to these P&E of design. One assignment will focus on Shape and Line, the other assignment will focus on geometric and organic shapes.
Module 4: Form, Value, & Size
This module will introduce form through the use of value and size. These are principles that make objects look realistic, or 3D on a 2D plane.
Module 5: Color, Unity, & Balance
Through this module, you will learn more about color and how to unify/balance the color in imagery.
Module 6: Texture & Value
Texture is another way to create form from shapes so it has the look of texture, not that it is textured. Texture is usually associated to a physical space, and our response to that space.
Module 7: Gestalt, Negative, & Positive Space
In this module you will learn about positive and negative space. More specifically about Gestalt theory or the unified whole of an image.
Module 8: Movement & Emphasis
The main focus of Module 8 is Movement & Emphasis. Movement provides a greater sense of interest and life in your designs. With a play of emphasis (on color, shape, or form) and movement, you will gain a better understanding of how to apply this element of design.
Module 9: Summary Artwork
This is basically your final in the course. It is a comprehensive application final. You will be applying multiple principles and all of the elements of design into your final art piece.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Personal Finance, FIN-1750, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Required Materials:
Textbooks and required readings:
This course utilizes an Open Educational Resource textbook. As such, there is no textbook that needs to be purchased. All required chapters and readings will be posted in the corresponding modules in Canvas. Reading the textbook chapters and supplemental readings will enable you to learn the material much better, contribute more to class discussion, and prepare you for any tests and quizzes.
Utah Tech College of Business Learning Outcomes:
1. Evaluate real world business situations related to the core business functions of accounting, economics, finance, qualitative analysis, information systems, international business, legal and social environments, marketing & management.
2. Analyze real world business situations by identifying relevant business issues, performing appropriate quantitative and qualitative data analysis and synthesis, formulating viable courses of action.
3. Create and deliver professional quality oral presentations and written work products.
4. Analyze real world business situations by identifying relevant ethical issues, evaluating and synthesizing information, and formulating ethical courses of action.
Finance Program Learning Outcomes:
5. Produce fundamental financial analysis of the publicly listed company, estimate a fair value of the company stock, and formulate their investment recommendation.
6. Perform financial analysis in the area of corporate finance, propose a managerial decision, and support the recommended course of action with quantitative and qualitative arguments.
Description:
Course Learning Outcomes:
You can find up to date course descriptions and learning outcomes here: https://catalog.dixie.edu/courses/
1. Understand the importance of financial literacy in the context of overall economy. (LO 1A)
2. Identify the benefits of a properly designed personal financial plan and be able to discuss its relationship to economic conditions and personal goals. (LO 1A)
3. Construct and implement a well-planned personal financial plan. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
4. Explain the techniques of successful budgeting and asset management including the meaning and purpose of specific financial statements and records. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
5. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of different types of checking accounts and savings plans. (LO 1A, 3B)
6. Identify the types of credit available to consumers and be able to discuss the pros and cons of using credit verses savings and cash when purchasing consumer goods. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
7. Explain the factors that influence the availability of financial services. List the types of services and products offered by financial institutions are commonly used by consumers. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
8. Discuss factors that influence consumer-buying decisions and identify strategies for effective purchasing. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
9. Describe basic consumer rights and responsibilities. (LO 1A, 3B)
10. Describe the role of planned borrowing in personal financial management. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
11. Discuss decision considerations for making major purchases such as a home and automobile. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
12. Explain the meaning and purpose of the major types of insurance. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
13. Define significant personal finance terms. (LO 1A, 3B)
14. Describe the relationship of retirement and estate planning to future financial well-being. (LO 1A, 1B, 3B)
As an Udvar-Hazy School of Business student you will need to have a laptop and Internet access. If you do not have Internet access at home, you can access Canvas in the library at the Holland Centennial Commons, UHB Lab 200, or at the CIS Computer lab at HAZY 151.
Course readings, assignments and discussions will be posted on Canvas. You are to submit all assignments on Canvas by the deadline.
Individual Assignments
All assignments for the course are posted in Canvas along with all supplemental files and assignment files needed to complete the assignments, as well as the point values assigned to each assignment.
Quizzes/Case Studies
Quizzes and Case Studies will be posted on Canvas. They are designed to check if you have read the assigned readings and know the key terms and definitions.
Online Discussions
Several of the modules in Canvas have an online discussion component. To get full credit for the discussion, you must give an initial response and two more responses to fellow classmates to get full credit for the discussion.
Final Exam
Final exam is 20% of course grade. Final exam is a case study designed to test your knowledge of the personal finance concepts learned throughout the course.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Reading materials are on Canvas
World Religions, PHIL-2600, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
20 Points: Attendance & participation
10 Points: Lead one class discussion
15 Points: Field assignment & reflection
30 Points: Weekly Canvas post
25 Points: Final project, paper, or extended field assignment
Description:
Unit 1: The Big 6 "isms" - This unit covers the Norton Anthology of World Religions' primary religions: Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, and Daoism. Students learn how to think about different religions and their cultural nuances while establishing what it means to think through concepts like belief, faith, and ritual.
Unit 2: Some "Others" - This unit covers religions not typically included in "world religions": Confucianism, Shinto, Shamanism and Folk Religions, and Indigenous traditions in terms of art and political identity. Students build on their previous exposure in order to push against the idea that "religion" is a monolith.
Unit 3: Critical Religious Studies - This unit builds on knowledge gleaned from particular traditions in order to critically consider what religion is (and isn't), why it's relevant and important in the contemporary world, and how to approach the study of religion. Readings include topics such as atheism, secularism, transgression, belief, and orientalism. Students apply their knowledge to the world today and learn to embrace open questions.
Required Reading: The Book of Genesis; Elliott Horowitz - “Remembering the Fish and Making a Tsimmes: Jewish Food, Jewish Identity, and Jewish Memory”; The Book of Mark; W.E.B. DuBois - The Souls of Black Folk; The Quran, selected surahs; Rumi - Sufi poetry; The Bhagavad Gita; The Yoga Sutras of Patanjali; The Daodejing; Kristofer Schipper - The Taoist Body; W.T. deBary - The Buddhist Tradition; The Heart Sutra; Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter… and Spring (film); The Analects of Confucius; Everything, Everywhere, All at Once (film); Robert Borgen & Marian Ury - “Readable Japanese Mythology: Selections from Nihon shoki and Kojiki”; Spirited Away (film); Carmen Blacker - The Catalpa Bow; Michael Taussig - Mimesis and Alterity; Lisa Aldred - “Plastic Shamans and Astroturf Sun Dances: New Age Commercialization of Native American Spirituality”; Nancy Marie Mithlo - “No Word for Art in Our Language? Old Questions, New Paradigms”; Bertrand Russell - Why I Am Not a Christian; Charles Taylor - A Secular Age; Mark C. Taylor, editor - Critical Terms for Religious Studies (selections); Tomoko Masuzawa - The Invention of World Religions
Recommended Reading: N/A
Provider and Patient Relations, COMM-3180, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
The final grade is comprised of 7 components, worth 500 points, as described below:
1. Class Participation (Active Learning Activities, Community Engagement Activities, Jumpstart, Reflection, Discussion, Debates, etc.) (100 points): Throughout the semester, you will participate/engage in group activities, jumpstart, discussions, debates, reflections, worksheets, pair-and-share, individual class activities, etc., each worth 5 points. You must be present in class to complete them and earn points unless you provide a documented excuse.
2. Journal Entry #1 (50 points): You will keep a journal of reflections from each reading assignment and class discussion throughout the semester for weeks 1-7.
3. Journal Entry #2 (50 points): You will keep a journal of reflections from each reading assignment and class discussion throughout the semester, for weeks 8-14.
4. Midterm Exam (100 points): The midterm exam will be held in-class (in-person) and include chapters 1-7. It will comprise of 35 multiple choice questions (2 points each), 5 true and false questions (2 points each), and 5 short answer type questions (4 points each). You must bring your Utah Tech student ID and a #2 pencil to the midterm exam.
5. Active Learning Activity Group Project (50 points): In your Jumpstart Group, you will (a) Pick 1 topic from any of the 7 chapters in the Report, Dementia: A Public Health Priority, which is available in Canvas-Modules-Week 14, and write a 2-page summary on your topic, (b) Interview a family member or friend on their knowledge/experience(s) of dementia, whether they know someone who has dementia, and/or are themselves caregivers for a loved one with dementia, especially focusing on their concern(s) as related to dementia and caregiving, and write a 1-page interview transcript (report), and (c) Submit a 3-page Dementia Report (a 3-page document comprising of 2-page summary and 1-page interview transcript) in Canvas.
6. Jumpstart Group Presentation (50 points): In your Jumpstart group (all group members MUST participate to earn the points), you will present what you learned from Active Learning Activity Group Project on Dementia (acceptable format: PowerPoint).
7. Final Exam (100 points): The final exam will be held in-class (in-person) and include chapters 8-14. It will comprise of 35 multiple choice questions (2 points each), 5 true and false questions (2 points each), and 5 short answer type questions (4 points each). You must bring your Utah Tech student ID and a #2 pencil to the final exam.
Description:
Ch. 1: The most frequent procedure
• What is provider patient communication?
• Communication in the temple of free medicine
• Taking the interaction for granted
• How best to talk to patients: Learning to listen
• We can use that as data
• The visit with our doctor: What works, what doesn’t
• Becoming involved in the visit
• Doctor-patient relationships: Can health reform make everything better?
• Stop smoking Vs. Smoking cessation counseling
...............................................................................
Ch. 2: Visit time and clock time
• Not visit length, but visit quality
• Increase visit time through mindfulness
• Can different races work together in the examination room?
• Mindfulness defined: What, why, and how – for us and our doctors
• The dance of doctor and patient: Recognizing the other’s needs
....................................................................................
Ch. 3: What we want as patients: Lessons from communication science
• What is real, “patient-centered care?”
• Different patients, different doctors
• Communication science for the benefit of patients: A brief history
• What’s lacking in our doctor-patient relationships?
• A support group for patients
• The doctor’s role as a gatekeeper
• Types of doctor-patient relationships
• Dissecting our visit with the doctor
• Identifying preferences – or making decisions
.....................................................................................
Ch. 4: The doctor as a professional – in our eyes
• The doctor is in – but sometimes, uncertain
• What doctors need and want?
• Concepts of professionalism: From Greece to today
• What doctors think about norms of professionalism: Two studies
• The doctor’s role: Bridging the gap between doctor views and ours
• Acknowledging doctor’s professional needs
• Patients should be involved in defining the doctor’s role
..........................................................................................
Ch. 5: Measuring how good our doctors are
• What is quality?
• Process or outcome – Which is more important?
• How do we patients define quality?
• Will regulations ensure quality?
..........................................................................................
Ch. 6: Telling our story: Taking the time to express our health concerns to ourselves & others
• Communicating even before the visit
• Communicating about symptoms
• Paperwork before the visit
• Finally: Face to face with the doctor
• When should we see each other again?
• Our long-term health objectives/goals for visits
..........................................................................................
Ch. 7: Make the most of the visit through mindfulness
• Effective communication in the exam room
• Doctor’s response
• Doctor’s empathy
• Doctor’s and patient’s role during the visit
......................................................................................
Ch. 8: How to communicate even while intimidated, limited, uncomfortable, or uneducated
• Give me my damn data
• Barriers between patients and doctors
• Barriers to communication in the hospital
• Culture-based strategies for communication
• Does culture help in healing?
• Does culture get in the way of medical science?
• End of life decision/communication
........................................................................................
Ch. 9: What we’re talking about: Negotiating the agenda with the doctor
• Patient goals Vs. doctor goals
• Patient priorities Vs. doctor priorities
• Agenda setting and related issues
• Bridging the language gap
• Disagreeing with the doctor
........................................................................................
Ch. 10: Acknowledge – and use – emotion and motivation
• Feelings while visiting the doctor
• Can good medicine be emotional?
• Emotion in the medical interview
• Recognizing emotion
• Addressing anger
• Fear of the unknown
• Sadness
............................................................................................
Ch. 11: How to talk to the doctor about what makes you nervous, embarrassed, or grossed out
• General strategies to discuss uncomfortable things
• Bowels and other parts
• Death and dying
• End of life care
• Mental health communication
• Case study: Write an obituary
...............................................................................................
Ch. 12: Making healthy communities with healthy communication
• Healthy individual Vs. healthy community
• Explanatory models and doctor’s approaches
• Saving lives and empowering people
• Empowering the health of your community
• Legislating health
• Does community empowerment actually work?
...............................................................................................
Ch. 13: Learning how to want less: Creating a resource-sparing medical culture together with our doctors
• Differences of opinion: Is more care better?
• Overuse in back pain: Are we the problem?
• What if our health problems aren’t treatable?
• If we make the decision, will we want less?
• What aggressive therapies can do?
• Adverse effects
• Adverse effects, medications, and vicious cycle
• Changing the culture: Variation in care/overuse
• A battery of tests: When screen tests don’t work
• Reducing overuse through the relationship
................................................................................................
Ch. 14: Transforming our health care system through communication and collaboration
• When it’s difficult to advocate for yourself
• Health care costs and the care of the sickest
• If screening tests are imperfect
• How to improve communication in our health care system?
• Building a health care system with relationships at the center
• Is reducing overuse rationing?
..............................................................................................
Required Reading: Berger, Z. (2013). Talking to your doctor: A patient’s guide to communication in the exam room and beyond. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, Inc.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Embedded Systems I, ECE-3730, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
This course introduces the foundations of embedded systems using C++, microcontroller programming, and data communication protocols. Students will complete weekly programming activities, exams, and a final project that includes design, implementation, and presentation.
Class Activities & Homework: Weekly practice in C++ programming and embedded systems concepts.
3 Exams: Assess understanding of programming, system architecture, and peripheral control.
Final Project: Students complete a full embedded application, including prototype, documentation, and presentation.
Description:
I. Programming Foundations for Embedded Systems
1. C++ Basics for Embedded Systems – I/O, arithmetic, loops, arrays, and bitwise operations for embedded control.
2. Modular Code & Memory – Functions, templates, recursion, and pointers for efficient embedded programming.
3. OOP for Embedded Design – Object-oriented concepts for structuring firmware and hardware abstraction.
II. Embedded Hardware & Architecture
4. Embedded System Architecture – Overview of microcontroller architecture and core components.
5. GPIO & ADC – Digital I/O control and analog-to-digital signal conversion.
III. Communication & Control
6. Data Communication – UART, SPI, and I2C protocols for device communication.
7. Interrupts – Interrupt-driven programming for real-time responsiveness.
8. Timers – Timer-based control and event scheduling in embedded systems.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Senior Project II, THEA-4901, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Participation/Growth:
Portfolio Demonstration:
Amended Career Plan:
Amended Portfolio Site:
Description:
Week 1: Course Launch & Expectations
Review course requirements and key deadlines
Self-assessment: Where are you now professionally?
Begin tracking Participation/Growth (weekly check-ins begin)
Week 2: Professional Identity Review
Revisit your Career Plan and Portfolio Site from Senior Project I
Identify areas for revision/improvement
Set individual project goals for the semester
Week 3: Portfolio Critique Round 1
Present current portfolio for small-group feedback
Begin a list of targeted revisions for your site
Week 4: Career Plan Workshop
Guided work on Amended Career Plan
Explore alignment with post-grad goals or grad school prep
Peer discussion: evolving definitions of success
Week 5: Site Structure & Strategy
Refine site organization and visual branding
Work session: implement revisions or restructure portfolio
Review updated résumés, bios, and artist statements
Week 6: Career Plan Rough Draft Due
Deliverable: Draft of Amended Career Plan
Group feedback & discussion
Continue weekly growth reflections
Week 7: Professional Storytelling
Sharpening bios, project descriptions, and supporting materials
Focus on clarity, voice, and confidence
Site content writing/editing time
Week 8: Peer Website Review
In-class partner review of revised portfolio sites
Checklist-based feedback on usability, tone, and completeness
Adjust plan for final revisions
Week 9: Mock Interview or Elevator Pitch
Practice short professional intros (for networking, interviews, etc.)
Receive peer and instructor feedback
Continue refining presentation materials
Week 10: Career Plan Final Due
Deliverable: Final Amended Career Plan
Group share-out: what’s changed and why?
Week 11: Showcase Prep
Clarify what your Portfolio Demonstration will include
Rehearse delivery if oral or live
Schedule individual check-ins
Week 12: Final Website Work
Final editing and quality control for portfolio sites
Add images, videos, writing samples, or new project documentation
Accessibility & visual clarity review
Week 13: Participation & Progress Check
One-on-one check-ins to track growth and final prep
Turn in growth reflection to date
Final troubleshooting for websites
Week 14: Portfolio Demonstration Week 1
Begin Portfolio Demonstrations
Present website and talk through design/career connections
Week 15: Portfolio Demonstration Week 2
Final presentations continue
Peer feedback and Q&A
Week 16: Final Wrap-Up & Reflection
Submit:
Final Amended Portfolio Site link
Final Growth Reflection
Reflect on evolution from Senior Project I to II
Celebration of work completed and next steps
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Elementary Physics, PHYS-1010, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Exams and chapter homework
Description:
Week Day Date Chapter Topic Assignment Due
1 Mon 1/6 Introduction Class overview 1/24
Wed 1/8 Chapter 2 Newton's 1 Law 1/24
Fri 1/10 Chapter 3 Linear Motion 1/24
2 Mon 1/13 Chapter 4 Newton's 2 Law
Wed 1/15 Chapter 4 Newton's 2 Law 1/24
Fri 1/17 Chapter 5 Newton's 3 Law 1/24
3 Mon 1/20 University Closed
Wed 1/22 HW Review Newton's Laws
Fri 1/24 Exam Review Newton's Laws
4 Mon 1/27 Exam 1 Newton's Laws
Wed 1/29 Chapter 6 Momentum 2/10
Fri 1/31 Chapter 7 Energy 2/10
5 Mon 2/3 Chapter 7 Energy 2/10
Wed 2/5 Chapter 8 Rotational Motion 2/10
Fri 2/7 HW Review Mechanics
6 Mon 2/10 Exam Review Mechanics
Wed 2/12 Exam 2 Mechanics
Fri 2/14 Chapter 9 Gravity 2/26
7 Mon 2/17 University Closed
Wed 2/19 Chapter 11 Atomic Nature of Matter 2/26
Fri 2/21 NO CLASS
8 Mon 2/24 Chapter 19 Vibrations and Waves 2/26
Wed 2/26 HW/Ex Review Matter
Fri 2/28 Exam 3 Matter
9 Mon 3/3 Chapter 22 Electrostatics 3/19
Wed 3/5 Chapter 23 Electric Current 3/19
Fri 3/7 Chapter 24 Magnetism 3/19
10 Mon 3/17 Ch 22,23,24 Unit Review
Wed 3/19 HW/Ex Review Electricity and mag
Fri 3/21 NO CLASS
11 Mon 3/24 Exam 4 Electricity and mag
Wed 3/26 Chapter 26 Properties of Light 4/11
Fri 3/28 Chapter 26 Properties of Light 4/11
12 Mon 3/31 Chapter 27 Color (Online Class) 4/11
Wed 4/2 Chapter 28 Reflection and Refraction 4/11
Fri 4/4 NO CLASS
13 Mon 4/7 Chapter 29 Light Waves 4/11
Wed 4/9 HW Review Light
Fri 4/11 Exam Review Light
14 Mon 4/14 Exam 5 Light
Wed 4/16 Chapter 32 The atom 4/23
Fri 4/18 Chapter 33 Radioactivity 4/23
15 Mon 4/21 Chapter 35 Special TOR 4/23
Wed 4/23 HW/Ex Review Atom and Relativity
Fri 4/28 Reading Day – No Class
Final Mon 5/2 Exam 6 Finial Exam
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Conceptual Physics, 13e
Intro to Art, ART-1010, Section 15, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Assignments (generally one per week):
1 Module #1 The Divided Mind
2 Module #2 Why is Art Important?
3 Module #3 Creativity
4 Module #4 The Elements and Principles of Design
5 Module #5 World Tour: Africa
6 Module #6 World Tour: Prehistory
7 Module #7 World Tour: Iran
8 Module #8 World Tour: China and Japan
9 Module #9 World Tour Italy
10 Module #10 Impressionism
11 Module #11 Dada, Cubism, Surrealism
12 Module #12 Abstraction
13 Module #13 Contemporary Art
14 Module #14 Final Papers and Exam
One quiz per week -- each quiz is associated with the concepts learned in preparation for each week's drawing assignment, all of which are listed above
Description:
Weekly Modules:
1 Module #1 The Divided Mind
Learn the nature of the human brain and how that relates to creativity.
2 Module #2 Why is Art Important?
This module speaks to some questions about the utility of art.
3 Module #3 Creativity
In this module, we will discuss the nature of creativity.
4 Module #4 The Elements and Principles of Design
In this module we will discuss the formal names and terms for the nuts and bolts of how the visual arts work.
5 Module #5 World Tour: Africa
You'll be taking a look at the cultural context of Ghanaian Kente cloth, and you'll be learning about its cultural significance. You will also begin to learn about the art of ceramics.
6 Module #6 World Tour: Prehistory
This module is an introduction to some of the earliest art humans have created.
7 Module #7 World Tour: Iran
You'll be taking a look at the cultural context of the development of mosques in Iran, and at the end of the module, trying your hand at creating a tesselation.
8 Module #8 World Tour: China and Japan
You'll be taking a look at the cultural context of painting in both China and Japan, and you'll be learning a lot about how different modes of perception were in ancient Japan than they were in Europe.
9 Module #9 World Tour Italy
You'll be taking a look at the cultural context of the Italian Renaissance, an important art movement that swept through Europe and ended up becoming the foundation for much of the art of the Western world up until the present day.
10 Module #10 Impressionism
Become familiar with the cultural context involved in Impressionism. Understand how technology influenced Impressionist painting.
11 Module #11 Dada, Cubism, Surrealism
Understand how Dada, cubism, and surrealism reflected technological, cultural, and emotional contexts of the early 20th century.
12 Module #12 Abstraction
In this module we will discuss abstraction in art, a way of making images that don't refer to something concrete in the visible world.
13 Module #13 Contemporary Art
In this module we will discuss a range of artwork being created in recent years.
14 Module #14 Final Papers and Exam
Research an artist or art movement from class. Understand that artist or art movement in its cultural context.
Required Reading Material: Required reading of all learn pages in each weekly module -- supplied to the student through the Canvas course
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Senior Project I, THEA-4900R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Participation/Growth:
Website Outline:
Career Plan Rough Draft:
Career Plan:
Description:
Week 1: Course Overview & Introductions
Introduction to course goals and expectations
Discuss professional growth and participation
Self-assessment: Where are you now?
Week 2: Setting Professional Goals
Define individual learning and career goals
Begin growth journal or reflection log
Introduction to digital portfolios/websites
Week 3: Exploring Career Paths
Overview of career options in your field
Identify 2–3 potential career directions
Group discussion on industry trends
Week 4: Website Basics & Inspiration
Review examples of professional websites
Discuss components of a personal/professional site
Begin brainstorming site content
Week 5: Website Outline Due
Deliverable: Website Outline (Sections, intended content, tone, style)
Peer review and feedback
Participation check-in & reflection
Week 6: Resume & Bio Workshop
Draft your professional bio
Resume basics (tailoring, formatting, purpose)
Website content development continues
Week 7: Professional Materials
Work on resume and bio
Upload draft content to website template
Peer share-out: one section of your site
Week 8: Career Plan Rough Draft Due
Deliverable: Career Plan Rough Draft
Group discussion: How does your plan align with your goals?
Feedback and suggestions from peers/instructor
Week 9: Branding & Professional Identity
Personal branding basics (voice, visuals, tone)
Evaluate your current materials and online presence
Participation check-in & growth reflection
Week 10: Digital Presence Review
Review draft websites in small groups
Check that resume, bio, and other content align with goals
Provide/receive structured peer feedback
Week 11: Revising Career Materials
Update Career Plan and resume based on feedback
Workshop any missing website elements
One-on-one check-ins
Week 12: Career Plan Final Due
Deliverable: Final Career Plan
Present how your plan evolved and why
Peer celebration of milestones
Week 13: Final Website Work Session
Dedicated class time for polishing site
Image rights, accessibility, and formatting check
Optional one-on-one site walkthroughs
Week 14: Mock Interviews or Pitches
Practice introducing yourself and your work
Peer feedback on clarity and confidence
Participation reflection: what’s changed for you?
Week 15: Final Website Due
Deliverable: Completed Professional Website
Class showcase: share your site and career goals
Final growth reflection prompt assigned
Week 16: Final Reflection & Celebration
Share final reflections on participation and growth
Discuss next steps post-course
Celebrate completed work and progress
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Theatre Workshop: Lights, THEA-4180R, Section 02B, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
There are multiple positions. For Lighting and Sound workshop, available positions include:
Lighting Designer, Assistant Lighting Designer, Master Electrician, Light Board Operator, Sound Designer, Assistant Sound Designer, or Sound Board Operator. Please refer to technical position descriptions for responsibilities.
Description:
This workshop offers hands-on experience in technical theatre through a variety of lighting and sound roles. Available positions include Lighting Designer, Assistant Lighting Designer, Master Electrician, Light Board Operator, Sound Designer, Assistant Sound Designer, and Sound Board Operator. Students will be assigned roles based on production needs and should review the technical position descriptions for details on responsibilities. Involvement will vary by position, spanning either the full 6-week production process or the 2-week tech and performance period. This is a collaborative opportunity to develop practical skills in a live theatre setting.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Theatre Workshop: Lights, THEA-4180R, Section 02B, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
There are multiple positions. For Lighting and Sound workshop, available positions include:
Lighting Designer, Assistant Lighting Designer, Master Electrician, Light Board Operator, Sound Designer, Assistant Sound Designer, or Sound Board Operator. Please refer to technical position descriptions for responsibilities.
Description:
This workshop offers hands-on experience in technical theatre through a variety of lighting and sound roles. Available positions include Lighting Designer, Assistant Lighting Designer, Master Electrician, Light Board Operator, Sound Designer, Assistant Sound Designer, and Sound Board Operator. Students will be assigned roles based on production needs and should review the technical position descriptions for details on responsibilities. Involvement will vary by position, spanning either the full 6-week production process or the 2-week tech and performance period. This is a collaborative opportunity to develop practical skills in a live theatre setting.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
East Asian Art & Culture, HUM-1040, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
20 Points: Attendance & participation
5 Points: Lead one class discussion
20 Points: Perusall (reading & annotation)
30 Points: Five short assignments
25 Points: Final project/paper and presentation
Description:
UNIT 1: Seeing - Students explore various aspects of East Asian art and culture that pertain to our sense of sight. Assignments include readings on Daoist painting, Zen Buddhist calligraphy, and two famous films. Students learn how to connect their own vision with examples from East Asian art and culture through readings, films, and an assignment that asks them to practice calligraphy in an East Asian language.
UNIT 2: Hearing - Students explore various aspects of East Asian art and culture that pertain to our sense of hearing. Assignments include study of mantras, sutras, and music. Students learn how to connect their own hearing with examples from East Asian art and culture through readings, podcasts, and recordings, and an assignment that asks them to practice a mantra of their choice.
UNIT 3: Smelling - Students explore various aspects of East Asian art and culture that pertain to our sense of smell. Assignments include readings about perfume in Chinese history, fragrance in a Buddhist sutra, and incense ceremony in Japan. Students learn how to connect their own sense of smell with examples from East Asian art and culture through readings and a "show-and-smell" class session.
UNIT 4: Tasting - Students explore various aspects of East Asian art and culture that pertain to our sense of taste. Assignments include essays about and videos of Buddhist cooking practices and a film. Students learn how to connect their own sense of taste with examples from East Asian art and culture through readings, a film, Japanese snacks provided during class, and an assignment that asks them to prepare their own Asian meal or eat at an Asian restaurant.
UNIT 5: Touching - Students explore various aspects of East Asian art and culture that pertain to our sense of touch. Assignments include readings and a practical session on martial arts and readings on Tibetan ritual dance and acupuncture. Students learn how to connect their own hearing with examples from East Asian art and culture through readings, a practical martial arts session during class, and an assignment that asks them to practice a dance or martial art on their own or in a group.
UNIT 6: Feeling - Students explore various aspects of East Asian art and culture that pertain to our sense of feeling. Assignments include readings on bushido, Japanese nationalism, and the communal nature of foraging. Students learn how to connect their own sense of "feeling" with examples from East Asian art and culture through readings, a film, and an assignment that asks them to reflect on the "feeling" of a place that feels significant to them.
Required Reading: Eliot Weinberger - Nineteen Ways of Looking at Wang Wei; Galit Aviman - Zen Paintings in Edo Japan; Lennert Gesterkamp - “A Thousand Miles of Streams and Mountains: Daoist Self-Cultivation in a Song Landscape Painting”; In the Mood for Love (film); The Heart Sutra; Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter… and Spring (film); The Diamond Sutra; This American Life: “Off Course” (podcast); K. Spracklen - “Throat Singing as Extreme Other: An Exploration of Mongolian and Central Asian Style in Extreme Metal”; Shawn Bender - “Of Roots and Race: Discourses of Body and Place in Japanese Taiko Drumming”; Xuelei Huang - Scents of China: A Modern History of Smell; The Vimalakirti Sutra; Satoru Horiguchi & Dinah Jung - “Kōdō - Its Spiritual and Game Elements and Its Interrelations with the Japanese Literary Arts”; Dōgen - “Instructions for the Zen Cook”; Tampopo (film); Chef’s Table (TV series); Bruce Lee - The Tao of Jeet Kune Do; Enter the Dragon (film); Geoffrey Samuel & Ann R. David - “The Multiple meanings and Uses of Tibetan Ritual Dance: ‘Cham’ in Context”; Shōji Yamada - “The Myth of Zen in the Art of Archery”; Yukio Mishima - “Patriotism”; Kristofer Schipper - The Taoist Body; Anna Lowenhaupt Tsing - The Mushroom at the End of the World; Hayao Miyazaki’s Spirited Away, Princess Mononoke, or Nausicaa
Recommended Reading: N/A
Theatre Workshop: Lights, THEA-2180R, Section 02B, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
There are multiple positions. For Lighting and Sound workshop, available positions include:
Lighting Designer, Assistant Lighting Designer, Master Electrician, Light Board Operator, Sound Designer, Assistant Sound Designer, or Sound Board Operator. Please refer to technical position descriptions for responsibilities. Depending the production needs, you will be selected for a position.
Description:
This workshop offers hands-on experience in technical theatre through a variety of lighting and sound roles. Available positions include Lighting Designer, Assistant Lighting Designer, Master Electrician, Light Board Operator, Sound Designer, Assistant Sound Designer, and Sound Board Operator. Students will be assigned roles based on production needs and should review the technical position descriptions for details on responsibilities. Involvement will vary by position, spanning either the full 6-week production process or the 2-week tech and performance period. This is a collaborative opportunity to develop practical skills in a live theatre setting.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Lighting Design I, THEA-2230, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Assignments:
Participation in class/assignments and daily e-mail/Canvas checking)
Lighting Journals
Reading Assignments
Project #1 – Light Photo Lab
Project #2 – Instrument Selection
Project #3 – Wiring Project
Project #4 – Gel Project
Project #5 – Drafting Project
Project #6 – Viz Project
Project #7 – Beamwright
Final Design Project
Midterm
Shop Hours
Description:
Week 1: Introduction & Light Photo Lab
Topics:
Welcome, syllabus, tour of spaces
Begin Light Photo Lab
Assignments:
Assignment 1: Light Photo Lab
Bring at least one of two photos
Week 2: Light Photo Lab Continued
Topics:
Continue Light Photo Lab
Assignments:
Assignment 2
Assignment 3
Due:
2nd photo
Project 1 Photo Lab
Week 3: Intro to Lighting & Production
Topics:
Intro to Lights & Production Team
Production Lab Day
Assignments:
Read Chapters 1 & 2
Assignment 1
Week 4: Production Lab & Electrical Theory
Topics:
Production Lab Day
Electrical Theory
Assignments:
Read Chapter 3
Assignment 2
Week 5: Instruments & Project Work
Topics:
(No Class) Project Work Day
Lens, Lamps, Reflectors, & Instruments
Assignments:
Assignment 3
Assignment 4
Instrument Project
Read Chapter 4
Assignment 7
Week 6: Instruments & Demos
Topics:
Continue Instruments
Demo Lighting Instruments
Assignments:
Assignment 5
Assignment 6
Due:
Project 2 Instrument Worksheet
Week 7: Cables, Connectors, & Color
Topics:
Cables & Connectors
Introduction to Color
Assignments:
Wiring Project
Read Chapters 5 & 8
Assignment 4
Assignment 6
Week 8: Midterm & Color Projects
Topics:
Midterm
Color continued
Assignments:
Gel Project
Assignment 8
Due:
Midterm
Week 9: Break & Practicals
Topics:
Semester Break (No Class)
Practicals & Effects / Movers & LEDs
Assignments:
Assignment 9
Read Chapters 7 & 10
Project 3 Wiring
Week 10: Production Lab & LEDs
Topics:
Production Lab Days
Movers & LEDs Continued
Assignments:
Light Journals Part 1
Assignment 5
Project 4 Gel
Week 11: Design Process & Light Plot
Topics:
Design Process & Image of Light
Lighting Key & Light Plot
Assignments:
Read Chapters 11–14
Assignment 8
Assignment 9
Week 12: Drafting & Project Work
Topics:
(No Class) Project Work Day
Paperwork / Drafting
Drafting Lab
Assignments:
Drafting Project
Read Chapter 15
Week 13: Final Project Development
Topics:
Drafting / Final Project
Viz, Nomad, & Patching
Assignments:
Drafting Project Due
Week 14: Viz Work & Rehearsal
Topics:
Viz Lab Day
Rehearsal & Performance Procedures
Assignments:
Read Chapter 17
Week 15: Final Project Work Days
Topics:
In-Class Final Project Work
Assignments:
Beamwright
Viz Project
Week 16: Final Presentations
Topics:
Final Project Presentation
Assignments:
Present Final Project
Required Reading: J. Michael Gillette, Designing with Light: An Introduction to Stage Lighting, 8th Edition Margaret Edson, Wit
Recommended Reading: N/A
Management & Organizations, MGMT-3400, Section 41, College of Business
Course Requirements:
2 exams
6 discussion posts
6 assignments
Description:
• UNIT 1 – Describe a manager’s four major tasks: planning, organizing, leading, and controlling
• Explain the purpose of organizational values, mission, and vision
• Demonstrate how focusing on skills and strengths leads to success as a manager
Describe the historical foundations of management
• UNIT 2 – Explain how managers use a systems approach to critical thinking to achieve results
• Diagram the eight most common systems archetypes that managers can expect to encounter
• Illustrate how internal influences create unique types of cultures
• Understand how managers organize international businesses
• Explain the challenges and opportunities of working with cultural differences
• Explain ethics as they relate to the five domains of individuals, organizations, stakeholders, government, and the global community
• UNIT 3 - Describe the seven steps of the decision making process.
• Demonstrate how managers select the most desirable alternative.
• Outline different types of goals and the characteristics that make them effective.
• Explain how businesses use planning to sole problems and make a difference.
• UNIT 4 – Show how managers combine vertical and horizontal approaches to organizational design in order to be more adaptive.
• Explain how managers assess human resource needs and select talent to meet demand
• Design a performance development process based on organizational needs.
• Describe why managers form working groups to achieve results.
• Explain the characteristics of teams
• UNIT 5 - Define leadership in a global context.
• Distinguish among four basic types of leaders.
• Explain the characteristics of individual personalities and strength profiles.
• Explain how managers use motivation and communication to achieve results.
• UNIT 6 - Define entrepreneurship, entrepreneurs, and entrepreneurial firms.
• Identify three characteristics of a growing entrepreneurial firm.
• Explain how managers use controls to operate organizational performance.
• Explain how managers connect facilities, processes, and people to control performance.
• List the steps in the comprehensive model of foreign market entries.
Required Reading: Management, by Neck Author(s): Christopher P. Neck ISBN-10: 1118749561 ISBN-13: 9781118749562 Binding: Hardbound Publisher: Wiley
Recommended Reading: None
Management & Organizations, MGMT-3400, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
6 discussion posts
6 assignments
2 exams
Description:
• UNIT 1 – Describe a manager’s four major tasks: planning, organizing, leading, and controlling
• Explain the purpose of organizational values, mission, and vision
• Demonstrate how focusing on skills and strengths leads to success as a manager
Describe the historical foundations of management
• UNIT 2 – Explain how managers use a systems approach to critical thinking to achieve results
• Diagram the eight most common systems archetypes that managers can expect to encounter
• Illustrate how internal influences create unique types of cultures
• Understand how managers organize international businesses
• Explain the challenges and opportunities of working with cultural differences
• Explain ethics as they relate to the five domains of individuals, organizations, stakeholders, government, and the global community
• UNIT 3 - Describe the seven steps of the decision making process.
• Demonstrate how managers select the most desirable alternative.
• Outline different types of goals and the characteristics that make them effective.
• Explain how businesses use planning to sole problems and make a difference.
• UNIT 4 – Show how managers combine vertical and horizontal approaches to organizational design in order to be more adaptive.
• Explain how managers assess human resource needs and select talent to meet demand
• Design a performance development process based on organizational needs.
• Describe why managers form working groups to achieve results.
• Explain the characteristics of teams
• UNIT 5 - Define leadership in a global context.
• Distinguish among four basic types of leaders.
• Explain the characteristics of individual personalities and strength profiles.
• Explain how managers use motivation and communication to achieve results.
• UNIT 6 - Define entrepreneurship, entrepreneurs, and entrepreneurial firms.
• Identify three characteristics of a growing entrepreneurial firm.
• Explain how managers use controls to operate organizational performance.
• Explain how managers connect facilities, processes, and people to control performance.
• List the steps in the comprehensive model of foreign market entries.
Required Reading: Management, by Neck Author(s): Christopher P. Neck ISBN-10: 1118749561 ISBN-13: 9781118749562 Binding: Hardbound Publisher: Wiley
Recommended Reading: None
Stagecraft, THEA-1513, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Participation in class (and daily e-mail/Canvas checking)
Nine Reading Assignments
Final Exam
Project #1 – Tool Presentation
Project #2 – Construction Project & Cut List
Project #3 – Drafting Project
Project #4 – Lighting Production Project
Project #5 – Interview a Professional Project
Project #6– Prop Build Project
Final Project (Rube Goldberg Project)
Shop Hours
Description:
Week 1
Welcome and Introductions
Introduction to the course. Review of the syllabus, expectations, and an overview of projects.
Tool Training (Scene Shop)
Hands-on training with essential tools. Focus on proper usage and safety protocols.
Production Day (Scene Shop)
First workday in the scene shop. Students begin practical production tasks.
Week 2
Safety and Tools
Discussion and demonstrations of shop safety. Overview of the tools used in scenic production.
Tool Training (Scene Shop)
Continuation of tool-specific training. Emphasis on precision and efficiency.
Production Day (Scene Shop)
Practical application of tool skills. Work on early-stage projects.
Week 3
No Class: MLK Day
Tool Training (Scene Shop)
Advanced tool training. Introduction to specialty tools for complex projects.
Production Day (Scene Shop)
Focus on teamwork and completing project milestones.
Week 4
Materials & Hardware
Lecture on commonly used scenic materials and their applications. Overview of hardware essentials.
Materials & Hardware Continued
Deep dive into material properties, costs, and sustainability. Hands-on material identification.
Production Day (Scene Shop)
Utilizing materials and hardware learned in class for active projects.
Week 5
Scenic Production Techniques: 2D Scenery
Introduction to flat scenery techniques, painting, and texturing.
Scenic Production Techniques: 3D Scenery
Discussion of 3D scenic construction, structural integrity, and design considerations.
Production Day (Scene Shop)
Building 2D and 3D scenic elements based on designs.
Week 6
Flat Project Lab Day (Scene Shop)
Workshop dedicated to constructing and assembling flat scenery.
Flat Project Lab Day (Scene Shop)
Continuation of flat scenery project. Emphasis on accuracy and collaboration.
Production Day (Scene Shop)
Finalizing flat project details and troubleshooting.
Week 7
No Class: President’s Day
Mechanical Drafting
Introduction to drafting techniques. Focus on translating design to technical drawings.
Production Day (Scene Shop)
Applying drafting skills to scenic construction.
Week 8
Drafting Project 3 Lab Day
Lab session for creating detailed drafts of assigned project.
Drafting Project 3 Lab Day
Continued drafting work. Individual feedback provided.
Drafting Project 3 Lab Day
Finalizing drafts and preparing for implementation.
Week 9
Knots and Rigging Scenery (Mainstage)
Hands-on session focused on rigging techniques, knots, and safety for stage productions.
Week 10
No Class: USITT Conference
Week 11
Spring Break: No Class
Week 12
Prop Lab Day (Scene Shop)
Focus on prop creation. Use of various materials and techniques.
Prop Lab Day (Scene Shop)
Continued prop work. Emphasis on creativity and functionality.
Production Day (Scene Shop)
Integrating props into scenic designs. Final adjustments.
Week 13
Lighting Production
Introduction to lighting design and its integration into scenic production.
Project 4 Lab Day (Mainstage)
Lab session focused on lighting implementation and troubleshooting.
Project 4 Lab Day (Mainstage)
Continued work on lighting projects with hands-on guidance.
Week 14
Prop Lab Day (Scene Shop)
Additional time to refine props and test their stage compatibility.
Prop Lab Day (Scene Shop)
Final touches on props. Quality check and rehearsal integration.
Week 15 & 16
Final Project Lab Days (Scene Shop)
Dedicated time to finalize the capstone project. Emphasis on collaboration and meeting deadlines.
Final Project Due
Submission and presentation of the final project. Peer and instructor feedback.
Review
Course review and preparation for the final exam.
Finals Week
Final Exam
Scheduled exam period for the course.
Required Reading: Theatrical Design and Production: An Introduction to Scene Design and Construction, Lighting, Sound, Costume, and Makeup, 8th Edition. J. Michael Gillette & Rich Dionne
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Business, BUS-1010, Section 2, College of Business
Course Requirements:
10 chapter quizzes
final exam
13 assignments
final project of Business Plan
Description:
UNIT 1 – Foundations of Business, Form of business ownership and business ethics
UNIT 2 – Operating a Successful Business – recruiting, motivatoikng, product design and operations management
UNIT 3 Marketing – Business in global environment, marketing
UNIT 4 – Financing the company
OVERALL Project – developing a business plan
Required Reading: Textbook: Link to Buy: Exploring Business v4.0 Karen Collins; ISBN: 978-1-4533-3427-0
Recommended Reading: None
Principles of Chemistry I, CHEM-1210, Section 5, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-requisite – Math 1050 or higher, grade “C” or higher or equivalent placement score taken within 2 years prior to enrollment in this course.
Co-Requisite – Chem 1215
Description:
1. Introduction and Syllabus Overview
Overview of course structure, policies, and expectations.
2. Classification of Matter and Chemical Reactions
Exploration of matter classification and fundamental reaction concepts.
3. Properties of Matter, Mixture Separation, and States of Matter
Examination of physical and chemical properties, separation techniques, and matter phases.
4. Units, Conversion Factors, and Significant Figures
Understanding units, conversions, and the application of significant figures.
5. Precision vs. Accuracy, Grubbs Test, and Temperature Conversions
Differentiating precision and accuracy, identifying outliers, and temperature calculations.
6. Atomic Structure, History, Symbols, and the Periodic Table
The evolution of atomic theory, atomic symbols, and periodic table organization.
7. Molecular and Ionic Compounds: Naming and Formulas
Introduction to nomenclature and formula writing for molecular and ionic compounds.
8. Polyatomic Ions
Identification and naming of common polyatomic ions.
9. Oxoanions and Acids
Understanding oxoanions and acid nomenclature.
10. Chemical Reactions, The Mole, Molar Mass, and Conversions
Introduction to stoichiometry, molar mass, and conversion calculations.
11. Exam 1: Chapters 1-2
Assessment covering foundational concepts from the first two chapters.
12. Balancing Chemical Reactions
Mastery of balancing equations for chemical reactions.
13. The Carbon Cycle, Stoichiometry, Limiting Reagents, and Percent Yield
Exploring stoichiometric principles, limiting reagents, and reaction efficiency.
14. Empirical vs. Molecular Formulas, Mass Spectrometry, and XRF
Differentiating formulas and introduction to analytical techniques.
15. Combustion Analysis Applications
Determining molecular compositions using combustion analysis.
16. Solutions: Concentration, Units, Conversions, and Dilutions
Introduction to solution chemistry and concentration calculations.
17. Beer’s Law, Electrolytes, Neutralization, Acids, and Bases
Examining solution properties and neutralization reactions.
18. Strong vs. Weak Acids and Bases, and Titrations
Exploring acid/base strengths and titration techniques.
19. Solution Chemistry and Precipitation Reactions
Understanding solubility and precipitation reactions.
20. Reactions in Aqueous Solutions
Investigating different reaction types occurring in solution.
21. Solubility Rules and Solution Types
Learning solubility guidelines and solution classifications.
22. Redox Reactions and Oxidation Numbers
Assigning oxidation states and understanding redox reactions.
23. Gas Properties, Pressure Measurement, and Boyle’s Law
Examining gas behavior and pressure-volume relationships.
24. Exam 2: Chapters 3-4
Assessment of topics covered in Chapters 3 and 4.
25. Gas Laws: Charles, Avogadro, Amonton, Ideal, and Combined
Applying gas laws to describe gaseous behavior.
26. Gas Stoichiometry, Density, and Dalton’s Law
Understanding gas stoichiometry, density, and partial pressure concepts.
27. Kinetic Molecular Theory, Effusion, Diffusion, and Real Gases
Exploring gas motion and deviations from ideal behavior.
28. Thermodynamics: Heat, Work, and Energy
Introduction to thermodynamic principles at a macroscopic level.
29. Molecular Energy, Systems, and Heat Flow
Examining energy transformations and heat transfer.
30. Internal Energy, Energy Units, Enthalpy, and Heat Capacity
Understanding thermodynamic quantities and heat measurement.
31. Calorimetry and Heat Transfer
Application of calorimetry techniques to quantify heat transfer.
32. Hess’s Law and Standard Enthalpy of Reaction
Using Hess’s Law for enthalpy calculations.
33. Food and Fuel Energy Values
Analyzing caloric and energy values in different materials.
34. Atomic Spectra and the Wave-Particle Nature of Light
Investigating light properties and atomic emission spectra.
35. Exam 3: Chapters 5-6
Assessment covering thermodynamics and atomic theory.
36. Quantum Theory and the Photoelectric Effect
Exploring fundamental principles of quantum mechanics.
37. Hydrogen Spectrum and Bohr Model
Studying hydrogen emission and atomic models.
38. Wave-Particle Duality, Quantum Numbers, and Atomic Orbitals
Understanding electron behavior in atoms.
39. Electron Spin, Orbital Diagrams, and Hund’s Rule
Learning electron configuration principles.
40. Quantum Model of the Atom
Examining the modern quantum mechanical model.
41. Electron Configurations, Atomic Radii, and Ionization Energy
Understanding periodic trends in atomic properties.
42. Chemical Bonding and Lewis Structures
Exploring covalent bonding and Lewis structures.
43. Bond Polarity and Electronegativity
Understanding bond polarity and molecular dipoles.
44. Resonance, Formal Charge, and Octet Rule Exceptions
Examining exceptions to standard bonding rules.
45. Bond Length, Bond Energy, and Reaction Enthalpy
Understanding bond strength and its thermodynamic implications.
46. Molecular Geometry and VSEPR Theory
Predicting molecular shapes using VSEPR.
47. Geometries for Steric Numbers 2-6
Exploring electron-pair geometries and molecular structures.
48. Exam 4: Chapters 7-8
Assessment covering bonding and molecular structure concepts.
49. Bond Dipoles, Molecular Dipoles, and Polarity
Relating molecular shape to polarity and dipole moments.
50. Valence Bond Theory and Hybridization
Introduction to orbital hybridization in bonding.
51. Molecular Orbital Theory and Bond Order
Analyzing bonding using molecular orbital diagrams.
52. MO Diagrams, Conductors, and Semiconductors
Understanding electronic properties of materials.
53. Intermolecular Forces and Their Trends
Exploring different types of intermolecular forces.
54. Strength of Intermolecular Forces and Their Effects
Examining how forces influence physical properties.
55. Phase Diagrams and Liquid Properties
Understanding phase transitions and liquid behavior.
56. Solubility and Henry’s Law
Investigating solubility principles and gas-liquid equilibria.
57. Summary of Intermolecular Forces
Reviewing the role of intermolecular interactions.
58. Exam 5: Chapters 9-10
Assessment covering intermolecular forces and solutions.
59. Final Review Part 1
Comprehensive review of key course topics.
60. Final Review Part 2
Continued final exam preparation.
61. Final Review Part 3
Final session before the comprehensive exam.
Required Reading: • Chemistry 6th edition, Gilbert. ISBN 978-0-393-67403-3 and access to SmartWork. (Both of these are included via inclusive access in your course fees already.)
Recommended Reading: ACS STUDY GUIDE
Introduction to Business, BUS-1010, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
10 Chapter quizzes
Final Exam
13 Asssignments
Description:
UNIT 1 – Foundations of Business, Form of business ownership and business ethics
UNIT 2 – Operating a Successful Business – recruiting, motivatoikng, product design and operations management
UNIT 3 Marketing – Business in global environment, marketing
UNIT 4 – Financing the company
OVERALL Project – developing a business plan
Required Reading: Textbook: Link to Buy: Exploring Business v4.0 Karen Collins; ISBN: 978-1-4533-3427-0
Recommended Reading: None
Digital Circuits Lab, ECE-2705, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
This course includes a series of hands-on labs designed to reinforce digital design concepts using simulation tools and Verilog HDL. Students will complete weekly lab assignments covering number systems, logic gates, combinational and sequential circuits, and RTL-based FSM design.
Description:
1. Number System – Practice binary, octal, hex, and decimal conversions
2. Logic Gates – Build and simulate basic gates and combinational logic.
3. Verilog HDL – Write basic Verilog modules and testbenches.
4. K-map & 7-Segment Display – Design BCD to 7-segment decoders using K-map.
5. Adders – Implement half and full adders in Verilog.
6. Latches – Explore SR and D latches as basic RTL memory elements.
7. Modeling Styles – Compare behavioral, structural, and dataflow coding in Verilog.
8. Flip-Flops – Design D and T flip-flops.
9. FSM Design – Design and simulate Mealy/Moore state machines.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry I, CHEM-1210, Section 4, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Pre-requisite – Math 1050 or higher, grade “C” or higher or equivalent placement score taken within 2 years prior to enrollment in this course.
Co-Requisite – Chem 1215
Description:
1. Introduction and Syllabus Overview
Overview of course structure, policies, and expectations.
2. Classification of Matter and Chemical Reactions
Exploration of matter classification and fundamental reaction concepts.
3. Properties of Matter, Mixture Separation, and States of Matter
Examination of physical and chemical properties, separation techniques, and matter phases.
4. Units, Conversion Factors, and Significant Figures
Understanding units, conversions, and the application of significant figures.
5. Precision vs. Accuracy, Grubbs Test, and Temperature Conversions
Differentiating precision and accuracy, identifying outliers, and temperature calculations.
6. Atomic Structure, History, Symbols, and the Periodic Table
The evolution of atomic theory, atomic symbols, and periodic table organization.
7. Molecular and Ionic Compounds: Naming and Formulas
Introduction to nomenclature and formula writing for molecular and ionic compounds.
8. Polyatomic Ions
Identification and naming of common polyatomic ions.
9. Oxoanions and Acids
Understanding oxoanions and acid nomenclature.
10. Chemical Reactions, The Mole, Molar Mass, and Conversions
Introduction to stoichiometry, molar mass, and conversion calculations.
11. Exam 1: Chapters 1-2
Assessment covering foundational concepts from the first two chapters.
12. Balancing Chemical Reactions
Mastery of balancing equations for chemical reactions.
13. The Carbon Cycle, Stoichiometry, Limiting Reagents, and Percent Yield
Exploring stoichiometric principles, limiting reagents, and reaction efficiency.
14. Empirical vs. Molecular Formulas, Mass Spectrometry, and XRF
Differentiating formulas and introduction to analytical techniques.
15. Combustion Analysis Applications
Determining molecular compositions using combustion analysis.
16. Solutions: Concentration, Units, Conversions, and Dilutions
Introduction to solution chemistry and concentration calculations.
17. Beer’s Law, Electrolytes, Neutralization, Acids, and Bases
Examining solution properties and neutralization reactions.
18. Strong vs. Weak Acids and Bases, and Titrations
Exploring acid/base strengths and titration techniques.
19. Solution Chemistry and Precipitation Reactions
Understanding solubility and precipitation reactions.
20. Reactions in Aqueous Solutions
Investigating different reaction types occurring in solution.
21. Solubility Rules and Solution Types
Learning solubility guidelines and solution classifications.
22. Redox Reactions and Oxidation Numbers
Assigning oxidation states and understanding redox reactions.
23. Gas Properties, Pressure Measurement, and Boyle’s Law
Examining gas behavior and pressure-volume relationships.
24. Exam 2: Chapters 3-4
Assessment of topics covered in Chapters 3 and 4.
25. Gas Laws: Charles, Avogadro, Amonton, Ideal, and Combined
Applying gas laws to describe gaseous behavior.
26. Gas Stoichiometry, Density, and Dalton’s Law
Understanding gas stoichiometry, density, and partial pressure concepts.
27. Kinetic Molecular Theory, Effusion, Diffusion, and Real Gases
Exploring gas motion and deviations from ideal behavior.
28. Thermodynamics: Heat, Work, and Energy
Introduction to thermodynamic principles at a macroscopic level.
29. Molecular Energy, Systems, and Heat Flow
Examining energy transformations and heat transfer.
30. Internal Energy, Energy Units, Enthalpy, and Heat Capacity
Understanding thermodynamic quantities and heat measurement.
31. Calorimetry and Heat Transfer
Application of calorimetry techniques to quantify heat transfer.
32. Hess’s Law and Standard Enthalpy of Reaction
Using Hess’s Law for enthalpy calculations.
33. Food and Fuel Energy Values
Analyzing caloric and energy values in different materials.
34. Atomic Spectra and the Wave-Particle Nature of Light
Investigating light properties and atomic emission spectra.
35. Exam 3: Chapters 5-6
Assessment covering thermodynamics and atomic theory.
36. Quantum Theory and the Photoelectric Effect
Exploring fundamental principles of quantum mechanics.
37. Hydrogen Spectrum and Bohr Model
Studying hydrogen emission and atomic models.
38. Wave-Particle Duality, Quantum Numbers, and Atomic Orbitals
Understanding electron behavior in atoms.
39. Electron Spin, Orbital Diagrams, and Hund’s Rule
Learning electron configuration principles.
40. Quantum Model of the Atom
Examining the modern quantum mechanical model.
41. Electron Configurations, Atomic Radii, and Ionization Energy
Understanding periodic trends in atomic properties.
42. Chemical Bonding and Lewis Structures
Exploring covalent bonding and Lewis structures.
43. Bond Polarity and Electronegativity
Understanding bond polarity and molecular dipoles.
44. Resonance, Formal Charge, and Octet Rule Exceptions
Examining exceptions to standard bonding rules.
45. Bond Length, Bond Energy, and Reaction Enthalpy
Understanding bond strength and its thermodynamic implications.
46. Molecular Geometry and VSEPR Theory
Predicting molecular shapes using VSEPR.
47. Geometries for Steric Numbers 2-6
Exploring electron-pair geometries and molecular structures.
48. Exam 4: Chapters 7-8
Assessment covering bonding and molecular structure concepts.
49. Bond Dipoles, Molecular Dipoles, and Polarity
Relating molecular shape to polarity and dipole moments.
50. Valence Bond Theory and Hybridization
Introduction to orbital hybridization in bonding.
51. Molecular Orbital Theory and Bond Order
Analyzing bonding using molecular orbital diagrams.
52. MO Diagrams, Conductors, and Semiconductors
Understanding electronic properties of materials.
53. Intermolecular Forces and Their Trends
Exploring different types of intermolecular forces.
54. Strength of Intermolecular Forces and Their Effects
Examining how forces influence physical properties.
55. Phase Diagrams and Liquid Properties
Understanding phase transitions and liquid behavior.
56. Solubility and Henry’s Law
Investigating solubility principles and gas-liquid equilibria.
57. Summary of Intermolecular Forces
Reviewing the role of intermolecular interactions.
58. Exam 5: Chapters 9-10
Assessment covering intermolecular forces and solutions.
59. Final Review Part 1
Comprehensive review of key course topics.
60. Final Review Part 2
Continued final exam preparation.
61. Final Review Part 3
Final session before the comprehensive exam.
Required Reading: • Chemistry 6th edition, Gilbert. ISBN 978-0-393-67403-3 and access to SmartWork. (Both of these are included via inclusive access in your course fees already.)
Recommended Reading: ACS STUDY GUIDE
Digital Circuits Lab, ECE-2705, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
This course includes a series of hands-on labs designed to reinforce digital design concepts using simulation tools and Verilog HDL. Students will complete weekly lab assignments covering number systems, logic gates, combinational and sequential circuits, and RTL-based FSM design.
Description:
Topics:
1. Number System – Practice binary, octal, hex, and decimal conversions
2. Logic Gates – Build and simulate basic gates and combinational logic.
3. Verilog HDL – Write basic Verilog modules and testbenches.
4. K-map & 7-Segment Display – Design BCD to 7-segment decoders using K-map.
5. Adders – Implement half and full adders in Verilog.
6. Latches – Explore SR and D latches as basic RTL memory elements.
7. Modeling Styles – Compare behavioral, structural, and dataflow coding in Verilog.
8. Flip-Flops – Design D and T flip-flops.
9. FSM Design – Design and simulate Mealy/Moore state machines.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry I, CHEM-1210, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Math 1050 or higher, grade “C” or higher or equivalent placement score taken within 2 years prior to enrollment in this course. Co-Requisite – Chem 1215
Description:
1. Introduction and Syllabus Overview
Overview of course structure, policies, and expectations.
2. Classification of Matter and Chemical Reactions
Exploration of matter classification and fundamental reaction concepts.
3. Properties of Matter, Mixture Separation, and States of Matter
Examination of physical and chemical properties, separation techniques, and matter phases.
4. Units, Conversion Factors, and Significant Figures
Understanding units, conversions, and the application of significant figures.
5. Precision vs. Accuracy, Grubbs Test, and Temperature Conversions
Differentiating precision and accuracy, identifying outliers, and temperature calculations.
6. Atomic Structure, History, Symbols, and the Periodic Table
The evolution of atomic theory, atomic symbols, and periodic table organization.
7. Molecular and Ionic Compounds: Naming and Formulas
Introduction to nomenclature and formula writing for molecular and ionic compounds.
8. Polyatomic Ions
Identification and naming of common polyatomic ions.
9. Oxoanions and Acids
Understanding oxoanions and acid nomenclature.
10. Chemical Reactions, The Mole, Molar Mass, and Conversions
Introduction to stoichiometry, molar mass, and conversion calculations.
11. Exam 1: Chapters 1-2
Assessment covering foundational concepts from the first two chapters.
12. Balancing Chemical Reactions
Mastery of balancing equations for chemical reactions.
13. The Carbon Cycle, Stoichiometry, Limiting Reagents, and Percent Yield
Exploring stoichiometric principles, limiting reagents, and reaction efficiency.
14. Empirical vs. Molecular Formulas, Mass Spectrometry, and XRF
Differentiating formulas and introduction to analytical techniques.
15. Combustion Analysis Applications
Determining molecular compositions using combustion analysis.
16. Solutions: Concentration, Units, Conversions, and Dilutions
Introduction to solution chemistry and concentration calculations.
17. Beer’s Law, Electrolytes, Neutralization, Acids, and Bases
Examining solution properties and neutralization reactions.
18. Strong vs. Weak Acids and Bases, and Titrations
Exploring acid/base strengths and titration techniques.
19. Solution Chemistry and Precipitation Reactions
Understanding solubility and precipitation reactions.
20. Reactions in Aqueous Solutions
Investigating different reaction types occurring in solution.
21. Solubility Rules and Solution Types
Learning solubility guidelines and solution classifications.
22. Redox Reactions and Oxidation Numbers
Assigning oxidation states and understanding redox reactions.
23. Gas Properties, Pressure Measurement, and Boyle’s Law
Examining gas behavior and pressure-volume relationships.
24. Exam 2: Chapters 3-4
Assessment of topics covered in Chapters 3 and 4.
25. Gas Laws: Charles, Avogadro, Amonton, Ideal, and Combined
Applying gas laws to describe gaseous behavior.
26. Gas Stoichiometry, Density, and Dalton’s Law
Understanding gas stoichiometry, density, and partial pressure concepts.
27. Kinetic Molecular Theory, Effusion, Diffusion, and Real Gases
Exploring gas motion and deviations from ideal behavior.
28. Thermodynamics: Heat, Work, and Energy
Introduction to thermodynamic principles at a macroscopic level.
29. Molecular Energy, Systems, and Heat Flow
Examining energy transformations and heat transfer.
30. Internal Energy, Energy Units, Enthalpy, and Heat Capacity
Understanding thermodynamic quantities and heat measurement.
31. Calorimetry and Heat Transfer
Application of calorimetry techniques to quantify heat transfer.
32. Hess’s Law and Standard Enthalpy of Reaction
Using Hess’s Law for enthalpy calculations.
33. Food and Fuel Energy Values
Analyzing caloric and energy values in different materials.
34. Atomic Spectra and the Wave-Particle Nature of Light
Investigating light properties and atomic emission spectra.
35. Exam 3: Chapters 5-6
Assessment covering thermodynamics and atomic theory.
36. Quantum Theory and the Photoelectric Effect
Exploring fundamental principles of quantum mechanics.
37. Hydrogen Spectrum and Bohr Model
Studying hydrogen emission and atomic models.
38. Wave-Particle Duality, Quantum Numbers, and Atomic Orbitals
Understanding electron behavior in atoms.
39. Electron Spin, Orbital Diagrams, and Hund’s Rule
Learning electron configuration principles.
40. Quantum Model of the Atom
Examining the modern quantum mechanical model.
41. Electron Configurations, Atomic Radii, and Ionization Energy
Understanding periodic trends in atomic properties.
42. Chemical Bonding and Lewis Structures
Exploring covalent bonding and Lewis structures.
43. Bond Polarity and Electronegativity
Understanding bond polarity and molecular dipoles.
44. Resonance, Formal Charge, and Octet Rule Exceptions
Examining exceptions to standard bonding rules.
45. Bond Length, Bond Energy, and Reaction Enthalpy
Understanding bond strength and its thermodynamic implications.
46. Molecular Geometry and VSEPR Theory
Predicting molecular shapes using VSEPR.
47. Geometries for Steric Numbers 2-6
Exploring electron-pair geometries and molecular structures.
48. Exam 4: Chapters 7-8
Assessment covering bonding and molecular structure concepts.
49. Bond Dipoles, Molecular Dipoles, and Polarity
Relating molecular shape to polarity and dipole moments.
50. Valence Bond Theory and Hybridization
Introduction to orbital hybridization in bonding.
51. Molecular Orbital Theory and Bond Order
Analyzing bonding using molecular orbital diagrams.
52. MO Diagrams, Conductors, and Semiconductors
Understanding electronic properties of materials.
53. Intermolecular Forces and Their Trends
Exploring different types of intermolecular forces.
54. Strength of Intermolecular Forces and Their Effects
Examining how forces influence physical properties.
55. Phase Diagrams and Liquid Properties
Understanding phase transitions and liquid behavior.
56. Solubility and Henry’s Law
Investigating solubility principles and gas-liquid equilibria.
57. Summary of Intermolecular Forces
Reviewing the role of intermolecular interactions.
58. Exam 5: Chapters 9-10
Assessment covering intermolecular forces and solutions.
59. Final Review Part 1
Comprehensive review of key course topics.
60. Final Review Part 2
Continued final exam preparation.
61. Final Review Part 3
Final session before the comprehensive exam.
Required Reading: • Chemistry 6th edition, Gilbert. ISBN 978-0-393-67403-3 and access to SmartWork. (Both of these are included via inclusive access in your course fees already.)
Recommended Reading: ACS STUDY GUIDE
Current Respiratory Topics, RESP-4300, Section 40, College of Health Sciences
Course Requirements:
Current topics in respiratory care paper; Additional sources to inform best practice paper; Cultural Competence Paper; Annotated Bibliography Paper; Current Research Paper
Description:
Module 1: Why current topics matter. Students will be introduced to the importance of lifelong learning in healthcare. Students will summarize a current topic in respiratory care that interests them, and critique outdated policies and procedures that are currently practiced in healthcare.
Module 2: Best practices. Students will research several sources that guide the healthcare industry's best practices. Students will then summarize a chosen clinical practice guideline and relate it to real-world experience, and reflect on gaps that they feel could be addressed in current clinical practice guidelines.
Module 3: Ethics. Students will research the current ethical standards of the respiratory therapy profession. They will relate the AARC's Statement of Ethics and Professional Conduct to their experience, and analyze an ethical dilemma.
Module 4: Diversity and Cultural Competence. Students will explore the concept and value of cultural competence in healthcare. Students can choose to apply cultural competence in a role-play patient-clinician interview and reflect on their experience, or they will write a paper analyzing a current trend in cultural competence in healthcare.
Module 5: Advances in Respiratory Care. Students will research advances in respiratory care, and identify how advances in respiratory care have improved patient outcomes.
Module 6: Current Research. Students will perform research and gather resources for an annotated bibliography which will be used to compose the final paper next week.
Module 7: Current Research Paper. Students will synthesize ideas from their current research topic into a final paper.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Digital Circuits, ECE-2700, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
This course introduces fundamental concepts in digital logic design. Students complete weekly activities, quizzes, and homework focused on number systems, Boolean algebra, combinational and sequential circuits, and FSMs. There are four exams distributed across the semester.
Class Activities & Quizzes (Weekly): Reinforce key concepts through guided practice.
Homework Assignments (10 total): Deeper application of logic design principles.
Exams (4): Assess student understanding of major content blocks (Weeks 4, 8, 12, and 16).
Description:
1. Number Systems – Covers binary, octal, and hexadecimal conversions.
2. Complements & Signed Numbers – Introduces 1’s/2’s complements and signed arithmetic.
3. Boolean Algebra – Basic Boolean laws and logic operations.
4. Boolean Functions – Simplifying and expressing Boolean expressions.
5. Gate-Level Minimization – Canonical forms and K-map basics.
6. Karnaugh Maps & Logic Circuits – Use K-maps to simplify combinational circuits.
7. Combinational Logic I – Design of adders, decoders, and comparators.
8. Combinational Logic II – Includes encoders, multiplexers, and demultiplexers.
9. Sequential Logic Intro – Combinational vs. sequential logic; intro to timing.
10. Flip-Flops (RTL Basics) – Latches and flip-flops as RTL storage elements.
11. FSM Concepts (RTL Control) – Mealy/Moore machines and state diagrams.
12. FSM Design – Designing control logic using RTL methodology.
13. Registers & Counters (RTL Blocks) – Data storage and counting circuits.
14. Memory & PLA/PAL – Counters, memory types, and programmable logic.
15. Error Detection – Covers parity, checksums, and basic correction codes.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Figure Drawing, ART-3460R, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Gesture Assignment
Anatomical Landmarks Assignment
Head, Neck, and Shoulder Girdle Assignment
Torso Assignment
Light and Shadow Assignment
Full Value Assignment
Legs and Feet Assignment
Arms and Hands Assignment
Fabric and Folds Assignment
The Clothed Figure Assignment
Composition Assignment
Style Study Assignment
Description:
1. Day One Lecture
Synopsis: Overview of the syllabus, class expectations, and an introduction to fundamental drawing concepts. Includes a "Get to Know You" activity and Canvas platform overview.
2. Gesture Concepts
Synopsis: Introduction to gesture drawing, focusing on capturing the essence, movement, and energy of a pose with quick, expressive lines.
3. Anatomical Landmarks
Synopsis: Identifies key anatomical landmarks on the human figure and explains how these landmarks inform proportion and structure in figure drawing.
4. Head, Neck, and Shoulder Girdle
Synopsis: Explores the anatomy and structure of the head, neck, and shoulder girdle, emphasizing proportion and connection in these areas.
5. Torso Lecture
Synopsis: Focuses on the anatomy and movement of the torso, detailing its structure, landmarks, and its role as the core of the human figure.
6. Light and Shadow
Synopsis: Introduction to understanding light and shadow on the human figure. Covers the effects of light sources, cast shadows, and how to use value to define form.
7. Full Value Lecture
Synopsis: Builds on the light and shadow concepts to explore a full range of values. Students learn how to create depth and volume using subtle tonal variations.
8. Legs and Feet Demo
Synopsis: Demonstrates techniques for drawing legs and feet with accuracy and proportion, highlighting their anatomical structure and balance.
9. Arms and Hands Lecture
Synopsis: Covers the anatomy and movement of arms and hands, focusing on proportion, gesture, and the complexity of hand poses.
10. Fabric and Folds
Synopsis: Introduction to drawing fabric and folds, with a focus on understanding how fabric drapes over the figure and reacts to tension and gravity.
11. The Clothed Figure
Synopsis: Combines figure drawing and fabric studies, focusing on how clothing interacts with and accentuates the form beneath.
12. Composition Lecture
Synopsis: Explores the principles of composition, teaching students how to arrange elements in a drawing to create balance, focus, and visual interest.
13. Style Study Lecture
Synopsis: Encourages students to analyze and emulate different artistic styles, exploring how style influences the interpretation and impact of a figure drawing.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Oil Painting, ART-2210, Section 1, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Drawing for Painting Assignments
(Assignments include exercises or studies created during the lecture and workday sessions focused on Drawing for Painting.)
Value Assignments
(Includes all value-based exercises and studies completed during the Value Lecture and subsequent workdays.)
Red, Yellow, Blue Assignments
(Assignments exploring primary color schemes, completed during lecture and workday sessions.)
High Key Assignments
(Includes all exercises and projects emphasizing high-value key designs completed during High Key sessions.)
Low Key Assignments
(Assignments focusing on low-value key designs, developed during lecture and workdays.)
Warm Palette Assignments
(Includes studies and projects exploring warm color palettes from lecture and workdays.)
Cool Palette Assignments
(Includes exercises and designs focused on cool color palettes created during lecture and work sessions.)
Final Portfolio Submission
(Comprehensive submission of all completed assignments, studies, and projects from the semester, along with the final "Putting it All Together" work.)
Description:
Syllabus, Student Introductions, Drawing for Painting Lecture
Introduction to course expectations and objectives. Students discuss their artistic backgrounds and goals. Lecture focuses on "Drawing for Painting," covering techniques to create strong underdrawings as the foundation for painted works.
Value Lecture
Exploration of value as a fundamental element in design and painting. Topics include understanding light and shadow, value contrast, and creating depth through value structure. Includes practical applications in drawing and painting.
Red, Yellow, Blue Lecture
Introduction to primary colors and their importance in creating a cohesive palette. Topics include color mixing, color temperature, and using red, yellow, and blue to establish harmony and contrast in compositions.
High Key Lecture
Discussion of high-key compositions, characterized by predominantly light values. Topics include mood and atmosphere, high-key color palettes, and how to balance light values with subtle contrasts.
Low Key Lecture
Focus on low-key compositions, defined by predominantly dark values. Topics include creating drama and intensity, balancing limited highlights, and using low-key palettes effectively.
Warm Palette Lecture
Exploration of warm color palettes, including the psychological impact of warm colors and their use in creating energy and emotion in compositions. Includes practical demonstrations on combining warm hues harmoniously.
Cool Palette Lecture
Introduction to cool color palettes, focusing on their calming and subdued qualities. Topics include creating balance with cool hues, temperature contrasts, and using cool palettes to set mood and atmosphere.
Putting it All Together Lecture
Comprehensive lecture tying together the semester's concepts, including value, color theory, palette selection, and composition. Students learn strategies for integrating these elements into cohesive, polished works.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Chemistry, CHEM-1010, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Discussions - 10 points for posts, 10 for replies 5%
Lecture Notes - 20 points each 20%
Lesson Quizzes - variable points 15%
Active Learning Assessments - 25 points 15%
Mastery Quizzes - 40 points each 25%
Midterm Exam and Final Exam - 100 points each 20%
Description:
Module 1 - All About Atoms: This module discusses the definition of chemistry, atoms, molecules, elements, compounds, and chemical reactions, as well as how small atoms are and the history of our understanding of atoms.
Module 2 - Meet the Elements: This module introduces students to the chemical elements, including how the elements were discovered, where the names and symbols come from, which are the most common elements, what the elements look like, which ones you can safely collect, and the organization of atoms into ions and isotopes.
Module 3 -The Periodic Table: This module introduces students to how the Periodic Table is organized, what atomic masses means, common families of elements, how to find metals, nonmetals, and metalloids as well as transition and inner transition metals, what periodicity means, and how the Periodic Table was created.
Module 4 - States of Matter: This module introduces students to solids, liquids, and gases, including the atomic behavior of substances in these states, what happens when changes of state occur, and melting and boiling points.
Module 5 - Elements, Compounds, and Mixtures: This module introduces students to the differences between pure elements, compounds, and mixtures, including covalent and ionic compounds, alloys, and solutions.
Module 6 - Physical, Chemical, and Nuclear Reactions: This module introduces students to the three types of change matter can undergo, including how energy is involved, how chemical reactions are written and balanced, and three kinds of nuclear reactions.
Module 7 - Building Molecules: This module introduces students to how electrons are organized in atoms, how covalent bonds are formed, Lewis structures, and common small molecules.
Module 8 - The Chemistry of Scent: This module introduces students to how our sense of smell works, the connection between taste and smell, examples of organic molecules that have a recognizable smell, how to recognize functional groups, and how to interpret line structures.
Module 9 - The Chemistry of Fabric: This module introduces students to polymers, including nylon, polyester, cellulose, and proteins, including chemical structures and characteristics of each.
Module 10 - Salts and Ions: This module introduces students to the formation of ionic bonds, how to determine the charge on an ion, predicting names and formulas for ionic compounds including transition metal ions and polyatomic ions, and discusses common salt products.
Module 11 - Acids and Bases: This module introduces students to acids and bases, including where they are found, how they behave, the pH scale, and acid-base reactions.
Module 12 - The Chemistry of Fire: This module introduces students to the chemical reactions that occur when different materials burn, including candles, organic materials, and metals, the fire triangle, and how to put fires out safely.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Chemistry, CHEM-1010, Section 2, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Discussions - 10 points for posts, 10 for replies 5%
Lecture Notes - 20 points each 20%
Lesson Quizzes - variable points 15%
Active Learning Assessments - 25 points 15%
Mastery Quizzes - 40 points each 25%
Midterm Exam and Final Exam - 100 points each 20%
Description:
Module 1 - All About Atoms: This module discusses the definition of chemistry, atoms, molecules, elements, compounds, and chemical reactions, as well as how small atoms are and the history of our understanding of atoms.
Module 2 - Meet the Elements: This module introduces students to the chemical elements, including how the elements were discovered, where the names and symbols come from, which are the most common elements, what the elements look like, which ones you can safely collect, and the organization of atoms into ions and isotopes.
Module 3 -The Periodic Table: This module introduces students to how the Periodic Table is organized, what atomic masses means, common families of elements, how to find metals, nonmetals, and metalloids as well as transition and inner transition metals, what periodicity means, and how the Periodic Table was created.
Module 4 - States of Matter: This module introduces students to solids, liquids, and gases, including the atomic behavior of substances in these states, what happens when changes of state occur, and melting and boiling points.
Module 5 - Elements, Compounds, and Mixtures: This module introduces students to the differences between pure elements, compounds, and mixtures, including covalent and ionic compounds, alloys, and solutions.
Module 6 - Physical, Chemical, and Nuclear Reactions: This module introduces students to the three types of change matter can undergo, including how energy is involved, how chemical reactions are written and balanced, and three kinds of nuclear reactions.
Module 7 - Building Molecules: This module introduces students to how electrons are organized in atoms, how covalent bonds are formed, Lewis structures, and common small molecules.
Module 8 - The Chemistry of Scent: This module introduces students to how our sense of smell works, the connection between taste and smell, examples of organic molecules that have a recognizable smell, how to recognize functional groups, and how to interpret line structures.
Module 9 - The Chemistry of Fabric: This module introduces students to polymers, including nylon, polyester, cellulose, and proteins, including chemical structures and characteristics of each.
Module 10 - Salts and Ions: This module introduces students to the formation of ionic bonds, how to determine the charge on an ion, predicting names and formulas for ionic compounds including transition metal ions and polyatomic ions, and discusses common salt products.
Module 11 - Acids and Bases: This module introduces students to acids and bases, including where they are found, how they behave, the pH scale, and acid-base reactions.
Module 12 - The Chemistry of Fire: This module introduces students to the chemical reactions that occur when different materials burn, including candles, organic materials, and metals, the fire triangle, and how to put fires out safely.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Chemistry, CHEM-1010, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Discussions - 10 points for posts, 10 for replies 5%
Lecture Notes - 20 points each 20%
Lesson Quizzes - variable points 15%
Active Learning Assessments - 25 points 15%
Mastery Quizzes - 40 points each 25%
Midterm Exam and Final Exam - 100 points each 20%
Description:
Module 1 - All About Atoms: This module discusses the definition of chemistry, atoms, molecules, elements, compounds, and chemical reactions, as well as how small atoms are and the history of our understanding of atoms.
Module 2 - Meet the Elements: This module introduces students to the chemical elements, including how the elements were discovered, where the names and symbols come from, which are the most common elements, what the elements look like, which ones you can safely collect, and the organization of atoms into ions and isotopes.
Module 3 -The Periodic Table: This module introduces students to how the Periodic Table is organized, what atomic masses means, common families of elements, how to find metals, nonmetals, and metalloids as well as transition and inner transition metals, what periodicity means, and how the Periodic Table was created.
Module 4 - States of Matter: This module introduces students to solids, liquids, and gases, including the atomic behavior of substances in these states, what happens when changes of state occur, and melting and boiling points.
Module 5 - Elements, Compounds, and Mixtures: This module introduces students to the differences between pure elements, compounds, and mixtures, including covalent and ionic compounds, alloys, and solutions.
Module 6 - Physical, Chemical, and Nuclear Reactions: This module introduces students to the three types of change matter can undergo, including how energy is involved, how chemical reactions are written and balanced, and three kinds of nuclear reactions.
Module 7 - Building Molecules: This module introduces students to how electrons are organized in atoms, how covalent bonds are formed, Lewis structures, and common small molecules.
Module 8 - The Chemistry of Scent: This module introduces students to how our sense of smell works, the connection between taste and smell, examples of organic molecules that have a recognizable smell, how to recognize functional groups, and how to interpret line structures.
Module 9 - The Chemistry of Fabric: This module introduces students to polymers, including nylon, polyester, cellulose, and proteins, including chemical structures and characteristics of each.
Module 10 - Salts and Ions: This module introduces students to the formation of ionic bonds, how to determine the charge on an ion, predicting names and formulas for ionic compounds including transition metal ions and polyatomic ions, and discusses common salt products.
Module 11 - Acids and Bases: This module introduces students to acids and bases, including where they are found, how they behave, the pH scale, and acid-base reactions.
Module 12 - The Chemistry of Fire: This module introduces students to the chemical reactions that occur when different materials burn, including candles, organic materials, and metals, the fire triangle, and how to put fires out safely.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Reasoning & Rational Decisions, PHIL-1250, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
IV. Course Requirements
a. Weekly Quizzes 20 points each x10 = 200 points
Weekly Quizzes will occur, as the title suggests, once a week. They will be ‘pop’ in that I will not announce them ahead of time. They will occur at the beginning of every class, and are intended to aid you in your reading and preparation for the exam. Each quiz will consist of 5 short answer questions that address the reading for the day (unless explicitly stated in a prior class). In constructing the quiz, I will assume that you have read the text carefully and that you are able to pick out important moments/ideas/characters. Each quiz will be worth twenty points, there will be a total of at least six quizzes, and I will take only your top five scores. There will be no quizzes for weeks in which we have an exam.
If you find yourself struggling with the quizzes, it’s a good idea to contact me early. I can make suggestions to help with your reading, and develop a plan of attack with you
b. Exams 300 Points (Each worth 100 points)
There will be three exams for this term. I will provide for you a guide to help with these exams. The guide will provide you with the instructions for each section of the exam, a sample question for each section of the exam, and hints to aid in your success. I will not provide you with vocabulary lists or provide any questions that will be on the exam. You should expect passage recognition, short answer, and essay questions on each exam. I do not use multiple guess or True/False on my exams. You will be asked to bring a blue book to each exam, and arrive early so I can make sure the blue book has not been tampered with. During exams, if you need to leave the class, eg you need to use the restroom, I will ask you to please leave your phone with me.
c. Digital Teaching Presentation (100 points)
One of my mentors said that you didn’t really know something unless you could communicate it clearly in a way that everyone could understand. Over the course of the semester, you’ll be tasked with creating a short Digital presentation that convey some part of the required material for the class. You might be asked to explain/solve some logical problem or syllogism. You might be asked to evaluate part of Euclid’s Elements. You might be tasked with explaining an argument made by one of our texts. I realize this may seem daunting, but two things: 1) These will be short, about Five minutes each. 2) You have several resources to help you with this process. I want these presentations to go smoothly for you, so please reach out to me well before your presentation date, and I will gladly assist. These presentations are the study guides for the rest of the class, so it is in the best interest of everyone to make them good.
The due dates for the presentations are as follows. Remember, you only need to choose ONE day for presenting, and you will sign up for a date/topic later in class.
Group 1/Unit 1: September 12
Group 2/Unit 2: October 10
Group 3/Unit 3: Dec 3
d. Case Studies 2x 150 Each (September 26 and December 5)
Instead of a single long paper, you’ll be tasked with providing two short, concise papers that connect our in-class discussions. Case studies are a way for you to explore an area of interest to you using the thinkers and ideas we discuss in class. Each study needs to provide a researched summary of a particular case, an evaluation of the case using ONE philosophic perspective we discussed in class, and an evaluation/reflection of both the philosophical perspective and the case by the student. Each of these evaluations should be 3 pages in length.
e. Class Participation 100 points
For the purposes of this class, the participation portion of your final grade will be composed of four major elements. First, and most basic, is class attendance. You need to be here for every class. However, I realize that there is life beyond these walls, and you might be forced to miss a class. If you have to miss a class, it is best for you to contact me via email ASAP. This will allow us to set up some way for you to get the information you missed. You are allowed four absences for this class before you start receiving a letter grade deduction from your FINAL grade, per absence after four.
Second, class participation is based on attentiveness. This means listening to discussion and questions from other students. It also means not doing anything that would distract you from class (IE don’t try to text, do homework from other classes, or anything of the sort). It may be tempting for you to zone out, access Tweetfaceyspace, or text during a lecture. If I suspect you are distracted, I will call you out. If your phone goes off, I will stop class and dance until it is stopped. To put it more bluntly, such actions are disrespectful and I assume that you, as adults, are better than that.
Finally, is general class participation. This means responding articulately and clearly to questions I, or you classmates, may ask you. If I have to pull teeth to get a response to a question, this section of class participation will suffer. To be articulate, it generally helps to look over the material ahead of time.
Description:
Unit 1: Introduction to Epistemology (or what is knowledge)
Week 1:
Tuesday: Course Introductions
Thursday: Descartes’ Discourse Parts 1 and 2 Discourse on Method: https://www.gutenberg.org/files/59/59-h/59-h.htm
Week 2:
Tuesday: Descartes’ Discourse Part 3 and 4 Discourse on Method: https://www.gutenberg.org/files/59/59-h/59-h.htm
Thursday: Descartes’ Discourse Parts 5 and 6 Discourse on Method: https://www.gutenberg.org/files/59/59-h/59-h.htm
Week 3:
Tuesday: David Hume, Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding Section II-IV (http://www.davidhume.org/texts/ehu.html)
Thursday: David Hume, Enquiry, Sections V and VI
Week 4:
Tuesday: Thomas Reid, Inquiry into the Human Mind on the Principles of Common Sense, Chapter 1.3-1.7 and Chapter 5.1-5.6 (http://www.earlymoderntexts.com/assets/pdfs/reid1764.pdf)
Thursday: Jonathan Swift, A Modest Proposal (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/1080/1080-h/1080-h.htm) Warning: this is a bit grizzly, and intentionally so. I include it as a means to reflect on the rational project of the Enlightenment. (presentation Group 1 Due)
Week 5:
Tuesday: Catch Up Day/Review for Exam
Thursday: Exam 1
Unit 2: Introduction to Formal Logic (For this Unit, Check Canvas for Readings)
Week 6:
Text for the Week: Knachel: Pages 31-61 (CHECK CANVAS FILES SECTION FOR THIS READING)
Tuesday: Introduction to Terms, begin Informal Fallacies
Thursday Finish Informal Fallacies (Case Study 1 Due)
Week 7:
Tuesday: Aristotelian Logic, Categorical Statements and the Traditional Square of Opposition. (Knachel, Chapter 3. Page 70-84)
Thursday: Aristotelian Logic, Further Inferences (Knachel, 84-91, 96, 97)
Week 8:
Tuesday: Syllogisms (Knachel, Pages 102-115)
Thursday: Syllogisms (Continue to work on syllogisms) (Presentation Group 2 Due)
Week 9:
Tuesday: Review for Exam
Thursday: Exam 1 (Bring Blue Book) Yes, this stinks. I’m sorry about the timing of this one.
Unit 3, The Dialectic
Week 10:
Tuesday: Introduce Plato and Dialogues, Begin Meno http://classics.mit.edu/Plato/meno.html
Thursday: Conclude Meno
Week 11:
Tuesday: Begin Euthyphro, https://classics.mit.edu/Plato/euthyfro.html
Thursday: Finish Euthyphro & Apology
Week 12:
Tuesday: Euclid’s Elements, Book 1, Definitions, Postulates, and Common Notions (http://aleph0.clarku.edu/~djoyce/java/elements/bookI/bookI.html) Proposition 1
Thursday: Euclid’s Elements, Proposition 2 and maybe 3
Week 13:
Tuesday: Euclid Elements: Proposition 3 and 4
Thursday: Plato’s Apology https://classics.mit.edu/Plato/apology.html
Week 14:
Tuesday: Crito https://classics.mit.edu/Plato/crito.html
Thursday: Symposium (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/1600/1600-h/1600-h.htm ) As a heads up, the symposium is a little bit PG-13 in terms of its content.
Week 15:
Tuesday: Catch Up Day/Meet with Professor to Discuss Final Case study or exam
Week 16:
Tuesday: Symposium (Presentations, group 3 Due)
Thursday: Symposium/Review Case Study 2 (Case Study 2 Due)
Required Reading: Descartes, Discourse on Method: https://www.gutenberg.org/files/59/59-h/59-h.htm Hume, Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding: https://davidhume.org/texts/e/ Reid, Inquiry into the Human Mind on the Principles of Common Sense: http://www.earlymoderntexts.com/assets/pdfs/reid1764.pdf Swift, A Modest Proposal: https://www.gutenberg.org/files/1080/1080-h/1080-h.htm Unit 2: Fundamental Methods of Logic, Matthew Knachel. (https://open.umn.edu/opentextbooks/textbooks/491) Unit 3: Plato, Meno: http://classics.mit.edu/Plato/meno.html Plato, Euthyphro: https://classics.mit.edu/Plato/euthyfro.html Plato, Apology: https://classics.mit.edu/Plato/apology.html Euclid, Elements: http://aleph0.clarku.edu/~djoyce/java/elements/bookI/bookI.html Plato, Crito: https://classics.mit.edu/Plato/crito.html Plato, Symposium: http://www.gutenberg.org/files/1600/1600-h/1600-h.htm
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Microcontrollers, ECE-1200, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
This lab-based course includes 13 weekly lab assignments and reflection quizzes, a midterm (Lab 8 content), and a final written exam. Students gain hands-on experience in embedded programming, microcontroller interfacing, and sensor/actuator control using C/C++ and Python.
Labs (13): Weekly hands-on projects using sensors, motors, and microcontrollers.
Reflection Quizzes (13): Short assessments after each lab.
Midterm Exam: Covers Labs 1–8, focused on C/C++ and hardware control.
Final Exam: Cumulative paper-based test on course concepts
Description:
Unit 1: Getting Started with Microcontrollers
Students are introduced to the M5StampS3 microcontroller platform, including hardware features, development environment setup, and basic digital I/O control.
Unit 2: Logic and Control Structures
Students apply logical and relational operators with if statements and loops (for, while) to create decision-making programs and automate tasks.
Unit 3: Sensors and Signal Input
This unit covers how to interface with common sensors such as photoresistors, ultrasonic sensors, and color sensors. Students learn to acquire and interpret analog and digital signals.
Unit 4: Actuators – LEDs and Motors
Focuses on controlling output devices including LEDs, servo motors, stepper motors, and DC motors. Students learn about pin control, PWM, and basic motion control.
Unit 5: Advanced Output – LED Strips and Sound
Explores more complex output systems such as addressable LED strips and sound generation using buzzers. Introduces the concept of non-blocking code and interrupts for responsive behavior.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Philosophy, PHIL-1000, Section 41, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Weekly Quizzes
Every week there will be a reading and instructional material quiz. These will be short answer, and never multiple choice or true/false. I will be expecting that you are engaging in-class material and not using external sources like Sparknotes or Text Generators. Use of these sources will result in a zero for the assignment. Repeat usage of these sources for this assignment will result in a failure of the course and a report to the Dean of Students.
I will keep only your top 10 highest quiz grades, meaning that you can have a bad week or miss a quiz and still be okay. 200 (10 assignments @ 20 Points Each)
Exams
There will be three exams, each covering one of the units for the course. The exams will have three parts: A short answer question section, a passage recognition section, and an essay section. Each of these sections are weighted the same. Each section will have a time limit, and the course will use monitoring programs (like Respondus) when you take the exam.
450 (3 Exams @ 150 Each)
Exam 1: Week 7
Exam 2: Week 12
Exam 3: Finals Week
Reflections and Progression Writing Assignments
Throughout the semester, you will be expected to respond to a series of writing prompts about what you encountered in that week’s reading. These may be reflection papers, requests to produce artwork, production of an annotated song/movie playlist, or creating a short video so your fellow students have a study aid for an exam.
This work is expected to be your own, and these works will be parsed through our plagiarism detection. Any use of outside sources (including text generators) needs to be specifically identified and properly noted as part of the assignment.
I will only ‘keep’ your top eight highest scores here.
200 (8 assignments @ 25 Points Each)
Case Studies
Instead of a single long paper, you’ll be tasked with providing two short, concise papers that connect our in-class discussions. Case studies are a way for you to explore an area of interest to you using the thinkers and ideas we discuss in class. Each study needs to provide a researched summary of a particular case, an evaluation of the case using ONE philosophic perspective we discussed in class, and an evaluation/reflection of both the philosophical perspective and the case by the student. Each of these evaluations should be Three pages in length. Check the Rubric here for a detailed explanation about what these assignments look like.
150 (2 case studies @ 75 Points each)
Case 1 Due Week 9
Case 2 Due Last Week of Class
Description:
Prelude:
Week 1: What is Philosophy?
Russell, the Value of Philosophy.
Krishnamurti, The Right Kind of Education.
Unit 1: Epistemology or “What is Knowledge?”
Week 2: Ancient Greek Perspectives
Aristotle, Nicomachean Ethics Book 6
Week 3: Native American Responses to The Ancient Greek
Burkhart: What Coyote and Thales Can Teach Us: An Outline of American Indian Epistemology.
Week 4: Rationalism
Descartes, Selections From the Discourse
Correspondence with Princess Elisabeth of Bohemia 6.5.1643
Week 5: Skepticism
Hume, Enquiry
Bostrom, Simulation Argument
Week 6: Gettier and Contemporary Approaches
Gettier, Is Justified True Belief Knowledge
Bloomfield, Virtue Epistemology and the Epistemology of Virtue
Week 7: Exam 1 (There will Still be Instructional Material)
Unit 2: Ethics or “How Should We Act?”
Week 7: Ancient Perspectives on Justice
Plato, Republic, Book 1
Week 8: Justice, Revisited
Rustin, Nonviolence Vs. Jim Crow
Aristotle, Nicomachaen Ethics Book 2. Parts 1, 5, and 6
Plato, Republic, Book 4
Week 9: Deontology and Ethics of Care Case Study 1 Due
Kant, Groundwork for the Metaphysics of Morals
Donovan: Feminism and the Treatment of Animals
Week 10: Utilitarianism and Disability Care (March 17-21)
Singer, the drowning Child
McBride Johnson, Unspeakable Conversations
Week 11: Interconnectedness and “Fraternity”
Rorty, Looking backward from 2096
Ashenakew, Sacred Pain in Indigenous Metaphysics. Dancing toward Reconciliations.
Exam 2: Week 13 (There will still be Instructional Material as Well)
Unit 3: Aesthetics or “What is Art?” and “What is Beautiful?”
Week 13: What is Beautiful?
Plato, Greater Hippias
Week 14: What is Beautiful and What is Awe?
Kant, Critique of Judgement
Week 15: What is Art? What is its purpose?
Dewey, Art as Experience
Week 16: What is the Artist? What is their purpose?
Sartre, Writing for One’s Age
Cordova, Ethics From an Artist’s Point of View Case
Exam 3
Required Reading: Russell, the Value of Philosophy https://www.gutenberg.org/files/5827/5827-h/5827-h.htm#link2HCH0015 Krishnamurti, The Right Kind of Education. https://www.jkrishnamurti.org/content/chapter-2-%E2%80%98-right-kind-education%E2%80%99/Education Aristotle, Ethics Book 6: https://classics.mit.edu/Aristotle/nicomachaen.6.vi.html Burkhart: What Coyote and Thales Can Teach Us: An Outline of American Indian Epistemology. (Copied document) Descartes, Meditations: http://www.classicallibrary.org/descartes/discourse/index.htm Correspondence with Princess Elisabeth of Bohemia 6.5.1643 : https://www.earlymoderntexts.com/assets/pdfs/descartes1643_1.pdf Hume: Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding, https://www.gutenberg.org/files/9662/9662-h/9662-h.htm Gettier, Is Justified True Belief Knowledge: https://www.jstor.org/stable/3326922 Bloomfield, Virtue Epistemology and the Epistemology of Virtue: https://www.jstor.org/stable/2653426 Bostrom, Simulation Argument: https://simulation-argument.com/simulation/ Plato, Republic, Book 1 (https://www.gutenberg.org/files/1497/1497-h/1497-h.htm Rustin, Nonviolence Vs. Jim Crow: https://www.civilrightsteaching.org/resource/nonviolence-vs-jim-crow#:~:text=This%201942%20essay%20provides%20one,Civil%20Rights%20Movement%2C%20Bayard%20Rustin Singer, the drowning Child https://newint.org/features/1997/04/05/peter-singer-drowning-child-new-internationalist McBride Johnson, Unspeakable Conversations: https://www.nytimes.com/2003/02/16/magazine/unspeakable-conversations.html Rorty, Looking backward from 2096 (Copied document) Ashenakew, Sacred Pain in Indigenous Metaphysics. Dancing toward Reconciliations: https://ojs.library.ubc.ca/index.php/CJNE/article/view/197009/192033 Plato’s Greater Hippias: https://www.platonicfoundation.org/platos-greater-hippias/ Dewey, Art as Experience: The Live Creature https://archive.org/details/deweyjohnartasanexperience/page/n7/mode/2up Kant, Critique of Judgement. https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/48433/pg48433-images.html#book_1 (Selections. Book 1, First moment (pgs 46-55) and Book 2 sections 23-26 (Pages 101-119) Sartre, “Writing for One’s Age” (copied document) Cordova, Ethics From an Artist’s Point of View (Copied document)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Philosophy, PHIL-1000, Section 40I, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Weekly Quizzes
Every week there will be a reading and instructional material quiz. These will be short answer, and never multiple choice or true/false. I will be expecting that you are engaging in-class material and not using external sources like Sparknotes or Text Generators. Use of these sources will result in a zero for the assignment. Repeat usage of these sources for this assignment will result in a failure of the course and a report to the Dean of Students.
I will keep only your top 10 highest quiz grades, meaning that you can have a bad week or miss a quiz and still be okay. 200 (10 assignments @ 20 Points Each)
Exams
There will be three exams, each covering one of the units for the course. The exams will have three parts: A short answer question section, a passage recognition section, and an essay section. Each of these sections are weighted the same. Each section will have a time limit, and the course will use monitoring programs (like Respondus) when you take the exam.
450 (3 Exams @ 150 Each)
Exam 1: Week 7
Exam 2: Week 12
Exam 3: Finals Week
Reflections and Progression Writing Assignments
Throughout the semester, you will be expected to respond to a series of writing prompts about what you encountered in that week’s reading. These may be reflection papers, requests to produce artwork, production of an annotated song/movie playlist, or creating a short video so your fellow students have a study aid for an exam.
This work is expected to be your own, and these works will be parsed through our plagiarism detection. Any use of outside sources (including text generators) needs to be specifically identified and properly noted as part of the assignment.
I will only ‘keep’ your top eight highest scores here.
200 (8 assignments @ 25 Points Each)
Case Studies
Instead of a single long paper, you’ll be tasked with providing two short, concise papers that connect our in-class discussions. Case studies are a way for you to explore an area of interest to you using the thinkers and ideas we discuss in class. Each study needs to provide a researched summary of a particular case, an evaluation of the case using ONE philosophic perspective we discussed in class, and an evaluation/reflection of both the philosophical perspective and the case by the student. Each of these evaluations should be Three pages in length. Check the Rubric here for a detailed explanation about what these assignments look like.
150 (2 case studies @ 75 Points each)
Case 1 Due Week 9
Case 2 Due Last Week of Class
Description:
Prelude:
Week 1: What is Philosophy?
Russell, the Value of Philosophy.
Krishnamurti, The Right Kind of Education.
Unit 1: Epistemology or “What is Knowledge?”
Week 2: Ancient Greek Perspectives
Aristotle, Nicomachean Ethics Book 6
Week 3: Native American Responses to The Ancient Greek
Burkhart: What Coyote and Thales Can Teach Us: An Outline of American Indian Epistemology.
Week 4: Rationalism
Descartes, Selections From the Discourse
Correspondence with Princess Elisabeth of Bohemia 6.5.1643
Week 5: Skepticism
Hume, Enquiry
Bostrom, Simulation Argument
Week 6: Gettier and Contemporary Approaches
Gettier, Is Justified True Belief Knowledge
Bloomfield, Virtue Epistemology and the Epistemology of Virtue
Week 7: Exam 1 (There will Still be Instructional Material)
Unit 2: Ethics or “How Should We Act?”
Week 7: Ancient Perspectives on Justice
Plato, Republic, Book 1
Week 8: Justice, Revisited
Rustin, Nonviolence Vs. Jim Crow
Aristotle, Nicomachaen Ethics Book 2. Parts 1, 5, and 6
Plato, Republic, Book 4
Week 9: Deontology and Ethics of Care Case Study 1 Due
Kant, Groundwork for the Metaphysics of Morals
Donovan: Feminism and the Treatment of Animals
Week 10: Utilitarianism and Disability Care (March 17-21)
Singer, the drowning Child
McBride Johnson, Unspeakable Conversations
Week 11: Interconnectedness and “Fraternity”
Rorty, Looking backward from 2096
Ashenakew, Sacred Pain in Indigenous Metaphysics. Dancing toward Reconciliations.
Exam 2: Week 13 (There will still be Instructional Material as Well)
Unit 3: Aesthetics or “What is Art?” and “What is Beautiful?”
Week 13: What is Beautiful?
Plato, Greater Hippias
Week 14: What is Beautiful and What is Awe?
Kant, Critique of Judgement
Week 15: What is Art? What is its purpose?
Dewey, Art as Experience
Week 16: What is the Artist? What is their purpose?
Sartre, Writing for One’s Age
Cordova, Ethics From an Artist’s Point of View Case
Exam 3 Will be Open April 20 and Due April 30.
Grading will be concluded on May 1.
Required Reading: Russell, the Value of Philosophy https://www.gutenberg.org/files/5827/5827-h/5827-h.htm#link2HCH0015 Krishnamurti, The Right Kind of Education. https://www.jkrishnamurti.org/content/chapter-2-%E2%80%98-right-kind-education%E2%80%99/Education Aristotle, Ethics Book 6: https://classics.mit.edu/Aristotle/nicomachaen.6.vi.html Burkhart: What Coyote and Thales Can Teach Us: An Outline of American Indian Epistemology. (Copied document) Descartes, Meditations: http://www.classicallibrary.org/descartes/discourse/index.htm Correspondence with Princess Elisabeth of Bohemia 6.5.1643 : https://www.earlymoderntexts.com/assets/pdfs/descartes1643_1.pdf Hume: Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding, https://www.gutenberg.org/files/9662/9662-h/9662-h.htm Gettier, Is Justified True Belief Knowledge: https://www.jstor.org/stable/3326922 Bloomfield, Virtue Epistemology and the Epistemology of Virtue: https://www.jstor.org/stable/2653426 Bostrom, Simulation Argument: https://simulation-argument.com/simulation/ Plato, Republic, Book 1 (https://www.gutenberg.org/files/1497/1497-h/1497-h.htm Rustin, Nonviolence Vs. Jim Crow: https://www.civilrightsteaching.org/resource/nonviolence-vs-jim-crow#:~:text=This%201942%20essay%20provides%20one,Civil%20Rights%20Movement%2C%20Bayard%20Rustin Singer, the drowning Child https://newint.org/features/1997/04/05/peter-singer-drowning-child-new-internationalist McBride Johnson, Unspeakable Conversations: https://www.nytimes.com/2003/02/16/magazine/unspeakable-conversations.html Rorty, Looking backward from 2096 (Copied document) Ashenakew, Sacred Pain in Indigenous Metaphysics. Dancing toward Reconciliations: https://ojs.library.ubc.ca/index.php/CJNE/article/view/197009/192033 Plato’s Greater Hippias: https://www.platonicfoundation.org/platos-greater-hippias/ Dewey, Art as Experience: The Live Creature https://archive.org/details/deweyjohnartasanexperience/page/n7/mode/2up Kant, Critique of Judgement. https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/48433/pg48433-images.html#book_1 (Selections. Book 1, First moment (pgs 46-55) and Book 2 sections 23-26 (Pages 101-119) Sartre, “Writing for One’s Age” (copied document) Cordova, Ethics From an Artist’s Point of View (Copied document)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Philosophy, PHIL-1000, Section 40, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Weekly Quizzes
Every week there will be a reading and instructional material quiz. These will be short answer, and never multiple choice or true/false. I will be expecting that you are engaging in-class material and not using external sources like Sparknotes or Text Generators. Use of these sources will result in a zero for the assignment. Repeat usage of these sources for this assignment will result in a failure of the course and a report to the Dean of Students.
I will keep only your top 10 highest quiz grades, meaning that you can have a bad week or miss a quiz and still be okay. 200 (10 assignments @ 20 Points Each)
Exams
There will be three exams, each covering one of the units for the course. The exams will have three parts: A short answer question section, a passage recognition section, and an essay section. Each of these sections are weighted the same. Each section will have a time limit, and the course will use monitoring programs (like Respondus) when you take the exam.
450 (3 Exams @ 150 Each)
Exam 1: Week 7
Exam 2: Week 12
Exam 3: Finals Week
Reflections and Progression Writing Assignments
Throughout the semester, you will be expected to respond to a series of writing prompts about what you encountered in that week’s reading. These may be reflection papers, requests to produce artwork, production of an annotated song/movie playlist, or creating a short video so your fellow students have a study aid for an exam.
This work is expected to be your own, and these works will be parsed through our plagiarism detection. Any use of outside sources (including text generators) needs to be specifically identified and properly noted as part of the assignment.
I will only ‘keep’ your top eight highest scores here.
200 (8 assignments @ 25 Points Each)
Case Studies
Instead of a single long paper, you’ll be tasked with providing two short, concise papers that connect our in-class discussions. Case studies are a way for you to explore an area of interest to you using the thinkers and ideas we discuss in class. Each study needs to provide a researched summary of a particular case, an evaluation of the case using ONE philosophic perspective we discussed in class, and an evaluation/reflection of both the philosophical perspective and the case by the student. Each of these evaluations should be Three pages in length. Check the Rubric here for a detailed explanation about what these assignments look like.
150 (2 case studies @ 75 Points each)
Case 1 Due Week 9
Case 2 Due Last Week of Class
Description:
Prelude:
Week 1: What is Philosophy?
Russell, the Value of Philosophy.
Krishnamurti, The Right Kind of Education.
Unit 1: Epistemology or “What is Knowledge?”
Week 2: Ancient Greek Perspectives
Aristotle, Nicomachean Ethics Book 6
Week 3: Native American Responses to The Ancient Greek
Burkhart: What Coyote and Thales Can Teach Us: An Outline of American Indian Epistemology.
Week 4: Rationalism
Descartes, Selections From the Discourse
Correspondence with Princess Elisabeth of Bohemia 6.5.1643
Week 5: Skepticism
Hume, Enquiry
Bostrom, Simulation Argument
Week 6: Gettier and Contemporary Approaches
Gettier, Is Justified True Belief Knowledge
Bloomfield, Virtue Epistemology and the Epistemology of Virtue
Week 7: Exam 1 (There will Still be Instructional Material)
Unit 2: Ethics or “How Should We Act?”
Week 7: Ancient Perspectives on Justice
Plato, Republic, Book 1
Week 8: Justice, Revisited
Rustin, Nonviolence Vs. Jim Crow
Aristotle, Nicomachaen Ethics Book 2. Parts 1, 5, and 6
Plato, Republic, Book 4
Week 9: Deontology and Ethics of Care Case Study 1 Due
Kant, Groundwork for the Metaphysics of Morals
Donovan: Feminism and the Treatment of Animals
Week 10: Utilitarianism and Disability Care (March 17-21)
Singer, the drowning Child
McBride Johnson, Unspeakable Conversations
Week 11: Interconnectedness and “Fraternity”
Rorty, Looking backward from 2096
Ashenakew, Sacred Pain in Indigenous Metaphysics. Dancing toward Reconciliations.
Exam 2: Week 13 (There will still be Instructional Material as Well)
Unit 3: Aesthetics or “What is Art?” and “What is Beautiful?”
Week 13: What is Beautiful?
Plato, Greater Hippias
Week 14: What is Beautiful and What is Awe?
Kant, Critique of Judgement
Week 15: What is Art? What is its purpose?
Dewey, Art as Experience
Week 16: What is the Artist? What is their purpose?
Sartre, Writing for One’s Age
Cordova, Ethics From an Artist’s Point of View Case
Exam 3 Will be Open April 20 and Due April 30.
Grading will be concluded on May 1.
Required Reading: Russell, the Value of Philosophy https://www.gutenberg.org/files/5827/5827-h/5827-h.htm#link2HCH0015 Krishnamurti, The Right Kind of Education. https://www.jkrishnamurti.org/content/chapter-2-%E2%80%98-right-kind-education%E2%80%99/Education Aristotle, Ethics Book 6: https://classics.mit.edu/Aristotle/nicomachaen.6.vi.html Burkhart: What Coyote and Thales Can Teach Us: An Outline of American Indian Epistemology. (Copied document) Descartes, Meditations: http://www.classicallibrary.org/descartes/discourse/index.htm Correspondence with Princess Elisabeth of Bohemia 6.5.1643 : https://www.earlymoderntexts.com/assets/pdfs/descartes1643_1.pdf Hume: Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding, https://www.gutenberg.org/files/9662/9662-h/9662-h.htm Gettier, Is Justified True Belief Knowledge: https://www.jstor.org/stable/3326922 Bloomfield, Virtue Epistemology and the Epistemology of Virtue: https://www.jstor.org/stable/2653426 Bostrom, Simulation Argument: https://simulation-argument.com/simulation/ Plato, Republic, Book 1 (https://www.gutenberg.org/files/1497/1497-h/1497-h.htm Rustin, Nonviolence Vs. Jim Crow: https://www.civilrightsteaching.org/resource/nonviolence-vs-jim-crow#:~:text=This%201942%20essay%20provides%20one,Civil%20Rights%20Movement%2C%20Bayard%20Rustin Singer, the drowning Child https://newint.org/features/1997/04/05/peter-singer-drowning-child-new-internationalist McBride Johnson, Unspeakable Conversations: https://www.nytimes.com/2003/02/16/magazine/unspeakable-conversations.html Rorty, Looking backward from 2096 (Copied document) Ashenakew, Sacred Pain in Indigenous Metaphysics. Dancing toward Reconciliations: https://ojs.library.ubc.ca/index.php/CJNE/article/view/197009/192033 Plato’s Greater Hippias: https://www.platonicfoundation.org/platos-greater-hippias/ Dewey, Art as Experience: The Live Creature https://archive.org/details/deweyjohnartasanexperience/page/n7/mode/2up Kant, Critique of Judgement. https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/48433/pg48433-images.html#book_1 (Selections. Book 1, First moment (pgs 46-55) and Book 2 sections 23-26 (Pages 101-119) Sartre, “Writing for One’s Age” (copied document) Cordova, Ethics From an Artist’s Point of View (Copied document)
Recommended Reading: N/A
Fund of Biotech, BTEC-1010, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Tests
These evaluate students’ understanding of core biotechnology principles, molecular biology techniques, and applications in industry, agriculture, and medicine.
Quizzes (11 Total)
Short assessments throughout the semester that reinforce lecture and lab content.
Topics include GMOs, stem cells, viruses, and DNA technologies.
GMO Lab
Hands-on experiment exploring genetically modified organisms and testing food products for GM DNA.
Scheduled for April 1st and April 3rd.
ELISA Lab
Lab exploring enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay techniques used in diagnostics and biotech research.
Abstract Bibliography
A research assignment requiring citations from scholarly sources related to biotechnology, with short written abstracts.
Careers in Biotechnology Assignment
A written or creative assignment exploring various careers within the biotechnology field, connecting lecture topics to real-world opportunities.
Current Biotech Presentation (Final Project)
A group or individual presentation on a current topic in biotechnology.
Peer Evaluation
Evaluation of each of your peers presentations on a current topic in biotechnology.
Description:
Unit Summaries – BTEC 1010-01 Fundamentals of Biotechnology (Fall 2025)
Introduction & Course Overview
A welcome to the world of biotechnology and an overview of what to expect from the course, including key themes and assessments.
The History of Biotechnology
Covers the evolution of biotechnology from early agriculture to the age of recombinant DNA and genomics. Students learn how scientific breakthroughs have shaped modern biotech.
Biotechnology Industry
Provides an overview of current biotech sectors, companies, and the types of work they engage in. Students gain context for future careers.
DNA Structure and Analysis
Reviews DNA's molecular structure and its role as the hereditary material. Introduces techniques for analyzing DNA in the lab.
The Central Dogma of Molecular Biology
Explains the flow of genetic information from DNA to RNA to protein. Students learn how gene expression is regulated and manipulated in biotechnology.
Machine Learning in Biology
Introduces the application of artificial intelligence and data science in biotechnology research. Examples include predictive modeling and genomic data analysis.
Genetic Diseases & Sickle Cell Anemia
A case study highlighting how mutations can cause disease. Students explore diagnostic tools and therapeutic approaches.
DNA Structure Lab
A hands-on lab reinforcing concepts related to DNA extraction and visualization. Includes skills useful in real-world biotech settings.
Viruses & Stem Cells
Covers the biology and applications of viruses (including viral vectors) and stem cells in medical biotechnology.
Gene Therapy & CRISPR-Cas9
Explores cutting-edge tools for genetic modification. Students discuss ethical considerations and therapeutic potential.
Cloning & De-Extinction
Examines cloning technologies and controversial projects like the revival of extinct species. Includes discussion on bioethics and feasibility.
GMO Lecture & Lab
Students investigate genetically modified organisms in the food supply and test samples in the lab for GMO presence.
PCR & Gel Electrophoresis
Introduces essential molecular biology tools used for amplifying and analyzing DNA. Prepares students for DNA-based diagnostics and research.
Lab Safety & Pipetting Techniques
Students gain foundational lab skills including accurate pipetting, lab etiquette, and safety protocols.
ELISA Lab
A diagnostic immunology experiment to detect the presence of specific proteins. Students apply these techniques in disease research and industry settings.
Biotech Ethics
A class discussion on the societal impacts of biotechnology. Topics include privacy, consent, access, and the ethics of genetic engineering.
Careers in Biotechnology
Explores various job paths within the biotech sector. Includes guest speakers, career mapping, or presentations.
Current Biotech Presentations
Students research and present on emerging biotechnology topics. Emphasizes public speaking, collaboration, and scientific communication.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Biology I, BIOL-1610, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Tests
These are comprehensive, chapter-based exams administered online via Canvas.
They are taken individually, without notes or outside help, and monitored using Proctorio.
Final Exam
A comprehensive 100-question exam held in class during finals week.
Includes a final group activity completed the same day.
Abstract Bibliography Assignment
A research-based writing assignment requiring students to find and cite a book, a scholarly journal article, and a scholarly website related to a biology topic from the course.
Each citation must be accompanied by a 100-word abstract.
Quizzes
Short quizzes are given at the end of each chapter to reinforce learning and prepare students for exams.
Quizzes are open-book and taken on Canvas.
In-Class Activities
A series of interactive, hands-on learning activities completed during class time.
Attendance and participation are required to earn credit.
Description:
Unit Summaries – BIOL 1610-01 Principles of Biology I (Fall 2025)
Chapter 1 – The Study of Life
Introduces biology as the study of life, emphasizing the scientific method and levels of biological organization. Students explore how hypotheses are tested and the importance of reproducibility in science.
Chapter 2 – The Chemical Foundation of Life
Covers the chemical elements essential to life and how they bond to form molecules. Students learn about atomic structure, covalent and ionic bonds, and the role of trace elements.
Chapter 3 – Water and Life
Explores the unique properties of water that make it vital for life. Topics include hydrogen bonding, water’s role in temperature regulation, and its importance as a solvent.
Chapter 4 – Carbon and the Molecular Diversity of Life
Examines carbon’s versatility as the backbone of organic molecules. Students learn about functional groups and the major classes of organic compounds.
Chapter 5 – The Structure and Function of Biological Macromolecules
Discusses carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids. Students explore how structure determines function at the molecular level.
Chapter 6 – Cell Structure and Function
Introduces cell theory and the structures of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. Emphasis is placed on organelles and their specific roles in cellular processes.
Chapter 7 – Membrane Structure and Function
Covers the fluid mosaic model and mechanisms of membrane transport. Students study passive and active transport, osmosis, and the role of proteins in the membrane.
Chapter 8 – Introduction to Metabolism
Introduces basic principles of metabolism, including energy transformations and enzymatic regulation. Students learn how cells manage energy through metabolic pathways.
Chapter 9 – Cellular Respiration
Explains how cells harvest energy from glucose to form ATP. The chapter covers glycolysis, the citric acid cycle, and oxidative phosphorylation.
Chapter 10 – Photosynthesis
Describes how autotrophs convert light energy into chemical energy. Focuses on the light reactions and the Calvin cycle.
Chapter 11 – Cell Communication and the Cell Cycle
Examines how cells communicate and regulate division. Topics include signal transduction pathways and the stages of the cell cycle and mitosis.
Chapter 12 – Meiosis and Sexual Reproduction
Compares meiosis to mitosis and explains how genetic variation arises. Emphasis is placed on the behavior of chromosomes and crossing over.
Chapter 13 – Mendel’s Experiments and Heredity
Introduces Mendel’s principles of inheritance and the use of Punnett squares. Students explore dominant/recessive traits and laws of segregation and independent assortment.
Chapter 14 – Modern Understandings of Inheritance
Covers extensions of Mendelian genetics, such as incomplete dominance, codominance, and polygenic inheritance. Students also learn about environmental influences on gene expression.
Chapter 15 – DNA Structure and Function
Details the discovery and structure of DNA. Explains the basics of DNA replication and its role in inheritance.
Chapter 16 – Genes and Proteins
Focuses on the central dogma of molecular biology: DNA → RNA → Protein. Students explore transcription, translation, and gene regulation.
Biotechnology Module
Discusses applications of molecular biology techniques, including PCR, gel electrophoresis, and CRISPR. Ethical considerations of biotechnology are also introduced.
Chapter 17 – Evolution: A Darwinian View of Life
Introduces Darwin’s theory of evolution by natural selection. Students examine supporting evidence and the historical context of evolutionary thought.
Chapter 18 – The Evolution of Populations
Explains how microevolution occurs within populations through mechanisms like selection, drift, and gene flow. Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium is introduced as a tool for modeling genetic change.
Chapter 19 – The Origin of Species
Discusses the process of speciation and reproductive isolation. Students explore different models of speciation and the role of geography in diversification.
Chapter 20 – Introduction to Ecology and the Biosphere
Introduces ecology and the study of interactions among organisms and their environments. Students examine climate, biomes, and biosphere-level dynamics.
Chapter 21 – Population Ecology
Focuses on population size, growth, and density-dependent and -independent factors. Students study survivorship curves and life history strategies.
Chapter 22 – Community Ecology
Explores how species interact within communities, including competition, predation, and mutualism. Students also learn about succession and community structure.
Required Reading: Principles of Biology I (https://uen.pressbooks.pub/utbiol1610/)
Recommended Reading: N/A
International Economics, ECON-3500, Section 1, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Homework: 20%
Class Discussions: 10%
Presentations: 20%
Midterm Exam: 25%
Final Exam: 25%
Description:
Week 1 Introduction: U.S. major trading partners, major world exporters/importers, current account balance, changes over last several decades, gravity model of trade.
Week 2 Ricardian Model & Rodrik book discussion: unit labor requirements; opportunity costs, production possibilities frontier; relative price; absolute advantage; comparative advantage & specialization; discussion of Rodrik chapter “A Better Balance”.
Week 3 Ricardian Model: relative demand; relative supply; equilibrium & pattern of trade; relative wage; misconceptions about comparative advantage; limitations of Ricardian model.
Week 4 Specific Factors Model & Rodrik book discussion: factors of production (labor, capital, land); marginal product; diminishing marginal product; curved production possibility frontier; value of marginal product; relative price & marginal product of labor; income distribution in Specific Factors model; trade & relative supply/demand; trade & income distribution; international migration & marginal product of labor & effects on income distribution; limitations of Specific Factors model, discussion of Rodrik chapter “How Nations Work”.
Week 5 Student Country Presentations 1: students present economic & trade data for their chosen country.
Week 6 Hecksher-Ohlin Model: relative factor abundance and relative factor scarcity; relative price; Stolper-Samuelson Theorem; Rybczynski Theorem; relative supply & relative demand; pattern of trade.
Week 7 Hecksher-Ohlin Model & Rodrik book discussion: Hecksher-Ohlin Theorem; Factor Price Equalization; income distribution in the HO model; empirical evidence on the HO model; limitations of model; discussion of Rodrik chapter “Europe's Struggles”.
Week 8 Standard Trade Model: terms of trade; isovalue lines; indifference curves; relative supply and relative demand curves, trade equilibrium.
Week 9 Standard Trade Model & Rodrik book discussion: biased growth (export, import); import tariffs and export subsidies in model; discussion of Rodrik chapter “Economists and Their Models”.
Week 10 Economies of Scale & Location & Rodrik book discussion: definition of external economies of scale and internal economies of scale; theories of external economies: specialized suppliers; labor market pooling; knowledge spillovers; forward-falling supply curve; external economies and trade; clustering and geographic concentration; dynamic increasing returns to scale; discussion of Rodrik chapter “Economists, Politics, and Ideas”.
Week 11 Firms in the Global Economy: monopolistic completion; product differentiation; marginal cost; price markup; market size; intra-industry trade; trade costs; foreign direct investment; greenfield FDI; brownfield FDI; horizontal FDI; vertical FDI; empirical facts on FDI flows across the world.
Week 12 Instruments of Trade Policy & Rodrik book discussion: specific tariffs; ad valorem tariffs; import demand curve; export supply curve; effective rate of protection; consumer surplus; producer surplus; total surplus; discussion of Rodrik chapter “What Will Not Work”.
Week 13 Instruments of Trade Policy: winners and losers from trade; welfare effects of a tariff; deadweight/efficiency loss; terms of trade effects of a large country tariff; welfare effects of export subsidy; quotas & quota rents.
Week 14 Political Economy of Trade & Rodrik book discussion: arguments for free trade: efficiency, technological innovation, increased competition, avoidance of rent-seeking and political distortions, arguments against free trade: optimum tariff, domestic market failures; median voter theorem; collective action problem; GATT; WTO; preferential trade agreements: free trade area, customs union; discussion of Rodrik chapter “New Rules for the Global Economy”.
Week 15 Student Country Presentations 2: students apply trade models to explain trade patterns for their chosen countries.
Required Reading: International Economics by Krugman, Obstfeld, Melitz, 11th edition; Straight Talk on Trade: Ideas for a Sane World Economy by Dani Rodrik
Recommended Reading: N/A
Geo & Stats for Sec Teaching, MATH-3020, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
All weekly homework are to be completed and upload to Canvas before midnight on Sunday.
• Late homework scores will be reduced by a 15% penalty each week. You may only turn in your homework
two weeks after the due date. (Example: If your perfect homework is turned in two weeks late you will get
70% max.) If turned in after that point, you will receive 0 points for that particular homework.
• There will be no work accepted after December 7
th which is your final due date.
• Check Canvas “Modules” for weekly homework. Your homework has due dates each week but not starting
date, you are allowed to work ahead.
Description:
1. reflection on mathematics learning
2. Geoboard
3. Geometry proofs
4. Word problem
5. Geometry software
6. variability
7. untruth in Statistics
8. Basic statistics concepts
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: David Pimm, Melanie Skelin, and Nathalie Sinclair, Developing Essential Understanding of Geometry in Grade 9-12, NCTM, 2013 (ISBN:978-0-87353-692-9) Roxy Peck, Robert Gould, and Stephen Miller, Developing Essential Understanding of Statistics in Grades 9-12, NCTM, 2011 (ISBN: 978-0-87353-676-9) Melissa Boston, Frederick Dillon, Margaret Smith & Stephen Miller, Taking Action: Implementing Effective Mathematics Teaching Practices, NCTM, 2017
Calculus II, MATH-1220, Section 1, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Final Exam: The exam will be cumulative.
• Homework: Turn in your chapter homework every Monday. Clearly label
your homework with chapter and section numbers. Start each section with a
new page.
• Exams: There will be 4 exams. Each exam will be worth 100 points.
No makeup exams will be given except in the case of a documented
illness.
• Grading: Final – 15%, Exams – 70%, HW – 15%
• Attendance: Attendance is essential and roll will be taken, but will not
be counted into your grade. You are responsible for all announcements
and materials presented in the class
Description:
1. Integration: Integration Formulas and the Net change Theorem, Substitution, Integrals involving Exponential and Logarithmic Functions, Integrals Resulting in inverse Trigonometric Functions.
We develop the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, which relates differentiation and integration. We then study some basic integration techniques and briefly examine some applications
2. Application of Integration: Areas between curves, Determining volumes by slicing, volumes of revolution, arc length of a curve and surface area, physical applications, moments and centers of Mass, integrals, exponential functions, and logarithms, exponential growth and decay
Hydrostatic force is only one of the many applications of definite integrals we explore in this chapter. From geometric applications such as surface area and volume, to physical applications such as mass and work, to growth and decay models, definite integrals are a powerful tool to help us understand and model the world around us.
3. Techniques of Integration: Integration by parts, Trig integrals, Trig substitution, Partial Fractions, Numerical Integration, Improper Integrals.
We saw in the previous chapter how important integration can be for all kinds of different topics—from calculations of volumes to flow rates, and from using a velocity function to determine a position to locating centers of mass. It is no surprise, then, that techniques for finding antiderivatives (or indefinite integrals) are important to know for everyone who Chapter 3 | Techniques of Integration 261 uses them. We have already discussed some basic integration formulas and the method of integration by substitution. In this chapter, we study some additional techniques, including some ways of approximating definite integrals when normal techniques do not work.
4. Introduction to Differential Equations: Basics of Differential Equations, Direction Fields and Numerical Methods, Separable Equations, The Logistic Equation, First-order Linear Equations.
The goal of this chapter is to develop solution techniques for different types of differential equations. As the equations become more complicated, the solution techniques also become more complicated, and in fact an entire course could be dedicated to the study of these equations. In this chapter we study several types of differential equations and their corresponding methods of solution.
5. Sequences and Series: Sequences, Infinite Series, The Divergence and Integral Tests, Comparison Tests, Alternating Series, Ratio and Root Tests.
The topic of infinite series may seem unrelated to differential and integral calculus. In fact, an infinite series whose terms involve powers of a variable is a powerful tool that we can use to express functions as “infinite polynomials.” We can use infinite series to evaluate complicated functions, approximate definite integrals, and create new functions. In addition, infinite series are used to solve differential equations that model physical behavior, from tiny electronic circuits to Earth orbiting satellites
6. Power Series: Power Series and Functions, Properties of Power Series, Taylor and Maclaurin Series, Working with Taylor Series.
An infinite series of the form ∑ n = 0 ∞ cn x n is known as a power series. Since the terms contain the variable x, power series can be used to define functions. They can be used to represent given functions, but they are also important because they Chapter 6 | Power Series 531 allow us to write functions that cannot be expressed any other way than as “infinite polynomials.” In addition, power series can be easily differentiated and integrated, thus being useful in solving differential equations and integrating complicated functions. An infinite series can also be truncated, resulting in a finite polynomial that we can use to approximate functional values. Power series have applications in a variety of fields, including physics, chemistry, biology, and economics. As we will see in this chapter, representing functions using power series allows us to solve mathematical problems that cannot be solved with other techniques.
7. Parametric Equations and Polar coordinates: Parametric Equations, Calculus of Parametric Curves, Polar Coordinates, Area and Arc Length in Polar Coordinates.
In this chapter we study parametric equations, which give us a convenient way to describe curves, or to study the position of a particle or object in two dimensions as a function of time. We will use parametric equations and polar coordinates for describing many topics later in this text.
Required Reading: Calculus Volume 2 from OpenStax
Recommended Reading: N/A
College Algebra / Pre-Calculus, MATH-1050, Section 40, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
• Homework: Upload your homework from the previous week every Sunday. Late homework will receive a 10% penalty for each week it is late. The deadline for submitting homework for credit is the same day as your unit test. After you have taken the test no homework will be accepted.
• Notes: When you watch the lecture videos, you should follow along with the notes and write down the correct answers from the lecture examples. 10% penalty for each week it is late. The deadline for submitting notes for credit is the same day as your unit test. After you have taken the test no notes will be accepted.
• Quiz: There will be 4 take home quizzes which will be graded on completeness, organization, and correctness.
• Test: There will be 3 tests. They will be administered on Protorio. No makeup tests will be given except in the case of a documented illness.
• Final Exam: Final Exam will be comprehensive.
• Grading: HW -10%, Notes- 10%, Quiz - 20%, Tests - 40%, Final – 20%.
• Canvas: The instructor will regularly update Canvas with course announcements. https://canvas.utahtech.edu
Description:
1. Equations and Inequalities: 2.1 The Rectangular Coordinate Systems and Graphs 2.2 Linear Equations in One Variable 2.3 Models and Applications 2.4 Complex Numbers 2.5 Quadratic Equations 2.6 Other Types of Equations 2.7 Linear Inequalities and Absolute Value Inequalities
Irrigation is a critical aspect of agriculture, which can expand the yield of farms and enable farming in areas not naturally viable for crops. But the materials, equipment, and the water itself are expensive and complex. To be efficient and productive, farm owners and irrigation specialists must carefully lay out the network of pipes, pumps, and related equipment. The available land can be divided into regular portions (similar to a grid), and the different sizes of irrigation systems and conduits can be installed within the plotted area.
2. Functions: 3.1 Functions and Function Notation 3.2 Domain and Range 3.3 Rates of Change and Behavior of Graphs 3.4 Composition of Functions 3.5 Transformation of Functions 3.6 Absolute Value Functions 3.7 Inverse Functions
Toward the end of the twentieth century, the values of stocks of Internet and technology companies rose dramatically. As a result, the Standard and Poor’s stock market average rose as well. The graph above tracks the value of that initial investment of just under $100 over the 40 years. It shows that an investment that was worth less than $500 until about 1995 skyrocketed up to about $1100 by the beginning of 2000. That five-year period became known as the “dot-com bubble” because so many Internet startups were formed. As bubbles tend to do, though, the dot-com bubble eventually burst. Many companies grew too fast and then suddenly went out of business. The result caused the sharp decline represented on the graph beginning at the end of 2000. Notice, as we consider this example, that there is a definite relationship between the year and stock market average. For any year we choose, we can determine the corresponding value of the stock market average. In this chapter, we will explore these kinds of relationships and their properties.
3. Polynomial and Rational Functions: Chapter Outline 5.1 Quadratic Functions 5.2 Power Functions and Polynomial Functions 5.3 Graphs of Polynomial Functions 5.4 Dividing Polynomials 5.5 Zeros of Polynomial Functions 5.6 Rational Functions 5.7 Inverses and Radical Functions 5.8 Modeling Using Variation
You don't need to dive very deep to feel the effects of pressure. As a person in their neighborhood pool moves eight, ten, twelve feet down, they often feel pain in their ears as a result of water and air pressure differentials. Pressure plays a much greater role at ocean diving depths. id="scuban">Scuba and free divers are constantly negotiating the effects of pressure in order to experience enjoyable, safe, and productive dives. Gases in a person's respiratory system and diving apparatus interact according to certain physical properties, which upon discovery and evaluation are collectively known as the gas laws. Some are conceptually simple, such as the inverse relationship regarding pressure and volume, and others are more complex. While their formulas seem more straightforward than many you will encounter in this chapter, the gas laws are generally polynomial expressions.
4. Exponential and Logarithmic Functions: Chapter Outline 6.1 Exponential Functions 6.2 Graphs of Exponential Functions 6.3 Logarithmic Functions 6.4 Graphs of Logarithmic Functions 6.5 Logarithmic Properties 6.6 Exponential and Logarithmic Equations 6.7 Exponential and Logarithmic Models 6.8 Fitting Exponential Models to Data
In this chapter, we will explore exponential functions, which can be used for, among other things, modeling growth patterns such as those found in bacteria. We will also investigate logarithmic functions, which are closely related to exponential functions. Both types of functions have numerous real-world applications when it comes to modeling and interpreting data.
5. Sequences, Probability, and Counting theory: Chapter Outline 9.1 Sequences and Their Notations 9.2 Arithmetic Sequences 9.3 Geometric Sequences 9.4 Series and Their Notations 9.5 Counting Principles 9.6 Binomial Theorem 9.7 Probability
In this chapter, we will explore the mathematics behind situations such as these. We will take an in-depth look at annuities. We will also look at the branch of mathematics that would allow us to calculate the number of ways to choose lottery numbers and the probability of winning.
6. Systems of Equations and Inequalities: Chapter Outline 7.1 Systems of Linear Equations: Two Variables 7.2 Systems of Linear Equations: Three Variables 7.3 Systems of Nonlinear Equations and Inequalities: Two Variables 7.4 Partial Fractions 7.5 Matrices and Matrix Operations 7.6 Solving Systems with Gaussian Elimination 7.7 Solving Systems with Inverses 7.8 Solving Systems with Cramer's Rule
In this chapter, we will investigate matrices and their inverses, and various ways to use matrices to solve systems of equations. First, however, we will study systems of equations on their own: linear and nonlinear, and then partial fractions. We will not be breaking any secret codes here, but we will lay the foundation for future courses.
Required Reading: College Algebra from OpenStax
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Chemistry, CHEM-1010, Section 42, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
2 sets of lecture notes, 2 learning quizzes, one practice quiz, one mastery quiz, and one active learning assignment for each of 12 modules
5 discussion posts and replies
Midterm exam
Final exam
Description:
Module 1 - All About Atoms: This module discusses the definition of chemistry, atoms, molecules, elements, compounds, and chemical reactions, as well as how small atoms are and the history of our understanding of atoms.
Module 2 - Meet the Elements: This module introduces students to the chemical elements, including how the elements were discovered, where the names and symbols come from, which are the most common elements, what the elements look like, which ones you can safely collect, and the organization of atoms into ions and isotopes.
Module 3 -The Periodic Table: This module introduces students to how the Periodic Table is organized, what atomic masses means, common families of elements, how to find metals, nonmetals, and metalloids as well as transition and inner transition metals, what periodicity means, and how the Periodic Table was created.
Module 4 - States of Matter: This module introduces students to solids, liquids, and gases, including the atomic behavior of substances in these states, what happens when changes of state occur, and melting and boiling points.
Module 5 - Elements, Compounds, and Mixtures: This module introduces students to the differences between pure elements, compounds, and mixtures, including covalent and ionic compounds, alloys, and solutions.
Module 6 - Physical, Chemical, and Nuclear Reactions: This module introduces students to the three types of change matter can undergo, including how energy is involved, how chemical reactions are written and balanced, and three kinds of nuclear reactions.
Module 7 - Building Molecules: This module introduces students to how electrons are organized in atoms, how covalent bonds are formed, Lewis structures, and common small molecules.
Module 8 - The Chemistry of Scent: This module introduces students to how our sense of smell works, the connection between taste and smell, examples of organic molecules that have a recognizable smell, how to recognize functional groups, and how to interpret line structures.
Module 9 - The Chemistry of Fabric: This module introduces students to polymers, including nylon, polyester, cellulose, and proteins, including chemical structures and characteristics of each.
Module 10 - Salts and Ions: This module introduces students to the formation of ionic bonds, how to determine the charge on an ion, predicting names and formulas for ionic compounds including transition metal ions and polyatomic ions, and discusses common salt products.
Module 11 - Acids and Bases: This module introduces students to acids and bases, including where they are found, how they behave, the pH scale, and acid-base reactions.
Module 12 - The Chemistry of Fire: This module introduces students to the chemical reactions that occur when different materials burn, including candles, organic materials, and metals, the fire triangle, and how to put fires out safely.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Chemistry, CHEM-1010, Section 41I, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
2 sets of lecture notes, 2 learning quizzes, one practice quiz, one mastery quiz, and one active learning assignment for each of 12 modules
5 discussion posts and replies
Midterm exam
Final exam
Description:
Module 1 - All About Atoms: This module discusses the definition of chemistry, atoms, molecules, elements, compounds, and chemical reactions, as well as how small atoms are and the history of our understanding of atoms.
Module 2 - Meet the Elements: This module introduces students to the chemical elements, including how the elements were discovered, where the names and symbols come from, which are the most common elements, what the elements look like, which ones you can safely collect, and the organization of atoms into ions and isotopes.
Module 3 -The Periodic Table: This module introduces students to how the Periodic Table is organized, what atomic masses means, common families of elements, how to find metals, nonmetals, and metalloids as well as transition and inner transition metals, what periodicity means, and how the Periodic Table was created.
Module 4 - States of Matter: This module introduces students to solids, liquids, and gases, including the atomic behavior of substances in these states, what happens when changes of state occur, and melting and boiling points.
Module 5 - Elements, Compounds, and Mixtures: This module introduces students to the differences between pure elements, compounds, and mixtures, including covalent and ionic compounds, alloys, and solutions.
Module 6 - Physical, Chemical, and Nuclear Reactions: This module introduces students to the three types of change matter can undergo, including how energy is involved, how chemical reactions are written and balanced, and three kinds of nuclear reactions.
Module 7 - Building Molecules: This module introduces students to how electrons are organized in atoms, how covalent bonds are formed, Lewis structures, and common small molecules.
Module 8 - The Chemistry of Scent: This module introduces students to how our sense of smell works, the connection between taste and smell, examples of organic molecules that have a recognizable smell, how to recognize functional groups, and how to interpret line structures.
Module 9 - The Chemistry of Fabric: This module introduces students to polymers, including nylon, polyester, cellulose, and proteins, including chemical structures and characteristics of each.
Module 10 - Salts and Ions: This module introduces students to the formation of ionic bonds, how to determine the charge on an ion, predicting names and formulas for ionic compounds including transition metal ions and polyatomic ions, and discusses common salt products.
Module 11 - Acids and Bases: This module introduces students to acids and bases, including where they are found, how they behave, the pH scale, and acid-base reactions.
Module 12 - The Chemistry of Fire: This module introduces students to the chemical reactions that occur when different materials burn, including candles, organic materials, and metals, the fire triangle, and how to put fires out safely.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Chemistry, CHEM-1010, Section 41, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
2 sets of lecture notes, 2 learning quizzes, one practice quiz, one mastery quiz, and one active learning assignment for each of 12 modules
5 discussion posts and replies
Midterm exam
Final exam
Description:
Module 1 - All About Atoms: This module discusses the definition of chemistry, atoms, molecules, elements, compounds, and chemical reactions, as well as how small atoms are and the history of our understanding of atoms.
Module 2 - Meet the Elements: This module introduces students to the chemical elements, including how the elements were discovered, where the names and symbols come from, which are the most common elements, what the elements look like, which ones you can safely collect, and the organization of atoms into ions and isotopes.
Module 3 -The Periodic Table: This module introduces students to how the Periodic Table is organized, what atomic masses means, common families of elements, how to find metals, nonmetals, and metalloids as well as transition and inner transition metals, what periodicity means, and how the Periodic Table was created.
Module 4 - States of Matter: This module introduces students to solids, liquids, and gases, including the atomic behavior of substances in these states, what happens when changes of state occur, and melting and boiling points.
Module 5 - Elements, Compounds, and Mixtures: This module introduces students to the differences between pure elements, compounds, and mixtures, including covalent and ionic compounds, alloys, and solutions.
Module 6 - Physical, Chemical, and Nuclear Reactions: This module introduces students to the three types of change matter can undergo, including how energy is involved, how chemical reactions are written and balanced, and three kinds of nuclear reactions.
Module 7 - Building Molecules: This module introduces students to how electrons are organized in atoms, how covalent bonds are formed, Lewis structures, and common small molecules.
Module 8 - The Chemistry of Scent: This module introduces students to how our sense of smell works, the connection between taste and smell, examples of organic molecules that have a recognizable smell, how to recognize functional groups, and how to interpret line structures.
Module 9 - The Chemistry of Fabric: This module introduces students to polymers, including nylon, polyester, cellulose, and proteins, including chemical structures and characteristics of each.
Module 10 - Salts and Ions: This module introduces students to the formation of ionic bonds, how to determine the charge on an ion, predicting names and formulas for ionic compounds including transition metal ions and polyatomic ions, and discusses common salt products.
Module 11 - Acids and Bases: This module introduces students to acids and bases, including where they are found, how they behave, the pH scale, and acid-base reactions.
Module 12 - The Chemistry of Fire: This module introduces students to the chemical reactions that occur when different materials burn, including candles, organic materials, and metals, the fire triangle, and how to put fires out safely.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Business Statistics, STAT-2040, Section 2, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Required Materials
Computer & internet access for Canvas access & Problem Sets
MS Excel for worksheet for each topic.
Recommended Text
I have provided a digital copy of the text in this class. If you want a hard copy, you can print and bind it; however, I frequently make changes so the digital copy may not perfectly match the embedded text we use in Canvas.
If you would like additional hardcopy materials, I recommend the following publisher text: Essentials of Business Statistics by Jaggia and Kelly (Any Edition is ok as assignments are not tied to specific edition)
Technology Requirements
To be successful in this course, you will need a reliable device and an internet connection.
You will also need to have access to MS Excel & MS Word.
If you do not have a reliable device, internet connection, or access to Google Apps, please contact the Utah Tech Help Desk:
Call: (435) 879-4357
Email: helpdesk@utahtech.edu
Live Chat
Links to an external site.
Walk-in: Holland Centennial Commons building, 2nd Level main entrance
Visit the Help Desk website (links to an external site)
Links to an external site.for hours of operation and How To guides.
Prerequisite Knowledge, Skills, and Competencies
CIS 2010 or ISA 2010 and GE Math course OR an ACT score of 26 or higher.
MS Excel
Employers require Advanced MS Excel skills. This class's Application of statistical concepts helps you improve your Excel skills. Most of the in-class problem sets are set up in MS Excel. Some of the Intermediate MS Excel skills applied in this class, including using Data Analysis Tools, Charts, and descriptive Statistics functions, will be valuable in your future career.
Other Prerequisite Technology Skills
Written business communication
Using email, web browsers, and Canvas functions
Collaborating with others in Canvas, Google Apps, and Zoom
Effectively searching for information on the Internet
Determining the reliability of Internet sources
Interaction Requirements
Students who attend class, come to class prepared, and participate, on average, do better in this class. This class requires you to take an active role in your learning. Come to class prepared and get involved.
Description:
Week Topic
1 Introduction & Ethics in Statistics - Overview of descriptive and inferencial statistics.
2 Descriptive Statistics - Creating graphs and figures to support a thesis.
3 Descriptive Statistics Case Study - Application exercise.
4 Probability - Brief introduction to basic concepts in probability.
5 Discrete Random Variables - Distributions and uses of those distributions.
6 Sampling Distributions - Central limit theorem and other sampling calculations.
7 Review – Exam I
8 Estimation from Sample Data - Confidence intervals
9 Hypothesis Testing: Single Sample
10 Hypothesis Testing: Two Samples
11 Review – Exam II
12 Correlation & Regression - introduction to correlation and regression.
13 Multiple Linear Regression - Regression discussion is extended to multiple independent variables.
14 ANOVA - Analysis of variance.
15 Review
16 Final Exam - Comprehensive
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Jaggia and Kelly, "Business Statistics"
Cloud Fundamentals, IT-1500, Section 40A, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Your grade is based entirely on your performance on the Certified Cloud Practitioner exam. If you pass the exam, you will receive an 'A' for the course. I think that to pass the exam you have to score 720/1000. If you do not pass the exam, your grade will be scaled out of 850.
So, for example, if you achieve 650 on the exam, I will score it out of 850. Which would give you a 76% (C) for the course. You can take the exam as many times as you would like, but a voucher will only be available for the first attempt.
There are 3 extra credit opportunities but they are only available BEFORE you take the certification exam:
Complete all the labs
Complete all the knowledge checks
Score at least 90% or better on at least 2 udemy practice exams.
Each of these will result in a 3% increase in your final grade (for a total of 9%).
Description:
1. Introduction to Cloud Computing and AWS
An overview of cloud computing concepts, the benefits of cloud adoption, and an introduction to AWS services and global infrastructure.
2. AWS Core Services
Covers the foundational AWS services across compute (EC2), storage (S3), and networking (VPC), including how they interact in cloud solutions.
3. AWS Security and Compliance
Introduces the shared responsibility model and explores AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM), encryption, and compliance frameworks.
4. Cloud Economics and Billing
Explains AWS pricing models, total cost of ownership (TCO), billing tools, and best practices for cost optimization.
5. Architecting in the Cloud
Introduces high availability, fault tolerance, scalability, and basic architectural best practices for deploying on AWS.
6. Networking and Content Delivery
Discusses key networking concepts including VPCs, subnets, Route 53, and content delivery using Amazon CloudFront.
7. Storage and Databases
Explores AWS storage options (S3, EBS, EFS) and database services like RDS, DynamoDB, and the use cases for each.
8. Monitoring and Automation
Covers monitoring with Amazon CloudWatch, logging with AWS CloudTrail, and automation tools like AWS CloudFormation and AWS Systems Manager.
9. AWS Support and Migration
Reviews AWS support plans, resources for training and development, and basics of migrating workloads to AWS using AWS Migration Hub and related tools.
10. Course Summary and Final Assessment
Recaps key concepts from the course and provides guidance for next steps, including certification preparation and further AWS learning paths.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Cloud Fundamentals, IT-1500, Section 41B, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Your grade is based entirely on your performance on the Certified Cloud Practitioner exam. If you pass the exam, you will receive an 'A' for the course. I think that to pass the exam you have to score 720/1000. If you do not pass the exam, your grade will be scaled out of 850.
So, for example, if you achieve 650 on the exam, I will score it out of 850. Which would give you a 76% (C) for the course. You can take the exam as many times as you would like, but a voucher will only be available for the first attempt.
There are 3 extra credit opportunities but they are only available BEFORE you take the certification exam:
Complete all the labs
Complete all the knowledge checks
Score at least 90% or better on at least 2 udemy practice exams.
Each of these will result in a 3% increase in your final grade (for a total of 9%).
Description:
1. Introduction to Cloud Computing and AWS
An overview of cloud computing concepts, the benefits of cloud adoption, and an introduction to AWS services and global infrastructure.
2. AWS Core Services
Covers the foundational AWS services across compute (EC2), storage (S3), and networking (VPC), including how they interact in cloud solutions.
3. AWS Security and Compliance
Introduces the shared responsibility model and explores AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM), encryption, and compliance frameworks.
4. Cloud Economics and Billing
Explains AWS pricing models, total cost of ownership (TCO), billing tools, and best practices for cost optimization.
5. Architecting in the Cloud
Introduces high availability, fault tolerance, scalability, and basic architectural best practices for deploying on AWS.
6. Networking and Content Delivery
Discusses key networking concepts including VPCs, subnets, Route 53, and content delivery using Amazon CloudFront.
7. Storage and Databases
Explores AWS storage options (S3, EBS, EFS) and database services like RDS, DynamoDB, and the use cases for each.
8. Monitoring and Automation
Covers monitoring with Amazon CloudWatch, logging with AWS CloudTrail, and automation tools like AWS CloudFormation and AWS Systems Manager.
9. AWS Support and Migration
Reviews AWS support plans, resources for training and development, and basics of migrating workloads to AWS using AWS Migration Hub and related tools.
10. Course Summary and Final Assessment
Recaps key concepts from the course and provides guidance for next steps, including certification preparation and further AWS learning paths.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Web Application Development I, SE-3200, Section 01, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
There will be 5 projects of increasing complexity. There is a midterm and a final. The final exam will count for 33% of your point total. Assignments, quizzes, and any other exams will count for the remaining 67% of your point total.
Description:
1. Introduction to Modern Web Development
Provides an overview of full-stack web development, key technologies, and how frontend and backend systems interact.
2. HTML, CSS, and the Structure of Web Pages
Covers the foundational building blocks of the web, focusing on semantic HTML and styling with CSS.
3. JavaScript Fundamentals
Introduces core JavaScript syntax, variables, functions, and the role of JavaScript in dynamic web interfaces.
4. Client-Side Interactivity with JavaScript
Explores DOM manipulation, event handling, and creating responsive, interactive elements in the browser.
5. Introduction to Python for the Web
Covers Python syntax and concepts relevant to backend development, including functions, data structures, and basic scripting.
6. Web Servers and HTTP Basics
Introduces how web servers work, the HTTP protocol, and how clients and servers communicate over the web.
7. Building a Backend with Flask
Walks through creating a basic web server using Flask, handling routes, and generating dynamic responses.
8. Connecting Frontend and Backend
Covers how to send and receive data between client and server using HTTP methods and JSON.
9. Working with Forms and User Input
Teaches how to handle form submissions, validate user input, and manage data flow between frontend and backend.
10. Databases and Data Persistence
Introduces relational databases, SQL basics, and integrating a database with a Python backend using tools like SQLite or SQLAlchemy.
11. Building a RESTful API
Explains REST principles and guides students in building APIs with Flask to serve data to the frontend.
12. Authentication and User Sessions
Covers the basics of user authentication, session management, and securing user data in a web application.
13. Deployment and Hosting
Guides students through deploying their web applications using tools like Heroku, Render, or a cloud provider.
14. Debugging and Testing Web Applications
Introduces common debugging techniques, logging, and basic automated testing for both frontend and backend components.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
DevOps Virtualization, IT-3300, Section 01, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
There will be several exams given throughout the semester. A missed test cannot be made up except under extenuating circumstances.
You will be expected to complete various hands-on projects.
Projects and exams each contribute to your point total.
The breakdown for the above items is as follows:
Projects = 50%
Tests = 50%
Description:
1. Introduction to Virtualization
Explores the core concepts and benefits of virtualization, including types of virtualization, hypervisors, and the shift toward containerization.
2. Getting Started with Proxmox VE
Introduces the Proxmox Virtual Environment, installation, and basic navigation of the web interface for managing virtual machines.
3. Creating and Managing Virtual Machines
Covers the creation, configuration, and administration of virtual machines using Proxmox, including storage and networking options.
4. Proxmox Storage and Backup Solutions
Discusses storage types in Proxmox, configuring volumes, and implementing snapshot and backup strategies.
5. Proxmox Networking and Clustering
Explores virtual networking, bridges, and VLANs in Proxmox, as well as an introduction to high availability and clustering.
6. Introduction to Containers and Docker
Defines containers and compares them with virtual machines, introducing Docker as a lightweight containerization platform.
7. Working with Docker Images and Containers
Covers creating, running, and managing containers, as well as understanding Docker images, registries, and tagging.
8. Docker Compose and Multi-Container Applications
Introduces Docker Compose for defining and running multi-container applications using YAML configuration files.
9. Docker Networking, Volumes, and Persistence
Explains Docker networking modes, volumes for persistent data, and best practices for managing container state.
10. Introduction to Kubernetes
Explains the purpose of Kubernetes, key concepts (pods, nodes, clusters), and its role in orchestrating containerized applications.
11. Setting Up a Kubernetes Cluster
Covers the installation and configuration of a local or cloud-based Kubernetes cluster using tools like Minikube or Kubeadm.
12. Managing Workloads with Pods and Deployments
Teaches how to create and manage pods, replicasets, and deployments to maintain application availability.
13. Kubernetes Services and Networking
Explores Kubernetes services, internal DNS, and exposing applications within and outside the cluster.
14. ConfigMaps, Secrets, and Application Configuration
Demonstrates how to manage environment variables and sensitive data using Kubernetes-native configuration tools.
15. Storage in Kubernetes
Covers persistent storage concepts in Kubernetes, including volumes, persistent volume claims, and storage classes.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Macro Economics, ECON-2020, Section 01, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Chapter Quizzes (on Canvas): 25%
Exam 1: 25%
Exam 2: 25%
Final exam: 25%
Description:
Week 1 Introduction: definition of economics, economics as a social science, models and assumptions, circular flow model, positive vs. normative economic statements.
Week 2 Supply & Demand: competitive markets, quantity demand and law of demand, shifts in demand, normal goods, inferior goods, complements, substitutes, quantity supplied and law of supply, shifts in supply, supply and demand model, market equilibrium, surpluses and shortages, applications of model.
Week 3 National Income: Gross Domestic Product and it’s components. Nominal GDP, Real GDP, and the GDP Deflator.
Week 4 Consumer Price Index: calculating the CPI, correcting for inflation, applications to the minimum wage and college tuition, real interest rates.
Week 5 Economic Growth: facts about income per person and economic growth rates around the world. Theories of economic growth, capital accumulation, technological change, governance, trade, and population.
Week 6 Savings & Investment: National saving and investment. Market for loanable funds in a closed economy model of the financial system and the determination of real interest rates. Effects of governmental budget deficits.
Week 7 Finance: Bonds, stocks, and financial markets. Present value calculations and applications. Efficient market hypothesis.
Week 8 Unemployment: Calculation of unemployment rate and labor force participation rate. Historical facts on unemployment and job creation for the United States. Theories of unemployment.
Week 9 Monetary System: Functions of money, historical forms of money, and the role of central banks in influencing the money supply. The Federal Reserve system and tools of monetary policy.
Week 10 Inflation: Quantity equation of money and causes of inflation. Costs of inflation.
Week 11: Open Economy I: Net exports, net capital outflows, and exchange rates
Week 12 Open Economy II: Market for loanable funds in an open economy model. Applications of models to government policy changes and world events.
Week 13 Aggregate Demand & Aggregate Supply: the business cycle and aggregate demand & supply model. Applications of model to various economic events and historical situations.
Week 14 Monetary & Fiscal Policy: tools of monetary and fiscal policies in response to economic fluctuations. Arguments for and against active stabilization policy.
Week 15 Government Debt and Course Review: long term effects of federal government deficits and debt. Review for final exam.
Required Reading: Brief Principles of Macroeconomics, 9th edition, by N. Gregory Mankiw
Recommended Reading: N/A
Macro Economics, ECON-2020, Section 01, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Chapter Quizzes (on Canvas): 25%
Exam 1: 25%
Exam 2: 25%
Final exam: 25%
Description:
Week 1 Introduction: definition of economics, economics as a social science, models and assumptions, circular flow model, positive vs. normative economic statements.
Week 2 Supply & Demand: competitive markets, quantity demand and law of demand, shifts in demand, normal goods, inferior goods, complements, substitutes, quantity supplied and law of supply, shifts in supply, supply and demand model, market equilibrium, surpluses and shortages, applications of model.
Week 3 National Income: Gross Domestic Product and it’s components. Nominal GDP, Real GDP, and the GDP Deflator.
Week 4 Consumer Price Index: calculating the CPI, correcting for inflation, applications to the minimum wage and college tuition, real interest rates.
Week 5 Economic Growth: facts about income per person and economic growth rates around the world. Theories of economic growth, capital accumulation, technological change, governance, trade, and population.
Week 6 Savings & Investment: National saving and investment. Market for loanable funds in a closed economy model of the financial system and the determination of real interest rates. Effects of governmental budget deficits.
Week 7 Finance: Bonds, stocks, and financial markets. Present value calculations and applications. Efficient market hypothesis.
Week 8 Unemployment: Calculation of unemployment rate and labor force participation rate. Historical facts on unemployment and job creation for the United States. Theories of unemployment.
Week 9 Monetary System: Functions of money, historical forms of money, and the role of central banks in influencing the money supply. The Federal Reserve system and tools of monetary policy.
Week 10 Inflation: Quantity equation of money and causes of inflation. Costs of inflation.
Week 11: Open Economy I: Net exports, net capital outflows, and exchange rates
Week 12 Open Economy II: Market for loanable funds in an open economy model. Applications of models to government policy changes and world events.
Week 13 Aggregate Demand & Aggregate Supply: the business cycle and aggregate demand & supply model. Applications of model to various economic events and historical situations.
Week 14 Monetary & Fiscal Policy: tools of monetary and fiscal policies in response to economic fluctuations. Arguments for and against active stabilization policy.
Week 15 Government Debt and Course Review: long term effects of federal government deficits and debt. Review for final exam.
Required Reading: Brief Principles of Macroeconomics, 9th edition, by N. Gregory Mankiw
Recommended Reading: N/A
Macro Economics, ECON-2020, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Chapter Quizzes: 10%
Lecture and Practice/Discussions: 15%
Exam 1: 25%
Exam 2: 25%
Final exam: 25%
Description:
Module 1 Introduction: economics as a social science, circular flow model, positive vs. normative economic statements.
Module 2 Supply & Demand: competitive markets, demand, supply, analysis of how events affect the market equilibrium.
Module 3 National Income: Gross Domestic Product and it’s components. Nominal GDP, Real GDP, and the GDP Deflator.
Module 4 Consumer Price Index: calculating the CPI, correcting for inflation, applications to the minimum wage and college tuition, real interest rates.
Module 5 Economic Growth & Exam 1: facts about income per person and economic growth rates around the world. Theories of economic growth, capital accumulation, technological change, governance, trade, and population. Exam 1.
Module 6 Savings & Investment: National saving and investment. Market for loanable funds in a closed economy model of the financial system and the determination of real interest rates. Effects of governmental budget deficits.
Module 7 Finance: Bonds, stocks, and financial markets. Present value calculations and applications. Efficient market hypothesis.
Module 8 Unemployment: Calculation of unemployment rate and labor force participation rate. Historical facts on unemployment and job creation for the United States. Theories of unemployment.
Module 9 Monetary System & Exam 2: Functions of money, historical forms of money, and the role of central banks in influencing the money supply. The Federal Reserve system and tools of monetary policy. Exam 2.
Module 10 Inflation: Quantity equation of money and causes of inflation. Costs of inflation.
Module 1: Open Economy I: Net exports, net capital outflows, and exchange rates
Module 12 Open Economy II: Market for loanable funds in an open economy model. Applications of models to government policy changes and world events.
Module 13 Aggregate Demand & Aggregate Supply: the business cycle and aggregate demand & supply model. Applications of model to various economic events and historical situations.
Module 14 Monetary & Fiscal Policy: tools of monetary and fiscal policies in response to economic fluctuations. Arguments for and against active stabilization policy. Long term effects of federal government deficits and debt.
Module 15 Course Review & Final Exam
Required Reading: Brief Principles of Macroeconomics, 9th edition, by N. Gregory Mankiw
Recommended Reading: N/A
Micro Economics, ECON-2010, Section 03, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Chapter Quizzes (on Canvas): 25%
Exam 1: 25%
Exam 2: 25%
Final exam: 25%
Description:
Week 1 Introduction to Economics: definition of economics, economics as a social science, models and assumptions, positive and normative statements, production possibilities frontier model.
Week 2 Comparative Advantage & Trade: opportunity cost, absolute advantage, comparative advantage, 2 country 2 good model of trade, gains from trade.
Week 3 Supply & Demand: competitive markets, quantity demand and law of demand, shifts in demand, normal goods, inferior goods, complements, substitutes, quantity supplied and law of supply, shifts in supply, supply and demand model, market equilibrium, surpluses and shortages, applications of model.
Week 4 Elasticity: price elasticity of demand, calculation elasticity, determinants of price elasticity of demand, price elasticity of supply, cross price elasticity of demand, income elasticity of demand, applications of elasticity.
Week 5 Government Policies: price ceilings, price floors, applications to rent control and minimum wage, taxes, incidence of the tax and elasticity.
Week 6 Efficiency: consumer surplus, producer surplus, total surplus, market efficiency.
Week 7 Efficiency & Taxation: welfare effects of taxes, deadweight loss, deadweight loss and elasticity, applications to tax policy, deadweight loss and size of tax, tax size and tax revenue, Laffer curve.
Week 8 Efficiency & International Trade: welfare effects of international trade, winners and losers from trade, tariffs and trade policy, arguments for free trade, arguments for restrictions on trade.
Week 9 Externalities, Public Goods and Common Resources: positive externalities, negative externalities, public policy towards externalities, rival vs. non-rival goods, excludable and not excludable goods, private goods, public goods, club goods, common resources, public policy and public goods & common resources.
Week 10 Costs of Production: fixed costs, variable costs, total costs, production function, marginal product of labor, marginal cost, average fixed cost, average variable cost, average total cost, economies of scale, constant returns to scale, diseconomies of scale.
Week 11 Firms in Competitive Markets: revenue, marginal revenue, average revenue, accounting profit vs economic profit, profit maximization condition in competitive markets, shut down and exit conditions, sunk costs, zero profit condition, market supply in the long run.
Week 12 Monopoly: barriers to entry and causes of monopoly, profit maximization under monopoly, price discrimination, welfare costs of monopoly, public policy towards monopoly and antitrust laws.
Week 13 Monopolistic Competition: characteristics of monopolistic competition and contrast with perfect competition and monopoly, short-run vs long-run outcomes, welfare effects, application to advertising.
Week 14 Oligopoly: concentration ratio, duopoly, cartels, comparison of oligopoly outcomes with perfect competition and monopoly, game theory, dominant strategy, Nash equilibrium, Prisoners’ Dilemma game, other applications of game theory.
Week 15 Theory of Consumer Choice: budget constraint, preferences and indifference curves, rationality and optimization, marginal rate of substitution, applications to changes in consumer income and prices, derivation of demand curve, income and substitution effects, Giffen goods.
Required Reading: Principles of Microeconomics, 9th edition, by N. Gregory Mankiw
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry II, CHEM-1220, Section 02, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Exam 1,2,3,4,5; Final Exam
Description:
Chapter 11: Molality: Molality is a measure of the concentration of solute in a solution, expressed as moles of solute per kilogram of solvent.
Chapter 11: Solution Vapor Pressure: Solution vapor pressure refers to the pressure exerted by the vapor of a solvent when it is in equilibrium with its liquid phase, and how solutes can affect it.
Chapter 11: Ions in Solution: This topic focuses on how ionic compounds dissociate into ions when dissolved in a solvent and how they influence solution properties.
Chapter 11: Bp and Fp: Boiling point elevation (Bp) and freezing point depression (Fp) describe how the presence of a solute in a solvent raises the boiling point and lowers the freezing point.
Chapter 11: Osmosis: Osmosis is the movement of solvent molecules through a semipermeable membrane from an area of low solute concentration to an area of high solute concentration.
Chapter 12: Solids: This topic explores the characteristics of solids, including their structure, properties, and the different types of solids like crystalline and amorphous.
Chapter 12: Packing Types: Packing types in solids refer to the arrangements of atoms, ions, or molecules in a solid and how this arrangement affects its properties.
Chapter 12: Alloys: Alloys are mixtures of two or more metals or a metal and a nonmetal, designed to improve properties like strength and corrosion resistance.
Chapter 12: Polymers: Polymers are large molecules made up of repeating subunits (monomers) that can exhibit a variety of properties depending on their structure and arrangement.
Chapter 13: Reaction Rates: Reaction rates describe how fast a chemical reaction occurs and how factors like concentration, temperature, and catalysts influence these rates.
Chapter 13: Reaction Order I: This topic explains the relationship between the concentration of reactants and the rate of the reaction, focusing on zero, first, and second-order reactions.
Chapter 13: Reaction Order II: This continues the study of reaction orders, specifically exploring more complex second-order reactions and how they are quantified.
Chapter 13: Temperature and Rate: Temperature affects reaction rates by increasing the energy of the molecules, leading to more frequent and energetic collisions.
Chapter 13: Reaction Mechanisms: Reaction mechanisms describe the step-by-step sequence of elementary reactions that occur during a chemical process.
Chapter 13: Catalysts: Catalysts are substances that speed up the rate of a chemical reaction without being consumed in the process.
Chapter 14: Equilibrium Constant I: The equilibrium constant (K) is a number that expresses the ratio of concentrations of products to reactants at equilibrium for a reversible reaction.
Chapter 14: Equilibrium Constant II: This builds on the equilibrium constant, focusing on its calculations and implications in various chemical reactions.
Chapter 14: Manipulating K: This topic explores how changes in temperature, pressure, and concentration can affect the value of the equilibrium constant.
Chapter 14: Reaction Quotient: The reaction quotient (Q) is used to predict the direction of a chemical reaction and whether it is at equilibrium.
Chapter 14: Heterogeneous Equilibrium: Heterogeneous equilibrium deals with reactions involving reactants and products in different phases, such as solid-liquid or gas-solid systems.
Chapter 14: Le Chatelier: Le Chatelier’s Principle predicts how a system at equilibrium will respond to changes in concentration, temperature, or pressure.
Chapter 14: Calculations with K I: This topic involves using the equilibrium constant to perform calculations related to concentration and partial pressures in reversible reactions.
Chapter 14: Calculations with K II: This continues to explore more complex calculations using the equilibrium constant in different scenarios.
Chapter 15: Acid/Base Review: A review of the fundamental properties of acids and bases, including their behavior in water and their ability to donate or accept protons.
Chapter 15: pH and autoionization: pH is a measure of the acidity or basicity of a solution, and autoionization refers to the process where water molecules dissociate into hydrogen and hydroxide ions.
Chapter 15: Ka and Kb: Ka and Kb are the acid dissociation constant and the base dissociation constant, respectively, which measure the strength of an acid or base in water.
Chapter 16: Buffers III: This topic covers buffer solutions and how they resist changes in pH when small amounts of acid or base are added.
Chapter 15: Calculating Ka/Kb I: This involves learning how to calculate the acid dissociation constant (Ka) and base dissociation constant (Kb) using equilibrium concentrations.
Chapter 15: Calculating Ka/Kb II: This continues the exploration of Ka and Kb calculations, focusing on more challenging problems and applications.
Chapter 16: Common Ion Effect: The common ion effect describes how the solubility of salts is affected by the addition of an ion already present in the solution.
Chapter 16: Buffers I: This topic introduces buffer solutions, which maintain a relatively constant pH when small amounts of acid or base are added.
Chapter 16: Buffers, Part II: This continues the study of buffer solutions, covering buffer capacity and the Henderson-Hasselbalch equation for pH calculation.
Chapter 16: Acid-Base Titrations, Part I: Acid-base titrations are experiments where a solution of known concentration is used to determine the concentration of an unknown acid or base.
Chapter 16: Acid-Base Titrations, Part 2: This continues the study of titrations, with an emphasis on interpreting titration curves and calculating concentrations.
Chapter 16: Acid-Base Titrations, Part 3: This part concludes the titration study by examining advanced concepts and detailed calculations of titration results.
Chapter 16: Calculating with Ksp: This topic focuses on the solubility product constant (Ksp), which is used to predict the solubility of salts in water.
Chapter 17: Entropy: Entropy is a measure of disorder or randomness in a system, and this topic examines its role in determining the spontaneity of reactions.
Chapter 17: Entropy, Part II: This continues the study of entropy, discussing its relationship with other thermodynamic quantities like enthalpy and Gibbs free energy.
Chapter 17: Gibbs Free Energy: Gibbs Free Energy helps predict whether a process or reaction is spontaneous, combining enthalpy and entropy into a single value.
Chapter 17: Gibbs and Equilibrium, Part I: This topic examines how Gibbs Free Energy and chemical equilibrium are related and how to calculate equilibrium constants from free energy.
Chapter 17: Gibbs and Equilibrium, Part II: This continues the study of Gibbs Free Energy, focusing on its application to reversible reactions at equilibrium.
Chapter 18: Redox Review: This review covers oxidation-reduction (redox) reactions, where electrons are transferred between substances, changing their oxidation states.
Chapter 18: Cell Diagram: Cell diagrams represent the components of electrochemical cells, showing how electrons flow through the system.
Chapter 18: Cell Diagram, Part II: This continues the study of electrochemical cells, focusing on more complex cell diagrams and their analysis.
Chapter 18: Standard Potentials: Standard electrode potentials are used to predict the voltage of an electrochemical cell under standard conditions.
Chapter 18: Nernst Equation: The Nernst equation allows calculation of the cell potential at non-standard conditions by considering the concentration of reactants and products.
Chapter 18: Nernst Equation, Part 2: This continues the study of the Nernst equation, with a focus on advanced applications and calculations.
Chapter 19: Radioactivity: Radioactivity refers to the spontaneous emission of radiation from unstable nuclei, and this topic covers the types and properties of radioactive decay.
Chapter 19: Half-Life: Half-life is the time required for half of the atoms in a sample of a radioactive substance to decay, and it is an important concept in nuclear chemistry.
Chapter 19: Nuclear Reactors: Nuclear reactors use controlled nuclear fission to produce energy, and this topic covers their design, function, and safety measures.
Required Reading: Chemistry: The Science in Context Sixth Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry I, CHEM-1210, Section 02, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Exam 1,2,3,4,5; Final Exam
Description:
Chapter 1: Mixture/States of Matter
This chapter covers the different states of matter (solid, liquid, gas) and how mixtures of substances are formed.
Chapter 1: Physical vs. Chemical Change
This section explores the distinction between physical changes (changes in form) and chemical changes (changes in substance).
Chapter 1: Significant Figures
It teaches how to determine the precision of measurements and how to round numbers correctly using significant figures.
Chapter 2: Atoms and Isotopes
This chapter introduces the structure of atoms and explains isotopes, which are variations of elements with different numbers of neutrons.
Chapter 2: Natural Abundance and Isotopes
Focuses on the natural distribution of isotopes and their role in determining atomic mass.
Chapter 2: Naming, Part 1
Introduces the rules for naming ionic compounds, including binary compounds with simple cations and anions.
Chapter 2: Naming, Part 2
Expands on naming compounds, including transition metals, polyatomic ions, and molecular compounds.
Chapter 3: Moles
Explains the concept of the mole, a fundamental unit in chemistry used to count particles in a sample.
Chapter 3: Chemical Equations, Part 1
This section introduces how to write and balance chemical equations to represent chemical reactions.
Chapter 3: Chemical Equations
Continues the study of balancing equations, ensuring mass conservation during chemical reactions.
Chapter 3: Limiting Reactants and Yield, Part 1
Focuses on determining the limiting reactant in a reaction and how it controls the maximum product that can be formed.
Chapter 3: Limiting Reactants/Yield, Part 2
Further explores limiting reactants, including calculations for theoretical yield and percent yield in reactions.
Chapter 3: Empirical and Molecular Formulas
Discusses how to determine empirical (simplified) and molecular formulas based on experimental data.
Chapter 4: Molarity and Dilutions
Introduces molarity, the concentration of a solution, and the process of diluting solutions to adjust concentrations.
Chapter 4: Acid/Base Titration, Part 1
Describes the technique of titration used to determine the concentration of an acid or base in a solution.
Chapter 4: Acid/Base Titration, Part 2
Continues the titration process, emphasizing how to calculate concentrations and interpret titration curves.
Chapter 4: Precipitation and net ionics
Focuses on precipitation reactions and how to write net ionic equations to represent only the reacting species.
Chapter 4: Redox
Introduces redox (reduction-oxidation) reactions, where electrons are transferred between reactants, altering their oxidation states.
Chapter 4: Activity
Explores the concept of chemical activity, focusing on the reactivity of elements and how activity series are used.
Chapter 5: Pressure
This chapter introduces pressure and its effects on gases, covering concepts such as gas laws.
Chapter 5: Gas Laws
Discusses the behavior of gases, including Boyle's, Charles's, and Avogadro’s laws, which describe how gases respond to changes in volume, temperature, and pressure.
Chapter 5: Ideal Gas Law
Covers the ideal gas law, PV = nRT, and how it can be used to calculate properties of gases under different conditions.
Chapter 5: Dalton's Law
Focuses on Dalton’s law of partial pressures, which describes how the total pressure of a gas mixture is the sum of the partial pressures of its components.
Chapter 5: Kinetic Theory
Explains the kinetic molecular theory of gases, which relates the properties of gases to the motion of their molecules.
Chapter 5: Real Gas
Looks at deviations from ideal gas behavior and factors that influence real gas behavior, such as intermolecular forces.
Chapter 6: Energy
Introduces the concept of energy, including kinetic and potential energy, and the law of conservation of energy.
Chapter 6: Enthalpy
Explains enthalpy as a measure of the total heat content of a system, and its importance in thermodynamic calculations.
Chapter 6: Calorimetry
Discusses calorimetry, the study of heat transfer, and how to measure heat changes during chemical reactions or phase changes.
Chapter 6: Enthalpy of Reactions
Focuses on calculating the enthalpy change during chemical reactions using Hess's law and calorimetry.
Chapter 6: Hess' Law
Introduces Hess's law, which states that the total enthalpy change of a reaction is the sum of the enthalpy changes of the steps.
Chapter 7: Light and the Bohr Model
Explains the Bohr model of the atom, which describes electron energy levels and the emission of light.
Chapter 7: Quantum Theory
Covers the fundamentals of quantum theory, which describes the behavior of matter and energy at very small scales.
Chapter 7: Periodic Trends
Explores the periodic trends in the periodic table, such as atomic size, ionization energy, and electronegativity.
Chapter 7: Orbital Shape
Discusses the shapes of atomic orbitals and their significance in understanding chemical bonding and electron configurations.
Chapter 7: Quantum Numbers
Introduces quantum numbers, which define the energy levels, shapes, and orientations of atomic orbitals.
Chapter 8: Lewis Structures
Explains how to draw Lewis structures, which represent the bonding between atoms in molecules and ions.
Chapter 8: Lewis Structures 2
Continues the study of Lewis structures, focusing on resonance and formal charges.
Chapter 8: Electronegativity and Resonance
Discusses how electronegativity affects bond formation and how resonance structures represent molecules with delocalized electrons.
Chapter 8: Formal Charge
Explains how to calculate and use formal charges to assess the most likely structure of a molecule.
Chapter 9: VSEPR
Introduces the Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion (VSEPR) theory, which predicts the shapes of molecules based on electron pair repulsion.
Chapter 9: VSEPR, Part 2
Expands on VSEPR theory, discussing molecular geometries and the effect of lone pairs on molecular shapes.
Chapter 9: Hybridization
Explains the concept of hybridization, where atomic orbitals mix to form new hybrid orbitals that influence molecular geometry.
Chapter 10: IMF Properties, Part 2
Discusses intermolecular forces (IMFs), focusing on how different types of IMFs affect the properties of substances, such as boiling points and solubility.
Chapter 9: Molecular Orbital Theory
Introduces molecular orbital theory, which describes how atomic orbitals combine to form molecular orbitals and influence bonding.
Chapter 9: Semiconductors
Explains the properties of semiconductors, which have intermediate electrical conductivity and are essential in electronics.
Chapter 10: Intermolecular Forces
Discusses the different types of intermolecular forces (e.g., hydrogen bonding, dipole-dipole, and London dispersion forces) and their effect on molecular behavior.
Chapter 10: IMF Properties, Part 1
Introduces the concept of intermolecular forces and explains their impact on the physical properties of substances.
Chapter 10: Like Dissolves Like
Explains the principle that substances with similar intermolecular forces tend to dissolve in each other.
Chapter 10: Gas Solubility
Focuses on the solubility of gases in liquids and how factors like temperature and pressure affect gas solubility.
Required Reading: Chemistry: The Science in Context Sixth Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Principles of Chemistry I, CHEM-1210, Section 06, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Exam 1,2,3,4,5; Final Exam
Description:
Chapter 1: Mixture/States of Matter
This chapter covers the different states of matter (solid, liquid, gas) and how mixtures of substances are formed.
Chapter 1: Physical vs. Chemical Change
This section explores the distinction between physical changes (changes in form) and chemical changes (changes in substance).
Chapter 1: Significant Figures
It teaches how to determine the precision of measurements and how to round numbers correctly using significant figures.
Chapter 2: Atoms and Isotopes
This chapter introduces the structure of atoms and explains isotopes, which are variations of elements with different numbers of neutrons.
Chapter 2: Natural Abundance and Isotopes
Focuses on the natural distribution of isotopes and their role in determining atomic mass.
Chapter 2: Naming, Part 1
Introduces the rules for naming ionic compounds, including binary compounds with simple cations and anions.
Chapter 2: Naming, Part 2
Expands on naming compounds, including transition metals, polyatomic ions, and molecular compounds.
Chapter 3: Moles
Explains the concept of the mole, a fundamental unit in chemistry used to count particles in a sample.
Chapter 3: Chemical Equations, Part 1
This section introduces how to write and balance chemical equations to represent chemical reactions.
Chapter 3: Chemical Equations
Continues the study of balancing equations, ensuring mass conservation during chemical reactions.
Chapter 3: Limiting Reactants and Yield, Part 1
Focuses on determining the limiting reactant in a reaction and how it controls the maximum product that can be formed.
Chapter 3: Limiting Reactants/Yield, Part 2
Further explores limiting reactants, including calculations for theoretical yield and percent yield in reactions.
Chapter 3: Empirical and Molecular Formulas
Discusses how to determine empirical (simplified) and molecular formulas based on experimental data.
Chapter 4: Molarity and Dilutions
Introduces molarity, the concentration of a solution, and the process of diluting solutions to adjust concentrations.
Chapter 4: Acid/Base Titration, Part 1
Describes the technique of titration used to determine the concentration of an acid or base in a solution.
Chapter 4: Acid/Base Titration, Part 2
Continues the titration process, emphasizing how to calculate concentrations and interpret titration curves.
Chapter 4: Precipitation and net ionics
Focuses on precipitation reactions and how to write net ionic equations to represent only the reacting species.
Chapter 4: Redox
Introduces redox (reduction-oxidation) reactions, where electrons are transferred between reactants, altering their oxidation states.
Chapter 4: Activity
Explores the concept of chemical activity, focusing on the reactivity of elements and how activity series are used.
Chapter 5: Pressure
This chapter introduces pressure and its effects on gases, covering concepts such as gas laws.
Chapter 5: Gas Laws
Discusses the behavior of gases, including Boyle's, Charles's, and Avogadro’s laws, which describe how gases respond to changes in volume, temperature, and pressure.
Chapter 5: Ideal Gas Law
Covers the ideal gas law, PV = nRT, and how it can be used to calculate properties of gases under different conditions.
Chapter 5: Dalton's Law
Focuses on Dalton’s law of partial pressures, which describes how the total pressure of a gas mixture is the sum of the partial pressures of its components.
Chapter 5: Kinetic Theory
Explains the kinetic molecular theory of gases, which relates the properties of gases to the motion of their molecules.
Chapter 5: Real Gas
Looks at deviations from ideal gas behavior and factors that influence real gas behavior, such as intermolecular forces.
Chapter 6: Energy
Introduces the concept of energy, including kinetic and potential energy, and the law of conservation of energy.
Chapter 6: Enthalpy
Explains enthalpy as a measure of the total heat content of a system, and its importance in thermodynamic calculations.
Chapter 6: Calorimetry
Discusses calorimetry, the study of heat transfer, and how to measure heat changes during chemical reactions or phase changes.
Chapter 6: Enthalpy of Reactions
Focuses on calculating the enthalpy change during chemical reactions using Hess's law and calorimetry.
Chapter 6: Hess' Law
Introduces Hess's law, which states that the total enthalpy change of a reaction is the sum of the enthalpy changes of the steps.
Chapter 7: Light and the Bohr Model
Explains the Bohr model of the atom, which describes electron energy levels and the emission of light.
Chapter 7: Quantum Theory
Covers the fundamentals of quantum theory, which describes the behavior of matter and energy at very small scales.
Chapter 7: Periodic Trends
Explores the periodic trends in the periodic table, such as atomic size, ionization energy, and electronegativity.
Chapter 7: Orbital Shape
Discusses the shapes of atomic orbitals and their significance in understanding chemical bonding and electron configurations.
Chapter 7: Quantum Numbers
Introduces quantum numbers, which define the energy levels, shapes, and orientations of atomic orbitals.
Chapter 8: Lewis Structures
Explains how to draw Lewis structures, which represent the bonding between atoms in molecules and ions.
Chapter 8: Lewis Structures 2
Continues the study of Lewis structures, focusing on resonance and formal charges.
Chapter 8: Electronegativity and Resonance
Discusses how electronegativity affects bond formation and how resonance structures represent molecules with delocalized electrons.
Chapter 8: Formal Charge
Explains how to calculate and use formal charges to assess the most likely structure of a molecule.
Chapter 9: VSEPR
Introduces the Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion (VSEPR) theory, which predicts the shapes of molecules based on electron pair repulsion.
Chapter 9: VSEPR, Part 2
Expands on VSEPR theory, discussing molecular geometries and the effect of lone pairs on molecular shapes.
Chapter 9: Hybridization
Explains the concept of hybridization, where atomic orbitals mix to form new hybrid orbitals that influence molecular geometry.
Chapter 10: IMF Properties, Part 2
Discusses intermolecular forces (IMFs), focusing on how different types of IMFs affect the properties of substances, such as boiling points and solubility.
Chapter 9: Molecular Orbital Theory
Introduces molecular orbital theory, which describes how atomic orbitals combine to form molecular orbitals and influence bonding.
Chapter 9: Semiconductors
Explains the properties of semiconductors, which have intermediate electrical conductivity and are essential in electronics.
Chapter 10: Intermolecular Forces
Discusses the different types of intermolecular forces (e.g., hydrogen bonding, dipole-dipole, and London dispersion forces) and their effect on molecular behavior.
Chapter 10: IMF Properties, Part 1
Introduces the concept of intermolecular forces and explains their impact on the physical properties of substances.
Chapter 10: Like Dissolves Like
Explains the principle that substances with similar intermolecular forces tend to dissolve in each other.
Chapter 10: Gas Solubility
Focuses on the solubility of gases in liquids and how factors like temperature and pressure affect gas solubility.
Required Reading: Chemistry: The Science in Context Sixth Edition
Recommended Reading: N/A
Physical Chemistry 1, CHEM-3060, Section 01, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Exam 1,2,3,4,5; Final Exam
Description:
Week 1: Introduction to Quantum Theory
Day 1: Overview of the historical development of quantum mechanics, including contributions from Planck, Einstein, and Bohr, setting the stage for modern quantum theory.
Day 2: Introduction to wave-particle duality, discussing how particles like electrons can exhibit both wave-like and particle-like properties.
Day 3: The Schrödinger equation’s role in describing the behavior of quantum systems and its foundational importance in quantum mechanics.
Day 4: Exploration of key operators in quantum mechanics, such as position, momentum, and energy, which form the backbone of quantum measurements.
Day 5: Understanding quantum postulates and interpreting the physical meaning of wavefunctions and probability distributions in quantum mechanics.
Week 2: Quantum States and Solutions to the Schrödinger Equation
Day 1: Solving the particle in a box problem to understand how quantum systems behave when confined to specific regions of space.
Day 2: Studying the quantum harmonic oscillator and its significance in modeling real-world molecular vibrations and energy states.
Day 3: Detailed examination of the hydrogen atom and solving its Schrödinger equation to understand atomic orbitals and energy levels.
Day 4: Understanding the quantum numbers (n, l, m, s) that define the properties and behavior of electrons in an atom.
Day 5: Exploring the radial and angular components of wavefunctions and how they affect the spatial distribution of electrons in atoms.
Week 3: The Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle
Day 1: Introduction to the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle, which states that there are fundamental limits to how precisely certain pairs of physical properties can be known simultaneously.
Day 2: Mathematical derivation and interpretation of the uncertainty principle, emphasizing its physical implications for quantum systems.
Day 3: Consequences of the uncertainty principle in atomic systems, particularly regarding the inability to precisely measure both position and momentum.
Day 4: Application of the uncertainty principle in measuring other observables, such as energy and time, and the limitations it imposes on measurements.
Day 5: The concept of complementarity, where different quantum properties can provide distinct but complementary perspectives of a system.
Week 4: Many-Electron Atoms and Electron Configuration
Day 1: Introduction to the Hartree-Fock method, a key approximation technique used to solve the many-electron Schrödinger equation in atoms.
Day 2: Discussion of electron correlation and how electron-electron interactions complicate the solution of many-electron systems.
Day 3: The Pauli exclusion principle and its impact on electron configurations and the structure of the periodic table.
Day 4: The use of Slater determinants in quantum mechanics to represent the antisymmetry of wavefunctions for fermions like electrons.
Day 5: Computational methods, including density functional theory (DFT), used to calculate electronic structure and molecular properties.
Week 5: Atomic Spectra and Angular Momentum
Day 1: Introduction to the concept of angular momentum in quantum mechanics, focusing on its role in atomic structure and spectra.
Day 2: The significance of spin angular momentum in quantum mechanics, and how it affects atomic spectra and energy levels.
Day 3: Understanding fine structure and hyperfine splitting in atomic spectra, which arise due to relativistic effects and spin-orbit coupling.
Day 4: Theoretical description of atomic spectra, including the role of quantum numbers and selection rules in defining spectral lines.
Day 5: Exploration of selection rules governing spectroscopic transitions and how these dictate the allowed electronic, vibrational, and rotational transitions in molecules.
Week 6: The Chemical Bond: Introduction and Basics
Day 1: Overview of classical bonding theories such as ionic, covalent, and metallic bonds, and the assumptions behind these models.
Day 2: The Born-Oppenheimer approximation, simplifying the complex problem of molecular systems by treating nuclear and electronic motion separately.
Day 3: Introduction to bonding models, focusing on molecular orbitals (MOs) and how they arise from the overlap of atomic orbitals.
Day 4: Exploring covalent bonding through the overlap of atomic orbitals to form bonding and anti-bonding molecular orbitals.
Day 5: Discussing bond order in diatomic molecules, how to determine it from molecular orbital theory, and its connection to bond stability.
Week 7: Molecular Orbital Theory
Day 1: The Linear Combination of Atomic Orbitals (LCAO) approximation in molecular orbital theory, which describes how atomic orbitals combine to form molecular orbitals.
Day 2: Understanding molecular orbitals in homonuclear diatomic molecules, and predicting bonding and antibonding interactions.
Day 3: Molecular orbitals in heteronuclear diatomic molecules, which involve atoms with different electronegativities and atomic orbital contributions.
Day 4: Bond order, magnetic properties, and molecular stability in terms of molecular orbital theory, with practical examples.
Day 5: Exploring the concept of symmetry-adapted linear combinations in polyatomic molecules and the application of molecular orbital theory to larger systems.
Week 8: Valence Bond Theory and Hybridization
Day 1: Basics of valence bond theory and how atomic orbitals overlap to form bonds, introducing the idea of localized bonding.
Day 2: Hybridization of atomic orbitals (sp, sp², sp³) to explain molecular geometry, particularly for molecules like methane and ethylene.
Day 3: The concept of resonance and how delocalized electrons influence molecular stability and bonding in molecules like benzene.
Day 4: Introduction to the Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion (VSEPR) theory and its role in predicting the shapes of molecules.
Day 5: Comparing valence bond theory and molecular orbital theory, analyzing the strengths and limitations of each model.
Week 9: Bonding in Complex Systems
Day 1: Bonding in transition metal complexes, with an emphasis on crystal field theory and the electronic structure of coordination compounds.
Day 2: Ligand field theory, explaining how ligand interactions affect the electronic structure of transition metal complexes.
Day 3: The Jahn-Teller effect, where the geometry of a molecule distorts due to electronic degeneracy in transition metal complexes.
Day 4: Applying molecular orbital theory to coordination compounds, analyzing bonding in metal-ligand interactions.
Day 5: Spectroscopic properties and bonding in transition metal complexes, focusing on the relationship between electronic structure and spectral features.
Week 10: Molecular Interactions - Fundamentals
Day 1: Overview of intermolecular forces (IMFs), including van der Waals forces, hydrogen bonding, and dipole interactions, and their role in molecular behavior.
Day 2: Van der Waals forces, including London dispersion, dipole-dipole interactions, and their influence on the physical properties of substances.
Day 3: Hydrogen bonding and its importance in chemistry, including its role in water's high boiling point and biological structures like DNA.
Day 4: Ion-dipole and dipole-induced dipole interactions, and how these forces contribute to solubility and reactivity.
Day 5: Molecular polarity and how it determines the strength and type of intermolecular interactions, influencing molecular behavior.
Week 11: Thermodynamics of Molecular Interactions
Day 1: The role of entropy and enthalpy in governing intermolecular interactions and the conditions for spontaneous reactions.
Day 2: Free energy changes in molecular interactions, with an emphasis on binding affinity and the equilibrium of molecular complexes.
Day 3: The impact of molecular interactions on solubility, focusing on solvent-solute interactions and how they affect dissolution.
Day 4: The theory of solutions, including ideal and non-ideal behavior, and the contribution of intermolecular forces to colligative properties.
Day 5: Solvation processes and how solvent molecules surround solute particles, influencing reaction rates and physical properties.
Week 12: Interactions in Solids and Liquids
Day 1: Intermolecular interactions in the liquid state, including the structure and behavior of liquid molecules and how IMFs influence liquid properties.
Day 2: Study of surface tension, viscosity, and other liquid properties that arise due to intermolecular forces.
Day 3: The structure of solids, discussing crystalline and amorphous materials and how molecular interactions influence solid-state properties.
Day 4: Interactions in polymers and biopolymers, including the role of molecular forces in the stability and function of large biological molecules.
Day 5: Molecular interactions in liquids: liquid structure, dynamics, and how intermolecular forces dictate macroscopic behavior like boiling and freezing.
Week 13: Molecular Spectroscopy and Interaction Studies
Day 1: Introduction to molecular spectroscopy and how it provides insights into molecular structure, bonding, and dynamics.
Day 2: Absorption spectroscopy and the Beer-Lambert law, explaining how light absorption can reveal molecular concentration and structure.
Day 3: Vibrational spectroscopy (IR and Raman) and how molecular vibrations contribute to characteristic spectra for different molecular groups.
Day 4: Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy, focusing on chemical shifts, coupling constants, and the determination of molecular structure.
Day 5: Electronic spectroscopy (UV-Vis) and fluorescence techniques to study electronic transitions in molecules and their spectroscopic signatures.
Week 14: Spectroscopy and Molecular Dynamics
Day 1: Time-resolved spectroscopy, which allows the study of fast molecular processes and provides insights into reaction dynamics.
Day 2: Photoelectron spectroscopy (PES) to probe the electronic structure of atoms and molecules by measuring the kinetic energy of ejected electrons.
Day 3: X-ray absorption spectroscopy (XAS) and its application to studying bonding and electronic structure in materials.
Day 4: Theoretical models used to interpret spectroscopic data, including quantum mechanical models for simulating molecular transitions.
Day 5: Applications of spectroscopy in materials science and biochemistry, particularly for characterizing complex systems like proteins and polymers.
Week 15: Advanced Topics in Molecular Interactions
Day 1: Non-covalent interactions in supramolecular chemistry, including host-guest interactions, molecular recognition, and self-assembly.
Day 2: Interactions in biological systems, focusing on enzyme-substrate binding and molecular recognition processes in biochemistry.
Day 3: The role of molecular interactions in drug design, including how understanding binding affinity leads to the development of pharmaceutical compounds.
Day 4: Interactions in complex liquids and gels, with an emphasis on soft matter physics and the molecular forces that govern these systems.
Day 5: Quantum chemistry approaches to studying molecular interactions in complex systems, highlighting computational tools used to predict molecular behavior.
Week 16: Review and Future Directions
Day 1: Review of quantum theory and atomic structure, focusing on the main concepts and how they connect to chemical bonding.
Day 2: Review of chemical bonding theories, including valence bond and molecular orbital theories, and their implications for molecular structure.
Day 3: Review of molecular interactions, focusing on the role of intermolecular forces and their effect on molecular behavior and physical properties.
Day 4: Applications of quantum mechanics and molecular interactions in modern chemistry, including their use in materials science, biochemistry, and drug design.
Day 5: Final discussion on current trends in quantum chemistry and molecular interactions, including emerging techniques and future research directions.
Required Reading: Physical Chemistry by Atkins
Recommended Reading: N/A
Physical Chemistry I Lab, CHEM-3065, Section 01, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Lab Report 1,2,3; final report
Description:
Hydrogen Emission Lab Series
Hydrogen Emission Lab 1: Introduction to Atomic Spectra
Objective: Measure the hydrogen atom’s emission spectrum using a hydrogen discharge tube and identify the distinct spectral lines corresponding to various energy transitions.
Description: This lab introduces students to atomic spectra by observing the emission spectrum of hydrogen, allowing the identification of the Lyman, Balmer, and Paschen series in the ultraviolet, visible, and infrared regions.
Hydrogen Emission Lab 2: Balmer Series and Wavelength Calculation
Objective: Analyze the Balmer series of hydrogen emission lines and apply the Rydberg formula to calculate the wavelengths of spectral lines.
Description: Students will perform measurements of hydrogen spectral lines and calculate the theoretical wavelengths using the Rydberg equation, comparing experimental results with theory to investigate quantum energy levels.
Hydrogen Emission Lab 3: Calibration of Spectrometer and Determining Atomic Transition Energies
Objective: Calibrate a spectrometer using known emission lines of hydrogen and calculate the energy transitions between quantized levels.
Description: This lab involves calibration of a spectrometer for accurate measurement of hydrogen spectral lines. Students will calculate energy differences between atomic levels using the observed wavelengths, applying the principles of quantum mechanics.
H-NMR Lab Series
H-NMR Lab 1: Introduction to Proton NMR Spectroscopy
Objective: Introduce the basics of proton NMR (1H-NMR) spectroscopy and identify proton environments in simple organic compounds.
Description: Students will analyze a sample using proton NMR spectroscopy, interpreting chemical shifts, coupling constants, and splitting patterns to determine the number and type of hydrogen atoms in the molecule.
H-NMR Lab 2: Quantification of Proton Ratios
Objective: Quantify the relative number of protons in different environments using integration in 1H-NMR spectra.
Description: In this lab, students will use integration to determine the relative concentrations of different proton environments in a sample, further interpreting the coupling patterns and proton distribution.
H-NMR Lab 3: Structural Elucidation of Unknown Organic Compounds
Objective: Use 1H-NMR spectroscopy to determine the structure of an unknown organic compound.
Description: Students will analyze an unknown compound using 1H-NMR spectroscopy, identifying proton environments, interpreting coupling constants, and piecing together the molecular structure based on spectral data.
Molecules: Big and Small Lab Series
Molecules: Big and Small Lab 1: Size and Structure of Small Molecules
Objective: Study small molecules and determine molecular weight using methods such as vapor pressure osmometry or cryoscopy.
Description: Students will investigate the molecular properties of small organic compounds, including their molecular weight and size, by performing colligative property measurements and using the appropriate theoretical models.
Molecules: Big and Small Lab 2: Size and Structure of Macromolecules
Objective: Examine macromolecular size and structure using techniques such as light scattering.
Description: This lab explores the size distribution of macromolecules (polymers) and their structural characteristics by using light scattering to determine their molecular weight and the relationship between structure and behavior.
Molecules: Big and Small Lab 3: Comparing Small Molecule and Polymer Behavior
Objective: Compare the physical properties of small molecules and polymers, with a focus on their intermolecular forces and response to different temperatures.
Description: Students will examine the physical properties (e.g., melting point, viscosity) of small molecules and polymers, studying how size, molecular weight, and intermolecular forces affect their behaviors and comparing how these properties differ between small molecules and large polymers.
Required Reading: Lab Manual
Recommended Reading: N/A
Independent Research, CHEM-4800R, Section 02, Coll of Sci, Engr & Tech
Course Requirements:
Final Research Poster
Description:
This is an independent research course, similar to an internship. There is no set lecture or discussion
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Finance, FIN-2010, Section 01, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Required Materials
Computer & internet access for Canvas and & Problem Sets
MS Excel for worksheet for each topic.
Recommended Text
I highly recommend getting a textbook. There are many materials on Canvas in the form of recommended videos, worksheets, and content pages, but reading the textbook is integral for doing well in this class. Below are two options for the textbook that I recommend:
Hard Copy - Ross, Westerfield, and Jordan, Essentials of Corporate Finance, McGraw Hill (Any Edition is ok as assignments are not tied to specific edition)
Soft Copy or OER textbook - Bracker, Lin, and Pursley, Business Finance Essentials, Pressbooks (Open Educational Resource - Links to chapters are embedded in the modules on Canvas).
Direct link to full OER textbook: https://pressbooks.pub/businessfinanceessentials/
Links to an external site.
Technology Requirements
To be successful in this course, you will need a reliable device and an internet connection.
You will also need to have access to MS Excel & MS Word.
If you do not have a reliable device, internet connection, or access to Google Apps, please contact the Utah Tech Help Desk:
Call: (435) 879-4357
Email: helpdesk@utahtech.edu
Live Chat
Links to an external site.
Walk-in: Holland Centennial Commons building, 2nd Level main entrance
Visit the Help Desk website (links to an external site)
Links to an external site.for hours of operation and How To guides.
Prerequisite Knowledge, Skills, and Competencies
ACCT 2010; MATH 1040 or STAT 2040; and ECON 2010.
MS Excel
Employers require Advanced MS Excel skills. This class's Application of finance concepts helps you improve your Excel skills. Most of the in-class problem sets are set up in MS Excel. Some of the Intermediate MS Excel skills applied in this class, including using Data Analysis Tools, Charts & Descriptive Statistics functions, will be valuable in your future career.
Other Prerequisite Technology Skills
Written business communication
Using email, web browsers, and Canvas functions
Collaborating with others in Canvas, Google Apps, and Zoom
Effectively searching for information on the Internet
Determining the reliability of Internet sources
Interaction Requirements
You are required to interact with the course, the instructor, and your peers. Plan to log in to Canvas and work on this course at least 3 times per week. As a courtesy and to use time efficiently, view and complete each page and assignment of every module before asking the instructor for help or feedback.
Description:
1 Introduction/ Module 1 - Careers in Finance
2 Module 2 - Salary and Lifestyle
3 Module 3 - Accounting Basics
4 Module 4 - Time Value of Money
5 Module 5 - Personal Financial Management
6 Module 6 - Personal Budgeting
7 Module 7 - Application of TVM in Personal Finance
8 Module 8 – Interest Rates and Inflation
9 Module 9 – Small Business Financial Management
10 Module 10 - Entrepreneurship and Finance
11 Module 11 - Major Life Decisions (Purchase Real Estate, Retirement, Education)
12 Module 12 - Financial Markets
13 Module 13 – Introduction to Investing
14 Module 14 – Legal Structures and Bank Ruptcy
15 Module 15 - Psycology of Money
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Ross, Westerfield, and Jordan, Essentials of Corporate Finance, McGraw Hill
Intro to Finance, FIN-2010, Section 01, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Required Materials
Computer & internet access for Canvas and & Problem Sets
MS Excel for worksheet for each topic.
Recommended Text
I highly recommend getting a textbook. There are many materials on Canvas in the form of recommended videos, worksheets, and content pages, but reading the textbook is integral for doing well in this class. Below are two options for the textbook that I recommend:
Hard Copy - Ross, Westerfield, and Jordan, Essentials of Corporate Finance, McGraw Hill (Any Edition is ok as assignments are not tied to specific edition)
Soft Copy or OER textbook - Bracker, Lin, and Pursley, Business Finance Essentials, Pressbooks (Open Educational Resource - Links to chapters are embedded in the modules on Canvas).
Direct link to full OER textbook: https://pressbooks.pub/businessfinanceessentials/
Links to an external site.
Technology Requirements
To be successful in this course, you will need a reliable device and an internet connection.
You will also need to have access to MS Excel & MS Word.
If you do not have a reliable device, internet connection, or access to Google Apps, please contact the Utah Tech Help Desk:
Call: (435) 879-4357
Email: helpdesk@utahtech.edu
Live Chat
Links to an external site.
Walk-in: Holland Centennial Commons building, 2nd Level main entrance
Visit the Help Desk website (links to an external site)
Links to an external site.for hours of operation and How To guides.
Prerequisite Knowledge, Skills, and Competencies
ACCT 2010; MATH 1040 or STAT 2040; and ECON 2010.
MS Excel
Employers require Advanced MS Excel skills. This class's Application of finance concepts helps you improve your Excel skills. Most of the in-class problem sets are set up in MS Excel. Some of the Intermediate MS Excel skills applied in this class, including using Data Analysis Tools, Charts & Descriptive Statistics functions, will be valuable in your future career.
Other Prerequisite Technology Skills
Written business communication
Using email, web browsers, and Canvas functions
Collaborating with others in Canvas, Google Apps, and Zoom
Effectively searching for information on the Internet
Determining the reliability of Internet sources
Interaction Requirements
You are required to interact with the course, the instructor, and your peers. Plan to log in to Canvas and work on this course at least 3 times per week. As a courtesy and to use time efficiently, view and complete each page and assignment of every module before asking the instructor for help or feedback.
Description:
1 Introduction/ Module 1 - Careers in Finance
2 Module 2 - Salary and Lifestyle
3 Module 3 - Accounting Basics
4 Module 4 - Time Value of Money
5 Module 5 - Personal Financial Management
6 Module 6 - Personal Budgeting
7 Module 7 - Application of TVM in Personal Finance
8 Module 8 – Interest Rates and Inflation
9 Module 9 – Small Business Financial Management
10 Module 10 - Entrepreneurship and Finance
11 Module 11 - Major Life Decisions (Purchase Real Estate, Retirement, Education)
12 Module 12 - Financial Markets
13 Module 13 – Introduction to Investing
14 Module 14 – Legal Structures and Bank Ruptcy
15 Module 15 - Psychology of Money
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Ross, Westerfield, and Jordan, Essentials of Corporate Finance, McGraw Hill
Managerial Finance I, FIN-3150, Section 01, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Required Materials
Computer & internet access for Canvas access & Problem Sets
MS Excel for worksheet for each topic.
Recommended Text
I highly recommend getting a textbook. There are many materials on Canvas in the form of recommended videos, worksheets, and content pages, but reading the textbook is integral for doing well in this class. Below are two options for the textbook that I recommend:
Hard Copy - Ross, Westerfield, and Jordan, Essentials of Corporate Finance, McGraw Hill (Any Edition is ok as assignments are not tied to specific edition)
Soft Copy or OER textbook - Bracker, Lin, and Pursley, Business Finance Essentials, Pressbooks (Open Educational Resource - Links to chapters are embedded in the modules on Canvas).
Direct link to full OER textbook: https://pressbooks.pub/businessfinanceessentials/
Links to an external site.
Technology Requirements
To be successful in this course, you will need a reliable device and an internet connection.
You will also need to have access to MS Excel & MS Word.
If you do not have a reliable device, internet connection, or access to Google Apps, please contact the Utah Tech Help Desk:
Call: (435) 879-4357
Email: helpdesk@utahtech.edu
Live Chat
Links to an external site.
Walk-in: Holland Centennial Commons building, 2nd Level main entrance
Visit the Help Desk website (links to an external site)
Links to an external site.for hours of operation and How To guides.
Prerequisite Knowledge, Skills, and Competencies
ACCT 2010; MATH 1040 or STAT 2040; and ECON 2010.
MS Excel
Employers require Advanced MS Excel skills. This class's Application of finance concepts helps you improve your Excel skills. Most of the in-class problem sets are set up in MS Excel. Some of the Intermediate MS Excel skills applied in this class, including using Data Analysis Tools, Charts & Descriptive Statistics functions, will be valuable in your future career.
Other Prerequisite Technology Skills
Written business communication
Using email, web browsers, and Canvas functions
Collaborating with others in Canvas, Google Apps, and Zoom
Effectively searching for information on the Internet
Determining the reliability of Internet sources
Interaction Requirements
You are required to interact with the course, the instructor, and your peers. Plan to log in to Canvas and work on this course at least 3 times per week. As a courtesy and to use time efficiently, view and complete each page and assignment of every module before asking the instructor for help or feedback.
Description:
Week
Topic
1 Introduction/ Module 1 - Financial Management
2 Module 2 - Financial Statements
3 Module 3 - Financial Statement Analysis
4 Module 4 - Time Value of Money
5 Module 5 - TVM – Annuity Cash Flows
6 Module 6 - Application of TVM in Personal Finance
7 Module 7 – Interest Rates and Inflation
8 Module 8 – Bond Valuation
9 Module 9 - Stock Valuation
10 Module 10 – Risk and Return
11 Module 11 – Cost of Capital
12 Module 12 - Capital Budgeting Decisions
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: Ross, Westerfield, and Jordan, Essentials of Corporate Finance, McGraw Hill
Managerial Finance II, FIN-4150, Section 01, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Technology Requirements
To be successful in this course, you will need a reliable device and internet connection. If you do not have a reliable device or internet connection, please contact the Utah Tech Help Desk:
Call: (435) 879-4357
Email: helpdesk@utahtech.edu
Live Chat
Links to an external site.
Walk-in: Holland Centennial Commons building, 2nd Level main entrance
Visit the Help Desk website (links to an external site)
Links to an external site.for hours of operation and 'How To' guides.
Prerequisite Knowledge, Skills, and Competencies
This is a capstone course for Finance Majors, recommended to be taken during their last Spring semester. It requires students to synthesize and apply all their learning from prior finance and business courses.
Prerequisite Technology Skills
Written business communication
Using email, web browsers, and Canvas functions
Advanced MS Excel skills
Collaborating with others in Canvas, Google Apps, and Zoom
Effectively completing finance research and financial analysis
Determining the reliability of sources
Interaction Requirements
You are required to interact with the course, the instructor, and your peers. Plan to log in to Canvas and work on this course regularly.
Description:
This course is designed to build upon the tools and terms explored in FIN3150: Managerial Finance I. We will put a special emphasis on the tools used to manage small to medium-sized businesses. We will address other corporation management issues, but only as they apply to the following:
Capital Budgeting - Discounted cash flows for a project.
Capital costs and risk assessment - Calculate the WACC
Forecasting and planning - Build pro-forma financial statements.
Breakeven and Cash Budgeting Analysis - Assess the point at which variable profits cover fixed costs.
Short-term asset management - Mainly cash flow.
Valuation - Discounted cash flows.
Required Reading: Case Studies in Finance, Robert Bruner (6th Edition)
Recommended Reading: Ross, Westerfield, and Jordan, Essentials of Corporate Finance, McGraw Hill
Drawing and Composition, ART-1110, Section 02, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Assignments (generally one per week):
1. Composition drawing
2. Copy Drawing
3. Construction Contour Drawing
4. 1 and 2 Point Perspective Drawings
5. 3 Point Perspective Drawings
6. 2 Point Perspective Scene Drawing
7. Non-Representational Drawing
8. Negative Space Drawing
9. Portrait Contour Drawing
10. Value Drawing in charcoal
11. Value Portrait Drawings
12. Pen Drawing in Value
13. White Charcoal Drawing
14. Value of Choice Drawing (Final)
One quiz per week -- each quiz is associated with the concepts learned in preparation for each week's drawing assignment, all of which are listed above
Description:
Weekly Modules:
1. Composition drawing
Learn the basics of composition and visual balance, in preparation for creating thumbnail sketches of non-representational simple compositions.
2. Copy Drawing
Learn how to copy a master drawing by Charles Bargue, starting with straight line construction and then moving on to contour line and line quality.
3. Construction Contour Drawing
Learn how to draw from life, using straight line construction techniques, transitioning to contour line and line quality.
4. 1 and 2 Point Perspective Drawings
Learn the basics of drawing using linear perspective, including basic tenets of 1 and 2 pt perspectives.
5. 3 Point Perspective Drawings
Learn the basics of drawing using 3 pt perspective, as well as drawing stairs and slopes in 2 pt perspective.
6. 2 Point Perspective Scene Drawing
Put your knowledge of 2 pt drawing to the test by creating an interior or exterior scene in 2 pt perspective.
7. Non-Representational Drawing
Learn how to approach drawing 2 full sized non-representational drawings.
8. Negative Space Drawing
Learn how to notice negative space in and around objects and how to depict it.
9. Portrait Contour Drawing
Learn how to draw the human face from a frontal, three-quarters, and side view using contour line and line quality.
10. Value Drawing in charcoal
Learn how to draw a still life using values/shading rather than line.
11. Value Portrait Drawings
Learn how to draw the human face using values/shading rather than line.
12. Pen Drawing in Value
Learn how to approach value drawing using the medium of ball point pen.
13. White Charcoal Drawing on Black Paper
Learn how to think through the process of drawing a still life using white charcoal on black paper, as opposed to using a dark medium on white paper.
14. Value of Choice Drawing (Final)
Choose an image to draw using value and line, to show what skills have been learned throughout the semester.
Required Reading Material: Required reading of all learn pages in each weekly module -- supplied to the student through the Canvas course
Recommended Reading Material: N/A
Required Reading: n/a
Recommended Reading: n/a
2-Dimensional Design, ART-1120, Section 40, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Each lesson consists of reading material and exploration of topics, a quiz, an assignment, and a peer critique.
At the end of the course, students submit a final project consisting of a final design.
Description:
0 Lesson: Digital Information and prerequisites (an introduction to pixels, resolution, digital programs, course layout, tutorials, program and auxiliary resources, and other information required to successfully complete this course)
01 Lesson: Design Introduction (an overview of the principles and elements of design)
02 Lesson: Light, Vision, & Color (an introduction to light and color and the physical and a brief discussion of the physiological process of perception)
03 Lesson: Gestalt (a continuation of the perceptual process via an introduction to Gestalt perceptual theory and its application to design)
04 Lesson: Shape (an introduction to shape and edge as fundamental elements of design)
05 Lesson: Repetition & Rhythm (an introduction to repetition and rhythm)
06 Lesson: Visual Hierarchy (an introduction to focal point, emphasis, auxiliary points of interest, and visual hierarchy)
07 Lesson: Perspective (an introduction to line and linear perspective, and how to apply perspective to create the illusion of depth)
08 Lesson: Illumination (an introduction to form and illumination, and how to create the illusion of form through differences in values in a design)
09 Lesson: Surface Properties (a continuation of our discussion on illumination, and how to use it to create the illusion of different surface properties and textures)
10 Lesson: Unity through lighting (how different lighting conditions can either enhance or detract from an overall sense of unity within a piece)
11 Lesson: Movement (A discussion of various techniques to create the illusion of movement within a design)
12 Lesson: Perceptual Heuristics (A more in depth discussion regarding the use of various perceptual heuristics a designer can utilize to create a 2-dimensional image, such as emotion connotation through color, scale, form, etc.)
13 Lesson: Scale (a continuation of perceptual heuristics, this time focusing on the use of scale and how to create the illusion of scale through a variety of techniques and methods)
14 Lesson: Portfolio (an overview of what a portfolio is, and how to create one to make your work more approachable, and how to choose the best pieces for a portfolio)
15 Lesson: Design Summary (an overview of the principles and elements of design which we covered in the course).
Required Reading: N/A (only the course content)
Recommended Reading: N/A (only supplementary materials linked throughout the course as needed)
Acct Research - Critical Think, ACCT-6900, Section 40, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Outline, Writing Plan, Literature Review, Rough Draft, Final Paper, Presentation
Description:
Week 1: Intro to Accounting research – this lesson will focus on the language of accounting and becoming familiar with various authoritative literatures surrounding accounting. Starting the process of choosing a topic.
Week 2: Critical thinking and effective writing skills for the Prof. Accountant – this lecture will address key critical thinking skills, forming reasoned judgments and conclusions, and the importance of effective business writing, being clear and concise and thinking before you write. As well as the purpose and elements of creating a writing plan.
Week 3: Research Question, hypotheses – this lesson will concentrate on developing research questions and hypotheses surrounding their chosen research topic.
Week 4: Research Design – this lecture will concentrate on the key elements of research; variables, population and sample; data collection, data analysis; and the types of research designs.
Week 5: Research Tools – the lecture will aim to equip the students with the knowledge and skills to effectively locate, evaluate, and utilize relevant information for their research project.
Week 6: Research databases – this lesson concentrates on the different types of databases (general academic, subject specific, and government/organizational), how to navigate them, utilizing the information.
Week 7: Literature Reviews – the lecture will focus on the purpose and importance of a literature review, identifying and evaluating scholarly sources, the structure and organization of a lit review and the importance of proper citation.
Week 8: Ethics in Research – the lesson will include information on Institutional Review Boards, professional codes of conduct, academic integrity, conflicts of interest, authorship and collaboration, publication ethics and data integrity.
Week 9: Refining the research process – this lesson concentrates on teaching the students the common frustrations and pitfalls in research, the benefits of refining a process, the research questions, broadening or narrowing the topic or focus, doing a more critical evaluation.
Week 10: Identifying strengths and weaknesses of research – the lesson will center on having the students assess their projects, evaluate the sources, disseminate the various sections of the paper to effectively manage the weak areas.
Week 11: Identifying limitations – this lecture will assist the students in critically addressing the limitations of the research project and recognizing the importance of reporting those in the paper.
Week 12: Peer reviews, choosing an outlet for publishing – this lesson focuses on choosing an appropriate publication or outlet for their research as well as each student reviewing another student’s project. This helps in taking criticism and being able to affectively evaluate someone else’ work and give feedback.
Week 13: Student Presentations – the last few weeks will be focused on student presentations of their research; being able to answer questions and professionally present on the topic.
Week 14: Student presentations – the last few weeks will be focused on student presentations of their research; being able to answer questions and professionally present on the topic.
Week 15: Student presentations – the last few weeks will be focused on student presentations of their research; being able to answer questions and professionally present on the topic.
Required Reading: N/A
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 41B, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Formal Essay #1: Literacy Narrative – 1500 words minimum
Formal Essay #2: Profile Essay – 1500 words minimum
Formal Essay #3: Issue-Analysis Report – 1500 words minimum
6 weekly discussions
3 online peer review workshops
Description:
Week 1 – the writing process; introductions (focuses on getting students to learn the general writing process and to start thinking about their specific writing process)
Week 2 – pre-writing; drafting; assumptions about learning to write (focuses on getting students started on drafting their literacy narrative)
Week 3 – writing about others; writing profiles; interviewing (focuses on getting students started on the profile essay while considering issues of representation when writing about other people)
Week 4 – finding and evaluating sources (focuses on information literacy and helping students find sources that will help them as they write their issue analysis report)
Week 5 – MLA and APA (focuses on formatting and source attribution and plagiarism)
Week 6 – integrating sources; artificial intelligence (focuses on helping students properly integrate sources using MLA or APA standards)
Week 7 – Revision (focuses on helping student revised their issue analysis reports)
Week 8 – Editing (focuses on helping student edit their issue analysis reports)
Required Reading: “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Recommended Reading: N/A
Introduction to Writing, ENGL-1010, Section 4BI, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
Formal Essay #1: Literacy Narrative – 1500 words minimum
Formal Essay #2: Profile Essay – 1500 words minimum
Formal Essay #3: Issue-Analysis Report – 1500 words minimum
6 weekly discussions
3 online peer review workshops
Description:
Week 1 – the writing process; introductions (focuses on getting students to learn the general writing process and to start thinking about their specific writing process)
Week 2 – pre-writing; drafting; assumptions about learning to write (focuses on getting students started on drafting their literacy narrative)
Week 3 – writing about others; writing profiles; interviewing (focuses on getting students started on the profile essay while considering issues of representation when writing about other people)
Week 4 – finding and evaluating sources (focuses on information literacy and helping students find sources that will help them as they write their issue analysis report)
Week 5 – MLA and APA (focuses on formatting and source attribution and plagiarism)
Week 6 – integrating sources; artificial intelligence (focuses on helping students properly integrate sources using MLA or APA standards)
Week 7 – Revision (focuses on helping student revised their issue analysis reports)
Week 8 – Editing (focuses on helping student edit their issue analysis reports)
Required Reading: “The Art of Academic Writing” by Mike Peterson. 2025. https://sites.google.com/site/writingwithpete/home
Recommended Reading: N/A
Auditing, ACCT-4100, Section 02, College of Business
Course Requirements:
Textbook homework, Practice work, Tests, Group project, MindBridge Certification, Quizzes, Final exam
Description:
Chapter 1 – Intro to Audit – this lecture contains information on assertions, professional skepticism and the requirements of being a CPA.
Chapter 2 – Auditing environment – this lecture covers professional standards, differences between GAAS and PCAOB auditing requirements and professional responsibilities.
Chapter 3 – Audit Planning – this lecture covers information regarding the engagement letter, staffing the engagement, materiality and documentation.
Chapter 4 – Audit Risk – This lesson contains information on inherent risk, audit risk, detection risk and control risk.
Chapter 5 – Risk Assessment – this lecture covers how to assess the various types of risk and how they each affect the audit plan and scope.
Chapter 6 – Fraud – This lesson deals with the audit of cash, the fraud triangle, fraud detection, prevention and extended audit procedures around fraud.
Chapter 7 – Auditing revenues – This lecture covers the revenue cycle, significant account assertions, internal controls and design as well as the collection cycle issues.
Chapter 8 – Auditing Purchasing – This lecture deals with acquisition and expenditure cycle, the significant accounts to be audited, the risk of material misstatement and internal controls in this area.
Chapter 9 – Auditing Inventory – this lesson covers the production cycle and auditing inventory, testing operating effectiveness of the internal controls, the significant accounts to be audited in this area as well as substantive analytical testing.
Chapter 11 – Completing the Audit – This lecture deals with the final field procedures, subsequent events and subsequently discovered facts, as well as the final responsibilities of the auditor
Modules A, B, D – Internal Audit, Government Audit, Public services – this lesson covers information on professional ethics, other public accounting services, government auditing and internal auditing.
Required Reading: Auditing & Assurance Services, 9th edition, Louwers.
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Ceramics, ART-2570, Section 05, College of the Arts
Course Requirements:
Grading Policies: Grades will be determined by the following:
The quality and completion of all required course work. (60%)
Attendance (20%)
Class participation in discussions and clean up (20%)
Required materials and equipment:
Materials and Equipment:
Pottery tool kit
Large cellulose sponge
Bucket
Extra plastic bags for covering projects
Required projects and assignments:
1 - 4, 6” tall by 3” wide cylinders.
2 - 4, 6” tall mugs of differing forms, wheel thrown and pulled handle.
3 - 4 bowls, 1 of each of the 4 required styles, 8” diameter.
4 - 2 Pitchers, 8’’ tall minimum with pulled handle
5 - 4 Lidded containers 6’’ tall minimum. With at least 2 different lid styles.
6 - 5 student choice projects 6” tall minimum
7 – student self-assessment via canvas
Description:
1st day lecture/discussion of class expectations projects to made, syllabus review and classroom expectations.
Centering throwing lecture/discussion. Includes discussion instruction and demonstration of centering clay in the wheel as well as the wheel steps used to make a cylinder.
Trimming lecture and discussion. Includes the concepts of trimming pottery, tools required, proper consistency of clay. Also includes a demonstration of trimming process.
Mug lecture and discussion. Includes discussion on aesthetic and function theory, student preferences, and objectives for the assignment. Demonstration included.
Bowl lecture and discussion. Includes instruction and class objectives. Bowl styles, trimming expectations and a demonstration.
Pitcher lecture and discussion. Includes purposes of pitchers, discussion on parts of a pitcher, objectives of the pitcher assignment and trimming of pitchers. Demonstration included.
Lidded pot lecture and discussion. Includes objectives for the assignment, purposes of the different styles of lidded pots, proper technique for lid fit and trimming. Demonstration of the projects included.
Required Reading: A Potter’s Workbook Clary Illian ISBN-13:978-0-87745-671-1
Recommended Reading: N/A
Intro to Spanish Linguistics, SPAN-3075, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
1. Preparación, Asistencia y Participación - 15%
Participación significa venir preparado a clase, ser capaz de participar en las discusiones de clase y ser capaz de hacer preguntas sobre el material cubierto en clase. Tienes que estudiar el material asignado ANTES de venir a clase. Comprueba el calendario tentativo y la última diapositiva de las PPT en Canvas y lee los capítulos asignados.
Puesto que tienes que estar en clase para poder participar, tus ausencias pueden afectar tu nota final, puesto que perderás puntos por no estar en clase. Puedes ausentarte de clase 2 veces sin que tu nota sea vea afectada (unexcused absences). Comenzando con la ausencia #3, perderás 1% de tu nota final. Faltar 10 veces a clase (8+2) – lo que equivale a 5 semanas supone recibir una calificación F en esta clase.
2. Trabajos/ exámenes parciales (6) – 60%
En esta clase vamos a cubrir en detalle 6 áreas de la Lingüística Española; completaremos 6 trabajos/ exámenes parciales (libro abierto):
a) Lenguaje, lengua y lingüística
b) Morfología
c) Sintaxis
d) Semántica
e) Variación y cambio lingüístico
f) Historia del español
Al final de cada bloque, los estudiantes tendrán que completar un trabajo que cubra el material estudiado en clase. Estos trabajos estarán disponibles a través de Canvas y se completarán en el Testing Center (se podrá usar el libro de texto, puesto que son trabajos prácticos).
El último trabajo se realizará en clase durante el tiempo asignado para el examen final.
3. Presentación Oral en grupos– 15%
La clase se dividirá en grupos y realizará una presentación oral sobre el tema Variación y Cambio Lingüístico. Esta presentación se realizará a través de una grabación en video. La calidad de la grabación no debe ser profesional, -se recomienda usar una webcam conectada a una computadora o la cámara de un móvil, el único requisito es que se pueda escuchar bien. En esta grabación se pueden usar notas que ayuden a la exposición, pero no se puede leer directamente todo lo que se presenta (aspectos como la entonación, las pausas y el lenguaje no verbal varía cuando se lee, así que, aunque no estaré presente en la grabación, sí puedo determinar quién está leyendo y quien no).
Este video se colgará en Youtube para compartirlo exclusivamente con su profesora y compañeros de clase (cuando se suba el video a Youtube, se seleccionará el nivel de seguridad por el cual sólo aquellas personas que tengan el enlace exacto podrán acceder al video).
4. Reflexión sobre la presentación de otro grupo de compañeros – 10%
Cada estudiante deberá ver al menos una de las presentaciones de sus compañeros de clase en YouTube y escribir una pequeña reflexión sobre el contenido de la misma.
Esta reflexión tendrá una extensión de 3-5 páginas y debe entregarse por Canvas en la fecha asignada
Description:
Semana 1Lenguaje, lengua y lingüística
Lenguaje, lengua y lingüística
Semana 2Lenguaje, lengua y lingüística
Lenguaje, lengua y lingüística
Semana 3 Lenguaje, lengua y lingüística
Morfología
Semana 4Morfología
Morfología
Semana 5Morfología
Morfología
Semana 6Sintaxis
Sintaxis
Semana 7Sintaxis
Sintaxis
Semana 8Sintaxis
Examen en testing center
Semana 9Semántica
Semántica
Semana 10Semántica
Semántica
Semana 11Semántica
Pragmática
Semana 12Pragmática
Pragmática
Semana 13Pragmática
Pragmática
Semana 14Examen Pragmática - canvas
ACTFL conference Examen Pragmática - canvas
Semana 15Variación y cambio lingüístico
Thanksgiving break
Semana 16Variación y cambio lingüístico
Variación y cambio lingüístico
Final
Required Reading: https://uen.pressbooks.pub/introspanling/
Recommended Reading: NA
Writing in the Tech Era, SPAN-3060, Section 1, Coll of Humanities/Soc Sci
Course Requirements:
1. Preparación, Asistencia y Participación - 10%
Participación significa venir preparado a clase, ser capaz de participar en las discusiones de clase y ser capaz de hacer preguntas sobre el material cubierto en clase. Tienes que estudiar el material asignado ANTES de venir a clase. Comprueba el calendario tentativo y la última diapositiva de las PPT en Canvas y lee los capítulos asignados.
Puesto que tienes que estar en clase para poder participar, tus ausencias pueden afectar tu nota final, puesto que perderás puntos por no estar en clase. Puedes ausentarte de clase 2 veces sin que tu nota sea vea afectada (unexcused absences). Comenzando con la ausencia #3, perderás 1% de tu nota final. Faltar 10 veces a clase (8+2) – lo que equivale a 5 semanas supone recibir una calificación F en esta clase.
2. Tarea – 10%
Usted es responsable de preparar todas las tareas de lectura y escritura antes de venir a clase el día designado.
3. Exámenes parciales (3) – 30%
Realizarás un examen que cubrirá las secciones de gramática de los capítulos cubiertos del libro de texto. Los exámenes 1 y 2 se tomarán en Canvas o en el Testing Center, dependiendo del contenido; se le darán de tres a cuatro días para completarlos, no hay extensiones disponibles. Esperar hasta el último día y tener "problemas" no justifica una extensión. Planifique en consecuencia.
El examen 3 se dará en clase en el horario y día programados por la universidad. No se realizan pruebas anticipadas: la compra prematura de un billete de avión no es una excusa aceptable para perderse el final.
4. Composiciones (3) – 30%
Enviará estas actividades a través de Canvas. Discutiremos la duración y los temas a medida que se acerquen. Se escribirán utilizando la fuente Times New Roman de 12 puntos, el nombre, la clase, la fecha en la esquina superior izquierda a espacio simple en la primera página solamente, con el título (justificado en el centro) y el cuerpo a doble espacio, justificado a la izquierda, sin espacio adicional entre párrafos y márgenes de 1". La escritura se hará en tiempo real (usando Proctorio para grabar su pantalla). Si hay alguna duda del uso de AI, se aplicará un 50% de penalización (Grammarly, Goggle Translate, other translation programs, ChatGPT, etc. are considered AI and subject to plagiarism policies).
5. Exámenes orales (2) – 20%
Uno antes del Fall Break y otro durante la última semana de clase. Cubrirán una variedad de temas con una longitud a determinar según se acerquen las fechas.
Description:
Semana 1Introducción/ Pre-test
La descripción
Semana 2La descripción
La descripción
Semana 3Labor Day
La descripción
Semana 4 Composición 1 + examen 1 (en Canvas)
El ensayo narrativo – The 43
Semana 5El ensayo narrativo
El ensayo narrativo
Semana 6 El ensayo narrativo
El ensayo narrativo
Semana 7 El ensayo narrativo
El ensayo narrativo
Semana 8 El ensayo narrativo
Examen oral + Composición 2 (en Canvas)
Semana 9 El texto expositivo
El texto expositivo
Semana 10 Fall Break
El texto expositivo
Semana 11 El texto expositivo
El texto expositivo
Semana 12 El texto expositivo
El texto expositivo (Examen 2- módulo 2 y 3 en Canvas)
Semana 13 El ensayo académico
El ensayo académico
Semana 14 El ensayo académico
Composición 3 (en clase)
Semana 15 El ensayo académico
Thanksgiving break
Semana 16 El ensayo académico
Examen Oral - Debate
Final (Examen 3 en Canvas)
Required Reading: https://uen.pressbooks.pub/span3060/
Recommended Reading: NA